Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002,

including a restatement of previously issued consolidated financial statements

for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000

 

Commission File Number 1-10315

 


 

HealthSouth Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware   63-0860407

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama

  35243
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code:     (205) 967-7116

 


 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

None

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all Reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such Reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes   x     No   ¨

 

As of May 31, 2005, there were outstanding 397,063,445 shares of common stock of the registrant, net of treasury shares. As of June 30, 2004, the aggregate market value of common stock held by nonaffiliates was approximately $2.3 billion. For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, executive officers and directors of the registrant have been deemed to be affiliates.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference:     None

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Page

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements    ii
PART I          
Item 1.    Business    1
Item 2.    Properties    42
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings    43
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    53
PART II          
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    54
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data    56
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    59
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    116
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    117
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    117
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures    117
Item 9B.    Other Information    121
PART III          
Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    122
Item 11.    Executive Compensation    132
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management    146
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    148
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services    158
PART IV          
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K    161

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report contains historical information, as well as forward-looking statements that involve known and unknown risks and relate to future events, our future financial performance, or our projected business results. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “targets,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Such forward-looking statements are necessarily estimates based upon current information and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual events or results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors. While it is impossible to identify all such factors, factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by us include:

 

    each of the factors discussed in Item 1, Business , “Risk Factors;”

 

    the outcome of continuing investigations by the Department of Justice and other governmental agencies regarding our financial reporting and related activity;

 

    the outcome of pending litigation filed against us, including class action litigation alleging violations of federal securities laws by us;

 

    significant changes in our management team;

 

    unreliability of our previously issued financial statements;

 

    responses to our restatement of previously issued financial statements;

 

    our ability to successfully refinance our existing indebtedness as it becomes due;

 

    our ability to continue to operate in the ordinary course and manage our relationships with our patients, lenders, bondholders, vendors, suppliers, and employees;

 

    changes or delays in or suspension of reimbursement for our services by governmental or private payors;

 

    changes in the regulations of the health care industry at either or both of the federal and state levels;

 

    changes in reimbursement for health care services we provide;

 

    competitive pressures in the health care industry and our response to those pressures;

 

    our ability to obtain and retain favorable arrangements with third-party payors;

 

    our ability to attract and retain nurses, therapists, and other health care professionals in a highly competitive environment with often severe staffing shortages; and

 

    general conditions in the economy and capital markets.

 

The cautionary statements referred to in this section also should be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that may be issued by us or persons acting on our behalf. We undertake no duty to update these forward-looking statements, even though our situation may change in the future. Furthermore, we cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance, or achievements.

 

ii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT THIS REPORT

 

This annual report is our first regular periodic report covering periods after September 30, 2002. Readers should be aware that several aspects of this annual report differ from other annual reports. First, this report is for the annual reporting periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Second, because of the gap in our public reporting and the significant changes we have made to our business in the interim, most of the information relating to our business, current directors, current officers, and related matters is primarily for the period between December 31, 2003 and the date of this filing. Third, this report contains a restatement of our previously issued consolidated financial statements for 2001 and 2000 in addition to initial consolidated financial statements for 2003 and 2002.

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

General

 

HealthSouth is the largest provider of ambulatory surgery and rehabilitative health care services in the United States, with approximately 1,300 facilities and 40,000 full- and part-time employees. As used in this report, the terms “HealthSouth,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “company” refer to HealthSouth Corporation and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated or indicated by context. In addition, we use the term “HealthSouth Corporation” to refer to HealthSouth Corporation alone wherever a distinction between HealthSouth Corporation and its subsidiaries is required or aids in the understanding of this filing.

 

HealthSouth Corporation was organized as a Delaware corporation in February 1984. Our principal executive offices are located at One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, and the telephone number of our principal executive offices is (205) 967-7116.

 

Significant Events Since Our Last Regular Periodic Report

 

It has been more than two years since our last annual or quarterly periodic filing. In the interim, our employees, investors, and partners have experienced profound turmoil and change. Despite these challenges, we have stabilized operations, cooperated with federal investigators, and in some cases reached settlements with government agencies. Moreover, we have identified and partially remedied deficient operational and accounting controls, made significant positive changes to our management team and board of directors, and worked to restore our credibility. In addition, we have transformed our corporate culture into one premised on integrity, transparency, honesty, accountability, and regulatory compliance. In short, we are working to put the past behind us.

 

Below is a summary of significant events that have occurred since the filing of our quarterly report for the period ended September 30, 2002. We encourage you to read this summary together with the discussions contained in this Item, “Risk Factors,” and in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , which highlight additional considerations about HealthSouth.

 

Governmental Investigations

 

As described more fully below, we recently settled a lawsuit brought by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) relating to our financial reporting practices prior to March 2003. Investigations by the criminal division of the United States Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Alabama are ongoing. We also were the subject of an investigation by the DOJ’s civil division regarding our participation in federal health care programs that was recently concluded, although the DOJ’s civil division continues to review certain self-disclosures made by us to

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the Office of Inspector General (the “OIG”) of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”). As reflected in the following timeline, we became aware of these investigations beginning in late 2002 and early 2003.

 

    September 17, 2002—The SEC’s Division of Enforcement notified us that it was conducting an investigation of trading in our securities that occurred prior to an August 27, 2002 press release concerning the impact of new Medicare billing guidance on our expected earnings.

 

    February 5, 2003—The United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama issued a subpoena requiring us to provide various documents in connection with a criminal investigation of us and certain of our directors, officers, and employees being conducted by the United States Attorney for the Northern District of Alabama.

 

    March 18, 2003—Agents from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (the “FBI”) executed a search warrant at our headquarters and were provided access to a number of financial records and other materials. The agents simultaneously served a grand jury subpoena on us on behalf of the DOJ’s criminal division. Some of our employees also received subpoenas.

 

    March 19, 2003—The SEC filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama against us and our then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard M. Scrushy. The lawsuit alleges we overstated earnings by at least $1.4 billion since 1999, and that this overstatement occurred because Mr. Scrushy insisted we meet or exceed earnings expectations established by Wall Street analysts.

 

    April 10, 2003—The DOJ’s civil division notified us that it was expanding its civil fraud investigation of HealthSouth into allegations we submitted various fraudulent Medicare cost reports.

 

Public disclosure of these investigations and the SEC’s lawsuit precipitated a number of events that had an immediate and substantial negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. These events, which began within weeks of the SEC’s lawsuit, are summarized below:

 

    The SEC ordered a two-day halt in trading of our securities.

 

    The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) delisted our common stock.

 

    Our lenders froze the line of credit under our $1.25 billion credit agreement, substantially impairing our liquidity, and subsequently claimed we were in default under that agreement.

 

    Our lenders instituted a payment blockage that, among other things, prohibited us from making an approximately $350 million payment due April 1, 2003 to certain bondholders.

 

    Certain bondholders delivered notices of technical default.

 

    A number of lawsuits were filed against us and some of our current and former employees, officers, and directors in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, generally purporting to be class actions under the federal securities laws on behalf of those who purchased our common stock and other securities during a period beginning February 25, 1998 and ending March 19, 2003.

 

    Approximately 14 insurance companies, including the primary carriers for our director and officer liability policy, filed complaints against us in an attempt to rescind or deny coverage under various insurance policies.

 

As described more fully below, as of the filing date of this annual report:

 

   

We have settled with the DOJ’s civil division and other parties regarding their allegations that we submitted various fraudulent Medicare cost reports and committed certain other violations of federal health care program requirements. Although this settlement does not cover all similar claims that have been or could be brought against us, it settles the primary known claims that have been pending against us relating to our participation in federal health care programs. The DOJ’s civil division continues to

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

review certain self-disclosures made by us to the OIG. For additional information about this settlement, see this Item, “Medicare Program Settlement.”

 

    We have settled with the SEC regarding its allegations that we violated and/or aided and abetted violations of the antifraud, reporting, books-and-records, and internal controls provisions of the federal securities laws. For additional information about this settlement, see this Item, “SEC Settlement.”

 

    We have successfully amended our publicly traded senior notes and senior subordinated notes and cured all defaults existing prior to those amendments.

 

    We have amended and restated our $1.25 billion credit agreement, thereby curing any defaults of that credit agreement existing prior to such amendment and restatement. Our amended and restated credit agreement consists of a $315 million term loan, a $250 million revolving line of credit, and $150 million in letter of credit facilities. It is secured by substantially all of HealthSouth Corporation’s assets and the stock of HealthSouth Corporation’s first-tier subsidiaries.

 

    Our stock continues to be traded on the over-the-counter “Pink Sheets” market under the symbol HLSH, although we plan to apply for listing of our stock on either the NYSE or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation National Market System (“NASDAQ”) once we achieve compliance with the SEC’s periodic disclosure requirements, which we anticipate will occur in 2006.

 

    We continue to provide federal law enforcement officials and other federal investigators, including the DOJ’s civil and criminal division and the SEC, with our cooperation as they work to conclude their investigations.

 

Still, developments relating to governmental investigations and responses to those investigations by us and by others will continue to create various risks and uncertainties that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Our Response to the Crisis

 

On March 19, 2003, the date the SEC announced its lawsuit against us, our board of directors placed our then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard M. Scrushy, and our then-Chief Financial Officer, William T. Owens, on administrative leave. Their employment was subsequently terminated. Also on March 19, 2003, the board of directors elected Joel C. Gordon, a HealthSouth director since 1996, as interim Chairman of the Board, and Robert P. May, a HealthSouth director since 2002, as interim Chief Executive Officer.

 

On March 22, 2003, our board directed a special committee of the board of directors (the “Special Audit Review Committee”) to conduct an independent forensic investigation of accounting irregularities at HealthSouth and to consider any related matters that it concluded deserved review or comment. Our board of directors selected Jon F. Hanson, then one of only two board members who had not served as a director when the principal events under investigation occurred, to conduct the committee’s inquiry. Neither Mr. Hanson nor the committee’s legal counsel or accounting advisors had any relationships with HealthSouth, our board of directors, our employees, or others with whom we conducted business that would limit an objective inquiry regarding our financial reporting irregularities.

 

By early April 2003, we had taken several important steps to stabilize our business and operations, obtain vital management assistance and coordinate our legal strategy, including the following:

 

    We retained Alvarez & Marsal, Inc. to help stabilize our business operations and address financial and liquidity concerns.

 

    We retained Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP to serve as lead coordinating counsel with respect to corporate legal and litigation matters.

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    We established a special committee of our board of directors, consisting of all of our then-current directors other than Messrs. Scrushy and Owens, to manage the business and affairs of HealthSouth, as explained further below.

 

    We dismissed Ernst & Young LLP as our independent auditor.

 

    Our Special Audit Review Committee, through its legal counsel, engaged a forensic auditing team from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to assist in its investigation.

 

We subsequently engaged:

 

    Credit Suisse First Boston to evaluate financial restructuring alternatives,

 

    Joele Frank, Wilkinson Brimmer Katcher to manage our public communications,

 

    Grant Thornton LLP, Callaway Partners, LLC, KPMG LLP, and American Appraisal Associates to assist in the reconstruction of our financial accounts,

 

    Deloitte Consulting LLP to assist us in connection with our project management efforts with respect to our financial account reconstruction, Deloitte & Touche LLP to assist us in connection with our efforts to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and Deloitte & Touche LLP and Deloitte Consulting LLP to assist us with our efforts to improve our internal controls, and

 

    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to replace Ernst & Young LLP as our independent auditor.

 

Board, Management, and Internal Controls and Reporting Improvements

 

With our crisis response team in place, we immediately began the difficult tasks of identifying weaknesses in our governance, accounting, reporting, compliance, and management functions, and developing a plan for restructuring HealthSouth to remedy those weaknesses for the long term. Some of these efforts are summarized below.

 

Our New Board of Directors

 

On April 4, 2003, we created a special committee of our board of directors (the “Special Committee”). Our board of directors delegated to the Special Committee, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, all authority that may be delegated to the Special Committee, and authorized the Special Committee, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, to exercise all of the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of HealthSouth when the board of directors is not in session. The Special Committee currently consists of all members of the board of directors except Mr. Scrushy, who has refused our requests to resign as a director. Mr. Owens resigned from our board of directors on October 19, 2003 and was never a member of the Special Committee.

 

The transition of our board of directors continued with our announcement on December 2, 2003 that we had adopted a transition plan pursuant to which five long-standing members of our board of directors would voluntarily leave the board. In accordance with this plan, the following directors voluntarily resigned from the board: George H. Strong (effective December 15, 2003), Charles W. Newhall III (effective December 15, 2003), Larry D. Striplin, Jr. (effective April 2, 2004), C. Sage Givens (effective April 15, 2004), and John S. Chamberlin (effective August 19, 2004).

 

Of our current board of directors, seven members were added since March 2003: Steven R. Berrard (effective January 31, 2004), Edward A. Blechschmidt (effective January 31, 2004), Jay Grinney (effective May 10, 2004), Leo I. Higdon, Jr. (effective August 17, 2004), John E. Maupin, Jr. (effective August 17, 2004), Charles M. Elson (effective September 9, 2004), and Yvonne Curl (effective November 18, 2004). In addition,

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

eight members of our current board of directors qualify as “independent directors” under our Corporate Governance Guidelines. Lee S. Hillman, who joined our board of directors effective September 9, 2003, voluntarily resigned from the board effective February 18, 2005. In addition, Joel C. Gordon retired from our board of directors effective May 10, 2005 pursuant to our mandatory director retirement policy. See Item 10, Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant , for more information about our directors, including the name of each independent director.

 

The Special Committee has overseen the formulation and implementation of our turnaround strategy. Following the events of March 2003, the Special Committee installed a crisis response and interim management team and worked closely with that team to reduce costs, stabilize operations, and negotiate with our bondholders and other creditors. The Special Committee was also instrumental in identifying and hiring key executives, including our chief executive officer, and directing our negotiations with the various parties with which we have successfully reached settlement, including the DOJ and the SEC, which settlements are described later in this Item. The Special Committee, whose membership has changed over time along with changes to our board of directors, continues to oversee our management team and we anticipate that the business and affairs of the company will continue to be managed under the direction of the Special Committee until we are able to hold an annual meeting of our stockholders, at which point we anticipate the Special Committee will be abolished and these duties returned to our board of directors.

 

Our New Management Team

 

Since March 2003, we have recruited a new management team of highly qualified professionals, including the following new members of our executive management team:

 

    Jay Grinney—President and Chief Executive Officer

 

    Michael D. Snow—Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

 

    John L. Workman—Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

    John Markus—Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

 

    Gregory L. Doody—Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

    James C. Foxworthy—Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer

 

    Joseph T. Clark—President, Surgery Centers Division

 

    Karen Davis—President, Diagnostic Division

 

    Diane L. Munson—President, Outpatient Division

 

    Mark J. Tarr—President, Inpatient Division

 

Except for Ms. Davis and Mr. Tarr, none of the members of our executive management team has been employed by HealthSouth in the past. In addition to our executive management team, we have substantially replaced and expanded the management of our accounting and finance, internal audit, and compliance functions, and we have replaced or added key management personnel in each of our divisions.

 

Corporate Governance Improvements

 

Since March 2003, we have revised our Corporate Governance Guidelines and charters for all five of the standing committees of our board of directors (the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Corporate Compliance Committee, Finance Committee, and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee). Our revised guidelines and charters meet or exceed the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our revised guidelines and charters require three-quarters of the members of our board of directors to meet the criteria for independence set forth in our new Corporate Governance Guidelines. Our new Corporate Governance Guidelines

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

also create a new position of non-executive chairman of the board, limit the number of terms any director may serve, and impose limitations on the number of outside directorships our directors may hold. Additionally, non-management directors meet regularly, with the chairman of the board presiding at those meetings, and all transactions with related parties must receive the prior approval of our board of directors. Our revised guidelines and charters are available at our website, www.healthsouth.com. We will provide to any person, without charge, upon request, a copy of our revised guidelines and charters. Requests for a copy may be made in writing to the following address: Corporate Compliance Office, HealthSouth Corporation, P.O. Box 380243, Birmingham, Alabama 35238.

 

Internal Control Improvements

 

As discussed in Item 9A, Controls and Procedures , our new management team and advisors have determined that our financial systems and internal controls historically have been ineffective. Given the state of our internal controls, we hired a large group of accounting professionals and consultants to assist us with a substantive reconstruction of our historical accounting records so that we could prepare restated financial statements for 2001 and 2000 and initial financial statements for 2003 and 2002. In addition, we have engaged in, and are continuing to engage in, substantial efforts to improve our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures related to substantially all areas of our financial statements and disclosures. These efforts include the following:

 

    We have transformed our corporate culture into one premised on integrity, transparency, honesty, accountability, and regulatory compliance.

 

    Effective December 17, 2003, we commenced the reorganization of our internal audit department. We hired a new Senior Vice President—Internal Audit with more than 25 years of experience in reorganizing and leading audit departments. We have significantly expanded our internal audit department by adding 20 employees, with the majority of those employees being Certified Public Accountants, Certified Fraud Examiners, and/or Certified Internal Auditors. Our internal audit department now has access to all company records and systems, including the general ledger, and reports independently to the Audit Committee of our board of directors.

 

    We have reorganized and are committing substantial resources to our finance and accounting departments. We have replaced substantially all of our senior finance and accounting employees and have implemented a new organizational structure for those departments. We have segregated duties to mitigate the risk of one employee being able to manipulate financial transactions or to falsify entries to or approvals of any accounting records.

 

    We continue to work to improve our disclosure controls and procedures. As recommended by the SEC, we have completed and distributed a formal disclosure controls and procedures policy and formed a Disclosure Committee made up of members of our executive management team and other employees who play a substantial role in our public disclosure process.

 

    We engaged Deloitte & Touche LLP and Deloitte Consulting LLP to assist us in connection with our efforts to improve our internal control processes and Deloitte & Touche LLP to assist us in our efforts to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

We are also upgrading our information systems. For example, we plan to complete an upgrade of our inpatient division’s patient accounting system and computing infrastructure by October 2006. We have already completed the upgrade of our surgery centers division’s patient accounting system. We are nearing completion of the modernization of the clinical computing infrastructure in our outpatient division. In addition, we have installed a new Radiology Information System and Picture Archiving and Communication System in seven of our diagnostic facilities in Alabama, and we are currently reviewing opportunities for these systems in our other diagnostic centers. We plan to use these new technologies to automate the interface of our patient accounting systems to our general ledger, to create tangible operating efficiencies, and to improve accounts receivable collection.

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Corporate Compliance Improvements

 

Since March 2003, we have adopted a revised compliance program, including revised Standards of Business Conduct, to reinforce our dedication to compliance with all laws and regulations and good corporate governance. We have incorporated elements of the Standards of Business Conduct into a formal compliance training program which is required to be completed by all employees. We require each HealthSouth employee to sign a written acknowledgment that the employee has completed the program and agrees to be bound by the Standards of Business Conduct.

 

In addition to revising our compliance program, we have instituted several important compliance-related organizational changes. First, we engaged an independent third party to receive calls made to our compliance hotline. By outsourcing this function, the Corporate Compliance Committee seeks to create an environment that encourages the reporting of inappropriate or suspicious conduct without the fear of reprisal. Additionally, we hired John Markus as our Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer. Mr. Markus is an attorney with more than 13 years of experience in corporate compliance. We are committing substantial financial resources to our corporate compliance department on a yearly basis, including the creation of a dedicated regulatory compliance audit staff. We have also established a compliance steering committee that includes all members of our executive management team and have appointed compliance officers for each of our operating divisions.

 

Results of Forensic Audit Review and Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As mentioned above, the Special Audit Review Committee, through its legal counsel, retained PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to assist in a forensic review of our historical accounting and financial reporting. Furthermore, we engaged Grant Thornton LLP, Callaway Partners, LLC, KPMG LLP, and American Appraisal Associates to assist in reconstructing our financial records.

 

In the course of reviewing our historical accounting and financial reporting and reconstructing our financial records:

 

    We evaluated numerous accounting entries, including those identified by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s forensic team as fraudulent.

 

    We assessed the potential impact of historical accounting practices that were not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”).

 

    We identified material weaknesses in our internal controls and began remediating those material weaknesses.

 

    We identified shortfalls in information technology and financial systems and began implementing several enhancements to those systems.

 

    We identified and implemented accounting policies, including policies relating to revenue recognition, consolidation, long-lived assets, and goodwill and intangible assets.

 

The Special Audit Review Committee completed its review in May 2004 and provided a copy of the report of its findings to us on May 28, 2004. We furnished the report to the SEC in a Form 8-K on June 1, 2004. In June 2005, we completed the reconstruction of our accounting records for periods from January 1, 2000 to December 31, 2003. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has completed its audits of our 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements, as well as the reaudits of our 2002 and 2001 consolidated financial statements, and its report accompanies this annual report.

 

In our restated consolidated financial statements for 2001 and 2000, we restate our earnings, write down property and equipment, goodwill, and other intangible assets, and make other adjustments from our previously

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

issued consolidated financial statements. These adjustments include a cumulative net reduction to shareholders’ equity of $3.9 billion as of December 31, 2001, a reduction in previously reported net income of $393.6 million for 2001 and $642.7 million for 2000. Adjustments to our January 1, 2000 previously reported retained earnings balance approximated $3.0 billion. In addition, we reduced net goodwill and other intangible assets recognized in our previously issued consolidated financial statements from $2.7 billion to $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2001. We also adjusted the net carrying values of property and equipment recognized in our previously issued consolidated financial statements from $2.8 billion to $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2001. The following chart summarizes the net impact of the restatement adjustments on our previously reported revenues, net income, and net income per share:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2001


    Year Ended
December 31, 2000


 
     As Previously
Reported


   As Restated

    As Previously
Reported


   As Restated

 
     (in thousands, except per
share amounts)
    (in thousands, except per
share amounts)
 

Revenues (1)

   $ 4,380,477    $ 3,553,057     $ 4,195,115    $ 3,498,836  

Net income (loss)

   $ 202,387    $ (191,225 )   $ 278,465    $ (364,243 )

Net income (loss) per share

                              

Basic

   $ 0.52    $ (0.49 )   $ 0.72    $ (0.94 )

Diluted

   $ 0.51    $ (0.49 )   $ 0.71    $ (0.94 )

(1) Includes reclassification of discontinued operations.

 

For more information regarding the restatement of our 2001 and 2000 consolidated financial statements, see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , and Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Financial Restructuring

 

The response of our lenders and other creditors to the governmental investigations regarding our financial reporting and related activities forced us to take immediate steps to increase our liquidity, including implementing severe cost reductions and entering into protracted negotiations with our lenders and other creditors to expand our credit options.

 

Cost Reductions

 

During 2003 and 2004, we aggressively pursued cost reduction activities in non-patient care areas, including the elimination of non-clinical corporate positions, the completion of several non-core asset sales that resulted in total sale proceeds of $271 million, the completion of lease buyouts that resulted in annual savings in lease obligations, and the tightening of spending controls, including a reduction in non-critical capital expenditures. See this Item, “Our Business—Operational Agenda” for a description of our continuing efforts to reduce overhead.

 

Consent Solicitations for Publicly Traded Debt

 

On March 16, 2004, we announced that we were soliciting consents seeking approval of proposed amendments to, and waivers under, the indentures governing all of our public debt. We solicited these consents to resolve issues relating to our inability to provide current financial statements, to increase our ability to incur indebtedness under certain circumstances, and to obtain waivers of all alleged and potential defaults under the respective indentures governing our public debt.

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

On June 24, 2004, we announced that we had closed our consent solicitations and executed seven supplemental indentures, bringing us into compliance on all of our $2.6 billion in public debt. Accordingly, we have classified this debt as long-term at December 31, 2003. We paid $80 million in consent fees for all of our debt issues covered by the consent solicitations.

 

For more information regarding our consent solicitations, see Item 4, Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders , and Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 

On March 23, 2003, our line of credit was frozen under the $1.25 billion credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, which serves as administrative agent, Wachovia Bank, N.A., UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Bank AG, and Bank of America, N.A. On March 27, 2003, we received notice that we were in default under this agreement. We commenced negotiations with our lenders to resolve the default. On March 21, 2005, we amended and restated our credit agreement, thereby curing any defaults of the credit agreement that existed prior to such amendment and restatement. Our amended and restated credit agreement consists of a $315 million term loan, a $250 million revolving line of credit, and $150 million in letter of credit facilities. It is secured by substantially all of HealthSouth Corporation’s assets and the stock of HealthSouth Corporation’s first-tier subsidiaries. For additional information about our amended and restated credit agreement, see Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Senior Subordinated Credit Agreement

 

As a result of the default under our $1.25 billion credit agreement, our lenders instituted a payment blockage that prohibited us from making an approximately $350 million payment of principal and interest due to holders of our 3.25% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due April 1, 2003. On January 16, 2004, we repaid these bonds ($344 million in the aggregate) from the net proceeds of a $355 million loan arranged by Credit Suisse First Boston. This loan has an interest rate of 10.375% per annum, payable quarterly, with a 7-year maturity, callable after the third year with a premium. We also issued a warrant to the lender to purchase 10 million shares of our common stock. The warrant has a term of 10 years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $6.50 per share. For additional information about our senior subordinated credit agreement, see Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Term Loan Agreement

 

On June 15, 2005, we entered into a $200 million term loan agreement with a consortium of financial institutions, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (“JPMorgan”), and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Syndication Agent. Pursuant to the term loan agreement, we obtained a new senior unsecured term facility consisting of term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $200 million. The term loans initially bear interest at a rate of LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus 5% per year (the “Initial Rate”). Thereafter, they will bear interest, at our option, at a rate of (1) the Initial Rate or (2) 4% per year plus the higher of (x) JPMorgan’s prime rate and (y) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%. The term loans mature in full on June 15, 2010.

 

The proceeds of the term loans, together with cash on hand, were used to repay our $245 million 6.875% Senior Notes due June 15, 2005 and to pay fees and expenses related to the term loans. For additional information about our term loan agreement, see Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Status of Long-Term Indebtedness and Liquidity

 

Our long-term debt as of December 31, 2003 is summarized in the following table.

 

Source


   Outstanding
Debt (Face) (1)


   Interest
Rate (2)


    2004
Annual Interest
Expense (Actual) (3)


     ($ in thousands)          ($ in thousands)

Advances under $1.25 billion revolving credit agreement

   $ 315,000    Variable     $ 16,828
    

        

Bonds Payable—

                   

3.25% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003 (4)

     344,150    3.250 %     36,466

6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 (5)

     245,000    6.875 %     16,844

7.375% Senior Notes due 2006

     180,300    7.375 %     13,297

7.000% Senior Notes due 2008 (6)

     250,000    7.000 %     17,500

8.500% Senior Notes due 2008

     343,000    8.500 %     29,155

10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

     319,260    10.750 %     34,320

6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011

     6,311    6.500 %     410

8.375% Senior Notes due 2011 (7)

     347,700    8.375 %     29,120

7.625% Senior Notes due 2012 (7)

     908,700    7.625 %     69,288

8.750% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

     14,447    8.750 %     1,075
    

        

       2,958,868            247,475
    

        

Hospital Revenue Bond Payable

     2,400    Variable       28

Notes Payable

     19,818    Varies       1,695

Noncompete Agreements Payable

     4,663    Varies       126

Capital Lease Obligations

     229,909    Varies       15,473
    

        

Total

   $ 3,530,658          $ 281,625
    

        


(1) Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, presents outstanding long-term debt at its net book value, which, because of discounts or premiums, differs from the face amounts shown in this table. This table excludes $59 million in letter of credit obligations.
(2) Interest rate represents the stated interest rate, not the effective interest rate. The range of interest rates for the following categories varies as follows: Notes Payable (2.3% to 10.5%), Noncompete Agreements Payable (2.3% to 7.1%), and Capital Lease Obligations (6.0% to 12.0%).
(3) This table does not include amortization of debt discount.
(4) The 3.25% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003 were repaid on January 16, 2004 with the proceeds of a seven year $355 million senior subordinated credit agreement, bearing interest at a rate of 10.375% per annum. The table above combines 2004 actual annual interest expense from the 3.25% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003 ($466,000) with 2004 actual annual interest expense from the senior subordinated credit agreement ($36 million).
(5) These notes were repaid on June 15, 2005 with cash and the proceeds from a $200 million term loan agreement that matures in 2010.
(6) Holders have the option to require us to repurchase these notes on January 15, 2007.
(7) Holders have the option to require us to repurchase these notes on January 2, 2009.

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our long-term debt as of December 31, 2004 is summarized in the following chart.

 

Source


  Outstanding
Debt (Face) (1)


  Interest
Rate (2)


    2005
Annual Interest
Expense (Estimated) (3)


    ($ in thousands)         ($ in thousands)

Advances under $1.25 billion revolving credit agreement (4)

  $ 315,000   Variable     $ 18,305
   

       

Bonds Payable—

                 

6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 (5)

    245,000   6.875 %     16,642

7.375% Senior Notes due 2006

    180,300   7.375 %     13,297

7.000% Senior Notes due 2008 (6)

    250,000   7.000 %     17,500

8.500% Senior Notes due 2008

    343,000   8.500 %     29,155

10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

    319,260   10.750 %     34,320

6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011

    6,311   6.500 %     410

8.375% Senior Notes due 2011 (7)

    347,700   8.375 %     29,120

10.375% Senior Subordinated Credit Agreement due 2011

    355,000   10.375 %     36,831

7.625% Senior Notes due 2012 (7)

    908,700   7.625 %     69,288

8.750% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2015
(8)

    11,573   8.750 %     918
   

       

      2,966,844           247,481
   

       

Hospital Revenue Bond Payable

    1,400   Variable       8

Notes Payable

    14,919   Varies       1,268

Noncompete Agreements Payable

    2,021   Varies       81

Capital Lease Obligations

    195,682   Varies       13,101
   

       

Total

  $ 3,495,866         $ 280,244
   

       


(1) Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, presents outstanding long-term debt at its net book value, which, because of discounts or premiums, differs from the face amounts shown in this table. This table excludes $106 million in letter of credit obligations.
(2) Interest rate represents the stated interest rate, not the effective interest rate. The range of interest rates for the following categories varies as follows: Notes Payable (2.3% to 10.5%), Noncompete Agreements Payable (2.3% to 7.1%), and Capital Lease Obligations (6.0% to 12.0%). For advances under our $1.25 billion credit agreement, the 2005 annual interest expense was estimated using the 6.25% rate that was in effect on December 31, 2004.
(3) This table does not include amortization of debt discount.
(4) In March 2005 we amended and restated this agreement. Our amended and restated credit agreement consists of a $315 million term loan, a $250 million revolving line of credit, and $150 million in letter of credit facilities. We estimated 2005 annual interest expense using the 5.59% rate that was in effect on June 15, 2005, although that rate may change.
(5) These notes were repaid on June 15, 2005 with cash and the proceeds from a $200 million term loan agreement that matures in 2010. We estimated 2005 annual interest expense using the 8.22% rate that was in effect on June 15, 2005, although that rate may change.
(6) Holders have the option to require us to repurchase these notes on January 15, 2007.
(7) Holders have the option to require us to repurchase these notes on January 2, 2009.
(8) We made a sinking fund payment on these notes in April 2005. The current principal balance of these notes is $10.1 million.

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of May 31, 2005, the maturity schedule for (1) the indebtedness set forth in the table above under the caption “Bonds Payable” and (2) the indebtedness related to our amended and restated credit agreement (assuming the maturity for the amended and restated credit agreement is extended to 2010), is as follows:

 

LOGO

 

If all noteholders were to exercise their options to require us to repurchase their notes in 2007 and 2009, the maturity schedule would be as follows:

 

LOGO

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately $346 million in available cash and cash equivalents. We also had approximately $244 million in “restricted cash,” which is cash we cannot use because of various obligations we have under lending agreements, partnership agreements, and other arrangements primarily related to our captive insurance company. As of December 31, 2003, we had $472.8 million in available cash and cash equivalents and $174.9 million in restricted cash. For more information about our liquidity, please see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , Note 3, Liquidity , and Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Medicare Program Settlement

 

The Civil DOJ Settlement

 

On January 23, 2002, the United States intervened in four lawsuits filed against us under the federal civil False Claims Act. These so-called “ qui tam ” ( i.e. , whistleblower) lawsuits were transferred to the Western District of Texas and were consolidated under the caption United States ex rel. Devage v. HealthSouth Corp., et al. , No. 98-CA-0372 (DWS) (W.D. Tex. San Antonio).

 

On April 10, 2003, the United States informed us that it was expanding its investigation to review whether fraudulent accounting practices affected our previously submitted Medicare cost reports.

 

On December 30, 2004, we entered into a global settlement agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) with the United States. This settlement was comprised of (1) the claims consolidated in the Devage case, which related to claims for reimbursement for outpatient physical therapy services rendered to Medicare, the TRICARE Management Activity (“TRICARE”), or United States Department of Labor (“DOL”) beneficiaries, (2) the submission of claims to Medicare for costs relating to our allegedly improper accounting practices, (3) the submission of other unallowable costs included in our Medicare Home Office Cost

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Statements and in our individual provider cost reports, and (4) certain other conduct (collectively, the “Covered Conduct”). The parties to this global settlement include us and the United States acting through the DOJ’s civil division, the OIG, the DOL through the Employment Standards Administration’s Office of Workers’ Compensation Programs, Division of Federal Employees’ Compensation (“OWCP-DFEC”), TRICARE, and certain other individuals and entities which had filed civil suits against us and/or our affiliates (those other individuals and entities, the “Relators”).

 

Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, we agreed to make cash payments to the United States in the aggregate amount of $325 million, plus accrued interest from November 4, 2004 at an annual rate of 4.125%. The United States agreed, in turn, to pay the Relators the portion of the Settlement Amount due to the Relators pursuant to the terms of the Settlement Agreement. We made an initial payment of $75 million (plus interest) to the United States on January 3, 2005, with the remaining balance of $250 million (plus interest) to be paid in quarterly installments over three years. We made our first quarterly payment of approximately $22.3 million (including interest) on March 31, 2005.

 

The Settlement Agreement provides for our release by the United States from any civil or administrative monetary claim the United States had or may have had relating to Covered Conduct that occurred on or before December 31, 2002 (with the exception of Covered Conduct for certain outlier payments, for which the release date is extended to September 30, 2003). The Settlement Agreement also provides for our release by the Relators from all claims based upon any transaction or incident occurring prior to December 30, 2004, including all claims that have been or could have been asserted in each Relator’s civil action, and from any civil monetary claim the United States had or may have had for the Covered Conduct that is pled in each Relator’s civil action.

 

The Settlement Agreement also provides for the release of HealthSouth by the OIG and OWCP-DFEC, and the agreement by the OIG and OWCP-DFEC to refrain from instituting, directing, or maintaining any administrative action seeking exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, the FECA Program, the TRICARE Program and other federal health care programs, as applicable, for the Covered Conduct. The DOJ’s civil division continues to review certain self-disclosures made by us to the OIG.

 

The Administrative Settlement Agreement

 

In connection with the Settlement Agreement, we entered into a separate settlement agreement (the “Administrative Settlement Agreement”) with the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) acting on behalf of HHS, to resolve issues associated with various Medicare cost reporting practices.

 

Subject to certain exceptions and the terms and conditions of the Administrative Settlement Agreement, the Administrative Settlement Agreement provides for the release of HealthSouth by CMS from any obligations related to any cost statements or cost reports that had or could have been submitted to CMS or its fiscal intermediaries by HealthSouth for cost reporting periods ended on or before December 31, 2003. The Administrative Settlement Agreement provides that all covered cost reports be closed and considered final and settled.

 

Financial Consequences of the Civil DOJ Settlement and the Administrative Settlement Agreement

 

As described in Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, the total known cost of settlement is $347.7 million, which is comprised of the $325 million cash settlement to be paid to the United States, $19.7 million representing uncollectible amounts due arising from cost reports submitted for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and prior, as well as unallowable costs in the covered cost reports, and $3 million in associated legal fees.

 

The December 2004 Corporate Integrity Agreement

 

On December 30, 2004, we entered into a new corporate integrity agreement (“CIA”) with the OIG. This new CIA has an effective date of January 1, 2005 and a term of five years from that effective date. It incorporates

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

a number of compliance program changes already implemented by us and requires, among other things, that not later than 90 days after the effective date we:

 

    form an executive compliance committee (made up of our Chief Compliance Officer and other executive management members), which shall participate in the formulation and implementation of HealthSouth’s compliance program;

 

    require certain independent contractors to abide by our Standards of Business Conduct;

 

    provide general compliance training to all HealthSouth personnel as well as specialized training to personnel responsible for billing, coding, and cost reporting relating to federal health care programs;

 

    report and return any overpayments received from federal health care programs;

 

    notify the OIG of any new investigations or legal proceedings initiated by a governmental entity involving an allegation of fraud or criminal conduct against HealthSouth;

 

    notify the OIG of the purchase, sale, closure, establishment, or relocation of any facility furnishing items or services that are reimbursed under federal health care programs; and

 

    submit regular reports to the OIG regarding our compliance with the CIA.

 

On April 28, 2005, we submitted an implementation report to the OIG stating that we had, within the 90-day time frame, materially complied with the initial requirements of this new CIA.

 

The CIA also requires that we engage an Independent Review Organization (“IRO”) to assist us in assessing and evaluating: (1) our billing, coding, and cost reporting practices with respect to our inpatient rehabilitation facilities (“IRFs”), (2) our billing and coding practices for outpatient items and services furnished by outpatient departments of our inpatient facilities and through other HealthSouth outpatient rehabilitation facilities; and (3) certain other obligations pursuant to the CIA and the Settlement Agreement. We have engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to serve as our IRO.

 

Failure to meet our obligations under our CIA could result in stipulated financial penalties. Failure to comply with material terms, however, could lead to exclusion from further participation in federal health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, which currently account for a substantial portion of our revenues.

 

SEC Settlement

 

On June 6, 2005, the SEC approved a settlement (the “SEC Settlement”) with us relating to the actions filed by the SEC on March 19, 2003 captioned SEC v. HealthSouth Corporation and Richard M. Scrushy, No. CV-03-J-0615-S (N.D. Ala.) (the “SEC Litigation”).

 

That lawsuit alleges that HealthSouth and our former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard M. Scrushy, violated and/or aided and abetted violations of the antifraud, reporting, books-and-records, and internal controls provisions of the federal securities laws. On April 3, 2003, the SEC filed an amended complaint adding additional charges against Mr. Scrushy. On May 7, 2003, the SEC Litigation was stayed pending the resolution of any criminal charges against Mr. Scrushy or notification that Mr. Scrushy would not be criminally charged.

 

Under the terms of the SEC Settlement, we have agreed, without admitting or denying the SEC’s allegations, to be enjoined from future violations of certain provisions of the securities laws. We have also agreed to:

 

    pay a $100 million civil penalty and disgorgement of $100 to the SEC in the following installments: $12,500,100 by October 15, 2005, $12.5 million by April 15, 2006, $25 million by October 15, 2006; $25 million by April 15, 2007, and $25 million by October 15, 2007;

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    retain a qualified governance consultant to perform a review of the adequacy and effectiveness of our corporate governance systems, policies, plans, and practices;

 

    either (1) retain a qualified accounting consultant to perform a review of the effectiveness of our material internal accounting control structure and policies, as well as the effectiveness and propriety of our processes, practices, and policies for ensuring our financial data is accurately reported in our filed consolidated financial statements, or (2) within 60 days of filing with the SEC audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, provide to the SEC all communications between our independent auditor and our management and/or Audit Committee from the date of the judgment until such report concerning our internal accounting controls is finalized;

 

    provide reasonable training and education to certain of our officers and employees to minimize the possibility of future violations of the federal securities laws;

 

    continue to cooperate with the SEC and the DOJ in their respective ongoing investigations; and

 

    create, staff, and maintain the position of Inspector General within HealthSouth, which position shall have the responsibility of reporting any indications of violations of law or of HealthSouth’s procedures, insofar as they are relevant to the duties of the Audit Committee, to the Audit Committee.

 

The SEC Settlement also provides that we must treat the amounts ordered to be paid as civil penalties as penalties paid to the government for all purposes, including all tax purposes, and that we will not be able to be reimbursed or indemnified for such payments through insurance or any other source, or use such payments to set off or reduce any award of compensatory damages to plaintiffs in related securities litigation pending against us.

 

In connection with the SEC Settlement, we consented to the entry of a final judgment in the SEC Litigation (which judgment was entered by the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, Southern Division) to implement the terms of the SEC Settlement. However, Mr. Scrushy remains a defendant in the SEC Litigation.

 

For additional information about the SEC Settlement, see Note 22, SEC Settlement , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Our Business

 

We have spent two years responding to the various legal, financial, and operational challenges summarized above. We are now in the first year of a multi-year turnaround plan. We are primarily focused on continuing to evaluate our business, the broader health care market, and the specific geographic markets we serve, with the goal of repositioning HealthSouth as a leading provider of post-acute care and select ambulatory services. To this end, we are planning to expand the post-acute care services provided at or complementary to our inpatient facilities, such as long-term acute care, skilled nursing, and home health services. In addition, we plan to reposition the focus of our outpatient facilities (surgery, outpatient rehabilitation, and diagnostic) into key markets, and look for expansion and growth opportunities in those markets. We also have received inquiries from parties interested in acquiring our diagnostic division. As we continue to develop our strategic plan, we will evaluate the role of each division, including the diagnostic division, in that plan. Even if consistent with our strategic plan, an important consideration in our decision to divest any material asset from our portfolio would be whether the transaction would help to deleverage the company.

 

Industry Trends

 

As a provider of rehabilitative health care, ambulatory surgery, and diagnostic services, our revenues and growth are affected by trends in health care spending. According to estimates published by CMS’s Office of the Actuary, the health care sector is growing faster than the overall economy. In 2004, the total U.S. gross domestic

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

product is estimated to be $11.7 trillion. Total national health care spending comprised $1.8 trillion, or 15.4% of that figure. While the United States Department of Commerce reports that the overall economy is estimated to have grown at an average rate of 5.2% per year since 1990, health care spending has increased by an average of 7% per year over that same time period. CMS estimates that by 2014 total national health care expenditures will have increased to $3.6 trillion, which will represent 18.7% of the projected U.S. gross domestic product.

 

Demographic factors contribute to long-term growth projections in health care spending. According to the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2004 interim projections, there were approximately 35 million Americans aged 65 or older. The number of Americans aged 65 or older is expected to increase to approximately 40 million by 2010 and approximately 54 million by 2020. By 2030, the number of Americans aged 65 or older is expected to reach approximately 70 million, or 20% of the U.S. population.

 

We believe that the aging of the U.S. population and the continuing growth in health care spending will increase demand for the types of services we provide. First, many of the health conditions associated with aging—such as strokes and heart attacks, neurological disorders, and diseases and injuries to the muscles, bones, and joints—will increase the demand for ambulatory surgery and rehabilitative services. Second, pressure from payors to provide efficient, high-quality health care services is forcing many procedures traditionally performed in acute care facilities out of the acute care environment.

 

Operating Divisions

 

We believe that demographics, regulation, payor pressures to reduce cost, technological advancements, and increased quality requirements will continue to fuel demand for the services we provide. We believe we can take advantage of these health care trends in the markets we currently occupy as well as leverage our size and expertise to expand our services and increase our influence in key markets.

 

We currently provide various patient care services through four primary operating divisions and certain other services through a fifth operating division, which together correspond to our five reporting segments. Although we have no current plans to change our operating divisions, we are continually evaluating and looking to optimize our operational structure and the mix of services we provide, which may lead to future changes in our operating divisions. Our consolidated net operating revenues were $3.96 billion for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 and $3.96 billion for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. We had a diversified payor mix across all our reporting segments, with Medicare representing the highest percentage of revenues.

 

For additional information regarding our business segments and related information, see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , “Segment Results of Operations,” and Note 24, Segment Reporting , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Inpatient

 

We are the nation’s largest provider of inpatient rehabilitation services. Our inpatient division operates IRFs and long-term acute care hospitals (“LTCHs”) and provides treatment on both an inpatient and outpatient basis. Our inpatient facilities are located in 28 states, with a concentration of facilities in Texas, Pennsylvania, Florida, Tennessee, and Alabama. We also have facilities in Puerto Rico and Australia.

 

As of December 31, 2004, our inpatient division operated 94 freestanding IRFs (65 of which are wholly owned and 29 of which are jointly owned), 1 wholly owned acute care hospital where we ceased providing acute care services in favor of inpatient rehabilitation services, and 3 satellite facilities with inpatient beds. As of December 31, 2004, we operated 9 LTCHs (8 of which are wholly owned and 1 of which is jointly owned), 7 of which are freestanding and 2 of which are hospital-within-hospital facilities. We also operated 2 satellite facilities with LTCH beds. One of our LTCHs was not certified as an LTCH by CMS until April 2005, although it received patients in 2004 and was reimbursed by Medicare as an acute care hospital. Our inpatient division also

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

provides outpatient services through 152 facilities (128 of which are wholly owned and 24 of which are jointly owned) located within our IRFs or in satellite facilities near our IRFs. In addition to HealthSouth facilities, our inpatient division operates 13 inpatient facilities, 11 outpatient facilities, and 2 gamma knives through management contracts.

 

Our IRFs provide services to patients who require intensive inpatient rehabilitative care. Inpatient rehabilitation patients typically experience significant physical disabilities due to various conditions, such as head injury, spinal cord injury, stroke, certain orthopedic problems, and neuromuscular disease. Our IRFs provide the medical, nursing, therapy, and ancillary services required to comply with local, state, and federal regulations, as well as accreditation standards of the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (the “JCAHO”) and, for some facilities, the Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities. The outpatient services offered by our inpatient division generally differ from those offered by our outpatient division (described below) based on patient diagnosis.

 

Although the market for inpatient rehabilitation services is highly competitive, it is also highly fragmented. This fragmentation creates potential consolidation opportunities for us. In addition, because of our size, we believe we differentiate ourselves from our competitors in the following ways:

 

    Quality . Our IRFs provide a broad base of clinical experience from which we have developed clinical best practices and protocols. We believe these clinical best practices and protocols help ensure the delivery of consistently high quality rehabilitative services across all of our IRFs. To measure the quality of our services, we assess patients using the Functional Independence Measure (“FIM”). FIM is the most widely accepted functional assessment measure in use in the rehabilitation industry. It is used to assess the progress of inpatient rehabilitation from admission to discharge. Our inpatient admission FIM scores tend to be lower than the industry average, which means that our patients are in a worse condition at admission compared to patients at other IRFs. The change in our FIM scores between admission and discharge tends to be higher than the industry average. This means that our patients’ improvement from the time of admission to discharge is on average higher than those of other IRFs.

 

    Cost Effectiveness . Our size also helps us provide inpatient rehabilitative services on a very cost-effective basis. Specifically, because of our large number of inpatient facilities, we can utilize standardized staffing models and take advantage of certain supply chain efficiencies. We continue to try to reduce our costs by leveraging our size.

 

    Technology . As a market leader in inpatient rehabilitation, we have devoted substantial resources to creating and leveraging rehabilitative technology. For example, we have developed an innovative therapeutic device called the “AutoAmbulator,” which can help advance the rehabilitative process for patients who experience difficulty walking.

 

Our inpatient division’s payor mix is weighted toward government-funded sources, including Medicare. For the year ended December 31, 2003, Medicare represented 70.6% of the inpatient division’s net operating revenue, which totaled $2 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2002, Medicare represented 64% of the inpatient division’s net operating revenue, which totaled $1.9 billion.

 

On May 7, 2004, CMS issued a final rule, effective July 1, 2004, that stipulates revised classification criteria that a facility is required to meet to be considered an IRF by Medicare. This is known as the “75% Rule.” The 75% Rule is discussed in more detail in this Item, “Sources of Revenue.” The 75% Rule, as revised, generally provides that to be considered an IRF, and to receive reimbursement for services under the IRF prospective payment system methodology, 75% of a facility’s total patient population must require intensive rehabilitation services associated with treatment of at least one of 13 designated medical conditions. As a practical matter, this means that to maintain our current level of revenue from our IRFs we will need to reduce the number of non-qualifying patients treated at our IRFs and replace them with qualifying patients, establish other sources of revenues at our IRFs, or both. The revised 75% Rule will be phased in over a period that began on July 1, 2004 and will end (i.e., full compliance will be required) for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007.

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In January 2005, CMS suspended enforcement of the revised 75% Rule in response to a provision of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2005, enacted as Public Law 108-447, that directed CMS not to change the status of certain IRFs for their failure to comply with the revised 75% Rule until the Secretary of HHS made a determination based on the recently issued report by the Government Accountability Office (the “GAO”). On June 21, 2005, CMS issued a notice announcing that it will proceed with implementing the revised 75% Rule as set forth in its previously issued final rule. The notice states that CMS has determined it has already been taking the steps that the GAO recommended to improve how facilities are classified as an IRF and that the revised classification criteria for IRFs contained in the revised 75% Rule are not inconsistent with the recommendations in the GAO report. Accordingly, the June 21 notice lifts the suspension of enforcement of the revised 75% Rule.

 

Anticipating that CMS would implement the revised 75% Rule as previously adopted, our inpatient division has been reducing certain types of non-qualifying admissions in order to achieve compliance with the rule. As discussed in greater detail in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , we project this reduction in census, unless mitigated, will have a materially adverse impact on our inpatient division’s revenues. To reduce the potential negative impact on our inpatient division’s revenues, we are considering the following mitigation strategies:

 

    Refocus Marketing . The revised 75% Rule reduces the number of patients seeking treatment for orthopedic and other diagnostic conditions that we can accept at our IRFs. Consequently, we will begin focusing our marketing efforts on neurologists, neurosurgeons, and internists who can refer patients that require treatment for one of the 13 designated medical conditions identified by the revised 75% Rule, such as spinal cord injury, brain injury, and various neurological disorders.

 

    Broaden Services . To make up for a potentially reduced inpatient rehabilitation patient census, we plan to increase the number of other post-acute care services performed at or complementary to our IRFs, such as long-term acute care, skilled nursing, and home health services.

 

    Reduce Costs . We plan to aggressively reduce our costs in proportion to any decline in patient census at our IRFs.

 

    Enhance Coding Accuracy . During the phase-in period, patients with primary diagnoses that do not meet one of the 13 designated medical conditions under the revised 75% Rule can still qualify if they have certain related conditions. We are therefore working to enhance our coding accuracy to ensure that we are capturing all qualifying related conditions.

 

In addition to the specific mitigation strategies discussed above, we are participating with the rest of the industry to help educate various governmental agencies and policy makers about the efficacy of inpatient rehabilitative care in an attempt to broaden the 13 designated medical conditions under the revised 75% Rule. Because we receive a significant percentage of our revenues from our inpatient division, and because our inpatient division receives a significant percentage of its revenues from Medicare, our inability to achieve compliance with and mitigate the revised 75% Rule could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Surgery Centers

 

We operate the largest network of ambulatory surgery centers (“ASCs”) in the United States. As of December 31, 2004, our surgery centers division provided ambulatory surgery services through 177 freestanding ASCs and 3 surgical hospitals in 36 states, with a concentration of centers in California, Texas, Florida, North Carolina, and Pennsylvania.

 

Our ASCs provide the facilities and medical support staff necessary for physicians to perform non-emergency surgical procedures. Our typical ASC is a freestanding facility with two to six fully equipped

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

operating and procedure rooms and ancillary areas for reception, preparation, recovery, and administration. Each of our ASCs is licensed by the state and certified as a provider under federal programs, including specifically Medicare and Medicaid. Our ASCs are available for use only by licensed physicians, oral surgeons, and podiatrists. To ensure consistent quality of care, each of our ASCs has a medical advisory committee of three to ten physicians that implements quality control procedures and reviews the professional credentials of physicians applying for medical staff privileges at the center. In addition, all but a few unique specialty centers are certified by the JCAHO.

 

Like most other ASCs, the majority of our centers are owned in partnership with surgeons and other physicians who perform procedures at the centers. As a result of increased competition in the ASC market and other factors, physicians are demanding increased equity participation in ASCs. Consequently, we expect an increasing level of physician equity participation in our ASCs, and thus our percentage ownership of centers within our ASC portfolio will decline over time. Currently, our ownership interest in centers within our ASC portfolio varies from 20% to 100%. Our average ownership is over 50%.

 

A critical component of this division’s performance depends upon our ability to periodically provide physicians who use our ASCs with the opportunity to purchase ownership interests in our ASCs. This so-called “resyndication” of ownership interests is important because it enables us to increase the ownership participation of physicians who use our ASCs as well as attract new physicians to our ASCs. Our ability to resyndicate ASC ownership interests has been limited to date because, until recently, we have not been able to produce reliable financial statements. We have completed resyndications for 19 ASCs since July 2004 when we began the resyndication process, and we anticipate we will complete another 15 to 20 resyndications in the remaining months of 2005. We have assembled a dedicated team of accountants, attorneys, and other specialists to expedite this effort.

 

Our surgery centers division has a diversified payor mix with managed care and other discount plans representing the highest percentage. For the year ended December 31, 2003, managed care and other discount plans represented 51.6% of the division’s net operating revenue, which totaled $920.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, managed care and other discount plans represented 52.7% of the division’s net operating revenue, which totaled $926.4 million.

 

The ASC market continues to grow, due in part to improved anesthesia, new instrumentation, financial incentives for physicians, payor pressure to reduce costs, and other factors. Because the market is highly fragmented, however, it is highly competitive. We plan to combat this competition (1) by increasing our concentration in specific markets, (2) by leveraging the size of our network to realize improved operating efficiencies, increased marketing opportunities, and better payor contracting, and (3) using technology such as standardized e-coding to improve division performance.

 

Outpatient

 

We are the largest operator of outpatient rehabilitation facilities in the United States. As of December 31, 2004, our outpatient division provided outpatient therapy through 765 HealthSouth facilities (706 of which are wholly owned and 59 of which are jointly owned) and 39 facilities managed under contract by us. These facilities are located in 44 states, with a concentration of centers in Florida, Texas, New Jersey, New York, and Missouri.

 

Our outpatient rehabilitation facilities are staffed by physical therapists, occupational therapists, and other clinicians and support personnel, depending on the services provided at a particular location, and are open at hours designed to accommodate the needs of the patient population being served and the local demand for services. Our centers offer a range of rehabilitative health care services, including physical therapy and occupational therapy, with a particular focus on orthopedic, sports-related, work-related, hand and spine injuries, and various neurological/neuromuscular conditions.

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our outpatient division has a diversified payor mix with managed care and other discount plans representing the highest percentage. For the year ended December 31, 2003, managed care and other discount plans represented 45.3% of the division’s net operating revenue, which totaled $587.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, managed care and other discount plans represented 43.5% of the division’s net operating revenue, which totaled $663.6 million.

 

Diagnostic

 

We are the second largest operator of freestanding diagnostic imaging centers in the United States. As of December 31, 2004, our diagnostic division operated 96 diagnostic centers (80 of which are wholly owned and 16 of which are jointly owned) in 26 states and the District of Columbia, with a concentration of centers in Texas, Washington, D.C., Alabama, Georgia, and Florida. Our diagnostic centers provide outpatient diagnostic imaging services, including MRI services, CT services, X-ray services, ultrasound services, mammography services, nuclear medicine services, and fluoroscopy. We do not provide all services at all sites, although approximately 75% of our diagnostic centers are multi-modality centers offering multiple types of service.

 

Our diagnostic centers provide outpatient diagnostic procedures performed by experienced radiological technologists. After the diagnostic procedure is completed, the images are reviewed by radiologists who have contracted with us. Those radiologists prepare an interpretation which is then delivered to the referring physician.

 

Our diagnostic division has a diversified payor mix with managed care and other discount plans representing the highest percentage. For the year ended December 31, 2003, managed care and other discount plans represented 63.4% of the division’s net operating revenue, which totaled $279.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, managed care and other discount plans represented 56.9% of the division’s net operating revenue, which totaled $305.9 million.

 

Although the market for diagnostic services is highly competitive, we are expanding our focus on referring physicians outside of the orthopedic specialty to broaden our base of referrals. We also have received inquiries from parties interested in acquiring our diagnostic division. As we continue to develop our strategic plan, we will evaluate the role of each division, including the diagnostic division, in that plan. Even if consistent with our strategic plan, an important consideration in our decision to divest any material asset from our portfolio would be whether the transaction would help to deleverage the company.

 

Corporate and Other

 

This division is managed directly from our corporate office. It comprises all revenue producing activities that do not fall within one of the four operating divisions discussed above, including our medical centers, other patient care services, and certain non-patient care services.

 

    Medical Centers . In 2001, we operated five acute care hospitals, four of which we owned and one of which we operated under a management contract. Between 2001 and December 31, 2004, we sold two hospitals, shut down the hospital we previously operated under a management contract (we took ownership of that hospital in 2002), and ceased providing acute care services at one hospital in favor of inpatient rehabilitation services. We are exploring a sale of our only remaining acute care hospital, which has 219 licensed beds and is located in Birmingham, Alabama, as well as our “Digital Hospital,” which is currently under construction in Birmingham, Alabama. As of December 31, 2004, we had invested $190 million in the Digital Hospital project and estimate it will require an additional $200 million to complete. We have not signed a definitive agreement with respect to either hospital and there can be no assurance any sale will take place. See Note 7, Property and Equipment , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, for a discussion of the significant impairment charge we recognized in 2003 relating to the Digital Hospital, as well as the additional impairment charge we plan to recognize in 2004.

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Other Patient Care Services . In some markets we provide other limited patient care services, including operation of a gamma knife radiosurgery center and physician management services. The gamma knife treats conditions such as benign and malignant brain tumors, without any incision or physical entry into the brain. We evaluate market opportunities on a case-by-case basis in determining whether to provide additional services of these types. We may provide these services as a complement to our facility-based businesses or as stand-alone businesses.

 

    Non-Patient Care Services . We also provide certain services that do not involve the provision of patient care, including the operation of the conference center located at our corporate campus, operation of medical office buildings, various corporate marketing activities, our clinical research activities, and other services that are generally intended to complement our patient care activities.

 

    Corporate Functions . All our corporate departments and related overhead are contained within this division. These departments, which include among others accounting, communications, compliance, human resources, information technology, internal audit, legal, payor strategies, reimbursement, tax, and treasury, provide support functions to our operating divisions.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the division’s net operating revenue totaled $228.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the division’s net operating revenue totaled $215.9 million.

 

Operational Agenda

 

We have established a multi-year operational agenda that is divided into the following focus areas:

 

Revenue . Our current strategy is to grow our revenues by expanding the post-acute care services provided at or complementary to our inpatient facilities, such as long-term acute care, skilled nursing, and home health services. We also plan to reposition the focus of our outpatient facilities (surgery, outpatient rehabilitation, and diagnostic) into key markets, and look for expansion and growth opportunities in those markets. In addition, we hope to mitigate the impact of the 75% Rule using a combination of the four mitigation strategies discussed in this Item, “Our Business – Inpatient.” We are also considering ways to increase revenues through improved managed care contract modeling and consolidated sales and marketing efforts.

 

Cost . We have substantially reduced unnecessary overhead expense and closed or sold under-performing facilities. We will continue to work to reduce costs by reorganizing and flattening each operating division, implementing standardized labor management metrics and performance expectations, and streamlining our supply chain. In addition, we are closely monitoring our business and will, when necessary, close or sell additional under-performing facilities.

 

Infrastructure . We have invested significant resources to evaluate and improve our financial, reporting, and compliance infrastructure, and will continue to invest heavily in our infrastructure throughout this turnaround period. Although our infrastructure needs improvement in many areas, we are specifically focused on implementing required internal controls (e.g., compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), enhancing our financial infrastructure (e.g., improving financial and operational reporting and establishing a formal capital expenditure process, formal budget process, and revised levels of authority), enhancing our management reporting capabilities (e.g., standardizing our monthly reporting and analysis, standardizing our financial projections and implementing a faster month-end close), developing regulatory compliance programs, enhancing our information systems (e.g. upgrading our patient accounting systems), and implementing an information technology strategic plan.

 

Quality . We are working to develop strong quality assurance programs within our facilities and divisions. We plan to supplement these programs by establishing a robust company-wide quality agenda that will include standardized division-specific quality metrics and improved clinical information through the use of technology.

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

People . We have replaced our executive management team and a number of other management personnel, and we plan to continue investing heavily in recruiting new employees to HealthSouth. We are also looking at ways to increase retention and employee development, as well as overall employee relations, and we have developed a human resources strategic plan. Our goal is to build a culture of integrity, transparency, diversity, and excellence, while simplifying and flattening our organizational structure.

 

Competition

 

Inpatient

 

Our IRFs and LTCHs compete primarily with rehabilitation units and skilled nursing units within acute care hospitals in the markets we serve. In addition, we face competition from large privately and publicly held companies such as Rehabcare Group, Inc., Select Medical Corporation, and Kindred Healthcare, Inc.

 

Some of these competitors may have greater patient referral support and financial and personnel resources in particular markets than we do. We believe we compete successfully within the marketplace based upon our size, reputation for quality, competitive prices, and positive rehabilitation outcomes.

 

Surgery Centers

 

We face competition from other providers of ambulatory surgical care in developing ASC joint ventures, acquiring existing centers, attracting patients, and negotiating managed care contracts in each of our markets. There are several publicly held companies, divisions or subsidiaries of publicly held companies, and several private companies that operate ASCs. Further, many physician groups develop ASCs without a corporate partner, utilizing consultants who typically perform these services for a fee and who may not require an equity interest in the ongoing operations of the center.

 

We believe that we compete effectively in this market because of our size, experience, and reputation for providing quality care. Our limited access to capital makes it more difficult for us to develop or acquire new ASCs, however, which puts us at a competitive disadvantage in certain markets.

 

Outpatient

 

Our outpatient rehabilitation facilities compete directly or indirectly with the physical and occupational therapy departments of hospitals, physician-owned therapy clinics, other private therapy clinics, and chiropractors. We also face competition from large privately held and publicly held physical therapy companies such as U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. and Benchmark Medical, Inc., as well as mid-sized regional companies. It is particularly difficult to compete with physician-owned therapy clinics because physicians have traditionally been our customers, rather than our competitors. Consequently, in addition to competing with those physicians who offer physical therapy services as in-office ancillary services, we lose them as a referral source.

 

Some of these competitors may have greater patient referral support and financial and personnel resources in particular markets than we do. We believe we compete successfully within the marketplace based upon our reputation for quality, competitive prices, positive rehabilitation outcomes, and innovative programs.

 

Diagnostic

 

The market for diagnostic services is highly fragmented and highly competitive. Many physicians and physician groups have opened diagnostic facilities as an in-office ancillary service. Our diagnostic centers also compete with local hospitals, other multi-center imaging companies, and local independent diagnostic centers.

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other Competition

 

In some states where we operate, the construction or expansion of facilities, the acquisition of existing facilities, or the introduction of new beds or services may be subject to review by and prior approval of state regulatory agencies under a “Certificate of Need” program. Certificate of Need laws often require the reviewing agency to determine the public need for additional or expanded health care facilities and services. Certificate of Need programs generally require approvals for capital expenditures involving IRFs, LTCHs, acute care hospitals, and ASCs if such capital expenditures exceed certain thresholds. We potentially face competition any time we initiate a Certificate of Need project or seek to acquire an existing facility or Certificate of Need. This competition may arise either from competing national or regional companies or from local hospitals or other providers which file competing applications or oppose the proposed Certificate of Need project. The necessity for these approvals serves as a barrier to entry and has the potential to limit competition by creating a franchise to provide services to a given area. We have generally been successful in obtaining Certificates of Need or similar approvals when required, although there can be no assurance that we will achieve similar success in the future.

 

We rely significantly on our ability to attract, develop, and retain physicians, therapists, and other clinical personnel for our facilities. We compete for these professionals with other health care companies, hospitals, and potential clients and partners. In addition, changes in health care regulations have enabled physicians to open facilities in direct competition with us, which has increased the choices for such professionals and therefore made it more difficult and/or expensive for us to hire the necessary personnel for our facilities.

 

Sources of Revenues

 

We receive payment for patient care services from the federal government (primarily under the Medicare program), state governments (under their respective Medicaid or similar programs), managed care plans, private insurers, and directly from patients. In addition, we receive payment for non-patient care activities from various sources. The following table identifies the sources and relative mix of our revenues for the periods stated:

 

       Year Ended December 31,

 

Source


     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                   (Restated)     (Restated)  

Medicare

     42.7 %   37.8 %   31.4 %   29.1 %

Medicaid

     2.1 %   2.4 %   2.6 %   2.6 %

Workers’ compensation

     9.4 %   10.7 %   12.1 %   12.5 %

Managed care and other discount plans

     31.3 %   33.0 %   32.9 %   31.8 %

Other third party payors

     9.4 %   10.8 %   14.6 %   17.0 %

Other income

     5.1 %   5.3 %   6.4 %   7.0 %
      

 

 

 

       100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
      

 

 

 

 

Medicare is a federal program that provides certain hospital and medical insurance benefits to persons aged 65 and over, some disabled persons, and persons with end-stage renal disease. Medicaid is a jointly administered federal and state program that provides hospital and medical benefits to qualifying individuals who are unable to afford health care.

 

Our facilities generally offer discounts from established charges to certain group purchasers of health care services, including Blue Cross and Blue Shield (“BCBS”), other private insurance companies, employers, HMOs, PPOs, and other managed care plans. These discount programs, which are often negotiated for multi-year terms, limit our ability to increase revenues in response to increasing costs.

 

Patients are generally not responsible for the difference between established gross charges and amounts reimbursed for such services under Medicare, Medicaid, BCBS plans, HMOs, or PPOs, but are responsible to the extent of any exclusions, deductibles, copayments, or coinsurance features of their coverage. The amount of such

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

exclusions, deductibles, copayments, and coinsurance has been increasing each year. Collection of amounts due from individuals is typically more difficult than from governmental or third-party payors.

 

Medicare Reimbursement

 

Medicare, through statutes and regulations, establishes reimbursement methodologies for various types of health care facilities and services. These methodologies have historically been subject to periodic revisions that can have a substantial impact on existing health care providers. In accordance with authorization from Congress, CMS makes annual upward or downward adjustments to Medicare payment rates in most areas. Frequently, these adjustments can result in decreases in actual dollars per procedure or a freeze on reimbursement despite increases in costs.

 

We expect that Congress and CMS will address reimbursement rates for a variety of care settings over the next several years. Any downward adjustment to rates for the types of facilities that we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

A basic summary of current Medicare reimbursement in our service areas follows:

 

Acute Care . As a result of the Social Security Act Amendments of 1983, Congress adopted a prospective payment system (“PPS”) to cover the routine and ancillary operating and capital costs of most Medicare inpatient acute care hospital services. Under this system, the Secretary of HHS has established fixed payment amounts per discharge based on diagnosis-related groups (“DRGs”). With limited exceptions, reimbursement received for inpatient acute care hospital services is limited to the DRG payment rate, regardless of the number of services provided to the patient or the length of the patient’s hospital stay. Under Medicare’s acute care PPS, a hospital may retain the difference, if any, between its DRG payment rate and its operating costs incurred in furnishing inpatient services, and is at risk for any operating costs that exceed its DRG payment rate. We currently operate several hospitals that are reimbursed under Medicare’s acute care PPS. Only one of these hospitals receives significant acute care PPS payments relating to Medicare inpatient services, however. These hospitals can qualify for additional payments available for “outlier” cases that incorporate certain higher cost factors. CMS instituted a change to the cost outlier threshold and reimbursement methodology for acute care facilities effective October 1, 2003. Generally, this change has resulted in lower overall reimbursement to acute care facilities.

 

Inpatient Rehabilitation and the 75% Rule . Historically, freestanding and hospital-based IRFs received cost-based reimbursement from Medicare under an exemption from the acute care PPS. The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 and its implementing regulations replaced the traditional IRF cost-based methodology, however, with a PPS system that recognizes 21 “Rehabilitation Impairment Categories.” This new IRF-PPS became effective on January 1, 2002.

 

To qualify as an IRF under Medicare, a facility must show that 75% of the facility’s patient population requires “intensive rehabilitation services” that fall into a specified list of conditions. When originally promulgated in 1984, that list included ten conditions:

 

    stroke

 

    spinal cord injury

 

    congenital deformity

 

    amputation

 

    major multiple trauma

 

    fracture of the femur (hip fracture)

 

    brain injury

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    polyarthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis

 

    neurological disorders

 

    burns

 

On May 7, 2004, CMS issued a final rule revising the 75% Rule that, among other things, modified and expanded the specified list of conditions from 10 to 13. Importantly, CMS replaced the “polyarthritis” condition with three new conditions, and added a separate category for knee or hip joint replacement, which has the effect of significantly limiting the types of patients that qualify as requiring “intensive rehabilitation services.” In anticipation of the considerable difficulty many IRFs will have satisfying the revised 75% Rule, CMS established a phase-in period for compliance, as follows:

 

Cost Reporting Period


   Minimum Qualifying
Patient Mix


    Comorbidities
Apply (Y/N) (1)


  

Patient Mix Affected


July 1, 2004—June 30, 2005

   50 %   Y    Medicare and Total

July 1, 2005—June 30, 2006

   60 %   Y    Medicare and Total

July 1, 2006—June 30, 2007

   65 %   Y    Medicare and Total

July 1, 2007 and Thereafter

   75 %   N    Total

(1) Patients with certain comorbidities (additional health conditions) may count towards the minimum patient mix established by the revised 75% Rule during the phase-in period.

 

Any IRF that fails to meet the requirements of the 75% Rule is subject to reclassification as an acute care hospital. The effect of such reclassification would be to revert Medicare prospective IRF payment rates to lower acute care payment rates. Our inpatient division has begun to reduce or refocus admissions at most locations in an attempt to achieve compliance with the current phase-in schedule for the revised 75% Rule. We estimate that the revised 75% Rule will have a material adverse impact on out inpatient division’s revenues. For additional information about the estimated impact of the revised 75% Rule, see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . As discussed in this Item, “Our Business—Inpatient,” we have begun to implement a strategy to mitigate the impact of the revised 75% Rule on our revenues.

 

In January 2005, CMS suspended enforcement of the revised 75% Rule in response to a provision of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2005, enacted as Public Law 108-447, that directed CMS not to change the status of certain IRFs for their failure to comply with the revised 75% Rule until the Secretary of HHS made a determination based on the recently issued report by the Government Accountability Office (the “GAO”). On June 21, 2005, CMS issued a notice announcing that it will proceed with implementing the revised 75% Rule as set forth in its previously issued final rule. The notice states that CMS has determined it has already been taking the steps that the GAO recommended to improve how facilities are classified as an IRF and that the revised classification criteria for IRFs contained in the revised 75% Rule are not inconsistent with the recommendations in the GAO report. Accordingly, the June 21 notice lifts the suspension of enforcement of the revised 75% Rule.

 

Because we receive a significant percentage of our revenues from our inpatient division, and because our inpatient division receives a significant percentage of its revenues from Medicare, our inability to achieve compliance with and mitigate the revised 75% Rule could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Although the revised 75% Rule presents our biggest operating risk, other coverage policies can affect our operations. For example, Medicare providers like us can be negatively affected by the adoption of coverage policies, either at the national or local level, that determine whether an item or service is covered and under what clinical circumstances it is considered to be reasonable, necessary, and appropriate. In the absence of a national coverage determination, local Medicare fiscal intermediaries and carriers may specify more restrictive criteria than otherwise would apply nationally. For instance, Cahaba Government Benefit Administrators, the fiscal

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

intermediary for Alabama, has issued a local coverage determination setting forth very detailed criteria it proposes to use in determining the medical appropriateness of services provided by IRFs. We cannot predict whether other Medicare contractors will adopt additional local coverage determinations or other policies or how these will affect us.

 

On May 25, 2005, CMS published a proposed rule that updates the IRF-PPS for federal fiscal year 2006. The proposed rule (1) increases the market basket payments by 3.1% utilizing a new methodology, (2) incorporates downward adjustments for reimbursement (resulting in an overall decrease of approximately 1.9%) in response to coding changes, (3) reduces the outlier payment threshold for cases with unusually high costs, (4) implements refinements to the Case-Mix Groups, comorbidity tiers, and relative weights, (5) implements new and revised payment adjustments that will be implemented on a budget neutral basis, (6) adopts the new geographic labor market area definitions based on the definitions created by the Office of Management and Budget known as Core-Based Statistical Areas, and (7) incorporates several other modifications to Medicare reimbursement for IRFs. After a notice and comment period, CMS is expected to publish a final rule in the next several months. CMS predicted in its announcement of the proposed rule that overall payments to IRFs nationwide would increase by 2.9% if the proposed rule were implemented. However, the final rule could result in a reduction in our reimbursement from Medicare for care provided in our IRFs.

 

Long Term Acute Care Hospitals . Long Term Acute Care Hospitals (“LTCHs”) provide diagnostic and medical treatment to patients with chronic diseases or complex medical conditions. In order for a facility to qualify as an LTCH, patients discharged from the facility in any given cost reporting year must have an average length-of-stay in excess of 25 days. Currently LTCHs are exempt from acute care PPS and receive Medicare reimbursement on the basis of reasonable costs subject to certain limits. However, this cost-based reimbursement is transitioning to a PPS system over a 5-year period which began for twelve-month periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002. Providers were given the option to transition into the full LTCH-PPS by receiving 100% of the federal payment rate at any time through the transition period. We have elected to receive the full federal payment rate for all of our LTCHs. Under the new LTCH-PPS system, Medicare will classify patients into distinct diagnostic groups (“LTC-DRGs”) based upon specific clinical characteristics and expected resource needs. The LTCH-PPS also provides for an adjustment for differences in area wages as well as a cost of living adjustment for LTCHs located in Alaska or Hawaii.

 

On May 4, 2005, CMS published a proposed rule relating to acute care PPS that will, if finalized, impact LTCH relative weights and LTC-DRG assignments for the period October 1, 2005 through September 30, 2006. On May 6, 2005, CMS published a final rule regarding LTCH-PPS rate updates and policy changes effective for discharges on or after July 1, 2005. The final rule increases LTCH-PPS standard payment rates by 3.4% and adopts revised labor market area definitions based on the Core-Based Statistical Areas designated by the Office of Management and Budget using 2000 census data. The final rule also lowers the eligibility threshold for hospitals to qualify for outlier payments. Although the final rule, which is effective July 1, 2005, will increase Medicare payment rates, the proposed rule, if adopted in its current form and made effective beginning October 1, 2005, will reduce total Medicare payments to us as a result of the impact of the relative weight calculations on our LTCH reimbursement. If the May 4, 2005 proposed rule is adopted in its current form, we estimate it will cause a reduction in inpatient division revenues of approximately $2.3 million for the period affected.

 

Effective July 1, 2004, CMS expanded its interrupted stay policy to include a discharge and readmission to the LTCH within three days, regardless of where the patient is transferred upon discharge. Accordingly, if a patient is readmitted to an LTCH within three days of discharge, Medicare will pay only one LTC-DRG. This expanded, but did not replace, the prior interrupted stay policy which provides that if an LTCH patient is discharged to an acute care hospital, an IRF, or a skilled nursing facility and then is readmitted to the LTCH within a fixed period of time, the entire hospitalization, both before and after the interruption, will be considered one episode of care and thus generate one LTC-DRG payment.

 

Effective October 1, 2004, CMS promulgated regulations altering the separateness and control requirements pertaining to LTCHs which are located within a hospital. Such hospitals within hospitals (“HIHs”) must meet

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

more stringent requirements as to their independence from the host hospital and further must follow additional HIH requirements based upon the percentage of admittances from the host hospital. These HIH policies are to be phased in over a four-year period which began on October 1, 2004. See this Item, “Regulation—Hospital Within Hospital Rules.” We expect Congress and CMS to conduct a further review of LTCH payment policy. Any changes in program rules or reimbursement levels could adversely affect our LTCH operations.

 

Ambulatory Surgery Centers . ASC services are reimbursed by Medicare based on prospectively determined rates. These rates are not based on DRG’s like acute care hospital services. Rather, they are based upon the classifications of procedures into different payment groups which are based on surgical procedure complexity. Surgical procedures approved by CMS for ASC reimbursement are classified into nine payment groups for facility reimbursement purposes. All approved surgical procedures within the same payment group are reimbursed at a single rate, adjusted by the location of the facility and applicable wage index.

 

On April 29, 2005, CMS posted an interim final rule updating the list of approved surgical procedures. The interim final rule, which becomes effective July 5, 2005, deletes five approved procedures and adds 65 new procedures to the list of approved surgical procedures. Other significant changes in ASC reimbursement are presently being contemplated.

 

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (“MMA”) froze Medicare payment rates for ASCs beginning in April 2004 through 2009 and directed HHS to implement a new payment system by 2008. For 2004, ASCs were subject to a 1% Medicare rate reduction, which dropped payment levels to roughly the 2002 rates. The MMA also required HHS to take into account a GAO study of ASCs to be completed by December 31, 2004 (although the GAO missed that deadline and has not provided a revised completion date). That study will examine the costs of providing the same service in the centers versus hospital outpatient departments, the accuracy of ASC payment levels and whether the outpatient prospective payment system would be a good basis for a new ASC payment system. Both the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission (“Med PAC”) and the OIG are recommending greater parity of payments for services performed in hospital outpatient departments (“HOPDs”) and those performed in ASCs. Such parity would likely result in lower payments for certain procedures that receive higher reimbursement in ASCs than in a HOPD, but could result in higher reimbursement for those services currently priced lower in ASCs than in HOPDs. Although Congressional action is required before ASC payment levels could actually be adjusted, further reductions in ASC Medicare reimbursement are possible. Any significant reductions in Medicare reimbursement could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Outpatient Rehabilitation . Our outpatient rehabilitation facilities are certified by Medicare and reimbursed by Medicare on an adjusted fee schedule basis. Under this basis, facilities receive a fixed fee per reimbursable procedure performed. This fee is adjusted by the geographical area in which the facility is located. The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 changed the reimbursement methodology for Medicare Part B therapy services from cost based to fee screen payments. It also established two types of annual per-beneficiary limitations on outpatient therapy services: (1) a $1,500 cap for all outpatient therapy services and speech language pathology services; and (2) a $1,500 cap for all outpatient occupational therapy services. Both of these amounts were indexed for inflation. Subsequent legislation suspended implementation of these caps through 2002. CMS began enforcing the therapy caps on September 1, 2003 (the inflation-adjusted amounts for 2003 are $1,590). The MMA suspended application of the therapy cap from the date of enactment (December 8, 2003) through calendar year 2005. This provision will not be applied retroactively to beneficiaries who exceeded their caps prior to the date of enactment. The therapy caps do not apply to therapy services provided in acute care hospital outpatient departments or outpatient departments of IRFs. At this time, we are unable to quantify the impact of this legislation on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Diagnostic Facilities . Medicare allows diagnostic facilities that are independent of physician practices or hospitals to bill for approved diagnostic procedures as Independent Diagnostic Testing Facilities (“IDTFs”). Such procedures must be performed by licensed or certified nonphysician personnel under appropriate physician

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

supervision or by physicians in accordance with detailed guidelines. IDTFs are reimbursed for approved tests with required physician orders on the basis of appropriate Current Procedural Terminology (“CPT”) codes under Medicare Part B. CPT reimbursement is geographically adjusted by CMS. Medicare uses the Resource-Based Relative Value Scale (“RBRVS”) fee schedule to pay for services provided in freestanding imaging centers. Each CPT code is assigned a set of relative value units (“RVUs”) that reflects the average time, effort, and practice costs (including a geographic adjustment) involved in performing a given procedure. Medicare payment amounts are based on a procedure’s total RVUs multiplied by a dollar conversion factor. Medicare makes payment determinations for diagnostic radiology procedures and imaging agents based on where the procedure is performed. More specifically, Medicare uses different payment methodologies for procedures performed in a hospital outpatient department versus an IDTF.

 

Hospital Outpatient Surgical Services . The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 authorized CMS to implement the Hospital Outpatient Prospective Payment System (“OPPS”) on July 1, 2000, for certain hospital outpatient services, which excludes diagnostic laboratory services, ambulance services, orthotics, prosthetics, chronic dialysis, screening mammographies, and outpatient rehabilitation services. OPPS payments are based on procedures and common procedure codes grouped by Ambulatory Payment Classifications (“APCs”). Our three surgical hospitals, which provide mostly outpatient surgical services, as well as our one Medical Center, are paid under the OPPS for outpatient surgical services.

 

On November 15, 2004, CMS published the 2005 OPPS final rule. The rule affects Medicare outpatient services furnished on or after January 1, 2005. The rate adjustments to the OPPS will mainly affect the Birmingham Medical Center, and our three surgical hospitals. The changes are expected to increase Medicare outpatient net revenues for these facilities.

 

Medicaid Reimbursement

 

Medicaid programs are jointly funded by the federal and state governments. As the Medicaid program is administered by the individual states under the oversight of CMS in accordance with certain regulatory and statutory guidelines, there are substantial differences in reimbursement methodology and coverage from state to state. Many states have experienced shortfalls in their Medicaid budget and are implementing significant cuts in both reimbursement rates and service coverage. Additionally, certain states control Medicaid expenditures through rationing or restricting certain services. Downward pressure on Medicaid payment rates could cause a decline in revenues.

 

Cost Reports

 

Because of our participation in the Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE programs, we are required to meet certain financial reporting requirements. Federal and, where applicable, state regulations require the submission of annual cost reports covering the revenue, costs, and expenses associated with the services provided by our inpatient and certain surgery center hospitals to Medicare beneficiaries and Medicaid recipients.

 

Annual cost reports required under the Medicare and Medicaid programs are subject to routine audits, which may result in adjustments to the amounts determined to be ultimately due HealthSouth under these reimbursement programs. These audits are used for determining if any under- or over-payments were made to Medicare and to set payment levels for future years.

 

On December 30, 2004, we announced that HealthSouth had signed an agreement with CMS to resolve issues associated with various Medicare cost reporting practices. Subject to certain exceptions, the settlement provides for the release of HealthSouth by CMS from any obligations related to any cost statements or cost reports which had, or could have been submitted to CMS or its fiscal intermediaries by HealthSouth for cost reporting periods ended on or before December 31, 2003. The settlement provides that all covered federal cost reports be closed and considered final and settled. Open state Medicaid cost reports are still subject to potential audits as described above. See this Item, “Medicare Program Settlement.”

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Charge Structure for Uninsured Patients

 

During 2003 and 2004, a great deal of attention was focused on the charge structure and lack of available discounts extended to uninsured patients by health care facilities. Many health care providers have historically been reluctant to grant discounts that would produce charges to uninsured patients below the level of reimbursement provided by Medicare and Medicaid because of regulatory prohibitions on billing Medicare or Medicaid programs more than a provider’s “usual and customary charges.” Recent regulatory guidance has indicated, however, that health care providers may offer free or substantially discounted services to uninsured patients in many circumstances.

 

We cannot predict whether other regulatory or statutory provisions will be enacted by federal or state authorities that would prohibit or otherwise regulate relationships which we have established or may establish with other health care providers or the possibility of materially adverse effects on our business or revenues arising from such future actions. We believe, however, that we will be able to adjust our operations so as to be in compliance with any regulatory or statutory provision that may be applicable.

 

Managed Care and Other Discounted Plans

 

Most of our facilities offer discounts from established charges to certain large group purchasers of health care services, including managed care plans, BCBS, other private insurance companies, and employers. Managed care contracts typically have terms of between one and three years, although we have a number of managed care contracts that automatically renew each year unless a party elects to terminate the contract. While some of our contracts provide for annual rate increases of three to five percent, we cannot provide any assurance that we will continue to receive increases.

 

Regulation

 

The health care industry is subject to significant federal, state, and local regulation that affects our business activities by controlling the reimbursement we receive for services provided, requiring licensure or certification of our facilities, regulating the use of our properties, and controlling our growth.

 

Licensure and Certification

 

Health care facility construction and operation are subject to numerous federal, state, and local regulations relating to the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, maintenance of adequate records, fire prevention, and compliance with building codes and environmental protection laws. Our facilities are subject to periodic inspection by governmental and non-governmental certification authorities to ensure continued compliance with the various standards necessary for facility licensure. All of our inpatient facilities and substantially all of our ASCs are currently required to be licensed. Only a relatively small number of states require licensure for outpatient rehabilitation facilities. Many states do not require diagnostic facilities to be licensed.

 

In addition, facilities must be “certified” by CMS to participate in the Medicare program and generally must be certified by Medicaid state agencies to participate in Medicaid programs. All of our inpatient facilities participate in (or are awaiting the assignment of a provider number to participate in) the Medicare program. Approximately 94% of our outpatient therapy facilities (including outpatient rehabilitation facilities and other outpatient facilities) currently participate in, or are awaiting the assignment of a provider number to participate in, Medicare programs. Substantially all of our ASCs and diagnostic centers are certified (or are awaiting certification) under the Medicare program. Our Medicare-certified facilities undergo periodic on-site surveys in order to maintain their certification.

 

Failure to comply with applicable certification requirements may make our facilities ineligible for Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement. In addition, Medicare or Medicaid may seek retroactive reimbursement from

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

noncompliant facilities or otherwise impose sanctions on noncompliant facilities. Non-governmental payors often have the right to terminate provider contracts if a facility loses its Medicare or Medicaid certification. We have developed operational systems to oversee compliance with the various standards and requirements of the Medicare program and have established ongoing quality assurance activities; however, given the complex nature of governmental health care regulations, there can be no assurance that Medicare, Medicaid, or other regulatory authorities will not allege instances of noncompliance.

 

Certificates of Need

 

In some states where we operate, the construction or expansion of facilities, the acquisition of existing facilities, or the introduction of new beds or services may be subject to review by and prior approval of state regulatory agencies under a “Certificate of Need” program. Certificate of Need laws often require the reviewing agency to determine the public need for additional or expanded health care facilities and services. Certificate of Need programs generally require approvals for capital expenditures involving IRFs, LTCHs, acute care hospitals, and ASCs if such capital expenditures exceed certain thresholds. Most states do not require such approvals for outpatient rehabilitation, occupational health, or diagnostic facilities and services. However, any time a Certificate of Need is required, we must obtain it before acquiring, opening, or expanding a health care facility or starting a new health care program.

 

False Claims Act

 

Over the past several years, an increasing number of health care providers have been accused of violating the federal False Claims Act. That act prohibits the knowing presentation of a false claim to the United States government, and provides for penalties equal to three times the actual amount of any overpayments plus up to $11,000 per claim. In addition, the False Claims Act allows private persons, known as “relators,” to file complaints under seal and provides a period of time for the government to investigate such complaints and determine whether to intervene in them and take over the handling of all or part of such complaints. Because of the sealing provisions of the False Claims Act, it is possible for health care providers to be subject to False Claims Act suits for extended periods of time without notice of such suits or an opportunity to respond to them. Because we perform thousands of similar procedures a year for which we are reimbursed by Medicare and other federal payors and there is a relatively long statute of limitations, a billing error or cost reporting error could result in significant civil or criminal penalties under the False Claims Act or other laws. We have recently entered into a substantial settlement of claims under the False Claims Act. See this Item, “Medicare Program Settlement.” We remain a named defendant in certain unsealed suits under the False Claims Act where the United States did not intervene. See Item 3, Legal Proceedings , “Certain Regulatory Actions.”

 

Corporate Integrity Agreement

 

As described in this Item, “Medicare Program Settlement,” we entered into a new corporate integrity agreement (“CIA”) in December 2004, which is effective for five years beginning January 1, 2005. Failure to comply with our new CIA could lead to severe penalties such as exclusion from further participation in federal health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, which currently account for a substantial portion of our revenues. Failure to meet lesser requirements of our new CIA could result in stipulated financial penalties. See Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement , for a description of the accounting treatment of the settlement relating to this CIA. On April 28, 2005, we submitted an implementation report to the OIG stating that we had, within the 90-day time frame, materially complied with the initial requirements of this new CIA.

 

As part of our ongoing dialogue with the OIG, we have, over the past two years, submitted disclosures detailing various activities involving HealthSouth and certain third parties. We have summarized several transactions that are currently being reviewed by the DOJ’s civil division under Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions , “Other Transactions.”

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Relationships with Physicians and Other Providers

 

The Anti-Kickback La w . Various state and federal laws regulate relationships between providers of health care services, including employment or service contracts and investment relationships. Among the most important of these restrictions is a federal criminal law prohibiting (a) the offer, payment, solicitation, or receipt of remuneration by individuals or entities to induce referrals of patients for services reimbursed under the Medicare or Medicaid programs or (b) the leasing, purchasing, ordering, arranging for, or recommending the lease, purchase, or order of any item, good, facility, or service covered by such programs (the “Anti-Kickback Law”). In addition to federal criminal sanctions, including penalties of up to $50,000 for each violation plus tripled damages for improper claims, violators of the Anti-Kickback Law may be subject to exclusion from the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs. In 1991, the OIG issued regulations describing compensation arrangements that are not viewed as illegal remuneration under the Anti-Kickback Law (the “1991 Safe Harbor Rules”). The 1991 Safe Harbor Rules create certain standards (“Safe Harbors”) for identified types of compensation arrangements that, if fully complied with, assure participants in the particular arrangement that the OIG will not treat that participation as a criminal offense under the Anti-Kickback Law or as the basis for an exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs or the imposition of civil sanctions.

 

The OIG closely scrutinizes health care joint ventures involving physicians and other referral sources for compliance with the Anti-Kickback Law. In 1989, the OIG published a Fraud Alert that outlined questionable features of “suspect” joint ventures, and has continued to rely on such Fraud Alert in later pronouncements. We currently operate some of our rehabilitation hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation facilities as general partnerships, limited partnerships or limited liability companies (collectively, “partnerships”) with third-party investors, including other institutional health care providers but also including, in a number of cases, physician investors. Some of these partners may be deemed to be in a position to make or influence referrals to our facilities. Those partnerships that are providers of services under the Medicare program, and their limited partners, are subject to the Anti-Kickback Law. A number of the relationships we have established with physicians and other health care providers do not fit within any of the Safe Harbors. The 1991 Safe Harbor Rules do not expand the scope of activities that the Anti-Kickback Law prohibits, nor do they provide that failure to fall within a Safe Harbor constitutes a violation of the Anti-Kickback Law; however, the OIG has indicated that failure to fall within a Safe Harbor may subject an arrangement to increased scrutiny. While we do not believe that our rehabilitation facility partnerships engage in activities that violate the Anti-Kickback Law, there can be no assurance that such violations may not be asserted in the future, nor can there be any assurance that our defense against any such assertion would be successful.

 

Most of our ASCs are owned by partnerships, which include as partners physicians who perform surgical or other procedures at such centers. HHS has promulgated four categories of safe harbors under the Anti-Kickback Law for ASCs (the “ASC Safe Harbors”). Under the ASC Safe Harbors, ownership by a referring physician in a freestanding ASC will be protected if a number of conditions are satisfied. The conditions include the following:

 

    The center must be ASC certified to participate in the Medicare program and its operating and recovery room space must be dedicated exclusively to the ASC and not a part of a hospital (although such space may be leased from a hospital if such lease meets the requirements of the safe harbor for space rental).

 

    Each investor must be either (a) a physician who derived at least one-third of his or her medical practice income for the previous fiscal year or 12-month period from performing procedures on the list of Medicare-covered procedures for ASCs, (b) a hospital, or (c) a person or entity not in a position to make or influence referrals to the center, nor to provide items or services to the center, nor employed by the center or any investor.

 

    Unless all physician-investors are members of a single specialty, each physician-investor must perform at least one-third of his or her procedures at the center each year. (This requirement is in addition to the requirement that the physician-investor has derived at least one-third of his or her medical practice income for the past year from performing procedures.)

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Physician-investors must have fully informed their referred patients of the physician’s investment interest.

 

    The terms on which an investment interest is offered to an investor are not related to the previous or expected volume of referrals, services furnished, or the amount of business otherwise generated from that investor to the entity.

 

    Neither the center nor any other investor may loan funds to or guarantee a loan for an investor if the investor uses any part of such loan to obtain the investment interest.

 

    The amount of payment to an investor in return for the investment interest is directly proportional to the amount of the capital investment (including the fair market value of any pre-operational services rendered) of that investor.

 

    All physician-investors, any hospital-investor, and the center agree to treat patients receiving medical benefits or assistance under the Medicare or Medicaid programs.

 

    All ancillary services performed at the center for beneficiaries of federal health care programs must be directly and integrally related to primary procedures performed at the center and may not be billed separately.

 

    No hospital-investor may include on its cost report or any claim for payment from a federal health care program any costs associated with the center.

 

    The center may not use equipment owned by or services provided by a hospital-investor unless such equipment is leased in accordance with an agreement that complies with the equipment rental safe harbor and such services are provided in accordance with a contract that complies with the personal services and management contracts safe harbor.

 

    No hospital-investor may be in a position to make or influence referrals directly or indirectly to any other investor or the center.

 

Because we invest in each partnership that owns an ASC and often provide management and other services to the ASC, our arrangements with physician investors do not fit within the terms of the ASC Safe Harbors. In addition, because we do not control the medical practices of our physician investors or control where they perform surgical procedures, in some of our ASCs, the quantitative tests described above have not been met and/or will not be met in the future, and that certain other conditions of the ASC Safe Harbors have not been or will not be satisfied. We cannot assure you that all physician-investors will perform, or have performed, one-third of their procedures at the ASC or have informed or will inform their referred patients of their investment interests. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the ownership interests in some of our ASCs will not be challenged under the Anti-Kickback Law.

 

Some of our diagnostic centers are also owned or operated by partnerships that include radiologists as partners. While those ownership interests are not directly covered by the Safe Harbor Rules, we do not believe that such arrangements violate the Anti-Kickback Law because radiologists are typically not in a position to make referrals to diagnostic centers. In addition, our mobile lithotripsy operations are conducted by partnerships in which urologists are limited partners. Because such urologists are in a position to, and do, perform lithotripsy procedures utilizing our lithotripsy equipment, we believe that the same analysis underlying the ASC Safe Harbor should apply to ownership interests in lithotripsy equipment held by urologists. There can be no assurance, however, that the Anti-Kickback Law will not be interpreted in a manner contrary to our beliefs with respect to diagnostic and lithotripsy services.

 

We have entered into management agreements to manage many of our facilities that are owned by partnerships in which physicians have invested. A number of these agreements incorporate a percentage-based management fee. Although there is a safe harbor for personal services and management contracts, this safe harbor requires, among other things, that the aggregate compensation paid to the manager over the term of the

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

agreement be set in advance. Because our management fee may be based on a percentage of revenues, the fee arrangement may not meet this requirement. However, we believe that our management arrangements satisfy the other requirements of the safe harbor for personal services and management contracts and that they comply with the Anti-Kickback Law. The OIG has taken the position that percentage-based management agreements are not protected by a safe harbor, and consequently, may violate the Anti-Kickback Law. On April 15, 1998, the OIG issued Advisory Opinion 98-4 which reiterates this proposition. This opinion focused on areas the OIG considers problematic in a physician practice management context, including financial incentives to increase patient referrals, no safeguards against overutilization and incentives to increase the risk of abusive billing. The opinion reiterated that proof of intent to violate the Anti-Kickback Law is the central focus of the OIG. We have implemented programs designed to safeguard against overbilling and otherwise achieve compliance with the Anti-Kickback Law and other laws, but we cannot assure you that the OIG would find our compliance programs to be adequate.

 

While several federal court decisions have aggressively applied the restrictions of the Anti-Kickback Law, they provide little guidance as to the application of the Anti-Kickback Law to our partnerships, and we cannot provide any assurances that a federal or state agency charged with enforcement of the Anti-Kickback Law and similar laws might not claim that some of our partnerships have violated or are violating the Anti-Kickback Law. Such a claim could adversely affect relationships we have established with physicians or other health care providers or result in the imposition of penalties on us or on particular HealthSouth facilities. Any conviction of a partnership for violations of the Anti-Kickback Law would have severe consequences on that partnership’s ability to be a viable entity and our ability to attract physician investors to other partnerships and could result in substantial fines as well as our exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid. Moreover, even the assertion of a violation of the Anti-Kickback Law by one or more of our partnerships could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Stark Prohibitions . The so-called “Stark II” provisions of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 amend the federal Medicare statute to prohibit the making by a physician of referrals for “designated health services” including physical therapy, occupational therapy, radiology services or radiation therapy, to an entity in which the physician has an investment interest or other financial relationship, subject to certain exceptions. Such prohibition took effect on January 1, 1995 and applies to all of our partnerships with physician partners and to our other financial relationships with physicians. Final Regulations for Phase II Stark Regulations were published in the Federal Register on March 26, 2004 and had an effective date of July 26, 2004. The final regulations substantially clarified recruitment arrangements among health care facilities, individual physicians and group practices and addressed compensation arrangements with physicians.

 

Ambulatory surgery is not identified as a “designated health service” under Stark II, and we do not believe the statute is intended to cover ambulatory surgery services. The Phase I Final Stark Regulations expressly clarify that the provision of designated health services in an ASC is excepted from the referral prohibition of Stark II if payment for such designated health services is included in the ambulatory surgery center payment rate. Likewise, the Stark regulations expressly provide that a referral for designated health services does not include a request by a radiologist for diagnostic radiology services if the request results from a consultation initiated by another physician and the tests or services are furnished by or under the supervision of a radiologist. As a result, we believe that radiologists may enter into joint ventures for diagnostic imaging centers without violating Stark II in most circumstances.

 

Our lithotripsy units frequently operate on hospital campuses, and it is possible to conclude that such services are “inpatient and outpatient hospital services”—a category of designated health services under Stark II. CMS had indicated that lithotripsy services provided at a hospital would constitute “inpatient and outpatient hospital services” and thus would be subject to Stark II. However, a federal court decision does not support this interpretation. On January 3, 2003, CMS withdrew its appeal of Judge Henry Kennedy’s decision in American Lithotripsy Society and Urology Society of America v. Thompson , made in the Federal District Court for the District of Columbia. The Court of Appeals accepted the withdrawal, and, accordingly, the District Court

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

decision is final. This order permanently enjoined CMS from implementing and enforcing its Stark II regulation declaring lithotripsy a “designated health service.” If Congress passes revised legislation on this topic, CMS adopts additional regulations or is otherwise successful in re-asserting its position on lithotripsy services and Stark, we would be forced to restructure many of our relationships for lithotripsy services at substantial cost.

 

While we do not believe that our financial relationships with physicians violate the Stark II statute or the associated regulations, no assurances can be given that a federal or state agency charged with enforcement of the Stark II statute and regulations or similar state laws might not assert a contrary position or that new federal or state laws governing physician relationships, or new interpretations of existing laws governing such relationships, might not adversely affect relationships we have established with physicians or result in the imposition of penalties on us or on particular HealthSouth facilities. Even the assertion of a violation could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, a number of states have passed or are considering statutes which prohibit or limit physician referrals of patients to facilities in which they have an investment interest. Any actual or perceived violation of these state statutes could have a material adverse effect on business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

HIPAA

 

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) broadened the scope of certain fraud and abuse laws by adding several criminal provisions for health care fraud offenses that apply to all health benefit programs. HIPAA also added a prohibition against incentives intended to influence decisions by Medicare beneficiaries as to the provider from which they will receive services. In addition, HIPAA created new enforcement mechanisms to combat fraud and abuse, including the Medicare Integrity Program, and an incentive program under which individuals can receive up to $1,000 for providing information on Medicare fraud and abuse that leads to the recovery of at least $100 of Medicare funds. Federal enforcement officials now have the ability to exclude from Medicare and Medicaid any investors, officers, and managing employees associated with business entities that have committed health care fraud, even if the officer or managing employee had no knowledge of the fraud.

 

HIPAA also contains certain administrative simplification provisions that require the use of uniform electronic data transmission standards for certain health care claims and payment transactions submitted or received electronically. HHS has issued regulations implementing the HIPAA administrative simplification provisions and compliance with these regulations became mandatory for our facilities on October 16, 2003. HHS has agreed to accept noncompliant Medicare claims, for an unspecified time, to assist providers that are not yet able to process compliant transactions. However, this extension may be terminated by HHS and is not binding on private payors. We believe that the cost of compliance with these regulations has not had and is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

HIPAA also requires HHS to adopt standards to protect the privacy and security of individually identifiable health-related information. HHS released regulations containing privacy standards in December 2000 and published revisions to the regulations in August 2002. Compliance with these regulations became mandatory on April 14, 2003. The privacy regulations regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health-related information, whether communicated electronically, on paper, or orally. The regulations also provide patients with significant new rights related to understanding and controlling how their health information is used or disclosed. HHS released security regulations on February 20, 2003. The security regulations became mandatory on April 20, 2005 and require health care providers to implement administrative, physical, and technical practices to protect the security of individually identifiable health information that is maintained or transmitted electronically. The privacy regulations and security regulations could impose significant costs on our facilities in order to comply with these standards.

 

Penalties for violations of HIPAA include civil and criminal monetary penalties. In addition, there are numerous legislative and regulatory initiatives at the federal and state levels addressing patient privacy concerns.

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Facilities will continue to remain subject to any federal or state privacy-related laws that are more restrictive than the privacy regulations issued under HIPAA. These statutes vary and could impose additional penalties.

 

EMTALA

 

Our acute care hospital in Birmingham, Alabama and two of our surgical hospitals are subject to the Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act (“EMTALA”). This federal law requires any hospital that participates in the Medicare program to conduct an appropriate medical screening examination of every person who presents to the hospital’s emergency room for treatment and, if the patient is suffering from an emergency medical condition, to either stabilize that condition or make an appropriate transfer of the patient to a facility that can handle the condition. The obligation to screen and stabilize emergency medical conditions exists regardless of a patient’s ability to pay for treatment. There are severe penalties under EMTALA if a hospital fails to screen or appropriately stabilize or transfer a patient or if the hospital delays appropriate treatment in order to first inquire about the patient’s ability to pay. Penalties for violations of EMTALA include civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in the Medicare program. In addition, an injured patient, the patient’s family, or a medical facility that suffers a financial loss as a direct result of another hospital’s violation of the law can bring a civil suit against the hospital.

 

Hospital Within Hospital Rules

 

Effective October 1, 2004, CMS enacted final regulations that provide if a long term acute care “hospital within hospital” has Medicare admissions from its host hospital that exceed 25% (or an adjusted percentage for certain rural or Metropolitan Statistical Area dominant hospitals) of its Medicare discharges for its cost-reporting period, the LTCH will receive an adjusted payment for its Medicare patients of the lesser of (a) the otherwise full payment under the LTCH-PPS or (b) the full payment that Medicare would pay under the acute care PPS. In determining whether an LTCH meets the 25% criterion, patients transferred from the host hospital that have already qualified for outlier payments at the acute host facility would not count as part of the host hospital’s allowable percentage. Cases admitted from the host hospital before the LTCH crosses the 25% threshold will be paid under the LTCH-PPS. Under the final regulation, this “25% Rule” is set to phase in over a four year period which began on October 1, 2004.

 

Additionally, other excluded hospitals or units of a host hospital, such as inpatient rehabilitation facilities and/or units, must meet certain HIH requirements in order to maintain their excluded status and not be subject to Medicare’s acute care PPS.

 

The majority of our IRFs and LTCHs are freestanding facilities. As such, many of HealthSouth’s facilities are not subject to these rules. HealthSouth’s “hospital within hospital” LTCH or inpatient competitors or their referral sources could refer a certain number of patients to free-standing facilities for LTCH or inpatient rehabilitation services, and HealthSouth facilities may benefit from increased referrals.

 

Risk Management and Insurance

 

We insure a substantial portion of our professional, general liability, and workers’ compensation risks through a self-insured retention program implemented through HCS, Ltd., which is our wholly-owned offshore captive insurance subsidiary. HCS provides our first layer of insurance coverage for professional and general liability risks (up to $6 million per claim and $60 million in the aggregate per year) and workers’ compensation claims (between $250,000 and $1 million per claim, depending upon the state). We maintain professional and general liability insurance with unrelated commercial carriers for losses in excess of amounts insured by HCS. HealthSouth and HCS maintained reserves for professional, general liability, and workers’ compensation risks that totaled $208.1 million, net of insurance recoverables, at December 31, 2003. Management considers such reserves, which are based on actuarially determined estimates, to be adequate for those liability risks. However, there can be no assurance that the ultimate liability will not exceed management’s estimates.

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We also maintain directors and officers, property, and other typical insurance coverages with unrelated commercial carriers. See Item 3, “Insurance Coverage Litigation,” for a description of various lawsuits that have been filed to contest coverage under certain directors and officers insurance policies.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2004, we employed approximately 40,000 individuals, of whom approximately 28,000 were full-time employees. We are subject to various state and federal laws that regulate wages, hours, benefits, and other terms and conditions relating to employment. Except for approximately 65 employees at one IRF (about 15% of that facility’s workforce), none of our employees are represented by a labor union. We are not aware of any current activities to organize our employees at other facilities. We believe our relationship with our employees is satisfactory. Like most health care providers, we have experienced labor costs rising faster than the general inflation rate. In some markets, nurse and other medical support personnel availability has become a significant operating issue to health care providers. To address this challenge, we are implementing initiatives to improve retention, recruiting, compensation programs, and productivity. The shortage of nurses and other medical support personnel, including physical therapists, may require us to increase utilization of more expensive temporary personnel.

 

Available Information

 

Our website address is www.healthsouth.com. We make available through our website the following documents, free of charge: our annual reports (Form 10-K), our quarterly reports (Form 10-Q), our current reports (Form 8-K), and any amendments we file with respect to any such reports promptly after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Please note, however, that with the exception of current reports and this annual report, we have not filed periodic reports with the SEC for periods after September 30, 2002, and we have previously cautioned that the financial information contained in previously filed reports should not be relied upon. In addition to the information that is available on our website, you may read and copy any materials we file with or furnish to the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website, www.sec.gov, which includes reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding us and other issuers that file electronically at the SEC.

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

 

Our business, operations, and financial condition are subject to various risks. Some of these risks are described below, and you should take such risks into account in evaluating HealthSouth or any investment decision involving HealthSouth. This section does not describe all risks that may be applicable to our company, our industry, or our business, and it is intended only as a summary of certain material risk factors. More detailed information concerning the risk factors described below is contained in other sections of this annual report.

 

Risks Related to Pending Governmental Investigations and Litigation

 

Any adverse outcome of continuing investigations being conducted by the DOJ and other governmental agencies could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

While we are fully cooperating with the DOJ and other governmental authorities in their investigations, we cannot predict the outcome of those investigations. Such investigations could have a material adverse effect on us, the trading prices of our securities, and our ability to raise additional capital. If we are convicted of a crime, certain contracts and licenses that are material to our operations could be revoked which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Several lawsuits have been filed against us involving our accounting practices and other related matters and the outcome of these lawsuits may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

A number of class action, derivative, and individual lawsuits have been filed against us, as well as certain of our past and present officers and directors, relating to, among other things, allegations of numerous violations of securities laws. We cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits. Substantial damages or other monetary remedies assessed against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. See Item 3, Legal Proceedings , for a discussion of these lawsuits.

 

Although we have entered into a recent settlement with various government agencies and other parties regarding our participation in federal health care programs, we remain a defendant in litigation relating to our participation in federal health care programs, and the outcome of these lawsuits may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Qui tam actions brought under the False Claims Act are sealed by the court at the time of filing. The only parties privy to the information contained in the complaint are the relator, the federal government, and the court. Therefore, it is possible that additional qui tam actions have been filed against us that we are unaware of or which we have been ordered by the court not to discuss until the court lifts the seal from the case. Thus, it is possible that we are subject to liability exposure under the False Claims Act based on qui tam actions other than those discussed in this report.

 

CMS has been granted authority to suspend payments, in whole or in part, to Medicare providers if CMS possesses reliable information that an overpayment, fraud, or willful misrepresentation exists. If CMS suspects that payments are being or have been made as the result of fraud or misrepresentation, CMS may suspend payment at any time without providing us with prior notice. The initial suspension period is limited to 180 days. However, the payment suspension period can be extended almost indefinitely if the matter is under investigation by the OIG or the DOJ. Therefore, we are unable to predict if or when we may be subject to a suspension of payments by the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs, the possible length of the suspension period or the potential cash flow impact of a payment suspension. Any such suspension would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If the OIG determines we have violated federal laws governing kickbacks and self-referrals, it could impose substantial civil money penalties on us and could seek to exclude our provider entities from participation in the federal health care programs which would severely impact our financial condition and ability to continue operations.

 

If the OIG determines that we have violated the Anti-Kickback Law, the OIG may commence administrative proceedings to impose penalties under the Civil Monetary Penalties Law of up to three times the amount of damages and $11,000 per claim for each false or fraudulent claim allegedly submitted by us. If the OIG determines that we have violated the federal Stark statute’s general prohibition on physician self-referrals (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn), it may impose a civil money penalty of up to $15,000 per service billed in violation of the statute.

 

The OIG has been granted the authority to exclude persons or entities from participation in the federal health care programs for a variety of reasons, including: (1) committing an act in violation of the Anti-Kickback Law, (2) submitting a false or fraudulent claim, (3) submitting a claim for services rendered in violation of the physician self-referral statute, or (4) violating any other provision of the Civil Monetary Penalties Law. Thus, if the OIG believes that we have submitted false or fraudulent claims, paid or received kickbacks, submitted claims in violation of the physician self-referral law, or committed any other act in violation of the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, the OIG could move to exclude our provider entities from participation in the federal health care programs.

 

Limitations of our director and officer liability insurance and potential indemnification obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

As discussed in Item 3, Legal Proceedings , several of our current and former directors and officers have been sued based on allegations that they participated in accounting fraud and other illegal activities. Several of our insurance carriers have filed lawsuits against us and are attempting to have our directors’ and officers’ liability policies that provide coverage for those claims voided or cancelled or have advised us that they do not intend to provide coverage with respect to those pending actions. If the insurance companies are successful in rescinding or denying coverage to us and/or some of our current and former directors and officers, our ability to reach a settlement with plaintiffs in the securities, derivative, and other litigation could be adversely affected. The failure to reach a settlement could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Under our bylaws and certain indemnification agreements, we may have an obligation to indemnify our current and former officers and directors. The failure of our policies to cover expenses incurred or liabilities imposed in connection with the pending actions against certain of our past and present directors and officers who we may be required to indemnify may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition

 

Our substantial indebtedness may severely limit cash flow available for our operations and could impair our ability to service debt or obtain additional financing, if necessary.

 

We are highly leveraged. As of December 31, 2004, we had $3.5 billion of long-term debt outstanding, all of which we will need to repay or refinance by 2015, including $675.3 million of which we will need to repay or refinance at various times through 2007 (assuming noteholders exercise their options to require us to repurchase notes in 2007). The substantial amount of payments due on our outstanding debt and other payment obligations could, among other things:

 

    limit our ability to obtain additional financing,

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry,

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors with less debt,

 

    render us more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions, and

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to service our debt.

 

Our ability to satisfy interest payment obligations on our outstanding debt will depend largely on our future performance. Although we believe we have a solid core business and we have implemented a business plan to position HealthSouth for a successful restructuring, we are subject to numerous contingent liabilities and are subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business, and other factors beyond our control. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our interest payment obligations under our outstanding debt, or that cash flows, future borrowings, or equity financing will be available for the payment or refinancing of our debt. To the extent we are not successful in repaying or negotiating renewals of our borrowings or in arranging new financing, our business and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

 

We have significant cash obligations relating to government settlements that, in addition to our indebtedness, may limit cash flow available for our operations and could impair our ability to service debt or obtain additional financing, if necessary.

 

In addition to being highly leveraged, we have significant cash obligations we must meet in the near future as a result of recent settlements with various federal agencies. Specifically, we will be paying the remaining balance of our $325 million settlement in quarterly installments over the next three years to satisfy our obligations under a settlement described in Item 1, Business , “Medicare Program Settlement.” Furthermore, we will pay $100 million to the SEC in five installments over a two year period beginning in the fourth quarter of 2005, as described in Item 1, Business , “SEC Settlement.”

 

We have determined that our internal controls are currently ineffective. The lack of internal controls could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to carry out our strategic business plan.

 

As discussed in Item 9A, Controls and Procedures , our new management team, under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of HealthSouth’s internal controls. They concluded that, as of December 31, 2003, HealthSouth’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. In addition, based on work to date, our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has concluded that, as of December 31, 2003, HealthSouth’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective. In addition, based on our preliminary assessments to date, we have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 is not effective. Although we have made substantial improvements in our internal controls, if we are unsuccessful in our focused effort to permanently and effectively remedy the weaknesses in our financial reporting mechanisms and internal controls and to establish and maintain effective corporate governance practices, our financial condition and ability to carry out our strategic business plan, our ability to report our financial condition and results of operations accurately and in a timely manner, and our ability to earn and retain the trust of our patients, physician partners, employees, and security holders could be adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

The continuing time, effort, and expense relating to internal and external investigations, the restatement of historical financial statements, and the development and implementation of improved internal controls and procedures, may have an adverse effect on our business.

 

In addition to the challenges of the various government investigations and extensive litigation we face, our new management team has spent considerable time and effort dealing with internal and external investigations

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

involving our historical accounting and internal controls, and in developing and implementing accounting policies and procedures, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. The significant time and effort spent may have adversely affected our operations and may continue to do so in the future.

 

Current and prospective investors, patients, physician partners, and employees may react adversely to the restatement of our historical financial statements and our inability to file in a timely manner all of our SEC filings.

 

Our future success depends in large part on the support of our current and future investors, patients, physician partners, and employees. The restatement of our historical financial statements and our inability to file on a timely basis all of our SEC filings has caused negative publicity about us, has resulted in the delisting of our common stock from the NYSE, and has, and may continue to have, a negative impact on the market price of our securities. In addition, the restatement of our historical financial statements and our inability to file all of our SEC filings in a timely manner could cause current and future patients and physician partners to lose confidence in our company, which may affect their willingness to provide care for us or receive care from us. Finally, employees and prospective employees may factor in these considerations relating to our stability and the value of any equity incentives in their decision-making regarding employment opportunities.

 

If we fail to comply with the extensive laws and government regulations applicable to us, we could suffer penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations.

 

We are required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state, and local government levels. These laws and regulations relate to, among other things:

 

    licensure, certification, and accreditation,

 

    coding and billing for services,

 

    relationships with physicians and other referral sources, including physician self-referral, and anti-kickback laws,

 

    adequacy and quality of medical care,

 

    quality of medical equipment and services,

 

    qualifications, maintenance, and security issues associated with medical records,

 

    operating policies and procedures, and

 

    addition of facilities and services.

 

In the future, changes in these laws and regulations could subject our current or past practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our investment structure, facilities, equipment, personnel, services, capital expenditure programs, operating procedures, and contractual arrangements.

 

If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could be subjected to liabilities, including (1) criminal penalties, (2) civil penalties, including monetary penalties and the loss of our licenses to operate one or more of our facilities, and (3) exclusion or suspension of one or more of our facilities from participation in the Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal and state health care programs.

 

If we fail to comply with our new Corporate Integrity Agreement, we could be subject to severe sanctions.

 

In December 2004, we entered into a new corporate integrity agreement with the OIG to promote our compliance with the requirements of Medicare, Medicaid, and all other federal health care programs. Under that agreement, which is effective for five years from January 1, 2005, we are subject to certain administrative

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

requirements and are subject to review of certain Medicare reimbursement procedures by an Independent Review Organization. Our failure to comply with the material terms of the corporate integrity agreement could lead to suspension or exclusion from further participation in federal health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, which currently account for a substantial portion of our revenues. Any of these sanctions would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Reductions or changes in reimbursement from government or third party payors could adversely affect our operating results.

 

We derive a substantial portion of our net operating revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. In 2003, 42.7% of our consolidated net operating revenues were derived from Medicare, 2.1% were derived from Medicaid, 31.3% were derived from managed care and other plans, 9.4% were derived from workers’ compensation payors, and 14.5% were derived from other revenue sources. There are increasing pressures from many payors to control health care costs and to reduce or limit increases in reimbursement rates for medical services. Our operating results could be adversely affected by changes in laws or regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs. See this Item, “Sources of Revenue.”

 

Historically, Congress and some state legislatures have periodically proposed significant changes in the health care system. Many of these changes have resulted in limitations on and, in some cases, significant reductions in the levels of, payments to health care providers for services under many government reimbursement programs. See this Item, “Regulation” for a discussion of potential changes to the health care system that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

In particular, the revised 75% Rule, which is discussed in this Item, “Sources of Revenues,” is the single biggest operating risk we face. Our inpatient division has begun to deny admissions of certain types of patients at several locations in an attempt to ensure compliance with the revised 75% Rule. We project this reduction in census, unless mitigated, will have a materially adverse impact on the inpatient segment’s revenues. We previously estimated that the revised 75% Rule could negatively impact our net operating revenues by $95 million to $100 million in 2005. Our inpatient division is taking steps to mitigate the impact of the revised 75% Rule, and we previously estimated the impact to our net operating revenues to be approximately $50 million to $55 million when our mitigation strategies are taken into consideration. In the second quarter of 2005, as many of our facilities approach the end of their cost reporting years, we have seen a greater than anticipated decline in inpatient volumes, a significant portion of which is attributable to the revised 75% Rule. Accordingly, the financial impact estimated could be greater than previously disclosed.

 

Our relationships with third-party payors, such as HMOs and PPOs, are generally governed by negotiated agreements. These agreements set forth the amounts we are entitled to receive for our services. We could be adversely affected in some of the markets where we operate if we are unable to negotiate and maintain favorable agreements with third-party payors.

 

The adoption of more restrictive Medicare coverage policies at the national and/or local levels could have an adverse impact on our ability to obtain Medicare reimbursement for inpatient rehabilitation services.

 

Medicare providers also can be negatively affected by the adoption of coverage policies, either at the national or local levels, describing whether an item or service is covered and under what clinical circumstances it is considered to be reasonable, necessary, and appropriate. In the absence of a national coverage determination, local Medicare fiscal intermediaries and carriers may specify more restrictive criteria than otherwise would apply nationally. For instance, Cahaba Government Benefit Administrators, the fiscal intermediary for Alabama, has issued a local coverage determination setting forth very detailed criteria it proposes to use in determining the medical appropriateness of services provided by IRFs. We cannot predict whether other Medicare contractors will adopt additional local coverage determinations or other policies or how these will affect us.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our facilities face national, regional, and local competition for patients from other health care providers.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry. Although we are the largest provider of ambulatory surgery and rehabilitative health care services, and one of the largest providers of outpatient diagnostic services, in the United States, in any particular market we may encounter competition from local or national entities with longer operating histories or other competitive advantages. There can be no assurance that this competition, or other competition which we may encounter in the future, will not adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Competition for staffing may increase our labor costs and reduce profitability.

 

Our operations are dependent on the efforts, abilities, and experience of our management and medical support personnel, such as physical therapists, nurses, and other health care professionals. We compete with other health care providers in recruiting and retaining qualified management and support personnel responsible for the daily operations of each of our facilities. In some markets, the availability of physical therapists, nurses, and other medical support personnel has become a significant operating issue to health care providers. This shortage may require us to continue to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain qualified personnel or to hire more expensive temporary personnel. We also depend on the available labor pool of semi-skilled and unskilled employees in each of the markets in which we operate. If our labor costs increase, we may not be able to raise rates to offset these increased costs. Because a significant percentage of our revenues consist of fixed, prospective payments, our ability to pass along increased labor costs is limited. Our failure to recruit and retain qualified management, physical therapists, nurses, and other medical support personnel, or to control our labor costs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

We depend on our relationships with the physicians who use our facilities.

 

Our business depends upon the efforts of the physicians who provide health care services at our facilities and/or refer their patients to our facilities and the strength of our relationships with these physicians. Each physician referring or treating patients at one of our facilities may also practice at other facilities not owned by us.

 

At each of our facilities, our business could be adversely affected if a significant number of key physicians or a group of physicians:

 

    terminated their relationship with, or reduced their use of, our facilities,

 

    failed to maintain the quality of care provided or otherwise adhere to professional standards at our facilities, or

 

    exited the market entirely.

 

Our stock trades on the over-the-counter “Pink Sheets” market and our stock price may be volatile.

 

In March 2003, the NYSE delisted our common stock. Shortly thereafter, our stock began trading in the over-the-counter “Pink Sheets” market under the symbol HLSH. Although we plan to apply for listing of our stock on either the NYSE or the NASDAQ in 2006, we may not be successful in that effort. Our stock price has been volatile during the past two years and may continue to be volatile for the foreseeable future.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Birmingham, Alabama, where we own and maintain a headquarters building of approximately 200,000 square feet located on an 85-acre corporate campus. In addition to our headquarters building, we lease or own nearly 1,300 facilities through various consolidated entities to

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

support our operations. Our leases generally have initial terms of 5 years, but range from 1 to 99 years. Most of our leases contain options to extend the lease period for up to 5 additional years. Our consolidated entities are sometimes responsible for property taxes, property and casualty insurance, and routine maintenance expenses. Other than our headquarters campus, our acute care hospital located in Birmingham, Alabama, and our “Digital Hospital” described below, none of our other properties is material to our business. Each of our material properties is used by our corporate and other segment, except our Digital Hospital, which is not in use but is held by our corporate and other segment. We have pledged all the property of HealthSouth Corporation as collateral to secure the performance of our obligations under our amended and restated credit agreement. For additional information about our amended and restated credit agreement, see Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

We also currently own, and from time to time may acquire, certain other improved and unimproved real properties in connection with our business. See Note 7, Property and Equipment , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for more information about the properties we own and certain related indebtedness.

 

Over the past 18 months we have sold approximately $40 million in land and buildings, not including properties sold in connection with the sale of operating facilities. We sold one acute care hospital in June 2001 and another in October 2003. We are currently exploring a sale of our only remaining acute care hospital, which has 219 licensed beds and is located in Birmingham, Alabama, as well as our “Digital Hospital,” which is currently under construction in Birmingham, Alabama. As of December 31, 2004, we had invested $190 million in the Digital Hospital project and estimate it will require an additional $200 million to complete. We have not signed a definitive agreement with respect to the sale of either hospital and there can be no assurance any sale will take place. See Note 7, Property and Equipment , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, for a discussion of the significant impairment charge we recognized in 2003 relating to the Digital Hospital, as well as the additional impairment charge we plan to recognize in 2004.

 

Our headquarters, facilities, and other properties are suitable for their respective uses and are, in general, adequate for our present needs. Our properties are subject to various federal, state, and local statutes and ordinances regulating their operation. Management does not believe that compliance with such statutes and ordinances will materially affect our business, financial condition, or results from operations.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

Investigations and Proceedings Commenced by the SEC, the Department of Justice, and Other Governmental Authorities

 

In September 2002, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) notified us that it was conducting an investigation of trading in our securities that occurred prior to an August 27, 2002 press release concerning the impact of new Medicare billing guidance on our expected earnings. On February 5, 2003, the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama issued a subpoena requiring us to provide various documents in connection with a criminal investigation of us and certain of our directors, officers, and employees being conducted by the United States Attorney for the Northern District of Alabama. On March 18, 2003, agents from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (the “FBI”) executed a search warrant at our headquarters in connection with the United States Attorney’s investigation and were provided access to a number of financial records and other materials. The agents simultaneously served a grand jury subpoena on us on behalf of the criminal division of the Department of Justice (“DOJ”). Some of our employees also received subpoenas.

 

On March 19, 2003, the SEC filed a lawsuit captioned Securities and Exchange Commission v. HealthSouth Corp., et al ., CV-03-J-0615-S, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. The complaint alleges that we overstated earnings by at least $1.4 billion since 1999, and that this overstatement

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

occurred because our then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard M. Scrushy, insisted that we meet or exceed earnings expectations established by Wall Street analysts.

 

The SEC states in its complaint that our actions and those of Mr. Scrushy violated and/or aided and abetted violations of the antifraud, reporting, books-and-records, and internal controls provisions of the federal securities laws. Specifically, the SEC charged us with violations of Section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and Sections 10(b), 13(a), 13(b)(2)(A) and 13(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and Exchange Act Rules 10b-5, 12b-20, 13a-1, and 13a-13. The SEC sought a permanent injunction against us, civil money penalties, disgorgement of ill-gotten gains and losses avoided, as well as prejudgment interest. On March 19, 2003, we consented to the entry of an order by the court that (1) required us to place in escrow all extraordinary payments (whether compensation or otherwise) to our directors, officers, partners, controlling persons, agents, and employees, (2) prohibited us and our employees from destroying documents relating to our financial activities and/or the allegations in the SEC’s lawsuit against us and Mr. Scrushy, and (3) provided for expedited discovery in the lawsuit brought by the SEC. In an order entered May 7, 2003, the court stayed the SEC’s lawsuit pending the resolution of any criminal charges against Mr. Scrushy.

 

On June 6, 2005, the SEC approved a settlement (the “SEC Settlement”) with us relating to this lawsuit. Under the terms of the SEC Settlement, we have agreed, without admitting or denying the SEC’s allegations, to be enjoined from future violations of certain provisions of the securities laws. We have also agreed to pay a $100 million civil penalty and disgorgement of $100 to the SEC in installments over two years, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2005. We consented to the entry of a final judgment (which judgment was entered by the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, Southern Division) to implement the terms of the SEC Settlement. See Item 1, Business , “SEC Settlement,” for additional information about the SEC Settlement. Mr. Scrushy remains a defendant in the lawsuit.

 

On November 4, 2003, Mr. Scrushy was charged in federal court on 85 counts of wrongdoing in connection with his actions while employed by us. A superseding indictment of 58 counts, released on September 29, 2004, added charges of obstruction of justice and perjury while consolidating and eliminating some of the 85 counts of conspiracy, mail fraud, wire fraud, securities fraud, false statements, false certifications, and money laundering that were previously charged. The superseding indictment also seeks the forfeiture of $278 million in property from Mr. Scrushy allegedly derived from his offenses. The trial of Mr. Scrushy on the charges set forth in the superseding indictment began on January 25, 2005 and is ongoing. Some of the charges have been dismissed by the court.

 

On April 10, 2003, the DOJ’s civil division notified us that it was expanding its investigation (which began with the lawsuit United States ex rel. Devage v. HealthSouth Corp., et al ., C.A. No. SA-98-EA-0372-FV, filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, as discussed in Item 1) into allegations of fraud associated with Medicare cost reports submitted by us for fiscal years 1995 through 2002. We subsequently received subpoenas from the Office of Inspector General (the “OIG”) of the United States Department of Health and Human Services and requests from the DOJ’s civil division for documents and other information regarding this investigation. As described in Item 1, “Medicare Program Settlement,” on December 30, 2004, we announced that we had entered into a global settlement agreement with the DOJ’s civil division and other parties to resolve the primary claims made in the Devage litigation, although the DOJ’s civil division continues to review certain self-disclosures made by us to the OIG.

 

In the summer of 2003, we discovered certain irregular payments made to a foreign official under a consulting agreement entered into in connection with an October 2000 agreement between us and the Sultan Bin Abdul Aziz Foundation to manage an inpatient rehabilitation hospital in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. We notified the DOJ immediately, and we have cooperated fully with the investigation. One former executive pled guilty to charges of wire fraud in connection with the irregular payments, and another former executive pled guilty to charges of making a false statement to government investigators in connection with the investigation. Two additional former executives have been acquitted of charges that they participated in the fraud. We terminated the

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

October 2000 agreement and entered into a new agreement, effective January 1, 2004, to manage the Riyadh facility. Effective October 2004, we terminated our relationship with the Sultan Bin Abdul Aziz Foundation and the Riyadh facility entirely.

 

At least 17 of our former officers, including all five of our former chief financial officers, have agreed to plead guilty to federal criminal charges filed in connection with the investigations described above. These individuals pled guilty to a variety of charges, including securities fraud, accounting fraud, filing false tax returns, making a false statement to governmental authorities, falsifying books and accounts, wire fraud, conspiracy, and falsely certifying financial information with the SEC.

 

Securities Litigation

 

On June 24, 2003, the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama consolidated a number of separate securities lawsuits filed against us under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Securities Litigation , Master Consolidation File No. CV-03-BE-1500-S (the “Consolidated Securities Action”). The Consolidated Securities Action included two prior consolidated cases ( In re HealthSouth Corp. Securities Litigation , CV-98-J-2634-S and In re HealthSouth Corp. 2002 Securities Litigation , Consolidated File No. CV-02-BE-2105-S) as well as six lawsuits filed in 2003. Including the cases previously consolidated, the Consolidated Securities Action comprised over 40 separate lawsuits. The court divided the Consolidated Securities Action into two subclasses:

 

    Complaints based on purchases of our common stock were grouped under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Stockholder Litigation , Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1501-S (the “Stockholder Securities Action”), which was further divided into complaints based on purchases of our common stock in the open market (grouped under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Stockholder Litigation, Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1501-S) and claims based on the receipt of our common stock in mergers (grouped under the caption HealthSouth Merger Cases , Consolidated Case No. CV-98-2777-S). Although the plaintiffs in the HealthSouth Merger Cases have separate counsel and have filed separate claims, the HealthSouth Merger Cases are otherwise consolidated with the Stockholder Securities Action for all purposes.

 

    Complaints based on purchases of our debt securities were grouped under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Bondholder Litigation , Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1502-S (the “Bondholder Securities Action”).

 

On January 8, 2004, the plaintiffs in the Consolidated Securities Action filed a consolidated class action complaint. The complaint names us as a defendant, as well as more than 30 of our current and former employees, officers and directors, the underwriters of our debt securities, and our former auditor. The complaint alleges, among other things, (1) that we misrepresented or failed to disclose certain material facts concerning our business and financial condition and the impact of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 on our operations in order to artificially inflate the price of our common stock, (2) that from January 14, 2002 through August 27, 2002, we misrepresented or failed to disclose certain material facts concerning our business and financial condition and the impact of the changes in Medicare reimbursement for outpatient therapy services on our operations in order to artificially inflate the price of our common stock, and that some of the individual defendants sold shares of such stock during the purported class period, and (3) that Richard M. Scrushy instructed certain former senior officers and accounting personnel to materially inflate our earnings to match Wall Street analysts’ expectations, and that senior officers of HealthSouth and other members of a self-described “family” held meetings to discuss the means by which our earnings could be inflated and that some of the individual defendants sold shares of our common stock during the purported class period. The consolidated class action complaint asserts claims under Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act, and claims under Sections 10(b), 14(a), 20(a) and 20A of the Exchange Act.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We have moved to dismiss in part the claims against us. We continue discussions with the parties to this litigation and await a ruling on the identity of the lead plaintiff and lead counsel in the Stockholder Securities Action.

 

On March 17, 2004, an individual securities fraud action captioned Amalgamated Gadget, L.P. v. HealthSouth Corp. , 4-04CV-198-A, was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas. The complaint made allegations similar to those in the Consolidated Securities Action and asserted claims under the federal securities laws and Texas state law based on the plaintiff’s purchase of $24 million in face amount of 3.25% convertible debentures. The court denied our motion to transfer the action to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, and also denied our motion to dismiss. This action has been settled by the agreement of the parties and dismissed with prejudice.

 

On November 24, 2004, an individual securities fraud action captioned Burke v. HealthSouth Corp., et al. , 04-B-2451 (OES), was filed in the United States District Court of Colorado against us, some of our former directors and officers, and our former auditors. The complaint makes allegations similar to those in the Consolidated Securities Action and asserts claims under the federal securities laws and Colorado state law based on plaintiff’s alleged receipt of unexercised options and his open-market purchases of our stock. By order dated May 3, 2005, the action was transferred to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, where it remains pending.

 

Derivative Litigation

 

Between 1998 and 2004, a number of lawsuits purporting to be derivative actions ( i.e. , lawsuits filed by shareholder plaintiffs on our behalf) were filed in several jurisdictions, including the Circuit Court for Jefferson County, Alabama, the Delaware Court of Chancery, and the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. Most of these lawsuits have been consolidated as described below:

 

    All derivative complaints filed in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama since 2002 have been consolidated and stayed in favor of the first-filed action captioned Tucker v. Scrushy , No. CV-02-5212, filed August 28, 2002. Although Tucker is ongoing, the Circuit Court has stayed discovery pending the criminal trial of Richard M. Scrushy. The Tucker complaint names as defendants a number of former HealthSouth officers and directors. Tucker also asserts claims on our behalf against Ernst & Young LLP, UBS Group, and UBS Investment Services, as well as against MedCenterDirect.com, Source Medical Solutions, Inc., Capstone Capital Corp., Healthcare Realty Trust, and G.G. Enterprises.

 

    Two derivative lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama were consolidated under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Derivative Litigation , CV-02-BE-2565. The court has stayed further action in In re HealthSouth Corp. Derivative Litigation in deference to the litigation pending in state courts in Alabama and Delaware.

 

    Two derivative lawsuits filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery were consolidated under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Shareholders Litigation , Consolidated Case No. 19896. Plaintiffs’ counsel in this litigation and in Tucker have agreed to litigate all claims asserted in those lawsuits in the Tucker litigation, except for claims relating to an agreement to retire a HealthSouth loan to Richard M. Scrushy with shares of our stock (the “Buyback Claim”). On November 24, 2003, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment on the Buyback Claim and rescinded the retirement of Scrushy’s loan. The court’s judgment was affirmed on appeal. Although a final judgment has been awarded to us on the Buyback Claim, neither we nor the plaintiffs have been able to recover on the judgment because Mr. Scrushy’s assets have been frozen pending the resolution of criminal charges against him. The plaintiffs’ remaining claims are being litigated in Tucker .

 

When originally filed, the primary allegations in the Tucker case involved self-dealing by Richard M. Scrushy and other insiders through transactions with various entities allegedly controlled by Mr. Scrushy. The complaint was amended four times to add additional defendants and include claims of accounting fraud,

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

improper Medicare billing practices, and additional self-dealing transactions. The Second Amended Complaint, filed on March 21, 2003, added Ernst & Young LLP as a defendant and alleged it was liable for negligently, wantonly, and/or recklessly failing to perform its professional obligations as an independent auditor. The Third Amended Complaint, filed on August 8, 2003, added UBS as a defendant and alleged that it was liable for breaching its fiduciary duties to us and for aiding and abetting the accounting fraud by “falsely promoting” our stock despite knowledge of inflated financial information. The other consolidated cases contain similar claims.

 

On September 8, 2003, a derivative lawsuit captioned Teachers Retirement Sys. of Louisiana v. Scrushy , C.A. No. 20529-NC, was filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The complaint contains allegations similar to those made in the Tucker case, class claims, as well as a request for relief seeking an order compelling us to hold an annual meeting of stockholders. On December 2, 2003, we announced a settlement of the plaintiff’s claims seeking an annual meeting of stockholders. The Court of Chancery has stayed the remaining claims in favor of earlier-filed litigation in Alabama. This case was not consolidated with In re HealthSouth Corp. Shareholders Litigation .

 

On November 19, 2004, a derivative lawsuit captioned Campbell v. HealthSouth Corp., Scrushy, et al ., CV-04-6985, was filed in Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, alleging that we wrongfully refused to file with the Internal Revenue Service refund requests for overpayment of taxes and seeking an order allowing the plaintiff to file claims for refund of excess tax paid by us. This suit was filed just prior to the voluntary dismissal of a similar suit brought by the same plaintiff in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. We have informed the plaintiff that we intend to file any appropriate applications for tax refunds within the applicable time periods, consistent with the advice of our tax counsel. This lawsuit was not consolidated with the Tucker case because it involves different claims. It is still pending.

 

Litigation by and Against Former Independent Auditors

 

On March 18, 2005, Ernst & Young LLP filed a lawsuit captioned Ernst & Young LLP v. HealthSouth Corp. , CV-05-1618, in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama. The complaint asserts that the filing of the claims against us was for the purpose of suspending any statute of limitations applicable to those claims. The complaint alleges that we provided Ernst & Young LLP with fraudulent management representation letters, financial statements, invoices, bank reconciliations, and journal entries in an effort to conceal accounting fraud. Ernst & Young LLP claims that as a result of our actions, Ernst & Young LLP’s reputation has been injured and it has and will incur damages, expense, and legal fees. Ernst & Young LLP seeks recoupment and setoff of any recovery against Ernst & Young LLP in the Tucker case, as well as litigation fees and expenses, damages for loss of business and injury to reputation, and such other relief to which it may be entitled. On April 1, 2005, we answered Ernst & Young LLP’s claims and asserted counterclaims alleging, among other things, that from 1996 through 2002, when Ernst & Young LLP served as our independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP acted recklessly and with gross negligence in performing its duties, and specifically that Ernst & Young LLP failed to perform reviews and audits of our financial statements with due professional care as required by law and by its contractual agreements with us. Our counterclaims further allege that Ernst & Young LLP either knew of or, in the exercise of due care, should have discovered and investigated the fraudulent and improper accounting practices being directed by Richard M. Scrushy and certain other officers and employees, and should have reported them to our board of directors and the Audit Committee. The counterclaims seek compensatory and punitive damages, disgorgement of fees received from us by Ernst & Young LLP, and attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

ERISA Litigation

 

In 2003, six lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama against us and some of our current and former officers and directors alleging breaches of fiduciary duties in connection with the administration of our Employee Stock Benefit Plan (the “ESOP”). These lawsuits have been consolidated under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. ERISA Litigation , Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1700-S. The plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint on December 19, 2003 that alleges, generally, the

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

fiduciaries to the ESOP breached their duties to loyally and prudently manage and administer the ESOP and its assets in violation of sections 404 and 405 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq . (“ERISA”), by failing to monitor the administration of the ESOP, failing to diversify the portfolio held by the ESOP, and failing to provide other fiduciaries with material information about the ESOP. The plaintiffs seek actual damages including losses suffered by the plan, imposition of a constructive trust, equitable and injunctive relief against further alleged violations of ERISA, costs pursuant to 29 U.S.C. § 1132(g), and attorneys’ fees. The plaintiffs also seek damages related to losses under the plan as a result of alleged imprudent investment of plan assets, restoration of any profits made by the defendants through use of plan assets, and restoration of profits that the plan would have made if the defendants had fulfilled their fiduciary obligations. The parties to this litigation are actively involved in settlement negotiations.

 

Insurance Coverage Litigation

 

In 2003, approximately 14 insurance companies filed complaints in state and federal courts in Alabama, Delaware, and Georgia alleging that the insurance policies issued by those companies to us and/or some of our directors and officers should be rescinded on grounds of fraudulent inducement. The complaints also seek a declaration that we and/or some of our current and former directors and officers are not covered under various insurance policies. These lawsuits challenge the majority of our director and officer liability policies, including our primary director and officer liability policy in effect for the claims at issue. Actions filed by insurance companies in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama were consolidated for pretrial and discovery purposes under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Insurance Litigation , Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1139-S. Three lawsuits filed by insurance companies in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama have been consolidated with the Tucker case for discovery and other pretrial purposes. Cases related to insurance coverage that were filed in Georgia and Delaware have been dismissed. We have filed counterclaims against a number of the plaintiffs in these cases alleging, among other things, bad faith for wrongful failure to provide coverage.

 

Litigation by Former Officers

 

Richard M. Scrushy filed two lawsuits against us in the Delaware Court of Chancery. One lawsuit, captioned Scrushy v. HealthSouth Corp ., C.A. No. 20357-NC, filed on June 10, 2003, sought indemnification and advancement of Mr. Scrushy’s legal fees. The other lawsuit, captioned Scrushy v. Gordon, et al. , C.A. No. 20375, filed June 16, 2003, named us and our then-current directors as defendants and petitioned the court to enjoin the defendants from excluding Mr. Scrushy from board meetings and from conducting the business of HealthSouth exclusively through the meetings of the Special Committee. The second lawsuit also sought access to certain information, including meetings of the Special Committee. Both lawsuits were voluntarily dismissed without prejudice.

 

On August 22, 2003, Anthony Tanner, our former Secretary and Executive Vice President—Administration and Secretary, filed a petition in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, captioned In re Tanner , CV-03-5378, seeking permission to obtain certain information through the discovery process prior to filing a lawsuit. That petition was voluntarily dismissed with prejudice on August 11, 2004. On December 29, 2004, Mr. Tanner filed a lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, captioned Tanner v. HealthSouth Corp ., CV-04-7715, alleging that we breached his employment contract by failing to pay certain retirement benefits. The complaint requests damages, a declaratory judgment, and a preliminary injunction to require payment of past due amounts under the contract and reinstatement of the claimed retirement benefits.

 

On December 23, 2003, Jason Hervey, one of our former officers, filed a lawsuit captioned Hervey v. HealthSouth Corp., et al., CV-03-8031, in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama. The complaint sought compensatory and punitive damages in connection with our alleged breach of his employment contract. We settled this lawsuit in 2005.

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Litigation Against Former Officers

 

On June 10, 2004, we filed a collection action in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, captioned HealthSouth Corp. v. James Goodreau , CV-04-3619, to collect unpaid loans in the original principal amount of $55,500 that we made to James A. Goodreau, our former Director of Corporate Security, while he was a HealthSouth employee. Mr. Goodreau has asserted counterclaims against us seeking monetary damages in an unspecified amount and equitable relief based upon his contention that he was promised lifetime employment with us by Mr. Scrushy. This case is still pending.

 

On August 30, 2004, we filed a collection action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, captioned HealthSouth Corp. v. Daniel J. Riviere , CV-04-CO-2592-S, to collect unpaid loans in the original principal amount of $3,163,421 that we made to Daniel J. Riviere, our former President – Ambulatory Services Division, while he was a HealthSouth employee. Mr. Riviere filed a six-count counterclaim against us on April 5, 2005 seeking (1) severance benefits exceeding $2 million under a written employment agreement dated March 18, 2003, (2) a declaratory judgment that the non-compete clause in his employment agreement is void, (3) damages in an unspecified amount based on stock allegedly purchased and held by him in reliance on misrepresentations made by Richard M. Scrushy, (4) $500,000 in lost profits based allegedly on us forcing him to sell shares of our common stock after he was terminated, (5) damages in an unspecified amount based on our alleged conversion of the cash value of certain insurance policies after his termination, and (6) set-off of any award from his counterclaim against unpaid loans we made to him. On April 5, 2005, Mr. Riviere commenced a Chapter 7 bankruptcy case in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Florida, Case No. 05-30718-LMK, and this lawsuit is stayed pending resolution of the bankruptcy proceedings.

 

Litigation by Former Medical Director

 

On April 5, 2001, Helen M. Schilling, one of our former medical directors, filed a lawsuit captioned Helen M. Schilling, M.D. v. North Houston Rehabilitation Associates d/b/a HealthSouth Houston Rehabilitation Institute, Romano Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. and Anne Leon , Cause No. 01-04-02243-CV, in the 410 th Judicial District Court of Montgomery County, Texas. The plaintiff claimed, among other things, that we wrongfully terminated her medical director agreement. On November 5, 2003, after a jury trial, the court entered a final judgment awarding the plaintiff $465,000 in compensatory damages and $865,000 in exemplary damages. We appealed the judgment and settled the case while on appeal in 2005.

 

Certain Regulatory Actions

 

The False Claims Act, 18 U.S.C. § 287, allows private citizens, called “relators,” to institute civil proceedings alleging violations of the False Claims Act. These so-called qui tam , or “whistleblower,” cases are sealed by the court at the time of filing. The only parties privy to the information contained in the complaint are the relator, the federal government, and the presiding court. We recently settled one qui tam lawsuit, Devage , which is discussed in Item 1. We are aware of two other qui tam lawsuits, Mathews and Colbert , which are discussed below. It is possible that additional qui tam lawsuits have been filed against us and that we are unaware of such filings or have been ordered by the presiding court not to discuss or disclose the filing of such lawsuits. Thus, we may be subject to liability exposure under one or more undisclosed qui tam cases brought pursuant to the False Claims Act.

 

On April 1, 1999, a plaintiff relator filed a lawsuit captioned United States ex rel. Mathews v. Alexandria Rehabilitation Hospital , CV-99-0604, in the United States District Court for the Western District of Louisiana. On February 29, 2000, the United States elected not to intervene in the lawsuit. The complaint alleged, among other things, that we filed fraudulent reimbursement claims under the Medicare program on a nationwide basis. The district court dismissed the False Claims Act allegations of two successive amended complaints. However, the district court’s dismissal of the third amended complaint with prejudice was partially reversed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit on October 22, 2002. The case was remanded to the district court,

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and our subsequent motion to dismiss was denied on February 21, 2004. The case will proceed into discovery on False Claims Act allegations concerning one HealthSouth facility during a specific timeframe.

 

On January 30, 2001, a plaintiff relator filed a lawsuit captioned U nited States ex rel. Colbert v. Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama and HealthSouth Corp. , CV-01-C-0292-S, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. The lawsuit, in which the United States did not intervene, alleged, among other things, that we conspired with Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama (“Blue Cross”) to hinder Blue Cross’ investigative functions in administering the Medicare program by having Blue Cross terminate, on a pretextual basis, the relator’s employment with Blue Cross. The complaint also claimed that we conspired with Blue Cross to (1) violate the whistleblower retaliation provision of the False Claims Act by having Blue Cross terminate the relator’s employment and (2) have certain unidentified false claims allowed or paid by Blue Cross under the Medicare program. The parties filed a joint stipulation of dismissal with prejudice and the case has been dismissed.

 

Americans with Disabilities Act Litigation

 

On April 19, 2001 a nationwide class action now captioned Michael Yelapi, et al. v. St. Petersburg Surgery Center, et al. , Case No:8:01-CV-787-T-17EAJ, was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida alleging violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12181, et seq . (the “ADA”) and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 92 U.S.C. § 792 et seq . (the “Rehabilitation Act”) at our facilities. The complaint alleges violations of the ADA and Rehabilitation Act for the purported failure to remove barriers and provide accessibility to our facilities, including reception and admitting areas, signage, restrooms, phones, paths of access, elevators, treatment and changing rooms, parking, and door hardware. As a result of these alleged violations, the plaintiffs are seeking an injunction ordering that we make necessary modifications to achieve compliance with the ADA and the Rehabilitation Act, as well as attorneys’ fees. We have entered into a settlement agreement with the plaintiffs that would require us to correct any deficiencies under the ADA and the Rehabilitation Act at all of our facilities. We are awaiting an order approving the settlement agreement from the court.

 

General Medicine, P.C. and Meadowbrook Actions

 

Pursuant to a Plan and Agreement of Merger dated February 17, 1997, Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation (“Horizon/CMS”) became a wholly-owned subsidiary of HealthSouth Corporation. At the time of the merger, there was pending against Horizon/CMS in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan a lawsuit captioned General Medicine, P.C. v. Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation , CV-96-72624. The complaint alleged that Horizon/CMS wrongfully terminated a contract with General Medicine, P.C. (“General Medicine”) for the provision of medical directorship services to long-term care facilities owned and/or operated by Horizon/CMS. Effective December 31, 2001, while this litigation was pending, we sold all of our stock in Horizon/CMS to Meadowbrook Healthcare Corporation (“Meadowbrook”) pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 2, 2001. On May 3, 2004, Horizon/CMS consented to the entry of a $376 million final judgment in favor of General Medicine (the “Consent Judgment”). At the time of the Consent Judgment, we had no ownership or other interest in Horizon/CMS.

 

On August 16, 2004, General Medicine filed a lawsuit captioned General Medicine, P.C. v. HealthSouth Corp. , CV-04-958, in the Circuit Court of Shelby County, Alabama, seeking to recover the amount of the Consent Judgment from us. The complaint alleges that while Horizon/CMS was a wholly-owned subsidiary of HealthSouth Corporation and General Medicine was an existing creditor of Horizon/CMS, we caused Horizon/CMS to transfer assets to us thereby rendering Horizon/CMS insolvent and unable to pay its creditors. The complaint asserts that these transfers were made for less than a reasonably equivalent value and/or with the actual intent to defraud creditors of Horizon/CMS, including General Medicine, in violation of the Alabama Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act. General Medicine’s complaint requests relief including the avoidance of the subject

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

transfers of assets, attachment of the assets transferred to us, appointment of a receiver over the transferred properties, and a monetary judgment for the value of properties transferred.

 

On February 28, 2005, the Circuit Court of Shelby County, Alabama entered an order transferring the General Medicine case to the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, where it was assigned case number CV-05-1483. On April 28, 2005, we filed an “Answer and Third-Party Complaint” denying liability and joining Meadowbrook as a third-party defendant in the lawsuit. In our Third-Party Complaint, we seek a judgment declaring that Meadowbrook is contractually obligated under the Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 2, 2001, to indemnify us and hold us harmless against the claims asserted by General Medicine in its complaint. Meadowbrook has filed a declaratory judgment action against us in the Circuit Court of Shelby County, Alabama, captioned Meadowbrook Healthcare Corporation v. HealthSouth Corp. , CV-04-1131, seeking a declaration that it is not contractually obligated to indemnify us against General Medicine’s complaint. On May 9, 2005, the Circuit Court of Shelby County, Alabama entered an order transferring the Meadowbrook case to the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, where it was assigned case number CV-05-3042. We have filed a Motion to Consolidate the General Medicine and Meadowbrook cases.

 

For additional information about Meadowbrook, see Note 7, Property and Equipment , to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Massachusetts Real Estate Actions

 

On February 3, 2003, HRPT Properties Trust (“HRPT”) filed a lawsuit against Senior Residential Care/North Andover, Limited Partnership (“SRC”) in the Land Court for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts captioned HRPT Properties Trust v. Senior Residential Care/North Andover, Limited Partnership , Misc. Case No. 287313, in which it claimed an ownership interest in certain parcels of real estate in North Andover, Massachusetts and alleged that SRC unlawfully occupied and made use of those properties. On March 17, 2003, we (and our subsidiary, Greenery Securities Corp.) moved to intervene in this case claiming ownership of the disputed property pursuant to an agreement that involved the conveyance of five nursing homes. We seek to effect a transfer of title to the disputed property by HRPT to us or our nominee.

 

On April 16, 2003, Senior Housing Properties Trust (“SNH”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, HRES1 Properties Trust (“HRES1”), filed a lawsuit against us in Land Court for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts captioned Senior Housing Properties Trust and HRES1 Properties Trust v. HealthSouth Corporation, Misc. Case No 289182, seeking reformation of a lease pursuant to which we, through subsidiaries, operate the Braintree Rehabilitation Hospital in Braintree, Massachusetts and the New England Rehabilitation Hospital in Woburn, Massachusetts. HRES1 and SNH allege that certain of our representatives made false statements regarding our financial condition, thereby inducing HRES1 to enter into lease terms and other arrangements to which it would not have otherwise agreed. HRES1 and SNH have since amended their complaint to add claims for rescission and damages for fraud. HRES1 and SNH seek to reform the lease to increase the annual rent from $8.7 million to $10.3 million, to increase the repurchase option price at the end of the lease term to $80.3 million from $40 million, and to change the lease term to expire on January 1, 2006 instead of December 31, 2011. We filed an answer to the complaint and amended complaint denying the allegations, and we asserted claims against HRPT and counterclaims against SNH and HRES1 for breach of contract, reformation, and fraud based on the failure to convey title to the property in North Andover. We also seek damages incurred as a result of that failure to convey.

 

The two actions in the Land Court have been consolidated for all purposes, and the parties are still in the discovery phase of the proceedings. A trial will be scheduled after December 1, 2005.

 

In a related action, on November 2, 2004, we filed a lawsuit in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Middlesex County Superior Court, captioned HealthSouth Corporation v. HRES1 Properties Trust , Case No 04-4345, in response to our receipt of a notice from HRES1 Properties Trust (“HRES1”) purporting to

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

terminate our lease governing the Braintree Rehabilitation Hospital in Braintree, Massachusetts and the New England Rehabilitation Hospital in Woburn, Massachusetts due to our alleged failure to furnish quarterly and annual financial information pursuant to the terms of the lease. In the lawsuit, we seek a declaration that we are not in default of our obligations under the lease, as well as an injunction preventing HRES1 from terminating the lease, taking possession of the property on which the hospitals and facilities are located, and assuming or acquiring the hospital businesses and any licenses related thereto. We filed an amended complaint asserting violations of the Massachusetts unfair and deceptive business practices statute. On November 8, 2004, HRES1 and SNH, its parent, filed a counterclaim seeking a declaration that it lawfully terminated the lease and an order requiring us to use our best efforts to transfer the licenses for the hospitals and to continue to manage the hospitals during the time necessary to effect such transfer. The case is currently pending.

 

Other Litigation

 

On September 17, 1998, John Darling, who was one of the federal False Claims Act relators in the now-settled Devage case (see discussion in Item 1), filed a lawsuit captioned Darling v. HealthSouth Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation, et al ., 98-6110-CI-20, in the Circuit Court for Pinellas County, Florida. The complaint alleges that Mr. Darling was injured while receiving physical therapy during a 1996 visit to a HealthSouth outpatient rehabilitation facility in Clearwater, Florida. The complaint was amended in December 2004 to add a punitive damage claim. This amended complaint alleges that fraudulent misrepresentations and omissions by us resulted in the injury to Mr. Darling. We recently participated in an unsuccessful court-ordered mediation. The case is scheduled for trial in July 2005.

 

We have been named as a defendant in two lawsuits brought by individuals in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, Nichols v. HealthSouth Corp. , CV-03-2023, filed March 28, 2003, and Hilsman v. Ernst & Young, HealthSouth Corp., et al. , CV-03-7790, filed December 12, 2003. The plaintiffs allege that we, some of our former officers, and our former auditor engaged in a scheme to overstate and misrepresent our earnings and financial condition. The plaintiffs seek compensatory and punitive damages. On March 24, 2003, a lawsuit captioned Warren v. HealthSouth Corp., et al. , CV-03-5967, was filed in the Circuit Court of Montgomery County, Alabama. The lawsuit, which claims damages for the defendants’ alleged negligence, wantonness, fraud and breach of fiduciary duty, was transferred to the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama. Each of the lawsuits described in this paragraph has been consolidated with the Tucker case for discovery and other pretrial purposes.

 

On June 30, 2004, two physical therapy providers in New Jersey filed a class action lawsuit captioned William Weiss Physical Therapy, et al., v. HealthSouth Corporation, et al. , Docket No. BER-L-10218-04 (N.J. Super.) in the Superior Court of New Jersey. The nine count complaint alleges certain unfair trade practices in offering physical therapy services in violation of the New Jersey Physical Therapy Licensing Act of 1983. This case has been dismissed with prejudice.

 

On May 13, 2003, Plano Hospital Investors, Inc. (“Plano”) filed a complaint captioned Plano Hospital Investors, Inc., et al., v. HealthSouth Corp., et al. , Cause No. 219-1416-03, in the 219th Judicial District Court of Collin County, Texas. Plano is a limited partner in Collin County Rehab Associates Limited Partnership, a partnership in which we, through wholly owned subsidiaries, are the general partner and hold limited partner interests. Plano alleges that we conducted unauthorized and improper sweeps of partnership funds into a HealthSouth centralized cash management account instead of a partnership account, that we improperly received late partnership distributions, and that the predecessor general partner took a negative capital contribution improperly increasing its interest, and upon the sale of that interest to us, our interest, in the partnership. The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief and unspecified damages. The parties to this lawsuit are currently engaged in settlement negotiations.

 

On December 28, 2004, we commenced a collection action in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, captioned HealthSouth Medical Center, Inc. v. Neurological Surgery Associates, P.C., CV-04-7700, to

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

collect unpaid loans in the original principal amount of $275,000 made to Neurological Surgery Associates, P.C. (“NSA”), pursuant to a written Practice Guaranty Agreement. The purpose of the loans was to enable NSA to employ a physician who would bring necessary specialty skills to patients served by both NSA and our acute-care hospital in Birmingham, Alabama. NSA has asserted counterclaims that we breached verbal promises to lease space and employees from NSA, to pay NSA for billing and coding services performed by NSA on behalf of the subject physician-employee, and to pay NSA to manage the subject physician-employee.

 

On April 15, 2004, Klemett L. Belt, Jr. filed a complaint captioned Belt v. HealthSouth Corp ., CV-2004-02517, in the Second Judicial District Court of Bernalillo County, New Mexico. Mr. Belt, a former executive officer and director of Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation, entered into a Non-Competition and Retirement Agreement with Horizon/CMS that we subsequently assumed in our acquisition of Horizon/CMS pursuant. Mr. Belt alleged in his complaint that he was entitled to retirement benefits, life insurance and, in the event of certain events of default, liquidated damages pursuant to a contractual provision requiring that the life insurance policies be fully paid and permitting Mr. Belt to receive a lump sum cash payment in lieu of certain unpaid retirement benefits. Mr. Belt alleges that we defaulted under the terms of the agreement due to our nonpayment of insurance policy premium payments beginning on December 31, 2003. As a result of our alleged default under the agreement, Mr. Belt sought liquidated damages in lieu of retirement benefits, payment of insurance policy premiums, amounts sufficient to compensate Mr. Belt for excess income taxes, interest, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and such other relief as may be determined by the court. We entered into a settlement agreement with Mr. Belt pursuant to which we must pay certain damages and relinquish our right to receive returned insurance premiums, if any, under a split dollar arrangement.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

On March 16, 2004, we commenced a solicitation of consents seeking approval of proposed amendments to, and waivers under, the indentures governing our 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005, 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006, 7.000% Senior Notes due 2008, 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008, 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011, 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012, and 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 on issues relating to our inability to provide current financial statements and our ability to incur indebtedness under certain circumstances. On May 7, 2004, we announced that we were amending the solicitation of consents from holders of our 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 to further conform the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness” in the indenture governing our 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes to the definition in the indentures governing our senior notes. On June 24, 2004, we announced that we had closed all of our consent solicitations for our outstanding public debt. The vote totals for the consents are set forth on the following table:

 

Notes


   Principal Amount
Outstanding ($)


   Principal Amount
Voted For ($)


   Principal Amount
Voted Against ($)


   Principal Amount
Abstained ($)


6.875% Senior Notes due 2005

   245,000,000    243,212,000    0    1,788,000

7.375% Senior Notes due 2006

   180,300,000    179,442,000    0    858,000

7.000% Senior Notes due 2008

   250,000,000    247,320,000    0    2,680,000

8.500% Senior Notes due 2008

   343,000,000    312,051,000    11,580,000    19,369,000

8.375% Senior Notes due 2011

   347,700,000    347,659,976    0    40,024

7.625% Senior Notes due 2012

   908,700,000    908,146,000    250,000    304,000

10.750% Senior Sub. Notes due 2008

   319,260,000    284,807,000    50,000    34,403,000

 

In connection with the consummation of the consent solicitations, we executed the following supplemental indentures as of May 14, 2004:

 

    Second Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001, between us and The Bank of New York, as trustee, governing our 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Second Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2000, between us and HSBC Bank USA, as successor trustee to The Bank of New York, governing our 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

 

We also executed the following supplemental indentures as of June 24, 2004:

 

    First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between us and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to PNC Bank, National Association, governing our 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005

 

    Second Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between us and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, governing our 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006

 

    First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between us and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to PNC Bank, National Association, governing our 7.000% Senior Notes due 2008

 

    Second Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between us and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, governing our 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011

 

    First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002, between us and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, governing our 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market Information

 

On March 19, 2003, after the Securities and Exchange Commission issued an Order of Suspension of Trading, the New York Stock Exchange suspended trading in our common stock, which was then listed under the symbol HRC. That same day, Standard & Poor’s announced that it removed our common stock from the S&P 500 Index. The NYSE continued the trading halt and eventually delisted our common stock. On March 25, 2003, immediately following the delisting from the NYSE, our stock began trading in the over-the-counter “Pink Sheets” market under the symbol HLSH.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the high and low bid quotations per share of HealthSouth common stock as reported on the over-the-counter market from March 25, 2003 through December 31, 2004 and the high and low reported sale prices for HealthSouth common stock as reported on the NYSE Composite Transactions Tape for prior periods. The stock price information is based on published financial sources. Over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commissions, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 

     Market

   High

   Low

2000

                  

First Quarter

   NYSE    $ 7.31    $ 4.75

Second Quarter

   NYSE      8.56      5.38

Third Quarter

   NYSE      8.13      5.19

Fourth Quarter

   NYSE      17.50      8.13

2001

                  

First Quarter

   NYSE    $ 16.50    $ 12.12

Second Quarter

   NYSE      16.26      11.25

Third Quarter

   NYSE      18.49      14.06

Fourth Quarter

   NYSE      16.84      11.88

2002

                  

First Quarter

   NYSE    $ 15.02    $ 10.84

Second Quarter

   NYSE      15.90      11.87

Third Quarter

   NYSE      13.00      2.79

Fourth Quarter

   NYSE      5.12      3.31

2003

                  

First Quarter (Jan. 1—Mar. 24)

   NYSE    $ 4.90    $ 3.10

First Quarter (Mar. 25—Mar. 31)

   OTC      0.11      0.08

Second Quarter

   OTC      0.84      0.10

Third Quarter

   OTC      3.43      0.67

Fourth Quarter

   OTC      4.80      2.73

2004

                  

First Quarter

   OTC    $ 6.18    $ 3.76

Second Quarter

   OTC      6.06      4.10

Third Quarter

   OTC      6.41      5.01

Fourth Quarter

   OTC      6.46      4.88

 

Holders

 

As of May 31, 2005, there were 397,063,445 shares of HealthSouth common stock issued and outstanding, net of treasury shares, held by approximately 8,597 holders of record.

 

Dividends

 

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our principal bank credit agreement and the indentures covering some of our publicly traded debt securities restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock if we do not meet specified financial requirements. We currently anticipate that any future earnings will be retained to finance our operations and reduce debt.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Between December 5, 2003 and January 20, 2004 we sold 230,750 unregistered shares of common stock to various employees pursuant to the exercise of outstanding stock options. The aggregate consideration for these sales was $869,460. In 2004 we issued 468,057 shares of restricted stock to various directors and executive

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

officers in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. There was no monetary consideration for these issuances.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is provided under Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management , “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities

 

The following table provides information regarding the repurchase of our common stock made during the period covered by this report. None of the repurchases identified below were made as part of a publicly announced plan or program, and there are no current repurchase plans or programs in place.

 

Period


   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased


   Average Price
Paid Per Share


March 1, 2002 through March 31, 2002 (1)

   150,700    $ 12.97

May 1, 2002 through May 31, 2002 (1)

   3,500    $ 14.24

July 1, 2002 through July 31, 2002 (1)

   135,000    $ 8.01

August 1, 2002 through August 31, 2002 (2)

   2,506,770    $ 4.58

September 1, 2002 through September 30, 2002 (1)

   1,142,000    $ 4.28

(1) These shares were purchased in open market transactions on an ad hoc basis.
(2) These shares were acquired from Richard M. Scrushy in order to satisfy the pledge of stock under a loan made to Mr. Scrushy under our 1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan. For additional information about this loan, see Note 12, Shareholders’ Equity , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. See also Item 3, Legal Proceedings , “Derivative Litigation,” for a description of litigation related to this loan.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

We derived the selected historical consolidated financial data presented below from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. You should refer to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the notes to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the financial data presented below, including matters that might cause this data not to be indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations. In addition, you should note the following information regarding the selected historical consolidated financial data presented below.

 

    We have restated our previously reported consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. The restatement adjustments resulted in a cumulative net reduction to shareholders’ equity of $3.9 billion and $3.5 billion as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, and a reduction in previously reported net income of $393.6 million and $642.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Adjustments to our January 1, 2000 previously reported retained earnings balance approximated $3.0 billion.

 

   

We have not restated our previously reported consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999, and we have not presented any financial data from that period below. In light of the substantial time, effort, and expense incurred since March 2003 to complete the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for 2001 and 2000, we have determined that extensive additional efforts would be required to restate our 1999 financial data, and incurring the costs associated with restating 1999 would not provide any additional benefit to our shareholders. In particular, after December 31, 1999, we have experienced significant turnover in relevant personnel, greatly decreasing

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

our ability to reconstruct detailed financial data for 1999 and prior periods. Previously published financial information for 1999 and earlier periods should not be relied upon.

 

    Included in our net loss for 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are property and equipment and goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges of $468.3 million, $117.6 million, $0.4 million, and $10.4 million, respectively. These charges were recorded as a result of experiencing continued significant decreases in projected revenue and operating profit at numerous facilities and significant changes in the business climate over this four-year period. We performed impairment analyses and calculated the fair value of our long-lived assets with the assistance of a third party valuation specialist using a combination of discounted cash flows and market valuation models based on competitors’ multiples of revenue, gross profit, and other financial ratios. These impairment charges are shown separately as a component of operating loss within the consolidated statements of operations, excluding $4.1 million and $1.4 million of impairment charges in 2002 and 2001, respectively, related to certain closed facilities which are included in discontinued operations.

 

    In 2003, our net loss includes the cost related to our settlement with the SEC and certain additional settlements, as well as legal fees related to this litigation and certain other actions brought against us. Also, as a result of the Medicare Program Settlement, our 2002 net loss includes a $347.7 million charge as Government and class action settlements expense . For additional information, see Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement , Note 22, SEC Settlement , and Note 23, Contingencies and Other Commitments , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

    As noted throughout this annual report, significant changes have occurred at HealthSouth since the events of March 19, 2003. The steps taken to stabilize our business and operations, provide vital management assistance, and coordinate our legal strategy came at significant financial cost. During 2003, our net loss includes professional fees associated with the reconstruction and restatement of our previously issued consolidated financial statements of approximately $70.6 million.

 

    We recorded the cumulative effect of an accounting change in both 2003 and 2002. Effective January, 1, 2003, we adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations , and recorded a related charge of approximately $2.5 million. On January 1, 2002, we recorded a charge of approximately $48.2 million as a result of the adoption of FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , related to an impairment of goodwill of our diagnostic segment.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     ($ in thousands)  

Income Statement Data:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 3,957,604     $ 3,960,142     $ 3,553,057     $ 3,498,836  

Salaries and benefits

     1,716,995       1,745,322       1,618,546       1,627,583  

Professional and medical director fees

     87,375       103,980       85,384       89,423  

Supplies

     399,560       361,825       333,835       342,855  

Other operating expenses

     863,444       916,617       862,620       842,916  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     133,836       137,060       100,620       189,811  

Depreciation and amortization

     200,195       237,775       353,657       359,003  

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

     (13,225 )     87,043       35,193       104,798  

Impairment of goodwill

     335,623       —         —         —    

Impairment of intangible assets

     —         22,163       —         —    

Impairment of long-lived assets

     132,722       95,480       438       10,387  

Government and class action settlements expense

     170,949       347,716       —         8,248  

Professional fees—reconstruction and restatement

     70,558       —         —         —    

(Gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (2,259 )     (9,644 )     5,136       1,615  

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount

     268,443       255,035       311,386       290,838  

Interest income

     (7,323 )     (6,881 )     (7,497 )     (8,717 )

Loss (gain) on sale of investments

     15,811       (12,491 )     651       34,572  

Equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (15,769 )     (15,320 )     (16,909 )     (27,351 )

Minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates

     99,456       90,359       60,679       71,062  
    


 


 


 


       4,456,391       4,356,039       3,743,739       3,937,043  
    


 


 


 


Loss from continuing operations

     (498,787 )     (395,897 )     (190,682 )     (438,207 )

Provision for income tax (benefit) expense

     (42,419 )     21,221       (28,244 )     (76,584 )
    


 


 


 


Discontinued operations, net of income tax expense

     24,267       (1,517 )     (28,787 )     (2,620 )
    


 


 


 


Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax expense

     (2,456 )     (48,189 )     —         —    
    


 


 


 


Net loss

   $ (434,557 )   $ (466,824 )   $ (191,225 )   $ (364,243 )
    


 


 


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                                

Basic

     396,132       395,520       390,485       386,626  
    


 


 


 


Diluted*

     405,831       408,321       415,163       407,061  
    


 


 


 


Basic and diluted loss per share:

                                

Loss from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ (1.15 )   $ (1.06 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.93 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     0.06       Nil       (0.07 )     (0.01 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

     (0.01 )     (0.12 )     —         —    
    


 


 


 


Net loss per common share

   $ (1.10 )   $ (1.18 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.94 )
    


 


 


 


 

* Per share diluted amounts are treated the same as basic per share amounts, because the effect is antidilutive.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

                                

Cash and marketable securities

   $ 472,781     $ 94,057     $ 67,240     $ 90,777  

Restricted cash

     174,857       24,031       31,693       2,130  

Working capital (deficit)

     165,636       (492,877 )     (94,911 )     (20,464 )

Total assets

      4,196,258        4,533,016        4,578,266        4,735,376  

Long-term debt, including current portion

     3,522,067       3,508,220       3,559,224       3,650,878  

Shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     (963,837 )     (528,759 )     (111,509 )     35,685  

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide the reader with information that will assist in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from year to year, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles affect our consolidated financial statements. The discussion also provides information about the financial results of the various segments of our business to provide a better understanding of how those segments and their results affect the financial condition and results of operations of HealthSouth as a whole.

 

Forward Looking Information

 

This MD&A should be read in conjunction with our accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page ii of this report for a description of important factors that could cause actual results to differ from expected results. See also Item 1, Business , “Risk Factors.”

 

Executive Overview

 

As described in detail in Item 1, Business , the more than two years since our last filing have been marked by profound turmoil and change. During this period, a significant portion of our time and attention has been devoted to matters primarily outside the ordinary course of business such as replacing our executive management team, cooperating with federal investigators, restructuring our finances, and reconstructing our accounting records. We have also devoted substantial resources to improving fundamental business systems including our corporate governance functions, financial controls, and operational infrastructure. At the same time, our accounting staff and outside professionals have spent more than one million hours completing the reconstruction of our books and the restatement of our previously issued financial statements.

 

While we have been primarily focused on responding to these pressing challenges, our business, and the health care market in general, have continued to evolve. On the positive side, health care sector growth continues to outpace the economy in response to an aging U.S. population and other factors. In addition, the delivery of health care services is migrating to outpatient and post-acute care environments, which suits our business model. On the other hand, we anticipate pricing pressure in the markets we serve, as well as increased competition. Most importantly, the revised 75% Rule, which is described in greater detail later in this Item, presents our most significant operating challenge as it limits our ability to treat Medicare patients in our largest division. These trends in our markets, which appear to be indicative of trends in the broader health care industry, present challenges and opportunities for us.

 

On the whole, our core business remains sound. We continue to be the largest provider of ambulatory surgery and rehabilitative health care services in the United States, with approximately 1,300 facilities and 40,000 full- and part-time employees. In addition, despite the serious financial, operational, and legal difficulties

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

we have faced and continue to face, our business is generating significant cash. Under ordinary circumstances, we think our size and our ability to generate cash from operations could be important competitive advantages. Unfortunately, we have significant issues to overcome before we can capitalize on those potential advantages or other competencies. Our first priorities are to improve operations and our capital structure, which we are pursuing diligently.

 

Our Business

 

Our business is currently divided into four primary operating divisions—inpatient, surgery centers, outpatient, and diagnostic—and a fifth division that manages certain other revenue producing activities and corporate functions. These five divisions correspond to our five reporting segments discussed later in this Item and throughout this annual report.

 

Inpatient . Our inpatient division, which comprises the majority of our net operating revenues and is our most profitable division, provides treatment at approximately 94 inpatient rehabilitation facilities (“IRFs”), 9 long-term acute care hospitals (“LTCHs”), and 152 satellites of inpatient facilities providing primarily outpatient care. This division continues to be the market leader in inpatient rehabilitation services in terms of revenues, number of IRFs, and patients served. Between 2000 and 2003, our inpatient division performed well due primarily to Medicare reimbursement changes, discussed later in this Item, which rewarded efficient providers. In 2004, operating earnings of this division remained stable due largely to treating higher acuity patients and stricter expense controls. We expect this division to continue to show positive results. However, as discussed below, the revised 75% Rule is likely to have a materially negative impact on future results of operations.

 

Surgery Centers . Our surgery centers division, which is our second largest division in terms of net operating revenues, operates approximately 177 freestanding ambulatory surgery centers (“ASCs”) and 3 surgical hospitals. Our surgery centers segment’s net operating revenues grew from 2000 to 2002, and remained relatively flat from 2002 to 2003. We believe the segment’s revenue performance is due in large part to overall growth in the industry rather than solid execution. Since March 2003, the division has struggled due in large part to an inability to efficiently resyndicate (i.e., sell ownership interests in) its partnership portfolio and its inability to control costs. Since January 2005, resyndication activity has improved, and we are working on new processes to improve operating room efficiency, decrease supply costs, and optimize staffing. We expect this division to benefit as outpatient procedures continue to migrate to the more efficient ASC environment. However, potential benefits from industry growth may be offset by physician partners who are demanding a higher ownership interest in our partnerships, thereby lowering our share of partnership earnings.

 

Outpatient . Our outpatient division currently provides outpatient therapy services at approximately 765 HealthSouth facilities and 39 facilities managed under contract by us. This division’s performance was disappointing between 2000 and 2003, due primarily to poor operational systems and increased competition from physician-owned physical therapy sites. In 2004, we have seen continued declines in this business. We continue to try to improve margins by closing underperforming facilities and by making operational improvements within the division, although we do not expect marked improvement in this division for the foreseeable future.

 

Diagnostic . Our diagnostic division operates approximately 96 diagnostic imaging centers. This division’s performance has declined since 2001, due to poor margins for the diagnostic market in general and strong competition from physician-owned diagnostic service centers. In 2004, however, we have seen stabilization of both net operating revenues and operating earnings, which we believe is due in part to payor pressures to decrease perceived over-utilization of diagnostic services by physician-owned diagnostic service centers. We continue to focus on operational improvements to increase our margins.

 

As shown by the following charts, our inpatient and surgery centers divisions made up more than 75% of 2003 net operating revenues and approximately 85% of 2003 Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in this Item, “Consolidated Results of Operations,”) from our four primary operating divisions. For a reconciliation of

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

loss from continuing operations to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, see this Item, “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.”

 

LOGO         LOGO

 

We believe that the aging of the U.S. population, changes in technology, and the continuing growth in health care spending will increase demand for the types of services we provide. First, many of the health conditions associated with aging—like stroke and heart attacks, neurological disorders, and diseases and injuries to the muscles, bones, and joints—will increase the demand for ambulatory surgery and rehabilitative services. Second, pressure from payors to provide efficient, high-quality health care services is forcing many procedures traditionally performed in acute care hospitals out of the acute care environment. We believe these market factors align with our strengths. Given our limited resources, we plan to prioritize investment of time and capital based on where realistic growth prospects are strongest, which is currently our inpatient and surgery centers divisions.

 

Key Challenges

 

Although our business is continuing to generate substantial revenues, and market factors appear to favor our outpatient and post-acute care business model, we still have several immediate internal and external challenges to overcome before we can realize significant improvements in our business, including:

 

    Operational Improvements . We need to improve our operational efficiency, particularly in our surgery centers, outpatient, and diagnostic divisions. This includes streamlining our division management structure, continuing to consolidate or divest underperforming facilities, implementing standardized performance metrics and practices, and ensuring high quality care. We also will strive to reduce operational variation within each division.

 

    Price Pressure . We are seeing downward pressure on prices in our markets, from both commercial and government payors. For commercial payors, the pressure seems to be primarily in response to their clients’ (employers) desire to control escalating costs. For government payors, the pressure is stemming primarily from a growing federal deficit. We anticipate continuing price pressure in all our divisions. For example, Medicare has frozen ASC pricing through 2009, and there are additional efforts underway to modify ASC pricing that could have a material impact on our operations.

 

   

Single-Payor Exposure . Medicare comprises more than 42% of our consolidated net operating revenues and more than 70% of our largest division’s revenues. Consequently, single-payor exposure presents a serious risk. In particular, the revised 75% Rule, which is discussed later in this Item 7, is the single biggest operating risk we face. Our inpatient division has begun to deny admissions of certain types of patients at several locations in an attempt to ensure compliance with the revised 75% Rule. We project this reduction in patient census, unless mitigated, will have a materially adverse impact on the inpatient segment’s revenues. We previously estimated that the revised 75% Rule could negatively impact our net operating revenues by $95 million to $100 million in 2005. Our inpatient division is taking steps to mitigate the impact of the revised 75% Rule, and we previously estimated the impact to our net operating revenues to be approximately $50 million to $55 million when our mitigation strategies are

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

taken into consideration. In the second quarter of 2005, as many of our facilities approach the end of their cost reporting years, we have seen a greater than anticipated decline in inpatient volumes, a significant portion of which is attributable to the revised 75% Rule. Accordingly, the financial impact estimated could be greater than previously disclosed.

 

    Competition . Competition is increasing as physicians look for new revenue sources to offset declining incomes. In our outpatient and diagnostic divisions, physician practices are the natural owners of most patient volume. Any physician group that generates a substantial portion of facility volume for us may have reached sufficient critical mass to insource their referrals, and is therefore a potential competitor. In addition, the low barriers to entry in the outpatient physical therapy sector, and decreasing barriers to entry in the diagnostic sector, make competition from physician practices a particular problem in those markets.

 

    Declining Ownership Share of Surgery Centers . Like most other ASCs, the majority of our centers are owned in partnership with surgeons and other physicians who perform procedures at the centers. As a result of increased competition in the ASC market and other factors, physicians are demanding increased equity participation in ASCs. Consequently, we expect to see our percentage ownership of centers within our ASC portfolio decline over time, thereby reducing our share of partnership earnings from our ASCs.

 

    Leverage . We are highly leveraged and must reduce our debt to decrease our annual debt service cost. We had $3.5 billion in long-term debt as of December 31, 2004, and we incurred $282 million of interest expense in 2004. We estimate we will incur $280 million in interest expense in 2005. Our high leverage increases our cost of capital, decreases our net income, and prevents us from taking advantage of potential growth opportunities.

 

    Settlement Costs . In addition to being highly leveraged, we have significant cash obligations we must meet in the near future as a result of recent settlements with various federal agencies. Specifically, we will be paying the remaining balance of our $325 million settlement in quarterly installments over the next three years to satisfy our obligations under a settlement described in Item 1, Business , “Medicare Program Settlement.” Furthermore, we will pay $100 million to the SEC in five installments over a two year period beginning in the fourth quarter of 2005, as described in Item 1, Business , “SEC Settlement.”

 

    Continuing Investigations and Litigation . We face continuing government investigations, as well as numerous class action and individual lawsuits, all of which will consume considerable management attention and company resources and could result in substantial additional payments and fines.

 

    Reconstruction and Restatement Costs . We paid approximately $257 million in 2004 and approximately $54 million in the first quarter of 2005 in connection with the restructuring of our financial reporting processes, internal accounting controls, and managerial operations, and the restatement of our consolidated financial statements. We anticipate incurring additional related costs in the future, although we expect these costs to decline over time.

 

    Access to Public Markets . This filing is our first annual or quarterly periodic filing since 2002. It will likely be 2006 before we can become a “current filer” in compliance with SEC regulations, and we will not be able to apply for relisting on a major securities exchange until that time. Consequently, we will not have access to public capital markets until 2006, at the earliest, which will make it more difficult to grow our business.

 

Strategic Plan

 

Although management’s attention recently has been focused on a range of tactical issues critical to HealthSouth’s survival, our executive management team has spent considerable time developing a comprehensive strategic plan for the next three to five years that is focused on HealthSouth’s future, not its past.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The plan, which has been approved by the Special Committee of our board of directors, is divided into the following three phases:

 

    Phase 1—Operational Focus . Because our limited borrowing capacity precludes our ability, in the near term, to grow through developing new facilities, we must generate additional cash flow from operating activities by improving operational performance in all our operating divisions. In the first phase, we plan to focus on key operational initiatives such as mitigating the impact of the revised 75% Rule, realizing significant operating performance improvements in each division through standardization of labor and supply chain practices and reduction of fixed costs, completing additional surgery center resyndications, and developing a robust quality agenda. In addition, we plan to establish an appropriate internal control environment, pilot new post-acute care services, and establish our business development capabilities. Phase I has already begun and is anticipated to extend through the second quarter of 2007.

 

    Phase 2—Operational/Growth Focus . In this phase, we will continue establishing an appropriate internal control environment. We will also continue making operational improvements by developing ways to use our size to create supply chain efficiencies and to identify and disseminate operational best practices in patient care, sales, and payor contracting. Assuming we are successful in achieving our targeted operational improvements in Phase I and mitigating the impact of the revised 75% Rule, we anticipate we will generate sufficient additional cash flow from operating activities to enable us to take advantage of selected development opportunities in the post-acute and surgery markets. Specifically, we plan to build new IRFs, LTCHs, and surgery centers in target markets. During this phase, we also plan to grow promising new post-acute services that are complementary to our existing services.

 

    Phase 3—Growth Focus . The third phase will be more outward looking. We plan to continue to acquire or build IRFs and LTCHs in target markets, develop new ASCs, grow new post-acute care businesses, and evaluate potential acquisitions.

 

We are into the first phase of our strategic plan, and we are already making significant strides. For example, we have cured long-term debt defaults and increased our liquidity. We are continuing to cooperate with government investigations and have entered into key settlements with the government and various private parties. Operationally, we have replaced the presidents of each of our primary operating divisions, reorganized these divisions by eliminating unnecessary management layers, increased productivity, divested underperforming facilities, and worked to improve operational systems. We are also beginning to implement mitigation strategies for the revised 75% Rule in our inpatient facilities, enhance the resyndication process for our ASCs, and implement new information systems to improve cash collections in our diagnostic division. Finally, this annual report represents a substantial step toward achieving compliance with SEC reporting requirements, and we hope to become a current filer with the SEC with the filing of our 2005 Form 10-K in 2006, which will enable us to apply for relisting on a major securities exchange and gain access to public capital markets.

 

We believe our strategic plan capitalizes on our strengths, market direction, and legitimate growth opportunities. We are implementing a realistic operational plan and creating the appropriate infrastructure— organization, policies, protocols, systems, and reports—to support it. Finally, we are setting priorities based on resources and with our long-range goals of quality, profitability, and shareholder value at the forefront of our minds.

 

Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Information

 

As a result of the events of March 19, 2003, we have undertaken a comprehensive review of our previously filed consolidated financial statements. Due to the lack of systematic and reliable internal controls and the lack of access to HealthSouth’s prior management and senior personnel, the restatement process required an extensive effort by hundreds of financial and accounting professionals, including external consultants, to assist management in locating, verifying, and/or reconstructing supporting records for financial statement accounts.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As a result of the comprehensive review, we have restated our previously reported consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. The restatement adjustments resulted in a cumulative net reduction to shareholders’ equity of $3.9 billion and $3.5 billion as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, and a reduction in previously reported net income of approximately $393.6 million and $642.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. We have also restated the January 1, 2000 opening retained earnings balance to recognize corrected items that relate to prior periods. Adjustments to our January 1, 2000 previously reported retained earnings balance approximated $3.0 billion.

 

Except as otherwise specified, all information presented in this Item, our accompanying consolidated financial statements, and the related notes include all such restatements. For additional information and a detailed discussion of the accounts restated, see Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

HealthSouth is the largest provider of ambulatory surgery and rehabilitative health care services in the United States, with approximately 1,300 facilities and 40,000 full- and part-time employees. We provide these services through a national network of inpatient and outpatient rehabilitation facilities, outpatient surgery centers, diagnostic centers, medical centers, and other health care facilities.

 

During 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, we derived consolidated net operating revenues from the following payor sources:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Medicare

   42.7 %   37.8 %   31.4 %   29.1 %

Medicaid

   2.1 %   2.4 %   2.6 %   2.6 %

Workers’ compensation

   9.4 %   10.7 %   12.1 %   12.5 %

Managed care and other discount plans

   31.3 %   33.0 %   32.9 %   31.8 %

Other third party payors

   9.4 %   10.8 %   14.6 %   17.0 %

Other income

   5.1 %   5.3 %   6.4 %   7.0 %
    

 

 

 

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
    

 

 

 

 

We provide our patient care services through four primary operating segments and certain other services through a fifth operating segment. These segments are discussed in more detail in this Item, “Segment Results of Operations.”

 

When reading our consolidated statements of operations, it is important to recognize the following items included within our results of operations:

 

    Impairments —During 2003, we recorded a charge of approximately $335.6 million for the impairment of goodwill and an additional charge of approximately $132.7 million for the impairment of certain long-lived assets. During 2002, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $95.5 million to reduce the carrying value of property and equipment and an impairment charge of $22.2 million to reduce the carrying value of amortizable intangibles of certain operating facilities to their estimated fair market value. During 2001 and 2000, triggering events related to facility closings and facilities experiencing negative cash flow from operations resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of $0.4 million and $10.4 million, respectively, for certain long-lived assets. These charges are discussed in more detail in this Item, “Segment Results of Operations,” and Note 7, Property and Equipment , and Note 8, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Government and class action settlements expense —In 2003, our net loss includes the cost related to our settlement with the SEC and certain additional settlements, as well as legal fees related to this litigation and certain other actions brought against us. For additional information, see Note 22, SEC Settlement , and Note 23, Contingencies and Other Commitments , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

As a result of the Medicare Program Settlement, as discussed in more detail in Note 21, Medicare Progr am Settlement , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, we recorded a total charge of $347.7 million during 2002 as Government and class action settlements expense . Of this charge, approximately $194.0 million, $96.5 million, and $57.2 million have been allocated to our inpatient, outpatient, and corporate and other segments, respectively. Although the Medicare Program Settlement was made on a global basis rather than a claim-by-claim basis, our allocation was based upon our evaluation of the damages asserted by the DOJ civil division on a claim-by-claim basis and our analysis of the value of those claims.

 

In 2000, we recorded a charge of $8.2 million due to a settlement with the DOJ related to improperly filed Medicare cost reports.

 

    Professional fees—reconstruction and restatement —As noted throughout this annual report, significant changes have occurred at HealthSouth since the events of March 19, 2003. The steps taken to stabilize our business and operations, provide vital management assistance, and coordinate our legal strategy came at significant financial cost. During 2003, professional fees associated with the reconstruction and restatement of our previously issued reports approximated $70.6 million. For similar amounts spent during 2004 and the first quarter of 2005, please see this Item, “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Commitments.”

 

    (Gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt —In each year, we recorded either a gain or loss on early extinguishment of debt due to our termination of certain capital leases or various credit agreements, or the repurchase of various bonds. The most significant amount was recorded in 2002, when we recognized a $9.6 million gain on early extinguishment of debt. During 2002, we repurchased portions of various bonds for $457.1 million prior to their scheduled maturity dates. The repurchase amounts were less than the carrying amounts of these bonds and resulted in an approximate $25.8 million gain on the extinguishment of debt.

 

This gain was offset by a $13.9 million loss from a real estate transaction with First Cambridge, as discussed in more detail in Note 20, Related Party Transactions , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. The remaining $2.3 million of loss on early extinguishment of debt in 2002 is due to the refinancing of our 1998 Credit Agreement and the write-off of $2.3 million of unamortized loan costs in association with this transaction. For more information regarding these transactions, please see Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

    Cumulative effect of an accounting change, net of tax —We recorded the cumulative effect of an accounting change in both 2003 and 2002. Effective January, 1, 2003, we adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations , and recorded a related charge of approximately $2.5 million. On January 1, 2002, we recorded a charge of approximately $48.2 million as a result of the adoption of FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , related to an impairment of goodwill of our diagnostic segment.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

From 2000 through 2003, our consolidated results of operations were as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

    Percentage Change

 
       2003 vs.
2002


    2002 vs.
2001


    2001 vs.
2000


 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

       
                 (Restated)     (Restated)                 (Restated)  
     ($ in thousands)                    

Net operating revenues

   $ 3,957,604     $ 3,960,142     $ 3,553,057     $ 3,498,836     (0.1 )%   11.5 %   1.5 %
    


 


 


 


 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                                                  

Salaries and benefits

     1,716,995       1,745,322       1,618,546       1,627,583     (1.6 )%   7.8 %   (0.6 )%

Professional and medical director fees

     87,375       103,980       85,384       89,423     (16.0 )%   21.8 %   (4.5 )%

Supplies

     399,560       361,825       333,835       342,855     10.4 %   8.4 %   (2.6 )%

Other operating expenses

     863,444       916,617       862,620       842,916     (5.8 )%   6.3 %   2.3 %

Provision for doubtful accounts

     133,836       137,060       100,620       189,811     (2.4 )%   36.2 %   (47.0 )%

Depreciation and amortization

     200,195       237,775       353,657       359,003     (15.8 )%   (32.8 )%   (1.5 )%

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

     (13,225 )     87,043       35,193       104,798     (115.2 )%   147.3 %   (66.4 )%

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets, and long-lived assets

     468,345       117,643       438       10,387     298.1 %   26,759.1 %   (95.8 )%

Government and class action settlements expense

     170,949       347,716       —         8,248     (50.8 )%   N/A     (100.0 )%

Professional fees—reconstruction and restatement

     70,558       —         —         —       N/A     N/A     N/A  
    


 


 


 


 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     4,098,032       4,054,981       3,390,293       3,575,024     1.1 %   19.6 %   (5.2 )%

(Gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (2,259 )     (9,644 )     5,136       1,615     (76.6 )%   (287.8 )%   218.0 %

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount

     268,443       255,035       311,386       290,838     5.3 %   (18.1 )%   7.1 %

Interest income

     (7,323 )     (6,881 )     (7,497 )     (8,717 )   6.4 %   (8.2 )%   (14.0 )%

Loss (gain) on sale of investments

     15,811       (12,491 )     651       34,572     (226.6 )%   (2018.7 )%   (98.1 )%

Equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (15,769 )     (15,320 )     (16,909 )     (27,351 )   2.9 %   (9.4 )%   (38.2 )%

Minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates

     99,456       90,359       60,679       71,062     10.1 %   48.9 %   (14.6 )%
    


 


 


 


 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change

     (498,787 )     (395,897 )     (190,682 )     (438,207 )   26.0 %   107.6 %   (56.5 )%

Provision for income tax (benefit) expense

     (42,419 )     21,221       (28,244 )     (76,584 )   (299.9 )%   (175.1 )%   (63.1 )%
    


 


 


 


 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

     (456,368 )     (417,118 )     (162,438 )     (361,623 )   9.4 %   156.8 %   (55.1 )%

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax expense

     24,267       (1,517 )     (28,787 )     (2,620 )   (1699.7 )%   (94.7 )%   998.7 %
    


 


 


 


 

 

 

Loss before cumulative effect of accounting change

     (432,101 )     (418,635 )     (191,225 )     (364,243 )   3.2 %   118.9 %   (47.5 )%

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax expense

     (2,456 )     (48,189 )     —         —       (94.9 )%   N/A     N/A  
    


 


 


 


 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (434,557 )   $ (466,824 )   $ (191,225 )   $ (364,243 )   (6.9 )%   144.1 %   (47.5 )%
    


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Operating Expenses as a % of Net Operating Revenues

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Salaries and benefits

   43.4 %   44.1 %   45.6 %   46.5 %

Professional and medical director fees

   2.2 %   2.6 %   2.4 %   2.6 %

Supplies

   10.1 %   9.1 %   9.4 %   9.8 %

Other operating expenses

   21.8 %   23.1 %   24.3 %   24.1 %

Provision for doubtful accounts

   3.4 %   3.5 %   2.8 %   5.4 %

Depreciation and amortization

   5.1 %   6.0 %   10.0 %   10.3 %

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

   (0.3 )%   2.2 %   1.0 %   3.0 %

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets, and long-lived assets

   11.8 %   3.0 %   0.0 %   0.3 %

Government and class action settlement expense

   4.3 %   8.8 %   0.0 %   0.2 %

Professional fees—reconstruction and restatement

   1.8 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %
    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses as a % of net operating revenues

   103.5 %   102.4 %   95.4 %   102.2 %
    

 

 

 

 

The response of our lenders and other creditors to the governmental investigations into our financial reporting and related activities forced us to take immediate steps in 2003 to increase our liquidity. With our revolving credit facility frozen by our lenders, we needed to liquidate certain assets and slow discretionary spending in order to supplement cash from operating activities and provide us with the cash we needed for the restructuring period. During 2003, we increased our cash and cash equivalents by $382.1 million due to the closing or sale of certain facilities, liquidation of our fleet of aircraft, discontinuation of certain non-core businesses, reduction in workforce at our corporate office, tax refunds received, and reduced spending on the Digital Hospital and Source Medical.

 

Due to the discovery of fraudulent activities and reporting, many co-owners in our partnerships requested that cash belonging to those partnerships not be commingled with our corporate cash accounts. As a result of these requests, the amount of our restricted cash increased by $96.7 million from 2002 to 2003. Due to changes in the actuarial assumptions used in our self-insurance calculations related to professional liability, workers’ compensation, and other insurance claims, restricted cash held by our self-insured captive funds increased by $37.7 million from 2002 to 2003. These amounts are discussed more in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. We were also required to post over $15 million in refundable deposits with vendors who were concerned about our ability to pay on credit. These refundable deposits are included in prepaid expenses on our accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Many vendors also decreased their payment terms when the fraud was uncovered. At the end of 2002, most payment terms with vendors equaled or exceeded 30 days. By the end of 2003, most vendor terms had decreased to less than 30 days.

 

As a result of the asset sales and long-lived asset impairment charges mentioned above, as well as our need to reduce discretionary spending, net property and equipment decreased by approximately $249.1 million, or 14.5%, during 2003. More specifically, this decrease is primarily the result of facility closures, the sale of our fleet of aircraft, and impairment charges related to the Digital Hospital.

 

Net Operating Revenues

 

Our consolidated net operating revenues primarily include revenues derived from patient care services provided by one of our four primary operating segments. It also includes other revenues generated from management and administrative fees, trainer income, operation of the conference center located on our corporate campus, and other non-patient care services.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2000 through 2003, we show strong net operating revenues ranging from $3.5 billion to $4.0 billion in each year. In spite of the negative publicity and turmoil surrounding the company in

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2003, consolidated net operating revenues declined by less than 1.0% year over year. Although our segments experienced significant declines in volume related to the negative publicity and other competitive factors, our segments achieved improved payor mix and price increases to offset the decline in volume.

 

The most notable event of 2002 was the conversion of our inpatient segment from the Medicare cost reimbursement system to the Medicare Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility—Prospective Payment System reimbursement system (“IRF-PPS”), as discussed in greater detail within the “Segment Results of Operations—Inpatient” section below. Conversion to this new reimbursement system was the primary driver of our increased net operating revenues from 2001 to 2002, as our inpatient segment was rewarded for being an efficient provider.

 

From 2000 to 2001, net operating revenues increased by 1.5%. Although our inpatient and surgery centers segments achieved significant increases in net operating revenues year over year, the sale of our occupational medicine facilities in March 2001 offset the revenue increases on a consolidated basis. Net operating revenues of our inpatient segment increased by $90.4 million, while net operating revenues of our surgery centers segment increased by $49.8 million. The sale of our occupational medicine facilities decreased net operating revenues by approximately $77.4 million, year over year.

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

Salaries and benefits represents the most significant cost to us and includes all amounts paid to full- and part-time employees, including all related costs of benefits provided to employees. It also includes amounts paid for contract labor.

 

During 2003, our full time equivalents decreased by over 1,200 employees, as we adjusted our staffing levels for the volume declines experienced by our operating segments and reduced our workforce at our corporate headquarters. However, the average cost per full time equivalent increased due to the rising costs of medical and other benefits and workers’ compensation expenses. These rising costs offset the cost savings anticipated from the reduction in full time equivalents and resulted in only a 1.6% decrease in salaries and benefits from 2002 to 2003.

 

During 2002, company-wide full time equivalents decreased by approximately 30 employees, while increased costs associated with employee benefits and workers’ compensation increased the average cost per full time equivalent. However, revenue growth outpaced the rising costs of benefits, and we were able to decrease salaries and benefits as a percent of net operating revenues.

 

Company-wide full time equivalents decreased by approximately 20 in 2001, and the average cost per full time equivalent also decreased slightly. As a result, salaries and benefits decreased to 45.6% of net operating revenues in 2001.

 

Professional and Medical Director Fees

 

Professional and medical director fees include fees paid under contracts with radiologists, medical directors, and other clinical professionals at our centers for services provided.

 

Professional and medical director fees decreased from 2002 to 2003 due primarily to the termination of contracts associated with Alabama Sports Medicine and Orthopedic Center due to relationships and conflicts of interests, as well as high costs associated with these contracts.

 

As discussed in more detail within this Item, “Segment Results of Operations—Diagnostic,” the majority of our diagnostic segment’s contracts with radiologists and other clinical personnel are tied to the number of scans performed, associated revenues with each scan, or cash collections. These fees increased in 2002 due to more scans performed by our diagnostic centers.

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Supplies

 

Supplies include costs associated with supplies used while providing patient care at our facilities. Examples include pharmaceuticals, implants, bandages, food, and other similar items. In each year, our inpatient and surgery centers segments comprise over 75% of our supplies expense.

 

Over 85% of the increase in supplies from 2002 to 2003 is due to the acquisition of Metro West hospital in November 2002. During 2003, we incurred a full year of Metro West’s operating expenses, including approximately $32.9 million related to supplies expense. From 2001 to 2002, supplies expense increased primarily due to the increased volumes experienced by our surgery centers in 2002. The decrease in supplies expense from 2000 to 2001 is a result of the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center in 2001, offset by increased supplies expense at our surgery centers due to increased volume and a shift in case mix, as discussed later in this Item, and rising drug costs.

 

Other Operating Expenses

 

Other operating expenses include costs associated with managing and maintaining our operating facilities as well as the general and administrative costs related to the operation of our corporate office. These expenses include such items as repairs and maintenance, utilities, contract services, rent, and insurance.

 

Other operating expenses also include software development costs in 2001 through 2003. During 2001, we began funding Source Medical for the HCAP software development, as discussed in more detail in Note 9, Investment in and Advances to Nonconsolidated Affiliates , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. During 2003, 2002, and 2001, $11.8 million, $25.3 million, and $81.3 million, respectively, were provided to Source Medical.

 

The decrease in other operating expenses from 2002 to 2003 is due to increased expenses at our inpatient segment offset by reduced expenses at our corporate and other segment. Operating expenses increased at our inpatient segment due to an increase in the acuity of patients serviced in 2003, as discussed in more detail within the “Segment Results of Operations” section below, and the net increase of two inpatient facilities during the year. These increased costs were offset by a reduction in discretionary spending as a result of the events of March 19, 2003. We decreased our discretionary spending on items such as office supplies, telephone, travel and entertainment, meetings, contract services, media production, contributions, airplane and hangar rent, software development costs, and event sponsorships. However, we incurred $70.6 million in Professional fees—reconstruction and restatement , during 2003, as discussed above.

 

Other operating expenses increased in 2002 as a result of increased insurance expense during the year. During 2002, the insurance market hardened in general and premiums on property and casualty insurance generally increased due to the impact of the events of September 11, 2001. Accounting and legal fees also increased due to fees paid to KPMG LLP and Ernst & Young LLP during 2002 for due diligence and tax services provided in preparation for the potential spin off of our surgery centers segment. The remainder of the increase is due primarily to increased legal and professional fees incurred during 2002 in contemplation of a variety of transactions during the year as well as the SEC’s investigation of stock sales made by our then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard M. Scrushy.

 

From 2000 to 2001, our other operating expenses grew due primarily to the funding of Source Medical, as discussed above, and $42.0 million in lease termination costs associated with the Greenery facilities in 2001, as discussed in more detail in Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. These increased costs were offset by decreased costs associated with the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center in 2001. Given the above combined with operational efficiencies achieved in 2001 in other areas and the increase in

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

net operating revenues in 2001, our other operating expenses remained relatively consistent as a percent of net operating revenues year over year.

 

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

 

From 2002 to 2003, the provision for doubtful accounts remained relatively consistent as a percent of net operating revenues. During 2003, our inpatient segment was able to decrease its provision for doubtful accounts through continued significant improvements in collections precipitated by consistent application of policies around the identification, pursuit, and recording of bad debts which began in 2001. Our provision for doubtful accounts also decreased due to the increase in the percent of our net operating revenues from Medicare, as bad debts have not historically been associated with Medicare as a payor. However, these improvements in the provision for doubtful accounts were offset by continued cash collections difficulties within our diagnostic segment. Please see “Segment Results of Operations” within this Item for more information regarding the provision for doubtful accounts at our diagnostic segment.

 

The increase in the provision for doubtful accounts in 2002 is the result of a decline in operational efficiency within our diagnostic segment, as discussed in more detail within the “Segment Results of Operations” section of this Item.

 

From 2000 to 2001, our provision for doubtful accounts decreased from 5.4% of net operating revenues to 2.8% of net operating revenues, respectively. This decrease is due to reductions in the provision for doubtful accounts at our inpatient and outpatient segments. Our inpatient segment was able to decrease its provision for doubtful accounts through significant improvements in collections precipitated by consistent application of policies around the identification, pursuit, and recording of bad debts during the year. Outpatient management attributes its improvement to better collection efforts by outpatient’s operations department on collecting past due accounts in 2001, as well as the closure of underperforming facilities during the year.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

The decrease in depreciation expense from 2002 to 2003 is primarily due to the sale of assets and closure of facilities during 2003, primarily in our outpatient and diagnostic segments. Depreciation and amortization decreased from 2001 to 2002 primarily due to our adoption of FASB Statement No. 142, which requires the cessation of amortization of goodwill, on January 1, 2002.

 

(Gain) Loss on Disposal of Assets

 

The net gain on disposal of assets in 2003 primarily resulted from the sale of our inpatient facility in Reno, Nevada.

 

As part of our restatement process, we performed a complete physical inventory of our facilities. We removed all items we could not locate from the fixed assets system and adjusted the general ledger accordingly. For facilities that were closed, we removed any asset not physically located from the fixed asset system and the general ledger as of the facility’s closure date. As a result of this procedure, we incurred a charge of approximately $35.6 million in 2002, which is included in (Gain) loss on disposal of assets in our consolidated statements of operations. The remainder of the 2002 loss on disposal of assets is primarily attributable to the sale of the Wentworth Nursing Home by our inpatient segment.

 

In 2001, we sold four inpatient rehabilitation facilities to Meadowbrook Healthcare, Inc., an entity formed by one of our former chief financial officers, Michael D. Martin. As a result of this transaction, which is discussed in more detail in Note 7, Property and Equipment , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, we recorded a $37.4 million loss on disposal of assets. Our diagnostic segment also recorded a net loss on disposal of assets in 2001 due to the closure or sale of 23 facilities, including those located in the United

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Kingdom. The above losses were offset by gains recorded on the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center in 2001.

 

In 2000, the net loss on disposal of assets was the result of numerous individually insignificant asset disposals at our surgery centers, outpatient, diagnostic, and corporate and other segments.

 

Interest Expense and Amortization of Debt Discount

 

As noted above, we are a highly leveraged company with over $3.5 billion of debt as of December 31, 2003. This high debt level obviously results in high debt service costs, with cash paid for interest expense approximating $269.4 million in 2003.

 

Interest expense increased during 2003 primarily due to increased average interest rates on our borrowings. As a result of the events of March 19, 2003, our interest rate increased to “default rates” on our then-existing credit agreement. Our average borrowing rate on all debt in 2003 was 7.6% compared to 7.2% in 2002. These increased rates resulted in an increase in interest expense of approximately $14.7 million in 2003. Increased interest expense related to higher rates was offset by lower average borrowings during 2003. Average borrowings declined by approximately $18.6 million in 2003 over 2002, providing an offset of approximately $1.3 million to interest expense.

 

From 2001 to 2002, interest expense and amortization of debt discount decreased primarily as a result of lower average borrowing rates in 2002. Our average borrowing rate in 2002 approximated 7.2% compared to an average borrowing rate of 8.6% in 2001. This decrease in average rates had a positive impact to interest expense of approximately $50.2 million, year over year. Additionally, average borrowings declined by $71.3 million during 2002 resulting in an approximate $6.2 million decrease in interest expense, year over year.

 

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount increased from 2000 to 2001 primarily due to a shift in borrowing away from our short-term revolver to long-term debt, resulting in a higher weighted average borrowing rate. Our average borrowing rates in 2001 approximated 8.6% compared to average rates of 8.1% during 2000. These increased rates resulted in an increase in interest expense of approximately $19.9 million during 2001. In addition, average borrowings increased by $7.7 million, year over year, resulting in an approximate $0.6 million increase in interest expense.

 

Loss (Gain) on Sale of Investments

 

In each year presented in our consolidated statements of operations, the net gain or loss on sale of investments is primarily comprised of numerous individually insignificant transactions related to less than 100% owned entities, including investments in nonconsolidated affiliates. Loss (gain) on sale of investments also includes the realized gains and losses recorded on the sale of marketable securities, and, in 2002, a gain on the termination of an interest rate swap. For more information regarding this interest rate swap, please see Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

During 2003, we sold our investment in HealthTronics for approximately $3.7 million and recognized a gain on the sale of approximately $0.7 million. With the sale of this investment, we eliminated all of our investments in marketable securities. During 2002, we sold our investment in BEI Medical’s common stock for approximately $1.2 million, realizing a gain on this sale of approximately $0.7 million. During 2001, we sold our investments in Almost Family and Caremark Rx for $5.0 million and $27.0 million, respectively, realizing a total gain of approximately $22.7 million on these sales. Both investments were related party transactions that are discussed in more detail in Note 6, Marketable Securities , in our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Equity in Net Income of Nonconsolidated Affiliates

 

During 2000, our equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates includes the effect of gains from asset disposals at certain outpatient affiliates. Thus, our share of these affiliates’ net income was higher in 2000. Also, in 2001, several of our diagnostic and surgery affiliates experienced increased operating costs over the prior year.

 

Minority Interests in Earnings of Consolidated Entities

 

Minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates represents the share of net income or loss allocated to members or partners in our consolidated entities. For 2000 through 2003, the number and average external ownership interest in these consolidated entities were as follows:

 

     As of and for the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Active consolidated affiliates

   322     324     327     335  

Average external ownership interest

   32.5 %   32.6 %   31.8 %   31.5 %

 

Of our active consolidated affiliates, approximately 70% of them are in our inpatient and surgery centers segments. This relationship can be seen in the significant increase in minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates from 2001 to 2002, when our inpatient segment experienced a significant increase in revenues due to their conversion to a prospective payment system and our surgery centers’ revenues increased due to increased volumes at our ASCs and better pricing on most services.

 

Loss from Continuing Operations Before Income Tax Expense and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change

 

The increase in our loss from continuing operations before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change (“loss from continuing operations”) from 2002 to 2003 is due to the 1.1% increase in total operating expenses while our net operating revenues remained relatively flat. In addition to the increase in our operating expenses, we incurred increased interest expense (as a result of higher average borrowing rates) and an increased loss on sale of investments (due to the interest rate swap gain recorded in 2002).

 

From 2001 to 2002, our net operating revenues grew primarily as a result of our inpatient segment’s conversion to IRF-PPS, as we were rewarded for being an efficient provider. However, the increase in our net operating revenues was consumed by the Medicare Program Settlement and impairment charges recorded during the year. In addition, we incurred significant increases in our insurance costs and several other operating expenses, as discussed above, which resulted in an operating loss during 2002. Our operating loss was offset slightly by the gain on early extinguishment of debt and the gain on sale of investments recorded in 2002, as well as decreased interest expense (due to lower average borrowing rates) year over year. It should also be noted that our minority interest expense increased in 2002 due primarily to the positive trend shown by our inpatient segment in 2002. As a result of the above, our loss from continuing operations increased in 2002.

 

From 2000 to 2001, our net operating revenues increased by 1.5% while our operating expenses decreased by 5.2%. The decrease in operating expenses was primarily the result of a decrease in the provision for doubtful accounts, a decrease in the net loss on asset disposals, a decrease in impairment charges, and a decrease in Government and class action settlements expense during 2001. As a result of the above, our loss from continuing operations decreased in 2001.

 

Provision for Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

 

We realized a $42.4 million tax benefit from continuing operations in 2003 as compared to a $21.2 million tax expense in 2002. Substantially all of this difference relates to the fact that we realized a $25.6 million deferred tax benefit due to the reduction of the deferred tax liability associated with certain indefinite life assets.

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

This reduction was the result of an impairment of goodwill in 2003. In 2002, a deferred tax expense of $30.6 million was initially provided to reflect the increase in the deferred tax liability associated with these assets. Additionally, HealthSouth Corporation and its subsidiaries file separate income tax returns in a number of states, some of which result in current state liabilities. The current state income tax liability in 2003 is approximately $11.0 million less than in 2002 as a function of decreased pre-tax state income. A valuation allowance is provided against remaining net deferred tax assets as it is not more likely than not that the company will realize these deferred tax assets.

 

Although we realized a pre-tax loss from continuing operations in 2002, a net tax expense is provided. The current portion is comprised of a tax benefit which results from our estimate that we will be able to carry back a portion of our current federal net operating loss pursuant to the provisions of the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002 (the “Worker Assistance Act”), enacted by Congress on March 9, 2002. The Worker Assistance Act extended the carryback period to 5 years for net operating losses incurred in 2001 and 2002 only. Additionally, HealthSouth Corporation and its subsidiaries file separate income tax returns in a number of states, some of which result in current state income tax liabilities. The current state income tax liability in 2002 increased approximately $13.4 million from 2001 as a function of increased pre-tax state income. A deferred tax expense of $30.6 million was provided in 2002 to reflect the increase in a deferred tax liability associated with certain indefinite life assets, as compared to a deferred tax expense of $9.4 million provided on these assets in 2001. This liability is recorded as it is not able to be relieved through the realization of deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided against remaining net deferred tax assets as it is not more likely than not that the company will realize these deferred tax assets.

 

In 2001, we realized a $28.2 million tax benefit from continuing operations, as compared to an $76.6 million tax benefit in 2000. Substantially all of the reduction in the tax benefit from 2000 to 2001 is a function of the amount of the federal tax net operating loss for each year. Additionally, HealthSouth Corporation and its subsidiaries file separate income tax returns in a number of states, some of which result in current state tax liabilities. The current state income tax liability in 2001 decreased approximately $6.3 million as compared to 2000 as a function of decreased pre-tax state income. A deferred tax expense of $9.4 million was provided in 2001 to reflect the increase in a deferred tax liability associated with certain indefinite life assets, as compared to a deferred tax expense of $15.0 million provided on these assets in 2000. This liability is recorded as it is not able to be relieved through the realization of deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided against remaining net deferred tax assets as it is not more likely than not that the company will realize these deferred tax assets.

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

 

Management believes Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of operating performance, leverage capacity and debt service ability. We have included this measure because we believe it provides investors with additional information about our ability to incur and service debt and make capital expenditures. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is also a component of certain covenants contained within and defined by our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as discussed in more detail in Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

However, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and the items excluded from Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. Therefore, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a substitute for net loss from continuing operations or cash flows from operating, investing, or financing activities. Because Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and is thus susceptible to varying calculations, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. Revenue and expenses are measured in accordance with the policies and procedures described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

From 2000 through 2003, our Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA was as follows:

 

Reconciliation of Loss from Continuing Operations to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Loss from continuing operations before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ (498,787 )   $ (395,897 )   $ (190,682 )   $ (438,207 )

Depreciation and amortization

     200,195       237,775       353,657       359,003  

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

     (13,225 )     87,043       35,193       104,798  

Impairment charges

     468,345       117,643       438       10,387  

Government and class action settlements expense

     170,949       347,716       —         8,248  

Professional fees—reconstruction and restatement

     70,558       —         —         —    

(Gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (2,259 )     (9,644 )     5,136       1,615  

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount

     268,443       255,035       311,386       290,838  

Interest income

     (7,323 )     (6,881 )     (7,497 )     (8,717 )

Loss (gain) on sale of investments

     15,811       (12,491 )     651       34,572  
    


 


 


 


Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

     672,707       620,299       508,282       362,537  
    


 


 


 


 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in 2003 increased primarily as a result of our efforts to reduce discretionary spending during the year and headcount reductions at our corporate headquarters.

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA increased from 2001 to 2002 due to our inpatient division’s conversion to the Medicare IRF Prospective Payment System reimbursement system which rewards efficient providers.

 

The increase in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA from 2000 to 2001 is due primarily to increased volumes at our inpatient, surgery centers, and diagnostic segments offset by higher general and administrative expenses, primarily due to the funding of Source Medical and software development costs. Our outpatient segment also made certain operational improvements that lowered their expenses and improved their Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in 2001.

 

Impact of Inflation

 

Overall, inflation has not had a material impact on our operations during recent years. Unless inflation increases significantly, it is not expected to materially adversely affect our results of operations in the near term .

 

Relationships and Transactions with Related Parties

 

HealthSouth and its prior management team and board of directors engaged in numerous relationships and transactions with related parties. These transactions involved certain venture capital firms, investments, real property, and indebtedness of management. For more information on our historic relationships and transactions with related parties, please see Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions , of this report, and Note 6, Marketable Securities , Note 9, Investment in and Advances to Nonconsolidated Affiliates , Note 12, Shareholders’ Equity , and Note 20, Related Party Transactions , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

As part of our restructuring process, we have eliminated our interests in and relationships with related parties. These types of transactions are not material to our ongoing operations, and therefore, will not be presented as a separate discussion within this Item. When these relationships or transactions were significant to

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, or 2000, information regarding the relationship or transaction(s) have been included within this Item.

 

Segment Results of Operations

 

Our new executive management team, under the direction of the Special Committee of the board of directors, has restructured our business activities and financial, operational, and management structure. As a result of this restructuring process, our internal financial reporting and management structure is focused on the major types of services provided by HealthSouth. We currently provide various patient care services through four operating divisions and certain other services through a fifth division, which correspond to our five reporting business segments: (1) inpatient, (2) surgery centers, (3) outpatient, (4) diagnostic, and (5) corporate and other. For additional information regarding our business segments and related information, please see Item 1, Business , and Note 24, Segment Reporting, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Segment financial data for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 has been restated to recognize the above changes in our organizational structure. A detailed description of the services, as well as financial data, for each segment can be found in Item 1, Business , and in Note 24, Segment Reporting, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. Future changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the reportable segments disclosed.

 

Inpatient

 

We are the nation’s largest provider of inpatient rehabilitation services. Our inpatient rehabilitation facilities provide comprehensive services to patients who require intensive institutional rehabilitation care. Patient care is provided by nursing and therapy staff as directed by a physician order. Internal case managers monitor each patient’s progress and provide documentation of patient status, achievement of goals, functional outcomes and efficiency.

 

Our inpatient segment operates inpatient rehabilitation facilities (“IRFs”), long-term acute care hospitals (“LTCHs”), and skilled nursing units and provides treatment on both an inpatient and outpatient basis. As of December 31, 2004, our inpatient segment operated 94 freestanding IRFs, 9 LTCHs, and 152 outpatient facilities near our IRFs or LTCHs. In addition to HealthSouth facilities, our inpatient segment manages 13 inpatient rehabilitation units and 2 gamma knives. Our inpatient segment also has 11 therapy staffing contracts with acute care providers. Our inpatient facilities are located in 28 states, with a concentration of facilities in Texas, Pennsylvania, Florida, Tennessee, and Alabama. We also have facilities in Puerto Rico and Australia.

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, our inpatient segment comprised approximately 50.9%, 48.2%, 42.9%, and 40.9% of consolidated net operating revenues. For 2000 through 2003, this segment’s operating results were as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)
     (in thousands)

Inpatient

      

Net operating revenues

   $ 2,016,168    $ 1,907,342    $ 1,522,872    $ 1,432,481

Operating expenses*

     1,573,159      1,558,619      1,396,232      1,427,082
    

  

  

  

Operating earnings

   $ 443,009    $ 348,723    $ 126,640    $ 5,399
    

  

  

  

Discharges

     120      118      115      119

Outpatient visits

     2,342      2,538      2,678      2,592
     (not in thousands)

Full time equivalents

     19,636      19,291      18,661      17,904

Average length of stay

     16.2 days      16.6 days      17.5 days      17.4 days

* Excludes corporate overhead allocation. See Note 24, Segment Reporting , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. Includes the effect of minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates and equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates.

 

During 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, inpatient’s net operating revenues were derived from the following payor sources:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Medicare

   70.6 %   64.0 %   56.4 %   53.4 %

Medicaid

   2.3 %   3.0 %   3.3 %   3.6 %

Workers’ compensation

   3.8 %   4.4 %   5.7 %   5.7 %

Managed care and other discount plans

   14.4 %   17.1 %   20.1 %   20.9 %

Other third party payors

   6.3 %   8.6 %   10.4 %   11.3 %

Other income

   2.6 %   2.9 %   4.1 %   5.1 %
    

 

 

 

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
    

 

 

 

 

Our inpatient segment’s payor mix is weighted heavily towards Medicare. Prior to 2002, our freestanding and hospital-based IRFs received cost-based reimbursement from Medicare. Under the cost reimbursement system, each IRF determined its costs related to Medicare patients, based on Medicare’s definition of allowable costs and the percentage of Medicare business, and filed for reimbursement of those costs from Medicare. Effective January 1, 2002, this cost-based methodology was replaced with a Prospective Payment System (“PPS”) for our IRFs. Under IRF-PPS, our IRFs receive fixed payment amounts per discharge based on certain rehabilitation impairment categories established by the Department of Health and Human Services. With PPS, our facilities retain the difference, if any, between its fixed payment from Medicare and its operating costs. Thus, our facilities are rewarded for being high quality, low cost providers. During 2003, the segment operated seven LTCHs that converted to LTCH-PPS and began receiving fixed payment amounts per discharge based on diagnosis-related groups determined by the Department of Health and Human Services. For additional information regarding Medicare reimbursement, please see the “Sources of Revenue” section of Item 1, Business , of this annual report.

 

From 2000 to 2003, the portion of our inpatient segment’s net operating revenues attributable to Medicare has grown. This was due in part to the change from cost-based reimbursement to IRF-PPS, which increased our

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Medicare reimbursement. In addition, many of the health conditions treated at our inpatient facilities are associated with aging, and increased marketing efforts have focused on these areas, such as the stroke campaign which began in 2002. As a result, new business has come from Medicare patients. Furthermore, we now have 9 LTCHs in operation. These LTCHs provide specialized acute care for medically complex patients who are critically ill with multi-system complications and/or failures and require long hospitalizations. The majority of these patients are covered by the Medicare program since Medicare utilization in an LTCH can exceed 90%.

 

Due to the significance of Medicare payments to our inpatient facilities, the number of patient discharges is a key metric utilized by the segment to monitor and evaluate its performance. The number of outpatient visits is also tracked in order to measure the volume of outpatient activity within the segment. The segment’s primary operating expenses include salaries and benefits and supplies. Salaries and benefits represents the most significant cost to the segment and includes all amounts paid to full- and part-time employees, including all related costs of benefits provided to employees. It also includes amounts paid for contract labor. Supply costs include all expenses associated with supplies used while providing patient care. These costs include pharmaceuticals, needles, bandages, food, and other similar items.

 

75% Rule

 

On May 7, 2004, CMS issued a final rule that stipulates revised Medicare classification criteria that a facility is required to meet to be considered an IRF by Medicare. The revised 75% Rule, which became effective July 1, 2004, is discussed in more detail in Item 1, Business , “Sources of Revenue.” The revised 75% Rule generally provides that to be considered an IRF, and to receive reimbursement for services under the IRF-PPS methodology, 75% of a facility’s total patient population must require intensive rehabilitation services associated with treatment of at least one of 13 designated medical conditions. The revised 75% Rule will be phased in over a period that began on July 1, 2004, at a 50% level, and will end (i.e., full compliance will be required) for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007.

 

Our inpatient division has begun to deny admissions of certain types of patients at several locations in an attempt to ensure compliance with the revised 75% Rule. We project this reduction in census, unless mitigated, will have a materially adverse impact on the inpatient segment’s revenues. We previously estimated that the revised 75% Rule could negatively impact our net operating revenues by $95 million to $100 million in 2005. Our inpatient division is taking steps to mitigate the impact of the revised 75% Rule, and we previously estimated the impact to our net operating revenues to be approximately $50 million to $55 million when our mitigation strategies are taken into consideration. In the second quarter of 2005, as many of our facilities approach the end of their cost reporting years, we have seen a greater than anticipated decline in inpatient volumes, a significant portion of which is attributable to the revised 75% Rule. Accordingly, the financial impact estimated could be greater than previously disclosed. Our mitigation strategy is discussed in Item 1, Business , “Operating Divisions—Inpatient”. We are also participating with the rest of the industry to help educate various governmental agencies and policy makers about the efficacy of inpatient rehabilitative care.

 

Net Operating Revenues

 

In 2003, our inpatient segment yielded an approximate 5.7% increase in net operating revenues due to higher net revenue per discharge, or improvement in our reimbursement per case, as well as a 1.7% increase in discharges. The increase in net operating revenues per discharge is due primarily to the increase in the segment’s Case Mix Index (“CMI”). An increase in CMI indicates that our patients have a higher acuity. For Medicare, which approximated 70.6% of inpatient’s 2003 net operating revenues, the result of an increase in CMI is an increased payment to the segment. In addition, a market basket adjustment of 3.0% was received from Medicare in October 2003. A market basket adjustment is made to Medicare rates by the Department of Health and Human Services to provide an economic adjustment that is often passed on to providers. The increased reimbursements were offset by a 7.7% decrease in outpatient visits. The decrease in outpatient net operating revenue occurred as a result of a clarification in Medicare outpatient billing regulations that resulted in more therapy being provided

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

in group settings verses individual sessions. Competition from physicians offering physical therapy within their own offices also contributed to the decrease in outpatient visits in 2003.

 

The most significant increase in net operating revenues came in 2002 when inpatient converted to IRF-PPS. Approximately 90% of the increase in net operating revenues from 2001 to 2002 is due to higher average net revenue per discharge in 2002. The improvement per discharge is primarily due to the conversion from the Medicare cost reimbursement system to the Medicare IRF-PPS reimbursement system, as discussed above. The remaining 10% of the increase in net operating revenues is due to a 2.6% increase in the number of discharges year over year combined with a 5.2% decrease in outpatient visits.

 

In 2001, net operating revenues increased by 6.3%. Year over year, the net revenue per discharge increased due to an increase in the average length of stay from 17.4 days in 2000 to 17.5 days in 2001 as well as an increase in outpatient visits of 3.3%. This increase in net revenue was offset by a 3.4% decrease in the number of discharges from 2000 to 2001.

 

Operating Expenses

 

LOGO

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

Salaries and benefits comprised over 51% of inpatient’s operating expenses in each year.

 

Salaries and benefits increased by $57.1 million, or 6.7%, from 2002 to 2003. Approximately $41.7 million of the increased costs associated with salaries and benefits are due to annual merit increases and significant increases in group medical expenses and workers’ compensation costs. From 2002 to 2003, the segment experienced an approximate 4.8% increase in benefit costs. The remainder of the increase in salaries and benefits is due to an increase in full-time equivalents of 345. This increase in full time equivalents is primarily the result of increased patient acuity and the net increase of 2 facilities during 2003.

 

From 2001 to 2002, salaries and benefits increased by $57.7 million, or 7.2%. Approximately 47% of this increase is due to a 630 person, or 3.4%, increase in full time equivalents, year-over-year. This increase is the result of increased volumes and the opening of three new facilities in 2002. Annual merit increases, rising group medical costs, and increased workers’ compensation costs contributed to the remaining 53% of the increase.

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Salaries and benefits increased by $57.0 million, or 7.7%, from 2000 to 2001. The increase in salaries and benefits is attributable to a 757, or 4.2%, increase in full time equivalents and annual merit increases of approximately 3.3% coupled with significant increases in group medical expenses and workers’ compensation costs. Year over year, the increase in full time equivalents, due primarily to the opening of four new facilities in 2001, accounted for approximately 55% of the increased expenses, while increased costs for salaries and benefits accounted for the remaining 45%.

 

Supplies

 

From 2002 to 2003, supplies expense increased by $5.8 million, or 5.6%. This increase is due to the increased CMI, as discussed above, as a higher acuity correlates to a higher cost patient, especially in drug expenses. Supplies expense increased by $4.3 million, or 4.3%, from 2001 to 2002. This increase is primarily due to the opening of three new facilities during 2002 and the initial purchase of supplies required to open these facilities. Supplies expense increased by $8.4 million, or 9.3%, from 2000 to 2001. This increase is due primarily to rising drug and medical supply costs.

 

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

 

Our inpatient segment’s provision for doubtful accounts has decreased from 3.4% of net operating revenues in 2000 to 1.6% of net operating revenues in 2003. In years subsequent to 2000, our inpatient segment was able to decrease its provision for doubtful accounts as a percent of net operating revenues through significant improvements in collections precipitated by consistent application of policies around the identification, pursuit, and recording of bad debts during the year. This decrease in the provision for doubtful accounts is also attributable to the increase in the percent of our net operating revenues from Medicare, as bad debts have not historically been associated with Medicare as a payor.

 

All Other Operating Expenses

 

From 2002 to 2003, all other operating expenses decreased by 6.2%. These expenses decreased as a result of no Medicare Program Settlement recorded in 2003 and a $21.8 million net gain on asset disposals recorded during the year. The net gain on asset disposals was primarily the result of the sale of our inpatient facility in Reno, Nevada. These decreases were offset by increased operating expenses associated with the higher acuity patients serviced in 2003, the net increase of two facilities during the year, and increased insurance costs. Higher acuity patients utilize more therapeutic and diagnostic services, such as dialysis and MRIs, which increases our costs.

 

From 2001 to 2002, all other operating expenses increased by 17.8%. This increase is primarily the result of the Medicare Program Settlement. As a result of the Medicare Program Settlement, as discussed in more detail in Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, and in this Item, “Consolidated Results of Operations,” our inpatient segment recorded a charge of $194.0 million during 2002 as Government and class action settlements expense .

 

During 2002, we also incurred certain impairment charges. We examined all of our facilities for impairment as of December 31, 2002, as a result of both continuing losses at certain facilities and the substantial decline in our stock price during the last six months of 2002. Based on this review, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $5.5 million in 2002 to reduce the carrying value of amortizable intangibles of certain facilities to their estimated fair market value. We also recorded an impairment charge of $2.5 million to reduce the carrying value of long-lived assets of certain facilities to their estimated fair market value. We determined the fair value of these impaired assets based on the discounted future cash flows of these facilities using an average weighted average discount rate of 10.5%.

 

These increases in operating expenses in 2002 were offset by an approximate 30% decrease in depreciation and amortization due to our adoption of FASB Statement No. 142 on January 1, 2002. Under FASB Statement

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

No. 142, we no longer amortize goodwill. It should also be noted that our inpatient segment recorded a net loss on disposal of assets of approximately $40.5 million in 2002, relating primarily to the sale of Wentworth Nursing Home.

 

From 2000 to 2001, all other operating expenses decreased by 14.0%. During 2001, our minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates decreased due to the start up of three new partnership facilities and a decline in business due to competitive pressures at two other partnership locations. Operating expenses also decreased as a result of the reduction in discharges in 2001.

 

Inpatient’s operating expenses in 2001 also includes a net loss of $41.2 million related primarily to the sale of the four Meadowbrook facilities, as discussed in more detail in Note 7, Property and Equipment , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. The sale of the Meadowbrook facilities resulted in a loss on asset disposals of approximately $37.4 million. In 2000, inpatient recorded a net loss on asset disposals of approximately $0.5 million.

 

Operating Earnings

 

Operating earnings increased from 2002 to 2003, as inpatient volumes remained strong as the segment focused on expense management and billing and collection practices. The increase in operating earnings from 2001 to 2002 is due to the favorable impact of IRF-PPS, as our facilities were rewarded for being efficient service providers, offset by the allocation of the Medicare Program Settlement to our inpatient segment. The increase in operating earnings from 2000 to 2001 is due to the impact of more outpatient volume combined with a Medicare cost reimbursement methodology that ensures payments increase with an increasing cost base.

 

Surgery Centers

 

We operate the largest network of ambulatory surgery centers (“ASCs”) in the United States. As of December 31, 2004, we provided these services through the operation of our network of approximately 177 freestanding ASCs and 3 surgical hospitals in 36 states, with a concentration of centers in California, Texas, Florida, North Carolina, and Pennsylvania.

 

Our surgery centers provide the facilities and medical support staff necessary for physicians to perform non-emergency surgical procedures in more than a dozen specialties, such as orthopedic, GI, ophthalmology, plastic, and general surgery. For 2000 through 2003, this segment’s operating results were as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

     2003

    2002

   2001

   2000

                (Restated)    (Restated)
     (in thousands)

Surgery Centers

      

Net operating revenues

   $ 920,079     $ 926,407    $ 866,854    $ 817,072

Operating expenses*

     983,283       825,971      785,686      813,666
    


 

  

  

Operating (loss) earnings

   $ (63,204 )   $ 100,436    $ 81,168    $ 3,406
    


 

  

  

Cases

     783       806      784      760
     (not in thousands)

Full time equivalents

     5,242       5,230      5,026      4,866

* Excludes corporate overhead allocation. See Note 24, Segment Reporting , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. Includes the effect of minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates and equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates.

 

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, our surgery centers segment derived its net operating revenues from the following payor sources:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Medicare

   16.3 %   16.4 %   16.1 %   16.7 %

Medicaid

   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.2 %   2.2 %

Workers’ compensation

   12.3 %   13.0 %   12.7 %   12.3 %

Managed care and other discount plans

   51.6 %   52.7 %   47.5 %   45.9 %

Other third party payors

   15.4 %   13.6 %   18.6 %   20.9 %

Other income

   2.0 %   1.9 %   2.9 %   2.0 %
    

 

 

 

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
    

 

 

 

 

The increase in the percent of our net operating revenues from managed care and other discount plans is the result of a macro trend towards greater penetration of managed care in most large urban markets, which is where most of our ASCs are located. This trend is shifting payors from the other third party payors category into managed care and other discount plans.

 

The number of cases handled by our centers is a key metric utilized by the segment to regularly evaluate its performance. The segment’s primary operating expenses include salaries and benefits and supplies. Salaries and benefits represents the most significant cost to the segment and includes all amounts paid to full- and part-time employees at our centers, as well as all related costs of benefits provided to employees. Supply costs include all expenses associated with medical supplies used while providing patient care at our centers. Such costs include sterile disposables, pharmaceuticals, implants, and other similar items.

 

Like most other ASCs, the majority of our centers are owned in partnership with surgeons and other physicians who perform procedures at the centers. As existing physician partners retire or change geographic location, it is important that the surgery segment periodically provide other physicians with opportunities to purchase ownership interests in our ASCs in order to maintain or increase case volumes and net operating revenues. Our ability to resyndicate our partnerships is a key success factor for our surgery centers’ segment.

 

Our surgery centers segment’s net operating revenues grew from 2000 to 2002, and remained relatively flat from 2002 to 2003. However, as noted earlier in this Item, we believe the segment’s revenue performance is due in large part to overall growth in the industry rather than solid execution. Since March 2003, the division has struggled due in large part to an inability to efficiently resyndicate its partnership portfolio and its inability to control costs.

 

Net Operating Revenues

 

From 2002 to 2003, the number of cases handled by our surgery centers declined by 2.9%. This decrease in cases contributed to an approximate $26.2 million decrease in net operating revenues. However, the segment was able to achieve increased pricing on its services to almost offset the negative impact on net operating revenues year over year. The majority of the case decline occurred during the last six months of 2003. Management attributes the decline to its inability to resyndicate its partnership interest in each center and the negative publicity HealthSouth received as a result of the events of March 19, 2003. Because of our inability to report financial information during 2003, there was no resyndication activity during 2003.

 

Our surgery centers performed approximately 22,000 more cases in 2002 than 2001. This increase in cases yielded an approximate $23.5 million in additional net operating revenues during 2002. Volumes increased in 2002 due to more specialty services provided by our centers during the year, including ENT (ears, nose, and

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

throat), gastro, pain management, orthopedic, and podiatry. The volume increase is in spite of the closure of 12 facilities that negatively impacted net operating revenues by approximately $24.1 million in 2002. The segment was also able to achieve increased pricing on most services during 2002, which generated approximately $38.9 million in additional net operating revenues during the year.

 

The number of cases handled by our surgery centers increased by approximately 3.2% from 2000 to 2001. This increase in cases contributed approximately $26.3 million in additional revenues during 2001. This volume increase and the related revenues are in spite of the closure of 11 facilities during 2001 that negatively impacted revenues by approximately $13.4 million. Our surgery centers also experienced a change in mix during 2001 to slightly more orthopedic cases, which carry a higher net operating revenue per case than other services. This shift in case mix combined with pricing increases across all services generated approximately $19.7 million in additional net operating revenues during 2001.

 

Operating Expenses

 

LOGO

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

In each year, salaries and benefits represents over 28% of our surgery centers segment’s operating expenses. From 2000 through 2003, the rising cost of benefits provided to employees caused the segment to experience increased salaries and benefits expense.

 

During 2003, salaries and benefits increased by $10.9 million, or 3.9%. Approximately 94% of this increase is due to annual merit increases coupled with increased costs associated with employee medical benefits. The remainder is due to the addition of 12 full time equivalents in 2003.

 

Salaries and benefits increased by $29.8 million, or 11.9% from 2001 to 2002. The number of full time equivalents increased by 204 as the number of cases handled by our centers increased. This increase in full time equivalents contributed approximately $10.1 million to the increased salaries and benefits. Annual merit increases, increased use of contract labor, and rising costs associated with benefits provided to employees contributed to the remainder of the increase.

 

From 2000 to 2001, salaries and benefits increased by $20.1 million, or 8.8%. Approximately $7.6 million of this increase is due to an increase of 160 full-time equivalents due to the increased volumes experienced by

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our ASCs during 2001. Annual merit increases and rising costs associated with benefits provided to employees contributed approximately $12.5 million to the increased expenses.

 

Supplies

 

Supplies represents over 20% of our surgery centers segment’s operating expenses in each year, making it important for our ASCs to appropriately manage and monitor these costs. However, these costs were not appropriately managed after the events of March 19, 2003. Many of our facilities purchased excess levels of supplies in fear of a cash shortage by HealthSouth or in an effort to maintain relationships with certain vendors. As a result of these actions and other unfavorable vendor terms, supplies expense increased by $8.3 million, or 4.2%, in 2003.

 

Supply costs increased by $16.1 million, or 8.9%, from 2001 to 2002. Approximately 31% of this increase is due to the increased volumes experienced during 2002. The remainder of the increase is due to price increases on certain supplies, such as implants and prosthetics.

 

From 2000 to 2001, supply costs increased by $11.8 million, or 7.0%. Almost half of this increase is the result of over 24,000 more cases performed during 2001. The remainder of the increase in supplies expense primarily relates to the mix of cases during 2001 compared to 2000. During 2001, we had an increase in the number of orthopedic cases, which normally carry a higher supply cost due to the implants and prosthetics used in these cases.

 

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

 

From 2000 through 2003, the provision for doubtful accounts of our surgery centers segment consistently remained between 3.0% and 4.0% of net operating revenues.

 

All Other Operating Expenses

 

All other operating expenses increased by 44.7% from 2002 to 2003. This increase is due to the $176.2 million goodwill impairment charge recorded by the surgery centers segment in 2003. We performed an impairment review as required by FASB Statement No. 142 as of October 1, 2003 and concluded that a potential goodwill impairment existed in our surgery centers operating segment. The amount of the impairment, which was determined by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill, primarily recognizes the decline in the expected future operating performance of our surgery centers.

 

The impairment charge was offset by decreased discretionary spending during 2003, as a result of the events of March 19, 2003, for items such as travel, meetings, entertainment, charitable donations, and event sponsorships. The segment also cancelled a contract for e-procurement at the end of 2002 that reduced 2003’s operating expenses by $4.9 million.

 

From 2001 to 2002, all other operating expenses decreased by 3.0%. This decrease is due primarily to our adoption of FASB Statement No. 142 on January 1, 2002, which requires the cessation of goodwill amortization. Our adoption of FASB Statement No. 142 decreased amortization expense by $43.5 million.

 

The decrease in amortization expense was offset by impairment charges in 2002. As of December 31, 2002, we examined all of our facilities for impairment, as both continuing losses at certain facilities and the substantial decline in our stock price during the last six months of 2002 indicated that numerous triggering events had occurred. Based on this review, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $6.2 million to reduce the carrying value of amortizable intangibles to their estimated fair market value and an impairment charge of approximately $31.8 million to reduce the carrying value of certain long-lived assets to their estimated fair market value. We determined fair market value using discounted future cash flows and a weighted average discount rate of 10.5%.

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

From 2000 to 2001, all other operating expenses decreased by 16.7%. This decrease is primarily the result of a decrease in the net loss on asset disposals recorded in each year. During 2001, our surgery centers segment recorded an approximate $8.9 million net loss on the disposal of various assets, with the largest component of the net loss related to assets of our Greensboro, North Carolina facility. During 2000, a $34.5 million net loss on asset disposals was recorded by the surgery centers segment primarily due to the sale of assets associated with ASCs located in Illinois, Nevada, and Texas.

 

All other operating expenses also decreased in 2001 due to no impairment charges recorded during the year. During 2000, triggering events related to facility closings and facilities experiencing negative cash flow from operations resulted in our surgery centers segment recognizing impairment charges of $2.7 million on long-lived assets.

 

Operating Earnings

 

As noted earlier in this Item, our surgery centers were able to maintain their net operating revenues in 2003, but struggled due in large part to an inability to resyndicate its partnership portfolio and control costs. During 2003, the segment also recorded an impairment charge of $176.2 million related to goodwill. These issues can be seen in the decline in operating earnings from 2002 to 2003.

 

Increased volumes and pricing drove the increase in operating earnings from 2001 to 2002. Likewise, from 2000 to 2001, our surgery centers also experienced increased volumes and pricing, as well as an improved case mix, which resulted in an increase in operating earnings in 2001.

 

Outpatient

 

We are the largest operator of outpatient rehabilitation facilities in the United States. As of December 31, 2004, we provided outpatient rehabilitative health care services through approximately 765 HealthSouth facilities and 39 facilities managed under contract by us. We have locations in 44 states, with a concentration of centers in Florida, Texas, New Jersey, New York, and Missouri.

 

Our outpatient rehabilitation facilities are staffed by physical therapists, occupational therapists, and other clinicians and support personnel, depending on the services provided at a particular location, and we are open at hours designed to accommodate the needs of the patient population being served and the local demand for services. Our outpatient centers offer a range of rehabilitative health care services, including physical therapy and occupational therapy, with a particular focus on orthopedic, sports-related, work-related, hand and spine injuries, and various neurological/neuromuscular conditions.

 

For 2000 through 2003, this segment’s operating results were as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

     2003

    2002

   2001

   2000

                (Restated)    (Restated)
     (in thousands)

Outpatient

      

Net operating revenues

   $ 586,988     $ 663,589    $ 691,800    $ 689,757

Operating expenses*

     637,522       644,427      607,504      652,895
    


 

  

  

Operating (loss) earnings

   $ (50,534 )   $ 19,162    $ 84,296    $ 36,862
    


 

  

  

Visits

     5,861       7,109      7,565      7,584
     (not in thousands)

Full time equivalents

     6,286       7,392      7,513      7,667

* Excludes corporate overhead allocation. See Note 24, Segment Reporting , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. Includes the effect of minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates and equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates.

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, outpatient’s net operating revenues were derived from the following payor sources:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Medicare

   9.5 %   8.2 %   7.6 %   6.7 %

Medicaid

   1.0 %   1.0 %   1.1 %   1.2 %

Workers’ compensation

   26.7 %   27.5 %   27.4 %   28.6 %

Managed care and other discount plans

   45.3 %   43.5 %   42.3 %   40.6 %

Other third party payors

   9.6 %   11.3 %   12.1 %   13.0 %

Other income

   7.9 %   8.5 %   9.5 %   9.9 %
    

 

 

 

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
    

 

 

 

 

The number of visits patients make to our centers is a key metric utilized by the segment to regularly evaluate its performance. Outpatient’s net operating revenues include revenues from patient visits, as well as revenues generated from trainers and management contracts. Outpatient has contracts with schools, municipalities, and other parties around the country to provide physical therapists and/or athletic trainers for various events. Outpatient also receives management and administrative fees for facilities it manages, but does not own. Trainer income, management fees, and administrative fees comprise the majority of the segment’s other income.

 

The segment’s most significant operating expense is salaries and benefits, which includes all amounts paid to full- and part-time employees at our centers, as well as all related costs of benefits provided to employees. Due to the nature of the services provided by our outpatient centers, supplies expense does not represent a significant portion of the segment’s operating expenses, unlike our other business segments.

 

Our outpatient segment participates in a slower growing, lower margin business. Due to regulatory changes, physicians that once referred business to us are now treating patients at their own facilities. Due to the relatively low barriers to entry associated with an outpatient facility, our outpatient segment continues to face increased competition from physician-owned physical therapy sites.

 

Net Operating Revenues

 

Net operating revenues have declined since 2001.

 

From 2002 to 2003, the number of patient visits to our facilities declined by 17.6%. This decreased volume negatively impacted net operating revenues in 2003 by $107.4 million. Management attributes the volume decline to increased competition from physician- owned physical therapy sites, expiration of non-compete agreements from prior acquisitions, and the negative publicity HealthSouth received after the events of March 19, 2003. The volume impact of these factors resulted in the net closure of 135 facilities during 2003, which accounted for approximately $18.8 million of the total volume decrease of $107.4 million. The remaining $88.6 million of the volume decrease represents the impact of the above factors on our facilities that remained open. During 2003, non-patient revenues, including trainer income and management fee income, also decreased by $7.5 million due to facility closures and contract terminations during the year.

 

Although volumes decreased in 2003, the outpatient segment was able to achieve a higher net patient revenue per visit, increasing this metric by $7 per visit and yielding approximately $38.4 million in additional net operating revenues during 2003. The increase per visit is due to the segment’s examination and elimination of managed care contracts with low reimbursement rates, a price increase on most services, and the segment’s clinical focus on more manual therapy services that result in higher net revenues per visit.

 

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

From 2001 to 2002, patient visits to our facilities decreased by 6.0% and was the primary factor in the 4.1% decrease in net operating revenues year over year. As competition from physician-owned physical therapy sites increased, we experienced declining volumes that resulted in the net closure of 100 facilities in 2002. During 2002, non-patient revenues, including trainer income and management fee income, decreased by $6.1 million due to facility closures and contract terminations during the year.

 

From 2000 to 2001, net operating revenues increased by less than 1%, with the number of patient visits to our facilities decreasing by 19,000 visits. The decreased volumes negatively impacted net operating revenues by approximately $1.6 million in 2001. However, the decrease in volume was offset by the positive impact of price increases during 2002, which resulted in a $6.7 million increase in net operating revenues. During 2001, non-patient revenues, including trainer income and management fee income, decreased by $3.1 million due to facility closures and contract terminations during the year.

 

Operating Expenses

 

LOGO

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

Salaries and benefits represent over 47% of outpatient’s operating expenses in each year.

 

From 2000 through 2003, the most significant change in salaries and benefits occurred from 2002 to 2003, when these expenses decreased by $48.1 million, or 13.6%. The majority of this decrease is due to the closure of facilities in 2003, as described above, that resulted in a 1,106 decrease in full time equivalents year-over-year. This decrease in full time equivalents decreased salaries and benefits by approximately $52.9 million. Decreased costs associated with fewer full time equivalents was offset by increasing costs associated with employee benefits.

 

Salaries and benefits increased by $3.0 million, or 0.9%, from 2001 to 2002. During 2002, full time equivalents decreased by 121 due to facility closures during the year. This decrease in full time equivalents resulted in an approximate $5.7 million decrease in salaries and benefits. However, this decrease was offset by an overall increase in the average salary per full time equivalent. During 2002, the segment experienced a change in employee mix, as our outpatient facilities changed the personnel skill mix to one more heavily weighted towards higher-paid personnel, which are typically clinically oriented.

 

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

From 2000 to 2001, salaries and benefits decreased by $10.0 million, or 2.8%, primarily as a result of a reduction of 154 full time equivalents during 2001 as a result of the net closure of 70 facilities.

 

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

 

The provision for doubtful accounts decreased from 8.2% of net operating revenues in 2000 to 2.8% of net operating revenues in 2003. From 2000 to 2001, the provision for doubtful accounts decreased by $22.7 million from 8.2% of net operating revenues to 4.9% of net operating revenues, respectively. Management attributes this improvement to better collection efforts by outpatient’s operations department on collecting past due accounts in 2001, as well as the closure of underperforming facilities during the year. During 2002, the provision for doubtful accounts decreased by $19.6 million as the segment increased resources to focus on collections greater than 120 days old. In 2003, the provision for doubtful accounts increased by $2.3 million due primarily to bad debts associated with nonconsolidated affiliates with whom we have management contracts.

 

All Other Operating Expenses

 

From 2002 to 2003, all other operating expenses increased by 14.1% due primarily to impairment charges recorded during 2003. As a result of the events of March 19, 2003, we performed an impairment review, as required by FASB Statement No. 142, and concluded that a potential goodwill impairment existed in the outpatient operating segment. We calculated the implied fair value of the outpatient segment’s goodwill and determined that the outpatient segment’s goodwill was impaired by $135.9 million. Our outpatient segment also recorded a $4.1 million impairment charge related to long-lived assets in 2003. Increased operating expenses due to impairment charges were offset slightly by a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense due to the net closure of 135 facilities and the expiration of numerous noncompete agreements in 2003.

 

From 2001 to 2002, all other operating expenses increased by 24.0%. This increase is primarily the result of the Medicare Program Settlement recorded in 2002. As a result of the Medicare Program Settlement, as discussed in more detail in Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, and in this Item, “Consolidated Results of Operations,” our outpatient segment recorded a charge of $96.5 million during 2002 as Government and class action settlements expense .

 

During 2002, our outpatient segment also recorded $16.7 million in impairment charges. As of December 31, 2002, we examined all of our facilities for impairment, as both continuing losses at certain facilities and the substantial decline in our stock price during the last six months of 2002 indicated that numerous triggering events had occurred. Based on this review, our outpatient segment recorded an impairment charge of $4.7 million during 2002 to reduce the carrying value of amortizable intangibles of certain facilities to their estimated fair market value. This segment also recorded a 2002 impairment charge of $12.0 million to reduce the carrying value of certain long-lived assets of certain facilities to their estimated fair market value.

 

The above increases in operating expenses in 2002 were offset by a 49.9% decrease in depreciation and amortization expense. Depreciation and amortization expense decreased from 2001 to 2002, as effective January 1, 2002, we adopted FASB Statement No. 142 and ceased amortizing goodwill at that time. The adoption of FASB Statement No. 142 accounts for approximately 77% of the decrease in depreciation and amortization expense year over year. The remaining 23% of the decrease is due to the disposal of assets during 2002 related to facility closures.

 

From 2000 to 2001, all other operating expenses decreased by 5.4%. This decrease is primarily the result of the net loss on asset disposals recorded in each year. In 2001, outpatient recorded a net loss of $6.0 million on the disposal of assets, while in 2000, outpatient recorded a net loss from asset disposals of $30.4 million. In both years, the net loss recorded is the result of the disposal of numerous individually insignificant assets from facilities that were closed during the year. It should also be noted that impairment charges approximating $0.1 million and $0.7 million were recorded against certain long-lived assets in 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Operating Earnings

 

Our outpatient segment experienced negative operating earnings in 2003 due primarily to the $135.9 million goodwill impairment charge recorded by the segment. Operating earnings were also negatively impacted due to the declining net operating revenues as a result of increased competition from physician-owned physical therapy sites, as well as the expiration of noncompete agreements from prior acquisitions and the negative publicity we received as a result of the events of March 19, 2003. This increased competition decreased our net operating revenues and forced us to close numerous underperforming facilities during the year.

 

During 2002, the segment was able to adjust its costs and close underperforming facilities when it began experiencing declining volumes during the year. However, the recording of the Medicare Program Settlement in 2002 negatively impacted the segment’s operating earnings by $96.5 million and resulted in the year over year decrease in operating earnings.

 

From 2000 to 2001, operating earnings increased due primarily to the operational improvements made by the segment in 2001 that reduced the provision for doubtful accounts, as discussed above, and the change in the net loss on disposal of assets year over year.

 

Diagnostic

 

We are the second largest operator of freestanding diagnostic imaging centers in the United States. As of December 31, 2004, we performed diagnostic services through the operation of our network of approximately 96 diagnostic centers in 26 states and the District of Columbia, with a concentration of centers in Texas, Washington, D.C., Alabama, Georgia, and Florida.

 

Our diagnostic centers provide outpatient diagnostic imaging services, including MRI services, CT services, X-ray services, ultrasound services, mammography services, nuclear medicine services and fluoroscopy. We do not provide all services at all sites, although approximately 75% of our diagnostic centers are multi-modality centers offering multiple types of service. Our outpatient diagnostic procedures are performed by experienced radiological technologists. After the diagnostic procedure is completed, the images are reviewed by radiologists who have contracted with us. These radiologists prepare an interpretation which is then delivered to the referring physician.

 

Due to the equipment utilized when performing diagnostic services for our patients, our diagnostic segment generally has high capital costs, including costs for maintaining its equipment.

 

For 2000 to 2003, our diagnostic segment’s operating results were as follows:

 

Diagnostic    For the year ended December 31,

 
   2003

    2002

    2001

   2000

 
               (Restated)    (Restated)  
   (in thousands)  

Net operating revenues

   $ 279,581     $ 305,914     $ 273,968    $ 250,298  

Operating expenses*

     319,761       346,204       219,938      253,333  
    


 


 

  


Operating (loss) earnings

   $ (40,180 )   $ (40,290 )   $ 54,030    $ (3,035 )
    


 


 

  


Scans

     892       1,053       1,049      903  
     (not in thousands)  

Full time equivalents

     1,414       1,579       1,569      1,402  

* Excludes corporate overhead allocation. See Note 24, Segment Reporting , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. Includes the effect of minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates and equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, diagnostic derived its net operating revenues from the following payor sources:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Medicare

   16.5 %   16.8 %   14.9 %   12.4 %

Medicaid

   2.7 %   2.2 %   1.8 %   2.1 %

Workers’ compensation

   7.6 %   10.1 %   11.9 %   12.5 %

Managed care and other discount plans

   63.4 %   56.9 %   42.9 %   39.2 %

Other third party payors

   8.6 %   12.5 %   26.1 %   31.2 %

Other income

   1.2 %   1.5 %   2.4 %   2.6 %
    

 

 

 

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
    

 

 

 

 

The increase in the percent of our net operating revenues from managed care and other discount plans is the result of a macro trend towards greater penetration of managed care in most large urban markets, which is where most of our diagnostic centers are located. This trend is shifting payors from the other third party payors category into managed care and other discount plans.

 

The number of scans performed is a key metric utilized by the segment to regularly evaluate its performance. The segment’s primary operating expenses include salaries and benefits, professional and medical director fees, and supplies. Salaries and benefits represents the most significant cost to the segment and includes all amounts paid to full- and part-time employees at our centers, as well as all related costs of benefits provided to employees. Professional and medical director fees primarily include fees paid under contracts with radiologists and other clinical professionals to read and interpret the scans performed at our centers. Payments under these contracts are normally tied to the number of scans read by each independent contractor, associated revenues with each scan, or cash collections. Supply costs include all expenses associated with supplies used while performing diagnostic services for our patients. These costs primarily consist of the film costs associated with each scan.

 

As noted earlier in this Item, our Diagnostic segment’s performance has been on a downward trend since 2001, due to poor margins for the diagnostic market in general and strong competition from physician-owned diagnostic service centers. We see competition only increasing as diagnostic equipment manufacturers lower costs and offer special financing to attract physician purchasers, resulting in a decline in the number of physician referrals sent to our diagnostic centers. However, over-utilization of diagnostic services may create a payor environment that is less attractive to physician-owned facilities.

 

Net Operating Revenues

 

Net operating revenues showed positive trends from 2000 through 2002, but declined by over 8% in 2003 due primarily to increased competition from physician-owned facilities coupled with the negative publicity surrounding HealthSouth after the events of March 19, 2003. From 2002 to 2003, the number of scans performed at our facilities decreased by 161,000 scans and resulted in an approximate $46.9 million negative impact to net operating revenues during 2003. The decrease in volume was offset by an improved payor mix and a relatively smaller decrease in volume in the higher paying modalities that together yielded an approximate $20.5 million increase in net operating revenues during 2003.

 

Approximately 4% of the increase in net operating revenues in 2002 was the result of increased volume, with 96% of the increase attributable to improved payor mix and a relatively greater increase in volume of the higher paying modalities.

 

In 2001, our diagnostic centers performed an additional 146,000 scans, resulting in an increase to net operating revenues of approximately $40.2 million. However, our average net operating revenue per scan

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

decreased by 5.7% during the year, offsetting the volume increase by $16.6 million. The decline in net operating revenue per scan was the result of faster growth within the lower priced scan volumes, such as x-rays, that served to dilute the average net operating revenue per scan. While growth was achieved in all types of scans, the higher priced MRI and CT scans grew at a slower rate than all other volumes.

 

Operating Expenses

 

LOGO

 

Although not included in operating expenses of the segment, we recorded a charge of approximately $48.2 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill as a result of our adoption of FASB Statement No. 142 on January 1, 2002. This charge is reported as a cumulative effect of an accounting change in our accompanying consolidated financial statements. This impairment recognizes the decline in the expected operating performance of the diagnostic segment between the dates the goodwill was recorded and our adoption of FASB Statement No. 142.

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

The declining volumes in 2003 forced management to reduce its full time equivalents by 165, including the net closure of 16 facilities, which resulted in a $6.7 million decrease in salaries and benefits. During 2002, the segment experienced an 8.9% increase in salaries and benefits due to a change in employee mix, as our diagnostic centers changed the personnel skill mix to one more heavily weighted towards higher-paid personnel, which are typically clinically oriented. Salaries and benefits increased by $5.9 million, or 9.7%, in 2001 due to an increase of 167 full time equivalents necessary to service the increased scan volume experienced during the year.

 

Supplies

 

The only significant change in supplies from 2000 through 2003 came in 2003 when supplies expense decreased by 16.8% in correlation with the decrease in volumes during the year. Although the segment’s volume increased significantly from 2000 to 2001, supplies expense remained relatively flat as the segment’s increased volume was relatively greater in the low-intensity scans that have a lower overall supply cost per scan.

 

Professional and Medical Director Fees

 

From 2000 through 2003, professional and medical director fees generally followed the same trend as our net operating revenues and cash collections. The most significant change in these fees came in 2002 when

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

professional and medical director fees increased by $9.8 million, due primarily to the increase in net operating revenues, year over year.

 

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

 

Our diagnostic segment’s provision for doubtful accounts has grown from 4.9% of net operating revenues in 2001 to 16.8% of net operating revenues in 2003. The most significant dollar increase in the provision for doubtful accounts occurred from 2001 to 2002 when the provision increased by $20.4 million, or 151.5%. In 2003, the provision for doubtful accounts increased by $13.1 million, or 38.6%. These increases are primarily the result of a decline in operational efficiency within the segment as a result of a) outsourcing the diagnostic segment’s collection activities to a third party vendor (beginning March 2002), and b) the conversion of 44 of the segment’s clinics to a new patient accounting system which failed to meet expectations. The contract with the third-party vendor was terminated in April 2003, with ensuing litigation which was settled in November 2004. However, a dispute has arisen regarding the terms of the settlement agreement, making the matter the subject of ongoing litigation. The 44 clinics were taken off the new patient accounting system during the summer of 2003.

 

We are in the process of implementing new information systems to improve cash collections in our diagnostic segment.

 

All Other Operating Expenses

 

From 2002 to 2003, all other operating expenses decreased by 15.7%. This decrease is primarily the result of a decrease in impairment charges year over year. As a result of the events of March 19, 2003, we performed an impairment review as required by FASB Statement No. 142 and concluded a potential goodwill impairment existed in our diagnostic segment. We calculated the implied fair value of the diagnostic segment’s goodwill and determined that an impairment charge of $23.5 million was appropriate. After this impairment charge, there is no goodwill remaining on our diagnostic segment. In 2003, our diagnostic segment also recorded a $0.5 million impairment charge related to long-lived assets.

 

During 2002, we examined all of our facilities for impairment, as both continuing losses at certain facilities and the substantial decline in our stock price during the last six months of 2002 indicated that numerous triggering events had occurred. Based on this review, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $5.7 million to reduce the carrying value of amortizable intangibles and an impairment charge of $49.0 million to reduce the carrying value of property and equipment of our diagnostic segment to their estimated fair market value. The fair market value for these impairments was based on the discounted future cash flows of this segment using an average weighted average discount rate of 10.5%.

 

From 2001 to 2002, all other operating expenses increased by 108%. This increase is primarily the result of the 2002 impairment charges discussed above. Our diagnostic segment also had increased operating expenses in 2002 due to fees associated with the outsourcing of accounts receivable collections activities in 2002, as discussed above. The segment also experienced increased occupancy costs, equipment rental and maintenance expense, and insurance expense during 2002.

 

All other operating expenses decreased by 27.4% from 2000 to 2001. This decrease is primarily attributable to the net loss on asset disposals recorded in each year. During 2001, our diagnostic segment recorded a net loss on asset disposals of approximately $12.3 million related to the disposal or closure of 23 facilities, including the regional business office in Nashville, Tennessee and the facilities in Indian River and Vero Beach, Florida, Chattanooga, Tennessee, and the United Kingdom. During 2000, the segment recorded a net loss on disposal of assets of approximately $20.2 million related to the closure of the regional business offices in Houston, Texas and Memphis, Tennessee. The remainder of the decrease is due to decreased costs associated with the net closure of 16 underperforming facilities in 2001, as well as a decrease in impairment charges recorded in 2001. In 2001 and 2000, triggering events related to facility closings and facilities experiencing negative cash flow from

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

operations resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of $0.4 million and $6.2 million, respectively, for long-lived assets. We determined the fair value of the impaired assets at a facility primarily based on the discounted future cash flows of these facilities using an average weighted average discount rate of 10.5%.

 

Operating Earnings

 

Our diagnostic segment’s operating earnings have been negative in each year from 2000 to 2003, except in 2001. The improvement from 2000 to 2001 was directly related to the increased volume of lower intensity scans that allowed for increased net operating revenues with only minor increases in normal operational expenses. From 2001 to 2002, operating earnings decreased as the segment was unable to realize the increase in its net operating revenues due to increased operating expenses incurred during the year, as described above, especially as it relates to $54.7 million of asset impairment charges in 2002. In 2003, operating earnings continued its negative trend primarily as a result of decreased volumes and resulting decreased net operating revenues experienced during the year. Operating earnings in 2003 also includes $24.0 million of asset impairment charges.

 

We continue to focus on operational improvements to increase our margins and combat the effects of increased competition in this industry.

 

Corporate and Other

 

Corporate and other includes revenue-producing functions that are managed directly from our corporate office and that do not fall within one of the four operating segments discussed above, including our medical centers, other patient care services, and certain non-patient care services.

 

    Medical Centers . In 2001, we operated five acute care hospitals, four of which we owned and one of which we operated under a management contract. Between 2001 and December 31, 2004, we sold two hospitals, shut down the hospital we previously operated under a management contract (we took ownership of that hospital in 2002), and ceased providing acute care services at one hospital in favor of inpatient rehabilitation services. We are exploring a sale of our only remaining acute care hospital, which has 219 licensed beds and is located in Birmingham, Alabama, as well as our “Digital Hospital,” which is currently under construction in Birmingham, Alabama. As of December 31, 2004, we had invested $190 million in the Digital Hospital project and estimate it will require an additional $200 million to complete. We have not signed a definitive agreement with respect to either hospital and there can be no assurance any sale will take place. See Note 7, Property and Equipment , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, for additional information about the Birmingham acute care hospital and the Digital Hospital, including a discussion of impairments relating to these facilities.

 

During 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, net operating revenues from our Medical Centers comprised 66.4%, 68.7%, 68.8%, and 61.9% of corporate and other’s net operating revenues. In the discussion that follows, the Richmond Medical Center, Metro West Hospital, the Digital Hospital, and Alabama Sports Medicine and Orthopedic Center are all part of this category.

 

    Other Patient Care Services . In some markets, we provide other limited patient care services, including operation of a gamma knife radiosurgery center and physician management services. The gamma knife treats conditions such as benign and malignant brain tumors, without any incision or physical entry into the brain. We evaluate market opportunities on a case-by-case basis in determining whether to provide additional services of these types. We may provide these services as a complement to our facility-based businesses or as stand-alone businesses.

 

During 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, net operating revenues from other patient care services comprised 4.2%, 2.4%, 12.2%, and 32.6% of corporate and other’s net operating revenues. The high percentage of net operating revenues from this category in 2000 stem from our occupational medicine facilities, which was sold in March 2001.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Non-Patient Care Services . We also provide certain services that do not involve the provision of patient care, including the operation of the conference center located at our corporate campus, operation of medical office buildings, various corporate marketing activities, our clinical research activities, and other services that are generally intended to complement our patient care activities. During 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, net operating revenues from non-patient care services comprised 29.4%, 28.9%, 19.0%, and 5.5% of corporate and other’s net operating revenues. The growth in this category’s net operating revenues is primarily due to earned premiums of HCS, Ltd. (“HCS”). HCS handles medical malpractice, workers’ compensation, and other claims for us. HCS is a wholly owned subsidiary of HealthSouth Corporation, and, as such, these earned premiums eliminate in consolidation.

 

    Corporate Functions . All our corporate departments and related overhead are contained within this segment. These departments, which include among others accounting, communications, compliance, human resources, information technology, internal audit, legal, payor strategies, reimbursement, tax, and treasury, provide support functions to our operating divisions.

 

For 2000 through 2003, this segment’s operating results were as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (in thousands)  

Corporate and Other

        

Net operating revenues

   $ 228,287     $ 215,866     $ 248,631     $ 333,829  

Operating expenses*

     741,493       813,775       475,771       496,360  
    


 


 


 


Operating loss

   $ (513,206 )   $ (597,909 )   $ (227,140 )   $ (162,531 )
    


 


 


 


     (not in thousands)  

Full time equivalents

     2,406       2,726       3,417       4,327  

* Corporate overhead is not allocated to our operating segments. Please see Note 24, Segment Reporting , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. Includes the effect of minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates and equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates.

 

Corporate and other’s primary operating expenses include salaries and benefits and supplies. Salaries and benefits represents the most significant cost to the segment and includes all amounts paid to full- and part-time employees at our corporate headquarters (excluding any divisional management allocated to each operating segment) in Birmingham, Alabama and our medical centers, as well as all related costs of benefits provided to these employees. Supply costs include all expenses associated with supplies used by our medical centers when treating patients and food service and other supplies associated with the operations of our conference center. All general and administrative costs related to the operation of our corporate office are included in other operating expenses. The most significant general and administrative expenses relate to insurance including property and casualty, general liability, and directors and officers’ coverage.

 

Net Operating Revenues

 

The increase in net operating revenues from 2002 to 2003 is due to having a full year of revenues from Metro West, a hospital acquired in November 2002, offset by cancellation of certain physician contracts associated with Alabama Sports Medicine and Orthopedic Center due to relationships and conflicts of interests, as well as high costs associated with these contracts. An increase in earned premiums of HCS also contributed to the net operating revenue increase.

 

The sale of our occupational medicine facilities in March 2001 decreased 2002’s net operating revenues by approximately $24.4 million, while the sale of the Richmond Medical Center in June 2001 decreased 2002’s net operating revenues by $26.9 million. These decreases in revenue were offset by an increase in earned premiums of HCS.

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Similarly, the decrease in net operating revenues from 2000 to 2001 was also caused by the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center. The sale of our occupational medicine facilities decreased 2001’s net operating revenues by $77.4 million, while the sale of the Richmond Medical Center decreased 2001’s net operating revenues by $32.7 million. These decreases were offset by an increase in earned premiums of HCS.

 

Operating Expenses

 

LOGO

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

From 2000 to 2003, full time equivalents within our corporate and other segment decreased by over 1,900 due to the divestiture of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center, as well as employee terminations at our corporate headquarters in 2003.

 

Salaries and benefits decreased by $41.5 million, or 22.4%, from 2002 to 2003. This decrease is due primarily to management and administrative terminations at our corporate headquarters during 2003 as a consequence of the events of March 19, 2003. Full time equivalents at our corporate headquarters decreased by 387 from 2002 to 2003. However, we incurred $70.6 million in professional fees associated with the reconstruction and restatement of our financial records in 2003, as discussed below.

 

From 2001 to 2002, salaries and benefits increased by $30.4 million, or 19.7%. With the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center in 2001, our 2002 salaries and benefits decreased by approximately $20.2 million. However, these decreases in costs were offset by rising costs associated with workers’ compensation costs and group medical insurance, resulting in the net increase in salaries and benefits from 2001 to 2002.

 

Salaries and benefits decreased by $82.0 million, or 34.7%, from 2000 to 2001 due primarily to the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and the sale of the Richmond Medical Center in 2001.

 

Supplies

 

Supplies expense increased by $33.0 million, or 106.8%, from 2002 to 2003 due to the acquisition of Metro West hospital in November 2002 and the incurrence of a full year of its operating expenses during 2003. Supplies expense did not change significantly from 2001 to 2002. However, from 2000 to 2001, supplies expense

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

decreased by $28.6 million, or 51.7%. This decrease is primarily due to the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center in 2001.

 

All Other Operating Expenses

 

As noted earlier in this Item, we began funding Source Medical for the HCAP software development in 2001. Amounts given to Source Medical for software development approximated $11.8 million, $25.3 million, and $81.3 million in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. These amounts are included in Other operating expenses in our accompanying consolidated financial statements. For more information regarding Source Medical, please see Note 9, Investment in and Advances to Nonconsolidated Affiliates , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

From 2002 to 2003, all other operating expenses had a net decrease of 10.7%. All other operating expenses in 2003 include the following items:

 

    Impairments. During 2003, the corporate and other segment recorded long-lived asset impairments of approximately $128.0 million. This impairment charge represents the excess of costs incurred during the construction of the Digital Hospital over the estimated fair market value of the property of $25 million, including the RiverPoint facility, which shares the construction site and would be included with any sale of the Digital Hospital. We based the fair value estimate on an appraisal that considered alternative uses for the property as of December 31, 2003. We have continued construction on the Digital Hospital and incurred additional costs of approximately $36 million in 2004, thereby increasing the value of the property. We have subsequently determined that the additional construction costs have increased the fair value of the property to $40.5 million at December 31, 2004. As a result, we will take an additional impairment charge in 2004 of approximately $20 million.

 

    Government and Class Action Settlements. As noted above in “Consolidated Results of Operations,” we recorded a charge of $170.9 in our corporate and other segment in 2003 due to our settlement with the SEC and estimated settlements related to other government and class action litigation, including estimated legal fees associated with these activities.

 

    Professional Fees—Reconstruction and Restatement. As noted throughout this annual report, significant changes have occurred at HealthSouth since the events of March 19, 2003. The steps taken to stabilize our business and operations, provide vital management assistance, and coordinate our legal strategy came at significant financial cost. During 2003, professional fees associated with the reconstruction and restatement of our previously issued reports approximated $70.6 million and were recorded by the corporate and other segment. These fees offset the reduced salaries and benefits expense discussed above related to headcount reductions at our corporate office in 2003.

 

These items in 2003 were offset by reduced spending by HealthSouth during 2003 as a result of the events of March 19, 2003. Corporate and other decreased its discretionary spending on items such as office supplies, telephone, travel and entertainment, meetings, contract services, media production, contributions, airplane and hangar rent, software development (Source Medical, as discussed above), and event sponsorships. Depreciation and amortization expense also decreased as a result of the sale of non-core assets during 2003.

 

From 2001 to 2002, all other operating expenses increased by 104.5% due primarily to the following:

 

   

During 2002, this segment recorded a net loss on asset disposals of approximately $20.3 million. As part of our restatement process, we performed a complete physical inventory of our facilities. We removed all items we could not locate from the fixed assets system and adjusted the general ledger accordingly. For facilities that were closed, we removed any asset not physically located from the fixed asset system and the general ledger at the time of closure. The 2002 net loss on disposal of assets is primarily the result of this physical inventory and the write-off of unidentifiable assets to our corporate and other segment in 2002. During 2001, corporate and other recorded a $33.2 million net gain on asset

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

disposals, primarily as a result of a $15.8 million gain on the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and a $24.3 million gain on the sale of the Richmond Medical Center. These gains in 2001 were offset by losses on numerous individually insignificant asset sales.

 

    As a result of the Medicare Program Settlement discussed earlier in this Item and in Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement , our corporate and other segment recorded a $57.2 million charge as G overnment and class action settlements expense .

 

    Professional fees associated with accounting services increased from 2001 to 2002 due to fees paid to KPMG LLP and Ernst & Young LLP during 2002 for due diligence and tax services provided in preparation for the potential spin off of our surgery centers segment. We also incurred increased legal fees in 2002 due to a variety of contemplated transactions during the year as well as the SEC’s investigation of stock sales made by our then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard M. Scrushy.

 

    During 2002, our insurance expense increased as the insurance market hardened in general, and premiums on property and casualty insurance generally increased due to the impact of the events of September 11, 2001 .

 

    All other operating expenses in 2002 also includes certain adjustments related to unsubstantiated asset balances that were previously reported in our consolidated financial statements.

 

From 2000 to 2001, all other operating expenses increased by 43.1%. As noted above, we began funding Source Medical in 2001, expensing approximately $81.3 million during the year for software development costs. Also, as discussed in Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements, we incurred approximately $42.0 million in lease termination costs associated with the Greenery facilities in 2001.

 

These costs were offset by decreased costs associated with the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center in 2001, as well as a decrease in the net gain on asset disposals recorded in 2001. As noted above, we recognized a net gain on asset disposals in 2001, primarily due to the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center. In 2000, we recorded a net loss on asset disposals of $19.3 million due to numerous individually insignificant asset sales. It should also be noted that our corporate and other segment recognized an impairment charge of $0.9 million on long-lived assets in 2000.

 

Operating Earnings

 

Our ability to monitor and control general and administrative costs drives this segment’s operating earnings. In spite of the impairment charges and SEC settlement expense recorded in 2003, as discussed above, we decreased our net operating loss from 2002 to 2003 due to reduced discretionary spending during the year. From 2001 to 2002, our operating loss increased due to the Medicare Program Settlement, the write-off of unidentifiable assets, and increased professional fees, as well as the negative impact to net operating revenues from the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center. From 2000 to 2001, our operating loss increased due to decreased net operating revenues as a result of the sale of our occupational medicine facilities and Richmond Medical Center, as well as increased spending on software development costs and lease termination costs associated with the Greenery facilities, as discussed above.

 

Results of Discontinued Operations

 

In our continuing effort to streamline operations, we closed 16 inpatient rehabilitation facilities, 102 outpatient rehabilitation facilities, 6 surgery centers, 14 diagnostic centers, and 33 other facilities during 2003 and 2002 that meet the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144 to report as discontinued operations. For the facilities closed in 2003 and 2002 that meet the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144 to report as discontinued operations, we reclassified our financial results for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000 to show the results of those closed facilities as discontinued operations.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The operating results of discontinued operations, by operating segment and in total, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Inpatient:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 7,909     $ 16,304     $ 17,464     $ 17,525  

Costs and expenses

     6,417       16,303       18,361       11,979  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     1,492       1       (897 )     5,546  

Loss on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     (495 )     (15 )     (5 )     (1,006 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (293 )     1       331       —    
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 704     $ (13 )   $ (571 )   $ 4,540  
    


 


 


 


Surgery Centers:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 8,832     $ 26,059     $ 36,586     $ 33,068  

Costs and expenses

     27,948       37,163       41,422       30,480  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (19,116 )     (11,104 )     (4,836 )     2,588  

Gain (loss) on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     10,482       2,279       (274 )     (3,517 )

Income tax benefit

     —         411       1,872       146  
    


 


 


 


Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (8,634 )   $ (8,414 )   $ (3,238 )   $ (783 )
    


 


 


 


Outpatient:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 11,618     $ 24,792     $ 29,217     $ 30,513  

Costs and expenses

     12,287       26,239       31,390       34,215  

Impairment

     —         1,611       —         —    
    


 


 


 


Loss from discontinued operations

     (669 )     (3,058 )     (2,173 )     (3,702 )

Loss on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     (103 )     (1,246 )     (402 )     (859 )

Income tax benefit

     —         200       944       720  
    


 


 


 


Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (772 )   $ (4,104 )   $ (1,631 )   $ (3,841 )
    


 


 


 


Diagnostic:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 3,441     $ 8,668     $ 9,196     $ 9,946  

Costs and expenses

     3,166       11,287       13,600       8,146  

Impairment

     —         2,351       1,420       —    
    


 


 


 


Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

     275       (4,970 )     (5,824 )     1,800  

Gain (loss) on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     1,500       (732 )     (7 )     (898 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (523 )     265       2,137       —    
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 1,252     $ (5,437 )   $ (3,694 )   $ 902  
    


 


 


 


Corporate and Other:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 80,179     $ 107,992     $ 126,908     $ 94,838  

Costs and expenses

     64,148       103,485       155,549       98,921  

Impairment

     —         120       —         —    
    


 


 


 


Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

     16,031       4,387       (28,641 )     (4,083 )

Gain (loss) on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     28,907       12,064       (2,383 )     —    

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (13,221 )     —         11,371       645  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 31,717     $ 16,451     $ (19,653 )   $ (3,438 )
    


 


 


 


Total:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 111,979     $ 183,815     $ 219,371     $ 185,890  

Costs and expenses

     113,966       194,477       260,322       183,741  

Impairment

     —         4,082       1,420       —    
    


 


 


 


Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

     (1,987 )     (14,744 )     (42,371 )     2,149  

Gain (loss) on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     40,291       12,350       (3,071 )     (6,280 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (14,037 )     877       16,655       1,511  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 24,267     $ (1,517 )   $ (28,787 )   $ (2,620 )
    


 


 


 


 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Inpatient —Our inpatient segment identified 16 facilities as discontinued operations. Six of the 16 facilities closed in 2002, with four of these facilities closing in either November or December 2002. Due to the timing of the closure of these facilities in late 2002, net operating revenues did not change significantly from 2001 to 2002. Rather, the more significant decrease in revenues occurred in 2003, when no revenues were received from these facilities and the remaining ten facilities closed.

 

From 2000 to 2001, costs and expenses increased by approximately $6.4 million. The majority of this increase relates to increased costs associated with salaries and benefits experienced by the inpatient segment year over year. As noted above, four of the six inpatient facilities closed in 2002 were closed late in the year. Therefore, no significant change in costs and expenses was achieved from 2001 to 2002. From 2002 to 2003, costs and expenses decreased by $9.9 million as the remaining ten facilities closed during the year.

 

Surgery Centers —Six surgery centers were identified as discontinued operations. These six centers consistently experienced declining net operating revenues from 2001 through 2003.

 

Costs and expenses also consistently decreased from 2001 to 2003. From 2001 to 2002, operating expenses declined as three of the six surgery centers closed, with two of the closures occurring in the last two months of 2002. This trend continued in 2003 as the remaining three facilities were closed, and we benefited from a full year of no operating expenses from the three facilities closed in 2002.

 

During 2003, asset disposals related to the closure of all six surgery centers generated the net gain on disposal of assets of approximately $10.5 million.

 

Outpatient —Our outpatient segment identified 102 facilities as discontinued operations. Of these 102 facilities, 29 facilities closed in 2002, with only 8 of the 29 closing prior to November 2002. The closure of these facilities in late 2002 is the primary reason for the relatively small decrease in net operating revenues from 2001 to 2002. During 2003, the outpatient segment closed an additional 40 facilities, with over half of these facilities closing in the latter half of 2003. The remaining 33 facilities were closed in 2001 or prior, but have been classified as discontinued operations because they are part of a component of a business, as defined by FASB Statement No. 144, that was fully closed in either 2002 or 2003.

 

Costs and expenses consistently decreased from 2000 to 2003, with the largest decrease occurring from 2002 to 2003, due to the timing of facility closures in 2002 and 2003.

 

Diagnostic —Ten of the 14 diagnostic facilities identified as discontinued operations were closed in 2003, resulting in a decrease in net operating revenues and costs and expenses from 2002 to 2003.

 

Corporate and Other —Our corporate and other segment identified 33 facilities as discontinued operations. From 2000 to 2001, net operating revenues for discontinued operations of our corporate and other segment increased by approximately $32.1 million due primarily to the fact that five of our facilities identified as discontinued operations did not open until the 3 rd quarter of 2000. These facilities yielded an entire year’s worth of net operating revenues in 2001, generating the significant increase year over year. From 2001 to 2002, net operating revenues decreased due to the closure of 12 of the 33 facilities identified as discontinued operations. From 2002 to 2003, net operating revenues decreased due to the closure of the remaining 21 facilities. Costs and expenses followed this same trend from 2000 to 2003.

 

The net gain on asset disposals in 2002 and 2003 was the result of numerous individually insignificant asset disposals related to the closure of the corporate and other facilities during each year.

 

Discontinued Operations—2004

 

During 2004, we continued to pursue cost reduction activities and streamline operations. As a result, we closed 3 inpatient rehabilitation facilities, 13 outpatient rehabilitation facilities, 5 surgery centers, and 9

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

diagnostic centers during the period from January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004 that qualify for discontinued operations treatment in 2004. The results of operations for these facilities have been classified as continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 based on the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144.

 

Also, from January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004, we completed several non-core asset sales that resulted in total sale proceeds of more than $63.5 million and completed 47 lease buyouts that resulted in aggregate savings in future lease obligations of approximately $7.2 million, net of related lease buy-out costs.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The response of our lenders and other creditors to the governmental investigations into our financial reporting and related activities forced us to take immediate steps to increase our liquidity, including implementing severe cost reductions and entering into protracted negotiations with our lenders and other creditors. As discussed in more detail in Item 1, Business , “Financial Restructuring,” we have executed seven supplemental indentures, bringing us into compliance on all of our $2.6 billion in public debt, and as discussed below, we have amended and restated our revolving credit facility and are no longer in default under that agreement.

 

Currently, our principal sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash from operations, and our revolving credit agreement.

 

Historic Sources and Uses of Cash

 

Historically, our primary sources of funding have been cash flows from operations, borrowings under long-term debt agreements, and sales of limited partnership interests. Funds were used to fund working capital requirements, capital expenditures, and business acquisitions. The following chart shows the cash flows provided by or used in operating, investing, and financing activities for 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, as well as the effect of exchange rates and net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations for those same years:

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 603,413     $ 570,123     $ 259,146     $ 228,061  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (188,551 )     (325,662 )     (114,749 )     (286,738 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (110,338 )     (229,085 )     (124,649 )     47,088  

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

     77,580       12,312       (23,886 )     (19,181 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (50 )     53       4,757       (4,130 )
    


 


 


 


Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 382,054     $ 27,741     $ 619     $ (34,900 )
    


 


 


 


 

2003 Compared to 2002

 

O perating activities —Net cash provided by operating activities increased from 2002 to 2003 due to reduced discretionary spending as a result of the events of March 19, 2003 and the receipt of $107.1 million in income tax refunds during 2003. During 2002, HealthSouth made tax payments of approximately $44.9 million.

 

Investing activities —As discussed above, the response of our lenders and other creditors to the governmental investigations into our financial reporting and related activities forced us to take immediate steps in 2003 to increase our liquidity. With our revolving credit facility frozen by our lenders, we needed to liquidate

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

certain assets and slow discretionary spending in order to supplement cash from operating activities and provide us with the cash we needed for the restructuring period. In order to accomplish this, we decreased discretionary spending on capital expenditures, made no new business acquisitions, and sold non-core assets. As a result, we used less cash in investing activities, year over year.

 

These actions in 2003 to reduce cash used in investing activities were primarily offset by an increase in restricted cash. Due to the discovery of fraudulent activities and reporting, many of our external partners requested that cash belonging to their partnerships not be commingled with other corporate cash accounts. As a result of these requests, the amount of our restricted cash increased by $150.8 million from 2002 to 2003.

 

Financing activities —The primary differences between financing activities year over year are:

 

    On May 17, 2002, we issued $1.0 billion in 7.625% senior notes due 2012 at 99.3% par value, resulting in net proceeds from bond issuance of $993.0 million. No bonds were issued in 2003.

 

    During 2002, we used the net proceeds from the above bond issuance to pay down indebtedness under our then existing credit facility and for other general corporate purposes. During 2002, principal payments on debt, including capital lease obligations and the net change in our revolving credit facility, totaled $1.1 billion. During 2003, principal payments on debt totaled $118.6 million, and we borrowed $160 million on our revolving credit facility prior to it being frozen on March 19, 2003.

 

    Proceeds from exercising stock options approximated $31.1 million in 2002, compared to only $1.3 million of similar proceeds during 2003.

 

Discontinued operations —The increase in net cash provided by discontinued operations is due to the 2003 closure of facilities identified as discontinued operations and the related sale of assets associated with these closures.

 

2002 Compared to 2001

 

Operating activities —The increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2002 is primarily attributable to increased revenues and operating performance during 2002. Excluding the Government and class action settlements expense recorded in 2002, operating expenses decreased from 95.4% of net operating revenues to 93.6% of net operating revenues from 2001 to 2002, respectively, with Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA improving by $112.0 million. As a result of this margin increase and increased revenues, we generated more cash from operating activities.

 

Investing activities —The increase in cash flows used in investing activities from 2001 to 2002 is primarily due a reduction in proceeds from asset disposals in 2002 and the sale of marketable securities in 2001. In 2001, we received approximately $117.0 million in proceeds from asset disposals. The primary contributors to these proceeds were the sale of our hospital in Richmond, Virginia, along with its related facilities, for approximately $68.5 million and the sale of our occupational medicine facilities for approximately $43.1 million in proceeds. During 2002, proceeds from disposals of assets approximated $5.6 million. Also during 2001, we sold our investments in Almost Family and Caremark Rx for $5.0 million and $27.0 million, respectively. Similar investment sales during 2002 resulted in $1.2 million of proceeds.

 

Financing activities —During 2002, cash flows used in financing activities increased due primarily to our overdraft position with our banks. From 2001 to 2002, the change in our overdraft position, or checks in excess of bank balance, negatively impacted our cash flows used in financing activities by $110.0 million.

 

Discontinued operations —The improvement in cash flows provided by discontinued operations from 2001 to 2002 is primarily due to the closure of facilities that began in 2002. As these underperforming facilities were closed, we decreased our loss from discontinued operations.

 

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Effect of Exchange Rate —During 2001, we sold our investments in facilities located in the United Kingdom that generated the majority of our exchange rate fluctuations. With the sale of these facilities, the effect of exchange rate changes decreased significantly from 2001 to 2002.

 

2001 Compared to 2000

 

Operating activities —The increase in cash provided by operating activities from 2000 to 2001 is primarily attributable to increased revenues and operating performance during 2001. Operating expenses decreased from 102.2% of net operating revenues to 95.4% of net operating revenues from 2000 to 2001, respectively. As a result of this margin increase, we generated more cash from operating activities.

 

Investing activities —Cash flows used in investing activities decreased from 2000 to 2001 due to the significant proceeds from asset sales received in 2001 and less money expended for acquisitions during 2001. During 2001, we sold our investments in Almost Family and Caremark Rx for total sales proceeds of approximately $32.0 million. No sales of marketable securities occurred in 2000. During 2001, we also recorded approximately $71.3 million more in proceeds from disposal of assets than in 2000. As discussed above, the sale of our hospital in Richmond, Virginia, along with its related facilities, and the sale of our occupational medicine facilities resulted in significant proceeds from asset sales during 2001. Cash spent to acquire businesses decreased by $72.6 million from 2000 to 2001.

 

Financing activities —The increase in cash used in financing activities from 2000 to 2001 is due primarily to the fact that the company had net debt borrowings of approximately $77 million during 2000, but had net debt payments of approximately $122 million during 2001.

 

Effect of Exchange Rate —The effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents positively impacted cash and cash equivalents by $4.8 million during 2001. During 2000, exchange rates negatively impacted cash and cash equivalents by $4.1 million.

 

Funding Commitments

 

In connection with the restatement of our consolidated financial statements and restructuring of our financial reporting processes, internal accounting controls, and managerial operations, we made the following cash expenditures during 2004 and the first quarter of 2005 (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2004*


   First Quarter
of 2005*


Forensic audit and SARC

   $ 2,688    $ —  

Audit of consolidated financial statements

     19,723      15,405

Tax services

     7,216      1,061

Crisis and transition management

     24,415      —  

Financial statement restatement and restructuring

     77,893      22,891

Consent payments to bondholders

     80,221      —  

Debt restructuring legal and advisor fees

     4,367      —  

Government and litigation defense

     23,107      4,695

Internal controls documentation and remediation

     14,144      8,889

Employee recruiting

     1,928      263

Employee severance

     1,355      630
    

  

Total

   $ 257,057    $ 53,834
    

  


* Amounts presented represent actual cash expenditures during each period. Cash paid may not coincide with the period in which each amount was expensed in our consolidated financial statements.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition to the above, we have scheduled payments of $395.1 million and $283.8 million in 2004 and 2005, respectively, related to long-term debt obligations. For additional information about our long-term debt obligations, please see Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements and the discussion of “Current Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

 

We also have significant funding commitments related to legal settlements. As a result of the Medicare Program Settlement discussed in Item 1, Business , we made an initial payment of $75 million to the United States on January 3, 2005. The remaining balance will be paid in quarterly installments over the next three years. These amounts are exclusive of interest from November 4, 2004 at an annual rate of 4.125%. In addition to the Medicare Program Settlement, we have reached an agreement with the SEC to resolve claims brought by the SEC against us in March 2003. As a result of the SEC Settlement, we will make payments of $12.5 million, $50.0 million, and $37.5 million in 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively.

 

While we generate substantial cash flow from operating activities, we are a highly leveraged company that must make significant government and class action settlement payments, defend ourselves against class action suits, service debt, and expend amounts for reconstruction activities. These payments will consume resources that could be devoted to growing our business or reducing our debt.

 

During 2004, we made capital expenditures of approximately $128 million, of which approximately $34 million related to the Digital Hospital. While the majority of our capital expenditures forecast for 2005 represent discretionary amounts that can be adjusted if necessary, our 2005 budget also includes approximately $30 million to $40 million of maintenance capital expenditures that cannot be avoided.

 

Current Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately $346 million in available cash and cash equivalents. This amount excludes approximately $244 million in restricted cash, which is cash we cannot use because of various obligations we have under lending agreements, partnership agreements, and other arrangements, primarily related to our captive insurance company.

 

On March 21, 2005, we amended and restated our 2002 Credit Agreement as follows:

 

    The balance of $315 million outstanding under the 2002 Credit Agreement when it was frozen in March 2003 was converted to a term loan. Until we obtain ratings from Moody’s and S&P, the Term Loan bears interest, at our option, at a rate of (a) LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus 2.50% or (b) 1.50% plus the higher of (x) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% or (y) JPMorgan’s prime rate. After we obtain such ratings, the Term Loan will bear interest, at our option, (a) at a rate of LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus a spread ranging from 2.00% to 2.50%, depending on our ratings with such institutions or (b) at a rate of a spread ranging from 1.00% to 1.50%, depending on our ratings with such institutions, plus the higher of (x) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% or (y) JPMorgan’s prime rate.

 

   

We obtained a $250 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”). At closing, no money was drawn on the Revolving Facility. Until we file audited consolidated financial statements with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2004, the Revolving Facility will accrue interest at our option, at a rate of (a) LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus 2.75% or (b) 1.75% plus the higher of (x) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% or (y) JPMorgan’s prime rate. After we file audited consolidated financial statements with the SEC for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the interest rates and commitment fees on the Revolving Facility will be determined based upon our ratio of (a) consolidated total indebtedness minus the amount by which the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents on such date exceed $50 million to (b) our adjusted consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or most recently prior to such date (the “Net Leverage Ratio”). During such period, the Revolving Facility will bear interest, at our option, (a) at a rate of LIBOR

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

(adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus a spread ranging from 1.75% to 2.75%, depending on the Net Leverage Ratio or (b) at a rate of a spread ranging from 0.75% to 1.75%, depending on the Net Leverage Ratio, plus the higher of (x) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% or (y) JPMorgan’s prime rate.

 

    We obtained a $150 million letter of credit facility (the “LC Facility”). At closing, approximately $78.7 million of this facility was utilized. A letter of credit participation fee will be payable to the Lenders under the LC Facility with respect to a particular commitment under the LC Facility on the aggregate face amount of the commitment outstanding there under upon the later of the termination of the particular commitment under the LC Facility and the date on which the Lenders letters of credit exposure for such commitment cease, in an amount at any time equal to the LIBOR interest rate spread applicable at such time to loans outstanding under the Revolving Facility. In addition, we shall pay, for our own account, (a) a fronting fee of 0.25% per annum on the aggregate face amount of the letters of credit outstanding under the LC Facility upon the later of the termination of the commitments under the LC Facility and the date on which the Lenders’ letters of credit exposure for such commitment cease, and (b) customary issuance and administration fees relating to the letters of credit.

 

Until we file audited consolidated financial statements with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2004, we are subject to commitment fees of 0.75% per annum on the daily amount of the unutilized commitments under the Revolving Facility and the LC Facility. After such filing, the commitment fees will range between 0.50% and 0.75%, depending on the Net Leverage Ratio.

 

The amended and restated credit facility cures all defaults under our 2002 Credit Agreement. Beginning June 30, 2005, it contains affirmative and negative covenants, currently including a minimum interest expense coverage ratio of 1.65 to 1.00 and a maximum leverage ratio of 5.75 to 1.00. The required ratios change over time. The amended and restated credit facility also contains restrictive covenants related to our use of proceeds from asset sales and ability to pay dividends. For more information regarding the amended and restated credit facility, please see Note 10, Long-term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

On June 15, 2005, we closed a $200 million senior unsecured term loan facility, the net proceeds of which, together with available cash, were used to repay our $245 million 6.875% senior notes due June 15, 2005, and to pay fees and expenses related to the term loan facility. This transaction allowed us to reduce our overall level of outstanding indebtedness. The facility, which was launched in late May 2005, was increased from $150 million to $200 million based on strong investor demand.

 

The term loan facility will initially bear interest at a rate of LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus 5.0% per year (the “Initial Rate”). Thereafter, the term loan facility will bear interest, at our option, at a rate of (1) the Initial Rate or (2) 4.0% per year plus the higher of (x) JPMorgan’s prime rate and (y) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%. The term loan facility matures on June 15, 2010.

 

The term loan facility contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, default and acceleration provisions. In addition, we will be responsible for customary fees and expenses associated with the term loan facility.

 

The finalization of our amended and restated credit agreement and the $200 million senior unsecured term loan facility represent important steps in the continued improvement of our cost of capital, available liquidity, and financial flexibility. We believe funds generated from the expected results of operations combined with our available cash and cash equivalents and availability under our amended and restated credit facility will be sufficient to finance operational plans and strategic initiatives for the next fiscal year, including the funding commitments discussed above. However, there can be no assurance that we will continue to generate cash flows at or above current levels. For a discussion of risk factors related to our business and our industry, including factors that could affect our liquidity, please see Item 1, Business .

 

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

In accordance with the definition under SEC rules, the following qualify as off–balance sheet arrangements:

 

    any obligation under certain guarantees or contracts;

 

    a retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets;

 

    any obligation under certain derivative instruments; and

 

    any obligation under a material variable interest held by the registrant in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to the registrant, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with the registrant.

 

The following discussion addresses each of the above items for our Company.

 

On December 31, 2003, we were liable for guarantees of indebtedness owed by third parties in the amount of $29 million. We have recognized that amount as a liability as of December 31, 2003 because of existing defaults by the third parties under those guarantees. We do not provide any other guarantees.

 

As of December 31, 2003, we were not directly liable for the debt of any unconsolidated entity, and we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets as defined above.

 

As of December 31, 2003, we do not hold any derivative financial instruments, as defined by FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended.

 

As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities (“SPEs”), which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, we are not involved in any unconsolidated SPE transactions.

 

HealthSouth has equity ownership interests in affiliates that we currently consolidate or account for under the equity method of accounting. As part of the restatement process (see Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements, to our consolidated financial statements ) , we analyzed all partially owned entities using the guidance in ARB No. 51, FASB Statement No. 94, SOP 78-9, and EITF Issues No. 96-16 and No. 98-6.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Achieving optimal returns on cash often involves making long-term commitments. SEC regulations require that we present our contractual obligations, and we have done so in the table that follows. However, our future cash flow prospects cannot reasonably be assessed based on such obligations, as the most significant factor affecting our future cash flows is our ability to earn and collect cash from our patients and third-party payors. Future cash outflows, whether they are contractual obligations or not, will vary based on our future needs. While some such outflows are completely fixed (for example, commitments to repay principal and interest on fixed-rate borrowings), most will depend on future events (for example, a facility has a lease for property that includes a base rent amount and an additional amount as a percentage of net operating revenues). In addition, as discussed above, we have and will continue to incur significant costs in 2004 and 2005 in connection with the restatement of our consolidated financial statements and restructuring of our accounting and managerial operations. Further, normal operations involve significant expenditures that are not based on “commitments.” Examples of such expenditures include amounts paid for income taxes or for salaries and benefits.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our consolidated contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Total

   2004

   2005-2006

   2007-2008

   2009 and
Thereafter


Long-term debt obligations:

                                  

Long-term debt, excluding revolving credit facility and capital lease obligations (a)

   $ 2,977,158    $ 360,882    $ 432,570    $ 916,178    $ 1,267,528

Revolving credit facility

     315,000      —        4,725      310,275      —  

Interest on long-term debt (g)

     995,358      229,047      429,619      320,852      15,840

Capital lease obligations (h)

     306,936      49,699      78,184      63,480      115,573

Operating lease obligations (b)(c)(d)

     805,765      154,295      231,933      147,105      272,432

Purchase obligations (d)(e)

     212,324      64,504      99,505      37,717      10,598

Other long-term liabilities:

                                  

Government settlements, including interest when applicable

     444,276      —        317,752      126,524      —  

Other liabilities (f)

     19,445      1,683      13,086      794      3,882

(a) Included in long-term debt are amounts owed on our bonds payable, notes payable to banks and others, and noncompete agreements. These borrowings are further explained in Note 10, Long-term Debt, of the notes to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. Debt that was in default at December 31, 2003 has been classified as long term based on consents received in 2004.
(b) We lease many of our facilities as well as other property and equipment under operating leases in the normal course of business. Some of our facility leases require percentage rentals on patient revenues above specified minimums and contain escalation clauses. The minimum lease payments do not include contingent rental expense. Some lease agreements provide us with the option to renew the lease or purchase the leased property. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we exercised these renewal options and if we entered into additional operating lease agreements. For more information, see Note 7, Property and Equipment, of the notes to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(c) Lease obligations for facility closures are included in operating leases.
(d) Future operating lease obligations and purchase obligations are not recognized in our consolidated balance sheet.
(e) Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on HealthSouth and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty. Approximately $79.5 million of the amounts included in this line represent commitments on the Digital Hospital. Commitments related to the Digital Hospital are currently under negotiation with various parties and may be less than the amounts reflected in the chart above.
(f) Because their future cash outflows are uncertain, the following non-current liabilities are excluded from the table above: medical malpractice and workers’ compensation risks, deferred income taxes, and our estimated liability for unsettled litigation. For more information, see Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Self Insurance Risks , ” Note 18, Income Taxes, and Note 23, Contingencies and Other Commitments, of the notes to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. However, due to the timing of this filing, it is possible for us to disclose that we paid over $30.0 million related to medical malpractice and workers’ compensation risks during 2004.
(g) Interest on our fixed rate debt is presented using the stated interest rate. Interest expense on our variable rate debt is estimated using the rate in effect as of December 31, 2004. Interest related to capital lease obligations is excluded from this line.
(h) Amounts include interest portion of future minimum capital lease payments.

 

Indemnifications

 

In the ordinary course of business, HealthSouth enters into contractual arrangements under which HealthSouth may agree to indemnify the third party to such arrangement from any losses incurred relating to the

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

services they perform on behalf of HealthSouth or for losses arising from certain events as defined within the particular contract, which may include, for example, litigation or claims relating to past performance. Such indemnification obligations may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. Historically, payments made related to these indemnifications have not been material.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our discussion and analysis of our results of operations and liquidity and capital resources are based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgment that affects the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors we believe to be relevant at the time we prepared our consolidated financial statements. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, as they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

 

Description


  

Judgments and Uncertainties


  

Effect if Actual Results Differ

from Assumptions


Revenue recognition

         
We recognize net patient service revenues in the reporting period in which we perform the service based on our current billing rates (i.e., gross charges), less actual adjustments and estimated discounts for contractual allowances (principally for patients covered by Medicare, Medicaid and managed care and other health plans).   

We record gross service charges in our accounting records on an accrual basis using our established rates for the type of service provided to the patient. We recognize an estimated contractual allowance to reduce gross patient charges receivable to an amount that we estimate we will actually realize for the service rendered based upon previously agreed to rates with a payor. Payors include Federal and state agencies, including Medicare and Medicaid, managed care health plans, commercial insurance companies, employers, and patients.

 

During the reconstruction period of January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2003, we determined our contractual allowance primarily by analyzing historical cash collection patterns and by considering known material events that would impact those historical collection patterns. Management does not expect our contractual allowance, as a percentage of revenues, to decline from 2003 levels during 2004, based upon the revenue and trends at December 31, 2003.

 

Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. Management continually reviews the contractual estimation process to consider and incorporate updates to laws and regulations and the frequent changes in managed care contractual terms that result from contract renegotiations and renewals. At present, we are investing significant resources to refine and improve the information system data used to make these contractual estimates and to develop a standardized calculation process and to train employees to perform the standardized calculation process.

  

If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.

 

Due to complexities involved in determining amounts ultimately due under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, which are often subject to interpretation, we may receive reimbursement for health care services authorized and provided that is different from our estimates, and such difference could be material.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Description


  

Judgments and Uncertainties


  

Effect if Actual Results Differ

from Assumptions


Allowance for doubtful accounts

         
We provide for an allowance against accounts receivable that could become uncollectible by establishing an allowance to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value.   

The collection of outstanding receivables from Medicare, managed care payors, other third-party payors and patients is our primary source of cash and is critical to our operating performance. The primary collection risks relate to patient accounts for which the primary insurance carrier has paid the amounts covered by the applicable agreement, but patient responsibility amounts (deductibles and copayments) remain outstanding. The provision for doubtful accounts and the allowance for doubtful accounts relate primarily to amounts due directly from patients.

 

We estimate this allowance based on the aging of our accounts receivable, our historical collection experience by hospital and for each type of payor, and other relevant factors. Our practice is to write-down self-pay accounts receivable, including accounts related to the co-payments and deductibles due from patients with insurance, to their estimated net realizable value as they age over the course of 120 days, at which time any uncollected balances are assigned to our in-house collection activities.

 

During the reconstruction period of January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2003, we determined our allowance for doubtful accounts primarily by analyzing historical cash collection patterns and by considering known material events that would impact those historical collection patterns.

Management does not expect the provision for doubtful accounts, as a percentage of revenues, to decline from 2003 levels during 2004, based upon the revenue and trends at December 31, 2003.

  

If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.

 

Adverse changes in general economic conditions, business office operations, payor mix, or trends in federal or state governmental and private employer health care coverage could affect our collection of accounts receivable, cash flows and results of operations.

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Description


  

Judgments and Uncertainties


  

Effect if Actual Results Differ

from Assumptions


Consolidation

         

As of December 31, 2003, we have investments in approximately 66 partially-owned subsidiaries, of which approximately 61 are general or limited partnership, limited liability companies or joint ventures in which HealthSouth or one of our subsidiaries are a general or limited partner, managing member, or venturer, as applicable.

 

We generally have a leadership role in these facilities through a significant voting and economic interest and a contract to manage each facility’s operations, but the degree of control we have varies from facility to facility.

 

We evaluate partially-owned subsidiaries and joint-ventures held in partnership form in accordance with the provisions of AICPA Statement of Positions (SOP) 78-9, Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures , and Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 98-6, “Investor’s Accounting for an Investment in a Limited Partnership When the Investor Is the Sole General Partner and the Limited Partners Have Certain Approval or Veto Rights,” to determine whether the rights held by other investors constitute “important rights” as defined therein. For partially-owned subsidiaries or joint ventures held in corporate form, we consider the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) No. 94, Consolidation of All Majority-Owned Subsidiaries , and EITF Issue No. 96-16, “Investor’s Accounting for an Investee When the Investor has a Majority of the Voting Interest but the Minority Shareholder or Shareholders Have Certain Approval or Veto Rights,” and, in particular, whether rights held by other investors would be viewed as “participating rights” as defined therein. To the extent that any minority investor has important rights in a partnership or participating rights in a corporation that inhibit our ability to control, including substantive veto rights, we generally will not consolidate the entity.

   Our determination of the appropriate consolidation method to follow with respect to our investments in subsidiaries and affiliates is based on the amount of control we have, combined with our ownership level, in the underlying entity. Our consolidated financial statements include our accounts, the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries, and other subsidiaries over which we have control. Our investments in subsidiaries in which we have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, but do not control (including subsidiaries where we have less than 20% ownership) are accounted for on the equity method. All of our other investments are accounted for on the cost method.    Accounting for an investment as consolidated versus equity method generally has no impact on our net income or shareholders’ equity in any accounting period, but does impact individual statement of operation and balance sheet balances, as consolidation effectively grosses up our statement of operations and balance sheet. However, if control or influence aspects of an equity method investment were different, it could result in us being required to account for an investment by consolidation or using the cost method. Under the cost method, the investor does not record its share of income or losses of the investee until it receives dividends or distributions from the investee. Conversely, under either consolidation or equity method accounting, the investor effectively records its share of the underlying entity’s net income or loss based on its ownership percentage. At December 31, 2003, $2.8 million of our total investment in unconsolidated affiliates of $49.6 million relates to investments that are accounted for using the cost method and the remaining $46.8 million represents investments in unconsolidated affiliates accounted for using the equity method.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Description


  

Judgments and Uncertainties


  

Effect if Actual Results Differ

from Assumptions


Self-Insured Risk

         

We are self-insured for certain losses related to professional and comprehensive general liability risks, workers’ compensation and certain construction risks. Although we obtain third-party insurance coverage to limit our exposure to these claims, a substantial portion of our professional liability and workers’ compensation risks are insured through a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary. Obligations covered by reinsurance contracts remain on the balance sheet as the subsidiary remains liable to the extent that reinsurers do not meet their obligations. Our reserves and provisions for professional liability and workers’ compensation risks are based upon actuarially determined estimates calculated by third party actuaries. The actuaries consider a number of factors, including historical claims experience, exposure data, loss development, and geography.

 

Periodically, management reviews its assumptions and the valuations provided by third-party actuaries to determine the adequacy of our self-insured liabilities.

 

During the restatement process, we increased our estimates related to our total exposure for professional and general liability, as well as workers’ compensation, resulting in additional premiums.

 

Changes to the estimated reserve amounts are included in current operating results. All reserves are undiscounted.

  

Our self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties because management must make assumptions and apply judgment to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not reported as of the balance sheet date. The reserves for professional liability risks cover approximately 2000 individual claims as of December 31, 2003 and estimates for potential unreported claims.

 

The time period required to resolve these claims can vary depending upon the jurisdiction and whether the claim is settled or litigated. The estimation of the timing of payments beyond a year can vary significantly.

   Due to the considerable variability that is inherent in such estimates, there can be no assurance that the ultimate liability will not exceed management’s estimates. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.

Long-lived assets

         

Long-lived assets such as property and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets contained in our financial statements may not be recoverable.

 

When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset’s estimated future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges). If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, we calculate an impairment loss. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying value of the asset to the asset’s estimated fair value, which may be based on estimated future cash flows (discounted and with interest charges). We recognize an impairment loss if the amount of the asset’s carrying value exceeds the asset’s estimated fair value. If we recognize an impairment loss, the adjusted carrying amount of the asset will be its new cost basis. For a depreciable long-lived asset, the new cost basis will be depreciated (amortized) over the remaining useful life of that asset. Restoration of a previously recognized impairment loss is prohibited.

   Our impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that represents the risk inherent in future cash flows.    Using the impairment review methodology described herein, we recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of $132.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2003. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to additional impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Description


  

Judgments and Uncertainties


  

Effect if Actual Results Differ

from Assumptions


Goodwill and Intangible Assets

         

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired companies. In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets , which supersedes APB Opinion No. 17, Intangible Assets , and, beginning January 1, 2002, we no longer amortize goodwill but test goodwill for impairment using a fair value approach, at the reporting unit level. We are required to test for impairment at least annually, absent some triggering event that would accelerate an impairment assessment. On an ongoing basis, absent any impairment indicators, we perform our goodwill impairment testing as of October 1st of each year. We also tested for goodwill impairment as of March 19, 2003. Our intangible assets consist of acquired certificates of need, licenses, non-compete agreements, and management agreements. We amortize these assets ranging from 5 to 30 years. As of December 31, 2003, HealthSouth does not have any intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

 

We continue to review the carrying values of amortizable intangible assets whenever facts and circumstances change in a manner that indicates their carrying values may not be recoverable.

  

We determine fair value of our reporting units using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow and market multiple analyses. These types of analyses require us to make assumptions and estimates regarding industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies.

 

Based upon the events of March 19, 2003, as described elsewhere in this Form 10-K in more detail, we also tested for goodwill impairment as of March 19, 2003.

  

We performed a goodwill impairment test due to the events of March 19, 2003. The results of this test indicated an impairment of the goodwill attributable to our outpatient and diagnostic segments of approximately $159.4 million, which we recognized in the first quarter of 2003.

 

We performed our annual testing for goodwill impairment as of October 1, 2003, using the methodology described herein, and determined that a potential goodwill impairment existed in our surgery centers segment. We recognized this impairment of approximately $176.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2003.

If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to additional goodwill impairment charges. The carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2003 was approximately $903.0 million.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Description


  

Judgments and Uncertainties


  

Effect if Actual Results Differ

from Assumptions


Income Taxes

         

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. In addition, deferred tax assets are also recorded with respect to net operating losses and other tax attribute carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when realization of the benefit of deferred tax assets is not deemed to be more likely than not. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

Contingent tax liabilities must be accounted for separately from deferred tax assets and liabilities. Financial Accounting Standard 5, Accounting for Contingencies , is the governing standard for contingent liabilities. It must be probable that a contingent tax benefit will be sustained before the contingent benefit is recognized for financial reporting purposes.

  

The ultimate recovery of certain of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the amount, location, and timing of taxable income that we will ultimately generate in the future and other factors. A high degree of judgment is required to determine the extent that valuation allowances should be provided against deferred tax assets. We have provided valuation allowances at December 31, 2003 aggregating $598 million against such assets based on our current assessment of future operating results and other factors.

 

We believe that we have previously overpaid federal and state income taxes during the reconstruction period. The estimate of this overpayment amount is recorded as Income Tax Refund Receivable. In determining restated taxes receivable we evaluated the potential exposures associated with various filing positions and our documentation requirements. We computed reserves for probable exposures. Such positions and substantiation matters may come under review during the audit and/or amended return process. We are currently under audit of our federal consolidated income tax returns for the years 1994 through 1998 and fully expect to have all open restatement years included within this audit in the near future.

 

We will prepare amended federal and state income tax returns, making all appropriate restatement adjustments, in order to obtain refunds for overpaid income taxes. Upon filing amended federal and state income tax return, the tax authorities will conduct a detailed review of the adjustments. The actual amount of the refunds will not be finally determined until all of the applicable taxing authorities have completed their review.

  

Although management believes that the estimates and judgments discussed herein are reasonable, actual results could differ, and we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Income Tax Refund Receivable was approximately $295 million. This receivable is net of approximately $100 million in tentative refunds previously received by us in 2003 and includes our estimate of applicable interest and penalties. To the extent that either the federal or state taxing authorities disagree with our presentation of amended taxable income during the reconstruction period, this receivable may be overstated resulting in additional current tax expense and/or the requirement that some or all of the previous refunds be repaid.

Assessment of Loss Contingencies

         
We have legal and other contingencies that could result in significant losses upon the ultimate resolution of such contingencies.    We have provided for losses in situations where we have concluded that it is probable that a loss has been or will be incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining whether a loss is probable and reasonably estimable due to the uncertainty involved in determining the likelihood of future events and estimating the financial statement impact of such events.    If further developments or resolution of a contingent matter are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments, we may need to recognize a significant charge in a future period related to an existing contingent matter.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Since December 31, 2003, numerous accounting pronouncements have been issued by various standard setting and governmental authorities. Of those issued, only one, FASB Statement No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , may result in a significant impact to our operating results.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 123 (Revised 2004), which revises FASB Statement No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 and its related implementation guidance. The revised Statement focuses primarily on accounting for transactions in which a company obtains employee services in share-based payment transactions. FASB Statement No. 123(R) eliminates the alternative of applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 to stock compensation awards issued to employees. Rather, the new standard requires a company to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. A company will recognize the cost over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period).

 

We have not yet quantified the effects of the adoption of FASB Statement No. 123(R), but it is expected that the new standard may result in significant stock-based compensation expense. We have disclosed in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the pro forma effects on net loss and earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of the original FASB Statement No. 123 on stock compensation awards (rather than applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25). Although such pro forma effects of applying the original FASB Statement No. 123 may be indicative of the effects of adopting FASB Statement No. 123(R), the provisions of these two statements differ in some important respects. The actual effects of adopting FASB Statement No. 123(R) will be dependent on numerous factors including, but not limited to, the valuation model we select to value stock-based awards; the assumed forfeiture rate; the accounting policies adopted concerning the method of recognizing the fair value of awards over the requisite service period; and the transition method (as discussed below) we select for adopting FASB Statement No. 123(R).

 

FASB Statement No. 123(R), as impacted by SAB No. 107, is effective for annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. FASB Statement No. 123(R) requires the use of the Modified Prospective Application Method. Under this method, FASB Statement No. 123(R) is applied to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the effective date. Additionally, we will recognize compensation cost for the portion of awards for which the requisite service date has not been rendered (such as unvested options) that are outstanding as of the date of adoption as the remaining requisite services are rendered. We will base the compensation cost relating to unvested awards at the date of adoption on the grant-date fair value of those awards as calculated for pro forma disclosures under the original FASB Statement No. 123. In addition, a company may use the Modified Retrospective Application Method. A company may apply this method to all prior years for which the original FASB Statement No. 123 was effective or only to prior interim periods in the year of initial adoption. If a company uses the Modified Retrospective Application Method, it will adjust the financial statements for prior periods to give effect to the fair-value-based method of accounting for awards on a consistent basis with the pro forma disclosures required for those periods under the original FASB Statement No. 123.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other pronouncements issued or adopted since December 31, 2003 and their expected impact on us are:

 

Pronouncement


  

Effective Date


  

Impact on HealthSouth


FASB Statement No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections    Effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.    Any impact is dependent upon a future event, making it unestimable at this time.
FASB Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations    Effective no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005.    No impact expected as our asset retirement obligations under FASB Statement No. 143 are generally within our control and reasonably estimable.
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment    Annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005 (in conjunction with effective date of FASB Statement No. 123(R)).    See impact of FASB Statement No. 123(R) discussed above.
FASB Statement No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets    Effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005.    No impact expected due to our intermittent participation in exchanges of nonmonetary assets.
FASB Statement No. 152, Accounting for Real Estate Time-Sharing Transactions    Effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005.    Not applicable to our current operations.
FASB Statement No. 151, Inventory Costs    Effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005.    Not applicable to our current operations.
FASB Staff Position No. FAS 129-1, “Disclosure Requirements under FASB Statement No. 129, Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure, Relating to Contingently Convertible Securities    Effective April 9, 2004 for existing and newly created securities.    No impact expected to our financial position or operations, as the position relates only to disclosure requirements.
EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”    Unspecified future date to be determined by the FASB.    No impact expected, as we currently hold no financial instruments within the scope of the applicable pronouncements.
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition    Effective for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003.    No impact expected, as we generally do not have transactions with multiple deliverables.
FASB Statement No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity    For us, this Statement was effective for instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise effective as of July 1, 2003. However, the FASB has deferred indefinitely the classification and measurement provisions for certain types of mandatorily redeemable financial instruments.    No impact expected, as we do not issue or hold financial instruments within the scope of this Statement.
FASB Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities    Effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003.    No impact expected, as we have not historically entered into any derivative or hedging activities.
EITF Issue No. 02-16, “Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor”    Effective for new arrangements, including modifications of existing arrangements, entered into after December 31, 2002, except for Issue 2, which was effective November 21, 2002.    No material impact expected as we expense most of our supplies as incurred.
FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , including FASB Interpretation No. 46 (Revised)    Effective for periods ended after December 15, 2003 for special-purpose entities; effective for periods ended after March 15, 2004 for all other types of entities.    No material impact expected.
FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others    Applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002.    No impact to our results of operations.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For additional information regarding each of the above recent accounting pronouncements, please see Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Business Outlook

 

We were forced to devote a significant portion of our time and attention in 2003 and 2004 to matters primarily outside the ordinary course of business. During that same period, payor pressure and competition in our markets continued to increase. Accordingly, we anticipate that our operating results will show a decline between 2003 and 2004. Although we do not expect a large decline on a consolidated basis in 2004, we do anticipate inconsistent performance among our divisions based on various factors.

 

    Inpatient . We expect our inpatient division’s 2004 results of operations, when finalized, will show a modest increase in net operating revenues, and fairly substantial declines in operating earnings. We attribute this division’s expected decline in operating earnings to increased costs and early effects of the revised 75% Rule. For the next several years (until the full implementation of the 75% Rule in 2007) we expect a difficult operating environment for this division as we attempt to manage through significant patient volume erosion as a result of the revised rule. We will aggressively attempt to mitigate the impact of the revised 75% Rule by managing our expenses and developing new post-acute services and other services that are complementary to our IRFs.

 

    Surgery Centers . We expect our surgery centers division’s 2004 results of operations, when finalized, will show a small decline in net operating revenues, and larger declines in operating earnings. We attribute this division’s expected declines in net operating revenues and operating earnings to inconsistent cost control and delayed resyndications due to our inability to provide audited financial statements. We expect this division’s performance to improve in 2005 if we are successful in containing costs and enhancing our resyndication process so that we can attract physicians to our ASCs.

 

    Outpatient . We expect our outpatient division’s 2004 results of operations, when finalized, will show a significant decline in net operating revenues, and even larger declines in operating earnings. We attribute this division’s expected decline in net operating revenues and operating earnings to operational difficulties and increased competition from physician-owned physical therapy practices. We expect this division’s performance to improve in 2005 if we are successful in managing our expenses, closing underperforming facilities, and enhancing our marketing efforts.

 

    Diagnostic . We expect our diagnostic division’s 2004 results of operations, when finalized, will show a substantial decline in net operating revenues, a smaller decline in operating earnings, and a fairly substantial increase in operating margin. We attribute this division’s expected decline in net operating revenues and operating earnings to increased competition from physician-owned diagnostic service centers. We attribute the expected increase in 2004 operating margin to an increase in cash collections resulting from new claims software, closure of underperforming facilities, and tightened cost controls. We expect this division’s performance to improve in 2005 if we are successful in closing underperforming facilities and if payors increase pressure to reduce overutilization of diagnostic services by physician-owned diagnostic service centers.

 

    Corporate and Other . In 2004, we expect to see operating expenses of our corporate and other segment increase due to increased headcount necessary to execute our reconstruction and strategic efforts. This includes replacement of Alvarez & Marsal, Inc. as interim management with our new executive management team. We have also continued to replace the work performed by external consultants during the reconstruction period with HealthSouth employees. Operating expenses of this segment also include costs necessary to establish our internal control documentation and remediation, as well as improve our technological infrastructure. Investment in our infrastructure (both people and technology) is likely to continue for the foreseeable future.

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

During 2004, we closed Metro West hospital, and we continue to explore the sale of our Birmingham Medical Center and the Digital Hospital. With the continued exploration of divestiture of these facilities, we expect the net operating revenues of the corporate and other segment to decline going forward.

 

In conclusion, we are optimistic about the long-term positioning of HealthSouth. While we anticipate our 2004 and 2005 operating results will be consistent with the fact that HealthSouth is still in a turnaround period, we offer high quality services in growing segments of the health care industry which should provide long-term growth opportunities. We are stabilizing operations in our three ambulatory divisions (surgery centers, outpatient, and diagnostic) by focusing on same-store volume growth and standardization of our operating expenses. Our ability to successfully resyndicate our ASCs is a key success factor for our surgery centers division.

 

As we have stated throughout this annual report, we believe we will see the results of these initiatives in late 2005 and into subsequent years. Our single biggest operational challenge will be to mitigate the effects of the revised 75% Rule. Based on recent industry data, we believe the impact of this rule on the inpatient rehabilitation industry will be significantly greater than CMS estimated when the rule was promulgated. If the recent revisions to the 75% Rule are not modified or we are not able to successfully mitigate its impact, it could have a materially adverse impact on HealthSouth. Once the revised 75% Rule is fully implemented and the inpatient segment is “re-based,” we anticipate seeing growth in this segment again.

 

Whatever market conditions we face, we will continue to seek opportunities to improve operations, stabilize our finances, and develop new facilities and post-acute services, with the ultimate goal of providing sustainable growth and return for our shareholders.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Our primary exposure to market risk is to changes in interest rates on our long-term debt. We use sensitivity analysis models to evaluate the impact of interest rate changes on these items.

 

Changes in interest rates have different impacts on the fixed and variable rate portions of our debt portfolio. A change in interest rates impacts the net market value of our fixed rate debt but has no impact on interest expense or cash flows. Interest rate changes on variable rate debt impacts the interest expense and cash flows, but does not impact the net market value of the underlying debt instruments. Our fixed and variable rate debt as of December 31, 2004 is shown in the following table:

 

     As of December 31, 2004

 
     Carrying
Amount


   % of
Total


    Estimated
Fair Value


   % of
Total


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Fixed Rate Debt

   $ 2,943,161    90 %   $ 2,978,718    90 %

Variable Rate Debt

     315,000    10 %     315,000    10 %
    

  

 

  

Total long-term debt

   $ 3,258,161    100 %   $ 3,293,718    100 %
    

  

 

  

 

Based on the variable rate of our debt as of December 31, 2004, a 1% increase in interest rates would result in an additional $3.2 million in interest expense per year, while a 1% decrease in interest rates would reduce interest expense per year by $3.2 million. A 1% increase in interest rates would result in an approximate $73.3 million decrease in the estimated fair value of our fixed rate debt, and a 1% decrease in interest rates would result in an approximate $58.2 million increase in its estimated fair value. We do not currently utilize any type of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk.

 

Foreign operations, and the related market risks associated with foreign currencies, are currently, and have been, insignificant to our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Our consolidated financial statements and related notes are filed together with this report. See the index to financial statements on page F-1 for a list of financial statements filed with this report. We have not presented the selected quarterly financial data required by Item 302(a) of Regulation S-K as supplementary information to the basic financial statements.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

We filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2003 to report that our Audit Committee had determined to replace Ernst & Young LLP as our independent accountants. We filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 11, 2003 to report (1) that on March 31, 2003, representatives of our Audit Committee notified Ernst & Young LLP of our determination to dismiss them as our independent accountants, and (2) that we received a letter from Ernst & Young LLP on April 4, 2003 confirming that the client-auditor relationship between HealthSouth and Ernst & Young LLP had ceased. We filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 8, 2003 to report that the Audit Committee engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent accountants.

 

Prior to their dismissal, the audit reports of Ernst & Young LLP on our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. During the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 and through March 31, 2003, there were (1) no disagreements with Ernst & Young LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure which, if not resolved to Ernst & Young LLP’s satisfaction, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter in conjunction with its report on our consolidated financial statements, and (2) no reportable events, as listed in Item 304(a)(1)(v)(A)—(D) of Regulation S-K, except for matters disclosed in our Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 11, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

As a result of the circumstances giving rise to the review of our historical financial records, Ernst & Young LLP withdrew its audit reports on all of our previously issued financial statements.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our new management team, under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has completed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This evaluation followed several significant initiatives relating to our disclosure controls and procedures, including the following:

 

    A Special Audit Review Committee of our board of directors conducted an independent forensic investigation of accounting irregularities at HealthSouth with the law firm of Balch & Bingham LLP as special counsel and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as its accounting advisors. The Special Audit Review Committee released its report publicly on June 1, 2004. The report concluded, among other things, that there were serious weaknesses in our internal controls as well as serious failures in our corporate governance during the time period examined, which included January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2002.

 

    We engaged Grant Thornton LLP, Callaway Partners, LLC, KPMG LLP, and American Appraisal Associates to assist us in reconstructing our financial records back to December 31, 1999, which efforts resulted in the identification of material misstatements in our previously issued financial statements. We also engaged Deloitte Consulting LLP to assist us in connection with our project management efforts with respect to the reconstruction process.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    We hired a Senior Vice President—Internal Audit, who conducted a review of our existing internal audit function and undertook the redesign and restaffing of our internal audit department including establishing revised audit scopes, policies, methods, and procedures. We also hired an Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, who conducted a review of our existing compliance function and undertook the redesign and restaffing of our corporate compliance department including establishing revised policies and procedures and monitoring activities.

 

Identification of Material Weaknesses

 

In connection with the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our new management team attempted to identify any “material weakness” in our internal control environment. We defined “material weakness” as any significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. We defined “significant deficiency” as any control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects our ability to initiate, authorize, record, process, or report external financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected.

 

Our new management concluded that, in addition to the existence of systemic fraud being perpetrated by certain former members of our management team, the following material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures, including internal control over financial reporting, existed during the period beginning on January 1, 2000 and ending on December 31, 2003.

 

Material weaknesses related to the internal control environment.

 

    The prior management team (a) did not promote an environment that emphasized the establishment and/or adherence to appropriate internal control and (b) took actions or directed subordinates to take actions that circumvented or otherwise defeated the existing internal control system.

 

    We did not have adequate integrity, experience, or depth of accounting and financial management personnel and did not provide adequate ongoing training for such personnel.

 

    We lacked a robust governance function, including internal audit and adequate oversight by our board of directors.

 

    Accounting, information system, and supervisory controls over accounts receivable, including contractual and bad debt allowances, fixed assets, intercompany accounts, suspense accounts, cash and investments, goodwill and other intangibles, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and virtually all other balance sheet accounts were not in operation.

 

    We did not have an ongoing risk assessment process and did not have an effective fraud prevention and detection program.

 

    There was a lack of integration between operations and accounting/finance, and there was inadequate sharing of financial information within and across our corporate and divisional offices and our facilities.

 

    There were inadequate mechanisms for identifying and responding to intervention or overriding of established policies and procedures and internal controls, including instances of management override.

 

    We did not have a formal document and record retention policy and did not have an effective data recovery plan to facilitate the recovery of historical electronic financial information in the event of system loss.

 

One result of these control environment weaknesses was that accounting entries were made at the direction of our prior executive management and certain other officers and employees without appropriate supporting

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

documentation and that those accounting entries were not in compliance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

Material weaknesses related to the design, documentation, and execution of accounting policies and procedures.

 

    We have identified areas where internal controls were missing, ineffective, or not effectively executed or monitored, including failures in documenting business process policies and procedures, adequately segregating incompatible duties and responsibilities, and establishing effective management oversight and review controls.

 

    Accounting entries were processed without appropriate supporting documentation and/or documented approvals, and balance sheet accounts were inconsistently used and were not assigned owners and analyzed, reconciled to subsidiary ledgers, and reviewed and approved on a regular basis.

 

    We did not perform complete and accurate bank reconciliations for the majority of our bank accounts on an ongoing basis.

 

    The fixed asset subledger was not routinely reconciled to the general ledger for both historical cost and accumulated depreciation. Furthermore, fixed asset inventory counts were not performed and fixed asset tags were not utilized to facilitate the tracking of the related fixed assets.

 

    We did not have policies and procedures in place to properly determine and account for partnership activity.

 

    Although we had defined approval authority policies, these policies were often not followed by facility and corporate/divisional personnel, particularly with regard to authorization for purchases and the execution of contracts, and there was an inadequate review of invoices prior to payment.

 

    The consolidation process was not properly designed, documented, and implemented to ensure the correct accounting for all managed/partially owned entities as either consolidated or equity method entities, the proper calculation of minority interests, and the proper elimination of intercompany transactions.

 

    We did not have formal policies and procedures regarding the financial close and reporting process including the elimination of the possibility of management override and the recording of inappropriate “top-side” adjustments.

 

    The review and analysis of the historical books and records identified various transactions in which former directors, officers, and employees misapplied or ignored GAAP in a manner that permitted us to recognize revenue or capitalize or defer expenses improperly.

 

Material weaknesses related to inadequate or ineffective policies and practices for the resolution of unusual or complex accounting matters.

 

    In addition to the material weaknesses in the internal control environment noted above, management also concluded that the policies and procedures for the resolution of unusual or complex accounting matters including, but not limited to, contractual revenue adjustment, allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets, and income taxes, were inadequate or ineffective and that the prior organizational structure of the accounting organization was not conducive to the timely identification and accurate resolution of such accounting issues.

 

    A formal process for the timely communication to accounting regarding acquisitions, facility closings and facility/asset sales, and the review and approval of the accounting for such transactions, was not in place.

 

    Internal controls over the recording of financial statement amounts that were based on management judgments or accounting estimates were not adequate to facilitate accurate financial reporting.

 

    Non-routine transactions were not sufficiently analyzed or documented.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Material weaknesses in information systems and related processes and procedures.

 

    We operated (and continue to operate) on numerous information system platforms within and among the divisions that are not integrated with each other or our general ledger. This requires substantial manual intervention and reliance on spreadsheets and journal entries to post facility activity to the general ledger. Controls over spreadsheets, databases, and journal entries were not adequate.

 

    We did not have adequate security controls over our financial information systems to prevent unauthorized access to the underlying data and financial records maintained in those systems.

 

    We did not properly implement, integrate, and control the use of our information systems. We did not have adequate policies and procedures in place with respect to changes in our information systems and segregation of duties related to system access.

 

    We utilized numerous outsourced vendors for certain key information system applications and did not maintain adequate monitoring and oversight over such vendors to ensure that the outsourced activities were properly controlled.

 

Based on an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has concluded that, as of December 31, 2003, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. In addition, based on work to date, our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has concluded that, as of December 31, 2003, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective. Accordingly, we undertook a substantive reconstruction of our historical accounting records so that we could prepare restated consolidated financial statements for 2001 and 2000 and initial consolidated financial statements for 2003 and 2002. In addition, we implemented a number of procedures and controls to help ensure the proper collection, evaluation, and disclosure of the financial information for the periods covered by this report. Other than the positive changes described below, there have not been any changes to our internal control over financial reporting since September 30, 2002, the date of our last financial statement filing.

 

We believe that because of the substantial work performed reconstructing our historical accounting records and the control changes we have been able to implement, the financial information for the periods covered by this report and the consolidated financial statements included in this report are fairly stated in all material respects. For additional information relating to the reconstruction of our accounting records and restatement of our previously issued financial statements, see Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

We have engaged in, and are continuing to engage in, substantial efforts to improve our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures related to substantially all areas of our financial statements and disclosures. These efforts include the following:

 

    We have transformed our corporate culture into one premised on integrity, transparency, honesty, accountability, and regulatory compliance.

 

    We have made significant changes in our board of directors. Of our current board of directors, seven members were added since March 2003. In addition, eight members of our current board of directors qualify as “independent directors” under our Corporate Governance Guidelines. We have established an independent audit committee. We have revised the charters for all five of the standing committees of our board of directors (the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Corporate Compliance Committee, Finance Committee, and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee).

 

    We have hired a new chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, chief accounting officer, chief administrative officer, chief compliance officer, and general counsel, all from outside HealthSouth. We have replaced the leadership in each of our operating divisions.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    We have reorganized our internal audit department. We have hired a Senior Vice President—Internal Audit that reports independently to the Audit Committee. We have added 20 employees to our internal audit staff and are committing substantial resources to our internal audit department on a yearly basis.

 

    We have reorganized and are committing substantial resources to our finance and accounting departments. We have replaced substantially all of our senior finance and accounting employees and have implemented a new organizational structure for the department. We have segregated duties to mitigate the risk of one employee being able to manipulate financial transactions or to falsify entries to or approvals of any accounting records.

 

    We have reorganized our corporate compliance function. We have hired a chief compliance officer. We have expanded our corporate compliance staff to 16 employees and are committing substantial financial resources to our corporate compliance department on a yearly basis. We have established an executive compliance steering committee that includes all members of our executive management and appointed compliance officers for each of our operating divisions. We have also strengthened regulatory compliance at the operations level by designating compliance officers and liaisons for each of our principal operating divisions and corporate departments.

 

    We have conducted a thorough review of all our business entities and applied GAAP related to the consolidation of entities.

 

    We have conducted a thorough review of GAAP applicable to our consolidated financial statements and disclosures and applied those principles where they had previously been ignored or misapplied.

 

    We are creating systems to increase real-time access to certain financial information and reduce the amount of manual intervention required to prepare consolidated financial statements.

 

    We have utilized significant outside resources to supplement our finance and accounting functions and to support the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related information included in this report.

 

    We continue to work to improve our disclosure controls and procedures. As recommended by the SEC, we have completed and distributed a formal disclosure controls and procedures policy and formed a Disclosure Committee made up of members of our executive management team and other employees who play a substantial role in our public disclosure process.

 

    We are currently documenting and evaluating our internal controls as prescribed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We have identified numerous material weaknesses in our internal controls and our remediation efforts with respect to those material weaknesses are continuing and are expected to continue past 2005. Based on our preliminary assessments to date, we have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 is not effective.

 

The effectiveness of HealthSouth’s or any system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting is subject to certain limitations, including the exercise of judgment in designing, implementing, and evaluating the controls and procedures, the assumptions used in identifying the likelihood of future events, and the inability to eliminate misconduct completely. As a result, our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting may not prevent all errors or improper acts or ensure that all material information will be made known to appropriate management in a timely fashion. Still, because of the substantial work performed reconstructing our historical accounting records and the new procedures and controls we have implemented to help ensure the proper collection, evaluation, and disclosure of the financial information for the periods covered by this report, management believes that the financial information for the periods covered by this report and the accompanying consolidated financial statements are fairly stated in all material respects.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

Since our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, which is our last filed annual report, we have had extensive turnover in the composition of our executive management and board of directors. On March 19, 2003, our board of directors placed then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Richard M. Scrushy and then-Chief Financial Officer William T. Owens on administrative leave and terminated their employment shortly thereafter. We have since hired or promoted several people to fill vacancies and newly-created executive management positions, including the position of Chief Executive Officer, which was filled by Jay Grinney in May 2004, Chief Operating Officer, which was filled by Michael D. Snow in June 2004, Chief Financial Officer, which was filled by John L. Workman in September 2004, Chief Compliance Officer, which was filled by John Markus in February 2004, General Counsel, which was filled by Gregory L. Doody in March 2004, and Chief Administrative Officer, which was filled by James C. Foxworthy in March 2005. We have also replaced the presidents of each of our operating divisions.

 

In addition, on December 2, 2003, we announced a transition plan pursuant to which five long-standing members of our board of directors agreed to voluntarily leave the board over a period of months. In accordance with this plan, the following directors voluntarily resigned from the board: George H. Strong (effective December 15, 2003), Charles W. Newhall III (effective December 15, 2003), Larry D. Striplin, Jr. (effective April 2, 2004), C. Sage Givens (effective April 15, 2004), and John S. Chamberlin (effective August 19, 2004).

 

Of our current board of directors, seven members were added since March 2003: Steven R. Berrard (effective January 31, 2004), Edward A. Blechschmidt (effective January 31, 2004), Jay Grinney (effective May 10, 2004), Leo I. Higdon, Jr. (effective August 17, 2004), John E. Maupin, Jr. (effective August 17, 2004), Charles M. Elson (effective September 9, 2004), and Yvonne Curl (effective November 18, 2004). In addition, eight members of our current board of directors qualify as “independent directors” under our Corporate Governance Guidelines. Lee S. Hillman, who was named a HealthSouth director effective September 9, 2003, voluntarily resigned from our board of directors on February 18, 2005. In addition, Joel C. Gordon retired from our board of directors effective May 10, 2005, pursuant to our mandatory director retirement policy.

 

Identification of Directors

 

Current Directors

 

The following table lists all of our incumbent directors. Each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. We have not held an annual meeting of stockholders since 2002. At our next annual meeting, which we expect to hold as soon as possible after we meet applicable requirements for soliciting proxies, stockholders will elect directors to hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Name


   Age on
12/31/2004


  

Position (1)


  

Date Became
Director


Steven R. Berrard*

   50    Director; Member of Special Committee, Audit Committee, and Finance Committee (Chairman)    1/31/2004

Edward A. Blechschmidt*

   52    Director; Member of Special Committee, Audit Committee (Chairman), and Corporate Compliance Committee    1/31/2004

Yvonne M. Curl*

   49    Director; Member of Special Committee, Compensation Committee, and Corporate Compliance Committee    11/18/2004

Charles M. Elson*

   45    Director; Member of Special Committee and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee    9/9/2004

Jay Grinney

   53    Director; Member of Special Committee; President and Chief Executive Officer    5/10/2004

Jon F. Hanson*

   68    Director; Member of Special Committee, Audit Committee, Finance Committee, and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee (Chairman)    9/17/2002

Leo I. Higdon, Jr.*

   58    Director; Member of Special Committee, Compensation Committee (Chairman), and Finance Committee    8/17/2004

John E. Maupin, Jr.*

   58    Director; Member of Special Committee, Corporate Compliance Committee (Chairman), and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee    8/17/2004

Robert P. May*

   55    Director; Chairman of the Board of Directors; Member of Special Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee    9/24/2002

Richard M. Scrushy (2)

   51    Director    2/22/1984

* Denotes independent director.
(1) On April 4, 2003, we established the Special Committee of our board of directors, consisting of all of our directors except Richard M. Scrushy, who refused our board of directors’ request to resign as a director, and William T. Owens, who resigned from our board on October 19, 2003 and was never a member of the Special Committee. Our board of directors delegated to the Special Committee, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, all authority that may be delegated to the Special Committee, and authorized the Special Committee, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, to exercise all of the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of HealthSouth when the board of directors is not in session.
(2) Mr. Scrushy’s employment was terminated on March 19, 2003. He has refused our requests that he resign as a director.

 

There are no arrangements or understandings known to us between any of the individuals listed above and any other person pursuant to which a director was or is to be selected as a director or nominee, other than any arrangements or understandings with directors or officers of HealthSouth acting solely in their capacities as such.

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Former Directors

 

The following table lists all of those persons who served on our board of directors between December 31, 2001 and the date of this filing, but who no longer serve on the board.

 

Name


  

Date Became
Director


  

Date Ceased
Being Director


  

Resignation or Removal


Betsy S. Atkins

   3/7/2003    3/24/2003    Voluntarily resigned.

John S. Chamberlin

   8/15/1993    8/19/2004    Voluntarily resigned per board transition plan.

Joel C. Gordon

   1996    5/10/2005    Voluntarily resigned per board retirement policy.

C. Sage Givens

   1985    4/15/2004    Voluntarily resigned per board transition plan.

Lee S. Hillman

   9/9/2003    2/18/2005    Voluntarily resigned.

Charles W. Newhall III

   1985    12/15/2003    Voluntarily resigned per board transition plan.

William T. Owens

   3/9/2001    10/19/2003    On March 19, 2003, the board placed Mr. Owens on administrative leave. He later voluntarily resigned from the board.

Larry D. Striplin, Jr.

   3/13/1999    4/2/2004    Voluntarily resigned per board transition plan.

George H. Strong

   10/5/1984    12/15/2003    Voluntarily resigned per board transition plan.

Phillip C. Watkins

   6/26/1984    2/6/2003    Voluntarily resigned.

 

Identification of Executive Officers

 

Current Executive Officers

 

The following table lists all of our incumbent executive officers. Each of our incumbent executive officers will hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

Name


   Age on
12/31/2004


  

Position


   Date Became
Officer


Jay Grinney

   53    President and Chief Executive Officer; Director    5/10/2004

Michael D. Snow

   49    Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer    6/30/2004

John L. Workman

   53    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    9/20/2004

John Markus

   53    Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    2/1/2004

Gregory L. Doody

   40    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary    3/15/2004

James C. Foxworthy

   53    Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer    3/1/2005

Joseph T. Clark

   48    President—Surgery Centers Division    3/1/2005

Karen G. Davis

   49    President—Diagnostic Division    9/1/2003

Diane L. Munson

   54    President—Outpatient Division    3/15/2004

Mark J. Tarr

   43    President—Inpatient Division    9/27/2004

 

There are no arrangements or understandings known to us between any of the individuals listed above and any other person pursuant to which he or she was or is to be selected as an officer, other than any arrangements or understandings with officers of HealthSouth acting solely in their capacities as such.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Interim Executive Officers

 

The following table lists all of our interim executive officers that served the company from approximately March 2003 until their replacements were hired.

 

Name


   Date Became
Officer


   Date Ceased
Being Officer (1)


  

Interim Officer Position


Joel C. Gordon

   3/19/2003    6/30/2004    Interim Chairman of the Board of Directors

Robert P. May

   3/19/2003    5/10/2004    Interim Chief Executive Officer

Bryan P. Marsal

   3/24/2003    5/7/2004    Chief Restructuring Officer

Guy Sansone

   3/24/2003    9/19/2004    Interim Chief Financial Officer

(1) Messrs. Gordon and May were members of our board of directors during the time they served as interim executive officers. In addition, on June 30, 2004, we named Mr. Gordon Chairman Emeritus of the Board of Directors and Mr. May non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

Former Executive Officers

 

The following table lists all of our former executive officers who served the company between December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2004.

 

Name


   Date Became
Officer


   Date Ceased
Being Officer


  

Resignation or Removal


Richard M. Scrushy (1)

   1984    3/19/2003    Dismissed for cause.

William T. Owens (1)

   1986    3/19/2003    Dismissed for cause.

Malcolm E. McVay (1)

   1999    4/16/2003    Dismissed for cause.

Brandon O. Hale (1)

   1987    10/1/2003    Voluntarily resigned.

Thomas W. Carman (1)

   1985    11/1/2003    Voluntarily resigned.

William W. Horton (1)

   1994    10/1/2003    Voluntarily resigned.

Patrick A. Foster (1)

   1994    8/3/2004    Voluntarily resigned.

Daniel J. Riviere (1)

   1988    9/5/2003    Dismissed for cause.

Weston L. Smith (1)

   1987    3/19/2003    Dismissed for cause.

Susan M. Smith (1)

   1992    4/16/2003    Dismissed as part of post-March 2003 layoffs.

Larry D. Taylor (1)

   1991    8/3/2004    Employment was terminated.

(1) The former officers listed above held the following positions when they ceased being officers of the company: Richard M. Scrushy, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; William T. Owens, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Malcolm E. McVay, Executive Vice President and Treasurer; Brandon O. Hale, Executive Vice President—Administration and Secretary; Thomas W. Carman, Executive Vice President—Development; William W. Horton, Executive Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Assistant Secretary; Patrick A. Foster, President—Inpatient Division; Daniel J. Riviere, President—Ambulatory Services Division; Susan M. Smith, Senior Vice President—Reimbursement; Weston L. Smith, Senior Vice President—Operations; Larry D. Taylor, President—Surgery Centers Division. In addition, William T. Owens served as Chief Executive Officer between September 2, 2002 and January 6, 2003.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Business Experience of Current Directors and Current Executive Officers

 

Set forth below is biographical information, including business experience for the last five years, for our current directors and executive officers.

 

Current Directors

 

Steven R. Berrard—Managing Partner, New River Capital Partners

 

Mr. Berrard is Co-Founder and Managing Partner of New River Capital Partners, a private equity fund. He co-founded and worked until 1999 as Co-Chief Executive Officer of AutoNation, Inc., which through its affiliated dealers is the largest new and used vehicle retailer in the United States. He also served as Vice Chairman of Blockbuster Entertainment Corporation prior to its acquisition by Viacom in 1994. Mr. Berrard held various finance positions in his career, including Chief Financial Officer of Blockbuster. Mr. Berrard currently serves on the board of directors of North Broward Hospital District, one of the ten largest public health systems in the United States. He was also a director of Boca Resorts, Inc. until December 2004 when it was acquired by the Blackstone Group.

 

Edward A. Blechschmidt

 

Mr. Blechschmidt was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Gentiva Health Services, Inc., a leading provider of specialty pharmaceutical and home health care services, from March 2000 to June 2002. From March 1999 to March 2000, Mr. Blechschmidt served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Olsten Corporation. He served as President of Olsten Corporation from October 1998 to March 1999. He also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Siemens Nixdorf Americas and Siemens’ Pyramid Technology from July 1996 to October 1998. Prior to Siemens, he spent more than 20 years with Unisys Corp., including serving as its Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Blechschmidt serves as a director of Neoforma, Inc., Lionbridge Technologies, Inc. and Columbia Laboratories, Inc.

 

Yvonne M. Curl

 

Ms. Curl is a former Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Avaya, Inc., which position she held from October 2000 through April 2004. From 1976 to 2000, Ms. Curl served in a number of middle and senior management positions at Xerox Corporation. Ms. Curl currently serves as a director of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company and Charming Shoppes, Inc.

 

Charles M. Elson—Director, John L. Weinberg Center for Corporate Governance, University of Delaware

 

Mr. Elson holds the Edgar S. Woolard, Jr., Chair in Corporate Governance and is the Director of the John L. Weinberg Center for Corporate Governance at the University of Delaware. Mr. Elson has served on the National Association of Corporate Directors’ Commissions on Director Compensation, Executive Compensation and the Role of the Compensation Committee, Director Professionalism, CEO Succession, Audit Committees, Strategic Planning, and Director Evaluation, was a member of its Best Practices Council on Coping with Fraud and Other Illegal Activity, and presently serves on that organization’s Advisory Council. In addition, Mr. Elson serves as Vice Chairman of the American Bar Association’s Committee on Corporate Governance and is a member of the American Bar Association’s Committee on Corporate Laws. Mr. Elson serves as a director of Alderwoods Group, Inc., and AutoZone, Inc.

 

Jay Grinney—President and Chief Executive Officer, HealthSouth Corporation

 

Mr. Grinney was named our President and Chief Executive Officer on May 10, 2004. From June 1990 to May 2004, Mr. Grinney served in a number of middle and senior management positions with HCA or its predecessor companies, in particular, serving as President of HCA’s Eastern Group from May 1996 to May 2004,

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

President of the Greater Houston Division from October 1993 to April 1996 and as Chief Operating Officer of the Houston Region from November 1992 to September 1993. Before joining HCA, Mr. Grinney held several executive positions during a nine year career at the Methodist Hospital System in Houston, Texas. He earned both an MBA and MHA from Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri, in 1981.

 

Jon F. Hanson—Chairman and Founder, The Hampshire Companies

 

Mr. Hanson is the Chairman and founder of The Hampshire Companies and has over 45 years of experience in the real estate industry. Since 1994, Mr. Hanson has served as Chairman of the National Football Foundation and College Hall of Fame, Inc. Since 1991, Mr. Hanson has served as a director of Prudential Financial Corp., and he has also served as a director of the Hackensack University Medical Center for the past 18 years. Mr. Hanson also currently serves as a director of CD&L, Inc. and Pascack Community Bank.

 

Leo I. Higdon, Jr.—President, College of Charleston

 

On October 1, 2001, Mr. Higdon became the 20 th President of the College of Charleston. Between 1997 and 2001, Mr. Higdon served as President of Babson College in Wellesley, Massachusetts, a leading school of entrepreneurship. He also served as Dean of the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration of the University of Virginia. His financial experience includes a 20-year tenure at Salomon Brothers, where he became Vice Chairman and member of the executive committee, managing the Global Investment Banking Division. Mr. Higdon serves as a director of Crompton Corporation, Eaton Vance Corp., and Newmont Mining.

 

John E. Maupin, Jr.—President and Chief Executive Officer, Meharry Medical College

 

Dr. Maupin is President and Chief Executive Officer of Meharry Medical College, a position he has held since 1994. Dr. Maupin came to Meharry from the Morehouse School of Medicine, where he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from 1989 to 1994. Before joining Morehouse, he was Chief Executive Officer of Southside Healthcare, Inc., from 1987 to 1989 and prior to that Deputy Commissioner of Health of the Baltimore City Health Department from 1981 to 1987. Dr. Maupin serves as a director of Pinnacle Financial Partners, Inc., LifePoint Hospitals, and VALIC Companies I and II of American International Group, Inc.

 

Robert P. May—Interim President and Chief Executive Officer, Charter Communications, Inc.

 

Mr. May is interim President and Chief Executive Officer of Charter Communications, Inc., which position he has held since January 2005. He was named non-executive Chairman of the Board of HealthSouth on June 30, 2004. He served as our interim Chief Executive Officer from March 20, 2003 to May 10, 2004, when the board of directors elected Jay Grinney to the position of President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. May is currently a private investor and the principal of RPM Systems, Palm Beach, Florida, which provides strategic business consulting services. From 1999 to 2001, he served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of PNV, Inc., an early-stage national telecommunications company which served the transportation marketplace. PNV, Inc. filed for bankruptcy in 2000 and sold substantially all of its assets in two separate liquidating transactions in 2001. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. May served as Chief Operating Officer and a director of Cablevision Systems Corp., a cable, sports and entertainment company. From 1973 to 1993, Mr. May served in a variety of senior management positions at Federal Express. In addition to being interim President and Chief Executive Officer of Charter Communications, Inc., Mr. May is currently a member of its board of directors.

 

Richard M. Scrushy

 

Mr. Scrushy was the principal founder of HealthSouth and acted as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the company from 1984 until March 19, 2003 (except for a period from late August 2002 until early January 2003, when he served as Chairman of the Board only). On March 19, 2003, our board of

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

directors placed Mr. Scrushy on administrative leave. Shortly thereafter, the outside directors on our board unanimously declared Mr. Scrushy’s employment agreement null and void and removed him from his positions as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, effective March 19, 2003. Mr. Scrushy has refused our board of directors’ request that he resign as a director. Accordingly, he will remain as a member of the board of directors until he resigns or until his successor is elected at an annual meeting of our stockholders.

 

Current Executive Officers Who Are Not Also Directors

 

Joseph T. Clark—President—Surgery Centers Division

 

Mr. Clark was named of President of the surgery centers division effective March 1, 2005. Mr. Clark has 25 years of experience in various health services companies. From August 2000 to September 2005, Mr. Clark served as President and Chief Executive Officer of HealthMark Partners, Inc, an owner, operator and developer of ASCs and specialty hospitals. From March 1988 to August 1999, he served in various senior management roles, including Chief Executive Officer, of Response Oncology, a provider of cancer services through a series of 55 cancer centers, physicians practice management relationships and clinical trials support services to the pharmaceutical industry. Mr. Clark also had 10 years of experience with two proprietary hospital chains, Humana and American Medical International.

 

Karen G. Davis—President—Diagnostic Division

 

Ms. Davis was named President of our diagnostic division on September 1, 2003. Ms. Davis joined us in 1994 after her employer, Diagnostic Health Corporation, was acquired by HealthSouth. During her tenure with us, she has served in various middle and senior management positions in our diagnostic and inpatient divisions, serving as Diagnostic Group Vice President for the Eastern United States from March 1994 to December 1999, as Chief Executive Officer for the HealthSouth Metro West Hospital, located in Birmingham, Alabama from December 1999 to October 2001, as our National Director for Clinical Trials from October 2001 to March 2003, and as a Product Line Manager in our diagnostic division from March 2003 to September 2003.

 

Gregory L. Doody—Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

Mr. Doody was named Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary on March 16, 2004. Between September 2003 and March 2004, Mr. Doody served as our interim Corporate Counsel and Secretary. Before joining us, Mr. Doody was a partner at Balch & Bingham LLP, a regional law firm based in Birmingham, Alabama. He joined Balch & Bingham LLP in August 2000 and was a member of the firm’s Financial Services and Transactions section and the Corporate, Tax and Finance section. From 1989 to 1991, Mr. Doody was a manager in the financial reporting department of Schlumberger Limited and was an auditor in the accounting firm now known as PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from 1987 to 1989.

 

James C. Foxworthy—Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer

 

Mr. Foxworthy was named our Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer effective March 1, 2005. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Foxworthy served as corporate vice president for business transformation at Temple-Inland, a public corporation operating in various industry segments including corrugated packaging, financial services, and manufactured lumber products. From 1998 to 2003, he served as Executive Vice President of Inland Paperboard and Packaging and Group Vice President of Temple-Inland. Prior to Temple-Inland, Mr. Foxworthy spent 18 years with Union Camp Corporation, a leading maker of fine papers and packaging, where he served in a number of human resource roles including division manager of industrial relations.

 

John Markus—Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

 

Mr. Markus was named Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer on February 1, 2004. Mr. Markus has over 13 years experience in the corporate compliance arena, serving as Senior Vice President of

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Corporate Compliance with Fresenius Medical Care North America, the nation’s largest provider of renal products and services, from 1999 to January 2004, as Vice President, Corporate Compliance with Oxford Health Plans from 1998 to 1999, and as Executive Vice President with National Health Laboratories, Inc. (now known as Laboratory Corporation of America, Inc.) from 1990 to 1996. In addition to his corporate and business experience, Mr. Markus practiced law in the health care and federal legislative and administrative policy areas with Greenberg, Traurig, Lipoff, Rosen & Quentel from 1996 to 1998 and with Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld from 1980 to 1990, both law firms based in Washington, D.C. with national and international offices.

 

Diane L. Munson—President—Outpatient Division

 

Ms. Munson was named President of our outpatient division on March 15, 2004. Prior to joining us, Ms. Munson served as Vice President and General Manager for Beverly Enterprises Inc. from 2002 to 2004, as President and Chief Executive Officer of Fluidsense Inc. from 2001 to 2002, as Senior Vice President Healthcare Services of Inlight, Inc. from 1999 to 2001, as a principal of Heidrick & Struggles, Inc. from 1997 to 1999, and in various senior executive positions with Caremark International, Inc. from 1992 to 1997, and with Baxter International, Inc. from 1978 to 1992.

 

Michael D. Snow—Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

 

Mr. Snow was named Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer on June 30, 2004. Mr. Snow has over 24 years experience in healthcare business operations, serving most recently as President of HCA’s Gulf Coast Division from 1996 to 2004 and as Chief Operating Officer of Columbia/HCA’s Greater Houston Division from 1995 to 1996. From 1994 to 1995, Mr. Snow served as Chief Executive Officer of Doctors’ Hospital of Jefferson in Metairie, Louisiana, a Tenet Healthcare Corporation facility, and between 1980 and 1994, Mr. Snow served in various management and executive positions with Universal Health Services, Inc. and Humana, Inc., both healthcare providers.

 

Mark J. Tarr—President—Inpatient Division

 

Mr. Tarr was named President of our inpatient division on September 27, 2004. Mr. Tarr joined us in 1993, and has held various management positions with us, including serving as a Senior Vice President with responsibility for all inpatient operations in Texas, Louisiana, Arkansas, Oklahoma, and Kansas from 1997 to 2004, as Director of Operations of our 80 bed rehabilitation hospital in Nashville, Tennessee from 1994 to 1997, and as Chief Executive Officer/Administrator of our 70 bed rehabilitation hospital in Vero Beach from 1992 to 1994.

 

John L. Workman—Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Mr. Workman was named Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on September 20, 2004. From 1998 to 2004, Mr. Workman served in various management and executive capacities with U.S. Can Company, including serving as its Chief Financial Officer from 1998 to 2002, as its Chief Operating Officer from 2002 to 2003, and as its Chief Executive Officer from 2003 to 2004. Prior to joining U.S. Can Company, Mr. Workman was employed by Montgomery Ward & Company, Inc. for 14 years, where he held several management and executive positions, including General Auditor, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Restructuring Officer. Mr. Workman began his career in public accounting, and was a partner with the public accounting firm KPMG.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

From 1999 to 2001, Robert P. May served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of PNV, Inc., an early-stage national telecommunications company which served the transportation marketplace. PNV filed for bankruptcy in 2000 and sold substantially all of its assets in two separate liquidating transactions in 2001.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

From 2001 to 2002, Diane L. Munson served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Fluidsense, Inc., a start-up medical device company. Fluidsense filed for bankruptcy in 2002.

 

In 2000, Yvonne M. Curl served as a director of Winstar Communications, a broadband network and service provider. Winstar filed for bankruptcy in 2000.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our executive officers, directors, and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities, to file with the SEC reports of ownership and changes in ownership of HealthSouth equity securities. Executive officers, directors, and beneficial owners of greater than 10% beneficial owners are required by SEC regulations to provide us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms that they file. Based solely on review of the copies of such forms furnished to us and written representations from our executive officers and directors, we believe that for the period from January 1, 2002, through December 31, 2004, all of our executive officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to them, except for the following:

 

    Bryan P. Marsal and Guy Sansone failed to provide an initial report of ownership on Form 3 at the time they were appointed executive officers of HealthSouth. To our knowledge, neither Mr. Marsal nor Mr. Sansone has filed a Form 3 with the SEC regarding ownership of HealthSouth securities.

 

    On January 17, 2000, Larry D. Striplin, Jr., who was at that time a HealthSouth director, filed a Form 5 regarding the acquisition of 60,000 shares of HealthSouth common stock. This transaction should have been reported on Form 4 at the time of acquisition in April 1999. On January 22, 2001, Mr. Striplin, who was at that time a HealthSouth director, filed a Form 5 regarding the acquisition of an option to purchase up to 25,000 shares of HealthSouth common stock and the acquisition of an option to purchase up to 10,000 shares of HealthSouth common stock. These transactions should have been reported on Form 4 at the time of acquisition in January 2000 and May 1999, respectively.

 

    In November 1999 and April 2000, Joel C. Gordon gifted a total of 10,663 shares of HealthSouth common stock to family members but did not report those gifts on Form 4 or Form 5. On January 22, 2004, Mr. Gordon filed a Form 4 with the SEC that contained a revised list of his beneficial ownership reflecting the prior gifts.

 

    On August 20, 2004, Leo I. Higdon, Jr. filed a Form 4 with the SEC relating to an acquisition of HealthSouth common stock that occurred on August 17, 2004. The form was filed one day late due to technical error.

 

    On June 28, 2004, Michael D. Snow filed an application for access codes to file on Edgar. This application was rejected on July 2, 2004, due to a technical error. Mr. Snow re-filed the application and received his Edgar access codes. He filed his Form 4 on July 7, 2004, but as a consequence of the delay relating to the access code application, the form was filed late.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has the following five standing committees: Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Corporate Compliance Committee, Finance Committee, and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee’s purpose is to assist the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities with respect to the oversight of the accounting and financial reporting practices of HealthSouth, including oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the qualifications

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, and the performance of our internal audit function and our independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee is also charged with preparation of an audit committee report, retention and termination of our independent registered public accounting firm, annual review of the report of our independent registered public accounting firm, and discussion with our independent registered public accounting firm of the audited and quarterly financial statements of HealthSouth and any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response thereto.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee’s purpose is to oversee the development of our compensation objectives and policies and to review and recommend to the board of directors the individual compensation of our executive officers in order to attract and retain high-quality personnel to help ensure our long-term success and the creation of long-term shareholder value.

 

Corporate Compliance Committee

 

The Corporate Compliance Committee’s function is to assist our board of directors in fulfilling its fiduciary responsibilities relating to our regulatory compliance activities. The committee is primarily responsible for overseeing, monitoring, and evaluating HealthSouth’s compliance with all of its regulatory obligations other than tax and securities law related obligations.

 

Finance Committee

 

The Finance Committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in the oversight of the use and development of our financial resources, including our financial structure, investment policies and objectives, long-term financial strategy and financial needs, and other matters of a financial and investment nature.

 

Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee

 

The purpose of the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee is to assist our board of directors in fulfilling its duties and responsibilities to us and our stockholders, including the creation of a process to identify and evaluate qualified board candidates, the recommendation of board nominees to be submitted for stockholder vote at each annual meeting and to fill vacancies and newly created positions, the development and recommendation of corporate governance principles applicable to HealthSouth, the periodic review and recommendation of changes in the corporate governance guidelines, and the oversight of the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Our Audit Committee currently consists of Edward A. Blechschmidt, Chairman, Steven R. Berrard, and Jon F. Hanson, each of whom is independent (as used in Item 7(d)(3)(iv) of Schedule 14A and using our Corporate Governance Guideline’s definition of independence). Mr. Blechschmidt and Mr. Berrard each qualify as an audit committee financial expert (as defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K).

 

Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted Standards of Business Conduct (our “code of ethics”) that applies to all employees, directors and officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We have posted a copy of our code of ethics on our website at www.healthsouth.com. We will provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of our code of ethics. Requests for a copy may be made in writing to Corporate Compliance Office, HealthSouth Corporation, P.O. Box 380243, Birmingham, Alabama 35238.

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Executive Compensation—General

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following tables furnish, for the periods stated, compensation information concerning our current, interim, and former “named executive officers,” which definition includes each person who served as our chief executive officer during those periods, as well as our next four most highly compensated executive officers serving on December 31 of each period and up to two additional executive officers who would have otherwise qualified had they not left HealthSouth prior to December 31 of such period.

 

Current and Interim Named Executive Officers

 

          Annual Compensation

   Long-Term Compensation

    
                         Awards

   Payouts

    

Name and

Principal Position


   Year

  

Salary

($)


  

Bonus

($)


  

Other Annual

Compensation

($) (4)


  

Restricted

Stock

Awards

($) (5)


  

Securities

Underlying

Options

(#)


  

LTIP

Payouts

($)


  

All Other

Compensation

($) (6)


Jay Grinney

President and Chief Executive Officer

   2004    571,154    —      —      521,000    1,000,000    —      50,775

Michael D. Snow

Chief Operating Officer

   2004    294,735    100,000    —      450,000    105,000    —      266,647

John L. Workman

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   2004    127,173    75,000    —      138,875    55,000    —      11,600

John Markus

Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

   2004    327,452    70,000    —      132,000    65,000    —      232,887

Gregory L. Doody (1)

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

   2004
2003
   275,961
—  
   —  
—  
   —  
—  
   118,500
—  
   65,000
—  
   —  
—  
   277
—  

Robert P. May (2)

Interim Chief Executive Officer

   2004
2003
2002
   —  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
   198,645
364,739

—  
   50,002
—  
—  
   —  
25,000
25,000
   —  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  

Joel C. Gordon (3)

Interim Chairman of the Board

   2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
   347,197
422,467
250,000
250,000
250,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
—  
   600,000
600,000
600,000
600,000
850,000
   50,002
—  
—  
—  
—  
   —  
25,000
25,000
25,000
25,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
—  
   4,497
2,938
4,944
951
—  

(1) We named Mr. Doody interim Corporate Counsel and Secretary in September 2003. He served in that role until March 15, 2004, when we named him Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. While interim Corporate Counsel and Secretary, Mr. Doody was not a HealthSouth employee but remained a partner of his law firm, Balch & Bingham LLP, devoting substantially all of his time to us as interim Corporate Counsel and Secretary.
(2) We named Mr. May interim Chief Executive Officer on March 19, 2003. He served in that role until May 10, 2004, when we named Mr. Grinney our President and Chief Executive Officer. The amounts shown as other annual compensation to Mr. May comprise payments of $40,000 per month made to RPM Systems while Mr. May was interim Chief Executive Officer, the primary purpose of which was to compensate Mr. May for his services. We made additional payments to RPM Systems that are not reflected in the above table, the primary purpose of which was to compensate Mr. May for his participation in various board and committee meetings. See this Item, “Compensation of Directors” for information about director compensation.
(3)

We named Mr. Gordon interim Chairman of the Board on March 19, 2003. He served in that capacity until June 30, 2004, when we named him Chairman Emeritus. In connection with the merger between HealthSouth and Surgical Care Affiliates, Inc., we entered into a non-competition agreement and a consulting agreement with Mr. Gordon. Pursuant to the non-competition agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Gordon an aggregate of $7,250,000 in 10 annual installments, beginning on June 15, 1996 and ending on June 15, 2006, comprised of five payments of $850,000 and five payments of $600,000. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Gordon an

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

annual consulting fee of not less than $250,000 and to allow him to participate in any benefit plans generally available to HealthSouth executives. The consulting agreement, which originally expired on January 16, 2001, was amended on March 1, 2000 to extend the expiration date to January 16, 2006. The amounts shown as salary in the above table comprise payments made to Mr. Gordon under the consulting agreement, which payments were increased to $40,000 per month while he was interim Chairman of the Board. In 2003, a portion of these payments were deferred under a deferred compensation agreement between Mr. Gordon and HealthSouth. All amounts deferred during 2003 were paid by December 31, 2003. The amounts shown as other annual compensation in the above table comprise payments made under the non-competition agreement. We made additional payments to Mr. Gordon, not reflected in the table above, to compensate him for participation in various board and committee meetings. See this Item, “Compensation of Directors” for information about director compensation. In addition, since 2001 we have provided Mr. Gordon with an office in Nashville, Tennessee, at a cost of $4,050 per month.

(4) Perquisites and other personal benefits did not exceed the lesser of either $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus for the named current or interim executive officer for each year covered.
(5) The amounts shown in this column are based on the closing market price of our common stock on the date the restricted shares were granted. Except for grants made to Messrs. May and Gordon, all grants of restricted stock were made under our 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, and vest on the third anniversary of the effective date of the award if the executive is still employed by us. We granted 8,432 shares of restricted stock to Mr. May and 8,432 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Gordon under our 2004 Director Incentive Plan, which vest in three equal annual installments beginning on December 31 of the year in which the awards were made. As of December 31, 2004, the aggregate number and value (based on the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2004) of shares of restricted stock held by the current and interim executive officers was as follows: Mr. Grinney—100,000 shares ($628,000), Mr. Snow—75,000 shares ($471,000), Mr. Workman—27,500 shares ($172,700), Mr. Markus—30,000 shares ($188,400), Mr. Doody—30,000 shares ($188,400), Mr. May—8,432 shares ($52,953), and Mr. Gordon—8,432 shares ($52,953). Although we have never paid dividends on our common stock, our restricted stock and common stock are treated the same for the purpose of calculating dividends.
(6) For the year ended December 31, 2004, all other compensation consists of (a) company matching contributions to our Retirement Investment Plan (401(k)) in the following amount: Mr. Grinney—$623; (b) company paid premiums for group term life insurance in the following amounts: Mr. Grinney—$764, Mr. Workman—$316, Mr. Markus—$764, Mr. Doody—$277, and Mr. Gordon—$4,497; (c) company relocation assistance payments in the following amounts: Mr. Grinney—$32,518, Mr. Snow—$266,647, Mr. Workman—$11,284, and Mr. Markus—$232,123; and (d) company paid premiums for long-term disability insurance in the following amount: Mr. Grinney—$16,870.
   For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, all other compensation consists of company paid premiums for group term life insurance to Mr. Gordon.

 

Bryan P. Marsal served as Chief Restructuring Officer from March 24, 2003 until May 7, 2004, and Guy Sansone served as our interim Chief Financial Officer from March 24, 2003 until September 19, 2004. During that time, both Mr. Marsal and Mr. Sansone remained Managing Directors of Alvarez & Marsal, Inc., and both continued to be paid directly by that company, although we paid Alvarez & Marsal, Inc. for certain restructuring services. Neither Mr. Marsal nor Mr. Sansone received any options, equity, or other compensation of any kind from us.

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Former Named Executive Officers

 

          Annual Compensation

   Long-Term Compensation

    
                         Awards

   Payouts

    

Name and

Principal Position


   Year

  

Salary

($)


  

Bonus

($)


  

Other Annual

Compensation

($)


  

Restricted

Stock

Awards

($) (1)


  

Securities

Underlying

Options

(#)


  

LTIP

Payouts

($)


  

All Other

Compensation

($) (2)


Richard M. Scrushy (3)

Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

   2003
2002
2001
2000
   —  
1,171,154
1,500,000
1,200,000
   —  
11,800,000
8,900,000
2,400,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   700,000
1,000,000
1,200,000
800,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   —  
60,731
112,189
55,870

William T. Owens

Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; former President and Chief Executive Officer

   2003
2002
2001
2000
   276,923
919,230
500,001
384,616
   150,000
2,200,000
1,500,000
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   200,000
400,000
400,000
75,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   187
2,232
2,114
1,894

Patrick A. Foster

Former President—Inpatient Services Division

   2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
   393,566
418,385
488,462
334,400
354,401
   —  
—  
600,000
500,000
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
—  
   132,000
—  
—  
—  
—  
   55,000
200,000
100,000
150,000
60,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
—  
   3,331
3,354
4,934
4,923
8,902

Larry D. Taylor

Former President—Surgery Centers Division

   2004
2003
2002
2001
2000
   362,061
418,385
488,462
450,000
352,024
   —  
—  
600,000
500,000
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
—  
   132,000
—  
—  
—  
—  
   55,000
200,000
100,000
150,000
30,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
—  
   2,134
2,107
3,634
3,469
3,035

William W. Horton

Former Executive Vice President and Corporate Counsel

   2003
2002
2001
2000
   272,885
328,846
300,000
315,000
   —  
150,000
100,000
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   100,000
40,000
85,000
50,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   1,718
3,180
2,839
2,759

Thomas W. Carman

Former Executive Vice President—Corporate Development

   2003
2002
2001
2000
   294,600
388,846
360,000
375,000
   —  
250,000
75,000
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   100,000
30,000
80,000
20,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   1,876
2,826
2,710
2,350

Daniel J. Riviere

Former President—Ambulatory Services Division

   2003
2002
2001
2000
   297,250
325,305
260,260
217,260
   —  
150,000
80,000
75,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   200,000
29,000
30,000
30,000
   —  
—  
—  
—  
   1,661
3,298
3,036
2,890

Weston L. Smith

Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   2002
2001
2000
   324,038
284,808
229,712
   400,000
100,000
75,000
   —  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
   124,000
110,000
25,000
   —  
—  
—  
   2,745
2,345
1,167

Malcolm E. McVay

Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   2002
2001
2000
   320,769
235,692
197,660
   175,000
100,000
85,000
   —  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
   30,000
60,000
50,000
   —  
—  
—  
   3,045
2,823
159

(1) The amounts shown in this column are based on the closing market price of our common stock on the date the restricted shares were granted. Mr. Foster voluntarily resigned and Mr. Taylor’s employment was terminated prior to lapse of the restrictions on their restricted stock and therefore we have cancelled both restricted stock awards pursuant to the terms of our 1998 Restricted Stock Plan.
(2) For the year ended December 31, 2004, all other compensation consists of (a) company matching contributions to our Retirement Investment Plan (401(k)) in the following amounts: Mr. Foster—$1,566 and Mr. Taylor—$1,566; and (b) company paid premiums for group term life insurance in the following amounts: Mr. Foster—$1,765 and Mr. Taylor—$568.
   For the year ended December 31, 2003, all other compensation consists of (a) company matching contributions to our Retirement Investment Plan (401(k)) in the following amounts: Mr. Foster—$1,453, Mr. Taylor—$1,444, Mr. Horton—$1,447, Mr. Carman—$1,206, and Mr. Riviere—$1,357; and (b) company paid premiums for group term life insurance in the following amounts: Mr. Owens—$187, Mr. Foster—$1,901, Mr. Taylor—$663, Mr. Horton—$271, Mr. Carman—$670, and Mr. Riviere—$304.

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   For the year ended December 31, 2002, all other compensation consists of (a) company matching contributions to our Retirement Investment Plan (401(k)) in the following amounts: Mr. Scrushy—$1,200, Mr. Foster—$1,450, Mr. Taylor—$1,426, Mr. Horton—$1,499, Mr. Carman—$1,294, Mr. Riviere—$1,401, Mr. Smith—$1,353, and Mr. McVay—$1,650; (b) company paid premiums for group term life insurance in the following amounts: Mr. Scrushy—$1,003, Mr. Owens—$540, Mr. Foster—$2,262, Mr. Taylor—$526, Mr. Horton—$335, Mr. Carman—$935, Mr. Riviere—$316, Mr. Smith—$329, and Mr. McVay—$314; and (c) the value of the benefit of the remainder of the premium paid under our split dollar life insurance program in the following amounts: Mr. Scrushy—$58,528, Mr. Owens—$1,692, Mr. Foster—$1,222, Mr. Taylor—$1,682, Mr. Horton—$1,346, Mr. Carman—$597, Mr. Riviere—$1,581, Mr. Smith—$1,063, and Mr. McVay—$1,081.
   For the year ended December 31, 2001, all other compensation consists of (a) company matching contributions to our Retirement Investment Plan (401(k)) in the following amounts: Mr. Scrushy—$1,020, Mr. Foster—$1,400, Mr. Taylor—$1,393, Mr. Horton—$1,269, Mr. Carman—$1,059, Mr. Riviere—$1,260, Mr. Smith—$1,053, and Mr. McVay—$1,575; (b) company paid premiums for group term life insurance in the following amounts: Mr. Scrushy—$810, Mr. Owens—$531, Mr. Foster—$2,032, Mr. Taylor—$473, Mr. Horton—$297, Mr. Carman—$848, Mr. Riviere—$248, Mr. Smith—$270, and Mr. McVay—$187; (c) the value of the benefit of the remainder of the premium paid under our split dollar life insurance program in the following amounts: Mr. Scrushy—$60,359, Mr. Owens—$1,583, Mr. Foster—$1,491, Mr. Taylor—$1,603, Mr. Horton—$1,272, Mr. Carman—$803, Mr. Riviere—$1,528, Mr. Smith—$1,022, and Mr. McVay—$1,061; and (d) $50,000 paid to Mr. Scrushy for which we cannot find any supporting expense or other documentation.
   For the year ended December 31, 2000, all other compensation consists of (a) company matching contributions to our Retirement Investment Plan (401(k)) in the following amounts: Mr. Scrushy—$1,020, Mr. Foster—$1,260, Mr. Taylor—$1,262, Mr. Horton—$1,271, Mr. Carman—$1,050, Mr. Riviere—$1,262, and Mr. Smith—$1,061; (b) company paid premiums for group term life insurance in the following amounts: Mr. Scrushy—$810, Mr. Owens—$401, Mr. Foster—$883, Mr. Taylor—$271, Mr. Horton—$258, Mr. Carman—$495, Mr. Riviere—$200, Mr. Smith—$215, and Mr. McVay—$159; and (c) the value of the benefit of the remainder of the premium paid under our split dollar life insurance program in the following amounts: Mr. Scrushy—$54,040, Mr. Owens—$1,493, Mr. Foster—$759, Mr. Taylor—$1,502, Mr. Horton—$1,230, Mr. Carman—$805, Mr. Riviere—$1,428, and Mr. Smith—$952.
(3) Effective October 20, 2002, Mr. Scrushy voluntarily suspended his salary and target bonus.

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Stock Option Grants

 

The following tables identify all stock option grants made to our current, interim, and former named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002.

 

Current and Interim Named Executive Officers

 

          Individual Grants

   Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed Annual
Rates of Stock Price
Appreciation for Option
Term (1)


          Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted (#)


   Percent of
Total
Options
Granted to
Employees in
Fiscal Year


    Exercise or
Base Price
($/Sh)


   Expiration
Date


  

Name


   Year

              5% ($)

   10% ($)

Jay Grinney

   2004    1,000,000    12.86 %   5.21    5/8/2014    3,276,541    8,303,398

Michael D. Snow

   2004    105,000    1.35 %   6.00    6/30/2014    396,204    1,004,058

John L. Workman

   2004    55,000    0.71 %   5.05    9/20/2014    174,675    442,662

John Markus

   2004    65,000    0.84 %   4.40    3/5/2014    179,864    455,810

Gregory L. Doody

   2004    65,000    0.84 %   3.95    3/15/2014    161,469    409,193

Robert P. May (2)

   2003
2002
   25,000
25,000
   0.62
0.47
%
%
  4.63
3.70
   1/2/2013
9/24/2012
   72,795
58,173
   184,476
147,421

Joel C. Gordon (2)

   2003
2002
   25,000
25,000
   0.62
0.47
%
%
  4.63
14.90
   1/2/2013
1/2/2012
   72,795
234,263
   184,476
593,669

(1) The potential realizable value portion of the foregoing table represents a hypothetical value that might be realized upon exercise of the options immediately prior to the expiration of their term, assuming the specified compounded rates of appreciation on the common stock over the term of the options, based on the fair market value of the common stock at the time the options were awarded. The amounts do not take into account provisions of the options relating to vesting, nontransferability, or termination of the option following termination of employment. In addition, because of the valuation model being used (value based on an assumed rate of return over time), options with higher exercise prices, such as Mr. Gordon’s 2002 options, appear to have a significant current value when in fact they have little or no actual current value.
(2) These grants were received while a director and not an executive officer.

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Former Named Executive Officers

 

          Individual Grants

  

Potential Realizable

Value at Assumed

Annual Rates of

Stock Price Appreciation

for Option Term (1)


          Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted (#)


  

Percent of

Total

Options

Granted to

Employees in

Fiscal Year


    Exercise or
Base Price
($/Sh)


   Expiration
Date


  

Name


   Year

              5% ($)

   10% ($)

Richard M. Scrushy

   2003
2002
   700,000
1,000,000
   17.30
18.68
%
%
  3.60
10.90
   3/11/2013
2/4/2012
   1,584,814
6,854,951
   4,016,231
17,371,793

William T. Owens

   2003
2002
   200,000
400,000
   4.94
7.47
%
%
  3.60
10.90
   3/11/2013
2/4/2012
   452,804
2,741,981
   1,147,495
6,984,717

Patrick A. Foster

   2004
2003
2002
   55,000
200,000
100,000
   0.71
4.94
1.87
%
%
%
  4.40
3.60
10.90
   3/5/2014
3/11/2013
2/4/2012
   152,193
452,804
685,495
   385,686
1,147,495
1,737,179

Larry D. Taylor

   2004
2003
2002
   55,000
200,000
100,000
   0.71
4.94
1.87
%
%
%
  4.40
3.60
10.90
   3/5/2014
3/11/2013
2/4/2012
   152,193
452,804
685,495
   385,686
1,147,495
1,737,179

William W. Horton

   2003
2002
   100,000
400,000
   2.47
7.47
%
%
  3.60
10.90
   3/11/2013
2/4/2012
   226,402
2,741,981
   573,747
6,948,717

Thomas W. Carman

   2003
2002
   100,000
30,000
   2.47
0.56
%
%
  3.60
10.90
   3/11/2013
2/4/2012
   226,402
205,649
   573,747
521,154

Daniel J. Riviere

   2003
2002
   200,000
29,000
   4.94
0.54
%
%
  3.60
10.90
   3/11/2013
2/4/2012
   452,804
198,794
   1,147,495
503,782

Weston L. Smith

   2002
2002
   24,000
100,000
   0.45
1.87
%
%
  4.28
10.90
   12/12/2012
2/4/2012
   64,600
685,495
   163,709
1,737,179

Malcolm E. McVay

   2002    30,000    0.56 %   10.90    2/4/2012    205,649    521,154

(1) The options listed in the above table have all been cancelled, and therefore have no actual value as of the date of this filing. We include this information only because the options were in effect during the periods covered by this filing.

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Aggregated Stock Option Exercises

 

The following tables set forth information concerning options exercised by our current, interim, and former named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, as well as information concerning unexercised options held by them.

 

Current and Interim Named Executive Officers

 

Name


   Year

  

Shares
Acquired on

Exercise (#)


  

Value
Realized

($)


  

Number of Securities
Underlying Options

at Fiscal Year End (#)


  

Value of Unexercised
In-The-Money Options

at Fiscal Year End ($)


            Exercisable

   Unexercisable

   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

Jay Grinney

   2004    —      —      —      1,000,000    —      1,070,000

Michael D. Snow

   2004    —      —      —      105,000    —      29,400

John L. Workman

   2004    —      —      —      55,000    —      67,650

John Markus

   2004    —      —      —      65,000    —      122,200

Gregory L. Doody

   2004
2003
   —  
—  
   —  
—  
   —  
—  
   65,000
—  
   —  
—  
   151,450
—  

Robert P. May

   2004
2003
   —  
—  
   —  
—  
   50,000
50,000
   —  
—  
   105,750
22,475
   —  
—  

Joel C. Gordon

   2004
2003
   —  
—  
   —  
—  
   300,000
358,630
   —  
—  
   67,000
—  
   —  
—  

 

Former Named Executive Officers

 

Name


   Year

  

Shares
Acquired on

Exercise (#)


  

Value
Realized

($)


  

Number of Securities
Underlying Options

at Fiscal Year End (#)


  

Value of Unexercised
In-The-Money Options

at Fiscal Year End (1) ($)


            Exercisable

   Unexercisable

   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

Richard M. Scrushy

   2003
2002
   1,084,000
2,275,360
   1,298,090
23,362,259
   —  
10,350,000
   —  
—  
   —  
—  
   —  
—  

William T. Owens

   2003
2002
   —  
—  
   —  
—  
   —  
1,312,500
   —  
—  
   —  
—  
   —  
—  

Patrick A. Foster

   2004
2003
2002
   —  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
   —  
763,800
563,800
   —  
—  
—  
   —  
198,000
—  
   —  
—  
—  

Larry D. Taylor

   2004
2003
2002
   —  
—  
—  
   —  
—  
—  
   —  
744,666
611,416
   —  
198,000
18,750
   —  
7,500
44,890
   —  
—  
—  

William W. Horton

   2003
2002
   —  
—  
   —  
—  
   695,000
595,000
   —  
—  
   99,000
—  
   —  
—  

Thomas W. Carman

   2003
2002
   —  
100,000
   —  
1,064,075
   780,000
760,000
   —  
—  
   99,000
33,400
   —  
—  

Daniel J. Riviere

   2003
2002
   200,000
—  
   182,500
—  
   —  
75,875
   —  
80,250
   —  
—  
   —  
—  

Weston L. Smith

   2002    —      —      321,083    36,500    —      —  

Malcolm E. McVay

   2002    —      —      140,000    —      —      —  

(1) The options listed in the above table have all been cancelled, and therefore have no actual value as of the date of this filing. We include this information only because the options were in effect during the periods covered by this filing.

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Compensation of Directors

 

General

 

Our directors receive an annual cash retainer of $45,000 plus $2,000 per board of directors or Special Committee meeting attended in person, $1,000 per meeting attended by telephone, and $1,000 per committee meeting attended. The chairman of the board receives an additional $100,000 per year. The chair of the Audit Committee receives an additional $25,000 per year, the chair of the Compensation Committee receives an additional $15,000 per year, and the chairs of the Corporate Compliance Committee and the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee each receive an additional $10,000 per year.

 

Pursuant to the 2004 Director Incentive Plan, each non-employee member of the Special Committee of the board of directors will receive on the date of initial election or appointment a grant of restricted stock valued on the date of grant at $50,000 if granted during the first quarter, $37,500 if granted during the second quarter, $25,000 if granted during the third quarter, and no grant in the fourth quarter. In addition, each member of the Special Committee of the board of directors serving on January 1 in each year will receive a grant of restricted stock valued at $50,000 on the date of grant.

 

All shares of restricted stock granted under our 2004 Director Incentive Plan are subject to annual vesting over a three year period. Any unvested shares are forfeited if the holder ceases to be a member of the board of directors, except in the case of death, disability, or retirement and the holder held such restricted stock for a period of at least 12 months.

 

Charles M. Elson Consulting Agreement

 

Prior to becoming a director of HealthSouth, Charles M. Elson served as one of four advisors to the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee of our board of directors from January 27, 2003 through June 2003. Mr. Elson received payments and reimbursements of expenses totaling approximately $42,000 from us in connection with that engagement.

 

Employment Contracts and Termination and Change-in-Control Arrangements

 

Employment Agreement of Jay Grinney

 

On May 3, 2004, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Jay Grinney pursuant to which he was employed as President and Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Grinney will receive an annual base salary of $900,000, subject to annual adjustments as determined by the Compensation Committee, and an annual bonus based on both the performance of HealthSouth and his personal performance. He also received reimbursement of certain costs of relocating to Birmingham, Alabama, and will be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under certain insurance, benefit, and perquisite plans as may be in effect from time to time on such terms as are offered to other similarly-situated officers of HealthSouth. Such plans include but are not limited to vacation, medical, life insurance, 401(k), disability insurance, pension (qualified and non-qualified), ESOP, profit sharing, and incentive and equity compensation plans.

 

Under the employment agreement, we granted to Mr. Grinney 100,000 shares of restricted stock pursuant to our 1998 Restricted Stock Plan which will vest on the third anniversary date of the commencement of his employment, provided Mr. Grinney is employed by us on such date. We also granted Mr. Grinney an option to purchase an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock pursuant to our 1995 Stock Option Plan with a per share exercise price of the shares underlying the option equal to the last reported sales price for a share of common stock on the date of commencement of his employment, as quoted by brokers and dealers trading in the shares in the over-the-counter market. The option will vest and become exercisable with respect to one-third of the shares on each of the first three anniversaries of Mr. Grinney’s employment commencement date, provided that he is employed by us on each such date. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Grinney shall be

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

entitled to participate in the ongoing and other long-term awards and programs on the same basis as other similarly-situated HealthSouth executives.

 

The employment agreement is effective for a term of three years following its commencement date and will renew for successive one-year terms if not terminated by either party within 90 days of the scheduled date of termination. If the employment agreement is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Grinney for good reason, Mr. Grinney shall be entitled to receive (a) payment of any salary and bonus due as of the date of termination as well as payments of other amounts or benefits due to Mr. Grinney as of the date of termination or such longer period as provided under certain benefit plans of HealthSouth, (b) continued participation in certain benefit and entitlement plans for a period of no less than 24 months, (c) immediate vesting of any unvested portion of (A) the restricted stock award, and (B) the option grant, with continued exercisability of the outstanding portion for a period of 12 months thereafter, and (d) certain severance payments and benefits, including an amount equal to no less than 24 months of Mr. Grinney’s salary. The employment agreement provides certain change in control provisions pursuant to which, under certain circumstances, all outstanding options to acquire shares granted to Mr. Grinney shall immediately vest and become exercisable and all other equity related awards granted to him shall immediately vest and restrictions thereon shall immediately lapse.

 

If the employment agreement is terminated by us for cause or by Mr. Grinney without good reason, Mr. Grinney will receive (a) an amount equal to his salary through the date of termination, (b) any restricted stock awards that have fully vested, (c) any portion of the option grant that has vested and is then outstanding (which shall remain exercisable for a period of three months thereafter), and (d) any other benefits or entitlements due as of the date of termination.

 

In the event of termination as a result of death or disability, Mr. Grinney or his representatives will receive payment of a sum equal to his salary through the end of the month in which termination occurs, a pro-rata portion of the target annual bonus and certain other payments or awards due as of the date of termination, including continued full vesting of the restricted stock award, participation in certain benefit and entitlement plans for a period of no less than 12 months and payments of other amounts or benefits due to Mr. Grinney as of the date of termination, provided, however that (A) in the event of death, any unvested portion of the option award shall vest in full with continued exercisability for a 12 month period, and (B) in the event of disability, the unvested portion of the option grant shall be immediately forfeited and the vested outstanding portion of the option grant shall remain exercisable for a period of three months following termination.

 

The employment agreement also contains certain (a) non-competition provisions which are effective throughout the term of Mr. Grinney’s employment and for a period of 24 months thereafter unless termination is for cause or as a result of disability, in which case such provisions shall remain in effect for a period of 12 months, and (b) non-interference and non-solicitation provisions which are effective throughout the term of Mr. Grinney’s employment and for a period of 36 months thereafter.

 

For purposes of Mr. Grinney’s agreement, “cause” means Mr. Grinney’s (a) act of fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement respecting HealthSouth, (b) indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilt or no contest to any felony, (c) engaging in willful gross neglect or willful gross misconduct resulting in material harm to HealthSouth, (d) suspension or debarment from participation in any federal or state health care program under certain circumstances; (e) violation of certain of the securities laws, (f) failure to comply with valid and legal directives of the board of directors, or (g) material breaches of certain provisions of his agreement.

 

“Good reason” means, among other things, Mr. Grinney’s annual base salary or bonus opportunity is reduced or his position, duties, and authority are diminished or certain other obligations of HealthSouth to Mr. Grinney are not fulfilled.

 

A “change of control” of HealthSouth occurs when any person or “group” as defined in SEC rules (a) becomes the beneficial owner of HealthSouth securities having 50% or more of the combined voting power of

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth that may be cast in the election of directors, (b) as a result of certain transactions such as a tender offer or merger the holders of securities entitled to vote in the election of our directors immediately prior to such transaction constitute, following such transaction, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the surviving entity entitled to vote in the election of directors or (c) we sell, transfer, or lease all or substantially all of our assets, including our subsidiaries.

 

Employment Agreements of Other Named Executive Officers

 

We have also entered into employment agreements with the following executive officers effective as of the dates indicated: Michael D. Snow, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (June 30, 2004), John L. Workman, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (September 3, 2004), John Markus, Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (March 15, 2004), and Gregory L. Doody, Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary (March 15, 2004).

 

Each agreement provides that the officer will be paid a designated annual base salary and an annual bonus based on both the performance of HealthSouth and the officer’s personal performance. The annual base salaries are $600,000 for Mr. Snow, $475,000 for Mr. Workman, $363,000 for Mr. Markus, and $350,000 for Mr. Doody. The agreements for Messrs. Snow, Workman, and Markus provide for reimbursement of the costs of relocating to Birmingham and signing bonuses of $100,000, $75,000, and $70,000, respectively.

 

The agreements for Messrs. Snow and Workman state that 75,000 shares of restricted stock under HealthSouth’s 1998 Restricted Stock Plan vesting on June 30, 2007, will be granted to Mr. Snow and 27,500 shares of restricted stock under such plan vesting on September 20, 2007 will be granted to Mr. Workman. Mr. Snow will also receive 105,000 shares of common stock under the 1998 Stock Option Plan and Mr. Workman will receive 55,000 shares under such plan. The exercise price of such options is market price as the date of grant and such options vest and become exercisable with respect to one-third of the shares on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided such persons are employed by us on each date of vesting.

 

All of the agreements provide for three year terms, except Mr. Workman’s agreement renews for successive one-year terms unless terminated by either party on 90 days notice. If any agreement is terminated by us without cause, by the officer for good reason, or within 60 days following a change of control of HealthSouth, or by either party as a result of death or disability, the officer shall be entitled to receive certain benefits and severance payments. The severance payments due under these agreements include the executive’s base salary and certain health benefits for a period of 24 months following termination except for Mr. Markus, in which case the amount of the severance payments equals the base salary due for the number of months remaining in the agreement. The severance payment is equal to three months’ base salary in the case of death of an officer, and payments due to disability are generally to be paid based upon the term remaining in the agreement and the date the officer is eligible for disability payments under HealthSouth’s disability policy. The agreements allow the officer to receive reimbursement of certain relocation expenses in the case of Messrs. Snow, Markus, and Workman. In addition, the agreements for Messrs. Snow, Workman, and Doody provide for automatic vesting of restricted stock upon a change in control of HealthSouth.

 

If any agreement is terminated by us for cause or by the officer without good reason, the officer will receive any salary, bonus, or other payments due as of the date of termination, including any vested stock options and benefits to which the officer is entitled. Each agreement also contains certain non-competition and, in some cases, non-disclosure, provisions effective for certain periods after the officer’s employment terminates. For purposes of these agreements, the terms “cause,” “good reason,” and “change of control” are defined in ways substantially the same as the meanings given to such terms in Mr. Grinney’s agreement, as described for Mr. Grinney above, except that “good reason” is defined more narrowly to limit “good reason” primarily to breaches of the compensation, bonus, and benefit provisions of the agreement applicable to the officer.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Restricted Stock Agreements

 

On March 1, 2005, we granted 26,270 shares of restricted common stock to both Robert P. May and Joel C. Gordon pursuant to individual restricted stock agreements. Each restricted stock agreement provides that, until “vested,” the shares of restricted stock shall be forfeited to us if the recipient ceases to be a member of the board of directors, except in the case of his death, disability, or mandatory retirement, or if certain “change in control events occur. The shares are scheduled to vest in equal annual installments over a three year period, beginning on March 1, 2006. Effective May 10, 2005, Joel C. Gordon retired from service as a member of our board of directors pursuant to our mandatory director retirement policy. Consequently, the 26,270 shares of restricted stock granted to him vested and all restrictions upon transfer applicable to those shares terminated.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

In 1997, our board of directors adopted an Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, which was suspended indefinitely on March 21, 2003. The plan allowed senior management personnel to elect, on an annual basis, to defer receipt of up to 50% of their base salary and up to 100% of their annual bonus, if any (but not less than an aggregate of $2,400 per year), for a minimum of five years from the date such compensation would otherwise have been received. We hold amounts deferred pursuant to a “rabbi trust” arrangement, and amounts deferred are credited with earnings at an annual rate equal to the Moody’s Average Corporate Bond Yield Index (the “Moody’s Rate”), as adjusted from time to time, or the Moody’s Rate plus 2% if a participant’s employment is terminated by reason of retirement, disability, or death or within 24 months of a change in control of HealthSouth. Amounts deferred may be withdrawn upon retirement, termination of employment, or death, upon a showing of financial hardship, or voluntarily with certain penalties.

 

Retirement Investment Plan

 

Effective January 1, 1990, we adopted the HealthSouth Retirement Investment Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), a retirement plan intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan is open to all of our full-time and part-time employees who are over the age of 21, have one full year of service with HealthSouth and have at least 1,000 hours of service in the year in which they enter the 401(k) Plan. Eligible employees may elect to participate in the Plan on the first day of the month following 90 days of employment.

 

Under the 401(k) Plan, participants may elect to defer up to 15% of their annual compensation (subject to nondiscrimination rules under the Internal Revenue Code). The deferred amounts may be invested among various investment vehicles, which do not include HealthSouth common stock, managed by unrelated third parties. We will match a minimum of 15% of the amount deferred by each participant, up to 4% of such participant’s total compensation, with the matched amount also directed by the participant. For additional information, see Note 16, Employee Benefit Plans , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Management Bonus Program

 

In 2004, we adopted the 2004 Senior Management Bonus Program to reward senior management for performance based on a combination of corporate goals, divisional or regional goals, and individual goals. The corporate goals are dependant upon HealthSouth meeting a pre-determined financial goal set at the beginning of each year. The divisional or regional goals are determined in accordance with the specific plans agreed upon within the divisions. The individual goals, which are weighted according to importance and include some objectives common to all eligible persons, are determined between each participant and his or her immediate supervisor. The program applies to persons who join HealthSouth in, or are promoted to, senior management positions. We adopted a similar bonus program in 2005.

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan

 

In May 1999, we established the 1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan for our executives and other key employees. Under the loan plan, certain employees borrowed $39.3 million to purchase a total of 6,771,761 shares of HealthSouth common stock. That total includes a $25.2 million loan to Richard M. Scrushy made on September 10, 1999, which he used to purchase 4,362,297 shares of our common stock. We have discontinued the loan plan.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the following loans made under the loan plan remained outstanding: Richard M. Scrushy ($13.7 million), David Fuller ($118,552), Larry D. Taylor ($116,180), and Daniel J. Riviere ($1.19 million). Mr. Scrushy has defaulted on his loan and is in violation of a December 22, 2003 court order requiring him to repay certain amounts relating to the loan plus interest. Mr. Riviere is in default on his loan, and we have filed a collection action against him. For additional information about the loan plan in general and Mr. Scrushy’s loan in particular, see Note 12, Shareholders’ Equity , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. For additional information about Mr. Riviere’s loan, see Item 3, Legal Proceedings , and Note 23, Contingencies and Other Commitments , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

The Compensation Committee of our board of directors currently comprises Leo I. Higdon, Jr., Chairman, Yvonne M. Curl, and Robert P. May. None of the members of our Compensation Committee is an officer or employee of HealthSouth. Other than Robert P. May, who served as our interim Chief Executive Officer from March 19, 2003 to March 10, 2004, none of the members of our Compensation Committee has ever been an officer of HealthSouth or any of its subsidiaries. None of our current executive officers serves or has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company that had one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

 

Board Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation

 

The following report is from the Compensation Committee of our board of directors as currently composed. We cannot provide a Compensation Committee report for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, which are the annual reporting periods covered by this annual report, because the members of the Compensation Committee for those periods are no longer members of our board of directors and no report was produced by the Compensation Committee during those years.

 

Purpose and Composition

 

Our board of directors created the Compensation Committee to oversee the development of our compensation objectives and policies and to review and recommend to the board of directors the individual compensation of our executive officers in order to attract and retain high-quality personnel to help ensure our long-term success and the creation of long-term shareholder value. The Compensation Committee Charter can be found on our website at www.healthsouth.com. The Compensation Committee is comprised of three independent directors each of whom qualifies as an “independent director” under our Corporate Governance Guidelines.

 

Compensation Philosophy and Practice

 

Our compensation philosophy is to provide employees with a distinctive overall compensation package and the opportunity for outstanding performers to earn very competitive compensation over the long-term through a pay-for-performance approach. The key objectives of our executive compensation programs are to attract, motivate, and retain executives who will drive HealthSouth’s success and industry leadership.

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our compensation program is designed to provide executives with competitive compensation that maintains a balance between cash and stock compensation and provides a significant portion of total compensation at risk, tied both to annual and long-term performance of HealthSouth as well as to the creation of shareholder value.

 

Components of Executive Compensation

 

The compensation program for executive officers consists of cash and stock-based incentive components. The cash component includes base salary and any bonus award earned for the fiscal year’s performance. Our cash compensation policies provide a base salary that is consistent with industry pay levels and offer bonuses that reward superior performance. Executives have the opportunity to earn an annual bonus equal to a maximum percentage of his or her base salary based upon individually established performance goals that are determined by that individual’s performance as compared to objectives for the year and HealthSouth’s performance as determined by the achievement of certain EBITDA targets. The total compensation at risk for executives and other senior management officers increases with responsibility.

 

Under the stock-based incentives component of our compensation program, we grant both stock options and restricted stock to our executives. The Compensation Committee believes that stock option and restricted stock grants provide an equity incentive that focuses executive attention on managing the business effectively and ensuring that operational decisions are based on long-term considerations that benefit HealthSouth and its shareholders.

 

The compensation program does not include any fringe benefits or other benefits not available to employees of the company generally.

 

Determination of Executive Pay Levels

 

To determine executive compensation levels, we engage several nationally recognized compensation consultants and we participate in several executive compensation benchmarking surveys that provide summarized data on levels of base salary, target annual incentives, and stock-based and other long-term incentives. These surveys also provide benchmark information on compensation practices such as the prevalence of types of compensation plans and the proportion of the types of pay components as part of the total compensation package. These surveys are supplemented by other publicly available information and input from our compensation consultants on other factors such as recent market trends. The comparison group includes a range of leading health care companies with whom HealthSouth competes for executive talent.

 

Determination of Stock-Based Awards

 

As described above, during fiscal year 2004, our compensation and retention strategy included the use of stock options and restricted stock awards. In determining the size of individual grants, the Compensation Committee considered a number of factors, including an assessment of HealthSouth’s performance, the executive’s level of responsibility, past and anticipated contributions to HealthSouth, competitive practices, the number of shares available for grant, and the potential dilution from making the grants.

 

Compensation for the President and Chief Executive Officer

 

As President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Grinney’s base salary, target bonus and stock-based incentive awards were determined by the Compensation Committee in a manner consistent with the factors described above for all executive officers. The factors considered by the Compensation Committee included, but were not limited to, Mr. Grinney’s pay relative to the market and the committee’s view of his anticipated contributions to HealthSouth. Mr. Grinney’s employment agreement is described in this Item, “Employment Agreement of Jay Grinney.”

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Tax Deductibility under Section 162(m)

 

Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, compensation paid by a publicly held corporation to the chief executive officer and four other most highly paid executive officers in excess of $1 million per year per officer is deductible only if paid pursuant to qualifying performance-based compensation plans approved by stockholders. Because the amount and mix of individual compensation are based on competitive considerations as well as company and individual performance, executive officer compensation that is not performance-based may exceed $1 million in a given year. While the Compensation Committee considers the tax implications of its compensation decisions, the committee believes its primary focus should be to attract, retain, and motivate executives and to align the executives’ interests with those of the HealthSouth’s other stakeholders.

 

The foregoing report is respectfully submitted by the members of the Compensation Committee of the board of directors as currently composed whose members are as follows:

 

Leo I. Higdon, Jr.

Yvonne M. Curl

Robert P. May

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

Principal Holders of Voting Securities

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2005, for (a) each person who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (b) each of our incumbent directors, (c) each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table, and (d) all of our incumbent directors and executive officers as a group.

 

The percentages of shares outstanding provided in the table below are based on 397,063,445 voting shares outstanding as of May 31, 2005. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Unless otherwise indicated, each person or entity named in the table has sole voting and investment power, or shares voting and investment power with his or her spouse, with respect to all shares of stock listed as owned by that person. The number of shares shown does not include the interest of certain persons in shares held by family members in their own right. Shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2005 are considered outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock held by the individual, but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage of outstanding shares held by any other individual. The address of our directors and executive officers is c/o HealthSouth Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner


   Shares of
Common Stock


   Percentage of
Class


 

Duquesne Capital Management, L.L.C. (1)

   26,997,600    6.80 %

Steven R. Berrard

   16,644    *  

Edward A. Blechschmidt

   26,851    *  

Yvonne M. Curl

   7,962    *  

Charles M. Elson

   11,961    *  

Gregory L. Doody (2)

   81,667    *  

Jay Grinney (3)

   533,334    *  

Jon F. Hanson (4)

   95,226    *  

Leo I. Higdon, Jr.

   12,601    *  

John Markus (5)

   81,667    *  

John E. Maupin, Jr.

   12,082    *  

Robert P. May (6)

   97,096    *  

Richard M. Scrushy

   3,719,661    *  

Michael D. Snow (7)

   210,000    *  

John L. Workman

   82,500    *  

All directors and executive officers as a group

   5,478,748    1.38 %

* Less than 1%
(1) Duquesne Capital Management, L.L.C. and its affiliate, Mr. Stanley F. Druckenmiller, located at 40 West 57th Street, 25th Floor, New York, New York 10019, may be deemed to beneficially own 26,997,600 shares of our common stock and share the power to vote or direct the vote, and the power to dispose or direct the disposition of these shares. This information is based on a Schedule 13D filed by Duquesne Capital Management, L.L.C. and Mr. Stanley F. Druckenmiller with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2005.
(2) Includes 21,667 shares issuable upon exercise of options.
(3) Includes 333,334 shares issuable upon exercise of options.
(4) Includes 50,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options.
(5) Includes 21,667 shares issuable upon exercise of options.
(6) Includes 50,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options.
(7) Includes 35,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options.

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2004, information concerning compensation plans under which our securities are authorized for issuance. The table does not reflect grants, awards, exercises, terminations, or expirations since that date. All share amounts and exercise prices have been adjusted to reflect stock splits that occurred after the date on which any particular underlying plan was adopted, to the extent applicable.

 

     Securities to
be Issued
Upon
Exercise


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


   Securities
Available for
Future
Issuance (1)


Plans Approved by Stockholders

   13,637,554    $ 8.98    25,973,062

Plans Not Approved by Stockholders

   13,290,958      6.86    5,925,568
    
  

  

Total

   26,928,512    $ 7.93    31,898,630
    
  

  

(1) As of December 31, 2004, our 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, which was approved by our stockholders, had 1,775,000 remaining shares reserved for granting restricted stock awards under the plan. As of December 31, 2004, our 2004 Director Incentive Plan, which was not approved by our stockholders, had 1,906,943 remaining shares reserved for granting restricted stock awards under the plan. The number of shares for which non-qualified options may be granted under our 1995 Stock Plan automatically increases on the first trading day of each calendar year during the term of the Plan, by an amount equal to 0.9% of the total shares of common stock of HealthSouth outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding year.

 

Effective January 1, 2004, we adopted the 2004 Director Incentive Plan covering a maximum of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock. This plan, which is administered by our board of directors, provides that directors who are members of the Special Committee and not employed by HealthSouth can be granted restricted awards of our common stock. The plan’s vesting provisions provide that one-third of the shares of restricted stock acquired under each grant shall vest, and thus the forfeiture provisions shall lapse on December 31 of each year following the date of the grant. Restrictions on transfer of the restricted shares apply during the course of the applicable director’s term and for a period of twelve months thereafter. Each of the vesting and holding provisions applicable to grants under the 2004 Director Incentive Plan are subject to the exceptions applicable to certain change in control events and the termination of the recipient’s service as a director of the company. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the 2004 Director Incentive Plan, awards are protected against dilution upon the issuance of stock dividends and in the event of a stock split, recapitalization or other major corporate restructuring and are forfeitable upon termination of the recipient’s services as a HealthSouth director.

 

For a description of the material features of our other equity compensation plans, see Note 12, Shareholders’ Equity , and Note 15, Stock Based Compensation , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Our prior management team and board of directors presided over a significant number of transactions involving HealthSouth and various HealthSouth directors, officers, and other related persons. The following chart sets forth those directors, officers, and other related persons involved in the related-party transactions summarized below, as well as those persons’ relationship to us and the period during which they were associated with us. Although the transactions summarized below are not the only transactions involving HealthSouth and various related persons, we have summarized what we believe to be all material related-party transactions involving HealthSouth, as well as certain transactions that may not be material but nevertheless worthy of disclosure because of the nature of the relationships between the parties involved.

 

Name


  

Relationship to HealthSouth (1)


   Beginning
Date


   Ending
Date


 

James P. Bennett

   President and Chief Operating Officer; Director    1991    2000  

P. Daryl Brown

   President—Ambulatory Services—East; Director    1986    2002  

Thomas W. Carman

   Executive Vice President—Corporate Development    1985    2003  

John S. Chamberlin

   Director    1993    2004  

Patrick A. Foster

   President—Inpatient Services Division    1993    2004  

C. Sage Givens

   Director    1985    2004  

Joel C. Gordon

   Director    1996    2005  

Brandon O. Hale

   Executive Vice President—Administration and Secretary    1986    2003  

William W. Horton

   Executive Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Assistant Secretary    1994    2003  

Lawrence R. House

   Chief Operating Officer    1985    1998  

William G. Hicks

   Vice President—Investments    1999    2003  

Malcolm E. McVay

   Executive Vice President and Treasurer    1999    2003  

Michael D. Martin

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Director    1989    2001  

Charles W. Newhall III

   Director    1985    2003  

William T. Owens

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Director    1986    2003  

Daniel J. Riviere

   President—Ambulatory Services Division    1988    2003  

Richard M. Scrushy

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; Director    1984    2003 (2)

George H. Strong

   Director    1984    2003  

Larry D. Striplin, Jr.

   Director    1999    2004  

Weston L. Smith

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    1987    2003  

Larry D. Taylor

   President—Surgery Centers Division    1987    2004  

Robert E. Thomson

   President—Inpatient Operations    1985    2001  

Philip C. Watkins

   Director    1984    2003  

(1) Except for Michael D. Martin and Weston L. Smith, the position listed for each person reflects his or her last position with HealthSouth, not necessarily the position held during the entire length of his or her relationship with us. In February 2000, Michael D. Martin was named Executive Vice President—Investments, and he resigned as a director. In January 2003, Weston L. Smith was named Senior Vice President—Operations, and in March 2003 he was terminated.
(2) Mr. Scrushy was terminated from his position as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HealthSouth effective March 19, 2003. He has refused the board of directors’ request to resign as a director. As of the date of this filing, he remains a HealthSouth director, although he is not a member of the Special Committee.

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Transactions Involving Certain Venture Capital Firms

 

Acacia Venture Partners

 

From 1995 through 2003, we invested approximately $3 million with Acacia Venture Partners (“Acacia”), a venture capital firm founded and managed by C. Sage Givens. In 2003, we liquidated our investment in all Acacia funds and realized a net loss of $668,920.

 

In addition to investing directly in Acacia funds, we co-invested with Acacia in several companies, including Caremark Rx, Inc. (formerly MedPartners, Inc.), CMS Capital Ventures, Inc., and MedCenterDirect.com. Also, we purchased various goods and services from companies in which Acacia has invested, including Caremark Rx, Inc., CompHealth, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of CMS Capital Ventures, Inc.), and MedCenterDirect.com, Inc. Each of these transactions is described elsewhere in this Item.

 

New Enterprise Associates

 

Charles W. Newhall III is a co-founder and general partner of the venture capital firm New Enterprise Associates (“NEA”). HealthSouth co-invested with NEA in several companies, including Bridge Medical, Inc., Caremark Rx, Inc. (formerly MedPartners, Inc.), CMS Capital Ventures, Inc., and MedCenterDirect.com. These transactions are described elsewhere in this Item. In addition, we purchased various goods and services from companies in which NEA has invested, including:

 

    Aspect Medical Systems —From 2000 through 2003, we purchased medical supplies from Aspect Medical Systems in the following amounts: 2000 ($147,159), 2001 ($139,114), 2002 ($127,934), and 2003 ($147,347).

 

    Caremark Rx, Inc. —Described elsewhere in this Item.

 

    CMS Capital Ventures, Inc. —Described elsewhere in this Item.

 

    Gliatech, Inc. —In 2000 and 2001, we purchased surgical supplies from Gliatech in the following amounts: 2000 ($40,951), and 2001 ($17,907).

 

    iManage, Inc. —From 2000 through 2003, we purchased content management software and services from iManage in the following amounts: 2000 ($36,979), 2001 ($50,880), 2002 ($15,652), and 2003 ($5,902).

 

    Innovasive Devices, Inc. —In 2000, we purchased tissue repair systems from Innovasive Devices in the aggregate amount of $308,000.

 

    Iridex Corporation —From 2000 through 2003, we purchased laser lenses and associated hardware from Iridex in the following amounts: 2000 ($71,407), 2002 ($50,387), and 2003 ($109,517).

 

    MedCenterDirect.com —Described elsewhere in this Item.

 

    Motion Computing, Inc. —In 2003 and 2004 we purchased tablet computers from Motion Computing in the approximate aggregate amount of $6.9 million.

 

    Nellcor, Inc. —From 2000 through 2003, we purchased computer software and equipment from Nellcor in the following amounts: 2000 ($217,832), 2001 ($206,115), 2002 ($460,374), and 2003 ($289,930).

 

    Netopia —From 2000 through 2003, we purchased networking hardware, software, and services from Netopia in the following amounts: 2000 ($58,590), 2001 ($42,750), and 2003 ($4,041).

 

    Primax Recoveries Incorporated —From 2000 through 2003, we purchased health care recovery services from Primax Recoveries in the following amounts: 2000 ($252,247), 2001 ($222,558), 2002 ($222,558), and 2003 ($207,943).

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    ProVation Medical, Inc. —From 2001 through 2003, we purchased documentation and coding compliance software and services from ProVation Medical in the following amounts: 2001 ($3,479), 2002 ($1,011,799), and 2003 ($458,227).

 

    Pyxis Corporation —In 2003, we purchased point-of-use drug dispensing systems from Pyxis in the aggregate amount of $362,717.

 

    WebMD Corporation —From 2000 through 2003, we made disbursements to WebMD in the following amounts: 2000 ($1,295), 2001 ($49,725), 2002 ($155,552), and 2003 ($190,202).

 

Transactions Involving Investments by HealthSouth

 

Almost Family, Inc.

 

We owned 748,501 shares of Almost Family, Inc. (formerly known as Caretenders Health Corporation) common stock from 1995 through 2001. We also held a warrant to purchase 200,000 additional shares of Almost Family common stock. In 2001, we sold our investment in Almost Family for $5 million and realized a gain of approximately $3.3 million. From December 1991 through September 1994, Richard M. Scrushy and Michael D. Martin were directors of Almost Family.

 

Bridge Medical, Inc.

 

From 1999 through 2001, we invested approximately $1.2 million in Bridge Medical, Inc., a privately held software company. We owned less than 2% of the capital stock of the company. NEA was a significant investor in Bridge Medical through two of its funds. Bridge Medical was acquired by AmerisourceBergen Corporation in January 2003. In April 2003 we sold our stock in AmerisourceBergen for $385,197.

 

Caremark Rx, Inc. (formerly MedPartners, Inc.)

 

In 1993, certain of our affiliates helped form a physician practice management company, MedPartners, Inc., which filed an initial public offering in 1995 and subsequently changed its name to Caremark Rx (which was the name of a company MedPartners had previously acquired). We invested approximately $2.1 million in MedPartners prior to its initial public offering, and owned approximately 1.1 million shares of stock at that time. Certain directors, executive officers, and former executive officers of HealthSouth, or their affiliates, also invested in MedPartners prior to its initial public offering, and owned the following approximate number of shares (including options) at the time of the offering: Lawrence R. House (2.6 million), Richard M. Scrushy (817,000), Larry D. Striplin, Jr. (99,100), and NEA (1.5 million). Subsequent to MedPartner’s initial public offering, we invested an additional $5.5 million in the company. At various times during the period that we owned shares of Caremark Rx, Charles W. Newhall III, Larry D. Striplin, Jr., Michael D. Martin, and Lawrence R. House served as directors of Caremark Rx. Mr. House was also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of MedPartners. Richard M. Scrushy also served as a director of Caremark Rx from 1999 through 2001, including a period as Caremark Rx’s Chairman. We also purchased products and services from Caremark Rx totaling $2,870,011 in 2000 and $780,963 in 2001. We sold our investment in Caremark Rx during 2001 and realized a gain of approximately $19.3 million.

 

CMS Capital Ventures, Inc.

 

In 1998, we entered into a recapitalization agreement with CMS Capital Ventures, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of HealthSouth) (“CMS”), CompHealth, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of CMS), and certain other parties, whereby CMS purchased 85% of our interest in CMS. As a result of the recapitalization, we retained approximately 15% of the outstanding capital stock of CMS and received net proceeds of approximately $34.1 million. In connection with this recapitalization, certain investors purchased capital stock of CMS for a total purchase price of $8.5 million, including affiliates of Acacia and NEA, which each made investments of approximately $2.8 million. Following the recapitalization, an Acacia affiliate owned approximately 28% of the

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

outstanding capital stock of CMS, and an NEA affiliate owned approximately 28% of the outstanding capital stock of CMS. C. Sage Givens and Michael D. Martin were also CMS directors. From 2000 through 2003, HealthSouth purchased services from CompHealth, Inc., CMS’s wholly owned subsidiary, in the following amounts: 2000 ($187,000), 2001 ($354,000), 2002 ($844,000), and 2003 ($523,000). In 2003, we sold our remaining interests in CMS for approximately $16 million.

 

HealthTronics, Inc.

 

In August 1999, we invested approximately $3 million in HealthTronics, Inc., a publicly traded specialty medical product company, in exchange for 500,000 shares, which constituted approximately 4% of the company’s outstanding capital stock. In November 1999, we transferred 83,334 of our HealthTronics shares to Richard M. Scrushy. We have no record of Mr. Scrushy paying any money for these shares. Michael D. Martin served on the board of directors of HealthTronics. From 2000 through 2003, we purchased medical equipment and related supplies from HealthTronics in the following amounts: 2000 ($330,000), 2001 ($471,000), 2002 ($891,000), and 2003 ($826,000).

 

MedCenterDirect.Com, Inc.

 

In 1999, we acquired 6,390,583 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of MedCenterDirect.com, Inc. (“MCD”) for a total purchase price of approximately $2.2 million. At the time of our initial investment, certain of our directors, executive officers, and employees also purchased shares of MCD’s Series A Preferred Stock, directly or indirectly through one or more of their affiliates, for a total purchase price of approximately $3.4 million. In 2000, an NEA fund purchased 4,800,000 shares of MCD’s Series E Preferred Stock through one of its funds for a total purchase price of $12 million. Charles W. Newhall III served on MCD’s board of directors.

 

The following table sets forth the approximate ownership of MCD by HealthSouth directors, executive officers, and employees, directly or indirectly through one or more of their affiliates, on a fully diluted basis (i.e., assuming the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants and issuance and exercise of all reserved options). The ownership is calculated as of December 31, 1999, which was shortly after MCD’s initial capitalization, and as of December 31, 2002, which was the end of the last full year of MCD’s operations. MCD discontinued operations in 2003.

 

     December 31,
1999


    December 31,
2002


 

HealthSouth

   29.8 %   20.2 %

Richard M. Scrushy (1)

   28.3 %   20.6 %

New Enterprise Associates 9, L.P.

   0.3 %   14.7 %

HealthSouth Directors (2)

   7.2 %   4.7 %

HealthSouth Executive Officers (3)

   3.4 %   2.1 %

HealthSouth Employees

   6.3 %   4.7 %
    

 

Total

   75.3 %   67.0 %
    

 


(1) Mr. Scrushy invested approximately $2.1 million in MCD indirectly through an investment partnership and a charitable foundation.
(2) Includes investments made directly or indirectly by James P. Bennett, P. Daryl Brown, John S. Chamberlin, C. Sage Givens, Joel C. Gordon, Michael D. Martin, Larry D. Striplin, Jr., George H. Strong, and Phillip C. Watkins, each of whom was a HealthSouth director in 1999. Does not include investments made indirectly by Richard M. Scrushy or investments made by New Enterprise Associates 9, L.P.
(3) Includes investments made directly or indirectly by Thomas W. Carman, Patrick A. Foster, William W. Horton, William T. Owens, Daniel J. Riviere, and Robert E. Thomson, each of whom was a HealthSouth executive officer in 1999. Does not include Richard M. Scrushy, who was also a HealthSouth executive officer in 1999.

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Until November 2002, MCD purchased equipment and supplies from third party vendors for resale, and we paid MCD 105% of its cost for the purchase of equipment and supplies purchased through MCD, with the 5% margin intended to compensate MCD for the use of its software and inventory management services. Beginning in November 2002, we began paying MCD a flat annual fee (equal to $5 million for the first year of the arrangement, payable in equal monthly installments, and declining thereafter) for the use of its software and systems, and we resumed paying equipment and supply vendors directly. We were MCD’s primary customer. We purchased equipment and supplies from MCD in the total approximate amount of $74.6 million in 2000, $100 million in 2001, $89.4 million in 2002, and $2.1 million in 2003.

 

We also provided a guarantee for $20 million of MCD’s debt to UBS Warburg in 2001. In 2002, we advanced $9.2 million to MCD in the form of loan.

 

In September 2003, UBS Warburg called its loan to MCD. We have recognized a liability under the terms of the guarantee as of September 30, 2003, but, as of December 31, 2004, we have not paid the amounts due under the terms of the guarantee to UBS Warburg. See Note 10, Long-Term Debt , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. We reserved the full amount of the advance to and our investment in MCD in September 2003.

 

Montagu Newhall Global Partners, L.P.

 

From 2001 through 2003, we invested approximately $1.8 million in Montagu Newhall Global Partners, L.P. (“Montagu Newhall”). Montagu Newhall is a venture capital fund that was co-founded by C. Ashton Newhall, the son of Charles W. Newhall III. Mr. Charles Newhall had an investment of over $200,000 in Montagu Newhall, and his venture capital firm, NEA, invested over $2 million in Montagu Newhall through one of its funds. In addition, Mr. Charles Newhall acted on the Advisory Board and the Investment Committee of Montagu Newhall. In 2003, we sold our investment in Montagu Newhall for $154,000 and realized a net loss of approximately $1.6 million.

 

OrthoRx

 

In 2002, we invested a total of approximately $4.5 million in OrthoRx, Inc., which was a joint venture between HealthSouth and Orthofix International N.V. As of December 31, 2002, we owned approximately 48% of the outstanding capital stock of OrthoRx. Richard M. Scrushy, Weston L. Smith, and William G. Hicks were also investors in OrthoRx, and together owned approximately 2% of the outstanding capital stock of OrthoRx as of December 31, 2002. As part of the initial financing, Mr. Hicks and Larry D. Taylor became OrthoRx directors.

 

In June 2003, we sold our ownership in OrthoRx to an unrelated financial buyer for approximately $3 million and realized a net loss of approximately $1.2 million. Services purchased from OrthoRx were less than $20,000 during each of 2002 and 2003.

 

Pathology Partners

 

From 1998 through 2003, we invested approximately $3.2 million in Pathology Partners, Inc., a privately held pathology service company. As of December 31, 2002, we owned approximately 15.5% of the company on a fully diluted basis. William G. Hicks and James P. Bennett served as directors of Pathology Partners. In addition, as of December 31, 2002, the following related parties held the following approximate ownership in Pathology Partners: James P. Bennett (6.48%), Patrick A. Foster (.24%), William G. Hicks (.8%), Lawrence R. House (.04%), Michael D. Martin (.31%), and Richard M. Scrushy (4.28%). In 2002 and 2003, we purchased pathology services from Pathology Partners in the following approximate amounts: 2002 ($94,000) and 2003 ($100,000). In 2003, we sold our ownership in Pathology Partners for approximately $4.5 million.

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Source Medical Solutions, Inc.

 

In April 2001, we established Source Medical Solutions, Inc. (“Source Medical”) and acquired 3,932,500 shares of Source Medical’s common stock for a total purchase price of $393,250. At the time of our initial investment, certain of our directors, executive officers, and employees also purchased shares of Source Medical’s common stock for a total purchase price of approximately $600,000. Richard M. Scrushy, William T. Owens, Brandon O. Hale, and P. Daryl Brown were each directors of Source Medical.

 

The following table sets forth the approximate ownership of Source Medical by HealthSouth directors, executive officers, and employees. The ownership is calculated as of April 23, 2001, which was shortly after Source Medical’s initial capitalization.

 

     April 23,
2001


 

HealthSouth

   35.75 %

Richard M. Scrushy (1)

   13.64 %

P. Daryl Brown

   9.10 %

William T. Owens (1)

   4.55 %

HealthSouth Executive Officers (2)

   7.39 %

HealthSouth Employees

   20.50 %
    

Total

   90.93 %
    


(1) Following the initial capitalization of Source Medical, but prior to December 31, 2002, Mr. Scrushy and Mr. Owens transferred all their Source Medical common stock to the HealthSouth Sports Medicine Council, a nonprofit entity affiliated with us. The shares were transferred by gift, with no consideration paid to Mr. Scrushy or Mr. Owens.
(2) Includes Thomas W. Carman, Patrick A. Foster, Brandon O. Hale, William W. Horton, Susan M. Jones, Malcolm E. McVay, Weston L. Smith, Larry D. Taylor, and Robert E. Thomson, each of whom was an executive officer of HealthSouth in 2001. Does not include Richard M. Scrushy or William T. Owens, each of whom was also a HealthSouth executive officer in 2001.

 

Source Medical was created to continue development and allow commercial marketing of a wireless clinical documentation system originally developed by HealthSouth. This proprietary software was referred to internally as “HCAP” and was later marketed by Source Medical under the name “TherapySource.” Source Medical acquired HCAP assets, including intellectual property rights to the technology, pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement and a Non-Negotiable Demand Note for $25 million, both dated July 1, 2001. Total amounts advanced by HealthSouth to Source Medical to continue to develop HCAP and to fund other operations and acquisitions were approximately $81.3 million in 2001, $31.5 million in 2002, and $11.8 million in 2003. In connection with one of Source Medical’s acquisitions during 2001, we also guaranteed certain contingent payment obligations of Source Medical to the sellers of $6 million. During the restatement period, Source Medical was dependent on HealthSouth for the majority of its revenues and funding.

 

In addition, during 2002 Source Medical borrowed $5 million for working capital from an unrelated third-party financial institution. HealthSouth guaranteed this loan. In March 2003, the loan was called and we were required to pay $5.1 million to repay the loan, including interest, on behalf of Source Medical. We have reserved $5.1 million as an uncollected amount due from Source Medical.

 

The majority of our loans and advances to Source Medical have been excused in debt restructuring agreements to facilitate recapitalization efforts. Our ownership has also been diluted to approximately 7% as part of these recapitalizations and to accommodate new investment from unrelated parties. We continue to lease HCAP software from Source Medical for approximately $4.2 million annually and we remain Source Medical’s primary customer. We believe that the licensing terms are as favorable as we could have received from an

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

unaffiliated third party. We retain two of five seats, currently held by Gregory Doody and Tyler Murphy, on the Source Medical board of directors.

 

Summerville Healthcare Group

 

From 1997 through 2000, we invested approximately $13 million in Summerville Healthcare Group, a privately held operator of assisted living facilities. Richard M. Scrushy and Michael D. Martin both served as members of the board of directors of Summerville until 2000. As of December 31, 2000 indicators were present that we would not recover our investment, and as part of the restatement process, we recognized an impairment loss of $13 million.

 

U.S. HealthWorks, Inc.

 

In March 2001, we sold our occupational medicine business to U.S. HealthWorks, Inc. for approximately $43.1 million. The purchase price consisted of approximately $30.1 million in cash at closing, and two notes ($7 million and $6 million) for the balance. William T. Owens was appointed to the board of directors of U.S. HealthWorks in connection with the sale.

 

In April 2001, we loaned U.S. HealthWorks $2.9 million, which loan was repaid in 5 days. In May 2001, we paid U.S. HealthWorks $2 million to settle a dispute related to the transaction. In October 2002, we loaned U.S. HealthWorks $2.3 million (which was repaid in December 2002), paid U.S. HealthWorks $1.2 million to settle another dispute related to the transaction, and forgave the remaining $4 million due on the $6 million note. In April 2003, there was another dispute regarding the transaction that was resolved by us forgiving the $7 million note in 2004.

 

Transactions Involving Real Property

 

Balanced Care Corporation

 

From 2000 through 2003, we subleased space from Balanced Care Corporation and paid that company the following amounts: 2000 ($58,104), 2001 ($41,230), 2002 ($28,580), and 2003 ($10,796). George H. Strong was a director of Balanced Care in 1999 and 2000.

 

Capstone Capital Corporation

 

Capstone Capital Corporation (“Capstone”) was incorporated on March 31, 1994. Capstone was intended to qualify as a real estate investment trust. Its assets initially consisted of 10 HealthSouth properties and 10 properties owned by certain unrelated health care operators. Capstone purchased these properties from HealthSouth and the other operators and subsequently leased back the same properties to their prior owners. The purchase price of the HealthSouth properties sold to Capstone was approximately $51 million. HealthSouth properties made up 44.1% of Capstone’s portfolio at the time it filed its initial public offering.

 

The following table sets forth the approximate ownership of Capstone by HealthSouth and its then-directors and officers before and after completion of Capstone’s initial public offering in 1994.

 

     Before
Offering


    After
Offering


 

HealthSouth

   39.60 %   1.19 %

Richard M. Scrushy

   49.52 %   1.38 %

Michael D. Martin

   4.48 %   0.13 %
    

 

Total

   93.60 %   2.70 %
    

 

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Richard M. Scrushy, Michael D. Martin and Larry D. Striplin, Jr. were initial directors of Capstone. Mr. Scrushy was also Chairman of the Board of Capstone. In November 1998, HealthCare Realty Trust acquired Capstone, and it ceased independent operations.

 

First Cambridge HCI Acquisitions, LLC

 

In December 2001, HealthSouth entered into an agreement with HealthCare Capital Investors, LLC (“HCI”) to sell and lease back land, buildings, and improvements associated with 13 HealthSouth facilities. The sale price for the property was approximately $81.5 million. Immediately following that transaction, HCI assigned all its rights and duties under the sale-leaseback agreement to First Cambridge. On the same day, we signed a master lease agreement with First Cambridge to lease back the 13 real properties from First Cambridge for 15 years. On December 27, 2001, First Cambridge financed this transaction with UBS AG (“UBS”) with the proceeds from an $82.5 million promissory note. We guaranteed First Cambridge’s debt for the financing of this transaction. During 2002, we paid approximately $9.5 million to First Cambridge under the terms of the master lease agreement.

 

First Cambridge was a partnership established by five members of our senior management team and two outside investors. The following table sets forth the approximate ownership of First Cambridge by HealthSouth directors, executive officers, and officers at the time of the sale-leaseback transaction.

 

     December 31,
2001


 

Richard M. Scrushy (1)

   20 %

William T. Owens

   10 %

William W. Horton

   5 %

Malcolm E. McVay

   5 %

Weston L. Smith

   5 %

Richard Davis (2)

   3 %

Jason M. Brown

   1 %
    

Total

   49 %
    


(1) Shares held in Mr. Scrushy’s daughter’s name.
(2) Shares held in Mr. Davis’ brother’s name.

 

First Cambridge defaulted on its loan to UBS and UBS demanded payment from HealthSouth under the terms of the guarantee agreement. As a result, we entered into a subsequent repurchase agreement with First Cambridge to effectively unwind the original agreement at a cost of $87.5 million. The repurchase agreement provided for our payment of approximately $82.5 million to UBS to repay the First Cambridge loan and our payment of approximately $5 million to First Cambridge to repurchase the 13 HealthSouth facilities originally sold to First Cambridge. We recognized an $8.8 million loss on payment of the UBS loan guarantee reflecting the difference between the amount due to First Cambridge and the amount paid to UBS on December 30, 2002.

 

Transactions Involving Vendors

 

AmerisourceBergen Corporation

 

From 2000 to 2003, we purchased pharmaceutical supplies from AmerisourceBergen Corporation (which was created through the 2001 merger of AmeriSource Health Corp. and Bergen Brunswig Corp.) in the following amounts: 2000 ($65,798,730), 2001 ($64,957,559), 2002 ($66,970,374), and 2003 ($86,1725,715). George H. Strong was a director of AmeriSource Health Corp. from 1992 until its merger with Bergen Brunswig Corp. in 2001.

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cannongate Partners, LLC

 

In 2001, we hired Cannongate Partners, LLC, which was owned in part by Michael D. Martin, to investigate a potential purchase of a HealthSouth subsidiary by Cannongate or a third party. We paid Cannongate $482,779 in 2001 and $28,243 in 2002.

 

G.G. Enterprises

 

From 1996 to 1999, we purchased computer and office equipment and supplies from G.G. Enterprises, which was a company owned by Richard M. Scrushy’s parents, in the following amounts: 1996 ($14,403,325), 1997 ($32,686,261), 1998 ($12,929,687), and 1999 ($56,117). We purchased equipment and supplies from G.G. Enterprises prior to 1996, but that information is not accessible by our current accounts payable system.

 

HealthStream, Inc.

 

We recently entered into a two-year contract with HealthStream, Inc. to provide learning solutions to our employees. Frank E. Gordon, the son of Joel C. Gordon, is a member of the board of directors of HealthStream. This contract is not material to HealthSouth. We believe that the licensing terms are as favorable as we could have received from an unaffiliated third party.

 

Imagyn Medical Technologies

 

We purchased OB/GYN products, surgical dissectors, and endoscopic tools and supplies from Imagyn Medical Technologies. These purchases totaled approximately $80,000 in each of 2000 and 2001. During this same period, John S. Chamberlin served as a director of Imagyn Medical Technologies.

 

Nelson-Brantley Glass Contractors

 

In connection with the construction of the Digital Hospital, in 2002 the general contractor on that project, which is an unrelated third party, entered into an approximately $5.5 million subcontract with Nelson-Brantley Glass Contractors, Inc. for the provision of glass required for the project. Larry D. Striplin, Jr. is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Nelson-Brantley, and is also the company’s sole owner. Since that time we have paid the contractor approximately $7.2 million for glass and glazing work performed on the Digital Hospital.

 

Stradis Medical

 

From 2001 through 2003, HealthSouth purchased medical supplies from Stradis Medical in the following approximate amounts: 2001 ($10,319), 2002 ($35,682), and 2003 ($74,568). Jeff Jacobs, who is the son-in-law of Joel C. Gordon, is the President of Stradis Medical.

 

The Directorship Search Group

 

In 2003, we utilized the executive search services of The Directorship Search Group for which we paid the total amount of $195,840. George H. Strong was a member of the advisory board of The Directorship Search Group.

 

Other Transactions

 

Alabama Sports Medicine & Orthopedic Center

 

In January 2000, we became the practice manager under a clinical services agreement with the Alabama Sports Medicine & Orthopedic Center (“ASMOC”), which is a partnership formed by physicians James R. Andrews and Lawrence J. Lemak in January 1989, both of whom were, at one time, HealthSouth national

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

medical directors. We entered into this agreement despite concerns regarding the profitability of the arrangement and risks related to reimbursements and other incentives given in connection with the transaction. On June 30, 2003, we terminated the employment agreements with Drs. Andrews and Lemak and made severance payments to them. We have also terminated the clinic services agreement.

 

American Sports Medicine Institute

 

American Sports Medicine Institute (“ASMI”) is a charitable organization operating a medical research organization. Dr. James R. Andrews, who is Chairman of ASMI, formed ASMI in 1987 along with his physician partners. Richard M. Scrushy, Larry D. Striplin, Jr., Larry D. Taylor, and P. Daryl Brown also acted as directors of ASMI. Pursuant to an agreement dated October 1, 1999 between ASMI and HealthSouth, we contributed to ASMI $256,050 in 1999, $414,200 in 2000, $596,300 in 2001, $252,069 in 2002 and $462,636 in 2003. We have terminated cash payments to ASMI. In addition, we provided approximately $350,000 of office space for use by ASMI. We have notified ASMI of our intent to reduce the amount of our rent support. We have been informed by ASMI that it intends to seek space in a new location not affiliated with HealthSouth.

 

Andrews-HealthSouth Racing, LLC/Aloha Racing Foundation

 

In 1997, we contributed $1 million to a newly formed entity, Andrews-HealthSouth Racing, LLC, in exchange for a 58.82% interest in the company. Dr. James R. Andrews contributed a sailboat, with an agreed upon value of $700,000, in exchange for a 41.18% interest in the company. The operating agreement for the company identifies Dr. Andrews as its Manager. It is unclear how our money was used.

 

In 1998 and 1999, we advanced $4.3 million to Aloha Racing Foundation (“Aloha”), which owned two yachts that competed to represent the U.S. in the America’s Cup races to be held in February 2000. Promissory notes and a lien interest in the two yachts secured this amount. We were a major sponsor of the two yachts operated by Aloha and were party to a management services agreement by which we agreed to process all accounts payable and payroll for Aloha. Dr. James R. Andrews was a partial owner of Aloha and served as President and Chairman of its board of directors. In addition, P. Daryl Brown and Larry D. Striplin, Jr. served as members of the board of directors of Aloha from December 1997 and March 1998, respectively. Richard M. Scrushy was named honorary co-chair of the board of directors of Aloha in October 1999. After Aloha’s challenge in the America’s Cup was unsuccessful, it declared bankruptcy in April 2000. We settled our secured claim against Aloha for $800,000, including $236,000 of accrued interest.

 

Medistar Corporation

 

Between 1997 and 2002, we developed several integrated medical plazas (“IMPs”) with Medistar Corporation, a medical real estate development firm based in Houston, Texas. These IMPs combined on one campus or at one facility physician medical offices, HealthSouth business operations, an ambulatory surgery center, and often physical therapy and diagnostic centers. Medistar was primarily responsible for identifying prominent orthopedic practices with whom to discuss the establishment of an IMP, locating suitable real estate, obtaining financing, and establishing leasing. An accounting analysis of certain of the HealthSouth-Medistar transactions reveals that we entered into lease arrangements and accepted financing on unfavorable terms and paid tenant improvement overage charges. One of our previous affiliates, Capstone Capital Corporation, financed various IMPs. See Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions , for additional information about Capstone Capital Corporation.

 

Kerlan-Jobe Orthopaedic Clinic

 

In 1995 we acquired physical therapy facilities at four locations owned by the Kerlan-Jobe Orthopaedic Clinic (“KJOC”) for $6,498,000. In connection with the transaction we assumed or executed leases or subleases, transferred KJOC employees to our payroll, purchased physical therapy accounts, and executed non-compete

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

agreements with certain KJOC physicians. In 1997, our then-affiliate, Capstone Capital Corporation, entered into a development agreement with KJOC and Medistar to build an ambulatory surgery center within an IMP. We agreed to provide construction and working capital loans for that surgery center project. In 1998, we leased diagnostic equipment and services to KJOC. We later acquired the diagnostic business from KJOC. In December 2002 and January 2003 we made loans to an affiliate of KJOC totaling $3 million and assumed responsibility for management of the KJOC medical practice. This management relationship was terminated in 2003 and the parties are negotiating a settlement of outstanding issues.

 

Dr. Swaid N. Swaid and Neurological Surgery Associates, P.C.

 

Beginning in 1994, we, directly or through our subsidiaries, entered into various agreements with Dr. Swaid N. Swaid, including several medical directorship agreements, a physician employment agreement, a physician development agreement, a facility medical direction agreement, a physician services agreement, and a Gamma Knife Program medical direction agreement. We also entered into staffing and management services agreements, practice guaranty agreements and practice guaranty loan agreements with Neurological Surgery Associates, P.C. (“NSA”), a professional corporation wholly owned by Dr. Swaid. In September 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with Dr. Swaid and NSA pursuant to which certain outstanding amounts due under agreements with NSA were repaid by NSA. However, a portion of one practice guaranty agreement remains in dispute and we have filed a lawsuit to recover outstanding amounts. During the course of Dr. Swaid’s employment and association with HealthSouth, we paid Dr. Swaid and NSA compensation for services rendered under the above agreements and provided Dr. Swaid with consultant and employee stock options and health benefits. We have terminated all agreements with Dr. Swaid with the exception of the Gamma Knife Program Medical Direction Agreement pursuant to which Dr. Swaid serves as a co-medical director of the program. See Item 3, Legal Proceedings , “Other Litigation,” for a description of a lawsuit between us and NSA.

 

Indebtedness of Management

 

In the past we made loans to executive officers. The following chart contains information about loans to executive officers that were outstanding as of December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002. We do not have information about the nature of this indebtedness. See Item 11, Executive Compensation , “1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan,” for information concerning loans to executive officers to purchase HealthSouth common stock, which are not included in the following chart.

 

Name


   Aggregate Amount
Outstanding as of
12/31/2004 ($)


   Highest Amount Outstanding
During Year Ended


      12/31/2003 ($)

   12/31/2002 ($)

William T. Owens (1)

   1,375,513    1,343,622    1,314,091

Daniel J. Riviere (2)

   1,679,809    1,640,151    1,603,428

Brandon O. Hale (3)

   134,710    131,225    127,895

Gene Smith (4)

   703,928    687,804    672,874

(1) Mr. Owens was our former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Interest on his loan was calculated at the Prime Rate of Interest minus 1.25%.
(2) Mr. Riviere was our former President—Ambulatory Services Division. Interest on his loan was calculated at the Prime Rate of Interest minus 1.25%.
(3) Mr. Hale was our former Executive Vice President—Administration and Secretary. Interest on his loan was calculated at the Prime Rate of Interest minus 1.25%.
(4) Mr. Smith was our former Senior Vice President of Operations. Interest on his loan was calculated at the Prime Rate of Interest minus 1.25%.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The Audit Committee of our board of directors is responsible for the appointment, oversight, and evaluation of our independent registered public accounting firm. In accordance with our Audit Committee’s charter, our

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Audit Committee must approve, in advance of the service, all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm may not be retained to perform the non-audit services specified in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

The Audit Committee has established a policy regarding preapproval of all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm, as well as all engagement fees and terms for our independent registered public accounting firm. Under the policy, the Audit Committee must approve annually a resolution setting forth the expected services to be rendered and fees to be charged by our independent registered public accounting firm during the year. The Audit Committee must approve, in advance, any services or fees exceeding preapproved levels. The Audit Committee has delegated general preapproval authority to a subcommittee of which the chairman of the Audit Committee is the only member. All requests or applications for services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm must be submitted to specified officers who may determine whether such services are included within the list of preapproved services. All requests for services that have not been preapproved must be accompanied by a statement that the request is consistent with the independent registered public accounting firm’s independence from HealthSouth.

 

With respect to the reconstruction and re-audits for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the audits for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Audit Committee approved the audit services to be performed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as well as certain categories and types of audit-related, tax and permitted non-audit services.

 

For amounts paid related to the audit of our consolidated financial statements in 2004 and the first quarter of 2005, please see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

Fees Paid to the Principal Accountant—2003

 

As discussed in Items 1, Business , and 9, Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure , PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was named our independent registered public accounting firm in May 2003. Prior to their appointment as our independent registered public accounting firm, our Special Audit Review Committee, through its legal counsel, engaged a forensic auditing team from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to assist in its investigation of accounting irregularities at HealthSouth and to consider any related matters that it concluded deserved review or comment. The table below sets forth all fees paid or accrued for the services of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in 2003:

 

     2003

     ($ in thousands)

Audit Fees (1)

   $ 4,356

Audit-Related Fees

     —  
    

Total audit and audit-related fees

     4,356

Tax Fees

     —  

All Other Fees (2)

     8,461
    

Total Fees

   $ 12,817
    


(1) Audit Fees —Represents aggregate fees paid or accrued for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the re-audits for the years ended December 31, 2001, and 2000. It also includes fees for professional services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory engagements required by various partnership agreements or state and local laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate or manage facilities.
(2)

All Other Fees —Represents fees for all other products and services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm that do not fall within the previous categories. More specifically, these fees include

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

amounts paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for forensic audit services rendered to the Special Audit Review Committee during its investigation. Aggregate audit fees paid or accrued for professional services rendered in 2004 approximate $32.3 million. All other fees paid or accrued for professional services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in 2004 primarily relate to forensic audit services and approximate $1.8 million.

 

Fees Paid to the Principal Accountant—2002

 

As discussed in Items 1, Business , and 9, Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure , we dismissed Ernst & Young LLP as our independent auditor on March 31, 2003. During 2002, Ernst & Young LLP had reviewed our interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarters ended March 31, 2002, June 30, 2002, and September 30, 2002. Ernst & Young LLP did not report on our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002, but was in the process of auditing the 2002 information. Fees were paid to Ernst & Young LLP for the above services during 2002 and through the date of their termination as our independent auditor:

 

     2002

     ($ in thousands)

Audit Fees (1)

   $ 1,510

Audit-Related Fees (2)

     113
    

Total audit and audit-related fees

     1,623

Tax Fees (3)

     54

All Other Fees (4)

     3,191
    

Total Fees

   $ 4,868
    


(1) Audit Fees —Represents aggregate fees paid or accrued for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002 and the quarterly reviews of the financial statements included in our Forms 10-Q filed during 2002. Amount also includes fees for professional services that are normally provided by our independent auditor in connection with statutory and regulatory engagements required by various partnership agreements or state and local laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate or manage facilities.
(2) Audit-Related Fees —Represents aggregate fees paid or accrued for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of audit services and traditionally are performed by our independent auditor. More specifically, these fees relate to the audit of our benefit plans.
(3) Tax Fees —Represents fees for all professional services rendered by our principal accountant’s tax professionals, except those related to the audit of our financial statements, including tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning performed.
(4) All Other Fees —Represents fees for all other products and services provided by our independent auditor that do not fall within the previous categories. More specifically, these fees primarily include “pristine audits” (i.e., unannounced spot checks of HealthSouth facilities) and transaction services.

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports On Form 8-K

 

Financial Statements

 

See the accompanying index on page F-1 for a list of financial statements filed as part of this report.

 

Financial Statement Schedules

 

None.

 

Exhibits

 

The exhibits required by Regulation S-K are set forth in the following list and are filed by attachment to this annual report. Confidential treatment has been requested for certain portions omitted from exhibits 10.27 and 10.28 pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we have filed confidential portions of those exhibits separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

No.

  

Description


3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of HealthSouth Corporation, as filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 21, 1998.
3.2    By-Laws of HealthSouth Corporation, as amended through May 17, 2001.
4.1.1    Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between HealthSouth Corporation and PNC Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 and 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.1.2    Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 11.5 of the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between HealthSouth Corporation and PNC Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 and 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.1.3    Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of April 9, 2003, among HealthSouth Corporation, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (successor in interest to PNC Bank, National Association), as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 and 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.1.4    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (successor in interest to PNC Bank, National Association), relating to HealthSouth’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.1.5    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (successor in interest to PNC Bank, National Association), relating to HealthSouth’s 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.2.1    Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2000, between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.
4.2.2    Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of May 8, 2003, among HealthSouth Corporation, The Bank of New York, as resigning trustee, and HSBC Bank USA, as successor trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.
4.2.3    Amendment to Indenture, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Indenture dated as of September 25, 2000 between HealthSouth Corporation and HSBC Bank USA, as successor trustee to The Bank of New York, relating to HealthSouth’s 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
4.2.4    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 14, 2004, to the Indenture dated as of September 25, 2000 between HealthSouth Corporation and HSBC Bank USA, as successor trustee to The Bank of New York, relating to HealthSouth’s 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2004).
4.3.1    Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001, between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.3.2    Amendment to Indenture, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Indenture dated as of February 1, 2001 between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.3.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 14, 2004, to the Indenture dated as of February 1, 2001 between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2004).
4.4.1    Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HealthSouth Corporation and National City Bank, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 and 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011.
4.4.2    Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of April 9, 2003, among HealthSouth Corporation, National City Bank, as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 and 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011.
4.4.3    Amendment to Indenture, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Indenture dated as of September 28, 2001 between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 and 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011.
4.4.4    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.4.5    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, relating to HealthSouth’s 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.5.1    Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002, between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012.
4.5.2    Amendment to Indenture, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Indenture dated as of May 22, 2002 between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012.
4.5.3    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture dated as of May 22, 2002 between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.6    Indenture, dated as of June 16, 1986, between Greenery Rehabilitation Group, Inc. and Shawmut Bank of Boston, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011.
4.7    Indenture, dated as of April 1, 1990, between Greenery Rehabilitation Group, Inc. and The Connecticut National Bank, as trustee, relating to the 8.750% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015.

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.1.1    Senior Subordinated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2004, among HealthSouth Corporation, the lenders party thereto, and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2004).
10.1.2    Warrant Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, N.A., as Warrant Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2004).
10.1.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2004, among HealthSouth Corporation and the entities listed on the signature pages thereto as Holders of Warrants and Transfer Restricted Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2004).
10.2.1    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2005, among HealthSouth Corporation, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Documentation Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2005).
10.2.2    Collateral and Guarantee Agreement dated as of March 21, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2005).
10.3    Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2005, among HealthSouth Corporation, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 15, 2005).
10.4.1    Lease Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, between HealthSouth Corporation and First Security Bank, National Association, as Owner Trustee under the HealthSouth Corporation Trust 2000-1.
10.4.2    Participation Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, among HealthSouth Corporation, First Security Bank, National Association, as Owner Trustee under the HealthSouth Corporation Trust 2000-1, the Holders and the Lenders party thereto from time to time, The Chase Manhattan Bank, UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch and UBS AG, Stamford Branch.
10.5.1    Lease Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2001, between State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, and HealthSouth Medical Center, Inc.
10.5.2    Participation Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2001, among HealthSouth Medical Center, Inc., HealthSouth Corporation, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, the various banks and other lending institutions which are parties thereto from time to time as Holders and Lenders, and First Union National Bank.
10.6    HealthSouth Corporation Amended and Restated 1993 Consultants Stock Option Plan.*
10.7.1    HealthSouth Corporation 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended.*
10.7.2    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (1995 Stock Option Plan).*
10.8.1    HealthSouth Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan.*
10.8.2    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (1997 Stock Option Plan).*
10.9.1    HealthSouth Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan.*

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.9.2    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (1998 Restricted Stock Plan).*
10.10    HealthSouth Corporation 1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan.*
10.11.1    HealthSouth Corporation 2002 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan.*
10.11.2    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (2002 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan).*
10.12    HealthSouth Corporation 2004 Director Incentive Plan.*
10.13    HealthSouth Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.*
10.14    HealthSouth Corporation Employee Stock Benefit Plan, as amended.*
10.15    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Jay F. Grinney.*
10.16    Employment Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Michael D. Snow.*
10.17    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and John L. Workman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 3, 2004).*
10.18.1    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and John Markus.*
10.18.2    Amendment 1, dated as of April 14, 2004, to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and John Markus.*
10.19    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Gregory L. Doody.*
10.20    Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Karen G. Davis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2004).*
10.21.1    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Diane L. Munson.*
10.21.2    Amendment 1, dated as of April 12, 2004, to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Diane Munson.*
10.22    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Mark J. Tarr (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2004).*
10.23    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and Joseph T. Clark (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 3, 2005).*
10.24    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and James C. Foxworthy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 3, 2005).*
10.25    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and each of Joel C. Gordon and Robert P. May (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2005).*
10.26    Letter Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and Joel C. Gordon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 10, 2005).*

 

164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.27    Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2004, by and among HealthSouth Corporation, the United States of America, acting through the entities named therein and certain other parties named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 30, 2004).
10.28    Administrative Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2004, by and among the United States Department of Health and Human Services acting through the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and its officers and agents, including, but not limited to, its fiscal intermediaries, and HealthSouth Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 30, 2004).
10.29    Corporate Integrity Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2004, by and among the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and HealthSouth Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 30, 2004).
10.30.1    Consent of Defendant HealthSouth Corporation, dated June 1, 2005, in the lawsuit captioned Securities and Exchange Commission v. HealthSouth Corporation and Richard M. Scrushy , CV-03-J-0615-S (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 8, 2005).
10.30.2    Form of Final Judgment as to Defendant HealthSouth Corporation in the lawsuit captioned Securities and Exchange Commission v. HealthSouth Corporation and Richard M. Scrushy , CV-03-J-0615-S (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 8, 2005).
10.31    Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into between HealthSouth Corporation and its directors of HealthSouth.
10.32    Form of letter agreement with former directors.
10.33    Written description of Senior Management Bonus Program (incorporated by reference to Item 1.01 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2005).*
11    Computation of Per Share Earnings.
12    Computation of Ratios.
14    HealthSouth Corporation Standards of Business Conduct.
16    Letter regarding Change in Certifying Accountant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated April 4, 2003).
21    Subsidiaries of HealthSouth Corporation.
24    Power of Attorney.
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Reports on Form 8-K

 

Since November 14, 2002, the last date upon which we filed a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, we have filed or furnished information under Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments thereto on Form 8-K/A (File Number 000-14940), as follows:

 

Form

  

Description


   Filing Date

8-K    Current Report, Items 8.01 and 9.01    6-21-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 1.01, 2.03, and 9.01    6-15-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 1.01, 2.03, and 9.01    6-08-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 8.01 and 9.01    5-31-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 8.01 and 9.01    5-25-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 1.01 and 9.01    5-10-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 7.01 and 9.01    4-27-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 5.02 and 9.01    4-18-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 8.01 and 9.01    4-14-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 1.01 and 9.01    4-11-05
8-K    Current Report, Item 9.01    3-22-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 5.02 and 9.01    2-18-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 1.01 and 9.01    2-08-05
8-K    Current Report, Items 1.01 and 9.01    1-05-05
8-K    Current Report, Item 7.01    12-29-04
8-K    Current Report, Item 7.01    12-02-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5.02 and 9.01    11-23-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 8.01 and 9.01    11-23-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 8.01 and 9.01    11-12-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 1.01 and 9.01    10-12-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 8.01 and 9.01    9-23-04
8-K    Current Report, Item 5.02    9-14-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 1.01, 5.02, and 9.01    9-10-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    8-20-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    8-19-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    8-17-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    8-03-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 12 and 9    6-30-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-30-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-25-04

 

166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Form

  

Description


   Filing Date

8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-24-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-23-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-22-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-21-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-18-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-14-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-08-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-07-04
8-K    Current Report, Item 9    6-01-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    6-01-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    5-28-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    5-25-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    5-24-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    5-21-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    5-14-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    5-13-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    5-07-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    5-03-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    4-29-04
8-K    Current Report, Item 9    4-22-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    4-15-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    4-14-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    4-02-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 7 and 9    3-16-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    2-02-04
8-K    Current Report, Item 9    1-20-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    1-20-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    1-16-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    1-12-04
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    12-02-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 9    11-24-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 9    11-07-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    11-03-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 7 and 9    9-18-03

 

167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Form

  

Description


   Filing Date

8-K    Current Report, Item 5    9-11-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 9    9-04-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 5 and 7    8-12-03
8-K/A    Amended Current Report, Item 9    7-14-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 9    7-07-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 9    7-01-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 7 and 9    5-30-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 4 and 7    5-09-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    5-01-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 7 and 9    4-30-03
8-K/A    Amended Current Report, Items 4 and 7    4-25-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 4 and 7    4-11-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    4-03-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    3-31-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    3-28-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    3-26-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    3-20-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    3-19-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 7 and 9    3-03-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    2-27-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    2-07-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 7 and 9    1-29-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 9    1-08-03
8-K    Current Report, Item 5    1-06-03
8-K    Current Report, Items 7 and 9    11-22-02

 

168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

H EALTH S OUTH C ORPORATION
By:   / S /    J AY G RINNEY        
   

Jay Grinney

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: June 27, 2005

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Capacity


 

Date


/ S /     J AY G RINNEY        


Jay Grinney

  

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

  June 27, 2005

/ S /    J OHN L. W ORKMAN        


John L. Workman

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  June 27, 2005

/ S /    J OHN T. Q UILLE        


John T. Quille

  

Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

  June 27, 2005

R OBERT P. M AY *


Robert P. May

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  June 27, 2005

S TEVEN R. B ERRARD *


Steven R. Berrard

  

Director

  June 27, 2005

E DWARD A. B LECHSCHMIDT *


Edward A. Blechschmidt

  

Director

  June 27, 2005

Y VONNE M. C URL *


Yvonne M. Curl

  

Director

  June 27, 2005

C HARLES M. E LSON *


Charles M. Elson

  

Director

  June 27, 2005

J ON F. H ANSON *


Jon F. Hanson

  

Director

  June 27, 2005

L EO I. H IGDON , J R .*


Leo I. Higdon, Jr.

  

Director

  June 27, 2005

 

169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signature


  

Capacity


 

Date


J OHN E. M AUPIN , J R .*


John E. Maupin, Jr.

   Director   June 27, 2005

Richard M. Scrushy

   Director    
*By:   / S /    G REGORY L. D OODY        
   

Gregory L. Doody

Attorney-in-Fact

 

170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000

   F-3

Consolidated statements of operations for each of the years in the four year period ended December 31, 2003

   F-5

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss) for each of the years in the four year period ended December 31, 2003

   F-6

Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the four year period ended December 31, 2003

   F-8

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   F-11

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

HealthSouth Corporation:

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HealthSouth Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) at December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the four years in the period ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its 2001 and 2000 consolidated financial statements. Such consolidated financial statements, before the restatement referred to above, were reported on by another independent registered public accounting firm that has subsequently withdrawn its opinion on these consolidated financial statements.

 

As discussed in Note 1, the Company has not presented the selected quarterly financial data as required by Item 302(a) of Regulation S-K that the Securities and Exchange Commission requires as supplementary information to the basic financial statements.

 

The Company has significant recurring losses from operations, a significant shareholders’ deficit and, as discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, significant debt repayment and other obligations.

 

As discussed in Notes 6, 7, 9, and 20 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has had significant transactions with related parties.

 

As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets as of January 1, 2002. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for asset retirement obligations as of January 1, 2003.

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Birmingham, AL

June 27, 2005

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     As of December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)
     (In Thousands)
Assets                            

Current assets:

                           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 472,781    $ 90,727    $ 62,986    $ 62,367

Current portion of restricted cash

     145,557      24,031      20,383      2,130

Marketable securities

     —        3,330      4,254      28,410

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $340,545 in 2003; $333,046, in 2002; $322,062 in 2001; and $302,485 in 2000

     496,708      534,397      584,809      611,682

Due from related parties

     —        9,381      4,602      619

Prepaid expenses

     41,065      32,906      20,586      20,508

Other current assets

     90,470      80,421      77,222      47,530

Current assets of discontinued operations

     30,213      22,389      31,303      38,245
    

  

  

  

Total current assets

     1,276,794      797,582      806,145      811,491

Property and equipment, net

     1,466,753      1,715,834      1,768,140      1,833,876

Goodwill

     902,995      1,232,916      1,252,997      1,394,115

Intangible assets, net

     82,028      99,130      146,454      179,655

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

     49,553      83,620      74,699      71,131

Assets of discontinued operations

     8,253      79,306      84,605      89,128

Due from related parties

     50      259      1,424      5,555

Income tax refund receivable

     295,483      399,704      320,056      228,907

Deferred income tax assets

     27,216      20,494      19,486      21,572

Other long-term assets

     87,133      104,171      104,260      99,946
    

  

  

  

Total assets

   $ 4,196,258    $ 4,533,016    $ 4,578,266    $ 4,735,376
    

  

  

  

 

(Continued)

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

 

    As of December 31,

 
    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                (Restated)     (Restated)  
    (In Thousands, Except Share Data)  
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)                                

Current liabilities:

                               

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 395,109     $ 467,842     $ 134,743     $ 71,701  

Checks issued in excess of bank balance

    31,397       95,432       152,934       100,401  

Accounts payable

    122,084       134,366       145,619       224,769  

Accrued payroll

    110,780       107,742       98,196       91,772  

Accrued interest payable

    42,649       43,587       44,532       33,726  

Due to related parties

    452       13,086       8,130       5,323  

Other current liabilities

    340,605       336,314       257,796       246,529  

Deferred tax liabilities

    61,306       80,140       48,534       41,219  

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

    6,776       11,950       10,572       16,515  
   


 


 


 


Total current liabilities

    1,111,158       1,290,459       901,056       831,955  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    3,126,958       3,040,378       3,424,481       3,579,177  

Professional liability risks

    165,419       132,238       108,007       111,690  

Deferred revenue

    1,285       4,696       3,071       4,087  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    722       5,464       7,226       7,847  

Government and class action settlements

    425,800       325,000       —         —    

Other long-term liabilities

    102,378       68,124       69,441       19,664  
   


 


 


 


      4,933,720       4,866,359       4,513,282       4,554,420  
   


 


 


 


Commitments and contingencies

                               

Minority interest in equity of consolidated affiliates

    226,375       195,416       176,493       145,271  
   


 


 


 


Shareholders’ equity (deficit):

                               

Preferred stock, $.10 par value; 1,500,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

    —         —         —         —    

Common stock, $.01 par value; 600,000,000 shares authorized; issued: 438,992,279 in 2003; 438,957,279 in 2002; 431,381,036 in 2001; and 427,019,196 in 2000

    4,390       4,390       4,314       4,270  

Capital in excess of par value

    2,822,802       2,824,479       2,769,797       2,724,295  

Accumulated deficit

    (3,468,363 )     (3,033,806 )     (2,566,982 )     (2,375,757 )

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (943 )     (703 )     (467 )     7,576  

Treasury stock, at cost (42,807,880 shares in 2003; 42,808,530 shares in 2002; 38,873,360 shares in 2001; 38,831,965 shares in 2000)

    (307,751 )     (307,758 )     (288,243 )     (287,552 )

Due from ESOP

    —         (1,389 )     (2,281 )     (4,680 )

Notes receivable from shareholders, officers, and management employees

    (13,972 )     (13,972 )     (27,647 )     (32,467 )
   


 


 


 


Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

    (963,837 )     (528,759 )     (111,509 )     35,685  
   


 


 


 


Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 4,196,258     $ 4,533,016     $ 4,578,266     $ 4,735,376  
   


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial

statements are an integral part of these balance sheets.

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

    For the year ended December 31,

 
    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                (Restated)     (Restated)  
    (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)  

Net operating revenues

  $ 3,957,604     $ 3,960,142     $ 3,553,057     $ 3,498,836  
   


 


 


 


Operating expenses:

                               

Salaries and benefits

    1,716,995       1,745,322       1,618,546       1,627,583  

Professional and medical director fees

    87,375       103,980       85,384       89,423  

Supplies

    399,560       361,825       333,835       342,855  

Other operating expenses

    863,444       916,617       862,620       842,916  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    133,836       137,060       100,620       189,811  

Depreciation and amortization

    200,195       237,775       353,657       359,003  

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

    (13,225 )     87,043       35,193       104,798  

Impairment of goodwill

    335,623       —         —         —    

Impairment of intangible assets

    —         22,163       —         —    

Impairment of long-lived assets

    132,722       95,480       438       10,387  

Government and class action settlements expense

    170,949       347,716       —         8,248  

Professional fees—reconstruction and restatement

    70,558       —         —         —    
   


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    4,098,032       4,054,981       3,390,293       3,575,024  

(Gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt

    (2,259 )     (9,644 )     5,136       1,615  

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount

    268,443       255,035       311,386       290,838  

Interest income

    (7,323 )     (6,881 )     (7,497 )     (8,717 )

Loss (gain) on sale of investments

    15,811       (12,491 )     651       34,572  

Equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (15,769 )     (15,320 )     (16,909 )     (27,351 )

Minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates

    99,456       90,359       60,679       71,062  
   


 


 


 


Loss from continuing operations before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change

    (498,787 )     (395,897 )     (190,682 )     (438,207 )

Provision for income tax (benefit) expense

    (42,419 )     21,221       (28,244 )     (76,584 )
   


 


 


 


Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

    (456,368 )     (417,118 )     (162,438 )     (361,623 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax expense

    24,267       (1,517 )     (28,787 )     (2,620 )
   


 


 


 


Loss before cumulative effect of accounting change

    (432,101 )     (418,635 )     (191,225 )     (364,243 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax expense

    (2,456 )     (48,189 )     —         —    
   


 


 


 


Net loss

  $ (434,557 )   $ (466,824 )   $ (191,225 )   $ (364,243 )
   


 


 


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

    396,132       395,520       390,485       386,626  
   


 


 


 


Diluted

    405,831       408,321       415,163       407,061  
   


 


 


 


Basic and diluted loss per share:

                               

Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change

  $ (1.15 )   $ (1.06 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.93 )

Discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.06       Nil       (0.07 )     (0.01 )
   


 


 


 


Loss per share before cumulative effect of accounting change

    (1.09 )     (1.06 )     (0.49 )     (0.94 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

    (0.01 )     (0.12 )     —         —    
   


 


 


 


Net loss per common share

  $ (1.10 )   $ (1.18 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.94 )
   


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial

statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (In Thousands)  

NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

                                

Balance at beginning of year

     396,149       392,508       388,187       386,836  

Stock issued to employees exercising stock options

     359       7,646       4,434       1,949  

Purchase of treasury stock

     —         (3,938 )     (43 )     (400 )

Conversion of convertible notes

     —         —         3       —    

Cancellation of restricted stock

     (325 )     (75 )     (75 )     (200 )

Re-issuance of treasury stock

     1       3       2       2  

Other issuances of treasury stock

     —         5       —         —    
    


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

     396,184       396,149       392,508       388,187  
    


 


 


 


COMMON STOCK

                                

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 4,390     $ 4,314     $ 4,270     $ 4,253  

Stock issued to employees exercising stock options

     3       77       45       19  

Restricted stock and other stock plans, less cancellations

     (3 )     (1 )     (1 )     (2 )
    


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 4,390     $ 4,390     $ 4,314     $ 4,270  
    


 


 


 


CAPITAL IN EXCESS OF PAR VALUE

                                

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 2,824,479     $ 2,769,797     $ 2,724,295     $ 2,700,052  

Stock issued to employees exercising stock options

     1,259       31,010       32,474       14,768  

Conversion of common stock due to acquisitions

     —         69       92       —    

Income tax benefit from employees’ stock option and restricted stock plans

     —         24,446       12,228       1,977  

Stock-based compensation

     —         (1,356 )     (216 )     6,374  

Re-issuance of treasury stock

     (7 )     (30 )     (18 )     (18 )

Restricted stock and other stock plans, less amortization and cancellations

     3       1       1       2  

Amortization of restricted stock

     (2,932 )     542       941       1,140  
    


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 2,822,802     $ 2,824,479     $ 2,769,797     $ 2,724,295  
    


 


 


 


ACCUMULATED DEFICIT

                                

Balance at beginning of year

   $ (3,033,806 )   $ (2,566,982 )   $ (2,375,757 )   $ (2,011,514 )

Net loss

     (434,557 )     (466,824 )     (191,225 )     (364,243 )
    


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ (3,468,363 )   $ (3,033,806 )   $ (2,566,982 )   $ (2,375,757 )
    


 


 


 


ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

                                

Balance at beginning of year

   $ (703 )   $ (467 )   $ 7,576     $ 891  

Net foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income tax expense

     (31 )     33       3,198       (4,130 )

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of income tax expense

     (209 )     (269 )     (11,241 )     10,815  
    


 


 


 


Net other comprehensive income adjustments

     (240 )     (236 )     (8,043 )     6,685  
    


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ (943 )   $ (703 )   $ (467 )   $ 7,576  
    


 


 


 


TREASURY STOCK

                                

Balance at beginning of year

   $ (307,758 )   $ (288,243 )   $ (287,552 )   $ (285,550 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     —         (19,545 )     (709 )     (2,020 )

Re-issuance of treasury stock

     7       30       18       18  
    


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ (307,751 )   $ (307,758 )   $ (288,243 )   $ (287,552 )
    


 


 


 


 

(Continued)

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Continued)

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (In Thousands)  

DUE FROM EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                

Balance at beginning of year

   $ (1,389 )   $ (2,281 )   $ (4,680 )   $ (6,513 )

Reduction in receivable from ESOP

     1,389       1,296       2,699       2,486  

Change in obligation to redeem ESOP shares

     —         (404 )     (300 )     (653 )
    


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ —       $ (1,389 )   $ (2,281 )   $ (4,680 )
    


 


 


 


NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM SHAREHOLDERS, OFFICERS, AND MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES

                                

Balance at beginning of year

   $ (13,972 )   $ (27,647 )   $ (32,467 )   $ (39,334 )

Repayments

     —         12,490       4,820       6,867  

Reserve for uncollectible amount

     —         1,185       —         —    
    


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ (13,972 )   $ (13,972 )   $ (27,647 )   $ (32,467 )
    


 


 


 


Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (963,837 )   $ (528,759 )   $ (111,509 )   $ 35,685  
    


 


 


 


COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

                                

Net loss

   $ (434,557 )   $ (466,824 )   $ (191,225 )   $ (364,243 )

Net other comprehensive (loss) income adjustments

     (240 )     (236 )     (8,043 )     6,685  
    


 


 


 


TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

   $ (434,797 )   $ (467,060 )   $ (199,268 )   $ (357,558 )
    


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial

statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (In Thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                                

Loss from continuing operations after cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ (458,824 )   $ (465,307 )   $ (162,438 )   $ (361,623 )
    


 


 


 


Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash provided by continuing operating activities-

                                

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax expense

     2,456       48,189       —         —    

Provision for doubtful accounts

     133,836       137,060       100,620       189,811  

Provision for government and class action settlements

     170,949       347,716       —         8,248  

Depreciation and amortization

     200,195       237,775       353,657       359,003  

Amortization of debt issue costs and debt discount

     7,831       9,200       8,320       5,821  

Amortization of restricted stock

     (2,932 )     542       941       1,140  

Impairment of long-lived assets, goodwill, and intangible assets

     468,345       117,643       438       10,387  

Realized loss (gain) on sale of investments

     (9,575 )     (9,578 )     (18,804 )     15,013  

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

     (13,225 )     87,043       35,193       104,798  

(Gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (2,259 )     (9,644 )     5,136       1,615  

Loss on syndication of equity interests in joint venture entities

     25,386       (2,913 )     19,455       19,559  

Equity in net income of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (15,769 )     (15,320 )     (16,909 )     (27,351 )

Minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates

     99,456       90,359       60,679       71,062  

Distributions from nonconsolidated affiliates

     8,561       17,644       10,725       16,364  

Stock based compensation

     —         (1,356 )     (216 )     6,374  

Deferred tax (benefit) provision

     (25,556 )     30,598       9,401       15,038  

Decrease (increase) in assets, net of acquisitions-

                                

Accounts receivable

     (96,147 )     (85,347 )     (50,966 )     (217,620 )

Prepaid expenses

     (8,159 )     (12,312 )     (74 )     4,550  

Other assets

     32,075       18,465       (14,417 )     (4,161 )

Due from related parties

     9,590       (3,614 )     148       (661 )

Income tax refund receivable

     104,221       (55,202 )     (78,921 )     (88,550 )

Increase (decrease) in liabilities, net of acquisitions-

                                

Accounts payable

     (12,282 )     (11,253 )     (79,150 )     32,014  

Accrued payroll

     3,038       9,546       6,424       (7,267 )

Accrued interest payable

     (938 )     (945 )     10,806       (339 )

Other liabilities

     (33,996 )     58,593       60,990       91,521  

Due to related parties

     (12,634 )     4,956       2,807       4,914  

Professional liability risks

     33,181       24,231       (3,683 )     (22,207 )

Deferred revenue

     (3,411 )     3,354       (1,016 )     608  
    


 


 


 


Total adjustments

     1,062,237       1,035,430       421,584       589,684  
    


 


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     603,413       570,123       259,146       228,061  
    


 


 


 


 

(Continued)

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (In Thousands)  

Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Capital expenditures

   (146,941 )   (310,065 )   (243,717 )   (249,654 )

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

   —       (23,129 )   (4,071 )   (76,632 )

Proceeds from disposal of assets

   60,158     9,604     128,459     46,185  

Proceeds from sale and maturities of investments

   3,698     1,167     31,971     —    

Purchase of investments

   —       —       (500 )   —    

Proceeds from sale of equity interests of nonconsolidated affiliates

   37,788     2,222     236     —    

Repurchase of equity interests of nonconsolidated affiliates

   (750 )   (14,485 )   (1,811 )   (7,670 )

Advances to nonconsolidated affiliates, net of cash received

   157     775     332     926  

Proceeds from sale of equity interests of consolidated affiliates

   14,999     10,571     14,494     11,819  

Repurchase of equity interests of consolidated affiliates

   (6,834 )   (9,984 )   (10,579 )   (11,181 )

Net change in restricted cash

   (150,826 )   7,662     (29,563 )   (531 )
    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (188,551 )   (325,662 )   (114,749 )   (286,738 )
    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Checks in excess of bank balance

   (64,035 )   (57,502 )   52,533     26,476  

Principal borrowings on notes

   5,880     1,460     91,432     30,262  

Proceeds from bond issuance

   —       993,000     974,328     347,682  

Principal payments on debt

   (87,743 )   (658,585 )   (49,015 )   (311,085 )

Net change in revolving credit facility

   160,000     (385,000 )   (1,115,000 )   30,000  

Principal payments under capital lease obligations

   (30,807 )   (27,661 )   (23,575 )   (19,420 )

Proceeds from exercising stock options

   1,263     31,087     32,519     14,787  

Purchase of treasury stock

   —       (8,064 )   (709 )   (2,020 )

Debt issuance costs

   —       (24,020 )   (18,337 )   (20,381 )

Proceeds from payment on notes receivable from shareholders, officers, and management employees

   —       1,009     4,820     6,867  

Reduction in receivable from ESOP

   1,389     1,296     2,699     2,486  

Redemption of ESOP shares

   —       (404 )   (300 )   (653 )

Distributions to minority interests of consolidated affiliates

   (96,285 )   (95,701 )   (76,044 )   (57,913 )
    

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (110,338 )   (229,085 )   (124,649 )   47,088  
    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (In Thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

     77,580       12,312       (23,886 )     (19,181 )
    


 


 


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (50 )     53       4,757       (4,130 )
    


 


 


 


Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     382,054       27,741       619       (34,900 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     90,727       62,986       62,367       97,267  
    


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 472,781     $ 90,727     $ 62,986     $ 62,367  
    


 


 


 


Supplemental cash flow information:

                                

Cash paid (received) during the year for-

                                

Interest, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 269,381     $ 255,981     $ 300,579     $ 291,777  

Income taxes (refund)

     (107,100 )     44,900       24,100       (5,300 )

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

                                

Acquisition of businesses-

                                

Fair value of assets acquired

     —         8,875       2,239       41,455  

Goodwill

     —         16,627       2,918       47,975  

Fair value of liabilities assumed

     —         (37 )     (805 )     (8,142 )

Noncompete agreements

     —         (2,336 )     (281 )     (3,365 )

Notes Payable

     —         —         —         (1,291 )
    


 


 


 


Net cash paid for acquisitions

     —         23,129       4,071       76,632  

Re-issuance of treasury stock

     7       30       18       18  

Restricted stock cancellation

     3       1       1       2  

Reduction of notes receivable from shareholders, officers, and management employees through return of common stock

     —         11,481       —         —    

Unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities

     (330 )     (424 )     (15,348 )     14,683  

Property and equipment acquired through capital leases

     2,123       38,202       29,137       25,659  

Termination of capital leases

     37,061       —         —         —    

Deferred gains on sale leaseback transactions

     —         1,729       —         2,561  

Notes receivable received from asset sales

     —         —         22,701       —    

Goodwill from repurchase of equity interests of joint venture entities

     5,466       6,635       16,760       15,893  

 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial

statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

 

Organization and Description of Business-

 

HealthSouth Corporation, incorporated in Delaware in 1984, and its subsidiaries, is one of the largest providers of ambulatory surgery, outpatient, diagnostic, and rehabilitative health care services in the United States. References herein to “HealthSouth”, the “Company”, “we”, “our”, or “us” refer to HealthSouth Corporation and its subsidiaries unless the context specifically requires otherwise. We provide these services through a national network of inpatient and outpatient rehabilitation facilities, long-term acute care hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers, diagnostic centers, medical centers, and other healthcare facilities.

 

As of December 31, 2004, we operated 94 inpatient rehabilitation facilities (“IRFs”) (including freestanding rehabilitation hospitals, and rehabilitation units within acute-care hospitals) with approximately 6,700 licensed beds. We are the sole owner of 65 IRFs. We retain 50% to 97.5% ownership in 29 jointly owned IRFs. Our IRFs are located in 28 states, with a concentration of facilities in Texas, Pennsylvania, Florida, Tennessee, and Alabama, as well as a 70-bed rehabilitation hospital in Australia and a 32-bed rehabilitation facility in Puerto Rico. In addition, we operate 13 inpatient facilities and 2 Gamma Knives through management contracts. We also provided management services to a rehabilitation hospital in Saudi Arabia. Effective October 2004, we terminated that agreement.

 

We operated 9 long-term acute care hospitals (“LTCHs”) (7 freestanding and 2 hospital-within-hospital facilities), 8 of which we own and the other is a joint venture in which we have retained a 60% ownership interest. One LTCH was not certified as an LTCH until April 1, 2005, but was operating as an acute care hospital in transition.

 

We provide outpatient rehabilitative health care services through approximately 804 locations in 44 states, with a concentration of centers in Florida, Texas, New Jersey, New York, and Missouri. These facilities include freestanding outpatient centers, and outpatient facilities managed under contract. In addition, our Inpatient segment provides outpatient services through 155 facilities located within IRFs or in satellite offices near IRFs. The Inpatient segment also operates 11 outpatient facilities under management agreements and 152 outpatient satellites of inpatient facilities.

 

We provide ambulatory (i.e., outpatient) surgery services through 177 freestanding surgery centers and three surgical hospitals in 36 states, with a concentration of centers in California, Texas, Florida, North Carolina, and Pennsylvania. We operate our surgery centers as general or limited partnerships or limited liability companies in which HealthSouth or one of our subsidiaries serves as the general partner, limited partner, member, or managing member. Our partners in these entities are generally licensed physicians, oral surgeons, and podiatrists.

 

We operate 96 diagnostic centers in 26 states and the District of Columbia, with a concentration of centers in Texas, Washington, D.C., Alabama, Georgia, and Florida.

 

We also offer employer services, which are solutions that aim to help improve workplace performance and productivity, creating a health-enhancing culture, and meeting the medical care needs of employers. We also provide management services for other healthcare providers, including physician services.

 

Commencing in March 2003, the Company undertook a comprehensive review of its previously issued consolidated financial statements and determined that those consolidated financial statements were not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). As a result of this review, the Company has restated its previously issued consolidated financial statements for the

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. The consolidated financial statements contained herein for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 include the effects of these restatements. (See Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements. )

 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation-

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of HealthSouth and its subsidiaries were prepared in accordance with GAAP and include the assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of all wholly-owned subsidiaries, majority-owned subsidiaries over which the Company exercises control and, when applicable, entities for which the Company has a controlling financial interest.

 

As of December 31, 2003, we have investments in approximately 459 partially-owned subsidiaries, of which approximately 436 are general or limited partnerships, limited liability companies, or joint ventures in which HealthSouth or one of our subsidiaries is a general or limited partner, managing member, or joint venturer, as applicable. We evaluate partially-owned subsidiaries and joint-ventures held in partnership form in accordance with the provisions of American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position (“SOP”) 78-9, Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures, and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 98-6, “Investor’s Accounting for an Investment in a Limited Partnership When the Investor Is the Sole General Partner and the Limited Partners Have Certain Approval or Veto Rights,” to determine whether the rights held by other investors constitute “important rights” as defined therein.

 

For partially-owned subsidiaries or joint ventures held in corporate form, we consider the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) No. 94, Consolidation of All Majority-Owned Subsidiaries, and EITF Issue No. 96-16, “Investor’s Accounting for an Investee When the Investor Has a Majority of the Voting Interest but the Minority Shareholder or Shareholders Have Certain Approval or Veto Rights,” and, in particular, whether rights held by other investors would be viewed as “participating rights” as defined therein. To the extent that any minority investor has important rights in a partnership or participating rights in a corporation that inhibit our ability to control the corporation, including substantive veto rights, we generally will not consolidate the entity.

 

We use the equity method to account for our investments in entities that we do not control, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies. Consolidated net income includes our Company’s share of the net earnings of these entities. The difference between consolidation and the equity method impacts certain financial ratios of the Company because of the presentation of the detailed line items reported in the consolidated financial statements for consolidated entities compared to a one line presentation of equity method investments.

 

We use the cost method to account for our investments in entities that we do not control and for which we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies. In accordance with the cost method, these investments are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, as appropriate.

 

We eliminate from our financial results all significant intercompany accounts and transactions, including the intercompany portion of accounts and transactions with equity method investees.

 

Use of Estimates and Assumptions-

 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to: (a) allowance for contractual revenue adjustments; (b) allowance for doubtful accounts; (c) asset impairments, including goodwill; (d) depreciable lives of assets; (e) useful lives of intangible assets; (f) economic lives and fair value of leased assets; (g) income tax valuation allowances; (h) fair value of stock options; (i) reserves for professional, workers’ compensation, and comprehensive general insurance liability risks, and (j) contingency and litigation reserves. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, our accounting estimates require the exercise of judgment. The accounting estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. We evaluate and update our assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis and may employ outside experts to assist in our evaluation, as considered necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Risks and Uncertainties-

 

HealthSouth operates in a highly regulated industry and is required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state, and local government levels. These laws and regulations relate to, among other things:

 

    Licensure, certification, and accreditation

 

    Billing for services

 

    Relationships with physicians and other referral sources, including physician self-referral and fraud and abuse

 

    Cost reports

 

    Adequacy and quality of medical care

 

    Quality of medical equipment and services

 

    Qualifications, maintenance, and security issues associated with medical records

 

    Operating policies and procedures

 

    Addition of facilities and services

 

Many of these laws and regulations are expansive, and we do not have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of them. In the future, different interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current or past practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our investment structure, facilities, equipment, personnel, services, capital expenditure programs, operating procedures, and contractual arrangements.

 

If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could be subjected to liabilities, including (a) criminal penalties, (b) civil penalties, including monetary penalties and the loss of our licenses to operate one or more of our facilities, and (c) exclusion or suspension of one or more of our facilities from participation in the Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal and state health care programs.

 

Like other healthcare providers, we face a changing reimbursement environment. In particular, the recent revision of the so-called “75% Rule” has had and will have an effect on the operations of our Inpatient segment. The revised 75% Rule, which stipulates the Medicare classification criteria a facility is required to meet to be considered an IRF by Medicare, became effective July 1, 2004. The revised 75% Rule generally provides that to be considered an IRF, 75% of a facility’s total patient population must require intensive rehabilitation services associated with

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

treatment of at least one of 13 designated medical conditions. As a practical matter, this means that we will have to reduce the number of non-qualifying patients treated at our IRFs, and we will have to replace those patients with patients that need treatment for one of the 13 designated medical conditions. The revised 75% Rule will be phased in over a period that began on July 1, 2004 and will end (i.e., full compliance will be required) for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007.

 

Our Inpatient operating segment has begun to reduce admissions at several locations in an attempt to ensure compliance with the revised 75% Rule. Although we are taking steps to mitigate the impact of the revised 75% rule on our operations, we expect this reduction in patient census to have a material adverse impact on the Inpatient segment’s net operating revenues going forward.

 

As described more fully below (See Note 22, SEC Settlement ), we recently settled a lawsuit brought by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) relating to our financial reporting practices prior to March 2003. Investigations by the criminal division of the United States Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) and the United States’ Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Alabama are ongoing. While we are fully cooperating with the SEC, the DOJ, and other governmental authorities in their investigations, we cannot predict the outcome of those investigations. Such investigations could have a material adverse effect on us, the trading prices of our securities, and our ability to access the capital markets. If we were convicted of a crime, certain contracts and licenses that are material to our operations may be revoked which would severely affect our business.

 

A number of lawsuits have been brought against us involving our accounting practices, coverage under our directors and officers insurance policies, and various other outstanding securities, derivative, regulatory, and qui tam (i.e., whistleblower) litigation. (See Note 23, Contingencies and Other Commitments .) We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any litigation. Substantial damages or other monetary remedies assessed against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. If the insurance companies are successful in rescinding or denying coverage to HealthSouth and/or some of our current and former directors and officers, our ability to reach a settlement with plaintiffs in the securities, derivative, Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), and other litigation could be adversely affected. The failure to reach a settlement could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. In addition, given the size and nature of our business, we are subject from time to time to various other lawsuits which, depending on their outcome, may have a negative effect on us.

 

Self-Insured Risk-

 

We insure a substantial portion of our professional, general liability, workers’ compensation and Digital Hospital (See Note 7, Property and Equipment ) construction risks through a self-insured retention program (“SIR”), insured by our consolidated wholly-owned offshore captive insurance subsidiary, HCS, Ltd., which we fund annually. HCS, Ltd., established in the fourth quarter of 2000, is located in the Cayman Islands and is an independent insurance company licensed by the Cayman Island Monetary Authority. We use HCS, Ltd. to fund part of our first layer of insurance coverage up to $60 million. Risks in excess of specified limits per claim and in excess of our aggregate SIR amount are covered by unrelated commercial carriers.

 

We primarily insure each of our facilities for professional and general liability losses through Columbia Casualty, a CNA company, for $1 million per claim/$3 million aggregate. These limits are applied towards a maximum limit of $6 million per claim under our SIR. In addition, ACE provides primary workers’ compensation insurance for each of our facilities under either a policy with a high deductible or as a third party administrator for self-insured claims. In both cases, our retained risk ranges from $250,000 to $1,000,000 per

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

claim. Pursuant to indemnification agreements between us, HCS, Ltd., CNA, and ACE, CNA and ACE are entitled to be indemnified by HCS, Ltd. for the primary coverage provided.

 

Reserves for professional, general liability, and workers’ compensation risks were $208.1 million, $191.4 million, $170.7 million, and $158.2 million at December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. The current portion of this reserve, $40.5 million, $47.3 million, $54.9 million, and $39.2 million at December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively, is included in Other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Provisions for losses related to liability risks were $65.4 million, $78.9 million, $54.4 million, and $54.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively, and are classified in Other operating expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Provisions for these self insured risks are based upon actuarially determined estimates. Loss and loss expense reserves represent the estimated ultimate net cost of all reported and unreported losses incurred through the respective consolidated balance sheet dates. The reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses are estimated using individual case-basis valuations and actuarial analyses. Those estimates are subject to the effects of trends in loss severity and frequency. The estimates are continually reviewed and adjustments are recorded as experience develops or new information becomes known. The changes to the estimated reserve amounts are included in current operating results. The reserves for professional liability risks cover approximately 2,000 individual claims at December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000 and estimates for potential unreported claims. The time period required to resolve these claims can vary depending upon the jurisdiction and whether the claim is settled or litigated. During 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, $40.5 million, $51.9 million, $40.2 million, and $25.9 million, respectively, of payments (net of reinsurance recoveries of $8.2 million, $6.2 million, $1.7 million, and $4.3 million, respectively) were made for liability claims. The estimation of the timing of payments beyond a year can vary significantly. Although considerable variability is inherent in reserve estimates, management believes the reserves for losses and loss expenses are adequate; however, there can be no assurance that the ultimate liability will not exceed management’s estimates.

 

The obligations covered by excess contracts remain on the balance sheet, as the subsidiary or parent remains liable to the extent that the excess carriers do not meet their obligations under the insurance contracts. The amounts receivable under the excess contracts of $36.8 million, $41.3 million, $36.9 million, and $23.1 million at December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively, are included in other assets.

 

Revenue Recognition-

 

Revenues consist primarily of net patient service revenues that are recorded based upon established billing rates less allowances for contractual adjustments. Revenues are recorded during the period the health care services are provided, based upon the estimated amounts due from the patients and third-party payors, including federal and state agencies (under the Medicare and Medicaid programs), managed care health plans, commercial insurance companies, and employers. Estimates of contractual allowances under managed care health plans are based upon the payment terms specified in the related contractual agreements. Contractual payment terms for managed care agreements are generally based upon predetermined rates per diagnosis, per diem rates, or discounted fee-for-service rates. Settlements under reimbursement agreements with third-party payors are estimated and recorded in the period the related services are rendered and are adjusted in future periods as adjustments become estimable or as the service years are no longer subject to audit, review, or investigation. Other operating revenues, which include revenue from cafeteria, gift shop, rental income, conference center, and management and administrative fees, approximated 5.1%, 5.3%, 6.4%, and 7.0% of net operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex, subject to interpretation, and are routinely modified for provider reimbursement. All healthcare providers participating in the Medicare and Medicaid programs are required to meet certain financial reporting requirements. Federal regulations require submission of annual cost reports covering medical costs and expenses associated with the services provided by each facility to program beneficiaries. Annual cost reports required under the Medicare and Medicaid programs are subject to routine audits, which may result in adjustments to the amounts ultimately determined to be due to HealthSouth under these reimbursement programs. These audits often require several years to reach the final determination of amounts earned under the programs. As a result, there is at least a reasonable possibility that recorded estimates will change by a material amount in the near term. The estimated third-party settlements (liability) or receivables as of December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000 were approximately $(6.8) million, $(12.0) million, $39.9 million and $25.7 million, respectively. The net liabilities are classified in Other current liabilities and the net receivable amounts are included in Accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. (See Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement. )

 

The United States Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (formerly the Health Care Financing Administration) (“CMS”) has been granted authority to suspend payments, in whole or in part, to Medicare providers if CMS possesses reliable information that an overpayment, fraud, or willful misrepresentation exists. If CMS suspects that payments are being made as the result of fraud or misrepresentation, CMS may suspend payment at any time without providing us with prior notice. The initial suspension period is limited to 180 days. However, the payment suspension period can be extended almost indefinitely if the matter is under investigation by the United States Department of Health & Human Services Office of Inspector General or the DOJ. Therefore, we are unable to predict if or when we may be subject to a suspension of payments by the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs, the possible length of the suspension period, or the potential cash flow impact of a payment suspension. Any such suspension would adversely impact our financial condition.

 

We provide care to patients who are financially unable to pay for the health care services they receive, and because we do not pursue collection of amounts determined to qualify as charity care, such amounts are not recorded as revenues.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents-

 

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased. Carrying values of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Certificates of deposit included in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000 approximated $1.2 million, $3.0 million, $2.0 million, and $1.2 million, respectively.

 

Restricted Cash-

 

As of December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, restricted cash consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Affiliate cash accounts

   $ 96,692     $ —       $ —       $ —    

Self-insured captive funds

     59,905       22,247       30,614       1,502  

Paid loss deposit fund

     15,969       —         —         —    

Non-US based operations

     2,291       1,784       1,079       628  
    


 


 


 


Total restricted cash

     174,857       24,031       31,693       2,130  

Less current portion

     (145,557 )     (24,031 )     (20,383 )     (2,130 )
    


 


 


 


Restricted cash, less current portion

   $ 29,300     $ —       $ 11,310     $ —    
    


 


 


 


 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Affiliate cash accounts represent cash accounts maintained by partnerships in which we participate where one or more of the external partners have requested that the partnership’s cash not be commingled with other corporate cash accounts. Self-insured captive funds represent cash held at our wholly-owned insurance captive, HCS Ltd., in the Cayman Islands. HCS handles professional liability, workers’ compensation, and other insurance claims on behalf of HealthSouth. These funds are committed to third party administrators for claims incurred. Paid loss deposit fund represents cash collateralized deposits for surety bonds related to HealthSouth’s workers’ compensation plans and are a requirement of the applicable insurance companies. Non-US based operations represents cash maintained by our inpatient rehabilitation facility in Australia.

 

The noncurrent portion of restricted cash is included in Other long-term assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Restricted cash includes certificates of deposit of approximately $56.3 million at December 31, 2003.

 

Accounts Receivable-

 

HealthSouth reports accounts receivable at estimated net realizable amounts from services rendered from federal and state agencies (under the Medicare and Medicaid programs), managed care health plans, commercial insurance companies, workers’ compensation, employers, and patients. Our accounts receivable are geographically dispersed, but a significant portion of our revenues are concentrated by type of payors. The concentration of net accounts receivable by payor class, as a percentage of total net accounts receivable as of the end of each of the reporting periods, is as follows:

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Medicare

   27.7 %   23.8 %   22.9 %   21.3 %

Medicaid

   4.1     4.2     3.5     3.6  

Workers’ compensation

   10.2     11.2     11.5     12.0  

Managed care and other discount plans

   36.8     39.9     39.9     41.8  

Other third party payors, including patients

   21.2     20.9     22.2     21.3  
    

 

 

 

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
    

 

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, approximately 42.7%, 37.8%, 31.4%, and 29.1%, respectively of our revenues related to patients participating in the Medicare program. We recognize that revenues and accounts receivable from government agencies are significant to our operations, but we do not believe there is significant credit risks associated with these government agencies. Because Medicare traditionally pays claims faster than our other third-party payors, the percentage of our Medicare charges in accounts receivable is less than the percentage of our Medicare revenues. HealthSouth does not believe that there are any other significant concentrations of revenues from any particular payor that would subject it to any significant credit risks in the collection of its accounts receivable.

 

Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are made by means of the provision for doubtful accounts. We write off uncollectible accounts against the allowance for doubtful accounts after exhausting collection efforts and adding subsequent recoveries. Net accounts receivable include only those amounts we estimate we will collect.

 

For each of the four years ended December 31, 2003, we performed an analysis of our historical cash collection patterns and considered the impact of any known material events in determining the allowance for

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

doubtful accounts. In performing our analysis, we considered the impact of any adverse changes in general economic conditions, business office operations, payor mix, or trends in federal or state governmental health care coverage. At December 31, 2003, our allowance for doubtful accounts represented approximately 40.7% of the $837 million total patient due accounts receivable balance.

 

Marketable Securities-

 

In accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, we recorded all debt investments and equity securities with readily determinable fair values and for which we did not exercise significant influence as available-for-sale securities. We carried the available-for-sale securities at fair value and reported unrealized holding gains or losses, net of income taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is a separate component of shareholders’ equity. We recognize realized gains and losses in our consolidated statements of income using the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2003, we had sold our portfolio of marketable securities.

 

Property and Equipment-

 

We report land, buildings, improvements, and equipment at cost, net of asset impairment, and assets under capital lease obligations at the present value of the aggregate future minimum lease payments at the beginning of the lease term. We depreciate our assets using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the assets or life of the lease term, excluding any lease renewals, unless the lease renewals are reasonably assured. Useful lives are as follows:

 

     Years

Buildings

   20-30

Leasehold improvements

   5-19

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

   3-10

Assets under capital lease obligations:

    

Real estate

   10-30

Equipment

   3-7

 

Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are expensed as incurred. We capitalize replacements and betterments that increase the estimated useful life of an asset. We capitalize interest expense on major construction and development projects while in progress. In 2001, we began construction of a 219 bed state of the art general acute care hospital (the “Digital Hospital”) on property adjacent to our corporate campus in Birmingham, Alabama.

 

We retain fully depreciated assets in property and depreciation accounts until we remove them from service. In the case of sale, retirement, or disposal, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation balance is removed from the respective account, and the resulting net amount, less any proceeds, is included as a component of income from continuing operations in the consolidated statements of operations. However, if the sale, retirement, or disposal involves a discontinued operation, the resulting net amount, less any proceeds, is included in the results of discontinued operations.

 

We account for operating leases under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-3, Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent Increases. These pronouncements require us to recognize escalated rents, including any rent holidays, on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for those lease agreements where we receive the right to control the use of the entire leased property at the beginning of the lease term.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets-

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired companies. In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations, Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , and in August 2001 the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. Effective July 1, 2001, HealthSouth adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 141 and certain provisions of FASB Statement No. 142 as required for goodwill and intangible assets resulting from business combinations consummated after June 30, 2001. We adopted the remaining provisions of FASB Statement No. 142 as of January 1, 2002.

 

FASB Statement No. 141 supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 16, Business Combinations, and requires that we use the purchase method of accounting for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 as well as all purchase method business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. The use of the pooling-of-interests method is prohibited for transactions initiated after June 30, 2001. FASB Statement No. 141 also provides specific criteria to recognize intangible assets acquired in a business combination apart from goodwill.

 

FASB Statement No. 142 supersedes APB Opinion No. 17, Intangible Assets, and, beginning January 1, 2002, we no longer amortize goodwill but test goodwill for impairment using a fair value approach, at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment (the component level) if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at the component level. At HealthSouth, our reporting units are equal to our operating segments. Effective January 1, 2002, we assigned all previously acquired goodwill to one of our five reporting units. We were required to test for impairment upon adoption, January 1, 2002, and at least annually thereafter, absent some triggering event that would require an impairment assessment. On an ongoing basis, absent any impairment indicators, we perform our goodwill impairment testing as of October 1st of each year. We also tested for goodwill impairment as of March 19, 2003 (See Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements ).

 

We recognize an impairment charge for any amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. We present a goodwill impairment charge as a separate line item within income from continuing operations in the consolidated statement of operations, unless the goodwill impairment is associated with a discontinued operation. In that case, we include the goodwill impairment charge, on a net-of-tax basis, within the results of discontinued operations.

 

We use discounted cash flows to establish the fair value of our reporting units as of the testing dates. The discounted cash flow approach includes many assumptions related to future growth rates, discount factors, future tax rates, etc. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in goodwill impairment in future periods. When available and as appropriate, we use comparative market multiples to corroborate discounted cash flow results. When a business within a reporting unit is disposed of, goodwill is allocated to the gain or loss on disposition using the relative fair value methodology.

 

In addition, as of January 1, 2002, we were required to evaluate our existing intangible assets and goodwill that were acquired in prior purchase business combinations to: (a) determine whether it was necessary to reclassify amounts between goodwill and identifiable intangible assets based on the new criteria in FASB Statement No. 141 to recognize intangible assets apart from goodwill and (b) reassess the estimated useful lives of recognized intangible assets, and (c) test any previously recognized intangible asset deemed to have an indefinite useful life for impairment. The results of this evaluation are as follows:

 

    We reclassified our assembled workforce intangible asset, net of related deferred income taxes, to goodwill.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

    No amounts were reclassified from goodwill to identifiable intangible assets.

 

    It was not necessary to revise the estimated useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets.

 

    We did not identify any intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

 

See Note 8, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, for further details relating to the amortization, reclassification, and impairment testing of all intangible assets.

 

In accordance with FASB Statement No. 142, we amortize the cost of intangible assets with definite useful lives over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual value. As of December 31, 2003, our definite useful lived intangible assets do not have an estimated residual value. We also review those assets for impairment in accordance with FASB Statement No. 144 whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that we may not be able to recover the asset’s carrying amount. As of December 31, 2003, HealthSouth does not have any intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. The range of estimated useful lives of our other intangible assets is as follows:

 

     Years

Certificates of Need

   10 to 30

Licenses

   10 to 20

Non-compete agreements

   5 to 10

Management agreements

   10 to 20

 

Prior to January 1, 2002, we amortized goodwill using the straight-line method over 20 years for inpatient hospital and surgery center acquisitions, 10 years for outpatient facility acquisitions, and 15 years for diagnostics facility acquisitions. In addition, we previously amortized our assembled workforce intangible asset using the straight-line method over four years. We also previously considered goodwill and other intangible assets impaired when its carrying value exceeded associated expected operating cash flows and wrote it down to fair value, which we determined based on either discounted future cash flows or appraised values.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets-

 

We adopted FASB Statement No. 144 on January 1, 2002. This standard addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets and supersedes FASB Statement No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of. However, FASB Statement No. 144 retains the fundamental provisions of FASB Statement No. 121 for (a) recognition and measurement of impairment of long-lived assets to be held and used and (b) measurement of long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale. It also supersedes the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations—Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions, for segments of a business to be disposed of; however, it maintains APB Opinion No. 30’s requirement to report discontinued operations separately from continuing operations and extends that reporting to a component of a company that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale. Although it expanded the use of discontinued operations, the Statement eliminates the previous practice of accruing all future operating losses associated with the disposal. It also amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , to eliminate the exception of not consolidating a subsidiary for which control is likely to be temporary.

 

Under FASB Statement No. 144, we assess the recoverability of long-lived assets (excluding goodwill) and identifiable acquired intangible assets with finite useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

indicate that we may not be able to recover the asset’s carrying amount. We measure the recoverability of assets to be held and used by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the expected net future cash flows to be generated by that asset, or, for identifiable intangibles with finite useful lives, by determining whether the amortization of the intangible asset balance over its remaining life can be recovered through undiscounted future cash flows. The amount of impairment of identifiable intangible assets with finite useful lives, if any, to be recognized is measured based on projected discounted future cash flows. We measure the amount of impairment of other long-lived assets (excluding goodwill) by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair market value of the asset, which is generally determined based on projected discounted future cash flows or appraised values. We present an impairment charge as a separate line item within income from continuing operations in our consolidated statements of operations, unless the impairment is associated with a discontinued operation. In that case, we include the impairment charge, on a net-of-tax basis, within the results of discontinued operations. We classify long-lived assets to be disposed of other than by sale as held and used until they are disposed. We report long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale as held for sale and recognize those assets in the balance sheet at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, and cease depreciation.

 

Investment in and Advances to Nonconsolidated Affiliates-

 

Investments in entities in which we have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee are accounted for under the equity method. Equity method investments are recorded at original cost and adjusted periodically to recognize our proportionate share of the investees’ net income or losses after the date of investment, amortization of basis differences, additional contributions made and dividends or distributions received, and impairment losses resulting from adjustments to net realizable value. We record equity method losses in excess of the carrying amount of an investment when we guarantee obligations or we are otherwise committed to provide further financial support to the affiliate. Prior to the adoption of FASB Statement No. 142 on January 1, 2002, the goodwill resulting from differences between our recorded investments and our proportionate interests in the book value of the investees’ net assets were amortized to equity in net income or loss of the investee, primarily over a period of 20 years. Subsequent to the adoption of FASB Statement No. 142, we no longer amortize such equity method goodwill.

 

We use the cost method to account for equity investments for which the equity securities do not have readily determinable fair values and for which we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence. Under the cost method of accounting, private equity investments are carried at cost and are adjusted only for other-than-temporary declines in fair value and additional investments.

 

Management periodically assesses the recoverability of our equity method and cost method investments and equity method goodwill for impairment. We consider all available information, including the recoverability of the investment, the earnings and near-term prospects of the affiliate, factors related to the industry, conditions of the affiliate, and our ability, if any, to influence the management of the affiliate. We assess fair value based on valuation methodologies, as appropriate, including discounted cash flows, estimates of sales proceeds and external appraisals, as appropriate. If an investment or equity method goodwill is considered to be impaired and the decline in value is other than temporary, we record an appropriate write-down.

 

Financing Costs-

 

We amortize financing costs using the effective interest method over the life of the related debt. The related expense is included in interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

We amortize discounts or premiums using the effective interest method over the life of the related debt and we report discounts or premiums as a direct deduction from, or addition to, the face amount of the financing. The related expense is included in interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments-

 

FASB Statement No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires certain disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments. Our financial instruments consist mainly of cash and cash equivalents, certificates of deposit, restricted cash, accounts receivable, notes receivable from shareholders, officers, and employees, accounts payable, related party notes receivable and payable, long-term debt, and capital lease obligations. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, certificates of deposit, restricted cash, accounts receivable, related party notes receivable and payable, and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. We determined the fair value of our long-term debt and capital lease obligations by using quoted market prices, when available, or discounted cash flows to calculate these fair values.

 

Asset Retirement Obligations-

 

In June 2001, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, which applies to certain obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets . Under this standard, we recognize the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which the obligation is incurred if we can make a reasonable estimate of the liability’s fair value. The associated asset retirement cost is capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset and depreciated over the remaining life of the underlying asset and the associated liability is accreted to the estimated fair value of the obligation at the settlement date through periodic accretion charges to the consolidated statement of operations. When the obligation is settled, any difference between the final cost and the recorded amount is recognized as income or loss on settlement.

 

Effective January 1, 2003, HealthSouth adopted the initial recognition and measurement provisions of FASB Statement No. 143 and identified certain asset retirement obligations to restore leased premises for the removal of certain diagnostic equipment. Upon adoption of FASB Statement No. 143, we recorded a $3.6 million increase to Property and equipment, a $1.9 million increase to Accumulated depreciation and amortization, a $4.2 million increase to Other long-term liabilities , and a $2.5 million noncash charge (net of tax of $0), which we reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Minority Interests in Consolidated Affiliates-

 

The consolidated financial statements include all assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of less-than-100%-owned affiliates that we control. Accordingly, we have recorded minority interests in the earnings and equity of such entities. We record adjustments to minority interest for the allocable portion of income or loss that the minority interest holders are entitled based upon their portion of certain of the subsidiaries that they own. Distributions to holders of minority interests are adjusted to the respective minority interest holders’ balance.

 

We suspend allocation of losses to minority interest holders when the minority interest balance for a particular minority interest holder is reduced to zero and the minority interest holder does not have an obligation to fund such losses. Any excess loss above the minority interest holders’ balance is not charged to minority interest as the minority interest holders have no obligation to fund such losses. We resume adjusting minority interest for the subsequent profits earned by a subsidiary only after the cumulative income exceeds the previously unrecorded losses.

 

Litigation Reserve-

 

We accrue estimated future legal fees associated with outstanding litigation for which management has determined it is probable that a loss contingency exists and the expected loss is greater than $5 million. This

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

requires management to estimate the amount of legal fees that will be incurred in the defense of the litigation. These estimates are based heavily on our expectations of the scope, length to complete, and complexity of the claims. In the future, additional adjustments may be recorded as the scope, length or complexity of outstanding litigation changes.

 

Advertising Costs-

 

We expense costs of print, radio, television, and other advertisements as incurred. Advertising expenses, included in general and administrative expenses within the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, approximated $8.1 million in 2003, $22.8 million in 2002, $19.3 million in 2001, and $16.2 million in 2000.

 

Employee Stock Benefit Plan-

 

We account for shares purchased by the HealthSouth Rehabilitation Corporation and Subsidiaries Employee Stock Benefit Plan (the “ESOP”) prior to January 1, 1994 in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 76-3, Accounting Practices for Certain Employee Stock Ownership Plans, and EITF Issue No. 89-8, “Expense Recognition for Employee Stock Ownership Plans.”

 

During 1993, the AICPA issued AICPA Statement of Position 93-6, Employers Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans . Among other provisions, Statement of Position 93-6 requires that compensation expense relating to employee stock ownership plans be measured based on the fair market value of the shares when allocated to the employees. The provisions of Statement of Position 93-6 apply only to leveraged ESOPs formed after December 31, 1992, or shares newly acquired by an existing leveraged ESOP after December 31, 1992. Because all shares owned by our ESOP were acquired prior to December 31, 1992, our accounting policies for the shares currently owned by the ESOP are not affected by Statement of Position 93-6.

 

Stock Based Compensation-

 

HealthSouth has various shareholder-approved stock-based compensation plans that provide for the granting of stock-based compensation to certain employees and directors, which are described more fully in Note 15, Stock Based Compensation . We account for those stock-based compensation plans using the recognition and measurement principles of the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and its related interpretations, and apply the disclosure-only provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . Under the intrinsic value method, we recognize compensation expense on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock on the grant date exceeds the exercise price of the stock-based award.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FASB Statement No. 123 requires that we present certain pro forma information assuming that we recognize an expense for our stock-based compensation using the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation. We estimated the fair value of our stock-based compensation at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the assumptions described in Note 15, Stock Based Compensation . If we had recognized compensation expense using the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, the pro forma amounts of our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000 would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Net loss, as reported

   $ (434,557 )   $ (466,824 )   $ (191,225 )   $ (364,243 )

Add: Stock-based employee compensation (benefit) expense included in reported net loss, net of related tax effects

     (1,882 )     (1,000 )     (679 )     3,363  

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

     (4,974 )     (15,899 )     (21,754 )     (10,796 )
    


 


 


 


Pro forma net loss

   $ (441,413 )   $ (483,723 )   $ (213,658 )   $ (371,676 )
    


 


 


 


Loss per share:

                                

Basic and diluted—as reported

   $ (1.10 )   $ (1.18 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.94 )
    


 


 


 


Basic and diluted—pro forma

   $ (1.11 )   $ (1.22 )   $ (0.55 )   $ (0.96 )
    


 


 


 


 

Discontinued Operations-

 

Effective January 1, 2002, we account for discontinued operations under FASB Statement No. 144, which requires that a component of an entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale after January 1, 2002 and has operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished from the rest of the entity be reported as discontinued operations. In the period that a component of an entity has been disposed of or classified as held for sale, we reclassify the results of operations for current and prior periods into a single caption titled discontinued operations.

 

Income Taxes-

 

We provide for income taxes using the asset and liability method as required by FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. This approach recognizes the amount of federal, state, and local taxes payable or refundable for the current year, as well as deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequence of events recognized in the consolidated financial statements and income tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted to recognize the effects of changes in tax laws or enacted tax rates.

 

Under FASB Statement No. 109, a valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization is dependent on generating sufficient future taxable income.

 

We have not provided for U.S. federal income and foreign withholding taxes on non-U.S. subsidiaries’ undistributed earnings as calculated for income tax purposes, because, in accordance with the provisions of APB Opinion No. 23, Accounting for Income Taxes—Special Areas, we intend to reinvest these earnings outside the

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

U.S. indefinitely. Because this determination is based on future plans and expectations of future events, the possibility exists that amounts declared as indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. may ultimately be repatriated, with unfavorable tax consequences. This adverse tax consequence would occur if the transfer of cash into the U.S. were subject to U.S. income tax without sufficient foreign tax credits available to offset the U.S. tax liability.

 

HealthSouth and its corporate subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. State income tax returns are filed on a separate, combined or consolidated basis in accordance with relevant state laws and regulations. Partnerships, limited liability partnerships (“LLPs”), limited liability companies (“LLCs”), and other pass-through entities that we consolidate or account for using the equity method of accounting file separate federal and state income tax returns. We include the allocable portion of each pass-through entity’s income or loss in our federal income tax return. We allocate the remaining income or loss of each pass-through entity to the other partners or members who are responsible for their portion of the taxes.

 

Comprehensive Income-

 

Comprehensive income or loss is recorded in accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No.130, Reporting Comprehensive Income. FASB Statement No.130 establishes the standard for reporting comprehensive income and its components in financial statements. Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income (loss), changes in unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities, and foreign currency translation adjustments and is included in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

 

Foreign Currency Translation-

 

The financial statements of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar have been translated to U.S. dollars in accordance with FASB Statement No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation. Foreign currency assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the end-of-period exchange rates. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates in effect during each period, except for those expenses related to balance sheet amounts, which are translated at historical exchange rates. Gains and losses from foreign currency translations are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity. Exchange gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and historically have not been material.

 

Restructuring Activities-

 

For restructuring plans implemented prior to December 31, 2002, we assessed the need to record restructuring charges in accordance with EITF Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (Including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)”. We also apply EITF Issue No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination”, and Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 100, “Restructuring and Impairment Charges.” In accordance with this guidance, management must execute an exit plan that will result in the incurrence of costs that have no future economic benefit. Also, under the terms of EITF Issue No. 94-3, a liability for the restructuring charges is recognized in the period management approves the restructuring plan. We recognize liabilities that primarily include the estimated severance and other costs related to employee benefits and certain estimated costs to exit equipment and facility lease obligations, and other service contracts. These estimates are based on the remaining amounts due under various contractual agreements, adjusted for any anticipated contract cancellation penalty fees or any anticipated or unanticipated events or changes in circumstances that would reduce these obligations. The settlement of these liabilities could differ materially from recorded amounts.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In June 2002, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3. The Statement requires a company to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. Examples of costs covered by the statement include lease termination costs and certain employee severance costs that are associated with restructuring, discontinued operations, facility closings, or other exit or disposal activities. We have applied the provisions of this Statement to exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002.

 

Loss Per Share-

 

The calculation of loss per common share is based on the weighted-average number of our common shares outstanding during the applicable period. The calculation for diluted loss per common share recognizes the effect of all dilutive potential common shares that were outstanding during the respective periods, unless their impact would be antidilutive.

 

Selected Quarterly Financial Information-

 

We have not presented the selected quarterly financial data for 2003 and 2002 as required by Item 302(a) of Regulation S-K that the SEC requires as supplementary information to the basic financial statements.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements-

 

In May 2005, the FASB issued FASB Statement No.154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. This Statement replaces APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements, and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. FASB Statement No.154 applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle, and it applies to changes required by a new accounting pronouncement in the unusual instance that the pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions.

 

The new standard requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle, unless it is impracticable. ABP Opinion No. 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principle be recognized by including in net income of the period of the change the cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle. In addition, FASB Statement No. 154 requires that we account for a change in method of depreciation, amortization, or depletion for long-lived, nonfinancial assets as a change in accounting estimate that is effected by a change in accounting principle. APB Opinion No. 20 previously required that we report such a change as a change in accounting principle.

 

FASB Statement No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for accounting changes and corrections of errors made occurring in fiscal years beginning after June 1, 2005. The Statement does not change the transition provisions of any existing accounting pronouncements, including those that are in a transition phase as of the effective date of this Statement.

 

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations . FASB Interpretation No. 47 clarifies that the term “conditional asset retirement obligation,” as used in FASB Statement No. 143, refers to a legal obligation to perform as asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. The obligation to perform the asset retirement activity is unconditional even though uncertainty exists

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

about the timing and/or method of settlement. Uncertainty about the timing and/or method of settlement of a conditional asset retirement obligation should be factored into the measurement of the liability when sufficient information exists. FASB Interpretation No. 47 also clarifies when a company would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation.

 

FASB Interpretation No. 47 is effective no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The application of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations as our asset retirement obligations under FASB Statement No. 143 are generally within our control and reasonably estimable.

 

In March 2005, the Staff of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued SAB No. 107, Share-Based Payment. SAB No. 107 expresses the view of the SEC staff regarding the interaction between FASB Statement No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , and certain SEC rules and regulations and provides the SEC staff’s views regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements for public companies. The SEC staff believes the guidance in SAB No. 107 will assist public companies in their initial implementation of FASB Statement No. 123(R) and enhance the information received by investors and other users of financial statements, thereby assisting them in making investment and other decisions. SAB 107 also includes interpretive guidance related to share-based payment transactions with nonemployees, the transition from nonpublic to public entity status, valuation methods (including assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term), the accounting for certain redeemable financial instruments issued under share-based payment arrangements, the classification of compensation expense, non-GAAP financial measures, first-time adoption of FASB Statement No. 123(R) in an interim period, capitalization of compensation cost related to share-based payment arrangements, the accounting for income tax effects of share-based payment arrangements upon adoption of FASB Statement No. 123(R), the modification of employee share options prior to adoption of FASB Statement No. 123(R), and disclosures in Management’s Discussion and Analysis subsequent to adoption of FASB Statement No. 123(R). FASB Statement No. 123(R) is effective for annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Its expected impact on our results of operations is discussed below.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 123(R) which revises FASB Statement No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 and its related implementation guidance. The revised Statement focuses primarily on accounting for transactions in which a company obtains employee services in exchange for share-based payments. FASB Statement No. 123(R) eliminates the alternative of applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 to stock compensation awards issued to employees. Rather, the new standard requires a company to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. A company will recognize the cost over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period).

 

We have not yet quantified the effects of the adoption of FASB Statement No. 123(R), but it is expected that the new standard may result in significant stock-based compensation expense. We have disclosed above in Note 1, the pro forma effects on net loss and earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of the original FASB Statement No. 123 on stock compensation awards (rather than applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25). Although such pro forma effects of applying the original FASB Statement No. 123 may be indicative of the effects of adopting FASB Statement No. 123(R), the provisions of these two statements differ in some important respects. The actual effects of adopting FASB Statement No. 123(R) will be dependent on numerous factors including, but not limited to, the valuation model we select to value stock-based awards, the assumed forfeiture rate, the accounting policies adopted concerning the method of recognizing the fair value of awards over the requisite service period, and the transition method (as discussed below) we select for adopting FASB Statement No. 123(R).

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FASB Statement No. 123(R), as impacted by SAB No. 107, is effective for annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005, and it requires the use of the Modified Prospective Application Method. Under this method, FASB Statement No. 123(R) is applied to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the effective date. Additionally, we will recognize compensation cost for the portion of awards for which the requisite service date has not been rendered (such as unvested options) that are outstanding as of the date of adoption as the remaining requisite services are rendered. We will base the compensation cost relating to unvested awards at the date of adoption on the grant-date fair value of those awards as calculated for pro forma disclosures under the original FASB Statement No. 123. In addition, a company may use the Modified Retrospective Application Method. A company may apply this method to all prior years for which the original FASB Statement No. 123 was effective or only to prior interim periods in the year of initial adoption. If a company uses the Modified Retrospective Application Method, it will adjust the financial statements for prior periods to give effect to the fair-value-based method of accounting for awards on a consistent basis with the pro forma disclosures required for those periods under the original FASB Statement No. 123.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 153, Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets, which amends APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions. This Statement eliminates the exception to fair value in APB Opinion No. 29 for exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. This Statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The application of this Statement is not expected to have an impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations considering our intermittent participation in exchanges of nonmonetary assets.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 152, Accounting for Real Estate Time-Sharing Transactions. This statement amends FASB Statement No. 66, Accounting for Sales of Real Estate, and FASB Statement No. 67, Accounting for Costs and Initial Rental Operations of Real Estate Projects. This Statement, which is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005, is not applicable to our current operations.

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 151, Inventory Costs. This statement amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Restatement and Revision of Accounting Research Bulletins , Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing”, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and spoilage. This Statement, which is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005, is not applicable to our current operations.

 

In April 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 129-1, “Disclosure Requirements under FASB Statement No. 129, Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure, Relating to Contingently Convertible Securities .” The guidance is effective April 9, 2004 for existing and newly created securities. The adoption of FASB Staff Position No. FAS 129-1 will not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, as the position relates only to disclosure requirements.

 

In March 2004, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” EITF Issue No. 03-1 includes new guidance on evaluating and recording impairment losses on debt and equity investments, as well as new disclosure requirements for investments that are considered to be temporarily impaired. The accounting guidance of EITF Issue No. 03-01 is effective for reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2004, while the disclosure requirements for debt and equity securities accounted for under FASB Statement No. 115 are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2003. In September 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. EITF Issue 03-1-1, “Effective Date of Paragraphs 10–20 of EITF Issue No. 03-1, ‘The Meaning of Other-Than-

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments’”, to delay the effective date for the measurement and recognition guidance contained in paragraphs 10 through 20 of EITF Issue No. 03-1 to an unspecified future date to be determined by the FASB. As of December 31, 2003, we do not hold any financial instruments within the scope of FASB Statement No. 115 and therefore the adoption of EITF Issue No. 03-01 will not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

In December 2003, the Staff of the SEC issued SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition , which supercedes SAB No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements. SAB No. 104’s primary purpose is to rescind accounting guidance contained in SAB No. 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, superceded as a result of the issuance of EITF Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. Additionally, SAB No. 104 rescinds the SEC’s Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements Frequently Asked Questions and Answers (“FAQ”) issued with SAB No. 101 that had been codified in SEC Topic 13, “Revenue Recognition.” Selected portions of the FAQ have been incorporated into SAB No. 104. While the wording of SAB No. 104 has changed to reflect the issuance of EITF Issue No. 00-21, the revenue recognition principles of SAB No. 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB No. 104. EITF Issue No. 00-21 was effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. There was no impact to our consolidated financial statements related to SAB No. 104 for the year ended December 31, 2003, as we generally do not have transactions with multiple deliverables subject to the guidance in EITF Issue No. 00-21.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity, which modifies the accounting for certain financial instruments that, under previous guidance, issuers could account for as a component of shareholders’ equity. FASB Statements No. 150 requires that a company classify those instruments as liabilities. For us, the statement was effective for instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and otherwise effective as of July 1, 2003. However, the FASB has deferred indefinitely the classification and measurement provisions for certain types of mandatorily redeemable financial instruments. It is to be implemented by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for financial instruments created before the issuance date of FASB Statement No. 150 and still existing at the beginning of the interim period of adoption. Restatement is not permitted. In 2003, we did not issue or hold financial instruments within the scope of FASB Statement No. 150, as interpreted, and, therefore, the adoption of this standard has not impacted our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities under FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. In general, FASB Statement No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. In 2003, we did not enter into any derivative or hedging activities and therefore the adoption of this standard did not impact our consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

 

In March 2003, the EITF issued final transition guidance regarding accounting for vendor allowances in EITF Issue No. 02-16, “Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor”. Under EITF Issue No. 02-16 the accounting treatment for cash consideration received by a customer from a vendor is presumed to be a reduction of the prices of the vendor’s products or services and should, therefore, be characterized as a reduction of cost of sales when recognized in the customer’s income statement. That presumption is overcome when the consideration is either (a) a reimbursement of costs incurred by the customer to sell the vendor’s products, in which case the cash consideration should be characterized as a reduction of those costs when recognized in the customer’s income statement, or (b) a payment for assets or services

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

delivered to the vendor, in which case the cash consideration should be characterized as revenue when recognized in the customer’s income statement. The EITF also reached a consensus that a rebate or refund of a specified amount of cash consideration that is payable only if the customer completes a specified cumulative level of purchases or remains a customer for a specified time period should be recognized as a reduction of the cost of sales based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the customer toward earning the rebate or refund, provided the amounts are reasonably estimable. EITF Issue No. 02-16 is effective for new arrangements, including modifications of existing arrangements, entered into after December 31, 2002, except for Issue 2, which was effective November 21, 2002. The adoption of EITF Issue No. 02-16 did not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows as we expense most of our supplies as incurred.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. This Interpretation was subsequently revised in December 2003 (FASB Interpretation No. 46 (Revised). The Interpretation clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, to certain entities in which the equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. The Interpretation, as revised, requires an entity to apply the interpretation to all interests in variable interest entities or potential variable interest entities commonly referred to as special-purpose entities for periods ended after December 15, 2003. We have determined that we do not have any arrangements or relationships with special-purpose entities. Application for all other types of entities is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004.

 

FASB Interpretation No. 46 specifically addresses the consolidation of business enterprises to which the usual condition (ownership of a majority voting interest) of consolidation does not apply. The Interpretation focuses on controlling financial interests that may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. It concludes that in the absence of clear control through voting interests, a company’s exposure (variable interest) to the economic risks and potential rewards from the variable interest entity’s assets and activities are the best evidence of control. If a company holds a majority of the variable interests of an entity, it would be considered the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is required to include assets, liabilities, and the results of operations of the variable interest entity in its financial statements. The adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 46 (Revised) will not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. FASB Interpretation No. 45 clarifies the requirements of FASB Statement No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, relating to the guarantor’s accounting for and disclosures of certain guarantees issued. The Interpretation requires that a guarantor recognize, at the inception of the guarantee (including those embedded in a purchase or sales agreement), a liability equal to the fair value of the obligation. The Interpretation also requires disclosure of information about each guarantee or group of guarantees even if the likelihood of making a payment is remote. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the interpretation were applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor’s fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of the Interpretation were effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. As of December 31, 2003, we have not provided any guarantees within the scope of FASB Interpretation No. 45.

 

2. Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

On March 18, 2003, a federal law enforcement task force executed a search warrant at our corporate offices in Birmingham, Alabama. The following day, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission filed suit

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

against HealthSouth and our then-chairman and chief executive officer. On March 24, 2003, we announced that, in light of the SEC and Department of Justice investigations into our financial reporting and related activity, our previously filed financial statements should not be relied upon.

 

As a result of these events, our Board established a Special Audit Review Committee (“SARC” or the “Committee”), for the purposes of conducting an independent forensic investigation of accounting irregularities at HealthSouth and to consider any related matters that it concluded deserved review or comment. One of only two Board members, who, at the time, had not served when the principal events under investigation occurred, was selected to lead the Committee’s inquiry. Neither he nor the Committee’s counsel or accounting advisors had any relationships with the Company, our Board, our employees, or others with whom we conducted business that would limit an objective inquiry into HealthSouth’s financial reporting irregularities. The principal objectives of the Committee were to:

 

    Identify misstatements in our previously issued financial statements

 

    Quantify the impact of the identified misstatements on our previously reported financial results

 

    Offer recommendations to the Company to prevent the recurrence of financial fraud.

 

Since March 2003, as a result of the above events and circumstances, we have undertaken a comprehensive review of our previously filed consolidated financial statements. All of our present senior management, including our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and our corporate controller, were not employed by the Company during the period from January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2003 and most of the senior management and senior accounting personnel that prepared the restated consolidated financial statements were not employed by the Company in their current capacity during such period. During the restatement process, we identified a substantial number of material weaknesses in our internal controls, including poor accounting records. Due to the lack of systematic and reliable internal controls and the lack of access to the Company’s prior management and senior financial personnel, the restatement process required an extensive effort by hundreds of financial and accounting professionals, including external consultants, to locate, verify and/or reconstruct supporting records for financial statement accounts.

 

As a result of the comprehensive review, we have restated our previously reported consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. The restatement adjustments resulted in a cumulative net reduction to shareholders’ equity of approximately $3.9 billion and $3.5 billion as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, and a reduction in previously reported net income by approximately $393.6 million and $642.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. We have also restated the January 1, 2000 opening retained earnings balance to recognize corrected items that relate to prior periods. Except as otherwise specified, all information presented in the consolidated financial statements and the related notes include all such restatements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Summary of Restatement Items-

 

The following table sets forth the effects of the restatement adjustments on (a) revenue and (b) pre-tax income/(loss) (income from continuing operations before income taxes and the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle) in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. Due to the substantial number of restatement adjustments, each of the restatement categories listed in the table below represents a number of related adjustments that have been aggregated for disclosure purposes.

 

Additionally, the impact of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated balance sheets and the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 are shown following the discussion of the categories listed below (in thousands):

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2001


    Year ended
December 31, 2000


 
     Revenue

    Pre-tax
income
(loss)


    Revenue

    Pre-tax
income
(loss)


 

Previously reported

   $ 4,380,477     $ 341,854     $ 4,195,115     $ 460,273  
    


 


 


 


Restatement adjustments:

                                

Understatement of the contractual revenue adjustments

     (508,726 )     (508,726 )     (415,845 )     (415,845 )

Understatement of the allowance for doubtful accounts

     —         (8,922 )     —         (103,656 )

Acquisition accounting and related items

     —         (39,310 )     —         (15,187 )

Marketable securities

     (19,337 )     3,326       —         —    

Existence and valuation of property and equipment

     —         194,612       —         (91,913 )

Source Medical transactions

     —         (87,336 )     —         —    

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

     (79,985 )     (4,031 )     (94,544 )     (15,411 )

Additional asset and liability adjustments

     —         (84,497 )     —         (222,921 )

Accounting for leases

     —         (47,660 )     —         (15,545 )

Minority interest in earnings of consolidated affiliates

     —         4,566       —         (22,133 )
    


 


 


 


Total restatement adjustments

     (608,048 )     (577,978 )     (510,389 )     (902,611 )
    


 


 


 


As restated

     3,772,429       (236,124 )     3,684,726       (442,338 )

Reclassification of discontinued operations

     (219,372 )     45,442       (185,890 )     4,131  
    


 


 


 


As restated and reclassified

   $ 3,553,057     $ (190,682 )   $ 3,498,836     $ (438,207 )
    


 


 


 


 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table sets forth the effects of the restatement adjustments on retained earnings (accumulated deficit) as of January 1, 2000 (in thousands):

 

     Amounts

 

Retained earnings, January 1, 2000, as previously reported

   $ 949,828  
    


Restatement adjustments:

        

Understatement of contractual revenue adjustments

     (271,194 )

Understatement of the allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1,227 )

Acquisition accounting and related items

     (1,264,352 )

Marketable securities

     —    

Existence and valuation of property and equipment

     (697,406 )

Source Medical transactions

     —    

Investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

     44,966  

Additional asset and liability adjustments

     (611,513 )

Accounting for leases

     (226,713 )

Minority interest in earnings of consolidated affiliates

     28,412  

Various other items

     (7,067 )

Effect of above on income tax accounts

     44,752  
    


Total restatement adjustments

     (2,961,342 )
    


Accumulated deficit, January 1, 2000, as restated

   $ (2,011,514 )
    


 

Allowance for Contractual Revenue and Allowance for Doubtful Account Adjustments-

 

We determined that beginning no later than the second quarter of 1996, net patient service revenue was overstated by understating the allowance for contractual revenue adjustments. This occurred through a series of unsupported adjusting journal entries. Typically, these unsupported journal entries would inappropriately increase amounts recognized as assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The affected balances included (a) cash accounts, (b) reserves for contractual allowances or uncollectible accounts, (c) numerous property and equipment accounts, (d) assets acquired in the Horizon/CMS HealthCare Corporation (“Horizon/CMS”) business combination, (e) assets sold to Integrated Health Services, Inc. (“IHS”), and (f) assets in suspense accounts and classified in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as other assets. The balance sheet impact of some of these adjustments are discussed elsewhere in this note.

 

We also determined that allowances for doubtful accounts had not been properly established in accordance with GAAP, allowance methodologies were not applied consistently, and revenue adjustments were needed to correct the balances in accounts receivable.

 

As part of the restatement process, we adjusted our accounts receivable and determined the allowance for contractual adjustments and allowance for doubtful accounts by considering material events known at the time of the release of financial statements, including historical cash collection patterns.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The effect of the restatement relating to adjustments for the contractual revenue adjustment and allowance for doubtful accounts on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


  2001

    2000

 

Consolidated statements of operations:

               

Net operating revenues

  $ (508,726 )   $ (415,845 )

Provision for doubtful accounts

    (8,922 )     (103,656 )
   


 


Previously reported pre-tax income from continuing operations

  $ (517,648 )   $ (519,501 )
   


 


Previously reported net income

  $ (353,036 )   $ (369,884 )
   


 


Previously reported net income per share

  $ (0.90 )   $ (0.96 )
   


 


Consolidated balance sheets:

               

Accounts receivable, net

  $ (316,449 )   $ (287,047 )
   


 


 

Acquisition Accounting Related Items Adjustments-

 

Between 1993 and 2002, we acquired, individually or in groups, more than 1,000 healthcare facilities offering complementary or similar services to those of the Company. During the restatement process, it was discovered that the Company used the acquisition of other businesses to conceal the overstatement of assets and income. As a result of this finding, we reviewed the accounting for all nine pooling-of-interests method and approximately 500 purchase method business combinations and discovered significant errors in the application of APB Opinion No. 16, Business Combinations. The significant misstatements in the accounting for our previous acquisitions are as follows:

 

Pooling-of-Interests Method-

 

The nine pooling-of-interests method transactions, all of which occurred prior to January 1, 2000, were:

 

•      Surgical Care Affiliates, Inc. (“SCA”)

  

•      ReLife, Inc.

•      National Surgery Centers, Inc. (“NSC”)

  

•      Sutter Surgery Centers, Inc. (“SSCI”)

•      Surgical Health Corporation (“SHC”)

  

•      Professional Sports Care Management, Inc.

•      Advantage Health Corporation

  

•      ReadiCare, Inc.

•      Health Images, Inc.

    

 

Although the above acquisitions did meet the pooling-of-interests method criteria of APB Opinion No. 16, there were significant errors in the application of the pooling-of-interests method. The errors included inappropriately:

 

    Recognizing only the cost of acquired property and equipment, but not the accumulated amortization previously recognized by the predecessor

 

    Starting on the acquisition date the Company extended the depreciation period for the acquired assets beyond the assets’ original useful life

 

    Capitalizing acquisition and development costs

 

    Recognizing liabilities that were not previously recognized by the predecessor company

 

    Recognizing liabilities for the integration of the combined entities that did not meet the GAAP requirements for recognition

 

    Changing the estimated useful life of goodwill originally recognized by the predecessor company from 20 years to 40 years without justification.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Purchase Method-

 

Our ten largest acquisitions accounted for as purchase business combinations, all of which occurred prior to January 1, 2000, were as follows:

 

•      Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation

  

•      NovaCare Rehabilitation Hospitals

•      34 Surgery Centers from Columbia/HCA Healthcare Corporation

  

•      American Rehability Services

•      ASC Network Corporation

  

•      Diagnostic Health Corporation (“DHC”)

•      Caremark Orthopedic Service, Inc.

  

•      National Imaging Affiliates, Inc. (“NIA”)

•      NME Rehabilitation Hospitals (“NME”)

  

•      The Company Doctor

 

Our review of all of our previous purchase business combinations indicated that the Company improperly accounted for certain of our purchase business combinations. The significant errors relating to the misapplication of the guidance in APB Opinion No. 16 are as follows:

 

    Incorrectly calculating the amount of consideration paid in certain acquisitions due to use of inappropriate measurement dates for valuing the equity instruments issued and errors in valuing stock options and other equity related securities.

 

    Improperly allocating the purchase price. Specifically, the Company inappropriately understated the fair value of accounts receivable by overstating the estimated amount of doubtful accounts as of the acquisition date. In addition, the fair value of acquired property and equipment was not properly determined.

 

    Not identifying all intangible assets acquired in certain of the acquisitions. Specifically, the Company did not allocate a portion of the price to acquired: (a) certificates of need, (b) medical licenses, (c) non-compete agreements, (d) management agreements, and (e) assembled at-will work forces.

 

    Not assigning an appropriate life to goodwill at the acquisition date. In many cases, the Company assigned a 40-year life to the goodwill that resulted from the above described acquisitions. We adjusted the estimated life that was originally assigned to goodwill in each transaction, based on the applicable accounting guidance, to a more appropriate useful life of the goodwill for each acquisition. We adjusted the estimated useful life from approximately 40 years down to 20 years for in-patient hospital and surgery center acquisitions and 10 years for outpatient facility acquisitions and 15 years for diagnostic facility acquisitions.

 

    Not appropriately applying the accounting guidance for the establishment of liabilities in connection with a purchase business combination, which resulted in the improper recognition of liabilities. We corrected these errors as of the original acquisition date.

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The effect of the restatement relating to adjustments for acquisition related items on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


  2001

    2000

 

Consolidated statements of operations:

               

Previously reported pre-tax income from continuing operations

  $ (39,310 )   $ (15,187 )
   


 


Previously reported net income

  $ (26,809 )   $ (10,813 )
   


 


Previously reported net income per share

  $ (0.07 )   $ (0.03 )
   


 


Consolidated balance sheets:

               

Property and equipment, net

  $ (142,559 )   $ (148,890 )

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

    (1,309,644 )     (1,257,338 )

Current portion of long term debt

    9,020       16,428  

Long term portion of debt

    (13,456 )     (9,750 )

 

Sale of Assets to IHS Adjustments-

 

In October 1997, we purchased a group of rehabilitation facilities, nursing homes, and related assets from Horizon/CMS for approximately $1.7 billion. In December 1997, we sold the long-term care and other non-strategic assets to IHS for $1.25 billion. In recording these two transactions, the Company overstated goodwill at December 31, 1997 by approximately $414 million. This, in effect, represented operating costs that should have been recognized in the consolidated statements of operations through that date. This error was corrected as a part of the adjustment to opening retained earnings.

 

Marketable Securities Adjustments-

 

We determined that, in the second quarter of 2001, the Company improperly reported a $19 million gain on the sale of an investment as a reduction of the contractual revenue adjustments. Also, in connection with this transaction, the Company altered its investment accounts to indicate that the Company still owned the investment at its then fair value of $23 million. Furthermore, the investment was “sold” again in the second quarter of 2002 and the Company inappropriately recognized a gain of $17 million. We reclassified the gain of $19 million on the original sale to Loss (gain) on sale of investments from Net operating revenues in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

As part of the reconstruction and restatement process, we corrected these errors relating to unsupported journal entries. As a result, we recorded an increased net gain on the sale of marketable securities of approximately $3.3 million in 2001.

 

We determined that from late 1999 through early 2001, the Company did not recognize its investment in a marketable equity security at fair value as required by FASB Statement No. 115. However, from early 2001 through August 2002, the Company determined the fair value of the investment based on twice as many shares as it actually owned. We corrected these errors as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and restated the investment and other comprehensive income.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The effect of the restatement relating to adjustments for marketable securities on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


   2001

    2000

 

Consolidated statements of operations:

                

Net operating revenues

   $ (19,337 )   $ —    
    


 


Previously reported pre-tax income from continuing operations

   $ 3,326     $ —    
    


 


Previously reported net income

   $ 2,268     $ —    
    


 


Previously reported net income per share

   $ 0.01     $ —    
    


 


Consolidated balance sheets:

                

Marketable securities

   $ 2,381     $ 28,320  

Other long-term assets

     (2,381 )     (28,320 )

 

Property and Equipment Adjustments-

 

During the restatement process, we discovered that the Company had overstated income through a series of inappropriate journal entries affecting the property and equipment accounts. The previously issued 2001 and 2000 consolidated financial statements included certain capitalized assets, primarily property and equipment, that had been inappropriately capitalized, or were no longer in service and were not written off when they were taken out of service. Additionally, adjustments were made to amounts recorded for certain long-lived assets resulting from improper recording of the acquisition or disposition of the asset.

 

Improper Capitalization of Costs-

 

The Company previously capitalized costs that did not meet the requirements under GAAP for asset recognition. The Company inappropriately capitalized as property and equipment certain period costs such as start-up, organizational, advertising, and other operating costs that were required to be expensed under GAAP.

 

AICPA Statement of Position 93-7, Reporting on Advertising Costs, and AICPA Statement of Position 98-5, Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities, require that the type of advertising costs and start-up expenses that we incur be expensed in the period incurred . As part of the restatement process, we reviewed all items in our fixed asset system and removed the items that did not meet the asset recognition requirements under GAAP. As a result of correcting the recorded cost of our assets, we revised the previously recognized loss on the sale of our Occupational Medicine facilities of approximately $150 million to a gain of $15.8 million. Other corrections to the recorded cost of our assets were recorded as a charge to the beginning retained earnings.

 

Existence of Property and Equipment and Asset Impairment-

 

The Company previously did not properly remove all assets from its records that were sold or otherwise retired. During the restatement process, we encountered numerous instances in which an asset remained in the fixed asset system after its sale or disposal. As part of the restatement process, we performed a physical inventory of all property and equipment and removed all items from the fixed assets system which could not be located. For facilities that had closed prior to or during the restatement period, we removed all assets from the fixed asset system and the general ledger as of the facility’s closure date.

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

We also determined that the Company did not properly apply the guidance in FASB Statement No. 121 to measure the amount of impairment losses. In addition, we identified conditions at various dates, which indicated that the carrying values of goodwill and long-lived assets were impaired, but determined that impairment analyses had not been previously performed even though trigger events were present. As a result, we revised the amount of impairment losses based upon the guidance in FASB Statement No. 121 and performed those impairment analyses not previously completed for the periods being restated and recorded impairment adjustments as applicable. See Note 7, Property and Equipment, for a complete discussion and analysis of our asset impairments.

 

As a result of these actions, we recognized losses on asset disposals of approximately $27 million in 2001 and $108 million in 2000.

 

Depreciation-

 

When the Company recorded the fixed assets related to pooling-of-interests method transactions, they did not properly record the accumulated depreciation of the predecessor companies in the fixed asset sub-ledgers and general ledger. In certain purchase transactions, the Company inappropriately recorded the acquired company’s accumulated depreciation in the fixed asset sub-ledgers and general ledger. In addition, in 1999, the Company changed its method of calculating depreciation. At that time, the Company began using a depreciation module within the fixed asset system that calculates depreciation based on the useful life assigned to individual assets. Beginning in the third quarter of 2001, it was discovered that, in some instances, the system recorded accumulated depreciation balances greater than the cost of the asset. This excess accumulated depreciation was transferred from an operating facility to a facility that was scheduled for closing. These excess depreciation transfers allowed the Company to write off assets at closed facilities without a charge against current period income.

 

In addition, the Company identified errors relating to assets that were previously depreciated over inappropriate or inconsistent lives. As a result, we reviewed our procedures and documentation for depreciable assets and made adjustments where improper lives had been used.

 

While we had several instances where we should have recorded additional depreciation expense, we also had circumstances where costs were improperly capitalized. On an overall basis, these instances of costs being improperly capitalized slightly outweighed the instances where we need to accelerate depreciation such that the net overall impact to depreciation expense was a reduction of approximately $56 million in 2001 and $16 million in 2000.

 

Assets Held for Sale-

 

As part of the restatement process, we determined that the Company did not properly apply the guidance in FASB Statement No. 121 to classify certain assets as held for sale. The Company previously improperly classified assets as held for sale that did not meet the criteria as stated in FASB Statement No. 121. These amounts were reclassified to the respective asset account during the restatement process.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The effect of the restatement relating to adjustments for the existence and valuation of property and equipment and asset impairments on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


  2001

    2000

 

Consolidated statements of operations:

               

Previously reported pre-tax income from continuing operations

  $ 194,612     $ (91,913 )
   


 


Previously reported net income

  $ 132,746     $ (65,442 )
   


 


Previously reported net income per share

  $ 0.34     $ (0.17 )
   


 


Consolidated balance sheets:

               

Property and equipment, net

  $ (1,040,186 )   $ (1,031,301 )

Assets held for sale

    (21,925 )     (26,759 )

 

Source Medical Transaction Adjustments-

 

During the late 1990’s, the Company began developing HCAP (HealthSouth Clinical Automation Program), a wireless handheld documentation system by which clinicians could record patient treatment and billing data for immediate electronic processing. Previous management planned to use the system in our own facilities and to market HCAP technology to other health care providers. HealthSouth incorporated Source Medical Solutions, Inc. (“Source Medical”) in November 2000. Source Medical was initially capitalized and issued common stock in March 2001. As of April 23, 2001, HealthSouth owned approximately 36%, 27 former directors, officers and employees owned approximately 55%, and all other non-related shareholders owned approximately 9% of the common stock. The Company’s initial investment was approximately $393,000. In July 2001, the Company sold HCAP to Source Medical, a start-up company whose principals included former HealthSouth directors, officers and employees. See Note 9, Investments in and Advances to Nonconsolidated Affiliates , for more information regarding Source Medical.

 

HealthSouth sold to Source Medical HCAP assets, including intellectual property rights to the technology, pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement and a Non-Negotiable Demand Note for $25 million, both dated July 1, 2001. During the restatement period, Source Medical was dependent on HealthSouth for the majority of its revenue and funding. During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company advanced approximately $81 million to Source Medical to fund operating expenses and acquisitions. In connection with one of Source Medical’s acquisitions during 2001, HealthSouth also guaranteed certain contingent payment obligations of Source Medical to the sellers of $6 million.

 

When the Company sold the HCAP assets, previous management reclassified over $34 million in costs relating to HCAP development from a fixed asset account to an accounts receivable (and later to a notes receivable) balance due from Source Medical, despite the fact that the amount due was only $25 million. By virtue of these entries, the Company avoided recognizing a loss of more than $9 million on its sale of HCAP assets.

 

As part of the restatement process, we determined that the initial sale of the assets did not meet the requirements of GAAP and the guidance in SAB No. 30, Accounting for Divestiture of a Subsidiary or Other Business Operation , to recognize a sale because the Company had significant continuing involvement with the assets and it should have accounted for its investment in Source Medical under SAB No. 30. Furthermore, we determined that the Company also inappropriately capitalized the costs of developing HCAP because the Company was planning to market and license the software to others. As a result of the

 

F-39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Company’s marketing plans, FASB Statement No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed, specifically requires that we charge to expense, when incurred, the costs of creating a computer software product as research and development until technological feasibility has been established for the product. We have concluded that technological feasibility was not reached until late 2003 and the Company should have expensed the costs incurred prior to that date.

 

The effect of the restatement relating to adjustments relating to the Source Medical transactions on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


   2001

    2000

Consolidated statements of operations:

              

Previously reported pre-tax income from continuing operations

   $ (87,336 )   $ —  
    


 

Previously reported net income

   $ (59,563 )   $ —  
    


 

Previously reported net income per share

   $ (0.15 )   $ —  
    


 

Consolidated balance sheets:

              

Other current assets

   $ (34,912 )   $ —  

Other long-term assets

     (46,424 )     —  

Other long-term liabilities

     6,000       —  

 

Investments in and Advances to Unconsolidated Affiliates Adjustments-

 

We determined that the Company inappropriately consolidated approximately 23 affiliates that it did not control, but for which it did have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies. As a result, GAAP requires that we account for these affiliates under the equity method of accounting. As such, equity method investments are recorded at original cost and adjusted periodically to recognize our proportionate share of the investees’ net income or losses after the date of investment, amortization of basis differences, additional contributions made and dividends or distributions received, and impairment losses resulting from adjustments to net realizable value. We restated the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 to recognize our investment in affiliates as a single line item and restated the statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 to recognize our share of the income or loss of the affiliate as a single line item.

 

Between 1997 and 2000, we purchased a minority interest in the Summerville Healthcare Group, a privately held operator of assisted living facilities, for approximately $13 million. As of December 31, 2000, indicators were present that the Company would not recover its investment; however, the Company did not recognize a loss for this other-than-temporary impairment until July 2002. We restated the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2000 and the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2000 to recognize an other than temporary impairment of the investment and, as a result, restated the loss initially recognized in the third quarter of 2002.

 

F-40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The effect of the restatement relating to our investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


   2001

    2000

 

Consolidated statements of operations:

                

Net operating revenues

   $ (79,985 )   $ (94,544 )
    


 


Previously reported pre-tax income from continuing operations

   $ (4,031 )   $ (15,411 )
    


 


Previously reported net income

   $ (2,749 )   $ (10,973 )
    


 


Previously reported net income per share

   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )
    


 


Consolidated balance sheets:

                

Cash

   $ (1,995 )     (403 )

Accounts receivable, net

     (12,947 )     (15,465 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,581 )     (1,361 )

Property and equipment, net

     2,280       (1,801 )

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

     (12,279 )     (10,976 )

Investment in and advance to nonconsolidated affiliates

     42,048       49,753  

Other long-term assets

     (89 )     (129 )

Current portion of long-term debt

     (287 )     (79 )

Accounts payable

     (1,251 )     (4,292 )

Accrued payroll

     (860 )     (837 )

Other current liabilities

     (5,728 )     (5,031 )

Long-term debt

     2,616       (1,265 )

Minority interest in equity of consolidated affiliates

     (9,924 )     (8,175 )

Other long-term liabilities

     —         61  

 

Additional Asset and Liability Adjustments-

 

During the restatement period, the Company failed to record adjustments necessary to reconcile cash and inventories to supporting records and/or physical counts. The Company did not appropriately classify restricted cash in its consolidated balance sheet. Additionally, the Company inappropriately capitalized various expenses as prepaid or deferred costs and did not appropriately recognize employee loans at net realizable value.

 

The Company determined that during the restatement period, it had inappropriately reversed or recorded charges against certain liabilities or inadequately provided for various accrued liabilities, including vacation, professional liability risks, legal actions against the Company, and incentive bonus programs. The Company did not appropriately reclassify to a liability checks issued in excess of the bank balance. The Company also did not recognize amounts due under numerous borrowing arrangements, including the current portion due and accrued interest under those arrangements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The effect of the restatement relating to adjustments relating to additional asset and liability adjustments on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


   2001

    2000

 

Consolidated statements of operations:

                

Previously reported pre-tax income from continuing operations

   $ (84,497 )   $ (222,921 )
    


 


Previously reported net income

   $ (60,109 )   $ (158,720 )
    


 


Previously reported net income per share

   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.41 )
    


 


Consolidated balance sheets—Assets:

                

Cash

   $ (207,986 )   $ (113,422 )

Restricted cash

     20,383       2,130  

Inventories

     (112,354 )     (92,943 )

Due from related parties

     4,602       619  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (190,162 )     (140,055 )

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

     32,651       21,378  

Loans to officers

     (2,252 )     (6,242 )

Due from related parties

     1,424       5,555  

Other long-term assets

     (164,920 )     (68,224 )

Consolidated balance sheets—Liabilities:

                

Current portion of long-term debt

     66,949       (10,044 )

Accounts payable

     117,306       162,665  

Checks issued in excess of balance

     152,934       100,401  

Accrued payroll

     36,262       7,385  

Accrued interest

     (91,161 )     (137,217 )

Due to related parties

     8,130       5,323  

Other current liabilities

     263,524       252,257  

Long-term debt

     (104,605 )     (15,383 )

Professional liability risks

     108,007       111,690  

Deferred revenue

     (1,135 )     (100 )

Other long-term liabilities

     39,519       (658 )

 

Accounting for Leases-

 

During the restatement process, we reviewed our significant lease agreements to determine if the lease was properly classified as either a capital or operating lease. We also reviewed our sale-leaseback arrangements to determine if the Company properly accounted for those transactions. We have a significant number of operating leases related to our operating facilities. We reviewed those leases to determine if deferred rents were required due to fixed rental payments over the initial term of the lease.

 

Lease Classifications and Scheduled Rent Escalations and Holidays-

 

We discovered that the Company previously accounted for approximately 100 leases dated prior to and throughout years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 as operating leases, when it should have accounted for the leases as capital lease obligations. In addition, the Company previously did not account for any of its operating leases with scheduled rent increases or rent holidays on a straight-line basis.

 

Financing Transactions with GECC-

 

In addition, we reviewed two sale-leaseback arrangements entered into in 1999 and two sale-leaseback arrangements entered into in 2000 with General Electric Capital Corporation (“GECC”), an unrelated third-party

 

F-42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

financing company. In December 1999 and 2000, we sold certain diagnostic equipment to GECC (buyer-lessor and the original manufacturer and seller of the equipment) for approximately $16.3 million and $17.7 million, respectively, and subsequently leased the equipment back from GECC. These transactions were structured as synthetic leases, in which the leases were to be operating leases for financial reporting purposes and capital leases for tax reporting purposes.

 

However, the Company did not account for the transactions in accordance with GAAP. Upon receiving the proceeds from GECC at the lease inception, the Company debited a cash account and credited a Corporate “suspense account,” a balance sheet account. Subsequent lease payments were recorded with a debit to the “suspense account” and a credit to a cash account. The equipment was not removed from the books following these sales transactions and gains or losses, if any, from these transactions were not computed or recorded.

 

We also have determined that because the diagnostic equipment involved in the transaction is considered integral equipment as defined in FASB Interpretation No. 43, Real Estate Sales, these transactions did not meet the requirements for sale-leaseback accounting. As a result, we must account for the transactions as financings and, therefore, the amounts reentered to the suspense account, which represent proceeds from GECC, should have been accounted for as long-term debt.

 

In addition, in November 1999, the Company purchased a Gulfstream V Jet for $38.4 million and immediately entered into what was intended to be a synthetic sale-leaseback agreement with GECC. No gain or loss was recognized on the transaction. However, we have determined that, for financial reporting purposes, the lease meets the criteria of a capital lease as opposed to an operating lease, as originally reported. As a result, the asset should have remained on the books and a capital lease obligation recorded.

 

Lastly, the Company entered into another sale-leaseback arrangement with GECC during June 2000 with a sale of 6 aircraft for approximately $20.2 million and a subsequent leaseback. We concluded the sale-leaseback did not qualify for capital lease treatment, as originally recorded on the Company’s books. Adjustments were made to remove the aircraft from the books and account for the sale-leaseback as an operating lease.

 

First Cambridge Transaction-

 

On December 12, 2001, the Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement with HealthCare Capital Investors, LLC (“HCI”), where the Company sold and leased back 13 real properties, including land, buildings, and improvements. The sale price was approximately $81.5 million. On December 28, 2001, HCI assigned all its rights and duties under the agreement to First Cambridge HCI Acquisitions, LLC (“First Cambridge”). Several former HealthSouth employees, former directors, and immediate family members of former directors initially owned 49% of First Cambridge. On the same day, the Company also signed a Master Lease Agreement with First Cambridge to lease back the 13 real properties from First Cambridge for 15 years. On December 27, 2001, First Cambridge financed this transaction with UBS AG (“UBS”) with the proceeds from an $82.5 million promissory note. HealthSouth guaranteed First Cambridge’s debt for the financing of this transaction.

 

As part of the restatement process, we determined the Company did not record the sale-leaseback transaction in accordance with GAAP. The transaction does not qualify as a sale-leaseback because the Company had continuing involvement with the assets sold as a result of providing a guarantee of payment to UBS in the event of a First Cambridge default. Because of the continuing involvement in the assets sold, GAAP requires the Company to account for the transaction as a financing transaction. As a result, the asset remains on the books, and we must recognize a liability for $81.5 million as of December 31, 2001. In addition, we also determined that in the original entry to record the transaction, the Company inappropriately increased an investment in

 

F-43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

unconsolidated subsidiaries account by approximately $15.4 million, reduced a note payable balance by approximately $1.3 million and increased property and equipment by approximately $16.8 million. (See Note 10, Long-term Debt, and Note 20, Related Party Transactions .)

 

Tax Retention Operating Lease (“TROL”) Transactions-

 

As part of the restatement process, we determined that the Company did not properly account for three of its tax retention operating lease (“TROL”) transactions.

 

In 1995, the Company created HealthSouth Corporation Trust 1995-1 (“1995-1 Trust”), a special purpose entity (“SPE”), which was used to account for the acquisition and construction of our corporate facilities in Birmingham, Alabama. The Trust had debt initially with BankAmerica for approximately $5.3 million, which increased over the build-out of the corporate offices. The debt balance was approximately $45 million as of October 1, 2000. At that time, the Company refinanced the debt with UBS Warburg, for $50 million. The Company leased the corporate facilities from the 1995-1 Trust under an operating lease. Initially, the Company did not consolidate the 1995-1 Trust.

 

In late 1998 and early 1999, the Company purchased nine inpatient buildings from MediTrust, an unrelated third party for $135 million. HealthSouth simultaneously formed HealthSouth Trust 1998-1 (“1998-1 Trust”). The deeds to the buildings, while sold to the company, were deeded directly over to the 1998-1 Trust. The 1998-1 Trust then initially borrowed approximately $119.2 million from NationsBank as part of the purchase of eight facilities in December 1998. The 1998-1 Trust purchased the other remaining facility on February 3, 1999.

 

On October 31, 2000, the Company refinanced the TROL under a new trust, and borrowed $137 million from UBS Warburg. However, the Company did not appropriately apply the guidance in EITF Issue No. 90-15, “Impact of Nonsubstantive Lessors, Residual Value Guarantees, and other Provisions in Leasing Transactions.” The guidance in EITF Issue No. 90-15 requires that we consolidate the activities of the 1995-1 Trust and 1998-1 Trust.

 

In 2001, we began construction on the Digital Hospital and formed the Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1 to fund the construction costs. The Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1 trust and related TROL transactions for the land and building to be constructed was in existence from December 7, 2001 through May 24, 2002 when previous management unwound the TROL transaction. Although the 2001-1 Trust transaction would have qualified as off balance sheet financing for that period under the guidance of EITF Issue No. 90-15, the Company did not appropriately apply the guidance in EITF Issue No. 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction.” As a result of the Company providing certain guarantees in the TROL agreements, we were considered the owners of the construction project. Due to the existence of those guarantees, we were required to capitalize the cost of the construction and recognize the related liability in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2001.

 

We corrected the above noted errors in the year of the inappropriate capitalization and carried forward the effects as an adjustment to the January 1, 2000 retained earnings balance, as previously reported, and as a restatement of the appropriate line items in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2001, and 2000, and in the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, and 2000, as applicable.

 

F-44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Braintree, Woburn, and Greenery Facility Leases-

 

As part of the restatement process, we determined the Company did not properly account for lease terminations associated with a group of nursing home facilities known as the Greenery facilities.

 

As part of the acquisition of Horizon/CMS, the Company acquired a group of nursing home facilities, which were subsequently sold to IHS, as discussed above in greater detail. IHS assumed the original leases relating to the acquired facilities. The leases required annual payments of approximately $10 million per year. The property owner agreed to consent to the assignment of the original leases to IHS and release HealthSouth from its guaranty, effective only when and if IHS obtained its own licenses to operate the Greenery facilities. As a result, to complete the sale it was necessary for HealthSouth and IHS to enter into a separate agreement that would allow IHS to essentially operate the nursing homes under the HealthSouth license. Under the agreement, IHS was required to use its best efforts to obtain such licenses, but never did so. As a result, the property owner never released the Company of the lease obligation.

 

In February 2000, IHS filed for bankruptcy and shortly thereafter HealthSouth resumed operations of the nursing home facilities. During the remainder of 2000 and 2001, the Greenery facilities continued to experience operating losses of approximately $7 million per year. In late 2001, the Company decided to close the Greenery facilities. The Company owed approximately $42 million on the existing lease agreements as of December 31, 2001. However, to settle the original lease, HealthSouth and the landlord agreed that HealthSouth would enter into a sale-leaseback transaction with the landlord for two inpatient facilities (Braintree and Woburn, collectively “the two inpatient facilities”) in exchange for termination of the lease on the Greenery facilities. Under the settlement agreement, HealthSouth would lease the two inpatient facilities under new lease agreements, canceling the existing lease agreement. The new lease is for a period of 10 years with rent obligations of approximately $8.7 million per year ($87 million in total). However, the new lease agreements not only include the fair market values of the rent on the two inpatient facilities, but also include payments that, in effect, represented the original lease on the nursing homes.

 

We determined that the Company did not appropriately apply GAAP. Pursuant to the guidance in FASB Statement No. 13 and consistent with the guidance in EITF Issue No. 95-17, “Accounting for Modifications to an Operating Lease That Do Not Change the Lease Classification,” we concluded that we should account for the settlement agreement as two separate transactions. The first transaction is to account for the loss (i.e., termination fee) on the leases related to the Greenery facilities, and the second is the sale-leaseback of the two inpatient facilities. We determined that we should recognize a liability and loss of approximately $42 million on the original nursing home leases as of December 31, 2001, and account for the subsequent sale-leaseback transaction (see Note 7, Property and Equipment ). Accordingly, we have restated our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2001, and consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

F-45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The effect of the restatement relating to adjustments for lease transactions on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


   2001

    2000

 

Consolidated statements of operations:

                

Previously reported pre-tax income from continuing operations

   $ (47,660 )   $ (15,545 )
    


 


Previously reported net income

   $ (32,504 )   $ (11,068 )
    


 


Previously reported net income per share

   $ (0.08 )   $ (0.03 )
    


 


Consolidated balance sheets:

                

Property and equipment, net

   $ 254,054     $ 227,377  

Current portion of long-term debt

     37,631       23,583  

Accrued interest

     1,788       1,731  

Long-term debt

     542,041       444,729  

Other long-term liabilities

     23,998       20,411  

 

Minority Interest-

 

The restatements of pre-tax income required appropriate adjustments to the calculation of our minority interest in equity of consolidated affiliates for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

 

The effect of the restatement relating to adjustments relating to calculation of minority interest on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


   2001

   2000

 

Consolidated statements of operations:

               

Previously reported pre-tax income from continuing operations

   $ 4,566    $ (22,133 )
    

  


Previously reported net income

   $ 3,369    $ (15,759 )
    

  


Previously reported net income per share

   $ 0.01    $ (0.04 )
    

  


Consolidated balance sheets:

               

Minority interest in equity of consolidated affiliates

   $ 31,876    $ 15,469  
    

  


 

Income Tax Adjustments-

 

The restatements of pre-tax income required appropriate adjustments to the income tax provisions and the calculation of deferred income taxes based on statutory tax provisions for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

 

The effect of the restatement relating to the calculation of income taxes on certain of our consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Increase (decrease) for years ended and at December 31,


   2001

    2000

 

Consolidated balance sheets:

                

Current income tax receivable

   $ (79,290 )   $ —    

Long-term income tax receivable

     320,056       228,907  

Long-term deferred income tax asset

     19,486       21,572  

Current deferred tax liability

     (51,339 )     36,992  

Long-term deferred income tax liability

     (259,535 )     (160,365 )

 

F-46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Balance Sheet Impact-

 

In addition to the effects on the Company’s 2001 and 2000 consolidated statements of operations discussed above, the restatement impacted the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 and opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2000. The following tables set forth the effects of the restatement adjustments and reclassification adjustments due to the adoption of FASB Statements No. 142 and 144 on the Company’s 2001 and 2000 consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2001

 
     As
previously
reported


   Restatement
adjustments


    Reclass
adjustments


    As restated

 
Assets                                

Current assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 276,583    $ (209,981 )   $ (3,616 )   $ 62,986  

Restricted cash

     —        20,383       —         20,383  

Marketable securities

     1,873      2,381       —         4,254  

Accounts receivable, net

     940,414      (329,396 )     (26,209 )     584,809  

Due from related parties

     —        4,602       —         4,602  

Inventories

     112,354      (112,354 )     —         —    

Prepaid expenses

     325,941      (303,877 )     (1,478 )     20,586  

Other current assets

     —        77,222       —         77,222  

Current assets of discontinued operations

     —        —         31,303       31,303  

Income tax refund receivable

     79,290      (79,290 )     —         —    
    

  


 


 


Total current assets

     1,736,455      (930,310 )     —         806,145  

Property and equipment, net

     2,774,736      (926,411 )     (80,185 )     1,768,140  

Goodwill

     —        —         1,252,997       1,252,997  

Intangible assets, net

     2,725,103      (1,321,923 )     (1,256,726 )     146,454  

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

     —        74,699       —         74,699  

Loans to officers

     2,252      (2,252 )     —         —    

Assets held for sale

     21,925      (21,925 )     —         —    

Assets of discontinued operations

     —        —         84,605       84,605  

Deferred income tax assets

     —        19,486       —         19,486  

Due from related parties

     —        1,424       —         1,424  

Income tax refund receivable

     —        320,056       —         320,056  

Other long-term assets

     318,766      (213,815 )     (691 )     104,260  
    

  


 


 


Total assets

   $ 7,579,237    $ (3,000,971 )   $ —       $ 4,578,266  
    

  


 


 


Liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)                                

Current liabilities:

                               

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 21,912    $ 113,312     $ (481 )   $ 134,743  

Checks issued in excess of bank balance

     —        152,934       —         152,934  

Accounts payable

     37,085      116,055       (7,521 )     145,619  

Accrued payroll

     65,364      35,402       (2,570 )     98,196  

Accrued interest payable

     134,762      (90,230 )     —         44,532  

Due to related parties

     —        8,130       —         8,130  

Other current liabilities

     —        257,796       —         257,796  

Deferred income tax liabilities

     99,873      (51,339 )     —         48,534  

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     —        —         10,572       10,572  
    

  


 


 


Total current liabilities

     358,996      542,060       —         901,056  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     3,005,035      426,596       (7,150 )     3,424,481  

Professional liability risks

     —        108,007       —         108,007  

Deferred income tax liabilities

     259,535      (259,535 )     —         —    

Deferred revenue

     4,206      (1,135 )     —         3,071  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —        —         7,226       7,226  

Other long-term liabilities

     —        69,517       (76 )     69,441  

Minority interest in equity of consolidated affiliates

     154,541      21,952       —         176,493  

Shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     3,796,924      (3,908,433 )     —         (111,509 )
    

  


 


 


Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 7,579,237    $ (3,000,971 )   $ —       $ 4,578,266  
    

  


 


 


 

F-47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

     As of December 31, 2000

     As
previously
reported


   Restatement
adjustments


    Reclass
adjustments


    As restated

Assets                              

Current assets:

                             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 180,317    $ (113,825 )   $ (4,125 )   $ 62,367

Restricted cash

     —        2,130       —         2,130

Marketable securities

     90      28,320       —         28,410

Accounts receivable, net

     946,965      (302,512 )     (32,771 )     611,682

Due from related parties

     —        619       —         619

Inventories

     92,943      (92,943 )     —         —  

Prepaid expenses

     210,803      (188,946 )     (1,349 )     20,508

Other current assets

     —        47,530       —         47,530

Current assets of discontinued operations

     —        —         38,245       38,245
    

  


 


 

Total current assets

     1,431,118      (619,627 )     —         811,491

Property and equipment, net

     2,871,763      (954,614 )     (83,273 )     1,833,876

Goodwill, net

     —        —         1,394,115       1,394,115

Intangible assets, net

     2,846,661      (1,268,314 )     (1,398,692 )     179,655

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

     —        71,131       —         71,131

Loans to officers

     6,242      (6,242 )     —         —  

Assets held for sale

     26,759      (26,759 )     —         —  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —        —         89,128       89,128

Deferred income tax assets

     —        21,572       —         21,572

Due from related parties

     —        5,555       —         5,555

Income tax refund receivable

     —        228,907       —         228,907

Other long-term assets

     197,897      (96,673 )     (1,278 )     99,946
    

  


 


 

Total assets

   $ 7,380,440    $ (2,645,064 )   $ —       $ 4,735,376
    

  


 


 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                              

Current liabilities:

                             

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 43,225    $ 29,888     $ (1,412 )   $ 71,701

Checks issued in excess of bank balance

     —        100,401       —         100,401

Accounts payable

     78,762      158,373       (12,366 )     224,769

Accrued payroll

     87,730      6,548       (2,506 )     91,772

Accrued interest payable

     168,970      (135,013 )     (231 )     33,726

Due to related parties

     —        5,323       —         5,323

Other current liabilities

     —        246,529       —         246,529

Deferred income tax liabilities

     4,227      36,992       —         41,219

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     —        —         16,515       16,515

Other current liabilities

     —        —         —         —  
    

  


 


 

Total current liabilities

     382,914      449,041       —         831,955

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     3,168,604      418,331       (7,758 )     3,579,177

Professional liability risks

     —        111,690       —         111,690

Deferred income tax liabilities

     160,365      (160,365 )     —         —  

Deferred revenue

     4,126      (39 )     —         4,087

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —        —         7,847       7,847

Other long-term liabilities

     —        19,753       (89 )     19,664

Minority interest in equity of consolidated affiliates

     137,977      7,294       —         145,271

Shareholders’ equity

     3,526,454      (3,490,769 )     —         35,685
    

  


 


 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 7,380,440    $ (2,645,064 )   $ —       $ 4,735,376
    

  


 


 

 

F-48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Statement of Operations Impact

 

The following table sets forth the effects of the restatement and reclassification adjustments due to the adoption of FASB Statement No. 144 on the Company’s 2001 and 2000 condensed consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2001

 
     As previously
reported


   Restatement
adjustments


    Reclass
adjustments


    As restated

 

Net operating revenues

   $ 4,380,477    $ (608,048 )   $ (219,372 )   $ 3,553,057  

Operating expenses

     3,735,992      (85,605 )     (260,094 )     3,390,293  

Other non-operating expenses

     302,631      55,535       (4,720 )     353,446  

Provision for income tax (benefit) expense

     139,467      (184,366 )     16,655       (28,244 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
net of income tax expense

     —        —         (28,787 )     (28,787 )
    

  


 


 


Previously reported net income (loss)

   $ 202,387    $ (393,612 )   $ —       $ (191,225 )
    

  


 


 


Previously reported net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.52    $ (1.01 )   $ —       $ (0.49 )
    

  


 


 


     For the year ended December 31, 2000

 
     As previously
reported


   Restatement
adjustments


    Reclass
adjustments


    As restated

 

Net operating revenues

   $ 4,195,115    $ (510,389 )   $ (185,890 )   $ 3,498,836  

Operating expenses

     3,423,270      331,424       (179,670 )     3,575,024  

Other non-operating expenses

     311,572      60,798       (10,351 )     362,019  

Provision for income tax (benefit) expense

     181,808      (259,903 )     1,511       (76,584 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
net of income tax expense

     —        —         (2,620 )     (2,620 )
    

  


 


 


Previously reported net income (loss)

   $ 278,465    $ (642,708 )   $ —       $ (364,243 )
    

  


 


 


Previously reported net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.72    $ (1.67 )   $ —       $ (0.94 )
    

  


 


 


 

F-49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) Impact-

 

In addition to the effects on the 2001 and 2000 balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations discussed above, the restatement affected the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity (deficit) as of December 31, 2001 and 2000. Shareholders’ equity as of January 1, 2000, is approximately $362.3 million as restated, compared to approximately $3.2 billion as previously reported. The following table shows the impact as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended
December 31,


 
     2001

    2000

 

Shareholders’ equity, as previously reported

   $ 3,796,924     $ 3,526,454  
    


 


Effect of restatement adjustment on net loss for the current period

     (532,534 )     (898,479 )

Cumulative adjustment to retained earnings

     (3,465,294 )     (2,702,228 )

Adjustment to common stock

     10       10  

Adjustments to capital in excess of par

     111,993       113,853  

Adjustments to other comprehensive income

     (17,074 )     502  

Adjustments to treasury stock

     (7,719 )     (7,028 )

Adjustments to receivable from ESOP

     418       735  

Adjustments to notes receivable

     1,767       1,866  
    


 


Total restatement adjustments

     (3,908,433 )     (3,490,769 )
    


 


Shareholders’ equity (deficit), as restated

   $ (111,509 )   $ 35,685  
    


 


 

Adjustments to retained earnings are described above. The adjustment to capital in excess of par consisted primarily of adjustments related to the income tax benefit of stock-based compensation.

 

Statement of Cash Flows Impact-

 

The following table presents selected consolidated statements of cash flows information for the Company showing previously reported and restated cash flows, for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 (in thousands):

 

    Year ended
December 31, 2001


    Year ended
December 31, 2000


 
    As
previously
reported


    As restated

    As
previously
reported


    As restated

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 670,394     $ 259,146     $ 796,764     $ 228,061  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (399,340 )     (114,749 )     (778,420 )     (286,738 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (174,788 )     (124,649 )     32,573       47,088  

Net cash used in discontinued operations

    —         (23,886 )     —         (19,181 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —         4,757       —         (4,130 )
   


 


 


 


Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    96,266       619       50,917       (34,900 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    180,317       62,367       129,400       97,267  
   


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 276,583     $ 62,986     $ 180,317     $ 62,367  
   


 


 


 


 

For the year ended December 31, 2001, the change in cash flows from operating activities resulted primarily from restatement adjustments to correct the understatement of the allowance for contractual revenue adjustments,

 

F-50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

the effect of adjustments on income tax accounts, and improperly capitalized costs and related property and equipment adjustments offset by the adjustments related to the understatement of liabilities and other accrued expenses and certain other asset adjustments. The change in cash used in investing activities during 2001 primarily resulted from restatement adjustments associated with improper capitalization of costs and proceeds from the sale of marketable securities. The change in cash used in financing activities during 2001 primarily resulted from restatement adjustments associated with lease classifications and limited partnerships.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2000, the change in cash flows from operating activities resulted primarily from restatement adjustments to correct the understatement of the allowance for contractual revenue adjustments and the effect of adjustments on income tax accounts offset by understatement of the provision for doubtful accounts and property and equipment adjustments. The change in cash used in investing activities during 2000 primarily resulted from restatement adjustments associated with improper capitalization of costs and other property and equipment adjustments. The change in cash flows provided by financing activities during 2000 primarily resulted from restatement adjustments made related to our limited partnerships and minority interests.

 

3. Liquidity:

 

Historically, HealthSouth’s primary sources of funding have been cash flows from operations, borrowings under long-term debt arrangements, and sales of limited partnership interests. Funds were used to fund working capital requirements, capital expenditures, and business acquisitions. While we generate substantial cash flow from operating activities, we are a highly leveraged company that must make significant government and class action settlement payments, defend ourselves against class action suits, service debt, and expend amounts for reconstruction activities. These payments will consume resources that could be devoted to growing the business or reducing our debt level.

 

Furthermore, we do not have access to the capital markets because we are not current in filing financial information with the SEC nor will we become a current filer until 2006 at the earliest. Although we do not believe we need additional capital to fund our obligations through 2005, it does make it difficult to grow our business. We also have been unable to sell or resyndicate limited partnership units because, until recently, we have not been able to produce reliable financial statements.

 

On March 21, 2005, as discussed in more detail in Note 10, Long-term Debt, we amended and restated our 2002 Credit Agreement as follows:

 

    The balance of $315 million outstanding under the 2002 Credit Agreement when it was frozen in March 2003 was converted to a term loan.

 

    We obtained a $250 million revolving credit facility. At closing, no money was drawn on the Revolving Facility.

 

    We obtained a $150 million letter of credit facility (the “LC Facility”). At closing, approximately $78.7 million of this facility was utilized.

 

The amended and restated credit facility remedies all defaults under our 2002 credit agreement. It contains affirmative and negative covenants, currently including a minimum interest expense coverage ratio of 1.65 to 1.00 and a maximum leverage ratio of 5.75 to 1.00. The required ratios change over time. The amended and restated credit facility also restricts the use of proceeds from asset sales, ability to pay dividends, and incur additional borrowings. These covenants are effective beginning June 30, 2005. Failure to be in compliance with any material provision of the new facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

F-51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

On June 15, 2005, we closed a $200 million senior unsecured term loan facility, the net proceeds of which, together with available cash, were used to repay our $245 million 6.875% senior notes due June 15, 2005, and to pay fees and expenses related to the term loan facility. This transaction allowed us to reduce our overall level of indebtedness.

 

The term loan facility contains representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, default and acceleration provisions. In addition, we will be responsible for fees and expenses associated with the term loan facility. Failure to be in compliance with any material provision of the term loan facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

As discussed in Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement, and Note 22, SEC Settlement , we have significant funding commitments related to legal settlements. As a result of the Medicare Program Settlement, we made an initial payment of $75 million to the United States on January 3, 2005. The remaining balance will be paid in quarterly installments over the next three years. These amounts are exclusive of interest from November 4, 2004 at an annual rate of 4.125%. In addition, we have reached an agreement with the SEC to resolve claims brought against us in March 2003. As a result of the SEC Settlement, we will make payments of $12.5 million in 2005; $50 million in 2006; and $37.5 million in 2007.

 

Since March 2003, we have aggressively pursued cost reduction activities on non-patient care areas. We have eliminated approximately 244 non-clinical corporate positions, become more aggressive with respect to receivables collection, tightened overall spending controls, curtailed non-critical capital expenditures, and improved efficiency in operations. During 2003, we completed several non-core asset sales that resulted in total sale proceeds of approximately $207.5 million and completed 102 lease buyouts that resulted in aggregate savings in future lease obligations of approximately $7.9 million, net of related lease buy-out costs. We also plan to continue to streamline operations through additional sales of non-core assets when and if the business strategy warrants such sales.

 

In our continuing effort to streamline operations, we closed 16 inpatient rehabilitation facilities, 102 outpatient rehabilitation facilities, 6 surgery centers, 14 diagnostic centers, and 33 other facilities during 2003 and 2002 that meet the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144 to report as discontinued operations.

 

Based on the above, we believe our projected liquidity is sufficient to meet our current operating cash flow requirements and satisfy our 2005 scheduled debt maturities, government and class action settlement payments, and other cash flow requirements, including those funds to finance our reconstruction efforts. However, our ability to meet our obligations beyond 2005 is dependent on our ability to generate positive cash flow from a combination of operating improvements, refinancing of existing debt obligations, and capital markets transactions. Failure to implement these initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our operations, and we would need to implement alternative plans that could include additional asset sales, additional reductions in operating costs, deferral of capital expenditures, further reductions in working capital and possible debt restructurings. While we believe we could successfully complete the alternative plans, if necessary, there can be no assurance that such alternatives would be available on acceptable terms and conditions to us or that we would be successful in their implementation.

 

4. Business Combinations:

 

During the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, we completed numerous individually immaterial acquisitions of operating facilities. We did not complete any acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2003. We accounted for all of these acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting and reported the results of operations for each of these acquired companies from the date of acquisition. We have not

 

F-52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

prepared pro forma financial information as the results from operations of these acquired companies and assets are not material on a consolidated basis. The following table summarizes these acquisitions (in thousands, except for number of facilities acquired):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2001

    2000

 
           (Restated)     (Restated)  

Number of facilities acquired:

                        

Inpatient rehabilitation hospitals

     —         —         1  

Outpatient rehabilitation

     5       1       17  

Outpatient surgery centers

     1       1       3  

Diagnostic centers

     2       1       18  

Other

     —         —         3  

Purchase price paid:

                        

Cash

   $ 23,129     $ 4,071     $ 76,632  

Notes payable

     —         —         1,291  

Fair value of:

                        

Current assets acquired

     149       85       7,328  

Non current tangible assets acquired

     2,616       966       17,821  

Intangible assets acquired:

                        

Licenses

     2,327       413       7,748  

Certificates of need

     183       —         657  

Workforce

     —         193       3,090  

Management agreements

     —         —         6  

Noncompete agreements

     3,600       582       4,805  

Liabilities assumed

     (37 )     (805 )     (8,142 )

Noncompete agreements with former owners

     (2,336 )     (281 )     (3,365 )
    


 


 


Goodwill

   $ 16,627     $ 2,918     $ 47,975  
    


 


 


 

In connection with the above acquisitions, we also entered into noncompete agreements with the former owners of the acquired facilities. In general, these noncompete agreements are payable in monthly or quarterly installments over periods ranging from five to ten years.

 

5. Accounts Receivable:

 

Accounts receivable consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)

Patient accounts receivable:

   $ 836,971    $ 867,307    $ 865,463    $ 887,540

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     340,545      333,046      322,062      302,485
    

  

  

  

Patient accounts receivable, net

     496,426      534,261      543,401      585,055

Other accounts receivable

     282      136      1,515      944

Estimated third-party payor receivable

     —        —        39,893      25,683
    

  

  

  

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 496,708    $ 534,397    $ 584,809    $ 611,682
    

  

  

  

 

F-53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following is the activity related to our allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

For the year ended December 31,


   Balance at
beginning
of period


   Additions
and
charges to
expense


   Deductions
and
accounts
written-off


    Balance at
end of
period


2003

   $ 333,046    $ 133,836    $ (126,337 )   $ 340,545
    

  

  


 

2002

   $ 322,062    $ 137,060    $ (126,076 )   $ 333,046
    

  

  


 

2001 (Restated)

   $ 302,485    $ 100,620    $ (81,043 )   $ 322,062
    

  

  


 

2000 (Restated)

   $ 304,841    $ 189,811    $ (192,167 )   $ 302,485
    

  

  


 

 

6. Marketable Securities:

 

Our investments in marketable securities were classified as available-for-sale. As of December 31, 2003, we had sold our portfolio of marketable securities. A summary of our marketable equity securities is as follows (in thousands):

 

Equity securities:


   Amortized
cost


   Gross
unrealized
gains


   Gross
unrealized
losses


    Fair value

As of December 31, 2003

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —  
    

  

  


 

As of December 31, 2002

   $ 3,000    $ 330    $ —       $ 3,330
    

  

  


 

As of December 31, 2001 (Restated)

   $ 3,500    $ 754    $ —       $ 4,254
    

  

  


 

As of December 31, 2000 (Restated)

   $ 12,308    $ 16,309    $ (207 )   $ 28,410
    

  

  


 

 

Other investing information is as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities

   $ 3,698    $ 1,167    $ 31,971    $  —
    

  

  

  

Gross realized gains

   $ 698    $ 667    $ 22,663    $
    

  

  

  

Gross realized losses

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $
    

  

  

  

 

Caremark Rx, Inc. (formerly MedPartners, Inc.)-

 

In 1993, certain of our affiliates helped form a physician practice management company, MedPartners, Inc., which filed an initial public offering in 1995 and subsequently changed its name to Caremark Rx. We invested approximately $2.1 million in MedPartners prior to its initial public offering, and owned approximately 1.1 million shares of stock at that time. Subsequent to MedPartner’s initial public offering, we invested an additional $5.5 million in the company. At various times during the period that we owned shares of Caremark Rx, Charles W. Newhall III, Larry D. Striplin, Jr., Michael D. Martin, and Lawrence R. House, all former directors or officers of HealthSouth, served as directors of Caremark Rx. Mr. House was also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of MedPartners. Richard M. Scrushy also served as a director of Caremark Rx from 1999 through 2001, including a period as Caremark Rx’s Chairman. We also purchased products and services from Caremark Rx totaling $2.9 million in 2000 and $0.8 million in 2001. We sold our investment in Caremark Rx during 2001 and realized a gain of approximately $19.3 million.

 

F-54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

HealthTronics-

 

HealthSouth owned 415,666 shares of HealthTronics’ common stock from 1999 through 2003. A former director and employee owned 83,334 shares. The original value of the investment was approximately $3.0 million, which, after the restatement process, the Company accounted for at fair value (See Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements ). In addition, certain directors and officers of HealthSouth also served on the Board of HealthTronics. We sold our investment in Healthtronics during 2003 for approximately $3.7 million and realized a gain of approximately $0.7 million. We purchased medical equipment and related supplies from HealthTronics amounting to approximately $0.8 million in 2003; $0.9 million in 2002; $0.5 million in 2001; and $0.3 million in 2000. Amounts due to HealthTronics were immaterial.

 

Almost Family-

 

HealthSouth owned 748,501 shares of Almost Family, Inc.’s (formerly known as Caretenders Health Corporation) common stock from 1995 through 2001. HealthSouth also held a warrant to purchase 200,000 additional shares of Almost Family, Inc.’s common stock. The cost basis of the investment was approximately $1.7 million, which, after the restatement process, we accounted for at fair value. In 2001, we sold our investment in Almost Family, Inc. for $5.0 million and realized a gain of approximately $3.3 million. From December 1991 through September 1994, Richard M. Scrushy and Michael D. Martin, two of our former officers, were directors of Almost Family, Inc.

 

7. Property and Equipment:

 

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Land

   $ 117,992     $ 130,583     $ 124,893     $ 122,536  

Buildings

     1,320,309       1,312,122       1,291,748       1,273,168  

Leasehold improvements

     240,549       228,282       241,736       225,154  

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     867,937       890,674       1,093,473       1,065,208  
    


 


 


 


       2,546,787       2,561,661       2,751,850       2,686,066  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,102,783 )     (937,674 )     (1,000,109 )     (870,238 )
    


 


 


 


       1,444,004       1,623,987       1,751,741       1,815,828  

Construction in progress

     22,749       91,847       16,399       18,048  
    


 


 


 


Property and equipment, net

   $ 1,466,753     $ 1,715,834     $ 1,768,140     $ 1,833,876  
    


 


 


 


 

F-55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The amount of fully depreciated assets, depreciation expense, amortization expense and accumulated amortization relating to assets under capital lease obligations, interest capitalized on construction projects, and rent expense under operating leases is as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Fully depreciated assets

   $ 375,160     $ 242,241     $ 237,186     $ 164,187  
    


 


 


 


Depreciation expense

   $ 160,631     $ 191,022     $ 190,400     $ 191,668  
    


 


 


 


Assets under capital lease obligations:

                                

Buildings

   $ 299,979     $ 299,979     $ 275,903     $ 263,776  

Equipment

     45,175       79,083       89,257       76,266  
    


 


 


 


       345,154       379,062       365,160       340,042  

Accumulated amortization

     (160,137 )     (132,635 )     (119,587 )     (97,479 )
    


 


 


 


Assets under capital lease obligations, net

   $ 185,017     $ 246,427     $ 245,573     $ 242,563  
    


 


 


 


Amortization expense

   $ 28,289     $ 28,988     $ 26,790     $ 22,651  
    


 


 


 


Interest capitalized

   $ 5,871     $ 739     $ 14     $ —    
    


 


 


 


Rent expense:

                                

Minimum rent payments

   $ 152,363     $ 138,355     $ 114,525     $ 91,550  

Contingent and other rents

     102,989       110,003       176,275       162,080  
    


 


 


 


Total rent expense

   $ 255,352     $ 248,358     $ 290,800     $ 253,630  
    


 


 


 


 

Leases-

 

We lease certain land, buildings, and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2027, and certain buildings and equipment under capital leases also expiring at various dates through 2027. Operating leases generally have 5 to 10-year terms, with one or more renewal options, with terms to be negotiated at the time of renewal. Various facility leases include provisions for rent escalation to recognize increased operating costs or require the Company to pay certain maintenance and utility costs. Contingent rents are included in rent expense in the year incurred. Some facilities are subleased to other parties, and those amounts are not material. Certain leases contain annual escalation clauses based on changes in the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) while others have fixed escalation terms. The excess of expense over current payments is recognized as straight-line rental accrual payments and included in Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)

Straight-line rental accrual

   $ 25,932    $ 25,466    $ 23,106    $ 19,521
    

  

  

  

 

F-56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Future minimum lease payments at December 31, 2003, for those leases having an initial or remaining non-cancelable lease term in excess of one year are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,


   Operating
Leases


   Capital Lease
Obligations


    Total

2004

   $ 154,295    $ 49,699     $ 203,994

2005

     129,137      44,124       173,261

2006

     102,796      34,060       136,856

2007

     81,195      31,990       113,185

2008

     65,910      31,490       97,400

2009 and thereafter

     272,432      115,573       388,005
    

  


 

     $ 805,765      306,936     $ 1,112,701
    

          

Less: interest portion

            (77,027 )      
           


     

Long term obligations under capital leases

          $ 229,909        
           


     

 

Collateralized Assets-

 

Pursuant to a Collateral and Guarantee Agreement dated as of March 21, 2005, between the Company and JPMorgan, our obligations under our Restated Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of the assets of HealthSouth Corporation and the common stock of our first tier subsidiaries. Please see Note 10, Long-term Debt , for additional information regarding the Restated Credit Agreement.

 

Construction in Progress-

 

In connection with the construction of the Digital Hospital in Birmingham, Alabama, we incurred significant costs and included those capitalized costs in Construction in Progress (“CIP”). Amounts in CIP at December 31, 2003 relate principally to the Digital Hospital. We have entered into construction contracts and other future commitments for the completion of this property totaling in years subsequent to 2003 of approximately $79.5 million. Subsequent to December 31, 2003, we incurred costs of approximately $36 million relating to the continuing construction of the Digital Hospital.

 

Asset Impairments-

 

At December 31, 2003, we recognized an impairment charge of approximately $132.7 million. Of this total amount, $127.9 million relates to the Digital Hospital and represents the excess of costs incurred during the construction of the Digital Hospital over the estimated fair market value of the property of $25 million, including the RiverPoint facility, a 60,000 square foot office building, which shares the construction site and would be included with any sale of the Digital Hospital. The impairment of the Digital Hospital is based on an appraisal that considered alternative uses for the property as of December 31, 2003. We have continued construction on the Digital Hospital and incurred additional costs of approximately $36 million in 2004, thereby increasing the value of the property. We have subsequently determined that the additional construction costs have increased the fair value of the property to $40.5 million at December 31, 2004. As a result, we will take an additional impairment charge in 2004 of approximately $20 million.

 

As of December 31, 2002, we examined all of our facilities for impairment because of the substantial decline in our stock price during the last six months of 2002 and numerous facilities had continuing operating losses indicated that numerous triggering events had occurred. Based on this review, we recorded an impairment

 

F-57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

charge of approximately $95.5 million in 2002 to reduce the carrying value of property and equipment and an impairment charge of approximately $22.2 million to reduce the carrying value of amortizable intangibles of certain facilities to their estimated fair market value. This impairment charge related to intangibles consisted of a write-down of certificates of need of approximately $0.9 million, a write-down of licenses of approximately $15.5 million, a write-down of approximately $2.3 million for non-compete agreements, and a write-down of approximately $3.4 million for management agreements. We determined the fair value of the impaired long-lived assets at a facility primarily based on the discounted future cash flows of these facilities using an average weighted average discount rate of 10.5%. If the facility had real estate, in addition to discounted cash flow valuation techniques, we also used appraisals or tax assessments to determine the real estate fair value.

 

In 2001 and 2000, triggering events related to facility closings and facilities experiencing negative cash flow from operations resulted in us recognizing impairment charges of $0.4 million and $10.4 million in 2001 and 2000, respectively. We determined the fair value of the impaired assets at a facility primarily based on the discounted future cash flows of these facilities using an average weighted average discount rate of 10.5%. If the facility had real estate, in addition to discounted cash flow valuation techniques, we also used appraisals or tax assessments to determine the real estate fair value.

 

See Note 8, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, for a description of the impairment charges recognized for goodwill.

 

See Note 24, Segment Reporting, for amount of impairment charges by operating segments.

 

Asset Disposals-

 

In connection with the process to determine the appropriate amounts for our property and equipment, we conducted a complete physical inventory of our facilities. As a result of that procedure, we incurred a charge of approximately $35.6 million in 2002, which is included in (Gain) loss on disposal of assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The remainder of the 2002 loss on disposal of assets is primarily attributable to the sale of the Wentworth Nursing Home. During 2003, we sold non-core assets, including most of our fleet of aircraft, and our inpatient facility in Reno, Nevada, which resulted in a gain of approximately $13.2 million.

 

Meadowbrook Healthcare, Inc.-

 

In 2001, we sold four inpatient rehabilitation facilities to Meadowbrook Healthcare, Inc. (“Meadowbrook”), an entity formed by one of our former chief financial officers, Michael D. Martin, for a $9.7 million note receivable. Meadowbrook paid no cash in connection with the sale of these facilities. The transaction was closed effective January 1, 2002, but remained in escrow until July 2002. We recognized a loss on this sale of approximately $37.4 million during 2001. This loss is included in (Gain) loss on disposal of assets in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

In addition, during 2001, we advanced approximately $1.0 million in working capital loans to Meadowbrook. During 2002, we made a net advance of approximately $37.0 million to Meadowbrook. In 2003, we reserved approximately $38 million relating to amounts due from Meadowbrook. See Note 23, Contingencies and Other Commitments, for information regarding litigation between HealthSouth and Meadowbrook.

 

F-58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

U.S. HealthWorks, Inc.-

 

In March 2001, we sold our occupational medicine business to U.S. HealthWorks, Inc. for approximately $43.1 million. The purchase price consisted of approximately $30.1 million in cash at closing and two notes ($7.0 million and $6.0 million) for the balance. As a result of this transaction, we recorded a gain on sale of assets of approximately $15.8 million. One of our former chief financial officers, William T. Owens, was appointed to the board of directors of U.S. HealthWorks as a condition to the sale.

 

In April 2001, we loaned U.S. HealthWorks $2.9 million, which was repaid five days after the loan was advanced. In May 2001, we paid U.S. HealthWorks $2.0 million to settle a dispute related to the transaction. In October 2002, we loaned U.S. HealthWorks $2.3 million (which was repaid in December 2002), paid U.S. HealthWorks $1.2 million to settle another dispute related to the transaction, and forgave the remaining $4.0 million due on the $6.0 million note. In April 2003, there was another dispute regarding the transaction that was resolved by us forgiving the $7.0 million note in 2004.

 

Asset Swap-Leaseback-

 

As discussed in Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements, in January 2002, we agreed to swap two inpatient facilities (Braintree and Woburn) for a group of nursing homes (the “Greenery facilities”). We recognized a loss on the swap-leaseback of approximately $18 million, which is included in (Gain) loss on disposal of assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We accounted for the subsequent lease of the Braintree and Woburn facilities as a capital lease. These leases are included in the information summarized above. In connection with the transaction, we also recognized a loss of approximately $42 million related to the termination of the Greenery facilities leases as of December 31, 2001. The payment of the amounts due under the Greenery facilities leases was included in the lease of the Braintree and Woburn facilities.

 

In June 2002, we sold the Greenery facilities at a loss of approximately $5 million, which is included in (Gain) loss on disposal of assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:

 

Goodwill represents the unallocated excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations. Other definite-lived intangibles consist primarily of certificates of need, licenses, non-compete agreements, and management agreements.

 

As of December 31, 1999, the goodwill and other intangible assets carrying amount was approximately $1.7 billion. In the fourth quarter of 2002, we recognized an impairment charge to reduce other intangibles to fair value for certain operating facilities of approximately $22.2 million under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 144.

 

HealthSouth ceased amortizing goodwill upon adoption of FASB Statement No. 142 on January 1, 2002 (see Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ). The following table provides pro forma results for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, as if the non-amortization provisions of FASB Statement No. 142 had been applied in 2001 and 2000, compared with actual results for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 (in thousands, except for per share data):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Reported loss from continuing operations

   $ (456,368 )   $ (417,118 )   $ (162,438 )   $ (361,623 )

Reported income (loss) from discontinued operations

     24,267       (1,517 )     (28,787 )     (2,620 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (2,456 )     (48,189 )     —         —    
    


 


 


 


Reported net loss

   $ (434,557 )   $ (466,824 )   $ (191,225 )   $ (364,243 )
    


 


 


 


Adjustments:

                                

Goodwill amortization, net of tax

   $ —       $ —       $ 104,300     $ 108,497  

Reclassification of assembled workforce, net of tax

     —         —         11,363       13,394  
    


 


 


 


Total adjustments

   $ —       $ —       $ 115,663     $ 121,891  
    


 


 


 


Adjusted loss from continuing operations

   $ (456,368 )   $ (417,118 )   $ (46,775 )   $ (239,732 )

Reported income (loss) from discontinued operations

     24,267       (1,517 )     (28,787 )     (2,620 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (2,456 )     (48,189 )     —         —    
    


 


 


 


Adjusted net loss

   $ (434,557 )   $ (466,824 )   $ (75,562 )   $ (242,352 )
    


 


 


 


Basic and diluted earnings per share:

                                

Reported loss from continuing operations

   $ (1.15 )   $ (1.06 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.93 )

Reported income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.06       Nil       (0.07 )     (0.01 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (0.01 )     (0.12 )     —         —    
    


 


 


 


Reported net loss

   $ (1.10 )   $ (1.18 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.94 )
    


 


 


 


Adjustments:

                                

Goodwill amortization, net of tax

   $ —       $ —       $ 0.27     $ 0.28  

Reclassification of assembled workforce, net of tax

     —         —         0.03       0.03  
    


 


 


 


Total adjustments

   $ —       $ —       $ 0.30     $ 0.31  
    


 


 


 


Adjusted loss from continuing operations

   $ (1.15 )   $ (1.06 )   $ (0.12 )   $ (0.62 )

Adjusted income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.06       Nil       (0.07 )     (0.01 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (0.01 )     (0.12 )     —         —    
    


 


 


 


Adjusted net loss per common share

   $ (1.10 )   $ (1.18 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.63 )
    


 


 


 


 

F-60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Accumulated amortization of goodwill upon adoption of FASB Statement No. 142 was approximately $571 million. The following table shows changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, by operating segment (in thousands):

 

    Inpatient

  Surgery
Centers


    Outpatient

    Diagnostics

    Corporate
and Other


  Total

 

Goodwill as of January 1, 2002

  $ 401,208   $ 638,621     $ 155,673     $ 57,495     $   $ 1,252,997  

Reclassification of assembled workforce

    1,047     2,046       1,359       395           4,847  

Transitional impairment charge

    —       —         —         (48,189 )         (48,189 )

Acquisitions

    —       1,821       3,506       11,299           16,626  

Acquisition of equity interests in joint venture entities

    —       6,635       —         —             6,635  
   

 


 


 


 

 


Goodwill as of December 31, 2002

    402,255     649,123       160,538       21,000           1,232,916  

Impairment charge

    —       (176,208 )     (135,888 )     (23,527 )         (335,623 )

Acquisition of equity interests in joint venture entities

    64     2,761       350       2,527           5,702  
   

 


 


 


 

 


Goodwill as of December 31, 2003

  $ 402,319   $ 475,676     $ 25,000     $ —       $  —   $ 902,995  
   

 


 


 


 

 


 

As discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, on January 1, 2002 we adopted FASB Statement No. 142. Upon adoption of FASB Statement No. 142, we recorded a charge of approximately $48.2 million (net of an associated tax benefit of $0) to reduce the carrying value of goodwill. We have reported this charge as a cumulative effect of an accounting change in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002. The $48.2 million impairment charge is associated entirely with goodwill related to our Diagnostic segment.

 

The amount of this impairment primarily recognizes the decline in the expected operating performance of the Diagnostic segment between the dates the goodwill was recorded and the adoption of FASB Statement No. 142.

 

We performed impairment reviews as required by FASB Statement No. 142 as of October 1, 2002 and concluded that no goodwill impairment existed.

 

We performed an impairment review as required by FASB Statement No. 142 as of March 19, 2003, and concluded that potential goodwill impairment existed in our Outpatient and Diagnostic reporting units. We calculated the implied fair value of the Outpatient reporting unit’s goodwill and determined that the Outpatient reporting unit’s goodwill was impaired by $135.8 million. We calculated the implied fair value of the Diagnostic reporting unit’s goodwill and determined that the remaining goodwill was impaired, which resulted in an impairment charge of $23.5 million.

 

We performed an impairment review as required by FASB Statement No. 142 as of October 1, 2003 and concluded that a potential goodwill impairment existed in our Surgery Centers reporting unit. This impairment was caused by a continuing decline in the Surgery Center reporting unit caused primarily by the inability to attract new physicians to the Surgery Centers. We calculated the implied fair value of our Surgery Centers reporting unit’s goodwill as required by FASB Statement No. 142 and determined that our Surgery Centers reporting unit’s goodwill was impaired by $176.2 million.

 

F-61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table provides information regarding our other intangible assets (in thousands):

 

     Gross
Carrying
Amount


   Accumulated
Amortization


   Net

Certificates of need:

                    

2003

   $ 9,694    $ 4,218    $ 5,476

2002

     9,948      3,724      6,224

2001 (Restated)

     11,571      3,673      7,898

2000 (Restated)

     11,761      3,209      8,552

Licenses:

                    

2003

   $ 112,055    $ 52,067    $ 59,988

2002

     113,603      45,733      67,870

2001 (Restated)

     136,549      45,546      91,003

2000 (Restated)

     139,572      38,020      101,552

Non-compete agreements:

                    

2003

   $ 56,248    $ 49,930    $ 6,318

2002

     56,336      46,245      10,091

2001 (Restated)

     66,345      49,754      16,591

2000 (Restated)

     72,492      45,967      26,525

Management agreements:

                    

2003

   $ 14,574    $ 4,328    $ 10,246

2002

     19,914      4,969      14,945

2001 (Restated)

     33,176      7,061      26,115

2000 (Restated)

     33,027      5,367      27,660

Assembled workforce:

                    

2003

   $ —      $ —      $ —  

2002

     —        —        —  

2001 (Restated)

     55,715      50,868      4,847

2000 (Restated)

     60,528      45,162      15,366

Total intangible assets:

                    

2003

   $ 192,571    $ 110,543    $ 82,028

2002

     199,801      100,671      99,130

2001 (Restated)

     303,356      156,902      146,454

2000 (Restated)

     317,380      137,725      179,655

 

Amortization expense for other intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)

Amortization expense

   $ 11,275    $ 17,794    $ 32,167    $ 36,187
    

  

  

  

 

F-62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Total estimated amortization expense for our other intangible assets for the next five fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,


   Estimated
Amortization
Expense


2004

   $ 11,275

2005

     11,005

2006

     9,349

2007

     9,349

2008

     9,349

 

9. Investment in and Advances to Nonconsolidated Affiliates:

 

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates represents our investment in 66 partially-owned subsidiaries, of which approximately 61 are general or limited partnerships, limited liability companies, or joint ventures in which HealthSouth or one of our subsidiaries are a general or limited partner, managing member, or venturer, as applicable. We do not control these affiliates, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the affiliate. Our ownership percentages in these affiliates range from less than 1 percent to 61 percent. HealthSouth’s investment in these affiliates is an integral part of our operations. We account for these investments using the cost and equity methods of accounting. Our investments consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Equity method investments:

                                

Capital contributions, loans, and advances

   $ 38,373     $ 67,699     $ 56,562     $ 56,801  

Cumulative share of income

     122,152       106,384       91,063       74,154  

Cumulative share of distributions

     (113,752 )     (105,327 )     (87,818 )     (77,229 )
    


 


 


 


       46,773       68,756       59,807       53,726  

Cost method investments:

                                

Capital contributions, net of partnership distributions and impairments

     2,780       14,864       14,892       17,405  
    


 


 


 


Total investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

   $ 49,553     $ 83,620     $ 74,699     $ 71,131  
    


 


 


 


 

F-63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following summarizes the combined assets, liabilities, and equity and the combined results of operations of our equity method affiliates (on a 100% basis, in thousands):

 

Condensed balance sheets:

 

     As of December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)

Assets-

                           

Current

   $ 34,677    $ 30,381    $ 24,545    $ 21,031

Non-current

     68,507      76,696      67,129      69,626
    

  

  

  

Total assets

   $ 103,184    $ 107,077    $ 91,674    $ 90,657
    

  

  

  

Liabilities and equity-

                           

Current liabilities

   $ 7,048    $ 9,248    $ 6,518    $ 10,077

Due to affiliates

     90      3,112      3,256      2,938

Non-current

     4,584      5,727      3,221      3,678

Partners’ capital and shareholders’ equity-

                           

HealthSouth

     46,773      68,756      59,807      53,726

Outside parties

     44,689      20,234      18,872      20,238
    

  

  

  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 103,184    $ 107,077    $ 91,674    $ 90,657
    

  

  

  

 

Condensed statements of operations:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Net operating revenue

   $ 106,685     $ 121,688     $ 101,089     $ 105,596  

Operating expenses

     (63,155 )     (85,644 )     (73,677 )     (55,727 )

Income from continuing operations

     43,530       36,044       27,412       49,869  

Net income

   $ 35,510     $ 31,250     $ 24,461     $ 46,687  

 

Source Medical-

 

See Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements, for information regarding Source Medical. Subsequent to the incorporation of Source Medical by HealthSouth, we acquired 3,932,500 shares of Source Medical’s common stock for a total purchase price of approximately $393,000 (“initial investment”). At the time of our initial investment, certain of our directors, executive officers, and employees also purchased shares of Source Medical’s common stock for a total purchase price of approximately $600,000. As of December 31, 2001, we reduced the carrying amount of our investment to zero.

 

F-64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In connection with one of Source Medical’s acquisitions during 2001, HealthSouth guaranteed certain contingent payment obligations of Source Medical to the sellers of $6 million. In addition, during 2002 Source Medical borrowed $5 million for working capital from an unrelated third-party financial institution. HealthSouth guaranteed the loan. In March 2003, the loan was called and we were required to pay $5.1 million to repay the loan, including interest, on behalf of Source Medical. We have accrued $5.1 million as an uncollectible amount due from Source Medical. Total amounts advanced to Source Medical to continue to develop HCAP, to fund other operations and acquisitions, and amounts incurred related to guarantees are as follows (in thousands):

 

For the year ended December 31,


   Total
expensed


   HCAP
software
development


   Impairment
of notes
receivable


   Guarantees

2003

   $ 11,806    $ 11,806    $ —      $ —  

2002

     36,636      25,277      6,312      5,047

2001 (Restated)

     87,336      81,336      —        6,000

2000 (Restated)

     —        —        —        —  
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 135,778    $ 118,419    $ 6,312    $ 11,047
    

  

  

  

 

During 2003, the majority of the original loans and advances to Source Medical that we impaired in 2001 and 2000 were legally forgiven by HealthSouth to facilitate Source Medical’s recapitalization efforts. As of January 2004, HealthSouth’s ownership percentage had been diluted to approximately 7% of the outstanding common stock of Source Medical. HealthSouth continues to lease HCAP software from Source Medical for approximately $4.2 million annually and is one of Source Medical’s primary customers. HealthSouth retains two seats on Source Medical’s board of directors.

 

MedCenterDirect.Com, Inc.-

 

In 1999, we acquired 6,390,583 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of MedCenterDirect.com, Inc. (“MCD”) for a total purchase price of approximately $2.2 million. At the time of our initial investment, certain of our directors, executive officers, and employees also purchased shares of MCD’s Series A Preferred Stock. Charles W. Newhall III served on MCD’s board of directors.

 

Until November 2002, MCD purchased equipment and supplies from third party vendors for resale, and we paid MCD 105% of its cost for the purchase of equipment and supplies purchased through MCD, with the 5% margin intended to compensate MCD for the use of its software and inventory management services. Beginning in November 2002, we began paying MCD a flat annual fee (equal to $5 million for the first year of the arrangement, payable in equal monthly installments, and declining thereafter) for the use of its software and systems, and we resumed paying equipment and supply vendors directly. We were MCD’s primary customer.

 

Equipment and pharmaceutical supplies purchased from MCD were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount

2003

   $ 2,082

2002

     89,359

2001 (Restated)

     100,044

2000 (Restated)

     74,588

 

F-65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2000, indicators were present that we would not recover our investment and as part of the restatement process, we reduced the carrying value of the investment to $0. We also provided a guarantee for $20 million of MCD’s debt to UBS Warburg in 2001. In 2002, we advanced approximately $9.2 million to MCD in the form of a loan, which is included in the Due from related parties in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002.

 

In September 2003, UBS called its loan to MCD. We recognized a liability under the terms of the guarantee as of September 30, 2003, but have not paid the amounts due under the terms of the guarantee to UBS Warburg as of December 31, 2004. (See Note 10, Long-term Debt ). We also fully reserved the note receivable of approximately $9.2 million as of September 30, 2003. As of December 31, 2000, the Company owed MCD approximately $4.8 million.

 

Bridge Medical, Inc.-

 

From 1999 through 2001, we invested approximately $1.2 million in Bridge Medical, Inc., a privately held software company. We owned less than 2% of the capital stock of the company. As of December 31, 2001, indicators were present that our investment was impaired and we reduced the carrying value to approximately $270,000. Bridge Medical was acquired by AmerisourceBergen Corporation in January 2003. In April 2003, we sold our stock in AmerisourceBergen for $385,197 and recognized a gain of $115,197, which is included in Gain (loss) on sale of investments in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

CMS Capital Ventures, Inc.-

 

In 1998, we entered into a recapitalization agreement with CMS Capital Ventures, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of HealthSouth) (“CMS”), CompHealth, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of CMS), and certain other parties, whereby CMS purchased 85% of our interest in CMS. As a result of the recapitalization, we retained approximately 15% of the outstanding capital stock of CMS with a carrying value of $1.5 million and received net proceeds of approximately $34.1 million. In connection with this recapitalization, certain investors purchased capital stock of CMS, including affiliates of Acacia Venture Partners (“Acacia”) and NEA. C. Sage Givens, Michael D. Martin, and Charles W. Newhall III, former directors of the Company, were also CMS directors. From 2000 through 2003, HealthSouth purchased services from CompHealth, Inc., CMS’s wholly owned subsidiary, in the following amounts (in thousands):

 

     Amount

2003

   $ 523

2002

     844

2001 (Restated)

     354

2000 (Restated)

     187

 

In 2003, we sold our remaining interests in CMS for approximately $16.0 million and recognized a gain of approximately $14.5 million.

 

J. Sports and Entertainment, LLC-

 

In 2002, we acquired approximately 40% of the membership interests of J. Sports Entertainment, LLC (“J. Sports”). At J. Sport’s request, we advanced a total of $1.25 million to J. Sports and were a guarantor on one or more letters of credit issued by SunTrust Bank for the benefit of iN Demand L.L.C. On October 15, 2002, J. Sports entered into a transaction to sell all of its assets to JSE Acquisition Company, LLC. Simultaneously

 

F-66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

with that transaction, we agreed to sell all of our membership interests in J. Sports to J. Sports for a total purchase price of $100, and to release J. Sports from any indebtedness to us or liability to us under the various letters of credit. As part of that transaction, we retained 5% of the membership interests of JSE Acquisition Company. We recognized a loss of $1.25 million relating to our investment in and advances to J. Sports.

 

Montagu Newhall Global Partners-

 

From 2001 through 2003, we invested approximately $1.8 million in Montagu Newhall Global Partners, L.P. (“Montagu Newhall”). Montagu Newhall is a venture capital fund that was co-founded by C. Ashton Newhall, the son of Charles W. Newhall III. In addition, Mr. Charles W. Newhall III acted on the Advisory Board and the Investment Committee of Montagu Newhall. In 2003, we sold our investment in Montagu Newhall for approximately $154,000 and realized a net loss of approximately $1.6 million.

 

OrthoRx-

 

In 2002, we invested a total of approximately $4.5 million in OrthoRx, Inc. (“OrthoRx”), which was a joint venture between HealthSouth and Orthofix International N.V. As of December 31, 2002, we owned approximately 48% of the outstanding capital stock of OrthoRx. Richard M. Scrushy, Weston L. Smith, a former chief financial officer of HealthSouth, and William G. Hicks, a former employee of HealthSouth, were also investors in OrthoRx. As part of the initial financing, Mr. Hicks and Larry D. Taylor became OrthoRx directors. The carrying value of this investment was reduced to approximately $2.2 million as of December 31, 2002. In 2003, we invested an additional amount of approximately $350,000 in OrthoRx. In June 2003, we sold our ownership in OrthoRx to an unrelated financial buyer for approximately $3.1 million and realized a net gain of approximately $550,000. Services purchased from and amounts due to OrthoRx were not material during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

Pathology Partners-

 

From 1998 through 2003, we invested approximately $3.2 million in Pathology Partners, Inc., a privately held pathology service company. As of December 31, 2002, we owned approximately 15.5% of the company on a fully diluted basis. William G. Hicks and James P. Bennett served as directors of Pathology Partners. In addition, as of December 31, 2002, the following related parties were investors in Pathology Partners: James P. Bennett, Patrick A. Foster, William G. Hicks, Lawrence R. House, Michael D. Martin, and Richard M. Scrushy. In August 2003, we liquidated our investment for approximately $4.5 million and recognized a gain of approximately $1.3 million. Services purchased from and amounts due to Pathology Partners were not material during the four year period ended December 31, 2003.

 

Summerville Healthcare Group-

 

As discussed in Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements, between 1997 and 2000, we purchased a minority interest in a privately-held operator of assisted living facilities for approximately $13 million. As of December 31, 2000, indicators were present that we would not recover this investment and as part of the restatement process, we recognized an impairment loss of $13 million.

 

F-67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

10. Long-term Debt:

 

Our long-term financing obligations outstanding consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Advances under $1,750,000 revolving credit facility

   $ —       $ —       $ 540,000     $ 1,655,000  

Advances under $1,250,000 revolving credit facility

     315,000       155,000       —         —    

Bonds payable-

                                

3.250% Convertible Subordinated Debentures

     344,150       344,150       567,750       567,750  

6.875% Senior Notes due 2005

     244,435       244,090       248,744       248,438  

7.000% Senior Notes due 2008

     247,844       247,453       247,088       246,749  

10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

     317,785       317,563       347,922       347,727  

8.500% Senior Notes due 2008

     343,000       343,000       375,000       —    

8.375% Senior Notes due 2011

     347,208       347,165       399,339       —    

7.375% Senior Notes due 2006

     180,300       180,300       200,000       —    

7.625% Senior Notes due 2012

     903,006       902,553       —         —    

6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011

     6,311       6,311       6,311       6,311  

8.750% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2015

     14,447       14,447       15,900       17,337  

Hospital revenue bonds

     2,400       3,400       4,400       5,900  

Notes payable to banks and others at interest rates from 2.32% to 10.88%

     21,608       96,692       306,248       246,064  

Noncompete agreements

     4,664       10,443       15,410       30,052  

Capital lease obligations

     229,909       295,653       285,112       279,550  
    


 


 


 


       3,522,067       3,508,220       3,559,224       3,650,878  

Less current portion

     (395,109 )     (467,842 )     (134,743 )     (71,701 )
    


 


 


 


Long-term debt, less current portion

   $ 3,126,958     $ 3,040,378     $ 3,424,481     $ 3,579,177  
    


 


 


 


 

Scheduled payments due on long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter follow (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,


   Amount

2004

   $ 395,109

2005

     283,817

2006

     207,556

2007

     336,219

2008

     936,799

Thereafter

     1,362,567
    

Total

   $ 3,522,067
    

 

Revolving Credit Facilities-

 

We had a $1.75 billion revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”) and other participating banks (the “1998 Credit Agreement”). The 1998 Credit Agreement replaced a previous $1.25 billion revolving credit agreement, also with Bank of America. Interest on the 1998 Credit Agreement was paid based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a predetermined margin, a base rate, or competitively bid

 

F-68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

rates from the participating banks. We were required to pay a fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility ranging from 0.09% to 0.25%, depending on certain defined credit ratings. We recognized a loss of approximately $2.3 million in the second quarter of 2002 related to the write-off of the unamortized balance of loan fees on the 1998 Credit Agreement, which was terminated in June 2002.

 

On June 14, 2002, we entered into a five-year, $1.25 billion revolving credit facility (the “2002 Credit Agreement”), with JP Morgan Chase Bank, which serves as administrative agent, Wachovia Bank, N.A., UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Bank AG and Bank of America, N.A, which replaced the 1998 Credit Agreement. Interest on the 2002 Credit Agreement is paid based on LIBOR plus a predetermined margin or base rate. We were required to pay a fee based on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility ranging from .275% to .500% depending on our debt ratings. At December 31, 2003, this rate was .500% and the total fees accrued for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 were $1.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively. These fees are included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The principal amount is payable in full on June 14, 2007. The effective interest rate on the average outstanding balance under the 2002 Credit Agreement was 4.613% for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the average prime rate of 4.122% during the same period. Since March 2003, all borrowings under the 2002 Credit Agreement are priced at a default rate of prime plus 1%. The agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants including an Interest Expense Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00 and a Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization) Ratio of 3.50 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2003, we were not in compliance with those covenants. As of December 31, 2003, we have drawn $315 million under the 2002 Credit Agreement.

 

In March 2003, our line of credit was frozen under the 2002 Credit Agreement. On March 27, 2003, we received notice that we were in default under the Credit Agreement. As a result, the lenders instituted a payment blockage which prohibited us from making the payments of principal and interest due to holders of the 3.25% Convertible Debentures due on April 1, 2003 (see below).

 

On April 10, 2003, we executed a Forbearance Agreement with our lenders under the 2002 Credit Agreement through May 1, 2003. When the Forbearance Agreement expired on May 1, 2003, HealthSouth continued discussions with the lenders under the Credit Agreement and representatives of certain beneficial owners of each issue of the Notes.

 

Subsequent Events-

 

On March 21, 2005, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement (“Restated Credit Agreement”) with a consortium of financial institutions (collectively, the “Lenders”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (“JPMorgan”), Wachovia Bank, National Association (“Wachovia”), as Syndication Agent, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Documentation Agent. The Restated Credit Agreement amends and restates the Credit Agreement dated as of June 14, 2002, as amended on August 20, 2002 (the “Original Credit Agreement”), among the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia, as Syndication Agent, UBS Warburg LLC, as Co-documentation Agent, ScotiaBanc, Inc., as Co-documentation Agent, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as Co-documentation Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Senior Managing Agent.

 

Pursuant to the Restated Credit Agreement, the Lenders converted $315 million in aggregate principal amount of the loans outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement into a senior secured term facility which will mature on June 14, 2007 (the “Term Loans”). Such maturity date for the Term Loans, however, will automatically be extended to March 21, 2010 in the event that (a) such extension becomes permitted under the Company’s Senior Subordinated Credit Agreement (as defined in the Restated Credit Agreement) or (b) such

 

F-69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Senior Subordinated Credit Agreement ceases to be in effect. No portion of the Term Loans that are repaid may be reborrowed. The Term Loans amortize in quarterly installments, commencing with the quarter ending on September 30, 2005, equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount thereof, with the balance payable upon the final maturity. Until we obtain ratings from Moody’s and S&P, the Term Loans bear interest, at our option, at a rate of (a) LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus 2.50% or (b) 1.50% plus the higher of (x) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (y) JPMorgan’s prime rate. After we obtain such ratings, the Term Loans will bear interest, at our option, (a) at a rate of LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus a spread ranging from 2.00% to 2.50%, depending on our ratings with such institutions or (b) at a rate of a spread ranging from 1.00% to 1.50%, depending on our ratings with such institutions, plus the higher of (x) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (y) JPMorgan’s prime rate.

 

In addition, the Restated Credit Agreement makes available to us a new senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million (the “Revolving Facility”) and a new senior secured revolving letter of credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $150 million (the “LC Facility”). The commitments under the Revolving Facility and the LC Facility expire, and all borrowings under such facilities mature, on March 21, 2010. At closing, no money was drawn on the Revolving Facility, and approximately $78.7 million of the LC Facility was utilized.

 

Until we file audited consolidated financial statements with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2004, the Revolving Facility will accrue interest at our option, at a rate of (a) LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus 2.75% or (b) 1.75% plus the higher of (x) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (y) JPMorgan’s prime rate. After we file audited consolidated financial statements with the SEC for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the interest rates and commitment fees on the Revolving Facility will be determined based upon our ratio of (a) consolidated total indebtedness minus the amount by which the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents on such date exceed $50 million to (b) our adjusted consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the agreement, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or most recently prior to such date (the “Net Leverage Ratio”). During such period, the Revolving Facility will bear interest, at our option, (a) at a rate of LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus a spread ranging from 1.75% to 2.75%, depending on the Net Leverage Ratio or (b) at a rate of a spread ranging from 0.75% to 1.75%, depending on the Net Leverage Ratio, plus the higher of (x) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (y) JPMorgan’s prime rate.

 

Until we file audited consolidated financial statements with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2004, we are subject to commitment fees of 0.75% per annum on the daily amount of the unutilized commitments under the Revolving Facility and the LC Facility. After such filing, the commitment fees will range between 0.50% and 0.75%, depending on the Net Leverage Ratio.

 

A letter of credit participation fee will be payable to the Lenders under the LC Facility with respect to a particular commitment under the LC Facility on the aggregate face amount of the commitment outstanding there under upon the later of the termination of the particular commitment under the LC Facility and the date on which the Lenders letters of credit exposure for such commitment cease, in an amount at any time equal to the LIBOR interest rate spread applicable at such time to loans outstanding under the Revolving Facility. In addition, we shall pay, for our own account, (a) a fronting fee of 0.25% per annum on the aggregate face amount of the letters of credit outstanding under the LC Facility upon the later of the termination of the commitments under the LC Facility and the date on which the Lenders’ letters of credit exposure for such commitment cease, and (b) customary issuance and administration fees relating to the letters of credit.

 

We may use the proceeds of the loans under the Revolving Facility for general corporate purposes and we may use the letters of credit under the LC Facility in the ordinary course of business to secure workers’ compensation and other insurance coverages and for general corporate purposes.

 

F-70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Pursuant to a Collateral and Guarantee Agreement (the “Collateral and Guarantee Agreement”), dated as of March 21, 2005, between the Company and JPMorgan, our obligations under the Restated Credit Agreement are secured (a) by substantially all of the assets of HealthSouth Corporation, including the capital stock of each first tier subsidiary and (b) from and after the date on which the Restrictive Indentures (as defined in the Restated Credit Agreement) and the Senior Subordinated Credit Agreement permit the obligations (or an amount thereof) to be guaranteed by or secured by the assets of certain existing and subsequently acquired or organized material subsidiaries of HealthSouth by substantially all of the assets of such subsidiaries.

 

The Restated Credit Agreement contains customary representations, affirmative and negative covenants, and default and acceleration provisions. The affirmative covenants include, but are not limited to, delivery of regular financial statements and reports, proper maintenance of properties, compliance with laws and regulations, and maintenance of insurance. Negative covenants currently include a minimum interest expense coverage ratio of 1.65 to 1.00 and a maximum leverage ratio of 5.75 to 1.00. These ratios change over time in accordance with an established schedule included in the Restated Credit Agreement. The negative covenants also include restrictions on our ability to increase indebtedness, restrict the use of proceeds from asset sales, and limit the amount of capital expenditures that can be made in any year.

 

As a result of the Restated Credit Agreement, we have classified the $315 million outstanding as long-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Bonds Payable-

 

3.25% Convertible Debentures-

 

On March 20, 1998, we issued $500 million in 3.25% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003 (the “3.25% Convertible Debentures”) in a private placement. An additional $67.750 million principal amount of the 3.25% Convertible Debentures was issued on March 31, 1998 to cover underwriters’ overallotments. Interest was payable on April 1 and October 1. The 3.25% Convertible Debentures were convertible into common stock of HealthSouth at the option of the holder at a conversion price of $36.625 per share. The conversion price was subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of (a) a subdivision, combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of common stock, (b) the payment of a stock dividend or stock distribution on any shares of HealthSouth’s capital stock, (c) the issuance of rights or warrants to all holders of common stock entitling them to purchase shares of common stock at less than the current market price, or (d) the payment of certain other distributions with respect to HealthSouth’s common stock. In addition, the Company may, from time to time, lower the conversion price for periods of not less than 20 days, at its discretion. We used the net proceeds from the issuance of the 3.25% Convertible Debentures to pay down indebtedness outstanding under our then-existing credit facilities.

 

On January 16, 2004, we repaid our 3.25% Convertible Debentures which were due April 1, 2003, from the net proceeds of a loan arranged by Credit Suisse First Boston (the “CSFB Senior Subordinated Credit agreement”). This senior subordinated term loan has an interest rate of 10.375% per annum, payable quarterly, with a 7-year maturity, callable after the third year with a premium. We also issued warrants to the lender to purchase 10 million shares of our common stock. Each warrant has a term of 10 years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $6.50 per share. This agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants and allows for a secured bank debt of up to $750 million.

 

Senior Notes-

 

On June 22, 1998, we issued $250 million in 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 and $250 million in 7.000% Senior Notes due 2008 (collectively, the “Senior Notes”). Interest is payable on June 15 and December 15. The

 

F-71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated. We used the net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes to pay down indebtedness outstanding under our then-existing credit facilities. The Senior Notes mature on June 15, 2005 and June 15, 2008, respectively. The indenture contains affirmative and negative covenants including limits on incurring indebtedness. In June, 2004, we received consent of a majority of the principal amount of the holders to waive all alleged and potential defaults of these covenants. See Subsequent Events section of this disclosure below.

 

10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes-

 

On September 25, 2000, we issued $350 million in 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the “10.750% Senior Notes”). Due to discounts and financing costs, the effective interest rate on the 10.750% Senior Notes is 11.405%. Interest is payable on April 1 and October 1. The 10.750% Senior Notes are senior subordinated obligations of HealthSouth and, as such, are subordinated to all existing and future senior indebtedness of HealthSouth, and also are effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries and partnerships. We used the net proceeds from the issuance of the 10.750% Notes to redeem our then-outstanding 9.500% Notes due 2001 and to pay down indebtedness outstanding under our then-existing credit facilities. The 10.750% Notes mature on October 1, 2008. The indenture contains affirmative and negative covenants including limits on incurring indebtedness and certain financial covenants. In May, 2004, we received consent of a majority of the principal amount of the holders to waive all alleged and potential defaults of these covenants. See Subsequent Events section of this disclosure below.

 

8.500% Senior Notes-

 

On February 1, 2001, we issued $375 million in 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008 (the “8.500% Senior Notes”). Due to financing costs, the effective interest rate on the 8.500% Senior Notes is 8.971%. Interest is payable on February 1 and August 1. The 8.500% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated. We used the net proceeds from the issuance of the 8.500% Senior Notes to pay down indebtedness outstanding under our then-existing credit facilities. The 8.500% Senior Notes mature on February 1, 2008. The indenture contains affirmative and negative covenants including limits on incurring indebtedness. In May, 2004, we received consent of a majority of the principal amount of the holders to waive all alleged and potential defaults of these covenants. See Subsequent Events section of this disclosure below.

 

8.375% Senior Notes-

 

On September 28, 2001, we issued $400 million in 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “8.375% Senior Notes”). Due to discounts and financing costs, the effective interest rate on the 8.375% Senior Notes is 8.697%. Interest is payable on April 1 and October 1. The 8.375% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated. We used the net proceeds from the issuance of the 8.375% Senior Notes to pay down indebtedness outstanding under our then-existing credit facilities. The 8.375% Senior Notes mature on October 1, 2011. The indenture contains affirmative and negative covenants including limits on incurring indebtedness. In June, 2004, we received consent of a majority of the principal amount of the holders to waive all alleged and potential defaults of these covenants. See Subsequent Events section of this disclosure below.

 

7.375% Senior Notes-

 

On September 28, 2001, we issued $200 million in 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 (the “7.375% Senior Notes”). Due to financing costs, the effective interest rate on the 7.375% Senior Notes was 7.715%. Interest is

 

F-72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

payable on April 1 and October 1. The 7.375% Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated. We used the net proceeds from the issuance of the 7.375% Senior Notes to pay down indebtedness outstanding under our then-existing credit facilities. The 7.375% Senior Notes mature on October 1, 2006. The indenture contains affirmative and negative covenants including limits on incurring indebtedness. In June, 2004, we received consent of a majority of the principal amount of the holders to waive all alleged and potential defaults of these covenants. See Subsequent Events section of this disclosure below.

 

7.625% Senior Notes-

 

On May 17, 2002, we issued $1 billion in 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012 at 99.3% of par value (the “7.625% Senior Notes”). Due to discounts and financing costs, the effective interest rate on the 7.625% Senior Notes was 8.012%. Interest is payable on June 1 and December 1. The 7.625% Senior Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated. We used the net proceeds from the issuance of the 7.625% Senior Notes to pay down indebtedness outstanding under our credit facilities and for other corporate purposes. The 7.625% Senior Notes mature on June 1, 2012. The indenture contains affirmative and negative covenants including limits on incurring indebtedness. In June, 2004, we received consent of a majority of the principal amount of the holders to waive all alleged and potential defaults of these covenants. See Subsequent Events section of this disclosure below.

 

In the second quarter of 2002, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with Bank of America. The arrangement was terminated in the third quarter of 2002 and resulted in a gain of $22.95 million, which is included in gain (loss) on sale of investments in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures-

 

Effective October 29, 1997, the Company acquired the obligor of $30 million par value 6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011 (the “6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures”) as part of the Horizon/CMS acquisition. Due to financing costs, the effective interest rate on the 6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures was 6.714%. Interest is payable on June 15 and December 15. The 6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures are convertible into common stock of HealthSouth at the option of the holder at a conversion price of $82.19 per share. The conversion price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of (a) a subdivision, combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of common stock, (b) the payment of a stock dividend or stock distribution on any shares of HealthSouth’s capital stock, (c) the issuance of rights or warrants to all holders of common stock entitling them to purchase shares of common stock at less than the current market price, or (d) the payment of certain other distributions with respect to HealthSouth’s common stock.

 

8.750% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes-

 

Effective October 29, 1997, the Company acquired the obligor of $25 million par value 8.750% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “8.750% Convertible Subordinated Debentures”) as part of the Horizon/CMS acquisition. Interest is payable on April 1 and October 1. The Debentures provide for an annual sinking fund payment equal to 5% of the aggregate principal amount originally issued. The sinking fund is paid annually, commencing April 1, 2000. The 8.750% Convertible Debentures are convertible into common stock of HealthSouth at the option of the holder at a conversion price of $64.03 per share. The conversion price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of (a) a subdivision, combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of common stock, (b) the payment of a stock dividend or stock distribution on any shares of HealthSouth’s capital stock, (c) the issuance of rights or warrants to holders of common stock entitling them to purchase shares of common stock at less than the current market price, or (d) the payment of certain other distributions with respect to HealthSouth’s common stock.

 

F-73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Subsequent Events-

 

On March 16, 2004, we announced that we were soliciting consents seeking approval of proposed amendments to, and waivers under, the indentures governing our 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005, 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006, 7.000% Senior Notes due 2008, 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008, 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011, 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012 and our 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (collectively, the “Senior Notes”) on, among other things, issues relating to our inability to provide current financial statements, our ability to incur indebtedness under certain circumstances and to obtain waivers of all alleged and potential defaults under the respective indentures. The expiration periods for these solicitations were extended from time to time.

 

On May 7, 2004, we announced that we were amending the solicitation of consents from holders of our 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 to further conform the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness” in the indenture governing our Senior Subordinated Notes to the definition in the indentures governing our Senior Notes.

 

On May 14, 2004, we announced that a majority in principal amount of the holders of our 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008 and 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 had delivered consents under the indentures governing these notes, thereby approving proposed amendments to, and waivers under, the indentures. These two issues represented approximately $662.3 million in principal amount, or more than 25%, of our total debt for which we were seeking consents. In connection with the consummation of the consent solicitations, on May 14, 2004, we executed (a) the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 14, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001, between us and The Bank of New York, as trustee, governing our 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008 and (b) the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 14, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2000, between us and HSBC Bank, as successor trustee to The Bank of New York, governing our 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.

 

On May 25, 2004, we announced that we had received notices of default on behalf of the holders of our 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012. On May 27, 2004, we also announced that we had received notice of technical default on behalf of the holders of our 7.000% Senior Notes due 2008.

 

We later announced on June 7, 2004, that we had reached an agreement with our Unofficial Committee of Noteholders to obtain consents and waivers in connection with the consent solicitations for the 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005, 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006, 7.000% Senior Notes due 2008, 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011, and 7.625% Senior notes due 2012.

 

We announced on June 18, 2004, that a majority in principal amount of the holders of 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012 had delivered consents approving proposed amendments to, and waivers under, the indenture governing these notes. On June 21, 2004, we announced that holders of a majority in principal amount of our 7.000% Senior Notes due 2008 and 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 had delivered consents to approve proposed amendments to, and waivers under, the indenture governing such notes. On June 22, 2004, we announced that holders of a majority in principal amount of our 6.875% Senior Notes Due 2005 and 8.375% Senior Notes Due 2011 had delivered consents to approve proposed amendments to, and waivers under, the indenture governing such notes thereby obtaining the consents required to approve the amendments and waivers that brought us into compliance on all of our $2.6 billion in public debt. Therefore, this debt has been classified as long-term at December 31, 2003.

 

On June 24, 2004, we announced that we had closed all of our consent solicitations for our outstanding public debt. In connection with the consummation of the consent solicitations, we executed (a) the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004 (the “6.875% Supplemental Indenture”), to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between us and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to PNC Bank,

 

F-74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

National Association, governing our 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005; (b) the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004 (the “7.375% Supplemental Indenture”), to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between us and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, governing our 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006; (c) the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004 (the “7.000% Supplemental Indenture”), to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between us and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to PNC Bank, National Association, governing our 7.000% Senior Notes due 2008; (d) the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004 (the “8.375% Supplemental Indenture”), to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between us and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, governing our 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011 and Amended and Restated Notes in substantially the form in the Exhibits to the 8.375% Supplemental Indenture and (e) the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004 (the “7.625% Supplemental Indenture”), to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002, between us and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, governing our 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012 and Amended and Restated Notes in substantially the form in the Exhibits to the 7.625% Supplemental Indenture. The total consent fees paid for all of our debt issues, including the previously completed consent solicitations for our 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes and our 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008, was approximately $80 million, which we will amortize to interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.

 

On June 15, 2005, we obtained a new senior unsecured term facility consisting of term loans (the “Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $200 million under a term loan agreement (the “Term Loan Agreement”). The Term Loans will initially bear interest at LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus 5.0% per year (the “Initial Rate”). Thereafter, they will bear interest, at our option, at a rate of (1) the Initial Rate or (2) 4.0% per year plus the higher of (x) JPMorgan’s prime rate and (y) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%. The Term Loans mature in full on June 15, 2010. The Term Loan Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, default and acceleration provisions. In addition, we will be responsible for customary fees and expenses associated with the Term Loans. We used the proceeds of the Term Loans, together with cash on hand, to repay our $245 million 6.875% Senior Notes due June 15, 2005 and to pay fees and expenses related to the Term Loans.

 

Hospital Revenue Bonds-

 

We have one Hospital Bond that was issued in 1993. The purpose of the Bond was to help finance the construction and improvements to the Vanderbilt Stallworth Rehabilitation Hospital. The bond has a variable interest rate (effective interest rate at December 31, 2003 was 1.1%) with required semiannual redemptions of $500,000.

 

Notes Payable to Banks and Others-

 

We have numerous notes payable agreements outstanding. These agreements are used for various purposes such as equipment purchases, real estate purchases, and repurchases of limited partner interests. The terms on these notes vary by agreement, but range in length from 3 to 186 months. Most of the agreements have fixed interest rates ranging from 2.320% to 10.875%. In the case of equipment and real estate purchases, the notes are collateralized by the specific purchased equipment or real estate. The limited partner interest repurchases are unsecured.

 

Some of these agreements are subject to certain financial, positive, and negative covenants. For the periods covered by this filing, we were sometimes not in compliance with certain covenants. In all cases where we were not in compliance we classified the debt as current.

 

F-75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Noncompete Agreements-

 

Noncompete agreements range in length from 12 to 144 months. The noncompete agreements have no stated interest rate and are recorded at a discounted rate. The discount rate applied is based on our revolving credit facility interest rate and ranges from 2.32% to 7.13%.

 

Capital Lease Obligations-

 

We engage in a significant number of leasing transactions including real estate, medical equipment, computer equipment and other equipment utilized in operations. Certain leases that meet the lease capitalization criteria in accordance with FASB Statement No. 13 have been recorded as an asset and liability at the net present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease. Interest rates used in computing the net present value of the lease payments generally ranged from 6% to 12% based on our incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the lease. Our leasing transactions have included arrangements for equipment with major equipment finance companies and manufacturers who retain ownership in the equipment during the term of the lease, and with a variety of both small and large real estate owners.

 

11. Asset Retirement Obligation:

 

The following is an analysis of our asset retirement obligation for the year ended December 31, 2003 (in thousands):

 

     Amount

 

Asset retirement obligation as of January 1, 2003

   $ 4,234  

Liability accrued upon capital expenditures

     110  

Liability settled

     (430 )

Accretion of discount

     165  
    


Asset retirement obligation as of December 31, 2003

   $ 4,079  
    


 

Exclusive of assets disposed of during 2002, 2001, and 2000, if we had adopted FASB Statement No. 143 as of January 1, 2000, we estimate that the asset retirement obligation at that date would have been $3.2 million, based on the same assumptions used in the calculation of the obligation at January 1, 2003. We estimate that the pro forma effect of a hypothetical January 1, 2000 adoption of FASB Statement No. 143 would have resulted in an asset retirement obligation of $4.1 million and $4.3 million, as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The estimated pro forma effect of a hypothetical January 1, 2000 adoption of FASB Statement No. 143 on the consolidated net loss and earnings per share, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 is not material.

 

12. Shareholders’ Equity:

 

Common Stock Warrants-

 

In connection with the repayment of our 3.25% Convertible Debentures on January 16, 2004, we also issued warrants to the lender to purchase 10 million shares of our common stock. Each warrant has a term of 10 years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $6.50 per share.

 

Employee Stock Benefit Plan-

 

In 1991, we established our ESOP, which is a retirement plan intended to qualify under sections 401(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the IRS Code. The ESOP is open to all of our full-time and part-time employees who are over the

 

F-76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

age of 21, have one full year of service with the company and have at least 1,000 hours of service in the year in which they begin participation in the ESOP on the next January 1 or July 1 after the date on which such employee satisfies the conditions mentioned above.

 

The ESOP was established with a $10 million loan from HealthSouth (the “1991 ESOP Loan”), the proceeds of which were used to purchase 1,655,172 shares of HealthSouth common stock. In 1992, we made an additional $10 million loan (the “1992 ESOP Loan”) to the ESOP, which was used to purchase an additional 1,666,664 shares of common stock. At December 31, 2003, both ESOP Loans were repaid in full. Prior to its repayment, the 1991 ESOP Loan bore an interest rate of 10% and was payable in annual installments covering interest and principal over a ten-year period beginning in 1992. Prior to its repayment, the 1992 ESOP Loan bore an interest rate of 8.5% and was payable in annual installments covering interest and principal over a ten-year period beginning in 1993.

 

Under the ESOP, a company stock account is established and maintained for each eligible employee who participates in the ESOP. In each plan year, this account is credited with such employee’s allocable share of the common stock held by the ESOP and allocated with respect to that plan year. Each employee’s allocable share for any given plan year is determined according to the ratio which such employee’s compensation for such plan year bears to the compensation of all eligible participating employees for the same plan year. The final share allocation under the ESOP occurred during the 2002 plan year, and there are no shares remaining for allocation.

 

Eligible employees who participate in the ESOP and who have attained age 55 and have completed 10 years of participation in the ESOP may elect to diversify the assets in their company stock account by directing the plan administrator to transfer to the 401(k) Plan a portion of their company stock account to be invested, as the eligible employee directs, in one or more of the investment options available under the 401(k) Plan.

 

We recognize compensation expense based on the shares allocated method. We recognized compensation expense related to the ESOP of approximately $1.1 million in 2002, $1.2 million in 2001, and $2.5 million in 2000. No compensation expense was recognized in 2003. Interest incurred on the ESOP Loans was approximately $118,000 in 2002, $228,000 in 2001, and $480,000 in 2000. Approximately 173,500 shares held by the ESOP have been allocated to participants as of December 31, 2003.

 

Please also see Note 23, Contingencies and Other Commitments , for information regarding ERISA litigation associated with the ESOP.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan-

 

Effective January 1, 1994, we adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. This plan has been suspended indefinitely as of March 19, 2003. This plan, which was open to regular full-time or part-time employees who had been employed for six months and were at least 21 years old, allowed participating employees to contribute $10 to $200 per pay period toward the purchase of HealthSouth common stock in open-market transactions. In addition, after six months of participation in this plan we provided a 20% matching contribution to be applied to purchases under the plan. We also paid all fees and brokerage commissions associated with the purchase of stock under the plan. We have not determined whether we will continue the plan.

 

1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan-

 

In May 1999, HealthSouth established the 1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan (the “Loan Plan”) for the Company’s executives and other key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Under this plan, the Audit

 

F-77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors may approve loans to executives and key employees of HealthSouth to purchase HealthSouth common stock. The proceeds of Loans may be used only for purchases of HealthSouth common stock in open-market transactions, block trades or negotiated transactions. Such purchases must be effected through a broker approved by the Company. The maximum aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under the Loan Plan may not exceed $50 million. Plan Loans are secured by a pledge of all of the shares of HealthSouth common stock purchased with the proceeds thereof (“Loan Shares”), pursuant to which the participant shall grant the Company a first priority lien on and security interest in the Loan Shares. The proceeds from any such sale must be used to repay a percentage of the principal amount of the Loan equal to the percentage of Loan Shares sold, less any amounts withheld for taxes (the “Mandatory Prepayment Amount”). Any proceeds in excess of the Mandatory Prepayment Amount shall be retained by the participant.

 

Under the Loan Plan, HealthSouth executives purchased 6,771,761 shares of the Company’s common stock at a cost of approximately $39.3 million, including approximately $25.2 million which Richard M. Scrushy borrowed on September 10, 1999 (the “Scrushy Loan”), to purchase 4,362,297 share of common stock under this plan. On July 31, 2002, in lieu of a cash payment, Mr. Scrushy tendered 2,506,770 shares of HealthSouth common stock with a then current value of $25.2 million to repay his above-mentioned loan. We have discontinued the Executive Loan Program.

 

Subsequent Events-

 

Subsequently on December 22, 2003, as a result of a case filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, In Re HealthSouth Corp. Shareholders Litigation, a court ordered judgment stipulated that Mr. Scrushy repaid his loan with over-valued stock, which was improper and, as a result, the Scrushy Loan “will be treated as reinstated” as of July 31, 2002 and repayable with interest as of April 30, 2003.

 

The judgment ordered Mr. Scrushy to pay on January 2, 2004 by transfer of cash or cash equivalents the sum of (a) $25,879,326 (the “Judgment Amount”), (b) 743,065 (the “Pre-Judgment Interest”), and (c) post-judgment interest on the Judgment Amount. Upon receipt of those amounts, HealthSouth was ordered to return to Mr. Scrushy the 2,506,770 shares of HealthSouth common stock that he originally tendered to the Company.

 

However, on January 2, 2004, Mr. Scrushy filed a motion to amend the Judgment Order. The motion was denied. On April 7, 2004, Mr. Scrushy then filed an appeal from the Judgment Order and Denial of Motion. The Court ordered the Judgment affirmed on April 14, 2004.

 

On April 26, 2004, Mr. Scrushy filed a Motion for Rehearing. On April 30, 2004, the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware denied the Motion for Rehearing.

 

To date, Mr. Scrushy has not paid the amounts due to HealthSouth and he is in default and non-compliance with the December 22, 2003 Court Order. As a result, in the case of default and non-compliance, the order stipulates the following:

 

    HealthSouth retains the 2,506,770 shares of HealthSouth common stock that Mr. Scrushy originally tendered

 

    Mr. Scrushy has been ordered to pay approximately $26.6 million plus post-judgment interest on the Judgment Amount, subject to a credit for the lower of:

 

    The January 2, 2004 market price of the 2,506,770 shares HealthSouth common stock that HealthSouth retains ($4.58 per share or approximately $11.5 million) or

 

    The market price as of the date the judgment is fully satisfied through the date of receipt by HealthSouth.

 

F-78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

    Mr. Scrushy has been ordered to pay HealthSouth post-judgment interest on the Judgment and Pre-Judgment Interest from the closing date (i.e., January 2, 2004) until the date the judgment is satisfied in full.

 

As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, we have recognized the net amount due under the Scrushy Loan of approximately $13.7 million as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. We will recognize interest income on the amount due when received. Amounts due under the Executive Loan Program consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)

Richard M. Scrushy

   $ 13,737    $ 13,737    $ 25,218    $ 25,218

David Fuller

     119      119      119      119

Larry D. Taylor

     116      116      116      116

Daniel J. Riviere

     —        —        1,185      1,185

All others

     —        —        1,009      5,829
    

  

  

  

Total Notes receivable from shareholders, officers, and management employees

   $ 13,972    $ 13,972    $ 27,647    $ 32,467
    

  

  

  

 

As of December 31, 2002, we reserved the amount due from Daniel J. Riviere (See Note 23, Contingencies and Other Commitments ). We deem all other amounts collectible.

 

13. Comprehensive Income:

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax effect, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   $ (943 )   $ (912 )   $ (945 )   $ (4,143 )

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

     —         209       478       11,719  
    


 


 


 


Total

   $ (943 )   $ (703 )   $ (467 )   $ 7,576  
    


 


 


 


 

A summary of the components of other comprehensive income is as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment

   $ (31 )   $ 33     $ 3,198     $ (4,130 )

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities:

                                

Unrealized net holding gain (loss) arising the during year

     —         (411 )     961       14,683  

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net loss

     (330 )     (13 )     (16,309 )     —    
    


 


 


 


Other comprehensive income adjustments, before incomes tax benefit (expense)

     (361 )     (391 )     (12,150 )     10,553  

Income tax benefit (expense)

     121       155       4,107       (3,868 )
    


 


 


 


Net other comprehensive income adjustments

   $ (240 )   $ (236 )   $ (8,043 )   $ 6,685  
    


 


 


 


 

F-79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

14. Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

 

The following presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our financial instruments that are classified as long-term in our consolidated balance sheets (in thousands). The carrying value equals fair value for our financial instruments that are classified as current in our consolidated balance sheets.

 

    As of December 31,
2003


  As of December 31, 2002

    Carrying
Amount


  Estimated
Fair Value


  Carrying
Amount


  Estimated
Fair Value


Notes receivable from shareholders, officers, and management employees

  $ 13,972   $ 13,972   $ 13,972   $ 13,972

Long-term debt:

                       

Advances under $1,250,000 revolving credit facility

  $ 315,000   $ 315,000   $ 155,000   $ 155,000

3.250% Convertible Subordinated Debentures

    344,150     344,150     344,150     336,283

6.875% Senior Notes due 2005

    244,435     234,047     244,090     209,917

7.000% Senior Notes due 2008

    247,844     231,542     247,453     203,207

10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

    317,785     300,307     317,563     268,341

8.500% Senior Notes due 2008

    343,000     329,280     343,000     294,980

8.375% Senior Notes due 2011

    347,208     328,161     347,165     293,377

7.375% Senior Notes due 2006

    180,300     171,736     180,300     155,960

7.625% Senior Notes due 2012

    903,006     844,801     902,553     744,745

6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011

    6,311     6,311     6,311     6,311

8.750% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2015

    14,447     14,447     14,447     14,447

Notes payable to banks and others

    21,608     21,608     96,692     96,692

Hospital revenue bonds

    2,400     2,400     3,400     3,400

Non-compete agreements

    4,664     4,664     10,443     10,443

Capital lease obligations

    229,909     229,909     295,653     295,653

Financial commitments:

                       

Letters of credit

    —       99,237     —       75,058
    As of December 31,
2001


  As of December 31, 2000

    (Restated)   (Restated)
    Carrying
Amount


  Estimated
Fair Value


  Carrying
Amount


  Estimated
Fair Value


Notes receivable from shareholders, officers, and management employees

  $ 27,647   $ 27,647   $ 32,467   $ 32,467

Long-term debt:

                       

Advances under $1,750,000 revolving credit facility

  $ 540,000   $ 540,000   $ 1,655,000   $ 1,655,000

3.250% Convertible Subordinated Debentures

    567,750     543,416     567,750     499,699

6.875% Senior Notes due 2005

    248,744     247,194     248,438     235,614

7.000% Senior Notes due 2008

    247,088     240,556     246,749     225,495

10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

    347,922     382,714     347,727     365,113

8.500% Senior Notes due 2008

    375,000     391,875     —       —  

8.375% Senior Notes due 2011

    399,339     413,322     —       —  

7.375% Senior Notes due 2006

    200,000     200,250     —       —  

6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011

    6,311     6,311     6,311     6,311

8.750% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2015

    15,900     15,900     17,337     17,337

 

F-80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

     As of December 31, 2001

   As of December 31, 2000

     (Restated)    (Restated)
     Carrying
Amount


   Estimated
Fair Value


   Carrying
Amount


   Estimated
Fair Value


Notes payable

   $ 306,248    $ 306,248    $ 246,064    $ 246,064

Hospital revenue bonds

     4,400      4,400      5,900      5,900

Non-compete agreements

     15,410      15,410      30,052      30,052

Capital lease obligations

     285,112      285,112      279,550      279,550

Financial commitments:

                           

Letters of credit

     —        22,988      —        28,084

 

15. Stock-Based Compensation:

 

Employee Stock-Based Compensation Plans-

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Company had outstanding options from the 1993, 1995, 1997, 1999, and 2002 Stock Option Plans and several other stock option plans assumed from various acquisitions that occurred in prior years, (collectively, the “Option Plans”). The Option Plans were designed to provide a performance incentive by issuing options to purchase shares of HealthSouth common stock to certain members of the Board of Directors, officers, and employees. The Option Plans provided for the granting of both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options. The terms and conditions of the options, including exercise prices and the periods in which options are exercisable, generally were at the discretion of the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors; however, no options were exercisable beyond approximately 10 years from the date of grant and generally vested in periods of up to five years in monthly, quarterly or annual increments depending on the type of award granted. As of December 31, 2003, the number of authorized shares under each of the above plans is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Authorized
Shares


Plan

    

1993

   —  

1995

   23,546

1997

   1,845

1999

   —  

2002

   3,378
    

Total authorized shares

   28,769
    

 

In 1999, we adopted our 1999 Exchange Stock Option Plan (the “Exchange Plan”) under which non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”) could be granted, covering a maximum of 2,750,000 shares of common stock. The Exchange Plan was approved by our shareholders on May 20, 1999. The Exchange Plan was adopted after a protracted period of depression in the price of HealthSouth common stock and provided that HealthSouth employees (other than Directors and executive officers, who were eligible to participate) who held outstanding stock options with an exercise price equal to or greater than $16.00 could exchange such options for NQSOs issued under the Exchange Plan. Options granted under the Exchange Plan would have an exercise price equal to the closing price per share of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Tape on May 20, 1999, would be deemed to have been granted on May 20, 1999, and would have durations and vesting restrictions identical to those affecting the options surrendered. Eligible options with an exercise price

 

F-81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

between $16.00 and $22.00 per share could be surrendered in exchange for an option under the Exchange Plan covering two shares of common stock for each three shares of common stock covered by the surrendered options, and eligible options having an exercise price of $22.00 per share or greater could be surrendered in exchange for an option under the Exchange Plan covering three shares of common stock for each four shares of common stock covered by the surrendered option. Each optionholder surrendering options was required to retain eligible options covering 10% of the aggregate number of shares covered by the options eligible for surrender. The Exchange Plan expired on September 30, 1999, at which time options covering 1,723,973 shares of common stock had been issued under the Exchange Plan at an exercise price of $13.3125 per share. Options granted under the Exchange Plan are nontransferable except by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution (except for certain permitted transfers to family members or charities), are protected against dilution and expire within three months of termination of employment, unless such termination is by reason of death.

 

Options exchanged under the Exchange Plan are accounted for under the variable method of accounting as defined in APB Opinion No. 25. We record a compensation charge or benefit for these options based on the change in the intrinsic value of the options at each reporting period. We recorded a charge (benefit) of approximately $(2.1) million, $(2.0) million, and $4.1 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Due to the decrease in the value of our common stock, these options currently have no intrinsic value and all previously recorded compensation expense was reversed in 2002.

 

Restricted Stock Plan-

 

We can issue restricted common stock under the 1998 Restricted Stock Plan (the “Restricted Stock Plan”) to executives and key employees of HealthSouth. The terms of the Restricted Stock Plan called for up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock to be granted beginning in 1998 through 2008. Total grants under the Restricted Stock Plan through December 31, 1999 totaled 850,000 shares. There were no additional grants made in 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000. Awards made under the plan were subject to a five-year cliff vesting. There were a total of 850,000 shares issued (prior to January 1, 2000) under the Restricted Stock Plan at December 31, 2003. Of the issued shares, 75,000 are still unvested at December 31, 2003; the remaining shares issued have been forfeited. We recognized compensation expense (benefit) under the Restricted Stock Plan, which is included in salaries and benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

     2003

    2002

   2001

   2000

                (Restated)    (Restated)

Compensation (benefit) expense

   $ (2,932 )   $ 542    $ 941    $ 1,140
    


 

  

  

 

Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by FASB Statement No. 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method of FASB Statement No. 123. The fair values of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 have been estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Expected volatility

   70.0 %   62.5 %   58.5 %   54.1 %

Risk-free interest rate

   2.852 %   4.070 %   4.768 %   6.607 %

Expected life (years)

   5.30     5.47     5.79     5.62  

Dividend yield

   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

 

F-82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because HealthSouth’s employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in our opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of our employee stock options.

 

A summary of our stock option activity and related information is as follows (share information in thousands):

 

           Price per Share

     Shares

    Range

   Weighted
Average


Balance, December 31, 1999 (Restated)

   36,013     $  2.52 - 40.70    $ 10.69

Granted

   3,639       4.88 -   5.44      4.91

Exercised

   (1,957 )     2.52 - 13.31      7.59

Canceled

   (1,724 )     3.29 - 40.70      15.19
    

            

Balance, December 31, 2000 (Restated)

   35,971       4.88 -   5.44      4.91

Granted

   4,971       11.99 - 15.44      13.65

Exercised

   (4,433 )     3.38 - 17.75      7.34

Canceled

   (946 )     4.88 - 36.97      17.63
    

            

Balance, December 31, 2001 (Restated)

   35,563       3.38 - 28.06      10.70

Granted

   5,437       3.70 - 14.90      9.33

Exercised

   (7,647 )     3.38 - 13.88      4.07

Canceled

   (617 )     4.88 - 23.63      12.48
    

            

Balance, December 31, 2002

   32,736       3.38 - 28.06      11.99

Granted

   4,096       3.20 -   4.63      3.48

Exercised

   (360 )     3.38 -   3.78      3.66

Canceled

   (19,135 )     3.20 - 28.06      10.84
    

            

Balance, December 31, 2003

   17,337       3.20 - 28.06      11.42
    

            

 

For various price ranges, weighted average characteristics of outstanding employee stock options at December 31, 2003 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts and years):

 

          Outstanding options

   Exercisable options

Range of exercise prices


   Shares

   Remaining
life (years)


   Weighted
average
price


   Shares

   Weighted
average
price


$3.20 –   4.17

   1,985    9.14    $ 3.38    850    $ 3.62

  4.28 –   7.84

   3,014    6.52      5.03    2,021      5.31

  7.99 – 12.50

   5,572    5.00      10.24    4,714      10.11

13.00 – 14.90

   2,659    6.38      13.74    2,075      13.72

15.02 – 28.06

   4,107    2.90      20.09    4,107      20.09
    
              
      

All

   17,337    5.45      11.42    13,767      12.53
    
              
      

 

F-83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Non-Employee Stock-Based Compensation Plans-

 

In 1993, we adopted the 1993 Consultants Stock Option Plan to provide incentives to non-employee consultants who provide significant services to us. On February 1, 2002, we amended and restated this plan to increase the total number of shares covered by the plan to 4,500,000. The plan expired on February 25, 2003. All options outstanding at that date remain valid and must be held and exercised in accordance with the terms of the plan. All of these options must be exercised within ten years after they were granted, although they may be exercised at any time during this ten-year period. All of these options terminate automatically within three months after termination of association with us, unless such termination is by reason of death. In addition, the options may not be transferred, except pursuant to the terms of a valid will or applicable laws of descent and distribution. As of December 31, 2003, there were 1,121,833 options outstanding under this plan.

 

16. Employee Benefit Plans:

 

Substantially all HealthSouth employees are eligible to enroll in HealthSouth sponsored healthcare plans, including coverage for medical, dental, and vision benefits. Our primary healthcare plans are national plans administered by third party administrators. We are self-insured for these plans. During 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, costs associated with these plans approximated $137 million, $120 million, $100 million, and $111 million, respectively. We also sponsor certain regional plans inherited through various acquisitions over the past several years. These regional plans are fully insured.

 

We also provide basic life insurance equal to one times each eligible employee’s annual base salary amount at no cost to each employee. During 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, costs for premiums related to this employee benefit approximated $1.2 million, $1.2 million, $1.3 million, and $1.5 million, respectively. Additional life insurance is available to full time employees, but the premiums associated with any additional coverage is the responsibility of each employee. Employees may also purchase accidental death and dismemberment life insurance at their own expense.

 

HealthSouth also provides long-term disability insurance to each full-time employee at no cost. During 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, costs for premiums related to this employee benefit approximated $2.2 million, $2.3 million, $2.6 million, and $2.8 million, respectively. Employees may purchase short-term disability coverage through HealthSouth, but all premiums are the responsibility of each applicable employee.

 

The HealthSouth Retirement Investment Plan is a qualified 401(k) savings plan. The plan allows eligible employees to contribute up to 100% of their pay on a pre-tax basis into their individual retirement account in the plan subject to the normal maximum limits set annually by the Internal Revenue Service. The company match is 15% of the first 4% of each participant’s elective deferrals. All contributions to the plan are in the form of cash. Employees who are at least 21 years of age and have completed 90 days of service with the company are eligible to participate in the plan. Employer contributions to each plan participant’s account vest gradually over a six-year service period. Participants are always fully vested in their own contributions.

 

Prior to July 1, 2002, employees were not eligible to participate in the plan until they completed one year of service with a minimum of 1,000 hours worked. Prior to January 1, 2003, vesting occurred over a seven-year service period.

 

Employer contributions to the HealthSouth Retirement Investment Plan approximated $0.9 million, $3.4 million, $3.5 million, and $3.4 million in 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. In 2003, $2.3 million from the plan’s forfeiture account was used to fund the matching contributions in accordance with the terms of the plan.

 

F-84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In 2004, we adopted the 2004 Senior Management Bonus Program to reward senior management for performance based on a combination of corporate goals, divisional, or regional goals, and individual goals. The corporate goals are dependent upon the company meeting a pre-determined financial goal determined at the beginning of each year. The divisional or regional goals are determined in accordance with the specific plans agreed upon within the divisions. The individual goals, which are weighted according to importance and include some objectives common to all eligible persons, are determined between each participant and his or her immediate supervisor. The program applies to persons who join the company in, or are promoted to, senior management positions.

 

17. Discontinued Operations:

 

During 2003 and 2002, we closed 16 inpatient rehabilitation facilities, 102 outpatient rehabilitation facilities, 6 surgery centers, 14 diagnostic centers, and 33 other facilities that meet the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144 to be reported as discontinued operations.

 

For the facilities closed in 2002 and 2003 that meet the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144, we reclassified our financial results for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000 to show the results of those closed facilities as discontinued operations. The operating results of discontinued operations, by operating segment and in total, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Inpatient:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 7,909     $ 16,304     $ 17,464     $ 17,525  

Costs and expenses

     6,417       16,303       18,361       11,979  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     1,492       1       (897 )     5,546  

Loss on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     (495 )     (15 )     (5 )     (1,006 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (293 )     1       331       —    
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 704     $ (13 )   $ (571 )   $ 4,540  
    


 


 


 


Surgery Centers:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 8,832     $ 26,059     $ 36,586     $ 33,068  

Costs and expenses

     27,948       37,163       41,422       30,480  
    


 


 


 


(Loss) income from discontinued operations

     (19,116 )     (11,104 )     (4,836 )     2,588  

Gain (loss) on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     10,482       2,279       (274 )     (3,517 )

Income tax benefit

     —         411       1,872       146  
    


 


 


 


Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (8,634 )   $ (8,414 )   $ (3,238 )   $ (783 )
    


 


 


 


Outpatient:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 11,618     $ 24,792     $ 29,217     $ 30,513  

Costs and expenses

     12,287       26,239       31,390       34,215  

Impairments

     —         1,611       —         —    
    


 


 


 


Loss from discontinued operations

     (669 )     (3,058 )     (2,173 )     (3,702 )

Loss on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     (103 )     (1,246 )     (402 )     (859 )

Income tax benefit

     —         200       944       720  
    


 


 


 


Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (772 )   $ (4,104 )   $ (1,631 )   $ (3,841 )
    


 


 


 


 

F-85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Diagnostic:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 3,441     $ 8,668     $ 9,196     $ 9,946  

Costs and expenses

     3,166       11,287       13,600       8,146  

Impairments

     —         2,351       1,420       —    
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     275       (4,970 )     (5,824 )     1,800  

Gain (loss) on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     1,500       (732 )     (7 )     (898 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (523 )     265       2,137       —    
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 1,252     $ (5,437 )   $ (3,694 )   $ 902  
    


 


 


 


Corporate and Other:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 80,179     $ 107,992     $ 126,908     $ 94,838  

Costs and expenses

     64,148       103,485       155,549       98,921  

Impairments

     —         120       —         —    
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     16,031       4,387       (28,641 )     (4,083 )

Gain (loss) on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     28,907       12,064       (2,383 )     —    

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (13,221 )     —         11,371       645  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 31,717     $ 16,451     $ (19,653 )   $ (3,438 )
    


 


 


 


Total:

                                

Net operating revenues

   $ 111,979     $ 183,815     $ 219,372     $ 185,890  

Costs and expenses

     113,966       194,477       260,323       183,741  

Impairments

     —         4,082       1,420       —    
    


 


 


 


(Loss) income from discontinued operations

     (1,987 )     (14,744 )     (42,371 )     2,149  

Gain (loss) on disposal of assets of discontinued operations

     40,291       12,350       (3,071 )     (6,280 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (14,037 )     877       16,655       1,511  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 24,267     $ (1,517 )   $ (28,787 )   $ (2,620 )
    


 


 


 


 

The assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)

Assets:

                           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —      $ 1,772    $ 3,616    $ 4,125

Accounts receivable, net

     14,743      18,495      26,209      32,771

Prepaid expenses

     —        438      516      394

Other current assets

     15,470      1,684      962      955
    

  

  

  

Total current assets

     30,213      22,389      31,303      38,245
    

  

  

  

Property and equipment, net

     1,562      75,484      80,185      83,273

Intangible assets, net

     —        1,841      3,729      4,577

Other long-term assets

     6,691      1,981      691      1,278
    

  

  

  

Total long-term assets

     8,253      79,306      84,605      89,128
    

  

  

  

Total assets

   $ 38,466    $ 101,695    $ 115,908    $ 127,373
    

  

  

  

 

F-86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

     As of December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)

Liabilities:

                           

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ —      $ 578    $ 481    $ 1,412

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

     6,776      11,372      10,091      15,103
    

  

  

  

Total current liabilities

     6,776      11,950      10,572      16,515
    

  

  

  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     691      5,409      7,150      7,758

Other long-term liabilities

     31      55      76      89
    

  

  

  

Total long-term liabilities

     722      5,464      7,226      7,847
    

  

  

  

Total liabilities

   $ 7,498    $ 17,414    $ 17,798    $ 24,362
    

  

  

  

 

During 2004, we closed 3 inpatient rehabilitation facilities, 13 outpatient rehabilitation facilities, 5 surgery centers, and 9 diagnostic centers during the period from January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004 that qualify for discontinued operations treatment in 2004. The results of operations for these facilities have been classified as continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 based on the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144.

 

18. Income Taxes:

 

HealthSouth is subject to U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign income taxes. The loss from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change was as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Loss from continuing operations before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ (498,787 )   $ (395,897 )   $ (190,682 )   $ (438,207 )

 

The significant components of the provision for (benefit from) income taxes related to continuing operations were as follows (in thousands):

 

    For the year ended December 31,

 
    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                (Restated)     (Restated)  

Current:

                               

Federal

  $ (28,292 )   $ (32,620 )   $ (48,253 )   $ (108,520 )

State and local

    11,429       23,243       10,608       16,898  
   


 


 


 


Total current benefit

    (16,863 )     (9,377 )     (37,645 )     (91,622 )
   


 


 


 


Deferred:

                               

Federal

    (23,888 )     28,600       8,787       14,056  

State and local

    (1,668 )     1,998       614       982  
   


 


 


 


Total deferred (benefit) expense

    (25,556 )     30,598       9,401       15,038  
   


 


 


 


Total income tax (benefit) expense related to continuing operations

  $ (42,419 )   $ 21,221     $ (28,244 )   $ (76,584 )
   


 


 


 


 

F-87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

We made net income tax payments of $44.9 million in 2002 and $24.1 million in 2001. We received net income tax refunds of $107.1 million in 2003 and $5.3 million in 2000. Such refunds were attributable to payments for estimated income taxes that exceeded the actual liabilities and net operating loss carryback claims received.

 

A reconciliation of differences between the federal income tax at statutory rates and our actual income tax expense on income from continuing operations, which include federal, state, and other income taxes, is as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Tax (benefit) at statutory rate

   (35.0 )%   (35.0 )%   (35.0 )%   (35.0 )%

Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from:

                        

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

   1.3     4.2     3.8     2.7  

Executive compensation

   —       1.3     1.9     0.2  

Non-deductible goodwill

   6.0     (0.3 )   12.6     5.6  

Accrual for government and class action settlements

   7.0     —       —       —    

Interest, net

   (2.8 )   (3.9 )   (7.6 )   (2.9 )

Partnerships

   —       —       1.8     1.5  

Other, net

   (1.1 )   (0.3 )   (1.0 )   0.2  

Increase in valuation allowance

   16.1     39.4     8.7     10.2  
    

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

   (8.5 )%   5.4 %   (14.8 )%   (17.5 )%
    

 

 

 

 

The income tax benefit at the statutory rate is the expected tax benefit resulting from the loss due to continuing operations. However, HealthSouth’s income tax benefit in 2003 is less than the benefit at the statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes associated with certain subsidiaries that file separate state income tax returns, impairment charges and an increase in the valuation allowance. We have an income tax expense in 2002 primarily due to state income taxes associated with certain subsidiaries that file separate state income tax returns, accrual of future government settlement payments, and an increase in the valuation allowance.

 

The income tax benefit is less than the statutory rate in 2001 and 2000 primarily due to non-deductible goodwill, state income taxes associated with certain subsidiaries that file separate state income tax returns and an increase in the valuation allowance.

 

F-88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes recognize the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes and the impact of available net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. The significant components of HealthSouth’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Deferred income tax assets:

                                

Net operating loss

   $ 155,352     $ 67,768     $ 53,738     $ 29,978  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     79,780       144,773       154,160       137,585  

Accrual for government settlement

     133,827       135,438       2,175       2,540  

Insurance reserves

     51,009       57,295       56,359       57,657  

Other accruals

     64,951       50,186       43,826       34,922  

Property, net

     155,443       59,340       15,202       36,342  

Carrying value of partnerships

     —         17,326       25,805       15,978  
    


 


 


 


Total deferred income tax assets

     640,362       532,126       351,265       315,002  

Less: valuation allowance

     (599,187 )     (497,905 )     (302,594 )     (257,624 )
    


 


 


 


Net deferred income tax assets

     41,175       34,221       48,671       57,378  
    


 


 


 


Deferred tax liabilities:

                                

Capitalized costs

     (1,802 )     (851 )     (2,408 )     (371 )

Nonaccrual experience method

     (68,910 )     (92,147 )     (73,627 )     (72,060 )

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale

     —         (121 )     (276 )     (4,383 )

Carrying value of partnerships

     (3,660 )     —         —         —    

Other

     (893 )     (748 )     (1,408 )     (211 )
    


 


 


 


Total deferred income tax liabilities

     (75,265 )     (93,867 )     (77,719 )     (77,025 )
    


 


 


 


Net deferred income tax liabilities

     (34,090 )     (59,646 )     (29,048 )     (19,647 )

Less: Current deferred tax liabilities

     (61,306 )     (80,140 )     (48,534 )     (41,219 )
    


 


 


 


Long-term deferred tax assets

   $ 27,216     $ 20,494     $ 19,486     $ 21,572  
    


 


 


 


 

FASB Statement No. 109 requires that we reduce our deferred income tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. We based our decision to establish a valuation allowance primarily on negative evidence of cumulative losses in recent years. After consideration of all evidence, both positive and negative, management concluded that it is more likely than not that we will not realize a portion of our deferred tax assets and that a valuation allowance of $599.2 million, $497.9 million, $302.6 million, and $257.6 million is necessary for the years 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, the net increases in our valuation allowance were $101.3 million, $195.3 million, $45.0 million, and $77.8 million, respectively. The valuation allowance for all years increased in part as a result of certain indefinite lived liabilities which would never be absorbed by deferred tax assets. Certain of these indefinite lived liabilities were established as a result of differences in the financial and tax net carrying values of goodwill associated with past acquisitions. An additional liability was established as result of carrying value differences in partnerships resulting from restatement adjustments for past years in which the Company is precluded from filing amended partnership returns.

 

F-89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2003, HealthSouth had unused federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $176.1 million. Such losses expire in various amounts at varying times through 2023. These NOL carryforwards result in a deferred tax asset of approximately $61.6 million at December 31, 2003. A valuation allowance is being taken against a portion of our net deferred tax assets, including these loss carryforwards.

 

Based on the operating results for the years 2000 through 2003 and related restatements, we anticipate filing amended income tax returns which will result in significant tax net operating losses. Such losses may be carried back to reclaim any available U.S. federal income taxes paid in prior years or carried forward to mitigate future tax liabilities. Prior to the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002 (the “Worker Assistance Act”), enacted by Congress on March 9, 2002, a company could carry back tax net operating losses to reclaim U.S. federal income taxes paid in the two years preceding the tax year in which the company generated and utilized the net operating losses. For alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) purposes, only 90% of alternative minimum taxable income could be offset by net operating loss carrybacks. For tax years ending in 2002 and 2001, the Worker Assistance Act extended the carryback period to the five years preceding the tax year in which the net operating loss was generated. With respect to AMT, the limit on net operating loss deductions from alternative minimum taxable income was increased from 90% to 100% for net operating losses generated or taken as carryforwards in tax years ending in 2002 and 2001.

 

Pursuant to FASB Statement No. 5, we evaluated the recovery of federal and state income taxes in anticipation of filing amended income tax returns for all open years where income has been adjusted or restated. Additionally, the Company and its subsidiaries’ federal and state income tax returns are periodically examined by various regulatory taxing authorities. In connection with such examinations, taxing authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service and various state departments of revenue, have raised issues and proposed tax deficiencies. Amounts related to these tax deficiencies and other contingencies have been considered by management in its estimate of the Company’s potential net recovery of prior income taxes. This potential net recovery is included on the consolidated balance sheet as Income tax refund receivable and has a balance of $295.5 million as of December 31, 2003. This balance also includes a refund from the Internal Revenue Service of $6.8 million, which represents the settlement of the Company’s 1992 and 1993 examinations and is net of approximately $100 million of tentative refunds already received as of the end of 2003 based upon carryback claims previously filed by the Company. The assumptions and computations used to determine this estimate have not yet been reviewed by federal or state examiners, and are subject to reduction and/or elimination. The assumptions and computations used to determine this estimate have not yet been reviewed by federal or state examiners, and are subject to adjustment. Resolution of the amount of taxes recoverable will not be made until a future date when HealthSouth and the taxing authorities agree to the appropriate adjustments. Management believes it has provided the best estimate of this probable recovery based upon the information available at this time and believes that the ultimate resolution of these amounts is not expected to materially affect our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

F-90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

19. Earnings Per Share:

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    For the year ended December 31,

 
    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                (Restated)     (Restated)  

Numerator:

                               

Loss from continuing operations

  $ (456,368 )   $ (417,118 )   $ (162,438 )   $ (361,623 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    24,267       (1,517 )     (28,787 )     (2,620 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

    (2,456 )     (48,189 )     —         —    
   


 


 


 


Net loss

  $ (434,557 )   $ (466,824 )   $ (191,225 )   $ (364,243 )
   


 


 


 


Denominator:

                               

Basic—weighted average common shares outstanding

    396,132       395,520       390,485       386,626  
   


 


 


 


Diluted—weighted average common shares outstanding

    405,831       408,321       415,163       407,061  
   


 


 


 


Basic and diluted earnings per share:

                               

Loss from continuing operations

  $ (1.15 )   $ (1.06 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.93 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    0.06       Nil       (0.07 )     (0.01 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

    (0.01 )     (0.12 )     —         —    
   


 


 


 


Net loss

  $ (1.10 )   $ (1.18 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.94 )
   


 


 


 


 

Diluted earnings per share report the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. These potential shares include dilutive stock options and convertible debentures. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, the number of potential shares approximated 9.7 million, 12.8 million, 24.7 million, and 20.4 million, respectively. Including these potential common shares in the denominator resulted in an antidilutive per-share amount due to our loss from continuing operations. Therefore, no separate computation of diluted earnings per share is presented.

 

As discussed within Note 10, Long-term Debt , we repaid our 3.25% Convertible Debentures which were due April 1, 2003, from the net proceeds of a loan arranged by Credit Suisse First Boston (“CSFB”), on January 16, 2004. In connection with this transaction, HealthSouth issued warrants to the lender to purchase 10 million shares of its common stock. Each warrant has a term of 10 years from the date of issuance and an exercise price of $6.50 per share.

 

20. Related Party Transactions:

 

The Company has entered into a significant number of transactions involving former directors, officers and employees. We have summarized material related party transactions, not disclosed elsewhere, (see Note 6, Marketable Securities, Note 7, Property and Equipment, and Note 9, Investment in and Advances to Nonconsolidated Affiliates) as follows:

 

Acacia Venture Partners-

 

From 1995 through 2003, we invested approximately $3 million with Acacia Venture Partners (“Acacia”), a venture capital firm founded and managed by C. Sage Givens. In 2003, we liquidated our investment in all Acacia funds and realized a net loss of approximately $669,000.

 

F-91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In addition to investing directly in Acacia funds, we co-invested with Acacia in several companies, including Caremark Rx, Inc. (formerly MedPartners, Inc.), CMS Capital Ventures, Inc., and MedCenterDirect.com. Also, we purchased various goods and services from companies in which Acacia has invested, including Caremark Rx, Inc., CompHealth, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of CMS Capital Ventures, Inc.), and MedCenterDirect.com, Inc., each of which is described in Note 6, Marketable Securities, and Note 9, Investment in and Advances to Nonconsolidated Affiliates.

 

Andrews-HealthSouth Racing, LLC and Aloha Racing Foundation, LLC-

 

During the time period between June 16, 1998 and September 1, 1999, the Company advanced approximately $4.3 million to Aloha Racing Foundation, LLC, an entity owned in part by former directors and officers of the Company. In April 2000, Aloha Racing Foundation declared bankruptcy. The Company was able to recover approximately $.8 million. As part of our financial restatement process, we recognized a loss of approximately $3.5 million on the original loan amount and an additional $.2 million in accrued interest as of December 31, 1999.

 

American Sports Medicine Institute-

 

American Sports Medicine Institute (“ASMI”) is a charitable organization operating a medical research organization. Dr. James Andrews, who is Chairman of ASMI, formed ASMI along with his physician partners in 1987. Richard M. Scrushy, Larry D. Striplin, Jr., Larry D. Taylor, and P. Daryl Brown also acted as directors of ASMI. Pursuant to an agreement dated October 1, 1999 between ASMI and HealthSouth, we contributed to ASMI $256,050 in 1999, $414,200 in 2000, $596,300 in 2001, $252,069 in 2002 and $462,636 in 2003. In addition, we provided approximately $350,000 of “free rent” per year for office space occupied by ASMI. In exchange, we had access to research conducted by ASMI. Our agreement with ASMI expired in September 2004, and we have notified ASMI of our intent to reduce the amount of our annual support.

 

First Cambridge-

 

As discussed in Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements , several former HealthSouth employees, former directors, and immediate family members of former directors owned 49% of First Cambridge. In December 2001, the Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement (“Agreement”) with HCI, where the Company sold and leased back thirteen real properties, including land, buildings, and improvements. The sale price was approximately $81.5 million. On December 28, 2001, HCI assigned all its rights and duties under the Agreement to First Cambridge. On the same day, the Company also signed a Master Lease Agreement (“Lease Agreement”) with First Cambridge to lease back the thirteen real properties from First Cambridge for fifteen years. On December 27, 2001, First Cambridge financed this transaction with UBS AG (“UBS”) with the proceeds from an $82.5 million promissory note. HealthSouth guaranteed the First Cambridge’s debt for the financing of this transaction. However, as discussed in Note 2, the transaction did not meet the sale-lease back requirements of FASB Statement No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and, accordingly, we restated our 2001 consolidated financial statements to account for the transaction as a financing transaction.

 

During 2002, the Company paid approximately $9.5 million to First Cambridge under the terms of the Lease Agreement, of which approximately $1.7 million was charged to interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

In December 2002, UBS called the loan to First Cambridge and UBS looked to the Company to repay the loan under the terms of the guarantee agreement. As a result, the Company entered into a subsequent Repurchase

 

F-92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Agreement with First Cambridge to effectively unwind the original Agreement at a cost of $87.5 million.

 

As a result the Company recognized a charge in the 2002 consolidated statement of operations of approximately $13.9 million, which is included in (Gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt .

 

Nelson-Brantley Glass Contractors-

 

In connection with the construction of the Digital Hospital, the general contractor on that project, which is an unrelated third party, entered into a subcontract agreement with Nelson-Brantley Glass Contractors, Inc. for the provision of glass required for the project. Larry D. Striplin, Jr., a former HealthSouth director, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Nelson-Brantley, and is also the company’s sole owner. We have paid the contractor approximately $5.7 million for glass and glazing work performed on the Digital Hospital.

 

Due from related parties-

 

Amounts due from employees, officers, and other related parties (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  

Notes receivable, employees and officers

   $ 3,307     $ 3,494     $ 8,086     $ 7,954  

Due from MedCenter Direct

     9,234       9,234       —         —    

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (12,491 )     (3,088 )     (2,060 )     (1,780 )
    


 


 


 


       50       9,640       6,026       6,174  

Less: Current portion

     —         9,381       4,602       619  
    


 


 


 


Due from related parties

   $ 50     $ 259     $ 1,424     $ 5,555  
    


 


 


 


 

We have reserved all amounts due from former employees that have become past due. The amount outstanding at December 31, 2003 of $50,000 from one current employee bears interest at the prime rate less 1.25% (effective rate at December 31, 2003 was 4.25%). All other amounts have been collected. As discussed in Note 9, Investment in and Advances to Nonconsolidated Affiliates, we fully reserved the note receivable of approximately $9.2 million due from MCD as of September 30, 2003.

 

21. Medicare Program Settlement:

 

The Devage Case-

 

The United States intervened in four lawsuits filed against us under the federal civil False Claims Act on January 23, 2002 and filed their compliant on May 23, 2002. These so-called “ qui tam ” (whistleblower) lawsuits had been transferred to the Western District of Texas and were consolidated in a case entitled United States ex rel. Devage v. HealthSouth Corp., et al. , No. 98-CA-0372 (DWS) (W.D. Tex. San Antonio). The Devage suit alleged that we submitted false claims to the Medicare program by billing for unperformed physical therapy services and by utilizing aides who were not licensed physical therapists to perform services for Medicare beneficiaries. The complaint further alleged that we improperly made claims for “excessive one on one” services.

 

On April 10, 2003, the DOJ’s civil division notified us that it was expanding its investigation, which began with the Devage lawsuit, into allegations that we submitted fraudulent Medicare cost reports for fiscal years 1995 through 2002.

 

 

F-93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

On December 30, 2004, we announced that HealthSouth had entered into (a) a definitive global settlement agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) with the DOJ’s civil division, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS-OIG”), the United States Department of Labor (“DOL”) through the Employment Standards Administration’s Office of Workers’ Compensation Programs, Division of Federal Employees’ Compensation (“OWCP-DFEC”), the TRICARE Management Activity (“TRICARE,” and together with the DOJ, HHS-OIG, and DOL, the “United States”), and certain other individuals and entities which had filed civil suits against us and/or our affiliates (collectively, the “Relators”) and (b) an administrative settlement agreement with the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) acting on behalf of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (the “Administrative Settlement Agreement”), to resolve issues associated with various Medicare cost reporting practices. In connection with this settlement, on December 30, 2004 we entered into a new corporate integrity agreement (the “December 2004 CIA”) with the HHS-OIG. The DOJ’s civil division continues to investigate certain self-disclosures made by us to the HHS-OIG.

 

The Settlement-

 

Under the terms of the Settlement Agreement, we will make cash payments to the United States in the aggregate amount of $325 million, plus accrued interest from November 4, 2004 at an annual rate of 4.125% (the “Settlement Amount”). The United States will, in turn, pay the Relators the portion of the Settlement Amount due to the Relators pursuant to the terms of the Settlement Agreement. We made an initial payment of $75 million (plus interest) to the United States on January 3, 2005, with the remaining balance of $250 million to be paid in quarterly installments over three years.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Settlement Agreement, including our full payment of the Settlement Amount, the Settlement Agreement provides for the release of HealthSouth by the United States from any civil or administrative monetary claim the United States had or may have had relating to certain covered conduct, including, but not limited to, the submission of certain claims for reimbursement for outpatient physical therapy services rendered to Medicare, TRICARE, or DOL beneficiaries; certain claims for reimbursement for various categories of unallowable claims and costs by the company; and the submission by the company of claims to Medicare for costs relating to our allegedly improper accounting practices, as well as the submission by the company of other unallowable costs included in its Medicare Home Office Cost Statements and in its individual provider cost reports.

 

Subject to certain exceptions and the terms and conditions of the Settlement Agreement, including our full payment of the Settlement Amount, the Settlement Agreement provides for the release of HealthSouth by the Relators from any and all claims based upon any transaction or incident occurring prior to December 30, 2004, including all claims that have been or could have been asserted in his or its respective civil action, and from any civil monetary claim the United States had or may have had for the covered conduct that is pled in his or its respective civil action.

 

In addition, in consideration of our obligations in the Settlement Agreement and the December 2004 CIA, and subject to our full payment of the Settlement Amount, the Settlement Agreement provides for the release of the company by HHS-OIG and OWCP-DFEC, and the agreement by HHS-OIG and OWCP-DFEC to refrain from instituting, directing, or maintaining any administrative action seeking exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, the FECA Program, the TRICARE Program and other federal health care programs, as applicable, for the Covered Conduct. The company entered into the December 2004 CIA with the HHS-OIG to promote its compliance with the requirements of Medicare, Medicaid, and all other federal health care programs. Under the December 2004 CIA, we are subject to certain administrative requirements and review of certain Medicare reimbursement procedures by an independent review organization. Substantially all of the obligations under the

 

F-94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

December 2004 CIA are in effect for a five year period beginning on January 1, 2005, and any failure to comply with its material terms could lead to suspension or exclusion from further participation in federal health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid.

 

Subject to certain exceptions and the terms and conditions of the Administrative Settlement Agreement, the Administrative Settlement Agreement provides for the release of the Company by CMS from any obligations related to any cost statements or cost reports which had, or could have been submitted to CMS or its fiscal intermediaries by the company for cost reporting periods ended on or before December 31, 2003. The Administrative Settlement Agreement provides that all covered cost reports be closed and considered final and settled. Under the terms of the Administrative Settlement Agreement, we may retain amounts received prior to October 29, 2004, but return amounts received after October 29, 2004 relating to the cost reporting periods ended on or before December 31, 2003. As of December 31, 2003, we were due approximately $21.9 million under the covered cost reports. From January 1, 2004 through October 29, 2004 we collected approximately $2.4 million and subsequent to October 29, 2004 we received approximately $34 thousand. The net financial impact of the Administrative Settlement Agreement is approximately $19.5 million.

 

The December 2004 Corporate Integrity Agreement-

 

The December 2004 CIA has an effective date of January 1, 2005 and a term of five years from that effective date. The December 2004 CIA incorporates a number of compliance programs changes already in effect and requires, among other things, that not later than 90 days after the effective date we:

 

    Form an Executive Compliance Committee (made up of our chief compliance officer and other senior management members), which shall participate in the formulation and implementation of our compliance program;

 

    Require certain independent contractors to abide by our Standards of Business Conduct;

 

    Provide general compliance training to all HealthSouth personnel as well as specialized training to personnel responsible for billing, coding and cost reporting relating to federal health care program;

 

    Report and return overpayments received from federal health care programs;

 

    Notify the HHS-OIG of any new investigations or legal proceedings initiated by a governmental entity or its agents involving an allegations of fraud or criminal conduct against HealthSouth;

 

    Notify the HHS-OIG of the purchase, sale, closure, establishment, or relocation of any facility furnishing items or services that are reimbursed under federal health care programs; and

 

    Submit regular reports to the HHS-OIG regarding our compliance with the December 2004 CIA.

 

In addition to the above requirements, the December 2004 CIA requires that we engage an Independent Review Organization (“IRO”), to assist us in assessing and evaluating: (a) our billing, coding, and cost reporting practices with respect to its inpatient rehabilitation facilities, (b) our billing and coding practices for outpatient items and services furnished by outpatient departments of our inpatient facilities and through other HealthSouth outpatient rehabilitation facilities (“ORFs”); and (c) certain other obligations pursuant to the December 2004 CIA and the Settlement Agreement.

 

Failure to meet our obligations under the December 2004 CIA could result in stipulated financial penalties. Failure to comply with material terms, however, could lead to exclusion from further participation in federal health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, which currently account for a substantial portion of our revenues.

 

F-95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Financial Consequences-

 

A summary of the financial impact of the Settlement Agreement is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount

Cash settlement

   $ 325,000

CMS Administrative Settlement

     19,540

Unallowable costs in the covered cost reports

     133

Legal fees

     3,043
    

Government and other class action settlements expense

   $ 347,716
    

 

In accordance with FASB Statement No. 5 and EITF Abstract Topic No. D-86, “Issuance of Financial Statements,” we recognized the cost of the Settlement Agreement as of December 31, 2002. The cost of the Settlement Agreement is classified as Government and class action settlements expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002. To recognize the cost of the Settlement Agreement as of December 31, 2002, we established a reserve for uncollectible amounts due from CMS for approximately $19.5 million, accrued legal fees of $3 million, and a long-term liability for approximately $325 million, which is included in Government and class action settlements in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

We are unable to determine a reasonable estimate of the amounts, if any, of the Relator attorneys’ fees and other costs as of December 31, 2003. As a result, we will recognize those costs when estimatable.

 

We also settled in 2001 with the DOJ and paid approximately $8.2 million related to improper cost included on previously filed cost reports. The cost of this settlement is classified as Government and class action settlements expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2000 and is included in Other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2000.

 

22. SEC Settlement:

 

On June 6, 2005, the SEC approved a settlement (the “SEC Settlement”) with us relating to the actions filed by the SEC on March 19, 2003 captioned SEC v. HealthSouth Corporation and Richard M. Scrushy, No. CV-03-J-0615-S (N.D. Ala.) (the “SEC Litigation”).

 

That lawsuit alleges that HealthSouth and our former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard M. Scrushy, violated and/or aided and abetted violations of the antifraud, reporting, books-and-records, and internal controls provisions of the federal securities laws. On April 3, 2003, the SEC filed an amended complaint adding additional charges against Mr. Scrushy. On May 7, 2003, the SEC Litigation was stayed pending the resolution of any criminal charges against Mr. Scrushy or notification that Mr. Scrushy would not be criminally charged.

 

Under the terms of the SEC Settlement, we have agreed, without admitting or denying the SEC’s allegations, to be enjoined from future violations of certain provisions of the securities laws. We have also agreed to:

 

    Pay a $100 million civil penalty and disgorgement of $100 to the SEC in the following installments: $12,500,100 by October 15, 2005, $12.5 million by April 15, 2006, $25 million by October 15, 2006; $25 million by April 15, 2007, and $25 million by October 15, 2007;

 

F-96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

    Retain a qualified governance consultant to perform a review of the adequacy and effectiveness of our corporate governance systems, policies, plans, and practices;

 

    Either (1) retain a qualified accounting consultant to perform a review of the effectiveness of our material internal accounting control structure and policies, as well as the effectiveness and propriety of our processes, practices and policies for ensuring our financial data is accurately reported in our filed consolidated financial statements, or (2) within 60 days of filing with the SEC audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, provide to the SEC all communications between our independent auditor and our management and/or Audit Committee from the date of the judgment until such report concerning our internal accounting controls is finalized;

 

    Provide reasonable training and education to certain of our officers and employees to minimize the possibility of future violations of the federal securities laws;

 

    Continue to cooperate with the SEC and the DOJ in their respective ongoing investigations; and

 

    Create, staff, and maintain the position of Inspector General within HealthSouth, which position shall have the responsibility of reporting any indications of violations of law or of HealthSouth’s procedures, in so far as they are relevant to the duties of the Audit Committee, to the Audit Committee.

 

The SEC Settlement also provides that we must treat the amounts ordered to be paid as civil penalties as penalties paid to the government for all purposes, including all tax purposes, and that we will not be able to be reimbursed or indemnified for such payment through insurance or any other source, or use such payment to setoff or reduce any award of compensatory damages to plaintiffs in related securities litigation pending against us.

 

In connection with the SEC Settlement, we consented to the entry of a final judgment in the SEC Litigation (which judgment was entered by the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, Southern Division) to implement the terms of the SEC Settlement. However, Mr. Scrushy remains a defendant in the SEC Litigation.

 

In accordance with FASB Statement No. 5 and EITF Abstract Topic No. D-86 we recognized the cost of the SEC Settlement as of December 31, 2003. The cost of the SEC Settlement is classified as Government and class action settlements expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003 and is included in Government and class action settlements in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003.

 

23. Contingencies and Other Commitments:

 

Significant Legal Proceedings-

 

We operate in a highly regulated and litigious industry. As a result, various lawsuits, claims and legal and regulatory proceedings have been and can be expected to be instituted or asserted against the Company. The resolution of any such lawsuits, claims or legal and regulatory proceedings could materially, adversely affect our results of operations and financial position in a given period.

 

Investigations and Proceedings Commenced by the SEC, the Department of Justice, and Other Governmental Authorities-

 

In September 2002, the SEC notified us that it was conducting an investigation of trading in our securities that occurred prior to an August 27, 2002 press release concerning the impact of new Medicare billing guidance on our expected earnings. On February 5, 2003, the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama issued a subpoena requiring us to provide various documents in connection with a criminal

 

F-97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

investigation of us and certain of our directors, officers, and employees being conducted by the United States Attorney for the Northern District of Alabama. On March 18, 2003, agents from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (the “FBI”) executed a search warrant at our headquarters in connection with the United States Attorney’s investigation and were provided access to a number of financial records and other materials. The agents simultaneously served a grand jury subpoena on us on behalf of the criminal division of the Department of Justice (“DOJ”). Some of our employees also received subpoenas.

 

On March 19, 2003, the SEC filed a lawsuit captioned Securities and Exchange Commission v. HealthSouth Corp., et al ., CV-03-J-0615-S, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. The complaint alleges that we overstated earnings by at least $1.4 billion since 1999, and that this overstatement occurred because our then-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Richard M. Scrushy, insisted that we meet or exceed earnings expectations established by Wall Street analysts.

 

The SEC states in its complaint that our actions and those of Mr. Scrushy violated and/or aided and abetted violations of the antifraud, reporting, books-and-records, and internal controls provisions of the federal securities laws. Specifically, the SEC charged us with violations of Section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and Sections 10(b), 13(a), 13(b)(2)(A) and 13(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and Exchange Act Rules 10b-5, 12b-20, 13a-1, and 13a-13. The SEC sought a permanent injunction against us, civil money penalties, disgorgement of ill-gotten gains and losses avoided, as well as prejudgment interest. On March 19, 2003, we consented to the entry of an order by the court that (1) required us to place in escrow all extraordinary payments (whether compensation or otherwise) to our directors, officers, partners, controlling persons, agents, and employees, (2) prohibited us and our employees from destroying documents relating to our financial activities and/or the allegations in the SEC’s lawsuit against us and Mr. Scrushy, and (3) provided for expedited discovery in the lawsuit brought by the SEC. In an order entered May 7, 2003, the court stayed the SEC’s lawsuit pending the resolution of any criminal charges against Mr. Scrushy.

 

As discussed in greater detail in Note 22, SEC Settlement, on June 6, 2005, the SEC approved the SEC Settlement with us relating to this lawsuit. Under the terms of the SEC Settlement, we have agreed, without admitting or denying the SEC’s allegations, to be enjoined from future violations of certain provisions of the securities laws. We have also agreed to pay a $100 million civil penalty and disgorgement of $100 to the SEC in installments over two years, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2005. We consented to the entry of a final judgment (which judgment was entered by the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, Southern Division) to implement the terms of the SEC Settlement. Mr. Scrushy remains a defendant in the lawsuit.

 

On November 4, 2003, Mr. Scrushy was charged in federal court on 85 counts of wrongdoing in connection with his actions while employed by us. A superseding indictment of 58 counts, released on September 29, 2004, added charges of obstruction of justice and perjury while consolidating and eliminating some of the 85 counts of conspiracy, mail fraud, wire fraud, securities fraud, false statements, false certifications, and money laundering that were previously charged. The superseding indictment also seeks the forfeiture of $278 million in property from Mr. Scrushy allegedly derived from his offenses. The trial of Mr. Scrushy on the charges set forth in the superseding indictment began on January 25, 2005 and is ongoing. Some of the charges have been dismissed by the court.

 

On April 10, 2003, the DOJ’s civil division notified us that it was expanding its investigation (which began with the lawsuit United States ex rel. Devage v. HealthSouth Corp., et al ., C.A. No. SA-98-EA-0372-FV, filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, into allegations of fraud associated with Medicare cost reports submitted by us for fiscal years 1995 through 2002. We subsequently received subpoenas from the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) of the United States Department of Health and Human Services and requests from the DOJ’s civil division for documents and other information regarding this investigation. As

 

F-98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

described in Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement , on December 30, 2004, we announced that we had entered into a global settlement agreement with the DOJ’s civil division and other parties to resolve the primary claims made in the Devage litigation, although the DOJ’s civil division continues to review certain self-disclosures made by us to the OIG. The total financial impact of the global settlement is approximately $347.7 million, which, in accordance with FASB Statement No. 5, we recognized as a settlement expense in 2002.

 

In the summer of 2003, we discovered certain irregular payments made to a foreign official under a consulting agreement entered into in connection with an October 2000 agreement between us and the Sultan Bin Abdul Aziz Foundation to manage an inpatient rehabilitation hospital in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. We notified the DOJ immediately, and we have cooperated fully with the investigation. One former executive pled guilty to charges of wire fraud in connection with the irregular payments, and another former executive pled guilty to charges of making a false statement to government investigators in connection with the investigation. Two additional former executives have been acquitted of charges that they participated in the fraud. We terminated the October 2000 agreement and entered into a new agreement, effective January 1, 2004, to manage the Riyadh facility. We continued to provide services under this new agreement until July 2004. Effective October 2004, we terminated the agreement and our relationship with the Sultan Bin Abdul Aziz Foundation and the Riyadh facility entirely.

 

At least 17 of our former officers, including all five of our former chief financial officers, have agreed to plead guilty to federal criminal charges filed in connection with the investigations described above. These individuals pled guilty to a variety of charges, including securities fraud, accounting fraud, filing false tax returns, making a false statement to governmental authorities, falsifying books and accounts, wire fraud, conspiracy, and falsely certifying financial information with the SEC.

 

Securities Litigation-

 

On June 24, 2003, the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama consolidated a number of separate securities lawsuits filed against us under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Securities Litigation , Master Consolidation File No. CV-03-BE-1500-S (the “Consolidated Securities Action”). The Consolidated Securities Action included two prior consolidated cases ( In re HealthSouth Corp. Securities Litigation , CV-98-J-2634-S and In re HealthSouth Corp. 2002 Securities Litigation , Consolidated File No. CV-02-BE-2105-S) as well as six lawsuits filed in 2003. Including the cases previously consolidated, the Consolidated Securities Action comprised over 40 separate lawsuits. The court divided the Consolidated Securities Action into two subclasses:

 

    Complaints based on purchases of our common stock were grouped under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Stockholder Litigation , Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1501-S (the “Stockholder Securities Action”), which was further divided into complaints based on purchases of our common stock in the open market (grouped under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Stockholder Litigation, Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1501-S) and claims based on the receipt of our common stock in mergers (grouped under the caption HealthSouth Merger Cases , Consolidated Case No. CV-98-2777-S). Although the plaintiffs in the HealthSouth Merger Cases have separate counsel and have filed separate claims, the HealthSouth Merger Cases are otherwise consolidated with the Stockholder Securities Action for all purposes.

 

    Complaints based on purchases of our debt securities were grouped under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Bondholder Litigation , Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1502-S (the “Bondholder Securities Action”).

 

On January 8, 2004, the plaintiffs in the Consolidated Securities Action filed a consolidated class action complaint. The complaint names us as a defendant, as well as more than 30 of our current and former employees, officers and directors, the underwriters of our debt securities, and our former auditors. The complaint alleges,

 

F-99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

among other things, (1) that we misrepresented or failed to disclose certain material facts concerning our business and financial condition and the impact of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 on our operations in order to artificially inflate the price of our common stock, (2) that from January 14, 2002 through August 27, 2002, we misrepresented or failed to disclose certain material facts concerning our business and financial condition and the impact of the changes in Medicare reimbursement for outpatient therapy services on our operations in order to artificially inflate the price of our common stock, and that some of the individual defendants sold shares of such stock during the purported class period, and (3) that Richard M. Scrushy instructed certain former senior officers and accounting personnel to materially inflate our earnings to match Wall Street analysts’ expectations, and that senior officers of HealthSouth and other members of a self-described “family” held meetings to discuss the means by which our earnings could be inflated and that some of the individual defendants sold shares of our common stock during the purported class period. The consolidated class action complaint asserts claims under Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act, and claims under Sections 10(b), 14(a), 20(a) and 20A of the Exchange Act.

 

We have moved to dismiss in part the claims against us. We continue discussions with the parties to this litigation and await a ruling on the identity of the lead plaintiff and lead counsel in the Stockholder Securities Action. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in the Consolidated Securities Action. At this time, based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, we are unable to determine an amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of the Consolidated Securities Action, or whether any resultant liability would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, we believe that any settlement will be in excess of $5 million.

 

On March 17, 2004, an individual securities fraud action captioned Amalgamated Gadget, L.P. v. HealthSouth Corp. , 4-04CV-198-A, was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas. The complaint made allegations similar to those in the Consolidated Securities Action and asserted claims under the federal securities laws and Texas state law based on the plaintiff’s purchase of $24 million in face amount of 3.25% convertible debentures. The court denied our motion to transfer the action to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, and also denied our motion to dismiss. This action has been settled by the agreement of the parties and dismissed with prejudice. The cost of the settlement is included in Other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 and Government and class action settlements expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003. The settlement did not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

On November 24, 2004, an individual securities fraud action captioned Burke v. HealthSouth Corp., et al. , 04-B-2451 (OES), was filed in the United States District Court of Colorado against us, some of our former directors and officers, and our former auditors. The complaint makes allegations similar to those in the Consolidated Securities Action and asserts claims under the federal securities laws and Colorado state law based on plaintiff’s alleged receipt of unexercised options and his open-market purchases of our stock. By order dated May 3, 2005, the action was transferred to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, where it remains pending. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this case. At this time, based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, we are unable to determine an amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this case or whether any resultant liability would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Derivative Litigation-

 

Between 1998 and 2004, a number of lawsuits purporting to be derivative actions ( i.e. , lawsuits filed by shareholder plaintiffs on our behalf) were filed in several jurisdictions, including the Circuit Court for Jefferson

 

F-100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

County, Alabama, the Delaware Court of Chancery, and the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. Most of these lawsuits have been consolidated as described below:

 

    All derivative complaints filed in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama since 2002 have been consolidated and stayed in favor of the first-filed action captioned Tucker v. Scrushy , No. CV-02-5212, filed August 28, 2002. Although Tucker is ongoing, the Circuit Court has stayed discovery pending the criminal trial of Richard M. Scrushy. The Tucker complaint names as defendants a number of former HealthSouth officers and directors. Tucker also asserts claims on our behalf against Ernst & Young LLP, UBS Group, and UBS Investment Services, as well as against MedCenterDirect.com, Source Medical Solutions, Inc., Capstone Capital Corp., Healthcare Realty Trust, and G.G. Enterprises.

 

    Two derivative lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama were consolidated under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Derivative Litigation , CV-02-BE-2565. The court has stayed further action in In re HealthSouth Corp. Derivative Litigation in deference to the litigation pending in state courts in Alabama and Delaware.

 

    Two derivative lawsuits filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery were consolidated under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Shareholders Litigation , Consolidated Case No. 19896. Plaintiffs’ counsel in this litigation and in Tucker have agreed to litigate all claims asserted in those lawsuits in the Tucker litigation, except for claims relating to an agreement to retire a HealthSouth loan to Richard M. Scrushy with shares of our stock (the “Buyback Claim”). On November 24, 2003, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment on the Buyback Claim and rescinded the retirement of Scrushy’s loan. The court’s judgment was affirmed on appeal. Although a final judgment has been awarded to us on the Buyback Claim, neither we nor the plaintiffs have been able to recover on the judgment because Mr. Scrushy’s assets have been frozen pending the resolution of criminal charges against him. The plaintiffs’ remaining claims are being litigated in Tucker .

 

When originally filed, the primary allegations in the Tucker case involved self-dealing by Richard M. Scrushy and other insiders through transactions with various entities allegedly controlled by Mr. Scrushy. The complaint was amended four times to add additional defendants and include claims of accounting fraud, improper Medicare billing practices, and additional self-dealing transactions. The Second Amended Complaint, filed on March 21, 2003, added Ernst & Young LLP as a defendant and alleged it was liable for negligently, wantonly, and/or recklessly failing to perform its professional obligations as an independent auditor. The Third Amended Complaint, filed on August 8, 2003, added UBS as a defendant and alleged that it was liable for breaching its fiduciary duties to us and for aiding and abetting the accounting fraud by “falsely promoting” our stock despite knowledge of inflated financial information. The other consolidated cases contain similar claims.

 

On September 8, 2003, a derivative lawsuit captioned Teachers Retirement Sys. of Louisiana v. Scrushy , C.A. No. 20529-NC, was filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The complaint contains allegations similar to those made in the Tucker case, class claims, as well as a request for relief seeking an order compelling us to hold an annual meeting of stockholders. On December 2, 2003, we announced a settlement of the plaintiff’s claims seeking an annual meeting of stockholders. The Court of Chancery has stayed the remaining claims in favor of earlier-filed litigation in Alabama. This case was not consolidated with In re HealthSouth Corp. Shareholders Litigation .

 

On November 19, 2004, a derivative lawsuit captioned Campbell v. HealthSouth Corp., Scrushy, et al ., CV-04-6985, was filed in Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, alleging that we wrongfully refused to file with the Internal Revenue Service refund requests for overpayment of taxes and seeking an order allowing the plaintiff to file claims for refund of excess tax paid by us. This suit was filed just prior to the voluntary dismissal of a similar suit brought by the same plaintiff in the United States District Court for the Northern District of

 

F-101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Alabama. We have informed the plaintiff that we intend to file any appropriate applications for tax refunds within the applicable time periods, consistent with the advice of our tax counsel. This lawsuit was not consolidated with the Tucker case because it involves different claims. It is still pending.

 

Litigation by and Against Former Independent Auditors-

 

On March 18, 2005, Ernst & Young LLP filed a lawsuit captioned Ernst & Young LLP v. HealthSouth Corp. , CV-05-1618, in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama. The complaint asserts that the filing of the claims against us was for the purpose of suspending any statute of limitations applicable to those claims. The complaint alleges that we provided Ernst & Young LLP with fraudulent management representation letters, financial statements, invoices, bank reconciliations, and journal entries in an effort to conceal accounting fraud. Ernst & Young LLP claims that as a result of our actions, Ernst & Young LLP’s reputation has been injured and it has and will incur damages, expense, and legal fees. Ernst & Young LLP seeks recoupment and setoff of any recovery against Ernst & Young LLP in the Tucker case, as well as litigation fees and expenses, damages for loss of business and injury to reputation, and such other relief to which it may be entitled. On April 1, 2005, we answered Ernst & Young LLP’s claims and asserted counterclaims alleging, among other things, that from 1996 through 2002, when Ernst & Young LLP served as our independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP acted recklessly and with gross negligence in performing its duties, and specifically that Ernst & Young LLP failed to perform reviews and audits of our financial statements with due professional care as required by law and by its contractual agreements with us. Our counterclaims further allege that Ernst & Young LLP either knew of or, in the exercise of due care, should have discovered and investigated the fraudulent and improper accounting practices being directed by Richard M. Scrushy and certain other officers and employees, and should have reported them to our board of directors and the Audit Committee. The counterclaims seek compensatory and punitive damages, disgorgement of fees received from us by Ernst & Young LLP, and attorneys fees and costs. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this case. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this case.

 

ERISA Litigation-

 

In 2003, six lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama against us and some of our current and former officers and directors alleging breaches of fiduciary duties in connection with the administration of our Employee Stock Benefit Plan (the “ESOP”). These lawsuits have been consolidated under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. ERISA Litigation , Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1700-S. The plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint on December 19, 2003 that alleges, generally, the fiduciaries to the ESOP breached their duties to loyally and prudently manage and administer the ESOP and its assets in violation of sections 404 and 405 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq . (“ERISA”), by failing to monitor the administration of the ESOP, failing to diversify the portfolio held by the ESOP, and failing to provide other fiduciaries with material information about the ESOP. The plaintiffs seek actual damages including losses suffered by the plan, imposition of a constructive trust, equitable and injunctive relief against further alleged violations of ERISA, costs pursuant to 29 U.S.C. § 1132(g), and attorneys’ fees. The plaintiffs also seek damages related to losses under the plan as a result of alleged imprudent investment of plan assets, restoration of any profits made by the defendants through use of plan assets, and restoration of profits that the plan would have made if the defendants had fulfilled their fiduciary obligations. The parties to this litigation are actively involved in settlement negotiations. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in the consolidated case. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, management has recognized a liability that is believed to be a reasonable estimate of the potential loss exposure and is included in Government and class action settlements in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 and Government and class action settlements expense in the consolidated statements of

 

F-102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

operations for the year ended December 31, 2003. While acknowledging the uncertainties of litigation, we believe that the ultimate outcome of this case will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Insurance Coverage Litigation-

 

In 2003, approximately 14 insurance companies filed complaints in state and federal courts in Alabama, Delaware, and Georgia alleging that the insurance policies issued by those companies to us and/or some of our directors and officers should be rescinded on grounds of fraudulent inducement. The complaints also seek a declaration that we and/or some of our current and former directors and officers are not covered under various insurance policies. These lawsuits challenge the majority of our director and officer liability policies, including our primary director and officer liability policy in effect for the claims at issue. Actions filed by insurance companies in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama were consolidated for pretrial and discovery purposes under the caption In re HealthSouth Corp. Insurance Litigation , Consolidated Case No. CV-03-BE-1139-S. Three lawsuits filed by insurance companies in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama have been consolidated with the Tucker case for discovery and other pretrial purposes. Cases related to insurance coverage that were filed in Georgia and Delaware have been dismissed. We have filed counterclaims against a number of the plaintiffs in these cases alleging, among other things, bad faith for wrongful failure to provide coverage. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in these cases. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to determine our likelihood of prevailing in these cases, or any financial impact that may result from an adverse judgment or a settlement in any consolidated case.

 

Litigation by Former Officers-

 

Richard M. Scrushy filed two lawsuits against us in the Delaware Court of Chancery. One lawsuit, captioned Scrushy v. HealthSouth Corp ., C.A. No. 20357-NC, filed on June 10, 2003, sought indemnification and advancement of Mr. Scrushy’s legal fees. The other lawsuit, captioned Scrushy v. Gordon, et al. , C.A. No. 20375, filed June 16, 2003, named us and our then-current directors as defendants and petitioned the court to enjoin the defendants from excluding Mr. Scrushy from board meetings and from conducting the business of HealthSouth exclusively through the meetings of the Special Committee. The second lawsuit also sought access to certain information, including meetings of the Special Committee. Both lawsuits were voluntarily dismissed without prejudice.

 

On August 22, 2003, Anthony Tanner, our former Secretary and Executive Vice President—Administration and Secretary, filed a petition in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, captioned In re Tanner , CV-03-5378, seeking permission to obtain certain information through the discovery process prior to filing a lawsuit. That petition was voluntarily dismissed with prejudice on August 11, 2004. On December 29, 2004, Mr. Tanner filed a lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, captioned Tanner v. HealthSouth Corp ., CV-04-7715, alleging that we breached his employment contract by failing to pay certain retirement benefits. The complaint requests damages, a declaratory judgment, and a preliminary injunction to require payment of past due amounts under the contract and reinstatement of the claimed retirement benefits. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the claims alleged by Mr. Tanner. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this case.

 

On December 23, 2003, Jason Hervey, one of our former officers, filed a lawsuit captioned Hervey v. HealthSouth Corp., et al., CV-03-8031, in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama. The complaint sought compensatory and punitive damages in connection with our alleged breach of his employment contract. We

 

F-103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

settled this lawsuit in 2005. The settlement did not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Litigation Against Former Officers-

 

On June 10, 2004, we filed a collection action in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, captioned HealthSouth Corp. v. James Goodreau , CV-04-3619, to collect unpaid loans in the original principal amount of $55,500 that we made to James A. Goodreau, our former Director of Corporate Security, while he was a HealthSouth employee. Mr. Goodreau has asserted counterclaims against us seeking monetary damages in an unspecified amount and equitable relief based upon his contention that he was promised lifetime employment with us by Mr. Scrushy. This case is still pending. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the counterclaims alleged by Mr. Goodreau. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to estimate the amount or range of possible gain or loss that might result from a judgment or a settlement of this case.

 

On August 30, 2004, we filed a collection action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, captioned HealthSouth Corp. v. Daniel J. Riviere , CV-04-CO-2592-S, to collect unpaid loans in the original principal amount of $3,163,421 that we made to Daniel J. Riviere, our former President—Ambulatory Services Division, while he was a HealthSouth employee. Mr. Riviere filed a six-count counterclaim against us on April 5, 2005 seeking (1) severance benefits exceeding $2 million under a written employment agreement dated March 18, 2003, (2) a declaratory judgment that the non-compete clause in his employment agreement is void, (3) damages in an unspecified amount based on stock allegedly purchased and held by him in reliance on misrepresentations made by Richard M. Scrushy, (4) $500,000 in lost profits based allegedly on us forcing him to sell shares of our common stock after he was terminated, (5) damages in an unspecified amount based on our alleged conversion of the cash value of certain insurance policies after his termination, and (6) set-off of any award from his counterclaim against unpaid loans we made to him. On April 5, 2005, Mr. Riviere commenced a Chapter 7 bankruptcy case in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Florida, Case No. 05-30718-LMK, and this lawsuit is stayed pending resolution of the bankruptcy proceedings. Consequently, while we intend to prosecute our case and vigorously defend counterclaims alleged by Mr. Riviere, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible gain or loss that might result from a judgment or a settlement of the those counterclaims.

 

Litigation by Former Medical Director-

 

On April 5, 2001, Helen M. Schilling, one of our former medical directors, filed a lawsuit captioned Helen M. Schilling, M.D. v. North Houston Rehabilitation Associates d/b/a HealthSouth Houston Rehabilitation Institute, Romano Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. and Anne Leon , Cause No. 01-04-02243-CV, in the 410 th Judicial District Court of Montgomery County, Texas. The plaintiff claimed, among other things, that we wrongfully terminated her medical director agreement. On November 5, 2003, after a jury trial, the court entered a final judgment awarding the plaintiff $465,000 in compensatory damages and $865,000 in exemplary damages. We appealed the judgment and settled the case while on appeal in 2005. The settlement did not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Certain Regulatory Actions-

 

The False Claims Act, 18 U.S.C. § 287, allows private citizens, called “relators,” to institute civil proceedings alleging violations of the False Claims Act. These so-called qui tam , or “whistleblower,” cases are sealed by the court at the time of filing. The only parties privy to the information contained in the complaint are

 

F-104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

the relator, the federal government, and the presiding court. We recently settled one qui tam lawsuit, Devage , which is discussed in Note 21, Medicare Program Settlement . We are aware of two other qui tam lawsuits, Mathews and Colbert , which are discussed below. It is possible that additional qui tam lawsuits have been filed against us and that we are unaware of such filings or have been ordered by the presiding court not to discuss or disclose the filing of such lawsuits. Thus, we may be subject to liability exposure under one or more undisclosed qui tam cases brought pursuant to the False Claims Act.

 

On April 1, 1999, a plaintiff relator filed a lawsuit captioned United States ex rel. Mathews v. Alexandria Rehabilitation Hospital , CV-99-0604, in the United States District Court for the Western District of Louisiana. On February 29, 2000, the United States elected not to intervene in the lawsuit. The complaint alleged, among other things, that we filed fraudulent reimbursement claims under the Medicare program on a nationwide basis. The district court dismissed the False Claims Act allegations of two successive amended complaints. However, the district court’s dismissal of the third amended complaint with prejudice was partially reversed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit on October 22, 2002. The case was remanded to the district court, and our subsequent motion to dismiss was denied on February 21, 2004. The case will proceed into discovery on False Claims Act allegations concerning one HealthSouth facility during a specific timeframe. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the claims alleged the plaintiff relator. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this case.

 

On January 30, 2001, a plaintiff relator filed a lawsuit captioned U nited States ex rel. Colbert v. Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama and HealthSouth Corp. , CV-01-C-0292-S, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. The lawsuit, in which the United States did not intervene, alleged, among other things, that we conspired with Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama (“Blue Cross”) to hinder Blue Cross’ investigative functions in administering the Medicare program by having Blue Cross terminate, on a pretextual basis, the relator’s employment with Blue Cross. The complaint also claimed that we conspired with Blue Cross to (1) violate the whistleblower retaliation provision of the False Claims Act by having Blue Cross terminate the relator’s employment and (2) have certain unidentified false claims allowed or paid by Blue Cross under the Medicare program. The parties filed a joint stipulation of dismissal with prejudice and the case has been dismissed. The settlement did not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Americans with Disabilities Act Litigation-

 

On April 19, 2001 a nationwide class action now captioned Michael Yelapi, et al. v. St. Petersburg Surgery Center, et al. , Case No:8:01-CV-787-T-17EAJ, was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida alleging violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12181, et seq . (the “ADA”) and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 92 U.S.C. § 792 et seq . (the “Rehabilitation Act”) at our facilities. The complaint alleges violations of the ADA and Rehabilitation Act for the purported failure to remove barriers and provide accessibility to our facilities, including reception and admitting areas, signage, restrooms, phones, paths of access, elevators, treatment and changing rooms, parking, and door hardware. As a result of these alleged violations, the plaintiffs are seeking an injunction ordering that we make necessary modifications to achieve compliance with the ADA and the Rehabilitation Act, as well as attorneys’ fees. We have entered into a settlement agreement with the plaintiffs that would require us to correct any deficiencies under the ADA and the Rehabilitation Act at all of our facilities. We are awaiting an order approving the settlement agreement from the court. We do not believe that the proposed settlement will have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

F-105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

General Medicine, P.C. and Meadowbrook Actions-

 

Pursuant to a Plan and Agreement of Merger dated February 17, 1997, Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation (“Horizon/CMS”) became a wholly-owned subsidiary of HealthSouth Corporation. At the time of the merger, there was pending against Horizon/CMS in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan a lawsuit captioned General Medicine, P.C. v. Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation , CV-96-72624. The complaint alleged that Horizon/CMS wrongfully terminated a contract with General Medicine, P.C. (“General Medicine”) for the provision of medical directorship services to long-term care facilities owned and/or operated by Horizon/CMS. Effective December 31, 2001, while this litigation was pending, we sold all of our stock in Horizon/CMS to Meadowbrook Healthcare Corporation (“Meadowbrook”) pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 2, 2001. On May 3, 2004, Horizon/CMS consented to the entry of a $376 million final judgment in favor of General Medicine (the “Consent Judgment”). At the time of the Consent Judgment, we had no ownership or other interest in Horizon/CMS.

 

On August 16, 2004, General Medicine filed a lawsuit captioned General Medicine, P.C. v. HealthSouth Corp. , CV-04-958, in the Circuit Court of Shelby County, Alabama, seeking to recover the amount of the Consent Judgment from us. The complaint alleges that while Horizon/CMS was a wholly-owned subsidiary of HealthSouth Corporation and General Medicine was an existing creditor of Horizon/CMS, we caused Horizon/CMS to transfer assets to us thereby rendering Horizon/CMS insolvent and unable to pay its creditors. The complaint asserts that these transfers were made for less than a reasonably equivalent value and/or with the actual intent to defraud creditors of Horizon/CMS, including General Medicine, in violation of the Alabama Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act. General Medicine’s complaint requests relief including the avoidance of the subject transfers of assets, attachment of the assets transferred to us, appointment of a receiver over the transferred properties, and a monetary judgment for the value of properties transferred.

 

On February 28, 2005, the Circuit Court of Shelby County, Alabama entered an order transferring the General Medicine case to the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, where it was assigned case number CV-05-1483. On April 28, 2005, we filed an “Answer and Third-Party Complaint” denying liability and joining Meadowbrook as a third-party defendant in the lawsuit. In our Third-Party Complaint, we seek a judgment declaring that Meadowbrook is contractually obligated under the Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 2, 2001, to indemnify us and hold us harmless against the claims asserted by General Medicine in its complaint. Meadowbrook has filed a declaratory judgment action against us in the Circuit Court of Shelby County, Alabama, captioned Meadowbrook Healthcare Corporation v. HealthSouth Corp. , CV-04-1131, seeking a declaration that it is not contractually obligated to indemnify us against General Medicine’s complaint. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in General Medicine, P.C. v. HealthSouth Corp. and Meadowbrook Healthcare Corporation v. HealthSouth Corp . Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of these cases. On May 9, 2005, the Circuit Court of Shelby County, Alabama entered an order transferring the Meadowbrook case to the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, where it was assigned case number CV-05-3042. We have filed a Motion to Consolidate the General Medicine and Meadowbrook cases. For additional information about Meadowbrook, see Note 7, Property and Equipment .

 

Massachusetts Real Estate Actions-

 

On February 3, 2003, HRPT Properties Trust (“HRPT”) filed a lawsuit against Senior Residential Care/North Andover, Limited Partnership (“SRC”) in the Land Court for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts captioned HRPT Properties Trust v. Senior Residential Care/North Andover, Limited Partnership , Misc. Case No. 287313, in which it claimed an ownership interest in certain parcels of real estate in North Andover, Massachusetts and alleged that SRC unlawfully occupied and made use of those properties. On March 17, 2003,

 

F-106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

we (and our subsidiary, Greenery Securities Corp.) moved to intervene in this case claiming ownership of the disputed property pursuant to an agreement that involved the conveyance of five nursing homes. We seek to effect a transfer of title to the disputed property by HRPT to us or our nominee.

 

On April 16, 2003, Senior Housing Properties Trust (“SNH”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, HRES1 Properties Trust (“HRES1”), filed a lawsuit against us in Land Court for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts captioned Senior Housing Properties Trust and HRES1 Properties Trust v. HealthSouth Corporation, Misc. Case No. 289182, seeking reformation of a lease pursuant to which we, through subsidiaries, operate the Braintree Rehabilitation Hospital in Braintree, Massachusetts and the New England Rehabilitation Hospital in Woburn, Massachusetts. HRES1 and SNH allege that certain of our representatives made false statements regarding our financial condition, thereby inducing HRES1 to enter into lease terms and other arrangements to which it would not have otherwise agreed. HRES1 and SNH have since amended their complaint to add claims for rescission and damages for fraud. HRES1 and SNH seek to reform the lease to increase the annual rent from $8.7 million to $10.3 million, to increase the repurchase option price at the end of the lease term to $80.3 million from $40 million, and to change the lease term to expire on January 1, 2006 instead of December 31, 2011. We filed an answer to the complaint and amended complaint denying the allegations, and we asserted claims against HRPT and counterclaims against SNH and HRES1 for breach of contract, reformation, and fraud based on the failure to convey title to the property in North Andover. We also seek damages incurred as a result of that failure to convey.

 

The two actions in the Land Court have been consolidated for all purposes, and the parties are still in the discovery phase of the proceedings. A trial will be scheduled after December 1, 2005. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of the consolidated cases.

 

In a related action, on November 2, 2004, we filed a lawsuit in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Middlesex County Superior Court, captioned HealthSouth Corporation v. HRES1 Properties Trust , Case No. 04-4345, in response to our receipt of a notice from HRES1 Properties Trust (“HRES1”) purporting to terminate our lease governing the Braintree Rehabilitation Hospital in Braintree, Massachusetts and the New England Rehabilitation Hospital in Woburn, Massachusetts due to our alleged failure to furnish quarterly and annual financial information pursuant to the terms of the lease. In the lawsuit, we seek a declaration that we are not in default of our obligations under the lease, as well as an injunction preventing HRES1 from terminating the lease, taking possession of the property on which the hospitals and facilities are located, and assuming or acquiring the hospital businesses and any licenses related thereto. We filed an amended complaint asserting violations of the Massachusetts unfair and deceptive business practices statute. On November 8, 2004, HRES1 and SNH, its parent, filed a counterclaim seeking a declaration that it lawfully terminated the lease and an order requiring us to use our best efforts to transfer the licenses for the hospitals and to continue to manage the hospitals during the time necessary to effect such transfer. The case is currently pending. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of the consolidated cases.

 

Other Litigation-

 

On September 17, 1998, John Darling, who was one of the federal False Claims Act relators in the now-settled Devage case (see discussion in Item 1), filed a lawsuit captioned Darling v. HealthSouth Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation, et al ., 98-6110-CI-20, in the Circuit Court for Pinellas County, Florida. The complaint alleges that Mr. Darling was injured while receiving physical therapy during a 1996 visit to a HealthSouth outpatient rehabilitation facility in Clearwater, Florida. The complaint was amended in December

 

F-107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

2004 to add a punitive damage claim. This amended complaint alleges that fraudulent misrepresentations and omissions by us resulted in the injury to Mr. Darling. We recently participated in an unsuccessful court-ordered mediation. The case is scheduled for trial in July 2005. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this case. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or settlement of this case.

 

We have been named as a defendant in two lawsuits brought by individuals in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, Nichols v. HealthSouth Corp. , CV-03-2023, filed March 28, 2003, and Hilsman v. Ernst & Young, HealthSouth Corp., et al. , CV-03-7790, filed December 12, 2003. The plaintiffs allege that we, some of our former officers, and our former auditors engaged in a scheme to overstate and misrepresent our earnings and financial condition. The plaintiffs seek compensatory and punitive damages. On March 24, 2003, a lawsuit captioned Warren v. HealthSouth Corp., et al. , CV-03-5967, was filed in the Circuit Court of Montgomery County, Alabama. The lawsuit, which claims damages for the defendants’ alleged negligence, wantonness, fraud and breach of fiduciary duty, was transferred to the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama. Each of the lawsuits described in this paragraph has been consolidated with the Tucker case for discovery and other pretrial purposes.

 

On June 30, 2004, two physical therapy providers in New Jersey filed a class action lawsuit captioned William Weiss Physical Therapy et al., v. HealthSouth Corporation, et al. , Docket No. BER-L-10218-04 (N.J. Super.), in the Superior Court of New Jersey. The nine count complaint alleges certain unfair trade practices in offering physical therapy services in violation of the New Jersey Physical Therapy Licensing Act of 1983. This case has been dismissed with prejudice.

 

On May 13, 2003, Plano Hospital Investors, Inc. (“Plano”) filed a complaint captioned Plano Hospital Investors, Inc., et al., v. HealthSouth Corp., et al. , Cause No. 219-1416-03, in the 219 th Judicial District Court of Collin County, Texas. Plano is a limited partner in Collin County Rehab Associates Limited Partnership, a partnership in which we, through wholly owned subsidiaries, are the general partner and hold limited partner interests. Plano alleges that we conducted unauthorized and improper sweeps of partnership funds into a HealthSouth centralized cash management account instead of a partnership account, that we improperly received late partnership distributions, and that the predecessor general partner took a negative capital contribution improperly increasing its interest, and upon the sale of that interest to us, our interest, in the partnership. The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief and unspecified damages. The parties to this lawsuit are currently engaged in settlement negotiations. Based on the stage of litigation, and the current status of the settlement negotiations, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or settlement of this case.

 

On December 28, 2004, we commenced a collection action in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama, captioned HealthSouth Medical Center, Inc. v. Neurological Surgery Associates, P.C., CV-04-7700, to collect unpaid loans in the original principal amount of $275,000 made to Neurological Surgery Associates, P.C. (“NSA”), pursuant to a written Practice Guaranty Agreement. The purpose of the loans was to enable NSA to employ a physician who would bring necessary specialty skills to patients served by both NSA and our acute-care hospital in Birmingham, Alabama. NSA has asserted counterclaims that we breached verbal promises to lease space and employees from NSA, to pay NSA for billing and coding services performed by NSA on behalf of the subject physician-employee, and to pay NSA to manage the subject physician-employee. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against these counterclaims. Based on the stage of litigation, and review of the current facts and circumstances, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or settlement of this case.

 

F-108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

On April 15, 2004, Klemett L. Belt, Jr. filed a complaint captioned Belt v. HealthSouth Corp ., CV-2004-02517, in the Second Judicial District Court of Bernalillo County, New Mexico. Mr. Belt, a former executive officer and director of Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation, entered into a Non-Competition and Retirement Agreement with Horizon/CMS that we subsequently assumed in our acquisition of Horizon/CMS pursuant. Mr. Belt alleged in his complaint that he was entitled to retirement benefits, life insurance and, in the event of certain events of default, liquidated damages pursuant to a contractual provision requiring that the life insurance policies be fully paid and permitting Mr. Belt to receive a lump sum cash payment in lieu of certain unpaid retirement benefits. Mr. Belt alleges that we defaulted under the terms of the agreement due to our nonpayment of insurance policy premium payments beginning on December 31, 2003. As a result of our alleged default under the agreement, Mr. Belt sought liquidated damages in lieu of retirement benefits, payment of insurance policy premiums, amounts sufficient to compensate Mr. Belt for excess income taxes, interest, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and such other relief as may be determined by the court. We entered into a settlement agreement with Mr. Belt pursuant to which we must pay certain damages and relinquish our right to receive returned insurance premiums, if any, under a split dollar arrangement. The settlement did not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Litigation Reserves-

 

In connection with the SEC, securities, and ERISA litigation, we have accrued approximately $31 million in legal fees as of December 31, 2003 which are included in Government and other class action settlements expense in our consolidated statements of operations for the year end December 31, 2003 and Other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003.

 

Other Commitments-

 

We are a party to service and other contracts in connection with conducting our business. Minimum amounts due under these agreements are $46.8 million in 2004, $37.0 million in 2005, $22.4 million in 2006, $18.9 million in 2007, $7.6 million in 2008 and less than $0.1 million thereafter. These contracts primarily relate to software licensing and support, telecommunications, equipment maintenance within our Diagnostic segment and medical supplies. These amounts do not include commitments related to the Digital Hospital, as discussed in Note 7, Property and Equipment .

 

We also have commitments under severance agreements with former employees. Payments under these agreements for the next five years approximate $1.7 million in 2004, $1.7 million in 2005, $0.4 million in 2006, $0.4 million in 2007, $0.4 million in 2008, and $3.9 million thereafter. Additionally, we expect to pay approximately $11.0 million to Medicare in 2005 relating to certain overpayments received from Medicare in previous years.

 

24. Segment Reporting:

 

Our reportable segments are consistent with how we currently manage the business and view the patients we serve. We have divided our business into operating segments, defined as components of an enterprise about which financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance of the segment. HealthSouth’s chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer.

 

We define segment operating earnings as income before (a) interest income; (b) interest expense and amortization of debt discount ; (c) gain or loss on early extinguishment of debt; (d) gain or loss on sale of

 

F-109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

investment, and (e) income taxes. We also do not allocate corporate overhead to our operating segments. The chief operating decision maker of HealthSouth uses segment operating earnings as an analytical indicator for purposes of allocating resources to a particular segment and assessing segment performance. Revenue and expenses are measured in accordance with the policies and procedures described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies .

 

As discussed in greater detail in Note 2, Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements , the Company has made extensive changes in the composition of its senior management, including appointment of a new president and chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, and corporate controller. The new senior management of the Company has restructured our business activities and financial, operational and management structure. As a result of this restructuring process, our internal financial reporting and management structure is focused on the major types of services provided by HealthSouth. We have implemented these organizational changes prior to the issuance of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003. As a result, we have restated our segment reporting presentation for 2001 and 2000 to conform to what is currently being utilized by management to evaluate our performance.

 

The following is a description of our operating segments:

 

    Inpatient includes the operations of 94 freestanding inpatient rehabilitation facilities (“IRFs”), 9 long-term acute care hospitals, and 152 outpatient facilities located in IRFs or in satellite facilities near our IRFs. In addition to HealthSouth facilities, our inpatient segment manages 13 inpatient units, located within acute care hospitals, through management contracts. Our inpatient segment also manages the therapy staff of 11 acute care hospitals, and manages 2 gamma knives. We also provided management services to a rehabilitation hospital in Saudi Arabia until July 2004. However, the contract was not effectively terminated until October 2004.

 

Our IRFs provide comprehensive services to patients who require intensive institutional rehabilitation care. Inpatient rehabilitation patients typically experience significant physical disabilities due to various conditions, such as head injury, spinal cord injury, stroke, certain orthopedic problems and neuromuscular disease. Our inpatient rehabilitation facilities provide the medical, nursing, therapy and ancillary services required to comply with local, state and federal regulations, as well as accreditation standards of the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (the “JCAHO”). Some facilities are also accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities. All of our inpatient rehabilitation facilities utilize an interdisciplinary team approach to the rehabilitation process and involve the patient and family, as well as the payor, in the determination of the goals for the patient. Internal case managers monitor each patient’s progress and provide documentation of patient status, achievement of goals, functional outcomes and efficiency.

 

    Surgery Centers includes the operations of our network of approximately 177 freestanding ambulatory surgery centers and 3 surgical hospitals. Our ambulatory surgery centers provide the facilities and medical support staff necessary for physicians to perform non-emergency surgical procedures in more than a dozen specialties, such as orthopedic, plastic, and vascular surgery. Our typical ambulatory surgery center is a freestanding facility with two to six fully equipped operating and procedure rooms and ancillary areas for reception, preparation, recovery, and administration. To ensure consistent quality of care, each of our surgery centers has a medical advisory committee of three to ten physicians that implements quality control procedures and reviews the professional credentials of physicians applying for medical staff privileges at the center.

 

F-110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

    Outpatient includes the operations of our network of approximately 804 outpatient rehabilitation centers and outpatient facilities owned by other healthcare providers that we manage. Our outpatient rehabilitation centers offer a range of rehabilitative health care services, including physical therapy and occupational therapy that are tailored to the individual patient’s needs, focusing predominantly on orthopedic, sports-related, work-related, hand and spine injuries and various neurological/neuromuscular conditions. Outpatient treatments include physical, occupational/hand, and aquatic therapies.

 

    Diagnostic includes the operations of our network of approximately 96 outpatient diagnostic centers, including one under a management contract. Our diagnostic centers provide outpatient diagnostic imaging services, including MRI services, CT services, X-ray services, ultrasound services, mammography services, nuclear medicine services and fluoroscopy. Not all services are provided at all sites; however, most of our diagnostic centers are multi-modality centers offering multiple types of service.

 

    Corporate and Other includes revenue-producing functions that are managed directly from our corporate office and that do not fall within one of the four divisions discussed above, including our medical centers, other patient care services, and certain non-patient care services, including the operations of the conference center located on our corporate campus, various corporate marketing activities, our clinical research activities, and other services that are generally intended to complement our patient care services activities and certain costs which have not been allocated to the other operating segments.

 

Substantially all revenues for our services are generated through external customers. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, approximately 42.7%, 37.8%, 31.4%, and 29.1%, respectively of our revenues related to patients participating in the Medicare program.

 

F-111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Selected financial information for our operating segments for each of the four years ended December 31, 2003, is as follows (in thousands):

 

    Inpatient

  Surgery
Centers


    Outpatient

    Diagnostics

    Corporate
and Other


    Totals

 

Year ended December 31, 2003:

                                             

Net operating revenues

  $ 2,016,168   $ 920,079     $ 586,988     $ 279,581     $ 228,287     $ 4,031,103  

Intersegment revenues

    —       —         —         —         73,499       73,499  

Operating earnings (loss)

    443,009     (63,204 )     (50,534 )     (40,180 )     (513,206 )     (224,115 )

Interest income

    1,967     2,258       293       106       10,425       15,049  

Interest expense

    11,364     7,847       1,649       2,891       252,418       276,169  

Depreciation and amortization

    71,943     46,711       20,208       27,478       33,855       200,195  

Impairments

    —       176,298       139,980       24,027       128,040       468,345  

Equity earnings (losses) of affiliates

    2,958     11,048       195       614       954       15,769  

Total assets

    1,642,227     995,283       167,833       179,678       1,322,973       4,307,994  

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

    20,136     16,975       239       3,399       8,804       49,553  

Capital expenditures

    16,092     38,635       4,531       5,153       82,530       146,941  

Year ended December 31, 2002:

                                             

Net operating revenues

  $ 1,907,342   $ 926,407     $ 663,589     $ 305,914     $ 215,866     $ 4,019,118  

Intersegment revenues

    —       —         —         —         58,976       58,976  

Operating earnings (loss)

    348,723     100,436       19,162       (40,290 )     (597,909 )     (169,878 )

Interest income

    3,367     5,103       550       331       7,300       16,651  

Interest expense

    15,500     8,505       1,970       3,723       235,107       264,805  

Depreciation and amortization

    72,001     50,792       33,736       42,379       38,867       237,775  

Impairments

    8,062     37,963       16,741       54,655       222       117,643  

Equity earnings (losses) of affiliates

    2,139     14,804       315       (753 )     (1,185 )     15,320  

Total assets

    1,635,243     1,183,978       356,084       238,934       1,209,105       4,623,344  

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

    15,123     41,967       1,110       2,967       22,453       83,620  

Capital expenditures

    53,404     62,005       15,694       31,589       147,373       310,065  

Year ended December 31, 2001 (Restated):

                                             

Net operating revenues

  $ 1,522,872   $ 866,854     $ 691,800     $ 273,968     $ 248,631     $ 3,604,125  

Intersegment revenues

    —       —         —         —         51,068       51,068  

Operating earnings (loss)

    126,640     81,168       84,296       54,030       (227,140 )     118,994  

Interest income

    2,940     5,193       191       319       8,524       17,167  

Interest expense

    22,740     9,682       1,294       3,450       283,890       321,056  

Depreciation and amortization

    102,605     94,932       67,393       48,681       40,046       353,657  

Impairments

    —       —         58       380       —         438  

Equity earnings (losses) of affiliates

    1,538     9,555       1,028       3,563       1,225       16,909  

Total assets

    1,665,347     1,218,134       420,073       346,302       991,095       4,640,951  

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

    11,481     40,907       1,987       2,904       17,420       74,699  

Capital expenditures

    111,090     42,625       19,603       39,661       30,738       243,717  

 

F-112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

    Inpatient

  Surgery
Centers


  Outpatient

  Diagnostics

    Corporate
and Other


    Totals

 

Year ended December 31, 2000 (Restated):

                                         

Net operating revenues

  $ 1,432,481   $ 817,072   $ 689,757   $ 250,298     $ 333,829     $ 3,523,437  

Intersegment revenues

    —       —       —       —         24,601       24,601  

Operating earnings (loss)

    5,399     3,406     36,862     (3,035 )     (162,531 )     (119,899 )

Interest income

    3,249     5,347     63     503       8,129       17,291  

Interest expense

    25,274     10,239     1,758     2,538       259,603       299,412  

Depreciation and amortization

    103,378     96,769     70,930     46,269       41,655       359,001  

Impairments

    —       2,667     666     6,182       872       10,387  

Equity earnings (losses) of affiliates

    2,163     24,163     600     512       (87 )     27,351  

Total assets

    1,692,671     1,259,773     493,119     375,943       958,296       4,779,802  

Investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates

    10,380     39,131     1,153     (140 )     20,607       71,131  

Capital expenditures

    55,728     43,306     26,514     52,122       71,984       249,654  

 

Segment Reconciliations:

 

    For the year ended December 31,

 
    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                (Restated)     (Restated)  

Net operating revenues:

                               

Total segment net operating revenues

  $ 4,031,103     $ 4,019,118     $ 3,604,125     $ 3,523,437  

Elimination of intersegment revenue

    (73,499 )     (58,976 )     (51,068 )     (24,601 )
   


 


 


 


Total consolidated revenue

  $ 3,957,604     $ 3,960,142     $ 3,553,057     $ 3,498,836  
   


 


 


 


Interest income:

                               

Total segment interest income

  $ 15,049     $ 16,651     $ 17,167     $ 17,291  

Elimination of intersegment interest income

    (7,726 )     (9,770 )     (9,670 )     (8,574 )
   


 


 


 


Total consolidated interest income

  $ 7,323     $ 6,881     $ 7,497     $ 8,717  
   


 


 


 


Interest expense :

                               

Total segment interest expense

  $ 276,169     $ 264,805     $ 321,056     $ 299,412  

Elimination of intersegment interest expense

    (7,726 )     (9,770 )     (9,670 )     (8,574 )
   


 


 


 


Total consolidated interest expense

  $ 268,443     $ 255,035     $ 311,386     $ 290,838  
   


 


 


 


Loss from continuing operations:

                               

Total segment operating (loss) earnings

  $ (224,115 )   $ (169,878 )   $ 118,994     $ (119,899 )

Interest income

    7,323       6,881       7,497       8,717  

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount

    (268,443 )     (255,035 )     (311,386 )     (290,838 )

Gain (loss) on early extinguishment of debt

    2,259       9,644       (5,136 )     (1,615 )

(Loss) gain on sale of investments

    (15,811 )     12,491       (651 )     (34,572 )
   


 


 


 


Loss from continuing operations before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change

  $ (498,787 )   $ (395,897 )   $ (190,682 )   $ (438,207 )
   


 


 


 


Total assets:

                               

Total assets for reportable segments

  $ 4,307,994     $ 4,623,344     $ 4,640,951     $ 4,779,802  

Elimination of intersegment assets

    (111,736 )     (90,328 )     (62,685 )     (44,426 )
   


 


 


 


Total assets

  $ 4,196,258     $ 4,533,016     $ 4,578,266     $ 4,735,376  
   


 


 


 


 

F-113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Geographic area data is as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

               (Restated)    (Restated)

Net operating revenues:

                           

United States

   $ 3,937,867    $ 3,942,091    $ 3,537,688    $ 3,476,468

International

     19,737      18,051      15,369      22,368
    

  

  

  

Total consolidated revenue

   $ 3,957,604    $ 3,960,142    $ 3,553,057    $ 3,498,836
    

  

  

  

Property and equipment, net:

                           

United States

   $ 1,466,207    $ 1,713,963    $ 1,764,826    $ 1,830,107

International

     546      1,871      3,314      3,769
    

  

  

  

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 1,466,753    $ 1,715,834    $ 1,768,140    $ 1,833,876
    

  

  

  

 

Our international operations are primarily in Australia and Puerto Rico.

 

F-114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

No.

  

Description


3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of HealthSouth Corporation, as filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 21, 1998.
3.2    By-Laws of HealthSouth Corporation, as amended through May 17, 2001.
4.1.1    Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between HealthSouth Corporation and PNC Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 and 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.1.2    Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 11.5 of the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between HealthSouth Corporation and PNC Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 and 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.1.3    Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of April 9, 2003, among HealthSouth Corporation, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (successor in interest to PNC Bank, National Association), as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 and 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.1.4    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (successor in interest to PNC Bank, National Association), relating to HealthSouth’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.1.5    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (successor in interest to PNC Bank, National Association), relating to HealthSouth’s 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.2.1    Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2000, between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.
4.2.2    Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of May 8, 2003, among HealthSouth Corporation, The Bank of New York, as resigning trustee, and HSBC Bank USA, as successor trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.
4.2.3    Amendment to Indenture, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Indenture dated as of September 25, 2000 between HealthSouth Corporation and HSBC Bank USA, as successor trustee to The Bank of New York, relating to HealthSouth’s 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.
4.2.4    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 14, 2004, to the Indenture dated as of September 25, 2000 between HealthSouth Corporation and HSBC Bank USA, as successor trustee to The Bank of New York, relating to HealthSouth’s 10.750% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2004).
4.3.1    Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001, between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.3.2    Amendment to Indenture, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Indenture dated as of February 1, 2001 between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008.
4.3.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 14, 2004, to the Indenture dated as of February 1, 2001 between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 8.500% Senior Notes due 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2004).


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
4.4.1    Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HealthSouth Corporation and National City Bank, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 and 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011.
4.4.2    Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of April 9, 2003, among HealthSouth Corporation, National City Bank, as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 and 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011.
4.4.3    Amendment to Indenture, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Indenture dated as of September 28, 2001 between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 and 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011.
4.4.4    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.375% Senior Notes due 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.4.5    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to National City Bank, relating to HealthSouth’s 8.375% Senior Notes due 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.5.1    Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002, between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012.
4.5.2    Amendment to Indenture, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Indenture dated as of May 22, 2002 between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012.
4.5.3    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2004, to the Indenture dated as of May 22, 2002 between HealthSouth Corporation and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, relating to HealthSouth’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2004).
4.6    Indenture, dated as of June 16, 1986, between Greenery Rehabilitation Group, Inc. and Shawmut Bank of Boston, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 6.500% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011.
4.7    Indenture, dated as of April 1, 1990, between Greenery Rehabilitation Group, Inc. and The Connecticut National Bank, as trustee, relating to the 8.750% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015.
10.1.1    Senior Subordinated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2004, among HealthSouth Corporation, the lenders party thereto, and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2004).
10.1.2    Warrant Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, N.A., as Warrant Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2004).
10.1.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2004, among HealthSouth Corporation and the entities listed on the signature pages thereto as Holders of Warrants and Transfer Restricted Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2004).


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.2.1    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2005, among HealthSouth Corporation, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Documentation Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2005).
10.2.2    Collateral and Guarantee Agreement dated as of March 21, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2005).
10.3    Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2005, among HealthSouth Corporation, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 15, 2005).
10.4.1    Lease Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, between HealthSouth Corporation and First Security Bank, National Association, as Owner Trustee under the HealthSouth Corporation Trust 2000-1.
10.4.2    Participation Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, among HealthSouth Corporation, First Security Bank, National Association, as Owner Trustee under the HealthSouth Corporation Trust 2000-1, the Holders and the Lenders party thereto from time to time, The Chase Manhattan Bank, UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch and UBS AG, Stamford Branch.
10.5.1    Lease Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2001, between State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, and HealthSouth Medical Center, Inc.
10.5.2    Participation Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2001, among HealthSouth Medical Center, Inc., HealthSouth Corporation, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, the various banks and other lending institutions which are parties thereto from time to time as Holders and Lenders, and First Union National Bank.
10.6    HealthSouth Corporation Amended and Restated 1993 Consultants Stock Option Plan.*
10.7.1    HealthSouth Corporation 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended.*
10.7.2    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (1995 Stock Option Plan).*
10.8.1    HealthSouth Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan.*
10.8.2    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (1997 Stock Option Plan).*
10.9.1    HealthSouth Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan.*
10.9.2    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (1998 Restricted Stock Plan).*
10.10    HealthSouth Corporation 1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan.*
10.11.1    HealthSouth Corporation 2002 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan.*
10.11.2    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (2002 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan).*
10.12    HealthSouth Corporation 2004 Director Incentive Plan.*
10.13    HealthSouth Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.*
10.14    HealthSouth Corporation Employee Stock Benefit Plan, as amended.*
10.15    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Jay F. Grinney.*


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.16    Employment Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Michael D. Snow.*
10.17    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and John L. Workman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 3, 2004).*
10.18.1    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and John Markus.*
10.18.2    Amendment 1, dated as of April 14, 2004, to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and John Markus.*
10.19    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Gregory L. Doody.*
10.20    Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Karen G. Davis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2004).*
10.21.1    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Diane L. Munson.*
10.21.2    Amendment 1, dated as of April 12, 2004, to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Diane Munson.*
10.22    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2004, between HealthSouth Corporation and Mark J. Tarr (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2004).*
10.23    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and Joseph T. Clark (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 3, 2005).*
10.24    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and James C. Foxworthy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 3, 2005).*
10.25    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and each of Joel C. Gordon and Robert P. May (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2005).*
10.26    Letter Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, between HealthSouth Corporation and Joel C. Gordon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 10, 2005).*
10.27    Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2004, by and among HealthSouth Corporation, the United States of America, acting through the entities named therein and certain other parties named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 30, 2004).
10.28    Administrative Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2004, by and among the United States Department of Health and Human Services acting through the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and its officers and agents, including, but not limited to, its fiscal intermediaries, and HealthSouth Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 30, 2004).
10.29    Corporate Integrity Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2004, by and among the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and HealthSouth Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 30, 2004).


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.30.1    Consent of Defendant HealthSouth Corporation, dated June 1, 2005, in the lawsuit captioned Securities and Exchange Commission v. HealthSouth Corporation and Richard M. Scrushy , CV-03-J-0615-S (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 8, 2005).
10.30.2    Form of Final Judgment as to Defendant HealthSouth Corporation in the lawsuit captioned Securities and Exchange Commission v. HealthSouth Corporation and Richard M. Scrushy , CV-03-J-0615-S (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 8, 2005).
10.31    Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into between HealthSouth Corporation and its directors of HealthSouth.
10.32    Form of letter agreement with former directors.
10.33    Written description of Senior Management Bonus Program (incorporated by reference to Item 1.01 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2005).*
11    Computation of Per Share Earnings.
12    Computation of Ratios.
14    HealthSouth Corporation Standards of Business Conduct.
16    Letter regarding Change in Certifying Accountant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to HealthSouth’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated April 4, 2003).
21    Subsidiaries of HealthSouth Corporation.
24    Power of Attorney.
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

EXHIBIT 3.1

 

State of Delaware

 

Office of the Secretary of State

 


 

I, EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF “HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTY-FIRST DAY OF MAY, A.D. 1998, AT 4:30 O’CLOCK P.M.

 

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

        LOGO      

/s/ Edward J. Freel

              Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State
         

AUTHENTICATION: 9097331

2028917 8100

       

DATE: 05-22-98

981197067

         

 

PAGE 1


RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows;

 

1. The name of the Corporation is HEALTHSOUTH Corporation.

 

The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name AMCARE, Inc. The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was February 22, 1984.

 

2. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation further amends and restates the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation by inserting therein a new Article FOURTH.

 

3. The text of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended or supplemented heretofore, is further amended hereby to read as herein set forth in full:

 

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is HEALTHSOUTH Corporation.


SECOND: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted are;

 

(a) To engage in the business of providing comprehensive rehabilitation and clinical healthcare services on an ambulatory and inpatient basis in rehabilitation clinics and hospitals to the general public through the provision of physician services, physical therapy, social and/ or psychological, respiratory therapy, cardiac rehabilitation, pulmonary rehabilitation, occupational therapy, speech pathology, prosthetic and orthotic devices, nursing care, drugs and biologicals, supplies, appliances and equipment and other services and to do any and all things necessary and appropriate to carry out such business effectively, including, without limitation, the owning, leasing, management and operation of medical facilities and other physical properties, either directly or indirectly, or in concert with others.

 

(b) To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Six Hundred One Million Five Hundred Thousand (601,500,000) shares, consisting of Six Hundred Million (600,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value One Cent ($.01) per share, and One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value Ten Cents ($.10) per share.

 

Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time-to-time in one or more series, each such series to have such distinctive designation or title as may be stated and expressed in this Article FOURTH or as may be fixed by the Board of Directors

 

- 2 -


\prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Each such series of Preferred Stock shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and such relative, participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, the right to convert the shares of such Preferred Stock into shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock at such rate and upon such terms and conditions as may be fixed by the Corporation’s Board of Directors), with such qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights as shall be stated and expressed in this Article FOURTH or in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series of Preferred Stock as may be adopted from time-to-time by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof, in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article FOURTH or in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of a particular series, the Board of Directors may from time-to-time increase the number of shares of any series already created by providing that any unissued shares of Preferred Stock shall constitute part of such series, or may decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) the number of shares of any series already created by providing that any unissued shares previously assigned to such series shall no longer constitute part thereof.

 

FIFTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation at any meeting at which a quorum is present by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors, Election of Directors need not be by written ballot.

 

- 3 -


SIXTH: Special Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may he called only by the Board of Directors of the Corporation by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors or in writing by the holders of at least 20% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote in elections of Directors.

 

SEVENTH: (a) Unless the conditions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) of this Article SEVENTH, Section (a) are satisfied, the affirmative vote of the holders of Sixty-Six and Two-Thirds Percent (66-2/3%) of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote in elections of Directors, considered for the purposes of this Article SEVENTH as one class, shall be required for the adoption or authorization of a business combination (as hereinafter defined) with any other entity (as hereinafter defined) if, as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice thereof and to vote thereon, the other entity is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than Twenty Percent (20%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote in elections of Directors, considered for the purposes of this Article SEVENTH as one class. The Sixty-Six and Two-Thirds Percent (66-2/3%) voting requirement set forth in the foregoing sentence shall not be applicable if:

 

(1) The cash, or fair market value of other consideration, to be received per share by holders of the Corporation’s Common Stock in the business combination, is at least an amount equal to (A) the highest per share price paid by the other entity in acquiring any of its holdings of the Corporation’s Common Stock plus (B) the aggregate amount, if any, by which Five Percent (5%) per arm urn of that per share price exceeds the aggregate amount of all dividends paid in. cash, in each case since the date on which the other entity acquired the Twenty Percent (20%) interest;

 

- 4 -


(2) After the other entity has acquired a Twenty Percent (20%) interest and prior to the consummation of the business combination: (A) the other entity shall have taken steps to ensure that the Corporation’s Board of Directors included at all times representation by continuing Director(s) (as hereinafter defined) proportionate to the stockholders of the public holders of the Corporation’s Common Stock not affiliated with the other entity (with a continuing Director to occupy any resulting fractional board position); (B) the other entity shall not have acquired any newly issued shares, directly or indirectly, from the Corporation (except upon conversion of convertible securities acquired by it prior to obtaining a Twenty Percent (20%) interest or as a result of a pro rata share dividend or share split); and (C) the other entity shall not have acquired any additional outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock or securities convertible into shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock except as a part of the transaction that resulted in the other entity’s acquiring its Twenty Percent (20%) interest;

 

(3) The other entity shall not have (A) received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or tax credits provided by the Corporation or (B) made any major change in the Corporation’s business or equity capital structure without in either case the approval of at least a majority of all the Directors and at least two-thirds of the continuing Directors prior to the consummation of the business combination; and

 

(4) A proxy statement responsive to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall have been mailed to public stock holders of the Corporation for the purpose of soliciting stockholder approval of the business combination and shall have contained at the front thereof, in a prominent place, any recommendations as to the advisability (or inadvisability) of the business combination that the continuing Directors, or any of them, may choose to state and, if deemed advisable by a majority of the continuing Directors, an opinion of a reputable investment banking firm as to the fairness of the terms of the business combination, from the point of view of the remaining public stockholders of the Corporation (the investment banking firm to be selected by a majority of the continuing Directors and to be paid a reasonable fee for its services by the Corporation upon receipt of the opinion).

 

The provisions of this Article SEVENTH shall also apply to a business combination with any other entity that at any time has been the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than Twenty Percent (20%) of the outstanding shares of the

 

- 5 -


Corporation entitled to vote in elections of Directors, considered for the purposes of this Article SEVENTH as one class, notwithstanding the fact that the other entity has reduced its shareholders below Twenty Percent (20%) if, as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote on the business combination, the other entity is an “affiliate” (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation.

 

(b) As used in this Article SEVENTH, (1) the term “other entity” shall include any corporation, person or other entity and any other entity with which it or its “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined below) has any agreement, arrangement, or understanding, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of shares of the Corporation, or that is its “affiliate” or “associate” as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on September 1, 1986, together with the successors and assigns of those persons in any transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering of the Corporation’s shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933; (2) an other entity shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares of the Corporation that the other entity (as defined above) has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; (3) the outstanding shares of any class of the Corporation shall include shares deemed owned through application of clause (2) above but shall not include any other shares that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; (4) the term “business combination” shall include (A) the sale, exchange, lease, transfer or other disposition by the Corporation of all, or substantially all, of its assets or business to any other

 

- 6 -


entity, (B) the consolidation of the Corporation with or its merger into any other entity, (C) the merger into the Corporation of any other entity, or (D) a combination or majority share acquisition in which the Corporation is the acquiring corporation and its voting shares are issued or transferred to any other entity or to stockholders of any other entity, and the term “business combination” shall also include any agreement, contract or other arrangement with an other entity providing for any of the transactions described in (A) through (D) of this clause (4); (5) the term “continuing Director” shall mean either a person who was a member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors on August 15, 1986, or a person who was elected to the Corporation’s Board of Directors by the public stockholders of the Corporation prior to the time when the other entity acquired in excess of five percent (5%) of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of Directors, considered for the purposes of this Article SEVENTH as one class, or a person recommended to succeed a continuing Director by a majority of the continuing Directors; and (6) for the purposes of Article SEVENTH, Section (a), clause (1), the term “other consideration to be received” shall mean shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock retained by its existing public stockholders in the event of a business combination with the other entity in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation.

 

(c) A majority of the continuing Directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article SEVENTH, on the basis of information known to them, whether (1) the other entity beneficially owns more than Twenty Percent (20%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote in elections of Directors, (2) an other entity is an “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined

 

- 7 -


above) of another, or (3) an other entity has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with another.

 

(d) Nothing contained in this Article SEVENTH shall be construed to relieve any other entity from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

 

EIGHTH: Subject to the last sentence of this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation reserves the right to amend and repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the addition of a provision requiring a supermajority vote of stockholders to remove Directors. The provisions set forth in Articles SIXTH, SEVENTH and this Article EIGHTH of this Certificate of Incorporation may not be repealed or amended in any respect, unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of Sixty-Six and Two-Thirds Percent (66-2/3%) of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote in elections of Directors, considered for purposes of this Article EIGHTH as one class.

 

NINTH: No Director of this Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director; provided, however, that this Article NINTH shall not eliminate the liability of a Director (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

- 8 -


(4) In accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Directors of the Corporation and by vote of the stockholders.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said HEALTHSOUTH Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this Certificate to be signed by Anthony J. Tanner, its Executive Vice President, and attested by William W. Horton, its Assistant Secretary, this 21st day of May, 1998.

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation
By  

/s/ Anthony J. Tanner

   

Anthony J. Tanner

Executive Vice President

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]
ATTEST:
By  

/s/ William W. Horton

   

William W. Horton

Assistant Secretary

 

- 9 -

EXHIBIT 3.2

 


 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS*

to

BY-LAWS

of

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

          Page

ARTICLE I     
OFFICES     

Section 1.1.

   Location    1

Section 1.2.

   Change of Location    1
ARTICLE II     
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS     

Section 2.1.

   Annual Meeting    1

Section 2.2.

   Special Meetings    1

Section 2.3.

   List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote    2

Section 2.4.

   Notice of Meetings    2

Section 2.5.

   Adjourned Meetings and Notice Thereof    2

Section 2.6.

   Quorum    3

Section 2.7.

   Voting    3

Section 2.8.

   Action by Consent of Stockholders    4
ARTICLE III     
BOARD OF DIRECTORS     

Section 3.1.

   General Powers    4

Section 3.2.

   Number of Directors    4

Section 3.3.

   Qualification    4

Section 3.4.

   Election    4

Section 3.5.

   Term    5

Section 3.6.

   Resignation and Removal    5

Section 3.7.

   Vacancies    5

Section 3.8.

   Quorum and Voting    6

Section 3.9.

   Regulations    6

Section 3.10.

   Annual Meeting    6

Section 3.11.

   Regular Meetings    7

Section 3.12.

   Special Meetings    7

Section 3.13.

   Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice    7

Section 3.14.

   Committees of Directors    7

Section 3.15.

   Powers and Duties of Committees    8

Section 3.16.

   Compensation of Directors    8

* The Table of Contents appears here for convenience only and should not be considered a part of the Bylaws.

 

i


Section 3.17.

  

Action Without Meeting

   8
ARTICLE IV     
OFFICERS     

Section 4.1.

  

Principal Officers

   9

Section 4.2.

  

Election of Principal Officers; Term of Office

   9

Section 4.3.

  

Subordinate Officers, Agents and Employees

   9

Section 4.4.

  

Delegation of Duties of Officers

   10

Section 4.5.

  

Removal of Officers

   10

Section 4.6.

  

Resignations

   10

Section 4.7.

  

Chairman of the Board

   10

Section 4.8.

  

President

   10

Section 4.9.

  

Vice President

   10

Section 4.10.

  

Secretary

   11

Section 4.11.

  

Treasurer

   11

Section 4.12.

  

Controller

   11

Section 4.13.

  

Bond

   11
ARTICLE V     
CAPITAL STOCK     

Section 5.1.

  

Issuance of Certificates of Stock

   12

Section 5.2.

  

Signatures on Stock Certificates

   12

Section 5.3.

  

Stock Ledger

   12

Section 5.4.

  

Regulations Relating to Transfer

   12

Section 5.5.

  

Transfers

   13

Section 5.6.

  

Cancellation

   13

Section 5.7.

  

Lost, Destroyed, Stolen and Mutilated Certificates

   13

Section 5.8.

  

Fixing of Record Dates

   13
ARTICLE VI     
INDEMNIFICATION     

Section 6.1.

  

Indemnification

   14

Section 6.2.

  

Indemnification Insurance

   15
ARTICLE VII     
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS     

Section 7.1.

  

Corporate Seal

   15

Section 7.2.

  

Fiscal Year

   15

Section 7.3.

  

Waiver of Notice

   15

Section 7.4.

  

Execution of Instruments, Contracts, Etc.

    

 

ii


ARTICLE VIII     
AMENDMENTS     

Section 8.1.

  

By Stockholders

    

Section 8.2.

  

By Directors

    

 

iii


As Amended through

May 17, 2001

(See 3.4)

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1. Location . The address of the registered office of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware and the name of the registered agent at such address shall be as specified in the Certificate of Incorporation or, if subsequently changed, as specified in the most recent Statement of Change filed pursuant to law. The Corporation may also have other offices at such places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

Section 1.2. Change of Location . In the manner permitted by law, the Board of Directors or the registered agent may change the address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware and the Board of Directors may make, revoke or change the designation of the registered agent.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation, or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may fix by resolution or as set forth in the notice of the meeting. In the event that the Board of Directors shall not otherwise fix the time, date and place of meeting, the annual meeting shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation at 11:00 a.m. Central Time on the first Thursday of May of each year, commencing with the year 1999, but if such a date is a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding business day.

 

Section 2.2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, by the President or by order of the Board of Directors. Special meetings of stockholders prescribed by law for the

 

1


election of Directors shall be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Secretary whenever required to do so pursuant to applicable law. Special meetings of stockholders shall be held at such time and such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated in the notice of meeting.

 

Section 2.3. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, or cause to be prepared and made, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list, based upon the record date for such meeting determined pursuant to Section 5.8, of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if such place shall not be so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list also shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting, or to inspect the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 2.4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each annual and special meeting of stockholders, other than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise prescribed by law, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered or mailed, in writing, at least ten but not more than fifty days before the date of such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat. If mailed, such notice shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to such stockholder at his address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. An affidavit of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or the transfer agent of the Corporation that notice has been duly given shall be evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Section 2.5. Adjourned Meeting’s and Notice Thereof . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to another time or place, and the Corporation may transact at any adjourned meeting any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. Notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless (a) any adjournment or series of adjournments caused the original meeting to be adjourned for more than thirty days after the

 

2


date originally fixed therefor, or (b) a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. If notice of an adjourned meeting is given, such notice shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in the manner prescribed in Section 2.4 for the giving of notice of meetings.

 

Section 2.6. Quorum . At any meeting of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of record of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote or act at such meeting shall be present or represented by proxy in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, but less than a quorum shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, the quorum cannot be destroyed by the subsequent withdrawal or revocation of the proxy of any stockholder. Shares of capital stock owned by the Corporation or by another corporation, if a majority of the shares of such other corporation entitled to vote in the election of Directors is held by the Corporation, shall not be counted for quorum purposes or entitled to vote.

 

Section 2.7. Voting . At any meeting of stockholders, each stockholder holding, as of the record date, shares of stock entitled to be voted on any matter at such meeting shall have one vote on each such matter submitted to vote at such meeting for each such share of stock held by such stockholder, as of the record date, as shown by the list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides for more or less than one vote for any share, on any matter, in which case every reference in these By-laws to a majority or other proportion of stock shall refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock.

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only so long as, it is coupled with an interest, whether in the stock itself or in the Corporation generally, sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

 

The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the person presiding at a meeting of stockholders may appoint one or more persons to act as inspectors of voting at any meeting with respect to any matter to be submitted to a vote of stockholders at such meeting, with such powers and duties, not inconsistent with applicable law, as may be appropriate.

 

3


Section 2.8. Action by Consent of Stockholders . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, whenever any action by the stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-laws, such action may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the holders of the outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of such action without a meeting and by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1. General Powers . The property, business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and have such authority and do all such lawful acts and things as are permitted by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.

 

Section 3.2. Number of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of one or more members. The exact number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors. Until the number of Directors has been so fixed by the Board of Directors, the number of Directors constituting the whole Board of Directors shall be three. After fixing the number of Directors constituting the whole Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, from time to time change the number of Directors constituting the whole Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.3. Qualification . Directors must be natural persons but need not be stockholders of the Corporation. Directors who willfully neglect or refuse to produce a list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting for the election of Directors shall be ineligible for election to any office at such meeting.

 

Section 3.4. E lection . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, after the first meeting of the Corporation at which Directors arc elected, Directors of the Corporation shall be elected in each year at the annual meeting of stockholders, or at a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting called for such purpose, by a plurality of votes cast at such meeting. The Board of Directors shall nominate a slate of

 

4


Directors for election at such annual meeting or special meeting. Any stockholder wishing to nominate a candidate for Director at any such annual meeting or special meeting must submit such nomination in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation so that such nomination in received not later than the 30 th day preceding the date set for such annual meeting or special meeting. Such nomination must be accompanied by a written statement from such nominee indicating that such nominee is qualified and willing to serve as a Director if so elected. The voting on Directors at any such meeting shall be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 3.5. Term . Each Director shall hold office until his successor is duly elected and qualified, except in the event of the earlier termination of his term of office by reason of death, resignation, removal or other reason.

 

Section 3.6. R esignation and Removal . Any Director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary, The resignation of any Director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice, and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, except as otherwise provided by applicable law.

 

Section 3.7. Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board of Directors and newly created Directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors shall be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director.

 

If one or more Directors shall resign from the Board of Directors effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned at a future date, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect and the vacancy to be filled when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this Section 3.7 in the filling of other vacancies.

 

Each Director chosen to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors shall hold office until the next annual election of Directors and until his successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

5


Section 3.8. Quorum and Voting . Unless the Certificate of Incorporation, provides otherwise, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of Directors shall be present to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A Director interested in a contract or transaction may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors which authorizes the contract or transaction. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting until a quorum shall be present.

 

Unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

The vote of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws shall require a vote of a greater number.

 

Section 3.9. Regulations . The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the business and management of the Corporation, not inconsistent with law or the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, as the Board of Directors may deem proper. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings and cause the books and records of the Corporation to be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care by the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors or in relying in good faith upon other records of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.10. Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be called and held for the purpose of organization, election of officers and transaction of any other business. If such meeting is held promptly after and at the place specified for the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice of the annual meeting of the Board of Directors need be given. Otherwise, such annual meeting shall be held at such time (not more than thirty days after the annual meeting of stockholders) and place as may be specified in a notice of the meeting.

 

6


Section 3.11. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. After there has been such determination and notice thereof has been given to each member of the Board of Directors, no further notice shall be required for any such regular meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at any regular meeting.

 

Section 3.12. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may, unless otherwise prescribed by law, be called from time to time by the Chairman of the Board or the President, and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the whole Board of Directors directed to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary. Except as provided below, notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the time, place and purpose of such special meeting, shall be given to each Director.

 

Section 3.13. Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice . Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director (i) if mailed to such Director addressed to him at his address as it appears upon the books of the Corporation, or at the address last made known in writing to the Corporation by such Director as the address to which such notices are to be sent, at least five days before the day on which such meeting is to be held, or (ii) if sent to him at such address by telegraph, cable, radio or wireless not later than the day before the day on which such meeting is to be held, or (iii) if delivered to him personally or orally, by telephone or otherwise, not later than the day before the day on which such meeting is to be held. Each such notice shall state the time and place of the meeting and the purposes thereof.

 

Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given to any Director if waived by him in writing (or by telegram, cable, radio or wireless and confirmed in writing) whether before or after the holding of such meeting, or if such Director is present at such meeting. Any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be a duly constituted meeting without any notice thereof having been given if all Directors then in office shall be present thereat.

 

Section 3.14. Committees of Directors . The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, vacancies in membership of any committee shall be filled by the vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate

 

7


one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee (and his alternate appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, if any), the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Members of a committee shall hold office for such period as may be fixed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, subject, however, to removal at any time by the vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.15. Powers and Duties of Committees . Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions creating such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. No such committee shall have the power or authority with regard to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the By-laws. The Board of Directors may, in the resolution creating a committee, grant to such committee the power and authority to declare a dividend or authorize the issuance of stock.

 

Each committee may adopt its own rules of procedure and may meet at stated times or on such notice as such committee may determine. Except as otherwise permitted by these By-laws, each committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.16. Compensation of Directors . Each Director shall be entitled to receive for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or any duly constituted committee thereof which he attends, such fee as is fixed by the Board and in connection therewith shall be reimbursed by the Corporation for travel expenses. The fees to such Directors may be fixed in unequal amounts among them, taking into account their respective relationships to the Corporation in other capacities. These provisions shall not be construed to preclude any Director from receiving compensation in serving the Corporation in any other capacity.

 

Section 3.17. Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent

 

8


thereto is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1. Principal Officers . The principal officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, also include a Vice Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, and a Controller. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, one person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said principal offices except the offices and duties of President and Vice President or of Chairman of the Board or President and Secretary. None of the principal officers need be Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2. Election of Principal Officers; Term of Office . The principal officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at such annual meeting of the Board of Directors. Failure to elect any principal officer annually shall not dissolve the Corporation.

 

If the Board of Directors shall fail to fill any principal office at an annual meeting, or if any vacancy in any principal office shall occur, or if any principal office shall be newly created, such principal office may be filled at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Each principal officer shall hold office until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal, provided that the terms of office of all Vice Presidents shall terminate at any annual meeting of the Board of Directors at which the President is elected.

 

Section 4.3. Subordinate Officers, Agents and Employees . In addition to the principal officers, the Corporation may have one or more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries, and such other subordinate officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem advisable, each of whom shall hold office for such period and have such authority and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any officer designated by the Board of Directors, may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors at any time may appoint and remove, or may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and to remove, any subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Corporation.

 

9


Section 4.4. Delegation of Duties of Officers . The Board of Directors may delegate the duties and powers of any officer of the Corporation to any other officer or to any Director for a specified period of time for any reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient.

 

Section 4.5. Removal of Officers . Any officer of the Corporation maybe removed, with or without cause, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Directors then in office at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or by a written consent signed by all of the Directors then in office.

 

Section 4.6. Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the Board of Directors, to the Chairman of the Board, to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make the resignation effective.

 

Section 4.7. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors at which he is present. The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.8. President . The President shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors at which he is present. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general supervision over the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall be responsible for carrying out the policies and objectives established by the Board of Directors. The President shall have all powers and duties usually incident to the office of the President, except as specifically limited by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.9. Vice President . In the absence or disability of the President or if the office of President be vacant, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if no such determination has been made, in the order of their seniority, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President, subject to the right of the Board of Directors at any time to extend or confine such powers and duties or to assign them to others. Any Vice President may have such additional designation in his title as the Board of Directors may determine. The Vice Presidents shall generally assist the President in such manner as the President shall direct. Each Vice President shall have such other powers and perform such

 

10


other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

Section 4.10. Secretary . The Secretary shall act as Secretary of all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors at which he is present, shall record all the proceedings of all such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, shall have supervision over the giving and service of notices of the Corporation, and shall have supervision over the care and custody of the records and seal of the Corporation. The Secretary shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized, and when so affixed may attest the same. The Secretary shall have all powers and duties usually incident to the office of Secretary, except as specifically limited by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

Section 4.11. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have general supervision over the care and custody of the funds and over the receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositaries as the Board of Directors may designate. The Treasurer shall have supervision over the care and safekeeping of the securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall have all powers and duties usually incident to the office of Treasurer, except as specifically limited by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

Section 4.12. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation and shall have supervision over the maintenance and custody of the accounting operations of the Corporation, including the keeping of accurate accounts of all receipts and disbursements and all other financial transactions. The Controller shall have all powers and duties usually incident to the office of Controller, except as specifically limited by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Controller shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

Section 4.13. Bond . The Board of Directors shall have power, to the extent permitted by law, to require any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation to give bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

11


ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 5.1. Issuance of Certificates of Stock . Each stockholder of the Corporation shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors, certifying the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation owned by such stockholder.

 

Section 5.2. Signatures on Stock Certificates . Certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Secretary, the Treasurer, an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. Any of or all the signatures on the certificates may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such signer were such officer at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3. Stock Ledger . A record of all certificates for capital stock issued by the Corporation shall be kept by the Secretary or any other officer or employee of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or by any transfer clerk or transfer agent appointed pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof. Such record shall show the name and address of the person, firm or corporation in which certificates for capital stock are registered, the number of shares represented by each such certificate, the date of each such certificate, and in case of certificates which have been canceled, the dates of cancellation thereof.

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of shares of capital stock as shown on the stock ledger as the owner thereof and as the person entitled to receive dividends thereon, to vote such shares and to receive notice of meetings, and for all other purposes. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any share of capital stock on the part of any other person whether or not the Corporation shall have express or other notice thereof.

 

Section 5.4. Regulations Relating to Transfer . The Board of Directors may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, concerning issuance, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any principal officer to appoint, one or more transfer clerks or one or more transfer agents and

 

12


one or more registrars and may require all certificates for capital stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

 

Section 5.5. Transfers . Transfers of capital stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only upon delivery to the Corporation or its transfer agent of (i) a written direction of the registered holder named in the certificate or such holder’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, (ii) the certificate for the shares of capital stock being transferred, and (iii) a written assignment of the shares of capital stock evidenced thereby.

 

Section 5.6. Cancellation . Each certificate for capital stock surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate or certificates shall be issued in exchange for any existing certificate (other than pursuant to Section 5.7) until such existing certificate shall have been canceled.

 

Section 5.7. Lost, Destroyed, Stolen and Mutilated Certificates . In the event that any certificate for shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be mutilated, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate in place of such mutilated certificate. In case any such certificate shall be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Corporation may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or a committee designated thereby with power so to act, issue a new certificate for capital stock in the place of any such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. The applicant for any substituted certificate or certificates shall surrender any mutilated certificate or, in the case of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, furnish satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction of such certificate and of the ownership thereof. The Board of Directors or such committee may; in its discretion, require the owner of a lost or destroyed certificate, or his representatives, to furnish to the Corporation a bond with an acceptable surety or sureties and in such sum as will be sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the issuance of such new certificate. A new certificate may be issued without requiring a bond when, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, it is proper to do so.

 

Section 5.8. Fixing of Record Dates .

 

(a) The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be move than fifty nor less than ten days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than fifty days prior to any other action, for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend

 

13


or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action.

 

(b) If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors:

 

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

 

(ii) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first consent is expressed;

 

(iii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(c) A determination of stockholder’s of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 6.1. Indemnification . The Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify any person (and the heirs, executors and administrators of such person) who, by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of a constituent corporation absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation or merger or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, was or is a party or is threatened to be a party to:

 

(a) any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding, or,

 

(b) any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit.

 

14


Any indemnification by the Corporation pursuant hereto shall be made only in the manner and to the extent authorized by applicable law, and any such indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled.

 

Section 6.2. Indemnification Insurance . The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under applicable law.

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1. Corporate Sea l. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form with the name of the Corporation in the circumference and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware” in the center. Alternatively, the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary are authorized to use a seal which has the name “HRC Subsidiary” in place of the Corporation’s name and such alternative seal shall have the same force and effect as the seal otherwise authorized by these By-laws. The seal may be used by causing it to be affixed or impressed, or a facsimile thereof may be reproduced or otherwise used in such manner as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

Section 7.2. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be from January 1 to December 31, inclusive, in each year, or such other twelve consecutive months as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

Section 7.3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under any provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-laws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, Directors, or members of a committee of Directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

15

EXHIBIT 4.1.1

 


 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

and

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of June 22, 1998

 


 



CROSS REFERENCE SHEET*

 

Between

 

Provisions of Trust Indenture Act (as defined herein) and Indenture dated as of June 22, 1998 between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and PNC Bank, National Association, Trustee:

 


 

SECTION OF THE ACT


   SECTION OF INDENTURE

310(a)(1) and (2)

   6.9

310(a)(3) and (4)

   Inapplicable

310(b)

   6.8 and 6.10(a), (b) and (d)

310(c)

   Inapplicable

311(a)

   6.14

311(b)

   6.14

311(c)

   Inapplicable

312(a)

   4.1 and 4.2

312(b)

   4.2

312(c)

   4.2

313(a)

   4.3

313(b)(1)

   Inapplicable

313(b)(2)

   4.3

313(c)

   4.3, 5.11,
6.10, 6.11,
8.2 and 12.2

313(d)

   4.3

314(a)

   3.5 and 4.2

314(b)

   Inapplicable

314(c)(1) and (2)

   11.5

314(c)(3)

   Inapplicable

314(d)

   Inapplicable

314(e)

   11.5

314(f)

   Inapplicable

315(a), (c) and (d)

   6.1

315(b)

   5.11

315(e)

   5.12

316(a)(1)

   5.9 and 5.10

316(a)(2)

   Not
required

316(a) (last sentence)

   7.4

316(b)

   5.7

317(a)

   5.2

317(b)

   3.4(a) and
(b)

318(a)

   11.7

* This Cross Reference Sheet is not part of the Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

   1

SECTION 1.1 Certain Terms Defined

   1

“Affiliate”

   2

“Authenticating Agent”

   2

“Authorized Newspaper”

   2

“Board of Directors”

   2

“Board Resolution”

   2

“Business Day”

   2

“Capital Stock”

   3

“Commission”

   3

“Common Equity”

   3

“Company”

   3

“Company Order”

   3

“Consolidated Tangible Assets”

   3

“Corporate Trust Office”

   3

“Coupon”

   4

“Covenant Defeasance”

   4

“Depositary”

   4

“Dollar” or “$”

   4

“ECU”

   4

“Event of Default”

   4

“Exchange Act”

   4

“Fair Value”

   4

“Foreign Currency”

   4

“Holder,” “Holder of Securities,” “Securityholder”

   4

“Indenture”

   4

“Indenture”

   5

“IRS”

   5

“Judgment Currency”

   5

“Maturity”

   5

“Non-U.S. Person”

   5

“Officer’s Certificate”

   5

“144A Global Security”

   5

“Opinion of Counsel”

   5

“Original Issue Date”

   5

“Original Issue Discount Security”

   5

“Outstanding”

   6

“Paying Agent”

   6

“Periodic Offering”

   6

“Person”

   7

“PORTAL Market”

   7

“Predecessor Security”

   7

“principal”

   7

“QIB” or “Qualified Institutional Buyer”

   7

“Regular Record Date”

   7

“Registered Global Security”

   7

“Registered Security”

   7

“Regulation S”

   7

“Regulation S Global Security”

   7

“Required Currency”

   7

“Responsible Officer”

   8

“Restricted Security”

   8

 

i


“Rule 144”

   8

“Rule 144A”

   8

“Rule 144K”

   8

“Securities Act”

   8

“Significant Subsidiary”

   8

“Special Record Date”

   8

“Stated Maturity”

   9

“Subsidiary”

   9

“Transfer Restriction Termination Date”

   9

“Trustee”

   9

“Unregistered Security”

   9

“U.S. Government Obligations”

   9

“Voting Stock”

   9

“Yield to Maturity”

   9

ARTICLE 2 SECURITIES

   10

SECTION 2.1 Forms Generally

   10

SECTION 2.2 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

   10

SECTION 2.3 Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series

   11

SECTION 2.4 Authentication and Delivery of Securities

   14

SECTION 2.5 Execution of Securities

   17

SECTION 2.6 Certificate of Authentication

   17

SECTION 2.7 Denomination and Date of Securities; Payments of Interest

   18

SECTION 2.8 Registration, Transfer and Exchange

   19

SECTION 2.9 Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

   26

SECTION 2.10 Cancellation of Securities; Destruction Thereof

   27

SECTION 2.11 Temporary Securities

   28

ARTICLE 3 COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

   29

SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal and Interest

   29

SECTION 3.2 Offices for Payments, Etc

   29

SECTION 3.3 Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in Office of Trustee

   30

SECTION 3.4 Paying Agents

   31

SECTION 3.5 Compliance Certificates

   32

SECTION 3.6 Corporate Existence

   32

SECTION 3.7 Maintenance of Properties

   32

SECTION 3.8 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

   33

SECTION 3.9 Luxembourg Publications

   33

SECTION 3.10 Usury Laws

   33

ARTICLE 4 SECURITYHOLDER LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

   34

SECTION 4.1 Company to Furnish Trustee Information as to Names and Addresses of Securityholders

   34

SECTION 4.2 Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders

   34

SECTION 4.3 Reports by Trustee

   35

SECTION 4.4 Reports by Company

   35

 

ii


ARTICLE 5 REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AN SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT

   35

SECTION 5.1 Event of Default Defined, Acceleration of Maturity; Waiver of Default

   35

SECTION 5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

   37

SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness by Trustee; Trustee May Prove Debt

   39

SECTION 5.5 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities

   41

SECTION 5.6 Application of Proceeds

   42

SECTION 5.7 Suits for Enforcement

   43

SECTION 5.8 Limitations on Suits by Security Holders

   43

SECTION 5.9 Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Institute Certain Suits

   44

SECTION 5.10 Restoration of Rights on Abandonment of Proceedings

   44

SECTION 5.11 Powers and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver of Default

   44

SECTION 5.12 Delay or Omission Not Waiver

   45

SECTION 5.13 Control by Holders of Securities

   45

SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Past Defaults

   46

SECTION 5.15 Trustee to Give Notice of Default, But May Withhold in Certain Circumstances

   46

SECTION 5.16 Right of Court to Require Filing of Undertaking to Pay Costs

   46

SECTION 5.17 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

   47

ARTICLE 6 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

   47

SECTION 6.1 Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee; During Default; Prior to Default

   47

SECTION 6.2 Certain Rights of the Trustee

   49

SECTION 6.3 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals, Disposition of Securities or Application of Proceeds Thereof

   50

SECTION 6.4 Trustee and Agents May Hold Securities or Coupons; Collections, Etc.

   51

SECTION 6.5 Moneys Held by Trustee

   51

SECTION 6.6 Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim

   51

SECTION 6.7 Right of Trustee to Rely on Officer’s Certificate, Etc

   52

SECTION 6.8 Indentures Not Creating Potential Conflicting Interests for the Trustee

   52

SECTION 6.9 Qualification of Trustee: Conflicting Interests

   52

SECTION 6.10 Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee

   52

SECTION 6.11 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee

   53

SECTION 6.12 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee

   55

SECTION 6.13 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee

   56

 

iii


SECTION 6.14 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company

   57

SECTION 6.15 Appointment of Authenticating Agent

   57

ARTICLE 7 CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

   58

SECTION 7.1 Evidence of Action Taken by Securityholders

   58

SECTION 7.2 Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Securities

   59

SECTION 7.3 Holders to be Treated as Owners

   59

SECTION 7.4 Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding

   60

SECTION 7.5 Right of Revocation of Action Taken

   60

ARTICLE 8. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

    

SECTION 8.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders

   61

SECTION 8.2 Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders

   63

SECTION 8.4 Documents to be Given to Trustee

   65

SECTION 8.5 Notation on Securities in Respect of Supplemental Indentures

   65

ARTICLE 9 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE

    

SECTION 9.1 Company May Consolidate, Etc

   65

SECTION 9.2 Successor Entity Substituted

   66

SECTION 9.3 Opinion of Counsel To Be Given Trustee

   66

ARTICLE 10 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

   66

SECTION 10.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

   66

SECTION 10.2 Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Securities

   71

SECTION 10.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent

   71

SECTION 10.4 Return of Unclaimed Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent

   71

SECTION 10.5 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations

   72

ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   72

SECTION 11.1 Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors of Company Exempt from Individual Liability

   72

SECTION 11.2 Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Holders of Securities and Coupons

   72

SECTION 11.3 Successors and Assigns of Company Bound by Indenture

   72

SECTION 11.4 Notices and Demands on Company, Trustee and Holders of Securities and Coupons

   73

SECTION 11.5 Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to be Contained Therein

   74

SECTION 11.6 Payments Due on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays

   75

 

iv


SECTION 11.7 Conflict of Any Provision of Indenture with Trust Indenture Act

   75

SECTION 11.8 New York Law to Govern

   75

SECTION 11.9 Counterparts

   75

SECTION 11.10 Effect of Headings

   75

SECTION 11.11 Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECU

   76

SECTION 11.12 Judgment Currency

   76

ARTICLE 12 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES SINKING FUNDS

   77

SECTION 12.1 Applicability of Article

   77

SECTION 12.2 Notice of Redemption; Partial Redemptions

   77

SECTION 12.3 Payment of Securities Called for Redemption

   79

SECTION 12.4 Exclusion of Certain Securities from Eligibility for Selection for Redemption

   80

SECTION 12.5 Mandatory and Optional Sinking Funds

   80

 

v


THIS INDENTURE, dated as of June      , 1998, by and between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”),

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the issuance, sale, execution and delivery, from time to time, of its unsecured evidences of unsubordinated indebtedness (hereinafter referred to as the “Securities”), without limit as to principal amount, issuable in one or more series, the amount and terms of each such series to be determined as hereinafter provided; and, to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be issued, authenticated and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Securities, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee as in this Indenture provided, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to constitute this Indenture a valid indenture and agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issuance hereunder of the Securities have in all respects been duly authorized; and

 

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid indenture and agreement according to its terms have been done;

 

NOW, THEREFORE:

 

In consideration of the premises and the purchases of the Securities by the holders thereof, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Securities and of the coupons, if any, appertaining thereto as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1 Certain Terms Defined

 

The following terms (except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise clearly requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”), or the definitions of which in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), are referred to in the Trust Indenture Act, including terms defined therein by reference to the Securities Act (except as herein

 

1


otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires), shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act as in effect from time to time. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the time of any computation unless a different time shall be specified with respect to such series of Securities as provided for in Section 2.3. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular.

 

“Affiliate” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or any successor provision.

 

“Authenticating Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.15.

 

“Authorized Newspaper” means a newspaper (which, in the case of The City of New York, will, if practicable, be The Wall Street Journal (Eastern Edition), in the case of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland (the “United Kingdom”), will, if practicable, be The Financial Times (London Edition) and, in the case of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“Luxembourg”), will, if practicable, be the Luxemburger Wort) published in an official or common language of the county of publication customarily published at least once a day for at least five days in each calendar week and of general circulation in The City of New York, the United Kingdom or Luxembourg, as applicable. If it shall be impractical in the opinion of the Trustee to make any publication of any notice required hereby in an Authorized Newspaper, any publication or other notice in lieu thereof which is made or given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient publication of such notice.

 

“Board of Directors” means either the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee of such Board duly authorized to act on its behalf.

 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of one or more resolutions, certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted or consented to by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day” means, with respect to any Security, a day other than any day on which banking institutions in the city (or in any of the cities, if more than one) in which amounts are payable, as specified in the form of such Security, are authorized or required by any applicable law or regulation to be closed.

 

2


“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable); participation or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity (including, without limitation, common stock, preferred stock and partnership and joint venture interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

 

“Common Equity” of any Person means all Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled to (a) vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management and policies of such Person.

 

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

 

“Company Order” means a written statement, request or order of the Company signed in its name by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president, any vice president or the treasurer of the Company.

 

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” of any Person as of any date means the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries (excluding any assets that would be classified as “intangible assets” under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the date of initial issuance of the Securities in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office is, as of the date of this Indenture, located at 500 West Jefferson Street, Louisville, KY 40202, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

 

3


“Coupon” means any interest coupon appertaining to an Unregistered Security.

 

“Covenant Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(C).

 

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 2.7.

 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Securities of any series issuable or issued in the form of one or more Registered Global Securities, the Person designated as Depositary by the Company pursuant to Section 2.3 until a successor Depositary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Depositary” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Depositary hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Depositary” as used with respect to the Securities of any such series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Registered Global Securities of that series.

 

“Dollar” or “$” means the coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

“ECU” means the European Currency Unit as defined and revised from time to time by the European Monetary System of the European Community.

 

“Event of Default” means any event or condition specified as such in Section 5.1.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Fair Value” when used with respect to any Voting Stock means the fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Foreign Currency” means a currency issued by the government of a country other than the United States of America.

 

“Holder,” “Holder of Securities,” “Securityholder” or other similar terms mean (a) in the case of any Registered Security, the person in whose name such Security is registered in the Security Register kept by the Company for that purpose in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) in the case of any Unregistered Security, the bearer of such Security, or any Coupon appertaining thereto, as the case may be.

 

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and delivered or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented or both, and shall include the forms and terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated hereunder.

 

4


“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and delivered or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented or both, and shall include the forms and terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated hereunder.

 

“Interest Payment Date,” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

 

“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States Department of the Treasury, or any successor entity.

 

“Judgment Currency” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.12.

 

“Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means any person that is not a “U.S. person” as such term is defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act.

 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or any vice president or the treasurer of the Company and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall comply with Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act and include the statements provided for in Section 11.5.

 

“144A Global Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b)(i).

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel who may be an employee of the Company or other counsel satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall comply with Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act and include the statements provided for in Section 11.5.

 

“Original Issue Date” of any Security (or portion thereof) means the earlier of (a) the date of such Security or (b) the date of any Security (or portion thereof) for which such Security was issued (directly or indirectly) on registration of transfer, exchange or substitution.

 

“Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.2.

 

5


“Outstanding” (except as otherwise provided in Section 7.4), when used with reference to Securities, means, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, as of any particular time, all Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except

 

(a) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(b) Securities, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys or U.S. Government Obligations (as provided for in Section 10.1) in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside, segregated and held in trust by the Company for the Holders of such Securities (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent), provided, that if such Securities, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to the Maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as herein provided, or provisions satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and

 

(c) Securities which shall have been paid or in substitution for which other Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.9 (except with respect to any such Security as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Security is held by a Person in whose hands such Security is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company).

 

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of any or all series have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.2.

 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

 

“Periodic Offering” means an offering of Securities of a series from time to time, the specific terms of which Securities, including, without limitation, the rate or rates of interest, if any, thereon, the Stated Maturity or Maturities thereof and the redemption provisions, if any, with respect thereto, are to be determined by the Company or its agents upon the issuance of such Securities.

 

6


“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“PORTAL Market” means Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages Market.

 

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.4 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

 

“principal” whenever used with reference to the Securities or any Security or any portion thereof, shall be deemed to include “and premium, if any,” provided, however, that such inclusion of premium, if any, shall under no circumstances result in the double counting of such premium for the purpose of any calculation required hereunder.

 

“QIB” or “Qualified Institutional Buyer” means “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated in Section 2.3.

 

“Registered Global Security” means a Security evidencing all or a part of a series of Registered Securities, issued to the Depositary for such series in accordance with Section 2.4, and bearing the legend prescribed in Section 2.4 and any other legend required by the Depositary for such series.

 

“Registered Security” means any Security registered on the Security Register of the Company.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act, or any successor provision.

 

“Regulation S Global Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).

 

“Required Currency” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.12 .

 

7


“Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee means the chairman of the board of directors, any vice chairman of the board of directors, the chairman of the trust committee, the chairman of the executive committee, any vice chairman of the executive committee, the president, any vice president (whether or not designated by numbers or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the cashier, the secretary, the treasurer, any trust officer, an assistant trust officer, any assistant vice president, any assistant cashier, any assistant secretary, any assistant treasurer, or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Restricted Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144K” means Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Security” or “Securities” (except as otherwise provided in Section 7.4) has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture, or, as the case may be, Securities that have been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

“Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.9.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination either (i) had tangible assets which, as of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of such date, or (ii) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which constituted at least 5% of the Company’s total consolidated revenues for such period.

 

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.7.

 

8


“Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of interest is due and payable.

 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation of which Common Equity having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation is owned by such Person directly or through one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person and (b) any entity other than a corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns at least 50% of the Common Equity of such entity and has the authority to manage such entity on a day-to-day basis.

 

“Transfer Restriction Termination Date” means the earlier of the first date on which (i) the Securities of a series (other than such Securities acquired by the Company or any Affiliate thereof since the issue date of such Securities) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144K (or any successor provision) and (ii) all such Securities have been exchanged or sold pursuant to an effective registration statement.

 

“Trustee” means the Person identified as “Trustee” in the first paragraph hereof and, subject to the provisions of Article 6, shall also include any successor trustee. “Trustee” shall also mean or include each Person who is then a trustee hereunder and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

“Unregistered Security” means any Security other than a Registered Security.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(A).

 

“Voting Stock” means stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation in question, provided, that, for the purposes hereof, stock which carries only the right to vote conditionally on the happening of an event shall not be considered voting stock whether or not such event shall have happened.

 

“Yield to Maturity” means the yield to maturity on a series of securities, calculated at the time of issuance of such series, or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such series, and calculated in accordance with accepted financial practice.

 

9


ARTICLE 2

 

SECURITIES

 

SECTION 2.1 Forms Generally

 

The Securities of each series and the Coupons, if any, to be attached thereto shall be substantially in such form (not inconsistent with this Indenture) as shall be established by or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions (as set forth in a Board Resolution or, to the extent established pursuant to but not set forth in a Board Resolution, an Officer’s Certificate detailing such establishment) or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have imprinted or otherwise reproduced thereon such legend or legends or endorsements, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, as may be required to comply with any law or with any rules or regulations pursuant thereto, or with any rules of any securities exchange or to conform to general usage, all as may be determined by the officers executing such Securities and Coupons, if any, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities and Coupons.

 

The definitive Securities and Coupons, if any, shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities and Coupons, if any, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities and Coupons, if any.

 

SECTION 2.2 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Securities shall be in substantially the following form:

 

“This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

as Trustee
By  

 


    Authorized Signatory”

 

10


If at any time there shall be an Authenticating Agent appointed with respect to any series of Securities, then the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication to be borne by the Securities of each such series shall be substantially as follows:

 

“This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

[                                                                       ]

            as Authenticating Agent

By

 

 


   

Authorized Signatory”

 

SECTION 2.3 Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The Securities may be issued in one or more series. With respect to each such series there shall be established in or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions (and to the extent established pursuant to but not set forth in a Board Resolution, in an Officer’s Certificate detailing such establishment) or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the initial issuance of Securities of any series,

 

(1) the designation of the Securities of the series, which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from the Securities of all other series, and which may be part of a series of Securities previously issued;

 

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 2.8, 2.9, 2.11, 8.5 or 12.3);

 

(3) if other than Dollars, the coin or currency in which the Securities of the series are denominated (including, but not limited to, any Foreign Currency or ECU);

 

(4) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the series is payable;

 

(5) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, on which such interest shall be payable and (in the case of

 

11


Registered Securities) on which a record shall be taken for the determination of Holders to whom interest is payable and/or the method by which such rate or rates or date or dates shall be determined;

 

(6) the place or places where the principal of and any interest on Securities of the series shall be payable, if other than as provided in Section 3.2;

 

(7) the right, if any, of the Company to redeem Securities, in whole or in part, at its option and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and any terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be so redeemed, pursuant to any sinking fund or otherwise;

 

(8) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, purchase or repay Securities of the series pursuant to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the price or prices at which and the period or periods within which and any terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, purchased or repaid, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

 

(9) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof in the case of Registered Securities, or $1,000 and $5,000 in the case of Unregistered Securities, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;

 

(10) if other than the entire principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof;

 

(11) if other than the coin or currency in which the Securities of the series are denominated, the coin or currency in which payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series shall be payable;

 

(12) if the principal of or interest on the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a coin or currency other than that in which the Securities are denominated, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made;

 

(13) if the amount of payments of principal of and interest on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index based on a coin or currency other than that in which the Securities of the series are denominated, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

 

12


(14) whether the Securities of the series will be issuable as Registered Securities (and if so, whether all or a portion of such Securities will be issuable as Registered Global Securities) or Unregistered Securities (with or without Coupons), or any combination of the foregoing, any restrictions applicable to the offer, sale or delivery of Unregistered Securities or the payment of interest thereon and, if other than as provided in Section 2.8, the terms upon which Unregistered Securities of any series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of such series and vice versa;

 

(15) whether and under what circumstances the Company will pay additional amounts on the Securities of the series held by a Person who is not a U.S. person in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge withheld or deducted and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to redeem the Securities of the series rather than pay such additional amounts;

 

(16) if the Securities of the series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, the form and terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

 

(17) any trustees, depositaries, authenticating or paying agents, transfer agents or registrars of any other agents with respect to the Securities of such series;

 

(18) any other events of default or covenants with respect to the Securities of such series;

 

(19) if the Securities of the series are to be convertible into or exchangeable for any other security, the terms upon which any such conversion or exchange may be effected; and

 

(20) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture).

 

All Securities of any one series and Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto shall be substantially identical, except in the case of Registered Securities as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided by or pursuant to the Board Resolution or Officer’s Certificate referred to above or as set forth in any indenture supplemental hereto. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and may be

 

13


issued from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Indenture, if so provided by or pursuant to such Board Resolution, such Officer’s Certificate or in any indenture supplemental hereto.

 

SECTION 2.4 Authentication and Delivery of Securities.

 

The Company may deliver Securities of any series having attached thereto appropriate Coupons, if any, executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication together with the applicable documents referred to below in this Section 2.4, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver such Securities and Coupons, if any, to or upon the order of the Company (contained in the Company Order referred to below in this Section) or pursuant to such procedures acceptable to the Trustee and to such recipients as may be specified from time to time by a Company Order. The maturity date, original issue date, interest rate and any other terms of the Securities of such series and Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto shall be determined by or pursuant to such Company Order and procedures. If provided for in such procedures, such Company Order may authorize authentication and delivery pursuant to oral or electronic instructions from the Company or its duly authorized agent or agents, which instructions, if oral, shall be promptly confirmed in writing. In authenticating such Securities and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive (in the case of subparagraphs (2), (3) and (4) below only at or before the time of the first request of the Company to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series) and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, the following enumerated documents unless and until such documents have been superseded or revoked:

 

(1) a Company Order requesting such authentication and setting forth delivery instructions if the Securities and Coupons, if any, are not to be delivered to the Company, provided that, with respect to Securities of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, (a) such Company Order may be delivered by the Company to the Trustee prior to the delivery to the Trustee of such Securities for authentication and delivery, (b) the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Securities of such series for original issue from time to time, in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the aggregate principal amount established for such series, pursuant to a Company Order or pursuant to procedures acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified from time to time by a Company Order, (c) the maturity date or dates, original issue date or dates, interest rate or rates and any other terms of Securities of such series shall be determined by a Company Order or pursuant to such procedures and (d) if provided for in such procedures, such Company Order may authorize authentication and

 

14


delivery pursuant to oral or electronic instructions from the Company or its duly authorized agent or agents, which instructions, if oral, shall be promptly confirmed in writing;

 

(2) any Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate and/or executed supplemental indenture referred to in Section 2.1 and 2.3 by or pursuant to which the forms and terms of the Securities and Coupons, if any, were established;

 

(3) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the form or forms and terms of the Securities and Coupons, if any, stating that the form or forms and terms of the Securities and Coupons, if any, have been established pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 and comply with this Indenture, and covering such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request; and

 

(4) At the option of the Company, either one or more Opinions of Counsel, or a letter addressed to the Trustee permitting it to rely on one or more Opinions of Counsel, substantially to the effect that:

 

(a) the form or forms of the Securities and Coupons, if any, have been duly authorized and established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(b) in the case of an underwritten offering, the terms of the Securities have been duly authorized and established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture, and, in the case of an offering that is not underwritten, certain terms of the Securities have been established pursuant to a Board Resolution, an Officer’s Certificate or a supplemental indenture in accordance with this Indenture, and when such other terms as are to be established pursuant t procedures set forth in a Company Order shall have been established, all such terms will have been duly authorized by the Company and will have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

 

(c) such Securities and Coupons, if any, when executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and delivered to and duly paid for by the purchasers thereof, and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will have been duly issued under this Indenture, will be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, and will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms except as

 

15


the enforceability thereof may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) rights of acceleration, if any, and (iii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability and such counsel need express no opinion with regard to the enforceability of Section 6.6 or of a judgment denominated in a currency other than Dollars.

 

In rendering such opinions, any counsel may qualify any opinions as to enforceability by stating that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and other similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). Such counsel may rely upon opinions of other counsel (copies of which shall be delivered to the Trustee) reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, in which case the opinion shall state that such counsel believes he and the Trustee are entitled so to rely. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, he has relied, to the extent he deems proper, upon certificates of officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

 

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities under this section if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken by the Company or if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or board of trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors or trustees shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders or would affect the Trustee’ own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities, this Indenture or otherwise.

 

If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 2.3 that all or a portion of the Securities of a series are to be issued in the form of one or more Registered Global Securities, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section and the Company Order with respect to such series, authenticate and deliver one or more Registered Global Securities that (i) shall represent and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of al of the Securities of such series issued in such form and not yet canceled, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Registered Global Security or Securities or the nominee of such Depositary, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or delivered or held pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in definitive registered form, this Security may not be transferred except as

 

16


a whole by the Depositary to the nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.”

 

Each Depositary designated pursuant to Section 2.3 must, at the time of its designation and at all times while it serves as Depositary, be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and any other applicable statute or regulation.

 

SECTION 2.5 Execution of Securities.

 

The Securities and each Coupon appertaining thereto, if any, shall be signed on behalf of the Company by the chairman or vice chairman of its Board of Directors or its president, or any executive (senior or other), a vice president or its treasurer, under its corporate seal (except in the case of Coupons) which may, but need not, be attested. Such signatures may be the manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such officers. The seal of the Company may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities. Typographical and other minor errors or defects in any such reproduction of the seal or any such signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any Security that has been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

 

In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Securities or Coupons, if any, shall cease to be such officer before the Security or Coupon so signed (or the Security to which the Coupon so signed appertains) shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or disposed of by the Company, such Security or Coupon nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Security or Coupon had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Security or Coupon may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Security or Coupon, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution and delivery of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer.

 

SECTION 2.6 Certificate of Authentication.

 

Only such Securities as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form hereinbefore recited, executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. No Coupon shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or shall be valid and obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Security to which such Coupon appertains shall have been duly executed by the Trustee. The execution of such certificate by the Trustee upon

 

17


any Security executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.7 Denomination and Date of Securities; Payments of Interest.

 

The Securities of each series shall be issuable as Registered Securities or Unregistered Securities in denominations established as contemplated by Section 2.3 or, with respect to the Registered Securities of any series, if not so established, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. If denominations of Unregistered Securities of any series are not so established, such Securities shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and $5,000. The Securities of each series shall be numbered, lettered or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plan as the officers of the Company executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee, as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof.

 

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. Each Unregistered Security shall be dated as provided in the Board Resolution referred to in Section 2.3. The Securities of each series shall bear interest, if any, from the date, and such interest shall be payable on the dates, established as contemplated by Section 2.3.

 

Interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest. At the option of the Company, interest on any Security may be paid by mailing a check to the address of the Holder thereof as such address appears in the Securities Register.

 

Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

 

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of

 

18


the proposed payment, and a the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following claus (2).

 

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

 

SECTION 2.8 Registration, Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a) The Company will keep at each office or agency to be maintained for the purpose as provided in Section 3.2 for each series of Securities a register or registers (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 3.2 being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Company

 

19


may prescribe, it will provide for the registration of Registered Securities of such series and the registration of transfer of Registered Securities of such series. Such Security Register shall be in written form in the English language or in any other form capable of being converted into such form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times such Security Register or registers shall be open for inspection by the Trustee.

 

Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at any such office or agency to be maintained for the purpose as provided in Section 3.2, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Registered Security or Registered Securities of the same series, maturity date, interest rate and original issue date in authorized denominations for a like aggregate principal amount.

 

Unregistered Securities (except for any temporary global Unregistered Securities) and Coupons (except for Coupons attached to any temporary global Unregistered Securities) shall be transferable by delivery.

 

At the option of the Holder thereof, Registered Securities of any series (other than a Registered Global Security, except as set forth below) may be exchanged for a Registered Security or Registered Securities of such series having authorized denominations and an equal aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Registered Securities to be exchanged at the agency of the Company that shall be maintained for such purpose in accordance with Section 3.2 and upon payment, if the Company shall so require, of the charges hereinafter provided. If the Securities of any series are issued in both registered and unregistered form, at the option of the Holder thereof, except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.3, Unregistered Securities of any series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of such series having authorized denominations and an equal aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Unregistered Securities to be exchanged at the agency of the Company that shall be maintained for such purpose in accordance with Section 3.2, with, in the case of Unregistered Securities that have Coupons attached, all unmatured Coupons and all matured Coupons in default thereto appertaining, and upon payment, if the Company shall so require, of the charges hereinafter provided. At the option of the Holder thereof, if Unregistered Securities of any series, maturity date, interest rate and original issue date are issued in more than one authorized denomination, except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.3, such Unregistered Securities may be exchanged for Unregistered Securities of such series having authorized denominations and an equal aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Unregistered Securities to be exchanged at the agency of the Company that shall be maintained for such purpose in accordance with Section 3.2 or as specified pursuant to Section 2.3, with, in the case of Unregistered

 

20


Securities that have Coupons attached, all unmatured Coupons and all matured Coupons in default thereto appertaining, and upon payment, if the Company shall so require, of the charges hereinafter provided. Registered Securities of any series may not be exchanged for Unregistered Securities of such series unless (1) otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.3 and (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the Company has received from the IRS a ruling or (y) since the date hereof, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that the inclusion of terms permitting Registered Securities to be exchanged for Unregistered Securities would result in no Federal income tax effect adverse to the Company or to any Holder. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. All Securities and Coupons, if any, surrendered upon any exchange or transfer provided for in this Indenture shall be promptly canceled and disposed of by the Trustee, and the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of disposition thereof to the Company.

 

All Registered Securities presented for registration of transfer, exchange, redemption or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed, by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any exchange or registration of transfer of Securities. No service charge shall be made for any such transaction.

 

The Company shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of (a) any Securities of any series for a period of 15 days preceding the first mailing of notice of redemption of Securities of such series to be redeemed or (b) any Securities selected, called or being called for redemption, in whole or in part, except, in the case of any Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not so to be redeemed.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.8, unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in definitive registered form, a Registered Global Security representing all or a portion of the Securities of a series may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such series to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by such Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary for such series or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

 

21


If at any time the Depositary for any Registered Securities of a series represented by one or more Registered Global Securities notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Registered Securities or if at any time the Depositary for such Registered Securities shall no longer be eligible under Section 2.4, the Company shall appoint a successor Depositary eligible under Section 2.4 with respect to such Registered Securities. If a successor Depositary eligible under Section 2.4 for such Registered Securities is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Company’s election pursuant to Section 2.3 that such Registered Securities be represented by one or more Registered Global Securities shall no longer be effective and the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate for the authentication and delivery of definitive Securities of such series, will authenticate and deliver, Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in any authorized denominations, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Registered Global Security or Securities representing such Registered Securities in exchange for such Registered Global Security or Securities.

 

The Company may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Registered Securities of any series issued in the form of one or more Registered Global Securities shall no longer be represented by a Registered Global Security or Securities. In such event the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of any Officer’s Certificate for the authentication and delivery of definitive Securities of such series, will authenticate and deliver, Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in any authorized denominations, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Registered Global Security or Securities representing such Registered Securities, in exchange for such Registered Global Security or Securities.

 

If specified by the Company pursuant to Section 2.3 with respect to Securities represented by a Registered Global Security, the Depositary for such Registered Global Security may surrender such Registered Global Security in exchange in whole or in part for Securities of the same series in definitive registered form on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depositary. Thereupon, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge,

 

(i) to the Person specified by such Depositary a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations as requested by such Person, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Registered Global Security; and

 

(ii) to such Depositary a new Registered Global

 

22


Security in a denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Registered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of Registered Securities authenticated and delivered pursuant to clause (i) above.

 

Upon the exchange of a Registered Global Security for Securities in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, such Registered Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee or an agent of the Company or the Trustee. Securities in definitive registered form without coupons issued in exchange for a Registered Global Security pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary for such Registered Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or an agent of the Company or the Trustee. The Trustee or such agent shall deliver such Securities to or as directed by the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

 

All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein or in the terms of any series of Securities to the contrary, none of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee (any of which, other than the Company, shall rely on an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel) shall be required to exchange any Unregistered Security for a Registered Security if such exchange would result in Federal income tax consequences adverse to the Company (such as, for example, the inability of the Company to deduct from its income, as computed for Federal income tax purposes, the interest payable on the Unregistered Securities) under then applicable United States Federal income tax laws.

 

(b)(i) Securities that are distributed to QIBs will be represented by a global Security (the “144A Global Security”). Securities that are distributed to Non-U.S. Persons will be represented by a global Security (the “Regulation S Global Security”). Each of the 144A Global Security and the Regulation S Global Security shall be referred to herein as a “Global Security.” If Global Securities are issued, transfers of interests in the Securities between the 144A Global Security and the Regulation S Global Security will be made in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures of the Depositary and its participants and the Trustee shall make appropriate endorsements to reflect increases or decreases in the principal amounts of such Global Securities to reflect any such transfers.

 

Except as provided below, beneficial owners of a Security in global form shall not be entitled to have certificates registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form and will not be considered Holders of such Securities in global form.

 

23


(ii) So long as the Securities are eligible for book-entry settlement, and to the extent that Securities are held by QIBs or Non-U.S. Persons, as the case may be, in a Global Security, or unless otherwise required by law, upon any transfer of a definitive Security to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or to a Non-U.S. Person in accordance with Regulation S, unless otherwise requested by the transferor, and upon receipt of the definitive Security or Securities being so transferred, together with a certification from the transferor that the transfer is being made in compliance with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be (or other evidence satisfactory to the Trustee), the Trustee shall make an endorsement on any 144A Global Security or any Regulation S Global Security, as the case may be, to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Securities represented by such Global Security, and the Trustee shall cancel such definitive Security or Securities in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures of the Depositary, the aggregate principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security to be increased accordingly; provided that no definitive Security, or portion thereof, in respect of which the Company or an Affiliate of the Company held any beneficial interest shall be included in such Global Security until such definitive Security is freely tradable in accordance with Rule 144(k); provided further that the Trustee shall, at the written request of the Company, issue Securities in definitive form upon any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Global Security to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

 

Any Global Security may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be required by the Depositary, by the New York Stock Exchange or by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in order for the Securities to be tradable on the PORTAL Market or as may be required for the Securities to be tradable on any other market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange upon which the Securities may be listed or traded or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Securities are subject.

 

(iii) Each Security that bears or is required to bear the legend set forth in this Section 2.8(b) (a “Restricted Security”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in the legend set forth in this Section 2.8(b), unless such restrictions on transfer shall be waived by the written consent of the Company, and the Holder of each Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.8(b), the term “transfer” encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition of any Restricted Security.

 

24


Prior to the Transfer Restriction Termination Date, any certificate evidencing a Security shall bear a legend in substantially the following form, unless otherwise agreed by the Company (with written notice thereof to the Trustee):

 

THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S.

 

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR

 

FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITE INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (“INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY EXCEPT (A) TO HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE SECURITIES A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRUSTEE), (E) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE SECURITIES. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH

 

25


TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE SECURITIES SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE, TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

Following the Transfer Restriction Termination Date, any Security or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor (other than Securities acquired by the Company or any Affiliate thereof since the issue date of the Securities) may upon surrender of such Security for exchange to the Security Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.8, be exchanged for a new Security or Securities, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.8(b).

 

SECTION 2.9 Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

 

In case any temporary or definitive Security or any Coupon appertaining to any Security shall be mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may execute and, upon the written request of any officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Security of the same series, maturity date, interest rate and original issue date, bearing a number or other distinguishing symbol not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Security so destroyed, lost or stolen with Coupons corresponding to the Coupons appertaining to the Securities so mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, or in exchange or substitution for the Security to which such mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertained, with Coupons appertaining thereto corresponding to the Coupons so mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substitute Security or Coupon shall furnish to the Company and to the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to indemnify and defend and to save each of them harmless and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security or Coupon and of the ownership thereof, and in the case of mutilation or defacement shall surrender the Security and related Coupons to th Trustee or such agent.

 

Upon the issuance of any substitute Security or Coupon, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient

 

26


to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) or its agent connected therewith. In case any Security or Coupon which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or defaced or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may instead of issuing a substitute Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same or the relevant Coupon (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated or defaced Security or Coupon), if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and to the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee such security or indemnity as any of them may require to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security or Coupons and of the ownership thereof.

 

Every substitute Security or Coupon of any series issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section by virtue of the fact that any such Security or Coupon is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security or Coupon shall be at any time enforceable by anyone and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations of rights set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities or Coupons of such series duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Securities and Coupons shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, defaced or destroyed, lost or stolen Securities and Coupons and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

 

SECTION 2.10 Cancellation of Securities; Destruction Thereof.

 

All Securities and Coupons surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange, or for credit against any payment in respect of a sinking or analogous fund, if any, if surrendered to the Company or any agent of the Company or the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee, shall be delivered to the Trustee or its agent for cancellation or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be canceled by it; and no Securities or Coupons shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee or its agent shall dispose of canceled Securities and Coupons held by it and deliver a certificate of disposition to the Company. If the Company or its agent shall acquire any of the Securities or Coupons, such acquisition shall not operate

 

27


as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities or Coupons unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee or its agent for cancellation.

 

SECTION 2.11 Temporary Securities.

 

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities for any series, the Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Securities for such series (printed, lithographed, typewritten or otherwise reproduced, in each case in form satisfactory to the Trustee). Temporary Securities of any series shall be issuable as Registered Securities without coupons, or as Unregistered Securities with or without coupons attached thereto, of any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Securities of such series but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Securities, all as may be determined by the Company with the concurrence of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof. Temporary Securities may contain such references to any provisions of this Indenture as may be appropriate. Every temporary Security shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Securities. Without unreasonable delay the Company shall execute and shall furnish definitive Securities of such series and thereupon temporary Registered Securities of such series may be surrendered in exchange therefor without charge at each office or agency to be maintained by the Company for that purpose pursuant to Section 3.2 and, in the case of Unregistered Securities, at any agency maintained by the Company for such purpose as specified pursuant to Section 2.4, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such temporary Securities of such series an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series having authorized denominations and, in the case of Unregistered Securities, having attached thereto any appropriate Coupons. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series, unless otherwise established pursuant to Section 2.3. The provisions of this Section are subject to any restrictions or limitations on the issue and delivery of temporary Unregistered Securities of any series that may be established pursuant to Section 2.4 (including any provision that Unregistered Securities of such series initially be issued in the form of a single global Unregistered Security to be delivered to a depositary or agency located outside the United States and the procedures pursuant to which definitive or global Unregistered Securities of such series would be issued in exchange for such temporary global Unregistered Security).

 

28


ARTICLE 3

 

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal and Interest.

 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and interest on, if any, each of the Securities of such series (together with any additional amounts payable pursuant to the terms of such Securities) at the place or places, at the respective time or times and in the manner provided in such Securities and in the Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto and in this Indenture. The interest on Securities with Coupons attached (together with any additional amounts payable pursuant to the terms of such Securities) shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the several Coupons for such interest installments as are evidenced thereby as they severally mature. If any temporary Unregistered Security provides that interest thereon may be paid while such Security is in temporary form, the interest on any such temporary Unregistered Security (together with any additional amounts payable pursuant to the terms of such Security) shall be paid, as to the installments of interest evidenced by Coupons attached thereto, if any, only upon presentation and surrender thereof, and, as to the other installments of interest, if any, only upon presentation of such Securities for notation thereon of the payment of such interest, in each case subject to any restrictions that may be established pursuant to Section 2.4. The interest, if any, on Registered Securities (together with any additional amounts payable pursuant to the terms of such Securities) shall be payable only to or upon the written order of the Holders thereof and, at the option of the Company, may be paid by wire transfer or by mailing checks for such interest payable to or upon the written order of such Holders at their last addresses as they appear on the Security Register of the Company.

 

SECTION 3.2 Offices for Payments, Etc.

 

So long as any Registered Securities are authorized for issuance pursuant to this Indenture or are outstanding hereunder, the Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency where the Registered Securities of each series may be presented for payment, where the Securities of each series may be presented for exchange as is provided in this Indenture and, if applicable, pursuant to Section 2.4 and where the Registered Securities of each series ma be presented for registration of transfer as in this Indenture provided.

 

The Company will maintain one or more offices or agencies in a city or cities located outside the United States (including any city in which such an agency is required to be

 

29


maintained under the rules of any stock exchange on which the Securities of such series are listed) where the Unregistered Securities, if any, of each series and Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto may be presented for payment. No payment on any Unregistered Security or Coupon will be made upon presentation of suc Unregistered Security or Coupon at an agency of the Company within the United States nor will any payment be made by transfer to an account in, or by mail to an address in, the United States unless pursuant to applicable United States laws and regulations then in effect such payment can be made without tax consequences adverse to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments in Dollars of Unregistered Securities of any series and Coupons appertaining thereto which are payable in Dollars may be made at an agency of the Company maintained in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York if such payment in Dollars at each agency maintained by the Company outside the United States for payment on such Unregistered Securities is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions.

 

The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of any series, the Coupons appertaining thereto or this Indenture may be served.

 

The Company will give to the Trustee written notice of the location of each such office or agency and of any change of location thereof. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any agency required by this Section to be located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or shall fail to give such notice of the location or for any change in the location of any of the above agencies, presentations and demands may be made and notices may be served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Company may from time to time designate one or more additional offices or agencies where the Securities of a series and any Coupons appertaining thereto may be presented for payment, where the Securities of that series may be presented for exchange as provided in this Indenture and pursuant to Section 2.4 and where the Registered Securities of that series may be presented for registration of transfer as in this Indenture provided, and the Company may from time to time rescind any such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient; provided, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligations to maintain the agencies provided for in this Section. The Company shall give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.

 

SECTION 3.3 Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in Office of Trustee.

 

The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a

 

30


vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.10, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee with respect to each series of Securities hereunder.

 

SECTION 3.4 Paying Agents.

 

Whenever the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series, it will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section,

 

(a) that it will hold all sums received by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Securities of such series) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series, or Coupons appertaining thereto, if any, or of the Trustee;

 

(b) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Securities of such series) to make any payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series when the same shall be due and payable; and

 

(c) that it will pay any such sums so held in trust by it to the Trustee upon the Trustee’s written request at any time during the continuance of the failure referred to in the foregoing clause (b).

 

The Company will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest so becoming due, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action.

 

If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Securities of any series, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series or the Coupons appertaining thereto a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest so becoming due. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action.

 

Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, but subject to Section 10.1, the Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to one or more or all series of Securities hereunder, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust for any such series by the Company or any Paying Agent hereunder, as required by this Section, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained.

 

31


Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section is subject to the provisions of Sections 10.3 and 10.4.

 

SECTION 3.5 Compliance Certificates.

 

The Company will furnish to the Trustee on or before January 31 in each year (beginning with January 31, 1999) a brief certificate (which need not comply with Section 11.5) from the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Company stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an officer of the Company he or she would normally have knowledge of any default or non-compliance by the Company in the performance of any covenants or conditions contained in this Indenture, stating whether or not he or she has knowledge of any such default or non-compliance and, if so, describing each such default or non- compliance of which the signer has knowledge and the nature thereof.

 

SECTION 3.6 Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Article 9, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, if, in the judgment of the Company, the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Securityholders.

 

SECTION 3.7 Maintenance of Properties.

 

The Company will cause all properties used in or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair, and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all time except to the extent that the Company may be prevented from so doing by circumstances beyond its control; provided, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Company desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Securityholders.

 

32


SECTION 3.8 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

 

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent: (a) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary; and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials, and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; and provided further that the Company shall not be required to cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim if the Company shall determine that such payment is not advantageous to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the failure so to pay or discharge is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Securityholders.

 

SECTION 3.9 Luxembourg Publications.

 

In the event of the publication of any notice pursuant to Section 5.15, 6.11(a), 6.12, 8.2, 10.4 or 13.2, the party making such publication in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and London shall also, to the extent that notice is required to be given to Holders of Securities of any series by applicable Luxembourg law or stock exchange regulation, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to such party, make a similar publication in Luxembourg.

 

SECTION 3.10 Usury Laws.

 

The Company covenants and agrees: (a) not to insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim the benefit or the advantage of the usury law of any jurisdiction against the Trustee or the Holders in connection with any claim, action or proceeding which may be brought by the Trustee or the Holders in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture; and (b) to resist any and all efforts to compel the Company to claim the benefit or the advantage of the usury law of any jurisdiction against the Trustee or the Holders in connection with any claim, action or proceeding which may be brought by the Trustee or the Holders in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture.

 

33


ARTICLE 4

 

SECURITYHOLDER LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE

COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 4.1 Company to Furnish Trustee Information as to Names and Addresses of Securityholders.

 

If and so long as the Trustee shall not be the Security Registrar for the Securities of any series, the Company and any other obligor on the Securities will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of the Registered Securities of such series pursuant to Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act:

 

(a) semi-annually not more than 15 days after each Regular Record Date for the payment of interest on such Registered Securities, as hereinabove specified, as of such record date and on dates to be determined pursuant to Section 2.4 for non-interest bearing Registered Securities in each year; and

 

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within thirty days after receipt by the Company of any such request as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such information is furnished.

 

SECTION 4.2 Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

 

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 4.1 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

34


SECTION 4.3 Reports by Trustee.

 

(a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.

 

(b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when the Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

 

SECTION 4.4 Reports by Company.

 

The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS

ON EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

SECTION 5.1 Event of Default Defined, Acceleration of Maturity; Waiver of Default.

 

“Event of Default” with respect to Securities of any series, wherever used herein, means each one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(a) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Securities of such series as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

 

35


(b) default in the payment of all or any part of the principal, or any premium, on any of the Securities of such series as and when the same shall become due and payable either at Maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise; or

 

(c) default in the payment of any sinking fund installment as and when the same shall become due and payable by the terms of the Securities of such series; or

 

(d) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company in the Securities of such series or contained in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than such series) for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice specifying such failure, stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder and demanding that the Company remedy the same, shall have been given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of the series to which such covenant or agreement relates; or

 

(e) default under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary or under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, if (i) such default results in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable, (ii) the principal amount of such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding and (iii) such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not rescinded or annulled, within a period of 10 days after there shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each such affected series then Outstanding hereunder a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Company to cause such indebtedness to be discharged or cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled; or

 

(f) a court having jurisdiction in the premises

 

36


shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary for any substantial part of its or their property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its or their affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of it or their property, or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

(h) any other Event of Default provided in the supplemental indenture, Board Resolution or Officer’s Certificate under which such series of Securities is issued or in the form of Security for such series.

 

SECTION 5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

 

If an Event of Default described in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (h) of Section 5.1 (if the Event of Default under clause (d) or (h), as the case may be, is with respect to less than all series of Securities then Outstanding) occurs and is continuing, then, and in each and every such case, except for any series of Securities the principal of which shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each such affected series then Outstanding hereunder (each such series voting as a separate class) by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal (or, if the Securities of any such affected series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) of all Securities of all such affected series, and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration, the same shall become immediately due and payable.

 

If an Event of Default described in clause (d) or (h) of Section 5.1 with respect to all series of Securities then

 

37


Outstanding, or an Event of Default described in clause (f) or (g) above occurs and is continuing, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all of the Securities shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of all of the Securities then Outstanding hereunder (treated as one class) by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal (or, if the Securities of any series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) of all of the Securities then Outstanding, and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon such declaration, the same shall become immediately due and payable.

 

The foregoing provisions are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal (or, if the Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms thereof) of the Securities of any series (or of all the Securities, as the case may be) shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided,

 

(A) the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

 

(i) all matured installments of interest upon all the Securities of each such series (or all the Securities, as the case may be); and

 

(ii) the principal of any and all Securities of each such series (or of all the Securities, as the case may be) which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration; and

 

(iii) interest upon such principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest, at the same rate as the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in the Securities of each such series (or at the respective rates of interest or Yields to Maturity of all the Securities, as the case may be) to the date of such payment or deposit; and

 

(iv) all amounts payable to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6; and

 

(B) all Events of Default under the Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein,

 

38


then and in every such case the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all the Securities of each such series, each such series voting as a separate class (or of all the Securities, as the case may be, voting as a single class), then Outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults with respect to each such series (or with respect to all the Securities, as the case may be) and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such waive or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon.

 

For all purposes under this Indenture, if a portion of the principal of any Original Issue Discount Securities shall have been accelerated and declared due and payable pursuant to the provisions hereof, then, from and after such declaration, unless such declaration has been rescinded and annulled, the principal amount of such Original Issue Discount Securities shall be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be such portion of the principal thereof as shall be due and payable as a result of such acceleration, and payment of such portion of the principal thereof as shall be due and payable as a result of such acceleration, together with interest, if any, thereon and all other amounts owing thereunder, shall constitute payment in full of such Original Issue Discount Securities.

 

SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness by Trustee; Trustee May Prove Debt .

 

The Company covenants that (a) in case default shall be made in the payment of any installment of interest on any of the Securities of any series when such interest shall have become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of 30 days, or (b) in case default shall be made in the payment of all or any part of the principal of any of the Securities of any series when the same shall have become due and payable, whether upon Maturity of the Securities of such series or upon any redemption or by declaration or otherwise, then upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Securities of such series, and such Coupons, for principal and interest, as the case may be (with interest to the date of such payment upon the overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in the Securities of such series); and in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, and such other amount due the Trustee under Section 6.6 in respect of Securities of such series.

 

Until such demand is made by the Trustee, the Company may pay the principal of and interest on the Securities of any series to the registered Holders, whether or not the Securities of such series be overdue.

 

39


SECTION 5.4 Trustee May File Proofs of Claims.

 

In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or other obligor upon the Securities and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated, all the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

 

In case there shall be pending proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Company or its property or such other obligor, or in case of any other comparable judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:

 

(a) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest (or, if the Securities of any series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities of any series, and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for amounts payable to the Trustee under Section 6.6) and of the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor; and

 

(b) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the holders of the Securities of any series in any election of a receiver, assignee, trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, custodian or other person performing similar functions in respect of any such proceedings; and

 

40


(c) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Securityholders and of the Trustee on their behalf; and any trustee, receiver, or liquidator, custodian or other similar official performing similar functions in respect of any such proceedings is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee its costs and expenses of collection and all other amounts due to it pursuant to Section 6.6.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities of any series or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding, except as aforesaid in clause (b).

 

SECTION 5.5 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

 

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Securities of any series or Coupons appertaining to such Securities, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities of such series or Coupons appertaining to such Securities or the production thereof in any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be awarded to the Trustee for ratable distribution to the Holders of the Securities or Coupons appertaining to such Securities in respect of which such action was taken, after payment of all sums due to the Trustee under Section 6.6 in respect of such Securities.

 

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Securities or Coupons appertaining to such Securities in respect to which such action was taken, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of such Securities or Coupons appertaining to such Securities parties to any such proceedings.

 

41


SECTION 5.6 Application of Proceeds.

 

Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article in respect of any series shall be applied in the following order at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such moneys on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the several Securities and Coupons appertaining to such Securities in respect of which monies have been collected and stamping (or otherwise noting) thereon the payment, or issuing Securities of such series in reduced principal amounts in exchange for the presented Securities of like series if only partially paid, or upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST: To the payment of costs and expenses applicable to such series of Securities in respect of which monies have been collected, including all amounts due to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6 in respect to such series of Securities;

 

SECOND: In case the principal of the Securities of such series in respect of which moneys have been collected shall not have become and be then due and payable, to the payment of interest on the Securities of such series in default in the order of the Maturity of the installments on such interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee and is permitted by applicable law) upon the overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in such Securities, such payments to be made ratably to the persons entitled thereto, without discrimination or preference;

 

THIRD: In case the principal of the Securities of such series in respect of which moneys have been collected shall have become and shall be then due and payable, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon all the Securities of such series for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee and is permitted by applicable law) upon the overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in the Securities of such series; and in case such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon the Securities of such series, then to the payment of such principal and interest or Yield to Maturity, without preference or priority of principal over interest or Yield to Maturity, or of interest or Yield to Maturity over principal, or of any

 

42


installment of interest over any other installment of interest or of any Security of such series over any other Security of such series, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and accrued and unpaid interest or Yield to Maturity; and

 

FOURTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other person lawfully entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 5.7 Suits for Enforcement.

 

In case an Event of Default has occurred, has not been waived and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise o any power granted in this Indenture or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

 

SECTION 5.8 Limitations on Suits by Security Holders.

 

No Holder of any Security of any series or of any Coupon appertaining thereto shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise upon or under or with respect to this Indenture or such Security, or for the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official or for any other remedy hereunder or thereunder, unless (a) such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and (b) the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such affected series then Outstanding (treated as a single class) shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action or proceedings in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and (c) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action or proceeding, and (d) no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.13; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Security or Coupon with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee, that no one or more Holders of Securities of any series or Coupons appertaining to such Securities shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing of any

 

43


provision of this Indenture or any Security to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other such taker or Holder of Securities or Coupons appertaining to such Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such taker or Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture or any Security, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Securities of the applicable series and Coupons appertaining to such Securities. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

 

SECTION 5.9 Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Institute Certain Suits.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture and any provision of any Security, the right of any Holder of any Security or Coupon to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Security or Coupon on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security or Coupon or the applicable redemption dates provided for in such Security, to convert such Securities of any series in accordance with terms that may be established pursuant to Section 2.3, or to institute sui for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 5.10 Restoration of Rights on Abandonment of Proceedings.

 

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken.

 

SECTION 5.11 Powers and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver of Default.

 

Except as provided in Section 5.8, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities or Coupons is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

44


SECTION 5.12 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of Securities or Coupons to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every power and remedy given by this Indenture, any Security or law to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities or Coupons may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or, subject to Section 5.8, by the Holders of Securities or Coupons.

 

SECTION 5.13 Control by Holders of Securities.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected (with each such series voting as a separate class) at the time Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series by this Indenture; provided, that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with law and the provisions of this Indenture and provided, further, that (subject to the provisions of Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if (a) the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken; or (b) if the Trustee by its board of directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of the Trustee shall determine in good faith that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability; or (c) if the Trustee in good faith shall so determine that the actions or forbearances specified in or pursuant to such direction would be unduly prejudicial to the interests of Holders of the Securities of all affected series not joining in the giving of said direction, it being understood that (subject to Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders.

 

Nothing in this Indenture shall impair the right of the Trustee in its discretion to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction or directions by Securityholders.

 

45


SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Prior to the declaration of acceleration of the Maturity of any Securities as provided in Section 5.2, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series (each series voting as a separate class) at the time Outstanding with respect to which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (voting as a single class) may on behalf of the Holders of all such Securities waive any past default or Event of Default described in Section 5.1 and its consequences, except a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of all such Securities shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively, and such default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred for purposes of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 5.15 Trustee to Give Notice of Default, But May Withhold in Certain Circumstances.

 

The Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of a default with respect to the Securities of any series, give notice of all defaults with respect to that series known to the Trustee (i) if any Unregistered Securities of that series are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof, by publication at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.9, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg) and (ii) to all Holders of Securities of such series in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, unless in each case such defaults shall have been cured before the mailing or publication of such notice (the term “default” for the purpose of this Section being hereby defined to mean any event or condition which is, or with notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default); provided, that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any of the Securities of such series, or in the payment of any sinking fund installment on such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders of such series.

 

SECTION 5.16 Right of Court to Require Filing of Undertaking to Pay Costs.

 

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security or Coupon by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion

 

46


require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder or group of Securityholders of any series holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series, or, in the case of any suit relating to or arising under clause (d) or (h) of Section 5.1 (if the suit relates to Securities of more than one but less than all series), 10% in aggregate principal amount of Securities then Outstanding and affected thereby, or in the case of any suit relating to or arising under clause (d) or (h) (if the suit under clause (d) or (h) relates to all the Securities then Outstanding), (f) or (g) of Section 5.1, 10% in aggregate principal amount of all Securities then Outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security on or after the due date expressed in such Security or any date fixed for redemption.

 

SECTION 5.17 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 6.1 Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee; During Default; Prior to Default.

 

Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a particular series and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred with respect to such series, the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set

 

47


forth in this Indenture with respect to such series of Securities. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series has occurred and has not been cured or waived, the Trustee shall exercise with respect to such series of Securities such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture with respect to such series of Securities, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that

 

(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any series and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to such series which may have occurred:

 

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such statements, certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

 

(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders pursuant to Section 5.13 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

 

48


None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

The provisions of this Section 6.1 are in furtherance of and subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

SECTION 6.2 Certain Rights of the Trustee.

 

In furtherance of and subject to the Trust Indenture Act, and subject to Section 6.1:

 

(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Officer’s Certificate or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof is specifically prescribed herein or in the terms established in respect of any series); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company;

 

(c) the Trustee may consult with counsel and any written advice or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred therein or thereby;

 

49


(e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

 

(f) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security, or other paper or document unless requested in writing so to do by the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of all series affected then Outstanding; provided, that, if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expenses or liabilities as a condition to proceeding; the reasonable expenses of every such investigation shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee or any predecessor trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand; and

 

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys not regularly in its employ and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

SECTION 6.3 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals, Disposition of Securities or Application of Proceeds Thereof.

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities or Coupons. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any of the Securities or of the proceeds thereof.

 

50


SECTION 6.4 Trustee and Agents May Hold Securities or Coupons; Collections, Etc.

 

The Trustee or any agent of the Company or of the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities or Coupons with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent and may otherwise deal with the Company and receive, collect, hold and retain collections from the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent.

 

SECTION 6.5 Moneys Held by Trustee.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 10.4 hereof, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law. Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be under any liability for interest on any moneys received by it hereunder.

 

SECTION 6.6 Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim.

 

The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) and the Company covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor trustee upon its request for all reasonable expense, disbursements and advances incurred or made by or on behalf of it in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all agents and other persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the trusts hereunder and its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim of liability in the premises. The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. Such additional indebtedness shall be a senior claim to that of the Securities upon all property

 

51


and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Securities or Coupons, and the Securities are hereby subordinated to such senior claim.

 

SECTION 6.7 Right of Trustee to Rely on Officer’s Certificate, Etc.

 

Subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, whenever in the administration of the trusts of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

 

SECTION 6.8 Indentures Not Creating Potential Conflicting Interests for the Trustee.

 

The following indentures are hereby specifically described for the purposes of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act: this Indenture with respect to the Securities of any other series.

 

SECTION 6.9 Qualification of Trustee: Conflicting Interests.

 

The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

SECTION 6.10 Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee.

 

The Trustee for each series of Securities hereunder shall at all times be a corporation or banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, that has (or, in the case of a corporation or banking association included in a bank holding company system, whose related bank holding company has) a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, and which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by Federal, state or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the

 

52


purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at an time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.11.

 

The provisions of this Section 6.10 are in furtherance of and subject to Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

SECTION 6.11 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee.

 

(a) The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign with respect to one or more or all series of Securities by giving written notice of resignation to the Company and (i) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, by giving notice of such resignation to the Holders thereof, by publication at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.9, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), (ii) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, by mailing notice of such resignation to the Holders thereof who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee pursuant to Section 313(c)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act at such addresses as were so furnished to the Trustee and (iii) by mailing notice of such resignation to the Holders of then Outstanding Registered Securities of each series affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the registry books. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees with respect to the applicable series by written instrument in duplicate, executed by authority of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee or trustees. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed with respect to any series and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation, the resigning trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security or Securities of the applicable series for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.12, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

 

(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

 

(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust

 

53


Indenture Act with respect to any series of Securities after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security or Securities of such series for at least six months; or

 

(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.10 and Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder; or

 

(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver or liquidator of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

 

then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee with respect to the applicable series of Securities and appoint a successor trustee for such series by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors of the Company, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 315(e) of the Trust Indenture Act, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security or Securities of such series for at least six months may on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee with respect to such series. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

 

(c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee with respect to Securities of such series and appoint a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of such series by delivering to the Trustee so removed, to the successor trustee so appointed and to the Company the evidence provided for in Section 7.1 of the action in that regard taken by the Securityholders.

 

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee with respect to any series and any appointment of a successor trustee with respect to such series pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 6.11 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 6.12.

 

54


SECTION 6.12 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee.

 

Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 6.11 shall execute and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee with respect to all or any applicable series shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to such series of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as trustee for such series hereunder; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, upon payment of its charges then unpaid, the trustee ceasing to act shall, subject to Section 10.4, pay over to the successor trustee all moneys at the time held by it hereunder and shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a prior claim upon all property or funds held or collected by such trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6.

 

If a successor trustee is appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the predecessor trustee and each successor trustee with respect to the Securities of any applicable series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor trustee with respect to the Securities of any series as to which the predecessor trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts under separate indentures.

 

No successor trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 6.12 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be qualified under Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act and eligible under the provisions of Section 6.10.

 

Upon acceptance of appointment by any successor trustee as provided in this Section 6.12, the Company shall give

 

 

55


notice thereof (a) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof, by publication of such notice at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.9, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), (b) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee pursuant to Section 313(c)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act, by mailing such notice to such Holders at such addresses as were so furnished to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall make such information available to the Company for such purpose) and (c) to the Holders of Registered Securities of each series affected, by mailing such notice to such Holders at their addresses as they shall appear on the registry books. If the acceptance of appointment is substantially contemporaneous with the resignation, then the notice called for by the preceding sentence may be combined with the notice called for by Section 6.11. If the Company fails to give such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Company.

 

SECTION 6.13 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee.

 

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided, that such corporation shall be qualified under Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act and eligible under the provisions of Section 6.10 without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities of any series shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and, in case at that time any of the Securities of any series shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificate shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities of such series or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or to authenticate Securities of any series in the name of any predecessor trustee shall apply only to its successor o successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

56


SECTION 6.14 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.

 

If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated.

 

SECTION 6.15 Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

 

As long as any Securities of a series remain Outstanding, the Trustee may, by an instrument in writing, appoint with the approval of the Company an authenticating agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities, including Securities issued upon exchange, registration of transfer, partial redemption or pursuant to Section 2.9. Securities of each such series authenticated by such Authenticating Agent shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee. Whenever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities of any series by the Trustee or to the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent for such series and a Certificate of Authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by suc Authenticating Agent. Such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $45,000,000 (determined as provided in Section 6.10 with respect to the Trustee) and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.

 

Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency business of any Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be the authenticating Agent with respect to all series of Securities for which it served as Authenticating Agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent. Any Authenticating Agent may at any time, and if it shall cease to be eligible shall, resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

57


Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.15 with respect to one or more series of Securities, the Trustee shall upon receipt of a Company Order appoint a successor Authenticating Agent and the Company shall provide notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of such series in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 11.4. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent. The Company agrees to pay to the Authenticating Agent for such series from time to time reasonable compensation. The Authenticating Agent for the Securities of any series shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such at the direction of the Trustee.

 

If an appointment is made with respect to one or more series pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
As Trustee
By  

 


    As Authenticating Agent
By  

 


    Authorized Officer

 

Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6 and 7.3 shall be applicable to any Authenticating Agent.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

 

SECTION 7.1 Evidence of Action Taken by Securityholders.

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,

 

58


consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by a specified percentage in principal amount of the Securityholders of any or all series may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such specified percentage of Securityholders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee. Proof of execution of any instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Article.

 

SECTION 7.2 Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Securities.

 

Subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or his agent or proxy may be proved in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register or by a certificate of the registrar thereof.

 

SECTION 7.3 Holders to be Treated as Owners.

 

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may deem and treat the person in whose name any Security shall be registered upon the Security Register for such series as the absolute owner of such Security (whether or not such Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and, subject to the provisions of this Indenture, interest on such Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder of any Unregistered Security and the Holder of any Coupon as the absolute owner of such Unregistered Security or Coupon (whether or not such Unregistered Security or Coupon shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes and neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any such person, or upon his order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Unregistered Security or Coupon.

 

If the Securities of any series are issued in the form of one or more Global Securities, the Depository therefor may grant proxies to Persons having a beneficial ownership in such Global

 

59


Security or Securities for purposes of voting or otherwise responding to any request for consent, waiver or other action which the Holder of such Security is entitled to grant or take under this Indenture and the Trustee shall accept such proxies for the purposes granted; provided that neither the Trustee nor the Company shall have any obligation with respect to the grant of or solicitation by the Depository of such proxies.

 

SECTION 7.4 Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Securities of any or all series have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by Securityholders under this Indenture, Securities which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Securities with respect to which such determination is being made or by any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Securities with respect to which such determination is being made shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such action only Securities which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Securities. In case of a dispute as to such right, the advice of counsel shall be full protection in respect of any decision made by the Trustee in accordance with such advice. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Securities, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above-described persons; and, subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Securities not listed therein are Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

 

SECTION 7.5 Right of Revocation of Action Taken.

 

At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.1, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action,

 

 

60


any Holder of a Security the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included among the serial numbers of the Securities the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice at the Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in this Article, revoke such action so far as concerns such Security. Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the Holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Security and of any Securities issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon any such Security. Any action taken by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of all the Securities affected by such action.

 

SECTION 8.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders.

 

The Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors (which resolution may provide general terms or parameters for such action and may provide that the specific terms of such action may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to an Company Order), and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for one or more of the following purposes:

 

(a) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Trustee as security for the Securities of one or more series any property or assets;

 

(b) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company pursuant to Article 9;

 

(c) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and the Trustee shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of Securities or Coupons, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided, that in respect of any such additional

 

61


covenant, restriction, condition or provision such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such an Event of Default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such an Event of Default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series to waive such an Event of Default;

 

(d) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make any other provisions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable, provided, that no such action shall adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Securities or Coupons;

 

(e) to establish the forms or terms of Securities of any series or of the Coupons appertaining to such Securities as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 2.3;

 

(f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.12; or

 

(g) to provide for the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section may be executed without the consent of the Holders of any of the Securities at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 8.2.

 

62


SECTION 8.2 Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders.

 

With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article 7) of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of all series affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as one class), the Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors (which resolution may provide general terms or parameters for such action and may provide that the specific terms of such action may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to an Company Order), and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force and effect at the date of execution thereof) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each such series or of the Coupons appertaining to such Securities; provided, that no such supplemental indenture shall (a) extend the final maturity of any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon or premium thereon, if any, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof, or make the principal thereof (including any amount in respect of original issue discount), or interest thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Securities and Coupons or in accordance with the terms thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon an acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.1 or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.2, or alter the provisions of Section 11.11 or 11.12 or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for the payment thereof when due or, if the Securities provide therefor, any right of repayment at the option of the Securityholder, in each case without the consent of the Holder of each Security so affected, or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Securities of any series, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holders of each Security so affected.

 

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of Holders of Securities of such series, or of Coupons appertaining to such Securities, with respect to such covenant or provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series or of the Coupons appertaining to such Securities.

 

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors (which resolution may

 

63


provide general terms or parameters for such action and may provide that the specific terms of such action may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to a Company Order) certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders of the Securities as aforesaid and other documents, if any, required by Section 7.1, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall give notice thereof (i) to the Holders of then Outstanding Registered Securities of each series affected thereby, by mailing a notice thereof by first-class mail to such Holders at their addresses as they shall appear on the Security Register, (ii) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected thereby are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee pursuant to Section 313(c)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act, by mailing a notice thereof by first-class mail to such Holders at such addresses as were so furnished to the Trustee and (iii) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected thereby are then Outstanding, to all Holders thereof, by publication of a notice thereof at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.9, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), and in each case such notice shall set forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Company to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

SECTION 8.3 Effect of Supplemental Indenture.

 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of Securities of each series affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

 

64


SECTION 8.4 Documents to be Given to Trustee.

 

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, may receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article 8 complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 8.5 Notation on Securities in Respect of Supplemental Indentures.

 

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article may bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee for such series as to any matter provided for by such supplemental indenture or as to any action taken by Securityholders. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Securities of such series then Outstanding.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE

 

SECTION 9.1 Company May Consolidate, Etc, Only on Certain Terms.

 

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person, and the Company shall not permit any other Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless:

 

(a) either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the successor entity (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entity are transferred or leased shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Securities and this Indenture; and

 

65


(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing.

 

SECTION 9.2 Successor Entity Substituted.

 

The successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor entity had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter (except in the case of a lease to another Person) the predecessor entity shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Securities and, in the event of such conveyance or transfer, any such predecessor entity may be dissolved and liquidated.

 

SECTION 9.3 Opinion of Counsel To Be Given Trustee.

 

The Trustee subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 may receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, and any such assumption complies with the provisions of this Article 9.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

SECTION 10.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

 

(A) If at any time (i) the Company shall have paid or caused to be paid the principal of and interest on all the Securities of any series Outstanding hereunder and all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto (other than Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) as and when the same shall have become due and payable, or (ii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities of any series theretofore authenticated and all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto (other than any Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto which shall have been destroyed, lost or

 

66


stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) or (iii) in the case of any series of Securities where the exact amount (including the currency of payment) of principal of and interest due on which can be determined at the time of making the deposit referred to in clause (b) below, (a) all the Securities of such series and all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and (b) the Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust the entire amount in (i) cash (other than moneys repaid by the Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Company in accordance with Section 10.4), (ii) in the case of any series of Securities the payments on which may only be made in Dollars, direct obligations of the United States of America, backed by its full faith and credit (“U.S. Government Obligations”), maturing as to principal and interest at such times and in such amounts as will insure the availability of cash sufficient to pay at such Maturity or upon such redemption, as the case may be, or (iii) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay (a) the principal and interest on all Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto on each date that such principal or interest is due and payable and (b) any mandatory sinking fund payments on the dates on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Securities of such series; and if, in any such case, the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange of Securities of such Series and of Coupons appertaining thereto and the Company’s right of optional redemption, if any, (ii) substitution of mutilated defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or Coupons, (iii) rights of holders of Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, upon the original stated due dates therefor (but not upon acceleration), and remaining rights of the Holders to receive mandatory sinking fund payments, if any, (iv) any optional redemption rights of such series of Securities to the extent to be exercised to make such call for redemption within one year, (v) the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including those under Section 6.6, (vi) the rights of the Holders of securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them, and (vii) the obligations of the Company under Section 3.2) and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging such satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture; provided, that the rights of

 

67


Holders of the Securities and Coupons to receive amounts in respect of principal of and interest on the Securities and Coupons held by them shall not be delayed longer than required by then applicable mandatory rules or policies of any securities exchange upon which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred and to compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter reasonably and properly rendered by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Securities of such series.

 

(B) The following provisions shall apply to the Securities of each series unless specifically otherwise provided in a Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or indenture supplemental hereto provided pursuant to Section 2.3. In addition to discharge of the Indenture pursuant to the next preceding paragraph, in the case of any series of Securities the exact amounts (including the currency of payment) of principal of and interest due on which can be determined at the time of making the deposit referred to in clause (a) below, the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness on all the Securities of such a series and the Coupons appertaining thereto on the date of the deposit referred to in subparagraph (a) below, and the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto shall no longer be in effect (except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange of Securities of such series and of Coupons appertaining thereto and the Company’s right of optional redemption, if any, (ii) substitution of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or Coupons, (iii) rights of Holders of Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, upon the original stated due dates therefor (but not upon acceleration), and remaining rights of the Holders to receive mandatory sinking fund payments, if any, (iv) any optional redemption rights of such series of Securities to the extent to be exercised to make such call for redemption within one year, (v) the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, (vi) the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them and (vii) the obligations of the Company under Section 3.2) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall at the Company’s request, execute proper instruments acknowledging the same, if

 

(a) with reference to this provision the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto (i) cash in an amount, or (ii) in the case of any series of Securities the payments on which may only be made in Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations,

 

68


maturing as to principal and interest at such times and in such amounts as will insure the availability of cash or (iii) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay (a) the principal and interest on all Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto on each date that such principal or interest is due and payable and (b) any mandatory sinking fund payments on the dates on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Securities of such series;

 

(b) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel based on the fact that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the IRS a ruling or (y) since the date hereof, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to United States Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred; and

 

(d) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the defeasance contemplated by this provision have been complied with.

 

(C) The Company shall be released from its obligations under Sections 3.6 and 9.1 and unless otherwise provided for in the Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or Indenture supplemental hereto establishing such series of Securities, from all covenants and other obligations referred to in Section 2.3(18) or 2.3(19) with respect to such series of Securities, and any Coupons appertaining thereto, outstanding on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”). For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Securities of any series, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in such Section, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to such Section or by reason of any reference in such Section to any

 

69


other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 5.1, but the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities and Coupons shall be unaffected thereby. The following shall be the conditions to application of this subsection C of this Section 10.1:

 

(a) The Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the holders of the Securities of such series and coupons appertaining thereto, (i) cash in an amount, or (ii) in the case of any series of Securities the payments on which may only be made in Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations maturing as to principal and interest at such times and in such amounts as will insure the availability of cash or (iii) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay (A) the principal and interest on all Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereof and (B) any mandatory sinking fund payments on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Securities of such series;

 

(b) No Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(c) Such covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest as defined in Section 6.9 and for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any securities of the Company;

 

(d) Such covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(e) Such covenant defeasance shall not cause any Securities then listed on any registered national securities exchange under the Exchange Act to be delisted;

 

(f) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of the Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for

 

70


United States Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to United States Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(g) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the covenant defeasance contemplated by this provision have been complied with.

 

SECTION 10.2 Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Securities.

 

Subject to Section 10.4, all moneys deposited with the Trustee (or other trustee) pursuant to Section 10.1 shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent), to the Holders of the particular Securities of such series and of Coupons appertaining thereto for the payment or redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

SECTION 10.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent.

 

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to Securities of any series, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to such series of Securities shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

 

SECTION 10.4 Return of Unclaimed Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent.

 

Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on any Security and any series of Coupons attached thereto and not so applied but remaining unclaimed under applicable law shall be transferred by the Trustee to the appropriate Persons in accordance with applicable laws, and the Holder of such Security of such series and of any Coupons appertaining thereto shall thereafter look only to such Persons for an payment which such Holder may be entitled to collect and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

 

71


SECTION 10.5 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations.

 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 10.1 or the principal or interest received in respect of such obligations.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 11.1 Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors of Company Exempt from Individual Liability.

 

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any Security, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, as such, or against any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director, as such, of the Company or of any successor, either directly or through the Company or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Securities and the Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto by the Holders thereof and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities and the Coupons appertaining thereto.

 

SECTION 11.2 Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Holders of Securities and Coupons.

 

Nothing in this Indenture, in the Securities or in the Coupons appertaining thereto, expressed or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person other than the parties thereto and their successors and the Holders of the Securities or Coupons, if any, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture or under any covenant or provision herein contained, all such covenants and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and of the Holders of the Securities or Coupons, if any.

 

SECTION 11.3 Successors and Assigns of Company Bound by Indenture.

 

All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or in behalf of the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

72


SECTION 11.4 Notices and Demands on Company, Trustee and Holders of Securities and Coupons.

 

Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities or Coupons, if any, to or on the Company may be given or served by being deposited postage prepaid, first-class mail (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) addressed (until another address of the Company is filed by the Company with the Trustee) to HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243 Attention: Secretary. Any notice, direction, request or demand by the Company or any Holder of Securities or Coupons, if any, to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or served by being deposited postage prepaid, first-class mail (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) addressed (until another address of the Trustee is filed by the Trustee with the Company) to 500 West Jefferson Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202, Attention: Corporate Trust Department.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Registered Securities, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder entitled thereto, at his last address as it appears in the Security Register. In any case where notice to such Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

In case, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service, it shall be impracticable to mail notice to the Company when such notice is required to the given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

 

73


SECTION 11.5 Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to be Contained Therein.

 

Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition, (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based, (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous. Any certificate, statement or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters or information with respect to which is in the possession of the Company, upon the certificate, statement or opinion of or representations by an officer of officers of the Company, unless such counsel knows that the certificate, statement or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous.

 

Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company or of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by an accountant or firm of accountants in the

 

74


employ of the Company, unless such officer or counsel, as the case may be, knows that the certificate or opinion of or representations with respect to the accounting matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous.

 

Any certificate or opinion of any independent firm of public accountants filed with and directed to the Trustee shall contain a statement that such firm is independent.

 

SECTION 11.6 Payments Due on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays.

 

If the date of Maturity of interest on or principal of the Securities of any series or any Coupons appertaining thereto or the date fixed for redemption or repayment of any such Security or Coupon shall not be a Business Day, then payment of interest or principal need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date of Maturity or the date fixed for redemption, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such date.

 

SECTION 11.7 Conflict of Any Provision of Indenture with Trust Indenture Act.

 

If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.

 

SECTION 11.8 New York Law to Govern.

 

THIS INDENTURE AND EACH SECURITY AND COUPON SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

SECTION 11.9 Counterparts.

 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 11.10 Effect of Headings.

 

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

75


SECTION 11.11 Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECU.

 

Unless otherwise specified in an Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.3 of this Indenture with respect to a particular series of Securities, whenever for purposes of this Indenture any action may be taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of Securities of all series or all series affected by a particular action at the time Outstanding and, at such time, there are Outstanding Securities of any series which are denominated in a coin or currency other than Dollars (including ECUs), then the principal amount of Securities of such series which shall be deemed to be Outstanding for the purpose of taking such action shall be that amount of Dollars that could be obtained for such amount at the Market Exchange Rate. For purposes of this Section 11.11, Market Exchange Rate shall mean the noon Dollar buying rate in The New York City for cable transfers of that currency as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided, in the case of ECUs, Market Exchange Rate shall mean the rate of exchange determined by the Commission of the European Communities (or any successor thereto) as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities (such publication or any successor publication, the “Journal”). If such Market Exchange Rate is not available for any reason with respect to such currency, the Trustee shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, in the case of ECUs, the rate of exchange as published in the Journal, as of the most recent available date, or quotations or, in the case of ECUs, rates of exchange from one or more major banks in The City of New York or in the country of issue of the currency in question, which for purposes of the ECU shall be Brussels, Belgium, or such other quotations or, in the case of ECU, rates of exchange as the Trustee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply in determining the equivalent principal amount in respect of Securities of a series denominated in a currency other than Dollars in connection with any action taken by Holders of Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

All decisions and determinations of the Trustee regarding the Market Exchange Rate or any alternative determination provided for in the preceding paragraph shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive to the extent permitted by law for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company and all Holders.

 

SECTION 11.12 Judgment Currency.

 

The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of or interest

 

76


on the Securities of any series (the “Required Currency”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “Judgment Currency”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered, unless such day is not a New York Banking Day, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture. For purposes of the foregoing, “New York Banking Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York or day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUNDS

 

SECTION 12.1 Applicability of Article.

 

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to the Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Maturity or to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.3 for Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 12.2 Notice of Redemption; Partial Redemptions.

 

Notice of redemption to the Holders of Registered Securities of any series to be redeemed as a whole or in part at the option of the Company shall be given by mailing notice of such redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to such Holders of Securities of such series at their last addresses as they shall appear upon the registry books.

 

77


Notice of redemption to the Holders of Unregistered Securities to be redeemed as a whole or in part, who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee pursuant to Section 313(c)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act shall be given by mailing notice of such redemption, by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 days and not more than 60 prior to the date fixed for redemption, to such Holders at such addresses as were so furnished to the Trustee (and, in the case of any such notice given by the Company, the Trustee shall make such information available to the Company for such purpose). Notice of redemption to all other Holders of Unregistered Securities shall be published in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.9, in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), in each case, once in each of three successive calendar weeks, the first publication to be not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives the notice. Failure to give notice by mail, or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security of a series designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of such Security of such series.

 

The notice of redemption to each such Holder shall specify the principal amount of each Security of such series held by such Holder to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Securities and, in the case of Securities with Coupons attached thereto, of all Coupons appertaining thereto maturing after the date fixed for redemption, that such redemption is pursuant to the mandatory or optional sinking fund, or both, if such be the case, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in such notice and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. In case any Security of a series is to be redeemed in part only the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities of such series in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

 

The notice of redemption of Securities of any series to be redeemed at the option of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

 

On or before the redemption date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, set aside, segregate and holder in trust as provided in Section 3.4) an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption

 

78


date all the Securities of such series so called for redemption at the appropriate redemption price, together with accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption. The Company will deliver to the Trustee at least 70 days prior to the date fixed for redemption, or such shorter period as shall be acceptable to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed. In case of a redemption at the election of the Company prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, prior to the giving of any notice of redemption to Holders pursuant to this Section, an Officer’s Certificate stating that such restriction has been complied with.

 

If less than all the Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select, in such manner as it shall deemed appropriate and fair, in its sole discretion, Securities of such series to be redeemed in whole or in part. Securities may be redeemed in part in multiples equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series or any multiple thereof. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities of such series selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities of such series selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities of any series shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 12.3 Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.

 

If notice of redemption has been given as above provided, the Securities or portions of Securities specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, and on and after said date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Securities at the redemption price, together with interest accrued to said date) interest on the Securities or portions of Securities so called for redemption shall cease to accrue, and the unmatured Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto shall be void, and, except as provided in Sections 6.5 and 10.4, such Securities shall cease from and after the date fixed for redemption to be entitled to any benefit or security under this Indenture, and the Holders thereof shall have no right in respect of such Securities except the right to receive the redemption price thereof and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a place of payment specified in said notice, together with all Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the date fixed for redemption, said Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price, together with

 

79


interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption; provided, that payment of interest becoming due on or prior to the date fixed for redemption shall be payable in the case of Securities with Coupons attached thereto, to the Holders of the Coupons for such interest upon surrender thereof, and in the case of Registered Securities, to the Holder of such Registered Securities registered as such on the relevant record date, subject to the terms and provisions of Section 2.3 and 2.7 hereof.

 

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal shall, until paid or duly provided for, bear interest from the date fixed for redemption at the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security) borne by such Security.

 

If any Security with Coupons attached thereto is surrendered for redemption and is not accompanied by all appurtenant Coupons maturing after the date fixed for redemption, the surrender of such missing Coupon or Coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee, if there be furnished to each of them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them harmless.

 

Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on the order of the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities of such series, of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented.

 

SECTION 12.4 Exclusion of Certain Securities from Eligibility for Selection for Redemption.

 

Securities shall be excluded from eligibility for selection for redemption if they are identified by registration and certificate number in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee at least 40 days prior to the last date on which notice of redemption may be given as being owned of record and beneficially by, and not pledged or hypothecated by, either (a) the Company or (b) an entity specifically identified in such written statement as directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company.

 

SECTION 12.5 Mandatory and Optional Sinking Funds.

 

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of the Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the

 

80


terms of the Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment.” The date on which a sinking fund payment is to be made is herein referred to as the “sinking fund payment date.”

 

In lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to any series of Securities in cash, the Company may at its option (a) deliver to the Trustee Securities of such series theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired (except upon redemption pursuant to the mandatory sinking fund) by the Company or receive credit for Securities of such series (not previously so credited) theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired (except as aforesaid) by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.10, (b) receive credit for optional sinking fund payments (not previously so credited) made pursuant to this Section, or (c) receive credit for Securities of such series (not previously so credited) redeemed by the Company through any optional redemption provision contained in the terms of such series. Securities so delivered or credited shall be received or credited by the Trustee at the sinking fund redemption price specified in such Securities.

 

On or before the 60th day next preceding each sinking fund payment date for any series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate (which need not contain the statements required by Section 11.5) (a) specifying the portion of the mandatory sinking fund payment to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion to be satisfied by credit of Securities of such series and the basis for such credit, (b) stating that none of the Securities of such series has theretofore been so credited, (c) stating that no defaults in the payment of interest or Events of Default with respect to such series have occurred (which have not been waived or cured) and are continuing and (d) stating whether or not the Company intends to exercise its right to make an optional sinking fund payment with respect to such series and, if so, specifying the amount of such optional sinking fund payment which the Company intends to pay on or before the next succeeding sinking fund payment date. Any Securities of such series to be credited and required to be delivered to the Trustee in order for the Company to be entitled to credit therefor as aforesaid which have not theretofore been delivered to the Trustee shall be delivered for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.10 to the Trustee with such Officer’s Certificate (or reasonably promptly thereafter if acceptable to the Trustee). Such Officer’s Certificate shall be irrevocable and upon its receipt by the Trustee the Company shall become unconditionally obligated to make all the cash payments or payments therein referred to, if any, on or before the next succeeding sinking fund payment date. Failure of the Company, on or before any such 60th day, to deliver such Officer’s Certificate and Securities specified in this paragraph, if any, shall not constitute a default but shall constitute, on and as of such date, the irrevocable election of the Company (i) that the mandatory sinking fund payment for such series due on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date shall be paid entirely

 

81


in cash without the option to deliver or credit Securities of such series in respect thereof and (ii) that the Company will make no optional sinking fund payment with respect to such series as provided in this Section.

 

If the sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional or both) to be made in cash on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments made in cash shall exceed $50,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any Foreign Currency or ECU) or a lesser sum in Dollars (or the equivalent thereof in any Foreign Currency or ECU) if the Company shall so request with respect to the Securities of any particular series, such cash shall be applied on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date to the redemption of Securities of such series at the sinking fund redemption price together with accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption. If such amount shall be $50,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any Foreign Currency or ECU) or less and the Company makes no such request then it shall be carried over until a sum in excess of $50,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any Foreign Currency or ECU) is available. The Trustee shall select, in the manner provided in Section 12.2, for redemption on such sinking fund payment date a sufficient principal amount of Securities of such series to absorb said cash, as nearly as may be, and shall (if requested in writing by the Company) inform the Company of the serial numbers of the Securities of such series (or portions thereof) so selected. Securities shall be excluded from eligibility for redemption under this Section if they are identified by registration and certificate number in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee at least 60 days prior to the sinking fund payment date as being owned of record and beneficially by, and not pledged or hypothecated by, either (a) the Company or (b) an entity specifically identified in such Officer’s Certificate as directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company. The Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Company (or the Company, if it shall so request the Trustee in writing) shall cause notice of redemption of the Securities of such series to be given in substantially the manner provided in Section 12.2 (and with the effect provided in Section 12.3) for the redemption of Securities of such series in part at the option of the Company. The amount of any sinking fund payments not so applied or allocated to the redemption of Securities of such series shall be added to the next cash sinking fund payment for such series and, together with such payment, shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Any and all sinking fund moneys held on the Stated Maturity date of the Securities of any particular series (or earlier, if such maturity is accelerated), which are not held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of such series shall be applied, together with other moneys, if necessary, sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of the principal of, and interest on, the Securities of such series at Maturity.

 

 

82


On or before each sinking fund payment date, the Company shall pay to the Trustee in cash or shall otherwise provide for the payment of all interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption on Securities to be redeemed on the next following sinking fund payment date.

 

The Trustee shall not redeem or cause to be redeemed any Securities of a series with sinking fund moneys or give any notice of redemption of Securities for such series by operation of the sinking fund during the continuance of a default in payment of interest on such Securities or of any Event of Default except that, where the giving of notice of redemption of any Securities shall theretofore have been made, the Trustee shall redeem or cause to be redeemed such Securities, provided that it shall have received from the Company a sum sufficient for such redemption. Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the sinking fund for such series at the time when any such default or Event of Default shall occur, and any moneys thereafter paid into the sinking fund, shall, during the continuance of such default or Event of Default be deemed to have been collected under Article 5 and held for the payment of all such Securities. In case such Event of Default shall have been waived as provided in Section 5.14 or the default cured on or before the sixtieth day preceding the sinking fund payment date in any year, such moneys shall thereafter be applied on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date in accordance with this Section to the redemption of such Securities.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

83


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed and attested as of the date first written above.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ MICHAEL D. MARTIN


   

Michael D. Martin

   

Executive Vice President,

   

Chief Financial Officer and

   

Treasurer

 

Attest:

By:

 

/s/ WILLIAM W. HORTON


   

Assistant Secretary

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:

 

/s/ DAVID G. METCALF


Name:

 

David G. Metcalf

Title:

 

Vice President

 

Attest:

By:

 

/s/ W. MICHAEL HANKS


   

W. Michael Hanks

   

Vice President

 

84


STATE OF ALABAMA

          )

                                             : ss.:

COUNTY OF JEFFERSON

              )

 

On the 22nd day of June, 1998, before me personally came Michael D. Martin, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is EVP, CFO and Treasurer of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

[NOTARIAL SEAL]

 

/s/ KATHY P. JONES


   

Notary Public

 

85


STATE OF KENTUCKY

          )

                                             : ss.:

COUNTY OF JEFFERSON

              )

 

On the 22nd day of June, 1998, before me personally came David G. Metcalf, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is Vice President of PNC Bank, National Association, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

[NOTARIAL SEAL]

 

/s/ W. MICHAEL HANES


   

Notary Public

 

86

EXHIBIT 4.1.2

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO

SECTIONS 2.3 AND 11.5 OF THE INDENTURE

 

Michael D. Martin and William W. Horton do hereby certify that they are the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and Senior Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and do further certify, pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted on May 21, 1998 and resolutions of the Pricing Committee of said Board of Directors adopted on June 17, 1998 (collectively, the “Resolutions”), and in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 11.5 of the Indenture (the Indenture as amended and supplemented by the Resolutions is herein referred to as the “Indenture”) dated as of June 22, 1998 between the Company and PNC Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as follows:

 

1. Two series of securities to be issued under the Indenture and designated as the Company’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 (the “2005 Notes”), and 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008 (the “2008 Notes”) have been authorized. Each of the 2005 Notes and the 2008 Notes are a separate series of securities under the Indenture and are referred to herein collectively as the “Securities.” Attached hereto as Annex A is a true and correct copy of a specimen 2005 Note (the “Form of 2005 Note”) and attached hereto as Annex B is a true and correct copy of a specimen 2008 Note (the “Form of 2008 Note”). The Form of 2005 Note and the Form of 2008 Note are herein collectively referred to as the “Forms of Securities.”

 

2. The 2005 Notes shall be limited to $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount and shall mature on June 15, 2005. The 2005 Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 6.875% per annum from June 22, 1998, payable semiannually on each June 15 and December 15 commencing December 15, 1998. The 2005 Notes were issued at the initial offering price of 99.729% of principal amount. The 2005 Notes shall be redeemable as provided in the Form of 2005 Note attached hereto as Annex A.

 

3. The 2008 Notes shall be limited to $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount and shall mature on June 15, 2008. The 2008 Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 7.0% per annum from June 22, 1998, payable semiannually on each June 15 and December 15 commencing December 15, 1998. The 2008 Notes were issued at the initial offering price of 99.050% of principal amount. The 2008 Notes shall be redeemable as provided in the Form of 2008 Note attached hereto as Annex B.

 

1


4. The following terms shall apply to each of the Securities:

 

(a) The Securities shall be issued initially in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000;

 

(b) The Securities shall be issued initially in part as global securities in registered form in the name of the Depositary (hereinafter defined) or its nominee in such denominations as shall be specified in a Company Order delivered in accordance with the Indenture and otherwise as provided in the Forms of Securities with such changes thereto as may be required in the process of printing or otherwise producing the Securities and which will not affect the substance thereof;

 

(c) The Depositary for the global Securities shall be The Depository Trust Company;

 

(d) The global Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities in registered form substantially the same as the global Securities in denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof upon the terms and in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

 

(e) The Securities shall be payable (as to both principal and interest) when and as the same shall become due at the office of the Trustee, PNC Bank, National Association, provided that, as long as any part of the Securities are in the form of one or more global Securities, payments of interest with respect thereto may be made by wire transfer, and provided further that, with respect to Securities issued in definitive form, the Company may elect to exercise its option to have interest paid by check mailed to the registered owners’ address as they appear on the Register, as kept by the Trustee on each Record Date; and

 

(f) The defeasance and covenant defeasance provisions of Article 10 of the Indenture shall be applicable to the Securities.

 

5. The Forms of Securities set forth certain of the terms required to be set forth in this certificate pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture, and said terms are incorporated herein by reference.

 

6. In addition to the covenants set forth in Article 3 of the Indenture, the Securities shall include the following additional covenants:

 

“Section 3.10 Limitation on Liens.

 

2


The Company shall not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, create or assume any Indebtedness for money borrowed which is secured by a mortgage, security interest, pledge, charge, lien or other similar encumbrance of any kind (collectively, a “lien”) upon any assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any such Subsidiary without equally and ratably securing the Securities by a lien ranking ratably with and equally to such secured Indebtedness, except that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) liens on assets of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary; (ii) liens on assets existing at the time of acquisition thereof, or to secure the payment of the purchase price of such assets, or to secure indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Company or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing the purchase price of such assets or improvements or construction thereon, which indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed prior to, at the time of or within 360 days after such acquisition (or in the case of real property, completion of such improvement or construction or commencement of full operation of such property, whichever is later); (iii) liens securing indebtedness owed by any Subsidiary to the Company or another wholly-owned Subsidiary; (iv) liens on any assets of a corporation existing at the time such corporation is merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Subsidiary or at the time of a purchase, lease or other acquisition of the assets of a corporation or firm as an entirety or substantially as an entirety by the Company or a Subsidiary; (v) liens on any assets of the Company or a Subsidiary in favor of the United States of America or any state thereof, or in favor of any other country, or in favor of any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, to secure certain payments pursuant to any contract or statute or to secure any indebtedness incurred or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price (or, in the case of real property, the cost of construction) of the assets subject to such liens (including but not limited to, liens incurred in connection with industrial revenue or similar financing involving a political subdivision, agency or authority thereof); (vi) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part, of any lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) to (v), inclusive; (vii) certain statutory liens or other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business of the Company or a Subsidiary, or certain liens arising out of government contracts; (viii) certain pledges, deposits or liens made or arising under workers compensation or similar legislation or in certain other circumstances; (ix) certain liens in connection with legal proceedings, including certain liens arising out of judgments or awards; (x) liens for certain taxes or assessments, landlord’s liens and liens and charges incidental to the conduct of the business or the ownership of the assets of the Company or of a Subsidiary, which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money and which do not, in the opinion of the Company, materially impair the use of such assets in the operation of the business of the Company or such Subsidiary or

 

3


the value of such assets for the purposes thereof or (xi) liens relating to accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which have been sold, assigned or otherwise transferred to another Person in a transaction classified as a sale of accounts receivable in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (to the extent the sale by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary is deemed to give rise to a lien in favor of the purchaser thereof in such accounts receivable or the proceeds thereof). Notwithstanding the above, the Company or any Subsidiary may, without securing the Securities, create or assume any Indebtedness which is foregoing restrictions, provided that after giving effect thereto the Exempted Debt then outstanding does not exceed 10% of the total Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such time.

 

Section 3.11 Limitations on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions.

 

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction (except such transactions involving leases for less than three years) for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset unless (i) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled pursuant to clauses (i) through (xi) of Section 3.10 to create, incur or permit to exist a lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Debt in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Securities, or (ii) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or, in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the retirement of indebtedness.”

 

7. In addition to the definitions set forth in Article 1 of the Indenture, the following additional definitions shall apply with respect to the 2005 Notes and the 2008 Notes and, in the event of a conflict with the definition of terms in the Indenture, such additional definitions shall control:

 

“Attributable Debt” means, in connection with a sale and lease-back transaction, the lesser of (i) the fair value of the assets subject to such transaction or (ii) the present value of the obligations of the lessee for net rental payments during the term of any lease discounted at the rate of interest set forth or implicit in the terms of such lease or, if not practicable to determine such rate, the weighted average interest rate per annum borne by the Securities of each series outstanding pursuant to this Indenture and subject to the limitation on sale and lease-back transactions provisions contained in Section 3.11, compounded semiannually in either case as determined by the principal accounting or financial officer of the Company.

 

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” of any Person as of any date means the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries

 

4


(excluding any assets that would be classified as “intangible assets” under GAAP) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the date of initial issuance of the Securities in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Exempted Debt” means the sum of the following as of the date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred after the date of issuance of the Securities and secured by liens not otherwise permitted by the limitation on liens provisions of the Indenture, and (ii) Attributable Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of every sale and lease-back transaction entered into after the date of the issuance of the Securities, other than leases permitted by Section 3.11.

 

“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as from time to time in effect.

 

“Indebtedness” shall mean all items classified as indebtedness on the most recently available consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in accordance with GAAP.

 

8. Each of the undersigned is authorized to approve the form, terms and conditions of the Securities pursuant to the Resolutions.

 

9. Attached hereto as Annex D is a true and correct copy of the Resolutions.

 

10. Attached hereto as Annex E are true and correct copies of the letter addressed to the Trustee entitling the Trustee to rely on the Opinion of Counsel attached thereto, which Opinion relates to the Securities and complies with Section 11.5 of the Indenture.

 

11. Each of the undersigned has reviewed the provisions of the Indenture, including the covenants and conditions precedent pertaining to the issuance of the Securities.

 

12. In connection with this certificate each of the undersigned has examined documents, corporate records and certificates and has spoken with other officers of the Company.

 

13. Each of the undersigned has made such examination and investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the covenants and conditions precedent of the Indenture pertaining to the issuance of the Securities have been satisfied.

 

5


14. In our opinion all of the covenants and conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture for the issuance of the Securities have been satisfied.

 

15. If and to the extent that any provision of this certificate qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Indenture, the provisions of this certificate shall control.

 

Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture or the Securities, as the case may be.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned officers has executed this certificate this 22nd day of June 1998.

 

/s/ MICHAEL D. MARTIN


Michael D. Martin

Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and

Treasurer

/s/ WILLIAM W. HORTON


William W. Horton

Senior Vice President,

Corporate Counsel and

Assistant Secretary

 

6


Annex A

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN SUCH LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY AND ANY PAYMENT THEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

   

                                                                     HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

   

                                                                     6.875% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2005

No.         

   
    CUSIP NO. 421924-AG-6
    $                                                   

 

THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL AACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1)(2)(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (“INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY EXCEPT (A) TO HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE NOTES A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRUSTEE), (E) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE NOTES. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE NOTES SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE, TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

1


THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, IS DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 22, 1998, BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY, SALOMON BROTHERS INC, GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO., J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC, BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC., CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED AND SCOTIA CAPITAL MARKETS (USA) INC.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., the principal sum of              on June 15, 2005, and to pay interest on said principal sum from June 22, 1998, or from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) of each year commencing on December 15, 1998, at the rate of 6.875% per annum until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable.

 

The amount of interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30 day months. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture (as defined below) be paid to the person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the record date for such interest installment, which shall be the close of business on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1 prior to such Interest Payment Date, as applicable. The principal of, premium, if any, and the interest on this Note will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the person entitled thereto at such address as shall appear in the registry books of the Company; provided, further that for so long as this Note is represented by a Registered Global Security, payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on this Note may be made by wire transfer to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. In the event that any date on which the principal, premium, if any, or interest on this Note is payable is not a Business Day, then payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay).

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee (as defined below) under the Indenture (as defined below), by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Capitalized terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note hereinafter set forth, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed, manually or in facsimile, and an imprint or facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation
By  

 


    Michael D. Martin
    Executive Vice President,
    Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
     

 

ATTEST:
   

 


    William W. Horton
    Senior Vice President,
    Corporate Counsel and Assistant Secretary

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
By  

 


    Authorized Officer
Dated:                     

 

3


REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized series of securities (the ASecurities”) of the Company designated as its 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 limited in aggregate principal amount to $250,000,000 (the “Notes”). The Securities are all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, as supplemented by that certain Officers’ Certificate dated June 22, 1998 (the Indenture as supplemented by the Officers’ Certificate being herein collectively referred to as the “Indenture”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and PNC Bank, National Association (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee with respect to the Notes under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities and the terms upon which the Notes are to be authenticated and delivered. The terms of individual series of Securities may vary with respect to interest rate or interest rate formulas, issue dates, maturity, redemption, repayment, currency of payment and otherwise.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a description of the terms of the Notes, to all of the provisions of which Indenture the holder of this Note, by acceptance hereof, assents and agrees.

 

Except as set forth below, this Note is not redeemable and is not entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund or any analogous provision.

 

This Note is redeemable as a whole or in part, at the option of the Company, at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of its principal amount and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Yield plus 15 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued interest to the date of redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or any portion thereof called for redemption. On or before the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with a paying agent (or the Trustee) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on the Notes to be redeemed on such date. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. The Holder of this Note will receive notice thereof by first-class mail at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption.

 

4


“Treasury Yield” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Note that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Note. “Independent Investment Banker” means Salomon Brothers Inc and its successor or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee. “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth in the daily statistical release (or any successor release) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and designated “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities” or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not published or does not contain such prices on such business day, (A) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (B) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations. “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date. “Reference Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government Securities dealer in New York City selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

5


The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of all series issued under such Indenture then outstanding and affected (voting as one class) to add any provisions to, or change in any manner or eliminate any of the provisions of, such Indenture or modify in any manner the rights of the holders of the Securities of each series or Coupons so affected; provided that the Company and the Trustee may not, without the consent of the holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, (i) extend the final maturity of the principal of any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or premium thereon, if any, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof (including any amount in respect of original issue discount), or interest thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Securities or Coupons or in accordance with the terms thereof, or reduce the amount of principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon an acceleration of the maturity thereof or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy or alter certain provisions of the Indenture relating to Securities not denominated in Dollars or the Judgment Currency of such Securities or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment thereof when due or, if the Securities provide therefor, any right of repayment at the option of the Securityholder or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage in principal amount of Securities of any series issued under such Indenture, the consent of the holders of which is required for any such modification. It is also provided in the Indenture that, with respect to certain defaults or Events of Default regarding the Securities of any series, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount Outstanding of the Securities of each such series, each such series voting as a separate class (or, of all Securities, as the case may be, voting as a single class) may under certain circumstances waive all defaults with respect to each such series (or with respect to all the Securities, as the case may be) and rescind and annul a declaration of default and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent/hereto. The preceding sentence shall not, however, apply to a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any of the Securities.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the registry books of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained by the Company for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the holder hereof or by its attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes as requested by the holder surrendering the same.

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Notes or (ii) certain covenants and Events of Default with respect to the Notes, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.

 

6


The Indenture contains covenants which impose certain limitations on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ability to create or incur certain liens on any of their respective properties or assets and to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions and on the Company’s ability to engage in mergers or consolidations or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets. These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and reference is made to the Indenture for a description thereof.

 

If (i) a registration statement with respect to an exchange offer (an “Exchange Offer”) for the Notes (an “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) is not filed with the Commission by August 21, 1998; or (ii) neither an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, nor a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to resales of the Notes (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) is filed with the Commission, on or before November 19, 1998; or (iii) an Exchange Offer registered under the Securities Act is not consummated and the applicable Shelf Registration Statement with respect to resales of the Notes is not declared effective on or before December 19, 1998, then in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Holders of the Notes liquidated damages over and above the interest rate set forth on the face of this Note accruing from and including the next day following each of the periods in each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, in each case at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum. The aggregate amount of liquidated damages payable pursuant to the above provisions will in no event exceed 0.25% per annum. Once the Exchange Offer is consummated or a Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, the liquidated damages will cease to accrue. In the event that a Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, if, due to certain circumstances, the Company fails to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously (x) effective or (y) useable for resales for the period required by the Registration Rights Agreement and such failure continues for more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period (the 61st day being referred to as the “Default Day”), then from the Default Day until the earlier of (i) the date that the Shelf Registration Statement is again deemed effective or is useable, (ii) June 22, 2000 (or, if Rule 144(k) is amended to provide a shorter restrictive period, the last day of such shorter period) or (iii) the date as of which all of the applicable Notes are sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, has agreed to pay holders of the Notes liquidated damages accruing at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Note or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past or present or future of the Company or of any successor thereof, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

7


THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SMALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

8


ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 


   
(Please print or typewrite name and address including    
postal zip code of assignee)    

 


   

this Note and all rights thereunder hereby irrevocably constituting and

   

appointing

   

 

                                                                              , Attorney, to transfer this security on the books of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or (ii) the end of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising that:

 

[Check One]

 

¨  (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

 

or

 

¨  (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

 

9


If neither of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Dated:                      

 


 


Notice: The signature(s) on this
Assignment must correspond with the
name(s) as written upon the face of this
Note in every particular, without
alteration or enlargement or any change
whatsoever.

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a Aqualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:                      

 


Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

 

10


SCHEDULE FOR ENDORSEMENTS ON GLOBAL SECURITIES

TO REFLECT CHANGES IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

 

Schedule A

Changes to Principal Amount of Global Securities

 

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                     Date Principal Amount Remaining Notation Made By of Notes Principal by which this Global Amount of this Security is to be Global Security Reduced or Increased, and Reason for Reduction or Increase ______________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

11


Annex B

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN SUCH LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY AND ANY PAYMENT THEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

   

                                                                     HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

   

                                                                     7.0% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2008

No.         

   
    CUSIP NO. 421924-AK-7
    $                                                   

 

12


THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL AACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1)(2)(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (“INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY EXCEPT (A) TO HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE NOTES A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRUSTEE), (E) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE NOTES. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE NOTES SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE, TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

13


THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, IS DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 22, 1998, BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY, SALOMON BROTHERS INC, GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO., J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC, BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC., CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED AND SCOTIA CAPITAL MARKETS (USA) INC.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., the principal sum of              on June 15, 2005, and to pay interest on said principal sum from June 22, 1998, or from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) of each year commencing on December 15, 1998, at the rate of 7.0% per annum until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable.

 

The amount of interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30 day months. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture (as defined below) be paid to the person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the record date for such interest installment, which shall be the close of business on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1 prior to such Interest Payment Date, as applicable. The principal of, premium, if any, and the interest on this Note will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the person entitled thereto at such address as shall appear in the registry books of the Company; provided, further that for so long as this Note is represented by a Registered Global Security, payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on this Note may be made by wire transfer to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. In the event that any date on which the principal, premium, if any, or interest on this Note is payable is not a Business Day, then payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay).

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee (as defined below) under the Indenture (as defined below), by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Capitalized terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note hereinafter set forth, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed, manually or in facsimile, and an imprint or facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation
By  

 


    Michael D. Martin
    Executive Vice President,
    Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

ATTEST:
   
    William W. Horton
    Senior Vice President,
    Corporate Counsel and Assistant Secretary

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
By  

 


    Authorized Officer
Dated:                     

 

15


REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized series of securities (the ASecurities”) of the Company designated as its 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008 limited in aggregate principal amount to $250,000,000 (the “Notes”). The Securities are all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998, as supplemented by that certain Officers’ Certificate dated June 22, 1998 (the Indenture as supplemented by the Officers’ Certificate being herein collectively referred to as the “Indenture”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and PNC Bank, National Association (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee with respect to the Notes under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities and the terms upon which the Notes are to be authenticated and delivered. The terms of individual series of Securities may vary with respect to interest rate or interest rate formulas, issue dates, maturity, redemption, repayment, currency of payment and otherwise.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a description of the terms of the Notes, to all of the provisions of which Indenture the holder of this Note, by acceptance hereof, assents and agrees.

 

Except as set forth below, this Note is not redeemable and is not entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund or any analogous provision.

 

This Note is redeemable as a whole or in part, at the option of the Company, at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of its principal amount and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Yield plus 20 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued interest to the date of redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or any portion thereof called for redemption. On or before the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with a paying agent (or the Trustee) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on the Notes to be redeemed on such date. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. The Holder of this Note will receive notice thereof by first-class mail at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption.

 

16


“Treasury Yield” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Note that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Note. “Independent Investment Banker” means Salomon Brothers Inc and its successor or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee. “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth in the daily statistical release (or any successor release) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and designated “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities” or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not published or does not contain such prices on such business day, (A) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (B) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations. “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date. “Reference Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government Securities dealer in New York City selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

17


The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of all series issued under such Indenture then outstanding and affected (voting as one class) to add any provisions to, or change in any manner or eliminate any of the provisions of, such Indenture or modify in any manner the rights of the holders of the Securities of each series or Coupons so affected; provided that the Company and the Trustee may not, without the consent of the holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, (i) extend the final maturity of the principal of any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or premium thereon, if any, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof (including any amount in respect of original issue discount), or interest thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Securities or Coupons or in accordance with the terms thereof, or reduce the amount of principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon an acceleration of the maturity thereof or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy or alter certain provisions of the Indenture relating to Securities not denominated in Dollars or the Judgment Currency of such Securities or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment thereof when due or, if the Securities provide therefor, any right of repayment at the option of the Securityholder or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage in principal amount of Securities of any series issued under such Indenture, the consent of the holders of which is required for any such modification. It is also provided in the Indenture that, with respect to certain defaults or Events of Default regarding the Securities of any series, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount Outstanding of the Securities of each such series, each such series voting as a separate class (or, of all Securities, as the case may be, voting as a single class) may under certain circumstances waive all defaults with respect to each such series (or with respect to all the Securities, as the case may be) and rescind and annul a declaration of default and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent/hereto. The preceding sentence shall not, however, apply to a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any of the Securities.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the registry books of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained by the Company for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the holder hereof or by its attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes as requested by the holder surrendering the same.

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Notes or (ii) certain covenants and Events of Default with respect to the Notes, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.

 

18


The Indenture contains covenants which impose certain limitations on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ability to create or incur certain liens on any of their respective properties or assets and to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions and on the Company’s ability to engage in mergers or consolidations or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets. These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and reference is made to the Indenture for a description thereof.

 

If (i) a registration statement with respect to an exchange offer (an “Exchange Offer”) for the Notes (an “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) is not filed with the Commission by August 21, 1998; or (ii) neither an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, nor a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to resales of the Notes (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) is filed with the Commission, on or before November 19, 1998; or (iii) an Exchange Offer registered under the Securities Act is not consummated and the applicable Shelf Registration Statement with respect to resales of the Notes is not declared effective on or before December 19, 1998, then in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Holders of the Notes liquidated damages over and above the interest rate set forth on the face of this Note accruing from and including the next day following each of the periods in each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, in each case at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum. The aggregate amount of liquidated damages payable pursuant to the above provisions will in no event exceed 0.25% per annum. Once the Exchange Offer is consummated or a Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, the liquidated damages will cease to accrue. In the event that a Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, if, due to certain circumstances, the Company fails to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously (x) effective or (y) useable for resales for the period required by the Registration Rights Agreement and such failure continues for more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period (the 61st day being referred to as the “Default Day”), then from the Default Day until the earlier of (i) the date that the Shelf Registration Statement is again deemed effective or is useable, (ii) June 22, 2000 (or, if Rule 144(k) is amended to provide a shorter restrictive period, the last day of such shorter period) or (iii) the date as of which all of the applicable Notes are sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, has agreed to pay holders of the Notes liquidated damages accruing at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Note or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past or present or future of the Company or of any successor thereof, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

19


THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SMALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

20


ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 


   
(Please print or typewrite name and address including    
postal zip code of assignee)    

 


   

this Note and all rights thereunder hereby irrevocably constituting and

   

appointing

   

 

                                                      , Attorney, to transfer this security on the books of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or (ii) the end of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising that:

 

[Check One]

 

¨ (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

 

or

 

¨ (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

 

21


If neither of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Dated:                     


 


Notice: The signature(s) on this

Assignment must correspond with the

name(s) as written upon the face of this

Note in every particular, without

alteration or enlargement or any change

whatsoever.

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a Aqualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:                     


Notice: To be executed by an executive

officer

 

22


SCHEDULE FOR ENDORSEMENTS ON GLOBAL SECURITIES

 

TO REFLECT CHANGES IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

 

Schedule A

 

Changes to Principal Amount of Global Securities

 

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                     Date Principal Amount Remaining Notation Made By of Notes Principal by which this Global Amount of this Security is to be Global Security Reduced or Increased, and Reason for Reduction or Increase ______________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

EXHIBIT 4.1.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

INSTRUMENT OF RESIGNATION, APPOINTMENT AND ACCEPTANCE, dated as of April 9, 2003 (this Instrument ), among HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office at One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243 (the Company ), J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor in interest to PNC Bank, National Association), a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States, having its corporate trust office at 3800 Colonnade. Parkway, Suite 490, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, as resigning Trustee (the Resigning Trustee ), and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its corporate trust office at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, as successor Trustee (the Successor Trustee ).

 

RECITALS

 

There are presently outstanding under an Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998 (the Indenture ), between the Company and the Resigning Trustee, (i) $245,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 (the 2005 Notes ), and (ii) $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008 (the 2008 Notes and, together with the 2005 Notes, the Securities ).

 

The Resigning Trustee wishes to resign as Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and the office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities, the Coupons appertaining thereto or the Indenture (the Agent ) may be served under the Indenture; the Company wishes to appoint the Successor Trustee to succeed the Resigning Trustee as Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; and the Successor Trustee wishes to accept appointment as Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Resigning Trustee and the Successor Trustee agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE ONE

THE RESIGNING TRUSTEE

 

Section 101 . Pursuant to Section 6.11 (a) of the Indenture, the Resigning Trustee hereby notifies the Company that the Resigning Trustee is hereby resigning as Trustee under the Indenture.

 

Section 102 . The Resigning Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Successor Trustee and the Company that:

 

(a) No covenant or condition contained in the Indenture has been waived by the Resigning Trustee.

 

(b) There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the best of the knowledge of the Responsible Officers of the Resigning Trustee assigned to its corporate trust department, threatened against the Resigning Trustee before any

 


court or governmental authority arising out of any action or omission by the Resigning Trustee as Trustee under the Indenture.

 

(c) This Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Resigning Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

 

(d) (i) $245,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 2005 Notes is outstanding as of the effective date hereof and interest has been paid through December 15, 2002, and (ii) $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 2008 Notes is outstanding as of the effective date hereof and interest has been paid through December 15, 2002.

 

(e) To the knowledge of the Responsible Officers of the Resigning Trustee assigned to its corporate trust department, the Resigning Trustee has not received a formal notice of the occurrence of any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time would become, an Event of Default under the Indenture.

 

(f) The Resigning Trustee has made, or promptly will make, available to the Successor Trustee originals, if available, or copies in its possession, of all documents relating to the trusts created by the Indenture (the “ Trusts ”) and all information in the possession of its corporate trust department relating to the administration and status of the Trusts.

 

Section 103 . The Resigning Trustee hereby assigns, transfers, delivers and confirms to the Successor Trustee all right, title and interest of the Resigning Trustee in and to the Trusts, all rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Indenture and all property and moneys held by such Resigning Trustee under the Indenture. The Resigning Trustee shall execute and deliver such further instruments and shall do such other things as the Successor Trustee may reasonably require so as to more fully and certainly vest and confirm in the Successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby assigned, transferred, delivered and confirmed to the Successor Trustee.

 

Section 104 . The Resigning Trustee hereby resigns as Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

Section 105 . The Resigning Trustee agrees to pay or indemnify the Successor Trustee and save the Successor Trustee harmless from and against any and all costs, claims, liabilities, losses or damages whatsoever (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Successor Trustee’s counsel and other advisors), that the Successor Trustee suffers or incurs without gross negligence or bad faith on its part arising out of actions or omissions of the Resigning Trustee. The Successor Trustee will furnish to the Resigning Trustee, promptly after receipt, all papers with respect to any action the outcome of which would make operative the indemnity provided for in this Section. The Successor Trustee shall notify the Resigning Trustee promptly in writing (and, in any event, within no later than 10 days) of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Resigning Trustee shall have the option to defend the claim and the Successor Trustee shall cooperate fully in the defense. If the Resigning

 

2


Trustee shall assume the defense, then the Resigning Trustee shall not pay for separate counsel of the Successor Trustee. The Resigning Trustee shall not be obligated to pay for any settlement made without its consent.

 

ARTICLE TWO

THE COMPANY

 

Section 201 . The Company hereby certifies that Exhibit A annexed hereto is a copy of the resolutions which were duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, which are in full force and effect on the date hereof, and which authorize certain officers of the Company to: (a) accept the Resigning Trustee’s resignation as Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; (b) appoint the Successor Trustee as Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; and (c) execute and deliver such agreements and other instruments as may be necessary or desirable to effectuate the succession of the Successor Trustee as Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

Section 202 . The Company hereby accepts the resignation of the Resigning Trustee as Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture. Pursuant to Section 6.1l(a) of the Indenture, the Company hereby appoints the Successor Trustee as Trustee under the Indenture and confirms to the Successor Trustee all rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Indenture and with respect to all property and moneys held or to be held under the Indenture. The Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and shall do such other things as the Successor Trustee may reasonably require so as to more fully and certainly vest and confirm in the Successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby assigned, transferred, delivered and confirmed to the Successor Trustee.

 

Section 203 . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Successor Trustee and the Resigning Trustee that:

 

(a) The Company is a corporation duly and validly organized and existing pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(b) The Indenture was validly and lawfully executed and delivered by the Company, has not been amended or modified and is in full force and effect.

 

(c) The Securities are validly issued securities of the Company.

 

(d) No covenant or condition contained in the Indenture has been waived by the Company or by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities required by the Indenture to effect any such waiver.

 

(e) The Company is in the process of determining whether any event has occurred and is continuing which is, or after notice or lapse of time would become, an Event of Default, and has not given notice under the Indenture of any such event.

 

3


(f) There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company before any court or any governmental authority arising out of any action or omission by the Company under the Indenture.

 

(g) This Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

 

(h) All conditions precedent relating to the appointment of Wilmington Trust Company as successor Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture have been complied with by the Company.

 

Section 204 . The Company hereby appoints the Successor Trustee as Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE THREE

THE SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE

 

Section 301 . The Successor Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Resigning Trustee and the Company that:

 

(a) The Successor Trustee is qualified and eligible under the provisions of Sections 6.9 and 6.10 of the Indenture to act as Trustee under the Indenture.

 

(b) This Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Successor Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

 

Section 302 . Pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Indenture, the Successor Trustee hereby accepts its appointment as Trustee under the Indenture and shall hereby be vested with all rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Indenture and with respect to all property and moneys held or to be held under the Indenture.

 

Section 303 . The Successor Trustee hereby accepts its appointment as Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

Section 304 . Promptly after the execution and delivery of this Instrument, the Successor Trustee, on behalf of the Company, shall cause a notice, which shall include the language contained in the notice annexed hereto marked Exhibit B , to be sent to each Holder of the Securities in accordance with Sections 6.11 and 6.12 of the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 401 . Except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, all capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

4


Section 402 . This Instrument and the resignation, appointment and acceptance effected hereby shall be effective as of the close of business on the date first above written; provided, however, that the resignation of the Resigning Trustee and the appointment of the Successor Trustee as Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture shall be effective 10 business days after the date first above written.

 

Section 403 . Notwithstanding the resignation of the Resigning Trustee effected hereby, the Company shall remain obligated under Section 6.6 of the Indenture to compensate, reimburse and indemnify the Resigning Trustee in connection with its prior trusteeship under the Indenture. The Company also acknowledges and reaffirms its obligations to the Successor Trustee as set forth in Section 6.6 of the Indenture, including payments to be made in accordance with the fee schedules annexed hereto as Exhibits C and D , which obligations shall survive the execution hereof.

 

Section 404 . This Instrument shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction which govern the Indenture and its construction.

 

Section 405 . This Instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 406 . All notices, whether faxed or mailed, will be deemed received when sent pursuant to the following instructions:

 

TO THE RESIGNING TRUSTEE:

Mr. James R. Lewis

Vice President

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association

c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank

4 New York Plaza, 15 th Floor

New York, New York 10004

Fax: (212) 623-6165

Tel.: (212) 623-6759

 

TO THE SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE:

Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Fax: (302) 636-4140

Tel.: (302) 636-6058

 

TO THE COMPANY:

Richard S. Davis

Group Vice President

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Fax: (205) 969-6837

Tel: (205) 968-4493

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Richard S. Davis

   

Name:

 

Richard S. Davis

   

Title:

 

Group Vice President

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Resigning Trustee

By:

 

/s/ J. R. Lewis

   

Name:

 

J. R. Lewis

   

Title:

 

Vice President

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Successor Trustee

By:

 

/s/ Steven Cimalore

   

Name:

 

Steven Cimalore

   

Title:

 

Vice President

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

CERTIFIED COPY OF RESOLUTIONS

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

The undersigned, William W. Horton, hereby certifies that he is the duly appointed, qualified and acting Assistant Secretary of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Company ), and further certifies that the following is a true and correct copy of certain resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said Company on April 4, 2003 and that said resolutions have not been amended, modified or rescinded:

 

“RESOLVED, that the Company appoint Wilmington Trust Company (the Successor Trustee ) as successor Trustee under the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998 (the Indenture ), between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (successor in interest to PNC Bank, National Association) (the Resigning Trustee ), as Trustee, pursuant to which the Company issued (i) $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005, and (ii) $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008 (collectively, the Securities ); and that the Company accept the resignation of the Resigning Trustee as Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and the office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities, the Coupons appertaining thereto or the Indenture (the Agent ) may be served under the Indenture, such resignation to be effective upon the execution and delivery by the Successor Trustee to the Company of an instrument or instruments accepting such appointment as successor Trustee, Security Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; and it is further

 

RESOLVED, any officer of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the Company an instrument or instruments accepting the resignation of the Resigning Trustee and appointing the Successor Trustee as the successor Trustee; and it is further

 

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to do or cause to be done all such acts or things, and to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed or delivered, any and all such other agreements, amendments, instruments, certificates, documents or papers (including, without limitation, any and all notices and certificates required or permitted to be given or made on behalf of the Company to the Successor Trustee or to the Resigning Trustee), under the terms of any of the executed instruments in connection with the resignation of the Resigning Trustee, and the appointment of the Successor Trustee, in the name and on behalf of the Company as any of such officers, in his/her discretion, may deem necessary or advisable to effectuate or carry out the purposes and intent of the foregoing resolutions; and to exercise any of the Company’s obligations under the instruments and agreements executed on behalf of the Company in connection with the resignation of the Resigning Trustee and the appointment of the Successor Trustee.”

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as Assistant Secretary and have affixed the seal of the Company this 8th day of April, 2003.

 

By:  

/s/ William W. Horton

Name:

 

William W. Horton

Title:

 

Assistant Secretary

 

[SEAL]

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

Notice to Holders of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation’s (the Company ) (i) 6.875% Senior Notes due 2005 and (ii) 7.0% Senior Notes due 2008 (collectively, the Securities ):

 

We hereby notify you of the resignation of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (successor in interest to PNC Bank, National Association) as Trustee under the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 1998 (the Indenture ), pursuant to which your Securities were issued and are outstanding. J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association has also resigned as Security Registrar, Paying Agent and the office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities, the Coupons appertaining thereto or the Indenture may be served under the Indenture.

 

The Company has appointed Wilmington Trust Company, whose corporate trust office is located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, as successor Trustee under the Indenture, which appointment has been accepted and has become effective. Wilmington Trust Company has also been appointed as the Security Registrar, Paying Agent and the office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities, the Coupons appertaining thereto or the Indenture may be served under the Indenture.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as successor Trustee
 

 

Date: April      , 2003

 


EXHIBIT 4.2.1

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of September 25, 2000

 


 

10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, Series A

 

10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, Series B

 



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section


  

Indenture

Section


310(a)(1)

   7.10

(a)(2)

   7.10

(a)(3)

   N.A.

(a)(4)

   N.A

(a)(5)

   7.10

(b)

   7.08; 7.10; 11.02

(c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

(b)

   7.11

(c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

(b)

   11.03

(c)

   11.03

313(a)

   7.06

(b)(1)

   7.06

(b)(2)

   7.06

(c)

   7.06; 11.02

(d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.02; 4.08; 11.02

(b)

   N.A.

(c)(1)

   11.04; 11.05

(c)(2)

   11.04; 11.05

(c)(3)

   N.A.

(d)

   N.A.

(e)

   11.05

(f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01; 7.02

(b)

   7.05; 11.02

(c)

   7.01

(d)

   6.05; 7.01; 7.02

(e)

   6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

   2.09

(a)(1)(A)

   6.05

(a)(1)(B)

   6.04

(a)(2)

   8.02

(b)

   6.07

(c)

   8.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

(a)(2)

   6.09

(b)

   2.04

318(a)

   11.01

 

N.A. means Not Applicable

 

NOTE:  This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.    Definitions.    1
Section 1.02.    Other Definitions.    14
Section 1.03.    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.    14
Section 1.04.    Rules of Construction.    15
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01.    Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture.    15
Section 2.02.    Execution and Authentication; Appointment of Authenticating Agent.    15
Section 2.03.    Registrar and Paying Agent.    16
Section 2.04.    Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.    17
Section 2.05.    Holder Lists.    17
Section 2.06.    Transfer and Exchange.    17
Section 2.07.    Replacement Notes.    18
Section 2.08.    Outstanding Notes.    18
Section 2.09.    Treasury Notes.    19
Section 2.10.    Temporary Notes.    19
Section 2.11.    Cancellation.    19
Section 2.12.    Defaulted Interest.    19
Section 2.13.    Deposit of Moneys; Payments.    20
Section 2.14.    "CUSIP" Number.    20
Section 2.15.    Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.    20
Section 2.16.    Registration of Transfers and Exchanges.    21
Section 2.17.    Restrictive Legends.    23
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01.    Notices to Trustee.    24
Section 3.02.    Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.    25
Section 3.03.    Notice of Redemption.    25
Section 3.04.    Effect of Notice of Redemption.    26
Section 3.05.    Deposit of Redemption Price.    26
Section 3.06.    Notes Redeemed in Part.    26

 

-i-


          Page

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01.    Payment of Notes.    27
Section 4.02.    Reports.    27
Section 4.03.    Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.    27
Section 4.04.    Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default; Tax Information.    28
Section 4.05.    Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.    28
Section 4.06.    Corporate Existence.    28
Section 4.07.    Maintenance of Office or Agency.    29
Section 4.08.    Compliance with Laws.    29
Section 4.09.    Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.    29
Section 4.10.    Limitation on Restricted Payments.    30
Section 4.11.    Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Subsidiary Preferred Stock.    30
Section 4.12.    Limitation on Asset Sales.    31
Section 4.13.    Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.    34
Section 4.14.    Limitation on Liens.    34
Section 4.15.    Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control.    34
Section 4.16.    Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries.    36
Section 4.17.    Limitations on Certain Other Subordinated Indebtedness.    36
ARTICLE 5
SURVIVING ENTITY
Section 5.01.    Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations.    36
Section 5.02.    Successor Substituted.    37
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01.    Events of Default.    37
Section 6.02.    Acceleration.    38
Section 6.03.    Other Remedies.    39
Section 6.04.    Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default.    40
Section 6.05.    Control by Majority.    40
Section 6.06.    Limitation on Suits.    40
Section 6.07.    Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.    41
Section 6.08.    Collection Suit by Trustee.    41
Section 6.09.    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.    41
Section 6.10.    Priorities.    42
Section 6.11.    Undertaking for Costs.    42

 

-ii-


          Page

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01.    Duties of Trustee.    42
Section 7.02.    Rights of Trustee.    43
Section 7.03.    Individual Rights of Trustee.    44
Section 7.04.    Trustee's Disclaimer.    45
Section 7.05.    Notice of Defaults.    45
Section 7.06.    Reports by Trustee to Holders.    45
Section 7.07.    Compensation and Indemnity.    45
Section 7.08.    Replacement of Trustee.    46
Section 7.09.    Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion.    47
Section 7.10.    Eligibility; Disqualification.    47
Section 7.11.    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.    47
ARTICLE 8
MODIFICATIONS, AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
Section 8.01.    Without Consent of Holders.    48
Section 8.02.    With Consent of Holders.    48
Section 8.03.    Compliance with TIA.    49
Section 8.04.    Revocation and Effect of Consents.    49
Section 8.05.    Notation on or Exchange of Notes.    50
Section 8.06.    Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.    50
ARTICLE 9
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
Section 9.01.    Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.    50
Section 9.02.    Legal Defeasance.    51
Section 9.03.    Covenant Defeasance.    52
Section 9.04.    Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.    52
Section 9.05.    Application of Trust Money.    53
Section 9.06.    Repayment to the Company.    54
Section 9.07.    Reinstatement.    54
ARTICLE 10
SUBORDINATION
Section 10.01.    Agreement To Subordinate.    54
Section 10.02.    Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.    54
Section 10.03.    Company Not To Make Payments with Respect to Notes in Certain Circumstances.    55
Section 10.04.    Acceleration of Notes.    56
Section 10.05.    When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.    56

 

-iii-


          Page

Section 10.06.    Notice by Company.    56
Section 10.07.    Subrogation.    56
Section 10.08.    Relative Rights.    56
Section 10.09.    Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company.    57
Section 10.10.    Distribution or Notice to Representative.    57
Section 10.11.    Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.    57
Section 10.12.    Officers' Certificate.    57
Section 10.13.    Obligation of Company Unconditional.    58
Section 10.14.    Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default.    58
ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.01.    TIA Controls.    58
Section 11.02.    Notices.    59
Section 11.03.    Communications by Holders with Other Holders.    59
Section 11.04.    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.    59
Section 11.05.    Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.    60
Section 11.06.    Rules by Trustee and Agents.    60
Section 11.07.    Business Days; Legal Holidays.    60
Section 11.08.    Governing Law.    60
Section 11.09.    Waiver of Trial by Jury.    60
Section 11.10.    Submission to Jurisdiction.    61
Section 11.11.    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.    61
Section 11.12.    No Recourse Against Others.    61
Section 11.13.    Successors.    61
Section 11.14.    Multiple Counterparts.    61
Section 11.15.    Table of Contents, Headings, etc.    61
Section 11.16.    Separability.    61
Section 11.17.    Translation.    61
SIGNATURES         S-1
EXHIBITS          
Exhibit A    Form of Initial Notes    A-1
Exhibit B    Form of Exchange Notes    B-1
Exhibit C    Form of Certificate To Be Delivered upon Exchange or Registration of Transfer of Securities    C-1
Exhibit D    Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Regulation S Transfers    D-1

 

 

 

-iv-


INDENTURE, dated as of September 25, 2000, between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), as Issuer, and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of Series A 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 and Series B 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 and, to provide therefor, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Company, and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Company, and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company, have been done.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions .

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means (i) with respect to any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any Indebtedness assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of an asset from another Person.

 

Additional Interest ” has the meaning provided to such term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-Registrar, authenticating agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

Asset Sale ” for any Person means the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition (including, without limitation, by merger or consolidation, and whether by operation of law or otherwise) of any of that Person’s assets (including, without limitation, the sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person, whether by such Person or by such Subsidiary), whether owned on the Issue Date or subsequently acquired, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, in which such Person and/or its Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of: (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any of such Person’s Subsidiaries; (ii) assets which constitute all or substantially all of any division or line of business of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iii) any other assets of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, other than in the ordinary course of business, provided , that the Fair Market Value thereof shall be at least 1% of Consolidated Tangible

 

-1-


Assets; provided , however , that the following shall not constitute Asset Sales: (a) transactions between the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or among such Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; (b) any transaction not prohibited by Section 4.10 hereof or that constitutes a Permitted Investment; (c) any transfer of assets (including Capital Stock) that is governed by and in accordance with Article 5 hereof or the creation of any Lien not prohibited by Section 4.14 hereof; or (d) sales of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are no longer either used or useful in the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the interest rate implicit in the lease, compounded on a semiannual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments, after excluding all amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, utilities and other similar expenses payable by the lessee pursuant to the terms of the lease, during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or until the earliest date on which the lessee may terminate such lease without penalty or upon payment of a penalty (in which case the rental payments shall include such penalty); provided , that the Attributable Indebtedness with respect to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction shall be no less than the fair market value of the property subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

Bank Debt ” means all obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter existing under (i) the Credit Agreements, whether for principal, interest, reimbursement of amounts drawn under letters of credit issued pursuant thereto, guarantees in respect thereof, fees, expenses, premiums, indemnities or otherwise, and (ii) any Indebtedness incurred by the Company to extend, refund or refinance, in whole or in part, the Bank Debt, including any interest and premium on any such Indebtedness.

 

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participation or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) the equity (including without limitation common stock, preferred stock and partnership, joint venture and limited liability company interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

 

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Certificated Notes ” means one or more certificated Notes in registered form.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets are sold as an entirety to any Person or related group of Persons; (ii) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company (A) in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation (other than a consolidation or merger with a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company in which all shares of the Company’s Common Equity outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness thereof are

 

-2-


changed into or exchanged for the same consideration) or (B) pursuant to which the Company’s Common Equity would be converted into cash, securities or other property, in each case other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s Common Equity immediately prior to the consolidation or merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the continuing or surviving corporation immediately after such consolidation or merger in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Company’s Common Equity immediately before such transaction; (iii) any Person, or any Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, together with any affiliates thereof, shall beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) at least 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company; (iv) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66  2 / 3 % of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office; or (v) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, the body performing such duties at the time.

 

Common Equity ” of any Person means all Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled to (i) vote in the election of directors of such Person or (ii) if such Person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management and policies of such Person.

 

Company ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article 5 hereof and thereafter means such successor.

 

Consolidated Amortization Expense ” of any Person for any period means the amortization expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (to the extent included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income of such Person), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Depreciation Expense ” of any Person means the depreciation expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (to the extent included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income of such Person), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” of any Person means, with respect to any determination date, Consolidated Net Income, plus (i) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, plus (ii) Consolidated Depreciation Expense, plus (iii) Consolidated Amortization Expense, plus (iv) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (v) all other unusual non-cash items or non-recurring non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and less all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, in each case, for such Person’s prior four full fiscal quarters for which financial results have been reported immediately preceding the determination date.

 

-3-


Consolidated Income Tax Expense ” means, for any Person for any period, the provision for taxes based on income and profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries to the extent such provision for income taxes was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” of any Person for any period means, without duplication, (i) the Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) (to the extent not otherwise included within the definition of Interest Expense as imputed interest) one-third of the rental expense on Attributable Indebtedness of such Person for such period determined on a consolidated basis, plus (iii) the dividend requirements of such Person and its Subsidiaries with respect to Disqualified Stock and with respect to all other Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person (in each case whether in cash or otherwise (except dividends payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person or such Subsidiary)) paid, accrued or accumulated during such period times a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then effective consolidated Federal, state and local tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” of any Person for any period means the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

 

(i) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the referent Person) in which any Person other than the referent Person has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income has actually been received by the referent Person or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries in the form of dividends or similar distributions during such period;

 

(ii) except to the extent includable in the consolidated net income of the referent Person pursuant to the foregoing clause (i), the net income (or loss) of any Person that accrued prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the referent Person or is merged into or consolidated with the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) the assets of such Person are acquired by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(iii) the net income of any Subsidiary of the referent Person (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period;

 

(iv) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain, realized during such period by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries upon (a) the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness, of the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any Asset Sale by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(v) any extraordinary gain or extraordinary loss, together with any related provision for taxes or tax benefit resulting from any such extraordinary gain or extraordinary loss, realized by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period; and

 

(vi) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation, merger or transfer of its assets, any earnings of the successor prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets.

 

-4-


Consolidated Net Worth ” of any Person as of any date means the stockholders’ equity (including any preferred stock that is classified as equity under GAAP, other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person and its Subsidiaries (excluding any equity adjustment for foreign currency translation for any period subsequent to the Issue Date) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Consolidated Tangible Assets ” of any Person as of any date means the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries (excluding any assets that would be classified as “intangible assets” under GAAP) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

Credit Agreements ” means (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of June 23, 1998 by and among the Company, as borrower, Nationsbank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Arranger, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank AG and Scotiabanc, Inc., as Syndication Agents and Co-Arrangers, and the other lenders party thereto from time to time, together with the related documents thereto, including, without limitation, any security documents, if any, and all exhibits and schedules thereto and any agreement or agreements relating to any extension, refunding, refinancing, successor or replacement facility, whether or not with the same lender, and whether or not the principal amount or amount of letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the interest rate payable in respect thereof shall be thereby increased, in each case as amended and in effect from time to time and (ii) the New Credit Agreement.

 

Default ” means any event, act or condition that is, or after notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issued in the form of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company or another Person designated as Depositary by the Company, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.

 

Designated Senior Indebtedness ” means (i) the Bank Debt, without regard to the amounts outstanding thereunder, and (ii) any Senior Indebtedness which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $20,000,000 and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” by the Company.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Stated Maturity date of the Notes.

 

EBITDA Coverage Ratio ” with respect to any period means the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company to (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company for such period; provided , however , that if any calculation of the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio requires the use of any quarter prior to the Issue Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the issuance

 

-5-


of the Notes and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to make such calculation; and provided further that if any such calculation requires the use of any quarter prior to the date that any Asset Sale was consummated, or that any Indebtedness was incurred, or that any acquisition of a hospital or other healthcare facility or any assets purchased outside the ordinary course of business was effected, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis, giving effect to each such Asset Sale, incurrence of Indebtedness or acquisition, as the case may be, and the use of any proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to make such calculation.

 

Eligible Investments ” of any Person means Investments of such Person in:

 

(i) direct obligations of, or obligations the payment of which is guaranteed by, the United States of America or an interest in any trust or fund that invests solely in such obligations or repurchase agreements, properly secured, with respect to such obligations;

 

(ii) direct obligations of agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America having a rating of A or higher by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or A2 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

 

(iii) a certificate of deposit issued by, or other interest-bearing deposits with, a bank having its principal place of business in the United States of America and having equity capital of not less than $250,000,000;

 

(iv) a certificate of deposit by, or other interest-bearing deposits with, any other bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, provided that such deposit is either (a) insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or (b) properly secured by such bank by pledging direct obligations of the United States of America having a market value of not less than the face amount of such deposits;

 

(v) prime commercial paper maturing within 270 days of the acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; or

 

(vi) eligible banker’s acceptances, repurchase agreements and tax-exempt municipal bonds having a maturity of less than one year, in each case having a rating, or that is the full recourse obligation of a person whose senior debt is rated A or higher by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or A2 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Equity Offering ” means a primary offering of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act and declared effective by the staff of the Commission.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Notes ” means the Series B 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the terms of which are identical to the Initial Notes except that, unless any Exchange Notes shall be issued as Private Exchange Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), the Exchange Notes shall be registered under the Securities Act, and shall not contain the restrictive legend on the face of the form of the Initial Notes), to be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the registered Exchange Offer and a Private Exchange (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

 

-6-


Exchange Offer ” means the registration by the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement of the offer by the Company to each Holder of the Initial Notes to exchange all the Initial Notes held by such Holder for the Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Notes held by such Holder, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” means all of the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries that is outstanding on the Issue Date.

 

Fair Market Value ” of any asset or items means the fair market value of such asset or items as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as from time to time in effect.

 

guarantee ” means, as applied to any obligation, (a) a guarantee (other than by endorsement or negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part of all of such obligation and (b) an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, the payment of amounts drawn down under letters of credit.

 

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, interest rate collar agreement, option or futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

 

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books or records.

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person at any date means, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof); (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto); (iv) all obligations of such Person with respect to Hedging Obligations (other than those that fix the interest rate on variable rate indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Indenture or that protect the Company and/or its Subsidiaries against changes in foreign exchange rates); (v) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, except trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business; (vi) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; (vii) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; (viii) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such guarantee; (ix) all Attributable Indebtedness; and (x) all Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and all other Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person valued at the greater of (a) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock, as the case may be,

 

-7-


and (b) the aggregate amount payable upon purchase, redemption, defeasance or payment of such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock, as the case may be. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations plus past due interest as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (vii), the amount of the Indebtedness secured.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Initial Notes ” means the Series A 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 of the Company issued on the Issue Date and authenticated and delivered under this Indenture pursuant to Section 2.02 of this Indenture and any other notes (other than Exchange Notes) issued after the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the fourth paragraph of Section 2.02.

 

Initial Purchasers ” refers to UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Chase Securities Inc. and First Union Securities, Inc.

 

Interest Expense ” of any Person for any period means the aggregate amount of interest which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set opposite the caption “interest expense” or any like caption on an income statement for such Person (including, without limitation or duplication, imputed interest included in Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations, amortization of financing fees and expenses, the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount and all other non-cash interest expense other than interest amortized to cost of sales) plus the aggregate amount, if any, by which such interest expense was reduced as a result of the amortization of deferred debt restructuring credits for such period.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes as specified in the forms of Note attached hereto as Exhibits A and B .

 

Investments ” of any Person means: (i) all investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of loans, advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business); (ii) all guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations of any other Person by such Person; (iii) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, Capital Stock or other securities of any other Person; and (iv) all other items that would be classified as investments (including, without limitation, purchases of assets outside the ordinary course of business) on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Issue Date ” means September 25, 2000, the date the Initial Notes are initially issued.

 

Joint Venture ” means any Person at least a majority of whose revenues result from healthcare related business of facilities.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease in the nature thereof, any agreement to sell, and any filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement (other than notice filings not perfecting a security interest) under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

 

-8-


Net Proceeds ” with respect to any Asset Sale means (i) cash (in U.S. dollars or freely convertible into U.S. dollars) received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, cash received as consideration for the assumption or incurrence of liabilities incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), after (a) provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Asset Sale or the transfer of the proceeds of such Asset Sale to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) payment of all commissions and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale and (c) deduction of an appropriate amount to be provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters) or against any indemnification obligations associated with the sale or other disposition of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale and (ii) all non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sales upon the liquidation or conversion of such consideration into cash.

 

New Credit Agreement ” means the $400,000,000 senior credit facility proposed to be entered into by the Company, together with the related documents thereto, including, without limitation, any security documents, if any, and all exhibits and schedules thereto and any agreement or agreements relating to any extension, refunding, refinancing, successor or replacement facility, whether or not with the same lender, and whether or not the principal amount or amount of letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the interest rate payable in respect thereof shall be thereby increased, in each case as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

Notes ” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and any other notes issued after the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the fourth paragraph of Section 2.02 treated as a single class of securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer, President, any Vice President, secretary, assistant secretary, director or other authorized signatory of such Person.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company in their official (and not individual) capacities; provided , however , that every Officers’ Certificate with respect to the compliance with a condition precedent to the taking of any action under this Indenture shall include (i) a statement that the officers making or giving such Officers’ Certificate have read such condition and any definitions or other provisions contained in this Indenture relating thereto and (ii) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such officers, such condition has been complied with.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel (such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee) that complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

 

Permitted Investments ” means: (i) capital contributions, advances or loans to the Company by any Subsidiary or by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) the acquisition and holding by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries of receivables owing to the Company and such Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; (iii) the acquisition and holding by the Company and its Subsidiaries of cash and Eligible Investments; (iv) Investments in any Person as a result of which such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated with or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to the Company

 

-9-


or any of its Subsidiaries; and (v) the making of an Investment by the Company, directly or through a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, in a Wholly Owned Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of insuring the healthcare business and facilities owned or operated by the Company or a Subsidiary and any physician employed by or on the staff of any such business or facility (the “ Insurance Subsidiary ”), provided that the amount invested in such Insurance Subsidiary does not exceed $15,000,000.

 

Permitted Liens ” means: (i) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that either (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts that either (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves or other provisions have been made in accordance with GAAP; (iii) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) incurred or deposits due in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, progress payments, government contracts and other obligations of like nature (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money), in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; (v) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default; (vi) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (vii) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (viii) Liens with respect to any Acquired Indebtedness, provided that such Liens only extend to assets that were subject to such Liens prior to the acquisition of such assets by the Company or its Subsidiaries and, with respect to Indebtedness other than Senior Indebtedness, not incurred in anticipation or contemplation of such acquisition; (ix) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness or Refinancing Indebtedness, provided , in the case of Refinancing Indebtedness, that such Liens only extend to the assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and such refinanced Indebtedness was previously secured by such assets; (x) purchase money mortgages (including Capitalized Lease Obligations); (xi) Liens existing on the Issue Date; (xii) Liens on assets of any Subsidiary of the Company securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiary, provided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture; (xiii) bankers’ liens with respect to the right of set-off arising in the ordinary course of business against amounts maintained in bank accounts or certificates of deposit in the name of the Company or any Subsidiary; (xiv) the interest of any issuer of a letter of credit in any cash or Eligible Investment deposited with or for the benefit of such issuer as collateral for such letter of credit, provided that the Indebtedness so collateralized is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture; (xv) any Lien consisting of a right of first refusal or option to purchase the Company’s ownership interest in any Subsidiary or to purchase assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, which right of first refusal or option is entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (xvi) the Lien granted to the Trustee pursuant to the trust created pursuant to Article 9 hereof and any substantially equivalent Lien granted to the respective trustees under the indentures for other debt securities of the Company.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

 

Preferred Stock ” means with respect to any Person all Capital Stock of such Person which has a preference in liquidation or a preference with respect to the payment of dividends or distributions of operating profit or cash.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” or “ QIB ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A.

 

-10-


Record Date ” for interest payable on any Interest Payment Date (except a date for payment of default interest) means the March 15 or September 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Redemption Date ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Redemption Price ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is applied to refund, refinance or extend any Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement), provided that: (i) the Refinancing Indebtedness is the obligation of the same Person (or if the Indebtedness being refinanced is an obligation of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, such Refinancing Indebtedness may be incurred by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company) and is subordinated to the Notes, if at all, to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness is scheduled to mature no earlier than the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (iii) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (iv) the Refinancing Indebtedness is secured only to the extent, if at all, and by the assets that the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended is secured; and (v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended (except for issuance costs and increases in Attributable Indebtedness due solely to increases in the present value calculations resulting from renewals or extensions of the terms of the underlying leases in effect on the Issue Date).

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 25, 2000 among the Company and the Initial Purchasers.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Representative ” means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for an issue of Senior Indebtedness.

 

Restricted Payment ” means with respect to any Person: (i) the declaration of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution of cash, securities or other property or assets in respect of such Person’s Capital Stock (except that a dividend payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person shall not constitute a Restricted Payment); (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of such Person’s or such Person’s Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock or any other payment or distribution made in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly; (iii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iv) the incurrence, creation or assumption of any guarantee of Indebtedness of any Affiliate (other than a Subsidiary of the Company); or (v) the making of any Investment in any Person (other than Permitted Investments); provided , however , that with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, Restricted Payments shall not include any payment described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above made (1) to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or (2) by the Company to any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (3) by any Subsidiary provided that the Company or another Subsidiary receives its proportionate share thereof.

 

-11-


Restricted Security ” means any Note (or beneficial interest therein) other than an Exchange Note (or beneficial interest therein), until such time as: (i) such Note (or beneficial interest therein) has been transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (ii) such Note is a 144A Global Note and two years have passed since the Issue Date; (iii) such Note is a Regulation S Global Note and 40 days have passed since the Issue Date; or (iv) the Private Placement legend therefor has otherwise been removed pursuant to Section 2.16(e) hereof or, in the case of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such beneficial interest has been exchanged for an interest in a Global Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries of any property or asset of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person or such Subsidiary to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such property or asset.

 

Secretary’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company in his or her official (and not individual) capacity.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Senior Indebtedness ” means the principal of and premium, if any, and interest and other amounts due on or in connection with any Indebtedness of the Company existing on the Issue Date or any Indebtedness of the Company thereafter created, incurred or assumed and permitted under Section 4.11 hereof, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Notes.

 

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the Notes and any other indebtedness, guarantee or obligation of the Company that (in the case of such other Indebtedness) specifically provides that such indebtedness, guarantee or obligation is to rank pari passu with other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and is not subordinated by its terms to any indebtedness, guarantee or obligation of the Company which is not Senior Indebtedness.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination either (i) had tangible assets which, as of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of such date, or (ii) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which constituted at least 5% of the Company’s total consolidated revenues for such period.

 

Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any security or any installment of interest thereon, means that date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the principal of such security or such installment of interest is due and payable.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” of any Person means any Indebtedness of such Person that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.

 

-12-


Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) any corporation of which Common Equity having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation is owned by such Person directly or through one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any entity other than a corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns at least 50% of the Common Equity of such entity and has the authority to manage such entity on a day-to-day basis.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03 hereof).

 

Trust Officer ” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

 

U.S. Government Obligations ” means (a) securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit are pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or portion thereof at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness or portion thereof (if applicable) into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) a Subsidiary of which 100% of the Common Equity (except for director’s qualifying shares or certain minority interests owned by other Persons solely due to local law requirements that there be more than one stockholder, but which interest is not in excess of what is required for such purpose) is owned directly by such Person or through one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any entity other than a corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns all of the Common Equity of such entity.

 

-13-


Section 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

The definitions of the following terms may be found in the sections indicated as follows:

 

Term


   Defined in Section

Affiliate Transaction

   4.13

Agent Members

   2.15

Asset Sale Offer

   4.12

Asset Sale Payment Amount

   4.12

Asset Sale Purchase Price

   4.12

Bankruptcy Law

   6.01

Business Day

   11.07

Change of Control Offer

   4.15

Change of Control Payment Date

   4.15

Change of Control Purchase Price

   4.15

Covenant Defeasance

   9.03

Custodian

   6.01

Event of Default

   6.01

Excess Proceeds

   4.12

Excess Proceeds Payment Date

   4.12

Global Notes

   2.01

Legal Defeasance

   9.02

Legal Holiday

   11.07

Net Proceeds Deficiency

   4.12

Non-payment Default

   10.03

Other Debt

   4.12

Paying Agent

   2.03

Payment Blockage Notice

   10.03

Payment Blockage Period

   10.03

Payment Default

   10.03

Private Placement Legend

   2.17

Registrar

   2.03

Regulation S Global Note

   2.01

Resale Restriction Termination Date

   2.16

Rule 144A Global Note

   2.01

Successor

   5.01

 

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified, terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them.

 

-14-


Section 1.04. Rules of Construction .

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;

 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

 

(5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to every gender.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01. Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture .

 

The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A , and the Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B , each of which is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture with such appropriate insertions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage all in a form approved by the Company. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of two or more permanent global notes (the “ Global Notes ”). Notes offered and sold (i) in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes in registered form (the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”) and (ii) in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes in registered form (the “ Regulation S Global Note ”), and in each case shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of any Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, as hereinafter provided.

 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by one or more Officers of the Company. Such signature may be either manual or facsimile.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

-15-


The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $350,000,000, (ii) pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Notes from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes and (iii) subject to compliance with Section 4.11 hereof, one or more series of Notes for original issue after the Issue Date (such Notes to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A or B hereto, as the case may be) in an unlimited amount (and if in the form of Exhibit A hereto the same principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor upon consummation of a registered exchange offer), in each case upon written orders of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, which Officers’ Certificate shall, in the case of any issuance pursuant to clause (iii) above, certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.11 hereof. In addition, each such Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Exchange Notes or Notes issued under clause (iii) of the preceding sentence and the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on the date of authentication. Such Notes shall initially be in the form of one or more Global Notes, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Notes to be issued, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Security or Notes or its nominee and (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in definitive, fully registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

 

The Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by an authorized officer of the Trustee, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent, and shall comply with this Indenture. An authenticating agent has the same right as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent .

 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment (“ Paying Agent ”) and (c) notices and demands in respect of Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall provide the Company a current copy of such register from time to time upon request of the Company. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company may not act as Paying Agent, but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or agent for service of notices and demands, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Company shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall to the extent that it is capable act as such for so long as such failure continues.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

-16-


Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .

 

Before 10:00 A.M. New York City time on each payment date of the principal of and/or interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest so becoming due. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee together with a complete accounting of such sums, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent together with a complete accounting of such sums. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. Funds deposited with the Paying Agent may be invested as agreed from time to time by the Company and the Paying Agent. All payments made hereunder shall be in U.S. legal tender.

 

Section 2.05. Holder Lists .

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and the Stated Maturity Date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 2.15 and 2.16 hereof, when a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register the transfer thereof, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture are met and, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a written request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested; provided that every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit transfers and exchanges, upon surrender of any Note for registration of transfer or exchange at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate one or more new Notes at the Registrar’s request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange other than any exchange pursuant to Section 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.15 or 8.05 hereof.

 

The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note (A) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (B) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending on the date of such mailing or (C) between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

None of the Company or the Trustee or the Registrar shall be liable for any delay by the Depositary in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and each such person may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, instructions from the Depositary for all purposes (including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of any Notes to be issued).

 

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the

 

-17-


Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. So long as the Depositary or its nominee is the Holder of a Global Note, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Notes represented by such Global Note for all purposes hereunder and under the Notes. Any Holder of a Global Note and each Person with an interest in such Global Note, shall, by acceptance of such Global Note or such interest agree that transfers of the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 

Any Note issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.06 will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits and, unless otherwise provided for in this Indenture, subject to the same restrictions, under this Indenture as the Note or Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes .

 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that a Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacement are met. An indemnity bond may be required by the Company or the Trustee that is sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and evidence to their satisfaction of apparent loss, destruction or theft of such Note may be required by the Company, the Trustee or any Agent. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any applicable taxes) in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07. In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. If after the delivery of such new Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such new Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Company and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such new Note from the person to whom it was delivered or any transferee thereof, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Company or the Trustee in connection therewith.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.

 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes .

 

Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.

 

A Note replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement) ceases to be outstanding unless and until the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that such replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

 

If a Paying Agent holds on a Redemption Date or at Stated Maturity U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date, such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

-18-


Section 2.09. Treasury Notes .

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver, consent or notice, Notes owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so considered. The Company shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when it or any of its Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes and of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired.

 

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes .

 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights and restrictions, of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 2.11. Cancellation .

 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and, unless the Company instructs the Trustee in writing to deliver the Notes to the Company, shall dispose of such Notes in accordance with its normal practice. Subject to Section 2.07 hereof, the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes in respect of which it has previously paid all principal, premium, if any, and interest accrued thereon, or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall provide the Company with a list of all Notes that have been canceled from time to time as requested in writing by the Company. If the Company shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.07.

 

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest .

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of principal or interest on the Notes, it shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate per annum borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before the subsequent special Record Date, the Company shall mail to each Holder, as of a recent date selected by the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

 

-19-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 6.01(a) hereof shall be paid to Holders as of the Record Date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid.

 

Section 2.13. Deposit of Moneys; Payments .

 

Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the relevant Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date and Excess Proceeds Payment Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make all cash payments due on such Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date and Excess Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be (or if any such date is not a Business Day, the first preceding Business Day). The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Certificated Notes, if any, shall be payable at the office of the Paying Agents. The Paying Agents shall pay the Company any excess cash remaining on deposit after all payments have been made with respect to a given Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date or Excess Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be. All payments made hereunder shall be in U.S. legal tender.

 

Section 2.14. “ CUSIP” Number .

 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” number(s) and the Trustee shall use the “CUSIP” numbers(s) in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any defect in the “CUSIP” number that appears on any Note, check, advice or payment or redemption notice, and any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” number(s) printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such number(s). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any changes in “CUSIP” numbers.

 

Section 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .

 

(a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.17 hereof.

 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder.

 

(b) Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may only be exchanged for Certificated Notes if (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for any Global Note and the Company fails to appoint a successor depositary within 60 days or (y) has ceased to be a clearing company registered under the Exchange Act or (ii) at the request of a Holder, if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

 

-20-


(c) In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an authentication order from the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(d) Any Certificated Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c), except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16 hereof, shall bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(e) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Section 2.16. Registration of Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes . When Certificated Notes are presented to the Registrar or co-Registrar with a request:

 

(i) to register the transfer of the Certificated Notes; or

 

(ii) to exchange such Certificated Notes for an equal principal amount of Certificated Notes of other authorized denominations,

 

the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if the requirements under this Indenture as set forth in this Section 2.16 for such transactions are met; provided , however , that the Certificated Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange:

 

(I) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

 

(II) in the case of Certificated Notes the offer and sale of which have not been registered under the Securities Act and are presented for transfer or exchange prior to (x) the date which is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note, or any predecessor thereto and (y) such later date, if any, as may be required by any subsequent change in applicable law (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”), such Certificated Notes shall be accompanied, in the sole discretion of the Company, by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:

 

(A) if such Certificated Note is being delivered to the Registrar or co-Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto); or

 

-21-


(B) if such Certificated Note is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule 144A, a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto); or

 

(C) if such Certificated Note is being transferred in reliance on Regulation S, delivery of a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto) and a transferor certificate for Regulation S transfers (substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto); or

 

(D) if such Certificated Note is being transferred in reliance on Rule 144 under the Securities Act, delivery of a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto) and, at the option of the Company, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act; or

 

(E) if such Certificated Note is being transferred in reliance on another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, a certification to that effect (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto) and, at the option of the Company, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. Upon receipt by the Registrar or co-Registrar of written instructions, or such other instruction as is customary for the Depositary, from the Depositary or its nominee, requesting the registration of transfer of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, together with, in the case of a transfer from a Rule 144A Global Note to a Regulation S Global Note, certificates in the form of Exhibits C and D and, in the case of a transfer from a Regulation S Global Note to a Rule 144A Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit C , together with the applicable Global Notes (or, if the applicable type of Global Note required to represent the interest as requested to be transferred is not then outstanding, only the Global Note representing the interest being transferred), the Registrar or Co-Registrar shall cancel such Global Notes (or Global Note) and the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an authentication order in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, authenticate new Global Notes of the types so canceled (or the type so canceled and applicable type required to represent the interest as requested to be transferred) reflecting the applicable increase and decrease of the principal amount of Notes represented by such types of Global Notes, giving effect to such transfer. If the applicable type of Global Note required to represent the interest as requested to be transferred is not outstanding at the time of such request, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon written instructions from the Company in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, authenticate a new Global Note of such type in principal amount equal to the principal amount of the interest requested to be transferred.

 

(c) Other Transfers . Any transfer of Restricted Notes not described above (other than a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that does not involve an exchange of such interest for a Certificated Note or a beneficial interest in another Global Note, which must be effected in accordance with applicable law and the rules and procedures of the Depositary, but is not subject to any procedure required by this Indenture) shall be made only upon receipt by the Registrar of such Opinions of Counsel, certificates and/or other information reasonably required by and satisfactory to it in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(d) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

 

-22-


(e) Private Placement Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless, and the Trustee is hereby authorized to deliver Notes without the Private Placement Legend if (i) the Resale Restriction Termination Date shall have occurred, (ii) there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

(f) General . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interest in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.15 hereof or this Section 2.16. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

Section 2.17. Restrictive Legends .

 

Each Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof until September 25, 2002, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Holder thereof:

 

THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSORS) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER OR ANOTHER EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i)(a) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES

 

-23-


ACT, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, PROVIDED THAT IN THE CASE OF A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THIS CLAUSE (d) SUCH TRANSFER IS SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE TRUSTEE (AND THE COMPANY, IF IT SO REQUESTS) OF A CERTIFICATION OF THE TRANSFEROR AND AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (ii) TO THE COMPANY OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THE NOTES AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.

 

Each Global Note shall also bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, AND TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee .

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 6 of the Notes, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date or during such other period as the Trustee may agree to, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the Redemption Price, and deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein and in the Notes, as appropriate.

 

-24-


Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed .

 

(a) In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and equitable; provided , however , that no Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part; provided , further , that if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, selection of the Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the procedures of the Depositary), unless such method is otherwise prohibited. The Trustee shall make the selection from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed. In the event of a partial redemption by lot, the Trustee shall select the particular Notes to be redeemed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the relevant Redemption Date from the Outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Company may redeem Notes in denominations of $1,000 only in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000. A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon delivery of the original Note to the Paying Agent and cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has made a deposit with the Paying Agent in U.S. legal tender in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(b) For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of that Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption .

 

Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 calendar days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the registered address of such Holder. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. If the Company elects to have the Trustee give notice of redemption, the Trustee shall give notice in the name of the Company and at the Company’s expense; provided , however , that the Company shall furnish the Trustee all information required to be contained in the notice.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(1) the Redemption Date;

 

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

 

(3) whether or not the Company is redeeming all outstanding Notes and if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

 

(4) the name, address and telephone number of the Paying Agent;

 

-25-


(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the address specified in such notice to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

 

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date upon surrender of the Notes to the Paying Agent;

 

(7) the subparagraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 

(8) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; and

 

(9) the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in the notice or printed on the Notes, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of such CUSIP or ISIN number.

 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .

 

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 hereof is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any; provided that if the Redemption Date is after a Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant Record Date.

 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .

 

On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the relevant Redemption Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall return to the Company any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amount necessary to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed.

 

On and after any Redemption Date, if U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price of and, subject to the proviso in Section 3.04 hereof, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date, if any. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will continue to accrue and be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate and in the manner provided for in Section 2.12 hereof.

 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, at the expense of the Company, for a Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

 

-26-


ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes .

 

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (including all Additional Interest as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds, for the benefit of the Holders, on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay such installment in full and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue interest, to the extent lawful as provided for in Section 2.12 hereof.

 

Section 4.02. Reports .

 

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall file with the Commission, to the extent such filings are accepted by the Commission, and shall furnish (within 15 days after such filing) to the Trustee and to the Holders all quarterly and annual reports and other information, documents and reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act if the Company were required to file under such section. In addition, the Company shall make such information available to prospective purchasers of the Notes, securities analysts and broker-dealers who request it in writing. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

Section 4.03. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws .

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

-27-


Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default; Tax Information .

 

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2000, an Officers’ Certificate (one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company) stating that to the best of his or her knowledge no Default or Event of Default has occurred, listing all Restricted Payments for such year, and if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all of such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Company elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.

 

(b) The annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 shall be accompanied by a written report addressed to the Trustee of the Company’s independent accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in conducting their audit of such financial statements nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that a Default or Event of Default has occurred under this Indenture insofar as they relate to accounting matters or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

 

(c) If (i) any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy hereunder with respect to a claimed default under this Indenture or the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at its address set forth in Section 11.02 hereof, by registered or certified mail or by telegram or facsimile transmission followed by hard copy by registered or certified mail an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, notice or other action, the status thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take, which Officers’ Certificate shall be so delivered within five (5) Business Days of its becoming aware of such occurrence.

 

Section 4.05. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

 

The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges (including withholding taxes and any penalties, interest and additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or properties of it or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of it or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings properly instituted and diligently conducted for which adequate reserves, to the extent required under GAAP, have been taken.

 

Section 4.06. Corporate Existence .

 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or limited liability company or other existence of each Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of each Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries except where the failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect any such rights, licenses and franchises shall not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate,

 

-28-


limited liability company, partnership or other existence of any of the Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.07. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.02 hereof.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.02 hereof as such office of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

Section 4.08. Compliance with Laws .

 

The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America and all other sovereign nations, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliances as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.09. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance .

 

(a) The Company shall cause all material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of the Company’s business or the business of any of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 4.09 shall prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or of the Board of Directors of the Subsidiary of the Company concerned, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b) The Company shall maintain, and shall cause the Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self-insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, may be necessary.

 

-29-


Section 4.10. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to make any Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment: (i) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof; (ii) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date, exceeds the sum of: (a) 50% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (taken as a single period) commencing on July 1, 1997 to and including the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such aggregate deficit); (b) the net cash proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) that is not Disqualified Stock during the period (taken as a single period) commencing with the Issue Date; and (c) $50,000,000; or (iii) the Company would not be able to incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may: (w) pay any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if the payment thereof would have complied with the limitations of this Section 4.10 on the date of declaration; (x) retire shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or the Company’s or a Subsidiary of the Company’s Indebtedness out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); (y) make Investments in Joint Ventures, when added to the aggregate amount of all such other Investments made pursuant to this clause (y) after the Issue Date, not exceeding at any time 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (with each such Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value); and (z) make Investments, when added to the aggregate amount of all such other Investments made pursuant to this clause (z) after the Issue Date, not exceeding at any time 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (with each such Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that each Restricted Payment described in clauses (w) and (x) above shall be taken into account for purposes of computing the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

Section 4.11. Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Subsidiary Preferred Stock .

 

(a) After the Issue Date, (i) the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee, extend the Stated Maturity of, or otherwise become liable with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”), any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue (except to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) or create any Preferred Stock or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to own or hold any interest in any Preferred Stock of any such Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness and the Company may permit its Subsidiaries to issue or create Preferred Stock if, after giving effect thereto, the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio on the date thereof would be at least 2.5 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis as if the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness or the issuance of such Preferred Stock (declared to have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation value of such Preferred Stock), as the case may be, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to calculate the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and irrespective of the EBITDA Coverage Ratio, in addition to Existing Indebtedness: (i) the Company may incur Indebtedness pursuant to the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes; (ii) the Company may incur Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any time not to exceed $400,000,000;

 

-30-


(iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur Refinancing Indebtedness; (iv) the Company may incur any Indebtedness to any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary may incur any Indebtedness to the Company or to any Subsidiary; (v) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur any Indebtedness evidenced by letters of credit which are used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries to secure workers’ compensation and other insurance coverages; (vi) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, in each case excluding Existing Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; and (vii) the Subsidiaries of the Company may incur Indebtedness, excluding Existing Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $250,000,000, in addition to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Subsidiaries pursuant to the foregoing clauses (iii) - (vi).

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may permit any Subsidiary which is a partnership formed to operate a single healthcare facility to issue or create Preferred Stock, provided that the aggregate amount of all such Preferred Stock outstanding after giving effect to such issuance or creation shall not exceed 1% of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the date of such issuance or creation.

 

Section 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales .

 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consummate any Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or such Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets included in such Asset Sale, (ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Asset Sale, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such Subsidiary therefor is in the form of cash paid at the closing thereof, provided , however , that this clause (iii) shall not apply if, after giving effect to such Asset Sale, the aggregate principal amount of all notes or similar debt obligations and Fair Market Value of all equity securities received by the Company from all Asset Sales since the Issue Date (other than such notes or similar debt obligations and such equity securities converted into or otherwise disposed of for cash and applied in accordance with the second succeeding sentence) would not exceed 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets. The amount (without duplication) of any (x) Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or such Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and with respect to which the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is unconditionally released by the holder of such Indebtedness and (y) any notes, securities or similar obligations or items of property received from such transferee that are immediately converted, sold or exchanged by the Company or such Subsidiary for cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.12. If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.12. A transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale, and a transfer of assets that constitutes a Restricted Payment and that is permitted under Section 4.10 hereof will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale.

 

(b) If the Company or any Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Company or such Subsidiary shall, no later than 360 days after such Asset Sale, (i) apply all or any of the Net Proceeds therefrom to repay Senior Indebtedness in accordance with the applicable provisions thereof, (ii) invest all or any part of the Net Proceeds therefrom in the lines of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such investment or (iii) any combination of clauses (i) and (ii) above. The amount of such Net Proceeds not applied or invested as provided in this paragraph (b) will constitute “ Excess Proceeds .”

 

-31-


(c) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $5,000,000, the Company shall be required to make an offer to purchase (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) from all Holders, an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to the amount of such Excess Proceeds as follows:

 

(i) The Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12 to purchase the maximum principal amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of Notes that may be purchased out of the amount (the “ Asset Sale Payment Amount ”) of such Excess Proceeds.

 

(ii) The offer price for the Notes shall be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes tendered pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date such Asset Sale Offer is consummated (the “ Asset Sale Purchase Price ”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12. To the extent that the aggregate Asset Sale Purchase Price of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Asset Sale Payment Amount relating thereto (such shortfall constituting a “ Net Proceeds Deficiency ”), the Company may use such Net Proceeds Deficiency, or a portion thereof, for general corporate purposes.

 

(iii) If the aggregate Asset Sale Purchase Price of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the Asset Sale Payment Amount, Notes to be purchased shall be selected on a pro rata basis.

 

(iv) Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to which such Asset Sale Offer was made shall be deemed to be zero.

 

In the event that any other Indebtedness of the Company which ranks pari passu with the Notes (“ Other Debt ”) requires an offer to purchase to be made to repurchase such Other Debt upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company may apply the Excess Proceeds to both purchase such Other Debt and to make an Asset Sale Offer, provided , that the purchase price of such Other Debt does not exceed 100% of the aggregate principal amount or accreted value thereof plus interest thereon. With respect to any Excess Proceeds, the Company shall make the Asset Sale Offer in respect thereof at the same time as the analogous offer to purchase is made pursuant to any Other Debt and the purchase date in respect thereof shall be the same as the purchase date in respect thereof pursuant to any Other Debt.

 

With respect to any Asset Sale Offer effected pursuant to this Section 4.12, to the extent the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Other Debt, if any, tendered pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer and the concurrent offer to purchase with respect to such Other Debt exceeds the Excess Proceeds, such Notes and Other Debt, if any, shall be purchased pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of such Notes and such Other Debt tendered by each holder thereof.

 

(d) If the Company is required to make an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall, within 30 days following the date specified in clause (c) above, notify the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Asset Sale Offer to each Holder by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar, stating:

 

(1) that an Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12;

 

-32-


(2) that such Holders have the right to require the Company to apply the Excess Proceeds to repurchase the Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Excess Proceeds Payment Date ”);

 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4) that any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Excess Proceeds Payment Date;

 

(5) that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Excess Proceeds Payment Date;

 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance of the Asset Sale Offer if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7) that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis so that the aggregate amount of Notes so purchased equals the amount of Excess Proceeds (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased);

 

(8) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof;

 

(9) the calculations used in determining the amount of Excess Proceeds to be applied to the purchase of such Notes;

 

(10) any other procedures that a Holder must follow to accept an Asset Sale Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(11) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent US legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be purchased or portions thereof, (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.12. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and make available for delivery to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.

 

-33-


(e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.12, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.13. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates .

 

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of transactions, make any loan, advance, guarantee or capital contribution to, or for the benefit of, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or for the benefit of, or purchase or lease any property or assets from, or enter into or amend any contract, agreement or understanding with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person (or any Affiliate of such Person) holding 10% or more of the Common Equity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than transactions in the ordinary course between the Company and its Subsidiaries or among Subsidiaries of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless: (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transactions are fair and reasonable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and are at least as favorable as the terms which could be obtained by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s-length basis between unaffiliated parties; (ii) with respect to any such Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $5,000,000, the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and a Secretary’s Certificate which sets forth and authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by a vote of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction; and (iii) with respect to any such Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $25,000,000, the Company delivers to the Trustee the certificates specified in clause (ii) above and an opinion of an independent investment banking firm of national standing in the United States, stating that such Affiliate Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided , however , that the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) shall not apply to transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and MedCenterDirect.com, Inc. or any entity to which the Company transfers all or substantially all of the rights to its HEALTHSOUTH Clinical Automation Program.

 

Section 4.14. Limitation on Liens .

 

The Company shall not create or suffer to exist any Lien (including any Lien created to secure the Company’s obligation to repay Senior Subordinated Indebtedness other than any amounts owing in respect of the Notes), other than Permitted Liens, on any of its assets unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligation so secured until such time as such obligation is no longer secured by a Lien.

 

Section 4.15. Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control .

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall be obligated to make an offer to purchase (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) the outstanding Notes of each Holder in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price (the “ Change of Control Purchase Price ”) in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Purchase Date ”), pursuant to the procedures set forth below.

 

-34-


(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall notify the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Change of Control to each Holder by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar, stating, among other things:

 

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15;

 

(2) that such Holders have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Notes at the Change of Control Purchase Price on the Change of Control Purchase Date which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in its payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

(5) that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance of the Change of Control Offer if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7) any other procedures that a Holder must follow to accept an Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(8) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.15. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be issued in an original amount in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

 

(c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.15, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue thereof.

 

-35-


Section 4.16. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries .

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction (other than encumbrances or restrictions imposed by law or by judicial or regulatory action or by provisions in leases or other agreements that restrict the assignability thereof) on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, owned by the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, or pay interest on or principal of any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, in each case except for encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) applicable law, (b) the Credit Agreements, (c) Existing Indebtedness, (d) any restrictions under any agreement evidencing any Acquired Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture and which was not incurred in anticipation or contemplation of the related acquisition, provided that such restrictions and encumbrances only apply to assets that were subject to such restrictions and encumbrances prior to the acquisition of such assets by the Company or its Subsidiaries, (e) restrictions or encumbrances replacing those permitted by clause (b), (c) or (d) above which, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive, (f) this Indenture, (g) any restrictions and encumbrances arising in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that any restrictions or encumbrances of the type described in this clause (g) that arise under such Refinancing Indebtedness are not, taken as a whole, materially more restrictive than those under the agreement creating or evidencing the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, (h) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (i) any agreement restricting the sale or other disposition of property securing Indebtedness if such agreement does not expressly restrict the ability of a Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or make loans or advances and (j) customary restrictions in purchase money debt or leases relating to the property covered thereby.

 

Section 4.17. Limitations on Certain Other Subordinated Indebtedness .

 

The Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness by its terms or the terms of the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness is subordinate in right of payment to, or ranks pari passu with, the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SURVIVING ENTITY

 

Section 5.01. Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations .

 

The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or assign any of its obligations under the Notes or this Indenture, to any Person unless: (i) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment shall be made (collectively, the “ Successor ”), is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor assumes by supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect

 

-36-


to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be at least equal to the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; (iv) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the EBITDA Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be such that the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be entitled to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the EBITDA Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.11 hereof; and (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment complies with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 5.02. Successor Substituted .

 

Upon any consolidation, merger, conveyance or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or any such Subsidiary is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be herein, and thereafter the predecessor entity shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01. Events of Default .

 

An “ Event of Default ” occurs if:

 

(a) there is a failure by the Company to pay interest on any of the Notes when it becomes due and payable and the continuance of any such failure for 30 days (whether or not prohibited by Article 10 hereof);

 

(b) there is a failure by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any, on) the Notes when it becomes due and payable, whether at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon acceleration or otherwise (whether or not prohibited by Article 10 hereof);

 

(c) there is a failure by the Company to comply with its obligations or covenants described under Section 4.12, Section 4.15 or Article 5 hereof (whether or not prohibited by Article 10 hereof);

 

(d) there is a failure by the Company to comply with any covenant in this Indenture (except the covenants referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above) and continuance of such failure for 30 days after notice of such failure has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

 

-37-


(e) there is any acceleration of the Stated Maturity of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of at least $25,000,000 or a failure to pay such Indebtedness at its Stated Maturity, provided that such acceleration or failure to pay is not cured within 10 days after such acceleration or failure to pay;

 

(f) there is a final judgment or final judgments that exceed $25,000,000 for the payment of money that has been entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company and/or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company and such judgment or judgments have not been discharged within 30 days after all rights to appeal have been exhausted;

 

(g) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A) commences a voluntary case,

 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its Property,

 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(E) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing; and

 

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case,

 

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the Property of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary, or

 

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries,

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days.

 

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 6.02. Acceleration .

 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) hereof relating to the Company) shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee, by written

 

-38-


notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable. Upon effectiveness of such acceleration, the aggregate principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable. At any time after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, or any Holder, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such acceleration if:

 

(a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(1) all overdue interest on the Notes;

 

(2) all unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on any of the outstanding Notes that has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes;

 

(3) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest and overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes;

 

(4) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel;

 

(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; and

 

(c) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default with respect to the Company of the type described in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company of the type described in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof shall occur, the aggregate principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies .

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested of it as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

-39-


Section 6.04. Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default .

 

Subject to Sections 2.09, 6.02, 6.07 and 8.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have the right to waive existing Defaults under or in compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note as specified in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 6.01 hereof or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02 hereof. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attach copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

Section 6.05. Control by Majority .

 

Subject to Section 2.09 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in its reasonable judgment may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Trust Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

 

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder has any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or any remedy hereunder unless:

 

(1) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

-40-


(3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense which may be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(4) the Trustee fails to institute such proceeding within 60 calendar days after receipt of such notice and the offer of indemnity; and

 

(5) the Trustee has not received directions inconsistent with such written request during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Note held by such Holder on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional (subject to the terms of this Indenture) and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee .

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in Section 4.01 hereof, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceedings.

 

-41-


Section 6.10. Priorities .

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

 

SECOND: if the Holders are forced to proceed against the Company directly without the Trustee, to Holders for their collection costs; and

 

THIRD: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest as to each, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes.

 

The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs .

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

 

(a) If an Event of Default actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

 

(1) The Trustee need perform only those duties and obligations that are specifically set forth in this Indenture.

 

(2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

-42-


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(A) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01.

 

(B) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(C) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 and 6.05 hereof.

 

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive from such Holders an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(e) Whether or not expressly so provided, the provisions of the TIA and paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law or as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Trustee and the Company.

 

(g) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

 

Subject to Section 7.01 hereof:

 

(1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting with respect to any matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05 hereof. The Trustee shall be fully protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

-43-


(3) The Trustee may act through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

(4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers under this Indenture.

 

(5) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting with respect to any matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes, the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel, accountant, appraiser or other expert adviser whether retained or employed by the Company or the Trustee shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(6) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Trustee shall determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(7) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its Stated Maturity or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction. The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of specific written investment direction.

 

(8) The rights, privileges, immunities and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture (including, without limitation, the right to be indemnified) shall also be afforded to the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each Paying Agent, Registrar, Co-Registrar, Custodian, transfer agent or tender agent and each agent or other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(9) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(10) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, shall be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

-44-


Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or any recitals therein, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes or any money paid to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 5 days after obtaining knowledge thereof. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or on the Excess Proceeds Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, and except in the case of a failure to comply with Article 5 hereof the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the best interest of the Holders. This Section 7.05 shall be in lieu of the proviso to Section 315(b) of the TIA, and such proviso of Section 315(b) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders .

 

If required by TIA Section 313(a), within 60 days after May 15 of any year, commencing on May 15, 2001, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with the reporting requirements of TIA Sections 313(b), (c) and (d).

 

A copy of each such report at the time of such mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Company and, if the Notes are listed on a stock exchange, filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed as provided by TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

 

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity .

 

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as may from time to time be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its services hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in connection with its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, custodians and nominees, except for any such disbursement or expense as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents and any predecessor Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold it or them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or reasonable expense, including taxes (other than

 

-45-


franchise taxes and taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by it or them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture and any other documents and transactions in connection therewith including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its or their powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs, provided any settlement with respect to which indemnification is sought shall have been consented to by the Company). The Trustee shall notify the Company in writing promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. However, the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder except to the extent the Company is prejudiced thereby. This Section 7.07 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss, damage, claim or liability incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. To secure the payment obligations of the Company in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof occurs, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

The obligation of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

 

The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the removed Trustee and the Company in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent. The Company may remove the Trustee at its election if:

 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge or control of the Trustee or its property or affairs; or

 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

No resignation or removal of the Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee. If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction at the expense of the Company for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

-46-


If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee if the Trustee fails after written request thereof by such Holder to comply with such Section 7.10.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately following such delivery, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07 hereof, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, and the successor Trustee, after any and all amounts then due and owing the Trustee hereunder have been paid in full, shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion .

 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation, subject to Section 7.10 hereof, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any such successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification .

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Sections 310(a)(1) and 310(a)(2). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b), the Trustee and the Company shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.10, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinbefore specified in this Article 7.

 

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .

 

The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

-47-


ARTICLE 8

 

MODIFICATIONS, AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 8.01. Without Consent of Holders .

 

The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution of the Company, and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in this Indenture or the Notes or make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or the Notes; provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders;

 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture;

 

(4) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5) to secure the Notes;

 

(6) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Events of Default for the benefit of Holders;

 

(7) to surrender any right or power conferred on the Company; or

 

(8) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 8.02. With Consent of Holders .

 

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, the Company and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), a modification, amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04 hereof, may not:

 

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, such Note or alter the optional redemption provisions thereof;

 

(2) reduce the principal amount of, or premium, if any, or interest on, such Note or extend the time of payments under the Notes;

 

-48-


(3) modify the subordination provisions in this Indenture in a manner adverse to the Holder (including any modification of the definition of Senior Indebtedness);

 

(4) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, such Note;

 

(5) alter the provisions with respect to the obligation of the Company to make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof or to make an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with Section 4.12 hereof;

 

(6) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Note; or

 

(7) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for modification or amendment of this Indenture or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain Defaults or Events of Default.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 8.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may in its own discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

Section 8.03. Compliance with TIA .

 

Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 8.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents .

 

Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note or portion of such Note by notice to the Trustee or the Company received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

-49-


The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a Record Date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such Record Date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons shall continue to be Holders after such Record Date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such Record Date.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (7) of Section 8.02 hereof, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 8.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

 

If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may request the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, in exchange for the Note the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 8.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc .

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 8 is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

 

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 9.01) and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when either:

 

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 hereof

 

-50-


and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b) (i) either (A) pursuant to Article 3 hereof, the Company shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of the redemption of all of the Notes under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of such notice or (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable; (ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee in trust for the purpose an amount in U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for the principal of, premium, if any, and interest to the date of such deposit; (iii) no Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which will be used to defease the Notes concurrently with such incurrence); (iv) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and (v) the Company has delivered to the Trustee (A) irrevocable instructions to apply the deposited money toward payment of the Notes at the Stated Maturity thereof, and (B) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under any material agreement or instrument then known to such counsel which binds or affects the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company’s obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.07, 7.07 and 8.06 hereof shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08 hereof. After the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 and 8.06 shall survive.

 

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

Section 9.02. Legal Defeasance .

 

(a) The Company may, at its option by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have this Section 9.02 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof.

 

(b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 9.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), and Holders and any amounts deposited under Section 9.04 hereof shall cease to be subject to any obligations to, or the rights of, any holder of Senior

 

-51-


Indebtedness under Article 10 or otherwise, except for the following provisions, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 9.05 hereof and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due on the Stated Maturity thereof (or, upon redemption, if applicable), (ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.07 hereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and (iv) this Article 9. Subject to compliance with this Article 9, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 9.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 9.03. Covenant Defeasance .

 

(a) The Company may, at its option by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have this Section 9.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof.

 

(b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05, 4.08 and 4.09 through 4.17, inclusive, and Article 5 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder and Holders and any amounts deposited under Section 9.04 hereof shall cease to be subject to any obligations to, or the rights of, any holder of Senior Indebtedness under Article 10 or otherwise. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event or Default under Section 6.01(c) or 6.01(d) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 9.04. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 9.02 or 9.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, or U.S. Government Obligations, or in the case of Covenant Defeasance, corporate obligations rated at least “A” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or at least “A” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof (or upon redemption, if applicable) of such principal, premium, if any, or installment of interest;

 

-52-


(b) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as an event of bankruptcy under clauses (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 hereof is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit;

 

(c) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(d) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or since the Issue Date, there has been a change in applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(e) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to either the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 9.05. Application of Trust Money .

 

All money and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon a written request of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

-53-


Section 9.06. Repayment to the Company .

 

Subject to Sections 9.01, 9.,02, 9.03, 9.04, 9.05 and 9.07, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess U.S. legal tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed, and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

 

Section 9.07. Reinstatement .

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02 or 9.03 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 hereof; provided , however , that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

SUBORDINATION

 

Section 10.01. Agreement To Subordinate .

 

The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) thereof are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full in cash when due of the principal of, and premium if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on and all other amounts owing in respect of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company. Money and U.S. Government Obligations held in trust pursuant to Article 9 are not subject to the subordination provisions of this Article 10.

 

Section 10.02. Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy .

 

Upon any payment or distribution to creditors of the Company of the assets of the Company of any kind or character in a total or partial liquidation or dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization,

 

-54-


insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (including any assignment for the benefit of creditors and proceedings for marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Company), the holders of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company then outstanding will be entitled to payment in full in cash before the Holders are entitled to receive any payment (other than payments made from a trust previously established pursuant to provisions described under Article 9 hereof) on or with respect to the Notes and, until all Senior Indebtedness receives payment in full in cash, any distribution to which the Holders would be entitled will be made to holders of Senior Indebtedness.

 

Section 10.03. Company Not To Make Payments with Respect to

         Notes in Certain Circumstances.                            

 

Upon the occurrence of any default in the payment of any principal of or interest on or other amounts due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company in excess of $5,000,000 beyond any applicable grace period (a “ Payment Default ”), no payment of any kind or character shall be made by the Company (or by any other Person on its behalf) with respect to the Notes unless and until (i) such Payment Default shall have been cured or waived in accordance with the instruments governing such Senior Indebtedness or shall have ceased to exist, (ii) such Senior Indebtedness shall have been discharged or paid in full in cash in accordance with the instruments governing such Senior Indebtedness or (iii) the benefits of this sentence have been waived by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative, immediately after which the Company must resume making any and all required payments, including missed payments, in respect of its obligations under the Notes.

 

Upon (1) the occurrence and continuance of an event of default (other than a Payment Default) relating to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as such event of default is defined therein or in the instrument or agreement under which it is outstanding, which event of default, pursuant to the instruments governing such Designated Senior Indebtedness, entitles the holders (or a specified portion of the holders) of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or their designated representative to accelerate (either immediately or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both) the Stated Maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness (whether or not such acceleration has actually occurred) (a “ Non-payment Default ”) and (2) the receipt by the Trustee and the Company from the trustee or other representative of holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of written notice (a “ Payment Blockage Notice ”) of such occurrence, no payment is permitted to be made by the Company (or by any other Person on its behalf) in respect of the Notes for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing on the date of receipt by the Trustee of such notice and ending on the earliest to occur of the following events (subject to any blockage of payments that may then be in effect due to a Payment Default on Senior Indebtedness): (v) the acceleration of the maturity of any Indebtedness (other than Senior Indebtedness) by virtue of the event that resulted in such Payment Blockage Period; (w) such Non-payment Default has been cured or waived or has ceased to exist; (x) a 179-consecutive-day period commencing on the date such written notice is received by the Trustee has elapsed; (y) such Payment Blockage Period has been terminated by written notice to the Trustee from the trustee or other representative of holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, whether or not such Non-payment Default has been cured or waived or has ceased to exist; and (z) such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or paid in full in cash, immediately after which, in the case of clause (v), (w), (x), (y) or (z), the Company must resume making any and all required payments, including missed payments, in respect of its obligations under the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) not more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced in any period of 365 consecutive days and (b) no default or event of default with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company that was the subject of a Payment Blockage Notice which existed or was continuing on the date of the giving of any Payment Blockage Notice shall be or serve as the basis for the giving of a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice whether or not within a period of 365 consecutive days unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of at least 90 consecutive days after such date.

 

-55-


Regardless of anything to the contrary herein, nothing shall prevent (a) any payment by the Trustee to the Holders of amounts deposited with it pursuant to Article 9 or (b) any payment by the Trustee or the Paying Agent as permitted by Section 10.11 hereof.

 

Section 10.04. Acceleration of Notes .

 

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company of the acceleration.

 

Section 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over .

 

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders at a time when such payment or distribution is prohibited by the foregoing provisions, such payment or distribution shall be segregated from other funds or assets and held in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and shall be paid or delivered by the Trustee or such Holders, as the case may be, to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the Company remaining unpaid or unprovided for or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness of the Company may have been issued, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the Senior Indebtedness of the Company held or represented by each, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay or to provide for the payment in full in cash of all such Senior Indebtedness after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holders may receive and retain payment from the money or the proceeds held in any defeasance trust described under Article 9, and no such receipt or retention will be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness or subject to the restrictions described in this Article 10.

 

Section 10.06. Notice by Company .

 

The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of principal of or interest on Notes to violate this Article 10, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Indebtedness of the Company provided in this Article 10.

 

Section 10.07. Subrogation .

 

After all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to receive distributions applicable to Senior Indebtedness of the Company to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders have been applied to the payment of Senior Indebtedness of the Company. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on Senior Indebtedness.

 

Section 10.08. Relative Rights .

 

This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

 

(1) impair, as between the Company and Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

 

-56-


(2) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Company other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company; or

 

(3) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders.

 

Section 10.09. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company .

 

No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce the subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

 

Section 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative .

 

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representatives.

 

Section 10.11. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent .

 

The Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes until it receives written notice of facts that would cause a payment of principal of or interest on the Notes to violate this Article 10. Only the Company, a Representative or a holder of an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company that has no Representative may give the notice.

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or a Representative on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Representative on behalf of any such holder.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Indebtedness of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and shall not be liable to any such holder if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise.

 

Section 10.12. Officers’ Certificate .

 

If there occurs an event referred to in Section 10.02 or 10.03 hereof, the Company shall promptly give to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (on which the Trustee may conclusively rely) identifying all holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or their Representatives and the principal amount of Senior Indebtedness of the Company then outstanding held by each such holder and stating the reasons why such Officers’ Certificate is being delivered to the Trustee.

 

-57-


Section 10.13. Obligation of Company Unconditional .

 

Nothing contained in this Article 10 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any Note is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and the Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the Company, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Note from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article 10 of the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Upon any distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 10, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, and the Holders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any distribution to the Trustee or the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the Company and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. Nothing contained in this Article 10 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any Note is intended to or shall affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, at any time except during the pendency of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceeding, and except during the continuance of any default specified in Section 10.03 hereof (not cured or waived), payments at any time of the principal or of interest on the Notes.

 

Section 10.14. Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default .

 

The failure to make a payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes by reason of any provision of this Article Ten shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01. TIA Controls .

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.

 

-58-


Section 11.02. Notices .

 

Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Telephone No.: (205) 969-4977

Facsimile No.: (205) 969-4730

Attention: William W. Horton

 

If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West

New York, New York 10286

Telephone No.: (212) 815-5287

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5915

Attention: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

 

The Company or the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice or communication to the Company or the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made when actually received.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice.

 

Section 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders .

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

-59-


(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with.

 

Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion .

 

Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents .

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at meetings of Holders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

Section 11.07. Business Days; Legal Holidays .

 

A “ Business Day ” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, a Sunday, a federally-recognized holiday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

Section 11.08. Governing Law .

 

THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.

 

Section 11.09. Waiver of Trial by Jury .

 

The Company hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture.

 

-60-


Section 11.10. Submission to Jurisdiction .

 

The Company hereby consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder or under the Notes. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

Section 11.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 11.12. No Recourse Against Others .

 

No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

Section 11.13. Successors .

 

All agreements of each of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee, any additional trustee and any Paying Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

Section 11.14. Multiple Counterparts .

 

The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

 

Section 11.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

 

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 11.16. Separability .

 

Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby to the extent allowed by law.

 

Section 11.17. Translation .

 

The original and controlling version of this Indenture and any related agreements shall be the English language version. All translations of this Indenture or any agreements related hereto into other languages

 

-61-


shall be for the convenience of the parties only, and shall not control the meaning or application of this Indenture. All notices and other communications required or permitted by this Indenture or any other transactional agreement must be in English or accompanied by an English translation, and the interpretation and application of such notices and other communications shall be based solely upon the English language version thereof.

 

 

-62-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.

 

Company :
HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ William T. Owens


    Name: William T. Owens
    Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Trustee :
THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
        as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Massimillo


    Name: Robert A. Massimillo
    Title: Assistant Vice President

 

S-1


EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF SERIES A NOTE]

 

CUSIP No.:

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

10  3 / 4 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2008

 

No.

  $                

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to or registered assigns, the principal sum of $             on October 1, 2008.

 

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing April 1, 2001.

 

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized directors, officers or other authorized signatories.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:
By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:

 

Certificate of Authentication

 

Date: September 25, 2000

 

This is one of the 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

        as Trustee

By:  

 


   

Authorized Signatory

 

 

A-2


(REVERSE OF SECURITY)

 

10  3 / 4 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2008

 

1. Interest . HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing April 1, 2001. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on March 15 or September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day is a Business Day) even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and premium, if any, will be made (on presentation of such Notes if in certificated form) in U.S. legal tender; provided , however , that the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in U.S. legal tender. The Company may deliver any such interest payment by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address will appear on the security register.

 

3. Paying Agents and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of New York, a banking organization organized under the laws of New York (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Paying Agent and the Trustee will act as Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agents, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

4. Indenture . The Company issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2000 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Initial Notes of the Company designated as its 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.

 

A-3


5. Subordination . The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and subordinated in right of payment, in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed. Each Holder by his acceptance hereof agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purposes.

 

6. Redemption .

 

(a) Optional Redemption upon an Equity Offering . At any time prior to October 1, 2003, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings. The Redemption Price for any such redemption will be 110.750% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. At least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date must remain outstanding immediately after any such redemption, and each such redemption must occur within 60 days after the Equity Offering closes.

 

(b) Optional Redemption . The Company may redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after October 1, 2004 at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof), together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on October 1 of the year set forth below:

 

Year


   Percentage

 

2004

   105.375 %

2005

   103.583 %

2006

   101.792 %

2007 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

7. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption under paragraphs 6(a) and 6(b) of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus interest accrued through the Redemption Date, if any.

 

8. Offers to Purchase . The Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as defined in the Indenture) and upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

9. Registration Rights . Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, the Company will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for the Company’s Series B 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the “ Exchange Notes ”), at such time as the Exchange Notes shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material

 

A-4


respects to the Initial Notes. The Holders of the Initial Notes shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange . The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

 

11. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

 

12. Unclaimed Money . If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person.

 

13. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . If the Company at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or other obligations of the types set forth in the Indenture sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes to Stated Maturity or redemption, if applicable, and complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes).

 

14 . Amendments, Supplements, and Waivers . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

 

15. Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, make payments in respect of its Capital Stock, incur additional Indebtedness, make certain investments, sell assets, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries of the Company. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must report on an annual basis to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

16. Successor . When a Successor assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default exists and certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.

 

17. Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the Company pursuant to Section 6.01(g) or (h) of the Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare to be immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the

 

A-5


date of acceleration; provided , however , that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) of the Indenture occurs, such principal amount, together with premium, if any, and interest with respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

 

18. Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

19. No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

20. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

21. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Note. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original but all of them together represent one and the same Note.

 

22. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE HAS AGREED TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

 

23. Abbreviations and Defined Terms . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Cus-todian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

24. CUSIP Numbers . The Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

25. Indenture . Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder of a Note upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture which has the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, Telephone No. (205) 969-4977, Facsimile No. (205) 969-4730, Attention: William W. Horton.

 

A-6


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code and

social security or tax ID number of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint ____________________________________________________________________________________, agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                              

 

Signed:

 

 


   

              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Medallion Guarantee:                                              

 

A-7


[OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE]

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

 

Section 4.12   ¨

 

Section 4.15   ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                                         

 

 

Date:                                               

 

 


    NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 

Medallion Guarantee:                                                  

 

A-8


EXHIBIT B

 

[FORM OF SERIES B NOTE]

 

CUSIP No.:

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

10  3 / 4 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2008

 

No.   $                

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to or registered assigns, the principal sum of $             on October 1, 2008.

 

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing April 1, 2001.

 

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized directors, officers or other authorized signatories.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:
By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:

 

Certificate of Authentication

 

Date: September 25, 2000

 

This is one of the 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

By:  

 


   

Authorized Signatory

 

B-2


(REVERSE OF SECURITY)

 

10  3 / 4 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2008

 

1 Interest . HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing April 1, 2001. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on March 15 or September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day is a Business Day) even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and premium, if any, will be made (on presentation of such Notes if in certificated form) in U.S. legal tender; provided, however, that the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in U.S. legal tender. The Company may deliver any such interest payment by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address will appear on the security register.

 

3. Paying Agents and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of New York, a banking organization organized under the laws of New York (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Paying Agent and the Trustee will act as Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agents, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

4. Indenture . The Company issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2000 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Exchange Notes of the Company designated as its 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.

 

5. Subordination . The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and subordinated in right of payment, in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed. Each Holder by his acceptance hereof agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purposes.

 

B-3


6. Redemption .

 

(a) Optional Redemption upon an Equity Offering . At any time prior to October 1, 2003, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings. The Redemption Price for any such redemption will be 110.750% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. At least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date must remain outstanding immediately after any such redemption, and each such redemption must occur within 60 days after the Equity Offering closes.

 

(b) Optional Redemption . The Company may redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after October 1, 2004 at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof), together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on October 1 of the year set forth below:

 

Year


   Percentage

 

2004

   105.375 %

2005

   103.583 %

2006

   101.792 %

2007 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

7. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption under paragraphs 6(a) and 6(b) of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus interest accrued through the Redemption Date, if any.

 

8. Offers to Purchase . The Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as defined in the Indenture) and upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange . The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money . If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person.

 

B-4


12. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . If the Company at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or other obligations of the types set forth in the Indenture sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes to Stated Maturity or redemption, if applicable, and complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes).

 

13. Amendments, Supplements, and Waivers . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

 

14 . Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, make payments in respect of its Capital Stock, incur additional Indebtedness, make certain investments, sell assets, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries of the Company. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must report on an annual basis to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

15. Successor . When a Successor assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default exists and certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.

 

16. Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the Company pursuant to Section 6.01(g) or (h) of the Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare to be immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of acceleration; provided , however , that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee may by written notice to the Company and the Trustee rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) of the Indenture occurs, such principal amount, together with premium, if any, and interest with respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

 

17. Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

B-5


18. No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

19. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

20. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Note. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original but all of them together represent one and the same Note.

 

21. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE HAS AGREED TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

 

22. Abbreviations and Defined Terms . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

23. CUSIP Numbers . The Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

24. Indenture . Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder of a Note upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture which has the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, Telephone No. (205) 969-4977, Facsimile No. (205) 969-4730, Attention: William W. Horton.

 

 

B-6


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code and

social security or tax ID number of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint ____________________________________________________________________________________, agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                              

  

Signed:

  

 


          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Medallion Guarantee:                                              

 

 

 

 

B-7


[OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE]

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

 

Section 4.12   ¨

 

Section 4.15   ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                                     

 

 

Date:                                                              

 

 


    NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 

Medallion Guarantee:                                                      

 

 

B-8


EXHIBIT C

 

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE

OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

 

  Re: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation (the “Company”)

10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the “Notes”)

 

This Certificate relates to $                  principal amount of Notes held in the form of*      a beneficial interest in a Global Note or*                  Certificated Notes by                  (the “ Transferor ”).

 

The Transferor:

 

Has requested by written order that the Registrar exchange or register the transfer of a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes.

 

In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with the Indenture relating to the above captioned Notes and the restrictions on transfers thereof as provided in Section 2.16 of such Indenture, and that the transfer of the Notes does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), because*:

 

¨ Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer (in satisfaction of Section 2.16 of the Indenture).

 

¨ Such Note is being transferred to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

¨ Such Note is being transferred in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act and a transfer certificate for Regulation S transfers in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture accompanies this certification.

 

¨ Such Note is being transferred in reliance on Rule 144 under the Securities Act. An Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act accompanies this certification.

 

¨ Such Note is being transferred in reliance on and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act. An Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act accompanies this certification.

 


[INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]

By:

 

 


    [Authorized Signatory]

 

Date:                                              


* Check applicable box.

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Certificate To Be

Delivered in Connection

with Regulation S Transfers

 

                     ,             

 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

  Re: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the “Notes”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of $                  aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Defined terms used herein without definition have the respective meanings provided in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 


 

D-1

EXHIBIT 4.2.2

 

INSTRUMENT OF RESIGNATION, APPOINTMENT AND ACCEPTANCE, dated as of May 8, 2003 (this “Instrument” ), among HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office at One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243 (the “Company” ), THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, having its corporate trust office at 101 Barclay Street - 8W, New York, New York 10286, as resigning Trustee (the “Resigning Trustee” ), and HSBC BANK USA, a banking corporation and trust company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, having its corporate trust office at 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018-2706, as successor Trustee (the “Successor Trustee” ).

 

RECITALS

 

There are presently outstanding under that certain Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2000 (the “Indenture” ), between the Company and the Resigning Trustee, $319,260,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the “Securities” ).

 

The Resigning Trustee wishes to resign as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and the office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and the Indenture (the “Agent” ) may be served under the Indenture; the Company wishes to appoint the Successor Trustee to succeed the Resigning Trustee as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; and the Successor Trustee wishes to accept appointment as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Resigning Trustee and the Successor Trustee agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE ONE

THE RESIGNING TRUSTEE

 

Section 101. Pursuant to Section 7.08 of the Indenture, the Resigning Trustee hereby notifies the Company that the Resigning Trustee is hereby resigning as Trustee under the Indenture.

 

Section 102. The Resigning Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Successor Trustee and the Company that:

 

(a) No covenant or condition contained in the Indenture has been waived by the Resigning Trustee.

 

(b) There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the best of the knowledge of the Trust Officers of the Resigning Trustee, threatened against the Resigning Trustee before any court or governmental authority arising out of any action or omission by the Resigning Trustee as Trustee under the Indenture.

 


(c) This Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Resigning Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

 

(d) $319,260,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Securities is outstanding as of the effective date hereof, and interest on the Securities has been paid up to, but not including, October 1, 2002.

 

(e) The Resigning Trustee has notified the Holders of the Securities of such Defaults and Events of Default as required under the terms of the Indenture, the form of which notice is annexed hereto as Exhibit A . Except as set forth in Exhibit A , to the knowledge of the Trust Officers of the Resigning Trustee, no event has occurred and is continuing which is, or after notice or lapse of time would become, an Event of Default under the Indenture.

 

(f) The Resigning Trustee has made, or promptly will make, available to the Successor Trustee originals, if available, or copies in its possession, of all documents relating to the Indenture and all information in the possession of its corporate trust department relating to the administration and status of the Indenture.

 

Section 103. The Resigning Trustee hereby assigns, transfers, delivers and confirms to the Successor Trustee all right, title and interest of the Resigning Trustee in and to the Indenture, all rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Indenture and all property and moneys held by such Resigning Trustee under the Indenture, with like effect as if the Successor Trustee was originally named as Trustee under the Indenture. The Resigning Trustee shall execute and deliver such further instruments and shall do such other things as each of the Company and the Successor Trustee may reasonably require so as to more fully and certainly vest and confirm in the Successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby assigned, transferred, delivered and confirmed to the Successor Trustee.

 

Section 104. The Resigning Trustee hereby resigns as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE TWO

THE COMPANY

 

Section 201. The Company hereby certifies that Exhibit B annexed hereto is a copy of the resolutions which were duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, which are in full force and effect on the date hereof, and which authorize certain officers of the Company to: (a) accept the Resigning Trustee’s resignation as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; (b) appoint the Successor Trustee as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; and (c) execute and deliver such agreements and other instruments as may be necessary or desirable to effectuate the succession of the Successor Trustee as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

Section 202. The Company hereby accepts the resignation of the Resigning Trustee as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture. Pursuant to Section 7.08 of the Indenture, the Company hereby appoints the Successor Trustee as Trustee under the Indenture

 

2


and confirms to the Successor Trustee all rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Indenture and with respect to all property and moneys held or to be held under the Indenture, with like effect as if the Successor Trustee was originally named as Trustee under the Indenture. The Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and shall do such other things as the Successor Trustee may reasonably require so as to more fully and certainly vest and confirm in the Successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby assigned, transferred, delivered and confirmed to the Successor Trustee.

 

Section 203. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Successor Trustee and the Resigning Trustee that:

 

(a) The Company is a corporation duly and validly organized and existing pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(b) The Indenture was validly and lawfully executed and delivered by the Company, has not been amended or modified and is in full force and effect.

 

(c) The Securities are validly issued securities of the Company.

 

(d) No covenant or condition contained in the Indenture has been waived by the Company or by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities required by the Indenture to effect any such waiver.

 

(e) The Company is in the process of determining whether any event, in addition to any event set forth in Exhibit A , has occurred and is continuing which is, or after notice or lapse of time would become, an Event of Default under the Indenture, and has not given notice under the Indenture of any such event, other than respect to any event set forth in Exhibit A .

 

(f) There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company before any court or any governmental authority arising out of any action or omission by the Company under the Indenture.

 

(g) This Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

 

(h) All conditions precedent relating to the appointment of the Successor Trustee as successor Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture have been complied with by the Company.

 

Section 204. The Company hereby appoints the Successor Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

3


ARTICLE THREE

THE SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE

 

Section 301. The Successor Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Resigning Trustee and the Company that:

 

(a) The Successor Trustee is qualified and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.10 of the Indenture to act as Trustee under the Indenture.

 

(b) This Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Successor Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

 

Section 302. Pursuant to Section 7.08 of the Indenture, the Successor Trustee hereby accepts its appointment as Trustee under the Indenture and shall hereby be vested with all rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Indenture and with respect to all property and moneys held or to be held under the Indenture.

 

Section 303. The Successor Trustee hereby accepts its appointment as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

Section 304. Promptly after the execution and delivery of this Instrument, the Successor Trustee, on behalf of the Company, shall cause a notice, the form of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit C , to be sent to each Holder of the Securities in accordance with Section 7.08 of the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 401. Except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, all capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

Section 402. This Instrument and the resignation, appointment and acceptance effected hereby shall be effective as of the close of business on the date first above written; provided, however, that the resignation of the Resigning Trustee and the appointment of the Successor Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture shall be effective 10 business days after the date first above written.

 

Section 403. Notwithstanding the resignation of the Resigning Trustee effected hereby, the Company shall remain obligated under Section 7.07 of the Indenture to compensate, reimburse and indemnify the Resigning Trustee in connection with its prior trusteeship under the Indenture. The Company also acknowledges and reaffirms its obligations to the Successor Trustee as set forth in Section 7.07 of the Indenture, including payments to be made in accordance with that certain side agreement, of even date herewith, by and between the Successor Trustee and the Company, which obligations shall survive the execution hereof.

 

Section 404. This Instrument shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction which govern the Indenture and its construction.

 

4


Section 405. This Instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 406. All notices, whether faxed or mailed, will be deemed received when sent pursuant to the following instructions:

 

TO THE RESIGNING TRUSTEE:

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street - 8W

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Michele Russo, AVP Corporate Trust Administration

Fax: (212) 815-5131

Tel.: (212) 815-5428

 

TO THE SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE:

 

HSBC Bank USA

452 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10018-2706

Attention: Robert A. Conrad, Vice President

Fax: (212) 525-1366

Tel.: (212) 525-1314

 

TO THE COMPANY:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: Richard S. Davis, Group Vice President

Fax: (205) 969-6837

Tel: (205) 968-4493

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Richard S. Davis

Name:

 

Richard S. Davis

Title:

 

Asst. Treasurer

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By:

 

/s/ Michele L. Russo

Name:

 

Michele L. Russo

Title:

 

Assistant Vice President

HSBC BANK USA

By:

 

/s/ Robert A. Conrad

Name:

 

Robert A. Conrad

Title:

 

Vice President

 


EXHIBIT A

 

See attached.

 


THE BANK OF NEW YORK

NEW YORK’S FIRST BANK - FOUNDED 1784 BY ALEXANDER HAMILTON

 

April 2, 2003

 

NOTICE TO THE REGISTERED HOLDERS

 

OF

 

HealthSouth Corporation

10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

 

CUSIP No. 421924AP6

 

This notice is being given by The Bank of New York as Trustee (the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture dated as of September 25, 2000 with HealthSouth Corporation (the “Company”), as issuer and the Trustee (the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (“Notes”) were issued. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Notice shall have the meanings given under the Indenture. The persons receiving this letter are the registered holders of the Notes (“Noteholders”) whose names and addresses appear on the list of registered holders maintained by the Trustee.

 

The Trustee received a letter dated March 25, 2003 (the “Payment Blockage Notice”) from JPMorgan Chase Bank (the “Administrative Agent”). The Administrative Agent instructed the Company that no payment is permitted to be made in respect of the Notes due to the Events of Default under the Credit Agreement Pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Indenture, the Noteholders did not receive the April 1, 2003 interest payment as a result of the filing of the Payment Blockage Notice.

 

According to Section 6.01 of the Indenture, this nonpayment of interest will become an Event of Default if the Company does not remit payment to the Trustee within thirty days of the scheduled interest payment date.

 

Each registered holder of the Notes should forward a copy of this Notice immediately to any beneficial owner(s) of the Notes for whom the holder acts as nominee or in any other capacity.

 

In the event that you have any questions regarding this Notice, please contact Mr. Robert Massimillo, Vice President or Mr. Gerard Facendola, Vice President at The Bank of New York, 101 Barclay Street, 8W, New York, New York, 10286.

 

By: The Bank of New York, as Trustee

 

Note : The Cusip number appearing herein has been included solely for the convenience of the Holders. The Bank of New York assumes no responsibility for the selection or use of such number and makes no representation as to the correctness of the Cusip number listed above.

 


LOGO

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, AL 35243

 

Attention:    Joel Gordon, Chairman of the Board of Directors
     Malcolm E. McVay, Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West

New York, NY 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

 

Payment Blockage Notice

 

March 25, 2003

 

Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of June 14, 2002 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among HEALTHSOUTH Corporation (the “ Company ”), the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Wachovia Bank, National Association, as syndication agent, UBS Warburg LLC, Scotiabanc, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Ag, New York Branch, as Co-Documentation Agents and Bank of America, N.A.; as Senior Managing Agent and (ii) the Indenture dated as of September 25, 2000 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this notice shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement or the Indenture, as the case may be.

 

Pursuant to Sections 10.03 and 11.03 of the Indenture, the Administrative Agent hereby notifies the Company and the Trustee that, as a result of Events of Default under Sections 3.06, 3.14 and 3.22 and paragraph (c) of Article VII of the Credit Agreement, a Payment Blockage Period will commence under such Section 10.03 on the date on which this Payment Blockage Notice is received by the Company and the Trustee. As a result, no payment is permitted to be made by the Company (or by any other Person on its behalf) in respect of the Notes. The Administrative Agent is entitled to provide this Payment Blockage Notice pursuant to Section 10.03 of the lndenture because (i) the Events of Default under the Credit Agreement referred to above are Non-payment Defaults pursuant to which the maturity of the Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement may be accelerated and (ii) the obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement are specifically designated in Section 1.05 of the Credit Agreement as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” under the Indenture.

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank Ÿ 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017-2070

 


The Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders hereby reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to exercise any rights or remedies granted to it (in its capacity as a Lender, as Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or as a holder of Designated Senior Indebtedness) under the Credit Agreement when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or under the Indenture when a Payment Blockage Period has commenced and is continuing.

 

Please contact Dawn Lee Lum of JPMorgan Chase Bank (212-270-2472) should you care to discuss the contents of this notice or any matters related thereto.

 

Very truly yours,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as

Administrative Agent,

by  

/s/ Dawn Lee Lum

   

Name:

 

Dawn Lee Lum

   

Title:

 

Vice President

 

cc: Skadden Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Jay Baker, Esq.

 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019-7475

Attention: James Cooper, Esq.

 


EXHIBIT B

 

CERTIFIED COPY OF RESOLUTIONS

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

The undersigned, William W. Horton, hereby certifies that he is the duly appointed, qualified and acting Assistant Secretary of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company” ), and further certifies that the following is a true and correct copy of certain resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said Company on May 6, 2003 and that said resolutions have not been amended, modified or rescinded:

 

“RESOLVED, that the Company appoint HSBC Bank USA (the “Successor Trustee” ) as successor Trustee under the Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2000 (the “Indenture” ), between the Company and The Bank of New York (the “Resigning Trustee” ), as Trustee, pursuant to which the Company issued $350,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the “Securities” ); and that the Company accept the resignation of the Resigning Trustee as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and the office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and the Indenture (the “Agent” ) may be served under the Indenture, such resignation to be effective upon the execution and delivery by the Successor Trustee to the Company of an instrument or instruments accepting such appointment as successor Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; and it is further

 

RESOLVED, any officer of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the Company an instrument or instruments accepting the resignation of the Resigning Trustee and appointing the Successor Trustee as the successor Trustee; and it is further

 

RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to do or cause to be done all such acts or things, and to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed or delivered, any and all such other agreements, amendments, instruments, certificates, documents or papers (including, without limitation, any and all notices and certificates required or permitted to be given or made on behalf of the Company to the Successor Trustee or to the Resigning Trustee), under the terms of any of the executed instruments in connection with the resignation of the Resigning Trustee, and the appointment of the Successor Trustee, in the name and on behalf of the Company as any of such officers, in his/her discretion, may deem necessary or advisable to effectuate or carry out the purposes and intent of the foregoing resolutions; and to exercise any of the Company’s obligations under the instruments and agreements executed on behalf of the Company in connection with the resignation of the Resigning Trustee and the appointment of the Successor Trustee.”

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as Assistant Secretary and have affixed the seal of the Company this 6th day of May 2003.

 

By:  

/s/ William W. Horton

Name:

 

William W. Horton

Title:

 

Assistant Secretary

 

[SEAL]

 


EXHIBIT C

 

Notice to Holders of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation’s (the “Company” ) 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the “Securities” ):

 

We hereby notify you of the resignation of The Bank of New York ( “BONY” ) as Trustee under the Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2000 (the “Indenture” ), pursuant to which your Securities were issued and are outstanding. BONY has also resigned as Registrar, Paying Agent and the office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and the Indenture may be served under the Indenture.

 

The Company has appointed HSBC Bank USA ( “HSBC” ), whose corporate trust office is located at 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018-2706, as successor Trustee under the Indenture, which appointment has been accepted by HSBC and has become effective. HSBC has also been appointed as the Registrar, Paying Agent and the office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and the Indenture may be served under the Indenture.

 

HSBC BANK USA, as successor Trustee

 

Date: May          , 2003

 

EXHIBIT 4.2.3

 

AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE

 

AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of August 27, 2003, by and between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as issuer under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Company ”), and HSBC Bank USA, as successor trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”),

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to The Bank of New York, the predecessor trustee under the Indenture, an Indenture dated as of September 25, 2000 (as amended to the date hereof, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of its 10  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008;

 

WHEREAS, Section 2.12 of the Indenture provides, among other things, that overdue interest shall be payable to Holders on a special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for payment of the defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the payment of overdue interest occur as soon as practicable after any special Record Date;

 

WHEREAS, Section 8.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture without the consent of the Holders to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

1. Definitions . For all purposes of this Amendment, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions used in the Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Amendment refer to this Amendment as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 

2. Amendment to Indenture . Section 2.12 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the second paragraph thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date established by the Company. At least 15 days before the subsequent special Record

 


Date, the Company shall mail to each Holder, as of a recent date selected by the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the amount of defaulted interest and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid and date on which payment shall be made to the Holders, which date shall be either (i) the fifteenth day after the special Record Date or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day, or (ii) such earlier Business Day after the special Record Date to which the Trustee shall agree.”

 

3. Ratification of Indenture . Except as expressly modified hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder shall be bound hereby and entitled to the benefits hereof. From and after the date hereof, each reference in the Notes to the Indenture shall be deemed to refer to the Indenture, as amended by this Amendment.

 

4. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT.

 

5. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Amendment. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

 

6. Headings . The headings of this Amendment have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

7. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Amendment or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company. The Trustee shall have the full rights and benefits of Section 7.07 of the Indenture with respect to this Amendment.

 

8. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be effective when the Company and the Trustee shall each have executed and delivered signature pages hereto.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

  /s/ William W. Horton
   

Name:

  WILLIAM W. HORTON
   

Title:

  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT

HSBC BANK USA,
as Successor Trustee

By:

  /s/ Robert A. Conrad
   

Name:

  ROBERT A. CONRAD
   

Title:

  VICE PRESIDENT

 

EXHIBIT 4.3.1

 


 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of February 1, 2001

 


 

8½% Senior Notes due 2008, Series A

 

8½% Senior Notes due 2008, Series B

 



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section


  

Indenture

Section


310(a)(1)

   7.10

(a)(2)

   7.10

(a)(3)

   N.A.

(a)(4)

   N.A

(a)(5)

   7.10

(b)

   7.08; 7.10; 11.02

(c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

(b)

   7.11

(c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

(b)

   11.03

(c)

   11.03

313(a)

   7.06

(b)(1)

   7.06

(b)(2)

   7.06

(c)

   7.06; 11.02

(d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.02; 4.08; 11.02

(b)

   N.A.

(c)(1)

   11.04; 11.05

(c)(2)

   11.04; 11.05

(c)(3)

   N.A.

(d)

   N.A.

(e)

   11.05

(f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01; 7.02

(b)

   7.05; 11.02

(c)

   7.01

(d)

   6.05; 7.01; 7.02

(e)

   6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

   2.09

(a)(1)(A)

   6.05

(a)(1)(B)

   6.04

(a)(2)

   8.02

(b)

   6.07

(c)

   8.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

(a)(2)

   6.09

(b)

   2.04

318(a)

   11.01

 

N.A. means Not Applicable

 

NOTE: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.

   Definitions.    1

Section 1.02.

   Other Definitions.    15

Section 1.03.

   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.    16

Section 1.04.

   Rules of Construction.    16

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01.

   Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture; Form of Notes.    16

Section 2.02.

   Execution and Authentication; Appointment of Authenticating Agent.    17

Section 2.03.

   Registrar and Paying Agent.    18

Section 2.04.

   Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.    18

Section 2.05.

   Holder Lists.    19

Section 2.06.

   [Intentionally Omitted].    19

Section 2.07.

   Replacement Notes.    19

Section 2.08.

   Outstanding Notes.    19

Section 2.09.

   Treasury Notes.    20

Section 2.10.

   Temporary Notes.    20

Section 2.11.

   Cancellation.    20

Section 2.12.

   Defaulted Interest.    20

Section 2.13.

   Deposit of Moneys; Payments.    21

Section 2.14.

   “CUSIP” Number.    21

Section 2.15.

   Depositary.    21

Section 2.16.

   Registration of Transfers and Exchanges.    22

Section 2.17.

   Restrictive Legends.    29

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01.

   Notices to Trustee.    30

Section 3.02.

   Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.    30

Section 3.03.

   Notice of Redemption.    31

Section 3.04.

   Effect of Notice of Redemption.    32

Section 3.05.

   Deposit of Redemption Price.    32

Section 3.06.

   Notes Redeemed in Part.    33

 

-i-


          Page

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01.

  

Payment of Notes.

   33

Section 4.02.

  

Reports.

   33

Section 4.03.

  

Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

   33

Section 4.04.

  

Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default; Tax Information.

   34

Section 4.05.

  

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

   34

Section 4.06.

  

Corporate Existence.

   35

Section 4.07.

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency.

   35

Section 4.08.

  

Compliance with Laws.

   35

Section 4.09.

  

Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.

   36

Section 4.10.

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments.

   36

Section 4.11.

  

Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Subsidiary Preferred Stock.

   37

Section 4.12.

  

Limitation on Asset Sales.

   38

Section 4.13.

  

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

   41

Section 4.14.

  

Limitation on Liens.

   41

Section 4.15.

  

Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control.

   42

Section 4.16.

  

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries.

   43

Section 4.17.

  

Limitations on Layering Indebtedness.

   44

ARTICLE 5

SURVIVING ENTITY

Section 5.01.

  

Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations.

   44

Section 5.02.

  

Successor Substituted.

   44

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01.

  

Events of Default.

   45

Section 6.02.

  

Acceleration.

   46

Section 6.03.

  

Other Remedies.

   47

Section 6.04.

  

Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default.

   47

Section 6.05.

  

Control by Majority.

   48

Section 6.06.

  

Limitation on Suits.

   48

Section 6.07.

  

Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.

   49

Section 6.08.

  

Collection Suit by Trustee.

   49

Section 6.09.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

   49

Section 6.10.

  

Priorities.

   49

Section 6.11.

  

Undertaking for Costs.

   50

 

-ii-


          Page

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.

  

Duties of Trustee.

   50

Section 7.02.

  

Rights of Trustee.

   51

Section 7.03.

  

Individual Rights of Trustee.

   52

Section 7.04.

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer.

   53

Section 7.05.

  

Notice of Defaults.

   53

Section 7.06.

  

Reports by Trustee to Holders.

   53

Section 7.07.

  

Compensation and Indemnity.

   53

Section 7.08.

  

Replacement of Trustee.

   54

Section 7.09.

  

Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion.

   55

Section 7.10.

  

Eligibility; Disqualification.

   55

Section 7.11.

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

   56

ARTICLE 8

MODIFICATIONS, AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

Section 8.01.

  

Without Consent of Holders.

   56

Section 8.02.

  

With Consent of Holders.

   57

Section 8.03.

  

Compliance with TIA.

   58

Section 8.04.

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents.

   58

Section 8.05.

  

Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

   58

Section 8.06.

  

Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.

   59

ARTICLE 9

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

Section 9.01.

  

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

   59

Section 9.02.

  

Legal Defeasance.

   60

Section 9.03.

  

Covenant Defeasance.

   60

Section 9.04.

  

Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

   61

Section 9.05.

  

Application of Trust Money.

   62

Section 9.06.

  

Repayment to the Company.

   62

Section 9.07.

  

Reinstatement.

   63

 

-iii-


          Page

ARTICLE 10

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.

  

TIA Controls.

   63

Section 11.02.

  

Notices.

   63

Section 11.03.

  

Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

   64

Section 11.04.

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

   64

Section 11.05.

  

Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.

   64

Section 11.06.

  

Rules by Trustee and Agents.

   65

Section 11.07.

  

Business Days; Legal Holidays.

   65

Section 11.08.

  

Governing Law.

   65

Section 11.09.

  

Waiver of Trial by Jury.

   65

Section 11.10.

  

Submission to Jurisdiction.

   65

Section 11.11.

  

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

   66

Section 11.12.

  

No Recourse Against Others.

   66

Section 11.13.

  

Successors.

   66

Section 11.14.

  

Multiple Counterparts.

   66

Section 11.15.

  

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

   66

Section 11.16.

  

Separability.

   66

Section 11.17.

  

Translation.

   66

SIGNATURES

   S-1

EXHIBITS

         

Exhibit A

  

Form of Initial Notes

    

Exhibit B

  

Form of Exchange Notes

    

Exhibit C

  

Form of Rule 144A Transfer Certificate

    

Exhibit D

  

Form of Regulation S Transfer Certificate

    

Exhibit E

  

Form of Rule 144 Transfer Certificate

    

Exhibit F

  

Form of Accredited Investor Transfer Certificate

    

 

-iv-


INDENTURE, dated as of February 1, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), as Issuer, and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of Series A 8½% Senior Notes due 2008 and Series B 8½% Senior Notes due 2008 and, to provide therefor, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Company, and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Company, and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company, have been done.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01. Definitions .

 

2000 Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2000 by and among the Company, as borrower, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Syndication Agent, the lenders party thereto from time to time, UBS Warburg LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers, and The Industrial Bank of Japan, Limited, as Documentation Agent, together with the related documents thereto, including, without limitation, any security documents, if any, and all exhibits and schedules thereto and any agreement or agreements relating to any extension, refunding, refinancing, successor or replacement facility, whether or not with the same lender, and whether or not the principal amount or amount of letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the interest rate payable in respect thereof shall be thereby increased, in each case as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means (i) with respect to any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any Indebtedness assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of an asset from another Person.

 

Additional Interest ” has the meaning provided to such term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.


Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-Registrar, authenticating agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

Asset Sale ” for any Person means the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition (including, without limitation, by merger or consolidation, and whether by operation of law or otherwise) of any of that Person’s assets (including, without limitation, the sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person, whether by such Person or by such Subsidiary), whether owned on the Issue Date or subsequently acquired, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, in which such Person and/or its Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of: (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any of such Person’s Subsidiaries; (ii) assets which constitute all or substantially all of any division or line of business of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iii) any other assets of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, other than in the ordinary course of business, provided , that the Fair Market Value thereof shall be at least 1% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; provided , however , that the following shall not constitute Asset Sales: (a) transactions between the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or among such Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; (b) any transaction not prohibited by Section 4.10 hereof or that constitutes a Permitted Investment; (c) any transfer of assets (including Capital Stock) that is governed by and in accordance with Article 5 hereof or the creation of any Lien not prohibited by Section 4.14 hereof; or (d) sales of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are no longer either used or useful in the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the interest rate implicit in the lease, compounded on a semiannual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments, after excluding all amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, utilities and other similar expenses payable by the lessee pursuant to the terms of the lease, during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or until the earliest date on which the lessee may terminate such lease without penalty or upon payment of a penalty (in which case the rental payments shall include such penalty); provided , that the Attributable Indebtedness with respect to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction shall be no less than the fair market value of the property subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

Bank Debt ” means all obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter existing under (i) the Credit Agreements, whether for principal, interest, reimbursement of amounts drawn under letters of credit issued pursuant thereto, guarantees in respect thereof, fees, expenses, premiums, indemnities or otherwise, and (ii) any Indebtedness incurred by the Company to extend, refund or refinance, in whole or in part, the Bank Debt, including any interest and premium on any such Indebtedness.

 

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

 

-2-


Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participation or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) the equity (including without limitation common stock, preferred stock and partnership, joint venture and limited liability company interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

 

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Certificated Note ” means a Note issued in certificated form to a Person other than the Depositary.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets are sold as an entirety to any Person or related group of Persons; (ii) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company (A) in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation (other than a consolidation or merger with a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company in which all shares of the Company’s Common Equity outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness thereof are changed into or exchanged for the same consideration) or (B) pursuant to which the Company’s Common Equity would be converted into cash, securities or other property, in each case other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s Common Equity immediately prior to the consolidation or merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the continuing or surviving corporation immediately after such consolidation or merger in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Company’s Common Equity immediately before such transaction; (iii) any Person, or any Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, together with any affiliates thereof, shall beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) at least 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company; (iv) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66  2 / 3 % of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office; or (v) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, the body performing such duties at the time.

 

Common Equity ” of any Person means all Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled to (i) vote in the election of directors of such Person or (ii) if such Person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management and policies of such Person.

 

-3-


Company ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article 5 hereof and thereafter means such successor.

 

Consolidated Amortization Expense ” of any Person for any period means the amortization expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (to the extent included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income of such Person), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Depreciation Expense ” of any Person means the depreciation expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (to the extent included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income of such Person), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” of any Person means, with respect to any determination date, Consolidated Net Income, plus (i) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, plus (ii) Consolidated Depreciation Expense, plus (iii) Consolidated Amortization Expense, plus (iv) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (v) all other unusual non-cash items or non-recurring non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and less all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, in each case, for such Person’s prior four full fiscal quarters for which financial results have been reported immediately preceding the determination date.

 

Consolidated Income Tax Expense ” means, for any Person for any period, the provision for taxes based on income and profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries to the extent such provision for income taxes was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” of any Person for any period means, without duplication, (i) the Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) (to the extent not otherwise included within the definition of Interest Expense as imputed interest) one-third of the rental expense on Attributable Indebtedness of such Person for such period determined on a consolidated basis, plus (iii) the dividend requirements of such Person and its Subsidiaries with respect to Disqualified Stock and with respect to all other Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person (in each case whether in cash or otherwise (except dividends payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person or such Subsidiary)) paid, accrued or accumulated during such period times a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then effective consolidated Federal, state and local tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” of any Person for any period means the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

 

(i) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the referent Person) in which any Person other than the referent Person has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income has actually been received by the referent Person or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries in the form of dividends or similar distributions during such period;

 

-4-


(ii) except to the extent includable in the consolidated net income of the referent Person pursuant to the foregoing clause (i), the net income (or loss) of any Person that accrued prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the referent Person or is merged into or consolidated with the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) the assets of such Person are acquired by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(iii) the net income of any Subsidiary of the referent Person (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period;

 

(iv) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain, realized during such period by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries upon (a) the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness, of the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any Asset Sale by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(v) any extraordinary gain or extraordinary loss, together with any related provision for taxes or tax benefit resulting from any such extraordinary gain or extraordinary loss, realized by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period; and

 

(vi) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation, merger or transfer of its assets, any earnings of the successor prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets.

 

Consolidated Net Worth ” of any Person as of any date means the stockholders’ equity (including any preferred stock that is classified as equity under GAAP, other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person and its Subsidiaries (excluding any equity adjustment for foreign currency translation for any period subsequent to the Issue Date) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Consolidated Tangible Assets ” of any Person as of any date means the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries (excluding any assets that would be classified as “intangible assets” under GAAP) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

-5-


Credit Agreements ” means (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of June 23, 1998 by and among the Company, as borrower, Nationsbank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Arranger, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank AG and Scotiabanc, Inc., as Syndication Agents and Co-Arrangers, and the other lenders party thereto from time to time, together with the related documents thereto, including, without limitation, any security documents, if any, and all exhibits and schedules thereto and any agreement or agreements relating to any extension, refunding, refinancing, successor or replacement facility, whether or not with the same lender, and whether or not the principal amount or amount of letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the interest rate payable in respect thereof shall be thereby increased, in each case as amended and in effect from time to time and (ii) the 2000 Credit Agreement.

 

Default ” means any event, act or condition that is, or after notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Stated Maturity date of the Notes.

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

 

DTC Letter of Representations ” shall mean the Letter of Representations, dated the Issue Date, among the Company, DTC and the Trustee.

 

EBITDA Coverage Ratio ” with respect to any period means the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company to (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company for such period; provided , however , that if any calculation of the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio requires the use of any quarter prior to the Issue Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the issuance of the Notes and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to make such calculation; and provided further that if any such calculation requires the use of any quarter prior to the date that any Asset Sale was consummated, or that any Indebtedness was incurred, or that any acquisition of a hospital or other healthcare facility or any assets purchased outside the ordinary course of business was effected, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis, giving effect to each such Asset Sale, incurrence of Indebtedness or acquisition, as the case may be, and the use of any proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to make such calculation.

 

Eligible Investments ” of any Person means Investments of such Person in:

 

(i) direct obligations of, or obligations the payment of which is guaranteed by, the United States of America or an interest in any trust or fund that invests solely in such obligations or repurchase agreements, properly secured, with respect to such obligations;

 

(ii) direct obligations of agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America having a rating of A or higher by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or A2 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

 

-6-


(iii) a certificate of deposit issued by, or other interest-bearing deposits with, a bank having its principal place of business in the United States of America and having equity capital of not less than $250,000,000;

 

(iv) a certificate of deposit by, or other interest-bearing deposits with, any other bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, provided that such deposit is either (a) insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or (b) properly secured by such bank by pledging direct obligations of the United States of America having a market value of not less than the face amount of such deposits;

 

(v) prime commercial paper maturing within 270 days of the acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; or

 

(vi) eligible banker’s acceptances, repurchase agreements and tax-exempt municipal bonds having a maturity of less than one year, in each case having a rating, or that is the full recourse obligation of a person whose senior debt is rated A or higher by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or A2 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Equity Offering ” means a primary offering of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act and declared effective by the staff of the Commission.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Notes ” means the 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2008, Series B (the terms of which are identical to the Initial Notes except that, unless any Exchange Notes shall be issued as Private Exchange Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), the Exchange Notes shall be registered under the Securities Act, and shall not contain the restrictive legend on the face of the form of the Initial Notes), to be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the registered Exchange Offer and a Private Exchange (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

 

Exchange Offer ” means the registration by the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement of the offer by the Company to each Holder of the Initial Notes to exchange all the Initial Notes held by such Holder for the Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Notes held by such Holder, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Exempted Debt ” means the sum of the following as of any date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred after the Issue Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by the “Limitations on Liens” covenant and (ii) Attributable Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of every Sale and Leaseback Transaction entered into after the Issue Date.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” means all of the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries that is outstanding on the Issue Date.

 

-7-


Fair Market Value ” of any asset or items means the fair market value of such asset or items as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as from time to time in effect.

 

guarantee ” means, as applied to any obligation, (a) a guarantee (other than by endorsement or negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part of all of such obligation and (b) an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, the payment of amounts drawn down under letters of credit.

 

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, interest rate collar agreement, option or futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

 

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books or records.

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person at any date means, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof); (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto); (iv) all obligations of such Person with respect to Hedging Obligations (other than those that fix the interest rate on variable rate indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Indenture or that protect the Company and/or its Subsidiaries against changes in foreign exchange rates); (v) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, except trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business; (vi) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; (vii) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; (viii) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such guarantee; (ix) all Attributable Indebtedness; and (x) all Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and all other Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person valued at the greater of (a) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock, as the case may be, and (b) the aggregate amount payable upon purchase, redemption, defeasance or payment of such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock, as the case may be. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations plus past due interest as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (vii), the amount of the Indebtedness secured.

 

-8-


Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Initial Notes ” means the 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2008, Series A of the Company issued on the Issue Date and authenticated and delivered under this Indenture pursuant to Section 2.02 of this Indenture and any other notes (other than Exchange Notes) issued after the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the fourth paragraph of Section 2.02.

 

Initial Purchasers ” refers to UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc., Chase Securities Inc., First Union Securities, Inc. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

 

Interest Expense ” of any Person for any period means the aggregate amount of interest which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set opposite the caption “interest expense” or any like caption on an income statement for such Person (including, without limitation or duplication, imputed interest included in Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations, amortization of financing fees and expenses, the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount and all other non-cash interest expense other than interest amortized to cost of sales) plus the aggregate amount, if any, by which such interest expense was reduced as a result of the amortization of deferred debt restructuring credits for such period.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes as specified in the forms of Note attached hereto as Exhibits A and B .

 

Investments ” of any Person means: (i) all investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of loans, advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business); (ii) all guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations of any other Person by such Person; (iii) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, Capital Stock or other securities of any other Person; and (iv) all other items that would be classified as investments (including, without limitation, purchases of assets outside the ordinary course of business) on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Issue Date ” means February 1, 2001, the date the Initial Notes are initially issued.

 

Joint Venture ” means any Person at least a majority of whose revenues result from healthcare related business of facilities.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease in the nature thereof, any agreement to sell, and any filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement (other than notice filings not perfecting a security interest) under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

 

-9-


Net Proceeds ” with respect to any Asset Sale means (i) cash (in U.S. dollars or freely convertible into U.S. dollars) received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, cash received as consideration for the assumption or incurrence of liabilities incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), after (a) provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Asset Sale or the transfer of the proceeds of such Asset Sale to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) payment of all commissions and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale and (c) deduction of an appropriate amount to be provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters) or against any indemnification obligations associated with the sale or other disposition of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale and (ii) all non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sales upon the liquidation or conversion of such consideration into cash.

 

Notes ” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and any other notes issued after the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the fourth paragraph of Section 2.02 treated as a single class of securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer, President, any Vice President, secretary, assistant secretary, director or other authorized signatory of such Person.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company in their official (and not individual) capacities; provided , however , that every Officers’ Certificate with respect to the compliance with a condition precedent to the taking of any action under this Indenture shall include (i) a statement that the officers making or giving such Officers’ Certificate have read such condition and any definitions or other provisions contained in this Indenture relating thereto and (ii) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such officers, such condition has been complied with.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel (such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee) that complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

 

Permitted Investments ” means: (i) capital contributions, advances or loans to the Company by any Subsidiary or by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) the acquisition and holding by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries of receivables owing to the Company and such Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; (iii) the acquisition and holding by the Company and its Subsidiaries of cash and Eligible Investments; (iv) Investments in any Person as a result of which such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated with or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (v) the making of an Investment by the Company, directly or through a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, in a Wholly Owned Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of insuring the healthcare business

 

-10-


and facilities owned or operated by the Company or a Subsidiary and any physician employed by or on the staff of any such business or facility (the “ Insurance Subsidiary ”), provided that the amount invested in such Insurance Subsidiary does not exceed $15,000,000.

 

Permitted Liens ” means: (i) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that either (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts that either (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves or other provisions have been made in accordance with GAAP; (iii) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) incurred or deposits due in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, progress payments, government contracts and other obligations of like nature (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money), in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; (v) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default; (vi) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (vii) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (viii) Liens with respect to any Acquired Indebtedness, provided that such Liens only extend to assets that were subject to such Liens prior to the acquisition of such assets by the Company or its Subsidiaries and, with respect to Indebtedness other than Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Notes, not incurred in anticipation or contemplation of such acquisition; (ix) Liens securing Bank Debt or Refinancing Indebtedness, provided , in the case of Refinancing Indebtedness, that such Liens only extend to the assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and such refinanced Indebtedness was previously secured by such assets; (x) purchase money mortgages (including Capitalized Lease Obligations); (xi) Liens existing on the Issue Date; (xii) Liens on assets of any Subsidiary of the Company securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiary, provided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture; (xiii) bankers’ liens with respect to the right of set-off arising in the ordinary course of business against amounts maintained in bank accounts or certificates of deposit in the name of the Company or any Subsidiary; (xiv) the interest of any issuer of a letter of credit in any cash or Eligible Investment deposited with or for the benefit of such issuer as collateral for such letter of credit, provided that the Indebtedness so collateralized is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture; (xv) any Lien consisting of a right of first refusal or option to purchase the Company’s ownership interest in any Subsidiary or to purchase assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, which right of first refusal or option is entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (xvi) the Lien granted to the Trustee pursuant to the trust created pursuant to Article 9 hereof and any substantially equivalent Lien granted to the respective trustees under the indentures for other debt securities of the Company.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

 

Preferred Stock ” means with respect to any Person all Capital Stock of such Person which has a preference in liquidation or a preference with respect to the payment of dividends or distributions of operating profit or cash.

 

-11-


Qualified Institutional Buyer ” or “ QIB ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A.

 

Record Date ” for interest payable on any Interest Payment Date (except a date for payment of default interest) means the January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Redemption Date ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Redemption Price ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is applied to refund, refinance or extend any Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the 2000 Credit Agreement), provided that: (i) the Refinancing Indebtedness is the obligation of the same Person (or if the Indebtedness being refinanced is an obligation of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, such Refinancing Indebtedness may be incurred by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company) and is subordinated to the Notes, if at all, to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness is scheduled to mature no earlier than the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (iii) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (iv) the Refinancing Indebtedness is secured only to the extent, if at all, and by the assets that the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended is secured; and (v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended (except for issuance costs and increases in Attributable Indebtedness due solely to increases in the present value calculations resulting from renewals or extensions of the terms of the underlying leases in effect on the Issue Date).

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 1, 2001 among the Company and the Initial Purchasers.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Restricted Period ” means, with respect to any Note, the period of forty (40) consecutive days beginning on and including the first day after the later of (i) the day on which such Note is first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the closing date of the offering of such Note.

 

Restricted Payment ” means with respect to any Person: (i) the declaration of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution of cash, securities or other property or assets in respect of such Person’s Capital Stock (except that a dividend payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person shall not constitute a Restricted Payment); (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of such Person’s or such Person’s Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock or any other payment or distribution made in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly; (iii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption,

 

-12-


retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iv) the incurrence, creation or assumption of any guarantee of Indebtedness of any Affiliate (other than a Subsidiary of the Company); or (v) the making of any Investment in any Person (other than Permitted Investments); provided , however , that with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, Restricted Payments shall not include any payment described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above made (1) to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or (2) by the Company to any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (3) by any Subsidiary provided that the Company or another Subsidiary receives its proportionate share thereof.

 

Restricted Security ” means any Note (or beneficial interest therein) other than an Exchange Note (or beneficial interest therein), until such time as: (i) such Note (or beneficial interest therein) has been transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (ii) such Note is a 144A Global Note and two years have passed since the Issue Date; (iii) such Note is a Regulation S Global Note and the Regulation S Restricted Period has expired; or (iv) the Private Placement legend therefor has otherwise been removed pursuant to Section 2.16(e) hereof or, in the case of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such beneficial interest has been exchanged for an interest in a Global Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries of any property or asset of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person or such Subsidiary to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such property or asset.

 

Secretary’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company in his or her official (and not individual) capacity.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination either (i) had tangible assets which, as of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of such date, or (ii) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which constituted at least 5% of the Company’s total consolidated revenues for such period.

 

Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any security or any installment of interest thereon, means that date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the principal of such security or such installment of interest is due and payable.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” of any Person means any Indebtedness of such Person that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.

 

-13-


Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) any corporation of which Common Equity having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation is owned by such Person directly or through one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any entity other than a corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns at least 50% of the Common Equity of such entity and has the authority to manage such entity on a day-to-day basis.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03 hereof).

 

Trust Officer ” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

 

U.S. Government Obligations ” means (a) securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit are pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or portion thereof at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness or portion thereof (if applicable) into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) a Subsidiary of which 100% of the Common Equity (except for director’s qualifying shares or certain minority interests owned by other Persons solely due to local law requirements that there be more than one stockholder, but which interest is not in excess of what is required for such purpose) is owned directly by such Person or through one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any entity other than a corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns all of the Common Equity of such entity.

 

-14-


Section 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

The definitions of the following terms may be found in the sections indicated as follows:

 

Term


   Defined in Section

Accredited Investors

   2.01

Affiliate Transaction

   4.13

Agent Members

   2.15

Applicable Procedures

   2.16

Asset Sale Offer

   4.12

Asset Sale Payment Amount

   4.12

Asset Sale Purchase Price

   4.12

Bankruptcy Law

   6.01

Business Day

   11.07

Change of Control Offer

   4.15

Change of Control Payment Date

   4.15

Change of Control Purchase Price

   4.15

Clearstream

   2.01

Covenant Defeasance

   9.03

Custodian

   6.01

Depositary

   2.15

Euroclear

   2.01

Event of Default

   6.01

Excess Proceeds

   4.12

Excess Proceeds Payment Date

   4.12

Global Notes

   2.01

Legal Defeasance

   9.02

Legal Holiday

   11.07

make whole amount

   Exhibit A/Exhibit B

Net Proceeds Deficiency

   4.12

Non-payment Default

   10.03

Other Debt

   4.12

Paying Agent

   2.03

Payment Blockage Notice

   10.03

Payment Blockage Period

   10.03

Payment Default

   10.03

Private Placement Legend

   2.17

Registrar

   2.03

Regulation S Global Note

   2.01

Restricted Global Note

   2.01

Successor

   5.01

 

-15-


Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified, terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction .

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;

 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

 

(5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to every gender.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01. Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture; Form of Notes .

 

(a) Generally . The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A , and the Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B , each of which is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture with such appropriate insertions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage all in a form approved by the Company. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

(b) Notes Sold Pursuant to Rule 144A . The Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Rule 144A to Qualified Institutional Buyers shall be issued in the form of a permanent global note (the “ Restricted Global Note ”) (which may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate), duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Global Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby.

 

-16-


(c) Notes Sold Pursuant to Regulation S . The Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of a permanent global note (the “ Regulation S Global Note ” and, together with the Restricted Global Note, the “ Global Notes ”) (which may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate), duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary for credit to the respective accounts of The Euroclear System (“ Euroclear ”) and Clearsteam Banking, société anonyme (“ Clearstream ”). Prior to the termination of the Regulation S Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

(d) Notes Sold to Institutional Accredited Investors . The Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act (other than Rule 144A or Regulation S) to institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act (“ Accredited Investors ”)) shall be issued in certificated, fully registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $250,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by one or more Officers of the Company. Such signature may be either manual or facsimile.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $375,000,000, (ii) pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Notes from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes and (iii) subject to compliance with Section 4.11 hereof, one or more series of Notes for original issue after the Issue Date (such Notes to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A or B hereto, as the case may be) in an unlimited amount (and if in the form of Exhibit A hereto the same principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor upon consummation of a registered exchange offer), in each case upon written orders of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, which Officers’ Certificate shall, in the case of any issuance pursuant to clause (iii) above, certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.11 hereof. In addition, each such Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Exchange Notes or Notes issued under clause (iii) of the preceding sentence and the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on the date of authentication.

 

-17-


Except as provided in section 2.01(d), the Notes shall be issuable only in definitive, fully registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

 

The Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by an authorized officer of the Trustee, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent, and shall comply with this Indenture. An authenticating agent has the same right as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent .

 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment (“ Paying Agent ”) and (c) notices and demands in respect of Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall provide the Company a current copy of such register from time to time upon request of the Company. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company may not act as Paying Agent, but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or agent for service of notices and demands, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Company shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall to the extent that it is capable act as such for so long as such failure continues.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .

 

Before 10:00 A.M. New York City time on each payment date of the principal of and/or interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest so becoming due. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee together with a complete accounting of such sums, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent together with a complete accounting of such sums. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. Funds deposited with the Paying Agent may be invested as agreed from time to time by the Company and the Paying Agent. All payments made hereunder shall be in U.S. legal tender.

 

-18-


Section 2.05. Holder Lists .

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and the Stated Maturity Date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

Section 2.06. [ Intentionally Omitted ].

 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes .

 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that a Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacement are met. An indemnity bond may be required by the Company or the Trustee that is sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and evidence to their satisfaction of apparent loss, destruction or theft of such Note may be required by the Company, the Trustee or any Agent. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any applicable taxes) in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07. In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. If after the delivery of such new Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such new Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Company and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such new Note from the person to whom it was delivered or any transferee thereof, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Company or the Trustee in connection therewith.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.

 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes .

 

Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.

 

A Note replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement) ceases to be outstanding unless and until the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that such replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

 

If a Paying Agent holds on a Redemption Date or at Stated Maturity U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the principal of, make-whole amount, if any, and accrued interest on Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date, such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

-19-


Section 2.09. Treasury Notes .

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver, consent or notice, Notes owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so considered. The Company shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when it or any of its Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes and of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired.

 

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes .

 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights and restrictions, of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 2.11. Cancellation .

 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and, unless the Company instructs the Trustee in writing to deliver the Notes to the Company, shall dispose of such Notes in accordance with its normal practice. Subject to Section 2.07 hereof, the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes in respect of which it has previously paid all principal, make-whole amount, if any, and interest accrued thereon, or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall provide the Company with a list of all Notes that have been canceled from time to time as requested in writing by the Company. If the Company shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.07.

 

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest .

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of principal or interest on the Notes, it shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate per annum borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before the subsequent special Record Date, the Company shall mail to each Holder, as of a recent date selected by the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

 

-20-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 6.01(a) hereof shall be paid to Holders as of the Record Date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid.

 

Section 2.13. Deposit of Moneys; Payments .

 

Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the relevant Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date and Excess Proceeds Payment Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make all cash payments due on such Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date and Excess Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be (or if any such date is not a Business Day, the first preceding Business Day). The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Certificated Notes, if any, shall be payable at the office of the Paying Agents. The Paying Agents shall pay the Company any excess cash remaining on deposit after all payments have been made with respect to a given Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date or Excess Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be. All payments made hereunder shall be in U.S. legal tender.

 

Section 2.14. “ CUSIP” Number .

 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” number(s) and the Trustee shall use the “CUSIP” numbers(s) in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any defect in the “CUSIP” number that appears on any Note, check, advice or payment or redemption notice, and any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” number(s) printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such number(s). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any changes in “CUSIP” numbers.

 

Section 2.15. Depositary .

 

(a) The Company hereby appoints DTC to act as depositary (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Depositary ”) with respect to the Global Notes. The Trustee shall act as custodian of the Global Notes for the Depositary. So long as the Depositary or its nominee, Cede & Co., is the registered owner of the Global Notes, it shall be considered the Holder of the Notes represented thereby for all purposes hereunder and under the Global Notes, and neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights hereunder with respect to the Global Notes or under the Global Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

-21-


(b) The Company may remove or replace DTC or any successor as Depositary for any reason upon thirty (30) days’ notice to DTC or such successor. The Holders shall have no right to a depositary for the Notes.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, so long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of the Notes:

 

(i) the provisions of the DTC Letter of Representations shall control over the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the matters covered thereby;

 

(ii) presentation of Notes to the Trustee at redemption or at maturity shall be deemed made to the Trustee when the right to exercise ownership rights in the Notes through DTC or Agent Members is transferred by DTC on its books; and

 

(iii) DTC may present notices, approvals, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be made by Holders under this Indenture on a fractionalized basis on behalf of some or all of those Persons entitled to exercise ownership rights in the Notes through DTC or Agent Members.

 

Section 2.16. Registration of Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(a) Transfer and Exchange Generally . (i) The Notes are transferable only upon the surrender thereof for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a duly executed instrument of assignment and transfer substantially in the form of assignment attached to Exhibit A or B, as applicable, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if such transfer complies with the provisions hereof. Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered shall be treated as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, make-whole amount (if any) and interest on such Note (whether or not such payment is overdue) and for all other purposes whatsoever, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Registration of transfer of any Note by the Registrar shall be deemed to be an acknowledgment of such transfer by the Company.

 

(ii) When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a written request to exchange such Notes for Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if such exchange complies with the provisions of this Section 2.16(a).

 

(iii) Following any request for transfer or exchange of one or more Notes made in compliance with clauses (i) or (ii), as the case may be, of this Section 2.16(a), the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more new Notes of a like principal amount and in such authorized denominations as may be requested. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange other than any exchange pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.15 or 8.05 hereof.

 

-22-


(iv) Transfers or exchanges of the Global Notes and beneficial interests therein shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.16(b) and the rules of the Depositary. Transfers or exchanges of Certificated Notes shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.16(c).

 

(v) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Global Notes and each Certificated Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend as set forth in Section 2.17. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, whether upon original issuance or subsequent transfer, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. Upon the specific written request of a Holder to remove the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall authenticate and deliver a Note with an equivalent principal amount not bearing the Private Placement Legend if there is provided to the Company evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which may, at the Company’s request, include an Opinion of Counsel) that neither the Private Placement Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. Upon a written request for the registration of transfer or exchange of a Note bearing the Private Placement Legend pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States, the Registrar shall authenticate and deliver a Note with an equivalent principal amount not bearing the Private Placement Legend. If the Private Placement Legend has been removed from a Note as provided in this clause (v), the transfer of such Note shall not be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Private Placement Legend, and no other Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend unless the Company has reasonable cause to believe that such other Note is a Restricted Security and instructs the Registrar in writing to cause the Private Placement Legend to appear thereon.

 

(vi) None of the Company or the Trustee or the Registrar shall be liable for any delay by the Depositary in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and each such Person may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, instructions from the Depositary for all purposes (including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of any Notes to be issued).

 

(vii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, make-whole amount, if any, and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. So long as the Depositary or its nominee is the Holder of a Global Note, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Notes represented by such Global Note for all purposes hereunder and under the Notes. Any Holder of a Global Note, and each Person with an interest in such Global Note, shall, by acceptance of such Global Note or such interest, agree that transfers of

 

-23-


the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 

(viii) Any Note issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.16 will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits and, unless otherwise provided for in this Indenture, subject to the same restrictions under this Indenture as the Note or Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(ix) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note (A) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (B) for a period beginning fifteen (15) days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending on the date of such mailing or (C) between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(b) Transfers and Exchanges of the Global Notes and Beneficial Interests Therein .

 

(i) Subject to clauses (ii) through (viii) of this Section 2.16(b), transfers of the Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. So long as the Global Notes remain outstanding and are held by or on behalf of the Depositary, transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.16(b) and in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary to the extent applicable (the “ Applicable Procedures ”).

 

(ii) No restrictions shall apply with respect to the transfer or registration of transfer of (x) a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note or (y) a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note; provided that any transfer described in this clause (ii) shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(iii) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note prior to the termination of the Regulation S Restricted Period shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (iii). At any time prior to the termination of the Regulation S Restricted Period, upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer and (C) a certificate of the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note, each such adjustment to be equal to the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (iii) and (2) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit the account of the appropriate Agent Members in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

-24-


(iv) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note subsequent to the termination of the Regulation S Restricted Period shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (iv). At any time subsequent to the termination of the Regulation S Restricted Period, upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer and (C) a certificate of the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D (if transfer is made in reliance on Regulation S) or Exhibit E (if transfer is made in reliance on Rule 144) and (y) satisfaction of all other conditions imposed by the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note, each such adjustment to equal the principal amount of the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (iv), and (2) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit and credit the accounts of the appropriate Agent Members in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(v) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note, either prior or subsequent to the termination of the Regulation S Restricted Period, shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (v). At any time upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer and (C) a certificate of the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit C and (y) satisfaction of all other conditions imposed by and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note and an increase in the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note, each such adjustment to equal the principal amount of the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (v), and (2) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit and credit the accounts of the appropriate Agent Members in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(vi) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (vi). At any time upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest

 

-25-


in the Restricted Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer, (C) a certificate of such Person substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (D) unless the Restricted Global Note does not bear a Private Placement Legend, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, (1) the Registrar shall (A) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (vi) and (B) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, and (2) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on behalf of such Person one or more Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount and, unless the Restricted Global Note does not bear a Private Placement Legend, bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

(vii) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes prior to the termination of the Regulation S Restricted Period shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (vii). At any time prior to the termination of the Regulation S Restricted Period, upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer, (C) a certificate of such Person substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (D) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and (y) satisfaction of all other conditions imposed by the Applicable Procedures, (1) the Registrar shall (A) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (vii) and (B) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, and (2) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on behalf of such Person one or more Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

(viii) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained herein, Certificated Notes shall be issued in exchange for the beneficial interests in a Global Note if at any time: (x) the Company advises the Trustee in writing that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or is no longer eligible to act as such and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Company of notice of such inability; (y) the Company, at its option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary with respect to such Global Note; or (z) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, beneficial owners holding interests representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note advise the Trustee in writing through the Depositary that the continuation of a book-entry system through the Depositary is no longer in such beneficial owners’ best interests.

 

-26-


Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (x), (y) and (z) immediately above, the Trustee, upon receipt of written notice thereof and a list of all Persons that hold a beneficial interest in such Global Note, shall notify, through the appropriate Agent Members at the expense of the Company, all Persons that hold a beneficial interest in such Global Note of the issuance of Certificated Notes. Upon surrender by the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, of such Global Note and receipt from the Depositary of instructions for re-registration, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon the written instructions of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount and, unless such Global Note does not bear a Private Placement Legend, bearing the Private Placement Legend. Certificated Notes issued in exchange for beneficial interests in such Global Note pursuant to this clause (viii) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from Agent Members or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee.

 

(c) Transfers and Exchanges of Certificated Notes . (i) Any transfer of a Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (i). Upon (x) surrender of any Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note, (B) a certificate of the transferee of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (C) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture, (1) the Trustee shall register such transfer and (2) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee one or more Certificated Notes of any authorized denomination in the same aggregate principal amount and of the same maturity as the transferred Certificated Note, each such new Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that Certificated Notes so delivered shall not be required to bear the Private Placement Legend if there is provided to the Company evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which may, at the Company’s request, include an Opinion of Counsel) that neither the Private Placement Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(ii) Any transfer of a Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (ii). Upon (x) surrender of any Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture, (A) the Trustee shall register such transfer and (B) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee one or more Certificated Notes of any authorized denomination in the same aggregate principal amount and of the same maturity as the transferred Certificated Note. Each such new Certificated Note may at the request of the transferee, but shall not be required to, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(iii) Any transfer of a Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note

 

-27-


shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (iii). Upon (x) surrender of any Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note, (B) written instructions from the transferor that such Certificated Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (C) a certificate of the transferor of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D (if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note) or Exhibit C (if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note), and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) register such transfer and cancel such Certificated Note, (2) reflect in the register for the Notes an increase in the appropriate Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Note transferred pursuant to this clause (iii) and (3) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and credit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(iv) Any transfer of a Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (iv). Upon (x) surrender of a Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note and (B) written instructions from the transferor that such Certificated Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) register such transfer and cancel such Certificated Note, (2) reflect in the register for the Notes an increase in the Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Note transferred pursuant to this clause (iv) and (3) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to it’s records and credit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(v) Any exchange of a Certificated Note for one or more Certificated Notes in different authorized denominations shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (v). Upon (x) surrender of a Certificated Note at the office of the Registrar, together with a written request to exchange such Certificated Note for one or more Certificated Notes in different authorized denominations, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture, (A) the Registrar shall register such exchange and (B) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the registered owner one or more Certificated Notes in any authorized denomination with the same aggregate principal amount and maturity date.

 

(vi) Any exchange of a Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (vi). Upon (x) surrender of a Certificated Note at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) a written request to exchange such Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, (B) written instructions from the registered owner that such Certificated Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (C) a certificate of the registered owner of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D (if the Certificated Note is being exchanged for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note) or Exhibit C (if the Certificated Note is

 

-28-


being exchanged for a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note) and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) register such exchange and cancel such Certificated Note, (2) reflect in the register for the Notes an increase in the Restricted Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Note exchanged pursuant to this clause (vi) and (3) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and credit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

Section 2.17. Restrictive Legends .

 

Each Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof until February 1, 2003, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Holder thereof:

 

THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSORS) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT THERETO. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER OR ANOTHER EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i)(a) TO A PERSON THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, PROVIDED THAT IN THE CASE OF A TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR SALE PURSUANT TO THIS CLAUSE (d) SUCH TRANSFER IS SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE REGISTRAR (AND THE COMPANY, IF IT SO REQUESTS) OF A CERTIFICATION OF THE TRANSFEROR AND AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (ii) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AFFILIATES OR (iii) PURSUANT TO

 

-29-


AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THE NOTES AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.

 

Each Global Note shall also bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, AND TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee .

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 6 of the Notes, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date or during such other period as the Trustee may agree to, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the Redemption Price, and deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein and in the Notes, as appropriate.

 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed .

 

(a) In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and equitable; provided , however , that no Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part; provided , further , that if a partial redemption is

 

-30-


made with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, selection of the Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the procedures of the Depositary), unless such method is otherwise prohibited. The Trustee shall make the selection from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed. In the event of a partial redemption by lot, the Trustee shall select the particular Notes to be redeemed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the relevant Redemption Date from the Outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Company may redeem Notes in denominations of $1,000 only in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000. A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon delivery of the original Note to the Paying Agent and cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has made a deposit with the Paying Agent in U.S. legal tender in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(b) For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of that Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption .

 

Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 calendar days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the registered address of such Holder. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. If the Company elects to have the Trustee give notice of redemption, the Trustee shall give notice in the name of the Company and at the Company’s expense; provided , however , that the Company shall furnish the Trustee all information required to be contained in the notice.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(1) the Redemption Date;

 

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

 

(3) whether or not the Company is redeeming all outstanding Notes and if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

 

(4) the name, address and telephone number of the Paying Agent;

 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the address specified in such notice to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

 

-31-


(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date upon surrender of the Notes to the Paying Agent;

 

(7) the subparagraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 

(8) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; and

 

(9) the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in the notice or printed on the Notes, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of such CUSIP or ISIN number.

 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .

 

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 hereof is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including any make-whole amount, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, including any make-whole amount, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any; provided that if the Redemption Date is after a Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant Record Date.

 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .

 

On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the relevant Redemption Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall return to the Company any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amount necessary to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed.

 

On and after any Redemption Date, if U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price of and, subject to the proviso in Section 3.04 hereof, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date, if any. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will continue to accrue and be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate and in the manner provided for in Section 2.12 hereof.

 

-32-


Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, at the expense of the Company, for a Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes .

 

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (including all Additional Interest as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds, for the benefit of the Holders, on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay such installment in full and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue interest, to the extent lawful as provided for in Section 2.12 hereof.

 

Section 4.02. Reports .

 

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall file with the Commission, to the extent such filings are accepted by the Commission, and shall furnish (within 15 days after such filing) to the Trustee and to the Holders all quarterly and annual reports and other information, documents and reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act if the Company were required to file under such section. In addition, the Company shall make such information available to prospective purchasers of the Notes, securities analysts and broker-dealers who request it in writing. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

Section 4.03. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws .

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, make-whole amount, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the

 

-33-


Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default; Tax Information .

 

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2000, an Officers’ Certificate (one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company) stating that to the best of his or her knowledge no Default or Event of Default has occurred, listing all Restricted Payments for such year, and if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all of such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Company elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.

 

(b) The annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 shall be accompanied by a written report addressed to the Trustee of the Company’s independent accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in conducting their audit of such financial statements nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that a Default or Event of Default has occurred under this Indenture insofar as they relate to accounting matters or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

 

(c) If (i) any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy hereunder with respect to a claimed default under this Indenture or the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at its address set forth in Section 11.02 hereof, by registered or certified mail or by telegram or facsimile transmission followed by hard copy by registered or certified mail an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, notice or other action, the status thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take, which Officers’ Certificate shall be so delivered within five (5) Business Days of its becoming aware of such occurrence.

 

Section 4.05. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

 

The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges (including withholding taxes and any penalties, interest and additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or properties of it or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of it or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings properly instituted and diligently conducted for which adequate reserves, to the extent required under GAAP, have been taken.

 

-34-


Section 4.06. Corporate Existence .

 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or limited liability company or other existence of each Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of each Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries except where the failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect any such rights, licenses and franchises shall not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other existence of any of the Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.07. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.02 hereof.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.02 hereof as such office of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

Section 4.08. Compliance with Laws .

 

The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America and all other sovereign nations, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliances as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

-35-


Section 4.09. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance .

 

(a) The Company shall cause all material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of the Company’s business or the business of any of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 4.09 shall prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or of the Board of Directors of the Subsidiary of the Company concerned, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b) The Company shall maintain, and shall cause the Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self-insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, may be necessary.

 

Section 4.10. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to make any Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment: (i) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof; (ii) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made after September 25, 2000, exceeds the sum of: (a) 50% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (taken as a single period) commencing on July 1, 1997 to and including the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such aggregate deficit); (b) the net cash proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) that is not Disqualified Stock during the period (taken as a single period) commencing with the Issue Date; and (c) $50,000,000; or (iii) the Company would not be able to incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may: (w) pay any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if the payment thereof would have complied with the limitations of this Section 4.10 on the date of declaration; (x) retire shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or the Company’s or a Subsidiary of the Company’s Indebtedness out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); (y) make Investments in Joint Ventures, when added to the aggregate amount of all such other Investments made pursuant to this clause (y) (or such other Investments as would have been made pursuant to this clause (y) had such clause been in effect) after September 25, 2000, not exceeding at any time 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (with each such Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value); and (z) make Investments, when added to the aggregate amount of all such other Investments made pursuant to this clause (z) (or such other Investments as would have been made pursuant to this clause (z) had such clause been in effect) after September 25, 2000, not exceeding at any time 2.5% of Consolidated

 

-36-


Tangible Assets (with each such Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that each Restricted Payment described in clauses (w) and (x) above shall be taken into account for purposes of computing the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

Section 4.11. Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Subsidiary Preferred Stock .

 

(a) After the Issue Date, (i) the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee, extend the Stated Maturity of, or otherwise become liable with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”), any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue (except to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) or create any Preferred Stock or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to own or hold any interest in any Preferred Stock of any such Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness and the Company may permit its Subsidiaries to issue or create Preferred Stock if, after giving effect thereto, the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio on the date thereof would be at least 2.5 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis as if the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness or the issuance of such Preferred Stock (declared to have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation value of such Preferred Stock), as the case may be, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to calculate the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and irrespective of the EBITDA Coverage Ratio, in addition to Existing Indebtedness: (i) the Company may incur Indebtedness pursuant to the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes; (ii) the Company may incur Indebtedness under the 2000 Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any time not to exceed $400,000,000; (iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur Refinancing Indebtedness; (iv) the Company may incur any Indebtedness to any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary may incur any Indebtedness to the Company or to any Subsidiary; (v) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur any Indebtedness evidenced by letters of credit which are used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries to secure workers’ compensation and other insurance coverages; (vi) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, in each case excluding Existing Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; and (vii) the Subsidiaries of the Company may incur Indebtedness, excluding Existing Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $250,000,000, in addition to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Subsidiaries pursuant to the foregoing clauses (iii) - (vi).

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may permit any Subsidiary which is a partnership formed to operate a single healthcare facility to issue or create Preferred Stock, provided that the aggregate amount of all such Preferred Stock outstanding after giving effect to such issuance or creation shall not exceed 1% of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the date of such issuance or creation.

 

-37-


Section 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales .

 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consummate any Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or such Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets included in such Asset Sale, (ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Asset Sale, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such Subsidiary therefor is in the form of cash paid at the closing thereof, provided , however , that this clause (iii) shall not apply if, after giving effect to such Asset Sale, the aggregate principal amount of all notes or similar debt obligations and Fair Market Value of all equity securities received by the Company from all Asset Sales since September 25, 2000 (other than such notes or similar debt obligations and such equity securities converted into or otherwise disposed of for cash and applied in accordance with the second succeeding sentence) would not exceed 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets. The amount (without duplication) of any (x) Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or such Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and with respect to which the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is unconditionally released by the holder of such Indebtedness and (y) any notes, securities or similar obligations or items of property received from such transferee that are immediately converted, sold or exchanged by the Company or such Subsidiary for cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.12. If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.12. A transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale, and a transfer of assets that constitutes a Restricted Payment and that is permitted under Section 4.10 hereof will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale.

 

(b) If the Company or any Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Company or such Subsidiary shall, no later than 360 days after such Asset Sale, (i) apply all or any of the Net Proceeds therefrom to repay Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes and is secured by the assets disposed of in the Asset Sale or to repay Bank Debt in accordance with the applicable provisions thereof, (ii) invest all or any part of the Net Proceeds therefrom in the lines of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such investment or (iii) any combination of clauses (i) and (ii) above. The amount of such Net Proceeds not applied or invested as provided in this paragraph (b) will constitute “ Excess Proceeds .”

 

(c) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $5,000,000, the Company shall be required to make an offer to purchase (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) from all Holders, an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to the amount of such Excess Proceeds as follows:

 

(i) The Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12 to purchase the maximum principal amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of Notes that may be purchased out of the amount (the “ Asset Sale Payment Amount ”) of such Excess Proceeds.

 

-38-


(ii) The offer price for the Notes shall be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes tendered pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date such Asset Sale Offer is consummated (the “ Asset Sale Purchase Price ”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12. To the extent that the aggregate Asset Sale Purchase Price of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Asset Sale Payment Amount relating thereto (such shortfall constituting a “ Net Proceeds Deficiency ”), the Company may use such Net Proceeds Deficiency, or a portion thereof, for general corporate purposes.

 

(iii) If the aggregate Asset Sale Purchase Price of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the Asset Sale Payment Amount, Notes to be purchased shall be selected on a pro rata basis.

 

(iv) Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to which such Asset Sale Offer was made shall be deemed to be zero.

 

In the event that any other Indebtedness of the Company which ranks pari passu with the Notes (“ Other Debt ”) requires an offer to purchase to be made to repurchase such Other Debt upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company may apply the Excess Proceeds to both purchase such Other Debt and to make an Asset Sale Offer, provided , that the purchase price of such Other Debt does not exceed 100% of the aggregate principal amount or accreted value thereof plus interest thereon. With respect to any Excess Proceeds, the Company shall make the Asset Sale Offer in respect thereof at the same time as the analogous offer to purchase is made pursuant to any Other Debt and the purchase date in respect thereof shall be the same as the purchase date in respect thereof pursuant to any Other Debt.

 

With respect to any Asset Sale Offer effected pursuant to this Section 4.12, to the extent the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Other Debt, if any, tendered pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer and the concurrent offer to purchase with respect to such Other Debt exceeds the Excess Proceeds, such Notes and Other Debt, if any, shall be purchased pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of such Notes and such Other Debt tendered by each holder thereof.

 

(d) If the Company is required to make an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall, within 30 days following the date specified in clause (c) above, notify the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Asset Sale Offer to each Holder by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar, stating:

 

(1) that an Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12;

 

(2) that such Holders have the right to require the Company to apply the Excess Proceeds to repurchase the Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Excess Proceeds Payment Date ”);

 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

-39-


(4) that any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Excess Proceeds Payment Date;

 

(5) that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Excess Proceeds Payment Date;

 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance of the Asset Sale Offer if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7) that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis so that the aggregate amount of Notes so purchased equals the amount of Excess Proceeds (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased);

 

(8) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof;

 

(9) the calculations used in determining the amount of Excess Proceeds to be applied to the purchase of such Notes;

 

(10) any other procedures that a Holder must follow to accept an Asset Sale Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(11) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent US legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be purchased or portions thereof, (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.12. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and make available for delivery to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.

 

-40-


(e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.12, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.13. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates .

 

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of transactions, make any loan, advance, guarantee or capital contribution to, or for the benefit of, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or for the benefit of, or purchase or lease any property or assets from, or enter into or amend any contract, agreement or understanding with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person (or any Affiliate of such Person) holding 10% or more of the Common Equity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than transactions in the ordinary course between the Company and its Subsidiaries or among Subsidiaries of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless: (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transactions are fair and reasonable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and are at least as favorable as the terms which could be obtained by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s-length basis between unaffiliated parties; (ii) with respect to any such Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $5,000,000, the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and a Secretary’s Certificate which sets forth and authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by a vote of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction; and (iii) with respect to any such Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $25,000,000, the Company delivers to the Trustee the certificates specified in clause (ii) above and an opinion of an independent investment banking firm of national standing in the United States, stating that such Affiliate Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided , however , that the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) shall not apply to transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and MedCenterDirect.com, Inc. or any entity to which the Company transfers all or substantially all of the rights to its HEALTHSOUTH Clinical Automation Program.

 

Section 4.14. Limitation on Liens .

 

The Company will not create or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its assets, unless contemporaneously therewith:

 

(i) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes, effective provision is made to secure the Notes at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same collateral; and

 

(ii) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, effective provision is made to secure the Notes with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation.

 

-41-


Notwithstanding the above, the Company may, without securing the Notes, create or assume any Indebtedness which is secured by a Lien which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions, provided that after giving effect thereto, the Exempted Debt then outstanding does not exceed 10% of the total Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such time.

 

Section 4.15. Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control .

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall be obligated to make an offer to purchase (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) the outstanding Notes of each Holder in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price (the “ Change of Control Purchase Price ”) in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Purchase Date ”), pursuant to the procedures set forth below.

 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall notify the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Change of Control to each Holder by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar, stating, among other things:

 

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15;

 

(2) that such Holders have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Notes at the Change of Control Purchase Price on the Change of Control Purchase Date which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in its payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

(5) that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance of the Change of Control Offer if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7) any other procedures that a Holder must follow to accept an Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(8) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

-42-


On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.15. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be issued in an original amount in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

 

(c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.15, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.16. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries .

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction (other than encumbrances or restrictions imposed by law or by judicial or regulatory action or by provisions in leases or other agreements that restrict the assignability thereof) on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, owned by the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, or pay interest on or principal of any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, in each case except for encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) applicable law, (b) the Credit Agreements, (c) Existing Indebtedness, (d) any restrictions under any agreement evidencing any Acquired Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture and which was not incurred in anticipation or contemplation of the related acquisition, provided that such restrictions and encumbrances only apply to assets that were subject to such restrictions and encumbrances prior to the acquisition of such assets by the Company or its Subsidiaries, (e) restrictions or encumbrances replacing those permitted by clause (b), (c) or (d) above which, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive, (f) this Indenture, (g) any restrictions and encumbrances arising in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that any restrictions or encumbrances of the type described in this clause (g) that arise under such Refinancing Indebtedness are not, taken as a whole, materially more restrictive than those under the agreement creating or evidencing the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, (h) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (i) any agreement restricting the sale or other disposition of property securing Indebtedness if such agreement does not expressly restrict the ability of a Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or make loans or advances and (j) customary restrictions in purchase money debt or leases relating to the property covered thereby.

 

-43-


Section 4.17. Limitations on Layering Indebtedness .

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that purports to be by its terms subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also expressly subordinated to the Notes to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SURVIVING ENTITY

 

Section 5.01. Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations .

 

The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or assign any of its obligations under the Notes or this Indenture, to any Person unless: (i) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment shall be made (collectively, the “ Successor ”), is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor assumes by supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be at least equal to the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; (iv) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the EBITDA Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be such that the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be entitled to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the EBITDA Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.11 hereof; and (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment complies with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 5.02. Successor Substituted .

 

Upon any consolidation, merger, conveyance or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or any such Subsidiary is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,

 

-44-


the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be herein, and thereafter the predecessor entity shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01. Events of Default .

 

An “ Event of Default ” means each one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(a) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 

(b) default in the payment of all or any part of the principal, or make-whole amount, if any, on any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable either at its Stated Maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise;

 

(c) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations or covenants described under Section 4.12, Section 4.15 or Article 5 hereof;

 

(d) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company in the Notes or this Indenture (other than the covenants referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above) for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice specifying such failure, stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” under this Indenture and demanding that the Company remedy the same, shall have been given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(e) default under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, if (i) such default results in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable, (ii) the principal amount of such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding and (iii) such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not rescinded or annulled,

 

-45-


within a period of 10 days after there shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Company to cause such Indebtedness to be discharged or cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled;

 

(f) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary for any substantial part of its or their property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its or their affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of it or their property, or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

Section 6.02. Acceleration .

 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof relating to the Company) shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee, by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable. Upon effectiveness of such acceleration, the aggregate principal of, make-whole amount, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable. At any time after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, or any Holder, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such acceleration if:

 

(a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(1) all overdue interest on the Notes;

 

(2) all unpaid principal of and make-whole amount, if any, on any of the outstanding Notes that has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes;

 

(3) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest and overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes;

 

-46-


(4) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel;

 

(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of, make-whole amount, if any, or interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; and

 

(c) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default with respect to the Company of the type described in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company of the type described in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof shall occur, the aggregate principal of, make-whole amount, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies .

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or make-whole amount, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested of it as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04. Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default .

 

Subject to Sections 2.09, 6.02, 6.07 and 8.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have the right to waive existing Defaults under or in compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or make-whole amount, if any, on any Note as specified in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 6.01 hereof or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02 hereof. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attach copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

-47-


Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

Section 6.05. Control by Majority .

 

Subject to Section 2.09 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in its reasonable judgment may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Trust Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

 

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder has any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or any remedy hereunder unless:

 

(1) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense which may be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(4) the Trustee fails to institute such proceeding within 60 calendar days after receipt of such notice and the offer of indemnity; and

 

(5) the Trustee has not received directions inconsistent with such written request during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes.

 

-48-


A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or make-whole amount, if any, or accrued interest on any Note held by such Holder on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional (subject to the terms of this Indenture) and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee .

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of unpaid principal, make-whole amount, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in Section 4.01 hereof, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceedings.

 

Section 6.10. Priorities .

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

 

-49-


SECOND: if the Holders are forced to proceed against the Company directly without the Trustee, to Holders for their collection costs; and

 

THIRD: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, make-whole amount, if any, and interest as to each, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes.

 

The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs .

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

 

(a) If an Event of Default actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

 

(1) The Trustee need perform only those duties and obligations that are specifically set forth in this Indenture.

 

(2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(A) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01.

 

-50-


(B) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(C) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 and 6.05 hereof.

 

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive from such Holders an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(e) Whether or not expressly so provided, the provisions of the TIA and paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law or as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Trustee and the Company.

 

(g) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

 

Subject to Section 7.01 hereof:

 

(1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting with respect to any matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05 hereof. The Trustee shall be fully protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(3) The Trustee may act through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

-51-


(4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers under this Indenture.

 

(5) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting with respect to any matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes, the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel, accountant, appraiser or other expert adviser whether retained or employed by the Company or the Trustee shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(6) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Trustee shall determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(7) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its Stated Maturity or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction. The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of specific written investment direction.

 

(8) The rights, privileges, immunities and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture (including, without limitation, the right to be indemnified) shall also be afforded to the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each Paying Agent, Registrar, Co-Registrar, Custodian, transfer agent or tender agent and each agent or other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(9) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(10) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, shall be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

-52-


Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or any recitals therein, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes or any money paid to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 5 days after obtaining knowledge thereof. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, make-whole amount, if any, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or on the Excess Proceeds Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, and except in the case of a failure to comply with Article 5 hereof the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the best interest of the Holders. This Section 7.05 shall be in lieu of the proviso to Section 315(b) of the TIA, and such proviso of Section 315(b) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders .

 

If required by TIA Section 313(a), within 60 days after May 15 of any year, commencing on May 15, 2001, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with the reporting requirements of TIA Sections 313(b), (c) and (d).

 

A copy of each such report at the time of such mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Company and, if the Notes are listed on a stock exchange, filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed as provided by TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

 

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity .

 

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as may from time to time be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its services hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in connection with its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, custodians and nominees, except for any such disbursement or expense as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

-53-


The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents and any predecessor Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold it or them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or reasonable expense, including taxes (other than franchise taxes and taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by it or them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture and any other documents and transactions in connection therewith including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its or their powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs, provided any settlement with respect to which indemnification is sought shall have been consented to by the Company). The Trustee shall notify the Company in writing promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. However, the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder except to the extent the Company is prejudiced thereby. This Section 7.07 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss, damage, claim or liability incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. To secure the payment obligations of the Company in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof occurs, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

The obligation of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

 

The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the removed Trustee and the Company in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent. The Company may remove the Trustee at its election if:

 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge or control of the Trustee or its property or affairs; or

 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

-54-


If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

No resignation or removal of the Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee. If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction at the expense of the Company for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee if the Trustee fails after written request thereof by such Holder to comply with such Section 7.10.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately following such delivery, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07 hereof, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, and the successor Trustee, after any and all amounts then due and owing the Trustee hereunder have been paid in full, shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion .

 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation, subject to Section 7.10 hereof, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any such successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification .

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Sections 310(a)(1) and 310(a)(2). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b), the Trustee and the Company shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures

 

-55-


under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.10, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinbefore specified in this Article 7.

 

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .

 

The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

MODIFICATIONS, AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 8.01. Without Consent of Holders .

 

The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution of the Company, and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in this Indenture or the Notes or make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or the Notes; provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders;

 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture;

 

(4) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5) to secure the Notes;

 

(6) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Events of Default for the benefit of Holders;

 

(7) to surrender any right or power conferred on the Company; or

 

(8) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

-56-


Section 8.02. With Consent of Holders .

 

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, the Company and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), a modification, amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04 hereof, may not:

 

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, such Note or alter the optional redemption provisions thereof;

 

(2) reduce the principal amount of, or make-whole amount, if any, or interest on, such Note or extend the time of payments under the Notes;

 

(3) modify the ranking of the Notes in a manner adverse to the Holder;

 

(4) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or make-whole amount, if any, or interest on, such Note;

 

(5) alter the provisions with respect to the obligation of the Company to make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof or to make an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with Section 4.12 hereof;

 

(6) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Note; or

 

(7) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for modification or amendment of this Indenture or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain Defaults or Events of Default.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 8.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may in its own discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

-57-


It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

Section 8.03. Compliance with TIA .

 

Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 8.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents .

 

Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note or portion of such Note by notice to the Trustee or the Company received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a Record Date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such Record Date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons shall continue to be Holders after such Record Date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such Record Date.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (7) of Section 8.02 hereof, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 8.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

 

If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may request the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, in exchange for the Note the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

-58-


Section 8.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc .

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 8 is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

 

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 9.01) and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when either:

 

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 hereof and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b) (i) either (A) pursuant to Article 3 hereof, the Company shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of the redemption of all of the Notes under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of such notice or (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable; (ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee in trust for the purpose an amount in U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for the principal of, make-whole amount, if any, and interest to the date of such deposit; (iii) no Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which will be used to defease the Notes concurrently with such incurrence); (iv) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and (v) the Company has delivered to the Trustee (A) irrevocable instructions to apply the deposited money toward payment of the Notes at the Stated Maturity thereof, and (B) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under any material agreement or instrument then known to such counsel which binds or affects the Company.

 

-59-


Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company’s obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.07, 7.07 and 8.06 hereof shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08 hereof. After the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 and 8.06 shall survive.

 

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

Section 9.02. Legal Defeasance .

 

(a) The Company may, at its option by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have this Section 9.02 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof.

 

(b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 9.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 9.05 hereof and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, make-whole amount, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due on the Stated Maturity thereof (or, upon redemption, if applicable), (ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.07 hereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and (iv) this Article 9. Subject to compliance with this Article 9, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 9.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 9.03. Covenant Defeasance .

 

(a) The Company may, at its option by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have this Section 9.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof.

 

(b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05, 4.08 and 4.09 through 4.17, inclusive, and Article 5 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on

 

-60-


and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event or Default under Section 6.01(c) or 6.01(d) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d) and 6.01(e) shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 9.04. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 9.02 or 9.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, or U.S. Government Obligations, or in the case of Covenant Defeasance, corporate obligations rated at least “A” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or at least “A” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay and discharge the principal of, make-whole amount, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof (or upon redemption, if applicable) of such principal, make-whole amount, if any, or installment of interest;

 

(b) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as an event of bankruptcy under clauses (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit;

 

(c) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(d) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or since the Issue Date, there has been a change in applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

-61-


(e) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to either the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 9.05. Application of Trust Money .

 

All money and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, make-whole amount, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon a written request of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 9.06. Repayment to the Company .

 

Subject to Sections 9.01, 9.,02, 9.03, 9.04, 9.05 and 9.07, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess U.S. legal tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal, make-whole amount, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed, and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

 

-62-


Section 9.07. Reinstatement .

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02 or 9.03 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 hereof; provided , however , that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, make-whole amount, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

ARTICLE 11

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01. TIA Controls .

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.

 

Section 11.02. Notices .

 

Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Telephone No.: (205) 969-4977

Facsimile No.: (205) 969-4730

Attention: William W. Horton

 

-63-


If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West

New York, New York 10286

Telephone No.: (212) 815-5287

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5915

Attention: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

 

The Company or the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice or communication to the Company or the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made when actually received.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice.

 

Section 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders .

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with.

 

Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion .

 

Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

 

-64-


(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents .

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at meetings of Holders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

Section 11.07. Business Days; Legal Holidays .

 

A “ Business Day ” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, a Sunday, a federally-recognized holiday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

Section 11.08. Governing Law .

 

THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.

 

Section 11.09. Waiver of Trial by Jury .

 

The Company hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture.

 

Section 11.10. Submission to Jurisdiction .

 

The Company hereby consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder or under the Notes. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

-65-


Section 11.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 11.12. No Recourse Against Others .

 

No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

Section 11.13. Successors .

 

All agreements of each of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee, any additional trustee and any Paying Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

Section 11.14. Multiple Counterparts .

 

The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

 

Section 11.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

 

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 11.16. Separability .

 

Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby to the extent allowed by law.

 

Section 11.17. Translation .

 

The original and controlling version of this Indenture and any related agreements shall be the English language version. All translations of this Indenture or any agreements related hereto into other languages shall be for the convenience of the parties only, and shall not control the meaning or application of this Indenture. All notices and other communications required or permitted by this Indenture or any other transactional agreement must be in English or accompanied by an English translation, and the interpretation and application of such notices and other communications shall be based solely upon the English language version thereof.

 

-66-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.

 

Company :
HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ William T. Owens


Name:   William T. Owens
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Trustee :
THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
      as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Massimillo


Name:  

Robert A. Massimillo

Title:   Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF SERIES A NOTE]

 

CUSIP No.:                                                 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

8½% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2008

 

No.

  $                    

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to or registered assigns, the principal sum of $             on February 1, 2008.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing August 1, 2001.

 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized directors, officers or other authorized signatories.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    

 

Certificate of Authentication

 

Date: February 1, 2001

 

This is one of the 8½% Senior Notes due 2008 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
      as Trustee
By:  

 


    Authorized Signatory

 

A-2


(REVERSE OF SECURITY)

 

8½% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2008

 

1. Interest . HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing August 1, 2001. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day is a Business Day) even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and make-whole amount, if any, will be made (on presentation of such Notes if in certificated form) in U.S. legal tender; provided , however , that the Company may pay principal, make-whole amount, if any, and interest by check payable in U.S. legal tender. The Company may deliver any such interest payment by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address will appear on the security register.

 

3. Paying Agents and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of New York, a banking organization organized under the laws of New York (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Paying Agent and the Trustee will act as Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agents, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

4. Indenture . The Company issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Initial Notes of the Company designated as its 8½% Senior Notes due 2008 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.

 

A-3


5. [ Intentionally Omitted .]

 

6. Redemption .

 

The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption and (ii) as determined by a Quotation Agent (as defined below), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted, to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus accrued interest on the Notes to the date of redemption. If a redemption date does not fall on an interest payment date, then, with respect to the interest payment immediately succeeding the redemption date, only the unaccrued portion of such interest payment as of the redemption date shall be included in any calculation pursuant to clause (ii) above. Any amount payable in excess of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (other than accrued interest thereon) shall be referred to herein as the “make-whole amount.”

 

Adjusted Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, plus 0.50%.

 

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by a Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the Trustee obtains three or fewer such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

Quotation Agent ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (i) each of UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc. and Chase Securities Inc. and their respective successors; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York, New York (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

A-4


If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed will be made by the Trustee from among the outstanding Notes on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method permitted in the Indenture. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

The Notes will not be entitled to any sinking fund.

 

7. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption under paragraph 6 of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus interest accrued through the Redemption Date, if any.

 

8. Offers to Purchase . The Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as defined in the Indenture) and upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

9. Registration Rights . Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, the Company will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for the Company’s Series B 8½% Senior Notes due 2008 (the “ Exchange Notes ”), at such time as the Exchange Notes shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes. The Holders of the Initial Notes shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange . The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of [$1,000] [$250,000] and in integral multiples [of $1,000 in excess] thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

 

11. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

 

12. Unclaimed Money . If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person.

 

A-5


13. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . If the Company at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or other obligations of the types set forth in the Indenture sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes to Stated Maturity or redemption, if applicable, and complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes).

 

14 . Amendments, Supplements, and Waivers . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

 

15. Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, make payments in respect of its Capital Stock, incur additional Indebtedness, make certain investments, sell assets, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries of the Company. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must report on an annual basis to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

16. Successor . When a Successor assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default exists and certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.

 

17. Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the Company pursuant to Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare to be immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of acceleration; provided , however , that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal, make-whole amount, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture occurs, such principal amount, together with make-whole amount, if any, and interest with respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

 

A-6


18. Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

19. No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

20. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

21. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Note. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original but all of them together represent one and the same Note.

 

22. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE HAS AGREED TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

 

23. Abbreviations and Defined Terms . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

24. CUSIP Numbers . The Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

25. Indenture . Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder of a Note upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture which has the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, Telephone No. (205) 969-4977, Facsimile No. (205) 969-4730, Attention: William W. Horton.

 

A-7


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

      
      
      

(Print or type name, address and zip code and

social security or tax ID number of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint ____________________________________________________________________________________, agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                        Signed:  

 


        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Medallion Guarantee:  

 


 

A-8


[OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE]

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

 

Section 4.12 ¨

 

Section 4.15 ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                     

 

Date:                       

 


    NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 

Medallion Guarantee:  

 


 

A-9


EXHIBIT B

 

[FORM OF SERIES B NOTE]

 

CUSIP No.:                                              

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

8½% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2008

 

No.

  $                         

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to or registered assigns, the principal sum of $              on February 1, 2008.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing August 1, 2001.

 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized directors, officers or other authorized signatories.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    

 

Certificate of Authentication

 

Date:

 

This is one of the 8½% Senior Notes due 2008 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
      as Trustee
By:  

 


    Authorized Signatory

 

B-2


(REVERSE OF SECURITY)

 

8½% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2008

 

1 Interest . HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing August 1, 2001. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day is a Business Day) even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and make-whole amount, if any, will be made (on presentation of such Notes if in certificated form) in U.S. legal tender; provided, however, that the Company may pay principal, make-whole amount, if any, and interest by check payable in U.S. legal tender. The Company may deliver any such interest payment by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address will appear on the security register.

 

3. Paying Agents and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of New York, a banking organization organized under the laws of New York (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Paying Agent and the Trustee will act as Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agents, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

4. Indenture . The Company issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Exchange Notes of the Company designated as its 8½% Senior Notes due 2008 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.

 

5. [ Intentionally Omitted .]

 

B-3


6. Redemption .

 

The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption and (ii) as determined by a Quotation Agent (as defined below), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus accrued interest on the Notes to the date of redemption. If a redemption date does not fall on an interest payment date, then, with respect to the interest payment immediately succeeding the redemption date, only the unaccrued portion of such interest payment as of the redemption date shall be included in any calculation pursuant to clause (ii) above. Any amount payable in excess of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (other than accrued interest thereon) shall be referred to herein as the “make-whole amount.”

 

Adjusted Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, plus 0.50%.

 

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by a Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the Trustee obtains three or fewer such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

Quotation Agent ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (i) each of UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc. and Chase Securities Inc. and their respective successors; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York, New York (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed will be made by the Trustee from among the outstanding Notes on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method permitted in the Indenture. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

B-4


The Notes will not be entitled to any sinking fund.

 

7. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption under paragraph 6 of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus interest accrued through the Redemption Date, if any.

 

8. Offers to Purchase . The Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as defined in the Indenture) and upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange . The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of [$1,000] [$250,000] and in integral multiples [of $1,000 in excess] thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money . If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person.

 

12. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . If the Company at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or other obligations of the types set forth in the Indenture sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes to Stated Maturity or redemption, if applicable, and complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes).

 

13. Amendments, Supplements, and Waivers . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the

 

B-5


Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

 

14 . Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, make payments in respect of its Capital Stock, incur additional Indebtedness, make certain investments, sell assets, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries of the Company. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must report on an annual basis to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

15. Successor . When a Successor assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default exists and certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.

 

16. Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the Company pursuant to Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare to be immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of acceleration; provided , however , that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee may by written notice to the Company and the Trustee rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal, make-whole amount, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture occurs, such principal amount, together with make-whole amount, if any, and interest with respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

 

17. Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

18. No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

B-6


19. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

20. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Note. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original but all of them together represent one and the same Note.

 

21. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE HAS AGREED TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

 

22. Abbreviations and Defined Terms . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

23. CUSIP Numbers . The Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

24. Indenture . Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder of a Note upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture which has the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, Telephone No. (205) 969-4977, Facsimile No. (205) 969-4730, Attention: William W. Horton.

 

B-7


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

      
      
      

(Print or type name, address and zip code and

social security or tax ID number of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint ____________________________________________________________________________________, agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                        Signed:  

 


        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Medallion Guarantee:  

 


 

B-8


[OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE]

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

 

Section 4.12 ¨

 

Section 4.15 ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                     

 

Date:                       

 


    NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 

Medallion Guarantee:  

 


 

B-9


EXHIBIT C

 

[FORM OF RULE 144A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

 

[Date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Rule 144A, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(vi):

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(v):

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(c)(iii):

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of one or more Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held [with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of Transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

In connection with such request for transfer and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A, and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify:

 

(1) the Transferee is a person that the Transferor and any person acting on behalf of the Transferor reasonably believe is purchasing such Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which the Transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the Transferee and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A;


(2) the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf has taken reasonable steps to ensure that the Transferee is aware that the Transferor may be relying on Rule 144A in connection with the transaction; and

 

(3) the transaction satisfies all other requirements of Rule 144A and of any applicable Notes laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

 

[FORM OF REGULATION S TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

 

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Regulation S, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(iii) or 2.16(b)(iv):

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held [[include the following for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(iii): with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] (Common Code No.                      )] through the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(c)(iii):

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of one or more Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor) (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held [with [Euroclear] [Clearstream]] through the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

In connection with such request for transfer and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S, and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify:

 

(1) the offer of such Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (A) at the time the buy order for such Notes was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the Transferee was outside the United States or (B) the transaction was executed in, or through the facilities of, a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knew that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States,


(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of the Securities Act, as applicable, and

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

[Add the following for transfers made during the Regulation S Restricted Period:

 

In addition, (A) if the provisions of Rule 903(c)(3) or Rule 904(c)(1) of the Securities Act are applicable to the transaction, the Transferor hereby certifies that the transfer is being made in accordance with the requirements of Rule 903(c)(3) or Rule 904(c)(1), as the case may be, and (B) upon completion of the transaction, the Transferee will hold the transferred beneficial interest through Euroclear or Clearstream.]

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

 

[FORM OF RULE 144 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

 

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Rule 144, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(iii):

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(vi):

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(vii):

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

In connection with such request for transfer and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes, and that the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.


You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby,

 

[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F

 

[FORM OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

 

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 1, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Regulation D, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(vi):

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “Transferor”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in one or more Certificated Notes (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”].

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(b)(vii) of the Indenture:

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(c)(i) of the Indenture:

 

This certificate relates to US$                      principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of one or more Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Certificated Notes for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

 

(1) We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1). (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor”, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or other applicable securities


law and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes and invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our investment.

 

(2) We understand and acknowledge that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is two (2) years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (such later date, the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to a Person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the securities act, (b) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (c) outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (d) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, provided that in the case of a transfer, pledge or sale pursuant to this clause (d) such transfer is subject to the receipt by the Registrar (and the Company, if it so requests) of a certification of the transferor and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (e) to the Company or its Affiliates or (f) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and, in each case, in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and the Indenture governing the notes. Any transfer of Notes pursuant to clause (d) above to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2) (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” shall involve a minimum purchase price of US$250,000 for such Notes, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to an institutional “accredited investor” prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver to the Company and the Trustee a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 (a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We acknowledge that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer of the Notes pursuant to clause (c) or (d) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

(3) We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

F-2


You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferee]
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    

 

F-3

EXHIBIT 4.3.2

 

AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE

 

AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of August 27, 2003, by and between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as issuer under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture dated as of February 1, 2001 (as amended to the date hereof, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of its 8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2008;

 

WHEREAS, Section 2.12 of the Indenture provides, among other things, that overdue interest shall be payable to Holders on a special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for payment of the defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the payment of overdue interest occur as soon as practicable after any special Record Date;

 

WHEREAS, Section 8.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture without the consent of the Holders to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

1. Definitions . For all purposes of this Amendment, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions used in the Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Amendment refer to this Amendment as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 

2. Amendment to Indenture . Section 2.12 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the second paragraph thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date established by the Company. At least 15 days before the subsequent special Record Date, the Company shall mail to each Holder, as of a recent date

 


selected by the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the amount of defaulted interest and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid and the date on which payment shall be made to the Holders, which date shall be either (i) the fifteenth day after the special Record Date or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day, or (ii) such earlier Business Day after the special Record Date to which the Trustee shall agree.”

 

3. Ratification of Indenture . Except as expressly modified hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder shall be bound hereby and entitled to the benefits hereof. From and after the date hereof, each reference in the Notes to the Indenture shall be deemed to refer to the Indenture, as amended by this Amendment.

 

4. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT.

 

5. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Amendment. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

 

6. Headings . The headings of this Amendment have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

7. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Amendment or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company. The Trustee shall have the full rights and benefits of Section 7.07 of the Indenture with respect to this Amendment.

 

8. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be effective when the Company and the Trustee shall each have executed and delivered signature pages hereto.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:       /s/ William W. Horton
   

Name:

  WILLIAM W. HORTON
   

Title:

  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

By:       /s/ Robert A. Massimillo
   

Name:

  ROBERT A. MASSIMILLO
   

Title:

  VICE PRESIDENT

 

EXHIBIT 4.4.1

 


 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

 

and

 

NATIONAL CITY BANK,

as Trustee

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of September 28, 2001

 

7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2006, Series A

7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2006, Series B

 

8  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011, Series A

8  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011, Series B

 



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA Section


  

Indenture

Section


310(a)(1)

   7.10

(a)(2)

   7.10

(a)(3)

   N.A.

(a)(4)

   N.A

(a)(5)

   7.10

(b)

   7.08; 7.10; 10.02

(c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

(b)

   7.11

(c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

(b)

   10.03

(c)

   10.03

313(a)

   7.06

(b)(1)

   7.06

(b)(2)

   7.06

(c)

   7.06; 10.02

(d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.02; 4.08; 10.02

(b)

   N.A.

(c)(1)

   10.04; 10.05

(c)(2)

   10.04; 10.05

(c)(3)

   N.A.

(d)

   N.A.

(e)

   10.05

(f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01; 7.02

(b)

   7.05; 10.02

(c)

   7.01

(d)

   6.05; 7.01; 7.02

(e)

   6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

   2.08

(a)(1)(A)

   6.05

(a)(1)(B)

   6.04

(a)(2)

   8.02

(b)

   6.07

 

N.A. means Not Applicable


TIA Section


  

Indenture

Section


(c)

   8.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

(a)(2)

   6.09

(b)

   2.04

318(a)

   10.01

NOTE:  This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.01

   Definitions    1

Section 1.02

   Other Definitions .    16

Section 1.03

   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act    17

Section 1.04

   Rules of Construction .    17
ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

   17

Section 2.01

   Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture; Form of Notes .    17

Section 2.02

   Execution and Authentication; Appointment of Authenticating Agent    18

Section 2.03

   Registrar and Paying Agent .    19

Section 2.04

   Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .    19

Section 2.05

   Holder Lists    19

Section 2.06

   Replacement Notes .    20

Section 2.07

   Outstanding Notes    20

Section 2.08

   Treasury Notes .    20

Section 2.09

   Temporary Notes .    21

Section 2.10

   Cancellation .    21

Section 2.11

   Defaulted Interest    21

Section 2.12

   Deposit of Moneys; Payments .    21

Section 2.13

   “CUSIP” Number    22

Section 2.14

   Depositary .    22

Section 2.15

   Registration of Transfers and Exchanges .    23

Section 2.16

   Restrictive Legends .    30
ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

   31

Section 3.01

   Notices to Trustee .    31

Section 3.02

   Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed .    31

Section 3.03

   Notice of Redemption .    32

Section 3.04

   Effect of Notice of Redemption .    33

Section 3.05

   Deposit of Redemption Price .    33

Section 3.06

   Notes Redeemed in Part    34

 

i


ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

   34

Section 4.01

   Payment of Notes .    34

Section 4.02

   Reports .    34

Section 4.03

   Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws    34

Section 4.04

   Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default; Tax Information .    35

Section 4.05

   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .    35

Section 4.06

   Corporate Existence .    35

Section 4.07

   Maintenance of Office or Agency    36

Section 4.08

   Compliance with Laws .    36

Section 4.09

   Maintenance of Properties and Insurance .    36

Section 4.10

   Limitation on Restricted Payments .    37

Section 4.11

   Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Subsidiary Preferred Stock    37

Section 4.12

   Limitation on Asset Sales .    39

Section 4.13

   Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates .    42

Section 4.14

   Limitation on Liens Prior to the Fall-Away Event .    42

Section 4.15

   Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control .    43

Section 4.16

   Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries .    44

Section 4.17

   Limitations on Layering Indebtedness    45

Section 4.18

   Limitations on Liens After the Fall-Away Event .    45

Section 4.19

   Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions    46
ARTICLE 5

SURVIVING ENTITY

   46

Section 5.01

   Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations Prior to the Fall-Away Event    46

Section 5.02

   Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations After the Fall-Away Event .    47

Section 5.03

   Successor Substituted    47
ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

   47

Section 6.01

   Events of Default .    47

Section 6.02

   Acceleration .    49

Section 6.03

   Other Remedies    50

Section 6.04

   Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default    50

Section 6.05

   Control by Majority .    50

Section 6.06

   Limitation on Suits    51

Section 6.07

   Rights of Holders To Receive Payment    51

Section 6.08

   Collection Suit by Trustee .    51

Section 6.09

   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .    52

Section 6.10

   Priorities    52

 

ii


Section 6.11

   Undertaking for Costs .    52
ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

   53

Section 7.01

   Duties of Trustee    53

Section 7.02

   Rights of Trustee    54

Section 7.03

   Individual Rights of Trustee .    55

Section 7.04

   Trustee’s Disclaimer .    55

Section 7.05

   Notice of Defaults .    55

Section 7.06

   Reports by Trustee to Holders .    56

Section 7.07

   Compensation and Indemnity .    56

Section 7.08

   Replacement of Trustee .    57

Section 7.09

   Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion    58

Section 7.10

   Eligibility; Disqualification .    58

Section 7.11

   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company    58
ARTICLE 8

MODIFICATIONS, AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

   58

Section 8.01

   Without Consent of Holders .    58

Section 8.02

   With Consent of Holders .    59

Section 8.03

   Compliance with TIA .    60

Section 8.04

   Revocation and Effect of Consents    60

Section 8.05

   Notation on or Exchange of Notes    61

Section 8.06

   Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc    61
ARTICLE 9

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

   61

Section 9.01

   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .    61

Section 9.02

   Legal Defeasance .    62

Section 9.03

   Covenant Defeasance    63

Section 9.04

   Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .    63

Section 9.05

   Application of Trust Money    64

Section 9.06

   Repayment to the Company    65

Section 9.07

   Reinstatement    65
ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

   65

Section 10.01

   TIA Controls .    65

 

iii


Section 10.02

   Notices .    66

Section 10.03

   Communications by Holders with Other Holders    66

Section 10.04

   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .    67

Section 10.05

   Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion .    67

Section 10.06

   Rules by Trustee and Agents .    67

Section 10.07

   Business Days; Legal Holidays .    67

Section 10.08

   Governing Law .    67

Section 10.09

   Waiver of Trial by Jury    68

Section 10.10

   Submission to Jurisdiction .    68

Section 10.11

   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements    68

Section 10.12

   No Recourse Against Others    68

Section 10.13

   Successors .    68

Section 10.14

   Multiple Counterparts .    68

Section 10.15

   Table of Contents, Headings, etc .    68

Section 10.16

   Separability .    68

Section 10.17

   Translation .    68

SIGNATURES

   S-1

EXHIBITS

         

Exhibit A

   Form of Initial Notes     

Exhibit B

   Form of Exchange Notes     

Exhibit C

   Form of Rule 144A Transfer Certificate     

Exhibit D

   Form of Regulation S Transfer Certificate     

Exhibit E

   Form of Rule 144 Transfer Certificate     

Exhibit F

   Form of Accredited Investor Transfer Certificate     

 

iv


INDENTURE, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), as Issuer, and National City Bank, a national banking association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of Series A 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2006, Series B 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2006, Series A 8  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 and Series B 8  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011, and, to provide therefor, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Company, and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Company, and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company, have been done.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01 Definitions .

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means (i) with respect to any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any Indebtedness assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of an asset from another Person.

 

Additional Interest ” has the meaning provided to such term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-Registrar, authenticating agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

Asset Sale ” for any Person means the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition (including, without limitation, by merger or consolidation, and whether by operation of law or otherwise) of any of that Person’s assets (including, without limitation, the sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person, whether by such Person or by such Subsidiary), whether owned on the Issue Date or subsequently acquired, in one transaction


or a series of related transactions, in which such Person and/or its Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of: (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any of such Person’s Subsidiaries; (ii) assets which constitute all or substantially all of any division or line of business of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iii) any other assets of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, other than in the ordinary course of business, provided , that the Fair Market Value thereof shall be at least 1% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time; provided , however , that the following shall not constitute Asset Sales: (a) transactions between the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or among such Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; (b) any transaction not prohibited by Section 4.10 hereof or that constitutes a Permitted Investment; (c) any transfer of assets (including Capital Stock) that is governed by and in accordance with Article 5 hereof or the creation of any Lien not prohibited by Section 4.14 hereof; or (d) sales of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are no longer either used or useful in the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the interest rate implicit in the lease, compounded on a semiannual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments, after excluding all amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, utilities and other similar expenses payable by the lessee pursuant to the terms of the lease, during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or until the earliest date on which the lessee may terminate such lease without penalty or upon payment of a penalty (in which case the rental payments shall include such penalty); provided , that the Attributable Indebtedness with respect to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction shall be no less than the fair market value of the property subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

Bank Debt ” means all obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter existing under (i) the Credit Agreements, whether for principal, interest, reimbursement of amounts drawn under letters of credit issued pursuant thereto, guarantees in respect thereof, fees, expenses, premiums, indemnities or otherwise, and (ii) any Indebtedness incurred by the Company to extend, refund, supplement, refinance or replace, in whole or in part, such Bank Debt, including any interest and premium on any such Indebtedness.

 

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participation or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) the equity (including without limitation common stock, preferred stock and partnership, joint venture and limited liability company interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

 

2


Capitalized Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Certificated Note ” means a Note issued in certificated form to a Person other than the Depositary.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence at any time prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event of any of the following: (i) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets are sold as an entirety to any Person or related group of Persons; (ii) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company (A) in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation (other than a consolidation or merger with a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company in which all shares of the Company’s Common Equity outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness thereof are changed into or exchanged for the same consideration) or (B) pursuant to which the Company’s Common Equity would be converted into cash, securities or other property, in each case other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s Common Equity immediately prior to the consolidation or merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the continuing or surviving corporation immediately after such consolidation or merger in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Company’s Common Equity immediately before such transaction; (iii) any Person, or any Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, together with any affiliates thereof, shall beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) at least 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company; (iv) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66  2 / 3 % of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office; or (v) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, the body performing such duties at the time.

 

Common Equity ” of any Person means all Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled to (i) vote in the election of directors of such Person or (ii) if such Person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management and policies of such Person.

 

Company ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article 5 hereof and thereafter means such successor.

 

3


Consolidated Amortization Expense ” of any Person for any period means the amortization expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (to the extent included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income of such Person), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Depreciation Expense ” of any Person means the depreciation expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (to the extent included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income of such Person), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” of any Person means, with respect to any determination date, Consolidated Net Income, plus (i) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, plus (ii) Consolidated Depreciation Expense, plus (iii) Consolidated Amortization Expense, plus (iv) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (v) all other unusual non-cash items or non-recurring non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and less all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, in each case, for such Person’s prior four full fiscal quarters for which financial results have been reported immediately preceding the determination date.

 

Consolidated Income Tax Expense ” means, for any Person for any period, the provision for taxes based on income and profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries to the extent such provision for income taxes was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” of any Person for any period means, without duplication, (i) the Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) (to the extent not otherwise included within the definition of Interest Expense as imputed interest) one-third of the rental expense on Attributable Indebtedness of such Person for such period determined on a consolidated basis, plus (iii) the dividend requirements of such Person and its Subsidiaries with respect to Disqualified Stock and with respect to all other Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person (in each case whether in cash or otherwise (except dividends payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person or such Subsidiary)) paid, accrued or accumulated during such period times a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then effective consolidated Federal, state and local tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” of any Person for any period means the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

 

(i) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the referent Person) in which any Person other than the referent Person has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income has actually been received by the referent Person or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries in the form of dividends or similar distributions during such period;

 

4


(ii) except to the extent includable in the consolidated net income of the referent Person pursuant to the foregoing clause (i), the net income (or loss) of any Person that accrues prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the referent Person or is merged into or consolidated with the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) the assets of such Person are acquired by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(iii) the net income of any Subsidiary of the referent Person (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period;

 

(iv) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain, realized during such period by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries upon (a) the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness, of the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any Asset Sale by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(v) any extraordinary gain or extraordinary loss, together with any related provision for taxes or tax benefit resulting from any such extraordinary gain or extraordinary loss, realized by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period; and

 

(vi) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation, merger or transfer of its assets, any earnings of the successor prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets.

 

Consolidated Net Worth ” of any Person as of any date means the stockholders’ equity (including any preferred stock that is classified as equity under GAAP, other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person and its Subsidiaries (excluding any equity adjustment for foreign currency translation for any period subsequent to the Issue Date) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Consolidated Tangible Assets ” of any Person as of any date means the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries (excluding any assets that would be classified as “intangible assets” under GAAP) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at National City Bank, c/o Mellon Securities Trust Company, 120 Broadway, 13 th Floor, New York, New York 10271, or such other address as the

 

5


Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

Credit Agreements ” mean (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of June 23, 1998 by and among the Company, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A. (as successor to Nationsbank, National Association), as Administrative Agent and Arranger, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank AG and Scotiabanc, Inc., as Syndication Agents and Co-Arrangers, and the other lenders party thereto from time to time, together with the related documents thereto, including, without limitation, any security documents, if any, and all exhibits and schedules thereto, and (ii) any other credit agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for money borrowed from or guaranteed to persons, firms or corporations which engage in the business of lending money, in order to provide funding for the acquisition and development of healthcare facilities or to provide for working capital needs and other corporate purposes, including, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, any agreement or agreements relating to any extension, refunding, refinancing, successor or replacement facility, whether or not with the same lender, and whether or not the principal amount or amount of letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the interest rate payable in respect thereof shall be thereby increased, in each case as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

Default ” means any event, act or condition that is, or after notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Stated Maturity date of the Notes.

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

 

DTC Letter of Representations ” shall mean the Letter of Representations, dated the Issue Date, among the Company, DTC and the Trustee.

 

EBITDA Coverage Ratio ” with respect to any period means the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company to (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company for such period; provided , however , that if any calculation of the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio requires the use of any quarter prior to the Issue Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the issuance of the Notes and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to make such calculation; and provided further that if any such calculation requires the use of any quarter prior to the date that any Asset Sale was consummated, or that any Indebtedness was incurred, or that any acquisition of a hospital or other healthcare facility or any assets purchased outside the ordinary course of business was effected, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis, giving effect to each such Asset Sale, incurrence of Indebtedness or acquisition, as the case may be, and the use of any proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to make such calculation.

 

6


Eligible Investments ” of any Person means Investments of such Person in:

 

(i) direct obligations of, or obligations the payment of which is guaranteed by, the United States of America or an interest in any trust or fund that invests solely in such obligations or repurchase agreements, properly secured, with respect to such obligations;

 

(ii) direct obligations of agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America having a rating of A or higher by S&P or A2 or higher by Moody’s;

 

(iii) a certificate of deposit issued by, or other interest-bearing deposits with, a bank having its principal place of business in the United States of America and having equity capital of not less than $250,000,000;

 

(iv) a certificate of deposit issued by, or other interest-bearing deposits with, any other bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, provided that such deposit is either (a) insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or (b) properly secured by such bank by pledging direct obligations of the United States of America having a market value of not less than the face amount of such deposits;

 

(v) prime commercial paper maturing within 270 days of the acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of A-1 or higher by S&P, or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

 

(vi) eligible banker’s acceptances, repurchase agreements and tax-exempt municipal bonds having a maturity of less than one year, in each case having a rating of, or evidencing the full recourse obligation of a person whose senior debt is rated, A or higher by S&P or A2 or higher by Moody’s.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Notes ” means the Series B 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2006 (the “ Exchange 2006 Notes ”) and the Series B 8  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 (the “ Exchange 2011 Notes ”) (the terms of which are identical to the Initial Notes except that, unless any Exchange Notes shall be issued as Private Exchange Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), the Exchange Notes shall be registered under the Securities Act, and shall not contain the restrictive legend on the face of the form of the Initial Notes), to be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

 

Exchange Offer ” means the registration by the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement of the offer by the Company to each Holder of the Initial Notes to exchange all the Initial Notes held by such Holder for the Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Notes held by such Holder, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

7


Exempted Debt ” means the sum of the following as of any date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred after the Issue Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by Section 4.14 hereof or Section 4.18 hereof, as the case may be, and (ii) Attributable Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of every Sale and Leaseback Transaction entered into after the Issue Date.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” means all of the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries that is outstanding on the Issue Date.

 

Fair Market Value ” of any asset or items means the fair market value of such asset or items as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Fall-Away Event ” means the Notes shall have been rated Investment Grade and, if no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing at such time, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to the foregoing.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States of America, as from time to time in effect.

 

guarantee ” means, as applied to any obligation, (a) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such obligation and (b) an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, the payment of amounts drawn down under letters of credit.

 

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, interest rate collar agreement, option or futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

 

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books or records.

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person at any date means, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof); (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto); (iv) all obligations of such Person with respect to Hedging Obligations

 

8


(other than those that fix the interest rate on variable rate indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Indenture or that protect the Company and/or its Subsidiaries against changes in foreign exchange rates); (v) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, except trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business; (vi) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; (vii) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; (viii) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such guarantee; (ix) all Attributable Indebtedness; and (x) all Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and all other Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person valued at the greater of (a) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock, as the case may be, and (b) the aggregate amount payable upon purchase, redemption, defeasance or payment of such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock, as the case may be. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations plus past due interest as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (vii), the amount of the Indebtedness secured.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Initial Notes ” means the Series A 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2006 (the “ Initial 2006 Notes ”) and the Series A 8  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 (the “ Initial 2011 Notes ”) of the Company issued on the Issue Date and authenticated and delivered under this Indenture pursuant to Section 2.02 of this Indenture and any other notes (other than Exchange Notes) issued after the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iv) of the fourth paragraph of Section 2.02 .

 

Initial Purchasers ” refers to UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc., First Union Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., Jefferies & Company, Inc., BNY Capital Markets, Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc. and NatCity Investments, Inc.

 

Interest Expense ” of any Person for any period means the aggregate amount of interest which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set opposite the caption “interest expense” or any like caption on an income statement for such Person (including, without limitation or duplication, imputed interest included in Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations, amortization of financing fees and expenses, the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount and all other non-cash interest expense other than interest amortized to cost of sales) plus the aggregate amount, if any, by which such interest expense was reduced as a result of the amortization of deferred debt restructuring credits for such period.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes as specified in the forms of Note attached hereto as Exhibits A and B .

 

Investment Grade ” means (i) a rating of BBB- or above, in the case of S&P (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of S&P), and Baa3 or above, in the case of

 

9


Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), or (ii) the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any other Rating Agencies; provided, however , that if such rating is BBB- in the case of S&P, or Baa3 in the case of Moody’s (or the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any other Rating Agencies), then such rating also shall not be accompanied by a negative outlook, negative credit watch or review for possible downgrade (or the equivalent thereof), as the case may be.

 

Investments ” of any Person means: (i) all investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of loans, advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business); (ii) all guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations of any other Person by such Person; (iii) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, Capital Stock or other securities of any other Person; and (iv) all other items that would be classified as investments (including, without limitation, purchases of assets outside the ordinary course of business) on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Issue Date ” means September 28, 2001, the date the Initial Notes are initially issued.

 

Joint Venture ” means any Person at least a majority of whose revenues result from healthcare related businesses or facilities.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease in the nature thereof, any agreement to sell, and any filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement (other than notice filings not perfecting a security interest) under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

Net Proceeds ” with respect to any Asset Sale means (i) cash (in U.S. dollars or freely convertible into U.S. dollars) received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, cash received as consideration for the assumption or incurrence of liabilities incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), after (a) provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Asset Sale or the transfer of the proceeds of such Asset Sale to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) payment of all commissions and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale and (c) deduction of an appropriate amount to be provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters) or against any indemnification obligations associated with the sale or other disposition of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale and (ii) all non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sales upon the liquidation or conversion of such consideration into cash.

 

10


Notes ” means the Initial 2006 Notes and the Exchange 2006 Notes, treated as a single class of securities, and the Initial 2011 Notes and the Exchange 2011 Notes, treated as a single class of securities, in each case as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer, President, any Vice President, secretary, assistant secretary, director or other authorized signatory of such Person.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company in their official (and not individual) capacities; provided , however , that every Officers’ Certificate with respect to the compliance with a condition precedent to the taking of any action under this Indenture shall include (i) a statement that the officers making or giving such Officers’ Certificate have read such condition and any definitions or other provisions contained in this Indenture relating thereto and (ii) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of the signers, such condition has been complied with.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel (such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee) that complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

 

Permitted Investments ” means: (i) capital contributions, advances or loans to the Company by any Subsidiary or by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) the acquisition and holding by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries of receivables owing to the Company and such Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; (iii) the acquisition and holding by the Company and its Subsidiaries of cash and Eligible Investments; (iv) Investments in any Person as a result of which such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated with or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (v) the making of an Investment by the Company, directly or through a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, in a Wholly Owned Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of insuring the healthcare business and facilities owned or operated by the Company or a Subsidiary and any physician employed by or on the staff of any such business or facility (the “ Insurance Subsidiary ”), provided that the amount invested in such Insurance Subsidiary does not exceed $15,000,000.

 

Permitted Liens ” means: (i) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that either (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts that either (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves or other provisions have been made in accordance with GAAP; (iii) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) incurred or

 

11


deposits due in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, progress payments, government contracts and other obligations of like nature (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money), in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; (v) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default; (vi) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (vii) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (viii) Liens with respect to any Acquired Indebtedness; p rovided that such Liens only extend to assets that were subject to such Liens prior to the acquisition of such assets by the Company or its Subsidiaries and, with respect to Indebtedness other than Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Notes, not incurred in anticipation or contemplation of such acquisition; (ix) Liens securing Bank Debt or Refinancing Indebtedness; p rovided , in the case of Refinancing Indebtedness, that such Liens only extend to the assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and such refinanced Indebtedness was previously secured by such assets; (x) purchase money mortgages (including Capitalized Lease Obligations); (xi) Liens existing on the Issue Date; (xii) Liens on assets of any Subsidiary of the Company securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiary; p rovided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture; (xiii) bankers’ liens with respect to the right of set-off arising in the ordinary course of business against amounts maintained in bank accounts or certificates of deposit in the name of the Company or any Subsidiary; (xiv) the interest of any issuer of a letter of credit in any cash or Eligible Investment deposited with or for the benefit of such issuer as collateral for such letter of credit; p rovided that the Indebtedness so collateralized is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture; (xv) any Lien consisting of a right of first refusal or option to purchase the Company’s ownership interest in any Subsidiary or to purchase assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, which right of first refusal or option is entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (xvi) the Lien granted to the Trustee pursuant to the trust created pursuant to Article 9 hereof and any substantially equivalent Lien granted to the respective trustees under the indentures for other debt securities of the Company.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

 

Preferred Stock ” means with respect to any Person all Capital Stock of such Person which has a preference in liquidation or a preference with respect to the payment of dividends or distributions of operating profit or cash.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” or “ QIB ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A.

 

Rating Agencies ” means (i) S&P and Moody’s or (ii) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings of the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized U.S. rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

 

12


Rating Category ” means (i) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “-”): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); (ii) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “1”, “2” or “3”): Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and (iii) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

 

Record Date ” for interest payable on any Interest Payment Date (except a date for payment of default interest) means the March 15 or September 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Redemption Date ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Redemption Price ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture or such Note.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are applied to refund, refinance or extend, any Indebtedness; provided that: (i) the Refinancing Indebtedness is the obligation of the same Person (or if the Indebtedness being refinanced is an obligation of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, such Refinancing Indebtedness may be incurred by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company) and is subordinated to the Notes, if at all, to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness is scheduled to mature no earlier than the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (iii) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (iv) the Refinancing Indebtedness is secured only to the extent, if at all, and by the assets that the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended is secured; and (v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended (except for issuance costs and increases in Attributable Indebtedness due solely to increases in the present value calculations resulting from renewals or extensions of the terms of the underlying leases in effect on the Issue Date).

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 28, 2001 among the Company and the Initial Purchasers.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period ” means, with respect to any Note, the period of forty (40) consecutive days beginning on and including the first day after the later of (i) the day on which such Note is first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the closing date of the offering of such Note.

 

Restricted Payment ” means with respect to any Person: (i) the declaration of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution of cash, securities or other property

 

13


or assets in respect of such Person’s Capital Stock (except that a dividend payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person shall not constitute a Restricted Payment); (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of such Person’s or such Person’s Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock or any other payment or distribution made in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly; (iii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iv) the incurrence, creation or assumption of any guarantee of Indebtedness of any Affiliate (other than a Subsidiary of the Company); or (v) the making of any Investment in any Person (other than Permitted Investments); provided , however , that with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, Restricted Payments shall not include any payment described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above made (1) to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or (2) by the Company to any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (3) by any Subsidiary, provided that the Company or another Subsidiary receives its proportionate share thereof.

 

Restricted Security ” means any Note (or beneficial interest therein) other than an Exchange Note (or beneficial interest therein), until such time as: (i) such Note (or beneficial interest therein) has been transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (ii) such Note is a 144A Global Note and two years have passed since the Issue Date; (iii) such Note is a Regulation S Global Note and the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period has expired; or (iv) the Private Placement Legend therefor has otherwise been removed pursuant to Section 2.15(c) hereof or, in the case of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such beneficial interest has been exchanged for an interest in a Global Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries of any property or asset of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person or such Subsidiary to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such property or asset.

 

Secretary’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company in his or her official (and not individual) capacity.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination either (i) had tangible assets which, as of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of such date, or (ii) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which constituted at least 5% of the Company’s total consolidated revenues for such period.

 

14


Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any security or any installment of interest thereon, means that date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the principal of such security or such installment of interest is due and payable.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” of any Person means any Indebtedness of such Person that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) any corporation of which Common Equity having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation is owned by such Person directly or through one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any entity other than a corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns at least 50% of the Common Equity of such entity and has the authority to manage such entity on a day-to-day basis.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03 hereof).

 

Trust Officer ” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

 

U.S. Government Obligations ” means (a) securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit are pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or portion thereof at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the then outstanding

 

15


principal amount of such Indebtedness or portion thereof (if applicable) into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) a Subsidiary of which 100% of the Common Equity (except for director’s qualifying shares or certain minority interests owned by other Persons solely due to local law requirements that there be more than one stockholder, but which interest is not in excess of what is required for such purpose) is owned directly by such Person or through one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any entity other than a corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns all of the Common Equity of such entity.

 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions . The definitions of the following terms may be found in the sections indicated as follows:

 

Term


   Defined in Section

Accredited Investors

   2.01

Affiliate Transaction

   4.13

Agent Members

   2.14

Applicable Procedures

   2.15

Asset Sale Offer

   4.12

Asset Sale Payment Amount

   4.12

Asset Sale Purchase Price

   4.12

Bankruptcy Law

   6.01

Business Day

   10.07

Change of Control Offer

   4.15

Change of Control Payment Date

   4.15

Change of Control Purchase Price

   4.15

Clearstream

   2.01

Covenant Defeasance

   9.03

Depositary

   2.14

Euroclear

   2.01

Event of Default

   6.01

Excess Proceeds

   4.12

Excess Proceeds Payment Date

   4.12

Global Notes

   2.01

Legal Defeasance

   9.02

Legal Holiday

   10.07

Make-Whole Premium

   Exhibit A/Exhibit B

Net Proceeds Deficiency

   4.12

Other Debt

   4.12

Paying Agent

   2.03

Private Placement Legend

   2.16

Registrar

   2.03

Regulation S Global Note

   2.01

Restricted Global Note

   2.01

Successor

   5.01

 

16


Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified, terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;

 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

 

(5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to every gender.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01 Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture; Form of Notes . (a) Generally . The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A , and the Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B , each of which is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture with such appropriate insertions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage all in a form approved by the Company. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

(b) Notes Sold Pursuant to Rule 144A . The Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Rule 144A to Qualified Institutional Buyers shall be issued in the form of a permanent global note (the “ Restricted Global Note ”) (which may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate), duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Each Restricted Global Note shall be

 

17


registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby.

 

(c) Notes Sold Pursuant to Regulation S . The Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of a permanent global note (the “ Regulation S Global Note ” and, together with the Restricted Global Note, the “ Global Notes ”) (which may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate), duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Each Regulation S Global Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary for credit to the respective accounts of The Euroclear System (“ Euroclear ”) and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“ Clearstream ”). Prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

(d) Notes Sold to Institutional Accredited Investors . The Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act (other than Rule 144A or Regulation S) to institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act (“ Accredited Investors ”)) shall be issued in certificated, fully registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $250,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication; Appointment of Authenticating Agent . The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by one or more Officers of the Company. Such signature may be either manual or facsimile.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Initial 2006 Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200,000,000, (ii) Initial 2011 Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $400,000,000, (iii) pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Notes from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial 2006 Notes and Initial 2011 Notes and (iv) any other Notes that have been executed by the Company in order to effect any transfer or exchange in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.15 .

 

Except as provided in Section 2.01(d) , the Notes shall be issuable only in definitive, fully registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

 

18


The Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by an authorized officer of the Trustee, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent, and shall comply with this Indenture. An authenticating agent has the same right as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent . The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment (“ Paying Agent ”) and (c) notices and demands in respect of Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall provide the Company a current copy of such register from time to time upon request of the Company. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company may not act as Paying Agent, but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or agent for service of notices and demands, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Company shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall to the extent that it is capable act as such for so long as such failure continues.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust . Before 10:00 A.M. New York City time on each payment date of the principal of and/or interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest so becoming due. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee together with a complete accounting of such sums, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent together with a complete accounting of such sums. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. Funds deposited with the Paying Agent may be invested as agreed from time to time by the Company and the Paying Agent. All payments made hereunder shall be in U.S. legal tender.

 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and the Stated Maturity and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

19


Section 2.06 Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that a Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacement are met. An indemnity bond may be required by the Company or the Trustee that is sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and evidence to their satisfaction of apparent loss, destruction or theft of such Note may be required by the Company, the Trustee or any Agent. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any applicable taxes) in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.06 . In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. If after the delivery of such new Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such new Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Company and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such new Note from the person to whom it was delivered or any transferee thereof, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Company or the Trustee in connection therewith.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.

 

Section 2.07 Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.07 as not outstanding.

 

A Note replaced pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement) ceases to be outstanding unless and until the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that such replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

 

If a Paying Agent holds on a Redemption Date or at Stated Maturity U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date, such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

Section 2.08 Treasury Notes . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver, consent or notice, Notes owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so considered. The Company shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when it or any of its Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes and of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired.

 

20


Section 2.09 Temporary Notes . Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights and restrictions, of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 2.10 Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and, unless the Company instructs the Trustee in writing to deliver the Notes to the Company, shall dispose of such Notes in accordance with its normal practice. Subject to Section 2.06 hereof, the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes in respect of which it has previously paid all principal, premium, if any, and interest accrued thereon, or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall provide the Company with a list of all Notes that have been canceled from time to time as requested in writing by the Company. If the Company shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.10 .

 

Section 2.11 Defaulted Interest . If the Company defaults in a payment of principal or interest on Notes of a particular maturity, it shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate per annum borne by the applicable Notes, to the extent lawful.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on Notes of a particular maturity, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders of such Notes on a subsequent special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before the subsequent special Record Date, the Company shall mail to each Holder, as of a recent date selected by the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 6.01(a) hereof shall be paid to Holders as of the Record Date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid.

 

Section 2.12 Deposit of Moneys; Payments . Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the relevant Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date and Excess Proceeds Payment Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make all cash payments due on such Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date and Excess Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be (or if any such

 

21


date is not a Business Day, the first preceding Business Day). The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Certificated Notes, if any, shall be payable at the office of the Paying Agents. The Paying Agents shall pay the Company any excess cash remaining on deposit after all payments have been made with respect to a given Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date or Excess Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be. All payments made hereunder shall be in U.S. legal tender.

 

Section 2.13 “CUSIP” Number . The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” number(s) and the Trustee shall use the “CUSIP” numbers(s) in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any defect in the “CUSIP” number that appears on any Note, check, advice or payment or redemption notice, and any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” number(s) printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such number(s). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any changes in “CUSIP” numbers.

 

Section 2.14 Depositary . (a) The Company hereby appoints DTC to act as depositary (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Depositary ”) with respect to the Global Notes. The Trustee shall act as custodian of the Global Notes for the Depositary. So long as the Depositary or its nominee, Cede & Co., is the registered owner of the Global Notes, it shall be considered the Holder of the Notes represented thereby for all purposes hereunder and under the Global Notes, and neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights hereunder with respect to the Global Notes or under the Global Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(b) The Company may remove or replace DTC or any successor as Depositary for any reason upon thirty (30) days’ notice to DTC or such successor. The Holders shall have no right to a depositary for the Notes.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, so long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of the Notes:

 

(i) the provisions of the DTC Letter of Representations shall control over the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the matters covered thereby;

 

22


(ii) presentation of Notes to the Trustee at redemption or at maturity shall be deemed made to the Trustee when the right to exercise ownership rights in the Notes through DTC or Agent Members is transferred by DTC on its books; and

 

(iii) DTC may present notices, approvals, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be made by Holders under this Indenture on a fractionalized basis on behalf of some or all of those Persons entitled to exercise ownership rights in the Notes through DTC or Agent Members.

 

Section 2.15 Registration of Transfers and Exchanges . (a) Transfer and Exchange Generally . (i) The Notes are transferable only upon the surrender thereof for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a duly executed instrument of assignment and transfer substantially in the form of assignment attached to Exhibit A or B, as applicable, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if such transfer complies with the provisions hereof. Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered shall be treated as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium (if any) and interest on such Note (whether or not such payment is overdue) and for all other purposes whatsoever, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Registration of transfer of any Note by the Registrar shall be deemed to be an acknowledgment of such transfer by the Company.

 

(ii) When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a written request to exchange such Notes for Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if such exchange complies with the provisions of this Section 2.15(a) .

 

(iii) Following any request for transfer or exchange of one or more Notes made in compliance with clauses (i) or (ii), as the case may be, of this Section 2.15(a) , the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more new Notes of the same maturity, of a like principal amount and in such authorized denominations as may be requested. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange other than any exchange pursuant to Section 2.09 , 3.06 , 4.12 , 4.15 or 8.05 hereof.

 

(iv) Transfers or exchanges of the Global Notes and beneficial interests therein shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.15(b) and the rules of the Depositary. Transfers or exchanges of Certificated Notes shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.15(c) .

 

(v) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Global Notes and each Certificated Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend as set forth in Section 2.16 . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, whether upon original issuance or subsequent transfer, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this

 

23


Indenture. Upon the specific written request of a Holder to remove the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall authenticate and deliver a Note of the same maturity and with an equivalent principal amount not bearing the Private Placement Legend if there is provided to the Company evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which may, at the Company’s request, include an Opinion of Counsel) that neither the Private Placement Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. Upon a written request for the registration of transfer or exchange of a Note bearing the Private Placement Legend pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States, the Registrar shall authenticate and deliver a Note of the same maturity and with an equivalent principal amount not bearing the Private Placement Legend. If the Private Placement Legend has been removed from a Note as provided in this clause (v), the transfer of such Note shall not be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Private Placement Legend, and no other Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend unless the Company has reasonable cause to believe that such other Note is a Restricted Security and instructs the Registrar in writing to cause the Private Placement Legend to appear thereon.

 

(vi) None of the Company or the Trustee or the Registrar shall be liable for any delay by the Depositary in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and each such Person may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, instructions from the Depositary for all purposes (including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of any Notes to be issued).

 

(vii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. So long as the Depositary or its nominee is the Holder of a Global Note, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Notes represented by such Global Note for all purposes hereunder and under the Notes. Any Holder of a Global Note, and each Person with an interest in such Global Note, shall, by acceptance of such Global Note or such interest, agree that transfers of the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 

(viii) Any Note issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.15 will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits and, unless otherwise provided for in this Indenture, subject to the same restrictions under this Indenture as the Note or Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

24


(ix) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note (A) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 , except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (B) for a period beginning fifteen (15) days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending on the date of such mailing or (C) between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(b) Transfers and Exchanges of the Global Notes and Beneficial Interests Therein . (i) Subject to clauses (ii) through (viii) of this Section 2.15(b) , transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. So long as the Global Notes remain outstanding and are held by or on behalf of the Depositary, transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.15(b) and in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary to the extent applicable (the “ Applicable Procedures ”).

 

(ii) No restrictions shall apply with respect to the transfer or registration of transfer of (x) a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note or (y) a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note; provided that any transfer described in this clause (ii) shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(iii) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the applicable Regulation S Global Note prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (iii). At any time prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the applicable Regulation S Global Note, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer and (C) a certificate of the transferor of the beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) reflect in the register for the applicable Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note and an increase in the principal amount of the applicable Regulation S Global Note, each such adjustment to be equal to the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (iii) and (2) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit the account of the appropriate Agent Members in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(iv) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the applicable Regulation S Global Note subsequent to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution

 

25


Compliance Period shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (iv). At any time subsequent to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the applicable Regulation S Global Note, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer and (C) a certificate of the transferor of the beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D (if transfer is made in reliance on Regulation S) or Exhibit E (if transfer is made in reliance on Rule 144) and (y) satisfaction of all other conditions imposed by the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) reflect in the register for the applicable Notes a decrease in the principal amount of such Restricted Global Note and an increase in the principal amount of the applicable Regulation S Global Note, each such adjustment to equal the principal amount of the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (iv), and (2) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit and credit the accounts of the appropriate Agent Members in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(v) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the applicable Restricted Global Note, either prior or subsequent to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (v). At any time upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the applicable Restricted Global Note, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer and (C) a certificate of the transferor of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit C and (y) satisfaction of all other conditions imposed by the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) reflect in the register for the applicable Notes a decrease in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note and an increase in the principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note, each such adjustment to equal the principal amount of the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (v), and (2) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit and credit the accounts of the appropriate Agent Members in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(vi) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (vi). At any time upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a

 

26


Person that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer, (C) a certificate of such Person substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (D) unless such Restricted Global Note does not bear a Private Placement Legend, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, (1) the Registrar shall (A) reflect in the register for the applicable Notes a decrease in the principal amount of such Restricted Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (vi) and (B) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, and (2) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on behalf of such Person one or more Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount and, unless such Restricted Global Note does not bear a Private Placement Legend, bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

(vii) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (vii). At any time prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer, (C) a certificate of such Person substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (D) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and (y) satisfaction of all other conditions imposed by the Applicable Procedures, (1) the Registrar shall (A) reflect in the register for the applicable Notes a decrease in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (vii) and (B) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, and (2) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on behalf of such Person one or more Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

(viii) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained herein, Certificated Notes shall be issued in exchange for the beneficial interests in a Global Note if at any time: (x) the Company advises the Trustee in writing that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or is no longer eligible to act as such and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Company of notice of such inability; (y) the Company, at its option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary with respect to such Global Note; or (z) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, beneficial

 

27


owners holding interests representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note advise the Trustee in writing through the Depositary that the continuation of a book-entry system through the Depositary is no longer in such beneficial owners’ best interests. Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (x), (y) and (z) immediately above, the Trustee, upon receipt of written notice thereof and a list of all Persons that hold a beneficial interest in such Global Note, shall notify, through the appropriate Agent Members at the expense of the Company, all Persons that hold a beneficial interest in such Global Note, of the issuance of Certificated Notes. Upon surrender by the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, of such Global Note and receipt from the Depositary of instructions for re-registration, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon the written instructions of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount and, unless such Global Note does not bear a Private Placement Legend, bearing the Private Placement Legend. Certificated Notes issued in exchange for beneficial interests in such Global Note pursuant to this clause (viii) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from Agent Members or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee.

 

(c) Transfers and Exchanges of Certificated Notes . (i) Any transfer of a Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (i). Upon (x) surrender of any Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note, (B) a certificate of the transferee of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (C) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture, (1) the Trustee shall register such transfer and (2) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee one or more Certificated Notes of any authorized denomination in the same aggregate principal amount and of the same maturity as the transferred Certificated Note, each such new Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that Certificated Notes so delivered shall not be required to bear the Private Placement Legend if there is provided to the Company evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which may, at the Company’s request, include an Opinion of Counsel) that neither the Private Placement Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(ii) Any transfer of a Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (ii). Upon (x) surrender of any Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture, (A) the Trustee shall register such transfer and (B) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee one or more Certificated Notes of any authorized denomination in the same aggregate principal amount and of the same maturity as the transferred Certificated Note. Each such new Certificated Note may at the request of the transferee, but shall not be required to, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

28


(iii) Any transfer of a Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (iii). Upon (x) surrender of any Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note, (B) written instructions from the transferor that such Certificated Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (C) a certificate of the transferor of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D (if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the applicable Regulation S Global Note) or Exhibit C (if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the applicable Restricted Global Note), and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) register such transfer and cancel such Certificated Note, (2) reflect in the register for the applicable Notes an increase in the appropriate Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Note transferred pursuant to this clause (iii) and (3) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and credit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(iv) Any transfer of a Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (iv). Upon (x) surrender of a Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note and (B) written instructions from the transferor that such Certificated Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) register such transfer and cancel such Certificated Note, (2) reflect in the register for the applicable Notes an increase in the appropriate Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Note transferred pursuant to this clause (iv) and (3) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and credit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(v) Any exchange of a Certificated Note for one or more Certificated Notes in different authorized denominations shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (v). Upon (x) surrender of a Certificated Note at the office of the Registrar, together with a written request to exchange such Certificated Note for one or more Certificated Notes in different authorized denominations, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture, (A) the Registrar shall register such exchange and (B) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the registered owner one or more Certificated Notes in any authorized denomination with the same aggregate principal amount and maturity date.

 

29


(vi) Any exchange of a Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (vi). Upon (x) surrender of a Certificated Note at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) a written request to exchange such Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, (B) written instructions from the registered owner that such Certificated Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (C) a certificate of the registered owner of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D (if the Certificated Note is being exchanged for a beneficial interest in the applicable Regulation S Global Note) or Exhibit C (if the Certificated Note is being exchanged for a beneficial interest in the applicable Restricted Global Note) and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) register such exchange and cancel such Certificated Note, (2) reflect in the register for the applicable Notes an increase in the applicable Restricted Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Note exchanged pursuant to this clause (vi) and (3) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and credit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

Section 2.16 Restrictive Legends . Each Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof until September 28, 2003, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Holder thereof:

 

THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSORS) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT THERETO. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER OR ANOTHER EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i)(a) TO A PERSON THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, PROVIDED THAT IN THE CASE OF A TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR SALE PURSUANT TO THIS CLAUSE (d) SUCH TRANSFER IS SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE REGISTRAR (AND THE COMPANY, IF IT SO REQUESTS) OF A

 

30


CERTIFICATION OF THE TRANSFEROR AND AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (ii) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AFFILIATES OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THE NOTES AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.

 

Each Global Note shall also bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, AND TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.15 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee . If the Company elects to redeem any of the Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of such Notes, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date or during such other period as the Trustee may agree to, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes of each maturity to be redeemed and the Redemption Price or Prices, and deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein and in the Notes, as appropriate.

 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed . (a) In the event that less than all of the Notes of a given maturity are to be redeemed at any time, selection of such Notes to be redeemed shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and equitable; provided , however , that no Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from the outstanding Notes of that maturity not previously called for redemption. The Trustee shall

 

31


promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed. In the event of a partial redemption by lot, the Trustee shall select the particular Notes to be redeemed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the relevant Redemption Date from the Outstanding Notes of that maturity not previously called for redemption. The Company may redeem Notes in denominations of $1,000 only in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000. A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon delivery of the original Note to the Paying Agent and cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has made a deposit with the Paying Agent in U.S. legal tender in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(b) For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of that Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 calendar days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the registered address of such Holder. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. If the Company elects to have the Trustee give notice of redemption, the Trustee shall give notice in the name of the Company and at the Company’s expense; provided , however , that the Company shall furnish the Trustee all information required to be contained in the notice.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(1) the Redemption Date;

 

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

 

(3) whether or not the Company is redeeming all outstanding Notes of that maturity and if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

 

(4) the name, address and telephone number of the Paying Agent;

 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the address specified in such notice to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

 

32


(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date upon surrender of the Notes to the Paying Agent;

 

(7) the subparagraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 

(8) if fewer than all the Notes of that maturity are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes of that maturity to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes of that maturity to be outstanding after such partial redemption; and

 

(9) the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in the notice or printed on the Notes of that maturity, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of such CUSIP or ISIN number.

 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 hereof is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any; provided that if the Redemption Date is after a Record Date and on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant Record Date.

 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price . On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the relevant Redemption Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall return to the Company any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amount necessary to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed.

 

On and after any Redemption Date, if U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price of and, subject to the proviso in Section 3.04 hereof, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date, if any. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will continue to accrue and be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate and in the manner provided for in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

33


Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, at the expense of the Company, for a Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes . The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (including all Additional Interest as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds, for the benefit of the Holders, on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay such installment in full and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue interest, to the extent lawful as provided for in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

Section 4.02 Reports . Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall file with the Commission, to the extent such filings are accepted by the Commission, and shall furnish (within 15 days after such filing) to the Trustee and to the Holders all quarterly and annual reports and other information, documents and reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act if the Company were required to file under such section. In addition, the Company shall make such information available to prospective purchasers of the Notes, securities analysts and broker-dealers who request it in writing. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

Section 4.03 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws . The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

34


Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default; Tax Information . (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2001, an Officers’ Certificate (one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company) stating that to the best of his or her knowledge no Default or Event of Default has occurred, listing all Restricted Payments for such year, and if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all of such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee if the Company elects to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.

 

(b) The annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 shall be accompanied by a written report addressed to the Trustee of the Company’s independent accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in conducting their audit of such financial statements nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that a Default or Event of Default has occurred under this Indenture insofar as they relate to accounting matters or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

 

(c) If (i) any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy hereunder with respect to a claimed default under this Indenture or the Holder’s Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at its address set forth in Section 10.02 hereof, by registered or certified mail or by telegram or facsimile transmission followed by hard copy by registered or certified mail an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, notice or other action, the status thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take, which Officers’ Certificate shall be so delivered within five (5) Business Days of its becoming aware of such occurrence.

 

Section 4.05 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims . The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges (including withholding taxes and any penalties, interest and additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or properties of it or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of it or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings properly instituted and diligently conducted for which adequate reserves, to the extent required under GAAP, have been taken.

 

Section 4.06 Corporate Existence . Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or limited liability company or other existence of each Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of each Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries except where the failure to preserve

 

35


and keep in full force and effect any such rights, licenses and franchises shall not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other existence of any of the Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.07 Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee as set forth in Section 10.02 hereof.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

Section 4.08 Compliance with Laws . The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America and all other sovereign nations, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliances as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.09 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance . (a) The Company shall cause all material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of the Company’s business or the business of any of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 4.09 shall prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or of the Board of Directors of the Subsidiary of the Company concerned, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

36


(b) The Company shall maintain, and shall cause the Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self-insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, may be necessary.

 

Section 4.10 Limitation on Restricted Payments . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment: (i) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof; (ii) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made after September 25, 2000, exceeds the sum of: (a) 50% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (taken as a single period) commencing on July 1, 1997 to and including the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such aggregate deficit); (b) the net cash proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) that is not Disqualified Stock during the period (taken as a single period) commencing with the Issue Date; and (c) $50,000,000; or (iii) the Company would not be able to incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may: (w) pay any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if the payment thereof would have complied with the limitations of this Section 4.10 on the date of declaration; (x) retire shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or the Company’s or a Subsidiary of the Company’s Indebtedness out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); (y) make Investments in Joint Ventures which, when added to the aggregate amount of all such other Investments made after September 25, 2000 pursuant to this clause (y) (or such other Investments as would have been made pursuant to this clause (y) had such clause been in effect) do not exceed 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time (with each such Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value); and (z) make Investments which, when added to the aggregate amount of all such other Investments made after September 25, 2000 pursuant to this clause (z) (or such other Investments as would have been made pursuant to this clause (z) had such clause been in effect) do not exceed 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time (with each such Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that each Restricted Payment described in clause (w) or (x) above shall be taken into account for purposes of computing the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

Section 4.11 Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Subsidiary Preferred Stock . (a) After the Issue Date and prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee, extend the Stated Maturity of, or otherwise become liable with respect to

 

37


(collectively, “ incur ”), any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue (except to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) or create any Preferred Stock or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to own or hold any interest in any Preferred Stock of any such Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness and the Company may permit its Subsidiaries to issue or create Preferred Stock if, after giving effect thereto, the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio on the date thereof would be at least 2.5 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis as if the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness or the issuance of such Preferred Stock (declared to have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation value of such Preferred Stock), as the case may be, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to calculate the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and irrespective of the EBITDA Coverage Ratio, in addition to Existing Indebtedness: (i) the Company may incur Indebtedness pursuant to the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes; (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are applied to refund, refinance or extend, Existing Indebtedness or other Indebtedness that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under this Section 4.11 except for Indebtedness incurred under clause (iii) or (iv) of this paragraph (b); (iii) the Company may incur any Indebtedness to any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary may incur any Indebtedness to the Company or to any Subsidiary; (iv) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur any Indebtedness evidenced by letters of credit which are used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries to secure workers’ compensation and other insurance coverages; (v) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, in each case excluding Existing Indebtedness but including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are applied to refund, refinance or extend, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (v), in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time; and (vi) the Subsidiaries of the Company may incur Indebtedness, including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are applied to refund, refinance or extend, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (vi), in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $250,000,000, in addition to Existing Indebtedness and other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to the foregoing clauses (ii) - (v).

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may permit any Subsidiary which is a partnership formed to operate a single healthcare facility to issue or create Preferred Stock; provided that the aggregate amount of all such Preferred Stock outstanding after giving effect to such issuance or creation shall not exceed 1% of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the date of such issuance or creation.

 

(d) Any limitations on the rights of the Company or its Subsidiaries set forth in paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 4.11 shall be of no force and effect after the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event.

 

38


Section 4.12 Limitation on Asset Sales . (a) Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consummate any Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or such Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets included in such Asset Sale, (ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Asset Sale, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such Subsidiary therefor is in the form of cash paid at the closing thereof, provided , however , that this clause (iii) shall not apply if, after giving effect to such Asset Sale, the aggregate principal amount of all notes or similar debt obligations and Fair Market Value of all equity securities received by the Company from all Asset Sales since September 25, 2000 (other than such notes or similar debt obligations and such equity securities converted into or otherwise disposed of for cash and applied in accordance with the second succeeding sentence) would not exceed 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time. The amount (without duplication) of any (x) Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or such Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and with respect to which the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is unconditionally released by the holder of such Indebtedness and (y) any notes, securities or similar obligations or items of property received from such transferee that are immediately converted, sold or exchanged by the Company or such Subsidiary for cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.12 . If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.12 . A transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale, and a transfer of assets that constitutes a Restricted Payment and that is permitted under Section 4.10 hereof will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale.

 

(b) Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, if the Company or any Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Company or such Subsidiary shall, no later than 360 days after such Asset Sale, (i) apply all or any of the Net Proceeds therefrom to repay Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes and is secured by the assets disposed of in the Asset Sale or to repay Bank Debt in accordance with the applicable provisions thereof, (ii) invest all or any part of the Net Proceeds therefrom in the lines of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such investment or (iii) any combination of clauses (i) and (ii) above. The amount of such Net Proceeds not applied or invested as provided in this paragraph (b) will constitute “ Excess Proceeds .”

 

(c) Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, when the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $5,000,000, the Company shall be required to make an offer to purchase (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) from all Holders, an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to the amount of such Excess Proceeds as follows:

 

(i) The Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12 to purchase the maximum principal amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of Notes that may be purchased out of the amount (the “ Asset Sale Payment Amount ”) of such Excess Proceeds.

 

39


(ii) The offer price for the Notes shall be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes tendered pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date such Asset Sale Offer is consummated (the “ Asset Sale Purchase Price ”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12 . To the extent that the aggregate Asset Sale Purchase Price of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Asset Sale Payment Amount relating thereto (such shortfall constituting a “ Net Proceeds Deficiency ”), the Company may use such Net Proceeds Deficiency, or a portion thereof, for general corporate purposes.

 

(iii) If the aggregate Asset Sale Purchase Price of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the Asset Sale Payment Amount, Notes to be purchased shall be selected on a pro rata basis.

 

(iv) Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to which such Asset Sale Offer was made shall be deemed to be zero.

 

In the event that any other Indebtedness of the Company which ranks pari passu with the Notes (“ Other Debt ”) requires an offer to purchase to be made to repurchase such Other Debt upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company may apply the Excess Proceeds to both purchase such Other Debt and to make an Asset Sale Offer, provided , that the purchase price of such Other Debt does not exceed 100% of the aggregate principal amount or accreted value thereof plus interest thereon. With respect to any Excess Proceeds, the Company shall make the Asset Sale Offer in respect thereof at the same time as the analogous offer to purchase is made pursuant to any Other Debt and the purchase date in respect thereof shall be the same as the purchase date in respect thereof pursuant to any Other Debt.

 

With respect to any Asset Sale Offer effected pursuant to this Section 4.12 , to the extent the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Other Debt, if any, tendered pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer and the concurrent offer to purchase with respect to such Other Debt exceeds the Excess Proceeds, such Notes and Other Debt, if any, shall be purchased pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of such Notes and such Other Debt tendered by each holder thereof.

 

(d) If the Company is required to make an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall, within 30 days following the date specified in clause (c) above, notify the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Asset Sale Offer to each Holder by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar, stating:

 

(1) that an Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12 ;

 

(2) that such Holders have the right to require the Company to apply the Excess Proceeds to repurchase the Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Excess Proceeds Payment Date ”);

 

40


(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4) that any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Excess Proceeds Payment Date;

 

(5) that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Excess Proceeds Payment Date;

 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance of the Asset Sale Offer if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7) that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis so that the aggregate amount of Notes so purchased equals the amount of Excess Proceeds (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased);

 

(8) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof;

 

(9) the calculations used in determining the amount of Excess Proceeds to be applied to the purchase of such Notes;

 

(10) any other procedures that a Holder must follow to accept an Asset Sale Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(11) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent US legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be purchased or portions thereof, (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were

 

41


accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.12 . The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and make available for delivery to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

 

(e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.12 , the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.13 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of transactions, make any loan, advance, guarantee or capital contribution to, or for the benefit of, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or for the benefit of, or purchase or lease any property or assets from, or enter into or amend any contract, agreement or understanding with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person (or any Affiliate of such Person) holding 10% or more of the Common Equity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than transactions in the ordinary course between the Company and its Subsidiaries or among Subsidiaries of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless: (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and are at least as favorable as the terms which could be obtained by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s-length basis between unaffiliated parties; (ii) with respect to any such Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $5,000,000, the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and a Secretary’s Certificate which sets forth and authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by a vote of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction; and (iii) with respect to any such Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $25,000,000, the Company delivers to the Trustee the certificates specified in clause (ii) above and an opinion of an independent investment banking firm of national standing in the United States, stating that such Affiliate Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided , however , that the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) shall not apply to transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and MedCenterDirect, Inc. or Source Medical Solutions, Inc.

 

Section 4.14 Limitation on Liens Prior to the Fall-Away Event . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company will not create or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its assets, unless contemporaneously therewith:

 

(i) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes, effective provision is made to secure the Notes at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same collateral; and

 

42


(ii) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, effective provision is made to secure the Notes with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Company may, without securing the Notes, create or assume any Indebtedness which is secured by a Lien which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions, provided that after giving effect thereto, the Exempted Debt then outstanding does not exceed 10% of the total Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such time.

 

Section 4.15 Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control Prior to the Fall-Away Event . (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and if the Fall-Away Event has not occurred prior to the expiration of the 30-day period immediately after the occurrence of such Change of Control, the Company shall be obligated to make an offer to purchase (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) the outstanding Notes of each Holder in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price (the “ Change of Control Purchase Price ”) in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Purchase Date ”), pursuant to the procedures set forth below.

 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, and if the Fall-Away Event has not occurred within the 30-day period immediately after the occurrence of such Change of Control, the Company shall notify the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Change of Control to each Holder by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar, stating, among other things:

 

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 ;

 

(2) that such Holders have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Notes at the Change of Control Purchase Price on the Change of Control Purchase Date which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in its payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

(5) that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

43


(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance of the Change of Control Offer if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7) any other procedures that a Holder must follow to accept a Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(8) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.15 . The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be issued in an original principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

 

(c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.15 , the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.16 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction (other than encumbrances or restrictions imposed by law or by judicial or regulatory action or by provisions in leases or other agreements that restrict the assignability thereof) on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, owned by the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, or pay interest on or principal of any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, in each case except for encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) applicable law, (b) the Credit

 

44


Agreements, (c) Existing Indebtedness, (d) any restrictions under any agreement evidencing any Acquired Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture and which was not incurred in anticipation or contemplation of the related acquisition, provided that such restrictions and encumbrances only apply to assets that were subject to such restrictions and encumbrances prior to the acquisition of such assets by the Company or its Subsidiaries, (e) restrictions or encumbrances replacing those permitted by clause (b), (c) or (d) above which, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive, (f) this Indenture, (g) any restrictions and encumbrances arising in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that any restrictions or encumbrances of the type described in this clause (g) that arise under such Refinancing Indebtedness are not, taken as a whole, materially more restrictive than those under the agreement creating or evidencing the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, (h) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (i) any agreement restricting the sale or other disposition of property securing Indebtedness if such agreement does not expressly restrict the ability of a Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or make loans or advances and (j) customary restrictions in purchase money debt or leases relating to the property covered thereby.

 

Section 4.17 Limitations on Layering Indebtedness . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that purports to be by its terms subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also expressly subordinated to the Notes to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness.

 

Section 4.18 Limitations on Liens After the Fall-Away Event . After the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or incur any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness for money borrowed upon any assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any such Subsidiary without equally and ratably securing the Notes by a Lien ranking ratably with and equally to such secured Indebtedness, except that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to: (i) Liens on assets of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary; (ii) Liens on assets existing at the time of acquisition thereof, or to secure the payment of the purchase price of such assets, or to secure Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Company or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing the purchase price of such assets or improvements or construction thereon, which Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed prior to, at the time of or within 360 days after such acquisition (or in the case of real property, completion of such improvement or construction or commencement of full operation of such property, whichever is later); (iii) Liens on any assets of a corporation existing at the time such corporation is merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Subsidiary or at the time of a purchase, lease or other acquisition of the assets of a corporation or firm as an entirety or substantially as an entirety by the Company or a Subsidiary; (iv) Liens on any assets of the Company or a Subsidiary in favor of the United States of America or any state thereof, or in favor of any other country, or in favor of any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, to secure certain payments pursuant to any contract or statute or to secure any Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price (or, in the case of real property, the cost of construction) of the assets subject to such Liens (including, but not limited to, Liens incurred in

 

45


connection with industrial revenue or similar financing involving a political subdivision, agency or authority thereof); (v) Liens relating to accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which have been sold, assigned or otherwise transferred to another Person in a transaction classified as a sale of accounts receivable in accordance with GAAP (to the extent the sale by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary is deemed to give rise to a Lien in favor of the purchaser thereof in such accounts receivable or the proceeds thereof); or (vi) any other Permitted Lien.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Company or any Subsidiary may, without securing the Notes, create or assume any Indebtedness which is secured by a Lien that would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restriction, provided that after giving effect thereto the Exempted Debt (not including Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions involving leases not exceeding five years) then outstanding does not exceed 10% of the total Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time.

 

Section 4.19 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions . After the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall, directly or indirectly, enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction (except such transactions involving leases not exceeding five years) in respect of any of their assets unless (i) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) contained in Section 4.18 to create, incur or permit to exist a lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Debt in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes, or (ii) the proceeds from the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or, in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the retirement of indebtedness.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SURVIVING ENTITY

 

Section 5.01 Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations Prior to the Fall-Away Event . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or assign any of its obligations under the Notes or this Indenture, to any Person unless: (i) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment shall be made (collectively, the “ Successor ”), is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor assumes by supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be at least equal to the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; (iv) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation,

 

46


merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the EBITDA Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be such that the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be entitled to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the EBITDA Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.11 hereof; and (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment complies with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 5.02 Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations After the Fall-Away Event . After the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person, and the Company shall not permit any other Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless (a) either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the successor entity (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or merger or into which the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety are transferred or leased shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture, and (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Section 5.03 Successor Substituted . Upon any consolidation, merger, conveyance or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 or Section 5.02 hereof, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or any such Subsidiary is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, herein, and thereafter the predecessor entity shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01 Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” means each one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body) with respect to the Notes of a single maturity:

 

(a) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of such Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 

47


(b) default in the payment of all or any part of the principal, or premium, if any, on any of such Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable either at its Stated Maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise;

 

(c) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations or covenants with respect to such Notes described under Section 4.12 , Section 4.15 or Article 5 hereof;

 

(d) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company in such Notes or this Indenture (other than the covenants referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above) for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice specifying such failure, stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” under this Indenture and demanding that the Company remedy the same, shall have been given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes;

 

(e) default under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, if (i) such default results in such Indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable, (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding and (iii) such Indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not rescinded or annulled, within a period of 10 days after there shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Company to cause such Indebtedness to be discharged or cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled;

 

(f) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary for any substantial part of its or their property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its or their affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in

 

48


effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its or their property, or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

Section 6.02 Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof relating to the Company) shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of a particular maturity, the Trustee, by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of such Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all amounts owing under such Notes to be due and payable. Upon effectiveness of such acceleration, the aggregate principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable. At any time after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, or any Holder, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such maturity, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such acceleration if:

 

(a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(1) all overdue interest on such Notes;

 

(2) all unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on any of such outstanding Notes that has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by such Notes;

 

(3) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest and overdue principal at the rate borne by such Notes; and

 

(4) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel;

 

(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; and

 

(c) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default with respect to the Company of the type described in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company of the type described in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof shall occur, the aggregate principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

49


Section 6.03 Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes of a particular maturity, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on such Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of such Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested of it as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of such Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default . Subject to Sections 2.08 , 6.02 , 6.07 and 8.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of a single maturity then outstanding have the right to waive existing Defaults as to such Notes under or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or such Notes except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any such Note as specified in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 6.01 hereof or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02 hereof. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attach copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under such Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority . Subject to Section 2.08 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of a single maturity shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in its reasonable judgment may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder of such Notes not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in

 

50


good faith shall, by a Trust Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits . Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder has any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or any remedy hereunder unless:

 

(1) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes of the maturity owned by such Holder;

 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of that maturity make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense which may be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(4) the Trustee fails to institute such proceeding within 60 calendar days after receipt of such notice and the offer of indemnity; and

 

(5) the Trustee has not received directions inconsistent with such written request during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such then outstanding Notes.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of the same maturity of Notes or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of the same maturity of Notes.

 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders To Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Note held by such Holder on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional (subject to the terms of this Indenture) and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in the Notes with respect to which such Event of Default has occurred, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

51


Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Holder’s Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceedings.

 

Section 6.10 Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6 , it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

 

SECOND: if the Holders are forced to proceed against the Company directly without the Trustee, to Holders for their collection costs; and

 

THIRD: to Holders of the Notes with respect to which such money has been collected, for amounts due and unpaid on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest as to each, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind as to Notes of that maturity, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes.

 

The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10 .

 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes of a particular maturity then outstanding.

 

52


ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee . (a) If an Event of Default actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

 

(1) The Trustee need perform only those duties and obligations that are specifically set forth in this Indenture.

 

(2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(A) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01 .

 

(B) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(C) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02 , 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

 

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive from such Holders an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

53


(e) Whether or not expressly so provided, the provisions of the TIA and paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law or as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Trustee and the Company.

 

(g) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee . Subject to Section 7.01 hereof:

 

(1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting with respect to any matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 10.05 hereof. The Trustee shall be fully protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(3) The Trustee may act through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

(4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers under this Indenture.

 

(5) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting with respect to any matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes, the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel, accountant, appraiser or other expert adviser whether retained or employed by the Company or the Trustee shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(6) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Trustee shall determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

54


(7) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its Stated Maturity or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction. The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of specific written investment direction.

 

(8) The rights, privileges, immunities and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture (including, without limitation, the right to be indemnified) shall also be afforded to the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each Paying Agent, Registrar, Co-Registrar, Custodian, transfer agent or tender agent and each agent or other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(9) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(10) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, shall be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or any recitals therein, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes or any money paid to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults . If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 5 days after obtaining knowledge thereof. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or on the Excess Proceeds Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, and except in the case of

 

55


a failure to comply with Article 5 hereof, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the best interest of the Holders. This Section 7.05 shall be in lieu of the proviso to Section 315(b) of the TIA, and such proviso of Section 315(b) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders . If required by TIA Section 313(a), within 60 days after May 15 of any year, commencing on May 15, 2002, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with the reporting requirements of TIA Sections 313(b), (c) and (d).

 

A copy of each such report at the time of such mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Company and, if the Notes are listed on a stock exchange, filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed as provided by TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity . The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as may from time to time be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its services hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in connection with its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, custodians and nominees, except for any such disbursement or expense as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents and any predecessor Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold it or them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or reasonable expense, including taxes (other than franchise taxes and taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by it or them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture and any other documents and transactions in connection therewith including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its or their powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs, provided any settlement with respect to which indemnification is sought shall have been consented to by the Company). The Trustee shall notify the Company in writing promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. However, the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder except to the extent the Company is prejudiced thereby. This Section 7.07 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss, damage, claim or liability incurred by the Trustee

 

56


through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. To secure the payment obligations of the Company in this Section 7.07 , the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof occurs, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

The obligation of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of a particular maturity may remove the Trustee with respect to such Notes by notifying the removed Trustee and the Company in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent. The Company may remove the Trustee at its election if:

 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge or control of the Trustee or its property or affairs; or

 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

No resignation or removal of the Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee. If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a particular maturity may petition any court of competent jurisdiction at the expense of the Company for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such Notes.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee if the Trustee fails after written request thereof by such Holder to comply with such Section 7.10 .

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately following such delivery, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07 hereof, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee,

 

57


and the successor Trustee, after any and all amounts then due and owing the Trustee hereunder have been paid in full, shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08 , the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation, subject to Section 7.10 hereof, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any such successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which, under any provision of the Notes or in this Indenture, the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification . This Indenture shall always have a Trustee which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Sections 310(a)(1) and 310(a)(2). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b), the Trustee and the Company shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.10 , the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinbefore specified in this Article 7 .

 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company . The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

MODIFICATIONS, AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 8.01 Without Consent of Holders . The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution of the Company, and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes, as to a single maturity of Notes or as to all of the Notes, without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in this Indenture or such Notes or make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or such Notes; provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders of such Notes;

 

58


(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture;

 

(4) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5) to secure the Notes;

 

(6) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Events of Default for the benefit of Holders;

 

(7) to surrender any right or power conferred on the Company; or

 

(8) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 8.02 With Consent of Holders . Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, the Company and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes, as to a single maturity of Notes or as to all of the Notes, with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to be affected thereby (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, such Notes). Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of such then outstanding Notes may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture (as to such Notes) or such Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, such Notes), a modification, amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04 hereof, may not:

 

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, such Note or alter the optional redemption provisions thereof;

 

(2) reduce the principal amount of, or premium, if any, or interest on, such Note or extend the time of payments under such Notes;

 

(3) modify the ranking of such Notes in a manner adverse to the Holder;

 

(4) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, such Note;

 

59


(5) alter the provisions with respect to the obligation of the Company to make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with S ection 4.15 hereof or to make an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with Section 4.12 hereof;

 

(6) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Note; or

 

(7) reduce the percentage in principal amount of such outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for modification or amendment of this Indenture as to such Notes or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain Defaults or Events of Default.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of such Notes a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 8.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may in its own discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

Section 8.03 Compliance with TIA . Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 8.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents . Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note or portion of such Note by notice to the Trustee or the Company received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a Record Date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such Record Date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons shall continue to be Holders after such Record Date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such Record Date.

 

60


After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of such Notes, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (7) of Section 8.02 hereof, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of such a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of such a Note or portion of such a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not, without the consent of such Holder, impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates.

 

Section 8.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may request the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, in exchange for the Note the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 8.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc . The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 8 is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

Section 9.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 9.01 ) as to a designated maturity of Notes hereunder (each provision hereof referring only to such designated maturity of Notes) and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when either:

 

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06 hereof and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

61


(b) (i) either (A) pursuant to Article 3 hereof, the Company shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of the redemption of all of the Notes under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of such notice or (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable; (ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee in trust for the purpose an amount in U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for the principal of, premium, if any, and interest to the date of such deposit; (iii) no Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which will be used to defease the Notes concurrently with such incurrence); (iv) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and (v) the Company has delivered to the Trustee (A) irrevocable instructions to apply the deposited money toward payment of the Notes at the Stated Maturity thereof, and (B) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under any material agreement or instrument then known to such counsel which binds or affects the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company’s obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01 , 4.07 , 7.07 and 8.06 hereof shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.07 hereof. After the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, the Company’s obligations under Sections 7.07 and 8.06 shall survive.

 

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

Section 9.02 Legal Defeasance . (a) The Company may, at its option by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have this Section 9.02 be applied to all outstanding Notes of a designated maturity upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof.

 

(b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes of a designated maturity on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”), each such reference below being only to such designated maturity of Notes. For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of

 

62


Section 9.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 9.05 hereof and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due on the Stated Maturity thereof (or, upon redemption, if applicable), (ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.07 hereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and (iv) this Article 9 . Subject to compliance with this Article 9 , the Company may exercise its option under this Section 9.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 9.03 Covenant Defeasance . (a) The Company may, at its option by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have this Section 9.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes of a designated maturity upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, each such reference below being only to such designated maturity of Notes.

 

(b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05 , 4.08 and 4.09 through 4.19 , inclusive, and Article 5 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event or Default under Section 6.01(c) or 6.01(d) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, Section 6.01(c) and 6.01(d) shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 9.04 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 9.02 or 9.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes of such designated maturity:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, or U.S. Government Obligations, or in the case of Covenant Defeasance, corporate obligations rated at least “A” by S&P or at least “A” by Moody’s or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof (or upon redemption, if applicable) of such principal, premium, if any, or installment of interest;

 

63


(b) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as an event of bankruptcy under clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit;

 

(c) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(d) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or since the Issue Date, there has been a change in applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such maturity will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(e) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of outstanding Notes of such maturity will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to either the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 9.05 Application of Trust Money . All money and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes of such designated maturity shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

64


Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon a written request of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 9.06 Repayment to the Company . Subject to Sections 9.01 , 9.02 , 9.03 , 9.04 , 9.05 and 9.07 , the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess U.S. legal tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed, and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

 

Section 9.07 Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 , 9.02 or 9.03 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture as to such designated maturity of Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 hereof; provided , however , that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01 TIA Controls . If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.

 

65


Section 10.02 Notices . Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Telephone No.: (205) 969-4977

Facsimile No.: (205) 969-4730

Attention: William W. Horton

 

If to the Trustee:

 

National City Bank

101 South Fifth Street

3 rd Floor

Louisville, KY 40202

Telephone No.: (502) 581-7354

Facsimile No.: (502) 581-4198

Attention: Corporate Trust Office

 

The Company or the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice or communication to the Company or the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made when actually received.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice.

 

Section 10.03 Communications by Holders with Other Holders . Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

66


Section 10.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 10.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 10.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with.

 

Section 10.05 Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion . Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

Section 10.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at meetings of Holders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

Section 10.07 Business Days; Legal Holidays . A “ Business Day ” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, a Sunday, a federally-recognized holiday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

Section 10.08 Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE

 

67


STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.

 

Section 10.09 Waiver of Trial by Jury . The Company hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture.

 

Section 10.10 Submission to Jurisdiction . The Company hereby consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder or under the Notes. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

Section 10.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 10.12 No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

Section 10.13 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee, any additional trustee and any Paying Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

Section 10.14 Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

 

Section 10.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 10.16 Separability . Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby to the extent allowed by law.

 

Section 10.17 Translation . The original and controlling version of this Indenture and any related agreements shall be the English language version. All translations of this Indenture

 

68


or any agreements related hereto into other languages shall be for the convenience of the parties only, and shall not control the meaning or application of this Indenture. All notices and other communications required or permitted by this Indenture or any other transactional agreement must be in English or accompanied by an English translation, and the interpretation and application of such notices and other communications shall be based solely upon the English language version thereof.

 

69


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.

 

Company :
HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Malcolm E. McVay


    Name: Malcolm E. McVay
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Treasurer
Trustee :
NATIONAL CITY BANK, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Linda Wickliffe


    Name: Linda Wickliffe
    Title:   Vice President

 

S-1


EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF SERIES A NOTE]

 

CUSIP No.:

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

     % SENIOR NOTE DUE 20     

 

No.

  $            

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to or registered assigns, the principal sum of $             on October 1, 20      .

 

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing April 1, 2002.

 

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized directors, officers or other authorized signatories.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

Certificate of Authentication

 

Date: September 28, 2001

 

This is one of the      % Senior Notes due 20      referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

NATIONAL CITY BANK, as Trustee

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

A-2


(REVERSE OF SECURITY)

 

     % SENIOR NOTE DUE 20     

 

1. Interest . HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing April 1, 2002. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on March 15 or September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day is a Business Day) even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and premium, if any, will be made (on presentation of such Notes if in certificated form) in U.S. legal tender; provided , however , that the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in U.S. legal tender. The Company may deliver any such interest payment by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address will appear on the security register.

 

3. Paying Agents and Registrar . Initially, National City Bank, a national banking association (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Paying Agent and the Trustee will act as Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agents, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

4. Indenture . The Company issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001 (the “ Indenture ”), by and between the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Initial Notes of the Company designated as its      % Senior Notes due 20      (the “ Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes of this maturity are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.

 

A-3


5. Redemption . The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus any applicable Make-Whole Premium (together, the “ Redemption Price ”) plus accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.

 

Adjusted Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, plus 0.50%.

 

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by a Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the Trustee obtains three or fewer such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

Make-Whole Premium ” means, for any Note to be redeemed, a premium equal to the excess (if any) of (i) as determined by a Quotation Agent, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Note discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate over (ii) 100% of the unpaid principal amount of such Note. If a redemption date does not fall on an interest payment date, then, with respect to the interest payment immediately succeeding the redemption date, only the unaccrued portion of such interest payment as of the redemption date shall be included in the calculation pursuant to clause (i) above.

 

Quotation Agent ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (i) each of UBS Warburg LLC and Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc. and their respective successors; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York, New York (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

A-4


If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed will be made by the Trustee from among the outstanding Notes on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method permitted in the Indenture. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

The Notes will not be entitled to any sinking fund.

 

6. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption under paragraph 5 of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus interest accrued through the Redemption Date, if any.

 

7. Offers to Purchase . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event (as defined in the Indenture), the Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as defined in the Indenture) or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

8. Registration Rights . Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, the Company will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for the Company’s Series B      % Senior Notes due 20      (the “ Exchange Notes ”), at such time as the Exchange Notes shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that such Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest). The Holders of the Initial Notes shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange . The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money . If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person.

 

A-5


12. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . If the Company at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or other obligations of the types set forth in the Indenture sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes to Stated Maturity or redemption, if applicable, and complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes).

 

13 . Amendments, Supplements, and Waivers . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

 

14. Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, make payments in respect of its Capital Stock, incur additional Indebtedness, make certain investments, sell assets, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries of the Company. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and, in certain instances upon the occurrence of certain events, cease to be binding upon the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company must report on an annual basis to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

15. Successor . When a Successor assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default exists and certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.

 

16. Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the Company pursuant to Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare to be immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of acceleration; provided , however , that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal, premium,

 

A-6


if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture occurs, the principal amount, together with premium, if any, and interest with respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

 

17. Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

18. No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

19. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

20. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Note. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original but all of them together represent one and the same Note.

 

21. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE HAS AGREED TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

 

22. Abbreviations and Defined Terms . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

23. CUSIP Numbers . The Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

24. Indenture . Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

A-7


The Company will furnish to any Holder of a Note upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, Telephone No. (205) 969-4977, Facsimile No. (205) 969-4730, Attention: William W. Horton.

 

A-8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

     
     
     

(Print or type name, address and zip code and

social security or tax ID number of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint_______________________________________________________________________________,

agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                              Signed:  

 


        NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 

Medallion Guarantee:                                         

 

A-9


[OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE]

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

 

Section 4.12 ¨

 

Section 4.15 ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                     
Date:                     

 


(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

A-10


EXHIBIT B

 

[FORM OF SERIES B NOTE]

 

CUSIP No.:

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

     % SENIOR NOTE DUE 20     

 

No.

  $            

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to or registered assigns, the principal sum of $              on October 1, 20      .

 

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing April 1, 2002.

 

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized directors, officers or other authorized signatories.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

Certificate of Authentication

 

Date:

 

This is one of the      % Senior Notes due 20      referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

NATIONAL CITY BANK, as Trustee

By:

 

 


    Authorized Signatory

 

B-2


(REVERSE OF SECURITY)

 

     % SENIOR NOTE DUE 20     

 

1 Interest . HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing April 1, 2002. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on March 15 or September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day is a Business Day) even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and premium, if any, will be made (on presentation of such Notes if in certificated form) in U.S. legal tender; provided, however, that the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in U.S. legal tender. The Company may deliver any such interest payment by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address will appear on the security register.

 

3. Paying Agents and Registrar . Initially, National City Bank, a national banking association (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Paying Agent and the Trustee will act as Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agents, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

4. Indenture . The Company issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001 (the “ Indenture ”), by and between the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Exchange Notes of the Company designated as its      % Senior Notes due 20      (the “ Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes of this maturity are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.

 

B-3


5. Redemption . The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus any applicable Make-Whole Premium (together, the “ Redemption Price ”) plus accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.

 

Adjusted Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, plus 0.50%.

 

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by a Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the Trustee obtains three or fewer such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

Make-Whole Premium ” means, for any Note to be redeemed, a premium equal to the excess (if any) of (i) as determined by a Quotation Agent, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Note discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate over (ii) 100% of the unpaid principal amount of such Note. If a redemption date does not fall on an interest payment date, then, with respect to the interest payment immediately succeeding the redemption date, only the unaccrued portion of such interest payment as of the redemption date shall be included in the calculation pursuant to clause (i) above.

 

Quotation Agent ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (i) each of UBS Warburg LLC and Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Inc. and their respective successors; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York, New York (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

B-4


If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed will be made by the Trustee from among the outstanding Notes on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method permitted in the Indenture. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

The Notes will not be entitled to any sinking fund.

 

6. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption under paragraph 5 of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus interest accrued through the Redemption Date, if any.

 

7. Offers to Purchase . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event (as defined in the Indenture), the Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as defined in the Indenture) or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange . The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

 

9. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

 

10. Unclaimed Money . If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person.

 

11. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . If the Company at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or other obligations of the types set forth in the Indenture sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes to Stated Maturity or redemption, if applicable, and complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes).

 

B-5


12. Amendments, Supplements, and Waivers . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

 

13 . Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, make payments in respect of its Capital Stock, incur additional Indebtedness, make certain investments, sell assets, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries of the Company. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and, in certain instances upon the occurrence of certain events, cease to be binding upon the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company must report on an annual basis to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

14. Successor . When a Successor assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default exists and certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.

 

15. Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the Company pursuant to Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare to be immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of acceleration; provided , however , that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture occurs, the principal amount, together with premium, if any, and interest with respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

 

16. Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

B-6


17. No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

18. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

19. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Note. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original but all of them together represent one and the same Note.

 

20. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE HAS AGREED TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

 

21. Abbreviations and Defined Terms . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

22. CUSIP Numbers . The Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

23. Indenture . Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder of a Note upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, Telephone No. (205) 969-4977, Facsimile No. (205) 969-4730, Attention: William W. Horton.

 

 

B-7


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

     
     
     

(Print or type name, address and zip code and

social security or tax ID number of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint_______________________________________________________________________________ ,

agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                     

 

Signed:

 

 


       

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

        NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 

Medallion Guarantee:                                          

 

B-8


[OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE]

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

 

Section 4.12   ¨

Section 4.15   ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                     

 

Date:                     

 

 


(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

B-9


EXHIBIT C

 

[FORM OF RULE 144A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and National City Bank, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Rule 144A, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vi) :

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(v) :

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(c)(iii) :

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of one or more Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held [with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of Transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

In connection with such request for transfer and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A, and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify:

 

(1) the Transferee is a person that the Transferor and any person acting on behalf of the Transferor reasonably believe is purchasing such Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which the Transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the Transferee and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A;

 

C-1


(2) the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf has taken reasonable steps to ensure that the Transferee is aware that the Transferor may be relying on Rule 144A in connection with the transaction; and

 

(3) the transaction satisfies all other requirements of Rule 144A and of any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

 

[FORM OF REGULATION S TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and National City Bank, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Regulation S, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(iii) or 2.15(b)(iv) :

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held [[include the following for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(iii) : with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] (Common Code No.                      )] through the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(c)(iii) :

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of one or more Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor) (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held [with [Euroclear] [Clearstream]] through the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

In connection with such request for transfer and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S, and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify:

 

(1) the offer of such Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (A) at the time the buy order for such Notes was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the Transferee was outside the United States or (B) the transaction was executed in, or through the facilities of, a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knew that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States,

 

D-1


(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of the Securities Act, as applicable, and

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

[Add the following for transfers made during the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period:

 

In addition, (A) if the provisions of Rule 903(c)(3) or Rule 904(c)(1) of the Securities Act are applicable to the transaction, the Transferor hereby certifies that the transfer is being made in accordance with the requirements of Rule 903(c)(3) or Rule 904(c)(1), as the case may be, and (B) upon completion of the transaction, the Transferee will hold the transferred beneficial interest through Euroclear or Clearstream.]

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

 

[FORM OF RULE 144 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and National City Bank, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Rule 144, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(iii) :

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vi) :

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vii) :

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

In connection with such request for transfer and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes, and that the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

E-1


You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby,

 

[Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F

 

[FORM OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and National City Bank, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Regulation D, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vi) :

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “Transferor”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in one or more Certificated Notes (CUSIP No.                      ) to be held with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”].

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vii) of the Indenture:

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(c)(i) of the Indenture:

 

This certificate relates to US$              principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of one or more Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Certificated Notes for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

 

(1) We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”))

 

F-1


purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor”, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or other applicable securities law and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes and invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our investment.

 

(2) We understand and acknowledge that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is two (2) years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (such later date, the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to a Person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (b) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (c) outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (d) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, provided that in the case of a transfer, pledge or sale pursuant to this clause (d) such transfer is subject to the receipt by the Registrar (and the Company, if it so requests) of a certification of the transferor and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (e) to the Company or its Affiliates or (f) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and, in each case, in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and the Indenture governing the Notes. Any transfer of Notes pursuant to clause (d) above to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2) (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” shall involve a minimum purchase price of US$250,000 for such Notes, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to an institutional “accredited investor” prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver to the Company and the Trustee a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 (a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We acknowledge that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer of the Notes pursuant to clause (c) or (d) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

F-2


(3) We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferee]

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

F-3

EXHIBIT 4.4.2

 

INSTRUMENT OF RESIGNATION, APPOINTMENT AND ACCEPTANCE, dated as of April 9, 2003 (this “ Instrument ”), among HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office at One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243 (the “ Company ”), NATIONAL CITY BANK, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States, having its corporate trust office at 101 South Fifth Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202, as resigning Trustee (the “ Resigning Trustee ”), and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its corporate trust office at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, as successor Trustee (the “ Successor Trustee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

There are presently outstanding under an Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2001 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Company and the Resigning Trustee, (i) $180,300,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7 3/8% Senior Notes due 2006 (the “ 2006 Notes ”), and (ii) $347,700,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8 3/8% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “ 2011 Notes ” and, together with the 2006 Notes, the “ Securities ”).

 

The Resigning Trustee wishes to resign as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and the office where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities appertaining thereto or the Indenture (the “ Agent ”) may be served under the Indenture; the Company wishes to appoint the Successor Trustee to succeed the Resigning Trustee as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; and the Successor Trustee wishes to accept appointment as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Resigning Trustee and the Successor Trustee agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE ONE

THE RESIGNING TRUSTEE

 

Section 101 . Pursuant to Section 7.08 of the Indenture, the Resigning Trustee hereby notifies the Company that the Resigning Trustee is hereby resigning as Trustee under the Indenture.

 

Section 102 . The Resigning Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Successor Trustee and the Company that:

 

(a) No covenant or condition contained in the Indenture has been waived by the Resigning Trustee.

 

(b) There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the best of the knowledge of the Trust Officers of the Resigning Trustee, threatened against the Resigning Trustee before any court or governmental authority arising out of any action or omission by the Resigning Trustee as Trustee under the Indenture.

 


(c) This Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Resigning Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

 

(d) (i) $180,300,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 2006 Notes is outstanding as of the effective date hereof and interest has been paid through October 1, 2002, and (ii) $347,700,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 2011 Notes is outstanding as of the effective date hereof and interest has been paid through October 1, 2002.

 

(e) The Resigning Trustee has notified the Holders of the Securities, as set forth in Exhibit E , of such Defaults and Events of Default as required under the terms of the Indenture. Except as set forth in Exhibit E , to the best of the knowledge of the Trust Officers of the Resigning Trustee, no event has occurred and is continuing which is, or after notice or lapse of time would become, an Event of Default under the Indenture.

 

(f) The Resigning Trustee has made, or promptly will make, available to the Successor Trustee originals, if available, or copies in its possession, of all documents relating to the trusts created by the Indenture (the “ Trust ”) and all information in the possession of its corporate trust department relating to the administration and status of the Trust.

 

Section 103 . The Resigning Trustee hereby assigns, transfers, delivers and confirms to the Successor Trustee all right, title and interest of the Resigning Trustee in and to the Trust, all rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Indenture and all property and moneys held by such Resigning Trustee under the Indenture, The Resigning Trustee shall execute and deliver such further instruments and shall do such other things as each of the Company and the Successor Trustee may reasonably require so as to more fully and certainly vest and confirm in the Successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby assigned, transferred, delivered and confirmed to the Successor Trustee.

 

Section 104 . The Resigning Trustee hereby resigns as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

Section 105 . The Resigning Trustee agrees to pay or indemnify the Successor Trustee and save the Successor Trustee harmless from and against any and all costs, claims, liabilities, losses or damages whatsoever (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Successor Trustee’s counsel and other advisors), that the Successor Trustee suffers or incurs without gross negligence or bad faith on its part arising out of actions or omissions of the Resigning Trustee. The Successor Trustee will furnish to the Resigning Trustee, promptly after receipt, all papers with respect to any action the outcome of which would make operative the indemnity provided for in this Section. The Successor Trustee shall notify the Resigning Trustee promptly in writing (and, in any event, within no later than 10 days) of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Resigning Trustee shall have the option to defend the claim and the Successor Trustee shall cooperate fully in the defense. If the Resigning Trustee shall assume the defense, then the Resigning Trustee shall not pay for separate counsel

 

2


of the Successor Trustee. The Resigning Trustee shall not be obligated to pay for any settlement made without its consent.

 

ARTICLE TWO

THE COMPANY

 

Section 201 . The Company hereby certifies that Exhibit A annexed hereto is a copy of the resolutions which were duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, which are in full force and effect on the date hereof, and which authorize certain officers of the Company to: (a) accept the Resigning Trustee’s resignation as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; (b) appoint the Successor Trustee as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture; and (c) execute and deliver such agreements and other instruments as may be necessary or desirable to effectuate the succession of the Successor Trustee as Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

Section 202 . Pursuant to Section 7.08 of the Indenture, the Company hereby appoints the Successor Trustee as Trustee under the Indenture and confirms to the Successor Trustee all rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Indenture and with respect to all property and moneys held or to be held under the Indenture. The Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and shall do such other things as the Successor Trustee may reasonably require so as to more fully and certainly vest and confirm in the Successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby assigned, transferred, delivered and confirmed to the Successor Trustee.

 

Section 203 . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Successor Trustee and the Resigning Trustee that:

 

(a) The Company is a corporation duly and validly organized and existing pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(b) The Indenture was validly and lawfully executed and delivered by the Company, has not been amended or modified and is in full force and effect.

 

(c) The Securities are validly issued securities of the Company.

 

(d) No covenant or condition contained in the Indenture has been waived by the Company or by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities required by the Indenture to effect any such waiver.

 

(e) The Company is in the process of determining whether any event, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit E, has occurred and is continuing which is, or after notice or lapse of time would become, an Event of Default under the Indenture, and the Company has not given notice under the Indenture of any such event, other than with respect to the events set forth on Exhibit E.

 

(f) There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company before any court or any

 

3


governmental authority arising out of any action or omission by the Company under the Indenture.

 

(g) This Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

 

(h) All conditions precedent relating to the appointment of Wilmington Trust Company as Successor Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent for all Securities under the Indenture have been complied with by the Company.

 

Section 204 . The Company hereby appoints the Successor Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE THREE

THE SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE

 

Section 301 . The Successor Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Resigning Trustee and the Company that:

 

(a) The Successor Trustee is qualified and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.10 of the Indenture to act as Trustee under the Indenture.

 

(b) This Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Successor Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

 

Section 302 . Pursuant to Section 7.08 of the Indenture, the Successor Trustee hereby accepts its appointment as Trustee under the Indenture and shall hereby be vested with all rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Indenture and with respect to all property and moneys held or to be held under the Indenture.

 

Section 303 . The Successor Trustee hereby accepts its appointment as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture.

 

Section 304 . Promptly after the execution and delivery of this Instrument, the Successor Trustee, on behalf of the Company, shall cause a notice, which shall include the language contained in the notice annexed hereto marked Exhibit B , to be sent to each Holder of the Securities in accordance with Section 7.08 of the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 401 . Except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, all capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

Section 402 . This Instrument and the resignation, appointment and acceptance effected hereby shall be effective as of the close of business on the date first above written;

 

4


provided, however, that the resignation of the Resigning Trustee and the appointment of the Successor Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent under the Indenture shall be effective 10 business days after the date first above written.

 

Section 403 . Notwithstanding the resignation of the Resigning Trustee effected hereby, the Company shall remain obligated under Section 7.07 of the Indenture to compensate, reimburse and indemnify the Resigning Trustee in connection with its prior trusteeship under the Indenture. The Company also acknowledges and reaffirms its obligations to the Successor Trustee as set forth in Section 7.07 of the Indenture, including payments to be made in accordance with the fee schedules attached hereto as Exhibits C and D , which obligations shall survive the execution hereof.

 

Section 404 . This Instrument shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction which govern the Indenture and its construction.

 

Section 405 . This Instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 406 . All notices, whether faxed or mailed, will be deemed received when sent pursuant to the following instructions:

 

TO THE RESIGNING TRUSTEE:

Elizabeth A. Thuning

Vice President

National City Bank

629 Euclid Avenue, Suite 635

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Fax: (216) 222-9326

Tel.: (216) 222-2496

 

TO THE SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE:

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Fax: (302) 636-4140

Tel.: (302) 636-6058

 

TO THE COMPANY:

Richard S. Davis

Group Vice President

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Fax: (205) 969-6837

Tel: (205) 968-4493

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Richard S. Davis

   

Name:

 

Richard S. Davis

   

Title:

 

Group Vice President

NATIONAL CITY BANK, as Resigning Trustee

By:

 

/s/ Elizabeth A. Thuning

   

Name:

 

Elizabeth A. Thuning

   

Title:

 

Vice President

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Successor Trustee

By:

 

/s/ Steven Cimalore

   

Name:

 

Steven Cimalore

   

Title:

 

Vice President

 

EXHIBIT 4.4.3

 

AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE

 

AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of August 27, 2003, by and between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as issuer under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Company ”), and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to National City Bank, the predecessor trustee under the Indenture, an Indenture dated as of September 28, 2001 (as amended to the date hereof, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of its 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2006 and its 8  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011;

 

WHEREAS, Section 2.11 of the Indenture provides, among other things, that overdue interest shall be payable to Holders on a special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for payment of the defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the payment of overdue interest occur as soon as practicable after any special Record Date;

 

WHEREAS, Section 8.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture without the consent of the Holders to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

1. Definitions . For all purposes of this Amendment, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions used in the Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Amendment refer to this Amendment as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 

2. Amendment to Indenture . Section 2.11 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the second paragraph thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on Notes of a particular maturity, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders of such Notes on a subsequent special Record Date established by the Company. At least 15 days before the subsequent special Record Date, the Company shall mail to

 


each Holder of such Notes, as of a recent date selected by the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the amount of defaulted interest and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid and the date on which payment shall be made to the Holders of such Notes, which date shall be either (i) the fifteenth day after the special Record Date or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day, or (ii) or (ii) such earlier Business Day after the special Record Date (A) designated by the Company in writing to the Trustee and (B) agreed to by the Trustee as being reasonably practicable for the payment of such defaulted interest.”

 

3. Ratification of Indenture . Except as expressly modified hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder shall be bound hereby and entitled to the benefits hereof. From and after the date hereof, each reference in the Notes to the Indenture shall be deemed to refer to the Indenture, as amended by this Amendment.

 

4. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT.

 

5. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Amendment. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

 

6. Headings . The headings of this Amendment have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

7. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Amendment or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company. The Trustee shall have the full rights and benefits of Section 7.07 of the Indenture with respect to this Amendment.

 

8. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be effective when the Company and the Trustee shall each have executed and delivered signature pages hereto.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

      /s/ William W. Horton
   

Name:

  WILLIAM W. HORTON
   

Title:

  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Successor Trustee

By:

      /s/ Sandra R. Ortiz
   

Name:

  Sandra R. Ortiz
   

Title:

  Financial Services Officer

 

EXHIBIT 4.5.1

 


 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 22, 2002

 

7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012, Series A

7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012, Series B

 



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section


  

Indenture

Section


310(a)(1)

   7.10

(a)(2)

   7.10

(a)(3)

   N.A.

(a)(4)

   N.A

(a)(5)

   7.10

(b)

   7.08; 7.10; 10.02

(c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

(b)

   7.11

(c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

(b)

   10.03

(c)

   10.03

313(a)

   7.06

(b)(1)

   7.06

(b)(2)

   7.06

(c)

   7.06; 10.02

(d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.02; 4.08; 10.02

(b)

   N.A.

(c)(1)

   10.04; 10.05

(c)(2)

   10.04; 10.05

(c)(3)

   N.A.

(d)

   N.A.

(e)

   10.05

(f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01; 7.02

(b)

   7.05; 10.02

(c)

   7.01

(d)

   6.05; 7.01; 7.02

(e)

   6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

   2.08

(a)(1)(A)

   6.05

(a)(1)(B)

   6.04

(a)(2)

   8.02

(b)

   6.07

 

N.A. means Not Applicable


TIA

Section


  

Indenture

Section


(c)

   8.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

(a)(2)

   6.09

(b)

   2.04

318(a)

   10.01

NOTE:    This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS    1
Section 1.01    Definitions.    1
Section 1.02    Other Definitions.    16
Section 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.    17
Section 1.04    Rules of Construction.    17
ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES    17
Section 2.01    Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture; Form of Notes.    17
Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication; Appointment of Authenticating Agent.    18
Section 2.03    Registrar and Paying Agent.    19
Section 2.04    Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.    19
Section 2.05    Holder Lists.    20
Section 2.06    Replacement Notes.    20
Section 2.07    Outstanding Notes.    20
Section 2.08    Treasury Notes.    20
Section 2.09    Temporary Notes.    21
Section 2.10    Cancellation.    21
Section 2.11    Defaulted Interest.    21
Section 2.12    Deposit of Moneys; Payments.    21
Section 2.13    “CUSIP” Number.    22
Section 2.14    Depositary.    22
Section 2.15    Registration of Transfers and Exchanges.    23
Section 2.16    Restrictive Legends.    30
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION    31
Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee.    31
Section 3.02    Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.    31
Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption.    32
Section 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption.    33
Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption Price.    33
Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed in Part.    33
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS    34
Section 4.01    Payment of Notes.    34
Section 4.02    Reports.    34
Section 4.03    Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.    34
Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default; Tax Information.    34
Section 4.05    Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.    35
Section 4.06    Corporate Existence.    35
Section 4.07    Maintenance of Office or Agency.    36
Section 4.08    Compliance with Laws.    36
Section 4.09    Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.    36
Section 4.10    Limitation on Restricted Payments.    37
Section 4.11    Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Subsidiary Preferred Stock.    37

 

i


Section 4.12    Limitation on Asset Sales.    38
Section 4.13    Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.    42
Section 4.14    Limitation on Liens Prior to the Fall-Away Event.    42
Section 4.15    Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control Prior to the Fall-Away Event.    43
Section 4.16    Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries.    44
Section 4.17    Limitations on Layering Indebtedness.    45
Section 4.18    Limitations on Liens After the Fall-Away Event.    45
Section 4.19    Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.    46
ARTICLE 5 SURVIVING ENTITY    46
Section 5.01    Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations Prior to the Fall-Away Event.    46
Section 5.02    Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations After the Fall-Away Event.    47
Section 5.03    Successor Substituted.    47
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES    47
Section 6.01    Events of Default.    47
Section 6.02    Acceleration.    48
Section 6.03    Other Remedies.    49
Section 6.04    Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default.    50
Section 6.05    Control by Majority.    50
Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits.    51
Section 6.07    Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.    51
Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee.    51
Section 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.    51
Section 6.10    Priorities.    52
Section 6.11    Undertaking for Costs.    52
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE    52
Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee.    52
Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee.    53
Section 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee.    55
Section 7.04    Trustee’s Disclaimer.    55
Section 7.05    Notice of Defaults.    55
Section 7.06    Reports by Trustee to Holders.    55
Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity.    56
Section 7.08    Replacement of Trustee.    57
Section 7.09    Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion.    57
Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification.    58
Section 7.11    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.    58
ARTICLE 8 MODIFICATIONS, AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS    58
Section 8.01    Without Consent of Holders.    58
Section 8.02    With Consent of Holders.    59
Section 8.03    Compliance with TIA.    60
Section 8.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents.    60
Section 8.05    Notation on or Exchange of Notes.    60
Section 8.06    Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.    61

 

ii


ARTICLE 9 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE    61
Section 9.01    Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.    61
Section 9.02    Legal Defeasance.    62
Section 9.03    Covenant Defeasance.    62
Section 9.04    Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.    63
Section 9.05    Application of Trust Money.    64
Section 9.06    Repayment to the Company.    64
Section 9.07    Reinstatement.    65
ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS    65
Section 10.01    TIA Controls.    65
Section 10.02    Notices.    65
Section 10.03    Communications by Holders with Other Holders.    66
Section 10.04    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.    66
Section 10.05    Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.    67
Section 10.06    Rules by Trustee and Agents.    67
Section 10.07    Business Days; Legal Holidays.    67
Section 10.08    Governing Law.    67
Section 10.09    Waiver of Trial by Jury.    67
Section 10.10    Submission to Jurisdiction.    67
Section 10.11    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.    68
Section 10.12    No Recourse Against Others.    68
Section 10.13    Successors.    68
Section 10.14    Multiple Counterparts.    68
Section 10.15    Table of Contents, Headings, etc.    68
Section 10.16    Separability.    68
Section 10.17    Translation.    68

EXHIBITS

         

Exhibit A

   Form of Initial Notes     

Exhibit B

   Form of Exchange Notes     

Exhibit C

   Form of Rule 144A Transfer Certificate     

Exhibit D

   Form of Regulation S Transfer Certificate     

Exhibit E

   Form of Rule 144 Transfer Certificate     

Exhibit F

   Form of Accredited Investor Transfer Certificate     

 

iii


INDENTURE, dated as of May 22, 2002, between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), as Issuer, and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of Series A 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012 and Series B 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012 and, to provide therefor, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Company, and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Company, and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company, have been done.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01 Definitions .

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means (i) with respect to any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any Indebtedness assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of an asset from another Person.

 

Additional Interest ” has the meaning provided to such term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-Registrar, authenticating agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

Asset Sale ” for any Person means the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition (including, without limitation, by merger or consolidation, and whether by operation of law or otherwise) of any of that Person’s assets (including, without limitation, the sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person, whether by such Person or by such Subsidiary), whether owned on the Issue Date or subsequently acquired, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, in which such Person and/or its Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey


or otherwise dispose of: (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any of such Person’s Subsidiaries; (ii) assets which constitute all or substantially all of any division or line of business of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iii) any other assets of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, other than in the ordinary course of business, provided , that the Fair Market Value thereof shall be at least 1% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time; provided , however , that the following shall not constitute Asset Sales: (a) transactions between the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or among such Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; (b) any transaction not prohibited by Section 4.10 hereof or that constitutes a Permitted Investment; (c) any transfer of assets (including Capital Stock) that is governed by and in accordance with Article 5 hereof or the creation of any Lien not prohibited by Section 4.14 hereof; or (d) sales of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are no longer either used or useful in the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the interest rate implicit in the lease, compounded on a semiannual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments, after excluding all amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, utilities and other similar expenses payable by the lessee pursuant to the terms of the lease, during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or until the earliest date on which the lessee may terminate such lease without penalty or upon payment of a penalty (in which case the rental payments shall include such penalty); provided , that the Attributable Indebtedness with respect to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction shall be no less than the fair market value of the property subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

Bank Debt ” means all obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter existing under (i) the Credit Agreements, whether for principal, interest, reimbursement of amounts drawn under letters of credit issued pursuant thereto, guarantees in respect thereof, fees, expenses, premiums, indemnities or otherwise, and (ii) any Indebtedness incurred by the Company to extend, refund, supplement, refinance or replace, in whole or in part, such Bank Debt, including any interest and premium on any such Indebtedness.

 

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participation or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) the equity (including without limitation common stock, preferred stock and partnership, joint venture and limited liability company interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

 

2


Capitalized Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Certificated Note ” means a Note issued in certificated form to a Person other than the Depositary.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence at any time prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event of any of the following: (i) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets are sold as an entirety to any Person or related group of Persons; (ii) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company (A) in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation (other than a consolidation or merger with a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company in which all shares of the Company’s Common Equity outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness thereof are changed into or exchanged for the same consideration) or (B) pursuant to which the Company’s Common Equity would be converted into cash, securities or other property, in each case other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s Common Equity immediately prior to the consolidation or merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the continuing or surviving corporation immediately after such consolidation or merger in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Company’s Common Equity immediately before such transaction; (iii) any Person, or any Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, together with any affiliates thereof, shall beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) at least 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company; (iv) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66  2 / 3 % of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office; or (v) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, the body performing such duties at the time.

 

Common Equity ” of any Person means all Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled to (i) vote in the election of directors of such Person or (ii) if such Person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management and policies of such Person.

 

Company ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article 5 hereof and thereafter means such successor.

 

3


Consolidated Amortization Expense ” of any Person for any period means the amortization expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (to the extent included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income of such Person), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Depreciation Expense ” of any Person means the depreciation expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (to the extent included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income of such Person), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” of any Person means, with respect to any determination date, Consolidated Net Income, plus (i) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, plus (ii) Consolidated Depreciation Expense, plus (iii) Consolidated Amortization Expense, plus (iv) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (v) all other unusual non-cash items or non-recurring non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and less all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, in each case, for such Person’s prior four full fiscal quarters for which financial results have been reported immediately preceding the determination date.

 

Consolidated Income Tax Expense ” means, for any Person for any period, the provision for taxes based on income and profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries to the extent such provision for income taxes was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” of any Person for any four-quarter period means, without duplication, (i) the Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) (to the extent not otherwise included within the definition of Interest Expense as imputed interest) one-third of the rental expense on Attributable Indebtedness of such Person for such period determined on a consolidated basis, plus (iii) the dividend requirements of such Person and its Subsidiaries with respect to Disqualified Stock and with respect to all other Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person (in each case whether in cash or otherwise (except dividends payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person or such Subsidiary)) paid, accrued or accumulated during such period times a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then effective consolidated Federal, state and local tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” of any Person for any period means the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

 

(i) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the referent Person) in which any Person other than the referent Person has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income has actually been received by the referent Person or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries in the form of dividends or similar distributions during such period;

 

4


(ii) except to the extent includable in the consolidated net income of the referent Person pursuant to the foregoing clause (i), the net income (or loss) of any Person that accrues prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the referent Person or is merged into or consolidated with the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) the assets of such Person are acquired by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(iii) the net income of any Subsidiary of the referent Person (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period;

 

(iv) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain, realized during such period by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries upon (a) the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness, of the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any Asset Sale by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(v) any extraordinary gain or extraordinary loss, together with any related provision for taxes or tax benefit resulting from any such extraordinary gain or extraordinary loss, realized by the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period; and

 

(vi) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation, merger or transfer of its assets, any earnings of the successor prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets.

 

Consolidated Net Worth ” of any Person as of any date means the stockholders’ equity (including any preferred stock that is classified as equity under GAAP, other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person and its Subsidiaries (excluding any equity adjustment for foreign currency translation for any period subsequent to the Issue Date) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Consolidated Tangible Assets ” of the Company as of any date means the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding any assets that would be classified as “intangible assets” under GAAP) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all write-ups subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at One Liberty Plaza, 23 rd Floor, New York, New York 10006, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the

 

5


Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

Credit Agreements ” mean (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of June 23, 1998 by and among the Company, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A. (as successor to Nationsbank, National Association), as Administrative Agent and Arranger, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank AG and Scotiabanc, Inc., as Syndication Agents and Co-Arrangers, and the other lenders party thereto from time to time, together with the related documents thereto, including, without limitation, any security documents, if any, and all exhibits and schedules thereto, and (ii) any other credit agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for money borrowed from or guaranteed to persons, firms or corporations which engage in the business of lending money, in order to provide funding for the acquisition and development of healthcare facilities or to provide for working capital needs and other corporate purposes, including, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, any agreement or agreements relating to any extension, refunding, refinancing, successor or replacement facility, whether or not with the same lender, and whether or not the principal amount or amount of letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the interest rate payable in respect thereof shall be thereby increased, in each case as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

Default ” means any event, act or condition that is, or after notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Stated Maturity date of the Notes.

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

 

DTC Letter of Representations ” shall mean the Letter of Representations, dated the Issue Date, among the Company, DTC and the Trustee.

 

EBITDA Coverage Ratio ” with respect to any four-quarter period means the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company to (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company for such period; provided , however , that if any calculation of the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio requires the use of any quarter prior to the Issue Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the issuance of the Notes and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to make such calculation; and provided further that if any such calculation requires the use of any quarter prior to the date that any Asset Sale was consummated, or that any Indebtedness was incurred, or that any acquisition of a hospital or other healthcare facility or any assets purchased outside the ordinary course of business was effected, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis, giving effect to each such Asset Sale, incurrence of Indebtedness or acquisition, as the case may be, and the use of any proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to make such calculation.

 

6


Eligible Investments ” of any Person means Investments of such Person in:

 

(i) direct obligations of, or obligations the payment of which is guaranteed by, the United States of America or an interest in any trust or fund that invests solely in such obligations or repurchase agreements, properly secured, with respect to such obligations;

 

(ii) direct obligations of agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America having a rating of A or higher by S&P or A2 or higher by Moody’s;

 

(iii) a certificate of deposit issued by, or other interest-bearing deposits with, a bank having its principal place of business in the United States of America and having equity capital of not less than $250,000,000;

 

(iv) a certificate of deposit issued by, or other interest-bearing deposits with, any other bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, provided that such deposit is either (a) insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or (b) properly secured by such bank by pledging direct obligations of the United States of America having a market value of not less than the face amount of such deposits;

 

(v) prime commercial paper maturing within 270 days of the acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of A-1 or higher by S&P, or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

 

(vi) eligible banker’s acceptances, repurchase agreements and tax-exempt municipal bonds having a maturity of less than one year, in each case having a rating of, or evidencing the full recourse obligation of a person whose senior debt is rated, A or higher by S&P or A2 or higher by Moody’s.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Notes ” means the Series B 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012 (the terms of which are identical to the Initial Notes except that, unless any Exchange Notes shall be issued as Private Exchange Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), the Exchange Notes shall be registered under the Securities Act, and shall not contain the restrictive legend on the face of the form of the Initial Notes), to be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

 

Exchange Offer ” means the registration by the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement of the offer by the Company to each Holder of the Initial Notes to exchange all the Initial Notes held by such Holder for the Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Notes held by such Holder, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

7


Exempted Debt ” means the sum of the following as of any date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred after the Issue Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by Section 4.14 hereof or Section 4.18 hereof, as the case may be, and (ii) Attributable Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of every Sale and Leaseback Transaction entered into after the Issue Date.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” means all of the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries that is outstanding on the Issue Date.

 

Fair Market Value ” of any asset or items means the fair market value of such asset or items as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Fall-Away Event ” means the Notes shall have been rated Investment Grade and, if no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing at such time, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to the foregoing.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States of America, as from time to time in effect.

 

guarantee ” means, as applied to any obligation, (a) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such obligation and (b) an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, the payment of amounts drawn down under letters of credit.

 

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, interest rate collar agreement, option or futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

 

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books or records.

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person at any date means, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof); (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto); (iv) all obligations of such Person with respect to Hedging Obligations (other than those that fix the interest rate on variable rate indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Indenture or that protect the Company and/or its Subsidiaries against changes in foreign exchange rates); (v) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price

 

8


of property or services, except trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business; (vi) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; (vii) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; (viii) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such guarantee; (ix) all Attributable Indebtedness; and (x) all Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and all other Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person valued at the greater of (a) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock, as the case may be, and (b) the aggregate amount payable upon purchase, redemption, defeasance or payment of such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock, as the case may be. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations plus past due interest as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (vii), the amount of the Indebtedness secured.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Initial Notes ” means the Series A 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012 of the Company issued on the Issue Date and authenticated and delivered under this Indenture pursuant to Section 2.02 of this Indenture and any other notes (other than Exchange Notes) issued after the Issue Date in accordance with the fourth paragraph of Section 2.02 .

 

Initial Purchasers ” refers to UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., First Union Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc., NatCity Investments, Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc.

 

Interest Expense ” of any Person for any period means the aggregate amount of interest which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set opposite the caption “interest expense” or any like caption on an income statement for such Person (including, without limitation or duplication, imputed interest included in Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations, amortization of financing fees and expenses, the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount and all other non-cash interest expense other than interest amortized to cost of sales) plus the aggregate amount, if any, by which such interest expense was reduced as a result of the amortization of deferred debt restructuring credits for such period.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes as specified in the forms of Note attached hereto as Exhibits A and B .

 

Investment Grade ” means (i) a rating of BBB- or above, in the case of S&P (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of S&P), and Baa3 or above, in the case of Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), or (ii) the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any other Rating Agencies; provided, however , that if such rating is BBB- in the case of S&P, or Baa3 in the case of Moody’s (or the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any other Rating Agencies), then such rating also shall not be accompanied by a negative outlook, negative credit watch or review for possible downgrade (or the equivalent thereof), as the case may be.

 

9


Investments ” of any Person means: (i) all investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of loans, advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business); (ii) all guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations of any other Person by such Person; (iii) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, Capital Stock or other securities of any other Person; and (iv) all other items that would be classified as investments (including, without limitation, purchases of assets outside the ordinary course of business) on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Issue Date ” means May 22, 2002, the date the Initial Notes are initially issued.

 

Joint Venture ” means any Person at least a majority of whose revenues result from healthcare related businesses or facilities.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease in the nature thereof, any agreement to sell, and any filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement (other than notice filings not perfecting a security interest) under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

Net Proceeds ” with respect to any Asset Sale means (i) cash (in U.S. dollars or freely convertible into U.S. dollars) received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, cash received as consideration for the assumption or incurrence of liabilities incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), after (a) provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Asset Sale or the transfer of the proceeds of such Asset Sale to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) payment of all commissions and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale and (c) deduction of an appropriate amount to be provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters) or against any indemnification obligations associated with the sale or other disposition of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale and (ii) all non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sales upon the liquidation or conversion of such consideration into cash.

 

Notes ” means the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes treated as a single class of securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.

 

10


Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer, President, any Vice President, secretary, assistant secretary, director or other authorized signatory of such Person.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company in their official (and not individual) capacities; provided , however , that every Officers’ Certificate with respect to the compliance with a condition precedent to the taking of any action under this Indenture shall include (i) a statement that the officers making or giving such Officers’ Certificate have read such condition and any definitions or other provisions contained in this Indenture relating thereto and (ii) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of the signers, such condition has been complied with.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel (such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee) that complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

 

Permitted Investments ” means: (i) capital contributions, advances or loans to the Company by any Subsidiary or by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) the acquisition and holding by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries of receivables owing to the Company and such Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; (iii) the acquisition and holding by the Company and its Subsidiaries of cash and Eligible Investments; (iv) Investments in any Person as a result of which such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated with or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (v) the making of an Investment by the Company, directly or through a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, in a Wholly Owned Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of insuring the healthcare business and facilities owned or operated by the Company or a Subsidiary and any physician employed by or on the staff of any such business or facility (the “ Insurance Subsidiary ”), provided that the amount invested in such Insurance Subsidiary does not exceed $15,000,000.

 

Permitted Liens ” means: (i) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that either (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts that either (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves or other provisions have been made in accordance with GAAP; (iii) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) incurred or deposits due in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, progress payments, government contracts and other obligations of like nature (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money), in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of

 

11


business; (v) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default; (vi) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (vii) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (viii) Liens with respect to any Acquired Indebtedness; p rovided that such Liens only extend to assets that were subject to such Liens prior to the acquisition of such assets by the Company or its Subsidiaries and, with respect to Indebtedness other than Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Notes, not incurred in anticipation or contemplation of such acquisition; (ix) Liens securing Bank Debt or Refinancing Indebtedness; p rovided , in the case of Refinancing Indebtedness, that such Liens only extend to the assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and such refinanced Indebtedness was previously secured by such assets; (x) purchase money mortgages (including Capitalized Lease Obligations); (xi) Liens existing on the Issue Date; (xii) Liens on assets of any Subsidiary of the Company securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiary; p rovided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture; (xiii) bankers’ liens with respect to the right of set-off arising in the ordinary course of business against amounts maintained in bank accounts or certificates of deposit in the name of the Company or any Subsidiary; (xiv) the interest of any issuer of a letter of credit in any cash or Eligible Investment deposited with or for the benefit of such issuer as collateral for such letter of credit; p rovided that the Indebtedness so collateralized is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture; (xv) any Lien consisting of a right of first refusal or option to purchase the Company’s ownership interest in any Subsidiary or to purchase assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, which right of first refusal or option is entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (xvi) the Lien granted to the Trustee pursuant to the trust created pursuant to Article 9 hereof and any substantially equivalent Lien granted to the respective trustees under the indentures for other debt securities of the Company.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

 

Preferred Stock ” means with respect to any Person all Capital Stock of such Person which has a preference in liquidation or a preference with respect to the payment of dividends or distributions of operating profit or cash.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” or “ QIB ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A.

 

Rating Agencies ” means (i) S&P and Moody’s or (ii) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings of the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized U.S. rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

 

Rating Category ” means (i) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “-”): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); (ii) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “1”, “2” or “3”): Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and (iii) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

 

12


Record Date ” for interest payable on any Interest Payment Date (except a date for payment of default interest) means the May 15 or November 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Redemption Date ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Redemption Price ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture or such Note.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are applied to refund, refinance or extend, any Indebtedness; provided that: (i) the Refinancing Indebtedness is the obligation of the same Person (or if the Indebtedness being refinanced is an obligation of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, such Refinancing Indebtedness may be incurred by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company) and is subordinated to the Notes, if at all, to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness is scheduled to mature no earlier than the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (iii) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; (iv) the Refinancing Indebtedness is secured only to the extent, if at all, and by the assets that the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended is secured; and (v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended (except for issuance costs and increases in Attributable Indebtedness due solely to increases in the present value calculations resulting from renewals or extensions of the terms of the underlying leases in effect on the Issue Date).

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 22, 2002 among the Company and the Initial Purchasers.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period ” means, with respect to any Note, the period of forty (40) consecutive days beginning on and including the first day after the later of (i) the day on which such Note is first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the closing date of the offering of such Note.

 

Restricted Payment ” means with respect to any Person: (i) the declaration of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution of cash, securities or other property or assets in respect of such Person’s Capital Stock (except that a dividend payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person shall not constitute a Restricted Payment); (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of such Person’s or such Person’s Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock or any other

 

13


payment or distribution made in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly; (iii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iv) the incurrence, creation or assumption of any guarantee of Indebtedness of any Affiliate (other than a Subsidiary of the Company); or (v) the making of any Investment in any Person (other than Permitted Investments); provided , however , that with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, Restricted Payments shall not include any payment described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above made (1) to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or (2) by the Company to any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (3) by any Subsidiary, provided that the Company or another Subsidiary receives its proportionate share thereof.

 

Restricted Security ” means any Note (or beneficial interest therein) other than an Exchange Note (or beneficial interest therein), until such time as: (i) such Note (or beneficial interest therein) has been transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (ii) such Note is a 144A Global Note and two years have passed since the Issue Date; (iii) such Note is a Regulation S Global Note and the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period has expired; or (iv) the Private Placement Legend therefor has otherwise been removed pursuant to Section 2.15(c) hereof or, in the case of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such beneficial interest has been exchanged for an interest in a Global Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries of any property or asset of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person or such Subsidiary to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such property or asset.

 

Secretary’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company in his or her official (and not individual) capacity.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination either (i) had tangible assets which, as of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of such date, or (ii) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which constituted at least 5% of the Company’s total consolidated revenues for such period.

 

14


Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any security or any installment of interest thereon, means that date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the principal of such security or such installment of interest is due and payable.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” of any Person means any Indebtedness of such Person that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) any corporation of which Common Equity having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation is owned by such Person directly or through one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any entity other than a corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns at least 50% of the Common Equity of such entity and has the authority to manage such entity on a day-to-day basis.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03 hereof).

 

Trust Officer ” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

 

U.S. Government Obligations ” means (a) securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit are pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or portion thereof at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness or portion thereof (if applicable) into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking

 

15


fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) a Subsidiary of which 100% of the Common Equity (except for director’s qualifying shares or certain minority interests owned by other Persons solely due to local law requirements that there be more than one stockholder, but which interest is not in excess of what is required for such purpose) is owned directly by such Person or through one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any entity other than a corporation in which such Person, directly or indirectly, owns all of the Common Equity of such entity.

 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions . The definitions of the following terms may be found in the sections indicated as follows:

 

Term


   Defined in Section

Accredited Investors

   2.01

Affiliate Transaction

   4.13

Agent Members

   2.14

Applicable Procedures

   2.15

Asset Sale Offer

   4.12

Asset Sale Payment Amount

   4.12

Asset Sale Purchase Price

   4.12

Bankruptcy Law

   6.01

Business Day

   10.07

Change of Control Offer

   4.15

Change of Control Payment Date

   4.15

Change of Control Purchase Price

   4.15

Clearstream

   2.01

Covenant Defeasance

   9.03

Depositary

   2.14

Euroclear

   2.01

Event of Default

   6.01

Excess Proceeds

   4.12

Excess Proceeds Payment Date

   4.12

Global Notes

   2.01

Legal Defeasance

   9.02

Legal Holiday

   10.07

Make-Whole Premium

   Exhibit A/Exhibit B

Net Proceeds Deficiency

   4.12

Other Debt

   4.12

Paying Agent

   2.03

Private Placement Legend

   2.16

Registrar

   2.03

Regulation S Global Note

   2.01

Restricted Global Note

   2.01

 

16


Term


   Defined in Section

Successor

   5.01

 

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified, terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;

 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

 

(5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to every gender.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01 Dating; Incorporation of Form in Indenture; Form of Notes . (a) Generally . The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A , and the Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B , each of which is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture with such appropriate insertions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage all in a form approved by the Company. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

(b) Notes Sold Pursuant to Rule 144A . The Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Rule 144A to Qualified Institutional Buyers shall be issued in the form of a permanent global note (the “ Restricted Global Note ”) (which may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate), duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Global Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby.

 

17


(c) Notes Sold Pursuant to Regulation S . The Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of a permanent global note (the “ Regulation S Global Note ” and, together with the Restricted Global Note, the “ Global Notes ”) (which may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate), duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary for credit to the respective accounts of The Euroclear System (“ Euroclear ”) and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“ Clearstream ”). Prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

(d) Notes Sold to Institutional Accredited Investors . The Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act (other than Rule 144A or Regulation S) to institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act (“ Accredited Investors ”)) shall be issued in certificated, fully registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $250,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication; Appointment of Authenticating Agent . The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by one or more Officers of the Company. Such signature may be either manual or facsimile.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000, (ii) pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Notes from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, (iii) any other Notes that have been executed by the Company in order to effect any transfer or exchange in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.15 and (iv) any additional Initial Notes issued by the Company after the Issue Date pursuant to the next sentence of this paragraph. Initial Notes need not be issued at one time and, unless otherwise provided, Initial Notes may also be issued by the Company and authenticated and delivered under this Indenture after the Issue Date on the same terms and conditions (other than the Issue Date and the issue price) and with the same CUSIP number as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and in an aggregate principal amount, together with the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, exceeding the amount set forth in clause (i) above.

 

18


Except as provided in Section 2.01(d) , the Notes shall be issuable only in definitive, fully registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

 

The Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by an authorized officer of the Trustee, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent, and shall comply with this Indenture. An authenticating agent has the same right as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent . The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment (“ Paying Agent ”) and (c) notices and demands in respect of Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall provide the Company a current copy of such register from time to time upon request of the Company. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company may not act as Paying Agent, but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or agent for service of notices and demands, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Company shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall to the extent that it is capable act as such for so long as such failure continues.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust . Before 10:00 A.M. New York City time on each payment date of the principal of and/or interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest so becoming due. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee together with a complete accounting of such sums, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent together with a complete accounting of such sums. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. Funds deposited with the Paying Agent may be invested as agreed from time to time by the Company and the Paying Agent. All payments made hereunder shall be in U.S. legal tender.

 

19


Section 2.05 Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and the Stated Maturity and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

Section 2.06 Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that a Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacement are met. An indemnity bond may be required by the Company or the Trustee that is sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and evidence to their satisfaction of apparent loss, destruction or theft of such Note may be required by the Company, the Trustee or any Agent. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any applicable taxes) in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.06 . In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. If after the delivery of such new Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such new Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Company and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such new Note from the person to whom it was delivered or any transferee thereof, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Company or the Trustee in connection therewith.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.

 

Section 2.07 Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.07 as not outstanding.

 

A Note replaced pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement) ceases to be outstanding unless and until the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that such replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

 

If a Paying Agent holds on a Redemption Date or at Stated Maturity U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date, such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

Section 2.08 Treasury Notes . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver, consent or notice, Notes owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so considered. The Company shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when it or any of its Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes and of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired.

 

20


Section 2.09 Temporary Notes . Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights and restrictions, of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 2.10 Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and, unless the Company instructs the Trustee in writing to deliver the Notes to the Company, shall dispose of such Notes in accordance with its normal practice. Subject to Section 2.06 hereof, the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes in respect of which it has previously paid all principal, premium, if any, and interest accrued thereon, or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall provide the Company with a list of all Notes that have been canceled from time to time as requested in writing by the Company. If the Company shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.10 .

 

Section 2.11 Defaulted Interest . If the Company defaults in a payment of principal or interest on the Notes, it shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate per annum borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before the subsequent special Record Date, the Company shall mail to each Holder, as of a recent date selected by the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 6.01(a) hereof shall be paid to Holders as of the Record Date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid.

 

Section 2.12 Deposit of Moneys; Payments . Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the relevant Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date and Excess Proceeds Payment Date, the Company shall have deposited with the

 

21


Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make all cash payments due on such Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date and Excess Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be (or if any such date is not a Business Day, the first preceding Business Day). The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Certificated Notes, if any, shall be payable at the office of the Paying Agents. The Paying Agents shall pay the Company any excess cash remaining on deposit after all payments have been made with respect to a given Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date or Excess Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be. All payments made hereunder shall be in U.S. legal tender.

 

Section 2.13 “CUSIP” Number . The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” number(s) and the Trustee shall use the “CUSIP” numbers(s) in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any defect in the “CUSIP” number that appears on any Note, check, advice or payment or redemption notice, and any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” number(s) printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such number(s). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any changes in “CUSIP” numbers.

 

Section 2.14 Depositary . (a) The Company hereby appoints DTC to act as depositary (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Depositary ”) with respect to the Global Notes. The Trustee shall act as custodian of the Global Notes for the Depositary. So long as the Depositary or its nominee, Cede & Co., is the registered owner of the Global Notes, it shall be considered the Holder of the Notes represented thereby for all purposes hereunder and under the Global Notes, and neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights hereunder with respect to the Global Notes or under the Global Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(b) The Company may remove or replace DTC or any successor as Depositary for any reason upon thirty (30) days’ notice to DTC or such successor. The Holders shall have no right to a depositary for the Notes.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, so long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of the Notes:

 

(i) the provisions of the DTC Letter of Representations shall control over the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the matters covered thereby;

 

22


(ii) presentation of Notes to the Trustee at redemption or at maturity shall be deemed made to the Trustee when the right to exercise ownership rights in the Notes through DTC or Agent Members is transferred by DTC on its books; and

 

(iii) DTC may present notices, approvals, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be made by Holders under this Indenture on a fractionalized basis on behalf of some or all of those Persons entitled to exercise ownership rights in the Notes through DTC or Agent Members.

 

Section 2.15 Registration of Transfers and Exchanges . (a) Transfer and Exchange Generally. (i) The Notes are transferable only upon the surrender thereof for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a duly executed instrument of assignment and transfer substantially in the form of assignment attached to Exhibit A or B, as applicable, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if such transfer complies with the provisions hereof. Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered shall be treated as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium (if any) and interest on such Note (whether or not such payment is overdue) and for all other purposes whatsoever, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Registration of transfer of any Note by the Registrar shall be deemed to be an acknowledgment of such transfer by the Company.

 

(ii) When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a written request to exchange such Notes for Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if such exchange complies with the provisions of this Section 2.15(a) .

 

(iii) Following any request for transfer or exchange of one or more Notes made in compliance with clauses (i) or (ii), as the case may be, of this Section 2.15(a) , the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more new Notes of a like principal amount and in such authorized denominations as may be requested. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange other than any exchange pursuant to Section 2.09 , 3.06 , 4.12 , 4.15 or 8.05 hereof.

 

(iv) Transfers or exchanges of the Global Notes and beneficial interests therein shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.15(b) and the rules of the Depositary. Transfers or exchanges of Certificated Notes shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.15(c) .

 

(v) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Global Notes and each Certificated Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend as set forth in Section 2.16 . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, whether upon original issuance or subsequent transfer, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this

 

23


Indenture. Upon the specific written request of a Holder to remove the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall authenticate and deliver a Note with an equivalent principal amount not bearing the Private Placement Legend if there is provided to the Company evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which may, at the Company’s request, include an Opinion of Counsel) that neither the Private Placement Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. Upon a written request for the registration of transfer or exchange of a Note bearing the Private Placement Legend pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States, the Registrar shall authenticate and deliver a Note with an equivalent principal amount not bearing the Private Placement Legend. If the Private Placement Legend has been removed from a Note as provided in this clause (v), the transfer of such Note shall not be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Private Placement Legend, and no other Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend unless the Company has reasonable cause to believe that such other Note is a Restricted Security and instructs the Registrar in writing to cause the Private Placement Legend to appear thereon.

 

(vi) None of the Company or the Trustee or the Registrar shall be liable for any delay by the Depositary in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and each such Person may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, instructions from the Depositary for all purposes (including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of any Notes to be issued).

 

(vii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. So long as the Depositary or its nominee is the Holder of a Global Note, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Notes represented by such Global Note for all purposes hereunder and under the Notes. Any Holder of a Global Note, and each Person with an interest in such Global Note, shall, by acceptance of such Global Note or such interest, agree that transfers of the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 

(viii) Any Note issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.15 will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits and, unless otherwise provided for in this Indenture, subject to the same restrictions under this Indenture as the Note or Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

24


(ix) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note (A) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 , except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (B) for a period beginning fifteen (15) days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending on the date of such mailing or (C) between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(b) Transfers and Exchanges of the Global Notes and Beneficial Interests Therein . (i) Subject to clauses (ii) through (viii) of this Section 2.15(b) , transfers of the Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. So long as the Global Notes remain outstanding and are held by or on behalf of the Depositary, transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.15(b) and in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary to the extent applicable (the “ Applicable Procedures ”).

 

(ii) No restrictions shall apply with respect to the transfer or registration of transfer of (x) a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note or (y) a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note; provided that any transfer described in this clause (ii) shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(iii) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (iii). At any time prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer and (C) a certificate of the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note, each such adjustment to be equal to the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (iii) and (2) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit the account of the appropriate Agent Members in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(iv) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note subsequent to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance

 

25


Period shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (iv). At any time subsequent to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer and (C) a certificate of the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D (if transfer is made in reliance on Regulation S) or Exhibit E (if transfer is made in reliance on Rule 144) and (y) satisfaction of all other conditions imposed by the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note, each such adjustment to equal the principal amount of the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (iv), and (2) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit and credit the accounts of the appropriate Agent Members in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(v) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note, either prior or subsequent to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (v). At any time upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer and (C) a certificate of the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit C and (y) satisfaction of all other conditions imposed by the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note and an increase in the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note, each such adjustment to equal the principal amount of the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (v), and (2) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit and credit the accounts of the appropriate Agent Members in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(vi) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (vi). At any time upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of one or more

 

26


Certificated Notes, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer, (C) a certificate of such Person substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (D) unless the Restricted Global Note does not bear a Private Placement Legend, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, (1) the Registrar shall (A) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (vi) and (B) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, and (2) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on behalf of such Person one or more Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount and, unless the Restricted Global Note does not bear a Private Placement Legend, bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

(vii) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period shall be registered, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this clause (vii). At any time prior to the termination of the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period, upon (x) receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person that will take delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes, (B) a written order of the Depositary or its nominee given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing account and other information with respect to such transfer, (C) a certificate of such Person substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (D) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and (y) satisfaction of all other conditions imposed by the Applicable Procedures, (1) the Registrar shall (A) reflect in the register for the Notes a decrease in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest transferred pursuant to this clause (vii) and (B) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and debit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, and (2) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on behalf of such Person one or more Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

(viii) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained herein, Certificated Notes shall be issued in exchange for the beneficial interests in a Global Note if at any time: (x) the Company advises the Trustee in writing that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or is no longer eligible to act as such and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Company of notice of such inability; (y) the Company, at its option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary with respect to such Global Note; or (z) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, beneficial owners holding interests representing a majority of the aggregate

 

27


principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note advise the Trustee in writing through the Depositary that the continuation of a book-entry system through the Depositary is no longer in such beneficial owners’ best interests. Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (x), (y) and (z) immediately above, the Trustee, upon receipt of written notice thereof and a list of all Persons that hold a beneficial interest in such Global Note, shall notify, through the appropriate Agent Members at the expense of the Company, all Persons that hold a beneficial interest in such Global Note, of the issuance of Certificated Notes. Upon surrender by the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, of such Global Note and receipt from the Depositary of instructions for re-registration, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon the written instructions of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount and, unless such Global Note does not bear a Private Placement Legend, bearing the Private Placement Legend. Certificated Notes issued in exchange for beneficial interests in such Global Note pursuant to this clause (viii) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from Agent Members or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee.

 

(c) Transfers and Exchanges of Certificated Notes . (i) Any transfer of a Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (i). Upon (x) surrender of any Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note, (B) a certificate of the transferee of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (C) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture, (1) the Trustee shall register such transfer and (2) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee one or more Certificated Notes of any authorized denomination in the same aggregate principal amount and of the same maturity as the transferred Certificated Note, each such new Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that Certificated Notes so delivered shall not be required to bear the Private Placement Legend if there is provided to the Company evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which may, at the Company’s request, include an Opinion of Counsel) that neither the Private Placement Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(ii) Any transfer of a Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of one or more Certificated Notes shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (ii). Upon (x) surrender of any Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture, (A) the Trustee shall register such transfer and (B) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee one or more Certificated Notes of any authorized denomination in the same aggregate principal amount and of the same maturity as the transferred Certificated Note. Each such new Certificated Note may at the request of the transferee, but shall not be required to, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

28


(iii) Any transfer of a Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (iii). Upon (x) surrender of any Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note, (B) written instructions from the transferor that such Certificated Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (C) a certificate of the transferor of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D (if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note) or Exhibit C (if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note), and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) register such transfer and cancel such Certificated Note, (2) reflect in the register for the Notes an increase in the appropriate Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Note transferred pursuant to this clause (iii) and (3) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and credit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(iv) Any transfer of a Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (iv). Upon (x) surrender of a Certificated Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) an executed instrument of assignment of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of assignment attached to such Certificated Note and (B) written instructions from the transferor that such Certificated Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) register such transfer and cancel such Certificated Note, (2) reflect in the register for the Notes an increase in the Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Note transferred pursuant to this clause (iv) and (3) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and credit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

(v) Any exchange of a Certificated Note for one or more Certificated Notes in different authorized denominations shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (v). Upon (x) surrender of a Certificated Note at the office of the Registrar, together with a written request to exchange such Certificated Note for one or more Certificated Notes in different authorized denominations, and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture, (A) the Registrar shall register such exchange and (B) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the registered owner one or more Certificated Notes in any authorized denomination with the same aggregate principal amount and maturity date.

 

29


(vi) Any exchange of a Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be registered only in accordance with this clause (vi). Upon (x) surrender of a Certificated Note at the office of the Registrar, together with (A) a written request to exchange such Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, (B) written instructions from the registered owner that such Certificated Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (C) a certificate of the registered owner of such Certificated Note substantially in the form of Exhibit D (if the Certificated Note is being exchanged for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note) or Exhibit C (if the Certificated Note is being exchanged for a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note) and (y) satisfaction of all other applicable conditions imposed by this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures, the Registrar shall (1) register such exchange and cancel such Certificated Note, (2) reflect in the register for the Notes an increase in the Restricted Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Note exchanged pursuant to this clause (vi) and (3) instruct the Depositary to make the corresponding adjustment to its records and credit the account of the appropriate Agent Member in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

Section 2.16 Restrictive Legends . Each Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof until May 22, 2004, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Holder thereof:

 

THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSORS) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT THERETO. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER OR ANOTHER EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i)(a) TO A PERSON THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, PROVIDED THAT IN THE CASE OF A TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR SALE PURSUANT TO THIS CLAUSE (d) SUCH TRANSFER IS SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE REGISTRAR (AND THE COMPANY, IF IT SO REQUESTS) OF A

 

30


CERTIFICATION OF THE TRANSFEROR AND AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (ii) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AFFILIATES OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THE NOTES AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.

 

Each Global Note shall also bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, AND TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.15 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee . If the Company elects to redeem any of the Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date or during such other period as the Trustee may agree to, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the Redemption Price, and deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein and in the Notes, as appropriate.

 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed . (a) In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and equitable; provided , however , that no Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of

 

31


the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed. In the event of a partial redemption by lot, the Trustee shall select the particular Notes to be redeemed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the relevant Redemption Date from the Outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Company may redeem Notes in denominations of $1,000 only in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000. A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon delivery of the original Note to the Paying Agent and cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has made a deposit with the Paying Agent in U.S. legal tender in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(b) For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of that Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 calendar days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the registered address of such Holder. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. If the Company elects to have the Trustee give notice of redemption, the Trustee shall give notice in the name of the Company and at the Company’s expense; provided , however , that the Company shall furnish the Trustee all information required to be contained in the notice.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(1) the Redemption Date;

 

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

 

(3) whether or not the Company is redeeming all outstanding Notes and if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

 

(4) the name, address and telephone number of the Paying Agent;

 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the address specified in such notice to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

 

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption

 

32


Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date upon surrender of the Notes to the Paying Agent;

 

(7) the subparagraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 

(8) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; and

 

(9) the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in the notice or printed on the Notes, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of such CUSIP or ISIN number.

 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 hereof is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any; provided that if the Redemption Date is after a Record Date and on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant Record Date.

 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price . On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the relevant Redemption Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall return to the Company any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amount necessary to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed.

 

On and after any Redemption Date, if U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price of and, subject to the proviso in Section 3.04 hereof, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date, if any. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will continue to accrue and be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate and in the manner provided for in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, at the expense of the Company, for a Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

 

33


ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes . The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (including all Additional Interest as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds, for the benefit of the Holders, on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay such installment in full and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue interest, to the extent lawful as provided for in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

Section 4.02 Reports . Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall file with the Commission, to the extent such filings are accepted by the Commission, and shall furnish (within 15 days after such filing) to the Trustee and to the Holders all quarterly and annual reports and other information, documents and reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act if the Company were required to file under such section. In addition, the Company shall make such information available to prospective purchasers of the Notes, securities analysts and broker-dealers who request it in writing. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

Section 4.03 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws . The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default; Tax Information . (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2002, an Officers’ Certificate (one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or

 

34


principal accounting officer of the Company) stating that to the best of his or her knowledge no Default or Event of Default has occurred, listing all Restricted Payments for such year, and if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all of such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee if the Company elects to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.

 

(b) The annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 shall be accompanied by a written report addressed to the Trustee of the Company’s independent accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in conducting their audit of such financial statements nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that a Default or Event of Default has occurred under this Indenture insofar as they relate to accounting matters or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

 

(c) If (i) any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy hereunder with respect to a claimed default under this Indenture or the Holder’s Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at its address set forth in Section 10.02 hereof, by registered or certified mail or by telegram or facsimile transmission followed by hard copy by registered or certified mail an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, notice or other action, the status thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take, which Officers’ Certificate shall be so delivered within five (5) Business Days of its becoming aware of such occurrence.

 

Section 4.05 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims . The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges (including withholding taxes and any penalties, interest and additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or properties of it or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of it or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings properly instituted and diligently conducted for which adequate reserves, to the extent required under GAAP, have been taken.

 

Section 4.06 Corporate Existence . Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or limited liability company or other existence of each Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of each Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries except where the failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect any such rights, licenses and franchises shall not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other existence of any of the Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

35


Section 4.07 Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee as set forth in Section 10.02 hereof.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

Section 4.08 Compliance with Laws . The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America and all other sovereign nations, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliances as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.09 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance . (a) The Company shall cause all material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of the Company’s business or the business of any of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 4.09 shall prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or of the Board of Directors of the Subsidiary of the Company concerned, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b) The Company shall maintain, and shall cause the Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self-insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, may be necessary.

 

36


Section 4.10 Limitation on Restricted Payments . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment: (i) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof; (ii) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made after September 25, 2000, exceeds the sum of: (a) 50% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (taken as a single period) commencing on July 1, 1997 to and including the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such aggregate deficit); (b) the net cash proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) that is not Disqualified Stock during the period (taken as a single period) commencing with the Issue Date; and (c) $50,000,000; or (iii) the Company would not be able to incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the EBITDA Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.11(a) hereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may: (w) pay any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if the payment thereof would have complied with the limitations of this Section 4.10 on the date of declaration; (x) retire shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or the Company’s or a Subsidiary of the Company’s Indebtedness out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); (y) make Investments in Joint Ventures which, when added to the aggregate amount of all such other Investments made after September 25, 2000 pursuant to this clause (y) (or such other Investments as would have been made pursuant to this clause (y) had such clause been in effect) do not exceed 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time (with each such Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value); and (z) make Investments which, when added to the aggregate amount of all such other Investments made after September 25, 2000 pursuant to this clause (z) (or such other Investments as would have been made pursuant to this clause (z) had such clause been in effect) do not exceed 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time (with each such Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that each Restricted Payment described in clause (w) or (x) above shall be taken into account for purposes of computing the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

Section 4.11 Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Subsidiary Preferred Stock . (a) After the Issue Date and prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee, extend the Stated Maturity of, or otherwise become liable with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”), any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue (except to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) or create any Preferred Stock or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to own or hold any interest in

 

37


any Preferred Stock of any such Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness and the Company may permit its Subsidiaries to issue or create Preferred Stock if, after giving effect thereto, the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio on the date thereof would be at least 2.5 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis as if the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness or the issuance of such Preferred Stock (declared to have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation value of such Preferred Stock), as the case may be, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period used to calculate the Company’s EBITDA Coverage Ratio.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and irrespective of the EBITDA Coverage Ratio, in addition to Existing Indebtedness: (i) the Company may incur Indebtedness pursuant to the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes; (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are applied to refund, refinance or extend, Existing Indebtedness or other Indebtedness that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under this Section 4.11 except for Indebtedness incurred under clause (iii) or (iv) of this paragraph (b); (iii) the Company may incur any Indebtedness to any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary may incur any Indebtedness to the Company or to any Subsidiary; (iv) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur any Indebtedness evidenced by letters of credit which are used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries to secure workers’ compensation and other insurance coverages; (v) the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, in each case excluding Existing Indebtedness but including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are applied to refund, refinance or extend, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (v), in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time; and (vi) the Subsidiaries of the Company may incur Indebtedness, including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are applied to refund, refinance or extend, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (vi), in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $250,000,000, in addition to Existing Indebtedness and other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to the foregoing clauses (ii) - (v).

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may permit any Subsidiary which is a partnership formed to operate a single healthcare facility to issue or create Preferred Stock; provided that the aggregate amount of all such Preferred Stock outstanding after giving effect to such issuance or creation shall not exceed 1% of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the date of such issuance or creation.

 

(d) Any limitations on the rights of the Company or its Subsidiaries set forth in paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 4.11 shall be of no force and effect after the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event.

 

Section 4.12 Limitation on Asset Sales . (a) Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consummate any Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or such Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets included in such Asset Sale, (ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Asset Sale, no Default or

 

38


Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such Subsidiary therefor is in the form of cash paid at the closing thereof, provided , however , that this clause (iii) shall not apply if, after giving effect to such Asset Sale, the aggregate principal amount of all notes or similar debt obligations and Fair Market Value of all equity securities received by the Company from all Asset Sales since September 25, 2000 (other than such notes or similar debt obligations and such equity securities converted into or otherwise disposed of for cash and applied in accordance with the second succeeding sentence) would not exceed 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time. The amount (without duplication) of any (x) Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or such Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and with respect to which the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is unconditionally released by the holder of such Indebtedness and (y) any notes, securities or similar obligations or items of property received from such transferee that are immediately converted, sold or exchanged by the Company or such Subsidiary for cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.12 . If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.12 . A transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale, and a transfer of assets that constitutes a Restricted Payment and that is permitted under Section 4.10 hereof will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale.

 

(b) Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, if the Company or any Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Company or such Subsidiary shall, no later than 360 days after such Asset Sale, (i) apply all or any of the Net Proceeds therefrom to repay Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes and is secured by the assets disposed of in the Asset Sale or to repay Bank Debt in accordance with the applicable provisions thereof, (ii) invest all or any part of the Net Proceeds therefrom in the lines of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such investment or (iii) any combination of clauses (i) and (ii) above. The amount of such Net Proceeds not applied or invested as provided in this paragraph (b) will constitute “ Excess Proceeds .”

 

(c) Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, when the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $5,000,000, the Company shall be required to make an offer to purchase (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) from all Holders, an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to the amount of such Excess Proceeds as follows:

 

(i) The Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12 to purchase the maximum principal amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of Notes that may be purchased out of the amount (the “ Asset Sale Payment Amount ”) of such Excess Proceeds.

 

(ii) The offer price for the Notes shall be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes tendered pursuant to such Asset Sale

 

39


Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date such Asset Sale Offer is consummated (the “ Asset Sale Purchase Price ”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12 . To the extent that the aggregate Asset Sale Purchase Price of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Asset Sale Payment Amount relating thereto (such shortfall constituting a “ Net Proceeds Deficiency ”), the Company may use such Net Proceeds Deficiency, or a portion thereof, for general corporate purposes.

 

(iii) If the aggregate Asset Sale Purchase Price of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the Asset Sale Payment Amount, Notes to be purchased shall be selected on a pro rata basis.

 

(iv) Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to which such Asset Sale Offer was made shall be deemed to be zero.

 

In the event that any other Indebtedness of the Company which ranks pari passu with the Notes (“ Other Debt ”) requires an offer to purchase to be made to repurchase such Other Debt upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company may apply the Excess Proceeds to both purchase such Other Debt and to make an Asset Sale Offer, provided , that the purchase price of such Other Debt does not exceed 100% of the aggregate principal amount or accreted value thereof plus interest thereon. With respect to any Excess Proceeds, the Company shall make the Asset Sale Offer in respect thereof at the same time as the analogous offer to purchase is made pursuant to any Other Debt and the purchase date in respect thereof shall be the same as the purchase date in respect thereof pursuant to any Other Debt.

 

With respect to any Asset Sale Offer effected pursuant to this Section 4.12 , to the extent the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Other Debt, if any, tendered pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer and the concurrent offer to purchase with respect to such Other Debt exceeds the Excess Proceeds, such Notes and Other Debt, if any, shall be purchased pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of such Notes and such Other Debt tendered by each holder thereof.

 

(d) If the Company is required to make an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall, within 30 days following the date specified in clause (c) above, notify the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Asset Sale Offer to each Holder by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar, stating:

 

(1) that an Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12 ;

 

(2) that such Holders have the right to require the Company to apply the Excess Proceeds to repurchase the Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Excess Proceeds Payment Date ”);

 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

40


(4) that any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Excess Proceeds Payment Date;

 

(5) that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Excess Proceeds Payment Date;

 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance of the Asset Sale Offer if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7) that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis so that the aggregate amount of Notes so purchased equals the amount of Excess Proceeds (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased);

 

(8) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof;

 

(9) the calculations used in determining the amount of Excess Proceeds to be applied to the purchase of such Notes;

 

(10) any other procedures that a Holder must follow to accept an Asset Sale Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(11) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent US legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be purchased or portions thereof, (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.12 . The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and make available for delivery to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

 

41


(e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.12 , the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.13 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of transactions, make any loan, advance, guarantee or capital contribution to, or for the benefit of, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or for the benefit of, or purchase or lease any property or assets from, or enter into or amend any contract, agreement or understanding with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person (or any Affiliate of such Person) holding 10% or more of the Common Equity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than transactions in the ordinary course between the Company and its Subsidiaries or among Subsidiaries of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless: (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and are at least as favorable as the terms which could be obtained by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s-length basis between unaffiliated parties; (ii) with respect to any such Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $5,000,000, the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and a Secretary’s Certificate which sets forth and authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by a vote of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction; and (iii) with respect to any such Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $25,000,000, the Company delivers to the Trustee the certificates specified in clause (ii) above and an opinion of an independent investment banking firm of national standing in the United States, stating that such Affiliate Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided , however , that the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) shall not apply to transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and MedCenterDirect, Inc. or Source Medical Solutions, Inc.

 

Section 4.14 Limitation on Liens Prior to the Fall-Away Event . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company will not create or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its assets, unless contemporaneously therewith:

 

(i) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes, effective provision is made to secure the Notes at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same collateral; and

 

(ii) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, effective provision is made to secure the Notes with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation.

 

42


Notwithstanding the above, the Company may, without securing the Notes, create or assume any Indebtedness which is secured by a Lien which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions, provided that after giving effect thereto, the Exempted Debt then outstanding does not exceed 10% of the total Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time.

 

Section 4.15 Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control Prior to the Fall-Away Event . (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and if the Fall-Away Event has not occurred prior to the expiration of the 30-day period immediately after the occurrence of such Change of Control, the Company shall be obligated to make an offer to purchase (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) the outstanding Notes of each Holder in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price (the “ Change of Control Purchase Price ”) in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Purchase Date ”), pursuant to the procedures set forth below.

 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, and if the Fall-Away Event has not occurred within the 30-day period immediately after the occurrence of such Change of Control, the Company shall notify the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Change of Control to each Holder by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar, stating, among other things:

 

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 ;

 

(2) that such Holders have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Notes at the Change of Control Purchase Price on the Change of Control Purchase Date which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in its payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

(5) that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date;

 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance of the Change of Control Offer if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such Notes purchased;

 

43


(7) any other procedures that a Holder must follow to accept a Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(8) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.15 . The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be issued in an original principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

 

(c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.15 , the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.16 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction (other than encumbrances or restrictions imposed by law or by judicial or regulatory action or by provisions in leases or other agreements that restrict the assignability thereof) on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, owned by the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, or pay interest on or principal of any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries, in each case except for encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) applicable law, (b) the Credit Agreements, (c) Existing Indebtedness, (d) any restrictions under any agreement evidencing any Acquired Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture and which was not incurred in anticipation or contemplation of the related acquisition, provided that such restrictions and encumbrances only apply to assets that were subject to such restrictions and encumbrances prior to the acquisition of such assets by the Company or its Subsidiaries, (e) restrictions or encumbrances replacing those permitted by clause (b), (c) or (d) above which, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive, (f) this Indenture, (g) any restrictions and encumbrances arising in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that any restrictions or encumbrances of the type described in this clause (g) that arise under such Refinancing Indebtedness are not, taken as a whole, materially more restrictive than those under

 

44


the agreement creating or evidencing the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, (h) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (i) any agreement restricting the sale or other disposition of property securing Indebtedness if such agreement does not expressly restrict the ability of a Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or make loans or advances and (j) customary restrictions in purchase money debt or leases relating to the property covered thereby.

 

Section 4.17 Limitations on Layering Indebtedness . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that purports to be by its terms subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also expressly subordinated to the Notes to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness.

 

Section 4.18 Limitations on Liens After the Fall-Away Event . After the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or incur any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness for money borrowed upon any assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any such Subsidiary without equally and ratably securing the Notes by a Lien ranking ratably with and equally to such secured Indebtedness, except that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to: (i) Liens on assets of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary; (ii) Liens on assets existing at the time of acquisition thereof, or to secure the payment of the purchase price of such assets, or to secure Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Company or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing the purchase price of such assets or improvements or construction thereon, which Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed prior to, at the time of or within 360 days after such acquisition (or in the case of real property, completion of such improvement or construction or commencement of full operation of such property, whichever is later); (iii) Liens on any assets of a corporation existing at the time such corporation is merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Subsidiary or at the time of a purchase, lease or other acquisition of the assets of a corporation or firm as an entirety or substantially as an entirety by the Company or a Subsidiary; (iv) Liens on any assets of the Company or a Subsidiary in favor of the United States of America or any state thereof, or in favor of any other country, or in favor of any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, to secure certain payments pursuant to any contract or statute or to secure any Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price (or, in the case of real property, the cost of construction) of the assets subject to such Liens (including, but not limited to, Liens incurred in connection with industrial revenue or similar financing involving a political subdivision, agency or authority thereof); (v) Liens relating to accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which have been sold, assigned or otherwise transferred to another Person in a transaction classified as a sale of accounts receivable in accordance with GAAP (to the extent the sale by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary is deemed to give rise to a Lien in favor of the purchaser thereof in such accounts receivable or the proceeds thereof); or (vi) any other Permitted Lien.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Company or any Subsidiary may, without securing the Notes, create or assume any Indebtedness which is secured by a Lien that would otherwise be

 

45


subject to the foregoing restriction, provided that after giving effect thereto the Exempted Debt (not including Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions involving leases not exceeding five years) then outstanding does not exceed 10% of the total Consolidated Tangible Assets at such time.

 

Section 4.19 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions . After the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall, directly or indirectly, enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction (except such transactions involving leases not exceeding five years) in respect of any of their assets unless (i) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) contained in Section 4.18 to create, incur or permit to exist a lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Debt in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes, or (ii) the proceeds from the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or, in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the retirement of indebtedness.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SURVIVING ENTITY

 

Section 5.01 Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations Prior to the Fall-Away Event .

 

Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or assign any of its obligations under the Notes or this Indenture, to any Person unless: (i) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment shall be made (collectively, the “ Successor ”), is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor assumes by supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be at least equal to the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; (iv) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the EBITDA Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be such that the Company or the Successor, as the case may be, would be entitled to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the EBITDA Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.11(a) hereof; and (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment complies with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

46


Section 5.02 Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations After the Fall-Away Event . After the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person, and the Company shall not permit any other Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless (a) either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the successor entity (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or merger or into which the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety are transferred or leased shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture, (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (c) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition or assignment complies with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 5.03 Successor Substituted . Upon any consolidation, merger, conveyance or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 or Section 5.02 hereof, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or any such Subsidiary is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, herein, and thereafter the predecessor entity shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01 Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” means any one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(a) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 

(b) default in the payment of all or any part of the principal, or premium, if any, on any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable either at its Stated Maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise;

 

47


(c) failure by the Company to comply with its then applicable obligations or covenants described under Section 4.12 , Section 4.15 or Article 5 hereof;

 

(d) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company in the Notes or this Indenture (other than the covenants referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above) for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice specifying such failure, stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” under this Indenture and demanding that the Company remedy the same, shall have been given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(e) default under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, if (i) such default results in such Indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable, (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding and (iii) such Indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not rescinded or annulled, within a period of 10 days after there shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Company to cause such Indebtedness to be discharged or cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled;

 

(f) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary for any substantial part of its or their property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its or their affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its or their property, or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

Section 6.02 Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof relating to the Company) shall have occurred and

 

48


be continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee, by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable. Upon effectiveness of such acceleration, the aggregate principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable. At any time after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, or any Holder, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such acceleration if:

 

(a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(1) all overdue interest on the Notes;

 

(2) all unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on any of the outstanding Notes that has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes;

 

(3) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest and overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes; and

 

(4) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel;

 

(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; and

 

(c) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default with respect to the Company of the type described in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company of the type described in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof shall occur, the aggregate principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested of it as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party.

 

49


The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default . Subject to Sections 2.08 , 6.02 , 6.07 and 8.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have the right to waive existing Defaults under or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note as specified in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 6.01 hereof or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02 hereof. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attach copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority . Subject to Section 2.08 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in its reasonable judgment may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Trust Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such Section 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

50


Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits . Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder has any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or any remedy hereunder unless:

 

(1) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense which may be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(4) the Trustee fails to institute such proceeding within 60 calendar days after receipt of such notice and the offer of indemnity; and

 

(5) the Trustee has not received directions inconsistent with such written request during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such then outstanding Notes.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders To Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Note held by such Holder on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional (subject to the terms of this Indenture) and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal and interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in the Notes, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding

 

51


is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Holder’s Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceedings.

 

Section 6.10 Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6 , it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

 

SECOND: if the Holders are forced to proceed against the Company directly without the Trustee, to Holders for their collection costs; and

 

THIRD: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest as to each, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes.

 

The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10 .

 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee . (a) If an Event of Default actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

 

(1) The Trustee need perform only those duties and obligations that are specifically set forth in this Indenture.

 

52


(2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01 .

 

(2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02 , 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

 

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive from such Holders an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(e) Whether or not expressly so provided, the provisions of the TIA and paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law or as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Trustee and the Company.

 

(g) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee . Subject to Section 7.01 hereof:

 

(1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

53


(2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting with respect to any matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 10.05 hereof. The Trustee shall be fully protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(3) The Trustee may act through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

(4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers under this Indenture.

 

(5) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting with respect to any matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes, the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel, accountant, appraiser or other expert adviser whether retained or employed by the Company or the Trustee shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(6) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Trustee shall determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(7) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its Stated Maturity or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction. The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of specific written investment direction.

 

(8) The rights, privileges, immunities and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture (including, without limitation, the right to be indemnified) shall also be afforded to the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each Paying Agent, Registrar, Co-Registrar, Custodian, transfer agent or tender agent and each agent or other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

54


(9) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(10) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, shall be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or any recitals therein, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes or any money paid to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults . If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 7 days after obtaining knowledge thereof. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or on the Excess Proceeds Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, and except in the case of a failure to comply with Article 5 hereof, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders. This Section 7.05 shall be in lieu of the proviso to Section 315(b) of the TIA, and such proviso of Section 315(b) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders . If required by TIA Section 313(a), within 60 days after May 15 of any year, commencing on May 15, 2003, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with the reporting requirements of TIA Sections 313(b), (c) and (d).

 

55


A copy of each such report at the time of such mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Company and, if the Notes are listed on a stock exchange, filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed as provided by TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity . The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as may from time to time be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its services hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in connection with its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, custodians and nominees, except for any such disbursement or expense as may result from the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents and any predecessor Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold it or them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or reasonable expense, including taxes (other than franchise taxes and taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by it or them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture and any other documents and transactions in connection therewith including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its or their powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs, provided any settlement with respect to which indemnification is sought shall have been consented to by the Company). The Trustee shall notify the Company in writing promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. However, the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder except to the extent the Company is prejudiced thereby. This Section 7.07 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss, damage, claim or liability incurred by the Trustee as a result of its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. To secure the payment obligations of the Company in this Section 7.07 , the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof occurs, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

The obligation of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

56


Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the removed Trustee and the Company in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent. The Company may remove the Trustee at its election if:

 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge or control of the Trustee or its property or affairs; or

 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

No resignation or removal of the Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee. If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction at the expense of the Company for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee if the Trustee fails after written request thereof by such Holder to comply with such Section 7.10 .

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately following such delivery, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07 hereof, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, and the successor Trustee, after any and all amounts then due and owing the Trustee hereunder have been paid in full, shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08 , the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation, subject to Section 7.10 hereof, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall

 

57


not have been authenticated, any such successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which, under any provision of the Notes or in this Indenture, the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification . This Indenture shall always have a Trustee which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Sections 310(a)(1) and 310(a)(2). The Trustee, together with any other Person that owns, directly by such Person or through one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person, all of the Common Equity of the Trustee, shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b), the Trustee and the Company shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.10 , the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinbefore specified in this Article 7 .

 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company . The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

MODIFICATIONS, AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 8.01 Without Consent of Holders . The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution of the Company, and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in this Indenture or the Notes or make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or the Notes; provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders;

 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture;

 

(4) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5) to secure the Notes;

 

58


(6) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Events of Default for the benefit of Holders;

 

(7) to surrender any right or power conferred on the Company; or

 

(8) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 8.02 With Consent of Holders . Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, the Company and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), a modification, amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04 hereof, may not:

 

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, such Note or alter the optional redemption provisions thereof;

 

(2) reduce the principal amount of, or premium, if any, or interest on, such Note or extend the time of payments under the Notes;

 

(3) modify the ranking of the Notes in a manner adverse to the Holder;

 

(4) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, such Note;

 

(5) alter the provisions with respect to the obligation of the Company to make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with S ection 4.15 hereof or to make an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with Section 4.12 hereof;

 

(6) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Note; or

 

(7) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for modification or amendment of this Indenture or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain Defaults or Events of Default.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

59


Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 8.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may in its own discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

Section 8.03 Compliance with TIA . Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 8.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents . Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note or portion of such Note by notice to the Trustee or the Company received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a Record Date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such Record Date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons shall continue to be Holders after such Record Date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such Record Date.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (7) of Section 8.02 hereof, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not, without the consent of such Holder, impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates.

 

Section 8.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may request the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so

 

60


determine, in exchange for the Note the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 8.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc . The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 8 is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

Section 9.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 9.01 ) and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when either:

 

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06 hereof and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b) (i) either (A) pursuant to Article 3 hereof, the Company shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of the redemption of all of the Notes under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of such notice or (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable; (ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee in trust for the purpose an amount in U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for the principal of, premium, if any, and interest to the date of such deposit; (iii) no Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which will be used to defease the Notes concurrently with such incurrence); (iv) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and (v) the Company has delivered to the Trustee (A) irrevocable instructions to apply the deposited

 

61


money toward payment of the Notes at the Stated Maturity thereof, and (B) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under any material agreement or instrument then known to such counsel which binds or affects the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company’s obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01 , 4.07 , 7.07 and 8.06 hereof shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.07 hereof. After the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, the Company’s obligations under Sections 7.07 and 8.06 shall survive.

 

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

Section 9.02 Legal Defeasance . (a) The Company may, at its option by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have this Section 9.02 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof.

 

(b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 9.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 9.05 hereof and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due on the Stated Maturity thereof (or, upon redemption, if applicable), (ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.07 hereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and (iv) this Article 9 . Subject to compliance with this Article 9 , the Company may exercise its option under this Section 9.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 9.03 Covenant Defeasance . (a) The Company may, at its option by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have this Section 9.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof.

 

62


(b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05 and 4.08 through 4.19 , inclusive, and Article 5 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event or Default under Section 6.01(c) or 6.01(d) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c) and 6.01(d) (solely to the extent the operation of such Sections relates to the failure by the Company to comply with, or otherwise to observe or perform, its then applicable obligations or covenants described under any of Sections 4.05 and 4.08 through 4.19 , inclusive, and Article 5 hereof) shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 9.04 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 9.02 or 9.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, or U.S. Government Obligations, or in the case of Covenant Defeasance, corporate obligations rated at least “A” by S&P or at least “A” by Moody’s or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof (or upon redemption, if applicable) of such principal, premium, if any, or installment of interest;

 

(b) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as an event of bankruptcy under clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit;

 

63


(c) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(d) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or since the Issue Date, there has been a change in applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(e) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to either the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 9.05 Application of Trust Money . All money and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon a written request of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.01 or 9.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 9.06 Repayment to the Company . Subject to Sections 9.01 , 9.02 , 9.03 , 9.04 , 9.05 and 9.07 , the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess U.S. legal tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the

 

64


payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years (or such shorter period for the return of such moneys to the Company under applicable abandoned property laws); provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed, and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

 

Section 9.07 Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 , 9.02 or 9.03 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 hereof; provided , however , that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01 TIA Controls . If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.

 

Section 10.02 Notices . Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Telephone No.: (205) 969-4977

Facsimile No.: (205) 969-4730

Attention: William W. Horton

 

65


If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York

One Liberty Plaza, 23 rd Floor

 

New York, NY 10006

 

Facsimile No.: (212) 225-5436

Attention: Corporate Trust Office

 

The Company or the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice or communication to the Company or the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made when actually received.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice.

 

Section 10.03 Communications by Holders with Other Holders . Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

Section 10.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 10.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 10.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with.

 

66


Section 10.05 Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion . Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

Section 10.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at meetings of Holders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

Section 10.07 Business Days; Legal Holidays . A “ Business Day ” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, a Sunday, a federally-recognized holiday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

Section 10.08 Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.

 

Section 10.09 Waiver of Trial by Jury . The Company hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture.

 

Section 10.10 Submission to Jurisdiction . The Company hereby consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder or under the Notes. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

67


Section 10.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 10.12 No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

Section 10.13 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee, any additional trustee and any Paying Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

Section 10.14 Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

 

Section 10.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 10.16 Separability . Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby to the extent allowed by law.

 

Section 10.17 Translation . The original and controlling version of this Indenture and any related agreements shall be the English language version. All translations of this Indenture or any agreements related hereto into other languages shall be for the convenience of the parties only, and shall not control the meaning or application of this Indenture. All notices and other communications required or permitted by this Indenture or any other transactional agreement must be in English or accompanied by an English translation, and the interpretation and application of such notices and other communications shall be based solely upon the English language version thereof.

 

68


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.

 

Company :
HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ William T. Owens


    Name: William T. Owens
    Title: President and Chief Operating Officer
Trustee :

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST

    COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Warren A. Goshine


    Name: Warren A. Goshine
    Title: Vice President

 

S-1


EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF SERIES A NOTE]

 

CUSIP No.:

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

7  5 / 8 SENIOR NOTE DUE 2012

 

No.

  $            

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to or registered assigns, the principal sum of $             on June 1, 2012.

 

Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1, commencing December 1, 2002.

 

Record Dates: May 15 and November 15.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized directors, officers or other authorized signatories.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:
By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:

 

Certificate of Authentication

 

Date: May 22, 2002

 

This is one of the 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:

 

A-2


(REVERSE OF SECURITY)

 

7  5 / 8 % SENIOR NOTE DUE 2012

 

1. Interest . HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing December 1, 2002. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on May 15 or November 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day is a Business Day) even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and premium, if any, will be made (on presentation of such Notes if in certificated form) in U.S. legal tender; provided , however , that the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in U.S. legal tender. The Company may deliver any such interest payment by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address will appear on the security register.

 

3. Paying Agents and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Paying Agent and the Trustee will act as Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agents, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

4. Indenture . The Company issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002 (the “ Indenture ”), by and between the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Initial Notes of the Company designated as its 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.

 

A-3


5. Redemption . The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus any applicable Make-Whole Premium (together, the “ Redemption Price ”) plus accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.

 

Adjusted Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, plus 0.50%.

 

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by a Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the Trustee obtains three or fewer such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

Make-Whole Premium ” means, for any Note to be redeemed, a premium equal to the excess (if any) of (i) as determined by a Quotation Agent, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Note discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate over (ii) 100% of the unpaid principal amount of such Note. If a redemption date does not fall on an interest payment date, then, with respect to the interest payment immediately succeeding the redemption date, only the unaccrued portion of such interest payment as of the redemption date shall be included in the calculation pursuant to clause (i) above.

 

Quotation Agent ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means each of UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC and their respective successors; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by such Reference Treasury Dealer, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed will be made by the Trustee from among the outstanding Notes on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method permitted in the Indenture. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

A-4


The Notes will not be entitled to any sinking fund.

 

6. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption under paragraph 5 of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus interest accrued through the Redemption Date, if any.

 

7. Offers to Purchase . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event (as defined in the Indenture), the Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as defined in the Indenture) or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

8. Registration Rights . Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, the Company will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for the Company’s Series B 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012 (the “ Exchange Notes ”), at such time as the Exchange Notes shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that such Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest). The Holders of the Initial Notes shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange . The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money . If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years (or such shorter period for the return of such moneys to the Company under applicable abandoned property laws), the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person.

 

A-5


12. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . If the Company at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or other obligations of the types set forth in the Indenture sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes to Stated Maturity or redemption, if applicable, and complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes).

 

13 . Amendments, Supplements, and Waivers . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

 

14. Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, make payments in respect of its Capital Stock, incur additional Indebtedness, make certain investments, sell assets, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries of the Company. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and, in certain instances upon the occurrence of certain events, cease to be binding upon the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company must report on an annual basis to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

15. Successor . When a Successor assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default exists and certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.

 

16. Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the Company pursuant to Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare to be immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of acceleration; provided , however , that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g)

 

A-6


of the Indenture occurs, the principal amount, together with premium, if any, and interest with respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

 

17. Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

18. No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

19. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

20. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Note. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original but all of them together represent one and the same Note.

 

21. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE HAS AGREED TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

 

22. Abbreviations and Defined Terms . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

23. CUSIP Numbers . The Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

24. Indenture . Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder of a Note upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, Telephone No. (205) 969-4977, Facsimile No. (205) 969-4730, Attention: William W. Horton.

 

A-7


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Print or type name, address and zip code and

social security or tax ID number of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint____________________________________________________________________________________ , agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                         Signed:   

 


 

    NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 

Medallion Guarantee:                                                  

 

A-8


[OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE]

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

 

Section 4.12   ¨

 

Section 4.15   ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                                 

 

Date:                                 

 

 


(Sign exactly as your name appears on the

other side of this Note)

 

A-9


EXHIBIT B

 

[FORM OF SERIES B NOTE]

 

CUSIP No.:

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

7  5 / 8 % SENIOR NOTE DUE 2012

 

No.       $

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to or registered assigns, the principal sum of $             on June 1, 2012.

 

Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1, commencing December 1, 2002.

 

Record Dates: May 15 and November 15.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein and the Indenture (as defined), which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized directors, officers or other authorized signatories.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:
By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:

 

Certificate of Authentication

 

Date:

 

This is one of the 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

By:

 

 


    Authorized Signatory

 

B-2


(REVERSE OF SECURITY)

7  5 / 8 % SENIOR NOTE DUE 2012

 

1 Interest . HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or if no interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of the Notes. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing December 1, 2002. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on May 15 or November 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not such day is a Business Day) even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. Payments of principal and premium, if any, will be made (on presentation of such Notes if in certificated form) in U.S. legal tender; provided, however, that the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in U.S. legal tender. The Company may deliver any such interest payment by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address will appear on the security register.

 

3. Paying Agents and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Paying Agent and the Trustee will act as Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agents, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act as Paying Agent but may act as Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

4. Indenture . The Company issued this Note under an Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002 (the “ Indenture ”), by and between the Company and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Exchange Notes of the Company designated as its 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes include the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.

 

B-3


5. Redemption . The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus any applicable Make-Whole Premium (together, the “ Redemption Price ”) plus accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.

 

Adjusted Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, plus 0.50%.

 

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by a Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the Trustee obtains three or fewer such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

Make-Whole Premium ” means, for any Note to be redeemed, a premium equal to the excess (if any) of (i) as determined by a Quotation Agent, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Note discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate over (ii) 100% of the unpaid principal amount of such Note. If a redemption date does not fall on an interest payment date, then, with respect to the interest payment immediately succeeding the redemption date, only the unaccrued portion of such interest payment as of the redemption date shall be included in the calculation pursuant to clause (i) above.

 

Quotation Agent ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means each of UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC and their respective successors; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by such Reference Treasury Dealer, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to be redeemed will be made by the Trustee from among the outstanding Notes on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method permitted in the Indenture. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

B-4


The Notes will not be entitled to any sinking fund.

 

6. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption under paragraph 5 of this Note will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest from and after such Redemption Date and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus interest accrued through the Redemption Date, if any.

 

7. Offers to Purchase . Prior to the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event (as defined in the Indenture), the Indenture provides that, after certain Asset Sales (as defined in the Indenture) or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company will make an offer to purchase certain amounts of the Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange . The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption.

 

9. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

 

10. Unclaimed Money . If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years (or such shorter period for the return of such moneys to the Company under applicable abandoned property laws), the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person.

 

11. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . If the Company at any time deposits with the Trustee U.S. legal tender or other obligations of the types set forth in the Indenture sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes to Stated Maturity or redemption, if applicable, and complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes (including certain covenants, but excluding its obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes).

 

12. Amendments, Supplements, and Waivers . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders

 

B-5


of at least a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

 

13 . Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, make payments in respect of its Capital Stock, incur additional Indebtedness, make certain investments, sell assets, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries of the Company. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and, in certain instances upon the occurrence of certain events, cease to be binding upon the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company must report on an annual basis to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

14. Successor . When a Successor assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default exists and certain other conditions are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.

 

15. Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the Company pursuant to Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare to be immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of acceleration; provided , however , that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) of the Indenture occurs, the principal amount, together with premium, if any, and interest with respect to all of the Notes, shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

 

16. Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

B-6


17. No Recourse Against Others . No incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

18. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

19. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Note. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original but all of them together represent one and the same Note.

 

20. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE HAS AGREED TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

 

21. Abbreviations and Defined Terms . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

22. CUSIP Numbers . The Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

23. Indenture . Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder of a Note upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, Telephone No. (205) 969-4977, Facsimile No. (205) 969-4730, Attention: William W. Horton.

 

B-7


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Print or type name, address and zip code and

social security or tax ID number of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint____________________________________________________________________________________, agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                     Signed:   

 


          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

    NOTICE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever and be guaranteed by the endorser’s bank or broker.

 

Medallion Guarantee:                                      

 

B-8


[OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE]

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

 

Section 4.12   ¨

 

Section 4.15   ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                                 

 

Date:                                 

 

 


(Sign exactly as your name appears on the

other side of this Note)

 

B-9


EXHIBIT C

 

[FORM OF RULE 144A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Rule 144A, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vi) :

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(v) :

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                      ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(c)(iii) :

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of one or more Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) to be held [with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of Transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

In connection with such request for transfer and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A, and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify:

 

(1) the Transferee is a person that the Transferor and any person acting on behalf of the Transferor reasonably believe is purchasing such Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which the Transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the Transferee and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A;

 

C-1


(2) the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf has taken reasonable steps to ensure that the Transferee is aware that the Transferor may be relying on Rule 144A in connection with the transaction; and

 

(3) the transaction satisfies all other requirements of Rule 144A and of any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

 

[FORM OF REGULATION S TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Regulation S, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(iii) or 2.15(b)(iv) :

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) to be held [[include the following for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(iii) : with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] (Common Code No.                  )] through the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(c)(iii) :

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of one or more Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor) (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) to be held [with [Euroclear] [Clearstream]] through the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

In connection with such request for transfer and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer is being effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S, and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify:

 

(1) the offer of such Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (A) at the time the buy order for such Notes was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the Transferee was outside the United States or (B) the transaction was executed in, or through the facilities of, a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knew that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States,

 

D-1


(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of the Securities Act, as applicable, and

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

[Add the following for transfers made during the Regulation S Distribution Compliance Period:

 

In addition, (A) if the provisions of Rule 903(c)(3) or Rule 904(c)(1) of the Securities Act are applicable to the transaction, the Transferor hereby certifies that the transfer is being made in accordance with the requirements of Rule 903(c)(3) or Rule 904(c)(1), as the case may be, and (B) upon completion of the transaction, the Transferee will hold the transferred beneficial interest through Euroclear or Clearstream.]

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 


    Name:
    Title:

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

 

[FORM OF RULE 144 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002, between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Rule 144, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(iii) :

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) to be held with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vi) :

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vii) :

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

In connection with such request for transfer and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes, and that the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

E-1


You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F

 

[FORM OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR TRANSFER CERTIFICATE]

[date]

 

[Name of Registrar]

[Address of Registrar]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2002 between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Issuer (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture or Regulation D, as the case may be.

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vi) :

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “Transferor”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in one or more Certificated Notes (CUSIP No.                  ) to be held with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”].

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(vii) of the Indenture:

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No.                  ) with the Depositary in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

[Insert the following paragraph for any transfer made pursuant to Section 2.15(c)(i) of the Indenture:

 

This certificate relates to US$                  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of one or more Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Certificated Notes for one or more Certificated Notes to be registered in the name of [insert name of transferee] (the “ Transferee ”).]

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

 

(1) We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”))

 

F-1


purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor”, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or other applicable securities law and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes and invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our investment.

 

(2) We understand and acknowledge that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is two (2) years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (such later date, the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to a Person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (b) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (c) outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (d) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, provided that in the case of a transfer, pledge or sale pursuant to this clause (d) such transfer is subject to the receipt by the Registrar (and the Company, if it so requests) of a certification of the transferor and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (e) to the Company or its Affiliates or (f) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and, in each case, in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and the Indenture governing the Notes. Any transfer of Notes pursuant to clause (d) above to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2) (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” shall involve a minimum purchase price of US$250,000 for such Notes, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to an institutional “accredited investor” prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver to the Company and the Trustee a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 (a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We acknowledge that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer of the Notes pursuant to clause (c) or (d) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

F-2


(3) We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

[Name of Transferee]

By:

 

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

F-3

EXHIBIT 4.5.2

 

AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE

 

AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of August 27, 2003, by and between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as issuer under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture dated as of May 22, 2002 (as amended to the date hereof, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of its 7 5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2012;

 

WHEREAS, Section 2.11 of the Indenture provides, among other things, that overdue interest shall be payable to Holders on a special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for payment of the defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the payment of overdue interest occur as soon as practicable after any special Record Date;

 

WHEREAS, Section 8.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture without the consent of the Holders to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

1. Definitions . For all purposes of this Amendment, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions used in the Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Amendment refer to this Amendment as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 

2. Amendment to Indenture . Section 2.11 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the second paragraph thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date established by the Company. At least 15 days before the subsequent special Record Date, the Company shall mail to each Holder, as of a recent date

 


selected by the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the amount of defaulted interest and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid and the date on which payment shall be made to the Holders, which date shall be either (i) the fifteenth day after the special Record Date or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day, or (ii) such earlier Business Day after the special Record Date to which the Trustee shall agree.”

 

3. Ratification of Indenture . Except as expressly modified hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder shall be bound hereby and entitled to the benefits hereof. From and after the date hereof, each reference in the Notes to the Indenture shall be deemed to refer to the Indenture, as amended by this Amendment.

 

4. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT.

 

5. Multiple Counterparts . The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Amendment. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

 

6. Headings . The headings of this Amendment have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

7. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Amendment or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company. The Trustee shall have the full rights and benefits of Section 7.07 of the Indenture with respect to this Amendment.

 

8. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be effective when the Company and the Trustee shall each have executed and delivered signature pages hereto.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

      /s/ William W. Horton
   

Name:

  WILLIAM W. HORTON
   

Title:

  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST

COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

By:

      /s/ John F. Neylan
   

Name:

  John F. Neylan
   

Title:

  Trust Officer

 

EXHIBIT 4.6

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

 

$34,500,000

 

6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2011

 


 

INDENTURE

 


 

Dated as of June 16, 1986

 


 

Shawmut Bank of Boston, N.A.

                                         Trustee

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

Indenture

 

TIA

Section


       Section

   

310 (a)

 

(1)

   7.10    

(a)

 

(2)

   7.10    

(a)

 

(3)

   N.A.    

(a)

 

(4)

   N.A.    

(b)

       7.08;   7.10; 12.02

(c)

       N.A.    

311 (a)

       7.11    

(b)

       7.11    

(c)

       N.A.    

312 (a)

       2.05    

(b)

       12.03    

(c)

       12.03    

313 (a)

       7.06    

(b)

 

(1)

   N.A.    

(b)

 

(2)

   7.06    

(c)

       12.02    

(d)

       7.06    

314 (a)

       4.02;   12.02

(b)

       N.A.    

(c)

 

(1)

   12.04    

(c)

 

(2)

   12.04    

(c)

 

(3)

   N.A.    

(d)

       N.A.    

(e)

       12.05    

(f)

       N.A.    

315 (a)

       7.01   (b)

(b)

       7.05;   12.02

(c)

       7.01   (a)

(d)

       7.01   (c)

(e)

       6.11    

316 (a)

 

(last sentence)

   12.06    

(a)

 

(1) (A)

   6.05    

(a)

 

(1) (B)

   6.04    

(a)

 

(2)

   N.A.    

(b)

       6.07    

317 (a)

 

(1)

   6.08    

(a)

 

(2)

   6.09    

(b)

       2.04    

(318) (a)

       12.01    

N.A. means Not Applicable

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section


  

Heading


   Page

     ARTICLE ONE     
     DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE     

1.01

   Definitions    1

1.02

   Other Definitions    3

1.03

   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act    3

1.04

   Rules of Construction    4
     ARTICLE TWO     
     THE SECURITIES     

2.01

   Form and Dating    4

2.02

   Execution and Authentication    4

2.03

   Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent    5

2.04

   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust    5

2.05

   Securityholders Lists    6

2.06

   Transfer and Exchange    6

2.07

   Replacement Securities    6

2.08

   Outstanding Securities    6

2.09

   Temporary Securities    7

2.10

   Cancellation    7

2.11

   Defaulted Interest    7
     ARTICLE THREE     
     REDEMPTION     

3.01

   Notices to Trustee    8

3.02

   Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed    8

3.03

   Notice of Redemption    8

3.04

   Effect of Notice of Redemption    9

3.05

   Deposit of Redemption Price    9

3.06

   Securities Redeemed in Part    9
     ARTICLE FOUR     
     COVENANTS     

4.01

   Payment of Securities    10

4.02

   SEC Reports    10

4.03

   Annual Review Certificate    10

4.04

   Corporate Existence    11

4.05

   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims    11

4.06

   Maintenance of Properties, etc.    11

 


     ARTICLE FIVE     
     SUCCESSOR CORPORATION     

5.01

   When Company May Merge, etc.    12
     ARTICLE SIX     
     DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES     

6.01

   Events of Default    13

6.02

   Acceleration    15

6.03

   Other Remedies    15

6.04

   Waiver of Past Defaults    16

6.05

   Control by Majority    16

6.06

   Limitations on Suits by Holders    16

6.07

   Rights of Holders to Receive Payment    17

6.08

   Collection Suit by Trustee    17

6.09

   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    17

6.10

   Priorities    18

6.11

   Undertaking for Costs    18

6.12

   Waiver of Usury Laws    19
     ARTICLE SEVEN     
     TRUSTEE     

7.01

   Duties of Trustee    19

7.02

   Rights of Trustee    20

7.03

   Individual Rights of Trustee    21

7.04

   Trustee’s Disclaimer    21

7.05

   Notice of Defaults    21

7.06

   Reports by Trustee to Holders    21

7.07

   Compensation and Indemnity    21

7.08

   Replacement of Trustee    23

7.09

   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.    24

7.10

   Eligibility; Disqualification    24

7.11

   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company    24
     ARTICLE EIGHT     
     DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE     

8.01

   Termination of Company’s Obligations    24

8.02

   Application of Trust Money    25

8.03

   Repayment to Company    25

8.04

   Reinstatement    26

 

-2-


     ARTICLE NINE     
     AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS     

9.01

   Without Consent of Holders    26

9.02

   With Consent of Holders    26

9.03

   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act    27

9.04

   Revocation and Effect of Consents    27

9.05

   Notation on or Exchange of Securities    28

9.06

   Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.    28
     ARTICLE TEN     
     CONVERSION     

10.01

   Conversion Privilege    28

10.02

   Conversion Procedure    29

10.03

   Fractional Shares    29

10.04

   Taxes on Conversion    30

10.05

   Company to Provide Stock    30

10.06

   Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock    30

10.07

   Adjustment for Rights Issue    31

10.08

   Adjustment for Other Distributions    32

10.09

   Adjustment for Common Stock Issue    33

10.10

   Adjustment for Convertible Securities Issue    34

10.11

   Voluntary Adjustment    35

10.12

   Current Market Price    36

10.13

   Consideration Received    36

10.14

   When Adjustment May Be Deferred    37

10.15

   When Adjustment Is Not Required    37

10.16

   Notice of Adjustment    37

10.17

   Notice of Certain Transactions    37

10.18

   Consolidation, Merger or Sale of the Company    38

10.19

   Company Determination Final    38

10.20

   Trustee’s Disclaimer    38
     ARTICLE ELEVEN     
     SUBORDINATION     

11.01

   Securities Subordinated to Senior Debt    39

11.02

   Company Not to Make Payments with Respect to Securities in Certain Circumstances    39

11.03

  

Securities Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on

Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of Company

   40

11.04

   Securityholders to Be Subrogated to Right of Holders of Senior Debt    42

11.05

   Obligation of the Company Unconditional    42

 

-3-


11.06

  

Trustee Entitled to Assume Payments Not Prohibited in

Absence of Notice

   43

11.07

   Application by Trustee of Monies Deposited with It    43

11.08

  

Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of Company

or Holders of Senior Debt

   44

11.09

   Securityholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Securities    44

11.10

   Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Debt; Compensation Not Prejudiced    45

11.11

   Article Eleven Not to Prevent Events of Default    45
     ARTICLE TWELVE     
     MISCELLANEOUS     

12.01

   Trust Indenture Act Controls    45

12.02

   Notices    45

12.03

   Communication by Holders with Other Holders    46

12.04

   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent    46

12.05

   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion    46

12.06

   When Treasury Securities Disregarded    47

12.07

   Rules by Trustee and Agents    47

12.08

   Legal Holidays    47

12.09

   Governing Law    48

12.10

   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements    48

12.11

   No Recourse Against Others    48

12.12

   Successors    48

12.13

   Duplicate Originals    48

12.14

   Severability    48
     Signatures    49
     Exhibit A - Form of Security    50

 

-4-


 

INDENTURE dated as of June 16, 1986, between GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and SHAWMUT BANK OF BOSTON, N.A., a national banking association (“Trustee”).

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company’s 6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2011 (“Securities”):

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or co-Registrar. See Section 2.03.

 

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof.

 

“Company” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Debt” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on and fees and other amounts payable with respect to:

 

  (1) all indebtedness or obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company (i) for borrowed money; or (ii) evidenced by a note, debenture, similar instrument or agreement (including, without limitation, a purchase money obligation) given in connection with the acquisition or improvement of any business, property or assets of any kind, including, without limitation, securities; or (iii) as lessee under any lease of real property and any capitalized lease;

 

  (2) all indebtedness or obligations of others of the kind described in the preceding clause (1) which the Company has guaranteed or for which it is otherwise liable; and

 

  (3) any amendment, renewal, extension, modification or refunding of any such debt described in (1) and (2) above.

 


“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Holder” or “Securityholder” means the person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Material Subsidiary” means (i) 99-111 Chestnut Hill Avenue Corp., Heywood Corp., Liberty Pavillion Corp. and Greenery Securities Corp., (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Company which is (or shall become in the future) a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02(v) of Regulation S-X as promulgated by the SEC (as such regulation is in effect on the date hereof) and (iii) any other Subsidiary of the Company that is material to the business, earnings, properties, assets or conditions, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Company. See Sections 12.04 and 12.05.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. See Sections 12.04 and 12.05.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“principal” of a debt security means the principal of the security plus the premium, if any, on the security.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities” means the debentures as amended or supplemented from time to time that are issued under this Indenture.

 

“Senior Debt” means all Debt of the Company whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, with the sole exceptions of the Securities and any Debt which by its terms is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Securities.

 

-2-


“Subsidiary” means a corporation a majority of whose voting stock is owned by the Company or a Subsidiary. Voting stock is capital stock having voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect directors.

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

 

“Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

 

“United States” means the United States of America.

 

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term


   Defined in
Section


“Bankruptcy Law”

   6.01

“Common Stock”

   10.01

“Conversion Agent”

   2.03

“Custodian”

   6.01

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Legal Holiday”

   12.08

“Paying Agent”

   2.03

“Quoted Price”

   10.12

“Registrar”

   2.03

“U.S. Government Obligations”

   8.01

 

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms incorporated by reference in and made a part of or used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“Commission” means the SEC.

 

“indenture securities” means the Securities.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Securityholder.

 

-3-


“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company.

 

All other TIA terms incorporated by reference in and made a part of or used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them therein.

 

SECTION 1.04.   Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

  (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (3) “or” is not exclusive;

 

  (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

 

  (5) provisions apply to successive transactions.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

THE SECURITIES

 

SECTION 2.01.   Form and Dating.

 

The Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company shall approve the form of the Securities and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

SECTION 2.02.   Execution and Authentication.

 

Two Officers shall sign the Securities for the Company by facsimile signature. The Company’s seal shall be reproduced on the Securities.

 

-4-


If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Security shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate Securities for original issue in the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Securities upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed that amount except as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.08.

 

SECTION 2.03.   Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent.

 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for conversion (“Conversion Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars, one or more additional Paying Agents and one or more additional Conversion Agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent; the term “Conversion Agent” includes any additional conversion agent.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent.

 

SECTION 2.04.   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

The Company shall require each Paying Agent to hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities. Each Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the

 

-5-


money and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon doing so the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money.

 

SECTION 2.05.   Securityholders Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or before each semiannual interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.

 

SECTION 2.06.   Transfer and Exchange.

 

The Securities will be issued only in fully registered form. When a Security is presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange it for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements are met. To permit transfers and exchanges, the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge to the Securityholder, except that the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.

 

SECTION 2.07.   Replacement Securities.

 

If the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Security.

 

SECTION 2.08.   Outstanding Securities.

 

Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section. A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its affiliates holds the Security.

 

-6-


If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bonafide purchaser.

 

If the Paying Agent holds on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities shall cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue. Such Securities carry no rights except the right to receive payment.

 

SECTION 2.09.   Temporary Securities.

 

Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. The Company shall promptly prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

 

SECTION 2.10.   Cancellation.

 

The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for transfer, exchange, payment or conversion. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and destroy all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment, conversion or cancellation. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or that any Securityholder has converted pursuant to Article Ten.

 

SECTION 2.11.   Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, it shall pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix the record date and payment date. At least 15 days before the record date, the Company shall mail to each Securityholder a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The Company may pay defaulted interest in any other lawful manner.

 

-7-


 

ARTICLE THREE

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.01.   Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Company wants to redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, it shall notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed.

 

If the Company wants to reduce the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed pursuant to the sinking fund provisions of paragraph 6 of the Securities, it shall notify the Trustee of the amount of the reduction and the basis for it. If the Company wants to credit against any such redemption Securities it has not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, it shall deliver the Securities with the notice.

 

The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section at least 20 days before the redemption date.

 

SECTION 3.02.   Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed by lot. The Trustee shall make the selection not more than 75 days before the redemption date from Securities outstanding not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000. Securities and portions of them it selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1, 000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption.

 

SECTION 3.03.   Notice of Redemption.

 

At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed.

 

The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

 

  (1) the redemption date;

 

  (2) the redemption price;

 

-8-


  (3) the conversion price;

 

  (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent and Conversion Agent;

 

  (5) that Securities called for redemption may be converted at any time before the close of business on the day prior to the redemption date;

 

  (6) that Holders who want to convert Securities must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 8 of the Securities;

 

  (7) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; and

 

  (8) that interest on Securities called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date.

 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense.

 

SECTION 3.04.   Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price, plus accrued interest to the redemption date.

 

SECTION 3.05.   Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

On or before the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall return to the Company any money not required for that purpose because of conversion of Securities.

 

SECTION 3.06.   Securities Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

 

-9-


ARTICLE FOUR

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.01.   Payment of Securities.

 

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities; it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

SECTION 4.02.   SEC Reports.

 

The Company shall file with the Trustee within 15 days after it files them with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

 

SECTION 4.03.   Annual Review Certificate.

 

The Company shall file with the Trustee within four months after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating:

 

  (1) that the signing officers have supervised a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year to determine whether the Company has observed and performed its obligations under this Indenture;

 

  (2) that to the best knowledge of each officer signing such certificate the Company has observed and performed all of its covenants in this Indenture and is not in default in the observance and performance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or if the Company is in such default, specifying those defaults and the nature thereof of which he has knowledge); and

 

  (3) that to the best knowledge of each such signing officer no event has occurred and is continuing which would prohibit payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities.

 

-10-


SECTION 4.04.   Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Article Five, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect, its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Material Subsidiary in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each Material Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise, or the corporate existence of any Subsidiary, if such Subsidiary is merged into or consolidated with the Company or another Subsidiary or if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation of such right, franchise or Subsidiary is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.05.   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

 

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Material Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Material Subsidiary and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a material lien upon the property of the Company or any Material Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate provision has been made.

 

SECTION 4.06.   Maintenance of Properties, etc.

 

The Company will cause all material properties owned by or leased to it or any Material Subsidiary and used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Material Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company or any subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such

 

-11-


discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors or of the board of directors, board of trustees or managing partners of the Subsidiary concerned, or of an officer (or other agent employed by the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries) of the Company or such Subsidiary having managerial responsibility for any such property, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary, and if such discontinuance or disposal is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers such insurance as may be required by law and such other insurance, in such amounts and against such risks and liabilities, as may be reasonably available and as is customarily maintained by companies similarly situated, except to the extent that failure to so maintain such other insurance would not, upon the occurrence of the insured-against event, materially adversely affect the business, prospects, earnings, properties, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, keep true books of records and accounts in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions, in accordance with sound business practices, and reflect in its financial statements adequate accruals and appropriations to reserves, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances or government rules and regulations to which it is subject, as to which non-compliance would materially adversely affect the business, prospects, earnings, properties, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

 

SECTION 5.01.   When Company May Merge, etc.

 

Except for a mortgage or pledge of all or substantially all of its assets to secure Debt, and except for a sale and lease-back of all or substantially all of its assets, the Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, convey or otherwise transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to, any Person unless:

 

  (1) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale or conveyance shall have been made, is a corporation, partnership or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

-12-


  (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale or conveyance shall have been made, assumes by supplemental indenture all the obligations of the Company under the Securities and this Indenture, except that it need not assume the obligations of the Company as to conversion of Securities if, pursuant to Section 10.18, the Company or another Person enters into a supplemental indenture obligating it to deliver the securities, cash or other assets deliverable upon conversion of Securities; and

 

  (3) immediately after the transaction no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee prior to the proposed transaction an Officers’ Certificate to the foregoing effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the proposed transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

 

The surviving, transferee or lessee Person shall be the successor Company, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Company shall be released and discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.

 

An “Event of Default” occurs if:

 

  (1) the Company defaults in the payment of interest on any Security when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

  (2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Security when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise, or in the making of any sinking fund payment required by paragraph 6 of the Securities;

 

-13-


  (3) the Company fails to comply with any of its other covenants, conditions or agreements in the Securities or this Indenture and the default continues for the period and after the notice specified below;

 

  (4) the Company or any Material Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

  (A) commences a voluntary case,

 

  (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

  (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

  (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (5) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

  (A) is for relief against the Company or any Material Subsidiary in an involuntary case,

 

  (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Material Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

  (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Material Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

  (6)

An event of default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Material Subsidiary (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or a Material Subsidiary), whether such indebtedness or guaranty now exists or shall be created hereafter, if (a) either (i) such event of default results from the failure to pay any such indebtedness at maturity or (ii) the effect of such event of default is to cause the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its expressed maturity and such indebtedness has been accelerated (which acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled or such indebtedness has not been discharged within ten days of the date of such acceleration) and (b) the principal amount of such indebtedness, together with the

 

-14-


 

principal amount of such indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at maturity or which has been accelerated and not rescinded, aggregates $2,000,000 or more.

 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or State law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

A Default under clause (3) or (6) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company and the Trustee, of the Default and the Company does not cure the Default within 60 days after receipt of the notice. The notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a “Notice of Default”.

 

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may rescind or annul an acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived (other than the nonpayment of principal of and accrued interest on the Securities which shall have become due by acceleration) and if the recission or annulment would not conflict with any judgment or decree.

 

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy, or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

 

-15-


SECTION 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Subject to Section 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences. When a Default is waived, it is cured and stops continuing.

 

SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that is unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Securityholder, that would involve the Trustee in personal liability, or if the Trustee does not have sufficient indemnification against any loss or expense.

 

SECTION 6.06.  Limitation on Suits by Holders.

 

No Holder of any Security shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a Custodian, or for any other remedy hereunder unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of Default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and unless the Holders of not less than 25% of principal amount of the Securities then outstanding also shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action or proceeding and no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.05; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the Holder of every Security with every other Holder and the Trustee that no one or more Holders of Securities shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Securities. For the protection and enforcement

 

-16-


of the provisions of this Section 6.06, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

 

SECTION 6.07.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

 

Subject to Article Eleven and notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Security to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

Also, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Security to bring suit for the enforcement of his right to convert the Security shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

SECTION 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of such principal and interest remaining unpaid with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate borne by the Securities and such further amount as shall be sufficient for the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

SECTION 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee may, and is appointed the true and lawful attorney-in-fact for the Holders of the Securities to:

 

  (1) file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its property; and

 

  (2)

collect and receive any monies or property payable or deliverable on account of such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Securityholder

 

-17-


 

to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements to the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 6.10.  Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

 

Second: to holders of Senior Debt to the extent required by Article Eleven;

 

Third: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

 

Fourth: to the Company.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders.

 

SECTION 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard for the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by any Holder pursuant to Section 6.06, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal

 

-18-


of or interest on any Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security.

 

SECTION 6.12.  Waiver of Usury Laws.

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time voluntarily insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants (to the extent it may lawfully do so) that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee as a result of any such law, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.

 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise its rights and powers and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

  (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others.

 

  (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee, however, shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

  (1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section.

 

-19-


  (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

  (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05, and the Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to request such a direction.

 

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

 

(e) The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

SECTION 7.02.  Rights of the Trustee.

 

(a) The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Certificate or Opinion.

 

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

 

-20-


SECTION 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

SECTION 7.04.  Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities; it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities; and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Securities other than its certificate of authentication, or in any prospectus used in the sale of Securities, other than statements provided in writing by the Trustee for use in such prospectus.

 

SECTION 7.05.  Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder, as provided in Section 12.02, notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Security or in the making of any sinking fund payment required by paragraph 6 of the Securities, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of Securityholders.

 

SECTION 7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders.

 

Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 in the year following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder specified in TIA § 313 (c) a brief report dated as of May 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee shall also comply with TIA § 313(b).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Securities are listed.

 

SECTION 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity.

 

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services, which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall

 

-21-


reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it in accordance with any provision of this Indenture. Such expenses may include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Trustee shall not be under any obligation to institute any suit, or take any remedial action under this Indenture, or to enter any appearance or in any way defend in any suit in which it may be a defendant, or to take any steps in the execution of the trusts created hereby or thereby or in the enforcement of any rights and powers under this Indenture, until it shall be indemnified to its satisfaction against any and all reasonable compensation for services, costs, and expenses, outlays, and counsel fees and other disbursements, and against all liability not due to its willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any loss or liability incurred by it in connection with the acceptance and administration of the trust and its duties hereunder (other than loss or liability incurred in connection with or as a result of any act or condition, including contractual arrangements, if any, which existed on or before the date hereof, of which the Trustee had knowledge), including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may retain separate counsel and the Company shall reimburse the Trustee for the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Once the Company assumes the defense of such claim, the Trustee shall pay all such fees and expenses incurred by the continued retention of such counsel. If, however, such counsel advises the Company and the Trustee as to such claim that the posture of the Company is or may be inconsistent with the posture of the Trustee, then the Trustee may resume the defense of such claim with its counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after that time. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent.

 

The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities.

 

-22-


When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) or (5) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

SECTION 7.08.   Replacement of Trustee.

 

The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee and may appoint a successor with the Company’s consent. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 

  (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

  (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

 

  (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

  (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Securityholder.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

-23-


SECTION 7.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07.

 

SECTION 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(l). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least 525,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA § 310(b)(9).

 

SECTION 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

SECTION 8.01.   Termination of Company’s Obligations.

 

The Company may terminate all of its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture if all Securities previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Securities which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation, or if:

 

  (1) the Securities mature within one year or all of them are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption; and

 

-24-


  (2) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay principal and interest on the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

 

The Company’s obligations in paragraph 12 of the Securities and in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 7.07 and 7.08, and in Article Ten, however, shall survive until the Securities are no longer outstanding. Thereafter the Company’s obligations in such paragraph 12 and in Section 7.07 shall survive.

 

After a deposit pursuant to Section 8.01(2) hereof the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Securities and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

In order to have money available on a payment date to pay principal of or interest on the Securities, the U.S. Government Obligations shall be payable as to principal or interest on or before such payment date in such amounts as will provide the necessary money. U.S. Government Obligations shall not be callable at the issuer’s option.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations of the United States for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.

 

SECTION 8.02.   Application of Trust Money.

 

The Trustee shall hold in trust any money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01. It shall apply the deposited money and the proceeds from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities. Money and securities so held in trust are not subject to the subordination provisions of Article Eleven.

 

SECTION 8.03.   Repayment to Company.

 

The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Company, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

 

-25-


SECTION 8.04.   Reinstatement.

 

If (i) the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 8.02 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application and (ii) the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities so request by written notice to the Trustee, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.01 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal or interest on any Securities following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.01.   Without Consent of Holders.

 

The Company may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:

 

  (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

  (2) to comply with Sections 5.01 and 10.15;

 

  (3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; or

 

  (4) to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder (including but not limited to a supplement to this Indenture under Section 5.01).

 

The Trustee may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder if the waiver does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder.

 

SECTION 9.02.   With Consent of Holders.

 

The Company may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. The Holders of a majority

 

-26-


in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities without notice to any Securityholder. Without the consent of each Securityholder affected, however, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not:

 

  (1) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

  (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Security;

 

  (3) reduce the principal of or extend the fixed maturity of any Security;

 

  (4) change the amount or time of any sinking fund payment required by paragraph 6 of the Securities;

 

  (5) waive a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security;

 

  (6) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Security; or

 

  (7) make any change that adversely affects the right to convert any Security or that increases the conversion price of any Security.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplement, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

SECTION 9.03.   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

SECTION 9.04.   Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

A consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. Any such Holder or subsequent Holder, however, may revoke the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security. Such revocation shall be effective only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.

 

-27-


An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective when it has been approved by the Holders of the majority or other percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Securities specified in this Indenture in connection with such amendment, supplement or waiver. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (2) through (7) of Section 9.02. In that case the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Security who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security.

 

SECTION 9.05.   Notation on or Exchange of Securities.

 

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new security that reflects the changed terms.

 

SECTION 9.06.   Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplement until the Board of Directors approves it.

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

CONVERSION

 

SECTION 10.01.   Conversion Privilege.

 

A Holder of a security may convert it into shares of Common Stock at any time during the period stated in paragraph 8 of the Securities. The number of shares issuable upon conversion of a Security is determined as follows: Divide the principal amount converted by the conversion price in effect on the conversion date. Round the result to the nearest l/100th of a share.

 

The initial conversion price is stated in paragraph 8 of Exhibit A. The conversion price is subject to adjustment. See Sections 10.06 through 10.15.

 

-28-


A Holder may convert a portion of a Security if the portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to conversion of all of a Security also apply to conversion of a portion of it.

 

“Common Stock” means Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Company as it exists on the date of this Indenture as originally signed.

 

SECTION 10.02.   Conversion Procedure.

 

To convert a Security, a Holder must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 8 of the Securities. The date on which the Holder satisfies all those requirements is the conversion date. As soon as practical, the Company shall deliver through the Conversion Agent a certificate for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion and a check for any fractional share. The Person in whose name the certificate is registered becomes a shareholder of record on the conversion date.

 

No payment or adjustment will be made by or on behalf of the Company for accrued interest on a converted Security or for dividends or distributions on shares of Common Stock issued upon a conversion of a security, which were declared for payment to holders of Common Stock of record prior to conversion.

 

If a Holder converts more than one Security at the same time, the number of full shares issuable upon the conversion shall be based on the total principal of the Securities converted.

 

Upon surrender of a Security that is converted in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to the unconverted portion of the security surrendered.

 

If the last day on which a Security may be converted is a Legal Holiday in a place where a Conversion Agent is located, the Security may be surrendered to that Conversion Agent on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday.

 

SECTION 10.03.   Fractional Shares.

 

The Company will not issue a fractional share of Common Stock upon conversion of a security. Instead the Company will deliver its check for the current market value of the fractional share. The current market value of a fraction of a share is determined as follows: Multiply the current market price of a full share by the fraction. Round the result to the nearest cent.

 

-29-


The current market price of a share of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section 10.03 shall be the Quoted Price of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the conversion date. In the absence of any such quotation, the Company shall determine the current market price on the basis of such quotations as it considers appropriate.

 

SECTION 10.04.   Taxes on Conversion.

 

If a Holder of a Security converts it, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue tax due on the issue of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion. The Holder, however, shall pay any such tax which is due because the shares are issued in a name other than the Holder’s.

 

SECTION 10.05.   Company to Provide Stock.

 

The Company shall reserve out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its shares of Common Stock held in treasury enough shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion of the Securities.

 

All shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of the Securities shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

In order that the Company may issue shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Securities, the Company will endeavor to comply with all applicable Federal and State securities laws and will endeavor to list such shares on each national securities exchange, if any, on which the Common Stock is listed.

 

SECTION 10.06.   Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock.

 

Except as provided in Section 10.18, if the Company:

 

  (1) pays a stock dividend or makes a distribution in shares of its Common Stock;

 

  (2) subdivides its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares;

 

  (3) combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares;

 

  (4) distributes to all holders of its Common Stock shares of its capital stock other than Common Stock; or

 

-30-


  (5) issues by reclassification of its shares of Common Stock any shares of its capital stock,

 

then the conversion privilege and the conversion price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the Holder of any Security thereafter converted may receive the number of shares of capital stock of the Company which he would have owned immediately following such action if he had converted the Security immediately prior to such action.

 

For a dividend or distribution in shares, the adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date for the dividend or distribution. For a subdivision, combination or reclassification, the adjustment shall become effective immediately after the effective date of the subdivision, combination or reclassification.

 

If after an adjustment a Holder of a Security upon conversion of it may receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock of the Company, the Board of Directors shall determine the allocation of the adjusted conversion price between or among the classes of capital stock. After such allocation, the conversion privilege and the conversion price of each class of capital stock shall thereafter be subject to adjustment on terms comparable to those applicable to Common Stock in this Indenture.

 

SECTION 10.07.   Adjustment for Rights Issue.

 

If the Company issues any rights or warrants to all holders of shares of its Common Stock entitling them for a period expiring within 60 days after the record date mentioned below to purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock) at a price per share (or having a conversion price per share) less than the current market price per share on that record date, the conversion price shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

 

                              N x P

C1  =  C  x     O   +     M    

                 O + N

 

where

 

  C1 =     the adjusted conversion price.

 

  C =     the then current conversion price.

 

  O =     the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date.

 

-31-


  N =     the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered.

 

  P =     the offering or conversion price per share of the additional shares.

 

  M =     the current market price per share of Common Stock on the record date. See Section 10.12.

 

The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights or warrants are issued, and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the rights or warrants. If all of the shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock subject to such rights or warrants have not been issued when such rights or warrants expire, then the conversion price shall promptly be readjusted to the conversion price which would then be in effect had the adjustment upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of the actual number of shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock) issued upon the exercise of such rights or warrants.

 

SECTION 10.08.   Adjustment for Other Distributions.

 

If the Company distributes to all holders of shares of its Common Stock any of its assets or debt securities or any rights or warrants to purchase securities of the Company, the conversion price shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula.

 

C1  =  C    x       (OxM) - F  

                      OxM

 

where

 

C1    =   

the adjusted conversion price.

C      =   

the then current conversion price.

O      =   

the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date mentioned below.

M      =   

the current market price per share of Common Stock on the record date. See Section 10.12.

F      =    the fair market value on the record date of the assets, securities, rights or warrants distributed. The Board of Directors shall determine the fair market value.

 

-32-


The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such distribution is made, and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the distribution.

 

This Section does not apply to cash dividends or cash distributions paid out of consolidated current net income or retained earnings as shown on the books of the Company. Also, this Section does not apply to rights or warrants referred to in Section 10.07.

 

No adjustment in the conversion price need be made under Section 10.07 or this Section for sales of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan providing for reinvestment of dividends or interest or a Company stock option plan under which options may be granted generally to employees or affiliates of the Company.

 

SECTION 10.09.   Adjustment for Common Stock Issue.

 

If the Company issues shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the current market price per share on the date the Company fixes the offering price of such additional shares, the conversion price shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

 

                            O     +       P 
C1  =  C  x                           M
                            A

 

where:

 

C1    =   

the adjusted conversion price.

C      =   

the current conversion price.

O      =   

the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such additional shares.

P      =   

the aggregate consideration received for the issuance of such additional shares.

M      =   

the current market price per share of Common Stock on the date of issuance of such additional shares.

A      =   

the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the issuance of such additional shares.

 

-33-


The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.

 

This Section does not apply to (i) any of the transactions described in Sections 10.07 and 10.08, (ii) the conversion of Securities, or the conversion or exchange of other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, (iii) Common Stock issued pursuant to a Company stock option plan under which options may be granted generally to employees or affiliates of the Company or Common Stock issued to the Company’s employees under bona fide employee benefit plans adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the holders of Common Stock when required by law, if such Common Stock would otherwise be covered by this Section, (iv) Common Stock issued upon the exercise of rights or warrants to the holders of Common Stock, (v) Common Stock issued to partners, owners or shareholders of any Person the assets of which are acquired or which merges into the Company or a Subsidiary in proportion to their partnership or ownership interest or stock holdings in such Person immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, upon such acquisition or merger, (vi) Common Stock issued in a bona fide public offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting, or (vii) Common Stock issued in a bona fide private placement through a placement agent which is a member firm of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (except to the extent that any discount from the current market price attributable to restrictions on transferability of the Common Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and described in a Board resolution which shall be filed with the Trustee, shall exceed 20%).

 

SECTION 10.10.   Adjustment for Convertible Securities Issue.

 

If the Company issues any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (other than the Securities or securities issued in transactions described in Sections 10.07 and 10.08) for a consideration per share of Common Stock initially deliverable upon conversion or exchange of such securities less than the current market price per share on the date of issuance of such securities, the conversion price shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

 

                             O    +      P  
                                              M
C1  =  C   x            O    +    D 

 

where:

 

C1    =   

the adjusted conversion price.

 

-34-


C    =   

the current conversion price.

O    =   

the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such securities.

P    =   

the aggregate consideration received for the issuance of such securities.

M    =   

the current market price per share of Common Stock on the date of issuance of such securities.

D    =    the maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion or in exchange for such securities at the initial conversion or exchange rate.

 

The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance. If all of the Common Stock deliverable upon conversion or exchange of such securities has not been issued when such securities are no longer outstanding, then the conversion price shall promptly be readjusted to the conversion price which would then be in effect had the adjustment upon the issuance of such securities been made on the basis of the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of such securities.

 

This Section does not apply to (i) convertible securities issued to partners, owners or shareholders of any Person the assets of which are acquired or which merges into the Company, or with a Subsidiary, in proportion to their partnership or ownership interest or stock holdings in such Person immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, upon such acquisition or merger, (ii) convertible securities issued in a bona fide public offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting or (iii) convertible securities issued in a bona fide private placement through a placement agent which is a member firm of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (except to the extent that any discount from the current market price attributable to restrictions on transferability of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and described in a Board resolution which shall be filed with the Trustee, shall exceed 20%).

 

SECTION 10.11.   Voluntary Adjustment.

 

The Company at any time after reasonable notice to the Trustee and to Holders, may reduce, either permanently or for a limited period of time, the conversion price by any amount.

 

-35-


SECTION 10.12.   Current Market Price.

 

In Sections 10.03, 10.07, 10.08, 10.09 and 10.10 the current market price per share of Common Stock on any date is the average of the Quoted Prices of the Common Stock for 30 consecutive trading days commencing 45 trading days before the date of such computation. In the absence of any such quotation, the Company shall determine the current market price on the basis of such quotations as it considers appropriate.

 

In Section 10.03 and this Section 10.12, the “Quoted Price” of the Common Stock on a given day is the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sales take place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices regular way for such date, in each case on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading, the last sale price regular way for the Common Stock as published by NASDAQ or if such last sale price is not so published by NASDAQ or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock as published by NASDAQ.

 

SECTION 10.13.   Consideration Received.

 

For purposes of any computation respecting consideration received pursuant to Sections 10.09 and 10.10, the following shall apply:

 

  (1) in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such cash, provided that in no case shall any deduction be made for any commissions, discounts or other expenses incurred by the Company for any underwriting of the issue or otherwise in connection therewith;

 

  (2) in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (irrespective of the accounting treatment thereof), whose determination shall be conclusive, and described in a Board resolution which shall be filed with the Trustee; and

 

  (3)

in the case of the issuance of securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares, the aggregate consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of such securities plus the additional minimum consideration, if any, to be received by the Company

 

-36-


 

upon the conversion or exchange thereof (the consideration in each case to be determined in the same manner as provided in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section).

 

SECTION 10.14.   When Adjustment May be Deferred.

 

No adjustment in the conversion price need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least $0.25 in the conversion price. Any adjustments which are not made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

 

All calculations under this Article shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 10.15.   When Adjustment Is Not Required.

 

Unless this Article provides otherwise, no adjustment in the conversion price shall be made because the Company issues, in exchange for cash, property or services, shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, or securities carrying the right to purchase Shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.

 

SECTION 10.16.   Notice of Adjustment.

 

Whenever the conversion price is required to be adjusted, the Company shall promptly mail to Securityholders a notice of the adjustment and file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computing it. The Certificate shall be conclusive evidence that the adjustment is correct.

 

SECTION 10.17.   Notice of Certain Transactions.

 

If:

 

  (1) the Company takes any action which would require an adjustment in the conversion price pursuant to Section 10.06, 10.07, 10.08, 10.09 or 10.10;

 

  (2) the Company takes any action that would require a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 10.18; or

 

-37-


  (3) there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the company shall mail to Securityholders and the Trustee a notice stating the proposed record or effective date, as the case may be, of the transaction. The Company shall mail the notice at least 10 days before such date. Failure to mail the notice or any defect in it shall not affect the validity of any transaction referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section.

 

SECTION 10.18.   Consolidation, Merger or Sale of the Company.

 

If the Company is a party to a transaction described in Section 5.01 or a merger which reclassifies or changes its outstanding Common Stock, the Person obligated to deliver securities, cash or assets upon conversion of Securities shall enter into an supplemental indenture. If the issuer of the securities deliverable upon conversion of Securities is an affiliate of the surviving, transferee or lessee Person, the issuer shall join in the supplemental indenture. The supplemental indenture shall provide that the Holder of a Security may convert it into the kind and amount of securities or assets which he would have owned immediately after the consolidation, merger or transfer if he had converted the Security immediately before the effective date of such transaction. The supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practical to the adjustments provided for in this Article. The Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a notice briefly describing the supplemental indenture.

 

If this Section applies, Section 10.06 shall not apply.

 

SECTION 10.19.   Company Determination Final.

 

Any determination which the Board of Directors must make pursuant to this Article Tenth is conclusive.

 

SECTION 10.20.   Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article should be made, how it should be made or what it should be. The Trustee has no duty to determine whether any provisions of a supplemental indenture under Section 10.18 are correct. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Securities. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company’s failure to comply with this Article. Each Conversion Agent other than the Company shall have the same protection under this Section as the Trustee.

 

-38-


ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

SUBORDINATION

 

SECTION 11.01.   Securities Subordinated to Senior Debt.

 

The Company agrees, and each Holder of Securities by his acceptance thereof likewise agrees, that the payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities is subordinated, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt.

 

This Article shall constitute a continuing offer to all persons who, in reliance upon such provisions, become holders of, or continue to hold Senior Debt, and such provisions are made for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt, and such holders are made obligees hereunder and they and/or each of them may enforce such provisions.

 

SECTION 11.02.   Company Not to Make Payments with Respect to Securities in Certain Circumstances.

 

(a) Upon the maturity of any Senior Debt by lapse of time, acceleration or otherwise, all principal thereof, and accrued interest thereon shall first be paid in full, or such payment duly provided for in cash or in a manner satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Debt, before any payment is made on account of the principal of or interest on the Securities or to acquire any of the Securities or on account of the sinking fund provisions of paragraph 6 of the Securities (except sinking fund payments made in respect of Securities acquired by the Company before the maturity of such Senior Debt).

 

(b) Upon the happening of any default in payment of the principal of, sinking fund or interest on any Senior Debt, then, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal of or interest on the Securities or to acquire any of the Securities or on account of the sinking fund provisions of paragraph 6 of the Securities (except sinking fund payments made in respect of Securities acquired by the Company before such default and notice thereof). Nothing in this Article, however, shall relieve the holders of such Senior Debt or their representative from any notice requirements set forth in the instrument evidencing such Senior Debt.

 

(c) During the continuance of any other event of default with respect to Senior Debt entitling the holders thereof to accelerate the maturity thereof, upon written notice given to the Company and the Trustee by any holder of Senior Debt or their

 

-39-


representative no payment may be made by the Company upon or in respect of the Securities for a period of 60 days after the earlier of the date the Company or the Trustee receives written notice of such default from a person entitled to give such notice but payments may thereafter be resumed unless the Senior Debt with respect to which a default exists has been declared to be accelerated by such Senior Debt holders pursuant to the terms of the Senior Debt. No new 60 day period of suspension of payments relating to the same default (or another default in existence at the time of the prior notice) on the same issue of Senior Debt may be commenced within one year after the first such notice relating thereto.

 

(d) In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.02, the Company shall make any payment to the Trustee on account of the principal of or interest on the Securities, or on account of the sinking fund provisions of paragraph 6 of the Securities, after the happening of a default with respect to Senior Debt specified in this Section 11.02, then, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, such payment (subject to the provisions of Sections 11.06 and 11.07) shall be held by the Trustee, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata as to each of such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Debt held by them) or their representative or the trustee under the indenture or other agreement (if any) pursuant to which Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Debt in full in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any default with respect to Senior Debt specified in this Section 11.02.

 

SECTION 11.03.   Securities Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of Company.

 

Upon any distribution of assets of the Company upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise):

 

(a) the holders of all Senior Debt shall first be entitled to receive payments in full of the principal thereof and interest due thereon before the Holders of the Securities are entitled to receive any payment on account of the principal of or interest on the Securities;

 

-40-


(b) any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Securities would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Eleven, shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution directly to the holders of Senior Debt or their representative, or to the trustee under any indenture under which Senior Debt may have been issued (pro rata as to each such holder, representative or trustee on the basis of the respective amounts of unpaid Senior Debt held or represented by each), to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution or provision therefor to the holders of such Senior Debt; and

 

(c) in the event that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.03, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities on account of principal of or interest on the Securities before all Senior Debt is paid in full, or effective provision made for its payment, such payment or distribution (subject to the provisions of Sections 11.06 and 11.07) shall be received and held in trust for and shall be paid over to the holders of the Senior Debt remaining unpaid or unprovided for or their representative, or to the trustee under any indenture under which such Senior Debt may have been issued (pro rata as provided in subsection (b) above), for application to the payment of such Senior Debt until all such Senior Debt shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution or provisions therefor to the holders of such Senior Debt.

 

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Eleven, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the person entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Eleven. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt or a trustee on behalf of any such holder. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith,

 

-41-


that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payments or distribution pursuant to this Article Eleven, the Trustee may request such person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such person, as to the extent to which such person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, and as to other facts pertinent to the rights of such person under this Article Eleven, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such person pending judicial determination as to the right of such person to receive such payment.

 

The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company.

 

SECTION 11.04.   Securityholders to Be Subrogated to Right of Holders of Senior Debt.

 

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated equally and ratably to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Company applicable to the Senior Debt until all amounts owing on the Securities shall be paid in full, and for the purpose of such subrogation no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of the Holders of the Securities by virtue of this Article Eleven which otherwise would have been made to the Holders of the Securities shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be payment by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this Article Eleven are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Debt, on the other hand.

 

SECTION 11.05.   Obligation of the Company Unconditional.

 

Nothing contained in this Article Eleven or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any Security is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, the obligation the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to Holders of the Securities the principal of and interest on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee

 

-42-


or the Holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Eleven of the holders of Senior Debt in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

 

Nothing contained in this Article Eleven or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any Security is intended to or shall affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, at any time except during the pendency of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceeding, and except during the continuance of any event of default specified in Section 11.02 (not cured or waived) payments at any time of the principal of or interest on the Securities.

 

SECTION 11.06.   Trustee Entitled to Assume Payments Not Prohibited in Absence of Notice.

 

The Trustee shall not at any time be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee, unless and until the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or from one or more holders of Senior Debt or from any representative thereof or from any trustee therefor; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02, shall be entitled to assume conclusively that no such facts exist.

 

SECTION 11.07.   Application by Trustee of Monies Deposited with It.

 

Except as provided in Section 8.02, any deposit of monies by the Company with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (whether or not in trust) for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Securities shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02, 11.03 and 11.04 except that, if prior to the date on which by the terms of this Indenture any such monies may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of either the principal of or the interest on any Security) the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such monies the notice provided for in Section 11.06, then the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such date. This section shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Trustee and Paying Agent and shall not otherwise affect the rights of holders of such Senior Debt.

 

-43-


SECTION 11.08.   Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of Company or Holders of Senior Debt.

 

No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

 

SECTION 11.09.   Securityholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Securities.

 

Each Holder of the Securities by his acceptance thereof authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article Eleven and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose, including, in the event of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets of the Company, the immediate filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of its or his Securities in the form required in said proceedings and cause said claim to be approved. If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims, then the holders of Senior Debt are hereby authorized to have the right to file and are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of said Securities.

 

With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article Eleven, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Senior Debt if it shall mistakenly pay over or deliver to Holders, the Company or any other Person, monies or assets to which any holder of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article Eleven or otherwise.

 

-44-


SECTION 11.10.   Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Debt; Compensation Not Prejudiced.

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to all of the rights set forth in this Article Eleven in respect of any Senior Debt at any time held by it to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article Eleven shall apply to claims of or payments to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07.

 

SECTION 11.11.   Article Eleven Not to Prevent Events of Default.

 

The failure to make a payment on account of principal or interest by reason of any provision in this Article Eleven shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 6.01.

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 12.01.   Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.

 

SECTION 12.02.   Notices.

 

Any notice or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company:

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

25C Olympia Avenue

Woburn, Massachusetts 01801

Attention:    Chief Financial Officer

 

if to the Trustee:

 

SHAWMUT BANK OF BOSTON, N. A.

One Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02211

Attention:    Officer-in-Charge, Corporate

                      Trust Department

 

-45-


The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall be sufficiently given to him if mailed to him by first-class mail at his address as it appears on the register kept by the Registrar and shall be so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

SECTION 12.03.   Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

 

Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

SECTION 12.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

  (1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

  (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

SECTION 12.05.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

  (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

  (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

-46-


  (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

  (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 12.06.   When Treasury Securities Disregarded.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or by any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s rights so to act with respect to the Securities and if the pledgee is not the Company or an affiliate of the Company. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

SECTION 12.07.   Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for the administration of this Indenture. Such rules may cover matters relating to action by or a meeting of Securityholders. The Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions.

 

SECTION 12.08.   Legal Holidays.

 

A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts are not required to be open. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

-47-


SECTION 12.09.   Governing Law.

 

The laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall govern this Indenture and the Securities.

 

SECTION 12.10.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

SECTION 12.11.   No Recourse Against Others.

 

All liability described in paragraph 17 of the Securities of any director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Company is waived and released.

 

SECTION 12.12.   Successors.

 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

SECTION 12.13.   Duplicate Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

SECTION 12.14.   Severability.

 

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Securities.

 

-48-


SIGNATURES

 

Dated as of June 16, 1986

     

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

            By:    /s/ Illegible
                President

 

[SEAL]
Attest:
/s/ Illegible
Secretary

 

Dated as of June 16, 1986

     

SHAWMUT BANK OF BOSTON, N.A.

            By:    /s/ Illegible
                Vice President

 

[SEAL]
Attest:
/s/ Illegible
Authorized Officer

 

-49-


 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FACE OF SECURITY]

 

No.

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

 

6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debenture Due 2011

 

Greenery Rehabilitation Group, Inc. promises to pay to

 

or registered assigns    
the principal sum of   Dollars on June      , 2011.

 

INTEREST    Payment Dates:    June 15 and December 15
     Record Dates:    June 1 and December 1

 

       

Dated:

       

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

SHAWMUT BANK OF BOSTON, N.A.,

as Trustee, certifies that

this is one of the Debentures

referred to in the within-

mentioned Indenture.

       
            By:     
                President
By:            By:     
    Authorized Officer           Treasurer
                (SEAL)

 

-50-


 

[REVERSE OF SECURITY]

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

 

6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2011

 

1. Interest.

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC. (“Company”), a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Debenture at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 1986. Interest on the Debentures will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of initial issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2. Method of Payment.

 

The Company will pay interest on the Debentures (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders of Debentures (“Debentureholders” or “Holders”) at the close of business on the first day of the month of the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Debentures to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Company may, however, pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by its check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder’s registered address.

 

3. Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent.

 

Initially, Shawmut Bank of Boston, N.A., (“Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent or co-Registrar without notice. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent or co-Registrar.

 

4. Indenture.

 

The Company issued the Debentures under an Indenture dated as of June 16, 1986 (“Indenture”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Debentures include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (“Act”). The Debentures are subject to all such terms, and Debentureholders

 

-51-


are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of them. In case of any conflict between the Indenture and the Debentures, the Indenture shall control. The Debentures, the Indenture shall control. The Debentures are general unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $34,500,000 in aggregate principal amount, determined as follows: (i) if more than $30,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Debentures are issued on the first date of original issuance of Debentures, the aggregate principal amount of Debentures authorized hereunder shall be limited to such aggregate principal amount; (ii) if no more than $30,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Debentures are issued on the first date of original issuance of Debentures and the Trustee shall issue, pursuant to a written order of the Company, additional Debentures on or before July 17, 1986, the aggregate principal amount of Debentures authorized hereunder shall be equal to $30,000,000 plus the aggregate principal amount of additional Debentures issued pursuant to such order; and (iii) if no more than $30,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Debentures are issued on the first date of original issuance of Debentures, and no more Debentures are issued pursuant to a written order of the Company on or before July 17, 1986, the aggregate principal amount of Debentures authorized hereunder shall be $30,000,000. The Indenture does not limit other debt, secured or unsecured.

 

5. Optional Redemption.

 

The Debentures are subject to redemption, as a whole or from time to time in part (otherwise than through the operation of the sinking fund as contained in paragraph 6), at any time (subject to the provisions of the Indenture), at the option of the Company, on not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice given as provided in the Indenture, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount),

 

If redeemed during

the 12-month period

commencing June 15


   Percentage

 

1986

   106.50 %

1987

   105.85  

1988

   105.20  

1989

   104.55  

1990

   103.90  
1991    103.25 %
1992    102.60  
1993    101.95  
1994    101.30  
1995    100.65  

 

and thereafter at 100% of the principal amount, in each case together with accrued interest to the redemption date; provided, however, that the Debentures may not be redeemed prior to June 15, 1988 unless the closing price for shares of the Company’s Common Stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for any 20 of the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of the redemption notice.

 

-52-


6. Sinking Fund.

 

The Company will redeem five percent (5%) of the principal amount of the Debentures issued as provided in paragraph 4 of this Debenture on June 15, 1996 and on each June 15 thereafter through June 15, 2010, at a redemption price of 100% of principal amount, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, by paying such amount to the Trustee, as a sinking fund payment, on or before each such June 15. The Company may reduce the principal amount of Debentures to the redeemed pursuant to this paragraph 6 by subtracting 100% of the principal amount (excluding premium) of any Debentures that Debentureholders have converted or redeemed other than pursuant to this paragraph 6. The Company may so subtract the same Debenture only once.

 

7. Notice of Redemption.

 

Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Debentures to be redeemed at his registered address. Debentures in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Debentures or portions of them called for redemption.

 

8. Conversion.

 

A Holder of a Debenture may convert it into shares of Common Stock of the Company at any time before the close of business on June 15, 2011. If the Debenture is called for redemption, the Holder may convert it at any time before the close of business on the day prior to the redemption date. The conversion price is $26.00 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events. To determine the number of shares issuable upon conversion of a Debenture, divide the principal amount converted by the conversion price in effect on the conversion date. On conversion no adjustment for accrued interest or dividends will be made. The Company will deliver its check for any fractional share.

 

To convert a Debenture a Holder must (1) complete and sign the conversion notice on the back of the Debenture, (2) surrender the Debenture to a Conversion Agent, (3) furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents as required by the Registrar or Conversion Agent, and (4) pay any transfer or similar tax if required. If a Holder surrenders a Debenture for conversion during the period from the close of business on the first business day of the month of the interest payment date to the close of business on such interest payment date, the Debenture must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the interest

 

-53-


payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount of the Debenture then being converted (unless called for redemption in whole or in part on a redemption date during such period). A holder may convert a portion of a Debenture if the portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

 

The conversion price will be adjusted for dividends or distributions on the Common Stock payable in Company stock; subdivisions, combinations or certain reclassifications of Common Stock; distributions to all holders of Common Stock of certain rights to purchase Common Stock at less than the current market price at the time; distributions to such holders of assets or debt securities of the Company or certain rights to purchase securities of the Company (excluding cash dividends or distributions from current or retained earnings); certain issuances of shares of Common Stock for less consideration than the current market price; and certain issuances of securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to transactions described above) for a consideration per share of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion or exchange that is less than the current market price of the Common Stock on the date of issuance of such security. No adjustment of the conversion price need be made until cumulative adjustments amount to at least $0.25, but any adjustment that would otherwise be required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. The Company from time to time may voluntarily reduce the conversion price temporarily or permanently.

 

If the Company is a party to a consolidation or merger or a transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its assets, other than a mortgage, pledge or sale and lease-back of all or substantially all of its assets, the right to convert a Debenture into Common Stock may be changed in to a right to convert into securities, cash or other assets of the Company or another.

 

9. Subordination.

 

The Debentures are subordinated in right of payment to Senior Debt, which is any Debt of the Company whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, except Debt which by its terms is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Debentures. Debt is the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on and fees and other amounts payable with respect to: (1) any indebtedness or obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the Company (i) for borrowed money; or (ii) evidenced by a note, debenture, similar instrument or agreement (including, without limitation, a purchase money obligation) given in connection with the acquisition or improvement of any business, property or assets of any kind, including, without limitation, securities; or

 

-54-


(iii) as lessee under any lease of real property and any capitalized lease; (2) any indebtedness or obligation of others described in the preceding clause which the Company has guaranteed or for which it is otherwise liable; and (3) any amendment, renewal, extension, modification or refunding of any such debt described in (1) and (2) above. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt must be paid before the Debentures may be paid. Each Debentureholder by accepting a Debenture agrees to the subordination and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect.

 

10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.

 

The Debenture are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Debentures in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not transfer or exchange any Debenture selected for redemption, or transfer or exchange any Debentures for a period of 5 days before a selection of Debentures to be redeemed.

 

11. Persons Deemed Owners.

 

The registered Holder of a Debenture may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

12. Unclaimed Money.

 

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment unless an abandoned property law designates another Person.

 

13. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Debentures may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures and any past default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures. Without the consent of any Debentureholder, the Company may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Debentures to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to provide for uncertificated Debentures in addition to or in place of certificated Debentures or to make any change that does not

 

-55-


materially adversely affect the rights of any Debentureholder. Without the consent of Holders, the Trustee may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Debentures if the waiver does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

 

14. Successor.

 

Except as provided in the Indenture, when a successor partnership, trust or corporation or other Person assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Debentures and the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

15. Defaults and Remedies.

 

An Event of Default is: default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Debentures; default in payment of principal on the Debentures or in the making of any sinking fund payment required by paragraph 6; failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to it to comply with any of its other covenants, conditions or agreements in the Indenture or the Debentures; certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency; and certain defaults on other indebtedness. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures may declare all the Debentures to be due and payable immediately. Debentureholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Debentures except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Debentures. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Debentureholders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company must furnish an annual compliance certificate to the Trustee as to the absence of default.

 

16. Trustee Dealings with Company.

 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and Perform services for the Company or its affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates, as if it were not Trustee.

 

-56-


17. No Recourse Against Others.

 

A director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Debentures or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Debentureholder by accepting a Debenture waives and releases all such liability on the part of any and all directors, officers, employees, or shareholders, as such, of the Company. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of Debentures.

 

18. Authentication.

 

This Debenture shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Debenture.

 

19. Abbreviations.

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Debentureholder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

20. Inspection of Indenture and Requests for Copies.

 

Holders may inspect the Indenture at the principal executive office of the Company.

 

The Company will furnish to any Debentureholder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Treasurer, Greenery Rehabilitation Group, Inc., 25C Olympia Avenue, Woburn, MA 01801.

 

21. CUSIP Numbers.

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedure, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Debentures as a convenience to the holders of the Debentures. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Debentures and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

-57-


ASSIGNMENT FORM


      

CONVERSION NOTICE


If you the holder want to assign this Debenture, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:        If you the holder want to convert this Debenture into Common Stock of the Company, check the box /___/
For value received, I or we assign and transfer this Debenture to        If you want to convert only part of this Debenture, state the amount:
         $                        ,000

(Insert assignee’s social

security or tax ID number)

        
         If you want the stock certificate made out in another person’s name, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:
        
        
        
and irrevocably appoint         
         (Insert another person’s social security or tax ID number)
agent to transfer this Debenture on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.         
      
      
      
         (Print or type other person’s name, address and zip code)
Date: ______________________________        Your signature:________________________________________
         (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of Debenture)

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

-58-

EXHIBIT 4.7

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

 

8-3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2015

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of April 1, 1990

 


 

The Connecticut National Bank,

Trustee


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 1

Indenture

 

TIA Section


   Section

310

 

(a) (1)

   7.10
   

(a) (2)

   7.10
   

(a) (3)

   N.A.
   

(a) (4)

   N.A.
   

(b)

   7.8; 7.10; 12.2
   

(c)

   N.A.

311

 

(a)

   7.11
   

(b)

   7.11
   

(c)

   N.A.

312

 

(a)

   2.5
   

(b)

   12.3
   

(c)

   12.3

313

 

(a)

   7.6
   

(b)(1)

   N.A.
   

(b) (2)

   7.6
   

(c)

   7.6; 12.2
   

(d)

   7.6

314

 

(a)

   4.2; 12.2
   

(b)

   N.A.
   

(c) (1)

   12.4
   

(c) (2)

   12.4
   

(c) (3)

   N.A.
   

(d)

   N.A.
   

(e)

   12.5
   

(f)

   N.A.

315

 

(a)

   7.1(b)
   

(b)

   7.5; 12.2
   

(c)

   7.1 (a)
   

(d)

   7.1 (c)
   

(e)

   6.11

316

 

(a) (last sentence)

   12.6
   

(a) (1) (A)

   6.5
   

(a) (1) (B)

   6.4
   

(a) (2)

   N.A.
   

(b)

   6.7

317

 

(a) (1)

   6.8
   

(a) (2)

   6.9
   

(b)

   2.4

318

 

(a)

   12.1

N.A. means Not Applicable


  Note:     This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

 

Section


  

Heading


   Page

     ARTICLE 1     
     DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE     

1.1

  

Definitions

   1

1.2

  

Other Definitions

   4

1.3

  

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

   4

1.4

  

Rules of Construction

   4
     ARTICLE 2     
     THE SECURITIES     

2.1

  

Form and Dating

   5

2.2

  

Execution and Authentication

   5

2.3

  

Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent

   5

2.4

  

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

   6

2.5

  

Securityholder Lists

   6

2.6

  

Transfer and Exchange

   6

2.7

  

Replacement Securities

   7

2.8

  

Outstanding Securities

   7

2.9

  

Temporary Securities

   8

2.10

  

Cancellation

   8

2.11

  

Defaulted Interest

   8
     ARTICLE 3     
     REDEMPTION     

3.1

  

Notices to Trustee

   8

3.2

  

Selection of Securities to be Redeemed

   9

3.3

  

Notice of Redemption

   9

3.4

  

Effect of Notice of Redemption

   10

3.5

  

Deposit of Redemption Price

   10

3.6

  

Securities Redeemed in Part

   10

3.7

  

Conversion Arrangement on Call for Redemption

   10

3.8

  

Purchase of Securities at Option of the Holder upon Risk Event

   11

3.9

  

Effect of Risk Event Purchase Notice

   14

3.10

  

Deposit of Purchase Price

   15

3.11

  

Securities Purchased in Part

   15

3.12

  

Covenant to Comply With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of Securities

   15

3.13

  

Repayment to the Company

   16

2 This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 


     ARTICLE 4     
     COVENANTS     

4.1

  

Payment of Securities

   16

4.2

  

SEC Reports

   16

4.3

  

Annual Review Certificate

   16

4.4

  

Corporate Existence

   17

4.5

  

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

   17

4.6

  

Maintenance of Properties, etc.

   17
     ARTICLE 5     
     SUCCESSOR CORPORATION     

5.1

  

When Company May Merge, etc.

   18
     ARTICLE 6     
     DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES     

6.1

  

Events of Default

   19

6.2

  

Acceleration

   20

6.3

  

Other Remedies

   21

6.4

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

   21

6.5

  

Control by Majority

   21

6.6

  

Limitations on Suits by Holders

   21

6.7

  

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

   22

6.8

  

Collection Suit by Trustee

   22

6.9

  

Trustee May file Proofs of Claim

   23

6.10

  

Priorities

   23

6.11

  

Undertaking for Costs

   24

6.12

  

Waiver of Usury Laws

   24
     ARTICLE 7     
     TRUSTEE     

7.1

  

Duties of Trustee

   25

7.2

  

Rights of Trustee

   26

7.3

  

Individual Rights of Trustee

   26

7.4

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer

   26

7.5

  

Notice of Defaults

   27

7.6

  

Reports by Trustee to Holders

   27

7.7

  

Compensation and Indemnity

   27

7.8

  

Replacement of Trustee

   28

7.9

  

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

   29

7.10

  

Eligibility; Disqualification

   29

7.11

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

   30

 

-ii-


     ARTICLE 8     
     DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE     

8.1

  

Termination of Company’s Obligations

   30

8.2

  

Application of Trust Money

   31

8.3

  

Repayment to Company

   31

8.4

  

Reinstatement

   31
     ARTICLE 9     
     AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS     

9.1

  

Without Consent of Holders

   31

9.2

  

With Consent of Holders

   32

9.3

  

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

   33

9.4

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents

   33

9.5

  

Notation on or Exchange of Securities

   33

9.6

  

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

   34
     ARTICLE 10     
     CONVERSION     

10.1

  

Conversion Privilege

   34

10.2

  

Conversion Procedure

   35

10.3

  

Fractional Shares

   36

10.4

  

Taxes on Conversion

   37

10.5

  

Company to Provide Stock

   37

10.6

  

Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock

   37

10.7

  

Adjustment for Rights Issue

   38

10.8

  

Adjustment for Other Distributions

   39

10.9

  

Voluntary Adjustment

   40

10.10

  

When Adjustment May be Deferred

   41

10.11

  

When Adjustment is not Required

   41

10.12

  

Notice of Adjustment

   41

10.13

  

Notice of Certain Transactions

   41

10.14

  

Consolidation, Merger or Sale of the Company

   42

10.15

  

Company Determination Final

   42

10.16

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer

   42

10.17

  

Simultaneous Adjustments

   43

10.18

  

Successive Adjustments

   43
     ARTICLE 11     
     SUBORDINATION     

11.1

  

Securities Subordinated to Senior Indebtedness

   43

11.2

  

Company Not to Make Payments with Respect to Securities in Certain Circumstances

   43

11.3

  

Securities Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Indebtedness on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of Company

   45

 

-iii-


11.4

  

Securityholders to be Subrogated to Right of Holders of Senior Indebtedness

   46

11.5

  

Obligation of the Company Unconditional

   47

11.6

  

Trustee Entitled to Assume Payments Not Prohibited in Absence of Notice

   47

11.7

  

Application by Trustee of Monies Deposited with It

   48

11.8

  

Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of Company or Holders of Senior Indebtedness

   48

11.9

  

Securityholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Securities

   48

11.10

  

Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness; Compensation Not Prejudiced

   49

11.11

  

Article 11 Not to Prevent Events of Default

   49
     ARTICLE 12     
     MISCELLANEOUS     

12.1

  

Trust Indenture Act Controls

   49

12.2

  

Notices

   49

12.3

  

Communication by Holders with Other Holders

   50

12.4

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

   50

12.5

  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

   50

12.6

  

When Treasury Securities Disregarded

   51

12.7

  

Rules by Trustee and Agents

   51

12.8

  

Legal Holidays

   51

12.9

  

Governing Law

   52

12.10

  

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

   52

12.11

  

No Recourse Against Others

   52

12.12

  

Successors

   52

12.13

  

Duplicate Originals

   52

12.14

  

Severability.

   52
    

Signatures

   53
    

Exhibit A - Form of Security

    

 

iv


 

INDENTURE dated as of April 1, 1990, between GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), and THE CONNECTICUT NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (“ Trustee ”).

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company’s 8-3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2015 (“ Securities ”):

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.1   Definitions.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any specified person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or co-Registrar. See Section 2.3.

 

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof.

 

Company ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

 

Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Debentures ” means the Company’s 6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2011.

 

Debt ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and Interest on and fees and other amounts payable with respect to:

 

  (1)

all indebtedness or obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company (i) for borrowed money; or (ii) evidenced by a note, debenture, similar instrument or agreement (including, without limitation, a purchase money obligation) given in connection with the acquisition or improvement of any business, property or assets of any kind, including, without limitation, securities but excluding trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; or (iii) as lessee under any lease of real property and any capitalized lease, in

 


 

either case, entered into after April 1, 1990 and which by its terms is expressly made senior to the Securities;

 

  (2) all indebtedness or obligations of others of the kind described in the preceding clause (1) which the Company has guaranteed or for which it is otherwise liable; and

 

  (3) any amendment, renewal, extension, modification or refunding of any such debt described in (1) and (2) above.

 

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time would be, an Event of Default.

 

Holder ” or “ Securityholder ” means the person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means (i) 99-111 Chestnut Hill Avenue Corp., Heywood Corp. and Greenery Securities Corp., (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Company which is (or shall become in the future) a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule l-02(v) of Regulation S-X as promulgated by the SEC (as such regulation is in effect on the date hereof) and (iii) any other Subsidiary of the Company that is material to the business, earnings, properties, assets or conditions, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Company. See Sections 12.4 and 12.5.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. See Sections 12.4 and 12.5.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, Joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

principal ” of a debt security means the principal of the security plus the premium, if any, on the security.

 

Redemption Date ” or “redemption date” shall mean the date specified for redemption of the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

 

-2-


Redemption Price ” or “ redemption price ” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 5 or 6 of the Securities, as applicable.

 

Responsible Officer ” means any Vice President, Senior Corporate Trust Officer or Corporate Trust Officer of the Trustee within the corporate trust administration department.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities ” means the Company’s 8-3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2015 that are issued under this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Senior Indebtedness ” means all Debt of the Company whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or hereafter created, incurred or assumed, with the sole exceptions of the Securities, the Extension Notes, the Debentures, and any Debt which by its terms is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Debentures or on a parity in right of payment with the Securities.

 

Stated Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which an amount equal to the principal amount of such Security is due and payable.

 

Subsidiary ” means a corporation a majority of whose voting stock is owned by the Company or a Subsidiary. Voting stock is capital stock having voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect directors.

 

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

 

Trust Officer ” means any officer or assistant officer within the corporate trust administration department of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

 

United States ” means the United State of America.

 

-3-


SECTION 1.2   Other Definitions.

 

Term


   Defined in
Section


 

Associate

   3.8 (a)

Average Quoted Price

   10.1  

Bankruptcy Law

   6.1  

Common stock

   10.1  

Conversion Agent

   2.3  

Conversion Date

   10.2  

Conversion Price

   10.1  

Current Control Group

   3.8 (a)

Custodian

   6.1  

Event of Default

   6.1  

Exchange Act

   3.8 (a)

Legal Holiday

   12.8  

Notice of Default

   6.1  

Paying Agent

   2.3  

Payment Default

   11.2 (b)

Quoted Price

   10.1  

Registrar

   2.3  

Risk Event

   3.8 (a)

Risk Event Purchase Date

   3.8 (a)

Risk Event Purchase notice

   3.8 (c)

Risk Event Purchase Price

   3.8 (a)

Time of Determination

   10.1  

U.S. Government Obligations

   8.1  

 

SECTION 1.3   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms incorporated by reference in and made part of or used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

Commission ” means the SEC.

 

indenture securities ” means the Securities.

 

indenture security holder ” means a Securityholder.

 

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

 

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

 

Obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company.

 

All other TIA terms incorporated by reference in and made a part of or used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rules have the meanings assigned to them therein.

 

SECTION 1.4   Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

-4-


  (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (3) “or” is not exclusive;

 

  (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

 

  (5) provisions apply to successive transactions.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE SECURITIES

 

SECTION 2.1   Form and Dating.

 

The Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company shall approve the form of the Securities and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

SECTION 2.2   Execution and Authentication.

 

Two Officers shall sign the Securities for the Company by facsimile signature. The Company’s seal shall be reproduced on the Securities.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Security shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate Securities for original issue in the aggregate principal amount specified in and upon a written order of the Company signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer and by one other Officer of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at any time shall be unlimited.

 

SECTION 2.3   Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent.

 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), an office or agency where Securities may be presented for purchase or payment (“ Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for conversion

 

-5-


(“ Conversion Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars, one or more additional Paying Agents and one or more additional Conversion Agents. The term “ Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent; the term “ Conversion Agent ” includes any additional conversion agent.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent and Shawmut Trust Co. as an additional paying agent.

 

SECTION 2.4   Paying Agent to Hold Honey in Trust.

 

The Company shall require each Paying Agent to hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities. Each Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon doing so the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money.

 

SECTION 2.5   Securityholder Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least semiannually, on April 1 and October 1, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.

 

SECTION 2.6   Transfer and Exchange.

 

The Securities will be issued only in fully registered form. When a Security is presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange it for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements are met. To permit transfer and exchanges, the Company, at its expense, shall prepare and execute, and upon

 

-6-


its request, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Securities at the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge to the Securityholder, except that the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.

 

The Company shall not make, and the Registrar shall not register, transfers or exchanges of Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not be to redeemed) or any Securities in respect of which a Risk Event Purchase Notice has been given and not withdrawn by the Holder thereof in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (except, in the case of Securities to be purchased in part, the portion thereof not to be purchased) or any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 2.7   Replacement Securities.

 

If the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and if there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of such loss, destruction or theft, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall issue and, upon its request, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing a Security.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Article 3 hereof, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay or purchase such Security, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 2.8   Outstanding Securities.

 

Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section. A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds the Security.

 

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding.

 

If the Paying Agent holds on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities shall cease to be

 

-7-


outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue. Such Securities carry no rights except the right to receive payment.

 

SECTION 2.9   Temporary Securities.

 

Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and execute, and, upon its request, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. The Company shall promptly prepare and execute, and, upon its request, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

 

SECTION 2.10   Cancellation.

 

The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for transfer, exchange, payment or conversion. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and destroy all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment, conversion or cancellation. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or that any Securityholder has converted pursuant to Article 10.

 

SECTION 2.11   Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, it shall pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix the record date and payment date. At least 15 days before the record date, the Company shall mail to each Securityholder a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The Company may pay defaulted interest in any other lawful manner.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.1   Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Company wants to redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, it shall notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed.

 

If the Company wants to reduce the principal amount of securities to be redeemed pursuant to the sinking fund provisions of paragraph 6 of the Securities, it shall notify the Trustee of the amount of the reduction and the basis for it. If the Company

 

-8-


wants to credit against any such redemption Securities it has not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, it shall deliver the Securities with the notice.

 

The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section at least 60 days before the redemption date.

 

SECTION 3.2   Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed by lot. The Trustee shall make the selection no more than 45 days before the redemption date from Securities outstanding not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal amount of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000. Securities and portions of them it selects shall be in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.

 

If any Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption. Securities which have been converted during a selection of Securities to be redeemed may be treated by the Trustee as outstanding for the purpose of such selection.

 

SECTION 3.3   Notice of Redemption.

 

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed.

 

The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

 

  (1) the Redemption Date;

 

  (2) the Redemption Price;

 

  (3) the Conversion Price;

 

  (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent and Conversion Agent;

 

  (5) that Securities called for redemption may be converted at any time before the close of business on the day prior to the Redemption Date;

 

  (6) that Holders who want to convert Securities must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 9 of the Securities;

 

-9-


  (7) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

 

  (8) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed; and

 

  (9) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Securities called for redemption will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date.

 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense.

 

SECTION 3.4   Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date. The Paying Agent shall make such payment as soon as practicable after the later of the Redemption Date or the date on which such Security is surrendered, provided that the Company has made the deposit required pursuant to Section 3.5.

 

SECTION 3.5   Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

On or before the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Securities to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption which prior thereto have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation or have been converted. The Paying Agent shall return to the Company any money not required for that purpose because of conversion of Securities.

 

SECTION 3.6   Securities Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

 

SECTION 3.7   Conversion Arrangement on Call for Redemption.

 

In connection with any redemption of Securities, the Company arrange for the purchase and conversion of any Securities called for redemption by an agreement with one or more investment bankers or other purchasers to purchase such Securities by paying to the Trustee in trust for the Securityholders, on or before the

 

-10-


close of business on the Redemption Date, an amount not less than the Redemption Price, together with interest accrued to the Redemption Date, of such Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 3, the obligation of the Company to pay the Redemption Price of such Securities, including all accrued interest shall be deemed to be satisfied and discharged to the extent such amount is so paid by such purchasers. If such an agreement is entered into, any Securities not duly surrendered for conversion by the Holders thereof may, at the option of the Company, be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, acquired by such purchasers from such Holders and (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 10) surrendered by such purchasers for conversion, all as of immediately prior to the close of business on the Redemption Date, subject to payment of the above amount as aforesaid. The Trustee shall hold and pay to the Holders whose Securities are selected for redemption any such amount paid to it in the same manner as it would moneys deposited with it by the Company for the redemption of Securities. Without the Trustee’s prior written consent, no arrangement between the Company and such purchasers for the purchase and conversion of any Securities shall increase or otherwise affect any of the powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Trustee as set forth in this Indenture, and the Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee from, and hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense arising out of or in connection with any such arrangement for the purchase and conversion of any Securities between the Company and such purchasers, including the costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee in the defense of any claim or liability arising out of or in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.8 Purchase of Securities at Option of the Holder upon Risk Event.

 

(a) If on or prior to April 1, 1995 there shall have occurred a Risk Event, Securities shall be purchased by the Company, at the option of the Holder thereof, at the purchase price specified in paragraph 8 of the Securities (the “Risk Event Purchase Price”), as of the date that is 35 Business Days after the occurrence of the Risk Event (the “Risk Event Purchase Date”), subject to satisfaction by or on behalf of the Holder of the requirements set forth in Section 3.8(c).

 

A “Risk Event” shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as any of the following events shall occur:

 

(i) There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosing that any person, other that the Current Control Group, their Affiliates and Associates or the Company, its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans of any of

 

-11-


the foregoing (for the purposes of this Section 3.8 only, as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 13(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), has become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to cast more than 50% of all votes entitled to vote for the election of more than 50% of all directors; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of, or to own beneficially, (A) any securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer, made by or on behalf of such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange thereunder, or (B) any securities if such beneficial ownership (1) arises solely as a result of a revocable proxy delivered in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to the applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D (or any successor schedule) under the Exchange Act; or

 

(ii) There shall be consummated any so-called “going private transaction”, recapitalization, consolidation or merger of the Company pursuant to which the Securities are no longer convertible into Common Stock of the Company or of any successor or surviving company which is listed for trading on a national or regional stock exchange within the United States or included in NASDAQ or any successor thereto; or

 

(iii) Shares constituting less than 20% of the Common Stock or common equity ownership of the Company are beneficially owned by persons other than the Company, its subsidiaries, employee benefit plans of the Company or its subsidiaries, directors or officers of the Company or any Affiliates or Associates of any of the foregoing.

 

“Associate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Current Control Group ” shall mean any of Gerard M. Martin, Barry M. Portnoy, George M. Ferencik, Pelino Campea, members of their immediate families and heirs, and trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing.

 

(b) Within 15 Business Days after the occurrence of a Risk event, the Company shall mail a written notice of Risk Event by first class mail to the Trustee and to each Holder at its address              in the register of the Registrar (and to beneficial owners              required by applicable law) and within ten Business Days after filling of this notice, the Company shall cause a copy of such notice to be published in a daily newspaper of national                  . The notice shall state:

 

(1) the events causing a Risk Event and the date of such Risk Event;

 

-12-


(2) the date by which the Risk Event Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 3.8 must be given and the last day on which the purchase right may be exercised;

 

(3) the Risk Event Purchase Date;

 

(4) the Risk Event Purchase Price;

 

(5) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent;

 

(6) the Conversion Price and any adjustments thereto;

 

(7) that Securities as to which a Risk Event Purchase Notice has been given may be converted into Common Stock only if the Risk Event Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(8) the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section 3.8;

 

(9) briefly, the conversion rights of the Securities; and

 

(10) the procedures for withdrawing a Risk Event Purchase Notice.

 

(c) A Holder may exercise its rights specified in Section 3.8(a) upon delivery of a written notice of purchase (a “Risk Event Purchase notice”) to the Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Risk Event Purchase Date, stating:

 

(1) the certificate number of the Security which the Holder will deliver to be purchased;

 

(2) the portion of the principal amount of the Security which the Holder will deliver to be purchased which portion must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

 

(3) that such Security shall be purchased pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in paragraph 8 of the Securities.

 

The delivery of such Security to the Paying Agent prior to, on or after the Risk Event Purchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Risk Event Purchase Price therefor; provided, however, that such Risk Event Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.8 only if the Security so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Risk Event Purchase Notice.

 

-13-


The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.8, a portion of a Security if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Security also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Security.

 

Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.8 shall be consummated by the delivery of the Risk Event Purchase Price promptly following the later of the Risk Event Purchase Date and the time of delivery of the Security.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Risk Event Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 3.8(c) shall have the right to withdraw such Risk Event Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Risk Event Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.9.

 

SECTION 3.9 Effect of Risk Event Purchase Notice.

 

(a) Upon receipt by the Company of the Risk Event Purchase Notice specified in Section 3.8(c), the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Risk Event Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Risk Event Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in this Section 3.9) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Risk Event Purchase Price with respect to such Security. Such Risk Event Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder promptly following the later of (x) the Risk Event Purchase Date with respect to such Security (provided the conditions referred to in Section 3.8(c) have been satisfied) and (y) the time of delivery of such Security to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.8(c). Securities in respect of which a Risk Event Purchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted into shares of Common Stock on or after the date of the delivery of such Risk Event Purchase Notice, unless such Risk Event Purchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn as specified in the following paragraph.

 

(b) A Risk Event Purchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Risk Event Purchase Date specifying:

 

(1) the certificate number of the Security in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,

 

(2) the principal amount of the Security with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

 

-14-


(3) the principal amount, if any, of such Security which remains subject to the Risk Event Purchase Notice and has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.

 

(c) There shall be no purchase of any Securities pursuant to Section 3.8 if there has occurred (prior to, on or after the giving by the Holders of such Securities of the required Risk Event Purchase Notice) and is continuing an Event of Default (other than a default in the payment of the Risk Event Purchase Price with respect to such Securities).

 

SECTION 3.10 Deposit of Purchase Price.

 

On or before the Business Day following the Risk Event Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money sufficient to pay the aggregate Risk Event Purchase Price of all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be purchased as of the Risk Event Purchase Date.

 

SECTION 3.11 Securities Purchased in Part.

 

Any Security which is to be purchased only in part shall be surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall issue and execute and request that the Trustee authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge, a new Security or Securities, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Security so surrendered which is not purchased.

 

SECTION 3.12 Covenant to Comply With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of Securities.

 

In connection with any offer to purchase or purchase of Securities under Section 3.8 hereof, the Company shall (i) comply with Rule 13e-4 (which term, as used herein, includes any successor provision thereto) under the Exchange Act, if applicable, (ii) file the related Schedule 13E-4 (or any successor schedule , form or report) under the Exchange Act, if applicable, and (iii) otherwise comply with all Federal and state securities laws so as to permit the rights and obligations under Section 3.8 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified in Section 3.8.

 

-15-


SECTION 3.13  Repayment to the Company.

 

The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash, together with interest thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 7.1(f)), held by them for the payment of the Risk Event Purchase Price in respect of cash that remains unclaimed as provided in paragraph 13 of the Securities.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.1 Payment of Securities.

 

The Company shall promptly make all payments in respect of the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities or pursuant to this Indenture. Principal amount, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the applicable date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Indenture, money or securities, if permitted hereunder, sufficient to pay all such amounts then due. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities; it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

SECTION 4.2 SEC Reports.

 

The Company shall file with the Trustee within 15 days after it files them with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

 

SECTION 4.3 Annual Review Certificate.

 

The Company shall file with the Trustee within four months after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating:

 

  (1) that the signing officers have supervised a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year to determine whether the Company has observed and performed its obligations under this Indenture;

 

  (2)

that to the best knowledge of each officer signing such certificate the Company has observed and performed all of its covenants in this Indenture and is not in default in the observance and performance of any of the terms, provisions and

 

-16-


 

conditions of this Indenture (or if the Company is in such default, specifying those defaults and the nature thereof of which he has knowledge); and

 

  (3) that to the best knowledge of each such signing officer no event has occurred and is continuing which would prohibit payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities.

 

SECTION 4.4 Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Article 5, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect, its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Material Subsidiary in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each Material Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise, or the corporate existence of any Subsidiary, if such Subsidiary is merged into or consolidated with the Company or another Subsidiary or if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation of such right, franchise or Subsidiary is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.5 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

 

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Material Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Material Subsidiary and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a material lien upon the property of the Company or any Material Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate provision has been made.

 

SECTION 4.6 Maintenance of Properties, etc.

 

The Company will cause all material properties owned by or leased to it or any Material Subsidiary and used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Material Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company

 

-17-


may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors or of the board of directors, board of trustees or managing partners of the Subsidiary concerned, or of an officer (or other agent employed by the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries) of the Company of such Subsidiary having managerial responsibility for any such property, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary, and if such discontinuance or disposal is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers such insurance as may be required by law and such other insurance, in such amounts and against such risks and liabilities, as may be reasonably available and as is customarily maintained by companies similarly situated, except to the extent that failure to so maintain such other insurance would not, upon the occurrence of the insured-against event, materially adversely affect the business, prospects, earnings, properties, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, keep true books of records and accounts in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions, in accordance with sound business practices, and reflect in its financial statements adequate accruals and appropriations to reserves, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances or government rules and regulations to which it is subject, as to which non-compliance would materially adversely affect the business, prospects, earnings, properties, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

 

SECTION 5.1 When Company May Merge, etc.

 

Except for a mortgage or pledge of all or substantially all of its assets to secure Debt, and except for a sale and leaseback of all or substantially all of its assets, the Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, convey or otherwise

 

-18-


transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to, any person unless:

 

  (1) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale or conveyance shall have been made, is a corporation, partnership or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale or conveyance shall have been made, assumes by supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Securities and this Indenture, except that it need not assume the obligations of the Company as to conversion of Securities if, pursuant to Section 10.14, the Company or another Person enters into a supplemental indenture obligating it to deliver the securities, cash or other assets deliverable upon conversion of Securities; and

 

  (3) immediately after the transaction no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee prior to the proposed transaction an Officers’ Certificate to the foregoing effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the proposed transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

 

The surviving, transferee or lessee Person shall be the successor Company, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Company shall be released and discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.1 Events of Default.

 

An “ Event of Default ” occurs if:

 

  (1) the Company defaults in the payment of interest on any Security when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

  (2)

the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Security when the same becomes due and payable at

 

-19-


 

maturity, upon redemption or otherwise, or in the making of any sinking fund payment required by paragraph 6 of the Securities;

 

  (3) the Company fails to comply with any of its other covenants, conditions or agreements in the Securities or this Indenture and the default continues for the period and after the notice specified below;

 

  (4) the Company or any Material Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

  (A) commences a voluntary case,

 

  (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

  (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

  (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

  (5) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

  (A) is for relief against the Company or any Material Subsidiary in an involuntary case,

 

  (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Material Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

  (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Material Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days.

 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or State law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” mans any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

A Default under clause (3) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company and the Trustee, of the Default and the Company does not cure the Default within 60 days after receipt of the notice. The notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a “Notice of Default”.

 

SECTION 6.2   Acceleration.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in

 

-20-


principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued interest to the date of declaration on all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may rescind or annul an acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived (other than the nonpayment of principal of and accrued interest on the Securities which shall have become due by acceleration) and if the rescission or annulment would not conflict with any judgment or decree.

 

SECTION 6.3   Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy, or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

 

SECTION 6.4   Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Subject to Section 9.2, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences. When a Default is waived, it is cured and stops continuing.

 

SECTION 6.5   Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that is unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Securityholder, that would involve the Trustee in personal liability, or if the Trustee does not have sufficient indemnification against any loss or expense.

 

SECTION 6.6   Limitation on Suits by Holders.

 

No Holder of any Security shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any

 

-21-


action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a Custodian, or for any other remedy hereunder unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of Default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and unless the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding also shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action or proceeding and no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.5; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the Holder of every Security with every other Holder and the Trustee that no one or more Holders of Securities shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Securities. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 6.6, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

 

SECTION 6.7   Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

 

Subject to Article 11 and Section 6.4 and notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Security to receive payment of the principal of and interest on the Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security or any Redemption Date, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

Also, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Security to bring suit for the enforcement of his right to convert the Security shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

SECTION 6.8   Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of such principal and interest remaining unpaid with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is

 

-22-


lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate borne by the Securities and such further amount as shall be sufficient for the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

SECTION 6.9   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee may, and is appointed the true and lawful attorney-in-fact for the Holders of the Securities to:

 

  (1) file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company upon the Securities, its creditors or its property; and

 

  (2) collect and receive any monies or property payable or deliverable on account of such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Securityholder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements to the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.7. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 6.10   Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;

 

Second: to holders of Senior Indebtedness to the extent required by Article 11;

 

Third: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest, ratably, without preference

 

-23-


or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

 

Fourth: to the Company.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders.

 

SECTION 6.11   Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard for the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by any Holder pursuant to Section 6.6, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security.

 

SECTION 6.12   Waiver of Usury Laws

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time voluntarily insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants (to the extent it may lawfully do so) that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee as a result of any such law, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. In the event that the benefit or advantage of any such usury law may not be waived by the Company, notwithstanding anything herein or in the Securities, the maximum amount of interest and other charges in the nature thereof contracted for or payable hereunder or thereunder, shall not exceed the maximum amount which may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received.

 

-24-


ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.1   Duties of Trustee.

 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise its rights and powers and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default :

 

  (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others.

 

  (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee, however, shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that :

 

  (1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section.

 

  (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

  (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5, and the Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to request such a direction.

 

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

 

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation and may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power under this Indenture unless it receives security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

-25-


(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

SECTION 7.2   Rights of the Trustee.

 

(a) The Trustee may rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, to the extent reasonably required by such inquiry or investigation.

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Certificate or Opinion.

 

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

 

SECTION 7.3   Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, must comply with Section 7.10 and 7.11.

 

SECTION 7.4   Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities; it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities; and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Securities other than its certificate of authentication, or in any prospectus used in the sale of Securities, other than statements provided in writing by the Trustee for use in such prospectus.

 

-26-


SECTION 7.5   Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder, as provided in Section 12.2, notice of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Security or in the making of any sinking fund payment required by paragraph 6 of the Securities, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of Securityholders.

 

SECTION 7.6   Reports by Trustee to Holders.

 

Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 in the year following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder specified in TIA § 313(c) a brief report dated as of May 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee shall also comply with TIA § 313(b).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Securities are listed.

 

SECTION 7.7   Compensation and Indemnity.

 

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services, which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred by it in accordance with any provision of this Indenture. Such expenses may include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Trustee shall not be under any obligation to institute any suit, or take any remedial action under this Indenture, or to enter any appearance or in any way defend in any suit in which it may be a defendant, or to take any steps in the execution of the trusts created hereby or thereby or in the enforcement of any rights and powers under this Indenture, until it shall be indemnified to its satisfaction against any and all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture, including compensation for services, costs, and expenses, outlays, and counsel fees and other disbursements, and against all liability not due to its willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any loss or liability incurred by it in connection with the acceptance and administration of the trust and its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of

 

-27-


its powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee hereby represents to the Company that it has no knowledge of any act or condition which would give rise to such a loss or liability, including contractual arrangements, if any, which existed on or before the date hereof. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity, however, unless the position of the Company is prejudiced by such failure, the failure of the Trustee to promptly notify the Company shall not limit its right to indemnification. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may retain separate counsel and the Company shall reimburse the Trustee for the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Once the Company assumes the defense of such claim, the Trustee shall pay all such fees and expenses incurred by the continued retention of such counsel. If, however, such counsel advises the Company and the Trustee as to such claim that the posture of the Company is or may be inconsistent with the posture of the Trustee, then the Trustee may continue the defense of such claim with its counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent.

 

The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(3) or (4) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

SECTION 7.8.   Replacement of Trustee.

 

The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee and may appoint a successor with the Company’s consent. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 

  (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

  (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

 

  (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

  (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

-28-


If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Securityholder.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.9.   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation or national banking association, the successor corporation or association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided such corporation or association shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7.

 

SECTION 7.10   Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1). The Trustee shall have a Combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA § 310(b)(9).

 

-29-


SECTION 7.11   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

SECTION 8.1   Termination of Company’s Obligations.

 

The Company may terminate all of its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture if all Securities previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Securities which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation, or if:

 

  (1) the Securities will mature within one year or all of them are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption; and

 

  (2) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay principal and interest on the Securities to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be.

 

The Company’s obligations in paragraph 13 of the Securities and in Section 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 7.7 and 7.8, and in Article 10, however, shall survive until the Securities are no longer outstanding. Thereafter the Company’s obligations in such paragraph 13 and in Section 7.7 shall survive.

 

After a deposit pursuant to Section 8.1(2) hereof the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Securities and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

In order to have money available on a payment date to pay principal of or interest on the Securities, the U.S. Government Obligations shall be payable as to principal or interest, without any reinvestment of interest, on or before such payment date in such amounts as will provide the necessary money. U.S. Government Obligations shall not be callable at the issuer’s option.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations of the United States for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.

 

-30-


SECTION 8.2   Application of Trust Money.

 

The Trustee shall hold in trust any money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.1. It shall apply the deposited money and the proceeds from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities. Money and securities so held in trust are not subject to the subordination provisions of Article 11.

 

SECTION 8.3   Repayment to Company.

 

The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Company, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

 

SECTION 8.4   Reinstatement.

 

If (i) the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 8.2 by reason of any order or judgement of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application and (ii) the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities so request by written notice to the Trustee, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.1 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal or interest on any Securities following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.1   Without Consent of Holders.

 

The Company may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:

 

  (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

  (2) to comply with Sections 5.1 and 10.14;

 

-31-


  (3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities so long as such uncertificated Securities are in registered form for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; or

 

  (4) to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder (including but not limited to a supplement to this Indenture under Section 5.1).

 

The Trustee may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder if the waiver does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder.

 

SECTION 9.2   With Consent of Holders.

 

The Company may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities without notice to any Securityholder. Without the consent of each Securityholder affected, however, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.4, may not:

 

  (1) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

  (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Security;

 

  (3) reduce the principal amount of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Security;

 

  (4) change the amount or time of any sinking fund payment required by paragraph 6 of the Securities;

 

  (5) reduce the Redemption Price of any Security;

 

  (6) waive a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security;

 

  (7) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Security;

 

  (8) make any change that adversely affects the right to convert any Security or that increases the Conversion Price of any Security; or

 

-32-


  (9) make any change that adversely affects the right to require the Company to purchase the Securities in accordance with the terms thereof and this Indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplement, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

No amendment may be made to Article 11 which adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Indebtedness then outstanding, unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness consent to such change.

 

SECTION 9.3   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

SECTION 9.4   Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

A consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. Any such Holder or subsequent Holder, however, may revoke the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security. Such revocation shall be effective only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.

 

An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective when it has been approved as provided in Section 9.1 or 9.2. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (2) through (9) of Section 9.2. In that case the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Security who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security.

 

SECTION 9.5   Notation on or Exchange of Securities.

 

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and execute and request that the Trustee authenticate and deliver a new security that reflects the changed terms.

 

-33-


SECTION 9.6   Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplement until the Board of Directors approves it.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

CONVERSION

 

SECTION 10.1   Conversion Privilege.

 

A Holder of a Security may convert such Security into Common Stock at any time during the period stated in paragraph 9 of the Securities. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Security is determined as follows: Divide the principal amount converted by the Conversion Price. Round the result to the nearest l/100th of a share.

 

The initial Conversion Price is stated in paragraph 9 of Exhibit A. The Conversion Price is subject to adjustment. See Sections 10.6 through 10.11.

 

A Holder may convert a portion of the principal amount of a Security if the portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to conversion of all of a Security also apply to conversion of a portion of a Security.

 

Quoted Price ” means, for any given day, the last reported per share sale price (or, if no sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and average ask prices) on such day of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or, in the event shares of Common Stock are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, such other national or regional securities exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed, or, if the shares of Common Stock are not listed on a national or regional securities exchange, as quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated. In the absence of one or more such quotations, the Company shall be entitled to determine the Quoted Price on the basis of such quotations as it considers appropriate.

 

Average Quoted Price ” means the average of the Quoted Prices of the Common Stock for the shorter of

 

(i) 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last full trading day prior to the Time of Determination with respect to the rights or warrants or distribution in respect of which the Average Quoted Price is being calculated, or

 

-34-


(ii) the period (x) commencing on the date next succeeding the first public announcement of (a) the issuance of rights or warrants or (b) the distribution, in each case, in respect of which the Average Quoted Price is being calculated and (y) proceeding through the last full trading day prior to the Time of Determination with respect to the rights, warrants or distribution in respect of which the Average Quoted Price is being calculated, or

 

(iii) the period, if any, (x) commencing on the date next succeeding the Ex-Dividend Time with respect to the next preceding (a) issuance of rights or warrants or (b) distribution, in each case, for which an adjustment is required by the provisions of Section 10.6(4), 10.7 or 10.8 and (y) proceeding through the last full trading day prior to the Time of Determination with respect to the rights, warrants or distribution in respect of which the Average Quoted Price is being calculated.

 

In the event that the Ex-Dividend Time (or in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification, the effective date with respect thereto) with respect to a dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification to which Section 10.6(1), (2), (3), or (5) applies occurs during the period applicable for calculating “Average Quoted Price” pursuant to the definition in the preceding sentence, “ Average Quoted Price” shall be calculated for such period in a manner determined by the Board of Directors to reflect the impact of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification on the Quoted Price of the Common Stock during such period.

 

Time of Determination ” means the time and date of the earlier of (i) the determination of stockholders entitled to receive rights, warrants or a distribution, in each case, to which Section 10.7 or 10.8 applies and (ii) the time (“ Ex-Dividend Time ”) immediately prior to the commencement of “ex-dividend” trading for such rights, warrants or distribution on the New York Stock Exchange or such other national or regional exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.

 

Common Stock means Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Company as it exists on the date of this Indenture as originally signed.

 

SECTION 10.2   Conversion Procedure.

 

To convert a Security, a Holder must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 9 of the Securities. The date on which the Holder satisfies all those requirements is the conversion date (the ‘“ Conversion Date ”). As soon as practicable after the Conversion date, the Company shall deliver through the Conversion Agent a certificate for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion and a check in lieu of any fractional share.

 

-35-


The Person in whose name the certificate is registered becomes a shareholder of record on the Conversion Date; provided , however, that no surrender of a Security on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock upon such conversion as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive such shares of Common Stock as the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open; such conversion shall be at the Conversion Price in effect on the date that such Security shall have been surrendered for conversion, as if the stock transfer books of the Company had not been closed. Upon conversion of a Security, such person shall no longer be a Holder of such Security.

 

Holders may surrender Securities for conversion by means of book entry delivery in accordance with paragraph 9 of the Securities and the regulations of the applicable book entry facility.

 

No payment or adjustment will be made for dividends on any Common Stock except as provided in this Article 10. Securities surrendered for conversion after the record date for the payment of interest but before the close of business on the interest payment date (other than Securities called for redemption on a Redemption Date within such period) must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the interest payable on such interest payment date.

 

If a Holder converts more than one Security at the same time, the number of full shares issuable upon the conversion shall be based on the total principal amount of the Securities converted.

 

Upon surrender of a Security that is converted in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to the unconverted portion of the Security surrendered.

 

If the last day on which a Security may be converted is a Legal Holiday in a place where a Conversion Agent is located, the Security may be surrendered to that Conversion Agent on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday.

 

SECTION 10.3   Fractional Shares.

 

The Company will not issue a fractional share of Common Stock upon conversion of a Security. Instead the Company will deliver its check for the current market value of the fractional share. The current market value of a fraction of a share is determined as follows: Multiply the current market price of a full share by the fraction. Round the result to the nearest cent.

 

-36-


The current market price of a share of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section 10.3 shall be the Quoted Price of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the Conversion Date. In the absence of any such quotation, the Company shall determine the current market price on the basis of such quotations as it considers appropriate.

 

SECTION 10.4   Taxes on Conversion.

 

If a Holder of a Security converts it, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue tax due on the issue of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion. The Holder, however, shall pay any such tax which is due because the shares are issued in a name other than the Holder’s.

 

SECTION 10.5   Company, to Provide Stock.

 

The Company shall reserve out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its shares of Common Stock held in treasury enough shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion of the Securities.

 

All shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of the Securities shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

In order that the Company may issue shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Securities, the Company will endeavor to comply with all applicable Federal and State securities laws and will endeavor to list such shares on each national securities exchange, if any, on which the Common Stock is listed.

 

SECTION 10.6   Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock.

 

Except as provided in Section 10.18, if the Company:

 

  (1) pays a stock dividend or makes a distribution in shares of its Common Stock;

 

  (2) subdivides its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares;

 

  (3) combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares;

 

  (4) distributes to all holders of its Common Stock shares of its capital stock other than Common Stock; or

 

  (5) issues by reclassification of its shares of Common Stock any shares of its capital stock,

 

then the conversion privilege and the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the Holder of any Security thereafter converted may receive the number

 

-37-


of shares of capital stock of the Company which he would have owned immediately following such action if he had converted the Security immediately prior to such action.

 

For a dividend or distribution in shares, the adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date for the dividend or distribution. For a subdivision, combination or reclassification, the adjustment shall become effective immediately after the effective date of the subdivision, combination or reclassification.

 

If after an adjustment a Holder of a Security upon conversion of it may receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock of the Company, the Board of Directors shall determine the allocation of the adjusted Conversion Price between or among the classes of capital stock. After such allocation, the conversion privilege and the Conversion Price of each class of capital stock shall thereafter be subject to adjustment on terms comparable to those applicable to Common Stock in this Indenture.

 

SECTION 10.7   Adjustment for Rights Issue.

 

If the Company issues any rights or warrants to all holders of shares of its Common Stock entitling them for a period expiring within 60 days after the record date mentioned below to purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock) at a price per share (or having a conversion price per share) less than the Quoted Price as of the Time of Determination, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

 

C’    =    C x (O + ((N x P)/M))
                          O + N

 

where:

 

  C’ = the adjusted Conversion Price.

 

  C = the current Conversion Price.

 

  O = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date for the distribution to which this Section 10.7 is being applied.

 

  N = the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered pursuant to the distribution.

 

  P = the offering price (or conversion price) per share of the additional shares.

 

  M =

the Average Quoted Price, minus , in the case of (i) a distribution to which Section 10.6(4) applies or (ii) a distribution to which Section 10.8 applies, for which, in each case, (x) the record date shall occur on or

 

-38-


 

before the record date for the distribution to which this Section 10.7 applies and (y) the Ex-Dividend Time shall occur on or after the date of the Time of Determination for the distribution to which this Section 10.7 applies, the fair market value (on the record date for the distribution to which this Section 10.7 applies) of the

 

(1) capital stock of the Company distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock in such Section 10.6(4) distribution and

 

(2) debt securities or any rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of the Company distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock in such Section 10.8 distribution.

 

The Board of Directors shall determine fair market values for the purposes of this Section 10.7.

 

The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights or warrants are issued, and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the rights or warrants. If all of the shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock subject to such rights or warrants have not been issued when such rights or warrants expire, then the conversion price shall promptly be readjusted to the conversion price which would then be in effect had the adjustment upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of the actual number of shares, of Common Stock (or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock) issued upon the exercise of such rights or warrants.

 

SECTION 10.8   Adjustment for Other Distributions.

 

If the Company distributes to all holders of shares of its Common Stock any of its assets or debt securities or any rights or warrants to purchase securities of the Company, but excluding distributions of capital stock referred to in Section 10.6 and distributions of rights, warrants or options referred to in Section 10.7, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula.

 

C’ = C x M-F

                M

 

where:

 

  C’ = the adjusted Conversion Price.

 

  C  = the current Conversion Price.

 

-39-


  M = the Average Quoted Price, minus, in the case of a distribution to which Section 10.6(4) applies, for which (i) the record date shall occur on or before the record date for the distribution to which this Section 10.8 applies and (ii) the Ex-Dividend Time shall occur on or after the date of the Time of Determination for the distribution to which this Sections 10.8 applies, the fair market value (on the record date for the distribution to which this Section 10.8 applies) of any capital stock of the Company distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock in such Section 10.6(4) distribution.

 

  F = the fair market value (on the record date for the distribution to which this Section 10.8 applies) of the assets, securities, rights, warrants or options to be distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock in the distribution to which this Section 10.8 is being applied.

 

The Board of Directors shall determine fair market values for the purposes of this Section 10.8, which determination shall be conclusive.

 

The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such distribution is made, and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the distribution. In the event that, with respect to any distribution to which this Section 10.8 would otherwise apply, the difference “M-F” as defined in the above formula is less than $1.00 or “F” is greater than “M”, then the adjustment provided by this Section 10.8 shall not be made and in lieu thereof the provisions of Section 10.14 shall apply to such distribution.

 

This Section does not apply to cash dividends or cash distributions paid out of consolidated current net income or retained earnings as shown on the books of the Company. Also, this Section does not apply to rights or warrants referred to in Section 10.7.

 

No adjustment in the conversion price need be made under Section 10.7 or this Section for sales of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan providing for reinvestment of dividends or interest or a Company stock option plan under which options may be granted generally to employees or affiliates of the Company.

 

SECTION 10.9   Voluntary Adjustment.

 

The Company at any time after reasonable notice to the Trustee and to Holders, may decrease, either permanently or for a limited period of time, the Conversion Price by any amount.

 

-40-


SECTION 10.10   When Adjustment May be Deferred.

 

No adjustment in the conversion price need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least $0.25 in the Conversion Price. Any adjustments which are not made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

 

All calculations under this Article shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest l/100th of a share, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 10.11   When Adjustment is Not Required.

 

Unless this Article provides otherwise, no adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made because the Company issues, in exchange for cash, property or services, shares of its capital stock including without limitation, Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of its capital stock including without limitation, Common Stock, or securities carrying the right to purchase shares of its capital stock including without limitation, Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.

 

SECTION 10.12   Notice of Adjustment.

 

Whenever the Conversion Price is required to be adjusted, the Company shall promptly mail to Securityholders a notice of the adjustment and file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth in reasonable detail facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computing it. The Certificate shall be conclusive evidence that the adjustment is correct.

 

SECTION 10.13   Notice of Certain Transactions.

 

If:

 

  (1) the Company takes any action which would required an adjustment in the conversion price pursuant to Section 10.6, 10.7 or 10.8;

 

  (2) the Company takes any action that would require a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 10.14; or

 

  (3) there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Company shall mail to Securityholders and the Trustee a notice stating the proposed record or effective date, as the case may be, of the transaction.

 

The Company shall mail the notice at least 10 days before such date. Failure to mail the notice or any defect in it shall not affect the validity of any transaction referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section.

 

-41-


SECTION 10.14   Consolidation, Merger or Sale of the Company.

 

If the Company is a party to a transaction described in Section 5.1 or a merger which reclassifies or changes its outstanding Common Stock, the Person obligated to deliver securities, cash or assets upon conversion of Securities shall enter into a supplemental indenture. If the issuer of securities deliverable upon conversion of Securities is an affiliate of the surviving, transferee or lessee Person, the issuer shall join in the supplemental indenture. The supplemental indenture shall provide that the Holder of a Security may convert it into the kind and amount of securities or assets which he would have owned immediately after the consolidation, merger or transfer if he had converted the Security immediately before the effective date of such transaction. The supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practical to the adjustments provided for in this Article. The Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a notice briefly describing the supplemental indenture.

 

If this Section applies, neither Section 10.6 nor Section 10 .7 apply.

 

If the Company makes a distribution to all holders of its Common Stock of any of its assets, or debt securities or any rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of the Company that, but for the provisions of the antepenultimate paragraph of Section 10.8, would otherwise result in an adjustment in the Conversion Price pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.8, then, from and after the record date for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive the distribution, a Holder of a Security that converts such Security in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture would upon such conversion be entitled to receive, in addition to the shares of Common Stock into which the Security is convertible, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets comprising the distribution that such Holder would have received if such Holder had converted the Security immediately prior to the record date for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive the distribution, provided, however, that the Holders of Securities not converted on or prior to Stated Maturity shall not receive such securities, cash or other assets which shall revert to the Company.

 

SECTION 10.15   Company Determination Final.

 

Any determination which the Board of Directors must make pursuant to this Article 10 is conclusive.

 

SECTION 10.16   Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article should be made, how it should be made or what it should be. The Trustee has no duty to determine whether any provisions of a supplemental indenture under Section 10.14 are

 

-42-


correct. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Securities. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company’s failure to comply with this Article. Each Conversion Agent other than the Company shall have the same protection under this Section as the Trustee.

 

SECTION 10.17   Simultaneous Adjustments.

 

In the event that this Article 10 requires adjustments to the Conversion Price under more than one of Sections 10.6(4), 10.7 or 10.8, and the record dates for the distributions giving rise to such adjustments shall occur on the same date, then such adjustments shall be made by applying, first, the provisions of Section 10.6, second, the provisions of Section 10.8 and, third, the provisions of Section 10.7.

 

SECTION 10.18   Successive Adjustments.

 

After an adjustment to the Conversion Price under this Article 10, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Article 10 shall cause an adjustment to the Conversion Price as so adjusted.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

SUBORDINATION

 

SECTION 11.1   Securities Subordinated to Senior Indebtedness.

 

The Company agrees, and each Holder of Securities by his acceptance thereof likewise agrees, that the payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities is subordinated, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.

 

This Article shall constitute a continuing offer to all persons who, in reliance upon such provisions, become holders of, or continue to hold Senior Indebtedness, and such provisions are made for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and such holders are made obligees hereunder and they and/or each of them may enforce such provisions.

 

SECTION 11.2   Company Not to Make Payments with Respect to Securities in Certain Circumstances.

 

(a) Upon the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness by lapse of time, acceleration or otherwise, all principal thereof, and accrued interest thereon shall first be paid in full, or such payment duly provided for in cash or in a manner satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment is made on account of the principal of or interest on the Securities or to acquire any of the Securities or on account of the sinking

 

-43-


fund provisions of paragraph 6 of the Securities (except sinking fund payments made in respect of Securities acquired by the Company before the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness).

 

(b) Upon the happening of any default in the payment of the principal of, sinking fund or interest on any Senior Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”), then, unless and until such Payment Default shall have cured or waived in writing or shall have ceased to exist, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal of or interest on the Securities or to acquire any of the Securities or on account of the sinking fund provisions of paragraph 6 of the Securities (except sinking fund payments made in respect of Securities acquired by the Company before such default and notice thereof). Nothing in this Article, however, shall relieve the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative from any notice requirements set forth in the instrument evidencing such Senior Indebtedness.

 

(c) During the continuance of any other event of default with respect to Senior Indebtedness entitling the holders thereof to accelerate the maturity thereof, upon written notice given to the Company and the Trustee by any holder of Senior Indebtedness or their representative no payment may be made by the Company upon or in respect of the Securities, unless such default is cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, for a period of 179 days after the earlier of the date the Company or the Trustee receives written notice of such default from a person entitled to give such notice but payments may thereafter be resumed if such default is not then the subject of a judicial proceeding. No new 179 day period of suspension of payments relating to the same default (or another default in existence at the time of the prior notice) on the same issue of Senior Indebtedness may be commenced within one year after the first such notice relating thereto.

 

(d) In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2, the Company shall make any payment to the Trustee on account of the principal of or interest on the Securities, or on account of the sinking fund provisions of paragraph 6 of the Securities, after the happening of a default with respect to Senior Indebtedness specified in this Section 11.2, then, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, such payment (subject to the provisions of Sections 11.6 and 11.7) shall be held by the Trustee, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness (pro rata as to each of such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by them) or their representative or the trustee under the indenture or other agreement (if any) pursuant to which Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior

 

-44-


Indebtedness. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any default with respect to Senior Indebtedness specified in this Section 11.2.

 

(e) In the event the Securities are declared due and payable prior to their Stated Maturity by reason of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Indebtedness of such acceleration; and the Company shall not make any payment in respect of the Securities until the 121st day after such acceleration occurs; and thereafter may make payments in respect of the Securities only if this Indenture and the terms of then outstanding Senior Indebtedness otherwise permit such payments.

 

SECTION 11.3   Securities Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Indebtedness on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of Company.

 

Upon any distribution of assets of the Company upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise):

 

(a) the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall first be entitled to receive payments in full of the principal thereof and interest due thereon before the Holders of the Securities are entitled to receive any payment on account of the principal of or interest on the Securities;

 

(b) any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Securities would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article 11, shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative, or to the trustee under any indenture under which Senior Indebtedness may have been issued (pro rata as to each such holder, representative or trustee on the basis of the respective amounts of unpaid Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each), to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution or provision therefor to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness; and

 

(c) in the event that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.3, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities on account of principal of or interest on the Securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or effective provision made for its payment, such payment or distribution (subject to the provisions of Sections 11.6 and 11.7)

 

-45-


shall be received and held in trust for and shall be paid over to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid or unprovided for or their representative, or to the trustee under any indenture under which such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued (pro rata as provided in subsection (b) above), for application to the payment of such Senior Indebtedness until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution or provisions therefor to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 11, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the person entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 11. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payments or distribution pursuant to this Article 11, the Trustee may request such person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such person, as to the extent to which such person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, and as to other facts pertinent to the rights of such person under this Article 11, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such person pending judicial determination as to the right of such person to receive such payment.

 

The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company.

 

SECTION 11.4 Securityholders to Be Subrogated to Right of Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

 

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated equally and ratably to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Company applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until all amounts owing on the Securities shall be paid in full, and for the purpose of such subrogation no payments or distributions to the holders of the senior Indebtedness by or on behalf of the Company or by or on

 

-46-


behalf of the Holders of the Securities by virtue of this Article 11 which otherwise would have been made to the Holders of the Securities shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be payment by the Company to or on account of the Senior Indebtedness, it being understood that the provisions of this Article 11 are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

 

SECTION 11.5 Obligations of the Company Unconditional.

 

Nothing contained in this Article 11 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any Security is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of the Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of and interest on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article 11 of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

 

Nothing contained in this Article 11 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any Security is intended to or shall affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, at any time except during the pendency of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceeding, and except during the continuance of any event of default specified in Section 11.2 (not cured or waived) payments at any time of the principal of or interest on the Securities.

 

SECTION 11.6 Trustee Entitled to Assume Payments Not Prohibited in Absence of Notice.

 

The Trustee shall not at any time be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or from one or more holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any representative thereof or from any trustee therefor; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.2, shall be entitled to assume conclusively that no such facts exist.

 

-47-


SECTION 11.7 Application by Trustee of Monies Deposited with It.

 

Except as provided in Section 8.2, any deposit of monies by the Company with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (whether or not in trust) for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Securities shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.4 except that, if prior to the date on which by the terms of this Indenture any such monies may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of either the principal of or interest on any Security) the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such monies the notice provided for in Section 11.6, then the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such date. This section shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Trustee and Paying Agent and shall not otherwise affect the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

SECTION 11.8 Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of Company or Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

 

No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

 

SECTION 11.9 Securityholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Securities.

 

Each Holder of the Securities by his acceptance thereof authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article 11 and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose, including, in the event of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets of the Company, the immediate filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of its or his Securities in the form required in said proceedings and cause said claim to be approved. If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims, then the holders of Senior Indebtedness are hereby authorized to have the right to file and are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of said Securities.

 

-48-


With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 11, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Section 7.1, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Senior Indebtedness if it shall mistakenly pay over or deliver to Holders, the Company or any other Person, monies or assets to which any holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 11 or otherwise.

 

SECTION 11.10 Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness; Compensation Not Prejudiced.

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to all of the rights set forth in this Article 11 in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 11 shall apply to claims of or payments to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.7.

 

SECTION 11.11 Article 11 Not to Prevent Events of Default.

 

The failure to make a payment on account of principal or interest by reason of any provision in this Article 11 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 6.1.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 12.1 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.

 

SECTION 12.2 Notices.

 

Any notice or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company:

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

400 Centre Street

Newton, Massachusetts 02158

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

-49-


if to the Trustee:

 

THE CONNECTICUT NATIONAL BANK

777 Main Street

Hartford, Connecticut 06115

Attention:

   Jay T. Bauer, Corporate
     Trust Administration

 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall be sufficiently given to him if mailed to him by first-class mail at his address as it appears on the register kept by the Registrar and shall be so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

SECTION 12.3 Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

 

Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

SECTION 12.4 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

  (1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

  (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

SECTION 12.5 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

  (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

-50-


  (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

  (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

  (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 12.6 When Treasury Securities Disregarded.

 

In determining whether Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or by any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s rights so to act with respect to the Securities and if the pledgee is not the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

SECTION 12.7 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for the administration of this Indenture. Such rules may cover matters relating to action by or a meeting of Securityholders. The Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions.

 

SECTION 12.8 Legal Holidays.

 

A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or the State of Connecticut are not required to be open. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

-51-


SECTION 12.9 Governing Law.

 

THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS SHALL GOVERN THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES.

 

SECTION 12.10 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

SECTION 12.11 No Recourse Against Others.

 

All liability described in paragraph 18 of the Securities of any director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Company is waived and released.

 

SECTION 12.12 Successors.

 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

SECTION 12.13 Duplicate Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

SECTION 12.14 Severability.

 

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Securities.

 

-52-


 

SIGNATURES

 

Dated as of April 1, 1990

     

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

            By:   

/s/ Illegible

               

Chairman of the Board

[Seal]

       

Attest:

       

/s/ Illegible

           

Secretary

           

Dated as of April 1, 1990

     

THE CONNECTICUT NATIONAL BANK,
as Trustee

            By:   

/s/ Jay T Bauer

               

Jay T Bauer

               

Corporate Trust Officer

[Seal]

           

 

-53-


 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FACE OF SECURITY]

 

No.

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

 

8-3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Due 2015

 

Interest    Payment Dates:      April 1 and October 1
     Record Dates:      March 15 and September 15

 

Greenery Rehabilitation Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to _____________________________________ or registered assigns, the principal amount of _______________________________________ Dollars on April 1, 2015

 

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

 

           

Dated:

       

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

THE CONNECTICUT NATIONAL BANK, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.            
            By     
           

Chairman of the Board

By:            By     
   

Authorized Officer

         

Treasurer

               

(SEAL)

 


 

[REVERSE OF SECURITY]

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC.

 

8-3/4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note Due 2015

 

(1) Interest.

 

GREENERY REHABILITATION GROUP, INC. (“Company”), a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on October 1, 1990. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of initial issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2) Method of Payment.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the fifteenth day of the month preceding the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments in respect of the Securities. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may make such payments by check payable in such money.

 

(3) Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent.

 

Initially, The Connecticut National Bank ( “Trustee” ) will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent or co-Registrar without notice. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent or co-Registrar.

 

(4) Indenture.

 

The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as April l, 1990 (“ Indenture ”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (“Act”). The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of them. In case of any conflict between the Indenture and the Securities, the Indenture shall control. The Securities are general unsecured obligations

 


of the Company. Securities in an unlimited aggregate principal amount may be issued under the Indenture.

 

(5) Optional Redemption.

 

The Securities are subject to redemption, as a whole or from time to time in part (otherwise than through the operation of the sinking fund as contained in paragraph 6), at any time after April 1, 1993 (subject to the provisions of the Indenture), at the option of the Company, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice given as provided in the Indenture, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount),

 

If redeemed during the 12-month

period commencing April 1


   Percentage

 

1993

   106.125 %

1994

   105.25    

1995

   104.375  

1996

   103.50    
1997    102.625 %
1998    101.75    
1999    100.875  

 

and thereafter at 100% of the principal amount, in each case together with accrued interest to the redemption date.

 

(6) Sinking Fund.

 

The Company will redeem five percent (5%) of the principal amount of the Securities issued as provided in paragraph 4 of this Security on April 1, 2000 and on each April 1 thereafter through April 1, 2014, at a redemption price of 100% of principal amount, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, by paying such amount to the Trustee, as a sinking fund payment, on or before each such April 1. The Company may reduce the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed pursuant to this paragraph 6 by subtracting 100% of the principal amount (excluding premium) of any Securities that Securityholders have converted, or that the Company has delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or redeemed other than pursuant to this paragraph 6. The Company may so subtract the same Security only once.

 

(7) Notice of Redemption.

 

Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at the Holder’s registered address. If money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent prior to or on the Redemption Date, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Securities or portions thereof. Securities in denominations larger than $1,000 of principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000 of principal amount.

 

-2-


(8) Purchase By the Company at the Option of the Holder.

 

At the option of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase the Securities held by such Holder 35 Business Days after the occurrence of a Risk Event of the Company occurring on or prior to April 1, 1995 for a Risk Event Purchase Price equal to the principal amount plus accrued interest to the Risk Event Purchase Date, which Risk Event Purchase Price shall be paid in cash.

 

(9) Conversion.

 

Subject to the next two succeeding sentences, a Holder of a Security may convert it into shares of Common Stock of the Company at any time before the close of business on April 1, 2015. If the Security is called for redemption, the Holder may convert it at any time before the close of business on the Redemption Date. A Security in respect of which a Holder has delivered a notice of exercise of the option to require the Company to purchase such Security may be converted only if the notice of exercise is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

The initial Conversion Price is $13.50 per share of Common Stock, subject to adjustment in certain events described in the Indenture. To determine the number of shares issuable upon conversion of a Security, divide the principal amount converted by the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date. On conversion no adjustment for accrued interest or dividends will be made. The Company will deliver cash or a check in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock.

 

To convert a Security a Holder must (1) complete and manually sign the conversion notice below (or complete and manually sign a facsimile of such notice) and deliver such notice to the Conversion Agent or, if applicable, complete and deliver to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”, which term includes any successor thereto) the appropriate instruction form for conversion pursuant to DTC’s book entry conversion program, (2) surrender the Security to a Conversion Agent by physical or (in the case of conversion pursuant to DTC’s book entry conversion program) book entry delivery, (3) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Conversion Agent, the Company or the Trustee and (4) pay any transfer or similar tax, if required. Book entry delivery of a Security to a Conversion Agent may be made by any financial institution that is a participant in DTC. If a Holder surrenders a Security for conversion during the period from the close of business on the fifteenth business day of the month preceding an interest payment date to the close of business on such interest payment date, the Security must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the interest payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount of the Security then

 

-3-


being converted (unless called for redemption in whole or in part on a redemption date during such period).

 

A Holder may convert a portion of a Security if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. No payment or adjustment will be made for dividends on the Common Stock except as provided in the Indenture.

 

The Conversion Price will be adjusted for dividends or distributions on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or other capital stock, unless excluded in the Indenture; subdivisions, combinations or certain reclassifications of Common Stock; distributions to all holders of Common Stock of certain rights to purchase Common Stock for a period of 60 days at less than the Quoted Price at the Time of Determination; and distributions to such holders of assets, debt securities or certain rights to purchase securities of the Company. However, no adjustment need be made if Securityholders may participate in the transaction or in certain other cases. The Company from time to time may voluntarily decrease the Conversion Price. No adjustment of the Conversion Price need be made until cumulative adjustments amount to at least $0.25, but any adjustment that would otherwise be required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

 

If the Company is a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange or a transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, or upon certain distributions described in the Indenture, the right to convert a Security into Common Stock may be changed into a right to convert it into securities, cash or other assets of the Company or another person.

 

(10) Subordination.

 

The Securities are subordinated in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness, which is any Debt of the Company whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, except the Company’s 6  1 / 2 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures (the “ Debentures ”) and Debt which by its terms is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Debentures or is on a parity in right of payment with the Securities. Debt is the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on and fees and other amounts payable with respect to: (1) any indebtedness or obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the Company (i) for money borrowed; or (ii) evidenced by a note, debenture, similar instrument or agreement (including, without limitation, a purchase money obligation) given in connection with the acquisition or improvement of any business, property or assets of any kind, including, without limitation, securities, but excluding trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; or (iii) as lessee under any lease of real property and any capitalized lease, in either case, entered into after the date of the Indenture and which by its terms is expressly made senior to the Notes; (2) any indebtedness or obligations of others of the

 

-4-


kinds described in the preceding clause (1) which the Company has guaranteed or for which it is otherwise liable; and (3) any amendment, renewal, extension, modification or refunding of any such debt described in (1) and (2) above. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Securities may be paid. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees to the subordination and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect.

 

(11) Denominations, Transfers, Exchange.

 

The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not transfer or exchange any Security selected for redemption, or transfer or exchange any Security (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or any Securities in respect of which a Risk Event Purchase Notice has been given and not withdrawn (except, in the case of a Security to be purchased in part, the portion of the Security not to be purchased), or any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

 

(12) Persons Deemed Owners.

 

The registered Holder of a Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

(13) Unclaimed Money.

 

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment unless an abandoned property law designates another Person.

 

(14) Amendment, Supplement, Waiver.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Securities may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities and any past default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities or to make any change that does not

 

-5-


materially adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder. Without the consent of Holders, the Trustee may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities if the waiver does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

 

(15) Successor.

 

Except as provided in the Indenture, when a successor partnership, trust or corporation or other Person assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Securities and the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

(16) Defaults and Remedies.

 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Securities or default in payment of principal on the Securities or in the making of any sinking fund payment required by paragraph 6; (ii) failure by the Company to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Securities, subject to notice and lapse of time; and (iii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Securities becoming due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

 

Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of amounts specified in clause (i) above) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests.

 

(17) Trustee Dealings with Company.

 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates, as if it were not Trustee.

 

(18) No Recourse Against Others.

 

A director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the

 

-6-


Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability on the part of any and all directors, officers, employees, or shareholders, as such, of the Company. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of Securities.

 

(19) Authentication.

 

This Security shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

(20) Abbreviations.

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(21) Inspection of Indenture and Requests for Copies.

 

Holders may inspect the Indenture at the principal executive office of the Company.

 

The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Treasurer, Greenery Rehabilitation Group, Inc., 400 Centre Street, Newton, Massachusetts 02158.

 

(22) CUSIP Numbers.

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedure, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities as a convenience to the holders of the Securities. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Securities and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

-7-


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM


      

CONVERSION NOTICE


If you the holder want to assign this Security, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:

 

For value received, I or we assign and transfer this Security to

      

If you the holder want to convert this Security into Common Stock of the Company, check the box ¨

 

If you want to convert only part of this Security, state the amount:

         $                          ,000
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax ID number)         
          
         If you want the stock certificate made out in another person’s name, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed:
        
        
        

and irrevocably appoint

        
         (Insert another person’s social security or tax ID number)
          
agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.         
        
        
          
         (Print or type other person’s name, address and zip code)
          
Date: _______________________________________________        Your signature: ______________________________________
         (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of Security)
          

Signature Guarantee:

        

 

-8-

EXHIBIT 10.4.1

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of October 31, 2000

 

between

 

FIRST SECURITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not individually,

but solely as Owner Trustee

under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1,

as Lessor

 

and

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Lessee

 

This Lease Agreement (the “ Lease Agreement ”) is subject to a security interest in favor of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent (the “ Agent ”) under the Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof among First Security Bank, National Association, not individually except as expressly stated therein, but solely as Owner Trustee under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1, the Lenders and the Agent, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time. This Lease Agreement has been executed in several counterparts. To the extent, if any, that this Lease Agreement constitutes chattel paper (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction), no security interest in this Lease Agreement may be created through the transfer or possession of any counterpart other than the original counterpart containing the receipt therefor executed by the Agent on the signature page hereof.

 


Table of Contents

 

          Page

ARTICLE I

   1

1.1.

  

Definitions

   1

ARTICLE II

   1

2.1.

  

Properties

   1

2.2.

  

Lease Term

   2

2.3.

  

Title

   2

ARTICLE III

   2

3.1.

  

Rent

   2

3.2.

  

Payment of Basic Rent

   2

3.3.

  

Supplemental Rent

   2

3.4.

  

Performance on a Non-Business Day

   3

3.5.

  

Rent Payment Provisions

   3

ARTICLE IV

   3

4.1.

  

Utility Charges; Taxes

   3

ARTICLE V

   4

5.1.

  

Quiet Enjoyment

   4

ARTICLE VI

   4

6.1.

  

Net Lease

   4

6.2.

  

No Termination or Abatement

   5

ARTICLE VII

   5

7.1.

  

Ownership of the Properties

   5

ARTICLE VIII

   6

8.1.

  

Condition of the Properties

   6

8.2.

  

Possession and Use of the Properties

   7

ARTICLE IX

   7

9.1.

  

Compliance with Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements

   7

 

i


          Page

ARTICLE X

   8

10.1.

  

Maintenance and Repair; Return

   8

10.2.

  

Environmental Inspection

   9

ARTICLE XI

   9

11.1.

  

Modifications

   9

ARTICLE XII

   10

12.1.

  

Warranty of Title

   10

ARTICLE XIII

   11

13.1.

  

Permitted Contests Other Than in Respect of Indemnities

   11

ARTICLE XIV

   11

14.1.

  

Public Liability and Workers’ Compensation Insurance

   11

14.2.

  

Hazard and Other Insurance

   12

14.3.

  

Coverage

   12

ARTICLE XV

   13

15.1.

  

Casualty and Condemnation

   13

15.2.

  

Environmental Matters

   15

15.3.

  

Notice of Environmental Matters

   15

ARTICLE XVI

   16

16.1.

  

Termination Upon Certain Events

   16

16.2.

  

Procedures

   16

ARTICLE XVII

   16

17.1.

  

Lease Events of Default

   16

17.2.

  

Surrender of Possession

   19

17.3.

  

Reletting

   19

17.4.

  

Damages

   19

17.5.

  

Final Liquidated Damages

   20

17.6.

  

Waiver of Certain Rights

   21

17.7.

  

Assignment of Rights Under Contract

   21

17.8.

  

Environmental Costs

   21

17.9.

  

Remedies Cumulative

   22

17.10.

  

Notice of Default or Event of Default

   22

 

ii


          Page

ARTICLE XVIII

   22

18.1.

  

Lessor’s Right to Cure Lessee’s Lease Defaults

   22

ARTICLE XIX

   22

19.1.

  

Provisions Relating to Lessee’s Exercise of its Purchase Option

   22

19.2.

  

No Termination With Respect to Less than all of the Properties

   22

ARTICLE XX

   23

20.1.

  

Early Purchase Option

   23

20.2.

  

Purchase or Sale Option

   23

ARTICLE XXI

   24

21.1.

  

Intentionally Deleted

   24

ARTICLE XXII

   24

22.1.

  

Sale Procedure

   24

22.2.

  

Application of Proceeds of Sale

   26

22.3.

  

Indemnity for Excessive Wear

   26

22.4.

  

Appraisal Procedure

   26

22.5.

  

Certain Obligations Continue

   27

ARTICLE XXIII

   27

23.1.

  

Holding Over

   27

ARTICLE XXIV

   28

24.1.

  

Risk of Loss

   28

ARTICLE XXV

   28

25.1.

  

Assignment

   28

25.2.

  

Subleases

   28

ARTICLE XXVI

   29

26.1.

  

No Waiver

   29

ARTICLE XXVII

   29

27.1.

  

Acceptance of Surrender

   29

27.2.

  

No Merger of Title

   29

 

iii


          Page

ARTICLE XXVIII

   30

28.1.

  

Incorporation of Covenants

   30

28.2.

  

Additional Reporting Requirements

   31

ARTICLE XXIX

   31

29.1.

  

Notices

   31

ARTICLE XXX

   32

30.1.

  

Miscellaneous

   32

30.2.

  

Amendments and Modifications

   32

30.3.

  

Successors and Assigns

   33

30.4.

  

Headings and Table of Contents

   33

30.5.

  

Counterparts

   33

30.6.

  

GOVERNING LAW

   33

30.7.

  

Calculation of Rent

   33

30.8.

  

Memorandum of Lease

   33

30.9.

  

Allocations between the Lenders and the Holders

   33

30.10.

  

Limitations on Recourse

   34

30.11.

  

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL

   34

30.12.

  

Existing Agreements

   34

30.13.

  

Power of Sale

   34

30.14.

  

Exercise of Lessor Right

   34

 

iv


LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, this “Lease”), dated as of October 31,2000, is between FIRST SECURITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, having its principal office at 79 South Main Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1, as Lessor (the “Lessor”), and HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, as Lessee (the “Lessee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Participation Agreement (defined below), Lessor owns or leases under ground leases certain parcels of real property, the Improvements on such real property and certain Equipment; and

 

WHEREAS, the Basic Term shall commence with respect to the Properties as of the date hereof; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lessor desires to lease to the Lessee, and the Lessee desires to lease from the Lessor, the Properties;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

  1.1. Definitions.

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Lease have the respective meanings specified in Appendix A to the Participation Agreement of even date herewith (as such may be amended, modified, supplemented, restated and/or replaced from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Participation Agreement”) among the Lessee, First Security Bank, National Association, not individually, except as expressly stated therein, but as Owner Trustee under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1, the Holders party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Agent.

 

ARTICLE II

 

  2.1. Properties .

 

Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, each Property described in Exhibit A and Schedule I-A, Schedule I-B and Schedule I-C attached thereto.

 


  2.2. Lease Term .

 

The term of this Lease with respect to each Property (the “Basic Term”) shall continue from the date hereof (the “Basic Term Commencement Date” or the “Term Commencement Date”) and shall end on June 22, 2003 (the “Basic Term Expiration Date”), unless the Term is earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

 

  2.3. Title .

 

Each Property is leased to Lessee without any representation or warranty, express or implied, by Lessor and subject to the rights of parties in possession (if any), the existing state of title (including, without limitation, the Permitted Exceptions) and all applicable Legal Requirements. Lessee shall in no event have any recourse against Lessor for any defect in title to any Property other than for Lessor Liens.

 

ARTICLE III

 

  3.1. Rent .

 

  (a) Lessee shall pay Basic Rent on each Payment Date, and on any date on which this Lease shall terminate.

 

  (b) Basic Rent shall be due and payable in lawful money of the United States and shall be paid in immediately available funds on the due date therefor (or within the applicable grace period) to such account or accounts at such bank or banks as Lessor shall from time to time direct.

 

  (c) Lessee’s inability or failure to take possession of all or any portion of any Property on the Closing Date, whether or not attributable to any act or omission of the Lessor, the Lessee, or any other Person, or for any other reason whatsoever, shall not delay or otherwise affect Lessee’s obligation to pay Rent for such Property in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

  3.2. Payment of Basic Rent .

 

Basic Rent shall be paid absolutely net to Lessor or its designee, so that this Lease shall yield to Lessor the full amount of Basic Rent, without setoff, deduction or reduction.

 

  3.3. Supplemental Rent .

 

Lessee shall pay to Lessor or its designee or to the Person entitled thereto any and all Supplemental Rent promptly as the same shall become due and payable, and if Lessee fails to pay any Supplemental Rent, Lessor shall have all rights, powers and remedies provided for herein or by law or equity or otherwise in the case of nonpayment of Basic Rent. Without limiting the generality of the definition of “Supplemental Rent,” Lessee shall pay to Lessor as Supplemental Rent, among other things, on demand, to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, (a) any and all unpaid fees, charges, payments and other obligations (except the obligations of Lessor to pay the principal amount of the Loans and the Holder Amount) due and

 

2


owing by Lessor under the Credit Agreement, the Trust Agreement or any other Operative Agreement (including specifically without limitation any amounts owing to the Lenders under Section 2.11 or Section 2.12 of the Credit Agreement and any amounts owing to the Holders under Section 3.9 or Section 3.10 of the Trust Agreement) and (b) interest at the applicable Base Rate on any installment of Basic Rent not paid when due (subject to the applicable grace period) for the period for which the same shall be overdue and on any payment of Supplemental Rent not paid when due or demanded by the appropriate Person for the period from the due date or the date of any such demand, as the case may be, until the same shall be paid. The expiration or other termination of Lessee’s obligations to pay Basic Rent hereunder shall not limit or modify the obligations of Lessee with respect to Supplemental Rent. Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Lease, in the event of any failure on the part of Lessee to pay and discharge any Supplemental Rent as and when due, Lessee shall also promptly pay and discharge any fine, penalty, interest or cost which may be assessed or added (a) by any party to an Operative Agreement pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (b) by any Person that is not a party to an Operative Agreement, in each case for nonpayment or late payment of such Supplemental Rent, all of which shall also constitute Supplemental Rent.

 

  3.4. Performance on a Non-Business Day .

 

If any Basic Rent is required hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Basic Rent shall be due on the corresponding Scheduled Interest Payment Date. If any Supplemental Rent is required hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Supplemental Rent shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

  3.5. Rent Payment Provisions .

 

Lessee shall make payment of all Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent when due regardless of whether any of the Operative Agreements pursuant to which same is calculated and is owing shall have been rejected, avoided or disavowed in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving any of the parties to any of the Operative Agreements. Such provisions of such Operative Agreements and their related definitions are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive any termination, amendment or rejection of any such Operative Agreements.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

  4.1. Utility Charges; Taxes .

 

Lessee shall pay or cause to be paid all charges for electricity, power, gas, oil, water, telephone, sanitary sewer service and all other rents and utilities used in or on any Property and related real property during the Term. Lessee shall be entitled to receive any credit or refund with respect to any utility charge paid by Lessee. Unless a Lease Default or Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the amount of any credit or refund received by Lessor on account of any utility charges paid by Lessee, net of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in obtaining such credit or refund, shall be promptly paid over to Lessee. In addition, Lessee shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes or tax assessments against any Property. All charges for utilities and all taxes or tax assessments imposed with respect to any Property for a billing period (or in the cases of tax assessments, a tax period) during which this

 

3


Lease expires or terminates shall be adjusted and prorated on a daily basis between Lessor and Lessee, and each party shall pay or reimburse the other for such party’s pro rata share thereof.

 

ARTICLE V

 

  5.1. Quiet Enjoyment .

 

Subject to the rights of Lessor contained in Sections 17.2 and 17.3 and the other terms of this Lease and the other Operative Agreements and so long as no Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lessee shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy each Property for the applicable Term, free of any claim or other action by Lessor or anyone rightfully claiming by, through or under Lessor (other than Lessee) with respect to any matters arising from and after the Basic Term Commencement Date.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

  6.1. Net Lease .

 

This Lease shall constitute a net lease. Any present or future law to the contrary notwithstanding, this Lease shall not terminate, nor shall Lessee be entitled to any abatement, suspension, deferment, reduction, setoff, counterclaim, or defense with respect to the Rent, nor shall the obligations of Lessee hereunder be affected (except as expressly herein permitted and by performance of the obligations in connection therewith) by reason of (a) any damage to or destruction of any Property or any part thereof; (b) any taking of any Property or any part thereof or interest therein by Condemnation or otherwise; (c) any prohibition, limitation, restriction or prevention of Lessee’s use, occupancy or enjoyment of any Property or any part thereof, or any interference with such use, occupancy or enjoyment by any Person or for any other reason; (d) any title defect, Lien or any matter affecting title to any Property; (e) any eviction by paramount title or otherwise; (f) any default by Lessor hereunder; (g) any action for bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or other proceeding relating to or affecting the Agent, any Lender, Lessor, Lessee, any Holder or any Governmental Authority; (h) the impossibility or illegality of performance by Lessor, Lessee or both, (i) any action of any Governmental Authority or any other Person; (j) Lessee’s acquisition of ownership of all or part of any Property; (k) breach of any warranty or representation with respect to any Property or of any Operative Agreement; (1) any defect in the condition, quality or fitness for use of any Property or any part thereof; or (m) any other cause or circumstance whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing and whether or not Lessee shall have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing. The foregoing clause (j) shall not prevent the termination of the Lease in accordance with the terms hereof if the Lessee purchases all of the Properties pursuant to Section 20.1 or 20.2. The parties intend that the obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be covenants, agreements and obligations that are separate and independent from any obligations of Lessor hereunder and shall continue unaffected unless such covenants, agreements and obligations shall have been modified or terminated in accordance with an express provision of this Lease. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Section 6.1 have been specifically reviewed and agreed to, and that this Lease has been negotiated by the parties.

 

4


  6.2. No Termination or Abatement .

 

Lessee shall remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its terms and shall not take any action to terminate, rescind or avoid this Lease, notwithstanding any action for bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, or other proceeding affecting Lessor or any Governmental Authority, or any action with respect to this Lease or any Operative Agreement which may be taken by any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Lessor or any Governmental Authority or by any court with respect to Lessor, Lessee, any Holder, or any Governmental Authority. Lessee hereby waives all right (a) to terminate or surrender this Lease (except as permitted under the terms of the Operative Agreements) or (b) to avail itself of any abatement, suspension, deferment, reduction, setoff, counterclaim or defense with respect to any Rent. Lessee shall remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its terms and Lessee hereby waives any and all rights now or hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise to modify or to avoid strict compliance with its obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any such statute or otherwise, Lessee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in this Lease.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

  7.1. Ownership of the Properties .

 

  (a) Lessor and Lessee intend that (i) for financial accounting purposes with respect to Lessee (A) this Lease will be treated as an “operating lease” pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, as amended, (B) Lessor will be treated as the owner and lessor of the Properties and (C) Lessee will be treated as the lessee of the Properties, but (ii) for federal and all state and local income tax purposes, for bankruptcy purposes and all other purposes (A) this Lease will be treated as a financing arrangement and (B) Lessee will be treated as the owner of the Properties and will be entitled to all tax benefits ordinarily available to owners of property similar to the Properties for such tax purposes, and (C) all payments of Basic Rent shall be deemed to be interest payments. Consistent with the foregoing, Lessee intends to claim depreciation and cost recovery deductions associated with the Properties, and Lessor agrees not to take any inconsistent position on its income tax returns. Neither Lessor, the Agent, any Lender, any Holder, UBS Warburg LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., The Chase Manhattan Bank nor Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch makes any representation or warranty with respect to the foregoing matters described in this Section 7.1 and will assume no liability for the Lessee’s accounting treatment of this transaction.

 

  (b)

For all purposes other than as set forth in Section 7.l(a)(i) , Lessor and Lessee intend this Lease to constitute a finance lease and not a true lease. Lessor and Lessee further intend and agree that, for the purpose of securing Lessee’s obligations hereunder (i) this Lease shall be deemed to be a security agreement and financing statement within the meaning of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code respecting each of the Properties to the extent such is personal property and an irrevocable grant and conveyance of each Property to the Lessor as security for the Lessee’s obligations hereunder to the extent such is real

 

5


 

property; (ii) the acquisition of title (or to the extent applicable, a leasehold interest) in the Properties referenced in Article II shall be deemed to be (A) a grant by Lessee to Lessor of a lien on and security interest in all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to each Property and all proceeds (including without limitation insurance proceeds) of each Property, whether in the form of cash, investments, securities or other property, and (B) an assignment by Lessee to Lessor of all rents, profits and income produced by each Property; and (iii) notifications to Persons holding such Property, and acknowledgments, receipts or confirmations from financial intermediaries, bankers or agents (as applicable) of Lessee shall be deemed to have been given for the purpose of perfecting such security interest under applicable law. Lessor and Lessee shall promptly take such actions as may be necessary or advisable in either party’s opinion (including without limitation the filing of Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements or Uniform Commercial Code Fixture Filings) to ensure that the lien and security interest in the Properties will be deemed to be a perfected lien and security interest of first priority under applicable law and will be maintained as such throughout the Term.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

  8.1. Condition of the Properties .

 

LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT IS LEASING THE PROPERTIES “AS IS” WITHOUT REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY OR COVENANT (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) BY LESSOR AND IN EACH CASE SUBJECT TO (A) THE EXISTING STATE OF TITLE, (B) THE RIGHTS OF ANY PARTIES IN POSSESSION THEREOF (IF ANY), (C) ANY STATE OF FACTS WHICH AN ACCURATE SURVEY OR PHYSICAL INSPECTION MIGHT SHOW, (D) ALL APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND (E) VIOLATIONS OF LEGAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY EXIST ON THE DATE HEREOF. NEITHER LESSOR NOR THE AGENT NOR ANY LENDER NOR ANY HOLDER HAS MADE OR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE ANY REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY OR COVENANT (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) OR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE ANY LIABILITY WHATSOEVER AS TO THE TITLE, VALUE, HABITABILITY, USE, CONDITION, DESIGN, OPERATION, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE OF ANY PROPERTY (OR ANY PART THEREOF), OR ANY OTHER REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY OR COVENANT WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO ANY PROPERTY (OR ANY PART THEREOF), AND NEITHER LESSOR NOR THE AGENT NOR ANY LENDER NOR ANY HOLDER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY LATENT, HIDDEN, OR PATENT DEFECT THEREON OR THE FAILURE OF ANY PROPERTY, OR ANY PART THEREOF, TO COMPLY WITH ANY LEGAL REQUIREMENT. THE LESSEE HAS BEEN AFFORDED FULL OPPORTUNITY TO INSPECT EACH PROPERTY AND THE IMPROVEMENTS THEREON (IF ANY), IS (INSOFAR AS THE LESSOR, THE AGENT, EACH LENDER AND EACH HOLDER ARE CONCERNED) SATISFIED WITH THE RESULTS OF ITS INSPECTIONS AND IS ENTERING INTO THIS LEASE SOLELY ON THE BASIS OF THE RESULTS OF ITS OWN INSPECTIONS, AND ALL RISKS INCIDENT TO THE MATTERS DESCRIBED IN THE PRECEDING SENTENCE, AS BETWEEN THE LESSOR, THE

 

6


AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE HOLDERS, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE LESSEE, ON THE OTHER HAND, ARE TO BE BORNE BY LESSEE.

 

  8.2. Possession and Use of the Properties .

 

  (a) At all times during the Term, the Properties shall be used by Lessee or any sublessee permitted under Section 25.2 for the provision of rehabilitation and other healthcare services and related activities in the ordinary course of its business. Lessee shall pay, or cause to be paid, all charges and costs required in connection with the use of the Properties as contemplated by this Lease. Lessee shall not commit or permit any waste of the Properties or any part thereof.

 

  (b) Lessee represents and warrants that the address stated in Section 29.1 of this Lease is the chief place of business and chief executive office of Lessee (as such terms are used in Section 9-103 (or other corresponding section) of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction), and Lessee will provide Lessor with prior written notice of any change of location of its chief place of business or chief executive office. Regarding the Properties, Lessee represents and warrants that Schedules I-A and I-B hereto correctly identify the initial location of the related Equipment and Improvements, and Schedule I-C hereto contains an accurate legal description for the Land. Lessee has no other places of business where the Equipment or Improvements will be located other than as identified on Schedule I-C.

 

  (c) Lessee will not attach or incorporate any item of Equipment to or in any other item of equipment or personal property or to or in any real property (except the Land identified in Schedule I-C) in a manner that could give rise to the assertion of any Lien on such item of Equipment by reason of such attachment or the assertion of a claim that such item of Equipment has become a fixture and is subject to a Lien in favor of a third party that is prior to the Liens thereon created by the Operative Agreements.

 

  (d) At all times during the Term, Lessee will comply with all obligations under, and (to the extent no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and provided that such exercise will not impair the value of any Property) shall be permitted to exercise all rights and remedies under, all operation and easement agreements and related or similar agreements applicable to each Property.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

  9.1. Compliance with Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements .

 

Subject to the terms of Article XIII relating to permitted contests, Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall (i) comply with all material Legal Requirements (including without limitation all Environmental Laws), and all Insurance Requirements relating to the Properties, including the use, development, construction, operation, maintenance, repair, refurbishment and restoration thereof, whether or not compliance therewith shall require structural or extraordinary changes in the Improvements or interfere with the use and enjoyment of any Property, and (ii)

 

7


procure, maintain and comply with all material licenses, permits, orders, approvals, consents and other authorizations required for the construction, use, maintenance and operation of any Property and for the use, development, construction, operation, maintenance, repair and restoration of the Improvements.

 

ARTICLE X

 

  10.1. Maintenance and Repair; Return .

 

  (a) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain each Property in good condition, repair and working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and make all necessary repairs thereto, of every kind and nature whatsoever, whether interior or exterior, ordinary or extraordinary, structural or nonstructural, or foreseen or unforeseen, in each case as required by all Legal Requirements, Insurance Requirements, and manufacturer’s specifications and standards and on a basis consistent with the operation and maintenance of properties or equipment comparable in type and function to such Property and in compliance with standard industry practice, subject, however, to the provisions of Article XV with respect to Condemnation and Casualty.

 

  (b) Lessee shall not move, use or relocate any component of any Property beyond the boundaries of the Land without Lessor’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  (c) If any material component of any Property becomes worn out, lost, destroyed, damaged beyond repair or otherwise permanently rendered unfit for use, Lessee, at its own expense, will within a reasonable time replace such component with a replacement component which is free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) and has a value, utility and useful life at least equal to the component replaced. All components which are added to any Property shall immediately become the property of, and title thereto shall vest in, Lessor, and shall be deemed incorporated in such Property and subject to the terms of this Lease as if originally leased hereunder.

 

  (d) Upon reasonable advance notice, Lessor and its agents shall have the right to inspect each Property and the maintenance records with respect thereto at any reasonable time during normal business hours but shall not materially disrupt the business of Lessee.

 

  (e) In addition to any Appraisal required by Section 5.3 of the Participation Agreement, Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor (at Lessee’s sole expense) any additional Appraisals (or reappraisals) as Lessor or the Agent may deem appropriate (i) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or (ii) if any one of Lessor, the Agent, any Lender or any Holder is required pursuant to any applicable Legal Requirement to obtain such an Appraisal (or reappraisal).

 

  (f)

Lessor shall under no circumstances be required to build any improvements on any Property, make any repairs, replacements, alterations or renewals of any

 

8


 

nature or description to such Property, make any expenditure whatsoever in connection with this Lease or maintain any Property in any way. Lessor shall not be required to maintain, repair or rebuild all or any part of any Property, and Lessee waives the right to (i) require Lessor to maintain, repair, or rebuild all or any part of any Property (unless such repairs are needed to cure damage to a Property caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lessor), or (ii) make repairs at the expense of Lessor pursuant to any Legal Requirement, Insurance Requirement, contract, agreement, covenants, condition or restriction at any time in effect.

 

  (g) Lessee shall, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with respect to the Properties, if Lessee shall not have exercised its Purchase Option with respect to the Properties, surrender the Properties to Lessor, or the third party purchaser, as the case may be, subject to Lessee’s obligations under this Lease (including without limitation Sections 9.1. l0.l(a)-(f), 10.2. 11.1 12.1, 22.1 and 23.1) and the other Operative Agreements.

 

  10.2. Environmental Inspection .

 

If (a) Lessee has not given notice of the exercise of its Purchase Option on the Expiration Date pursuant to Section 20.2 , or (b) Lessee has given notice, pursuant to Section 20.2 of its election to remarket the Properties pursuant to Section 22.1 then, in either case, not more than 120 days nor less than 60 days prior to the Expiration Date, Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide to Lessor and the Agent a report by a reputable environmental consultant selected by Lessee, which report shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and the Agent and shall include without limitation a “Phase I” environmental report (or update of a prior “Phase I” report that was previously delivered to the Lessor and the Agent) on each of the Properties. If the report delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence recommends that a “Phase II” report or other supplemental report be obtained, the Lessee shall, at its own cost and expense, not less than thirty (30) days prior to such Expiration Date or Payment Date, provide to Lessor and the Agent such “Phase II” or other report, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and the Agent. If Lessee fails to provide such Phase I, Phase II or other supplemental reports with respect to any Property within the time periods required by this Section 10.2 , or if such report or reports are not satisfactory in scope or content to the Agent or the Lessor (in their sole discretion), then notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Lessor may require Lessee to purchase all of the Properties on such Expiration Date or Payment Date for the Termination Value thereof, plus all Rent due and payable, and all other amounts due and owing under any Operative Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

  11.1. Modifications .

 

Lessee at its sole cost and expense, at any time and from time to time without the consent of Lessor may make alterations, renovations, improvements and additions to any Property or any part thereof and substitutions and replacements therefor (collectively, “Modifications”) and shall make any Modifications required by all applicable Legal

 

9


Requirements; provided, that: (i) except for any Modification required to be made pursuant to a Legal Requirement, no Modification shall materially impair the value, utility or useful life of any Property from that which existed immediately prior to such Modification; (ii) the Modification shall be done expeditiously and in a good and workmanlike manner; (iii) Lessee shall comply with all material Legal Requirements (including all Environmental Laws) and Insurance Requirements applicable to the Modification, including without limitation the obtaining of all permits and certificates of occupancy, and the structural integrity of any Property shall not be adversely affected; (iv) to the extent required by Section 14.2(a) , Lessee shall maintain builders’ risk insurance at all times when a Modification is in progress; (v) subject to the terms of Article XIII relating to permitted contests, Lessee shall pay all costs and expenses and discharge any Liens arising with respect to the Modification; (vi) such Modification shall comply with the requirements of this Lease (including without limitation Sections 8.2 and 10.1) ; and (vii) no Improvements shall be demolished. Modifications that (y) are not required for any Property or any part thereof pursuant to any Legal Requirement or otherwise and (z) are severable from the applicable Property without damage or other loss of value to such Property (other than the value added by such Modification) shall become property of the Lessee, and title to such Modifications shall rest with the Lessee. Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, all Modifications shall become property of the Lessor and shall be subject to this Lease, and title to any component of any Property comprising any such Modifications shall immediately vest in Lessor.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

12.1. Warranty of Title .

 

(a) Lessee agrees that, except as otherwise provided herein and subject to the terms of Article XIII relating to permitted contests, Lessee shall not directly or indirectly create or allow to remain, and shall promptly discharge at its sole cost and expense, (i) any Lien, defect, attachment, levy, title retention agreement or claim upon any Property or any Modifications or (ii) any Lien, attachment, levy or claim with respect to the Rent or with respect to any amounts held by the Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in each case other than Permitted Liens and Lessor Liens. Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor in the event it receives actual knowledge that a Lien other than a Permitted Lien or Lessor Lien has occurred with respect to any Property, and Lessee represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Lessor that the Liens in favor of the Lessor created by the Operative Agreements are first priority perfected Liens subject only to Permitted Liens.

 

(b) Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as constituting the consent or request of Lessor, expressed or implied, to or for the performance by any contractor, mechanic, laborer, materialman, supplier or vendor of any labor or services or for the furnishing of any materials for any construction, alteration, addition, repair or demolition of or to any Property or any part thereof NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT LESSOR IS NOT AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS FURNISHED OR TO BE FURNISHED TO LESSEE, OR TO ANYONE HOLDING A PROPERTY OR

 

10


ANY PART THEREOF THROUGH OR UNDER LESSEE, AND THAT NO MECHANIC’S OR OTHER LIENS FOR ANY SUCH LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS SHALL ATTACH TO OR AFFECT THE INTEREST OF LESSOR IN AND TO SUCH PROPERTY.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

  13.1. Permitted Contests Other Than in Respect of Indemnities .

 

Except to the extent otherwise provided for in Section 13 of the Participation Agreement, Lessee, on its own or on Lessor’s behalf but at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, may contest, by appropriate administrative or judicial proceedings conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount, validity or application, in whole or in part, of any Legal Requirement, or utility charges payable pursuant to Section 4.1 or any Lien, attachment, levy, encumbrance or encroachment, and Lessor agrees not to pay, settle or otherwise compromise any such item, provided that (a) the commencement and continuation of such proceedings shall suspend the collection of any such contested amount from, and suspend the enforcement thereof against, the subject Property, Lessor, each Holder, the Agent and each Lender; (b) there shall not be imposed a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any Property and no part of any Property nor any Rent shall be in any danger of being sold, forfeited, lost or deferred; (c) at no time during the permitted contest shall there be a risk of the imposition of criminal liability or material civil liability on Lessor, any Holder, the Agent or any Lender for failure to comply therewith; and (d) in the event that, at any time, there shall be a material risk of extending the application of such item beyond the end of the Term, then Lessee shall deliver to Lessor an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 13.1 . Lessor, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, shall execute and deliver to Lessee such authorizations and other documents as may reasonably be required in connection with any such contest and, if reasonably requested by Lessee, shall join as a party therein at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

  14.1. Public Liability and Workers’ Compensation Insurance .

 

During the Term, Lessee shall procure and carry, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, commercial general liability insurance for claims for injuries or death sustained by persons or damage to property while on a Property or the premises where the Equipment is located and such other public liability coverages as are then customarily carried by similarly situated companies conducting business similar to that conducted by Lessee. Such insurance shall be on terms and in amounts that are no less favorable than insurance maintained by Lessee with respect to similar properties and equipment that it owns and are then carried by similarly situated companies conducting business similar to that conducted by Lessee. The policies shall be endorsed to name Lessor, the Holders, the Agent and the Lenders as additional insureds and, to the extent of their interest, loss payees. The policies shall also specifically provide that such policies shall be considered primary insurance which shall apply to any loss or claim before any contribution by any insurance which Lessor, any Holder, the Agent or any Lender may have in force. Lessee shall, in the operation of each Property, comply with the applicable workers’

 

11


compensation laws and protect Lessor, each Holder, the Agent and each Lender against any liability under such laws.

 

  14.2. Hazard and Other Insurance .

 

(a) During the Term, Lessee shall keep, or cause to be kept, each Property insured against loss or damage by fire and other risks and shall maintain builders’ risk insurance during construction of any Improvements or Modifications in amounts not less than the replacement value from time to time of such Property and on terms that (a) are no less favorable than insurance covering other similar properties owned by Lessee and (b) are then carried by similarly situated companies conducting business similar to that conducted by Lessee. The policies shall be endorsed to name Lessor, the Holders, the Agent and the Lenders, to the extent of their respective interests, as additional loss payees; provided, that so long as no Lease Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any loss payable under the insurance policies required by this Section will be paid to Lessee.

 

(b) If, during the Term, the area in which a Property is located is designated a “flood- prone” area pursuant to the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, or any amendments or supplements thereto, then Lessee shall comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973. In addition, Lessee will fully comply with the requirements of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as each may be amended from time to time, and with any other Legal Requirement concerning flood insurance to the extent that it may apply to any such Property.

 

  14.3. Coverage .

 

(a) As of the date of this Lease and annually thereafter so long as this Lease remains in effect, Lessee shall furnish Lessor and the Agent with certificates prepared by the insurers or insurance broker of Lessee showing the insurance required under Sections 14.1 and 14.2 to be in effect, naming (except with respect to workers’ compensation insurance) Lessor, the Holders, the Agent and the Lenders as additional insureds and loss payees and evidencing the other requirements of this Article XIV . All such insurance shall be at the cost and expense of Lessee and provided by nationally recognized, financially sound insurance companies. Such certificates shall include a provision for thirty (30) days’ advance written notice by the insurer to Lessor and the Agent in the event of cancellation or material alteration of such insurance. If a Lease Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and Lessor so requests, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of all insurance policies required by Sections 14.1 and 14.2 .

 

(b) Lessee agrees that any insurance policy required by Sections 14.1, 14.2(a) and 14.2(b) shall include an appropriate provision that such policy will not be invalidated should Lessee waive, at any time, any or all rights of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policy or due to any breach of warranty,

 

12


fraud, action, inaction or misrepresentation by Lessee or any Person acting on behalf of Lessee. Lessee hereby waives any and all such rights against the Lessor, the Holders, the Agent and the Lenders to the extent of payments made to any such Person under any such policy.

 

  (c) Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall carry separate insurance concurrent in kind or form or contributing in the event of loss with any insurance required under this Article XIV , except that Lessor may carry separate liability insurance at Lessor’s sole cost so long as (i) Lessee’s insurance is designated as primary and in no event excess or contributory to any insurance Lessor may have in force which would apply to a loss covered under Lessee’s policy and (ii) each such insurance policy will not cause Lessee’s insurance required under this Article XIV to be subject to a coinsurance exception of any kind.

 

  (d) Lessee shall pay as they become due all premiums for the insurance required by Section 14.1 and Section 14.2 , shall renew or replace each policy prior to the expiration date thereto and shall otherwise maintain the coverage required by such Sections without any lapse in coverage.

 

  (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, Lessee’s obligations to carry the insurance provided for herein may be brought within the coverage of a so-called blanket policy or policies of insurance carried or maintained by Lessee; provided, however, that the coverage afforded Lessor will not be reduced or diminished or otherwise be different from that which would exist under separate policies meeting all other requirements of this Lease, and that the requirements of this Article XIV are otherwise satisfied.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

  15.1. Casualty and Condemnation .

 

  (a)

Subject to the provisions of this Article XV and Article XVI (in the event Lessee delivers, or is obligated to deliver, a Termination Notice), and prior to the occurrence and continuation of a Lease Default or Lease Event of Default, Lessee shall be entitled to receive (and Lessor hereby irrevocably assigns to Lessee all of Lessor’s right, title and interest in) any award, compensation or insurance proceeds under Sections 14.2(a) or (b) hereof to which Lessee or Lessor may become entitled by reason of their respective interests in each Property (i) if all or a portion of such Property is damaged or destroyed in whole or in part by a Casualty or (ii) if the use, access, occupancy, easement rights or title to such Property or any part thereof is the subject of a Condemnation; provided , however , that if a Lease Default or Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such award, compensation or insurance proceeds shall be paid directly to Lessor or, if received by Lessee, shall be held in trust for Lessor, and shall be paid over by Lessee to Lessor and held in accordance with the terms of this paragraph (a). All amounts held by Lessor hereunder on account of any award, compensation or insurance proceeds either paid directly to Lessor or turned over

 

13


 

to Lessor shall be held as security for the performance of Lessee’s obligations hereunder.

 

  (b) Lessee may appear in any proceeding or action to negotiate, prosecute, adjust or appeal any claim for any award, compensation or insurance payment on account of any such Casualty or Condemnation and shall pay all expenses thereof. At Lessee’s reasonable request, and at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, Lessor and the Agent shall participate in any such proceeding, action, negotiation, prosecution or adjustment. Lessor and Lessee agree that this Lease shall control the rights of Lessor and Lessee in and to any such award, compensation or insurance payment.

 

  (c) If Lessee shall receive notice of a Casualty or a possible Condemnation of a Property or any interest therein where damage to such Property is estimated to equal or exceed ten percent (10%) of the Property Cost of such Property, Lessee shall give notice thereof to the Lessor and to the Agent promptly after the receipt of such notice.

 

  (d) In the event of a Casualty or a Condemnation (regardless of whether notice thereof must be given pursuant to paragraph (c)), this Lease shall terminate with respect to such Property in accordance with Section 16.1 if Lessee, within thirty (30) days after such occurrence, delivers to Lessor and the Agent a Termination Notice to such effect.

 

  (e) If, pursuant to this Section 15.1, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect following a Casualty or Condemnation with respect to a Property, Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense and using, if available, the proceeds of any award, compensation or insurance with respect to such Casualty or Condemnation (including, without limitation, any such award, compensation or insurance which has been received by the Agent and which should be turned over to Lessee pursuant to the terms of the Operative Agreements, and if not available or sufficient, using its own funds), promptly and diligently repair any damage to such Property caused by such Casualty or Condemnation in conformity with the requirements of Sections 10.1 and 11.1 , using the as-built plans and specifications or manufacturer’s specifications for the applicable Improvements or Equipment (as modified to give effect to any subsequent Modifications, any Condemnation affecting the Property and all applicable Legal Requirements), so as to restore such Property to substantially the same condition, operation, function and value as existed immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation. In such event, title to such Property shall remain with Lessor.

 

  (f) In no event shall a Casualty or Condemnation with respect to which this Lease remains in full force and effect under this Section 15.1 affect Lessee’s obligations to pay Rent pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

  (g)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 15.1(a) or Section 15.1 (e), if during the Term, a Casualty occurs with respect to any Property or Lessee receives notice of a Condemnation with respect to any Property, and

 

14


 

following such Casualty or Condemnation, (i) such Property cannot reasonably be restored, repaired or replaced on or before the 180th day prior to the Expiration Date (if such Casualty or Condemnation occurs during the Term) to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation, or (ii) on or before such day such Property is not in fact so restored, repaired or replaced, then Lessee shall be required to purchase such Property on the next Payment Date and pay Lessor the Termination Value for such Property, plus any and all Rent then due and owing, plus all other amounts then due and owing (including without limitation amounts described in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 )

 

  15.2.  Environmental Matters .

 

Promptly upon Lessee’s actual knowledge of the presence of Hazardous Substances in any portion of a Property in concentrations and conditions that constitute an Environmental Violation and as to which, in the reasonable opinion of Lessee, the cost to undertake any legally required response, clean up, remedial or other action might result in a cost to Lessee of more than $100,000, Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing of such condition. In the event of any Environmental Violation (regardless of whether notice thereof must be given), Lessee shall, not later than thirty (30) days after Lessee has actual knowledge of such Environmental Violation, either deliver to Lessor a Termination Notice pursuant to Section 16.1 if applicable, or, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, promptly and diligently undertake and complete any response, clean up, remedial or other action necessary to remove, cleanup or remediate the Environmental Violation in accordance with all Environmental Laws. If Lessee does not deliver a Termination Notice pursuant to Section 16.1, Lessee shall, upon completion of remedial action by Lessee, cause to be prepared by a reputable environmental consultant acceptable to Lessor a report describing the Environmental Violation and the actions taken by Lessee (or its agents) in response to such Environmental Violation, and a statement by the consultant that the Environmental Violation has been remedied in full compliance with applicable Environmental Law.

 

  15.3.  Notice of Environmental Matters .

 

Promptly, but in any event within thirty (30) days from the date Lessee has actual knowledge thereof, Lessee shall provide to Lessor written notice of any pending or threatened Environmental Claim involving any Environmental Law or any Release on or in connection with any Property. All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, action or proceeding and Lessee’s proposed response thereto. In addition, Lessee shall provide to Lessor, within five (5) Business Days of receipt, copies of all material written communications with any Governmental Authority relating to any Environmental Law in connection with the Property. Lessee shall also promptly provide such detailed reports of any such material Environmental Claims as may reasonably be requested by Lessor.

 

15


ARTICLE XVI

 

  16.1.  Termination Upon Certain Events .

 

If any of the following occur: (i) if the requirements of Section 15.1(c) are satisfied, or (ii) if the requirements of Section 15.1(d) are satisfied and Lessee has determined pursuant to such section that following the applicable Casualty or Condemnation this Lease shall terminate with respect to the affected Property, or (iii) Lessee has determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 15.2 that, due to the occurrence of an Environmental Violation, this Lease shall terminate with respect to the affected Property, then Lessee shall be obligated to deliver, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of notice of the applicable Condemnation or the occurrence of the applicable Casualty or Environmental Violation, a written notice to the Lessor in the form described in Section 16.2(a) (a ‘Termination Notice”) of the termination of this Lease with respect to the affected Property.

 

  16.2.  Procedures .

 

  (a) A Termination Notice shall contain: (i) notice of termination of this Lease with respect to the affected Property on a Payment Date not more than sixty (60) days after Lessor’s receipt of such Termination Notice (the ‘Termination Date”); and (ii) a binding and irrevocable agreement of Lessee to pay the Termination Value for the applicable Property, any and all Rent then due and owing and all other amounts then due and owing from Lessee under any of the Operative Agreements (including without limitation amounts described in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 ) and purchase such Property on such Termination Date.

 

  (b) On the Termination Date, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the Termination Value for the applicable Property, any and all Rent then due and owing and all other amounts then due and owing from Lessee under any of the Operative Agreements (including without limitation amounts described in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 ), and Lessor shall convey such Property, or the remaining portion thereof, if any, to Lessee (or Lessee’s designee), all in accordance with Section 19.1.

 

ARTICLE XVII

 

  17.1.  Lease Events of Default .

 

If any one or more of the following events (each a “Lease Event of Default”) shall occur:

 

  (a) Lessee shall fail to make payment of (i) any Basic Rent (except as set forth in clause (ii)) within five (5) Business Days after the same has become due and payable or (ii) any Termination Value, on the date any such payment is due, or any payment of Basic Rent or Supplemental Rent due on the due date of any such payment of Termination Value, or any amount due on the Expiration Date;

 

16


  (b) Lessee shall fail to make payment of any Supplemental Rent (other than Supplemental Rent referred to in Section 17.1(a)(ii)) due and payable within three (3) Business Days after receipt of notice that such payment is due;

 

  (c) Lessee shall fail to maintain insurance as required by Article XIV of this Lease;

 

  (d) Lessee or any Consolidated Entity, as the case may be, shall fail to observe or perform any term, covenant or provision (including without limitation any term, covenant or provision applying to Lessee and such Consolidated Entity under the Incorporated Covenants) of Lessee or any Consolidated Entity, as the case may be, under this Lease or any other Operative Agreement to which Lessee is a party other than those set forth in Sections 17.1(a), (b) or (c) hereof, and such failure shall remain uncured for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of receipt of written notice from Lessor thereof or a Responsible Officer of Lessee becomes aware of such failure;

 

  (e) Lessee shall default in the performance or observance of any other provision of this Lease or any other Operative Agreement to which Lessee is a party other than those set forth in Sections 17.1(a), (b), (c) or (d) hereof, and shall not cure such default within thirty days after the first to occur of (i) the date the Agent, Lenders or Lessor gives written or telephonic notice of the default to Lessee, or (ii) the date the Lessee otherwise has notice thereof;

 

  (f) A default shall be made (i) in the payment of any Indebtedness (other than obligations under the Operative Agreements) of the Lessee or any Consolidated Entity when due or (ii) in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any term or covenant contained in any agreement or instrument under or pursuant to which any such Indebtedness may have been issued, created, assumed, guaranteed or secured by the Lessee or any Consolidated Entity, if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such Indebtedness or to permit the holder thereof to cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity, and such default shall not be cured within 10 days after the occurrence of such default, and the amount of the Indebtedness involved exceeds $5,000,000;

 

  (g) The liquidation or dissolution of Lessee, or the suspension of the business of Lessee, or the filing by Lessee of a voluntary petition or an answer seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of its debts or for any other relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other insolvency act or law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing, or any other action of Lessee indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in, any such petition or proceeding; the application by Lessee for, or the appointment by consent or acquiescence of Lessee of a receiver, a trustee or a custodian of Lessee for all or a substantial part of its property; the making by Lessee of any assignment for the benefit of creditors; the inability of Lessee or the admission by Lessee in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they mature; or Lessee taking any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing;

 

17


  (h) The filing of an involuntary petition against Lessee in bankruptcy or seeking reorganization, arrangement readjustment of its debts or for any other relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other insolvency act or law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing; or the involuntary appointment of a receiver, a trustee or a custodian of Lessee for all or a substantial part of its property; or the issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process against any substantial part of the property of Lessee, and the continuance of any of such events for ninety (90) days undismissed or undischarged;

 

  (i) The adjudication of Lessee as bankrupt or insolvent;

 

  (j) The entering of any order in any proceedings against Lessee decreeing the dissolution, divestiture or split-up of Lessee, and such order remains in effect for more than sixty (60) days;

 

  (k) Any material report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument delivered to Lessor by or on behalf of Lessee pursuant to the terms of this Lease or any other Operative Agreement shall be false or misleading in any material respect when made or delivered;

 

  (1) A final judgment (after all avenues of appeal and all applicable appeal periods have expired), which with other outstanding final judgments against Lessee exceeds an aggregate of $500,000 shall be rendered against Lessee, and if within thirty (30) days after entry thereof such judgment shall not have been discharged, paid or bonded or execution thereon stayed pending appeal, or if within thirty (30) days after the expiration of any such stay such judgment shall not have been discharged;

 

  (m) Any “Event of Default” (as defined in the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Credit Agreement, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, to the extent the Majority Lenders and the Agent agree to any such amendments, otherwise the form of HEALTHSOUTH Credit Agreement existing before such amendment will continue to control with respect to the Operative Agreements) (hereinafter referred to as “Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement Event of Default”) shall have occurred and be continuing (or, in the event the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Credit Agreement has been terminated, would have occurred and be continuing had the HEALTHSOUTH Credit Agreement continued to exist) beyond any applicable notice, grace or cure period (if any) included within the definition of such Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement Event of Default;

 

  (n)

Any material Environmental Violation with respect to which notice to the Lessor is required to be given in accordance with Section 15.2 shall have occurred and be continuing, unless (i) the Lessee shall completely remediate such Environmental Violation to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent and the Lessor within 90 days following the date the Lessee has actual knowledge of such Environmental

 

18


 

Violation or (ii) the Lessee shall consummate the purchase of the affected Property in accordance with and at the price required by Section 16.2 by the earlier of (A) 60 days after the Lessor’s receipt of the respective Termination Notice under Section 16.2(a) or (B) 90 days after the Lessee has actual knowledge of such Environmental Violation;

 

  (o) Any Operative Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect, other than due to its expiration or termination in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (p) If the Guarantor shall default in the performance of any obligations under the Guarantee.

 

then, in any such event, (i) Lessor may, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for in this Article XVII and in Section 18.1 , terminate this Lease by giving Lessee fifteen (15) days notice of such termination, and this Lease shall terminate, and all rights of Lessee under this Lease shall cease. Lessee shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay as Supplemental Rent all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Lessor, including without limitation reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, as a result of any Lease Event of Default hereunder.

 

  17.2.  Surrender of Possession .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 , Lessee shall, upon thirty (30) days written notice, surrender to Lessor possession of the Properties. Lessor may enter upon and repossess the Properties by such means as are available at law or in equity, and may remove Lessee and all other Persons and any and all personal property and Lessee’s equipment and personalty and severable Modifications from the Properties. Lessor shall have no liability by reason of any such entry, repossession or removal performed in accordance with applicable law. Upon the written demand of Lessor, Lessee shall return the Properties promptly to Lessor, in the manner and condition required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Section 22.1(c) hereof

 

  17.3.  Reletting .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 , Lessor may, but shall be under no obligation to, relet any Property, for the account of Lessee or otherwise, for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term) and on such conditions (which may include concessions or free rent) and for such purposes as Lessor may determine, and Lessor may collect, receive and retain the rents resulting from such reletting. Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for any failure to relet a Property or for any failure to collect any rent due upon such reletting.

 

  17.4.   Damages .

 

Neither (a) the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 17.1 ; (b) the repossession of any Property; nor (c) the failure of Lessor to relet any Property, the reletting of all or any portion thereof, nor the failure of Lessor to collect or receive any rentals due upon any

 

19


such reletting, shall relieve Lessee of its liabilities and obligations hereunder, all of which shall survive any such termination, repossession or reletting. If any Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and notwithstanding any termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 17.1 , Lessee shall forthwith pay to Lessor all Rent and other sums due and payable hereunder to and including the date of such termination. Thereafter, on the days on which the Basic Rent or Supplemental Rent, as applicable, are payable under this Lease or would have been payable under this Lease if the same had not been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 and until the end of the Term hereof or what would have been the Term in the absence of such termination, Lessee shall pay Lessor, as current liquidated damages (it being agreed that it would be impossible accurately to determine actual damages) an amount equal to the Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent that are payable under this Lease or would have been payable by Lessee hereunder if this Lease had not been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 , less the net proceeds, if any, which are actually received by Lessor with respect to the period in question of any reletting of any Property or any portion thereof, provided that Lessee’s obligation to make payments of Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent under this Section 17.4 shall continue only so long as Lessor shall not have received the amounts specified in Section 17.5 . In calculating the amount of such net proceeds from reletting, there shall be deducted all of Lessor’s, any Holder’s, the Agent’s and any Lender’s reasonable expenses in connection therewith, including repossession costs, reasonable brokerage or sales commissions, reasonable fees and expenses for counsel and any necessary repair or alteration costs and expenses incurred in preparation for such reletting. To the extent Lessor receives any damages pursuant to this Section 17.4 , such amounts shall be regarded as amounts paid on account of Rent. Lessee specifically acknowledges and agrees that its obligations under this Section 17.4 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and shall be paid or performed, as the case may be, without notice or demand and without any abatement, reduction, diminution, setoff, defense, counterclaim or recoupment whatsoever.

 

  17.5 . Final Liquidated Damages .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 and whether or not Lessor shall have collected any current liquidated damages pursuant to Section 17.4 , Lessor shall have the right to recover, by demand to Lessee and at Lessor’s election, and Lessee shall pay to Lessor, as and for final liquidated damages, but exclusive of the indemnities payable under Section 13 of the Participation Agreement, and in lieu of all current liquidated damages beyond the date of such demand (it being agreed that it would be impossible accurately to determine actual damages) the sum of (a) the Termination Value of all Properties plus (b) all other amounts owing in respect of Rent and Supplemental Rent heretofore accruing under this Lease and all other amounts then due and owing by the Lessee under any Operative Agreement. Upon payment of the amount specified pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 17.5 , Lessee shall be entitled to receive from Lessor, either at Lessee’s request or upon Lessor’s election, in either case at Lessee’s cost, an assignment of Lessor’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Properties, the Improvements, Fixtures, Modifications and Equipment, in each case in recordable form and otherwise in conformity with local custom and free and clear of the Lien of this Lease (including the release of any memorandum of Lease recorded in connection therewith) and any Lessor Liens. The Properties shall be conveyed to Lessee “AS IS” ‘WHERE IS” and in their then present physical condition. If any statute or rule of law shall limit the amount of such final

 

20


liquidated damages to less than the amount agreed upon, Lessor shall be entitled to the maximum amount allowable under such statute or rule of law; provided, however, Lessee shall not be entitled to receive an assignment of Lessor’s interest in the Property, the Improvements, Fixtures, Modifications or Equipment or documents unless Lessee shall have paid in full the Termination Value and all other amounts due and owing hereunder and under the other Operative Agreements. Lessee specifically acknowledges and agrees that its obligations under this Section 17.5 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and shall be paid or performed, as the case may be, without notice or demand (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) and without any abatement, reduction, diminution, setoff, defense, counterclaim or recoupment whatsoever.

 

  17.6.  Waiver of Certain Rights .

 

If this Lease shall be terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 , Lessee waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) any notice of re-entry or the institution of legal proceedings to obtain re-entry or possession; provided, however, that the Lessor or the Agent shall make a good faith effort to provide notice to the Lessee of any such action, but the failure to provide such notice for any reason shall not result in the invalidity of any action so taken and shall not give rise to any rights on the part of the Lessee; (b) any right of redemption, re-entry or possession; (c) the benefit of any laws now or hereafter in force exempting property from liability for rent or for debt, and (d) any other rights which might otherwise limit or modify any of Lessor’s rights or remedies under this Article XVII.

 

  17.7.  Assignment of Rights Under Contract .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 , Lessee shall upon Lessor’s demand immediately assign, transfer and set over to Lessor all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to each agreement executed by Lessee in connection with the purchase, construction, development, use or operation of all Properties (including, without limitation, a right, title and interest of Lessee with respect to all warranty, performance, service and indemnity provisions), as and to the extent that the same relate to the purchase, construction, use and operation of any Property.

 

  17.8.  Environmental Costs .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 , Lessee shall pay directly to any third party (or at Lessor’s election, reimburse Lessor) for the cost of any environmental testing or remediation work undertaken respecting any Property as such testing or work is deemed appropriate in the reasonable judgment of Lessor, Lessee shall pay all amounts referenced in the immediately preceding sentence within ten (10) days of any request by Lessor for such payment.

 

21


  17.9.  Remedies Cumulative .

 

The remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and in addition to (and not in limitation of) any other remedies available at law, equity or otherwise, including, without limitation, any mortgage foreclosure remedies.

 

  17.10.  Notice of Default or Event of Default .

 

Lessee shall promptly notify the Lessor and the Agent if any Responsible Officer of Lessee has received notice, or has actual knowledge, of any Default or Event of Default.

 

ARTICLE XVIII

 

  18.1.  Lessor’s Right to Cure Lessee’s Lease Defaults .

 

Lessor, without waiving or releasing any obligation or Lease Event of Default, may (but shall be under no obligation to) remedy any Lease Event of Default for the account and at the sole cost and expense of Lessee, including the failure by Lessee to maintain the insurance required by Article XIV, and may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and notwithstanding any right of quiet enjoyment in favor of Lessee, enter upon any Property, or real property owned or leased by Lessee and take all such action thereon as may be necessary or appropriate therefor. No such entry shall be deemed an eviction of any lessee. All reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses so incurred (including without limitation reasonable fees and expenses of counsel), together with interest thereon at the Base Rate from the date on which such sums or expenses are paid by Lessor, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor on demand.

 

ARTICLE XIX

 

  19.1.  Provisions Relating to Lessee’s Exercise of its Purchase Option .

 

Subject to Section 19.2 , in connection with any termination of this Lease pursuant to the terms of Section 16.2 , or in connection with Lessee’s exercise of its Purchase Option or its option to purchase all the Properties pursuant to Section 20.1 , upon the date on which this Lease is to terminate, and upon tender by Lessee of the amounts set forth in Sections 16.2(b), 20.1 or 20.2 , as applicable, Lessor shall execute and deliver to Lessee (or to Lessee’s designee), at Lessee’s cost and expense a deed and an assignment of Lessor’s entire interest in the Properties, in recordable form and otherwise in conformity with local custom and free and clear of the Lien of this Lease and any Lessor Liens attributable to Lessor but without any other warranties (of title or otherwise) from the Lessor. All Property shall be conveyed to Lessee “AS IS” “WHERE IS” and in then present physical condition.

 

  19.2.  No Termination With Respect to Less than all of the Properties .

 

Lessee shall not be entitled to exercise its Purchase Option separately with respect to less than all of the Properties or that portion of any Property consisting of Land, Equipment and Improvements but shall be required to exercise its Purchase Option with respect to all Properties.

 

22


ARTICLE XX

 

  20.1.  Early Purchase Option .

 

Provided that no Lease Default of the types specified in Sections 17.1 (a), (b), (h), (i) or (j) or any Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and provided that the Election Notice referred to in Section 20.2 has not been delivered, Lessee shall have the option, exercisable by giving the Agent and Lessor no more than one hundred twenty (120) days and no less than sixty (60) days irrevocable written notice of Lessee’s election to exercise such option, to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Properties on a Scheduled Interest Payment Date as identified in such written notice, at a price equal to the Termination Value for the Properties (which the parties do not intend to be a “bargain” purchase price), and Lessee at such time shall also pay any and all Rent then due and owing and all other amounts then due and owing by Lessee under this Lease and under any other Operative Agreement (including without limitation amounts, if any, described in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 ). If Lessee exercises its option to purchase the Properties free and clear of the Lien of this Lease and any Lessor Liens with respect to the Property pursuant to this Section 20.1 , Lessor shall transfer to Lessee all of Lessor’s right, title and interest in and to each Property as of the Scheduled Interest Payment Date on which such purchase occurs.

 

  20.2.  Purchase or Sale Option .

 

Not less than 120 days and no more than 180 days prior to the Expiration Date, Lessee may give Lessor and Agent irrevocable written notice (the “Election Notice”) that Lessee is electing to exercise either (a) the option to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Properties on the Expiration Date (the “Purchase Option”) or (b) the option to remarket all of the Properties and cause a sale of all of the Properties pursuant to the terms of Section 22.1 (the “Sale Option”), such sale to occur on the Expiration Date. If Lessee does not give an Election Notice indicating the Sale Option at least 120 days and not more than 180 days prior to the then current Expiration Date, then Lessee shall be deemed to have elected the Purchase Option for the Expiration Date. Lessor shall have no obligation to sell any Property unless all of the Properties are sold on the Expiration Date. If Lessee shall (i) elect (or be deemed to elect) to exercise the Purchase Option, or (ii) elect to remarket all of the Properties pursuant to Section 22.1 and fail to deliver the environmental report required by Section 10.2 at the time specified in such Section, or (iii) elect to remarket all of the Properties pursuant to Section 22.1 and fail to cause all of the Properties to be sold in accordance with the terms of Section 22.1 on the Expiration Date on which such a sale of all of the Properties is required in connection with such election, then in each case, Lessee shall pay to Lessor on the Expiration Date an amount equal to the Termination Value for all the Properties (which the parties do not intend to be a “bargain” purchase) plus all Rent and other amounts then due and payable under this Lease or under any other Operative Agreement (including without limitation the amounts described in clause FIRST of Section 22.2) , and, upon receipt of such amount, Lessor shall transfer to Lessee all of Lessor’s right, title and interest in and to the Properties in accordance with Section 19.1 . If the Lessee elects the Purchase Option or the Sale Option and fails to perform its obligations under this Lease with respect to such option, a Lease Event of Default shall be deemed to occur.

 

23


ARTICLE XXI

 

  21.1.  Intentionally Deleted .

 

ARTICLE XXII

 

  22.1.  Sale Procedure .

 

  (a)

During the Marketing Period, Lessee, on behalf of the Lessor, shall obtain bids for the cash purchase of all of the Properties in connection with a sale to one or more purchasers to be consummated on the Expiration Date for the highest price available, shall notify Lessor promptly of the name and address of each prospective purchaser and the cash price which each prospective purchaser shall have offered to pay for the Properties and shall provide Lessor with such additional information about the bids and the bid solicitation procedure as Lessor may reasonably request from time to time. Lessor may reject any and all bids and may assume sole responsibility for obtaining bids by giving Lessee written notice to that effect; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor may not reject the highest bid for the Properties submitted by the Lessee if such bid is greater than or equal to the sum of the Limited Recourse Amount for the Properties, plus all reasonable costs and expenses referred to in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 and represent bona fide offers from one or more third party purchasers and provided further , that Lessor may not reject a bid from the Houston Purchaser (defined below) with respect to all Property located in Houston, Texas, or a bid from the Topeka Purchaser (defined below) with respect to all Property located in Topeka, Kansas in each case if and only if each of the following conditions in clauses (y) and (z) are met: (y) such bid is at least equal to the Termination Value of such Property (whether or not it is the highest bid for such Property), plus all reasonable costs and expenses referred to in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 related to such Property. If the price which a prospective purchaser or purchasers shall have offered to pay for the Property is less than the sum of the Limited Recourse Amount plus all reasonable costs and expenses referred to in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 and represents a bona fide offer from such purchaser and (z) with respect to all Properties other than such Property (the “Other Properties”), the Lessee has received (and the Lessor has accepted) bids from one or more prospective purchasers, such bids are greater than or equal to the sum of the Limited Recourse Amounts for the Other Properties, plus all reasonable costs and expenses referred to in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 , Lessor may elect to retain the Properties by giving Lessee prior written notice of Lessor’s election to retain the Properties, and upon receipt of such notice, Lessee shall surrender the Properties to Lessor pursuant to Section 10.1 . Unless Lessor shall have elected to retain the Properties pursuant to the preceding sentence, Lessee shall arrange for Lessor to sell the Properties free and clear of the Lien of this Lease and any Lessor Liens attributable to it, without recourse or warranty (of title or otherwise), for cash on the last day of the Marketing Period (such date being hereafter referred to as the “ Sale Date ”) to the purchaser or purchasers identified by Lessee or Lessor, as the case may be; provided , however , solely as

 

24


 

to Lessor or the Trust Company, in its individual capacity, any Lessor Lien shall not constitute a Lessor Lien so long as Lessor or the Trust Company, in its individual capacity, is diligently contesting such Lessor Lien by appropriate proceedings in good faith and Lessor indemnifies such purchaser with respect to such Lessor Lien. Lessee shall surrender the Properties so sold or subject to such documents to the purchaser in the condition specified in Section 10.1 . Lessee shall not take or fail to take any action which would have the effect of unreasonably discouraging bona fide third party bids for the Property. Lessor shall have no obligation to sell any Property on the Sale Date unless all of the Properties are sold on the Sale Date. If the Properties are not either (i) sold on the Sale Date in accordance with the terms of this Section 22.1 , or (ii) retained by the Lessor pursuant to an affirmative election made by the Lessor pursuant to the third sentence of this Section 22.1 (a) , then the Lessee shall be obligated to pay the Lessor on the Sale Date an amount equal to the Termination Value for the Properties (plus all Rent .and other amounts then due and payable under this Lease and any other Operative Agreements) in accordance with the terms of Section 20.2 . For the purposes of this paragraph, “Houston Purchaser” shall mean Houston Rehabilitation Associates, a Delaware general partnership; and “Topeka Purchaser” shall mean Kansas Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

  (b) If the Properties are sold on the Sale Date to a third party purchaser or purchasers in accordance with the terms of Section 22.1 (a) and the aggregate purchase price paid for the Properties minus the sum of all costs and expenses referred to in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 is less than the sum of the Termination Value for the Properties plus all Rent and other amounts then due and payable under this Lease and under any other Operative Agreements (hereinafter such difference shall be referred to as the “Deficiency Balance”), then the Lessee hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Lessor on the Sale Date the lesser of (i) the Deficiency Balance, or (ii) the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount for the Properties. If the Properties are retained by the Lessor pursuant to an affirmative election made by the Lessor pursuant to the third sentence of Section 22.1 (a) , then the Lessee hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Lessor on the Sale Date an amount equal to the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount for the Properties.

 

  (c)

In the event that the Properties are either sold to a third party purchaser or purchasers on the Sale Date or retained by the Lessor in connection with an affirmative election made by the Lessor pursuant to the third sentence of Section 22.1 (a) , then in either case on the Sale Date the Lessee shall provide Lessor or such third party purchaser or purchasers with (i) all permits, certificates of occupancy, governmental licenses and authorizations necessary to use and operate the Properties for their intended purposes, (ii) such easements, licenses, rights-of- way and other rights and privileges in the nature of an easement as are reasonably necessary or desirable in connection with the use, repair, access to or maintenance of the Properties for its intended purpose or otherwise as the Lessor shall reasonably request, (iii) a services agreement covering such services as Lessor or such third party purchaser may reasonably request and having a reasonable

 

25


 

duration, in order to use and operate the Properties for their intended purposes at such rates (not in excess of arm’s-length fair market rates) as shall be acceptable to Lessee and Lessor or such third party purchaser or purchasers, and (iv) an assignment to the Lessor or such third party purchaser or purchasers (as the case may be) of any existing service agreements relating to the Properties, to the extent such agreements are assignable. All assignments, licenses, easements, agreements and other deliveries required by clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (c) shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor or such third party purchaser or purchasers, as applicable, and shall be fully assignable (including both primary assignments and assignments given in the nature of security) without payment of any fee, cost or other charge.

 

  22.2.  Application of Proceeds of Sale .

 

The Lessor shall apply the proceeds of sale of the Properties in the following order of priority:

 

  (a) FIRST , to pay or to reimburse Lessor for the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in connection with the sale;

 

  (b) SECOND , so long as the Participation Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the Trust Agreement is in effect and any Loan, Holder Advance or any amount is owing to the Lenders, the Holders or any other Person under any Operative Agreement, to the Agent to be applied pursuant to the terms in the Operative Agreements; and

 

  (c) THIRD, to the Lessee.

 

  22.3.  Indemnity for Excessive Wear .

 

If the proceeds of the sale described in Section 22.1 with respect to the Properties, less all expenses incurred by Lessor in connection with such sale, shall be less than the Limited Recourse Amount with respect to the Properties, and at the time of such sale it shall have been reasonably determined (pursuant to the Appraisal Procedure) that the Fair Market Sales Value of the Properties, shall have been impaired by greater than expected wear and tear during the term of the Lease, Lessee shall pay to Lessor within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor’s written statement (i) the amount of such excess wear and tear determined by the Appraisal Procedure or (ii) the amount of the Net Sale Proceeds Shortfall, whichever amount is less.

 

  22.4.  Appraisal Procedure .

 

For determining the Fair Market Sales Value of the Properties or any other amount which may, pursuant to any provision of any Operative Agreement, be determined by an appraisal procedure, Lessor and Lessee shall use the following procedure (the “Appraisal Procedure”). Lessor and Lessee shall endeavor to reach a mutual agreement as to such amount for a period often (10) days from commencement of the Appraisal Procedure under the applicable section of the Lease, and if they cannot agree within ten (10) days, then two qualified appraisers, one chosen by Lessee and one chosen by Lessor, shall mutually agree thereupon, but

 

26


if either party shall fail to choose an appraiser within twenty (20) days after notice from the other party of the selection of its appraiser, then the appraisal by such appointed appraiser shall be binding on Lessee and Lessor. If the two appraisers cannot agree within twenty (20) days after both shall have been appointed, then a third appraiser shall be selected by the two appraisers or, failing agreement as to such third appraiser within (30) days after both shall have been appointed, by the American Arbitration Association. The decisions of the three appraisers shall be given within twenty (20) days of the appointment of the third appraiser and the decision of the appraiser most different from the average of the other two shall be discarded and such average shall be binding on Lessor and Lessee; provided that if the highest appraisal and the lowest appraisal are equidistant from the third appraisal, the third appraisal shall be binding on Lessor and Lessee. The fees and expenses of each appraiser shall be paid by Lessee.

 

  22.5.  Certain Obligations Continue .

 

During the Marketing Period, the obligation of Lessee to pay Rent with respect to the Properties (including the installment of Basic Rent due on the Expiration Date) shall continue undiminished until payment in full to Lessor of the sale proceeds, if any, the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount, the amount due under Section 22.3 , if any, and all other amounts due to Lessor with respect to the Properties: Lessor shall have the right, but shall be under no duty, to solicit bids, to inquire into the efforts of Lessee to obtain bids or otherwise to take action in connection with any such sale, other than as expressly provided in this Article XXII.

 

ARTICLE XXIII

 

  23.1.  Holding Over .

 

If Lessee shall for any reason remain in possession of the Properties after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (unless Properties are conveyed to Lessee), such possession shall be as a tenancy at sufferance during which time Lessee shall continue to pay Supplemental Rent that would be payable by Lessee hereunder were the Lease then in full force and effect with respect to the Properties and Lessee shall continue to pay Basic Rent at 110% of the Basic Rent that would otherwise be due and payable at such time. Such Basic Rent shall be payable from time to time upon demand by Lessor and such additional 10% amount shall be applied by the Lessor to the payment of the Loans pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the Holder Advances pursuant to the Trust Agreement pro rata between the Loans and the Holder Advances. During any period of tenancy at sufferance, Lessee shall, subject to the first sentence of this paragraph, be obligated to perform and observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, but shall have no rights hereunder other than the right, to the extent given by law to tenants at sufferance, to continue their occupancy and use of the Properties. Nothing contained in this Article XXIII shall constitute the consent, express or implied, of Lessor to the holding over of Lessee after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease as to the Properties (unless the Properties are conveyed to Lessee) and nothing contained herein shall be read or construed as preventing Lessor from maintaining a suit for possession of the Properties or exercising any other remedy available to Lessor at law or in equity.

 

27


ARTICLE XXIV

 

  24.1.  Risk of Loss .

 

During the Term, unless Lessee shall not be in actual possession of the Properties solely by reason of Lessor’s exercise of its remedies of dispossession under Article XVII, the risk of loss or decrease in the enjoyment and beneficial use of the Properties as a result of the damage or destruction thereof by fire, the elements, casualties, thefts, riots, wars or otherwise is assumed by Lessee, and Lessor shall in no event be answerable or accountable therefor.

 

ARTICLE XXV

 

  25.1.  Assignment .

 

  (a) Lessee may not assign, mortgage, pledge or encumber this Lease or any of its rights or obligations hereunder in whole or in part to any Person without the prior written consent of the Agent, the Lessor, each Lender and each Holder, with such consent to be given or withheld in the sole discretion of each such party.

 

  (b) No such assignment or other relinquishment of possession to the Properties shall in any way discharge or diminish any of the obligations of Lessee to Lessor hereunder and Lessee shall remain directly and primarily liable under this Leases

 

  25.2.  Subleases .

 

  (a) Except as set forth in this Section 25.2 , Lessee may not sublet any Property or portion thereof without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Lessor and the Agent, which consent may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of each such party.

 

  (b) Lessee may, without the consent of Lessor or the Agent, sublet a Property to a Subsidiary of Lessee, or sublet professional space constituting a portion of a Property to healthcare providers, in each case if and only if:

 

  (i) Lessee remains fully liable for all obligations (including without limitation all Rent and other obligations with respect to such subleased Properties and any other Properties) under this Lease and the other Operative Agreements;

 

  (ii) Such sublease is in writing and is expressly subject and subordinate to the rights of the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders under this Lease, the Security Agreement, each Mortgage Instrument and all other Operative Agreements; and

 

  (iii) Such sublease is on commercially reasonable terms and at market rates, and has a term that does not extend past the Expiration Date, and such Property is at all times used for the purposes set forth in this paragraph and in the definition of “Property”.

 

28


  (c) No sublease or other relinquishment of possession to any Property shall in any way discharge or diminish any of Lessee’s obligations to Lessor hereunder and Lessee shall remain directly and primarily liable under this Lease as to the portion of the Property so sublet.

 

  (d) Each insurance policy carried by Lessee pursuant to Article XIV hereof shall be endorsed to name each sublessee, under any such sublease as an additional insured. Prior to the effectiveness of any such sublease, Lessee shall deliver a copy thereof to the Lessor and the Agent.

 

  (e) Promptly but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the execution and delivery of any sublease permitted by this Article XXV , Lessee shall notify Lessor and the Agent of the execution of such sublease.

 

ARTICLE XXVI

 

  26.1.  No Waiver .

 

No failure by Lessor or Lessee to insist upon the strict performance of any term hereof or to exercise any right, power or remedy upon a default hereunder, and no acceptance of full or partial payment of Rent during the continuance of any such default, shall constitute a waiver of any such default or of any such term. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no waiver of any default shall affect or alter this Lease, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent default.

 

ARTICLE XXVII

 

  27.1.  Acceptance of Surrender .

 

No surrender to Lessor of this Lease or of all or any portion of the Properties or of any interest therein shall be valid or effective unless agreed to and accepted in writing by Lessor and the Agent and, prior to the payment or performance of all obligations under the Credit Documents, the Agent, and no act by Lessor or the Agent or any representative or agent of Lessor or the Agent, other than a written acceptance, shall constitute an acceptance of any such surrender.

 

  27.2.  No Merger of Title .

 

There shall be no merger of this Lease or of the leasehold estate created hereby by reason of the fact that the same Person may acquire, own or hold, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, (a) this Lease or the leasehold estate created hereby or any interest in this Lease or such leasehold estate, (b) any right, title or interest in any Property, (c) any Notes, or (d) a beneficial interest in Lessor.

 

29


ARTICLE XXVIII

 

  28.1.  Incorporation of Covenants .

 

  (a) Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2000 (the “Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement”) among HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as agent, and the other financial institutions party thereto. Further reference is made to the covenants contained in Articles VII and VIII of the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Incorporated Covenants”). The Lessee agrees with the Lessor that, effective as of the date hereof (whether or not the Basic Term has commenced), the Incorporated Covenants (and all other relevant provisions of the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement related thereto) are hereby incorporated by reference into this Lease to the same extent and with the same effect as if set forth fully herein and shall inure to the benefit of the Lessor, without giving effect to any waiver, amendment, modification or replacement of the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement or any term or provision of the Incorporated Covenants occurring subsequent to the date of this Lease, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the following provisions of this paragraph. In the event a waiver is granted under the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement or an amendment or modification is executed with respect to the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement, and such waiver, amendment or modification affects the Incorporated Covenants, then such waiver, amendment or modification shall be effective with respect to the Incorporated Covenants as incorporated by reference into this Lease only if consented to in writing by the Majority Lenders. In the event of any replacement of the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement with a similar credit facility (the “New Facility”) the covenants contained in the New Facility which correspond to the covenants contained in Articles VII and VIII of the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement shall become the Incorporated Covenants hereunder only if consented to in writing by the Majority Lenders and, if such consent is not granted, then the covenants contained in Articles VII and VIII of the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement (together with any modifications or amendments approved in accordance with this paragraph) shall continue to be the Incorporated Covenants hereunder. If the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement (or any such New Facility, as the case may be) is terminated and not replaced, then the covenants contained in Articles VII and VIII of the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement (together with any modifications or amendments thereto, or to covenants of the New Facility, in each case approved in accordance with this paragraph) shall continue to be the Incorporated Covenants hereunder.

 

  (b)

Financial Statements, Reports, etc. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from and after the date hereof (whether or not the Basic Term has commenced with respect to any Property), to the extent that the Incorporated

 

30


 

Covenants require the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries to deliver any financial statement, certificate, notice, report, or other document or information to the Existing Credit Agent (or any other agent or lender under the applicable credit facility), the Lessee shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, simultaneously deliver a copy of such financial statement, certificate, notice, report, document or information to the Agent, each Lender, each Holder and (upon Lessor’s request) the Lessor.

 

  28.2.  Additional Reporting Requirements .

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from and after the date hereof, the Lessee will deliver, or will cause to be delivered, to the Agent, each Lender, each Holder and (upon the Lessor’s request) the Lessor:

 

  (i) Such other information regarding the financial condition or operations of the Lessee or its Subsidiaries as the Agent shall reasonably request from time to time or at any time;

 

  (ii) Promptly after the same shall have become known to any officer of the Lessee, a notice describing any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority that, if adversely determined, might impair the ability of the Lessee to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Operating Agreement or which might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (iii) Prompt notice in writing of the occurrence of any Lease Default or Lease Event of Default.

 

ARTICLE XXIX

 

  29.1.  Notices .

 

All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally or by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or mailed (by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid) or telecopied with a confirming notice, addressed to the respective parties, as follows:

 

If to Lessee:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: Malcolm E. McVay

Telephone No.: (205) 969-6140

Telecopy No.: (205) 969-4620

Email: tadd.mcvay@healthsouth.com

 

31


With a copy to:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: William W. Horton

Telephone No.: (205) 969-4977

Telecopy No.: (205) 969-4730

Email: bill.horton@healthsouth.com

 

If to Lessor:

 

First Security Bank, National Association

79 South Main Street

Salt Lake City, Utah 84111

Attention: Val T. Orton

Telephone No.: (801) 246-5630

Telecopy No.: (801) 246-5053

Email:

 

with a copy to the Agent:

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: Jennifer Poccia

Telephone No.: (203) 719-3834

Telecopy No.: (203) 719-3888

Email: jennifer.poccia@ubsw.com

 

or such additional parties or other address as such party may hereafter designate, and shall be effective upon receipt or refusal thereof.

 

ARTICLE XXX

 

  30.1.  Miscellaneous .

 

Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, all claims against and liabilities of Lessee or Lessor arising from events commencing prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination. If any provision of this Lease shall be held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of any other provision of this Lease in such jurisdiction or of such provision or of any other provision hereof in any other jurisdiction.

 

  30.2.  Amendments and Modifications .

 

Neither this Lease nor any provision hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated except by an instrument in writing in recordable form signed by Lessor and Lessee.

 

32


  30.3.  Successors and Assigns .

 

All the terms and provisions of this Lease shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  30.4.  Headings and Table of Contents .

 

The headings and table of contents in this Lease are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

  30.5.  Counterparts .

 

This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  30.6.  GOVERNING LAW .

 

AS TO MATTERS RELATING TO THE CREATION, PERFECTION, AND FORECLOSURE OF LIENS, AND ENFORCEMENT OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AGAINST ANY LEASED PROPERTY, THIS LEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE APPLICABLE LEASED PROPERTY IS LOCATED. THIS LEASE SHALL IN ALL OTHER RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

  30.7.  Calculation of Rent .

 

All calculation of Rent payable hereunder shall be computed based on the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.

 

  30.8.  Memorandum of Lease .

 

This Lease shall not be recorded, provided Lessor and Lessee shall promptly record a Memorandum of this Lease (in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto) in the local filing office at Lessee’s cost and expense, and as required under applicable law to sufficiently evidence this Lease in the applicable real estate filing records.

 

  30.9.  Allocations between the Lenders and the Holders .

 

Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease to the contrary, the allocations of the proceeds of the Properties and any and all other Rent and other amounts received hereunder shall be subject to the inter-creditor provisions between the Lenders and the Holders contained in the Operative Agreements (or as otherwise agreed among the Lenders and the Holders from time to time).

 

33


  30.10.  Limitations on Recourse .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Lessee agrees to look solely to Lessor’s estate and interest in the Properties for the collection of any judgment requiring the payment of money by Lessor in the event of liability by Lessor, and no other property or assets of Lessor or any shareholder, owner or partner (direct or indirect) in or of Lessor, or any director, officer, employee, beneficiary, Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of the remedies of Lessee under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Lessor and Lessee hereunder or Lessee’s use of the Properties or any other liability of Lessor to Lessee. Nothing in this Section shall be interpreted so as to limit the terms of Sections 6.1 or 6.2.

 

  30.11.  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .

 

THE LESSOR AND THE LESSEE IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS LEASE OR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

  30.12.  Existing Agreements .

 

The single executed original of this Lease marked “THIS COUNTERPART IS THE ORIGINAL EXECUTED COUNTERPART” on the signature page thereof and containing the receipt of the Agent therefor on or following the signature page thereof shall be the original executed counterpart of this Lease (the “Original Executed Counterpart”). To the extent that this Lease constitutes chattel paper, as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction, no security interest in this Lease may be created through the transfer or possession of any counterpart other than the Original Executed Counterpart.

 

  30.13.  Power of Sale .

 

Without limiting any other remedies set forth in this Lease, in the event that a court of competent jurisdiction rules that this Lease constitutes a mortgage, deed of trust or other secured financing as is the intent of the parties, then the Lessor and the Lessee agree that the Lessee hereby grants, bargains, sells, conveys, mortgages, and grants a security interest in the Properties (and any additional property described in Exhibit A) WITH POWER OF SALE, and that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Lessor shall have the power and authority, to the extent provided by law or the Operative Agreements, after prior notice and lapse of such time as may be required by law, to foreclose its interest (or cause such interest to be foreclosed) in all or any part of any Property, to appoint or obtain the appointment of a receiver for all or any part of the Property, and to exercise any other right or remedy that may be available under applicable law to the holder of a mortgage, deed of trust, security deed or other secured financing.

 

  30.14.  Exercise of Lessor Right .

 

The Lessee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the rights and powers of the Lessor under this Lease have been collaterally assigned to the Agent pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement and the other Operative Agreements, and that the Lessor has encumbered

 

34


the Properties by various Mortgage Instruments made by the Lessor in favor of the Agent, all as security for certain indebtedness and obligations described therein of the Lessor to the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders under the Operative Agreements. Lessee hereby consents to said assignment and said Mortgage Instruments in favor of the Agent and further acknowledges and agrees as follows:

 

  (a) In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction rules that this Lease constitutes a mortgage, deed of trust, security deed or other secured financing as is the intent of the parties, then the Lessor and the Lessee agree that the Lessor’s collateral assignment of this Lease to the Agent shall be deemed to be a collateral assignment of such mortgage, deed of trust, security deed or other secured financing, and the Agent as such collateral assignee shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights and remedies of the Lessor set forth herein during the existence of any Event of Default, including without limitation the Lessor’s rights to obtain a receiver, to obtain possession of the Properties and the rents and revenues thereof, to foreclose this Lease, to sell the Lessee’s interest in the Properties, and to exercise any other rights or remedies that may then be available to the Lessor under applicable law on account of such Event of Default.

 

  (b) Lessee’s interest in the Properties is junior and subordinate to the lien of any Mortgage Instruments made by the Lessor in favor of the Agent against the respective Properties from time to time in connection with the Operative Agreements; provided, however, that for so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) the Agent shall not disturb Lessee’s possession of the Properties through any foreclosure or other remedial action against the Properties under any Mortgage Instrument, and (ii) if Lessor’s interest in any Property shall be transferred to any Person other than the Lessee as the result of the Agent’s foreclosure or other remedial action under any Mortgage Instrument, the Lessee shall (upon request of the Agent) attorn to such transferee and recognize the transferee as the Lessee’s landlord under this Lease.

 

  (c) During the existence of an Event of Default, the Agent as holder of the Mortgage Instruments and as collateral assignee of this Lease may exercise any and all rights and remedies that may then be available under applicable law to the Agent in either or both capacities, whether exercised singly, successively or concurrently. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent as collateral assignee may enforce the Lessee’s payment obligations under this Lease (regardless of whether this Lease shall be deemed a mortgage, deed of trust, security deed or other secured financing) even if Lessee’s interest and estate in any Property under this Lease shall have been extinguished or forfeited under applicable law through the foreclosure or other enforcement of any Mortgage Instrument.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Lease to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Lessee
By:  

/s/ Malcolm E. McVay

   

Name: Malcolm E. McVay

   

Title: Senior Vice President

 

FIRST SECURITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1, as Lessor
By:  

/s/ Arge Pavlos

   

Name: ARGE PAVLOS

   

Title: TRUST OFFICER

 

36


Receipt of this original counterpart of the foregoing Lease is hereby acknowledged on this 31 st day of October, 2000.

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch as Agent
By:  

/s/ Daniel W. Ladd III

   

Name:

 

Daniel W. Ladd III

   

Title:

 

Executive Director

By:  

/s/ Wilfred V. Saint

   

Name:

 

Wilfred V. Saint

   

Title:

 

Associate Director

Banking Director

       

Services, US

 

37


EXHIBIT A TO THE LEASE

 

Description of Properties

 

The Properties subject to this Lease includes the Land described on Schedule I-C attached hereto, and all Equipment on and Improvements to such Land, including without limitation the Equipment described on Schedule I-B attached hereto and the Improvements described on Schedule I-C attached hereto.

 

In addition, to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction rules that this Lease constitute a mortgage, deed of trust or other secured financing, the Lessee hereby grants, bargains, sells, conveys, mortgage and grants a security interest WITH POWER OF SALE in each of the following:

 

1. All buildings, structures, fixtures, and other improvements of every kind existing at any time and from time to time on or under the real property described on Schedule I-C (such real property, together with any and all appurtenances to such buildings, structures or improvements, including sidewalks, utility pipes, conduits and lines, parking areas and roadways, and including all Lease Modifications and other additions to or changes in the Lease Improvements at any time (all of the foregoing in this paragraph 1 being referred to as the “Lease Improvements”);

 

2. All easements, rights-of-way, gores of land, streets, ways, alleys, passages, sewer rights, waters, water courses, water rights and passages, sewer rights, waters, water courses, water rights and powers, and all estate, rights, title, interests, privileges, liberties, tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances whatsoever, in any way belonging, relating or appertaining to any of the Properties hereinabove described, or which hereafter shall in any way belong, relate or be appurtenant thereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Lessee, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remainders, rents, issues and profits thereof, and all the estate, right, title, interest, property, possession, claim and demand whatsoever, at law as well as in equity, of Lessee in and to the same, including but not limited to all judgments, awards of damages and settlements hereafter made resulting from condemnation proceedings involving Lessee taking the Properties described in Paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof, or any part thereof, under the power of eminent domain, or for any damage (whether caused by such taking or otherwise) to the Properties hereinabove described or any part thereof or to any rights appurtenant thereto, and all proceeds of any sales or other dispositions of the Properties or any part thereof (all of the foregoing in this paragraph 2 being referred to as the “Lease Easements”);

 

3. All right, title and interest of the Lessee in and to all of the fixtures, chattels, business machines, machinery, apparatus, equipment, furnishings, fittings and articles of personal property of every kind and nature whatsoever, and all appurtenances and additions thereto and substitutions or replacements thereof (together with, in each case, attachments, components, parts and accessories) currently owned or subsequently acquired by the Lessee and now or subsequently attached to, or contained in, comprising a portion of or used or usable in any way in connection with the Properties, including but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all equipment referred to in the Appraisals and the Equipment Schedules pursuant to the Lease or the Participation Agreement, all computer hardware, and all heating, electrical, and

 


mechanical equipment, fighting, switchboards, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and air-cooling apparatus, refrigerating, and incinerating equipment, escalators, elevators, loading and unloading equipment and systems, cleaning systems (including without limitation window cleaning apparatus), telephones, communication systems (including without limitation satellite dishes and antennae), televisions, computers, sprinkler systems and other fire prevention and extinguishing apparatus and materials, security systems, motors, engines, machinery, pipes, pumps, tanks, conduits, appliances, fittings and fixtures of every kind and description, but excluding Tangible Personal Property (all of the foregoing in this Paragraph 3 being referred to as the “Lease Equipment”);

 

4. All alterations, renovations, improvements and additions to the Land, any Lease Improvements or any Lease Equipment or any part thereof and substitutions and replacements therefor (all of the foregoing in this Paragraph 4 being referred to as the “Lease Modifications”);

 

5. All right, title and interest of the Lessee in and to all of the fixtures, furnishings and fittings of every kind and nature whatsoever, and all appurtenances and additions thereto and substitutions or replacements thereof (together with, in each case, attachments, components, parts and accessories) currently owned or subsequently acquired by the Lessee and now or subsequently attached to, or contained in or used or usable in any way in connection with any of the Properties; together with (i) all property affixed to or located on the Properties which to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be deemed fixtures and a part of the real property, (ii) all materials delivered to the Properties for use in any construction being conducted thereon, and owned by Lessee, (iii) all contract rights, general intangibles, actions and rights in action including all rights to insurance proceeds, arising out of or related to any of the foregoing property described in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of this Paragraph 5 and Paragraphs 1,2 and 11, and (iv) all products, replacements, additions, substitutions, renewals and accessions of any of the foregoing (all of the foregoing in this paragraph being referred to as the “ Lease Fixtures ”; all Land, Lease Fixtures, Lease Equipment, the Lease Improvements, Lease Easements and the Lease Modifications are being collectively referred to herein as the “Property”);

 

6. All estate, right, title, claim or demand whatsoever of the Lessee, in possession or expectancy, in and to the Properties or any part thereof;

 

7. All right, title and interest of the Lessee in and to all substitutes, modifications and replacements of, and all additions, accessions and improvements to the Properties, subsequently acquired by the Lessee or constructed, assembled or placed by the Lessee on the Land, immediately upon such acquisition, release, construction, assembling or placement, and in each such case, without any further conveyance, assignment or other act by the Lessee;

 

8. All right, title and interest of the Lessee in and to all unearned premiums under insurance policies now or subsequently obtained by the Lessee relating to the Properties and the Lessee’s interest in and to all proceeds of any such insurance policies, including without limitation the right to collect and receive such proceeds; and all awards and other compensation, including without limitation the interest payable thereon and the right to collect and receive the same, made to the present or any subsequent owner of the Properties for the taking by eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, of all or any part of the Properties or any easement or other right therein;

 

2


9. All right, title and interest of the Lessee in and to (i) all consents, licenses, certificates and other governmental approvals relating to construction, use or operation of the Properties or any part thereof and (ii) all Plans and Specifications relating to the Properties;

 

10. All rents, royalties, issues, profits, revenue, income and other benefits from the Properties; together with a right, title and interest of Lessee in and to any and all leases now or hereafter on or affecting the Properties, together with all security therefor and monies payable thereunder; and

 

11. All proceeds, both cash and noncash, of any of the foregoing.

 

3


SCHEDULE I-A

 

(Equipment)

 

None.

 


SCHEDULE I-B

 

(Improvements)

 

All Improvements now or hereafter located on the Land described in Schedule I-C .

 


SCHEDULE I-C

 

(Land)

 


EXHIBIT B TO THE LEASE

 

FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 


When Recorded, Return To:

 

Dennis D. Kiely, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

 

For Recorder’s Use Only            

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE AGREEMENT, DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT,

FINANCING STATEMENT

AND TRANSFER AND ENCUMBRANCE OF RIGHTS (“MEMORANDUM”)

 

Name and Mailing Address of Lessor :  

First Security Bank, National Association

79 South Main Street

Salt Lake City, Utah 84111,

not individually, but solely as

Owner Trustee under the HEALTHSOUTH

Corporation Trust 2000-1

Name and Mailing Address of Lessee :  

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Name and Mailing Address of Trustee :  

Chicago Title Insurance Company

6245 East Broadway, Suite 400

Tucson, Arizona 85711-4091

 

Lessor and Lessee have entered into a Lease Agreement dated as of October 31, 2000, (as such has been or may be amended, modified, extended, supplemented, restated, and/or replaced from time to time, the “Lease”), in connection with which this Memorandum is executed.

 

SECTION 1. Description of Leased Property Lessor is the owner of a leasehold interest in the Land described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto, and Lessor is or shall be the owner of all Improvements and Equipment now or hereafter located on the Land, including without limitation the Improvements and Equipment described on Schedules I-B and I-A hereto, respectively. The Land, Improvements and Equipment are herein referred to as the “Leased Property.”

 


SECTION 2. Definitions: Rules of Usage For purposes of this Memorandum, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Appendix A to the Participation Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, among the Lessee, the Lessor, not individually, except as expressly stated therein, but solely as Owner Trustee under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1, the Holders party thereto, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Documentation Agent (as such Agreement may be amended, modified, extended, supplemented, and/or restated from time to time, the “Participation Agreement”).

 

SECTION 3. Term of Lease The Basic Term of the Lease as to the Leased Property commenced October 31, 2000, and shall end on June 22, 2003, unless the Term is earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

 

SECTION 4. Lessee’s Purchase or Sale Option Lessee has certain options to purchase or sell the Leased Property as provided in Article XX of the Lease.

 

SECTION 5. Use of Property At all times during the Term, Lessee will comply with all obligations under and (to the extent no Event Default has occurred and is continuing) shall be permitted to exercise all rights and remedies under, all operation and easement agreements and related or similar agreements applicable to the Leased Property.

 

SECTION 6. Ownership of Leased Property

 

(a) Lessor and Lessee intend that (i) for financial accounting purposes with respect to Lessee (A) the Lease will be treated as an “operating lease” pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, as amended, (B) Lessor will be treated as the owner and lessor of the Leased Property and (C) Lessee will be treated as the lessee of the Leased Property, but (ii) for federal and all state and local income tax purposes, for bankruptcy purposes and all other purposes (A) this Lease will be treated as a financing arrangement, (B) Lessor will be treated as the owner of the Leased Property and will be entitled to all tax benefits ordinarily available to owners of property similar to the Leased Property for such tax purposes, and (C) all payments of Basic Rent shall be deemed to be interest payments. Consistent with the foregoing, Lessee intends to claim depreciation and cost recovery deductions associated with the Leased Property, and Lessor agrees not to take any inconsistent position on its income tax returns. Neither Lessor, the Agent, any Lender, nor any Holder makes any representation or warranty with respect to the foregoing matters described in this Section 6 and will assume no liability for the Lessee’s accounting treatment of this transaction.

 

(b) For all purposes other than as set forth in Section 6(a)(i) , Lessor and Lessee intend the Lease to constitute a finance lease and not a true lease. Lessor and Lessee further intend and agree that, for the purpose of securing Lessee’s obligations hereunder and under any other Operative Agreement (i) the Lease shall be deemed to be a security agreement and financing statement within the meaning of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code respecting the Leased Property to the extent such is personal property and an irrevocable grant and conveyance of the Leased Property to the Lessor as security for the Lessee’s obligations hereunder to the extent such is real property; (ii) the acquisition of title (or to the extent applicable, a leasehold interest) in the Leased Property shall be deemed to be (A) a grant by Lessee to Lessor of a lien on and security interest in all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to the Leased Property and all proceeds (including without limitation insurance proceeds) of the Leased Property, whether in the form of cash, investments, securities or other property, and (B) an assignment by Lessee to Lessor of all rents, profits and income produced by the Leased Property; and (iii) notifications to Persons holding the Leased Property, and acknowledgements, receipts or confirmations from financial intermediaries, bankers or agents (as applicable) of Lessee shall be deemed to have been given for

 

2


purpose of perfecting such security interest under applicable law. Lessor and Lessee shall promptly take such actions as may be necessary or advisable in either party’s opinion (including without limitation the filing of Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements or Uniform Commercial Code Fixture Filings) to ensure that the lien and security interest in the Leased Property will be deemed to be a perfected lien and security interest of first priority under applicable law and will be maintained as such throughout the Term.

 

SECTION 7. Ratification Except as specifically modified hereby, the terms and provisions of the Lease and the Operative Agreements are hereby ratified and confirmed and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 8. GOVERNING LAW AS TO MATTERS RELATING TO THE CREATION, PERFECTION, AND FORECLOSURE OF LIENS, AND ENFORCEMENT OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AGAINST THE LEASED PROPERTY, THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHERWISE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS. THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE SHALL IN ALL OTHER RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 9. Power of Sale Without limiting any other remedies set forth in the Lease, Lessee, as trustor hereunder hereby irrevocably grants, transfers, conveys and assigns to Trustee, IN TRUST, WITH POWER OF SALE, for the benefit and security of Lessor, as beneficiary hereunder, all right, title and interest of Lessee, now owned or hereafter acquired, in the Leased Property to secure the payment of all sums due and owing by Lessee hereunder or under any other Operative Agreement, and upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Lessor shall have the power and authority to take the following actions:

 

(a) Declare all sums secured hereby to be immediately due and payable and either in person or by agent, with or without bringing any action or proceeding, or by a receiver appointed by a court and without regard to the adequacy of its security, enter upon and take possession of the Leased Property, or any part thereof, in its own name or in the name of Trustee, and do any acts that it deems necessary or desirable to preserve the value, marketability or rentability of the Leased Property, or any part thereof or interest therein, increase the income therefrom or protect the security hereof and, with or without taking possession of the Leased Property, sue for or otherwise collect the Rents, or any part thereof, including, without limitation, those past due and unpaid, and apply the same, less costs and expenses of operation and collection (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) upon the Liabilities, all in such order as lessor may determine. The entering upon and taking possession of the Leased Property, the collection of such Rents and the application thereof as aforesaid, shall not cure or waive any default or notice of default hereunder or invalidate any act done in response to such default or pursuant to such notice of default and, notwithstanding the continuance in possession of all or any portion of the Leased Property or the collection, receipt and application of Rents, Trustee or Lessor shall be entitled to exercise every right provided for in any of the Operative Agreements or by law upon occurrence of any Event of Default, including, without limitation, the right to exercise the power of sale.

 

(b) Commence an action to foreclose the lien of this Deed of Trust as a mortgage, appoint a receiver, or specifically enforce any of the covenants hereof.

 

(c) Exercise of the power of sale herein contained and deliver to Trustee a written statement of breach, notice of default and election to cause Lessee’s interest in the Leased Property to be sold. If Lessor elects to exercise the power of sale herein contained, Lessor shall notify Trustee and shall

 

3


deposit with Trustee this Deed of Trust and the Note and such receipts and evidence of expenditures made and secured hereby as Trustee may require and in addition:

 

(i) Upon receipt of such statement and notice from Lessor, Trustee shall cause to be recorded, published and delivered to Lessee such Notice of Sale as then required by law. Trustee shall, without demand on Lessee, after lapse of such time as may then be required by law and after recordation of such Notice of Sale and Notice of Sale having been given as required by law, sell the Leased Property at the time and place of sale fixed by it in said Notice of Sale, either as a whole, or in separate lots or parcels or items as Trustee shall deem expedient, and in such order as it may determine, at public auction to the highest bidder for cash in lawful money of the United States payable at the time of sale. Trustee shall deliver to such purchaser or purchasers thereof its good and sufficient deed or deeds conveying the property so sold, but without any covenant or warranty, express or implied. The recitals in such deed of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof. Any person, including, without limitation, Lessee, Trustee or Lessor, may purchase at such sale and Lessee hereby covenants to warrant and defend the title of such purchaser or purchasers.

 

(ii) After deducting all costs, fees and expenses of Trustee and of this Trust, including, without limitation, Trustee’s fees and reasonable attorneys’ fees, and costs of evidence of title in connection with sale, Trustee shall apply the proceeds of sale in the following priority, to payment of: (i) first , all sums extended under the terms of the Operative Agreements, not then repaid, with accrued interest at the Agreed Rate; (ii) second , all sums due under the Note; (iii) all other sums, then secured hereby; and (iv) the remainder, if any, to the person or persons legally entitled thereto or as provided in A.R.S. Section 33-812 or any similar or successor statute.

 

(iii) Subject to A.R.S. Section 33-810.B, Trustee may postpone sale of all or any portion of the Leased Property by public announcement at such time and place of sale, and from time to time thereafter may postpone such sale by public announcement or subsequently noticed sale, and without further notice make such sale at the time fixed by the last postponement, or may, in it discretion, give a new notice of sale.

 

(iv) Exercise all other rights and remedies provided herein, in any Loan Document or other document or agreement now or hereafter securing or guarantying all or any portion of the Liabilities, or by law, including, without limitation, the rights and remedies provided in A.R.S. Section 33-702.B.

 

SECTION 10. Assignment of Leases and Rents Lessee hereby absolutely and unconditionally assigns and transfers to Lessor (and has not heretofore otherwise so assigned or transferred to any other person or entity) all the leases (including all security deposits, guarantees and other security at any time given as security for the performance of the obligations of the tenants thereunder), income, rents, revenues, issues, deposits, profits and proceeds of the Leased Property to which Lessee may be entitled, whether now due, past due or to become due, and hereby gives to and confers upon Lessor the right, power and authority to collect such income, rents, revenues, issues, deposits, profits and proceeds. This assignment of the leases, income, rents, revenues, issues, deposits, profits and proceeds constitutes an irrevocable direction and authorization of all tenants under the leases to pay all rent, revenues, income and profits to Lessor upon demand and without further consent or other action by Lessor, This is an absolute assignment, not an assignment for security only, and Lessor’s right to rents, revenues, issues and profits is not contingent on Lessor’s possession of all or any portion of the Leased Property. Lessee irrevocably appoints Lessor its true and lawful attorney, at the option of Lessor

 

4


at any time, to demand, receive and enforce payment, to give receipts, releases and satisfactions, and to sue, either in the name of Lessee or in the name of Lessor, for all such income, rents, revenues, issues, deposits, profits and proceeds and apply the same to the indebtedness secured hereby. It is understood and agreed that neither the foregoing assignment of leases, income, rents, revenues, issues, deposits, profits and proceeds to Lessor nor the exercise by Lessor of any of its rights or remedies under this Section shall be deemed to make Lessor a “mortgagee-in-possession” or otherwise obligated, responsible or liable in any manner with respect to the Leased Property or the use, occupancy, enjoyment or operation of all or any portion thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Lease, so long as no event which is, or with notice or passage of time or both would constitute, an Event of Default shall have occurred, Lessee shall have a license to collect all income, rents, revenues, issues, profits and proceeds from the Leased Property. Upon the occurrence of such event, such license shall be deemed revoked, and any rents received thereafter by Lessee shall be delivered in kind to Lessor. Upon the occurrence of such event, Lessee agrees to deliver the original copies of all leases to Lessor. Lessee hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lessor its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to enforce, in Lessee’s name or in Lessor’s name or otherwise, all rights of Lessee in the instruments, including without limitation checks and money orders, tendered as payments of rents and to do any and all things necessary and proper to carry out the purposes hereof.

 

SECTION 11. Exercise of Lessor Rights The Lessee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the rights and powers of the Lessor under the Lease have been assigned to the Agent pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement and the other Operative Agreements, and that the Lessor has encumbered the leased Property by a Mortgage Instrument made by the Lessor in favor of the Agent, all as security for certain indebtedness and obligations described therein of the Lessor to the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders under the Operative Agreements. Lessee hereby consents to said assignment and said Mortgage Instrument in favor of the Agent and further acknowledges and agrees as follows:

 

(i) In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction rules that the Lease constitutes a mortgage, security deed or other secured financing as is the intent of the parties, then the Lessor and the Lessee agree that the Lessor’s assignment of the Lease to the Agent shall be deemed to be an assignment of such mortgage, security deed or other secured financing, and the Agent as such assignee shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights and remedies of the Lessor set forth herein during the existence of any Event of Default, including without limitation the Lessor’s rights to obtain a keeper, to obtain possession of the Leased Property and the rents and revenues thereof, to foreclose the Lease, to sell the Lessee’s interest in the Leased Property, and to exercise any other rights or remedies that may then be available to the Lessor under applicable law on account of such Event of Default.

 

(ii) Lessee’s interest in the Leased Property is junior and subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage Instrument and any other mortgage instruments made by the Lessor in favor of the Agent against the Leased Property from time to time in connection with the Operative Agreements; provided, however, that for so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (x) the Agent shall not disturb Lessee’s possession of the Leased Property through any foreclosure or other remedial action against the Leased Property under any mortgage instrument, and (y) if Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property shall be transferred to any Person other than the Lessee as the result of the Agent’s foreclosure or other remedial action under the Mortgage Instrument or any other mortgage instrument, the Lessee shall (upon request of the Agent) attorn to such transferee and recognize the transferee as the Lessee’s landlord under the Lease. The provisions of this Section 11 (ii) shall not apply in the event of a foreclosure or other remedial action by the Agent referred to in Section 11 (i) above or Section 11 (iii) below.

 

5


(iii) During the existence of an Event of Default, the Agent as holder of the Mortgage Instrument and as assignee of the Lease may exercise any and all rights and remedies that may then be available under applicable law to the Agent in either or both capacities, whether exercised singly, successively or concurrently. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent as assignee may enforce the Lessee’s payment obligation under the Lease (regardless of whether the Lease shall be deemed a mortgage, deed of trust, security deed or other secured financing) even if Lessee’s interest and estate in the Leased Property under this Lease shall have been extinguished or forfeited under applicable law through the foreclosure or other enforcement of any mortgage instrument.

 

SECTION 12. Counterpart Execution This Memorandum may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, all such counterparts together constituting but one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 13. Incorporation of Lease The provisions set forth in the written Lease referred to above are hereby incorporated by reference into this Memorandum.

 

SECTION 14. Mechanic’s Liens Lessee shall not do or suffer anything to be done whereby the Leased Property may be encumbered by a mechanic’s lien, and Lessee shall, whenever a mechanic’s lien is filed against the Leased Property purporting to be for labor, materials or services furnished or to be furnished to or on behalf of Lessee, discharge or remove the same of record. Notice is hereby given that Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property shall not be subject to mechanic’s liens; that Lessor shall not be liable for any labor, materials or services furnished or to be furnished to or on behalf of Lessee upon credit; and that no mechanic’s or other liens for such labor, materials or services shall be attached to or affect any interest of Lessor in the Leased Property. Pursuant to this notice Lessee shall notify all its contractors and subcontractors that liens shall not attach to the Leased Property.

 

SECTION 15. Limitation of Debt Secured and Future Advances NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE LEASE, TO THE EXTENT A SECURITY INTEREST IN FAVOR OF LESSOR IS GRANTED HEREUNDER OR UNDER THE LEASE, OR IN THE EVENT THE LEASE IS DEEMED OR HELD BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO BE A DEED OF TRUST UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA AND SUBJECT TO THE SAME RULES OF FORECLOSURE AS ARE PRESCRIBED IN RELATION TO DEEDS OF TRUST, THEN (A) THE OBLIGATIONS SECURED BY THE LEASE SHALL NOT EXCEED $1,000,000,000.00 IN PRINCIPAL PLUS ALL COSTS OF ENFORCEMENT AND COLLECTION OF THE AMOUNTS DUE LESSOR UNDER THE LEASE, PLUS ANY ADVANCES MADE BY LESSOR TO PROTECT THE PROPERTY AND THE LESSOR’S INTEREST THEREIN, TOGETHER WITH INTEREST ON ALL OF THE FOREGOING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LEASE; (B) IT SHALL BE THE INTENT HEREOF TO SECURE PAYMENT OF THE LIABILITIES WHETHER THE ENTIRE AMOUNT SHALL HAVE BEEN ADVANCED TO THE LESSOR OR THE LESSEE AT THE DATE HEREOF, OR A LATER DATE, AND TO SECURE ANY OTHER AMOUNT OR AMOUNTS THAT MAY BE ADDED TO SUCH INDEBTEDNESS UNDER THE TERMS OF THE OPERATIVE AGREEMENTS. THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF INDEBTEDNESS SECURED HEREBY MAY DECREASE OR INCREASE FROM TIME TO TIME, BUT THE TOTAL UNPAID BALANCE SO SECURED AT ANY ONE TIME SHALL NOT EXCEED AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO ONE BILLION DOLLARS IN PRINCIPAL, PLUS INTEREST THEREON, AND ANY DISBURSEMENTS MADE FOR PAYMENT OF TAXES, LEVIES, OR INSURANCE ON THE LEASED PROPERTY, WITH INTEREST THEREON; AND (C) THIS DEED OF TRUST SHALL SECURE ANY AND ALL ADDITIONAL OR FURTHER MONIES WHICH MAY BE ADVANCED TO LESSOR OR LESSEE CONSTITUTING LIABILITIES AS OF AND AFTER THE DATE HEREOF, BUT ANY AND ALL SUCH FUTURE ADVANCES SECURED

 

6


BY THIS DEED OF TRUST SHALL BE MADE NOT MORE THAN TWENTY (20) YEARS AFTER THE DATE HEREOF. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION SHALL APPLY ONLY TO THE RIGHTS CREATED BY THE LEASE AND SHALL NOT IN ANY MANNER LIMIT, AFFECT OR IMPAIR ANY RIGHT OF A SECURITY INTEREST OR OTHER RIGHT HERETOFORE OR HEREAFTER GRANTED IN FAVOR OF THE LESSOR PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER OPERATIVE DOCUMENTS; PROVIDED THAT TO THE EXTENT THE LEASE IS DEEMED TO SECURE THE SAME OBLIGATION AS THE MORTGAGE INSTRUMENT (DEFINED BELOW) OR IS COLLATERALLY ASSIGNED AS SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATION SECURED BY THE MORTGAGE INSTRUMENT, THEN THE LEASE IS ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL FOR SUCH OBLIGATION AND THE FOREGOING LIMITATION SHALL APPLY COLLECTIVELY TO THE RIGHTS CREATED BY THE LEASE AND THE MORTGAGE INSTRUMENT AND SHALL NOT IN ANY MANNER LIMIT, AFFECT OR IMPAIR ANY GRANT OF A SECURITY INTEREST OR OTHER RIGHT HERETOFORE OR HEREAFTER GRANTED IN FAVOR OF THE LESSOR PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER OPERATIVE DOCUMENTS. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY TO THE ARIZONA LEASED PROPERTY DESCRIBED HEREIN AND TO THE EXTENT OF THE ARIZONA LEASED PROPERTY DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL BECOME A PART OF THE LEASE RELATING THERETO. THE MORTGAGE INSTRUMENT HEREIN REFERRED TO IS THAT CERTAIN LEASEHOLD DEED OF TRUST, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT MADE BY FIRST SECURITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTOR, IN FAVOR OF UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, AS BENEFICIARY, EXECUTED AND RECORDED IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PIMA COUNTY, ARIZONA CONTEMPORANEOUSLY HEREWITH.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Memorandum to be duly executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and year first above written.

 

LESSOR:

FIRST SECURITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

LESSEE:

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as Lessee

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

7


STATE OF

COUNTY OF

 

On the              day of                                  in the year                      , before me, the undersigned, personally appeared                                                                           , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/ she/ they executed the same in his/ her/ their capacity(ies) and that by his / her / their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

   

Signature and Office of individual

Taking acknowledgement

 


STATE OF

COUNTY OF

 

On the                          day of                                  in the year              before me, the undersigned, personally appeared                                                                                   , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/ she/ they executed the same in his/ her/ their capacity(ies) and that by his / her / their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

   

Signature and Office of individual

Taking acknowledgement

 


SCHEDULE I

TO MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 


SCHEDULE I-A

TO MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 

(Equipment)

 

None.

 


SCHEDULE I-B

TO MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 

(Improvements)

 


EXHIBIT A

 

DESCRIPTION OF LAND

 

Parcel I :

 

Lot 10 of Tucson Medical Center, as shown by subdivision map recorded in Book 45 of Maps at Page 54, records of Pima County, Arizona.

 

Parcel II :

 

Non-exclusive Easement & Rights of Enjoyment in Common Areas set forth in Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, Restrictions and Easements for Tucson Medical Center Campus (Lots-1-14, Common Areas A and B) Book 45 at Page 54 as recorded in Docket 9689 at Page 1677.

 

EXHIBIT 10.4.2

 


 

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Dated as of October 31, 2000

among

HEALTHSOUTH C ORPORATION

 

as Lessee,

 

FIRST SECURITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not individually, except as expressly

stated herein, but solely as Owner Trustee

under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1,

 

THE VARIOUS BANKS AND OTHER

LENDING INSTITUTIONS WHICH ARE PARTIES

HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

as the Holders,

 

THE VARIOUS BANKS AND OTHER

LENDING INSTITUTIONS WHICH

ARE PARTIES HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

 

as the Lenders,

 

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,

as Documentation Agent,

 

UBS WARBURG LLC,

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers,

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Syndication Agent,

 

and

UBS AG STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent for the

Lenders

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE:

SECTION 1.

  THE LOANS    1

SECTION 2.

  HOLDER ADVANCES    1

SECTION 3.

  SUMMARY OF TRANSACTIONS    2

3.1

  Operative Agreements    2

3.2

  Closing Date    2

SECTION 4.

  THE CLOSING    2

4.1

  Closing Date    2

SECTION 5.

  MAKING OF ADVANCES    2

5.1

  General    2

5.2

  Intentionally Deleted    2

5.3

  Conditions to the Holders’ and the Lenders’ Obligations to Make Advances on the Closing Date    2

5.4

  Inspection of Documents; Hold Harmless: Removal of Property    5

SECTION 6.

  CONDITIONS OF THE CLOSING    5

6.1

  Conditions to the Lessor’s and the Holders’ Obligations    5

6.2

  Conditions to the Lessee’s Obligations    7

6.3

  Conditions to the Agent’s and Lenders’ Obligations    8

SECTION 7.

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ON THE CLOSING DATE    9

7.1

  Representations and Warranties of the Holders    9

7.2

  Representations and Warranties of the Owner Trustee    11

7.3

  Representations and Warranties of the Lessee    13

7.4

  Representations and Warranties of the Agent    19

SECTION 8.

  INTENTIONALLY DELETED    19

SECTION 9.

  PAYMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES    19

9.1

  Transaction Expenses    19

9.2

  Certain Fees and Expenses    20

SECTION 10.

  OTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS    20

10.1

  Cooperation with the Lessee    20

10.2

  Covenants of the Owner Trustee and the Holders    20

10.3

  Lessee Covenants, Consents, Acknowledgments and Representation    22

10.4

  Sharing of Certain Payments    23

10.5

  Grant of Easements, etc.    24

SECTION 11.

  CREDIT AGREEMENT AND TRUST AGREEMENT    24

11.1

  Lessee’s Credit Agreement Rights    24

11.2

  Lessee’s Trust Agreement Rights    25

SECTION 12.

  TRANSFER OF INTEREST    25

12.1

  Restrictions on Transfer    25

12.2

  Effect of Transfer    26

SECTION 13.

  INDEMNIFICATION    26

13.1

  General Indemnity    26

13.2

  General Tax Indemnity    29

13.3

  Environmental Indemnity    32

 

i


SECTION 14.

   MISCELLANEOUS    33

14.1

   Survival of Agreements    33

14.2

   No Broker, etc.    33

14.3

   Notices    33

14.4

   Counterparts    35

14.5

   Amendments and Termination    35

14.6

   Headings, etc.    35

14.7

   Parties in Interest    35

14.8

   GOVERNING LAW; WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL    35

14.9

   Submission to Jurisdictions Waivers    35

14.10

   Severability    36

14.11

   Liability Limited    36

14.12

   Rights of Lessee    37

14.13

   Further Assurances    38

14.14

   Calculations under Operative Agreements    38

14.15

   Confidentiality    38

14.16

   Calculation of Rent, Interest Holder Yield and Fees    39

14.17

   Responsibilities and Liabilities    39

14.18

   Holder and Lender Addenda    39

 

EXHIBITS

    

Exhibit A

   Form of Opinion of Counsel to Lessee

Exhibit B

   Officer’s Certificate

Exhibit C

   Officer’s Certificate

Exhibit D

   Secretary’s Certificate

Exhibit E

   Officer’s Certificate

Exhibit F

   Certificate of Assistant Secretary

Exhibit G

   Form of Opinion of Counsel to First Security Bank. National Association

Exhibit H

   Form of Holder Addendum

Exhibit I

   Form of Lender Addendum

Schedule 1

   Legal Description of Land

Schedule 2

   Description of Improvements

Schedule 3

   Description of Equipment

 

ii


 

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT, dated as of October 31, 2000 (as further amended or supplemented from time to time, this “Agreement”), is by and among HEALTHSOUTH Corporation., as Lessee (the “Lessee”), FIRST SECURITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not individually (in its individual capacity, the “Trust Company”), except as expressly stated herein, but solely as Owner Trustee under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1 (the “Owner Trustee” or the “Lessor”), THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Documentation Agent: UBS WARBURG LLC and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES, INC., as Joint Lead Arrangers: DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as Syndication Agent; UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”) for the Lenders and the Holders; UBS AG, Stamford Branch, and the various other banks and lending institutions which are parties hereto from time to time as Holders, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch and the various other banks and lending institutions which are parties hereto from time to time as Lenders. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. THE LOANS.

 

The Lenders have agreed to make Loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Lenders in order for the Lessor to acquire the Properties and certain Improvements, and in consideration of the receipt of such Loan proceeds, the Lessor, upon the request of the relevant Lenders, will issue the Notes (together with any note or notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor in accordance with the Credit Agreement, the “Notes”). The Loans shall be made and the Notes shall be issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement and Section 2 of the Credit Agreement, the Loans will be made to the Lessor on the Closing Date and in accordance with this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements. The Loans and the obligations of the Lessor under the Credit Agreement are secured by the Collateral.

 

SECTION 2. HOLDER ADVANCES.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance on the representations and warranties of each of the parties hereto contained herein or made pursuant hereto on each date Advances are made in accordance with Section 5 hereof, each Holder shall make a Holder Advance on a pro rata basis to the Owner Trustee with respect to the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1 based on its Holder Commitment in an amount in immediately available funds such that the aggregate of all Holder Advances shall be three percent (3%) of the amount of the Advances being funded on such date; provided, no Holder shall be obligated for any Holder Advance in excess of its pro rata share of the Available Holder Commitment. The aggregate amount of Holder Advances shall be up to the aggregate amount of the Holder Commitments. No prepayment or any other payment with respect to any Advance shall be permitted such that the Holder Advance with respect to such Advance is less than 3% of

 


the outstanding amount of such Advance, except in connection with termination or expiration of the Term or in connection with the exercise of remedies relating to the occurrence of a Lease Event of Default. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Holders herein and in the other Operative Agreements are several, and not joint and several.

 

SECTION 3. SUMMARY OF TRANSACTIONS.

 

3.1 Operative Agreements . On the date hereof (the “Closing Date”), each of the respective parties hereto and thereto shall execute and deliver this Agreement, the Lease, the Credit Agreement, the Notes (if applicable), the Certificates, the Trust Agreement, the Security Agreement and such other documents, instruments, certificates and opinions of counsel as agreed to by the parties hereto.

 

3.2 Closing Date . On the Closing Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (a) each Holder will make available to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, the amount set forth for such Holder on Schedule 1 to the Holder Addendum, executed and delivered by such Holder pursuant to Section 14.18 hereof, constituting the principal amount of the Holder Advance to be made by such Holder hereunder, and (b) each Lender will make available to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, the amount set forth for such Lender on such Lender’s Lender Addendum executed and delivered by such Lender pursuant to Section 14.18 hereof, as the principal amount of the Loan to be made by such Lender thereunder. The Lessor will purchase pursuant to a Deed or lease pursuant to a Ground Lease each Property, as the case may be, as of the Closing Date, and a Lien on each Property for the benefit of the Agent shall be in full force and effect before and after the execution of the required Security Documents. After giving effect to the Advances on the Closing Date, there shall no longer be any Commitments outstanding.

 

SECTION 4. THE CLOSING .

 

4.1 Closing Date . All documents and instruments required to be delivered on the Closing Date shall be delivered at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, or at such other location as may be determined by the Lessor, the Agent and the Lessee.

 

SECTION 5. MAKING OF ADVANCES.

 

5.1 General .

 

The Lessor has used and will use the proceeds of the Advances made on the date hereof to acquire the Properties, repay the existing loans and advances.

 

5.2 Intentionally Deleted .

 

5.3 Conditions to the Holders’ and the Lenders’ Obligations to Make Advances on the Closing Date .

 

Subject to Section 6, the obligations of each Holder to make Holder Advances, and each Lender to make Loans on the Closing Date are subject to the prior or contemporaneous satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) the correctness in all material respects on such date of the representations and warranties of the Owner Trustee, the Lessee and the Holders contained herein and in each of the other Operative Agreements;

 

2


(b) the performance in all material respects by the Lessee of its agreements contained herein and in the other Operative Agreements which covenants are to be performed by it on or prior to such date;

 

(c) the satisfaction of all conditions to any such making of Holder Advance or Loan set forth in any Operative Agreement;

 

(d) no Default or Event of Default under any of the Operative Agreements shall have occurred after giving effect to the making of Holder Advances and Loans;

 

(e) title to each Property shall conform to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7.2(1) and 7.3(1) hereof;

 

(f) the Lessor shall have good and marketable title to each Property in fee simple, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions. The Lessor shall have the right to grant the Mortgage Instruments on the Properties;

 

(g) the Lessee shall have delivered to the Agent and the Owner Trustee, a title insurance policy in favor of the Agent and Owner Trustee with respect to each Property, such policy being in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Owner Trustee and the Agent, with such title exceptions thereto as are reasonably acceptable to the Owner Trustee and the Agent;

 

(h) the Lessee shall have delivered to the Agent and the Owner Trustee (A) a “Phase I” environmental site assessment with respect to each Property, prepared by an independent recognized professional reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the Owner Trustee and in a form and substance that is reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the Owner Trustee, and (B) the Agent shall have received letters from such environmental professional stating, among other things, that the Agent, the Lenders, the Owner Trustee and the Holders may rely on the Environmental Report with respect to each Property which were prepared by such firm as if they were originally addressed to them in all respects;

 

(i) the Lessee shall have delivered to the Agent, the Owner Trustee and the Title Company an as-built survey of each Property certified to the Agent, the Holders, the Owner Trustee and the Title Company, prepared by an independent recognized professional meeting the then current minimum standard detail requirements for American Land Title Association and the American Congress of Surveying and Mapping (ALTA/ACSM) Land Title Surveys certified to the Agent and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Agent;

 

(j) the Lessee shall have caused to be delivered to the Agent and the Owner Trustee a legal opinion (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) from counsel located in the state where each Property is located;

 

3


(k) the Owner Trustee and the Agent shall be satisfied, in their discretion, that the execution of the Mortgage Instruments and the other Security Documents will not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of the Owner Trustee, the Holders, the Agent or the Lenders under or with respect to the other Operative Agreements in effect as of the Closing Date (it being understood and acknowledged that the Agent and the Owner Trustee may require that the Lessee deliver an acceptable legal opinion in connection with this condition);

 

(l) the Lessee shall have delivered to the Agent and the Owner Trustee, respecting each Property. Invoices for the various Transaction Expenses and other fees, expenses and disbursements referenced in Section 9.1 of this Agreement (to the extent paid from Loan proceeds) and an Officer’s Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B specifying the Property Cost for each Property;

 

(m) the Lessee shall have delivered to the Agent and the Owner Trustee, respecting each Property, certificates of insurance meeting the requirements of Section 14.3 of the Lease;

 

(n) the Lessor shall have delivered to the Agent a Mortgage Instrument and Lender Financing Statements with respect to each Property in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent and Lessee and all necessary recording fees, documentary stamp taxes or similar amounts will be paid in connection with the related Mortgage Instrument in an amount sufficient to cover such maximum total Property Cost, or (in the case of the recording tax with respect to the Mortgage Instrument) in an amount required to be paid at the time of recording of such instrument (provided that the Lessee shall promptly pay or reimburse any Indemnified Person for payment of, any additional recording tax that may be due at any time with respect to such instrument);

 

(o) the Lessee shall have delivered to the Lessor with respect to each Property, a Memorandum of Lease (such memorandum to be substantially in the form attached to the Lease as Exhibit B and in form suitable for recording);

 

(p) the Lessee shall have delivered to the Lessor, with respect to each Property, Lessor Financing Statements executed by the Lessee and the Lessor;

 

(q) all necessary (or in the reasonable opinion of the Owner Trustee, the Agent, or their respective counsel, advisable) Governmental Actions, in each case required by any law or regulation enacted, imposed or adopted on or prior to each such date or by any change in facts or circumstances on or prior to each such date, shall have been obtained or made and be in full force and effect;

 

(r) if any such Property is subject to a Ground Lease, the Lessee shall have caused a lease memorandum (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) to be delivered to the Agent for such Ground lease;

 

(s) the Lessee shall cause (i) Uniform Commercial Code lien searches, tax lien searches and judgment lien searches regarding each of the Lessee and the Lessor to be conducted (and copies thereof to be delivered to the Agent and the Owner Trustee) in the

 

4


state and county (or other Jurisdiction) in which each Property is located, by a nationally recognized search company acceptable to the Owner Trustee and the Agent, and (ii) the liens referenced in such lien searches which are objectionable to the Owner Trustee or the Agent to be either removed or otherwise handled in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Agent:

 

(t) the Agent shall have received an Appraisal for each Property showing that each Property has an enterprise value, when taken together with the enterprise value of all other Properties, equal to at least fifty percent (50%) of the Total Property Cost of all Properties and all Improvements constructed thereon;

 

(u) The Agent shall have received a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Lessee (i) attaching copies of all consents, authorizations and filings required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) stating that such consents, licenses and filings are in full force and effect, and each such consent. authorization and filing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and

 

(v) all conditions set forth in Section 5.1 of the Existing HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied.

 

5.4 Inspection of Documents; Hold Harmless: Removal of Property .

 

Any document or item (including without limitation any environmental report) delivered to the Agent shall be available for inspection at any time during ordinary business hours upon reasonable notice by any Lender or Holder. The Agent shall not incur any liability to any Lender, any Holder, the Owner Trustee or any other Person (and each Lender, each Holder, the Owner Trustee and the Lessee hereby holds the Agent harmless from any such liability) as a result of any such document or item, any information contained therein, the failure to receive any such document, or the Agent’s approval of any Property. In the event the Majority Lenders determine that any environmental site assessment reveals an Environmental Violation and they or the Agent so notify the Lessee, then the Lessee shall remedy or purchase such Property in accordance with Sections 15.2. 16.1 and 16.2 of the Lease.

 

SECTION 6. CONDITIONS OF THE CLOSING .

 

6.1 Conditions to the Lessor’s and the Holders’ Obligations .

 

The obligations of the Lessor and the Holders to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the Closing Date, including the obligation to execute and deliver the applicable Operative Agreements to which each is a party on the Closing Date, are subject to (i) the accuracy and correctness on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the other parties hereto contained herein, (ii) the accuracy and correctness on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the other parties hereto contained in any other Operative Agreement or certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (iii) the performance by the other parties hereto of their respective agreements contained herein and in the other Operative Agreements and to be performed by them on or prior to the Closing Date and

 

5


(iv) the satisfaction, or waiver by the Lessor and the Holders, of all of the following conditions on or prior to the Closing Date:

 

(a) Each of the Operative Agreements shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, other than the Lessor, and shall be in full force and effect, and no Default or Event of Default shall exist thereunder (both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements), and the Lessor shall have received a fully executed copy of each of the Operative Agreements (other than the Notes of which it shall have received specimens). The Operative Agreements (or memoranda thereof), any supplements thereto and any financing statements and fixture filings in connection therewith required under the Uniform Commercial Code shall have been filed or shall be promptly filed, if necessary, in such manner as to enable the Lessee’s counsel to render its opinion referred to in Section 6.1(g) hereof;

 

(b) All taxes, fees and other charges in connection with the execution, delivery, recording, filing and registration of the Operative Agreements shall have been paid or provision for such payment shall have been made to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lessor and the Agent;

 

(c) No action or proceeding shall have been instituted, nor shall any action or proceeding be threatened, before any Governmental Authority, nor shall any order, judgment or decree have been issued or proposed to be issued by any Governmental Authority (i) to set aside, restrain, enjoin or prevent the full performance of this Agreement, any other Operative Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or (ii) which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d) In the reasonable opinion of the Lessor and the Holders and their counsel, the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements do not and will not violate any material Legal Requirements and do not and will not subject the Lessor or the Holders to any materially adverse regulatory prohibitions or constraints, in each case enacted, imposed, adopted or proposed since the date hereof;

 

(e) The Lessor and the Agent shall each have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Lessee, dated as of the Closing Date, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C or in such other form as is reasonably acceptable to such parties stating that (a) each and every representation and warranty of the Lessee contained in the Operative Agreements to which it is a party is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under any Operative Agreement; (iii) each Operative Agreement to which Lessee is a party is in full force and effect with respect to it; and (iv) the Lessee has performed and complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained herein or in any Operative Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

(f) The Lessor and the Agent shall each have received (i) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Lessee in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D or in such other form as is reasonably acceptable to such parties attaching and certifying

 

6


as to (A) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of Lessee duly authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by Lessee of each of the Operative Agreements to which it is or will be a party and a statement that the resolutions have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, (B) its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, in each case certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of its incorporation, as correct and complete copies and (C) the incumbency and signature of persons authorized to execute and deliver on its behalf the Operative Agreements to which it is a party and (ii) a good standing certificate from the appropriate officer of each state in which any Property is located as to its good standing in such state;

 

(g) Haskell Slaughter & Young, L.L.C., counsel for the Lessee, shall have issued to the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders an opinion in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ;

 

(h) As of the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any event, condition, situation or status since December 31, 1999 that has had or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(i) The Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received the fees to be paid on the Closing Date pursuant to the Fee Letter, or any other Lender or Holder entitled to fees to be paid on the Closing Date by Lessee have received fees; which fees shall not be paid using the proceeds, if any, of the Loans or Holder Advances.

 

6.2 Conditions to the Lessee’s Obligations .

 

The obligation of the Lessee to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the Closing Date, including the obligation to execute and deliver the Operative Agreements to which it is a party on the Closing Date, is subject to (i) the accuracy and correctness on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the other parties hereto contained herein, (ii) the accuracy and correctness on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the other parties hereto contained in any other Operative Agreement or certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (iii) the performance by the other parties hereto of their respective agreements contained herein and in the other Operative Agreements, in each case to be performed by them on or prior to the Closing Date, and (iv) the satisfaction or waiver by the Lessee of all of the following conditions on or prior to the Closing Date:

 

(a) Each of the Operative Agreements to be entered into on the Closing Date shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, other than the Lessee, and shall be in full force and effect, and no Default, other than Defaults of the Lessee, shall exist thereunder, and the Lessee shall have received a fully executed copy of each of the Operative Agreements (other than Notes of which it shall have received a specimen);

 

(b) In the reasonable opinion of the Lessee and its counsel, the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements do not violate any material Legal Requirements and will not subject Lessee to any materially adverse regulatory prohibitions or constraints;

 

7


(c) No action or proceeding shall have been instituted, nor shall any action or proceeding be threatened, before any Governmental Authority, nor shall any order, judgment or decree have been issued or proposed to be issued by any Governmental Authority (i) to set aside, restrain, enjoin or prevent the full performance of this Agreement, any other Operative Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or (ii) which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d) The Lessee and the Agent shall each have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Lessor dated as of such Closing Date in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E or in such other form as is reasonably acceptable to Lessee and the Agent, stating that (i) each and every representation and warranty of the Lessor contained in the Operative Agreements to which it is a party is true and correct on and as of the Closing Date: (ii) each Operative Agreement to which the Lessor is a party is in full force and effect with respect to it, and (iii) the Lessor has duly performed and complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained herein or in any Operative Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

(e) The Lessee and the Agent shall each have received (i) a certificate of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, Trust Officer or Vice President of the Trust Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F or in such other form as is reasonably acceptable to Lessee and the Agent, attaching and certifying as to (A) the signing resolutions, (B) its articles of incorporation or other equivalent charter documents, as the case may be, certified as of a recent date by an appropriate officer of the Trust Company, (C) its bylaws and (D) the incumbency and signature of persons authorized to execute and deliver on its behalf the Operative Agreements to which it is a party and (ii) a good standing certificate from the state of incorporation of the Trust Company; and

 

(f) Ray, Quinney & Nebeker, counsel for the Lessor, shall have issued to the Lessee, the Holders, the Lenders and the Agent an opinion in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G .

 

6.3 Conditions to the Agent’s and Lenders’ Obligations .

 

The obligation of each of the Agent and the Lenders to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the Closing Date, including the obligation to execute and deliver each of the Operative Agreements to which it is a party on the Closing Date, is subject to (i) the accuracy and correctness on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the other parties hereto contained herein, (ii) the accuracy and correctness on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the other parties hereto contained in any other Operative Agreement or certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (iii) the performance by the other parties hereto of their respective agreements contained herein and in the other Operative Agreements, in each case to be performed by them on or prior to the Closing Date, and (iv) the satisfaction, or waiver by the Agent, of all of the following conditions on or prior to the Closing Date:

 

(a) Each of the Operative Agreements to be entered into on the Closing Date shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, other than the

 

8


Agent, and shall be in full force and effect, and no Default or Event of Default shall exist thereunder (both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements), and the Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of each of the Operative Agreements (including the Notes). The Operative Agreements (or memoranda thereof), any supplements thereto and any financing statements and fixture filings in connection therewith required under the Uniform Commercial Code shall have been filed or shall be promptly filed, if necessary, in such manner as to enable the Lessor’s counsel to render its opinion referred to in Section 6.2(f) hereof;

 

(b) The satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Sections 6. 1(b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i) and Sections 6.2(d), (e) and (f) hereof, and

 

(c) In the reasonable opinion of the Agent and its counsel, the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements do not and will not violate any material Legal Requirements and do not and will not subject the Agent or the Lenders to any materially adverse regulatory prohibitions or constraints.

 

SECTION 7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ON THE CLOSING DATE .

 

7.1 Representations and Warranties of the Holders .

 

Effective as of the Closing Date, each of the Holders represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that:

 

(a) It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and has the power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under each Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party and each other agreement, instrument and document to be executed and delivered by it on or before each Closing Date in connection with or as contemplated by each such Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party;

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of each Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or partnership action on its part and neither the execution and delivery thereof, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor compliance by it with any of the terms and provisions thereof (i) requires or will require any approval of the stockholders of, or approval or consent of any trustee or holder of any indebtedness or obligations of, such Holder which has not been obtained or is not in full force and effect, (ii) violates or will violate any Legal Requirement applicable to or binding on it (except no representation or warranty is made as to any Legal Requirement to which it may be subject solely as a result of the activities of the Lessee) as of the date hereof, (iii) violates or will violate or result in any breach of or constitute any default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any Property or any of the Improvements (other than Liens created by the Operative Agreements) under its certificate of incorporation or other equivalent charter documents, or any indenture, mortgage, chattel mortgage, deed of trust, conditional sales contract, bank loan or credit agreement or other agreement or

 

9


instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its properties is bound or affected or (iv) requires or will require any Governmental Action by any Governmental Authority (other than arising solely by reason of the business, condition or activities of the Lessee or any Affiliate thereof or the construction or use of the Properties or the Improvements);

 

(c) This Agreement and each other Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, moratorium, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to the effect of general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity);

 

(d) There is no action or proceeding pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it before any Governmental Authority that questions the validity or enforceability of any Operative Agreement to which it is or will become a party or that, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations under the Operative Agreements to which it is a party;

 

(e) It has not assigned or transferred any of its right, title or interest in or under the Lease except in accordance with the Operative Agreements;

 

(f) No Default or Event of Default under the Operative Agreements attributable to it has occurred and is continuing;

 

(g) Except as otherwise contemplated by the Operative Agreements, it has not, it shall not, and it did not, nor shall it direct the Owner Trustee to, use the proceeds of any Loan or Holder Advance for any purpose other than the payment of Transaction Expenses and the fees, expenses and other disbursements referenced in Section 9.1 of this Agreement; and

 

(h) It is acquiring its interest in the Trust Estate for its own account for investment and not with a view to any distribution (as such term is used in Section 2(11) of the Securities Act) thereof, and no part of such amount constitutes the assets of any Employee Benefit Plan and if in the future it should decide to dispose of its interest in the Trust Estate, it understands that it may do so only in compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder and any applicable state securities laws. Neither it nor anyone authorized to act on its behalf has taken or will take any action which would subject, as a direct result of such action alone, the issuance or sale of any interest in any Property, the Trust Estate or the Lease to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act. No representation or warranty contained in this Section 7.1(g) shall include or cover any action or inaction of the Lessee or any Affiliate thereof whether or not purportedly on behalf of the Holders, the Owner Trustee or any of their Affiliates.

 

10


7.2 Representations and Warranties of the Owner Trustee .

 

Effective as of the Closing Date, the Trust Company in its individual capacity and as the Owner Trustee, as indicated, represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto as follows, provided, that the representations in paragraphs (h), (i), (j) and (k) below are made solely in its capacity as the Owner Trustee:

 

(a) It is a national banking association duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America and has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Trust Agreement and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Trust Agreement by the Holders) has the corporate and trust power and authority to act as the Owner Trustee and to enter into and perform the obligations under each of the other Operative Agreements to which Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, is or will be a party and each other agreement, instrument and document to be executed and delivered by it on or before each Closing Date in connection with or as contemplated by each such Operative Agreement to which Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, is or will be a party;

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of each Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party, either in its individual capacity or (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Trust Agreement by the Holders) as the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its pan and neither the execution and delivery thereof, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor compliance by it with any of the terms and provisions thereof (i) requires or will require any approval of its stockholders, or any approval or consent of any trustee or holders of any of its indebtedness or obligations, (ii) violates or will violate any current law, governmental rule or regulation relating to its banking or trust powers, (iii) violates or will violate or result in any breach of or constitute any default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of its property under, (A) its charter or by-laws, or (B) any indenture, mortgage, chattel mortgage, deed of trust, conditional sales contract, bank loan or credit agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected, which violation, breach, default or Lien under clause (B) would materially and adversely affect its ability, in its individual capacity or as Owner Trustee, to perform its obligations under the Operative Agreements to which it is a party or (iv) requires or will require any Governmental Action by any Governmental Authority regulating its banking or trust powers;

 

(c) The Trust Agreement and, assuming the Trust Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Holders, each other Operative Agreement to which the Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, is or will be a party have been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, and the Trust Agreement and each such other Operative Agreement to which Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, is a party constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms thereof;

 

11


(d) There is no action or proceeding pending or, to its knowledge, threatened to which it is or will be a party, either in its individual capacity or as the Owner Trustee, before any Governmental Authority that, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its ability, in its individual capacity or as Owner Trustee, to perform its obligations under the Operative Agreements to which it is a party or would question the validity or enforceability of any of the Operative Agreements to which it is or will become a party;

 

(e) It has not assigned or transferred any of its right, title or interest in or under the Lease, any other Operative Agreement or any Property, except in accordance with the Operative Agreements;

 

(f) The Lessor is not in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect which could have a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, operations, business or financial condition of the Lessor. No Default or Event of Default under the Operative Agreements attributable to the Owner Trustee has occurred and is continuing;

 

(g) Except as otherwise contemplated in the Operative Agreements, the Owner Trustee shall not use the proceeds of the Loans and Holder Advances for any purpose other than solely in accordance with the provisions of the Operative Agreements;

 

(h) Neither the Owner Trustee nor any Person authorized by the Owner Trustee to act on its behalf has offered or sold any interest in the Trust Estate or the Notes, or in any similar security relating to any Property, or in any security the offering of which for the purposes of the Securities Act would be deemed to be part of the same offering as the offering of the aforementioned securities to, or solicited any offer to acquire any of the same from, any Person other than, in the case of the Notes, the Lenders, and neither the Owner Trustee nor any Person authorized by the Owner Trustee to act on its behalf will take any action which would subject, as a direct result of such action alone, the issuance or sale of any interest in the Trust Estate or the Notes to the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act, or require the qualification of any Operative Agreement under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended:

 

(i) The Owner Trustee’s chief place of business, chief executive office and office where the documents, accounts and records relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each other Operative Agreement are kept are located at 79 South Main Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111;

 

(j) The Owner Trustee is not engaged principally in, and does not have as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States), and no part of the proceeds of the Loans or the Holder Advances will be used by it to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or for any purpose that violates, or is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulations T, U, or X of the Federal Reserve Board;

 

12


(k) The Owner Trustee is not a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “public utility” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or a “public utility” within the meaning of the Federal Power Act, as amended. The Owner Trustee is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act or an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended; and

 

(l) The Properties are free and clear of all Lessor Liens.

 

7.3 Representations and Warranties of the Lessee .

 

Effective as of the Closing Date, the Lessee represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that:

 

(a) It and each of its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is duly qualified to do business in each other jurisdiction where the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where such failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Lessee and each of its Subsidiaries has the power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under each Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party and each other agreement, instrument and document to be executed and delivered by it on or before the Closing Date in connection with or as contemplated by each such Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party;

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Lessee and each of its relevant Subsidiaries of this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements to which each is or will be a party (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Lessee and each such Subsidiary (including any necessary shareholder action), (ii) have received all necessary governmental approval, and (iii) do not and will not (A) violate any Legal Requirement, decree, judgment or award or order of any Governmental Authority, (B) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of, any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation. By-Laws or other organizational documents of the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries, or any indenture, mortgage, chattel mortgage, deed of trust, conditional sales contract, bank loan, credit agreement or other agreement, instrument or document to which the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or which is binding on the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, or (C) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the terms of the Operative Agreements) on any asset of the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(c) Each of this Agreement and each other Operative Agreement to which the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries is or will be a party has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessee or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof. The Lessee and each of its

 

13


relevant Subsidiaries have each executed the various Operative Agreements required to be executed as of the Closing Date:

 

(d) Except as disclosed in the Lessee’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, there are no actions, suits or proceedings (including, without limitation, any derivative action) pending or, to the knowledge of the Lessee, threatened with respect to the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries which, if adversely decided, are reasonably likely to result, either individually or collectively, in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities not provided for or disclosed in the financial statements referred to in Section 7.3(f) , which are required in accordance with GAAP to be reported in such financial statements;

 

(e) No Governmental Action by any Governmental Authority or authorization, registration, consent, approval, waiver, notice or other action by, to or of any other Person is required to authorize or is required in connection with (i) the leasing of the Properties, (ii) the execution, delivery or performance of any Operative Agreement, or (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Operative Agreement, in each case except those which have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

 

(f) (i) The audited consolidated financial statements of the Consolidated Entities as of December 31, 1999, copies of which have been furnished to the Agent and the Owner Trustee, were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis and fairly present the financial condition of the Lessee and the other Consolidated Entities on a consolidated basis as of such date and their consolidated results of operations for the fiscal year then ended and (ii) the unaudited consolidated financial statements as at June 30, 2000, copies of which have been furnished to the Agent and the Owner Trustee, were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (subject to normal year-end adjustments) and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Lessee and its Consolidated Entities on a consolidated basis as of such date and its consolidated results of operations for the fiscal period then ended and such two-quarter period, respectively;

 

(g) Since the date of the audited financial statements described in Section 7.3(f) there has been no event or occurrence which has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(h) The Lessee knows of no proposed material tax assessments against it or any of its Subsidiaries. No extension of time for assessment or payment of any material federal, state or local tax by the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries is in effect;

 

(i) Each of the Lessee and its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder. The execution and delivery of the Operative Agreements will not involve any prohibited transaction within the meaning of ERISA, the Lessee and each ERISA Affiliate has fulfilled its obligations under the minimum funding standards imposed by ERISA and each is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable

 

14


provisions of ERISA, and no “Reportable Event,” as defined in Section 4043(b) of Title IV of ERISA, has occurred with respect to any plan maintained by the Lessee or any of its ERISA Affiliates. No Reportable Event has occurred as to which the Lessee or any ERISA Affiliate was required to file a report with the PBGC, and the present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed by more than $1,000,000 the value of the assets of such Plan. Neither the Lessee nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any Withdrawal Liability which remains unpaid and that could result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Lessee nor any ERISA Affiliate has received any notification that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or has been terminated within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, and to the best knowledge of the Lessee no Multiemployer Plan is reasonably expected to be in reorganization or to be terminated, where such reorganization or termination has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result, through increases in the contributions required to be made to such Plan or otherwise, in a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(j) Upon the execution and delivery of the Lease, (i) the Lessee will have unconditionally accepted the Properties and will have a valid and subsisting leasehold interest in the Properties, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions, and (ii) no offset will exist with respect to any Rent or other sums payable under the Lease;

 

(k) Neither the Lessee nor any of its Subsidiaries has filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or been adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or filed any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, liquidation, receivership, dissolution or similar relief under any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, or other law relating to relief for debtors, or sought or consented to or acquiesced in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, conservator or liquidator of all or any part of its properties or its interest in any Property. No court of competent jurisdiction has entered an order, judgment, or decree approving a petition filed against the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or other law relating to relief for debtors, and no other liquidator has been appointed for the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries or all or any part of its properties or its interest in any Property, and no such action is pending. Neither the Lessee nor any of its Subsidiaries has given notice to any Governmental Authority or any Person of insolvency or pending insolvency, or suspension or pending suspension of operations;

 

(l) The Lessee has a subsisting leasehold interest in all of the Properties free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens. The Lessee has complied with all obligations under all leases relating to the Properties to which it is a party and all such leases are in full force and effect. Each of the Lessee and its Subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such leases;

 

(m) Neither the Lessee nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”‘, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act or an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) a “holding company”, or a

 

15


“subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, or a “public utility”, within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or a “public utility” within the meaning of the Federal Power Act. as amended;

 

(n) Neither the Lessee nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally in, or has as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board), and no part of the proceeds of the Loans or the Holder Advances will be used for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of purchasing or carrying any margin stock or maintaining or extending credit to others for such purpose, or for any purpose that violates, or is inconsistent with Regulations T, U, or X of the Federal Reserve Board;

 

(o) The Lessee and each of its Subsidiaries has filed all material tax returns and reports required by Law to have been filed by it and has paid all Taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing, except any such Taxes or charges which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall in accordance with GAAP have been set aside on its books:

 

(p) To the best of the knowledge of the Lessee, after reasonable inquiry, the Lessee and each Subsidiary is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws and Occupational Safety and Health Laws where failure to comply could have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Lessee nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of any claims that any of them is not in compliance in all material respects with any Environmental Law where failure to comply could have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(q) The Lessee and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all statutes, judicial and administrative orders, permits and governmental rules and regulations which are material to its business except for such non-compliance as would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(r) No financial statement, document, certificate or other written communication furnished to the Agent, the Owner Trustee, any Lender or any Holder by or on behalf of the Lessee or any Consolidated Entity, or to the extent not a Consolidated Entity any Subsidiary, in connection with any Operative Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no fact known to the Lessee that materially adversely affects the business or condition of the Lessee or any Material Group that has not been disclosed herein or in such financial statements;

 

(s) Each of the Arizona Ground Lease Documents has been duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against each such party in accordance with the terms thereof;

 

(t) The Properties consist of (i) Land and existing Improvements thereon which Improvements are suitable for occupancy and (ii) Equipment;

 

16


(u) Each of the Deeds, the Memoranda of Lease and the Mortgages has been recorded with, or delivered for recording to, the appropriate Governmental Authorities;

 

(v) Upon recording, each of the Mortgage Instruments and the Memorandum of Lease will constitute a valid and perfected first lien on the Property described thereto in an amount not less than the Loans, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions;

 

(w) Upon filing of each of the UCC Financing Statements (with respect to each Property) in the filing offices designated by the Lessee, such UCC Financing Statements will have been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authorities in order to perfect a security interest in the Property described therein (to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing under the UCC);

 

(x) Upon filing in the filing offices designated by the Lessee, the Lender Financing Statements, together with an assignment to the Agent of the filed Lessor Financing Statements, will perfect a valid first priority security interest (in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of itself, the Lenders and the Holders) in the Properties and other collateral described therein in which a security interest or mortgage can be perfected by filing under the UCC, and upon filing, the Lessor Financing Statements will protect Lessor’s interest under the Lease to the extent the Lease is a security agreement and mortgage;

 

(y) No portion of any Property is located in an area identified as a special flood hazard area by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or other applicable agency, or if any Property is located in an area identified as a special flood hazard area by any such agency, then flood insurance has been obtained for the Property in accordance with Section 14.2(b) of the Lease and in accordance with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended:

 

(z) None of the Properties consists of Tangible Personal Property:

 

(aa) The Lessee has obtained insurance coverage for each Property which meets the requirements of Article XIV of the Lease and all of such coverage is in full force and effect;

 

(bb) The Properties comply with all Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, all zoning and land use laws and Environmental Laws), except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(cc) All consents, licenses, permits, authorizations, assignments and building permits required, as of the Closing Date, by a Legal Requirement or pursuant to the terms of any contract, indenture, instrument or agreement for construction, completion, occupancy, operation, leasing or subleasing of the Properties have been obtained and are in full force and effect, except to the extent that the failure to so obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(dd) All Improvements comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements (including, without limitation, all zoning and land use laws and

 

17


Environmental Laws), except to the extent the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Improvements do not encroach in any manner onto any adjoining land (except as permitted by express written easements) and such Improvements and the use thereof by the Lessee and its agents, assignees, employees, invitees, lessees, licensees and tenants comply in all respects with all applicable Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, all applicable Environmental Laws and building, planning, zoning and fire codes), except to the extent the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no material defects to such Improvements including, without limitation, the plumbing, heating, air conditioning and electrical systems thereof and all water, sewer, electric, gas, telephone and drainage facilities and all other utilities required to adequately service such Improvements for their intended use are available pursuant to adequate permits (including any that may be required under applicable Environmental Laws), except to the extent that failure to obtain any such permit would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no action, suit or proceeding (including any proceeding in condemnation or eminent domain or under any Environmental Law) pending or, to the best knowledge of the Lessee, threatened which adversely affects the title to, or the use, operation or value of, the Properties. No fire or other casualty with respect to the Properties has occurred which has had a Material Adverse Effect. All utilities serving the Properties are located in and vehicular access to such Improvements is provided by (or will be provided by), either public rights-of-way abutting each related Property or Appurtenant Rights. All licenses, approvals, authorizations, consents, permits (including, without limitation, building, demolition and environmental permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and consents), easements and rights-of-way, including proof of dedication, required for (i) the use, treatment, storage, transport, disposal or disposition of any Hazardous Substance on, at, under or from the real property underlying such Improvements during the use and operation of such Improvements, and (ii) the use and operation of such Improvements with the applicable Equipment which such Improvements support for the purposes for which they were intended have been obtained from the appropriate Governmental Authorities or from private parties, as the case may be;

 

(ee) Construction of Improvements has been performed in a good and workmanlike manner in compliance with all Insurance Requirements and Legal Requirements, except to the extent noncompliance with any Legal Requirements would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ff) The Improvements are wholly within any building restriction lines (unless consented to by applicable Government Authorities), however established;

 

(gg) The Advance is secured by the Lien of the Security Documents, and the Lessee has not received any notice of, or taken any action to incur, any Lien against the applicable Improvements other than Permitted Liens;

 

(hh) All conditions precedent contained in this Agreement and in the other Operative Agreements relating to the Closing Date have been substantially satisfied; and

 

18


(ii) All utility services and facilities necessary for the use of the Improvements (including gas, electrical, water and sewage services and facilities) are available to the Properties.

 

7.4 Representations and Warranties of the Agent .

 

Effective as of the Closing Date, the Agent represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that:

 

(a) It has the full power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each other Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party;

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Agent of this Agreement and each other Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party are not, and will not be, inconsistent with the charter documents of the Agent, do not and will not contravene any applicable Law of the State of Connecticut or of the United States of America governing its activities and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its properties are bound, or require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority under any applicable law. rule or regulation of the State of Connecticut or any federal law, rule or regulation of the United States of America governing its activities;

 

(c) Each of this Agreement and each other Operative Agreement to which it is a party has been, or when executed and delivered will be, duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Agent and has been, or on such Closing Date will be, duly executed and delivered by the Agent and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery hereof and thereof by the other parties hereto and thereto, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against the Agent in accordance with the terms thereof; and

 

(d) Except as otherwise contemplated by the Operative Agreements, the Agent shall not, nor shall it direct the Owner Trustee to, use the proceeds of any Loan for any purpose other than the payment of Transaction Expenses and the fees, expenses and other disbursements referenced in Section 9.1 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 8. INTENTIONALLY DELETED .

 

SECTION 9. PAYMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES .

 

9.1 Transaction Expenses .

 

Lessee agrees on the Closing Date, to pay, or cause to be paid, all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the various legal counsels for the Lessor and the Agent in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements and incurred in connection with the Closing Date, including all Transaction Expenses, all fees, expenses and disbursements incurred with respect to the various items referenced in Sections 5.3 (including without limitation the cost of any Appraisals or environmental site assessments, any developer’s fees, any premiums for title insurance policies and charges for any updates to such policies) and

 

19


all other reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements in connection with the Closing Date, and including, without limitation, all expenses relating to and all fees (including brokers’ fees), taxes (including any and all stamp, transfer or similar taxes) and expenses for the recording, registration and filing of documents.

 

9.2 Certain Fees and Expenses .

 

The Lessee agrees to pay or cause to be paid (i) the initial and annual Owner Trustee’s fee and all reasonable expenses of the Owner Trustee and any necessary co-trustees (including without limitation reasonable counsel fees and expenses) or any successor owner trustee, for acting as owner trustee under the Trust Agreement, (ii) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Lessee, the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders or the Lessor (including without limitation reasonable counsel fees and expenses) in entering into any actual or proposed future amendments or supplements requested by the Lessee with respect to any of the Operative Agreements, whether or not such amendments or supplements are ultimately entered into, or giving or withholding of waivers of consents hereto or thereto which have been requested by the Lessee, and (iii) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Lessor, the Lessee, the Holders, the Lenders or the Agent in connection with the enforcement of any Operative Agreement or any exercise of remedies under any Operative Agreement or any purchase of the Property by the Lessee pursuant to Article XX of the Lease.

 

SECTION 10. OTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS .

 

10.1 Cooperation with the Lessee .

 

The Holders, the Owner Trustee (at the direction of the Holders) and the Agent shall, to the extent reasonably requested by the Lessee (but without assuming additional liabilities on account thereof), at the Lessee’s expense, cooperate with the Lessee in connection with its covenants contained herein including, without limitation, at any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Lessee, promptly and duly executing and delivering any and all such further instruments, documents and financing statements (and continuation statements related thereto) as the Lessee may reasonably request in order to perform such covenants.

 

10.2 Covenants of the Owner Trustee and the Holders .

 

Each of the Owner Trustee and each of the Holders, each individually and not jointly, hereby agree that so long as this Agreement is in effect:

 

(a) None of the Holders and the Owner Trustee (both in its trust capacity and in its individual capacity) will create or permit to exist at any time, and each of the Holders and the Owner Trustee will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take such action (and notify Lessee of such action) as may be necessary duly to discharge, or to cause to be discharged, all Lessor Liens attributable to it on the Properties; provided, however , that the Holders and the Owner Trustee shall not be required to discharge any such Lessor Lien while the same is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted so long as (a) such proceedings shall not involve any material danger of impairment of the Liens of the Security Documents or of the sale, forfeiture or loss of, the Properties or title thereto or any interest therein or the payment of Rent, and

 

20


(b) such proceedings shall not materially interfere with the disposition of any Property or title thereto or interest therein or the payment of Rent or the possession and use of the Properties by the Lessee;

 

(b) Without prejudice to any right of the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement to resign (subject to the requirement set forth in the Trust Agreement that such resignation shall not be effective until a successor shall have agreed to accept such appointment), or the Holders’ rights under the Trust Agreement to remove the institution acting as Owner Trustee (after consent to such removal by the Agent as provided in the Trust Agreement), each of the Holders and the Owner Trustee hereby agrees with the Lessee and the Agent (i) not to terminate or revoke the trust created by the Trust Agreement except as permitted by Article VIII of the Trust Agreement, (ii) not to amend, supplement, terminate or revoke or otherwise modify any provision of the Trust Agreement in such a manner as to adversely affect the rights of the Lessee or the Agent without the prior written consent of such party and (iii) to comply with all of the terms of the Trust Agreement, the nonperformance of which would adversely affect any such party;

 

(c) The Owner Trustee or any successor may resign or be removed by the Holders as Owner Trustee, a successor Owner Trustee may be appointed and a corporation may become the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, only in accordance with the provisions of Article IX of the Trust Agreement and, with respect to such appointment, with the consent of the Lessee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

 

(d) The Owner Trustee, in its capacity as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, and not in its individual capacity, shall not contract for, create, incur or assume any indebtedness, or enter into any business or other activity, other than pursuant to or under the Operative Agreements:

 

(e) The Holders will not instruct the Owner Trustee to take any action in violation of the terms of any Operative Agreement;

 

(f) Neither any Holder nor the Owner Trustee shall (i) commence any case, proceeding or other action with respect to the Owner Trustee under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, winding-up. liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (ii) seek appointment of a receiver, trustee. custodian or other similar official with respect to the Owner Trustee or for all or any substantial benefit of the creditors of the Owner Trustee; and neither any Holder nor the Owner Trustee shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in this paragraph;

 

(g) The Owner Trustee shall give prompt notice to the Lessee and the Agent if the Owner Trustee’s chief place of business or chief executive office, or the office where the records concerning the accounts or contract rights relating to any Property are kept, shall cease to be located at 79 South Main Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111, or if it shall change its name;

 

21


(h) Provided that no Lease Default or Lease Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither the Owner Trustee nor any Holder shall, without the prior written consent of the Lessee, consent to or permit any amendment, supplement or other modification of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement or the Notes;

 

(i) Neither the Owner Trustee nor any Holder shall consent to or permit any amendment, supplement or other modification of the terms and provisions of any Operative Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of the Agent except as described in Section 10.5 of this Agreement; and

 

(j) The Owner Trustee (i) shall take such actions and shall refrain from taking such actions with respect to the Operative Agreements or the Properties and shall grant such approvals and otherwise act or refrain from acting with respect to the Operative Agreements or the Properties in each case as directed in writing by the Agent or, to the extent required by Section 10.5 hereof, the Lessee, notwithstanding any contrary instruction or absence of instruction by any Holder or Holders; and (ii) shall not take any action, grant any approvals or otherwise act under or with respect to the Operative Agreements or any matters relating to the Properties without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Agent (and without regard to any contrary instruction or absence of instruction by any Holder); provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph (j) the Owner Trustee, the Agent and the Holders each acknowledge, covenant and agree that, with respect to all matters under the Operative Agreements that require the consent or concurrence of all of the Lenders pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement (the “‘Unanimous Vote Matters”), neither the Owner Trustee nor the Agent shall act or refrain from acting with respect to any Unanimous Vote Matter until such party has received the approval of each Lender and each Holder with respect thereto.

 

10.3 Lessee Covenants, Consents, Acknowledgments and Representation .

 

(a) Lessee acknowledges and agrees that the Owner Trustee, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement and the Mortgage Instruments, shall create Liens respecting the various personal property, fixtures and real property described therein in favor of the Agent. Lessee hereby irrevocably consents to the creation, perfection and maintenance of such Liens:

 

(b) Lessor hereby instructs Lessee, and Lessee hereby acknowledges and agrees, that until such time as the Loans are paid in full and the Liens evidenced by the Security Agreement and the Mortgage Instruments have been released, (i) any and all Rent and any and all other amounts of any kind or type under any of the Operative Agreements due and owing or payable to the Lessor or the Owner Trustee shall instead be paid directly to the Agent or as the Agent may direct from time to time and (ii) Lessee shall cause all notices, certificates, financial statements, communications and other information which is delivered, or is required to be delivered, to the Lessor, the Owner Trustee or any Holder also to be delivered at the same time to the Agent;

 

22


(c) Lessee shall not consent to or permit any amendment, supplement or other modification of the terms or provisions of any Operative Agreement without, in each case, obtaining the prior written consent of the Agent and, to the extent required by the proviso at the end of Section 10.2(j) hereof, each of the Holders;

 

(d) Except as otherwise contemplated by the Operative Agreements, neither the Owner Trustee nor the Lessee has used or shall use the proceeds of any Holder Advance for any purpose other than the payment of (i) the Property Cost and (ii) Transaction Expenses and the fees, expenses and other disbursements referenced in Section 9.1 of this Agreement;

 

(e) The Lessee shall not permit any of the Property to consist of Tangible Personal Property; and, without limiting the generality of the first clause of this paragraph (e), the Lessee shall not permit the aggregate Property Cost of any “Personal Property” (as defined in the Arizona Ground Lease) located at, or included in, the Arizona Property to exceed $3,000,000;

 

(f) The Lessee covenants and agrees that aggregate appraised enterprise value of all Properties as shown in the most recent Appraisals of each Property received by the Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 or otherwise shall at all times be greater than or equal to 50% of the aggregate Property Cost of all Properties; and any Appraisal obtained to comply with this provision shall be at the Lessee’s sole cost and expense; and to confirm compliance with this provision, the Lessee expressly agrees to provide an Appraisal to the Agent from time to time at the request of the Agent within sixty (60) days of such request, at the expense of Lessee, but not more often than once per calendar year;

 

(g) The Lessee agrees to perform each of the Incorporated Covenants and any other covenants set forth in (or incorporated by reference into) Article XXVIII of the Lease, in accordance with their respective terms;

 

(h) The Lessee shall not create or permit to exist at any time (and the Lessee shall, at its own expense, take such action as may be necessary to duly discharge, or cause to be discharged) any Lien against any Property other than Permitted Liens and Lessor Liens;

 

(i) The Lessee has performed or has caused to be performed all actions recommended or required by the Environmental Reports, or has undertaken to perform such actions, such performance to be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

(j) The Lessee shall pay (when and as due) any fees pursuant to the Fee Letter; and

 

(k) The Lessee agrees that the provisions of the Fee Letter or any other letter entitling any Lender to fees to be paid by Lessee shall remain in full force and effect after the Closing Date.

 

10.4 Sharing of Certain Payments.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all payments due and owing by the Lessee to the Lessor under the Lease or any of the other Operative Agreements shall be made by

 

23


the Lessee directly to the Agent as more particularly provided in Section 10. 3 hereof. The Holders and the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, acknowledge the terms of Section 8 of the Credit Agreement regarding the allocation of payments and other amounts made or received from time to time under the Operative Agreements and agree all such payments and amounts are to be allocated as provided in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement. In connection therewith the Holders hereby (a) appoint the Agent to act as collateral agent for the Holders in connection with the Lien granted by the Mortgage Instruments and other Security Documents to secure the Holder Amount and (b) acknowledge and agree and direct that the rights and remedies of the beneficiaries of the Lien of the Mortgage Instruments and other Security Documents shall be exercised by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the Holders as directed from time to time by the Lenders without notice to or consent from the Holders.

 

10.5 Grant of Easements, etc .

 

The Agent and the Holders hereby agree that, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and until such time as the Agent gives instructions to the contrary to the Owner Trustee, the Owner Trustee shall, from time to time at the request of the Lessee, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Lease or the other Operative Agreements, (i) grant easements and other rights in the nature of easements with respect to any Property, (ii) release existing easements or other rights in the nature of easements which are for the benefit of any Property, (iii) execute and deliver to any Person any instrument appropriate to confirm or effect such grants or releases, and (iv) execute and deliver to any Person such other documents or materials in connection with the operation of any Property, including, without limitation, reciprocal easement agreements, operating agreements, development agreements, plats, replats or subdivision documents; provided, that each of the agreements and documents referred to in this Section 10.5 shall be of the type normally executed by the Lessee in the ordinary course of the Lessee’s business, or consistent with local practice or as required by local Governmental Authorities, and shall be on commercially reasonable terms so as not to diminish the value of any Property in any material respect.

 

SECTION 11. CREDIT AGREEMENT AND TRUST AGREEMENT.

 

11.1 Lessee’s Credit Agreement Rights .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Credit Agreement, the Agent, the Lessee and the Owner Trustee hereby agree that, prior to the occurrence and continuation of any Lease Default or Lease Event of Default the Lessee (as designated below) shall have the following rights:

 

(a) The Lessee shall have the right to give the notice referred to in Section 2.3 of the. Credit Agreement, to designate the account to which a borrowing under the Credit Agreement is to be credited pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement;

 

(b) the Lessee shall have the right to exercise the conversion and continuation options pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement;

 

(c) the Lessee shall have the right to approve any successor agent pursuant to Section 7.8 of the Credit Agreement;

 

24


(d) the Lessee shall have the right to consent to any assignment by a Lender to which the Lessor has the right to consent pursuant to Section 9.8 of the Credit Agreement; and

 

(e) without limiting the foregoing clauses (a) through (d), and in addition thereto, provided that no Event of Default then exists, the Lessee shall have the right to exercise any other right of the Owner Trustee under the Credit Agreement upon not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice from the Lessee to the Owner Trustee and the Agent.

 

11.2 Lessee’s Trust Agreement Rights .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Trust Agreement, the Lessee, the Owner Trustee and the Holders hereby agree that, prior to the occurrence and continuation of any Lease Default or Lease Event of Default the Lessee (as designated below) shall have the following rights:

 

(a) the Lessee shall have the right to exercise the conversion and continuation options pursuant to Section 3.8 of the Trust Agreement;

 

(b) no removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Trust Agreement shall be made without the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Lessee; and

 

(c) the Holders and the Owner Trustee shall not amend, supplement or otherwise modify any provision of the Trust Agreement in such a manner as to adversely affect the rights of the Lessee without the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Lessee.

 

SECTION 12. TRANSFER OF INTEREST .

 

12.1 Restrictions on Transfer .

 

The Holders may, directly or indirectly, assign, convey or otherwise transfer any of their right, title or interest in or to the Trust Estate or the Trust Agreement with the prior written consent of the Agent, and (provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the Lessee (which consent in each case shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that such consents shall not be required for an assignment to a Lender or an affiliate of a Lender. The Owner Trustee may, subject to the Lien of the applicable Security Documents, but only with the prior written consent of the Agent, the Holders (which consent may be withheld by the Agent or the Holders in their sole discretion) and (provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the Lessee, directly or indirectly, assign, convey, appoint an agent with respect to enforcement of, or otherwise transfer any of the Owner Trustee’s right, title or interest in or to any Property, the Lease, the Trust Agreement, this Agreement (including, without limitation, any right to indemnification thereunder), or any other document relating to a Property or any interest in a Property as provided in the Trust Agreement and the Lease. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to the obligations of the Owner Trustee to transfer the Properties to the Lessee or a third party

 

25


purchaser pursuant to Article XXII of the Lease upon payment for such Properties in accordance with each of the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

12.2 Effect of Transfer .

 

From and after any transfer effected in accordance with this Section 12 , the transferor shall be released, to the extent of such transfer, from its liability hereunder and under the other documents to which it is a party in respect of obligations to be performed on or after the date of such transfer; provided, however, that any transferor Holder shall remain liable under Article XI of the Trust Agreement to the extent that the transferee Holder shall not have assumed the obligations of the transferor Holder thereunder. Upon any transfer by the Owner Trustee or a Holder as above provided, any such transferee shall assume the obligations of the Owner Trustee and Lessor or the obligations of a Holder, as the case may be, and shall be deemed an “Owner Trustee”, “Lessor” or “Holder”, as the case may be, for all purposes of such documents and each reference herein to the transferor shall thereafter be deemed a reference to such transferee for all purposes, except as provided in the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any transfer of all or a portion of the transferor’s interest as provided in this Section 12 , the transferor shall be entitled to all benefits accrued and all rights vested prior to such transfer including, without limitation, rights to indemnification under any such document.

 

SECTION 13. INDEMNIFICATION .

 

13.1 General Indemnity .

 

(a) Whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, the Indemnity Provider hereby assumes liability for and agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person on an After Tax Basis from and against any Claims which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against an Indemnified Person by any other Person in any way relating to or arising or alleged to arise out of the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of this Agreement, the Lease or any other Operative Agreement or on or with respect to any Property or any part thereof, including, without limitation. Claims in any way relating to or arising or alleged to arise out of (i) the financing, refinancing, purchase, acceptance, rejection, ownership, design, construction, refurbishment, development, delivery, acceptance, nondelivery, leasing, subleasing, possession, use, operation, maintenance, repair, modification, transportation, condition, sale, return, repossession (whether by summary proceedings or otherwise), or any other disposition of any Property, or any part thereof, including the acquisition, holding or disposition of any interest in any Property, lease or agreement comprising a portion of any thereof; (ii) any latent or other defect in any Property whether or not discoverable by an Indemnified Person or the Indemnity Provider; (iii) any Environmental Claim, any violation of Environmental Laws, or any other loss of or damage to any Property or the environment relating to any Property, the Lease or the Indemnity Provider; (iv) the Operative Agreements, or any transaction contemplated thereby; (v) any breach by the Lessee of any of its representations or warranties under the Operative Agreements to which it is a party or failure by the Lessee to perform or observe any covenant or agreement to be performed by it under any of the Operative Agreements; (vi) the transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Operative

 

26


Agreement, in respect of the application of Parts 4 and 5 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA; (vii) any personal injury, death or property damage, including without limitation Claims based on strict or absolute liability in tort: (viii) any easement, right, agreement or document referred to in Section 10.5 of this Agreement; or (ix) any Lien on any Property (other than Liens created by the Operative Agreements). The foregoing indemnity shall not apply to a Claim imposed on, incurred by or asserted against an Indemnified Person to the extent such Claim arises from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(b) If a written Claim is made against any Indemnified Person or if any proceeding shall be commenced against such Indemnified Person (including a written notice of such proceeding) for any Claim, such Indemnified Person shall promptly notify the Indemnity Provider in writing and shall not take action with respect to such Claim without the consent of the Indemnity Provider for thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice by the Indemnity Provider; provided, however , that, in the case of any such Claim, if action shall be required by law or regulation to be taken prior to the end of such 30-day period, such Indemnified Person shall endeavor, in such notice to the Indemnity Provider, to inform the Indemnity Provider of such shorter period, and no action shall be taken with respect to such Claim without the consent of the Indemnity Provider before seven (7) days before the end of such shorter period: provided, further , that the failure of such Indemnified Person to give the notices referred to in this sentence shall not diminish the Indemnity Provider’s obligation hereunder except to the extent such failure materially precludes the Indemnity Provider from contesting such Claim;

 

(c) If, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice from the Indemnified Person (or such shorter period as the Indemnified Person has notified the Indemnity Provider is required by law or regulation for the Indemnified Person to respond to such Claim), the Indemnity Provider shall request in writing that such Indemnified Person respond to such Claim, the Indemnified Person shall, at the expense of the Indemnity Provider, in good faith conduct and control such action (including, without limitation by pursuit of appeals) provided, however , that (A) if such Claim can be pursued by the Indemnity Provider on behalf of or in the name of such Indemnified Person, the Indemnified Person, at the Indemnity Provider’s request, shall allow the Indemnity Provider to conduct and control the response to such Claim and (B) in the case of any Claim, the Indemnified Person may request the Indemnity Provider to conduct and control the response to such Claim (with counsel to be selected by the Indemnity Provider and consented to by such Indemnified Person, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided however , that any Indemnified Person may retain separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnity Provider in the event of a conflict)) by, in the sole discretion of the Person conducting and controlling the response to such Claim, (1) resisting payment thereof, (2) not paying the same except under protest, if protest is necessary and proper, (3) if the payment be made, using reasonable efforts to obtain a refund thereof in appropriate administrative and judicial proceedings, or (4) taking such other action as is reasonably requested by the Indemnity Provider from time to time;

 

27


(d) The party controlling the response to any Claim shall consult in good faith with the non-controlling party and shall keep the non-controlling party reasonably informed as to the conduct of the response to such Claim: provided , that all decisions ultimately shall be made in the discretion of the controlling party, except that the Indemnity Provider may not agree to any dismissal or settlement of, or other agreement in connection with, any claim without the prior written consent of such Indemnified Person, if such dismissal, settlement or agreement would require any admission or acknowledgment of any culpability or wrongdoing by such Indemnified Person or provide for any nonmonetary relief to be performed by such Indemnified Person. The parties agree that an Indemnified Person may at any time decline to take further action with respect to the response to such Claim and may settle such Claim if such Indemnified Person shall waive its rights to any indemnity from the Indemnity Provider that otherwise would be payable in respect of such Claim (and any future Claim, the pursuit of which is precluded by reason of such resolution of such Claim) and shall pay to the Indemnity Provider any amount previously paid or advanced by the Indemnity Provider pursuant to this Section 13.1 by way of indemnification or advance for the payment of any amount regarding such Claim other than expenses of the action relating to such Claim: and

 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.1 , an Indemnified Person shall not be required to take any action and no Indemnity Provider shall be permitted to respond to any Claim in its own name or that of the Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnity Provider shall have agreed to pay and shall pay to such Indemnified Person on demand and on an After Tax Basis all reasonable costs, losses and expenses that such Indemnified Person actually incurs in connection with such Claim, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal, accounting and investigatory fees and disbursements, (ii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably determined that the action to be taken will not result in any material danger of sale, forfeiture or loss of any Property, or any part thereof or interest therein, will not interfere with the payment of Rent, and will not result in risk of criminal liability, (iii) if such Claim shall involve the payment of any amount prior to the resolution of such Claim, the Indemnity Provider shall provide to the Indemnified Person an interest-free advance in an amount equal to the amount that the Indemnified Person is required to pay (with no additional net after-tax cost to such Indemnified Person), (iv) in the case of a Claim that must be pursued in the name of an Indemnified Person (or an Affiliate thereof), the Indemnity Provider shall have provided to such Indemnified Person an opinion of independent counsel selected by the Indemnified Person and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnity Provider stating that a reasonable basis exists to contest such Claim and (v) such claim is covered by insurance and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. In addition, an Indemnified Person shall not be required to contest any Claim in its name (or that of an Affiliate) if the subject matter thereof shall be of a continuing nature and shall have previously been decided adversely by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to the contest provisions of this Section 13.1 , unless there shall have been a change in law (or interpretation thereof) and the Indemnified Person shall have received, at the Indemnity Provider’s expense, an opinion of independent counsel selected by the Indemnified Person and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnity Provider stating that as a result of such change in law (or interpretation thereof), it is more likely than not that the Indemnified Person will prevail in such contest.

 

28


13.2 General Tax Indemnity .

 

(a) The Indemnity Provider shall pay and assume liability for, and does hereby agree to indemnify, protect and defend each Property and all Indemnified Persons, and hold them harmless against, all Impositions on an After Tax Basis:

 

(b) (i) Subject to the terms of Section 13.2(f) , the Indemnity Provider shall pay or cause to be paid all Impositions directly to the taxing authorities where feasible and otherwise to the Indemnified Person, as appropriate, and the Indemnity Provider shall at its own expense, upon such Indemnified Person’s reasonable request, furnish to such Indemnified Person copies of official receipts or other satisfactory proof evidencing such payment;

 

(ii) In the case of Impositions for which no contest is conducted pursuant to Section 13.2(f) and which the Indemnity Provider pays directly to the taxing authorities, the Indemnity Provider shall pay such Impositions prior to the latest time permitted by the relevant taxing authority for timely payment. In the case of Impositions for which the Indemnity Provider reimburses an Indemnified Person, the Indemnity Provider shall do so within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Indemnity Provider of demand by such Indemnified Person describing in reasonable detail the nature of the Imposition and the basis for the demand (including the computation of the amount payable). In the case of Impositions for which a contest is conducted pursuant to Section 13.2(f) , the Indemnity Provider shall pay such Impositions or reimburse such Indemnified Person for such Impositions, to the extent not previously paid or reimbursed pursuant to subsection (a), prior to the latest time permitted by the relevant taxing authority for timely payment after conclusion of all contests under Section 13.2(f) .

 

(iii) Impositions imposed with respect to a Property for a billing period during which the Lease expires or terminates with respect to such Property (unless the Lessee has exercised the Purchase Option with respect to such Property or the Lessee has otherwise purchased such Property) shall be adjusted and prorated on a daily basis between the Indemnity Provider and the Lessor, whether or not such Imposition is imposed before or after such expiration or termination and each such party shall pay its pro rata share thereof; and

 

(iv) At the Indemnity Provider’s request, the amount of any indemnification payment by the Indemnity Provider pursuant to subsection (a) shall be verified and certified by an independent public accounting firm mutually acceptable to the Indemnity Provider and the Indemnified Person. The fees and expenses of such independent public accounting firm shall be paid by the Indemnity Provider unless such verification shall result in an adjustment in the Indemnity Provider’s favor of 15% or more of the payment as computed by the Indemnified Person, in which case such fee shall be paid by the Indemnified Person;

 

(c) The Indemnity Provider shall be responsible for preparing and filing any real and personal property or ad valorem tax returns with respect to each Property. In case any other report or tax return shall be required to be made with respect to any obligations of

 

29


the Indemnity Provider under or arising out of subsection (a) and of which the Indemnity Provider has knowledge or should have knowledge, the Indemnity Provider, at its sole cost and expense, shall notify the relevant Indemnified Person of such requirement and (except if such Indemnified Person notifies the Indemnity Provider that such Indemnified Person intends to file such report or return) (A) to the extent required or permitted by and consistent with Legal Requirements, make and file in Indemnity Provider’s name such return, statement or report; and (B) in the case of any other such return, statement or report required to be made in the name of such Indemnified Person, advise such Indemnified Person of such fact and prepare such return, statement or report for filing by such Indemnified Person or, where such return, statement or report shall be required to reflect items in addition to any obligations of the Indemnity Provider under or arising out of subsection (a), provide such Indemnified Person at the Indemnity Provider’s expense with information sufficient to permit such return, statement or report to be properly made with respect to any obligations of the Indemnity Provider under or arising out of subsection (a). Such Indemnified Person shall, upon the Indemnity Provider’s request and at the Indemnity Provider’s expense, provide any data maintained by such Indemnified Person (and not otherwise available to or within the control of the Indemnity Provider) with respect to each Property which the Indemnity Provider may reasonably require to prepare any required tax returns or reports;

 

(d) If as a result of the payment or reimbursement by the Indemnity Provider of any Imposition or other reasonable expenses of the Lessor or the payment of any Transaction Expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements, the Lessor, the Holders, partners of any Holder, or shareholders of such partners of a partnership which is a partner of such Holder, shall suffer a net increase in any federal, state or local income tax liability, the Indemnity Provider shall indemnify such Persons (without duplication of any indemnification required by subsection (a)) on an After Tax Basis for the amount of such increase. The calculation of any such net increase shall take into account any current or future tax savings (including any net operating loss carry-forward) realized or reasonably expected to be realized by such Person in respect thereof, as well as any interest, penalties and additions to tax payable by such Lessor, or such Holder, or such Affiliate, in respect thereof;

 

(e) As between the Indemnity Provider on one hand, and the Lessor or the Agent, any Lender or any Holder on the other hand, the Indemnity Provider shall be responsible for, and the Indemnity Provider shall indemnify and hold harmless the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and each Holder (without duplication of any indemnification required by subsection (a)) on an After Tax Basis against, any obligation for United States or foreign withholding taxes imposed in respect of payments on the Notes or Certificates or with respect to Rent payments under the Lease (and, if the Lessor, the Agent, any Lender or any Holder receives a demand for such payment from any taxing authority, the Indemnity Provider shall discharge such demand on behalf of the Lessor, the Agent, such Lender or such Holder); provided, however, that the right of any Lender to make a claim for indemnification under this Section 13.2(e) is subject to the compliance by such Lender with the requirements of Section 2.13 of the Credit Agreement, but only to the extent that such claim is attributable to noncompliance by such Lender under such Section 2.13 ; and

 

30


(f) (i) If a written Claim is made against any Indemnified Person, or if any proceeding shall be commenced against such Indemnified Person (including a written notice of such proceeding), for any Impositions, such Indemnified Person shall promptly notify the Indemnity Provider in writing and shall not take action with respect to such Claim or proceeding without the consent of the Indemnity Provider for thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice by the Indemnity Provider; provided, however , that, in the case of any such Claim or proceeding, if action shall be required by law or regulation to be taken prior to the end of such 30-day period, such Indemnified Person shall, in such notice to the Indemnity Provider, inform the Indemnity Provider of such shorter period, and no action shall be taken with respect to such Claim or proceeding without the consent of the Indemnity Provider before seven (7) days before the end of such shorter period; provided, further , that the failure of such Indemnified Person to give the notices referred to this sentence shall not diminish the Indemnity Provider’s obligation hereunder except to the extent such failure materially precludes the Indemnity Provider from contesting such Claim;

 

(ii) If, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice from the Indemnified Person (or such shorter period as the Indemnified Person has notified the Indemnity Provider is required by law or regulation for the Indemnified Person to commence such contest), the Indemnity Provider shall request in writing that such Indemnified Person contest such Imposition, the Indemnified Person shall, at the expense of the Indemnity Provider, in good faith conduct and control such contest (including, without limitation, by pursuit of appeals) relating to the validity, applicability or amount of such Imposition (provided, however, that (A) if such contest can be pursued independently from any other proceeding involving a tax liability of such Indemnified Person, the Indemnified Person, at the Indemnity Provider’s request, shall allow the Indemnity Provider to conduct and control such contest and (B) in the case of any contest, the Indemnified Person may request the Indemnity Provider to conduct and control such contest (with counsel to be selected by the Indemnity Provider and consented to by such Indemnified Person, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however , that any Indemnified Person may retain separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnity Provider in the event of a conflict)) by, in the sole discretion of the Person conducting and controlling such contest, (1) resisting payment thereof, (2) not paying the same except under protest, if protest is necessary and proper, (3) if the payment be made, using reasonable efforts to obtain a refund thereof in appropriate administrative and judicial proceedings, or (4) taking such other action as is reasonably requested by the Indemnity Provider from time to time;

 

(iii) The party controlling any contest shall consult in good faith with the non-controlling party and shall keep the non-controlling party reasonably informed as to the conduct of such contest: provided , that all decisions ultimately shall be made in the sole discretion of the controlling party. The parties agree that an Indemnified Person may at any time decline to take further action with respect to the contest of any Imposition and may settle such contest if such Indemnified Person shall waive its rights to any indemnity from the Indemnity Provider that otherwise would be payable in respect of such Imposition (and any future Claim by any taxing authority, the contest of which is precluded by reason of such resolution of such contest) and shall pay to the Indemnity

 

31


Provider any amount previously paid or advanced by the Indemnity Provider pursuant to this Section 13.2 by way of indemnification or advance for the payment of any amount regarding such Imposition other than expenses of such contest; and

 

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.2 , an Indemnified Person shall not be required to take any action and no Indemnity Provider shall be permitted to contest any Imposition in its own name or that of the Indemnified Person unless (A) the Indemnity Provider shall have agreed to pay and shall pay to such Indemnified Person on demand and on an After Tax Basis all reasonable costs, losses and expenses that such Indemnified Person actually incurs in connection with contesting such Imposition, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal, accounting and investigatory fees and disbursements, (B) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably determined that the action to be taken will not result in any material danger of sale, forfeiture or loss of any Property, or any part thereof or interest therein, will not interfere with the payment of Rent, and will not result in risk of criminal liability, (C) if such contest shall involve the payment of the Imposition prior to or during the contest, the Indemnity Provider shall provide to the Indemnified Person an interest-free advance in an amount equal to the Imposition that the Indemnified Person is required to pay (with no additional net after-tax cost to such Indemnified Person), (D) in the case of a Claim that must be pursued in the name of an Indemnified Person (or an Affiliate thereof), the Indemnity Provider shall have provided to such Indemnified Person an opinion of independent tax counsel selected by the Indemnified Person and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnity Provider stating that a reasonable basis exists to contest such Claim and (E) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. In addition, an Indemnified Person shall not be required to contest any claim in its name (or that of an Affiliate) if the subject matter thereof shall be of a continuing nature and shall have previously been decided adversely by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to the contest provisions of this Section 13.2 , unless there shall have been a change in law (or interpretation thereof) and the Indemnified Person shall have received, at the Indemnity Provider’s expense, an opinion of independent tax counsel selected by the Indemnified Person and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnity Provider stating that as a result of such change in law (or interpretation thereof), it is more likely than not that the Indemnified Person will prevail in such contest.

 

13.3 Environmental Indemnity .

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, the Indemnity Provider hereby assumes liability for and agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person on an After Tax Basis from and against any Claims which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against an Indemnified Person by any other Person (but not to the extent such Claims arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) in any way relating to or arising, or alleged (by any Person asserting such a Claim against an Indemnified Person) to arise, out of any Environmental Claim, any violation of Environmental Laws, or any other loss of or damage to any Property or the environment (including without limitation the presence on any Property of wetlands, tidelands or swamp or overflow lands, or any condition arising from or affecting any Property or arising from

 

32


or affecting any lands nearby or adjacent to any Property that has or threatens to have any adverse effect upon human health or the environment at any Property or upon the use or value of such Property), in each case relating to any Property, the Lease or the Indemnity Provider.

 

SECTION 14. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

14.1 Survival of Agreements .

 

The representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements of the parties provided for in the Operative Agreements, and the parties’ obligations under any and all thereof, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the transfer of any Property to the Owner Trustee, the acquisition of any additional Equipment, the construction of any additional Improvements, any disposition of any interest of the Owner Trustee in any Property or any interest of the Holders in the Owner Trust, the payment of the Notes and any disposition thereof, and shall be and continue in effect notwithstanding any investigation made by any party and the fact that any party may waive compliance with any of the other terms, provisions or conditions of any of the Operative Agreements. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or in other Operative Agreements, the indemnities of the parties provided for in the Operative Agreements shall survive the expiration or termination of any thereof.

 

14.2 No Broker, etc.

 

Each of the parties hereto represents to the others that it has not retained or employed any broker, finder or financial adviser to act on its behalf in connection with this Agreement, nor has it authorized any broker, finder or financial adviser retained or employed by any other Person so to act. Any party who is in breach of this representation shall indemnify and hold the other parties harmless from and against any liability arising out of such breach of this representation.

 

14.3 Notices .

 

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices, consents, directions, approvals, instructions, requests and other communications required or permitted by the terms hereof to be given to any Person shall be given in writing by United States certified or registered mail (postage prepaid), by nationally recognized courier service, by hand or by telecopy with confirming notice and any such notice shall become effective upon receipt and shall be directed to the address of such Person as indicated:

 

If to the Lessee, to it at the following address:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: Malcolm E. McVay

Telephone No.: (205) 969-6140

Telecopy No.: (205) 969-4620

Email: tadd.mcvay@healthsouth.com

 

33


With a copy to:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: William W. Horton

Telephone No.: (205) 969-4977

Telecopy No.: (205) 969-4730

Email: bill.horton@healthsouth.com

 

If to the Owner Trustee, to it at the following address:

 

First Security Bank, National Association

79 South Main Street

Salt Lake City, Utah 84111

Attention: Val T. Orton

Telephone No.: (801) 246-5208

Telecopy No.: (801) 246-5053

 

If to UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as a Holder or a Lender, to it at the following address:

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attn: Jennifer Poccia

Telephone No.: (203) 719-3834

Telecopy No.: (203) 719-3888

Email: jennifer.poccia@ubsw.com

 

if to any other Holder, to it at the address set forth for such Holder on each Holder’s Holder Addendum hereto or in the applicable Assignment and Assumption;

 

If to any other Lender, to it at the address for notice set forth on such Lender’s Lender Addendum hereto or in the applicable Assignment and Assumption, the form of which is attached as a schedule to the Credit Agreement;

 

If to the Agent, to it at the following address:

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attn: Jennifer Poccia

Telephone No.: (203) 719-3834

Telecopy No.: (203) 719-3888

Email: jennifer.poccia@ubsw.com

 

with all notices of borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of any Loan to be delivered to the address set forth in Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

34


From time to time any party may designate a new address for purposes of notice hereunder by notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

14.4 Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

14.5 Amendments and Termination .

 

Neither this Agreement nor any of the terms hereof may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the Lessor, the Lessee and (subject to Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement) the Agent. This Agreement may be terminated by an agreement signed in writing by the Owner Trustee, the Holders, the Lenders, the Lessee and the Agent.

 

14.6 Headings, etc .

 

The Table of Contents and headings of the various Articles and Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

14.7 Parties in Interest .

 

Except as expressly provided herein, none of the provisions of this Agreement are intended for the benefit of any Person except the parties hereto; provide, that the Lenders are intended to be third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

 

14.8 GOVERNING LAW; WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .

 

(i) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(ii) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER OPERATIVE AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THERETO.

 

14.9 Submission to Jurisdictions Waivers .

 

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general

 

35


jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States located in the Southern District of New York and appellate courts thereof;

 

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail) postage prepaid, to the respective party at its address set forth in Section 14.3 hereof or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 14.9 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

14.10 Severability .

 

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render such provision unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.11 Liability Limited .

 

(a) The Agent, the Lessee and the Holders each acknowledge and agree that the Owner Trustee is (except as otherwise expressly provided herein or therein) entering into this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements to which it is a party (other than the Trust Agreement and other than as set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement), solely in its capacity as trustee under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity and that Trust Company shall not be liable or accountable under any circumstances whatsoever in its individual capacity for or on account of any statements, representations, warranties, covenants or obligations stated to be those of the Owner Trustee, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct and except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the other Operative Agreements.

 

(b) Anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the Notes or in any other Operative Agreement notwithstanding, neither the Lessor nor any Holder (in its capacity as a Holder) nor any officer, director, shareholder, or partner thereof, nor any of the successors or assigns of the foregoing (all such Persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Exculpated Persons”), shall be personally liable in any respect for any liability or obligation hereunder or under any other Operative

 

36


Agreement including the payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Notes, or for monetary damages for the breach of performance of any of the covenants contained in the Credit Agreement, the Notes, this Agreement, the Security Agreement or any of the other Operative Agreements. The Agent (for itself and on behalf of the Lenders) agrees that, in the event the Agent or any Lender pursues any remedies available to them under the Credit Agreement, the Notes, this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments or under any other Operative Agreement, neither the Lenders nor the Agent shall have any recourse against any Exculpated Person, for any deficiency, loss or Claim for monetary damages or otherwise resulting therefrom, and recourse shall be had solely and exclusively against the Trust Estate and the Lessee (with respect to the Lessee’s obligations under the Lease, the Participation Agreement and any other Operative Agreement); but nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse against or the enforcement of remedies against the Trust Estate in respect of any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained herein, in the Credit Agreement, in the Notes, in the Security Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments or in any other Operative Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, nothing in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments or any other Operative Agreement shall: (i) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Notes or arising under this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments or the Credit Agreement or secured by the Security Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments or any other Operative Agreement, but the same shall continue until paid or discharged: (ii) relieve the Lessor or any Exculpated Person from liability and responsibility for (but only to the extent of the damages arising by reason of): (a) active waste knowingly committed by such Lessor or such Exculpated Person with respect to the Properties or (b) any fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful breach as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, on the part of such Lessor or such Exculpated Person: (iii) relieve such Lessor or such Exculpated Person from liability and responsibility for (but only to the extent of the moneys misappropriated, misapplied or not turned over) (a) misappropriation or misapplication by such Lessor (i.e application in a manner contrary to any Operative Agreement) of any insurance proceeds or condemnation award paid or delivered to such Lessor by any Person other than the Agent or (b) any rents or other income received by such Lessor from the Lessee that are not turned over to the Agent: or (iv) affect or in any way limit the Agent’s rights and remedies under any Operative Agreement with respect to the Rents and its rights thereunder or its right to obtain a judgment against the Lessor’s interest in the Properties.

 

14.12 Rights of Lessee .

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Operative Agreements, if at any time all obligations (i) of the Owner Trustee under the Credit Agreement, the Security Documents, the Trust Agreement and the other Operative Agreements and (ii) of the Lessee under the Operative Agreements have in each case been satisfied or discharged in full, then the Lessee shall be entitled to (a) terminate the Lease and (b) receive all amounts then held under the Operative Agreements and all proceeds with respect to any of the Properties. Upon the termination of the Lease pursuant to the foregoing clause (a), the Lessor shall transfer to the Lessee all of its right, title and interest free and clear of the Lien of the Lease and all Lessor Liens in and to the

 

37


Properties and any amounts or proceeds referred to in the foregoing clause (b) shall be paid over to the Lessee.

 

14.13 Further Assurances .

 

The parties hereto shall promptly cause to be taken, executed, acknowledged or delivered, at the sole expense of the Lessee, all such further acts, conveyances, documents and assurances as the other parties may from time to time reasonably request in order to carry out and effectuate the intent and purposes of this Participation Agreement, the other Operative Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, without limitation, the preparation, execution and filing of any and all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and other filings or registrations which the parties hereto may from time to time request to be filed or effected). The Lessee, at its own expense and without need of any prior request from any other party, shall take such action as may be necessary (including any action specified in the preceding sentence), or (if Owner Trustee shall so request) as so requested, in order to maintain and protect all security interests provided for hereunder or under any other Operative Agreement.

 

14.14 Calculations under Operative Agreements .

 

The parties hereto agree that all calculations and numerical determinations to be made under the Operative Agreements by the Owner Trustee shall be made by the Agent and that such calculations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto in the absence of manifest error.

 

14.15 Confidentiality .

 

Each of the Owner Trustee, the Holders, the Agent and the Lenders severally agrees to use reasonable efforts to keep confidential all non-public information pertaining to the Lessee or its Subsidiaries which is provided to it by the Lessee or its Subsidiaries, provided that nothing herein shall prohibit the disclosure by any such Person of such information:

 

(a) to the extent such information is public when received by such Person or becomes public thereafter due to the act or omission of any party other than such Person;

 

(b) to the extent such information is independently obtained from a source other than the Lessee or any of its Subsidiaries and such information from such source is not, to such Person’s knowledge, subject to an obligation of confidentiality or. if such information is subject to an obligation of confidentiality, that disclosure of such information is permitted;

 

(c) to counsel, auditors or accountants retained by any such Person or any Affiliates of any such Person provided they agree to keep such information, confidential as if such Person or Affiliate were party to this Agreement and to financial institution regulators, including examiners of any Lender, the Agent or the Owner Trustee, any Holder or any Affiliate in the course of examinations of such Persons;

 

38


(d) in connection with any litigation or the enforcement or preservation of the rights of the Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Lessor, any Lender or any Holder under the Operative Agreements;

 

(e) to the extent required by any applicable statute, rule or regulation or court order (including, without limitation, by way of subpoena) or pursuant to the request of any regulatory or Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Person; provided, however , that such Person shall endeavor (if not otherwise prohibited by Law) to notify the Lessee prior to any disclosure made pursuant to this clause (e), except that no such Person shall be subject to any liability whatsoever for any failure to so notify the Lessee;

 

(f) the Agent may disclose such information to the Owner Trustee, any Lender or any Holder; or

 

(g) to the extent disclosure to any other financial institution or other Person is appropriate in connection with any proposed or actual (i) assignment or grant of a participation by any of the Lenders of interests in the Credit Agreement or (ii) assignment by any Holder of interests in the Trust Agreement to another Person.

 

14.16 Calculation of Rent, Interest, Holder Yield and Fees .

 

Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Operative Agreements, all calculation of Rent, interest, Holder Yield, Overdue Rate, Holder Overdue Rate, Commitment Fees, or Holder Commitment Fees payable hereunder shall be computed based on the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.

 

14.17 Responsibilities and Liabilities .

 

The Joint Lead Arrangers, the Documentation Agent and the Syndication Agent, in such respective capacities, shall have no responsibilities, and shall incur no liabilities under this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements.

 

14.18 Holder and Lender Addenda .

 

Each Holder shall become a party to this Agreement by delivering to the Administrative Agent a Holder Addendum, substantially in the form of Exhibit H, duly executed by such Holder, the Owner Trustee and the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall become a party to this Agreement by delivering to the Administrative Agent a Lender Addendum, substantially in the form of Exhibit I, duly executed by such Lender, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation., as Lessee

By:

 

/s/ Malcolm E. McVay

   

Name:

 

Malcolm E. McVay

   

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

FIRST SECURITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not individually, except as expressly stated herein, but solely as Owner Trustee under the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Trust 2000-1

By:

 

/s/ Arge Pavlos

   

Name:

 

ARGE PAVLOS

   

Title:

 

TRUST OFFICER

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Agent

By:

 

/s/ Daniel W. Ladd III

   

Name:

 

Daniel W. Ladd III

   

Title:

 

Executive Director

By:

 

/s/ Wilfred V. Saint

   

Name:

 

Wilfred V. Saint

   

Title:

 

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

Applicable Funding Office:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attn: Jennifer Poccia

Telephone No.: (203) 719-3834

Telecopy No: (203)719-3888

Email: jennifer.poccia@ubsw.com

 

EXHIBIT 10.5.1

 


 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of December 27, 2001

 

between

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not individually, but solely

as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1,

as Lessor

 

and

 

HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC.,

as Lessee

 


 

This Lease Agreement is subject to a security interest in favor of First Union National Bank, as the agent for the Lenders and respecting the Security Documents, as the agent for the Secured Parties (the “ Agent ”) under a Security Agreement dated as of December 27, 2001, between State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1 and the Agent, as amended, modified, extended, supplemented, restated and/or replaced from time to time in accordance with the applicable provisions thereof. This Lease Agreement has been executed in several counterparts. To the extent, if any, that this Lease Agreement constitutes chattel paper (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction), no security interest in this Lease Agreement may be created through the transfer or possession of any counterpart other than the original counterpart containing the receipt therefor executed by the Agent on the signature page hereof.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

   1

1.1

  

Definitions

   1

1.2

  

Interpretation

   2

ARTICLE II

   2

2.1

  

Property

   2

2.2

  

Lease Term

   2

2.3

  

Title

   3

2.4

  

Lease Supplements

   3

ARTICLE III

   3

3.1

  

Rent

   3

3.2

  

Payment of Basic Rent

   4

3.3

  

Supplemental Rent

   4

3.4

  

Performance on a Non-Business Day

   4

3.5

  

Rent Payment Provisions

   4

3.6

  

Payment of Cost Overruns

   5

ARTICLE IV

   5

4.1

  

Taxes; Utility Charges

   5

ARTICLE V

   5

5.1

  

Quiet Enjoyment

   5

ARTICLE VI

   6

6.1

  

Net Lease

   6

6.2

  

No Termination or Abatement

   6

ARTICLE VII

   7

7.1

  

Ownership of the Properties

   7

ARTICLE VIII

   8

8.1

  

Condition of the Properties

   8

8.2

  

Possession and Use of the Properties

   9

8.3

  

Integrated Properties

   10

ARTICLE IX

   10

9.1

  

Compliance With Legal Requirements, Insurance Requirements and Manufacturer’s Specifications and Standards

   10

ARTICLE X

   11

10.1

  

Maintenance and Repair; Return

   11

10.2

  

Environmental Inspection

   12

ARTICLE XI

   13

11.1

  

Modifications

   13

ARTICLE XII

   14

12.1

  

Warranty of Title

   14

ARTICLE XIII

   15

13.1

  

Permitted Contests Other Than in Respect of Indemnities

   15

13.2

  

Impositions, Utility Charges, Other Matters; Compliance with Legal Requirements

   16

ARTICLE XIV

   16

14.1

  

Public Liability and Workers’ Compensation Insurance

   16

 

i


14.2

  

Permanent Hazard and Other Insurance

   16

14.3

  

Coverage

   17

ARTICLE XV

   18

15.1

  

Casualty and Condemnation

   18

15.2

  

Environmental Matters

   20

15.3

  

Notice of Environmental Matters

   21

ARTICLE XVI

   22

16.1

  

Termination Upon Certain Events

   22

16.2

  

Procedures

   22

ARTICLE XVII

   22

17.1

  

Lease Events of Default

   22

17.2

  

Surrender of Possession

   26

17.3

  

Reletting

   27

17.4

  

Damages

   27

17.5

  

Power of Sale

   28

17.6

  

Final Liquidated Damages

   28

17.7

  

Environmental Costs

   28

17.8

  

Waiver of Certain Rights

   29

17.9

  

Assignment of Rights Under Contracts

   29

17.10

  

Remedies Cumulative

   29

17.11

  

Limitation Regarding Certain Lease Events of Default

   29

ARTICLE XVIII

   30

18.1

  

Lessor’s Right to Cure Lessee’s Lease Defaults

   30

ARTICLE XIX

   30

19.1

  

Provisions Relating to Lessee’s Exercise of its Purchase Option

   30

19.2

  

No Purchase or Termination With Respect to Less than All of a Property

   30

ARTICLE XX

   31

20.1

  

Purchase Option or Sale Option-General Provisions

   31

20.2

  

Lessee Purchase Option

   31

20.3

  

Third Party Sale Option

   32

ARTICLE XXI

   32

21.1

  

[Intentionally Omitted]

   32

ARTICLE XXII

   33

22.1

  

Sale Procedure

   33

22.2

  

Application of Proceeds of Sale

   35

22.3

  

Indemnity for Excessive Wear

   35

22.4

  

Appraisal Procedure

   35

22.5

  

Certain Obligations Continue

   36

22.6

  

Extended Remarketing Period

   36

ARTICLE XXIII

   37

23.1

  

Holding Over

   37

ARTICLE XXIV

   37

24.1

  

Risk of Loss

   37

ARTICLE XXV

   38

25.1

  

Assignment

   38

25.2

  

Subleases

   38

 

ii


ARTICLE XXVI    39

26.1

   No Waiver    39
ARTICLE XXVII    39

27.1

   Acceptance of Surrender    39

27.2

   No Merger of Title    39
ARTICLE XXVIII    39

28.1

   Incorporation of Covenants    39
ARTICLE XXIX    40

29.1

   Notices    40
ARTICLE XXX    40

30.1

   Miscellaneous    40

30.2

   Amendments and Modifications    41

30.3

   Successors and Assigns    41

30.4

   Headings and Table of Contents    41

30.5

   Counterparts    41

30.6

   GOVERNING LAW    41

30.7

   Calculation of Rent    41

30.8

   Memoranda of Lease and Lease Supplements    41

30.9

   Allocations between the Lenders and the Holders    42

30.10

   Limitations on Recourse    42

30.11

   WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL    42

30.12

   Exercise of Lessor Rights    42

30.13

   SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; ARBITRATION    43

30.14

   USURY SAVINGS PROVISION    43

30.15

   Lessor Certification    44

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A - Lease Supplement No.         

EXHIBIT B - Memorandum of Lease and Lease Supplement No.         

 

iii


 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT dated as of December 27, 2001 (as amended, modified, extended, supplemented, restated and/or replaced from time to time, this “ Lease ”) is between STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, having its principal office at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, as lessor (the “ Lessor ”), and HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC., an Alabama corporation, having its principal place of business at One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, as lessee (the “ Lessee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

A. WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Participation Agreement and the Agency Agreement, Lessor will (i) purchase or ground lease various parcels of real property, some of which will (or may) have existing Improvements thereon, from one (1) or more third parties designated by Lessee and (ii) fund the acquisition, installation, testing, use, development, construction, operation, maintenance, repair, refurbishment and restoration of the Properties by the Construction Agent; and

 

B. WHEREAS, the Term shall commence with respect to each Property upon the Property Closing Date with respect thereto; provided , Basic Rent with respect thereto shall not be payable until the applicable Rent Commencement Date; and

 

C. WHEREAS, Lessor desires to lease to Lessee, and Lessee desires to lease from Lessor, each Property;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

1.1 Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Lease, capitalized terms used in this Lease and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Appendix A to that certain Participation Agreement dated as of December 27, 2001 (as amended, modified, extended, supplemented, restated and/or replaced from time to time in accordance with the applicable provisions thereof, the “ Participation Agreement ”) among Lessee, HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, as the Guarantor, Lessor, the various banks and other lending institutions which are parties thereto from time to time, as the Holders, the various banks and other lending institutions which are parties thereto from time to time, as the Lenders, and First Union National Bank, as agent for the Lenders and respecting the Security Documents, as the agent for the Secured

 


Parties. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Lease to articles, sections, paragraphs, clauses, appendices, schedules and exhibits are to the same contained in this Lease.

 

  1.2 Interpretation .

 

The rules of usage set forth in Appendix A to the Participation Agreement shall apply to this Lease.

 

ARTICLE II

 

  2.1 Property .

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and contained in the respective Lease Supplement relating to each Property, Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, each Property.

 

  2.2 Lease Term .

 

The term of this Lease with respect to each Property (the “ Term ”) shall begin upon the Property Closing Date for such Property (in each case the “ Commencement Date ”) and shall end on the date that is seven (7) years and six (6) months after the Initial Closing Date, unless the Term is earlier terminated or is extended pursuant to the next paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not be obligated to pay Basic Rent until the Rent Commencement Date with respect to such Property.

 

Lessee may, not less than two hundred forty (240) days and no more than three hundred sixty (360) days prior to the date that is seven (7) years and six (6) months or twelve (12) years and six (6) months after the Initial Closing Date, as applicable, by irrevocable notice to Lessor, the Lenders, the Holders and the Agent make written request to extend the Expiration Date for all, but not less than all, the Properties for an additional period of five years (a “ Renewal Term ”). There shall be no more than two consecutive Renewal Terms. Lessor, each Lender, each Holder and the Agent shall each make a determination, in the absolute and sole discretion of each such party, not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice as to whether or not such party will agree to extend the Expiration Date as requested; provided , however , that failure by any such party to make a timely response to Lessee’s request for extension of the Expiration Date shall be deemed to constitute a refusal by such party to the extension of the Expiration Date. In response to a request for an extension of the Expiration Date, if (a) Lessor, each Lender, each Holder and the Agent shall agree to the requested extension, then the Term shall be extended and shall expire on the date five (5) years after the then current expiration date or (b) Lessor, any Lender, any Holder or the Agent shall refuse (or be deemed to have refused) to agree to the requested extension, then the Term shall not be extended and shall expire on the then current Expiration Date. In addition to the foregoing with respect to a Renewal Term, the Financing Parties may require certain amendments to the Operative Agreements, including without limitation changing the interest rate, Holder Yield, any fees and the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount, or certain conditions to be met prior to the effectiveness of the Renewal

 

2


Term, including without limitation updated appraisals. In the event a Lender or Holder does not agree to permit the Renewal Term, then the Lessee may replace such Lender or Holder on terms mutually agreeable to the Lessee and such Lender or Holder and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Operative Agreements.

 

  2.3 Title .

 

Each Property is leased to Lessee without any representation or warranty, express or implied, by Lessor and subject to the rights of parties in possession (if any), the existing state of title (including without limitation the Permitted Liens) and all applicable Legal Requirements. Lessee shall in no event have any recourse against Lessor for any defect in Lessor’s title to any Property or any interest of Lessee therein other than for Lessor Liens.

 

  2.4 Lease Supplements .

 

On or prior to each Commencement Date, Lessee and Lessor shall each execute and deliver a Lease Supplement for the Property to be leased effective as of such Commencement Date in substantially the form of EXHIBIT A hereto.

 

ARTICLE III

 

  3.1 Rent .

 

(a) Lessee shall pay Basic Rent in arrears on each Payment Date, and on any date on which this Lease shall terminate with respect to any or all Properties during the Term; provided , however , with respect to each individual Property Lessee shall have no obligation to pay Basic Rent with respect to such Property until the Rent Commencement Date with respect to such Property (notwithstanding that Basic Rent for such Property shall accrue from and including the Scheduled Interest Payment Date immediately preceding such Rent Commencement Date).

 

(b) Basic Rent shall be due and payable in lawful money of the United States and shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the due date therefor (or within the applicable grace period) to such account or accounts at such bank or banks as Lessor shall from time to time direct.

 

(c) Lessee’s inability or failure to take possession of all or any portion of any Property when delivered by Lessor, whether or not attributable to any act or omission of Lessor, the Construction Agent, Lessee or any other Person or for any other reason whatsoever, shall not delay or otherwise affect Lessee’s obligation to pay Rent for such Property in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

(d) Lessee shall make all payments of Rent prior to 12:00 Noon, Charlotte, North Carolina time, on the applicable date for payment of such amount.

 

3


  3.2 Payment of Basic Rent .

 

Basic Rent shall be paid absolutely net to Lessor or its designee, so that this Lease shall yield to Lessor the full amount thereof, without setoff, deduction or reduction.

 

  3.3 Supplemental Rent .

 

Lessee shall pay or cause to be paid to the Agent (on behalf of the Person entitled thereto) any and all Supplemental Rent when and as the same shall become due and payable, and if Lessee fails to pay any Supplemental Rent within five (5) Business Days after demand is made upon Lessee for payment, Lessor shall have all rights, powers and remedies provided for herein or by law or equity or otherwise in the case of nonpayment of Basic Rent. All such payments of Supplemental Rent shall be in the full amount thereof, without setoff, deduction or reduction. Lessee shall pay or cause to be paid to the appropriate Person, as Supplemental Rent due and owing to such Person, among other things, on demand, (a) any and all payment obligations (except for amounts payable as Basic Rent) owing from time to time under the Operative Agreements by any Person to the Agent, any Lender, any Holder or any other Person, (b) interest at the applicable Overdue Rate on any installment of Basic Rent not paid when due (subject to the applicable grace period) for the period for which the same shall be overdue and on any payment of Supplemental Rent not paid when due or demanded by the appropriate Person (subject to any applicable grace period) for the period from the due date or the date of any such demand, as the case may be, until the same shall be paid and (c) amounts referenced as Supplemental Rent obligations pursuant to Section 8.3 of the Participation Agreement. It shall be an additional Supplemental Rent obligation of Lessee to pay to the appropriate Person all rent and other amounts when such become due and owing from time to time under each Ground Lease and without the necessity of any notice from Lessor with regard thereto. The expiration or other termination of Lessee’s obligations to pay Basic Rent hereunder shall not limit or modify the obligations of Lessee with respect to Supplemental Rent. Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Lease, in the event of any failure on the part of Lessee to pay and discharge any Supplemental Rent as and when due, Lessee shall also promptly pay and discharge any fine, penalty, interest or cost which may be assessed or added for nonpayment or late payment of such Supplemental Rent, all of which shall also constitute Supplemental Rent.

 

  3.4 Performance on a Non-Business Day .

 

If any Basic Rent is required hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Basic Rent shall be due on the corresponding Scheduled Interest Payment Date or, to the extent such Basic Rent is not due on a Scheduled Interest Payment Date, then on the next succeeding Business Day. If any Supplemental Rent is required hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Supplemental Rent shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

  3.5 Rent Payment Provisions .

 

Lessee shall make payment of all Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent when due (subject to the applicable grace periods) regardless of whether any of the Operative Agreements pursuant to which same is calculated and is owing shall have been rejected, avoided or

 

4


disavowed in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving any of the parties to any of the Operative Agreements. Such provisions of such Operative Agreements and their related definitions are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive any termination, amendment or rejection of any such Operative Agreements.

 

  3.6 Payment of Cost Overruns .

 

Lessee shall make payments of prepaid rent to the Lessor, during the Construction Period, of cost overruns as directed by the Lessor in accordance with Section 3.3. of the Agency Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

  4.1 Taxes; Utility Charges .

 

Lessee shall pay or cause to be paid all Impositions, other than Impositions with respect to Lessor Liens, with respect to the Properties and/or the use, occupancy, operation, repair, access, maintenance or operation thereof and all charges for electricity, power, gas, oil, water, telephone, sanitary sewer service and all other rents, utilities and operating expenses of any kind or type used in or on any Property and related real property during the Term. Upon Lessor’s reasonable request, Lessee shall provide from time to time Lessor with evidence of all such payments referenced in the foregoing sentence. Lessee shall be entitled to receive any credit or refund with respect to any Imposition or utility charge paid by Lessee. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the amount of any credit or refund received by Lessor on account of any Imposition or utility charge paid by Lessee, net of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in obtaining such credit or refund, shall be promptly paid over to Lessee. All charges for Impositions or utilities imposed with respect to any Property for a period during which this Lease expires or terminates shall be adjusted and prorated on a daily basis between Lessor and Lessee, and each party shall pay or reimburse the other for such party’s pro rata share thereof.

 

ARTICLE V

 

  5.1 Quiet Enjoyment .

 

Subject to the rights of Lessor contained in Sections 17.2, 17.3 and 20.3 and the other terms of this Lease and the other Operative Agreements and so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lessee shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy each Property for the applicable Term, free of any claim or other action by Lessor or anyone rightfully claiming by, through or under Lessor (other than Lessee) with respect to any matters arising from and after the applicable Commencement Date.

 

5


ARTICLE VI

 

  6.1 Net Lease .

 

This Lease shall constitute a net lease, and the obligations of Lessee hereunder are absolute and unconditional. Lessee shall pay or cause to be paid all operating expenses arising out of the use, operation and/or occupancy of each Property. Any present or future law to the contrary notwithstanding, this Lease shall not terminate, nor shall Lessee be entitled to any abatement, suspension, deferment, reduction, setoff, counterclaim, or defense with respect to the Rent, nor shall the obligations of Lessee hereunder be affected (except as expressly herein permitted and by performance of the obligations in connection therewith) for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation by reason of: (a) any damage to or destruction of any Property or any part thereof; (b) any taking of any Property or any part thereof or interest therein by Condemnation or otherwise; (c) any prohibition, limitation, restriction or prevention of Lessee’s use, occupancy or enjoyment of any Property or any part thereof, or any interference with such use, occupancy or enjoyment by any Person or for any other reason; (d) any title defect, Lien or any matter affecting title to any Property; (e) any eviction by paramount title or otherwise; (f) any default by Lessor hereunder; (g) any action for bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or other proceeding relating to or affecting the Agent, any Lender, Lessor, Lessee, any Holder or any Governmental Authority; (h) the impossibility or illegality of performance by Lessor, Lessee or both; (i) any action of any Governmental Authority or any other Person; (j) Lessee’s acquisition of ownership of all or part of any Property; (k) breach of any warranty or representation with respect to any Property or any Operative Agreement; (1) any defect in the condition, quality or fitness for use of any Property or any part thereof; or (m) any other cause or circumstance whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing and whether or not Lessee shall have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing. The parties intend that the obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be covenants, agreements and obligations that are separate and independent from any obligations of Lessor hereunder and shall continue unaffected unless such covenants, agreements and obligations shall have been modified or terminated in accordance with an express provision of this Lease. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Section 6.1 have been specifically reviewed and subject to negotiation.

 

  6.2 No Termination or Abatement .

 

Lessee shall remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its terms and shall not take any action to terminate, rescind or avoid this Lease, notwithstanding any action for bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, or other proceeding affecting any Person or any Governmental Authority, or any action with respect to this Lease or any Operative Agreement which may be taken by any trustee, receiver or liquidator of any Person or any Governmental Authority or by any court with respect to any Person, or any Governmental Authority. Lessee hereby waives all right (a) to terminate or surrender this Lease (except as permitted under the terms of the Operative Agreements) or (b) to avail itself of any abatement, suspension, deferment, reduction, setoff, counterclaim or defense with respect to any Rent. Lessee shall remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its terms and Lessee hereby waives any and all rights now or hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise to modify or to avoid

 

6


strict compliance with its obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any such statute or otherwise, Lessee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in this Lease.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

  7.1 Ownership of the Properties .

 

(a) Lessor and Lessee intend that (i) for financial accounting purposes with respect to Lessee (A) this Lease will be treated as an “operating lease” pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, as amended, (B) Lessor will be treated as the owner and lessor of each Property and (C) Lessee will be treated as the lessee of each Property, but (ii) for federal and all state and local income tax purposes, bankruptcy purposes, regulatory purposes, commercial law and real estate purposes and all other purposes (A) this Lease will be treated as a financing arrangement and (B) Lessee will be treated as the owner of the Properties and will be entitled to all tax benefits ordinarily available to owners of property similar to the Properties for such tax purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party hereto has made, or shall be deemed to have made, any representation or warranty as to the availability of any of the foregoing treatments under applicable accounting rules, tax, bankruptcy, regulatory, commercial or real estate law or under any other set of rules. Lessee shall claim the cost recovery deductions associated with each Property, and Lessor shall not, to the extent not prohibited by Law, take on its tax return a position inconsistent with Lessee’s claim of such deductions.

 

(b) For all purposes other than as set forth in Section 7.1(a)(i), Lessor and Lessee intend this Lease to constitute a finance lease and not a true lease. In order to secure the obligations of Lessee now existing or hereafter arising under any and all Operative Agreements, Lessee hereby conveys, grants, assigns, transfers, hypothecates, mortgages and sets over to Lessor, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority security interest (but subject to the security interest in the assets granted by Lessee in favor of the Agent in accordance with the Security Agreement) in and lien on all right, title and interest of Lessee (now owned or hereafter acquired) in and to all Properties, to the extent such is personal property and irrevocably grants and conveys a lien, deed of trust and mortgage on all right, title and interest of Lessee (now owned or hereafter acquired) in and to all Properties to the extent such is real property. Lessor and Lessee further intend and agree that, for the purpose of securing the obligations of Lessee and/or the Construction Agent now existing or hereafter arising under the Operative Agreements, (i) this Lease shall be a security agreement and financing statement within the meaning of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code respecting each of the Properties and all proceeds (including without limitation insurance proceeds thereof) to the extent such is personal property and an irrevocable grant and conveyance of a lien, deed of trust and mortgage on each of the Properties and all proceeds (including without limitation insurance proceeds thereof) to the extent such is real property; (ii) the acquisition of title by Lessor (or to the extent applicable, a leasehold interest pursuant to a Ground Lease) in each Property referenced in Article II constitutes a grant by Lessee to

 

7


Lessor of a security interest, lien, deed of trust and mortgage in all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to each Property and all proceeds (including without limitation insurance proceeds thereof) of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, of the foregoing into cash, investments, securities or other property, whether in the form, of cash, investments, securities or other property, and an assignment of all rents, profits and income produced by each Property; and (iii) notifications to Persons holding such property, and acknowledgments, receipts or confirmations from financial intermediaries, bankers or agents (as applicable) of Lessee shall be deemed to have been given for the purpose of perfecting such lien, security interest, mortgage lien and deed of trust under applicable law. Lessee shall promptly take such actions as necessary (including without limitation the filing of Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements, Uniform Commercial Code Fixture Filings and memoranda (or short forms) of this Lease and the various Lease Supplements) to ensure that the lien, security interest, mortgage lien and deed of trust in each Property and the other items referenced above will be deemed to be a perfected lien, security interest, mortgage lien and deed of trust of first priority under applicable law and will be maintained as such throughout the Term.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

  8.1 Condition of the Properties .

 

LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT IS LEASING EACH PROPERTY “AS-IS WHERE-IS” WITHOUT REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY OR COVENANT (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) BY LESSOR (EXCEPT THAT LESSOR SHALL KEEP EACH PROPERTY FREE AND CLEAR OF LESSOR LIENS) AND IN EACH CASE SUBJECT TO (A) THE EXISTING STATE OF TITLE, (B) THE RIGHTS OF ANY PARTIES IN POSSESSION THEREOF (IF ANY), (C) ANY STATE OF FACTS REGARDING ITS PHYSICAL CONDITION OR WHICH AN ACCURATE SURVEY MIGHT SHOW, (D) ALL APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND (E) VIOLATIONS OF LEGAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY EXIST ON THE DATE HEREOF AND/OR THE DATE OF THE APPLICABLE LEASE SUPPLEMENT. NEITHER LESSOR NOR THE AGENT NOR ANY LENDER NOR ANY HOLDER HAS MADE OR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE ANY REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY OR COVENANT (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) (EXCEPT THAT LESSOR SHALL KEEP EACH PROPERTY FREE AND CLEAR OF LESSOR LIENS) OR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE ANY LIABILITY WHATSOEVER AS TO THE TITLE, VALUE, HABITABILITY, USE, CONDITION, DESIGN, OPERATION, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE OF ANY PROPERTY (OR ANY PART THEREOF), OR ANY OTHER REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY OR COVENANT WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO ANY PROPERTY (OR ANY PART THEREOF), AND NEITHER LESSOR NOR THE AGENT NOR ANY LENDER NOR ANY HOLDER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY LATENT, HIDDEN, OR PATENT DEFECT THEREON OR THE FAILURE OF ANY PROPERTY, OR ANY PART THEREOF, TO COMPLY WITH ANY LEGAL REQUIREMENT. LESSEE HAS OR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT DATE WILL HAVE BEEN AFFORDED FULL OPPORTUNITY TO INSPECT EACH PROPERTY AND

 

8


THE IMPROVEMENTS THEREON (IF ANY), IS OR WILL BE (INSOFAR AS LESSOR, THE AGENT, EACH LENDER AND EACH HOLDER ARE CONCERNED) SATISFIED WITH THE RESULTS OF ITS INSPECTIONS AND IS ENTERING INTO THIS LEASE SOLELY ON THE BASIS OF THE RESULTS OF ITS OWN INSPECTIONS, AND ALL RISKS INCIDENT TO THE MATTERS DESCRIBED IN THE PRECEDING SENTENCE, AS BETWEEN LESSOR, THE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE HOLDERS, ON THE ONE (1) HAND, AND LESSEE, ON THE OTHER HAND, ARE TO BE BORNE BY LESSEE.

 

  8.2 Possession and Use of the Properties .

 

(a) Subsequent to the Completion Date, at all times during the Term (i) with respect to each Property, such Property shall be a Permitted Facility and shall be used by Lessee in the ordinary course of its business and (ii) with respect to the Property referenced in Lease Supplement No. 1, such Property shall also be operated as a hospital. Lessee shall pay, or cause to be paid, all charges and costs required in connection with the use of the Properties as contemplated by this Lease. Lessee shall not commit or permit any waste of the Properties or any part thereof.

 

(b) The address stated in Section 12.2 of the Participation Agreement is the principal place of business and chief executive office of Lessee (as such terms are used in the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction), and Lessee will provide Lessor with prior written notice of any change of location of its principal place of business or chief executive office. The location of Lessee for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code is Alabama, and Lessee will provide Lessor and the Agent with prior written notice of any change in its location for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code. Regarding a particular Property, each Lease Supplement correctly identifies the initial location of the related Equipment (if any) and Improvements (if any) and contains an accurate legal description for the related parcel of Land or a copy of the Ground Lease (if any). The Equipment and Improvements respecting each particular Property will be located only at the location identified in the applicable Lease Supplement.

 

(c) Lessee will not attach or incorporate any item of Equipment to or in any other item of equipment or personal property or to or in any real property in a manner that could give rise to the assertion of any Lien on such item of Equipment by reason of such attachment or the assertion of a claim that such item of Equipment has become a fixture and is subject to a Lien in favor of a third party that is prior to the Liens thereon created by the Operative Agreements.

 

(d) On the Commencement Date for each Property, Lessor and Lessee shall execute a Lease Supplement in regard to such Property which shall contain an Equipment Schedule that has a general description of the Equipment which shall comprise the Property, an Improvement Schedule that has a general description of the Improvements which shall comprise the Property and a legal description of the Land to be leased hereunder (or in the case of any Property subject to a Ground Lease to be subleased hereunder) as of such date. Each Property subject to a Ground Lease shall be deemed to be ground subleased from Lessor to Lessee as of the Commencement Date, and such

 

9


ground sublease shall be in effect until this Lease is terminated or expires, in each case in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof. Lessee shall satisfy and perform all obligations imposed on Lessor under each Ground Lease. Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of each Lease Supplement, such Equipment, Improvements, Land, ground subleasehold interest, all additional Equipment and all additional Improvements which are financed under the Operative Agreements after the Commencement Date and the remainder of such Property shall be deemed to have been accepted by Lessee for all purposes of this Lease and to be subject to this Lease.

 

(e) At all times during the Term with respect to each Property, Lessee will comply with all obligations under and (to the extent no Event of Default exists and provided that such exercise will not impair the value, utility or remaining useful life of such Property) shall be permitted to exercise all rights and remedies under, all operation and easement agreements and related or similar agreements applicable to such Property.

 

  8.3 Integrated Properties .

 

On the Rent Commencement Date for each Property, Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, cause such Property and the applicable property subject to a Ground Lease to constitute (and for the duration of the Term shall continue to constitute) all of the equipment, facilities, rights, other personal property and other real property necessary or appropriate to operate, utilize, maintain and control a Permitted Facility in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

  9.1 Compliance With Legal Requirements, Insurance Requirements and Manufacturer’s Specifications and Standards .

 

Subject to the terms of Article XIII relating to permitted contests, Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall (a) comply with all applicable Legal Requirements (including without limitation all Environmental Laws) and all Insurance Requirements relating to the Properties, (b) procure, maintain and comply with all licenses, permits, orders, approvals, consents and other authorizations required for the acquisition, installation, testing, use, development, construction, operation, maintenance, repair, refurbishment and restoration of the Properties, and (c) comply with all manufacturer’s specifications and standards, including without limitation the acquisition, installation, testing, use, development, construction, operation, maintenance, repair, refurbishment and restoration of the Properties, whether or not compliance therewith shall require structural or extraordinary changes in any Property or interfere with the use and enjoyment of any Property. Lessor agrees to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by Lessee in connection with the compliance by Lessee of its obligations under this Section 9.1.

 

10


ARTICLE X

 

  10.1 Maintenance and Repair; Return .

 

(a) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain each Property in good condition, repair and working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and in the repair and condition as when originally delivered to Lessor, subject to Modifications made or required to be made pursuant to the Operative Agreements, and make all necessary repairs thereto and replacements thereof, of every kind and nature whatsoever, whether interior or exterior, ordinary or extraordinary, structural or nonstructural or foreseen or unforeseen, in each case as required by Section 9.1 and on a basis consistent with the operation and maintenance of properties or equipment comparable in type and function to the applicable Property, such that such Property is capable of being immediately utilized by a third party and in compliance with standard industry practice subject, however, to the provisions of Article XV with respect to Casualty and Condemnation.

 

(b) Lessee shall not use or locate any component of any Property outside of the Approved State therefor. Lessee shall not move or relocate any component of any Property beyond the boundaries of the Land (comprising part of such Property) described in the applicable Lease Supplement, except for the temporary removal of Equipment and other personal property for repair or replacement.

 

(c) If any component of any Property becomes worn out, lost, destroyed, damaged beyond repair or otherwise permanently rendered unfit for use, Lessee, at its own expense, will within a reasonable time replace such component with a replacement component which is free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) and has a value, utility and useful life at least equal to the component replaced (assuming the component replaced had been maintained and repaired in accordance with the requirements of this Lease); provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Lessee from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any Equipment or disposing of such if, in all such cases such Equipment is obsolete or no longer necessary for the operation of the Permitted Facility and such discontinuance or disposal does not, in the aggregate with all prior discontinuances and disposals, decrease the value of the Property by more than $500,000 or adversely affect the utility or useful life of the Property. All components which are added to any Property shall immediately become the property of (and title thereto shall vest in) Lessor and shall be deemed incorporated in such Property and subject to the terms of this Lease as if originally leased hereunder.

 

(d) Upon reasonable advance notice, Lessor and its agents shall have the right to inspect each Property and all maintenance records with respect thereto at any reasonable time during normal business hours but shall not, in the absence of an Event of Default, materially disrupt the business of Lessee.

 

(e) Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor (at Lessee’s sole expense) one (1) or more additional Appraisals (or reappraisals of Property) as Lessor may request if any one (1) of Lessor, the Agent, the Trust Company, any Lender or any Holder is

 

11


required pursuant to any applicable Legal Requirement to obtain such Appraisals (or reappraisals) and upon the occurrence of any Event of Default.

 

(f) Lessor shall under no circumstances be required to build any improvements or install any equipment on any Property, make any repairs, replacements, alterations or renewals of any nature or description to any Property, make any expenditure whatsoever in connection with this Lease or maintain any Property in any way. Lessor shall not be required to maintain, repair or rebuild all or any part of any Property, and Lessee waives the right to (i) require Lessor to maintain, repair, or rebuild all or any part of any Property, or (ii) make repairs at the expense of Lessor pursuant to any Legal Requirement, Insurance Requirement, contract, agreement, covenant, condition or restriction at any time in effect.

 

(g) Lessee shall, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with respect to a Property, if Lessee shall not have exercised its Purchase Option with respect to such Property and purchased such Property, surrender such Property (i) to Lessor pursuant to the exercise of the applicable remedies upon the occurrence of a Lease Event of Default or (ii) pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 22.1(a) hereof, to Lessor or the third party purchaser, as the case may be, subject to Lessee’s obligations under this Lease (including without limitation the obligations of Lessee at the time of such surrender under Sections 9.1, 10.1 (a) through (f), 10.2, 11.1, 12.1, 22.1 and 23.1).

 

(h) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(i) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(j) The provisions of this Section 10.1 are essential to this Lease, and upon application to any court of law or equity having jurisdiction in the premises, Lessor shall be entitled to a decree against Lessee requiring specific performance of the covenants of Lessee set forth in this Section 10.1.

 

  10.2 Environmental Inspection .

 

If Lessee has not given notice of exercise of its Purchase Option on the Expiration Date pursuant to Section 20.1 or for whatever reason Lessee does not purchase a Property in accordance with the terms of this Lease, then not more than one hundred eighty (180) days nor less than sixty (60) days prior to the Expiration Date, Lessee at its expense shall cause to be delivered to Lessor a Phase I environmental site assessment recently prepared (no more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of delivery) by an independent recognized professional reasonably acceptable to Lessor, and in form, scope and content reasonably satisfactory to Lessor.

 

12


ARTICLE XI

 

  11.1 Modifications .

 

(a) Lessee at its sole cost and expense, at any time and from time to time without the consent of Lessor may make modifications, alterations, renovations, improvements and additions to any Property or any part thereof and substitutions and replacements therefor (collectively, “ Modifications ”), and Lessee shall make any and all Modifications required to be made pursuant to all Legal Requirements, Insurance Requirements and manufacturer’s specifications and standards; provided , that: (i) no Modification shall materially impair the value, utility or useful life of any Property from that which existed immediately prior to such Modification; (ii) each Modification shall be done expeditiously and in a good and workmanlike manner; (iii) no Modification shall adversely affect the structural integrity of any Property; (iv) to the extent required by Section 14.2(a), Lessee shall maintain builders’ risk insurance at all times when a Modification is in progress; (v) subject to the terms of Article XIII relating to permitted contests, Lessee shall pay all costs and expenses and discharge any Liens arising with respect to any Modification; (vi) each Modification shall comply with the requirements of this Lease (including without limitation Sections 8.2 and 10.1); and (vii) no Improvement shall be demolished or otherwise rendered unfit for use unless Lessee shall finance the proposed replacement Modification outside of this lease facility; provided , further , Lessee shall not make any Modification (unless required by any Legal Requirement) to the extent any such Modification, individually or in the aggregate, shall or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as expressly provided in this Section, all Modifications shall immediately and without further action upon their incorporation into the applicable Property (1) become property of Lessor, (2) be subject to this Lease and (3) be titled in the name of Lessor. Lessee shall not remove or attempt to remove any Modification from any Property. Each Ground Lease for a Property shall expressly provide for the provisions of the foregoing sentence. Lessee, at its own cost and expense, will pay for the repairs of any damage to any Property caused by the removal or attempted removal of any Modification.

 

Modifications made by Lessee that (A) are not required to be made pursuant to Legal Requirements, Insurance Requirements or manufacturer’s specifications or standards, (B) are not financed or paid for wholly or partially by the Lessor or with proceeds of any Casualty or Condemnation, (C) are not required replacements pursuant to Article 15 of the Lease or any other provision of any Operative Agreement and (D) can be removed without adversely affecting the value, utility or useful life of the Property or the operation of the Property as a Permitted Facility, may be removed by Lessee prior to the Expiration Date, provided, if such Modifications are not removed by such date then title to such Modifications shall revert to Lessor. Lessee at its sole cost and expense shall repair in a good and workmanlike manner any and all damage done to any Property due to the removal, detachment, attempted removal or attempted detachment of any Modification from a Property and all such repairs shall be completed by the earlier of (Y) thirty (30) days after such removal, detachment, attempted removal or attempted detachment of the applicable Modification from the applicable Property and (Z) the

 

13


Expiration Date. Lessee shall not remove or attempt to remove any Modification titled to Lessor from any Property.

 

Lessee may install any removable trade fixtures, machinery, equipment, inventory or other property (and all right, title and interest in and to such property shall belong to the Lessee or a third party other than any Financing Party) that (A) is not required to be made pursuant to Legal Requirements, Insurance Requirements or manufacturer’s specifications or standards, (B) is not financed or paid for wholly or partially by the Lessor or with proceeds of any Casualty or Condemnation, (C) is not a required replacement pursuant to Article 15 of the Lease or any other provision of any Operative Agreement and (D) can be removed without adversely affecting the value, utility or useful life of the Property or the operation of the Property as a Permitted Facility, may be removed by Lessee prior to the Expiration Date, provided, if such property is not removed by such date then title to such property shall automatically transfer to and vest in the Lessor. Lessee at its sole cost and expense shall repair in a good and workmanlike manner any and all damage done to any Property due to the removal, detachment, attempted removal or attempted detachment of any property from a Property and all such repairs shall be completed by the earlier of (Y) thirty (30) days after such removal, detachment, attempted removal or attempted detachment of the applicable Modification from the applicable Property and (Z) the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not remove or attempt to remove any Modification titled to Lessor from any Property.

 

(b) The construction process provided for in the Agency Agreement is acknowledged by Lessor to be consistent with and in compliance with the terms and provisions of this Article XI.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

  12.1 Warranty of Title .

 

(a) Lessee hereby acknowledges and shall cause title in each Property (including without limitation all Equipment, all Improvements, all replacement components to each Property and all Modifications) immediately and without further action to vest in and become the property of Lessor and to be subject to the terms of this Lease ( provided , respecting each Property subject to a Ground Lease, Lessor’s interest therein is acknowledged to be a leasehold interest pursuant to such Ground Lease) from and after the date hereof or such date of incorporation into any Property. Lessee agrees that, subject to the terms of Article XIII relating to permitted contests, Lessee shall not directly or indirectly create or allow to remain, and shall promptly discharge at its sole cost and expense, any Lien, defect, attachment, levy, title retention agreement or claim upon any Property, any component thereof or any Modifications or any Lien, attachment, levy or claim with respect to the Rent or with respect to any amounts held by Lessor, the Agent, any Lender or any Holder pursuant to any Operative Agreement, other than Permitted Liens. Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor in the event it receives actual knowledge that a Lien other than a Permitted Lien has occurred with respect to a

 

14


Property, the Rent or any other such amounts, and Lessee represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Lessor that the Liens in favor of Lessor and/or the Agent created by the Operative Agreements are (and until the Financing Parties under the Operative Agreements have been paid in full shall remain) first priority perfected Liens subject only to Permitted Liens and Lessor Liens. At all times subsequent to the Commencement Date respecting a Property, Lessee shall (i) cause a valid, perfected, first priority Lien on each applicable Property to be in place in favor of the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and (ii) file, or cause to be filed, all necessary documents under the applicable real property law and Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code to perfect such title and Liens.

 

(b) Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as constituting the consent or request of Lessor, expressed or implied, to or for the performance by any contractor, mechanic, laborer, materialman, supplier or vendor of any labor or services or for the furnishing of any materials for any construction, alteration, addition, repair or demolition of or to any Property or any part thereof. NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT LESSOR IS NOT AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS FURNISHED OR TO BE FURNISHED TO LESSEE, OR TO ANYONE HOLDING A PROPERTY OR ANY PART THEREOF THROUGH OR UNDER LESSEE, AND THAT NO MECHANIC’S OR OTHER LIENS FOR ANY SUCH LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS SHALL ATTACH TO OR AFFECT THE INTEREST OF LESSOR IN AND TO ANY PROPERTY.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

  13.1 Permitted Contests Other Than in Respect of Indemnities .

 

Except to the extent otherwise provided for in Section 11 of the Participation Agreement, Lessee, on its own or on Lessor’s behalf but at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, may contest, by appropriate administrative or judicial proceedings conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount, validity or application, in whole or in part, of any Legal Requirement, Imposition or utility charge payable pursuant to Section 4.1 or any Lien, attachment, levy, encumbrance or encroachment, and Lessor agrees not to pay, settle or otherwise compromise any such item, provided , that (a) the commencement and continuation of such proceedings shall suspend the collection of any such contested amount from, and suspend the enforcement thereof against, the applicable Properties, Lessor, each Holder, the Agent and each Lender; (b) there shall not be imposed a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any Property and no part of any Property nor any Rent would be in any danger of being sold, forfeited, lost or deferred; (c) at no time during the permitted contest shall there be a risk of the imposition of criminal liability or material civil liability on Lessor, any Holder, the Agent or any Lender for failure to comply therewith; and (d) in the event that, at any time, there shall be a material risk of extending the application of such item beyond the end of the Term, then Lessee shall deliver to Lessor an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 13.1. Lessor, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, shall execute and deliver to Lessee such authorizations and other documents as may reasonably be required in connection with any such

 

15


contest and, if reasonably requested by Lessee and required under local procedural rules or regulations, shall join as a party therein at Lessee’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, Lessor shall not join as a party therein in the event each Lender, each Holder and the Lessor agrees that the Lessor shall forfeit the benefit of its indemnity under the Operative Agreements with respect to such contest.

 

  13.2 Impositions, Utility Charges, Other Matters; Compliance with Legal Requirements .

 

Except with respect to Impositions, Legal Requirements, utility charges and such other matters referenced in Section 13.1 which are the subject of ongoing proceedings contesting the same in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 13.1, subject to the obligation of Lessor to pay Impositions required to remove any Lessor Lien, Lessee shall cause (a) all Impositions, utility charges and such other matters to be timely paid, settled or compromised, as appropriate, with respect to each Property and (b) each Property to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

  14.1 Public Liability and Workers’ Compensation Insurance .

 

During the Term for each Property, Lessee shall procure and carry, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, commercial general liability and umbrella liability insurance for claims for injuries or death sustained by persons or damage to property while on such Property or respecting the Equipment and such other public liability coverages as are then customarily carried by similarly situated companies conducting business similar to that conducted by Lessee. Such insurance shall be on terms and in amounts that are no less favorable than insurance maintained by Lessee with respect to similar properties and equipment that it owns and are then carried by similarly situated companies conducting business similar to that conducted by Lessee, and in no event shall have a minimum combined single limit per occurrence coverage (i) for commercial general liability of less than $1,000,000 and (ii) for umbrella liability of less than $25,000,000. The policies shall name Lessee as the insured and shall be endorsed to name Lessor, the Holders, the Agent and the Lenders as additional insureds. The policies shall also specifically provide that such policies shall be considered primary insurance which shall apply to any loss or claim before any contribution by any insurance which Lessor, any Holder, the Agent or any Lender may have in force. In the operation of the Properties, Lessee shall comply with applicable workers’ compensation laws and protect Lessor, each Holder, the Agent and each Lender against any liability under such laws.

 

  14.2 Permanent Hazard and Other Insurance .

 

(a) During the Term for each Property, Lessee shall keep such Property insured against all risk of physical loss or damage by fire and other risks and shall maintain all risk builders’ risk insurance during construction of any Improvements or Modifications in each case in amounts no less than the Property Cost of such Property

 

16


from time to time and on terms that (i) are no less favorable than insurance covering other similar properties owned by Lessee, (ii) subject to subsection (iii) below, are then carried by similarly situated companies conducting business similar to that conducted by Lessee and (iii) regarding builder’s all risk insurance, shall cover all Casualty and all Force Majeure Events except Uninsurable Force Majeure Events. Such all risk builder’s risk insurance shall not have a deductible in excess of $100,000 per occurrence ( provided , from and after the earlier to occur of the delivery of the insurance certificate referenced in Section 17.1 (a) and January 15, 2002, such deductible shall not be in excess of $25,000 per occurrence) with respect to any Construction Period Property and, with respect to each Construction Period Property as of the applicable Property Closing Date, such insurance shall be in effect for a term covering the period from such Property Closing Date through and including the Completion Date of such Property. The policies shall name Lessee as the insured and shall be endorsed to name Lessor and the Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) as an additional insured and loss payee; provided , so long as no Event of Default exists, any loss payable under the insurance policies required by this Section for losses up to $1,000,000 will be paid to Lessee.

 

(b) If, during the Term with respect to a Property the area in which such Property is located is designated a “flood-prone” area pursuant to the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, or any amendments or supplements thereto or is in a zone designated A or V, then Lessee shall comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973. In addition, Lessee will fully comply with the requirements of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as each may be amended from time to time, and with any other Legal Requirement, concerning flood insurance to the extent that it applies to any such Property. During the Term, Lessee shall, in the operation and use of each Property, maintain workers’ compensation insurance consistent with that carried by similarly situated companies conducting business similar to that conducted by Lessee and containing minimum liability limits of no less than $100,000. In the operation of each Property, Lessee shall comply with workers’ compensation laws applicable to Lessee, and protect Lessor, each Holder, the Agent and each Lender against any liability under such laws.

 

  14.3 Coverage .

 

(a) As of the date of this Lease and annually thereafter during the Term, Lessee shall furnish the Agent (on behalf of Lessor, and the other beneficiaries of such insurance coverage) and Lessor with certificates prepared by the insurers or insurance broker of Lessee showing the insurance required under Sections 14.1 and 14.2 to be in effect, naming (to the extent of their respective interests) Lessor, in its individual and trust capacity, the Holders, the Agent and the Lenders as additional insureds and loss payees and evidencing the other requirements of this Article XIV. All such certificates must be in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor and the Agent. All such insurance shall be at the cost and expense of Lessee and provided by nationally recognized, financially sound insurance companies having an A+ or better rating by A.M. Best’s Key Rating Guide. Lessee shall cause such certificates to include a provision for thirty (30)

 

17


days’ advance written notice by the insurer to the Agent (on behalf of Lessor and the other beneficiaries of such insurance coverage) and Lessor in the event of cancellation or material alteration of such insurance. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Agent (on behalf of Lessor and the other beneficiaries of such insurance coverage) so requests, Lessee shall deliver to the Agent (on behalf of Lessor and the other beneficiaries of such insurance coverage) and Lessor copies of all insurance policies required by Sections 14.1 and 14.2.

 

(b) Lessee agrees that the insurance policy or policies required by Sections 14.1, 14.2(a) and 14.2(b) shall include an appropriate clause pursuant to which any such policy shall provide that it will not be invalidated should Lessee or any Contractor, as the case may be, waive, at any time, any or all rights of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policy or due to any breach of warranty, fraud, action, inaction or misrepresentation by Lessee or any Person acting on behalf of Lessee. Lessee hereby waives any and all such rights against Lessor, the Holders, the Agent and the Lenders to the extent of payments made to any such Person under any such policy.

 

(c) Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall carry separate insurance concurrent in kind or form or contributing in the event of loss with any insurance required under this Article XIV, except that Lessor may carry separate liability insurance at Lessor’s sole cost so long as (i) Lessee’s insurance is designated as primary and in no event excess or contributory to any insurance Lessor may have in force which would apply to a loss covered under Lessee’s policy and (ii) each such insurance policy will not cause Lessee’s insurance required under this Article XIV to be subject to a coinsurance exception of any kind. This provision shall not limit the Agent, any Lender or any Holder from carrying separate insurance.

 

(d) Lessee shall pay or cause to be paid as they become due all premiums for the insurance required by Section 14.1 and Section 14.2, shall renew or replace each policy prior to the expiration date thereof or otherwise maintain the coverage required by such Sections without any lapse in coverage.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

  15.1 Casualty and Condemnation .

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Agency Agreement and this Article XV and Article XVI (in the event Lessee delivers, or is obligated to deliver or is deemed to have delivered, a Termination Notice), and prior to the occurrence and continuation of a Default or an Event of Default, Lessee shall be entitled to receive (and Lessor hereby irrevocably assigns to Lessee all of Lessor’s right, title and interest in) any condemnation proceeds, award, compensation or insurance proceeds under Sections 14.2(a) or 14.2(b) hereof to which Lessee or Lessor may become entitled by reason of their respective interests in a Property (i) if all or a portion of such Property is damaged or destroyed in whole or in part by a Casualty or (ii) if the use, access, occupancy, easement rights or title

 

18


to such Property or any part thereof is the subject of a Condemnation; provided , however , if a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or if such award, compensation or insurance proceeds shall exceed $1,000,000, then such award, compensation or insurance proceeds shall be paid directly to Lessor or, if received by Lessee, shall be held in trust for Lessor, and shall be paid over by Lessee to Lessor and held in accordance with the terms of this paragraph (a). All amounts held by Lessor hereunder on account of any award, compensation or insurance proceeds either paid directly to Lessor or turned over to Lessor shall be held as security for the performance of Lessee’s obligations hereunder and under the other Operative Agreements and when all such obligations of Lessee with respect to such matters (and all other obligations of Lessee which should have been satisfied pursuant to the Operative Agreements as of such date) have been satisfied, all amounts so held by Lessor shall be paid over to Lessee.

 

(b) To the extent no Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lessee may appear in any proceeding or action to negotiate, prosecute, adjust or appeal any claim for any award, compensation or insurance payment on account of any such Casualty or Condemnation. Lessee shall pay all expenses regarding each such proceeding or action referenced in the previous sentence. At Lessee’s reasonable request, and at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, Lessor and the Agent shall participate in any such proceeding, action, negotiation, prosecution or adjustment. Lessor and Lessee agree that this Lease shall control the rights of Lessor and Lessee in and to any such award, compensation or insurance payment.

 

(c) If Lessee shall receive notice of a Casualty or a Condemnation of a Property or any interest therein where damage to the affected Property is estimated to equal or exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Property Cost of such Property, Lessee shall give notice thereof to Lessor promptly after Lessee’s receipt of such notice. In the event such a Casualty or Condemnation occurs (regardless of whether Lessee gives notice thereof), then Lessee shall be deemed to have delivered a Termination Notice to Lessor and the provisions of Sections 16.1 and 16.2 shall apply.

 

(d) In the event of a Casualty or a Condemnation (regardless of whether notice thereof must be given pursuant to paragraph (c)), this Lease shall terminate with respect to the applicable Property in accordance with Section 16.1 if Lessee, within thirty (30) days after such occurrence, delivers to Lessor a notice to such effect.

 

(e) If pursuant to this Section 15.1 this Lease shall continue in full force and effect following a Casualty or Condemnation with respect to the affected Property, Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense (subject to reimbursement in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) promptly and diligently repair any damage to the applicable Property caused by such Casualty or Condemnation in conformity with the requirements of Sections 10.1 and 11.1, using the as-built Plans and Specifications or manufacturer’s specifications for the applicable Improvements, Equipment or other components of the applicable Property (as modified to give effect to any subsequent Modifications, any Condemnation affecting the applicable Property and all applicable Legal Requirements), so as to restore the applicable Property to the same or a greater remaining economic

 

19


value, useful life, utility, condition, operation and function as existed immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation (assuming all maintenance and repair standards have been satisfied). In such event, title to the applicable Property shall remain with Lessor.

 

(f) In no event shall a Casualty or Condemnation affect Lessee’s obligations to pay Rent pursuant to Article III.

 

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 15.1 (a) or Section 15.1(e), if during the Term with respect to a Property to which Section 15.1(c) does not apply a Casualty occurs with respect to such Property or Lessee receives notice of a Condemnation with respect to such Property, and following such Casualty or Condemnation, the applicable Property cannot reasonably be restored, repaired or replaced on or before the day one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the Expiration Date or the date nine (9) months after the occurrence of such Casualty or Condemnation (if such Casualty or Condemnation occurs during the Term) to the same or a greater remaining economic value, useful life, utility, condition, operation and function as existed immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation (assuming all maintenance and repair standards have been satisfied) or on or before such day such Property is not in fact so restored, repaired or replaced, then Lessee shall be required to exercise its Purchase Option for such Property on the next Payment Date (notwithstanding the limits on such exercise contained in Section 20.2) and pay Lessor the Termination Value for such Property; provided, if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lessee shall also promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) pay Lessor any award, compensation or insurance proceeds received on account of any Casualty or Condemnation with respect to any Property; provided , further , that if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Excess Proceeds shall be paid to Lessee. If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and any Loans, Holder Advances or other amounts are owing with respect thereto, then any Excess Proceeds (to the extent of any such Loans, Holder Advances or other amounts owing with respect thereto) shall be paid to Lessor, held as security for the performance of Lessee’s obligations hereunder and under the other Operative Agreements and applied to such obligations upon the exercise of remedies in connection with the occurrence of an Event of Default, with the remainder of such Excess Proceeds in excess of such Loans, Holder Advances and other amounts owing with respect thereto being distributed to the Lessee.

 

(h) The provisions of Sections 15.1(a)-15.1(g) shall only apply to a Property after the Completion Date for such Property.

 

  15.2 Environmental Matters .

 

Promptly upon Lessee’s actual knowledge of the presence of Hazardous Substances in any portion of any Property or Properties in concentrations and conditions that constitute an Environmental Violation and which, in the reasonable opinion of Lessee, the cost to undertake any legally required response, clean up, remedial or other action will or might result in a cost to Lessee of more than $100,000, Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing of such condition.

 

20


In the event of any Environmental Violation (regardless of whether notice thereof must be given), Lessee shall, not later than thirty (30) days after Lessee has actual knowledge of such Environmental Violation, either deliver to Lessor a Termination Notice with respect to the applicable Property or Properties pursuant to Section 16.1, if applicable, or, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, promptly and diligently undertake and diligently complete any response, clean up, remedial or other action (including without limitation the pursuit by Lessee of appropriate action against any off-site or third party source for contamination) necessary to remove, cleanup or remediate the Environmental Violation in accordance with all Environmental Laws. Any such undertaking shall be timely completed in accordance with prudent industry standards. If Lessee does not deliver a Termination Notice with respect to such Property pursuant to Section 16.1, Lessee shall, upon completion of remedial action by Lessee, cause to be prepared by a reputable environmental consultant acceptable to Lessor a report describing the Environmental Violation and the actions taken by Lessee (or its agents) in response to such Environmental Violation, and a statement by the consultant that the Environmental Violation has been remedied in full compliance with applicable Environmental Law. Not less than sixty (60) days and not more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to any time that Lessee elects to cease operations with respect to any Property or to remarket any Property pursuant to Section 20.1 hereof or any other provision of any Operative Agreement, Lessee at its expense shall cause to be delivered to Lessor a Phase I environmental site assessment respecting such Property recently prepared (no more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of delivery) by an independent recognized professional acceptable to Lessor in its reasonable discretion and in form, scope and content satisfactory to Lessor in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding any other provision of any Operative Agreement, if Lessee fails to comply with the foregoing obligation regarding the Phase I environmental site assessment, Lessee shall be obligated to purchase such Property for its Termination Value and shall not be permitted to exercise (and Lessor shall have no obligation to honor any such exercise) any rights under any Operative Agreement regarding a sale of such Property to a Person other than Lessee or any Affiliate of Lessee.

 

  15.3 Notice of Environmental Matters .

 

Promptly, but in any event within thirty (30) days from the date Lessee has actual knowledge thereof, Lessee shall provide to Lessor written notice of any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding involving any Environmental Law or any Release on or in connection with any Property or Properties. All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, action or proceeding and Lessee’s proposed response thereto. In addition, Lessee shall provide to Lessor, within thirty (30) days of receipt, copies of all material written communications with any Governmental Authority relating to any Environmental Law in connection with any Property. Lessee shall also promptly provide such detailed reports of any such material environmental claims as may reasonably be requested by Lessor.

 

21


ARTICLE XVI

 

  16.1 Termination Upon Certain Events .

 

If Lessee has delivered, or is deemed to have delivered, written notice of a termination of this Lease with respect to the applicable Property to Lessor in the form described in Section 16.2(a) (a “ Termination Notice ”) pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, then following the applicable Casualty, Condemnation or Environmental Violation, this Lease shall terminate with respect to the affected Property on the applicable Termination Date.

 

  16.2 Procedures .

 

(a) A Termination Notice shall contain: (i) notice of termination of this Lease with respect to the affected Property on a Payment Date not more than sixty (60) days after Lessor’s receipt of such Termination Notice (the “ Termination Date ”); and (ii) a binding and irrevocable agreement of Lessee to pay the Termination Value for the applicable Property and purchase such Property on such Termination Date.

 

(b) On each Termination Date, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the Termination Value for the applicable Property, and Lessor shall convey such Property or the remaining portion thereof, if any, to Lessee (or Lessee’s designee), all in accordance with Section 20.2.

 

ARTICLE XVII

 

  17.1 Lease Events of Default .

 

If any one (1) or more of the following events (each a “ Lease Event of Default ”) shall occur:

 

(a) Lessee shall fail to make payment of (i) any Basic Rent (except as set forth in clause (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same has become due and payable or (ii) any Termination Value, on the date any such payment is due and payable, or any payment of Basic Rent or Supplemental Rent due on the due date of any such payment of Termination Value, or any amount due on the Expiration Date;

 

(b) Lessee shall fail to make payment of any Supplemental Rent (other than Supplemental Rent referred to in Section 17.1(a)(ii)) or any other Credit Party shall fail to make any payment of any amount under any Operative Agreement which has become due and payable within five (5) Business Days after receipt of notice that such payment is due;

 

(c) Lessee shall fail to maintain insurance as required by Article XIV of this Lease or to deliver any requisite annual certificate with respect thereto within ten (10)

 

22


days of the date after receipt of notice of Lessee’s failure to provide such certificate when due under the terms hereof;

 

(d) (i) Lessee shall fail to observe or perform any term, covenant, obligation or condition of Lessee under this Lease (including without limitation the Incorporated Covenants) or any other Operative Agreement to which Lessee is a party other than those set forth in Sections 17.1(a), (b) or (c) hereof, or any other Credit Party shall fail to observe or perform any term, covenant, obligation or condition of such Credit Party under any Operative Agreement other than those set forth in Section 17.1(b) hereof and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days (or with respect to the Incorporated Covenants, the grace period, if any, applicable thereto) after the earlier of (A) notice thereof to the Lessee or such Credit Party and (B) the date the Lessee or such Credit Party otherwise has notice thereof, or (ii) any representation or warranty made by Lessee or any other Credit Party set forth in this Lease (including without limitation the Incorporated Representations and Warranties) or in any other Operative Agreement or in any document entered into in connection herewith or therewith or in any document, certificate or financial or other statement delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be false or inaccurate in any material way when made;

 

(e) An Agency Agreement Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(f) Any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party shall default (beyond applicable periods of grace and/or notice and cure) in the payment when due of any principal of or interest on any Indebtedness having an outstanding principal amount of at least $25,000,000; or any other event or condition shall occur which results in a default of any such Indebtedness or enables the holder of any such Indebtedness or any Person acting on such holder’s behalf to accelerate the maturity thereof;

 

(g) The liquidation or dissolution of any Credit Party, or the suspension of the business of any Credit Party, or the filing by any Credit Party of a voluntary petition or an answer seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of its debts or for any other relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other insolvency act or law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing, or any other action of any Credit Party indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in, any such petition or proceeding; the application by any Credit Party for, or the appointment by consent or acquiescence of any Credit Party of a receiver, a trustee or a custodian of any Credit Party for all or a substantial part of its property; the making by any Credit Party of any assignment for the benefit of creditors; the inability of any Credit Party or the admission by any Credit Party in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they mature or any Credit Party is generally not paying its debts and other financial obligations as they become due and payable; or any Credit Party taking any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing;

 

(h) The filing of an involuntary petition against any Credit Party in bankruptcy or seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of its debts or for any

 

23


other relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other insolvency act or law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing; or the involuntary appointment of a receiver, a trustee or a custodian of any Credit Party for all or a substantial part of its property; or the issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process against any substantial part of the property of any Credit Party, and the continuance of any of such events for ninety (90) days undismissed or undischarged;

 

(i) The adjudication of any Credit Party as bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(j) The entering of any order in any proceedings against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party decreeing the dissolution, divestiture or split-up of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, and such order remains in effect for more than sixty (60) days;

 

(k) Any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument delivered to Lessor by or on behalf of any Credit Party pursuant to the terms of this Lease or any other Operative Agreement is false or misleading in any material respect when made or delivered;

 

(l) Any Parent Credit Agreement Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and shall not have been waived;

 

(m) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered by a court or courts against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party in excess of $1,000,000, in the aggregate, over amounts paid by insurance policies (other than self-insurance), and (i) the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within thirty (30) days from the date of entry thereof, or (ii) any Credit Party or any such Subsidiary shall not, within said period of thirty (30) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal, or (iii) such judgment or judgments shall not be discharged (or provisions shall not be made for such discharge) within thirty (30) days after a decision has been reached with respect to such appeal and the related stay has been lifted;

 

(n) Any Credit Party or any member of the Controlled Group shall fail to pay when due an amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $2,000,000 which it shall have become liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Pension Plan under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan or Pension Plans having aggregate Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $2,000,000 shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by any Credit Party or any member of the Controlled Group, any plan administrator or any combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any such Pension Plan or Pension Plans or a proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary of any such Pension Plan or Pension Plans against any Credit Party or any member of the Controlled Group to enforce Section 515 or 4219(c)(5) of ERISA; or a condition shall exist by reason of

 

24


which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that any such Pension Plan or Pension Plans must be terminated;

 

(o) (i) As a result of one (1) or more transactions after the date of this Lease, any “person” or “group” (each as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), who are not as of the Initial Closing Date owners of one percent (1%) or more of the voting stock of the Parent, either (A) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting stock of the Parent (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such voting stock) representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all voting stock of the Parent (on a fully diluted basis) or (B) otherwise has the ability, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the board of directors of the Parent; or (ii) during any period of up to 24 consecutive months, commencing on the Initial Closing Date, individuals who at the beginning of such period were directors of the Parent shall cease for any reason (other than the death, disability or retirement of an officer of the Parent that is serving as a director at such time so long as another officer of the Parent replaces such Person as a director) to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Parent; or (iii) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition, of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence on the management or policies of the Parent;

 

(p) Any Operative Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect;

 

(q) Except as to any Credit Party which is released in connection with the Operative Agreements, the guaranty given by the Guarantor under the Participation Agreement or any provision thereof shall cease to be in full force and effect, or the Guarantor or any Person acting by or on behalf of the Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm the Guarantor’s obligations under such guaranty, or the Guarantor shall default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed pursuant to any guaranty;

 

(r) Lessee shall fail to deposit or maintain Cash Equivalents equal to the amount required by Section 5.11 of the Participation Agreement in the Cash Collateral Account;

 

(s) Lessee shall fail to purchase all Tranche A Notes in accordance with the terms of the Operative Agreements, including without limitation Section 8.3(w) of the Participation Agreement;

 

(t) there shall occur (i) any cancellation, revocation, suspension or termination of any Medicare Certification, Medicare Provider Agreement, Medicaid Certification or Medicaid Provider Agreement affecting the Parent, any Subsidiary or any Contract Provider, or (ii) the loss of any other permits, licenses, authorizations, certifications or approvals from any federal, state or local Governmental Authority or termination of any contract with any such authority, in either case which cancellation,

 

25


revocation, suspension, termination or loss (X) in the case of any suspension or temporary loss only, continues for a period greater than 60 days and (Y) results in the suspension or termination of operations of the Parent or any Subsidiary or in the failure of the Parent or any Subsidiaries or any Contract Provider to be eligible to participate in Medicare or Medicaid programs or to accept assignments of rights to reimbursement under Medicaid Regulations or Medicare Regulations, if and only if such Person, in the ordinary course of business, participates in the Medicare or Medicare programs or accepts assignments of rights to reimbursement thereunder; provided that any such events described in this Section 17.1(t) shall constitute an Event of Default only if such event shall result either singly or in the aggregate in the termination, cancellation, suspension or material impairment of operations or rights to reimbursement which produce 5% or more of the Parent’s gross revenues (on an annualized basis); or

 

(u) Lessee shall fail to deliver to Lessor and the Agent an insurance certificate on or prior to January 15, 2002 that evidences all risk builder’s risk and all risk of physical loss or damage insurance with respect to the Digital Hospital Property including (i) a deductible amount of $25,000 or less per occurrence, (ii) coverage from January 15, 2002 through the Completion Date, (iii) policy limit amounts of not less than $200,000,000 per occurrence and (iv) all other terms and conditions required pursuant to the Lease which are not in conflict with or less stringent than (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

then, in any such event, Lessor may, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for in this Article XVII and in Section 18.1, terminate this Lease by giving Lessee five (5) days notice of such termination (provided, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Lease shall be deemed to be automatically terminated without the giving of notice upon the occurrence of a Lease Event of Default under Sections 17.1(g), (h), (i) or (j)), and this Lease shall terminate, and all rights of Lessee under this Lease shall cease. Lessee shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay as Supplemental Rent all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Lessor or any other Financing Party, including without limitation reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, as a result of any Lease Event of Default hereunder.

 

A POWER OF SALE HAS BEEN GRANTED IN THIS LEASE. A POWER OF SALE MAY ALLOW LESSOR TO TAKE THE PROPERTIES AND SELL THE PROPERTIES WITHOUT GOING TO COURT IN A FORECLOSURE ACTION UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF A LEASE EVENT OF DEFAULT.

 

  17.2 Surrender of Possession .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1, Lessee shall, upon thirty (30) days written notice, surrender to Lessor possession of the Properties. Lessor may enter upon and repossess the Properties by such means as are available at law or in equity, and may remove Lessee and all other Persons and any and all personal property and Lessee’s equipment and personalty and severable Modifications from the Properties. Lessor shall have no liability by reason of any such entry, repossession or removal performed in accordance with applicable law. Upon the written demand of Lessor, Lessee shall return the Properties promptly to Lessor, in the

 

26


manner and condition required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Section 22.1(c) hereof.

 

  17.3 Reletting .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1, Lessor may, but shall be under no obligation to, relet any or all of the Properties, for the account of Lessee or otherwise, for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term) and on such conditions (which may include concessions or free rent) and for such purposes as Lessor may determine, and Lessor may collect, receive and retain the rents resulting from such reletting. Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for any failure to relet any Property or for any failure to collect any rent due upon such reletting.

 

  17.4 Damages .

 

Neither (a) the termination of this Lease as to all or any of the Properties pursuant to Section 17.1; (b) the repossession of all or any of the Properties; nor (c) the failure of Lessor to relet all or any of the Properties, the reletting of all or any portion thereof, nor the failure of Lessor to collect or receive any rentals due upon any such reletting, shall relieve Lessee of its liabilities and obligations hereunder, all of which shall survive any such termination, repossession or reletting. If any Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and notwithstanding any termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 17.1, Lessee shall forthwith pay to Lessor all Rent and other sums due and payable hereunder to and including without limitation the date of such payment. Thereafter, on the days on which the Basic Rent or Supplemental Rent, as applicable, are payable under this Lease or would have been payable under this Lease if the same had not been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 and until the end of the Term hereof or what would have been the Term in the absence of such termination, Lessee shall pay Lessor, as current liquidated damages (it being agreed that it would be impossible accurately to determine actual damages) an amount equal to the Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent that are payable under this Lease or would have been payable by Lessee hereunder if this Lease had not been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1, less the net proceeds, if any, which are actually received by Lessor with respect to the period in question of any reletting of any Property or any portion thereof; provided , that Lessee’s obligation to make payments of Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent under this Section 17.4 shall continue only so long as Lessor shall not have received the amounts specified in Section 17.6. In calculating the amount of such net proceeds from reletting, there shall be deducted all of Lessor’s, any Holder’s, the Agent’s and any Lender’s reasonable expenses in connection therewith, including without limitation repossession costs, brokerage or sales commissions, fees and expenses for counsel and any necessary repair or alteration costs and expenses incurred in preparation for such reletting. To the extent Lessor receives any damages pursuant to this Section 17.4, such amounts shall be regarded as amounts paid on account of Rent. Lessee specifically acknowledges and agrees that its obligations under this Section 17.4 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and shall be paid and/or performed, as the case may be, without notice or demand and without any abatement, reduction, diminution, setoff, defense, counterclaim or recoupment whatsoever.

 

27


  17.5 Power of Sale .

 

Without limiting any other remedies set forth in this Lease, Lessor and Lessee agree that Lessee has granted, pursuant to Section 7.1(b) hereof and each Lease Supplement, a Lien against the Properties WITH POWER OF SALE, and that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Lease Event of Default, Lessor shall have the power and authority, to the extent provided by law, after prior notice and lapse of such time as may be required by law, to foreclose its interest (or cause such interest to be foreclosed) in all or any part of the Properties.

 

  17.6 Final Liquidated Damages .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1 and whether or not Lessor shall have collected any current liquidated damages pursuant to Section 17.4, Lessor shall have the right to recover, by demand to Lessee and at Lessor’s election, and Lessee shall pay to Lessor, as and for final liquidated damages, but exclusive of the indemnities payable under Section 11 of the Participation Agreement (which, if requested, shall be paid concurrently), and in lieu of all current liquidated damages beyond the date of such demand (it being agreed that it would be impossible accurately to determine actual damages) the Termination Value. Upon payment of the amount specified pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 17.6, Lessee shall be entitled to receive from Lessor, either at Lessee’s request or upon Lessor’s election, in either case at Lessee’s cost, an assignment of Lessor’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Properties, Improvements, Fixtures, Modifications, Equipment and all components thereof, in each case in recordable form and otherwise in conformity with local custom and free and clear of the Lien of this Lease (including without limitation the release of any memoranda of Lease and/or the Lease Supplement recorded in connection therewith) and any Lessor Liens. The Properties shall be conveyed to Lessee “AS-IS, WHERE-IS” and in their then present physical condition. If any statute or rule of law shall limit the amount of such final liquidated damages to less than the amount agreed upon, Lessor shall be entitled to the maximum amount allowable under such statute or rule of law; provided , however , Lessee shall not be entitled to receive an assignment of Lessor’s interest in the Properties, the Improvements, Fixtures, Modifications, Equipment or the components thereof unless Lessee shall have paid in full the Termination Value. Lessee specifically acknowledges and agrees that its obligations under this Section 17.6 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and shall be paid and/or performed, as the case may be, without notice or demand and without any abatement, reduction, diminution, setoff, defense, counterclaim or recoupment whatsoever.

 

  17.7 Environmental Costs .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1, Lessee shall pay directly to any third party (or at Lessor’s election, reimburse Lessor) for the cost of any environmental testing and/or remediation work undertaken respecting any Property, as such testing or work is deemed appropriate in the reasonable judgment of Lessor, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor and each other Indemnified Person therefrom. Lessee shall pay all amounts referenced in the immediately preceding sentence within ten (10) days of any request by Lessor for such

 

28


payment. The provisions of this Section 17.7 shall not limit the obligations of Lessee under any Operative Agreement regarding indemnification obligations, environmental testing, remediation and/or work.

 

  17.8 Waiver of Certain Rights .

 

If this Lease shall be terminated pursuant to Section 17.1, Lessee waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, (a) any notice of re-entry or the institution of legal proceedings to obtain re-entry or possession; (b) any right of redemption, re-entry or possession; (c) the benefit of any laws now or hereafter in force exempting property from liability for rent or for debt; and (d) any other rights which might otherwise limit or modify any of Lessor’s rights or remedies under this Article XVII.

 

  17.9 Assignment of Rights Under Contracts .

 

If a Lease Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not this Lease shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 17.1, Lessee shall upon Lessor’s demand immediately assign, transfer and set over to Lessor all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to each agreement executed by Lessee in connection with the acquisition, installation, testing, use, development, construction, operation, maintenance, repair, refurbishment and restoration of the Properties (including without limitation all right, title and interest of Lessee with respect to all warranty, performance, service and indemnity provisions), as and to the extent that the same relate to the acquisition, installation, testing, use, development, construction, operation, maintenance, repair, refurbishment and restoration of the Properties or any of them.

 

  17.10   Remedies Cumulative .

 

The remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and in addition to (and not in limitation of) any other remedies available at law, equity or otherwise, including without limitation any mortgage foreclosure remedies.

 

  17.11   Limitation Regarding Certain Lease Events of Default .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein or in any other Operative Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Lease Event of Default attributable solely to Sections 17.1(o) or (t) or any other Lease Event of Default that occurs as a direct result of the occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect pursuant to subsections (a), (b) or (e) of the definition of Material Adverse Effect, the maximum aggregate amount that the Lessor, or any Person acting by or through the Lessor, including without limitation the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders, shall be entitled to recover from the Credit Parties on account of such Lease Event of Default attributable solely to Sections 17.1(o) or (t) shall be an amount equal to 89.9% of the aggregate Property Cost for all Properties, provided , this Section 17.11 shall not in any way limit any Full Recourse Event of Default or any indemnity payment to any Indemnified Person, including without limitation, the indemnities set forth in Sections 11.1 through 11.7 of the Participation Agreement and such indemnity payment shall not be included in the calculation set forth above. The Lessee nonetheless acknowledges and agrees that even though the

 

29


maximum aggregate recovery from the Credit Parties is limited as aforesaid, the Lessor’s right of recovery from the Properties (as opposed to any recovery from the Credit Parties) is not so limited and the Lessor shall be entitled to recover 100% of the amounts owed to the Lessor in accordance with the Operative Agreements from its interest in the Properties.

 

ARTICLE XVIII

 

  18.1 Lessor’s Right to Cure Lessee’s Lease Defaults .

 

Lessor, without waiving or releasing any obligation or Lease Event of Default, may (but shall be under no obligation to) remedy any Lease Event of Default for the account and at the sole cost and expense of Lessee, including without limitation the failure by Lessee to maintain the insurance required by Article XIV, and may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and notwithstanding any right of quiet enjoyment in favor of Lessee, enter upon any Property, and take all such action thereon as may be necessary or appropriate therefor. No such entry shall be deemed an eviction of any lessee. All out-of-pocket costs and expenses so incurred (including without limitation fees and expenses of counsel), together with interest thereon at the Overdue Rate from the date on which such sums or expenses are paid by Lessor, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor on demand.

 

ARTICLE XIX

 

  19.1 Provisions Relating to Lessee’s Exercise of its Purchase Option .

 

Subject to Section 19.2, in connection with any termination of this Lease with respect to any Property pursuant to the terms of Section 16.2, or in connection with Lessee’s exercise of its Purchase Option, upon the date on which this Lease is to terminate with respect to any Property, and upon tender by Lessee of the amounts set forth in Sections 16.2(b) or 20.2, as applicable, Lessor shall execute and deliver to Lessee (or to Lessee’s designee) at Lessee’s cost and expense an assignment (by deed or other appropriate instrument) of Lessor’s entire interest in such Property, in each case in recordable form and otherwise in conformity with local custom and free and clear of any Lessor Liens attributable to Lessor but without any other warranties (of title or otherwise) from Lessor. Such Property shall be conveyed to Lessee “AS-IS, WHERE-IS” and in then present physical condition.

 

  19.2 No Purchase or Termination With Respect to Less than All of a Property .

 

Lessee shall not be entitled to exercise its Purchase Option or the Sale Option separately with respect to a portion of any Property consisting of Land, Equipment, Improvements and/or any interest pursuant to a Ground Lease but shall be required to exercise its Purchase Option or the Sale Option with respect to an entire Property.

 

30


ARTICLE XX

 

  20.1 Purchase Option or Sale Option-General Provisions .

 

The provisions of this Section 20.1 regarding the Sale Option are subject to the provisions of Section 22.6. Not less than one hundred eighty (180) days and no more than two hundred forty (240) days prior to the Expiration Date (as such may have been extended beyond the seventh annual anniversary of the Initial Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.2) or, respecting the Purchase Option only not less than sixty (60) days prior to the applicable Payment Date (such Expiration Date or, respecting the Purchase Option only, any such Payment Date being hereinafter referred to as the “ Election Date ”). Lessee may give Lessor irrevocable written notice (the “ Election Notice ”) that Lessee is electing to exercise either (a) the option to purchase all, but not less than all, the Properties on the applicable Election Date (the “ Purchase Option ”) or (b) with respect to an Election Notice given in connection with the Expiration Date only, the option to remarket all, but not less than all, the Properties to a Person other than Lessee or any Affiliate of Lessee and cause a sale of such Properties to occur on the applicable Election Date (subject to Section 22.6) pursuant to the terms of Section 22.1 (the “ Sale Option ”). If Lessee does not give an Election Notice indicating the Purchase Option or the Sale Option at least one hundred eighty (180) days and not more than two hundred forty (240) days prior to the Expiration Date, then Lessee shall be deemed to have elected for the Purchase Option to apply on the Expiration Date.

 

  20.2 Lessee Purchase Option .

 

Provided , no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (other than those that will be cured by the payment of the Termination Value for all the Properties) and provided , that the Election Notice has been appropriately given specifying the Purchase Option, Lessee shall purchase all the Properties on the applicable Election Date at a price equal to the Termination Value for such Properties (which the parties do not intend to be a “bargain” purchase price).

 

Subject to Section 19.2, in connection with any termination of this Lease with respect to any Property pursuant to the terms of Section 16.2, or in connection with Lessee’s exercise of its Purchase Option, upon the date on which this Lease is to terminate with respect to a Property or all of the Properties, and upon tender by Lessee of the amounts set forth in Section 16.2(b) or this Section 20.2, as applicable, Lessor shall execute, acknowledge (where required) and deliver to Lessee, at Lessee’s cost and expense, each of the following: (a) a termination or assignment (as requested by the Lessee) of each applicable Ground Lease and special or limited warranty Deeds conveying each Property (to the extent it is real property not subject to a Ground Lease) to Lessee free and clear of the Lien of this Lease, the Lien of the Credit Documents and any Lessor Liens; (b) a Bill of Sale conveying each Property (to the extent it is personal property) to Lessee free and clear of the Lien of this Lease, the Lien of the Credit Documents and any Lessor Liens; (c) any real estate tax affidavit or other document required by law to be executed and filed in order to record the applicable Deed and/or the applicable Ground Lease termination; and (d) FIRPTA affidavits. All of the foregoing documentation must be in

 

31


form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor. The applicable Property shall be conveyed to Lessee “AS-IS, WHERE-IS” and in then present physical condition.

 

If any Property is the subject of remediation efforts respecting Hazardous Substances at the applicable Election Date which could materially and adversely impact the Fair Market Sales Value of such Property (with materiality determined in Lessor’s discretion), then Lessee shall be obligated to purchase each such Property pursuant to Section 20.2.

 

On the applicable Election Date on which Lessee has elected to exercise its Purchase Option, Lessee shall pay (or cause to be paid) to Lessor, the Agent and all other parties, as appropriate, the sum of all costs and expenses incurred by any such party in connection with the election by Lessee to exercise its Purchase Option and all Rent and all other amounts then due and payable or accrued under this Lease and/or any other Operative Agreement.

 

  20.3 Third Party Sale Option .

 

(a) Provided , that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the Election Notice has been appropriately given specifying the Sale Option, Lessee shall undertake to cause a sale of the Properties on the applicable Election Date (all as specified in the Election Notice), in accordance with the provisions of Section 22.1 hereof.

 

(b) In the event Lessee exercises the Sale Option then, as soon as practicable and in all events not less than sixty (60) days and not more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the Sale Date, Lessee at its expense shall cause to be delivered to Lessor a Phase I environmental site assessment for each of the Properties recently prepared (no more than thirty (30) days old prior to the date of delivery) by an independent recognized professional reasonably acceptable to Lessor and in form, scope and content reasonably satisfactory to Lessor. In the event that Lessor shall not have received such environmental site assessment by the date sixty (60) days prior to the Sale Date or in the event that such environmental assessment shall reveal the existence of any material violation of Environmental Laws, other material Environmental Violation or potential material Environmental Violation (with materiality determined in each case by Lessor in its reasonable discretion), then Lessee on the Sale Date shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Termination Value for all the Properties and any and all other amounts due and owing hereunder. Upon receipt of such payment and all other amounts due under the Operative Agreements, Lessor shall transfer to Lessee all of Lessor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Properties in accordance with Section 19.1.

 

ARTICLE XXI

 

  21.1 [Intentionally Omitted].

 

32


ARTICLE XXII

 

  22.1 Sale Procedure .

 

(a) The provisions of this Section 22.1 are subject to the provisions of Section 22.6. During the Marketing Period, Lessee, on behalf of Lessor, shall obtain bids for the cash purchase of all the Properties in connection with a sale to one (1) or more third party purchasers to be consummated on the Sale Date for the highest price available, shall notify Lessor promptly of the name and address of each prospective purchaser and the cash price which each prospective purchaser shall have offered to pay for each such Property and shall provide Lessor with such additional information about the bids and the bid solicitation procedure as Lessor may reasonably request from time to time. All such prospective purchasers must be Persons other than Lessee or any Affiliate of Lessee. On the Sale Date, Lessee shall pay (or cause to be paid) to Lessor and all other parties, as appropriate, the sum of all costs and expenses incurred by Lessor and/or the Agent (as the case may be) in connection with such sale of one or more Properties, all Rent and all other amounts then due and payable or accrued under this Lease and/or any other Operative Agreement.

 

Lessor may reject any and all bids and may solicit and obtain bids by giving Lessee written notice to that effect. Lessor may elect to retain one or more of the Properties by giving Lessee prior written notice of Lessor’s election to retain the same, and promptly upon receipt of such notice, Lessee shall surrender, or cause to be surrendered, each of the Properties specified in such notice in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 10.1. Upon acceptance of any bid, Lessor agrees, at Lessee’s request and expense, to execute a contract of sale with respect to such sale, so long as the same is consistent with the terms of this Article 22 and provides by its terms that it is nonrecourse to Lessor.

 

Unless Lessor shall have elected to retain one or more of the Properties pursuant to the provisions of the preceding paragraph, Lessee shall arrange for Lessor to sell all the Properties free and clear of the Lien of this Lease and any Lessor Liens attributable to Lessor, without recourse or warranty (of title or otherwise), for cash on the Sale Date to the purchaser or purchasers offering the highest cash sales price, as identified by Lessee or Lessor, as the case may be. To effect such transfer and assignment, Lessor shall execute, acknowledge (where required) and deliver to the appropriate purchaser each of the following: (a) special or limited warranty Deeds conveying each such Property (to the extent it is real property titled to Lessor) and an assignment of the Ground Lease conveying the leasehold interest of Lessor in each such Property (to the extent it is real property and subject to a Ground Lease) to the appropriate purchaser free and clear of the Lien of this Lease, the Lien of the Credit Documents and any Lessor Liens; (b) a Bill of Sale conveying each such Property (to the extent it is personal property) titled to Lessor to the appropriate purchaser free and clear of the Lien of this Lease, the Lien of the Credit Documents and any Lessor Liens; (c) any real estate tax affidavit or other document required by law to be executed and filed in order to record each Deed and/or each Ground Lease assignment; and (d) FIRPTA affidavits, as appropriate. All of the foregoing

 

33


documentation must be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor. Lessee shall surrender the Properties so sold or subject to such documents to each purchaser in the condition specified in Section 10.1, or in such other condition as may be agreed between Lessee and such purchaser. Lessee shall not take or fail to take any action which would have the effect of unreasonably discouraging bona fide third party bids for any Property. If any Property (i) is not sold on the Sale Date in accordance with the terms of this Section 22.1, or (ii) is retained by Lessor pursuant to an affirmative election made by Lessor pursuant to the second sentence of the second paragraph of this Section 22.1 (a), then (x) Lessee shall be obligated to pay Lessor on the Sale Date an amount equal to the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount and (y) Lessor shall retain each applicable Property for subsequent marketing in accordance with the provisions of Section 22.6.

 

(b) If the Properties are sold on a Sale Date to one (1) or more third party purchasers in accordance with the terms of Section 22.1(a), Lessee hereby unconditionally promises to pay to Lessor on the Sale Date all Rent and all other amounts then due and owing pursuant to the Operative Agreements. If the aggregate purchase price paid for all the Properties is less than the sum of the aggregate Property Cost for all the Properties (hereinafter such difference shall be referred to as the “ Deficiency Balance ”), then Lessee hereby unconditionally promises to pay to Lessor on the Sale Date the lesser of (i) the Deficiency Balance, or (ii) the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount for all the Properties. On a Sale Date if (x) Lessor receives the aggregate Termination Value for all the Properties from one (1) or more third party purchasers, (y) Lessor and such other parties receive all other amounts specified in the last sentence of the first paragraph of Section 22. l(a) and (z) the aggregate purchase price paid for all the Properties on such date exceeds the sum of the aggregate Property Cost for all the Properties, then Lessee may retain such excess. If one or more of the Properties are retained by Lessor pursuant to an affirmative election made by Lessor pursuant to the provisions of Section 22.1(a), then Lessee hereby unconditionally promises to pay to Lessor on the Sale Date all Rent and all other amounts then due and owing pursuant to the Operative Agreements and an amount equal to the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount for the Properties so retained. Any payment of the foregoing amounts described in this Section 22. l(b) shall be made together with a payment of all other amounts referenced in the last sentence of the first paragraph of Section 22.1(a).

 

(c) In the event that all the Properties are either sold to one (1) or more third party purchasers on the Sale Date or retained by Lessor in connection with an affirmative election made by Lessor pursuant to the provisions of Section 22.1 (a), then in either case on the applicable Sale Date Lessee shall provide Lessor or such third party purchaser (unless otherwise agreed by such third party purchaser) with (i) all permits, certificates of occupancy, governmental licenses and authorizations necessary to use, operate, repair, access and maintain each such Property for the purpose it is being used by Lessee, and (ii) such manuals, permits, easements, licenses, intellectual property, know-how, rights- of-way and other rights and privileges in the nature of an easement as are reasonably necessary or desirable in connection with the use, operation, repair, access to or maintenance of each such Property for its intended purpose or otherwise as Lessor or such third party purchaser(s) shall reasonably request (and a royalty-free license or

 

34


similar agreement to effectuate the foregoing on terms reasonably agreeable to Lessor or such third party purchaser(s), as applicable). All assignments, licenses, easements, agreements and other deliveries required by clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (c) shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Lessor or such third party purchaser(s), as applicable, and to the extent lawfully assignable shall be fully assignable (including without limitation both primary assignments and assignments given in the nature of security) without payment of any fee, cost or other charge. Lessee shall also execute any documentation requested by Lessor or such third party purchaser(s), as applicable, evidencing the continuation or assignment of each Ground Lease.

 

  22.2 Application of Proceeds of Sale .

 

Lessor shall transfer to the Agent the proceeds of sale of any Property for application and distribution in accordance with Section 8.7 of the Participation Agreement.

 

  22.3 Indemnity for Excessive Wear .

 

If the sum of (a) the proceeds of the sale described in Section 22.1 with respect to the Properties, if any, plus (b) the amount previously paid by the Lessee with respect to the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount (less any portion of the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount repaid to the Lessee pursuant to the Operative Agreements, including without limitation Section 8.7(b)(viii) of the Participation Agreement) shall be less than the Termination Value with respect to the Properties, and on the Expiration Date it shall have been reasonably determined (pursuant to the Appraisal Procedure) that the Fair Market Sales Value of the Properties shall have been impaired by greater than expected wear and tear during the term of the Lease, Lessee shall pay to Lessor within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor’s written statement the amount of such excess wear and tear determined by the Appraisal Procedure.

 

  22.4 Appraisal Procedure .

 

For determining the Fair Market Sales Value of the Properties or any other amount which may, pursuant to any provision of any Operative Agreement, be determined by an appraisal procedure, Lessor and Lessee shall use the following procedure (the “ Appraisal Procedure ”). Lessor and Lessee shall endeavor to reach a mutual agreement as to such amount for a period of ten (10) days from commencement of the Appraisal Procedure under the applicable section of the Lease, and if they cannot agree within ten (10) days, then two (2) qualified appraisers, one (1) chosen by Lessee and one (1) chosen by Lessor, shall mutually agree thereupon, but if either party shall fail to choose an appraiser within twenty (20) days after notice from the other party of the selection of its appraiser, then the appraisal by such appointed appraiser shall be binding on Lessee and Lessor. If the two (2) appraisers cannot agree within twenty (20) days after both shall have been appointed, then a third appraiser shall be selected by the two (2) appraisers or, failing agreement as to such third appraiser within thirty (30) days after both shall have been appointed, by the American Arbitration Association. The decisions of the three (3) appraisers shall be given within twenty (20) days of the appointment of the third appraiser and the decision of the appraiser most different from the average of the other two (2) shall be discarded and such average shall be binding on Lessor and Lessee; provided , that if the

 

35


highest appraisal and the lowest appraisal are equidistant from the third appraisal, the third appraisal shall be binding on Lessor and Lessee. The fees and expenses of the appraiser appointed by Lessee shall be paid by Lessee; the fees and expenses of the appraiser appointed by Lessor shall be paid by Lessor (such fees and expenses not being indemnified pursuant to Section 11 of the Participation Agreement); and the fees and expenses of the third appraiser shall be divided equally between Lessee and Lessor.

 

  22.5 Certain Obligations Continue .

 

During the Marketing Period, the obligation of Lessee to pay Rent with respect to the Properties (including without limitation the installment of Basic Rent due on the Sale Date) shall continue undiminished until payment in full to Lessor of the sale proceeds, if any, the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount, the amount due under Section 22.3, if any, and all other amounts due to Lessor or any other Person with respect to all Properties or any Operative Agreement. Lessor shall have the right, but shall be under no duty, to solicit bids, to inquire into the efforts of Lessee to obtain bids or otherwise to take action in connection with any such sale, other than as expressly provided in this Article XXII.

 

  22.6 Extended Remarketing Period .

 

To the extent Lessee has properly elected the Sale Option and not caused each of the Properties to be sold to a third party purchaser by the Expiration Date in accordance with the provisions of Sections 20.1, 20.3 and 22.1 through 22.5, then on the Expiration Date Lessee shall pay to Lessor the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount and all Rent and all other amounts then due and owing pursuant to the Operative Agreements. For a period not to exceed one (1) year beginning on the Expiration Date (the “ Extended Remarketing Period ”). Lessor shall have a right to market and offer for sale its right, title and interest in the Properties to third party purchasers and during such time, Lessor shall have exclusive control of the bid process. During the Extended Remarketing Period, Lessee shall have vacated the Properties and relinquished all of its right, title and interest therein, but Lessee shall continue to be responsible for the satisfaction of all matters described in (and compliance with) Section 3.3.

 

To the extent Lessor sells one or more of the Properties to a third party purchaser during the Extended Remarketing Period, Lessor shall deliver the documentation specified in the third paragraph of Section 22.1 (a) and the sales proceeds paid by such third party purchaser for each such Property shall be paid to the Agent (on behalf of Lessor) for allocation and distribution in accordance with Section 8.7(b)(iii) of the Participation Agreement. If with respect to any of the Properties so sold, Advances were used to pay for Excluded Costs while any such Property was a Construction Period Property, then Section 8.7(b)(viii) shall apply.

 

To the extent Lessor does not sell any particular Property during the Extended Remarketing Period, then the Fair Market Sales Value of each such Property as of the Expiration Date shall be determined pursuant to the Appraisal Procedure. Lessor shall cause the Lenders and the Holders to contribute ratably (based on such Lender’s or such Holder’s proportion of the aggregate Loans or aggregate Holder Advances, respectively), but not jointly and severally, to the Agent (on behalf of Lessor) an aggregate amount equal to the portion of such appraised value

 

36


of each such Property (as determined pursuant to the Appraisal Procedure) which would be payable to Lessee pursuant to Section 8.7(b)(viii) of the Participation Agreement if such Property had been sold for such appraised value on the Expiration Date.

 

ARTICLE XXIII

 

  23.1 Holding Over .

 

If Lessee shall for any reason remain in possession of a Property after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease as to such Property (unless such Property is conveyed to Lessee), such possession shall be as a tenancy at sufferance during which time Lessee shall continue to pay Supplemental Rent that would be payable by Lessee hereunder were the Lease then in full force and effect with respect to such Property and Lessee shall continue to pay Basic Rent at the lesser of the highest lawful rate and one hundred ten percent (110%) of the last payment of Basic Rent due with respect to such Property prior to such expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Such Basic Rent shall be payable from time to time upon demand by Lessor and such additional amount of Basic Rent shall be applied by Lessor ratably to the Lenders and the Holders based on their relative amounts of the then outstanding aggregate Property Cost for all Properties. During any period of tenancy at sufferance, Lessee shall, subject to the second preceding sentence, be obligated to perform and observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, but shall have no rights hereunder other than the right, to the extent given by law to tenants at sufferance, to continue their occupancy and use of such Property. Nothing contained in this Article XXIII shall constitute the consent, express or implied, of Lessor to the holding over of Lessee after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease as to any Property (unless such Property is conveyed to Lessee) and nothing contained herein shall be read or construed as preventing Lessor from maintaining a suit for possession of such Property or exercising any other remedy available to Lessor at law or in equity.

 

ARTICLE XXIV

 

  24.1 Risk of Loss .

 

During the Term, unless Lessee shall not be in actual possession of any Property in question solely by reason of Lessor’s exercise of its remedies of dispossession under Article XVII, the risk of loss or decrease in the enjoyment and beneficial use of such Property as a result of the damage or destruction thereof by fire, the elements, casualties, thefts, riots, wars or otherwise is assumed by Lessee, and Lessor shall in no event be answerable or accountable therefor.

 

37


ARTICLE XXV

 

  25.1 Assignment .

 

(a) Lessee may not assign this Lease or any of its rights or obligations hereunder or with respect to any Property in whole or in part to any Person without the prior written consent of the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders and Lessor.

 

(b) No assignment by Lessee (referenced in this Section 25.1 or otherwise) or other relinquishment of possession to any Property shall in any way discharge or diminish any of the obligations of Lessee to Lessor hereunder and Lessee shall remain directly and primarily liable under the Operative Agreements as to any rights or obligations assigned by Lessee or regarding any Property in which rights or obligations have been assigned or otherwise transferred.

 

  25.2 Subleases .

 

(a) Promptly, but in any event within five (5) Business Days, following the execution and delivery of any sublease permitted by this Article XXV, Lessee shall notify Lessor of the execution of such sublease. As of the date of each Lease Supplement, Lessee shall lease the respective Property described in such Lease Supplement from Lessor, and any existing tenant respecting such Property shall automatically be deemed to be a subtenant of Lessee and not a tenant of Lessor.

 

(b) Without the prior written consent of the Agent, any Lender, any Holder or Lessor and subject to the other provisions of this Section 25.2, Lessee may sublet any Property or portion thereof to any Subsidiary of the Parent or up to thirty percent (30%), in the aggregate, of the square footage of the applicable Property to any healthcare providers or businesses related to the operations of the Property in accordance with market and industry practices and standards, provided in all cases the Lessee shall remain primarily liable with respect to the Company Obligations. Except as referenced in the immediately preceding sentence, no other subleases shall be permitted unless consented to in writing by Lessor. All subleasing shall be done on market terms and shall in no way diminish the fair market value or useful life of any applicable Property.

 

(c) No sublease (referenced in this Section 25.2 or otherwise) or other relinquishment of possession to any Property shall in any way discharge or diminish any of Lessee’s obligations to Lessor hereunder and Lessee shall remain directly and primarily liable under this Lease as to such Property, or portion thereof, so sublet. The term of any such sublease shall not extend beyond the Term. Each sublease shall be expressly subject and subordinate to this Lease.

 

38


ARTICLE XXVI

 

  26.1 No Waiver .

 

No failure by Lessor or Lessee to insist upon the strict performance of any term hereof or to exercise any right, power or remedy upon a default hereunder, and no acceptance of full or partial payment of Rent during the continuance of any such default, shall constitute a waiver of any such default or of any such term. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no waiver of any default shall affect or alter this Lease, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent default.

 

ARTICLE XXVII

 

  27.1 Acceptance of Surrender .

 

No surrender to Lessor of this Lease or of all or any portion of any Property or of any part of any thereof or of any interest therein shall be valid or effective unless agreed to and accepted in writing by Lessor and no act by Lessor or the Agent or any representative or agent of Lessor or the Agent, other than a written acceptance, shall constitute an acceptance of any such surrender.

 

  27.2 No Merger of Title .

 

There shall be no merger of this Lease or of the leasehold estate created hereby by reason of the fact that the same Person may acquire, own or hold, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, (a) this Lease or the leasehold estate created hereby or any interest in this Lease or such leasehold estate, (b) any right, title or interest in any Property, (c) any Notes, or (d) a beneficial interest in Lessor.

 

ARTICLE XXVIII

 

  28.1 Incorporation of Covenants .

 

Reference is made to the Parent Credit Agreement and the representations and warranties of Lessee contained in Article VI of the Parent Credit Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Incorporated Representations and Warranties ”) and the covenants contained in Articles VII and VIII of the Parent Credit Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Incorporated Covenants ”). Lessee agrees with Lessor that the Incorporated Representations and Warranties and the Incorporated Covenants (and all other relevant provisions of the Parent Credit Agreement related thereto, including without limitation the defined terms contained in Section 1.1 thereof which are used in the Incorporated Representations and Warranties and the Incorporated Covenants, hereinafter referred to as the “ Additional Incorporated Terms ”) are hereby incorporated by reference into this Lease to the same extent and with the same effect as if set forth fully herein and shall inure to the benefit of Lessor, without giving effect to any waiver,

 

39


amendment, modification or replacement of the Parent Credit Agreement or any term or provision of the Incorporated Representations and Warranties or the Incorporated Covenants occurring subsequent to the date of this Lease, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the following provisions of this paragraph. In the event a waiver is granted under the Parent Credit Agreement or an amendment or modification is executed with respect to the Parent Credit Agreement, and such waiver, amendment and/or modification affects the Incorporated Representations and Warranties, the Incorporated Covenants or the Additional Incorporated Terms, then such waiver, amendment or modification shall be effective with respect to the Incorporated Representations and Warranties, the Incorporated Covenants and the Additional Incorporated Terms as incorporated by reference into this Lease only if consented to in writing by the Agent (acting upon the direction of the Majority Secured Parties). In the event of any replacement of the Parent Credit Agreement with a similar credit facility (the “ New Facility ”) the representations and warranties, covenants and additional terms contained in the New Facility which correspond to the representations and warranties, covenants contained in Article VI and Articles VII and VIII, respectively, and such additional terms (each of the foregoing contained in the Parent Credit Agreement) shall become the Incorporated Representations and Warranties, the Incorporated Covenants and the Additional Incorporated Terms only if consented to in writing by the Agent (acting upon the direction of the Majority Secured Parties) and, if such consent is not granted or if the Parent Credit Agreement is terminated and not replaced, then the representations and warranties and covenants contained in Article VI and Articles VII and VIII, respectively, and such additional terms (each of the foregoing contained in the Parent Credit Agreement (together with any modifications or amendments approved in accordance with this paragraph)) shall continue to be the Incorporated Representations and Warranties, the Incorporated Covenants and the Additional Incorporated Terms hereunder.

 

ARTICLE XXIX

 

  29.1 Notices .

 

All notices required or permitted to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and delivered as provided in the Participation Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XXX

 

  30.1 Miscellaneous .

 

Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, all claims against and liabilities of Lessee or Lessor arising from events commencing prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination. If any provision of this Lease shall be held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of any other provision of this Lease and such jurisdiction or of such provision or of any other provision hereof in any other jurisdiction.

 

40


  30.2 Amendments and Modifications .

 

Neither this Lease nor any Lease Supplement may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated except in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.4 of the Participation Agreement.

 

  30.3 Successors and Assigns .

 

All the terms and provisions of this Lease shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  30.4 Headings and Table of Contents .

 

The headings and table of contents in this Lease are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

  30.5 Counterparts .

 

This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one (1) and the same instrument.

 

  30.6 GOVERNING LAW .

 

THIS LEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES THEREOF RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAW), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LAWS OF THE STATE WHERE A PARTICULAR PROPERTY IS LOCATED ARE REQUIRED TO APPLY.

 

  30.7 Calculation of Rent .

 

All calculation of Rent payable hereunder shall be computed based on the actual days elapsed over a year of three hundred sixty (360) days or, to the extent such Rent is based on the Prime Lending Rate, the actual days elapsed over a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) (or three hundred sixty-six (366), as applicable) days.

 

  30.8 Memoranda of Lease and Lease Supplements .

 

This Lease shall not be recorded; provided , Lessor and Lessee shall promptly record (a) a memorandum of this Lease and the applicable Lease Supplement (in substantially the form of EXHIBIT B attached hereto) or a short form lease (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor) regarding each Property promptly after the acquisition thereof in the local filing office with respect thereto, in all cases at Lessee’s cost and expense, and as required under applicable law to sufficiently evidence this Lease and any such Lease Supplement in the applicable real estate filing records.

 

41


  30.9 Allocations between the Lenders and the Holders .

 

Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease to the contrary, the allocations of the proceeds of the Properties and any and all other Rent and other amounts received hereunder shall be subject to the inter-creditor provisions between the Lenders and the Holders contained in the Operative Agreements (or as otherwise agreed among the Lenders and the Holders from time to time).

 

  30.10  Limitations on Recourse .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, except for Lessor Liens arising by, through or under the Trust Company which shall be the responsibility of the Trust Company and Lessor Liens arising by, through or under the Lessor which shall be the responsibility of the Lessor, Lessee agrees to look solely to Lessor’s estate and interest in the Properties (and in no circumstance to the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders or otherwise to Lessor) for the collection of any judgment requiring the payment of money by Lessor in the event of liability by Lessor, and no other property or assets of Lessor or any shareholder, owner or partner (direct or indirect) in or of Lessor, or any director, officer, employee, beneficiary, Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of the remedies of Lessee under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Lessor and Lessee hereunder or Lessee’s use of the Properties or any other liability of Lessor to Lessee. Nothing in this Section shall be interpreted so as to limit the terms of Sections 6.1 or 6.2 or the provisions of Section 12.9 of the Participation Agreement.

 

  30.11  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS LEASE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

  30.12  Exercise of Lessor Rights .

 

Lessee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the rights and powers of Lessor under this Lease have been assigned to the Agent pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement and the other Operative Agreements. Lessor and Lessee hereby acknowledge and agree that (a) the Agent shall, in its discretion, direct and/or act on behalf of Lessor pursuant to the provisions of Sections 8.2(h) and 8.6 of the Participation Agreement, (b) all notices to be given to Lessor shall be given to the Agent and (c) all notices to be given by Lessor may be given by the Agent, at its election.

 

42


  30.13  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; ARBITRATION .

 

THE PROVISIONS OF THE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT RELATING TO SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION, VENUE AND ARBITRATION ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN, MUTATIS MUTANDIS .

 

  30.14  USURY SAVINGS PROVISION .

 

IT IS THE INTENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO CONFORM TO AND CONTRACT IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE USURY LAW FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT. TO THE EXTENT ANY RENT OR PAYMENTS HEREUNDER ARE HEREINAFTER CHARACTERIZED BY ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION AS THE REPAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST THEREON, THIS SECTION 30.14 SHALL APPLY. ANY SUCH RENT OR PAYMENTS SO CHARACTERIZED AS INTEREST MAY BE REFERRED TO HEREIN AS “ INTEREST .” ALL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO ARE HEREBY LIMITED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH WHICH SHALL OVERRIDE AND CONTROL ALL SUCH AGREEMENTS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL. IN NO WAY, NOR IN ANY EVENT OR CONTINGENCY (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION PREPAYMENT OR ACCELERATION OF THE MATURITY OF ANY OBLIGATION), SHALL ANY INTEREST TAKEN, RESERVED, CONTRACTED FOR, CHARGED, OR RECEIVED UNDER THIS LEASE OR OTHERWISE, EXCEED THE MAXIMUM NONUSURIOUS AMOUNT PERMISSIBLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. IF, FROM ANY POSSIBLE CONSTRUCTION OF ANY OF THE OPERATIVE AGREEMENTS OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT, INTEREST WOULD OTHERWISE BE PAYABLE IN EXCESS OF THE MAXIMUM NONUSURIOUS AMOUNT, ANY SUCH CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH AND SUCH AMOUNTS UNDER SUCH DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY REDUCED TO THE MAXIMUM NONUSURIOUS AMOUNT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, WITHOUT THE NECESSITY OF EXECUTION OF ANY AMENDMENT OR NEW DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT. IF LESSOR SHALL EVER RECEIVE ANYTHING OF VALUE WHICH IS CHARACTERIZED AS INTEREST WITH RESPECT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OWED HEREUNDER OR UNDER APPLICABLE LAW AND WHICH WOULD, APART FROM THIS PROVISION, BE IN EXCESS OF THE MAXIMUM LAWFUL AMOUNT, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE AMOUNT WHICH WOULD HAVE BEEN EXCESSIVE INTEREST SHALL, WITHOUT PENALTY, BE APPLIED TO THE REDUCTION OF THE COMPONENT OF PAYMENTS DEEMED TO BE PRINCIPAL AND NOT TO THE PAYMENT OF INTEREST, OR REFUNDED TO LESSEE OR ANY OTHER PAYOR THEREOF, IF AND TO THE EXTENT SUCH AMOUNT WHICH WOULD HAVE BEEN EXCESSIVE EXCEEDS THE COMPONENT OF PAYMENTS DEEMED TO BE PRINCIPAL. THE RIGHT TO DEMAND PAYMENT OF ANY AMOUNTS EVIDENCED BY ANY OF THE OPERATIVE AGREEMENTS DOES NOT INCLUDE THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE ANY INTEREST WHICH HAS NOT OTHERWISE ACCRUED ON THE DATE OF SUCH DEMAND, AND LESSOR DOES NOT INTEND TO CHARGE OR RECEIVE ANY UNEARNED INTEREST

 

43


IN THE EVENT OF SUCH DEMAND. ALL INTEREST PAID OR AGREED TO BE PAID TO LESSOR SHALL, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BE AMORTIZED, PRORATED, ALLOCATED, AND SPREAD THROUGHOUT THE FULL STATED TERM (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY RENEWAL OR EXTENSION) OF THIS LEASE SO THAT THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST ON ACCOUNT OF SUCH PAYMENTS DOES NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM NONUSURIOUS AMOUNT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

  30.15  Lessor Certification .

 

It is Lessee’s policy not to contract with “Ineligible Persons”. An “Ineligible Person” is defined as any individual or entity who: (a) is currently excluded, debarred or otherwise ineligible to participate in the Federal healthcare programs or in the Federal procurement or non-procurement programs; and (b) has been convicted of a criminal offense related to the provision of healthcare items or services, but has not yet been excluded, debarred or otherwise declared ineligible. In connection therewith, Lessee is required to verify that its contractors are not listed on the General Services Administration’s List of Parties Excluded from Federal Programs and the list of Excluded Individuals/Entities maintained by the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services. Lessor hereby certifies that it (a) has not received written notice that it is currently excluded, debarred or otherwise ineligible to participate in the Federal healthcare programs or in the Federal procurement or non-procurement programs; and (b) has not been convicted of a criminal offense related to the provision of healthcare items or services.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

44


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Lease to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, as Lessor

By:

 

/s/ Deborah A. Ibrahim

Name:

 

Deborah A. Ibrahim

Title:

 

Assistant Secretary

 

[signature pages continue]

 


 

HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC., as Lessee

By:

 

/s/ Malcolm E. McVay

Name:

 

Malcolm E. McVay

Title:

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 

[signature pages continue]

 


 

Receipt of this original counterpart of the foregoing Lease is hereby acknowledged as the date hereof
FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as the Agent
By:  

/s/ Evander S. Jones, Jr.

Name:

 

Evander S. Jones, Jr.

Title:

 

Vice President

 

[signature pages end]

 


 

EXHIBIT A TO THE LEASE

 

LEASE SUPPLEMENT NO.         

 

THIS LEASE SUPPLEMENT NO.          (this “ Lease Supplement ”) dated as of                      , 200    between STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, as lessor (the “ Lessor ”), and HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC., an Alabama corporation, as lessee (the “ Lessee ”).

 

WHEREAS, Lessor is the owner or will be the owner of the Property described on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Leased Property ”) and wishes to lease the same to Lessee;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Definitions; Rules of Usage . For purposes of this Lease Supplement, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Appendix A to the Participation Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2001, among Lessee, Lessor, not individually, except as expressly stated therein, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, the various banks and other lending institutions which are parties thereto from time to time, as the Holders, the various banks and other lending institutions which are parties thereto from time to time, as the Lenders, and First Union National Bank, as the Agent for the Lenders and respecting the Security Documents, as the Agent for the Secured Parties, as such may be amended, modified, extended, supplemented, restated and/or replaced from time to time.

 

SECTION 2. The Properties. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is the description of the Leased Property, with an Equipment Schedule attached hereto as Schedule 1-A . an Improvement Schedule attached hereto as Schedule 1-B and [a legal description of the Land / a copy of the Ground Lease] attached hereto as Schedule 1-C . Effective upon the execution and delivery of this Lease Supplement by Lessor and Lessee, the Leased Property shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Lease. Without further action, any and all additional Equipment funded under the Operative Agreements and any and all additional Improvements made to the Land shall be deemed to be titled to the Lessor and subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease and this Lease Supplement.

 

This Lease Supplement shall constitute a mortgage, deed of trust, security agreement and financing statement under the laws of the state in which the Leased Property is situated. The maturity date of the obligations secured hereby shall be [                      ] unless extended to not later than [                      ].

 

A-1


For purposes of provisions of the Lease and this Lease Supplement related to the creation and enforcement of the Lease and this Lease Supplement as a security agreement and a fixture filing, Lessee is the debtor and Lessor is the secured party. The mailing addresses of the debtor (Lessee herein) and of the secured party (Lessor herein) from which information concerning security interests hereunder may be obtained are set forth on the signature pages hereto. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of the Lease and this Lease Supplement or of any financing statement related to the Lease and this Lease Supplement shall be sufficient as a financing statement for any of the purposes referenced herein.

 

SECTION 3. Use of Property. At all times during the Term with respect to each Property, Lessee will comply with all obligations under and (to the extent no Event of Default exists and provided , that such exercise will not impair the value of such Property) shall be permitted to exercise all rights and remedies under, all operation and easement agreements and related or similar agreements applicable to such Property.

 

SECTION 4. Ratification; Incorporation by Reference. Except as specifically modified hereby, the terms and provisions of the Lease and the Operative Agreements are hereby ratified and confirmed and remain in full force and effect. The Lease is hereby incorporated herein by reference as though restated herein in its entirety.

 

SECTION 5. Original Lease Supplement. The single executed original of this Lease Supplement marked “THIS COUNTERPART IS THE ORIGINAL EXECUTED COUNTERPART” on the signature page thereof and containing the receipt of the Agent therefor on or following the signature page thereof shall be the original executed counterpart of this Lease Supplement (the “ Original Executed Counterpart ”). To the extent that this Lease Supplement constitutes chattel paper, as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction, no security interest in this Lease Supplement may be created through the transfer or possession of any counterpart other than the Original Executed Counterpart.

 

SECTION 6. GOVERNING LAW. THIS LEASE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED TO AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES THEREOF RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAW), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LAWS OF THE STATE WHERE A PARTICULAR PROPERTY IS LOCATED ARE REQUIRED TO APPLY.

 

SECTION 7. Mortgage; Power of Sale. Without limiting any other remedies set forth in the Lease, in the event that a court of competent jurisdiction rules that the Lease constitutes a mortgage, deed of trust or other secured financing as is the intent of the parties, then Lessor and Lessee agree that Lessee hereby grants a Lien against the Leased Property WITH POWER OF SALE, and that, upon the occurrence of any Lease Event of Default, Lessor shall have the power and authority, to the extent provided by law, after prior notice and lapse of such time as may be required by law, to foreclose its interest (or cause such interest to be foreclosed) in all or any part of the Leased Property.

 

A-2


SECTION 8. Counterpart Execution. This Lease Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, all such counterparts together constituting but one (1) and the same instrument.

 

For purposes of the provisions of this Lease Supplement concerning this Lease Supplement constituting a security agreement and fixture filing, the addresses of the debtor (Lessee herein) and the secured party (Lessor herein), from whom information may be obtained about this Lease Supplement, are as set forth on the signature pages hereto.

 

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Lease Supplement to be duly executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and year first above written.

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, as Lessor
By:    

Name: 

   

Title:

   

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association
         
         

Attn:

       

 

HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC.,

as Lessee

By:    

Name: 

   

Title:

   

 

[LESSEE ADDRESS]
         
         

Attn:

       

 

Receipt of this original counterpart of the foregoing Lease Supplement is hereby acknowledged as the date hereof.

 

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as the Agent
By:    

Name: 

   

Title:

   

First Union National Bank

c/o Wachovia Securities, Inc.

301 South College Street, TW-6

Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0166

Attention: Gabrielle Altschuler

 

A-4


 

SCHEDULE 1

TO LEASE SUPPLEMENT NO. ____

 

(Description of the Leased Property)

 

A-5


 

SCHEDULE 1-A

TO LEASE SUPPLEMENT NO. ____

 

(Equipment)

 

A-6


 

SCHEDULE 1-B

TO LEASE SUPPLEMENT NO. ____

 

(Improvements)

 

A-7


 

SCHEDULE 1-C

TO LEASE SUPPLEMENT NO. ____

 

[(Land)/

(Ground Lease)]

 

A-8


 

EXHIBIT B TO THE LEASE

 

[MODIFY OR SUBSTITUTE SHORT FORM LEASE AS

NECESSARY FOR LOCAL LAW REQUIREMENTS]

 

Recordation requested by:

 

Moore & Van Allen, PLLC

 

After recordation return to:

 

Moore & Van Allen, PLLC (WMA)

100 North Tryon Street, Floor 47

Charlotte, NC 28202-4003

 

                                Space above this line

                                for Recorder’s use

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE AGREEMENT

AND

LEASE SUPPLEMENT NO. ____

 

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE AGREEMENT AND LEASE SUPPLEMENT NO.          (“ Memorandum ”), dated as of                      , 200    , is by and between STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, with an office at [                                  ] (hereinafter referred to as “ Lessor ”) and HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC., an Alabama corporation, with an office at [                              ] (hereinafter referred to as “ Lessee ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

That for value received, Lessor and Lessee do hereby covenant, promise and agree as follows:

 

1. Demised Premises and Date of Lease . Lessor has leased to Lessee, and Lessee has leased from Lessor, for the Term (as hereinafter defined), certain real property and other property located in                          , which is described in the attached Schedule 1 (the “ Property ”), pursuant to the terms of a Lease Agreement between Lessor and Lessee dated as of December 27, 2001 (as such may be amended, modified, extended, supplemented, restated and/or replaced from time to time, “ Lease ”) and a Lease Supplement No.          between Lessor and Lessee dated as of                      (the “ Lease Supplement ”).

 

B-1


The Lease and the Lease Supplement shall constitute a mortgage, deed of trust and security agreement and financing statement under the laws of the state in which the Property is situated. The maturity date of the obligations secured thereby shall be                  , unless extended to not later than                      .

 

For purposes of provisions of the Lease and the Lease Supplement related to the creation and enforcement of the Lease and the Lease Supplement as a security agreement and a fixture filing, Lessee is the debtor and Lessor is the secured party. The mailing addresses of the debtor (Lessee herein) and of the secured party (Lessor herein) from which information concerning security interests hereunder may be obtained are as set forth on the signature pages hereof. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Memorandum or of any financing statement related to the Lease and the Lease Supplement shall be sufficient as a financing statement for any of the purposes referenced herein.

 

2. Term, Renewal, Extension and Purchase Option . The term of the Lease for the Property (“ Term ”) commenced as of                  , 200    and shall end as of                  , 200    , unless the Term is extended or earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Lease. The Lease contains provisions for renewal and extension. The tenant has a purchase option under the Lease.

 

3. Tax Payer Numbers .

 

Lessor’s tax payer number:                              .

 

Lessee’s tax payer number:                              .

 

4. Mortgage; Power of Sale . Without limiting any other remedies set forth in the Lease, in the event that a court of competent jurisdiction rules that the Lease constitutes a mortgage, deed of trust or other secured financing as is the intent of the parties, then Lessor and Lessee agree that Lessee has granted, pursuant to the terms of the Lease and the Lease Supplement, a Lien against the Property WITH POWER OF SALE, and that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Lease Event of Default, Lessor shall have the power and authority, to the extent provided by law, after prior notice and lapse of such time as may be required by law, to foreclose its interest (or cause such interest to be foreclosed) in all or any part of the Property.

 

5. Effect of Memorandum . The purpose of this instrument is to give notice of the Lease and the Lease Supplement and their respective terms, covenants and conditions to the same extent as if the Lease and the Lease Supplement were fully set forth herein. This Memorandum shall not modify in any manner the terms, conditions or intent of the Lease or the Lease Supplement and the parties agree that this Memorandum is not intended nor shall it be used to interpret the Lease or the Lease Supplement or determine the intent of the parties under the Lease or the Lease Supplement.

 

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this instrument as of the day and year first written.

 

LESSOR:

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

By:    

Name: 

   

Title: 

   

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association
         
         

Attn: 

       

 

LESSEE:

 

HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC.

By:    

Name: 

   

Title: 

   

 

[LESSEE ADDRESS]
         
         

Attn: 

       

 

B-3


 

SCHEDULE 1

 

(Description of Property)

 

B-4


 

[CONFORM TO STATE LAW REQUIREMENTS]

 

STATE OF                         

   )     
     )   

ss:

COUNTY OF                         

   )     

 

The foregoing Memorandum of Lease Agreement and Lease Supplement No.          was acknowledged before me, the undersigned Notary Public, in the County of                          this          day of                      , by                          , as                          of STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not individually, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, on behalf of the Owner Trustee.

 

[Notarial Seal]

       
       

Notary Public

 

My commission expires:                         

 

STATE OF                         

   )     
     )   

ss:

COUNTY OF                         

   )     

 

The foregoing Memorandum of Lease Agreement and Lease Supplement No.              was acknowledged before me, the undersigned Notary Public, in the County of                          this              day of                      , by                      , as                      of HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC., an Alabama corporation, on behalf of the corporation.

 

[Notarial Seal]

       
        Notary Public

 

My commission expires:                         

 

B-5

EXHIBIT 10.5.2

 


 

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of December 27, 2001

 

among

 

HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC.,

as the Construction Agent and as the Lessee,

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION,

as the Guarantor

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not individually, except as expressly stated herein,

but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1,

 

THE VARIOUS BANKS AND OTHER LENDING INSTITUTIONS WHICH ARE PARTIES

HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME, as the Holders,

 

THE VARIOUS BANKS AND OTHER LENDING INSTITUTIONS WHICH ARE PARTIES

HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME, as the Lenders,

 

and

 

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,

as the Agent for the Lenders

and respecting the Security Documents,

as the Agent for the Secured Parties

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

SECTION 1. THE LOANS

   1

SECTION 2. HOLDER ADVANCES

   2

SECTION 3. SUMMARY OF TRANSACTIONS

   2

3.1.

   Operative Agreements    2

3.2.

   Property Purchase    2

3.3.

   Construction of Improvements; Commencement of Basic Rent    3

3.4.

   Ratable Interests of the Holders and the Lenders    3

SECTION 4. THE CLOSINGS

   3

4.1.

   Initial Closing Date    3

4.2.

   Initial Closing Date; Property Closing Dates; Acquisition Advances; Construction Advances    3
SECTION 5. FUNDING OF ADVANCES; CONDITIONS PRECEDENT; REPORTING REQUIREMENTS ON COMPLETION DATE; THE LESSEE’S DELIVERY OF NOTICES; RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS    4

5.1.

   General    4

5.2.

   Procedures for Funding    4

5.3.

   Conditions Precedent for the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders Relating to the Initial Closing Date and the Advance of Funds for the Acquisition of a Property    6

5.4.

   Conditions Precedent for the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders Relating to the Advance of Funds after the Acquisition Advance    12

5.5.

   Additional Reporting and Delivery Requirements on Completion Date and on Construction Period Termination Date    13

5.6.

   The Construction Agent Delivery of Construction Budget Modifications    14

5.7.

   Restrictions on Liens    14

5.8.

   [Intentionally Omitted]    14

5.9.

   Maintenance of the Lessee as a Wholly-Owned Entity    14

5.10.

   Payments    15

5.11.

   Cash Collateral Account    15

5.12.

   [Intentionally Omitted]    15

5.13.

   Special Provision Regarding Renewal Term    16

5.14.

   Special Provision Regarding Mortgage Tax    16

5.15.

   Availability of Advances for Lessee and Construction Agent Obligations    16

5.16.

   Construction of Transaction    16

5.17.

   Payment of Ground Lease Rent    16

5.18.

   Force Majeure    17

5.19.

   Accrual of Interest and Holder Yield Regarding Excluded Costs    18

SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   18

6.1.

   Representations and Warranties of the Borrower    18

6.2.

   Representations and Warranties of Each Credit Party    21

 

i


SECTION 6B GUARANTY

   27

6B.1.

   Guaranty of Payment and Performance    27

6B.2.

   Obligations Unconditional    27

6B.3.

   Modifications    28

6B.4.

   Waiver of Rights    29

6B.5.

   Reinstatement    29

6B.6.

   Remedies    29

6B.7.

   Limitation of Guaranty    30

SECTION 7. PAYMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES

   30

7.1.

   Transaction Expenses    30

7.2.

   Brokers’ Fees    31

7.3.

   Certain Fees and Expenses    31

7.4.

   Unused Fee    32

7.5.

   Administrative Fee    32

7.6.

   Upfront Fee    32

7.7.

   Structuring Fee    33

SECTION 8. OTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

   33

8.1.

   Cooperation with the Construction Agent or the Lessee    33

8.2.

   Covenants of the Owner Trustee and the Holders    33

8.3.

   Credit Party Covenants, Consent and Acknowledgment    35

8.4.

   Sharing of Certain Payments    39

8.5.

   Grant of Easements, etc.    39

8.6.

   Appointment by the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders and the Owner Trustee    39

8.7.

   Collection and Allocation of Payments and Other Amounts    40

8.8.

   Release of Properties, etc.    43

SECTION 9. CREDIT AGREEMENT AND TRUST AGREEMENT

   44

9.1.

   The Construction Agent’s and the Lessee’s Credit Agreement Rights    44

9.2.

   The Construction Agent’s and the Lessee’s Trust Agreement Rights    44

SECTION 10. TRANSFER OF INTEREST

   45

10.1.

   Restrictions on Transfer    45

10.2.

   Effect of Transfer    46

SECTION 11. INDEMNIFICATION

   46

11.1.

   General Indemnity    46

11.2.

   General Tax Indemnity    49

11.3.

   Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.    53

11.4.

   Funding/Contribution Indemnity    54

11.5.

   EXPRESS INDEMNIFICATION FOR ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, ETC.    55

11.6.

   Additional Provisions Regarding Environmental Indemnification    56

11.7.

   Indemnity Prior to Completion Date    56

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS.

   56

12.1.

   Survival of Agreements    56

12.2.

   Notices    57

12.3.

   Counterparts    59

12.4.

   Terminations, Amendments, Waivers, Etc.; Unanimous Vote Matters    59

 

ii


12.5.

   Headings, etc.    61

12.6.

   Parties in Interest    61

12.7.

   GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; VENUE    61

12.8.

   Severability    62

12.9.

   Liability Limited    62

12.10.

   Rights of the Credit Parties    63

12.11.

   Further Assurances    64

12.12.

   Calculations under Operative Agreements    64

12.13.

   Confidentiality    64

12.14.

   Financial Reporting/Tax Characterization    66

12.15.

   Set-off    66

 

iii


EXHIBITS

 

A - Form of Requisition - Sections 4.2,5.2, 5.3 and 5.4

 

B - Form of Outside Counsel Opinion for the Lessee - Section 5.3(j)

 

C - Form of Officer’s Certificate - Section 5.3(z)

 

D - Form of Secretary’s Certificate - Section 5.3(aa)

 

E - Form of Officer’s Certificate - Section 5.3(cc)

 

F - Form of Secretary’s Certificate - Section 5.3(dd)

 

G - Form of Outside Counsel Opinion for the Owner Trustee - Section 5.3(ee)

 

H - Form of Outside Counsel Opinion for the Lessee - Section 5.3(ff)

 

I - Form of Officer’s Certificate - Section 5.5

 

J - [Intentionally Omitted]

 

K - Description of Material Litigation - Section 6.2(d)

 

L - Form of Cash Collateral Agreement - Section 5.11

 

M - Form of Control Agreement - Section 5.11

 

Appendix A - Rules of Usage and Definitions

 

iv


PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT dated as of December 27, 2001 (as amended, modified, extended, supplemented, restated and/or replaced from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is by and among HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC., an Alabama corporation (the “ Lessee ” or the “ Construction Agent ”); HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Guarantor ”); STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not individually (in its individual capacity, the “ Trust Company ”) except as expressly stated herein, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1 (the “ Owner Trustee ”, the “ Borrower ” or the “ Lessor ”); the various banks and other lending institutions which are parties hereto from time to time as holders of certificates issued with respect to the Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1 (subject to the definition of Holders in Appendix A hereto, individually, a “ Holder ” and collectively, the “ Holders ”); the various banks and other lending institutions which are parties hereto from time to time as lenders (subject to the definition of Lenders in Appendix A hereto, individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”); and FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association, as the agent for the Lenders and respecting the Security Documents, as the agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. THE LOANS.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements and in reliance on the representations and warranties of each of the parties hereto contained herein or made pursuant hereto, the Lenders have agreed to make Loans to the Lessor from time to time in an aggregate principal amount of up to the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Lenders in order for the Lessor to acquire the Properties and certain Improvements, to develop and construct certain Improvements in accordance with the Agency Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof and for the other purposes described herein, and in consideration of the receipt of proceeds of the Loans, the Lessor will issue the Notes. The Loans shall be made and the Notes shall be issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement and Section 2 of the Credit Agreement, the Loans will be made to the Lessor from time to time at the request of the Construction Agent in consideration for the Construction Agent agreeing for the benefit of the Lessor, pursuant to the Agency Agreement, to acquire the Properties, to acquire the Equipment, to construct certain Improvements and to cause the Lessee to lease the Properties, each in accordance with the Agency Agreement and the other Operative Agreements. The Loans and the obligations of the Lessor under the Credit Agreement shall be secured by the Collateral.

 


SECTION 2. HOLDER ADVANCES.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements and in reliance on the representations and warranties of each of the parties hereto contained herein or made pursuant hereto, on each date Advances are requested to be made in accordance with Section 5 hereof, each Holder shall make a Holder Advance in proportion to each such Holder’s share of the aggregate Holder Commitments to the Lessor with respect to the Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1 in immediately available funds in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the amount of the Requested Funds (less the Holder Fees); provided , that no Holder shall be obligated for any Holder Advance in excess of its pro rata share of the Available Holder Commitment; provided , further , with respect to the Holder Fees, each Holder shall make a Holder Advance for Holder Fees in proportion to each such Holder’s share of the aggregate Holder Commitments such that the aggregate of all Holder Advances shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Holder Fees payable on such date. The aggregate amount of Holder Advances shall be up to the aggregate amount of the Holder Commitments. No prepayment or any other payment with respect to any Advance shall be permitted such that the Holder Advance with respect to such Advance is less than three percent (3%) of the outstanding amount of such Advance plus the Holder Fees, except in connection with termination or expiration of the Term or in connection with the exercise of remedies relating to the occurrence of a Lease Event of Default. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Holders herein and in the other Operative Agreements are several, and not joint or joint and several.

 

SECTION 3. SUMMARY OF TRANSACTIONS.

 

  3.1. Operative Agreements .

 

On the date hereof, each of the respective parties hereto and thereto shall execute and deliver this Agreement, the Lease, each applicable Ground Lease, the Agency Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Trust Agreement, the Certificates, the Security Agreement, the Cash Collateral Agreement, the Control Agreement, each applicable Mortgage Instrument and such other documents, instruments, certificates and opinions of counsel as agreed to by the parties hereto.

 

  3.2. Property Purchase .

 

On each Property Closing Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (a) the Holders will each make a Holder Advance in accordance with Sections 2 and 5 of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement, (b) the Lenders will each make Loans in accordance with Sections 1 and 5 of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, (c) the Lessor will purchase and acquire good and marketable title to or ground lease pursuant to a Ground Lease, the applicable Property, each to be within an Approved State, identified by the Construction Agent, in each case pursuant to a Deed, Bill of Sale or Ground Lease, as the case may be, and grant the Agent a lien on such Property by execution of the required Security Documents, (d) the Agent, the Lessee and the Lessor shall execute and

 

2


deliver a Lease Supplement relating to such Property and (e) the Term shall commence with respect to such Property.

 

  3.3. Construction of Improvements; Commencement of Basic Rent .

 

Construction Advances will be made with respect to particular Improvements to be constructed and with respect to ongoing Work regarding the Equipment and construction of particular Improvements, in each case, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Agency Agreement. The Construction Agent will act as a construction agent on behalf of the Lessor respecting the Work regarding the Equipment, the construction of such Improvements and the expenditures of the Construction Advances related to the foregoing. The Construction Agent shall promptly notify the Lessor upon Completion of the Improvements and the Lessee shall commence to pay Basic Rent as of the Rent Commencement Date.

 

  3.4. Ratable Interests of the Holders and the Lenders .

 

Each Holder and Lender agrees at all times (a) to hold the same ratable portion of the aggregate Lender Commitment for Tranche A Loans, the aggregate Lender Commitment for Tranche B Loans and the aggregate Holder Commitment and (b) to make advances consistent with such committed amounts referenced in Section 3.4(a) in accordance with the requirements of the Operative Agreements.

 

SECTION 4. THE CLOSINGS.

 

  4.1. Initial Closing Date .

 

All documents and instruments required to be delivered on the Initial Closing Date shall be delivered at the offices of Moore & Van Allen, PLLC, Charlotte, North Carolina, or at such other location as may be determined by the Lessor, the Agent and the Lessee.

 

  4.2. Initial Closing Date; Property Closing Dates; Acquisition Advances; Construction Advances .

 

The Construction Agent shall deliver to the Agent a requisition (a “ Requisition ”), in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A or in such other form as is satisfactory to the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, in connection with (a) the Transaction Expenses and other fees, expenses and disbursements payable, pursuant to Section 7.1, by the Lessor and (b) each Acquisition Advance pursuant to Section 5.3 and (c) each Construction Advance pursuant to Section 5.4.

 

3


SECTION 5. FUNDING OF ADVANCES; CONDITIONS PRECEDENT; REPORTING

REQUIREMENTS ON COMPLETION DATE; THE LESSEE’S DELIVERY OF

NOTICES; RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS.

 

  5.1. General .

 

(a) To the extent funds have been advanced to the Lessor as Loans by the Lenders and to the Lessor as Holder Advances by the Holders, the Lessor will use such funds from time to time in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements (i) at the direction of the Construction Agent to acquire the Properties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Agency Agreement and the other Operative Agreements, (ii) to make Advances to the Construction Agent to permit the acquisition, testing, engineering, installation, development, construction, modification, design, and renovation, as applicable, of the Properties (or components thereof) in accordance with the terms of the Agency Agreement and the other Operative Agreements, and (iii) to pay Transaction Expenses, fees, expenses and other disbursements payable by the Lessor under Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b).

 

(b) In lieu of the payment of interest on the Loans and Holder Yield on the Holder Advances on any Scheduled Interest Payment Date with respect to any Property during the period prior to the Rent Commencement Date with respect to such Property, (i) each Lender’s Loan shall automatically be increased by the amount of interest accrued and unpaid on such Loan for such period (except to the extent that at any time such increase would cause such Lender’s Loan to exceed such Lender’s Available Commitment, in which case the Lessee shall pay such excess amount to such Lender in immediately available funds on the date such Lender’s Available Commitment was exceeded), and (ii) each Holder’s Holder Advance shall automatically be increased by the amount of Holder Yield accrued and unpaid on such Holder Advance for such period (except to the extent that at any time such increase would cause the Holder Advance of such Holder to exceed such Holder’s Available Holder Commitment, in which case the Lessee shall pay such excess amount to such Holder in immediately available funds on the date the Available Holder Commitment of such Holder was exceeded). Such increases in a Lender’s Loan and a Holder’s Holder Advance shall occur without any disbursement of funds by any Person.

 

  5.2. Procedures for Funding .

 

(a) The Construction Agent shall designate the date for Advances hereunder in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, which in all cases shall be the first day of an Interest Period; provided , however , it is understood and agreed that no more than two (2) Advances (excluding any conversion and/or continuation of any Loans or Holder Advances) may be requested during any calendar month. Except as otherwise expressly agreed by the Agent, all Advances shall be made to accounts located outside of the State of Alabama. Not less than (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the Initial Closing Date and (ii) three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which any Acquisition

 

4


Advance or Construction Advance is to be made, the Construction Agent shall deliver to the Agent, (A) with respect to the Initial Closing Date and each Acquisition Advance, a Requisition as described in Section 4.2 hereof (including without limitation a legal description of the Land, if any, a schedule of the Improvements, if any, and a schedule of the Equipment, if any, acquired or to be acquired on such date, and a schedule of the Work, if any, to be performed, each of the foregoing in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent) and (B) with respect to each Construction Advance, a Requisition identifying (among other things) the Property to which such Construction Advance relates.

 

(b) Each Requisition shall: (i) be irrevocable, (ii) request funds in an amount that is not in excess of the total aggregate of the Available Commitments plus the Available Holder Commitments at such time, and (iii) request that the Holders make Holder Advances and that the Lenders make Loans to the Lessor for the payment of Transaction Expenses, Property Acquisition Costs (in the case of an Acquisition Advance) or other Property Costs (in the case of a Construction Advance) that have previously been incurred or are to be incurred on the date of such Advance to the extent such were not subject to a prior Requisition, in each case as specified in the Requisition.

 

(c) Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 5.3 or 5.4, as applicable, on each Property Closing Date or the date on which the Construction Advance is to be made and with respect to the Requested Funds, including without limitation Holder Fees specified in any Requisition, as applicable, (i) each Lender shall make Loans to the Lessor in an amount equal to such Lender’s proportionate share of ninety-seven percent (97%) of the Requested Funds (less Holder Fees) and (ii) each Holder shall make a Holder Advance to the Lessor in an amount equal to such Holder’s proportionate share of the sum of three percent (3%) of the Requested Funds plus such Holder’s proportionate share of the Holder Fees set forth in such Requisition. The Tranche A Lenders shall make Loans to the Lessor in proportion to such Tranche A Lender’s share of the aggregate Tranche A Commitments of eighty-five percent (85%) of the Requested Funds (less the Holder Fees); the Tranche B Lenders shall make Loans to the Lessor in proportion to such Tranche B Lender’s share of the aggregate Tranche B Commitments of twelve percent (12%) of the Requested Funds (less the Holder Fees), up to an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate of the Available Commitments; and each Holder shall make a Holder Advance in proportion to such Holder’s share of the aggregate Holder Commitments of three percent (3%) of the Requested Funds (less the Holder Fees) plus such Holder’s share of the Holder Fees specified in such Requisition, up to the aggregate advanced amount equal to the aggregate of the Available Holder Commitments. The total amount of such Loans and Holder Advances made on such date shall (x) be used by the Lessor to pay Property Costs including Transaction Expenses within three (3) Business Days of the receipt by the Lessor of such Advance or (y) be advanced by the Lessor on the date of such Advance to the Construction Agent or the Lessee to pay Property Costs, as applicable. Notwithstanding that the Operative Agreements state that Advances shall be directed to the Lessor, each Advance shall in fact be directed to the Construction Agent (for the benefit of the Lessor) and applied by the Construction Agent (for the benefit of the Lessor) pursuant to the requirements imposed on the Lessor under the Operative Agreements.

 

5


(d) With respect to an Advance obtained by the Lessor to pay for Property Costs and/or Transaction Expenses or other costs payable under Section 7.1 hereof and not expended by the Lessor for such purpose on the date of such Advance, such amounts shall be held by the Construction Agent until the applicable payment date or, if such payment date does not occur within three (3) Business Days of the date of the Construction Agent’s receipt of such Advance, shall be paid to the Agent to be applied regarding the applicable Advance to repay the Lenders and the Holders and, subject to the terms hereof, and of the Credit Agreement and the Trust Agreement, shall remain available for future Advances. Any such amounts held by the Agent shall be subject to the lien of the Security Agreement and shall accrue interest and Holder Yield from the date any such amount is advanced to the Agent.

 

(e) All Operative Agreements which are to be delivered to the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders or the Holders shall be delivered to the Agent, on behalf of the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders or the Holders, and such items (except for Notes, Certificates, Bills of Sale, the Ground Leases and chattel paper originals, with respect to which in each case there shall be only one original) shall be delivered with originals sufficient for the Lessor, the Agent, each Lender and each Holder. All other items which are to be delivered to the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders or the Holders shall be delivered to the Agent, on behalf of the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders or the Holders, and such other items shall be held by the Agent. To the extent any such other items are requested in writing from time to time by the Lessor, any Lender or any Holder, the Agent shall provide a copy of such item to the party requesting it.

 

(f) Notwithstanding funding of any Advance under this Agreement pursuant to Sections 5.3 or 5.4, each condition precedent in connection with any such Advance may be subsequently enforced by the Agent as a covenant of the applicable party (unless such has been expressly waived in writing by the Agent acting upon the direction of the Majority Secured Parties).

 

  5.3. Conditions Precedent for the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders Relating to the Initial Closing Date and the Advance of Funds for the Acquisition of a Property .

 

The obligations (i) on the Initial Closing Date of the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation the obligation to execute and deliver the applicable Operative Agreements to which each is a party on the Initial Closing Date, (ii) on the Initial Closing Date of the Holders to make Holder Advances, and of the Lenders to make Loans in order to pay Transaction Expenses, fees, expenses and other disbursements payable by the Lessor under Section 7.1 (a) of this Agreement and (iii) on a Property Closing Date for the purpose of providing funds to the Lessor necessary to pay the Transaction Expenses, fees, expenses and other disbursements payable by the Lessor under Section 7.1(b) of this Agreement and to acquire or ground lease a Property (an “ Acquisition Advance ”), in each case (with regard to the foregoing Sections 5.3(i), (ii) and (iii)) are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the

 

6


Initial Closing Date or the applicable Property Closing Date, as the case may be (to the extent such conditions precedent require the delivery of any agreement, certificate, instrument, memorandum, legal or other opinion, appraisal, commitment, title insurance commitment, lien report or any other document of any kind or type, such shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, in its reasonable discretion; notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of each party shall not be subject to any conditions contained in this Section 5.3 which are required to be performed by such party):

 

(a) the correctness of the representations and warranties of the parties to this Agreement contained herein, in each of the other Operative Agreements and each certificate delivered pursuant to any Operative Agreement (including without limitation the Incorporated Representations and Warranties) on each such date;

 

(b) the performance by the parties to this Agreement of their respective agreements contained herein and in the other Operative Agreements to be performed by them on or prior to each such date;

 

(c) the Agent shall have received a fully executed counterpart copy of the Requisition, appropriately completed;

 

(d) title to each such Property shall conform to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.2(1) hereof;

 

(e) the Construction Agent shall have delivered to the Agent a good standing certificate for the Construction Agent in the state where each such Property is located, the Deed with respect to the Land and existing Improvements (if any), a copy of the Ground Lease (if any), and a copy of the Bill of Sale with respect to the Equipment (if any), respecting such of the foregoing as are being acquired or ground leased on each such date with the proceeds of the Loans and Holder Advances or which have been previously acquired or ground leased with the proceeds of the Loans and Holder Advances and such Land, existing Improvements (if any) and Equipment (if any) shall be located in an Approved State;

 

(f) there shall not have occurred and be continuing any Default or Event of Default under any of the Operative Agreements and no Default or Event of Default under any of the Operative Agreements will have occurred after giving effect to the Advance requested by each such Requisition;

 

(g) the Construction Agent shall have delivered to the Agent title insurance commitments to issue policies respecting each such Property, with such endorsements as the Agent deems necessary, in favor of the Lessor and the Agent from a title insurance company acceptable to the Agent, but only with such title exceptions thereto as are acceptable to the Agent;

 

(h) the Construction Agent shall have delivered to the Agent an environmental site assessment respecting each such Property prepared by an independent recognized

 

7


professional acceptable to the Agent and evidencing no pre-existing environmental condition with respect to which there is more than a remote risk of loss;

 

(i) the Construction Agent shall have delivered to the Agent a survey (with a flood hazard certification) respecting each such Property prepared (i) by an independent recognized professional acceptable to the Agent and (ii) in a manner and including such information as is required by the Agent;

 

(j) unless such an opinion has previously been delivered with respect to a particular state, the Construction Agent shall have caused to be delivered to the Agent a legal opinion in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT B or in such other form as is acceptable to the Agent with respect to local law real property issues respecting the state in which each such Property is located addressed to the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders, from counsel located in the state where each such Property is located, prepared by counsel acceptable to the Agent;

 

(k) the Agent shall be satisfied that the acquisition, ground leasing and/or holding of each such Property and the execution of the Mortgage Instrument and the other Security Documents will not materially and adversely affect the rights of the Lessor, the Agent, the Holders or the Lenders under or with respect to the Operative Agreements;

 

(l) the Construction Agent shall have delivered to the Agent invoices for, or other reasonably satisfactory evidence of, the various Transaction Expenses and other fees, expenses and disbursements referenced in Sections 7.1 (a) or 7.1(b) of this Agreement, as appropriate;

 

(m) the Construction Agent shall have caused to be delivered to the Agent a Mortgage Instrument (in such form as is acceptable to the Agent, with revisions as necessary to conform to applicable state law), Lessor Financing Statements and Lender Financing Statements respecting each such Property, all fully executed and in recordable form;

 

(n) the Lessee shall have delivered to the Agent with respect to each such Property a Lease Supplement and a memorandum (or short form lease) regarding the Lease and such Lease Supplement (such memorandum or short form lease to be in the form attached to the Lease as EXHIBIT B or in such other form as is acceptable to the Agent, with modifications as necessary to conform to applicable state law, and in form suitable for recording);

 

(o) with respect to each Acquisition Advance, the sum of the Available Commitment plus the Available Holder Commitment (after deducting the Unfunded Amount, if any, and after giving effect to the Acquisition Advance) will be sufficient to pay all amounts payable therefrom;

 

8


(p) if any such Property is subject to a Ground Lease, the Construction Agent shall have caused a lease memorandum (or short form lease) to be delivered to the Agent for such Ground Lease and, if requested by the Agent, a landlord waiver and a mortgagee waiver (in each case, in such form as is acceptable to the Agent);

 

(q) counsel (acceptable to the Agent) for the ground lessor of each such Property subject to a Ground Lease shall have issued to the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders, its opinion;

 

(r) the Construction Agent shall have delivered to the Agent a preliminary Construction Budget for each such Property, if applicable;

 

(s) the Construction Agent shall have provided evidence to the Agent of insurance that is required to be maintained with respect to each such Property as provided in the Lease;

 

(t) the Construction Agent shall have caused an Appraisal regarding each such Property to be provided to the Agent from an appraiser satisfactory to the Agent, and no Lender nor any Holder shall have provided the Agent written notice that such Appraisal is unsatisfactory;

 

(u) the Construction Agent shall cause (i) Uniform Commercial Code lien searches, tax lien searches and judgment lien searches regarding the Lessee to be conducted (and copies thereof to be delivered to the Agent) in such jurisdictions as determined by the Agent by a nationally recognized search company acceptable to the Agent and (ii) the liens referenced in such lien searches which are objectionable to the Agent to be either removed or otherwise handled in a manner satisfactory to the Agent;

 

(v) all taxes, fees and other charges in connection with the execution, delivery, recording, filing and registration of the Operative Agreements and/or documents related thereto shall have been paid or provisions for such payment shall have been made to the satisfaction of the Agent, including without limitation the provisions of Section 5.14;

 

(w) in the opinion of the Agent and its respective counsel, the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements do not and will not subject the Lessor, the Lenders, the Agent or the Holders to any adverse regulatory prohibitions, constraints, penalties or fines;

 

(x) each of the Operative Agreements to be entered into on such date shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, and shall be in full force and effect, and the Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of each of the Operative Agreements;

 

(y) since the date of the most recent audited financial statements (as delivered pursuant to the requirements of the Parent Credit Agreement) of the Guarantor, there

 

9


shall not have occurred any event, condition or state of facts which shall have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, other than as specifically contemplated by the Operative Agreements;

 

(z) as of the Initial Closing Date only, the Agent shall have received an Officer’s Certificate, dated as of the Initial Closing Date, of the Lessee and each other Credit Party in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C or in such other form as is acceptable to the Agent stating that (i) each and every representation and warranty of such Credit Party contained in the Operative Agreements to which it is a party is true and correct on and as of the Initial Closing Date; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under any Operative Agreement; (iii) each Operative Agreement to which such Credit Party is a party is in full force and effect with respect to it; and (iv) such Credit Party has duly performed and complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained herein or in any Operative Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Initial Closing Date;

 

(aa) as of the Initial Closing Date only, the Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Credit Party, dated as of the Initial Closing Date, in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT D or in such other form as is acceptable to the Agent attaching and certifying as to (1) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Credit Party duly authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by such Credit Party of each of the Operative Agreements to which it is or will be a party, (2) the articles of incorporation of such Credit Party certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of its state of incorporation and its by-laws and (3) the incumbency and signature of persons authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of such Credit Party the Operative Agreements to which it is or will be a party and (ii) a good standing certificate (or local equivalent) from the respective states where such Credit Party is incorporated and where the principal place of business of such Credit Party is located as to its good standing in each such state. To the extent any Credit Party is a partnership, a limited liability company or is otherwise organized, such Person shall deliver to the Agent (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) as of the Initial Closing Date (A) a certificate regarding such Person and any corporate general partners covering the matters described in EXHIBIT D and (B) a good standing certificate, a certificate of limited partnership or a local equivalent of either the foregoing as applicable;

 

(bb) as of the Initial Closing Date only, there shall not have occurred any material adverse change in the consolidated assets, liabilities, operations, business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Credit Parties (on a consolidated basis) from that set forth in the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor which have been provided to the Agent;

 

(cc) as of the Initial Closing Date only, the Agent shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Lessor dated as of the Initial Closing Date in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT E or in such other form as is acceptable to the Agent, stating that (i) each and every representation and warranty of the Lessor contained in the

 

10


Operative Agreements to which it is a party is true and correct on and as of the Initial Closing Date, (ii) each Operative Agreement to which the Lessor is a party is in full force and effect with respect to it and (iii) the Lessor has duly performed and complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained herein or in any Operative Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Initial Closing Date;

 

(dd) as of the Initial Closing Date only, the Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, Trust Officer or Vice President of the Trust Company in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT F or in such other form as is acceptable to the Agent, attaching and certifying as to (A) the signing resolutions duly authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the Lessor of each of the Operative Agreements to which it is or will be a party, (B) its articles of association or other equivalent charter documents and its by-laws, as the case may be, certified as of a recent date by an appropriate officer of the Trust Company and (C) the incumbency and signature of persons authorized to execute and deliver, on the Lessor’s behalf, the Operative Agreements to which such entity is a party and (ii) a good standing certificate from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;

 

(ee) as of the Initial Closing Date only, counsel for the Lessor acceptable to the Agent shall have issued to the Lessee, the Holders, the Lenders and the Agent its opinion in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT G or in such other form as is reasonably acceptable to the Agent;

 

(ff) as of the Initial Closing Date only, the Construction Agent shall have caused to be delivered to the Agent a legal opinion in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT H or in such other form as is acceptable to the Agent, addressed to the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders, from counsel acceptable to the Agent;

 

(gg) as of the Initial Closing Date only, the Construction Agent shall cause (i) tax lien searches and judgment lien searches regarding each Credit Party to be conducted (and copies thereof to be delivered to the Agent) in such jurisdictions as determined by the Agent by a nationally recognized search company acceptable to the Agent and (ii) the liens referenced in such lien searches which are objectionable to the Agent to be either removed or otherwise handled in a manner satisfactory to the Agent;

 

(hh) the Construction Agent shall have deposited good and immediately available Dollars into the Cash Collateral Account in a sufficient amount so that after giving effect to the requested Advance the Construction Agent is in compliance with Section 5.11 hereof;

 

(ii) except with respect to the Property ground leased on the Initial Closing Date, the Agent shall have received written approval regarding each subsequent Property, prior to the acquisition or ground leasing thereof by the Lessor, from each Lender and each Holder; and

 

11


(jj) the Lessee shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5.11 and the terms and conditions of the Cash Collateral Agreement and the Control Agreement.

 

  5.4. Conditions Precedent for the Lessor, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders Relating to the Advance of Funds after the Acquisition Advance .

 

The obligations of the Holders to make Holder Advances, and the Lenders to make Loans in connection with all requests for Advances subsequent to the acquisition of a Property (and to pay the Transaction Expenses, fees, expenses and other disbursements payable by the Lessor under Section 7.1 of this Agreement in connection therewith) are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent (to the extent such conditions precedent require the delivery of any agreement, certificate, instrument, memorandum, legal or other opinion, appraisal, commitment, title insurance commitment, lien report or any other document of any kind or type, such shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, in its reasonable discretion; notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of each party shall not be subject to any conditions contained in this Section 5.4 which are required to be performed by such party):

 

(a) the correctness on such date of the representations and warranties of the parties to this Agreement contained herein, in each of the other Operative Agreements and in each certificate delivered pursuant to any Operative Agreement (including without limitation the Incorporated Representations and Warranties);

 

(b) the performance by the parties to this Agreement of their respective agreements contained herein and in the other Operative Agreements to be performed by them on or prior to each such date;

 

(c) the Agent shall have received a fully executed counterpart of the Requisition, appropriately completed;

 

(d) based upon the applicable Construction Budget which shall satisfy the requirements of this Agreement, the Available Commitments and the Available Holder Commitment (after deducting the Unfunded Amount) will be sufficient to complete the Improvements;

 

(e) there shall not have occurred and be continuing any Default or Event of Default under any of the Operative Agreements and no Default or Event of Default under any of the Operative Agreements will have occurred after giving effect to the Construction Advance requested by the applicable Requisition;

 

(f) the title insurance policy delivered in connection with the requirements of Section 5.3(g) shall provide for (or shall be endorsed to provide for) insurance in an amount at least equal to the maximum total Property Cost indicated by the Construction Budget referred to in subparagraph (d) above and there shall be no title change or exception objectionable to the Agent;

 

12


(g) the Construction Agent shall have delivered to the Agent copies of the Plans and Specifications for the applicable Improvements;

 

(h) the Construction Agent shall have delivered to the Agent invoices for, or other reasonably satisfactory evidence of, any Transaction Expenses and other fees, expenses and disbursements referenced in Section 7.1(b) that are to be paid with the Advance;

 

(i) the Construction Agent shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered to the Agent, invoices, Bills of Sale or other documents acceptable to the Agent, in each case with regard to any Equipment or other components of such Property then being acquired with the proceeds of the Loans and Holder Advances and naming the Lessor as purchaser and transferee;

 

(j) all taxes, fees and other charges in connection with the execution, delivery, recording, filing and registration of the Operative Agreements shall have been paid or provisions for such payment shall have been made to the satisfaction of the Agent;

 

(k) [Intentionally Omitted];

 

(l) the Lessee shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5.11 and the term and conditions of the Cash Collateral Agreement and the Control Agreement; and

 

(m) the Construction Agent shall have deposited good and immediately available Dollars into the Cash Collateral Account in a sufficient amount so that after giving effect to the requested Advance the Construction Agent is in compliance with Section 5.11 hereof.

 

  5.5. Additional Reporting and Delivery Requirements on Completion Date and on Construction Period Termination Date .

 

On or prior to the Completion Date for each Property, the Construction Agent shall deliver to the Agent an Officer’s Certificate in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT I or in such other form as is acceptable to the Agent specifying (a) the address for such Property, (b) the Completion Date for such Property, (c) the aggregate Property Cost for such Property, (d) detailed, itemized documentation supporting the asserted Property Cost figures and (e) that all representations and warranties of the Construction Agent and Lessee in each of the Operative Agreements and each certificate delivered pursuant thereto (including without limitation the Incorporated Representations and Warranties) are true and correct as of the Completion Date. The Agent shall have the right to contest the information contained in such Officer’s Certificate. Furthermore, on or prior to the Completion Date for each Property, the Construction Agent shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Agent (unless previously delivered to the Agent) originals of the following, each of which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, in its reasonable discretion: (v) a title insurance endorsement regarding the title insurance policy delivered in connection with the requirements of Section 5.3(g), but only to the extent such

 

13


endorsement is necessary to provide for insurance in an amount at least equal to the maximum total Property Cost and, if endorsed, the endorsement shall not include a title change or exception objectionable to the Agent; (w) an as-built survey for such Property, (x) insurance certificates respecting such Property as required hereunder and under the Lease Agreement, (y) if requested by the Agent, amendments to the Lessor Financing Statements executed by the appropriate parties and (z) an Appraisal regarding such Property. In addition, on the Completion Date for such Property the Construction Agent covenants and agrees that the recording fees, documentary stamp taxes or similar amounts required to be paid in connection with the related Mortgage Instrument shall have been paid in an amount required by applicable law, subject, however, to the obligations of the Lenders and the Holders to fund such costs to the extent required pursuant to Section 7.1.

 

  5.6. The Construction Agent Delivery of Construction Budget Modifications .

 

The Construction Agent covenants and agrees to deliver to the Agent each month notification of any modification to any Construction Budget regarding any Property if such modification increases the cost to construct such Property beyond the projected cost of the Construction Budget delivered to the Agent regarding such Property; provided no Construction Budget may be increased unless (a) the title insurance policies referenced in Section 5.3(g) are also modified or endorsed, if necessary, to provide for insurance in an amount that satisfies the requirements of Section 5.4(f) of this Agreement and (b) after giving effect to any such amendment, the Construction Budget remains in compliance with the requirements of Section 5.4(d) of this Agreement.

 

  5.7. Restrictions on Liens .

 

On each Property Closing Date, the Construction Agent shall cause each Property acquired by the Lessor on such date to be free and clear of all Liens except those referenced in Sections 6.2(r)(i) and 6.2(r)(ii). On each date a Property is either sold to a third party in accordance with the terms of the Operative Agreements or, pursuant to Section 22.1(a) of the Lease Agreement, retained by the Lessor, the Lessee shall cause such Property to be free and clear of all Liens (other than Lessor Liens and such other Liens that are expressly set forth as title exceptions on the title commitment issued under Section 5.3(g) with respect to such Property, to the extent such title commitment has been approved by the Agent).

 

  5.8. [Intentionally Omitted] .

 

  5.9. Maintenance of the Lessee as a Wholly-Owned Entity .

 

From the Initial Closing Date and thereafter until such time as all obligations of all Credit Parties under the Operative Agreements have been satisfied and performed in full, the Parent shall retain the Lessee as a Wholly-Owned Entity.

 

14


  5.10.   Payments .

 

All payments of principal, interest, Holder Advances, Holder Yield and other amounts to be made by the Construction Agent or the Lessee under this Agreement or any other Operative Agreements (excluding Excepted Payments which shall be paid directly to the party to whom such payments are owed) shall be made to the Agent at the office designated by the Agent from time to time in Dollars and in immediately available funds, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim. Subject to the definition of “ Interest Period ” in Appendix A attached hereto, whenever any payment under this Agreement or any other Operative Agreements shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time in such case shall be included in the computation of interest, Holder Yield and fees payable pursuant to the Operative Agreements, as applicable and as the case may be.

 

  5.11.   Cash Collateral Account .

 

Prior to the funding of any Advances which in the aggregate, including all prior Advances, exceed $60,000,000, (a) the Agent shall have received (i) signature pages from each party to the Cash Collateral Agreement and the Control Agreement which such agreements shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, (b) counsel for the Cash Collateral Possessor acceptable to the Agent shall have issued to the Lessee, the Holders, the Lenders and the Agent its opinion in form and substance as is acceptable to the Agent, (c) the Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or Vice President of the Cash Collateral Possessor in such form that is acceptable to the Agent, attaching and certifying as to (A) the signing resolutions duly authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the Cash Collateral Possessor of each of the Operative Agreements to which it is or will be a party, (B) its articles of association or other equivalent charter documents and its bylaws certified as of a recent date by an appropriate officer of the Cash Collateral Possessor and (C) the incumbency and signature of persons authorized to execute and deliver, on the Cash Collateral Possessor’s behalf, the Operative Agreements to which such entity is a party and (ii) a good standing certificate from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the jurisdiction of organization and (d) such other documentation related to the Cash Collateral Account as required by the Operative Agreements or otherwise requested by the Agent. The Construction Agent shall make cash deposits in good and immediately available Dollars into the Cash Collateral Account from time to time so that at all times during the Term, the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account equals or exceeds the sum of aggregate Property Cost for all of the Properties, all Advances made but not yet expended with respect to a Property and all amounts described in a Requisition not yet funded, less sixty million dollars ($60,000,000). All amounts in the Cash Collateral Account shall be held as cash or investments described in Exhibit A to the Cash Collateral Agreement and otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Cash Collateral Agreement.

 

  5.12.    [Intentionally Omitted].

 

15


  5.13.   Special Provision Regarding Renewal Term .

 

No Renewal Term shall be effective unless agreed to by each Financing Party, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Lease.

 

  5.14.   Special Provision Regarding Mortgage Tax .

 

On or prior to the Initial Closing Date, (a) the Lessee shall cause the mortgage recording tax to be paid pursuant to the requirements of the applicable Laws and (b) the Lessee shall cause to be delivered to the Agent an amount equal to the product of (i) the mortgage tax rate applicable to the Digital Hospital Property and (ii) the difference between (A) the aggregate Commitments and Holder Commitments less (B) the portion of the Commitments and Holder Commitments upon which the recording mortgage tax was paid pursuant to subsection (a) above. The Agent shall hold such amount delivered pursuant to subsection (b) which may be applied to the mortgage recording tax as the Agent determines, including without limitation payment of the mortgage recording tax with respect to the Digital Hospital Property prior to such amount being due.

 

  5.15.   Availability of Advances for Lessee and Construction Agent Obligations .

 

Solely with respect to each Construction Period Property, amounts to be paid by the Lessee or the Construction Agent pursuant to the Operative Agreements may be funded with Advances to the extent the terms and conditions of the Operative Agreements applicable to Advances have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms therein (including without limitation the conditions precedent contained in Sections 5.3 and 5.4); provided , however , no Advances may be applied to (a) amounts owed under any Operative Agreement or with respect to any Property, including without limitation Construction Period Properties, which relate to environmental matters, Environmental Claims or Environmental Violations, including without limitation payments pursuant to Section 11.6, fines and settlements regarding such environmental matters and any remediation and cleanup cost required to be paid pursuant to Section 15.2 of the Lease or (b) amounts owed to the Owner Trustee pursuant to Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 or 11.7 hereof.

 

  5.16.   Construction of Transaction .

 

Each of the Financing Parties and each of the Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that each intends the transactions contemplated pursuant to the Operative Agreements to be treated as interstate commerce under all Laws applicable thereto.

 

  5.17.   Payment of Ground Lease Rent .

 

Solely with respect to each Construction Period Property which is subject to a Ground Lease, amounts to be paid as scheduled rental payments thereunder may be funded with Advances to the extent the terms and conditions of the Operative Agreements applicable to Advances have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms therein (including without limitation the conditions precedent contained in Sections 5.3 and 5.4).

 

16


  5.18.   Force Majeure .

 

Upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event with respect to a Construction Period Property and unless the Construction Agent shall have previously purchased the Construction Period Property for the Termination Value, the Lessor (at the direction of the Majority Secured Parties, regarding the election of (a) or (c) below, and as a Unanimous Vote Matter, regarding the election of (b) below), may elect any of the following:

 

(a) to direct the Construction Agent to restore such Construction Period Property with insurance proceeds paid with respect to such Force Majeure Event and in the event such proceeds are insufficient to restore such Construction Period Property to the condition of such Construction Period Property immediately prior to the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event, then the remaining portion of such restoration shall be funded with Advances to the extent the terms and conditions of the Operative Agreements applicable to Advances have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms in the Participation Agreement (including without limitation the conditions precedent contained in Sections 5.3 and 5.4), provided , for each month in which such Force Majeure Event has occurred and is continuing and such Force Majeure Event prevents the Construction Agent from continuing any work on such Construction Period Property, the maximum length of the Construction Period Termination Date with respect to such Construction Period Property shall be extended one month, but in no event shall the Construction Period Termination Date be extended beyond the third anniversary of the Initial Closing Date;

 

(b) to terminate the Agency Agreement and the Lease Agreement with respect to such Construction Period Property and thereafter the Construction Agent shall have no further obligations under the Agency Agreement or the Lease Agreement with respect to such Construction Period Property, except with respect to (i) indemnity obligations pursuant to Sections 11.1 through 11.7 of this Agreement and then only with respect to matters which have occurred or commenced on or prior to the date of such termination of the Agency Agreement and the Lease Agreement and (ii) all Full Recourse Events of Default; or

 

(c) subject to the terms and conditions of the Operative Agreements, to replace the Land and relocate the Improvements comprising such Construction Period Property and/or modify the Plans and Specifications and the Construction Budget for such Construction Period Property and/or inform the Construction Agent that the Construction Agent no longer has the right to modify the Plans and Specifications or the Construction Budget for such Construction Period Property, in each case in Lessor’s sole discretion; provided , upon Completion of any such replacement Property, such replacement Property shall have a use, function and capacity substantially similar to the use, function and capacity of such replaced Property.

 

Upon the termination of the Agency Agreement and the Lease Agreement as referenced in Section 5.18(b), the Construction Agent shall vacate such Construction

 

17


Period Property, and neither the Construction Agent nor the Lessee shall retain any right, title or interest in such Construction Period Property. Thereafter, the Financing Parties shall be permitted to retain any and all proceeds related to or subsequently generated from their respective interests in such Construction Period Property (including without limitation 100% of all amounts owed to the Financing Parties in accordance with the Operative Agreements).

 

  5.19.   Accrual of Interest and Holder Yield Regarding Excluded Costs .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Operative Agreement, interest on the Loans and Holder Yield on the Holder Advances (in each case, only to the extent such were used to fund Excluded Costs) shall, prior to the Maturity Date, accrue (a) on each Scheduled Interest Payment Date and (b) monthly after the Expiration Date; provided , all such accrued amounts shall be capitalized and added to the Loans and Holder Advances and shall constitute a component of Property Cost.

 

SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

  6.1. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower .

 

Effective as of the Initial Closing Date and the date of each Advance, the Trust Company in its individual capacity and as the Borrower, as indicated, represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto as follows, provided , that the representations in the following paragraphs (c), (g), (h), (j) and (k) are made solely in its capacity as the Borrower:

 

(a) It is a national banking association and is duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America and has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Trust Agreement and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Trust Agreement by the Holders) has the corporate and trust power and authority to act as the Owner Trustee and to enter into and perform the obligations under each of the other Operative Agreements to which the Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, is or will be a party and each other agreement, instrument and document to be executed and delivered by it on or before such Closing Date in connection with or as contemplated by each such Operative Agreement to which the Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, is or will be a party;

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of each Operative Agreement to which it is or will be a party, either in its individual capacity or (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Trust Agreement by the Holders) as the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part and neither the execution and delivery thereof, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor compliance by it with any of the terms and provisions thereof (i) does or will require any approval or consent of any trustee or holders of any of its indebtedness or obligations, (ii) does or will contravene any federal or Connecticut Legal Requirement relating to its banking or trust powers, (iii) does or

 

18


will contravene or result in any breach of or constitute any default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of its property under, (A) its charter or by-laws, or (B) any indenture, mortgage, chattel mortgage, deed of trust, conditional sales contract, bank loan or credit agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected, which contravention, breach, default or Lien under clause (B) would materially and adversely affect its ability, in its individual capacity or as the Owner Trustee, to perform its obligations under the Operative Agreements to which it is a party or (iv) does or will require any Governmental Action by any federal or Connecticut Governmental Authority regulating its banking or trust powers;

 

(c) The Trust Agreement and, assuming the Trust Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Holders, each other Operative Agreement to which the Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, is or will be a party have been, or on or before such Closing Date will be, duly executed and delivered by the Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, and the Trust Agreement and each such other Operative Agreement to which the Trust Company is a party constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against the Trust Company in accordance with the terms thereof. The Trust Agreement and each other Operative Agreement to which the Owner Trustee is a party constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against the Owner Trustee, in accordance with the terms thereof;

 

(d) There is no action or proceeding pending or, to its knowledge, threatened to which it is or will be a party, either in its individual capacity or as the Owner Trustee, before any Governmental Authority that, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its ability, in its individual capacity or as the Owner Trustee, to perform its obligations under the Operative Agreements to which it is a party or would question the validity or enforceability of any of the Operative Agreements to which it is or will become a party;

 

(e) It, either in its individual capacity or as the Owner Trustee, has not assigned or transferred any of its right, title or interest in or under the Lease, the Agency Agreement or its interest in any Property or any portion thereof, except in accordance with the Operative Agreements;

 

(f) No Default or Event of Default under the Operative Agreements attributable to it has occurred and is continuing;

 

(g) Except as otherwise contemplated in the Operative Agreements, the proceeds of the Loans and Holder Advances shall not be applied by the Owner Trustee, either in its individual capacity or as the Owner Trustee, for any purpose other than the purchase and/or lease of the Properties, the acquisition, installation and testing of the Equipment, the construction of Improvements and the payment of Transaction Expenses and the fees, expenses and other disbursements referenced in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b)

 

19


of this Agreement, in each case which accrue prior to the Rent Commencement Date with respect to a particular Property;

 

(h) Neither the Owner Trustee nor any Person authorized by the Owner Trustee to act on its behalf has offered or sold any interest in the Trust Estate or the Notes, or in any similar security relating to a Property, or in any security the offering of which for the purposes of the Securities Act would be deemed to be part of the same offering as the offering of the aforementioned securities to, or solicited any offer to acquire any of the same from, any Person other than, in the case of the Notes, the Agent, and neither the Owner Trustee nor any Person authorized by the Owner Trustee to act on its behalf will take any action which would subject, as a direct result of such action alone, the issuance or sale of any interest in the Trust Estate or the Notes to the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act or require the qualification of any Operative Agreement under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;

 

(i) The Owner Trustee’s principal place of business, chief executive office, location for purposes of the UCC, and office where the documents, accounts and records relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each other Operative Agreement are kept are located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103, Attention: Corporate Trust Department;

 

(j) The Owner Trustee is not engaged principally in, and does not have as one (1) of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States), and no part of the proceeds of the Loans or the Holder Advances will be used by it to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or for any purpose that violates, or is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulations T, U, or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States;

 

(k) The Owner Trustee is not an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;

 

(l) Each Property is free and clear of all Lessor Liens attributable to the Owner Trustee, either in its individual capacity or as the Owner Trustee;

 

(m) The Owner Trustee, in its trust capacity, is not a party to any documents, instruments or agreements other than the Operative Agreements executed by the Owner Trustee, in its trust capacity;

 

(n) The Owner Trustee is authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity in the State of Connecticut and under the laws of the United States;

 

20


(o) Any national association organized under the laws of the United States having its principal place of business in the State of Alabama which is authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity in the State of Alabama is authorized to act in a like fiduciary capacity in the State of Connecticut without the necessity of complying with any law of the State of Connecticut relating to the qualification of a foreign corporation in the State of Connecticut;

 

(p) The Owner Trustee (a) has not received written notice that it is currently excluded, debarred or otherwise ineligible to participate in the Federal healthcare programs or in the Federal procurement or non-procurement programs; and (b) has not been convicted of a criminal offense related to the provision of healthcare items or services; and

 

(q) The Trust Company has filed with the appropriate Alabama Govermental Authority the documents and other items required pursuant to Alabama Code Sections 10-2B-15.41 and 10-2B-15.42.

 

  6.2. Representations and Warranties of Each Credit Party .

 

Effective as of the Initial Closing Date, the date of each Advance and the Rent Commencement Date, each Credit Party represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that:

 

(a) The Incorporated Representations and Warranties are true and correct (unless such relate solely to an earlier point in time) and the Lessee has delivered to the Agent the financial statements and other reports referred to in Section 7.1 of the Parent Credit Agreement;

 

(b) (i) Each of the Construction Agent and the Lessee is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Alabama and the Guarantor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and each Credit Party has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Operative Agreements to which it is a party and has the corporate power and authority to act as the Construction Agent, the Lessee or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and to enter into and perform the obligations under each of the other Operative Agreements to which it is a party or will be a party and each other agreement, instrument and document to be executed and delivered by it on or before such date in connection with or as contemplated by each such Operative Agreement to which it is a party or will be a party;

 

(ii) The execution and delivery by each Credit Party of this Agreement and the other applicable Operative Agreements as of such date and the performance by each Credit Party of its respective obligations under this Agreement and the other applicable Operative Agreements are within the corporate, partnership or limited liability company (as the case may be) powers of each Credit Party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership or limited liability

 

21


company (as the case may be) action on the part of each Credit Party (including, without limitation, any necessary shareholder action), have been duly executed and delivered, have received all necessary governmental approval, and do not and will not (A) violate any Legal Requirement which is binding on any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) contravene or conflict with, or result in a breach of, any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws or other organizational documents of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or of any agreement, indenture, instrument or other document which is binding on any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or (C) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the terms of the Operative Agreements) on any asset of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(c) This Agreement and the other applicable Operative Agreements, executed prior to and as of such date by any Credit Party, constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party, as applicable, enforceable against such Credit Party, as applicable, in accordance with their terms. Each Credit Party has executed the various Operative Agreements required to be executed by such Credit Party as of such date;

 

(d) Except as described on EXHIBIT K , there are no material actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to our knowledge, threatened against any Credit Party in any court or before any Governmental Authority (nor shall any order, judgment or decree have been issued or proposed to be issued by any Governmental Authority to set aside, restrain, enjoin or prevent the full performance of any Operative Agreement or any transaction contemplated thereby) that (i) concern any Property or any Credit Party’s interest therein, (ii) question the validity or enforceability of any Operative Agreement to which any Credit Party is a party or the overall transaction described in the Operative Agreements to which any Credit Party is a party or (iii) have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(e) No Governmental Action by any Governmental Authority or other authorization, registration, consent, approval, waiver, notice or other action by, to or of any other Person pursuant to any Legal Requirement, contract, indenture, instrument or agreement or for any other reason is required to authorize or is required in connection with (i) the execution, delivery or performance of any Operative Agreement, (ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Operative Agreement, (iii) the acquisition, ownership, construction, completion, occupancy, operation, leasing or subleasing of any Property or (iv) any Advance, in each case, except those which have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

 

(f) Upon the execution and delivery of each Lease Supplement to the Lease, (i) the Lessee will have unconditionally accepted the Property subject to the Lease Supplement and will have a valid and subsisting leasehold interest in such Property, subject only to the Permitted Liens, and (ii) no offset will exist with respect to any Rent or other sums payable under the Lease;

 

22


(g) Except as otherwise contemplated by the Operative Agreements, the Construction Agent shall not use the proceeds of any Holder Advance or Loan for any purpose other than the purchase and/or lease of the Properties, the acquisition, installation and testing of the Equipment, the construction of Improvements and the payment of Transaction Expenses and the fees, expenses and other disbursements referenced in Sections 7.1 (a) and 7.1(b) of this Agreement, in each case which accrue prior to the Rent Commencement Date with respect to a particular Property;

 

(h) All information heretofore or contemporaneously herewith furnished by each Credit Party or its Subsidiaries to the Agent, the Owner Trustee, any Lender or any Holder for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby is, and all information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of each Credit Party or its Subsidiaries to the Agent, the Owner Trustee, any Lender or any Holder pursuant hereto or in connection herewith will be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated or certified, and such information, taken as a whole, does not and will not omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information, taken as a whole, not misleading;

 

(i) The location of the Construction Agent and the Lessee for purposes of the UCC is One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243. The principal place of business, chief executive office and office of the Construction Agent, the Lessee and the Guarantor where the documents, accounts and records relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each other Operative Agreement are kept are located at One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243;

 

(j) The representations and warranties of each Credit Party set forth in any of the Operative Agreements are true and correct in all material respects on and as of each such date as if made on and as of such date. Each Credit Party is in all material respects in compliance with its obligations under the Operative Agreements and there exists no Default or Event of Default under any of the Operative Agreements which is continuing and which has not been cured within any cure period expressly granted under the terms of the applicable Operative Agreement or otherwise waived in accordance with the applicable Operative Agreement. No Default or Event of Default will occur under any of the Operative Agreements as a result of, or after giving effect to, the Advance requested by the Requisition on the date of each Advance;

 

(k) As of each Property Closing Date, the date of each subsequent Advance and the Rent Commencement Date only, each Property then being financed consists of (i) unimproved Land or (ii) Land and existing Improvements thereon which Improvements are either suitable for occupancy at the time of acquisition or ground leasing or will be renovated and/or modified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Property then being financed is located at the location set forth on the applicable Requisition, each of which is in one (1) of the Approved States;

 

(l) As of each Property Closing Date, the date of each subsequent Advance and the Rent Commencement Date only, the Lessor has good and marketable fee simple

 

23


title to each Property, or, if any Property is the subject of a Ground Lease, the Lessor will have a valid ground leasehold interest enforceable against the ground lessor of such Property in accordance with the terms of such Ground Lease, subject only to (i) such Liens referenced in Sections 6.2(r)(i) and 6.2(r)(ii) on the applicable Property. Closing Date and (ii) subject to Section 5.7, Permitted Liens after the applicable Property Closing Date;

 

(m) As of each Property Closing Date, the date of each subsequent Advance and the Rent Commencement Date only, no portion of any Property is located in an area identified as a special flood hazard area by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or other applicable agency, or if any such Property is located in an area identified as a special flood hazard area by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or other applicable agency, then flood insurance has been obtained for such Property in accordance with Section 14.2(b) of the Lease and in accordance with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended;

 

(n) As of each Property Closing Date, the date of each subsequent Advance and the Rent Commencement Date only, each Property complies with all Insurance Requirements and all standards of Lessee with respect to similar properties owned by Lessee;

 

(o) As of each Property Closing Date, the date of each subsequent Advance and the Rent Commencement Date only, each Property complies with all Legal Requirements as of such date (including without limitation all zoning and land use laws and Environmental Laws), except to the extent that failure to comply therewith, individually or in the aggregate, shall not have and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(p) As of each Property Closing Date, the date of each subsequent Advance and the Rent Commencement Date only, all utility services and facilities necessary for the construction and operation of the Improvements and the installation and operation of the Equipment regarding each Property (including without limitation gas, electrical, water and sewage services and facilities) are available at the applicable Land and will be constructed prior to the Completion Date for such Property;

 

(q) As of each Property Closing Date, the date of each subsequent Advance and the Rent Commencement Date only, acquisition, installation and testing of the Equipment (if any) and construction of the Improvements (if any) to such date shall have been performed in a good and workmanlike manner, substantially in accordance with the applicable Plans and Specifications;

 

(r) (i) The Security Documents create, as security for the Obligations (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement), valid and enforceable security interests in, and Liens on, all of the Collateral, in favor of the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as their respective interests appear in the Operative Agreements, and such security interests and Liens are subject to no

 

24


other Liens other than Liens that are expressly set forth as title exceptions on the title commitment issued under Section 5.3(g) with respect to the applicable Property, to the extent such title commitment has been approved by the Agent. Upon recordation of the Mortgage Instrument in the real estate recording office in the applicable Approved State identified by the Construction Agent or the Lessee, the Lien created by the Mortgage Instrument in the real property described therein shall be a perfected first priority mortgage Lien on such real property (or, in the case of a Ground Lease, the leasehold estate under such Ground Lease) in favor of the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as their respective interests appear in the Operative Agreements. To the extent that the security interests in the portion of the Collateral comprised of personal property can be perfected by filing in the filing offices of the Lessor’s location for purposes of the UCC (respecting the Lessor) and the filing offices of the Construction Agent’s and the Lessee’s location for purposes of the UCC (respecting the Construction Agent and the Lessee) or location of the collateral or elsewhere identified by the Construction Agent or the Lessee, upon filing of the Lender Financing Statements in such filing offices, the security interests created by the Security Agreement shall be perfected first priority security interests in such personal property in favor of the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as their respective interests appear in the Operative Agreements;

 

(ii) The Lease Agreement creates, as security for the obligations of the Lessee under the Lease Agreement, valid and enforceable security interests in, and Liens on, each Property leased thereunder, in favor of the Lessor, and such security interests and Liens are subject to no other Liens other than Liens that are expressly set forth as title exceptions on the title commitment issued under Section 5.3(g) with respect to the applicable Property, to the extent such title commitment has been approved by the Agent. Upon recordation of the memorandum of the Lease Agreement and the memorandum of a Ground Lease (or, in either case, a short form lease) in the real estate recording office in the applicable Approved State identified by the Construction Agent or the Lessee, the Lien created by the Lease Agreement in the real property described therein shall be a perfected first priority mortgage Lien on such real property (or, in the case of a Ground Lease, on the leasehold estate under such Ground Lease) in favor of the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as their respective interests appear in the Operative Agreements. To the extent that the security interests in the portion of any Property comprised of personal property can be perfected by the filing in the filing offices of the Lessor’s location for purposes of the UCC (respecting the Lessor) and the filing offices of the Construction Agent’s and the Lessee’s location for purposes of the UCC (respecting the Construction Agent and the Lessee) or location of the collateral or elsewhere identified by the Construction Agent or the Lessee upon filing of the Lessor Financing Statements in such filing offices, a security interest created by the Lease Agreement shall be perfected first priority security interests in such personal property in favor of the Lessor, which rights pursuant to the Lessor Financing Statements are assigned to

 

25


the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as their respective interests appear in the Operative Agreements;

 

(s) The Plans and Specifications for each Property will be prepared prior to the commencement of construction in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements (including without limitation all applicable Environmental Laws and building, planning, zoning and fire codes), except to the extent the failure to comply therewith, individually or in the aggregate, shall not have and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Upon completion of the Improvements for each Property in accordance with the applicable Plans and Specifications, such Improvements will be within any building restriction lines and will not encroach in any manner onto any adjoining land (except as permitted by express written easements, which have been approved by the Agent). In addition, the Lessee has caused to be delivered to the Agent for the applicable Property the most current Plans and Specifications, the most current construction schedule and the most current Construction Budget, all in accordance with applicable provisions of the Operative Agreements;

 

(t) As of the Rent Commencement Date only, each Property shall be improved in accordance with the applicable Plans and Specifications in a good and workmanlike manner and shall be operational;

 

(u) [Intentionally Omitted];

 

(v) As of each Property Closing Date only, each Property has been acquired or ground leased pursuant to a Ground Lease at a price that is not in excess of fair market value or fair market rental value, as the case may be; and

 

(w) The consolidated balance sheet and income statement of the Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2001, together with related consolidated statements of operations and retained earnings and of cash flows as of September 30, 2001 and the consolidated balance sheet and income statement of the Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2000, together with related consolidated statements of operations and retained earnings and of cash flows as of December 31, 2000, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at such dates and the consolidated results of the operations of the Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the periods ended on such dates, all in accordance with GAAP, subject with respect to the September 30, 2001 financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

26


SECTION 6B. GUARANTY

 

  6B.1.   Guaranty of Payment and Performance .

 

Subject to Section 6B.7, the Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees (i) the prompt payment and performance of the Company Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) or when such is otherwise to be performed; and (ii) on and after the earlier of the Construction Period Termination Date and the occurrence of a Lease Event of Default, the prompt payment and performance of the Lessor Obligations, including without limitation payment of the Tranche A Notes, interest on the Tranche A Notes and other amounts which are owed pursuant to any Operative Agreement to any Tranche A Lender or the Agent, in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) or when such is otherwise to be performed. This Section 6B is a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection and is a continuing guaranty and shall apply to all Company Obligations whenever arising and, to the extent set forth above, all Lessor Obligations whenever arising. All rights granted under this Section 6B shall be subject to the provisions of Section 8.2(h) and 8.6.

 

  6B.2.   Obligations Unconditional .

 

The Guarantor agrees that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Operative Agreements, or any other agreement or instrument referred to therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Company Obligations or Lessor Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety, guarantor or co-obligor, it being the intent of this Section 6B.2 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances. The Guarantor agrees that this Section 6B may be enforced without the necessity at any time of resorting to or exhausting any other security or collateral and without the necessity at any time of having recourse to the Notes, the Certificates or any other of the Operative Agreements or any collateral, if any, hereafter securing the Company Obligations or otherwise and the Guarantor hereby waives the right to require any benefitted party to proceed against the Construction Agent, the Lessee or any other Person (including without limitation a co-guarantor) or to require any benefitted party to pursue any other remedy or enforce any other right. The Guarantor further agrees that it hereby waives any and all right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution against the Lessee and the Construction Agent, the Lessor or the Guarantor of the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations for amounts paid under this Section 6B until such time as the Loans, Holder Advances, accrued but unpaid interest, accrued but unpaid Holder Yield and all other amounts owing under the Operative Agreements have been paid in full. Without limiting the generality of the waiver provisions of this Section 6B, the Guarantor hereby waives any rights to require any benefitted party to proceed against the Construction Agent, the Lessee or any co-guarantor or to require Lessor to pursue any other remedy or enforce any other right, including without limitation, any and all rights under N.C. Gen. Stat. § 26-7 through 26-9. The Guarantor further agrees that nothing contained herein shall prevent any benefitted party from suing on any Operative Agreement or

 

27


foreclosing any security interest in or Lien on any collateral, if any, securing the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations or from exercising any other rights available to it under any Operative Agreement, or any other instrument of security, if any, and the exercise of any of the aforesaid rights and the completion of any foreclosure proceedings shall not constitute a discharge of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder; it being the purpose and intent of the Guarantor that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute, independent and unconditional under any and all circumstances; provided that any amounts due under this Section 6B which are paid to or for the benefit of any benefitted party shall reduce the Company Obligations and/or the Lessor Obligations, as applicable, by a corresponding amount (unless required to be rescinded at a later date). Neither the Guarantor’s obligations under this Section 6B nor any remedy for the enforcement thereof shall be impaired, modified, changed or released in any manner whatsoever by an impairment, modification, change, release or limitation of the liability of the Construction Agent or the Lessee or by reason of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Construction Agent or the Lessee. The Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Company Obligations or any of the Lessor Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any benefitted party upon this Section 6B or acceptance of this Section 6B. The Company Obligations and the Lessor Obligations shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon this Section 6B. All dealings between the Construction Agent, the Lessee and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the benefitted parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Section 6B.

 

  6B.3.   Modifications .

 

The Guarantor agrees that (a) all or any part of the security now or hereafter held for the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations, if any, may be exchanged, compromised or surrendered from time to time; (b) no benefitted party shall have any obligation to protect, perfect, secure or insure any such security interests, liens or encumbrances now or hereafter held, if any, for the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations or the properties subject thereto; (c) the time or place of payment of the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations may be changed or extended, in whole or in part, to a time certain or otherwise, and may be renewed or accelerated, in whole or in part; (d) the Construction Agent, the Lessee and any other party liable for payment under the Operative Agreements may be granted indulgences generally; (e) any of the provisions of the Notes, the Certificates or any of the other Operative Agreements may be modified, amended or waived; (f) any party (including any co-guarantor) liable for the payment thereof may be granted indulgences or be released; and (g) any deposit balance for the credit of the Construction Agent, the Lessee or any other party liable for the payment of the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations or liable upon any security therefor may be released, in whole or in part, at, before or after the stated, extended or accelerated maturity of the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations, all without notice to or further assent by the Guarantor, which shall remain bound thereon, notwithstanding any such exchange, compromise, surrender, extension, renewal, acceleration, modification, indulgence or release.

 

28


  6B.4.   Waiver of Rights .

 

The Guarantor expressly waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (a) notice of acceptance of this Section 6B by any benefitted party and of all extensions of credit or other Advances to the Construction Agent and the Lessee by the Lenders pursuant to the terms of the Operative Agreements; (b) presentment and demand for payment or performance of any of the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations; (c) protest and notice of dishonor or of default with respect to the Company Obligations, the Lessor Obligations or with respect to any security therefor; (d) notice of any benefitted party obtaining, amending, substituting for, releasing, waiving or modifying any security interest, lien or encumbrance, if any, hereafter securing the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations, or any benefitted party’s subordinating, compromising, discharging or releasing such security interests, liens or encumbrances, if any; and (e) all other notices to which the Guarantor might otherwise be entitled. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Guarantor’s payments hereunder shall be due five (5) Business Days after written demand by the Agent for such payment (unless the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations are automatically accelerated pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Operative Agreements in which case the Guarantor’s payments shall be automatically due).

 

  6B.5.   Reinstatement .

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Section 6B shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify each benefitted party on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees of counsel) incurred by any benefitted party in connection with such rescission or restoration, including without limitation any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

  6B.6.   Remedies .

 

The Guarantor agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and each benefitted party, on the other hand, the Company Obligations or the Lessor Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in the applicable provisions of the Operative Agreements (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided therein) notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing such Company Obligations or such Lessor Obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any other Person and that, in the event of such declaration (or such Company Obligations or such Lessor Obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such Company Obligations or such Lessor Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Operative Agreements.

 

29


  6B.7.     Limitation of Guaranty .

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Operative Agreements, to the extent the obligations of the Guarantor shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including without limitation because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state and including without limitation the Bankruptcy Code).

 

Subject to Section 6B.5, upon the satisfaction of the Company Obligations and the Lessor Obligations in full, regardless of the source of payment, the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall be deemed satisfied, discharged and terminated other than indemnifications set forth herein that expressly survive.

 

  6B.8.     Payment of Amounts to the Agent .

 

Each benefitted party hereby instructs the Guarantor, and the Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees, that until such time as the Loans and the Holder Advances are paid in full and the Liens evidenced by the Security Agreement and the Mortgage Instruments have been released any and all Rent (excluding Excepted Payments which shall be payable to each Holder or other Person as appropriate) and any and all other amounts of any kind or type under any of the Operative Agreements due and owing or payable to any Person shall instead be paid directly to the Agent (excluding Excepted Payments which shall be payable to each Holder or other Person as appropriate) or as the Agent may direct from time to time for allocation and distribution in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 8.7 hereof.

 

SECTION 7. PAYMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES.

 

  7.1. Transaction Expenses .

 

(a) The Lessor agrees on the Initial Closing Date, to pay, or cause to be paid, all Transaction Expenses arising from the Initial Closing Date, including without limitation all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the various legal counsels for the Lessor and the Agent in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements and incurred in connection with such Initial Closing Date, the initial fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee due and payable on such Initial Closing Date, all fees, taxes and expenses for the recording, registration and filing of documents and all other reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements incurred in connection with such Initial Closing Date; provided , however , the Lessor shall pay such amounts described in this Section 7.1(a) only if (i) such amounts are properly described in a Requisition delivered on or before the Initial Closing Date, and (ii) funds are made available by the Lenders and the Holders in connection with such Requisition in an amount sufficient to allow such payment. On the Initial Closing Date after delivery and receipt of the Requisition referenced in Section 4.2(a) hereof and satisfaction of the other

 

30


conditions precedent for such date, the Holders shall make Holder Advances and the Lenders shall make Loans to the Lessor to pay for the Transaction Expenses, fees, expenses and other disbursements referenced in this Section 7.1 (a). The Lessee agrees to timely pay all amounts referred to in this Section 7.1 (a) to the extent not paid by the Lessor.

 

(b) Assuming no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and only for the period prior to the Rent Commencement Date, the Lessor agrees on each Property Closing Date, on the date of any Construction Advance and on the Completion Date to pay, or cause to be paid, all Transaction Expenses including without limitation all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the various legal counsels for the Lessor and the Agent in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements and billed in connection with such Advance or such Completion Date, all amounts described in Section 7.1 (a) of this Agreement which have not been previously paid, the annual fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Owner Trustee, all fees, expenses and disbursements incurred with respect to the various items referenced in Sections 5.3, 5.4 and/or 5.5 (including without limitation any premiums for title insurance policies and charges for any updates to such policies) and all other reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements in connection with such Advance or such Completion Date including without limitation all expenses relating to and all fees, taxes and expenses for the recording, registration and filing of documents and during the Commitment Period, all fees, expenses and costs referenced in Sections 7.3(a), 7.3(b), 7.3(d) and 7.4; provided , however , the Lessor shall pay such amounts described in this Section 7.1(b) only if (i) such amounts are properly described in a Requisition delivered on the applicable date and (ii) funds are made available by the Lenders and the Holders in connection with such Requisition in an amount sufficient to allow such payment. On each Property Closing Date, on the date of any Construction Advance or any Completion Date, after delivery of the applicable Requisition and satisfaction of the other conditions precedent for such date, the Holders shall make a Holder Advance and the Lenders shall make Loans to the Lessor to pay for the Transaction Expenses, fees, expenses and other disbursements referenced in this Section 7.1(b). The Lessee agrees to timely pay all amounts referred to in this Section 7.1(b) to the extent not paid by the Lessor.

 

(c) All fees payable pursuant to the Operative Agreements shall be calculated on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days for the actual days elapsed.

 

  7.2. Brokers’ Fees .

 

The Lessee agrees to pay or cause to be paid any and all brokers’ fees, if any, including without limitation any interest and penalties thereon, which are payable in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements.

 

  7.3. Certain Fees and Expenses .

 

The Lessee agrees to pay or cause to be paid (a) the initial and annual Owner Trustee’s fee and all reasonable expenses of the Owner Trustee and any co-trustees (including without

 

31


limitation reasonable counsel fees and expenses) or any successor owner trustee and/or co-trustee, for acting as the owner trustee under the Trust Agreement, (b) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Credit Parties, the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders or the Lessor regarding filings of Security Documents, in entering into any Lease Supplement and any future amendments, modifications, supplements, restatements and/or replacements with respect to any of the Operative Agreements, whether or not such Lease Supplement, amendments, modifications, supplements, restatements and/or replacements are ultimately entered into, or giving or withholding of waivers of consents hereto or thereto, which have been requested by any Credit Party, the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders or the Lessor, (c) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Credit Parties, the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders or the Lessor in connection with any exercise of remedies under any Operative Agreement or any purchase of any Property by the Construction Agent, the Lessee or any third party and (d) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Credit Parties, the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders or the Lessor in connection with any transfer or conveyance of any Property, whether or not such transfer or conveyance is ultimately accomplished.

 

  7.4. Unused Fee .

 

During the Commitment Period, the Lessee agrees to pay or to cause to be paid to the Agent for the account of (a) the Lenders, respectively, an unused fee (the “ Lender Unused Fee ”) equal to the product of the average daily Available Commitment of each Lender during the Commitment Period multiplied by the applicable rate set forth for Unused Fee in the definition of Applicable Percentage in accordance with the provisions set forth in such definition and (b) the Holders, respectively, an unused fee (the “ Holder Unused Fee ”) equal to the product of the average daily Available Holder Commitment of each Holder during the Commitment Period multiplied by the applicable rate set forth for Unused Fee in the definition of Applicable Percentage in accordance with the provisions set forth in such definition. Such Unused Fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Unused Fee Payment Date. If all or a portion of any such Unused Fee shall not be paid when due, such overdue amount shall bear interest, payable by the Lessee on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Percentage then applicable to Tranche B Loans which are ABR Loans (or in the case of Holder Yield, the ABR plus the Applicable Percentage then applicable to Holder Advances plus two percent (2%) from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well as before judgment).

 

  7.5. Administrative Fee .

 

The Lessee shall pay or cause to paid an administrative fee to the Agent (for its individual account) on the terms and conditions set forth in the Engagement Letter.

 

  7.6. Upfront Fee .

 

The Lessee, at its option, either (a) shall cause the Lessor to pay or (b) to the extent such amounts are not otherwise paid by the Lessor, the Lessee shall timely pay, in either case on the Initial Closing Date an upfront fee in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Upfront Fee Letter.

 

32


  7.7. Structuring Fee .

 

The Lessee shall pay or cause to be paid on or before the Initial Closing Date to the Agent for its own account, a structuring fee on the terms and conditions set forth in the Engagement Letter.

 

SECTION 8. OTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS.

 

  8.1. Cooperation with the Construction Agent or the Lessee .

 

The Holders, the Lenders, the Lessor (at the direction of the Majority Secured Parties) and the Agent shall, at the expense of and to the extent reasonably requested by the Construction Agent or the Lessee (but without assuming additional liabilities on account thereof and only to the extent such is acceptable to the Holders, the Lenders, the Lessor (at the direction of the Majority Secured Parties) and the Agent in their reasonable discretion), cooperate with the Construction Agent or the Lessee in connection with the Construction Agent or the Lessee satisfying certain of its covenant obligations contained in the Operative Agreements (but only to the extent that the party from whom such cooperation is requested deems, in its reasonable discretion, such cooperation to be appropriate) including without limitation at any time and from time to time, promptly and duly executing and delivering any and all such further instruments, documents and financing statements (and continuation statements related thereto).

 

  8.2. Covenants of the Owner Trustee and the Holders .

 

Each of the Owner Trustee and the Holders hereby agrees that so long as this Agreement is in effect:

 

(a) Neither the Owner Trustee (in its trust capacity or in its individual capacity) nor any Holder will create or permit to exist at any time, and each of them will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take such action as may be necessary duly to discharge, or to cause to be discharged, all Lessor Liens on the Properties attributable to it;

 

(b) Without prejudice to any right under the Trust Agreement of the Owner Trustee to resign (subject to requirement set forth in the Trust Agreement that such resignation shall not be effective until a successor shall have agreed to accept such appointment), or the Holders’ rights under the Trust Agreement to remove the institution acting as the Owner Trustee (after consent to such removal by the Agent as provided in the Trust Agreement), each of the Owner Trustee and the Holders hereby agrees with the Lessee and the Agent (i) not to terminate or revoke the trust created by the Trust Agreement except as permitted by Article VIII of the Trust Agreement, (ii) not to amend, supplement, terminate or revoke or otherwise modify any provision of the Trust Agreement in such a manner as to adversely affect the rights of any such party without the prior written consent of such party and (iii) to comply with all of the terms of the Trust Agreement, the nonperformance of which would adversely affect such party;

 

33


(c) The Owner Trustee or any successor may resign or be removed by the Holders as the Owner Trustee, a successor Owner Trustee may be appointed and a corporation may become the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement,, only in accordance with the provisions of Article IX of the Trust Agreement and, with respect to such appointment, with the consent of the Lessee (so long as there shall be no Lease Event of Default that shall have occurred and be continuing), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

(d) The Owner Trustee, in its capacity as the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, and not in its individual capacity, shall not contract for, create, incur or assume any Indebtedness, or enter into any business or other activity or enter into any contracts or agreements, other than pursuant to or under the Operative Agreements;

 

(e) The Holders will not instruct the Owner Trustee to take any action in violation of the terms of any Operative Agreement;

 

(f) Neither any Holder nor the Owner Trustee shall (i) commence any case, proceeding or other action with respect to the Owner Trustee under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (ii) seek appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official with respect to the Owner Trustee or for all or any substantial benefit of the creditors of the Owner Trustee; and neither any Holder nor the Owner Trustee shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in this paragraph;

 

(g) The Owner Trustee shall give prompt notice to the Lessee, the Holders and the Agent if the Owner Trustee’s principal place of business, chief executive office, location for purposes of UCC, or the office where the records concerning the accounts or contract rights relating to any Property are kept, shall cease to be located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103 or if it shall change its name;

 

(h) The Owner Trustee shall take or refrain from taking such actions and grant or refrain from granting such approvals with respect to the Operative Agreements and/or relating to any Property in each case as directed in writing by the Agent (until such time as the Loans are paid in full, and then by the Majority Holders) or, in connection with Sections 8.5 and 9.2 hereof, the Lessee; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph (h) the Owner Trustee, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders each acknowledge, covenant and agree that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Agent shall act or refrain from acting, regarding each Unanimous Vote Matter, until such party has received the approval of each Lender and each Holder affected by such matter; and

 

(i) The Owner Trustee authorizes the Agent to file fixture filings and/or financing statements with respect to any collateral under or pursuant to any Operative

 

34


Agreement without the signature of the Owner Trustee in such form and in such filing offices as the Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Agent under the applicable Operative Agreement.

 

  8.3. Credit Party Covenants, Consent and Acknowledgment .

 

(a) Each Credit Party acknowledges and agrees that the Owner Trustee, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement and the Mortgage Instruments, shall create Liens respecting the various personal property, fixtures and real property described therein in favor of the Agent. Each Credit Party hereby irrevocably consents to the creation, perfection and maintenance of such Liens. Each Credit Party shall, to the extent reasonably requested by any of the other parties hereto, cooperate with the other parties in connection with their covenants herein or in the other Operative Agreements and shall from time to time duly execute and deliver any and all such future instruments, documents and financing statements (and continuation statements related thereto) as any other party hereto may reasonably request.

 

(b) The Lessor hereby instructs each Credit Party, and each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees, that until such time as the Loans and the Holder Advances are paid in full and the Liens evidenced by the Security Agreement and the Mortgage Instruments have been released (i) any and all Rent and any and all other amounts of any kind or type under any of the Operative Agreements due and owing or payable to any Person (except for Excepted Payments) shall instead be paid directly to the Agent (on behalf of the Person entitled thereto) or as the Agent may direct from time to time for allocation and distribution in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 8.7 hereof, (ii) all rights of the Lessor under the Lease shall be exercised by the Agent and (iii) each Credit Party shall cause all notices, certificates, financial statements, communications and other information which are delivered, or are required to be delivered, to the Lessor, to also be delivered at the same time to the Agent.

 

(c) No Credit Party shall consent to or permit any amendment, supplement or other modification of the terms or provisions of any Operative Agreement except in accordance with Section 12.4 of this Agreement.

 

(d) Each Credit Party hereby covenants and agrees that, except for amounts payable as Basic Rent, any and all payment obligations owing from time to time under the Operative Agreements by any Person to the Agent, any Lender, any Holder or any other Person shall (without further action) be deemed to be Supplemental Rent obligations payable by the Lessee and guaranteed by the other Credit Parties. Without limitation, such obligations of the Credit Parties shall include without limitation arrangement fees, administrative fees, participation fees, commitment fees, unused fees, breakage costs, prepayment penalties, indemnities, trustee fees and transaction expenses incurred by the parties hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements.

 

35


(e) The Lessee hereby covenants and agrees to cause an Appraisal or reappraisal (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and from an appraiser selected by the Agent) to be issued respecting any Property as requested by the Agent from time to time (i) at each and every time as such shall be required to satisfy any regulatory requirements imposed on the Agent, the Lessor, the Trust Company, any Lender and/or any Holder and (ii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

(f) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(g) At any time the Lessor or the Agent is entitled under the Operative Agreements to possession of a Property or any component thereof, each of the Construction Agent and the Lessee hereby covenants and agrees, at its own cost and expense, to assemble and make the same available to the Agent (on behalf of the Lessor).

 

(h) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(i) The Lessee hereby covenants and agrees that as of Completion (i) the Property Cost for each individual parcel of the Property shall be (A) no less than $5,000,000 and (B) no more than $200,000,000 and (ii) each parcel of the Property shall be a Permitted Facility.

 

(j) The Lessee hereby covenants and agrees that it shall give prompt notice to the Agent if the Lessee’s location for purposes of the UCC shall cease to be One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, and the Lessee shall specify its new location for purposes of the UCC in such notice. The Lessee hereby covenants and agrees that it shall give prompt notice to the Agent if the Lessee’s principal place of business or chief executive office, or the office where the records concerning the accounts or contract rights relating to any Property are kept, shall cease to be located at One HealthSouth Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35243 or if it shall change its name, and the Lessee shall specify its new principal place of business, chief executive office, such other office where the records concerning the accounts or control rights relating to any Property are kept and/or its new name in such notice.

 

(k) If there is more than one Property, unless the Agent otherwise agrees in writing, the Lessee hereby covenants and agrees that the aggregate Property Cost of Properties purchased for any reason by the Lessee prior to the Expiration Date shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the aggregate Property Cost for all Properties funded during the Commitment Period.

 

(l) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(m) The Lessee hereby covenants and agrees that the rights of the Lessee under this Agreement and the Lease shall not impair or in any way diminish the obligations of the Construction Agent and/or the rights of the Lessor under the Agency Agreement.

 

36


(n) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(o) Each Credit Party shall promptly notify the Agent, or cause the Agent to be promptly notified, upon such Credit Party gaining knowledge of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default which is continuing at such time. In any event, such notice shall be provided to the Agent within ten (10) days of when such Credit Party gains such knowledge.

 

(p) Until all of the obligations under the Operative Agreements have been finally and indefeasibly paid and satisfied in full and the Commitments and the Holder Commitments terminated unless consent has been obtained from the Majority Secured Parties, each Credit Party will:

 

(i) preserve and maintain its separate legal existence and all rights, franchises, licenses and privileges necessary to the conduct of its business, and qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation (or partnership, limited liability company or other such similar entity, as the case may be) and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ii) pay and perform all obligations of the Credit Parties under the Operative Agreements and pay and perform (A) all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges that may be levied or assessed upon it or any of its property, and (B) all other indebtedness, obligations and liabilities in accordance with customary trade practices, which if not paid would have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that any Credit Party may contest any item described in this Section 8.3(p)(ii) in good faith so long as adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP;

 

(iii) to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect, observe and remain in compliance with all applicable Laws and maintain in full force and effect all Governmental Actions, in each case applicable to the conduct of its business; keep in full force and effect all licenses, certifications or accreditations necessary for any Property to carry on its business; and not permit the termination of any insurance reimbursement program available to any Property; and

 

(iv) provided that the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders use reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to the business of the Credit Parties and provide reasonable notice thereof unless a Lease Default or Lease Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, permit representatives of the Agent or any Lender or Holder, from time to time, to visit and inspect its properties; inspect, audit and make extracts from its books, records and files, including without limitation management letters prepared by independent accountants; and discuss with its principal officers, and its independent accountants, its business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.

 

37


(q) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(r) Lessee shall perform any and all obligations of Lessor under, and cause Lessor to otherwise remain in full compliance with, the terms and provisions of each Ground Lease, if any.

 

(s) Promptly after obtaining any required architectural approvals by any business park or any other applicable entity with oversight responsibility for the applicable Improvements, the Construction Agent shall deliver to the Agent copies of the same.

 

(t) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(u) The Lessee authorizes the Agent to file fixture filings and/or financing statements with respect to any collateral under or pursuant to any Operative Agreement without the signature of the Lessee in such form and in such filing offices as the Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Agent under the applicable Operative Agreements.

 

(v) As soon as available, and in any event within ten (10) days of receipt of each statement or any correspondence regarding the Cash Collateral Account or at any other time requested by the Agent, Lessee shall deliver to the Agent a copy of such statement or correspondence.

 

(w) On the third anniversary of the Initial Closing Date, the Lessee shall purchase all of the Tranche A Notes from each of the Tranche A Lenders as of such date for an amount equal to the sum of (i) the then outstanding Tranche A Loans, (ii) all accrued but unpaid interest on the Tranche A Loans and to the extent the same is not duplicative of the amounts payable under (i) and (ii) above, all other Rent and other amounts then due and payable or accrued in favor of the Tranche A Lenders under the Agency Agreement, Lease and/or under any other Operative Agreement (including without limitation amounts under Sections 11.1 and 11.2 of the Participation Agreement and all costs and expenses of Lessor regarding such transfer of the Tranche A Notes).

 

(x) In the event Lessee or Lessor would otherwise be required to transfer or assign any license, certification or other similar document, including without limitation pursuant to Article 22 of the Lease, but is prohibited by any Legal Requirement, then Lessee shall, at Lessee’s expense, take all reasonable actions requested by the Agent, Lessor or any third party transferee of the Property to assist such Person in obtaining all such licenses, certifications and other similar documents which are necessary or typical, for the operation of a hospital facility similar to the Property or which were held previously with respect to the Property.

 

(y) Lessee shall promptly, but in no event more than five (5) Business Days after a change in Rating deliver to the Agent written notice of such Rating change.

 

38


  8.4. Sharing of Certain Payments .

 

Except for Excepted Payments, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree, that all payments due and owing by any Credit Party to the Lessor under the Lease or any of the other Operative Agreements shall be made by such Credit Party directly to the Agent as more particularly provided in Section 8.3 hereof. The Lessor, the Holders, the Agent, the Lenders and the Credit Parties acknowledge the terms of Section 8.7 of this Agreement regarding the allocation of payments and other amounts made or received from time to time under the Operative Agreements and agree, that all such payments and amounts are to be allocated as provided in Section 8.7 of this Agreement.

 

  8.5. Grant of Easements, etc .

 

The Agent, the Lenders and the Holders hereby agree that, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Owner Trustee shall, from time to time at the request of the Lessee (and with the prior consent of the Agent), in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agency Agreement, the Lease or the other Operative Agreements, (i) grant easements and other rights in the nature of easements with respect to any Property, (ii) release existing easements or other rights in the nature of easements which are for the benefit of any Property, (iii) execute and deliver to any Person any instrument appropriate to confirm or effect such grants or releases, and (iv) execute and deliver to any Person such other documents or materials in connection with the acquisition, development, construction, testing or operation of any Property, including without limitation reciprocal easement agreements, construction contracts, operating agreements, development agreements, plats, replats or subdivision documents; provided , that each of the agreements referred to in this Section 8.5 shall be of the type normally executed by the Lessee in the ordinary course of the Lessee’s business and shall be on commercially reasonable terms so as not to diminish the value of any Property in any material respect.

 

  8.6. Appointment by the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders and the Owner Trustee .

 

The Holders hereby appoint the Agent to act as collateral agent for the Holders in connection with the Lien granted by the Security Documents to secure the Holder Amount. The Lenders and the Holders acknowledge and agree and direct that the rights and remedies of the beneficiaries of the Lien of the Security Documents shall be exercised by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the Holders as directed from time to time by the Majority Secured Parties or, pursuant to Sections 8.2(h) and 12.4, all of the Lenders and the Holders, as the case may be; provided , in all cases, the Agent shall allocate payments and other amounts received in accordance with Section 8.7. The Agent is further appointed to provide notices under the Operative Agreements on behalf of the Owner Trustee (as determined by the Agent, in its reasonable discretion), to receive notices under the Operative Agreements on behalf of the Owner Trustee and (subject to Sections 8.5 and 9.2) to take such other action under the Operative Agreements on behalf of the Owner Trustee as the Agent shall determine in its reasonable discretion from time to time. The Agent hereby accepts such appointments. For purposes hereof, the provisions of Section 7 of the Credit Agreement, together with such other terms and

 

39


provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Operative Agreements as required for the full interpretation and operation of Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference as if restated herein for the mutual benefit of the Agent and each Holder as if each Holder were a Lender thereunder. Outstanding Holder Advances and outstanding Loans shall each be taken into account for purposes of determining Majority Secured Parties. Further, the Agent shall be entitled to take such action on behalf of the Owner Trustee as is delegated to the Agent under any Operative Agreement (whether express or implied) as may be reasonably incidental thereto. The parties hereto hereby agree to the provisions contained in this Section 8.6. Any appointment of a successor agent under Section 7.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also be effective as an appointment of a successor agent for purposes of this Section 8.6.

 

  8.7. Collection and Allocation of Payments and Other Amounts .

 

(a) Each Credit Party has agreed pursuant to Section 5.10 and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to pay to (i) the Agent any and all Rent and any and all other amounts of any kind or type under any of the Operative Agreements due and owing or payable to any Person and (ii) each Person as appropriate the Excepted Payments. Promptly after receipt, the Agent shall apply and allocate, in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.7, such amounts received from any Credit Party and all other payments, receipts and other consideration of any kind whatsoever received by the Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement or otherwise received by the Agent, the Holders or any of the Lenders in connection with the Collateral, the Security Documents or any of the other Operative Agreements. Ratable distributions among the Lenders and the Holders under this Section 8.7 shall be made based on (in the case of the Lenders) the ratio of the outstanding Loans to the aggregate Property Cost and (in the case of the Holders) the ratio of the outstanding Holder Advances to the aggregate Property Cost. Ratable distributions among the Lenders (in situations where the Tranche A Lenders are not differentiated from the Tranche B Lenders) shall be made based on the ratio of the individual Lender’s Loans outstanding to the aggregate of all the Lenders’ Loans outstanding; provided , to the extent there are no Loans outstanding, such distributions shall be made based on the ratio of the individual Lender’s Commitment to the aggregate of all the Lenders’ Commitments. Ratable distributions among the Holders under this Section 8.7 shall be based on the ratio of the individual Holder’s Holder Advances outstanding to the aggregate of all the Holders’ Holder Advances outstanding; provided , to the extent there are not Holder Advances outstanding, such distributions shall be made based on the ratio of the individual Holder’s Holder Commitment to the aggregate of all the Holders’ Holder Commitments.

 

(b) Payments and other amounts received by the Agent from time to time in accordance with the terms of subparagraph (a) shall be applied and allocated as follows (subject in all cases to Section 8.7(c)):

 

(i) Any such payment or amount identified as or deemed to be Basic Rent shall be applied and allocated by the Agent ratably to the Lenders and the Holders for application and allocation to the payment of interest on the Loans and thereafter the principal of the Loans which is due and payable on such date and to

 

40


the payment of accrued Holder Yield with respect to the Holder Advances and thereafter the portion of the Holder Advances which is due on such date.

 

(ii) If on any date the Agent or the Lessor shall receive any amount in respect of (A) any Casualty or Condemnation pursuant to Sections 15.1(a) or 15.1(g) of the Lease (excluding any payments in respect thereof which are payable to the Lessee in accordance with the Lease), or (B) the Termination Value in connection with the delivery of a Termination Notice pursuant to Article XVI of the Lease, or (C) the Termination Value in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Option under Section 20.1 of the Lease or the exercise of the option of the Lessor to transfer the Properties to the Lessee pursuant to Section 20.3 of the Lease, or (D) any payment required to be made or elected to be made by the Construction Agent to the Lessor pursuant to the terms of the Agency Agreement, then in each case, the Lessor shall be required to pay such amount received (1) if no Acceleration has occurred, to prepay the principal balance of the Loans and the Holder Advances, on a pro rata basis, a portion of such amount to be distributed to the Lenders and the Holders or (2) if an Acceleration has occurred, to apply and allocate the proceeds respecting Sections 8.7(b)(ii)(A) through 8.7(b)(ii)(D) in accordance with Section 8.7(b)(iii) hereof.

 

(iii) An amount equal to any payment identified as proceeds of the sale or other disposition (or lease upon the exercise of remedies) of the Properties or any portion thereof, whether pursuant to Article XXII of the Lease or the exercise of remedies under the Security Documents or otherwise, the execution of remedies set forth in the Lease and any payment in respect of excess wear and tear pursuant to Section 22.3 of the Lease (whether such payment relates to a period before or after the Construction Period Termination Date) shall be applied and allocated by the Agent first , ratably to the payment of the principal and interest of the Tranche B Loans then outstanding, second , ratably to the payment of the principal and interest of the Tranche A Loans then outstanding, third , ratably to the payment to the Holders of the outstanding principal balance of all Holder Advances plus all outstanding Holder Yield with respect to such outstanding Holder Advances, fourth , to any and all other amounts owing under the Operative Agreements to the Lenders under the Tranche B Loans, fifth , to any and all other amounts owing under the Operative Agreements to the Lenders under the Tranche A Loans, sixth , to any and all other amounts owing under the Operative Agreements to the Holders, and seventh , to the extent moneys remain after application and allocation pursuant to clauses first through sixth above, to the Owner Trustee for application and allocation to any and all other amounts owing to the Holders or the Owner Trustee and as the Holders shall determine; provided , where no Event of Default shall exist and be continuing and a prepayment is made for any reason with respect to less than the full amount of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and the outstanding Holder Advances, the proceeds shall be applied and allocated ratably to the Lenders and to the Holders.

 

41


(iv) An amount equal to (A) any such payment pursuant to Section 22.1(b) of the Lease (or otherwise) of the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount (and any such lesser amount as may be required by Section 22.1(b) of the Lease) in respect of the Properties and any such payment which derives from the Cash Collateral Account and (B) any other amount payable upon any exercise of remedies after the occurrence of an Event of Default not covered by Sections 8.7(b)(i) or 8.7(b)(iii) above (including without limitation any amount received in connection with an Acceleration which does not represent proceeds from the sale or liquidation of the Properties) shall be applied and allocated by the Agent first , ratably, to the payment of the principal and interest balance of Tranche A Loans then outstanding, second , ratably to the payment of the principal and interest balance of the Tranche B Loans then outstanding, third , ratably to the payment of the principal balance of all Holder Advances plus all outstanding Holder Yield with respect to such outstanding Holder Advances, fourth , to the payment of any other amounts owing to the Lenders hereunder or under any of the other Operative Agreement, and fifth , to the extent moneys remain after application and allocation pursuant to clauses first through fourth above, to the Owner Trustee for application and allocation to Holder Advances and Holder Yield and any other amounts owing to the Holders or the Owner Trustee as the Holders shall determine.

 

(v) An amount equal to any such payment identified as Supplemental Rent shall be applied and allocated by the Agent to the payment of any amounts then owing to the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders and the other parties to the Operative Agreements (or any of them) (other than any such amounts payable pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 8.7(b)) as shall be determined by the Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided , however , that Supplemental Rent received upon the exercise of remedies after the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default in lieu of or in substitution of the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount or as a partial payment thereon shall be applied and allocated as set forth in Section 8.7(b)(iv).

 

(vi) Amounts paid by the Guarantor pursuant to Section 6B shall be applied and allocated by the Agent in the same manner as the payment would have been applied and allocated if paid by the Construction Agent or the Lessee.

 

(vii) The Agent in its reasonable judgment shall identify the nature of each payment or amount received by the Agent and apply and allocate each such amount in the manner specified above.

 

(viii) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Operative Agreement, if with respect to a Construction Period Property any Advances were used to pay for Excluded Costs and the Lessee has properly elected the Sale Option and paid the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount and all other amounts due, then upon the sale of such Property an amount equal to the proceeds from the sale of such Property plus the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount shall be applied in

 

42


accordance with Section 8.7 (b) (iii) up to the Adjusted Property Cost of such Property. After distribution of an amount equal to the sales proceeds pursuant to the preceding sentence with respect to such Property plus the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount, the remaining sales proceeds, if any, shall be distributed first , to the Lessee up to the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount previously paid by the Lessee (and not reclaimed) with respect to such Property, second , ratably to the payment of the principal and interest of the Tranche B Loans then outstanding, third , ratably to the payment of the principal and interest of the Tranche A Loans then outstanding, fourth , ratably to the payment to the Holders of the outstanding principal balance of and Holder Yield on all outstanding Holder Advances, fifth , to any and all other amounts owing under the Operative Agreements to the Lenders under the Tranche B Loans, sixth , to any and all other amounts owing under the Operative Agreements to the Lenders under the Tranche A Loans, seventh , to any and all other amounts owing under the Operative Agreements to the Holders, eighth , to any and all other amounts owing under the Operative Agreements to any Financing Party, and ninth , to the Lessee.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Operative Agreement, payment of principal, interest or any other amounts payable with respect to the Tranche A Loans held by any Credit Party or any of such Credit Party’s Affiliates or assignees shall be subordinated to all other amounts owed to any other Financing Party whether by acceleration or otherwise upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default. With respect to an election of Section 5.18(b) in this Agreement, all proceeds resulting from the right, title and interest of the Financing Parties in the applicable Construction Period Property shall be for the sole benefit of the Financing Parties, and the Lessee shall have no further right, title or interest therein. Except as described in the prior sentence, upon the payment in full of the Loans, the Holder Advances and all other amounts then due and owing by the Owner Trustee hereunder or under any Credit Document and the payment in full of all other amounts then due and owing to the Lenders, the Holders, the Agent, the Owner Trustee and the other Financing Parties pursuant to the Operative Agreements, any moneys remaining with the Agent shall be returned to the Lessee. It is agreed that, prior to the application and allocation of amounts received by the Agent in the order described in Section 8.7(b) above or any distribution of money to the Lessee, any such amounts shall first be applied and allocated to the payment of (i) any and all sums advanced by the Agent in order to preserve the Collateral or to preserve its Lien thereon, (ii) the expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing or realizing on the Collateral, or of any exercise by the Agent of its rights under the Security Documents, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs and (iii) any and all other amounts reasonably owed to the Agent under or in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements (including without limitation any accrued and unpaid administration fees).

 

  8.8. Release of Properties, etc .

 

If the Lessee shall at any time purchase any Property pursuant to the Lease, or the Construction Agent shall purchase any Property pursuant to the Agency Agreement, or if any

 

43


Property shall be sold in accordance with Article XXII of the Lease, then, upon satisfaction by the Owner Trustee of its obligation to prepay the Loans, Holder Advances and all other amounts owing to the Lenders and the Holders under the Operative Agreements, the Agent is hereby authorized and directed to release such Property from the liens created by the Security Documents to the extent of its interest therein. In addition, upon the termination of the Commitments and the Holder Commitments and the payment in full of the Loans, the Holder Advances and all other amounts owing by the Owner Trustee and the Lessee hereunder or under any other Operative Agreement the Agent is hereby authorized and directed to release all of the Properties from the Liens created by the Security Documents to the extent of its interest therein. Upon request of the Owner Trustee following any such release, the Agent shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Lessee, execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee and the Lessee such documents as the Owner Trustee or the Lessee shall reasonably request to evidence such release.

 

SECTION 9. CREDIT AGREEMENT AND TRUST AGREEMENT.

 

  9.1. The Construction Agent’s and the Lessee’s Credit Agreement Rights .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Credit Agreement, the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders, the Credit Parties and the Owner Trustee hereby agree that, prior to the occurrence and continuation of any Default or Event of Default, the Construction Agent or the Lessee, as the case may be, shall have the following rights:

 

(a) the right to designate an account to which amounts funded under the Operative Agreements shall be credited pursuant to Section 2.3(a) of the Credit Agreement;

 

(b) the right to terminate or reduce the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.5(a) of the Credit Agreement;

 

(c) the right to exercise the conversion and continuation options pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Credit Agreement;

 

(d) the right to receive any notice and any certificate, in each case issued pursuant to Section 2.11 (a) of the Credit Agreement;

 

(e) the right to replace any Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(b) of the Credit Agreement; and

 

(f) the right to approve any successor agent pursuant to Section 7.9 of the Credit Agreement.

 

  9.2. The Construction Agent’s and the Lessee’s Trust Agreement Rights .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Trust Agreement, the Credit Parties, the Owner Trustee and the Holders hereby agree that, prior to the occurrence and

 

44


continuation of any Default or Event of Default, the Construction Agent or the Lessee, as the case may be, shall have the following rights:

 

(a) the right to exercise the conversion and continuation options pursuant to Section 3.8 of the Trust Agreement;

 

(b) the right to receive any notice and any certificate, in each case issued pursuant to Section 3.9(a) of the Trust Agreement;

 

(c) the right to replace any Holder pursuant to Section 3.9(b) of the Trust Agreement;

 

(d) the right to exercise the removal options contained in Section 9.1 of the Trust Agreement; provided , however , that no removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor Owner Trustee by the Holders pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Trust Agreement shall be made without the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Lessee.

 

SECTION 10. TRANSFER OF INTEREST.

 

  10.1.  Restrictions on Transfer .

 

Each Lender may participate, assign or transfer all or a portion of its interest hereunder and under the other Operative Agreements in accordance with Sections 9.7 and 9.8 of the Credit Agreement; provided , each participant, assignee or transferee must obtain the same ratable interest in Tranche A Loans, Tranche A Commitments, Tranche B Loans and Tranche B Commitments (and to the extent the selling Lender is also a Holder (or an Affiliate of a Holder), each such participant, assignor or transferee must also obtain the same ratable interest in and to the Holder Advances, Holder Commitments and the Trust Estate); provided , further , that each Lender that participates, assigns or transfers all or a portion of its interest hereunder and under the other Operative Agreements shall deliver to the Agent a copy of each participation agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in the case of a participation) and a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance (as referenced in Section 9.8 of the Credit Agreement, in the case of an assignment or other transfer) for purposes of maintaining the Register. The Holders may, directly or indirectly, assign, convey or otherwise transfer any of their right, title or interest in or to the Trust Estate or the Trust Agreement in accordance with the terms of Section 11.8(b) of the Trust Agreement; provided , to the extent the selling Holder is also a Lender (or an Affiliate of a Lender), each such assignee, receiver of a conveyance or other transferee must also obtain the same ratable interest in and to the Tranche A Loans, Tranche A Commitments, Tranche B Loans and Tranche B Commitments. The Owner Trustee may, subject to the rights of the Lessee under the Lease and the other Operative Agreements and to the Lien of the applicable Security Documents but only with the prior written consent of the Agent (which consent may be withheld by the Agent in its sole discretion) and ( provided , no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) with the consent of the Lessee, directly or indirectly, assign, convey, appoint an agent with respect to enforcement of, or otherwise transfer any of its right, title or

 

45


interest in or to any Property, the Lease, the Trust Agreement and the other Operative Agreements (including without limitation any right to indemnification thereunder), or any other document relating to a Property or any interest in a Property as provided in the Trust Agreement and the Lease. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to the obligations of the Owner Trustee to transfer Property to the Lessee or a third party purchaser pursuant to Article XXII of the Lease upon payment for such Property in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease. No Credit Party may assign any of the Operative Agreements or any of their respective rights or obligations thereunder or with respect to any Property in whole or in part to any Person without the prior written consent of the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders, the Lessor and the Lessee.

 

  10.2.  Effect of Transfer .

 

From and after any transfer effected in accordance with this Section 10, the transferor shall be released, to the extent of such transfer, from its liability hereunder and under the other documents to which it is a party in respect of obligations to be performed on or after the date of such transfer; provided , however , that any transferor shall remain liable hereunder and under such other documents to the extent that the transferee shall not have assumed the obligations of the transferor thereunder. Upon any transfer by the Owner Trustee, a Holder or a Lender as above provided, any such transferee shall assume the obligations of the Owner Trustee, the Holder or the Lender, as the case may be, and shall be deemed an “ Owner Trustee ”, “ Holder ”, or “ Lender ”, as the case may be, for all purposes of such documents and each reference herein to the transferor shall thereafter be deemed a reference to such transferee for all purposes, except as provided in the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any transfer of all or a portion of the transferor’s interest as provided in this Section 10, the transferor shall be entitled to all benefits accrued and all rights vested prior to such transfer including without limitation rights to indemnification under any such document.

 

SECTION 11. INDEMNIFICATION.

 

  11.1.  General Indemnity .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11.7, whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, the Indemnity Provider hereby assumes liability for and agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person on an After Tax Basis from and against any Claims, which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against an Indemnified Person by any third party, including without limitation Claims arising from the negligence of an Indemnified Person (but not to the extent such Claims arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person itself, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, as opposed to gross negligence or willful misconduct imputed to such Indemnified Person) in any way relating to or arising or alleged to arise out of the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of this Agreement, the Lease or any other Operative Agreement or on or with respect to any Property or any component thereof, including without limitation Claims in any way relating to or arising or alleged to arise out of (a) the financing, refinancing, purchase, acceptance, rejection, ownership, design, construction, refurbishment,

 

46


development, delivery, acceptance, nondelivery, leasing, subleasing, possession, use, occupancy, operation, maintenance repair, modification, transportation, condition, sale, return, repossession (whether by summary proceedings or otherwise), or any other disposition of any Property or any part thereof, including without limitation the acquisition, holding or disposition of any interest in the Property, lease or agreement comprising a portion of any thereof; (b) any latent or other defects in any Property or any portion thereof whether or not discoverable by an Indemnified Person or the Indemnity Provider; (c) a violation of Environmental Laws, Environmental Claims or other loss of or damage to any property or the environment relating to the Property, the Lease, the Agency Agreement or the Indemnity Provider; (d) the Operative Agreements, or any transaction contemplated thereby; (e) any breach by the Indemnity Provider of any of its representations or warranties under the Operative Agreements to which the Indemnity Provider is a party or failure by the Indemnity Provider to perform or observe any covenant or agreement to be performed by it under any of the Operative Agreements; (f) the transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Operative Agreement, in respect of the application of Parts 4 and 5 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA; (g) personal injury, death or property damage, including without limitation Claims based on strict or absolute liability in tort; and (h) any fees, expenses and/or other assessments by any business park or any other applicable entity with oversight responsibility for the applicable Property.

 

If a written Claim is made against any Indemnified Person or if any proceeding shall be commenced against such Indemnified Person (including without limitation a written notice of such proceeding), for any Claim, such Indemnified Person shall promptly notify the Indemnity Provider in writing and shall not take action with respect to such Claim without the consent of the Indemnity Provider for thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice by the Indemnity Provider; provided , however , that in the case of any such Claim, if action shall be required by law or regulation to be taken prior to the end of such period of thirty (30) days, such Indemnified Person shall endeavor to, in such notice to the Indemnity Provider, inform the Indemnity Provider of such shorter period, and no action shall be taken with respect to such Claim without the consent of the Indemnity Provider before seven (7) days before the end of such shorter period; provided , further , that the failure of such Indemnified Person to give the notices referred to in this sentence shall not diminish the Indemnity Provider’s obligation hereunder except to the extent such failure precludes in all respects the Indemnity Provider from contesting such Claim.

 

If, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice from the Indemnified Person (or such shorter period as the Indemnified Person has notified the Indemnity Provider is required by law or regulation for the Indemnified Person to respond to such Claim), the Indemnity Provider shall request in writing that such Indemnified Person respond to such Claim, the Indemnified Person shall, at the expense of the Indemnity Provider, in good faith conduct and control such action (including without limitation by pursuit of appeals) ( provided , however , that (A) if such Claim, in the Indemnity Provider’s reasonable discretion, can be pursued by the Indemnity Provider on behalf of or in the name of such Indemnified Person, the Indemnified Person, at the Indemnity Provider’s request, shall allow the Indemnity Provider to conduct and control the response to such Claim and (B) in the case of any Claim (and notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing subsection (A)), the Indemnified Person may request the Indemnity Provider to conduct and control the response to such Claim (with counsel to be selected by the Indemnity Provider and consented to by such Indemnified Person, such consent not to be unreasonably

 

47


withheld; provided , however , that any Indemnified Person may retain separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnity Provider in the event of a conflict of interest between such Indemnified Person and the Indemnity Provider)) by, in the sole discretion of the Person conducting and controlling the response to such Claim (1) resisting payment thereof, (2) not paying the same except under protest, if protest is necessary and proper, (3) if the payment be made, using reasonable efforts to obtain a refund thereof in appropriate administrative and judicial proceedings, or (4) taking such other action as is reasonably requested by the Indemnity Provider from time to time.

 

The party controlling the response to any Claim shall consult in good faith with the non-controlling party and shall keep the non-controlling party reasonably informed as to the conduct of the response to such Claim; provided , that all decisions ultimately shall be made in the discretion of the controlling party. The parties agree that an Indemnified Person may at any time decline to take further action with respect to the response to such Claim and may settle such Claim if such Indemnified Person shall waive its rights to any indemnity from the Indemnity Provider that otherwise would be payable in respect of such Claim (and any future Claim, the pursuit of which is precluded by reason of such resolution of such Claim) and shall pay to the Indemnity Provider any amount previously paid or advanced by the Indemnity Provider pursuant to this Section 11.1 by way of indemnification or advance for the payment of an amount regarding such Claim.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.1, an Indemnified Person shall not be required to take any action and the Indemnity Provider shall not be permitted to respond to any Claim in its own name or that of the Indemnified Person unless (A) the Indemnity Provider shall have agreed to pay and shall pay to such Indemnified Person on demand and on an After Tax Basis all reasonable costs, losses and expenses that such Indemnified Person actually incurs in connection with such Claim, including without limitation all reasonable legal, accounting and investigatory fees and disbursements and the Indemnity Provider shall have agreed that the Claim is an indemnifiable Claim hereunder, (B) in the case of a Claim that must be pursued in the name of an Indemnified Person (or an Affiliate thereof), the amount of the potential indemnity (taking into account all similar or logically related Claims that have been or could be raised for which the Indemnity Provider may be liable to pay an indemnity under this Section 11.1) exceeds $25,000 (or such lesser amount as may be subsequently agreed between the Indemnity Provider and the Indemnified Person), (C) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably determined that the action to be taken will not result in any material danger of sale, forfeiture or loss of the Property, or any part thereof or interest therein, will not interfere with the payment of Rent, and will not result in risk of criminal liability, (D) if such Claim shall involve the payment of any amount prior to the resolution of such Claim, the Indemnity Provider shall provide to the Indemnified Person an interest-free advance in an amount equal to the amount that the Indemnified Person is required to pay (with no additional net after-tax cost to such Indemnified Person) prior to the date such payment is due, (E) in the case of a Claim that must be pursued in the name of an Indemnified Person (or an Affiliate thereof), the Indemnity Provider shall have provided to such Indemnified Person an opinion of independent counsel selected by the Indemnity Provider and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person stating that a reasonable basis exists to contest such Claim (or, in the case of an appeal of an adverse determination, an opinion of such counsel to the effect that the position asserted in such appeal

 

48


will more likely than not prevail) and (F) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. In no event shall an Indemnified Person be required to appeal an adverse judicial determination to the United States Supreme Court. In addition, an Indemnified Person shall not be required to contest any Claim in its name (or that of an Affiliate) if the subject matter thereof shall be of a continuing nature and shall have previously been decided adversely by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to the contest provisions of this Section 11.1, unless there shall have been a change in law (or interpretation thereof) and the Indemnified Person shall have received, at the Indemnity Provider’s expense, an opinion of independent counsel selected by the Indemnity Provider and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Person stating that as a result of such change in law (or interpretation thereof), it is more likely than not that the Indemnified Person will prevail in such contest. In no event shall the Indemnity Provider be permitted to adjust or settle any Claim without the consent of the Indemnified Person to the extent any such adjustment or settlement involves, or is reasonably likely to involve, any performance by or adverse admission by or with respect to the Indemnified Person.

 

  11.2.   General Tax Indemnity .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11.7:

 

(a) The Indemnity Provider shall pay and assume liability for, and does hereby agree to indemnify, protect and defend each Property and all Indemnified Persons, and hold them harmless against, all Impositions on an After Tax Basis, and all payments pursuant to the Operative Agreements shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present and future Impositions.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.2(a) hereof, the following shall be excluded from the indemnity required by Section 11.2(a):

 

(i) Taxes (other than Taxes that are, or are in the nature of, sales, use, rental, value added, transfer or property taxes) that are imposed on a Indemnified Person (other than the Lessor, the Owner Trustee and the Trust) by the United States federal government that are based on or measured by the net income (including without limitation taxes based on capital gains and minimum taxes) of such Person; provided , that this clause (i) shall not be interpreted to prevent a payment from being made on an After Tax Basis if such payment is otherwise required to be so made;

 

(ii) Taxes (other than Taxes that are, or are in the nature of, sales, use, rental, value added, transfer or property taxes) that are imposed on any Indemnified Person (other than the Lessor, the Owner Trustee and the Trust) by any state or local jurisdiction or taxing authority within any state or local jurisdiction and that are based upon or measured by the net income (including without limitation taxes based on capital gains and minimum taxes) of such Person; provided that such Taxes shall not be excluded under this subparagraph (ii) to the extent such Taxes would have been imposed had the location, possession or use of any Property in, the location or the operation of the Lessee

 

49


in, or the Lessee’s making payments under the Operative Agreements from, the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes been the sole connection between such Indemnified Person and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes; provided , further , that this clause (ii) shall not be interpreted to prevent a payment from being made on an After Tax Basis if such payment is otherwise required to be so made;

 

(iii) any Tax to the extent it relates to any act, event or omission that occurs after the termination of the Lease and redelivery or sale of the Property in accordance with the terms of the Lease (but not any Tax that relates to such termination, redelivery or sale and/or to any period prior to such termination, redelivery or sale); and

 

(iv) any Taxes which are imposed on an Indemnified Person as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person itself, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (as opposed to gross negligence or willful misconduct imputed to such Indemnified Person), but not Taxes imposed as a result of ordinary negligence of such Indemnified Person;

 

(c)  (i) Subject to the terms of Section 11.2(f), the Indemnity Provider shall pay or cause to be paid all Impositions directly to the taxing authorities where feasible and otherwise to the Indemnified Person, as appropriate, and the Indemnity Provider shall at its own expense, upon such Indemnified Person’s reasonable request, furnish to such Indemnified Person copies of official receipts or other satisfactory proof evidencing such payment.

 

(ii) In the case of Impositions for which no contest is conducted pursuant to Section 11.2(f) and which the Indemnity Provider pays directly to the taxing authorities, the Indemnity Provider shall pay such Impositions prior to the latest time permitted by the relevant taxing authority for timely payment. In the case of Impositions for which the Indemnity Provider reimburses an Indemnified Person, the Indemnity Provider shall do so within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Indemnity Provider of demand by such Indemnified Person describing in reasonable detail the nature of the Imposition and the basis for the demand (including without limitation the computation of the amount payable), accompanied by receipts or other reasonable evidence of such demand. In the case of Impositions for which a contest is conducted pursuant to Section 11.2(f), the Indemnity Provider shall pay such Impositions or reimburse such Indemnified Person for such Impositions, to the extent not previously paid or reimbursed pursuant to subsection (a), prior to the latest time permitted by the relevant taxing authority for timely payment after conclusion of all contests under Section 11.2(f).

 

(iii) At the Indemnity Provider’s request, the amount of any indemnification payment by the Indemnity Provider pursuant to subsection (a) shall be verified and certified by an independent public accounting firm mutually acceptable to the Indemnity Provider and the Indemnified Person. The fees and

 

50


expenses of such independent public accounting firm shall be paid by the Indemnity Provider unless such verification shall result in an adjustment in the Indemnity Provider’s favor of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the payment as computed by the Indemnified Person, in which case such fee shall be paid by the Indemnified Person.

 

(d) The Indemnity Provider shall be responsible for preparing and filing any real and personal property or ad valorem tax returns in respect of each Property and any other tax returns required for the Owner Trustee respecting the transactions described in the Operative Agreements. In case any other report or tax return shall be required to be made with respect to any obligations of the Indemnity Provider under or arising out of subsection (a) and of which the Indemnity Provider has knowledge or should have knowledge, the Indemnity Provider, at its sole cost and expense, shall notify the relevant Indemnified Person of such requirement and (except if such Indemnified Person notifies the Indemnity Provider that such Indemnified Person intends to prepare and file such report or return) (A) to the extent required or permitted by and consistent with Legal Requirements, make and file in the Indemnity Provider’s name such return, statement or report; and (B) in the case of any other such return, statement or report required to be made in the name of such Indemnified Person, advise such Indemnified Person of such fact and prepare such return, statement or report for filing by such Indemnified Person or, where such return, statement or report shall be required to reflect items in addition to any obligations of the Indemnity Provider under or arising out of subsection (a), provide such Indemnified Person at the Indemnity Provider’s expense with information sufficient to permit such return, statement or report to be properly made with respect to any obligations of the Indemnity Provider under or arising out of subsection (a). Such Indemnified Person shall, upon the Indemnity Provider’s request and at the Indemnity Provider’s expense, provide any data maintained by such Indemnified Person (and not otherwise available to or within the control of the Indemnity Provider) with respect to each Property which the Indemnity Provider may reasonably require to prepare any required tax returns or reports.

 

(e) As between the Indemnity Provider on one hand, and each Financing Party on the other hand, the Indemnity Provider shall be responsible for, and the Indemnity Provider shall indemnify and hold harmless each Financing Party (without duplication of any indemnification required by subsection (a)) on an After Tax Basis against, any obligation for United States or foreign withholding taxes or similar levies, imposts, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings (collectively, “ Withholdings ”) imposed in respect of the interest payable on the Notes, Holder Yield payable on the Certificates or with respect to any other payments under the Operative Agreement (all such payments being referred to herein as “ Exempt Payments ” to be made without deduction, withholding or set off) (and, if any Financing Party receives a demand for such payment from any taxing authority or a Withholding is otherwise required with respect to any Exempt Payment, the Indemnity Provider shall discharge such demand on behalf of such Financing Party); provided , however , that the obligation of the Indemnity Provider under this Section 11.2(e) shall not apply to:

 

(i) Withholdings on any Exempt Payment to any Financing Party which is a non-U.S. Person unless such Financing Party is, on the date hereof (or on the date it becomes a Financing Party hereunder) and on the date of any change in the principal place of business or the lending office of such Financing Party, entitled to submit a W-8BEN or W-8ECI (relating to such Financing Party and entitling it to a complete exemption from Withholding on such Exempt Payment) or is otherwise subject to exemption from Withholding with respect to such Exempt Payment (except where the failure of the exemption results from a change in the principal place of business of the Lessee; provided if a failure of exemption for any Financing Party results from a change in the principal place of business or lending office of any other Financing Party, then such other Financing Party shall be liable for any Withholding or indemnity with respect thereto), or

 

51


(ii) Any U.S. Taxes imposed solely by reason of the failure by a non-U.S. Person to comply with applicable certification, information, documentation or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connections with the United States of America of such non-U.S. Person if such compliance is required by statute or regulation of the United States of America as a precondition to relief or exemption from such U.S. Taxes.

 

For the purposes of this Section 11.2(e), (A) “ U.S. Person ” shall mean a citizen, national or resident of the United States of America, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under any laws of the United States of America or any State thereof, or any estate or trust that is subject to Federal income taxation regardless of the source of its income, (B) “ U.S. Taxes ” shall mean any present or future tax, assessment or other charge or levy imposed by or on behalf of the United States of America or any taxing authority thereof or therein, (C) “ Form W-8BEN ” shall mean Form W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholdings) of the Department of the Treasury of the United States of America and (D) “ Form W-8ECI ” shall mean Form W-8ECI (Certificate of Foreign Person’s Claim for Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States) of the Department of Treasury of the United States of America (or in relation to either such Form such successor and related forms as may from time to time be adopted by the relevant taxing authorities of the United States of America to document a claim to which such Form relates). Each of the Forms referred to in the foregoing clauses (C) and (D) shall include such successor and related forms as may from time to time be adopted by the relevant taxing authorities of the United States of America to document a claim to which such Form relates.

 

If a Financing Party or an Affiliate with whom such Financing Party files a consolidated tax return (or equivalent) subsequently receives the benefit in any country of a tax credit or an allowance resulting from U.S. Taxes with respect to which it has received a payment of an additional amount under this Section 11.2(e), such Financing Party will pay to the Indemnity Provider such part of that benefit as in the opinion of such Financing Party will leave it (after such payment) in a position no more and no less favorable than it would have been in if no additional payment had been required to be

 

52


paid, provided always that (i) such Financing Party will be the sole judge of the amount of any such benefit and of the date on which it is received, (ii) such Financing Party will have the absolute discretion as to the order and manner in which it employs or claims tax credits and allowances available to it and (iii) such Financing Party will not be obliged to disclose to the Borrower any information regarding its tax affairs or tax computations.

 

Each non-U.S. Person that shall become a Financing Party after the date hereof shall, upon the effectiveness of the related transfer or otherwise upon becoming a Financing Party hereunder, be required to provide all of the forms and statements referenced above or other evidences of exemption from Withholdings.

 

(f) If a written Claim is made against any Indemnified Person or if any proceeding shall be commenced against such Indemnified Person (including without limitation a written notice of such proceeding), for any Impositions, the provisions in Section 11.1 relating to notification and rights to contest shall apply; provided , however , that the Indemnity Provider shall have the right to conduct and control such contest only if such contest involves a Tax other than a Tax on net income of the Indemnified Person and can be pursued independently from any other proceeding involving a Tax liability of such Indemnified Person.

 

  11.3.   Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11.7:

 

(a) If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request hereafter adopted, promulgated or made by any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Financing Party of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Advances, then the Lessee shall from time to time, upon demand by such Financing Party (with a copy of such demand to the Agent but subject to the terms of Section 2.11 of the Credit Agreement and 3.9 of the Trust Agreement, as the case may be), pay to the Agent for the account of such Financing Party additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Financing Party for such increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Lessee and the Agent by such Financing Party, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

(b) If any Financing Party determines that compliance with any law or regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law, but in each case promulgated or made after the date hereof) affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Financing Party or any corporation controlling such Financing Party and that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of such Financing Party’s commitment to make Advances and other commitments of this type or upon the Advances, then, upon demand by such Financing Party (with a copy of such demand to the Agent but subject to the terms of Section 2.11 of the Credit

 

53


Agreement and 3.9 of the Trust Agreement), the Lessee shall pay to the Agent for the account of such Financing Party, from time to time as specified by such Financing Party, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Financing Party or such corporation in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Financing Party reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of such Financing Party’s commitment to make such Advances. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Lessee and the Agent by such Financing Party shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

(c) Without affecting its rights under Sections 11.3(a), 11.3(b) or any other provision of any Operative Agreement, each Financing Party agrees that if there is any increase in any cost to or reduction in any amount receivable by such Financing Party with respect to which the Lessee would be obligated to compensate such Financing Party pursuant to Sections 11.3(a) or 11.3(b), such Financing Party shall use reasonable efforts to select an alternative office for Advances which would not result in any such increase in any cost to or reduction in any amount receivable by such Financing Party; provided , however , that no Financing Party shall be obligated to select an alternative office for Advances if such Financing Party determines that (i) as a result of such selection such Financing Party would be in violation of any applicable law, regulation, treaty, or guideline, or would incur additional costs or expenses or (ii) such selection would be inadvisable for regulatory reasons or materially inconsistent with the interests of such Financing Party.

 

(d) With reference to the obligations of the Lessee set forth in Sections 11.3(a) through 11.3(c), the Lessee shall not have any obligation to pay to any Financing Party amounts owing under such Sections for any period which is more than one (1) year prior to the date upon which the request for payment therefor is delivered to the Lessee.

 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Financing Party shall notify the Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for any Financing Party to perform its obligations hereunder to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans or Eurodollar Holder Advances, as the case may be, then (i) each Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance, as the case may be, will automatically, at the earlier of the end of the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance, as the case may be, or the date required by law, convert into an ABR Loan or an ABR Holder Advance, as the case may be, and (iii) the obligation of the Financing Parties to make, convert or continue Eurodollar Loans or Eurodollar Holder Advances, as the case may be, shall be suspended until the Agent shall notify the Lessee that such Financing Party has determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

 

  11.4.   Funding/Contribution Indemnity .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11.7 hereof, Section 2.11 (a) of the Credit Agreement and 3.9(a) of the Trust Agreement, as the case may be, the Lessee agrees to indemnify each

 

54


Financing Party and to hold each Financing Party harmless from any loss or reasonable expense which such Financing Party may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any default in connection with the drawing of funds for any Advance, (b) any default in making any prepayment after a notice thereof has been given in accordance with the provisions of the Operative Agreements or (c) the making of a voluntary or involuntary payment of Eurodollar Loans or Eurodollar Holder Advances, as the case may be, on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such indemnification shall be in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the amount of interest or Holder Yield, as the case may be, which would have accrued on the amount so paid, or not so borrowed, accepted, converted or continued for the period from the date of such payment or of such failure to borrow, accept, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, accept, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Percentage for such Loan or Holder Advance, as the case may be, for such Interest Period over (y) the amount of interest (as determined by such Financing Party in its reasonable discretion) which would have accrued to such Financing Party on such amount by (i) (in the case of the Lenders) reemploying such funds in loans of the same type and amount during the period from the date of payment or failure to borrow to the last day of the then applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) and (ii) (in the case of the Holders) placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the relevant interest rate market. This covenant shall survive the termination of the Operative Agreements and the payment of all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

  11.5.    EXPRESS INDEMNIFICATION FOR ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, ETC.

 

SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11.7, WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS OF ANY AND ALL OF THE OPERATIVE AGREEMENTS, EACH PERSON PROVIDING INDEMNIFICATION OF ANOTHER PERSON UNDER ANY OPERATIVE AGREEMENT HEREBY FURTHER EXPRESSLY RELEASES EACH BENEFICIARY OF ANY SUCH INDEMNIFICATION FROM ALL CLAIMS FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE, DESCRIBED IN ANY OPERATIVE AGREEMENT, CAUSED BY ANY ACT OR OMISSION ON THE PART OF ANY SUCH BENEFICIARY ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE (WHETHER SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY) OR STRICT LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH BENEFICIARY, AND INDEMNIFIES, EXONERATES AND HOLDS EACH SUCH BENEFICIARY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL ACTIONS, CAUSES OF ACTION, SUITS, CLAIMS, LOSSES, COSTS, LIABILITIES, DAMAGES AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ATTORNEY’S FEES AND EXPENSES), DESCRIBED ABOVE, INCURRED BY ANY SUCH BENEFICIARY (IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER ANY SUCH BENEFICIARY IS A PARTY TO THE ACTION FOR WHICH INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER OPERATIVE AGREEMENT IS SOUGHT) ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE (WHETHER SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY) OR STRICT LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH BENEFICIARY.

 

55


  11.6.   Additional Provisions Regarding Environmental Indemnification .

 

Each and every Indemnified Person shall at all times have the rights and benefits, and the Indemnity Provider shall have the obligations, in each case provided pursuant to the Operative Agreements with respect to environmental matters, violations of any Environmental Law, any Environmental Claim or other loss of or damage to any property or the environment relating to any Property, the Lease, the Agency Agreement or the Indemnity Provider (including without limitation the rights and benefits provided pursuant to Section 1 l.l(c)).

 

  11.7.    Indemnity Prior to Completion Date .

 

The Owner Trustee shall be the only beneficiary of the provisions set forth in Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4 and 11.5 with respect to any Claim arising thereunder for the period prior to the Completion Date related to the applicable Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Owner Trustee becomes obligated to any Indemnified Person pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph of Section 11.7, the Owner Trustee shall only be obligated to make such payments to the extent the Lenders and Holders make Advances for such payments, provided , no Requisition shall be required for the Lenders and Holders to make such payments. To the extent any such Claim arising pursuant to Section 11.1 does not arise in connection with any Construction Agency Person’s acts or a failure to act while any Construction Agency Person is in possession or control of the applicable Construction Period Property, then amounts paid by Advances prior to the Completion Date for such Claim shall be an Excluded Cost (such amounts paid shall be referred to as the “ Excluded Indemnity Amount ”).

 

To the extent the Indemnity Provider is not obligated to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to Claims arising under Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4 or 11.5, prior to the Completion Date related to the applicable Property, the Owner Trustee shall provide such indemnities in favor of such Indemnified Person in accordance with the relevant provisions of Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4 or 11.5 as the case may be, but the Owner Trustee shall only be obligated to make such payments to the extent the Lenders and Holders make Advances for such payments, provided , no Requisition shall be required for the Lenders and Holders to make such payments.

 

THE INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDERTAKEN BY THE OWNER TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 11.7 ARE IN ALL RESPECTS SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY REFERENCED IN SECTION 12.9.

 

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

  12.1.   Survival of Agreements .

 

The representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements of the parties provided for in the Operative Agreements, and the parties’ obligations under any and all thereof, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the transfer of any Property to the

 

56


Owner Trustee, the acquisition of any Property (or any of its components), the construction of any Improvements, the Completion of any Property, any disposition of any interest of the Owner Trustee in any Property or any interest of the Holders in the Trust Estate, the payment of the Notes and any disposition thereof and shall be and continue in effect notwithstanding any investigation made by any party and the fact that any party may waive compliance with any of the other terms, provisions or conditions of any of the Operative Agreements. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or in other Operative Agreements, the indemnities of the parties provided for in the Operative Agreements shall survive the expiration or termination of one or more Operative Agreements.

 

  12.2.  Notices .

 

All notices required or permitted to be given under any Operative Agreement shall be in writing. Notices may be served by certified or registered mail, postage paid with return receipt requested; by private courier, prepaid; by telex, facsimile, or other telecommunication device capable of transmitting or creating a written record; or personally. Mailed notices shall be deemed delivered five (5) days after mailing, properly addressed. Couriered notices shall be deemed delivered when delivered as addressed, or if the addressee refuses delivery, when presented for delivery notwithstanding such refusal. Telex or telecommunicated notices shall be deemed delivered when receipt is either confirmed by confirming transmission equipment or acknowledged by the addressee or its office. Personal delivery shall be effective when accomplished. Unless a party changes its address by giving notice to the other party as provided herein, notices shall be delivered to the parties at the following addresses:

 

If to the Construction Agent or the Lessee, to such entity at the following address:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Medical Center, Inc.

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: Malcolm E. McVay

Telephone:  (205) 969-6140

Telecopy:    (205) 969-4620

 

With a copy to:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Medical Center, Inc.

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: William W. Horton

Telephone:  (205) 969-4977

Telecopy:    (205) 969-4730

 

57


If to the Guarantor, to such entity at the following address:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: Malcolm E. McVay

Telephone:  (205) 969-6140

Telecopy:    (205) 969-4620

 

With a copy to:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: William W. Horton

Telephone:  (205) 969-4977

Telecopy:    (205) 969-4730

 

If to the Owner Trustee, to it at the following address:

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut,

National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, CT 06103

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Telecopy: (860) 244-1889

 

With a copy to:

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company

2 Avenue de Lafayette

Boston, MA 02111

Attn: Corporate Trust Department

Reference: HealthSouth

Telephone:  (617) 662-1802

Telecopy:    (617) 662-1465

E-mail:daibrahim@statestreet.com

 

If to the Holders, to each such Holder at the address set forth for such Holder on Schedule I of the Trust Agreement.

 

58


If to the Agent, to it at the following address:

 

First Union National Bank

c/o Wachovia Securities, Inc.

301 South College Street, TW-14

Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-5604

Attention: Gabrielle Altschuler

Telephone:  (704) 383-1967

Telecopy:    (704) 383-8108

E-mail: gabrielle.altschuler@wachovia.com

 

If to any Lender, to it at the address set forth for such Lender in Schedule 2.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

From time to time any party may designate additional parties and/or another address for notice purposes by notice to each of the other parties hereto. Each notice hereunder shall be effective upon receipt or refusal thereof.

 

  12.3.  Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one (1) and the same instrument.

 

  12.4.  Terminations, Amendments, Waivers, Etc.; Unanimous Vote Matters .

 

Each Basic Document may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified only by an instrument in writing signed by, subject to Article VIII of the Trust Agreement regarding termination of the Trust Agreement, the Majority Secured Parties and each Credit Party (to the extent such Credit Party is a party to such Basic Document); provided , to the extent no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Majority Secured Parties shall not amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of any Basic Document in such a manner as to adversely affect the rights of any Credit Party without the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of such Credit Party. Each Operative Agreement which is not a Basic Document may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties thereto and (without the consent of any other Financing Party) the Agent. In addition, the Unanimous Vote Matters shall require the consent of each Lender and each Holder affected by such matter. At no time shall any Credit Party (acting as a Financing Party) have any right to consent or to withhold consent with regard to any matter concerning any Operative Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification shall, without the consent of the Agent and, to the extent affected thereby, each Lender, except each Credit Party or any of such Credit Party’s Affiliates or assignees who may be a Lender from time to time, and each Holder (collectively, the “ Unanimous Vote Matters ”) (i) reduce the Lender Commitments and/or the Holder Commitments (except for a pro-rata

 

59


reduction in each such commitment of the Lenders and the Holders or as otherwise provided in Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement and Section 3.1(e) of the Trust Agreement), extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Note, extend the scheduled Expiration Date, extend the Construction Period Termination Date, extend any payment date of any Note or Certificate, reduce the stated rate of interest payable on any Note, reduce the stated Holder Yield payable on any Certificate (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates or Holder Yields), modify the priority of any Lien in favor of the Agent under any Security Document, subordinate any obligation owed to such Lender or Holder, reduce any Lender Unused Fees or any Holder Unused Fees payable to such Lender or Holder (as the case may be) under the Participation Agreement, extend the scheduled date of payment of any Lender Unused Fees or any Holder Unused Fees payable to such Lender or Holder (as the case may be) or extend the expiration date of such Lender’s Commitment or the Holder Commitment of such Holder, or (ii) terminate, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Section 12.4 or reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of Majority Lenders, Majority Holders or Majority Secured Parties, or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Owner Trustee of any of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document or release a material portion of the Collateral (except in accordance with Section 8.8) or release any Credit Party from its obligations under any Operative Agreement or otherwise alter any payment obligations of any Credit Party to the Lessor or any Financing Party under the Operative Agreements, or (iii) terminate, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of Section 7 of the Credit Agreement, or (iv) permit Advances for Work in excess of the Construction Budget, or (v) eliminate the automatic option under Section 5.3(b) of the Agency Agreement requiring that the Construction Agent pay certain liquidated damages in exchange for the conveyance of a Property to the Construction Agent. Any such termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and the Holders and shall be binding upon all the parties to this Agreement. In the case of any waiver, each party to this Agreement shall be restored to its former position and rights under the Operative Agreements, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. The parties to this Agreement agree that any increase in the Lender Commitments and/or any increase in the Holder Commitments shall be a matter decided by the Majority Secured Parties and not as a Unanimous Vote Matter; provided , however , no individual Lender’s Commitment nor any Holder’s Holder Commitment shall be increased without such party’s express consent, in each such party’s sole discretion.

 

If at a time when the conditions precedent set forth in the Operative Agreements to any Loan are, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, satisfied, any Lender shall fail to fulfill its obligations to make such Loan (any such Lender, a “ Defaulting Lender ”) then, for so long as such failure shall continue, the Defaulting Lender shall (unless the Lessee and the Majority Lenders, determined as if the Defaulting Lender were not a “ Lender ”, shall otherwise consent in writing) be deemed for all purposes relating to terminations, amendments, supplements, waivers or modifications under the Operative Agreements to have no Loans, shall not be treated as a “ Lender ” when performing the computation of Majority Lenders or Majority Secured Parties, and shall have no rights under this Section 12.4; provided that any action taken pursuant to the second paragraph of this Section 12.4 shall not be effective as against the Defaulting Lender.

 

60


If at a time when the conditions precedent set forth in the Operative Agreements to any Holder Advance are, in the opinion of the Majority Holders, satisfied, any Holder shall fail to fulfill its obligations to make such Holder Advance (any such Holder, a “ Defaulting Holder ”) then, for so long as such failure shall continue, the Defaulting Holder shall (unless the Lessee and the Majority Holders, determined as if the Defaulting Holder were not a “ Holder ”, shall otherwise consent in writing) be deemed for all purposes relating to terminations, amendments, supplements, waivers or modifications under the Operative Agreements to have no Holder Advances, shall not be treated as a “ Holder ” when performing the computation of Majority Holders or Majority Secured Parties, and shall have no rights under this Section 12.4; provided that any action taken pursuant to the second paragraph of this Section 12.4 shall not be effective as against the Defaulting Holder.

 

  12.5.  Headings, etc .

 

The Table of Contents and headings of the various Articles and Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

  12.6.  Parties in Interest .

 

Except as expressly provided herein, none of the provisions of this Agreement are intended for the benefit of any Person except the parties hereto.

 

  12.7.  GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; VENUE .

 

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES THEREOF RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAW). Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Operative Agreement may be brought in the courts of the State of North Carolina in Mecklenburg County or of the United States for the Western District of North Carolina and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts. Each of the parties to this Agreement further irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to it at the address set out for notices pursuant to Section 12.2, such service to become effective three (3) days after such mailing. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law or to commence legal proceedings or to otherwise proceed against any party in any other jurisdiction.

 

61


(b) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO ANY DISPUTE OR THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER OPERATIVE AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

(c) Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any other Operative Agreement brought in the courts referred to in subsection (a) above and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

(d) Each party to this Agreement agrees that it shall not have a remedy of punitive or exemplary damages against any other party in any legal action or proceeding and hereby waives any right or claim to punitive or exemplary damages it has now or which may arise in the future in connection with any legal action or proceeding.

 

  12.8.  Severability .

 

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

  12.9.  Liability Limited .

 

(a) The Lenders, the Agent, the Credit Parties, the Owner Trustee and the Holders each acknowledge and agree that the Owner Trustee is (except as otherwise expressly provided herein or therein) entering into this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements to which it is a party (other than the Trust Agreement and to the extent otherwise provided in Section 6.1 of this Agreement), solely in its capacity as trustee under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity and that the Trust Company shall not be liable or accountable under any circumstances whatsoever in its individual capacity for or on account of any statements, representations, warranties, covenants or obligations stated to be those of the Owner Trustee, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct and as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the other Operative Agreements.

 

(b) Anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the Notes or in any other Operative Agreement notwithstanding, no Exculpated Person shall be personally liable in any respect for any liability or obligation arising hereunder or in any other Operative Agreement including without limitation the payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Notes, or for monetary damages for the

 

62


breach of performance of any of the covenants contained in the Credit Agreement, the Notes, this Agreement, the Security Agreement or any of the other Operative Agreements. The Lenders, the Holders and the Agent agree that, in the event any remedies under any Operative Agreement are pursued, neither the Lenders, the Holders nor the Agent shall have any recourse against any Exculpated Person, for any deficiency, loss or Claim for monetary damages or otherwise resulting therefrom and recourse shall be had solely and exclusively against the Trust Estate (excluding Excepted Payments) and the Credit Parties (with respect to the Credit Parties’ obligations under the Operative Agreements); but nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse against or the enforcement of remedies against the Trust Estate (excluding Excepted Payments) in respect of any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained herein and/or in any other Operative Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, nothing in any Operative Agreement shall: (i) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Notes and/or the Certificates arising under any Operative Agreement or secured by any Operative Agreement, but the same shall continue until paid or discharged; (ii) relieve any Exculpated Person from liability and responsibility for (but only to the extent of the damages arising by reason of): active waste knowingly committed by any Exculpated Person with respect to any Property, any fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Exculpated Person; (iii) relieve any Exculpated Person from liability and responsibility for (but only to the extent of the moneys misappropriated, misapplied or not turned over) (A) except for Excepted Payments, misappropriation or misapplication by the Lessor (i.e., application in a manner contrary to any of the Operative Agreements) of any insurance proceeds or condemnation award paid or delivered to the Lessor by any Person other than the Agent, (B) except for Excepted Payments, any deposits or any escrows or amounts owed by the Construction Agent under the Agency Agreement held by the Lessor or (C) except for Excepted Payments, any rent or other income received by the Lessor from any Credit Party that is not turned over to the Agent; or (iv) affect or in any way limit the Agent’s rights and remedies under any Operative Agreement with respect to the Rents and rights and powers of the Agent under the Operative Agreements or to obtain a judgment against the Lessee’s interest in the Properties or the Agent’s rights and powers to obtain a judgment against the Lessor or any Credit Party (provided , that no deficiency judgment or other money judgment shall be enforced against any Exculpated Person except to the extent of the Lessor’s interest in the Trust Estate (excluding Excepted Payments) or to the extent the Lessor may be liable as otherwise contemplated in clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 12.9(b)).

 

  12.10.  Rights of the Credit Parties .

 

If at any time all obligations (i) of the Owner Trustee under the Credit Agreement, the Security Documents and the other Operative Agreements and (ii) of the Credit Parties under the Operative Agreements have in each case been satisfied or discharged in full, then the Credit Parties shall be entitled to (a) terminate the Lease and guaranty obligations under Section 6B and (b) receive all amounts then held under the Operative Agreements and all proceeds with respect to any of the Properties. Upon the termination of the Lease and Section 6B pursuant to the foregoing clause (a), the Lessor shall transfer to the Lessee all of its right, title and interest free

 

63


and clear of the Lien of the Lease, the Lien of the Security Documents and all Lessor Liens in and to any Properties then subject to the Lease and any amounts or proceeds referred to in the foregoing clause (b) shall be paid over to the Lessee.

 

  12.11.  Further Assurances .

 

The parties hereto shall promptly cause to be taken, executed, acknowledged or delivered, at the sole expense of the Lessee, all such further acts, conveyances, documents and assurances as the other parties may from time to time reasonably request in order to carry out and effectuate the intent and purposes of this Participation Agreement, the other Operative Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including without limitation the preparation, execution and filing of any and all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, filings of Mortgage Instruments and other filings or registrations which the parties hereto may from time to time request to be filed or effected). The Lessee, at its own expense and without need of any prior request from any other party, shall take such action as may be necessary (including without limitation any action specified in the preceding sentence), or (if the Owner Trustee shall so request) as so requested, in order to maintain and protect all security interests provided for hereunder or under any other Operative Agreement. In addition, in connection with the sale or other disposition of any Property or any portion thereof, the Lessee agrees to execute such instruments of conveyance as reasonably required in connection therewith.

 

  12.12.  Calculations under Operative Agreements .

 

The parties hereto agree that all calculations and numerical determinations to be made under the Operative Agreements by the Owner Trustee shall be made by the Agent and that such calculations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto in the absence of manifest error.

 

  12.13.  Confidentiality .

 

Each Financing Party severally agrees to use reasonable efforts to keep confidential all non-public information pertaining to any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries which is provided to it by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, and shall not intentionally disclose such information to any Person except:

 

(a) to the extent such information is public when received by such Person or becomes public thereafter due to the act or omission of any party other than such Person;

 

(b) to the extent such information is independently obtained from a source other than any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries and such information from such source is not, to such Person’s knowledge, subject to an obligation of confidentiality or, if such information is subject to an obligation of confidentiality, that disclosure of such information is permitted;

 

64


(c) to counsel, auditors or accountants retained by any such Person or any Affiliates of any such Person (if such Affiliates are permitted to receive such information pursuant to clause (f) or (g) below), provided they agree to keep such information confidential as if such Person or Affiliate were party to this Agreement and to, financial institution regulators, including examiners of any Financing Party or any Affiliate thereof in the course of examinations of such Persons;

 

(d) in connection with any litigation or the enforcement or preservation of the rights of any Financing Party under the Operative Agreements;

 

(e) to the extent required by any applicable statute, rule or regulation or court order (including without limitation, by way of subpoena) or pursuant to the request of any regulatory or Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any such Person; provided , however , that such Person shall endeavor (if not otherwise prohibited by Law) to notify the Lessee prior to any disclosure made pursuant to this clause (e), except that no such Person shall be subject to any liability whatsoever for any failure to so notify the Lessee;

 

(f) any Financing Party may disclose such information to another Financing Party or to any Affiliate of a Financing Party that is a direct or indirect owner of any Financing Party;

 

(g) any Financing Party may disclose such information to an Affiliate of any Financing Party to the extent required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or to the extent such Affiliate is involved in, or provides advice or assistance to such Person with respect to, such transactions (provided , in each case that such Affiliate has agreed in writing to maintain confidentiality as if it were such Financing Party (as the case may be)); or

 

(h) to the extent disclosure to any other financial institution or other Person is appropriate in connection with any proposed or actual (i) assignment or grant of a participation by any of the Lenders of interests in the Credit Agreement or any Note to such other financial institution (who will in rum be required by the Agent to agree in writing to maintain confidentiality as if it were a Lender originally party to this Agreement) or (ii) assignment by any Holder of interests in the Trust Agreement to another Person (who will in turn be required by the transferring Holder to agree in writing to maintain confidentiality as if it were a Holder originally party to this Agreement).

 

Subject to the terms of Sections 12.13(a)-12.13(h), under the terms of any one or more of which circumstances disclosure shall be permitted, each Financing Party severally agrees to use reasonable efforts to keep confidential all non-public information pertaining to the financing structure described in the unrecorded Operative Agreements.

 

65


  12.14.   Financial Reporting/Tax Characterization .

 

Lessee agrees to obtain advice from its own accountants and tax counsel regarding the financial reporting treatment and the tax characterization of the transactions described in the Operative Agreements. Lessee further agrees that Lessee shall not rely upon any statement of any Financing Party or any of their respective Affiliates and/or Subsidiaries regarding any such financial reporting treatment and/or tax characterization.

 

  12.15.   Set-off .

 

In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable Law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon and after the occurrence of any Event of Default and during the continuance thereof, the Lenders, the Holders, their respective Affiliates and any assignee or participant of a Lender or a Holder in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Operative Agreements are hereby authorized by the Credit Parties at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Credit Parties or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set-off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, including without limitation indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured) and any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Lenders, the Holders, their respective Affiliates or any assignee or participant of a Lender or a Holder in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Operative Agreements to or for the credit or the account of any Credit Party against and on account of the obligations of any Credit Party under the Operative Agreements irrespective of whether or not (a) the Lenders or the Holders shall have made any demand under any Operative Agreement or (b) the Agent shall have declared any or all of the obligations of any Credit Party under the Operative Agreements to be due and payable and although such obligations shall be contingent or unmatured. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Agent nor any other Financing Party shall exercise, or attempt to exercise, any right of setoff, banker’s lien, or the like, against any deposit account or property of any Credit Party held by the Agent or any other Financing Party, without the prior written consent of the Majority Secured Parties, and any Financing Party violating this provision shall indemnify the Agent and the other Financing Parties from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities and damages resulting therefrom. The contractual restriction on the exercise of setoff rights provided in the foregoing sentence is solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Financing Parties and may not be enforced by any Credit Party.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

66


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

CONSTRUCTION AGENT AND LESSEE :

 

HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC., an

Alabama corporation

By:  

/s/ Malcolm E. McVay

Name:

 

Malcolm E. McVay

Title:

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 

[signature pages continued]

 

Participation Agreement

Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

 


GUARANTOR :

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Malcolm E. McVay

Name:

 

Malcolm E. McVay

Title:

 

Executive Vice Pres. And Treasurer

 

[signature pages continued]

 

Participation Agreement

Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

 


OWNER TRUSTEE AND LESSOR :

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not individually, except as expressly stated herein, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1
By:  

/s/ Deborah A. Ibrahim

Name:

 

Deborah A. Ibrahim

Title:

 

Assistant Secretary

 

[signature pages continued]

 

Participation Agreement

Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

 


THE AGENT AND LENDERS :

 

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as a Lender and as the Agent
By:  

/s/ Evander S. Jones, Jr.

Name:

 

Evander S. Jones, Jr.

Title:

 

Vice President

 

[signature pages continued]

 

Participation Agreement

Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

 


DBAH CAPITAL, LLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John Cipriani

Name:

 

John Cipriani

Title:

 

Director

By:  

/s/ Cheryl Davidson

Name:

 

Cheryl Davidson

Title:

 

Vice President

Dbah Capital, LLC

 

[signature pages continued]

 

Participation Agreement

Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

 


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Dawn Lee Lum

Name:

 

Dawn Lee Lum

Title:

 

Vice President

 

[signature pages continued]

 

Participation Agreement

Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

 


HOLDERS :      

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as a Holder

        By:  

/s/ Evander S. Jones, Jr.

           

Name:

 

Evander S. Jones, Jr.

           

Title:

 

Vice President

 

[signature pages continued]

 

Participation Agreement

Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

 


DBAH CAPITAL, LLC, as a Holder

By:  

/s/ John Cipriani

Name:

 

John Cipriani

Title:

 

Director

By:  

/s/ Cheryl Davidson

Name:

 

Cheryl Davidson

Title:

 

Vice President

Dbah Capital, LLC

 

[signature pages continued]

 

Participation Agreement

Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

 


CSL LEASING, INC., as a Holder

By:  

/s/ James P. Donaghey

Name:

 

James P. Donaghey

Title:

 

Vice President

 

[signature pages end]

 

Participation Agreement

Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1

 



 

Appendix A

Rules of Usage and Definitions

 


 

I. Rules of Usage

 

The following rules of usage shall apply to this Appendix A and the Operative Agreements (and each appendix, schedule, exhibit and annex to the foregoing) unless otherwise required by the context or unless otherwise defined therein:

 

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, any definitions set forth herein or in any other document shall be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.

 

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided, references in any document to articles, sections, paragraphs, clauses, annexes, appendices, schedules or exhibits are references to articles, sections, paragraphs, clauses, annexes, appendices, schedules or exhibits in or to such document.

 

(c) The headings, subheadings and table of contents used in any document are solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute a part of any such document nor shall they affect the meaning, construction or effect of any provision thereof.

 

(d) References to any Person shall include such Person, its successors, permitted assigns and permitted transferees.

 

(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided, reference to any agreement means such agreement as amended, modified, extended, supplemented, restated and/or replaced from time to time in accordance with the applicable provisions thereof.

 

(f) Except as otherwise expressly provided, references to any law includes any amendment or modification to such law and any rules or regulations issued thereunder or any law enacted in substitution or replacement therefor.

 

(g) When used in any document, words such as “hereunder”, “hereto”, “hereof and “herein” and other words of like import shall, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, refer to the whole of the applicable document and not to any particular article, section, subsection, paragraph or clause thereof.

 

(h) References to “including” means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term and for purposes hereof the rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit a general statement, followed by or referable to an enumeration of specific matters, to matters similar to those specifically mentioned.

 

Appendix A-l


(i) References herein to “attorney’s fees”, “legal fees”, “costs of counsel” or other such references shall be deemed to include the allocated cost of in-house counsel.

 

(j) Each of the parties to the Operative Agreements and their counsel have reviewed and revised, or requested revisions to, the Operative Agreements, and the usual rule of construction that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be inapplicable in the construction and interpretation of the Operative Agreements and any amendments or exhibits thereto.

 

(k) Capitalized terms used in any Operative Agreements which are not defined in this Appendix A but are defined in another Operative Agreement shall have the meaning so ascribed to such term in the applicable Operative Agreement.

 

II. Definitions

 

“ABR” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Lending Rate in effect on such day, and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus one-half of one percent (0.5%). For purposes hereof: “ Prime Lending Rate ” shall mean the rate announced by the Agent from time to time as its prime lending rate as in effect from time to time. The Prime Lending Rate is a reference rate and is one of several interest rate bases used by the Agent and does not necessarily represent the lowest or most favorable rate offered by the Agent actually charged to any customer. Any Lender may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Lending Rate. The Prime Lending Rate shall change automatically and without notice from time to time as and when the prime lending rate of the Agent changes. “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members or the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three (3) Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Lending Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Lending Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

 

“ABR Holder Advance” shall mean a Holder Advance bearing a Holder Yield based on the ABR.

 

“ABR Loans” shall mean Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.

 

“Acceleration” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 6 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Appendix A-2


“Accounts” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 1 of the Security Agreement.

 

“Acquisition Advance” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 5.3 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Acquisition Loan” shall mean any Loan made in connection with an Acquisition Advance.

 

“Additional Incorporated Terms” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 28.1 of the Lease.

 

“Adjusted Property Cost” shall mean, for each Property, the Property Cost for such Property minus the Excluded Costs for such Property.

 

“Advance” shall mean a Construction Advance or an Acquisition Advance.

 

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Person or group acting in concert in respect of the Person in question that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person.

 

“After Tax Basis” shall mean, with respect to any payment to be received, the amount of such payment increased so that, after deduction of the amount of all taxes required to be paid by the recipient calculated at the then maximum marginal rates generally applicable to Persons of the same type as the recipients with respect to the receipt by the recipient of such amounts (less any tax savings realized as a result of the payment of the indemnified amount), such increased payment (as so reduced) is equal to the payment otherwise required to be made.

 

“Agency Agreement” shall mean the Agency Agreement, dated on or about the Initial Closing Date between the Construction Agent and the Lessor.

 

“Agency Agreement Event of Default” shall mean an “Event of Default” as defined in Section 5.1 of the Agency Agreement.

 

“Agent” shall mean First Union National Bank, as agent for the Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement, or any successor agent appointed in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and respecting the Security Documents, as agent for the Secured Parties.

 

“Applicable Percentage” shall mean for [ABR Loans, ABR Holder Advances, Eurodollar Loans, Eurodollar Holder Advances and Unused Fees] the margin, expressed as a percentage per annum, set forth below determined (except with respect to Cash Secured Loans) according to the highest Rating of outstanding senior unsecured indebtedness of the Parent from time to time as specified in the table below (provided that in the event of a Rating split between Tiers, then the Tier next above the Tier corresponding to the lower Rating shall apply) or such margin as may otherwise be applicable for Cash Secured Loans:

 

Tier


  

Senior Unsecured Debt Rating


   ABR Loans

   ABR Holder
Advances


   Eurodollar
Loans


   Eurodollar
Holder
Advances


   Unused Fee

  

S&P


  

Moody’s


              

I

   Cash Secured Loans    Cash Secured Loans    0.0    n/a    40.0    n/a    15.0

II

   BBB or greater    Baa2 or greater    12.5    112.5    112.5    212.5    25.0

III

   BB+    Bal    37.5    137.5    137.5    237.5    37.5

IV

   less than BB+    less than Bal    87.5    187.5    187.5    287.5    50.0

 

Appendix A-3


Additionally, the following provisions shall apply to the Tranche A Loans and the Tranche A Unused Fee:

 

Tranche A Loans : The portion of Tranche A Loans in an amount equal to the aggregate of all Advances in excess of $60,000,000 (Cash Secured Loans) shall bear interest calculated at the rate applicable to such Advances set forth in Tier I. The remaining portion of the total Tranche A Loans shall bear interest at the rate applicable to the type of Tranche A Loan set forth in Tier II-IV according to the Rating.

 

Tranche A Unused Fee : Commitments in an amount equal to the unused Tranche A Commitments which if funded would be required to be Cash Secured Loans shall receive an Unused Fee calculated at the rate applicable to such Commitments set forth in Tier I. The difference between the aggregate unused Tranche A Commitments and the unused Tranche A Commitments which if funded would be required to be Cash Secured Loans shall receive an unused fee calculated at the rate applicable to such Commitments set forth in Tier II-IV according to the Rating.

 

The “Applicable Percentage” shall be determined by the Agent and for purposes of such determination: (i) no change in Rating shall be effective until the Agent receives notice or otherwise has notice knowledge thereof; and (ii) each change in the Applicable Percentage shall, subject to the terms of the immediately preceding subsection (i), be effective on and as of the date of each such change. Initially, the Applicable Percentage shall be at Tier III. If at any time either the Parent’s senior unsecured debt is not rated by S&P or Moody’s, then Tier IV shall apply.

 

“Appraisal” shall mean, with respect to any Property, an appraisal to be delivered in connection with the Participation Agreement or in accordance with the terms of the Lease, in each case prepared by a reputable appraiser reasonably acceptable to the Agent, which in the judgment of counsel to the Agent, complies with all of the provisions of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended, the rules and regulations adopted pursuant thereto, and all other applicable Legal Requirements.

 

“Appraisal Procedure” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 22.4 of the Lease.

 

Appendix A-4


“Approved Bank” shall have the meaning given to such term in the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in this Appendix A.

 

“Approved State” shall mean each of the following: Alabama and any other state within the continental United States proposed by the Lessee and consented to in writing by the Agent.

 

“Appurtenant Rights” shall mean (a) all agreements, easements, rights of way or use, rights of ingress or egress, privileges, appurtenances, tenements, hereditaments and other rights and benefits at any time belonging or pertaining to the Land underlying the Improvements or the Improvements, including without limitation the use of any streets, ways, alleys, vaults or strips of land adjoining, abutting, adjacent or contiguous to the Land and (b) all permits, licenses and rights, whether or not of record, appurtenant to such Land or the Improvements.

 

“Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean the Assignment and Acceptance in the form attached to the Credit Agreement as EXHIBIT B .

 

“Available Commitment” shall mean, as to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of such Lender’s Commitment over (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans made by such Lender as of such date after giving effect to Section 5.2(d) of the Participation Agreement (but without giving effect to any other repayments or prepayments of any Loans hereunder).

 

“Available Holder Commitments” shall mean an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate amount of the Holder Commitments over (b) the aggregate amount of the Holder Advances made since the Initial Closing Date after giving effect to Section 5.2(d) of the Participation Agreement (but without giving effect to any other repayments or prepayments of any Holder Advances).

 

“Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the U. S. Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now or hereafter in effect or any successor thereto.

 

“Basic Documents” shall mean the following: the Participation Agreement, the Agency Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Certificates, the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Lease and the Security Agreement.

 

“Basic Rent” shall mean, the sum of (a) the Loan Basic Rent and (b) the Lessor Basic Rent, calculated as of the applicable date on which Basic Rent is due.

 

“Benefitted Lender” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.10(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Bill of Sale” shall mean a Bill of Sale regarding Equipment in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

“Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Appendix A-5


“Borrower” shall mean the Owner Trustee, not in its individual capacity but as Borrower under the Credit Agreement.

 

“Borrowing Date” shall mean any Business Day specified in a notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement as a date on which the Lessor requests the Lenders to make Loans thereunder.

 

“Budgeted Total Property Cost” shall mean, at any date of determination with respect to any Construction Period Property, an amount equal to the aggregate amount which the Construction Agent in good faith expects to be expended in order to achieve Completion with respect to such Property.

 

“Business Day” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Charlotte, North Carolina or any other states from which the Agent, any Lender or any Holder funds or engages in administrative activities with respect to the transactions under the Operative Agreements are authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

“Capitalized Lease” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of property (whether real, personal, tangible, intangible or mixed of such Person) by such Person as the lessee which would be capitalized on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Capital Stock” shall mean any nonredeemable capital stock of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or of any other applicable Person, whether common or preferred.

 

“Cash Collateral” shall mean such cash and Cash Equivalents constituting the Cash Collateral Account pledged by the Lessee and maintained in a trust account with State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association in accordance with the Cash Collateral Agreement.

 

“Cash Collateral Account” shall mean the cash collateral account (including without limitation the deposits and certificates of deposit in such account) which is the subject of the Cash Collateral Agreement and held at the Cash Collateral Possessor.

 

“Cash Collateral Agreement” shall mean that certain Cash Collateral Agreement by the Lessee and agreed and accepted by the Agent and the Cash Collateral Possessor, in substantially the form of Exhibit L attached to the Participation Agreement, with any modifications thereto being approved by the Majority Secured Parties.

 

“Cash Collateral Agreement Event of Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1 of the Cash Collateral Agreement.

 

Appendix A-6


“Cash Collateral Possessor” shall mean an institution selected by the Lessee and approved by the Agent that is not an affiliate of any Credit Party or Financing Party.

 

“Cash Equivalents” shall mean (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof).

 

“Cash Secured Loan” shall mean those certain Tranche A Loans which the Lessee has secured dollar for dollar by making deposits in the Cash Collateral Account in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Participation Agreement and the Cash Collateral Agreement.

 

“Casualty” shall mean any damage or destruction of all or any portion of the Property as a result of a fire or other casualty.

 

“CERCLA” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986.

 

“Certificate” shall mean a Certificate in favor of each Holder regarding the Holder Commitment of such Holder issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Trust Agreement in favor of each Holder.

 

“Chattel Paper” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 1 of the Security Agreement.

 

“Claims” shall mean any and all obligations, liabilities, losses, actions, suits, penalties, claims, demands, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) of any nature whatsoever.

 

“Closing Date” shall mean the Initial Closing Date and each Property Closing Date.

 

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 together with rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto.

 

“Collateral” shall mean all assets of the Lessor, the Construction Agent and the Lessee, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by one or more of the Security Documents.

 

“Commencement Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2 of the Lease.

 

“Commitment” shall mean, as to any Lender, the Lender Commitment of such Lender.

 

“Commitment Percentage” shall mean, as to any Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Commitments (or, at any time after the Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal

 

Appendix A-7


amount of all of the Loans then outstanding), and such Commitment Percentage shall take into account both the Lender’s Tranche A Commitment and the Lender’s Tranche B Commitment.

 

“Commitment Period” shall mean the period from and including the Initial Closing Date to and including the Construction Period Termination Date, or such earlier date as the Commitments shall terminate as provided in the Credit Agreement or the Holder Commitment shall terminate as provided in the Trust Agreement.

 

“Company Obligations” shall mean the obligations of HEALTHSOUTH Medical Center, Inc. in any and all capacities under and with respect to the Operative Agreements and each Property.

 

“Completion” shall mean, with respect to a Property, such time as the acquisition, installation, testing and final completion of the Improvements on such Property has been achieved in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the Agency Agreement and/or the Lease, and in compliance with all Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements and a certificate of occupancy has been issued with respect to such Property by the appropriate governmental entity (except if non-compliance, individually or in the aggregate, shall not have and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or if compliance with any of the foregoing is otherwise waived by the Agent upon instruction from the Majority Secured Parties). If the Lessor purchases a Property that includes existing Improvements that are to be immediately occupied by the Lessee without any improvements financed pursuant to the Operative Agreements, the date of Completion for such Property shall be the Property Closing Date.

 

“Completion Date” shall mean, with respect to a Property, the date on which Completion for such Property has occurred.

 

“Condemnation” shall mean any taking or sale of the use, access, occupancy, easement rights or title to any Property or any part thereof, wholly or partially (temporarily or permanently), by or on account of any actual or threatened eminent domain proceeding or other taking of action by any Person having the power of eminent domain, including without limitation an action by a Governmental Authority to change the grade of, or widen the streets adjacent to, any Property or alter the pedestrian or vehicular traffic flow to any Property so as to result in a change in access to such Property, or by or on account of an eviction by paramount title or any transfer made in lieu of any such proceeding or action.

 

“Consolidated Subsidiary” shall mean, as to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person which under the rules of GAAP consistently applied should have its financial results consolidated with those of such Person for purposes of financial accounting statements.

 

“Construction Advance” shall mean an advance of funds to pay Property Costs pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Participation Agreement.

 

Appendix A-8


“Construction Agency Person” shall mean the Construction Agent and any Person that the Construction Agent directly or indirectly supervises, and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

 

“Construction Agent” shall mean HEALTHSOUTH Medical Center, Inc., an Alabama corporation, as the construction agent under the Operative Agreements.

 

“Construction Budget” shall mean the cost of acquisition, installation, testing, constructing and developing any Property as determined by the Construction Agent in its reasonable, good faith judgment.

 

“Construction Commencement Date” shall mean, with respect to Improvements, the date on which construction of such Improvements commences pursuant to the Agency Agreement.

 

“Construction Contract” shall mean any contract entered into between the Construction Agent or the Lessee with a Contractor for the construction of Improvements or any portion thereof on the Property.

 

“Construction Loan” shall mean any Loan made in connection with a Construction Advance.

 

“Construction Period” shall mean, with respect to a Property, the period commencing on the Construction Commencement Date for such Property and ending on the Completion Date for such Property.

 

“Construction Period Property” means, at any date of determination, any Property as to which the Rent Commencement Date has not occurred on or prior to such date.

 

“Construction Period Termination Date” shall mean (a) the earlier of (i) the date that the Commitments have been terminated in their entirety in accordance with the terms of Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement, (ii) the date that is thirty months after the Initial Closing Date, or (iii) with respect to any Property, the Completion Date for such Property or (b) such later date as shall be agreed in accordance with Section 12.4 of the Participation Agreement or as provided pursuant to Section 5.18(a) of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Contract Provider” shall mean any Person who provides professional health care services under or pursuant to any contract with the Parent or any Subsidiary.

 

“Contractor” shall mean each entity with whom the Construction Agent or the Lessee contracts to construct any Improvements or any portion thereof on the Property.

 

“Control Agreement” shall mean that certain control agreement by and among the Lessee, the Agent and the Cash Collateral Possessor, in substantially the form of Exhibit M attached to the Participation Agreement, with any modifications thereto being approved by the Majority Secured Parties.

 

Appendix A-9


“Control Investment Affiliate” shall mean as to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

“Controlled Group” shall mean all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with any Credit Party, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

“Co-Owner Trustee” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.2 of the Trust Agreement.

 

“Credit Agreement” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated on or about the Initial Closing Date, among the Lessor, the Agent and the Lenders, as specified therein.

 

“Credit Agreement Default” shall mean any event or condition which, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Credit Agreement Event of Default.

 

“Credit Agreement Event of Default” shall mean any event or condition defined as an “Event of Default” in Section 6 of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Credit Documents” shall mean the Participation Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents.

 

“Credit Parties” shall mean the Construction Agent, the Lessee and the Guarantor.

 

“Deed” shall mean a warranty deed regarding the Land and/or Improvements in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

“Default” shall mean any event, act or condition which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulting Holder” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 12.4 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Defaulting Lender” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 12.4 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Deficiency Balance” shall have the meaning given in Section 22.1(b) of the Lease Agreement.

 

“Digital Hospital Property” shall mean that certain Property located in Birmingham, Alabama which was ground leased to the Lessor on or about the Initial Closing Date and which is described more particularly in Lease Supplement No. 1.

 

Appendix A-10


“Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1” shall mean the grantor trust created pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Trust Agreement.

 

“Documents” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 1 of the Security Agreement.

 

“Dollars” and “$” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

“Election Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 20.1 of the Lease.

 

“Election Notice” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 20.1 of the Lease.

 

“Employee Benefit Plan” or “Plan” shall mean an employee benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, including without limitation any Multiemployer Plan), or any “plan” as defined in Section 4975(e)(l) of the Code and as interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Labor in rules, regulations, releases or bulletins in effect on any Closing Date.

 

“Engagement Letter” shall mean the engagement letter dated October 25, 2001 addressed to Mr. Malcolm McVay, EVP & Treasurer of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation from Weston Garrett, Vice President of First Union Securities, Inc.

 

“Environmental Claims” shall mean any investigation, notice, violation, demand, allegation, action, suit, injunction, judgment, order, consent decree, penalty, fine, lien, proceeding, or claim (whether administrative, judicial, or private in nature) arising (a) pursuant to, or in connection with, an actual or alleged violation of, any Environmental Law, (b) in connection with any Hazardous Substance, (c) from any abatement, removal, remedial, corrective, or other response action in connection with a Hazardous Substance, Environmental Law, or other order of a Tribunal or (d) from any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat, or harm to health, safety, natural resources, or the environment.

 

“Environmental Laws” shall mean any Law, permit, consent, approval, license, award, or other authorization or requirement of any Tribunal relating to emissions, discharges, releases, threatened releases of any Hazardous Substance into ambient air, surface water, ground water, publicly owned treatment works, septic system, or land, or otherwise relating to the handling, storage, treatment, generation, use, or disposal of Hazardous Substances, pollution or to the protection of health or the environment, including without limitation CERCLA, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901, et seq., and state statutes analogous thereto.

 

“Environmental Violation” shall mean any activity, occurrence or condition that violates or threatens (if the threat requires remediation under any Environmental Law and is not remediated during any grace period allowed under such Environmental Law) to violate or results in or threatens (if the threat requires remediation under any Environmental Law and is not remediated during any grace period allowed under such Environmental Law) to result in noncompliance with any Environmental Law.

 

Appendix A-11


“Equipment” shall mean only the equipment, apparatus, furnishings, fixtures, fittings and personal property of every kind and nature necessary or typical for the operation of any Improvements, whenever purchased using the proceeds of the Loans or the Holder Advances and all improvements and modifications thereto and replacements thereof, whether or not now owned or hereafter acquired or now or subsequently attached to any Improvements, necessary or typical for the operation of any Improvements.

 

“Equipment Schedule” shall mean (a) each Equipment Schedule attached to the applicable Requisition and (b) each Equipment Schedule attached to the applicable Lease Supplement.

 

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean each entity required to be aggregated with any Credit Party pursuant to the requirements of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.

 

“Eurodollar Holder Advance” shall mean a Holder Advance bearing a Holder Yield based on the Eurodollar Rate.

 

“Eurodollar Loans” shall mean Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

 

“Eurodollar Percentage” shall mean for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance comprising part of the same borrowing or advance (including without limitation conversions, extensions and renewals), the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Telerate page 3750 (or any successor thereto) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period. If for any reason such rate is not available, the term “Eurodollar Percentage” shall mean for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance comprising part of the same borrowing or advance (including without limitation conversions, extensions and renewals), the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%), appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided , however , if more than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%). As used herein, “Reuters Screen LIBO Page” means the display designated as page “LIBO” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks) (“RMMRS”). If, for any reason, neither of such rates is available, then “Eurodollar Percentage” shall mean for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance comprising part of the same borrowing or advance (including without limitation conversions, extensions and renewals), the rate per annum at which, as determined by the Agent, Dollars in an amount comparable to the Eurodollar Loans and

 

Appendix A-12


Eurodollar Holder Advances then requested, converted, extended, or renewed, as the case may be, are being offered to leading banks at approximately 11:00 A.M. London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of the applicable Interest Period for settlement in immediately available funds by leading banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to the Interest Period selected.

 

Eurodollar Rate ” shall mean a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Agent pursuant to the following formula:

 

Eurodollar Rate =                    Eurodollar Percentage            
     1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

 

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” shall mean for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan or a Eurodollar Holder Advance, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including without limitation basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements prescribed on eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation D) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

 

“Event of Default” shall mean a Lease Event of Default, an Agency Agreement Event of Default, a Cash Collateral Agreement Event of Default or a Credit Agreement Event of Default.

 

“Excepted Payments” shall mean:

 

(a) all indemnity payments (including without limitation indemnity payments made pursuant to Section 11 of the Participation Agreement), whether made by adjustment to Basic Rent or otherwise, to which the Owner Trustee, any Holder or any of their respective Affiliates, agents, officers, directors or employees is entitled;

 

(b) any amounts (other than Basic Rent or Termination Value) payable under any Operative Agreement to reimburse the Owner Trustee, any Holder or any of their respective Affiliates (including without limitation the reasonable expenses of the Owner Trustee, the Trust Company and the Holders incurred in connection with any such payment) for performing or complying with any of the obligations of any Credit Party under and as permitted by any Operative Agreement;

 

(c) any amount payable to a Holder by any transferee of such interest of a Holder as the purchase price of such Holder’s interest in the Trust Estate (or a portion thereof);

 

(d) any insurance proceeds (or payments with respect to risks self-insured or policy deductibles) under liability policies other than such proceeds or payments payable to the Agent or any Lender;

 

Appendix A-13


(e) any insurance proceeds under policies maintained by the Owner Trustee or any Holder;

 

(f) Transaction Expenses or other amounts, fees, disbursements or expenses paid or payable to or for the benefit of the Owner Trustee;

 

(g) any payments in respect of interest to the extent attributable to payments referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above; and

 

(h) any rights of either the Owner Trustee or the Trust Company to demand, collect, sue for or otherwise receive and enforce payment of any of the foregoing amounts, provided that such rights shall not include the right to terminate the Lease.

 

“Excess Proceeds” shall mean the excess, if any, of the aggregate of all awards, compensation or insurance proceeds payable in connection with a Casualty or Condemnation over the Termination Value paid by the Lessee pursuant to the Lease with respect to such Casualty or Condemnation.

 

“Excluded Cost” shall mean the sum of (a) the actual construction costs (net of insurance proceeds, but including the applicable deductible) necessary to repair and restore damage caused by a Force Majeure Event with respect to the Improvements to a Construction Period Property to the condition of such Improvements immediately prior to such Force Majeure Event plus (b) the Excluded Indemnity Amount.

 

“Excluded Indemnity Amount” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 11.7 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Exculpated Persons” shall mean the Trust Company (except with respect to the representations and warranties and the other obligations of the Trust Company pursuant to the Operative Agreements expressly undertaken in its individual capacity, including without limitation the representations and warranties of the Trust Company pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Participation Agreement, the obligations of the Trust Company pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Participation Agreement and the obligations of the Trust Company pursuant to the Trust Agreement), the Holders (except with respect to the obligations of the Holders pursuant to the Participation Agreement and the Trust Agreement expressly undertaken in their respective individual capacities), their officers, directors, shareholders and partners.

 

“Exempt Payments” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.2(e) of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Expiration Date” shall mean the last day of the Term; provided , in no event shall the Expiration Date be later than the date that is seven (7) years and six (6) months after the Initial Closing Date, unless such later date has been expressly agreed to in writing by each of the Lessor, the Lessee, the Agent, the Lenders and the Holders.

 

Appendix A-14


“Extended Remarketing Period” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 22.6 of the Lease.

 

“Fair Market Sales Value” shall mean, with respect to any Property, the amount, which in any event, shall not be less than zero (0), that would be paid in cash in an arms-length transaction between an informed and willing purchaser and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to purchase or sell, respectively, such Property. Fair Market Sales Value of any Property shall be determined based on the assumption that, except for purposes of Section 17 of the Lease, such Property is in the condition and state of repair required under Section 10.1 of the Lease and each Credit Party is in compliance with the other requirements of the Operative Agreements.

 

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall have the meaning given to such term in the definition of ABR.

 

“Financing Parties” shall mean the Lessor, the Owner Trustee, in its trust capacity, the Agent, the Holders and the Lenders.

 

“Fixtures” shall mean all fixtures relating to the Improvements, including without limitation all components thereof, located in or on the Improvements, together with all replacements, modifications, alterations and additions thereto.

 

“Force Majeure Event” shall mean with respect to a Construction Period Property, any event beyond the control of the Lessee, Guarantor or any Construction Agency Person (the existence of which was not known on the Property Closing Date with respect to such Property, or would not reasonably have been expected to be discovered through the exercise of commercially reasonable due diligence, by the Lessee, Guarantor, or Construction Agency Person, taking into account the anticipated construction of Improvements and the contemplated use of such Property) including, but not limited to, general strikes (but not any strike or other job action involving employees of the Lessee, Guarantor or any Construction Agency Person), acts of God, government activities or inactivities directly interfering with the construction of the Improvements, inability to obtain labor or materials, civil commotion and enemy action; but excluding in all cases (a) any event, cause or condition that results from (i) an act or omission of Lessee, Guarantor or any Construction Agency Person, (ii) a breach by Lessee, Guarantor or any Construction Agency Person of its obligations or representations or warranties under the Operative Agreements or any other agreements to which it is a party, or (iii) from either the Lessee’s, the Guarantor’s or any Construction Agency Person’s financial condition or failure to pay, (b) any event, cause or condition which could have been avoided or which could be remedied or mitigated through the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts or the expenditure of funds, (c) any event, cause or condition which Lessee certifies does not constitute a Force Majeure Event, or (d) any Full Recourse Event of Default.

 

“Form W-8BEN” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.2(e) of the Participation Agreement.

 

Appendix A-15


“Form W-8ECI” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.2(e) of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Full Recourse Event of Default” shall mean any of the following:

 

(i) an Agency Agreement Event of Default arising in whole or in part as a consequence of any fraudulent act or omission of any Construction Agency Person in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery, consummation and/or performance of any Operative Agreement or any other contractual agreement relating to the Property or the construction or work thereon;

 

(ii) an Agency Agreement Event of Default arising in whole or in part as a consequence of the misapplication of any Advance or any portion thereof or any other funds made available to, or on behalf of, Construction Agent or any other Construction Agency Person under any Operative Agreement;

 

(iii) an Agency Agreement Event of Default arising as a consequence of an Insolvency Event with respect to Construction Agent;

 

(iv) any Construction Agency Person shall willfully breach any of its respective obligations, covenants, representations or warranties under any Operative Agreement or any other contractual agreement or law relating to the Property or the construction or work thereon; or

 

(v) any Construction Agency Person shall commit any illegal act regarding any Property or otherwise causing any loss, cost or damage to any Financing Party.

 

“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the accounting principles board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

“Governmental Action” shall mean all permits, authorizations, registrations, consents, approvals, waivers, exceptions, variances, orders, judgments, written interpretations, decrees, licenses, exemptions, publications, filings, notices to and declarations of or with, or required by, any Governmental Authority, or required by any Legal Requirement, and shall include, without limitation, all environmental and operating permits and licenses that are required for the full use, occupancy, zoning and operating of the Property.

 

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Appendix A-16


“Ground Lease” shall mean a ground lease (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) respecting any Property (a) owned by any Credit Party (or a parent corporation or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party) and leased to the Lessor where such lease has at least a ninety-nine (99) year term and payments set at no more than $562,000.00 per year during the Term and no more than the fair market rental value thereafter, or (b) where such lease is subject to such other terms and conditions as are satisfactory to the Agent.

 

“Guarantor” shall mean HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

“Hard Costs” shall mean all costs and expenses payable for supplies, materials, labor and profit with respect to the Improvements under any Construction Contract.

 

“Hazardous Substance” shall mean any of the following: (a) any petroleum or petroleum product, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos, formaldehyde, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead and radon gas; (b) any substance, material, product, derivative, compound or mixture, mineral, chemical, waste, gas, medical waste, or pollutant, in each case whether naturally occurring, man-made or the by-product of any process, that is toxic, harmful or hazardous to the environment or human health or safety as determined in accordance with any Environmental Law; or (c) any substance, material, product, derivative, compound or mixture, mineral, chemical, waste, gas, medical waste or pollutant that would support the assertion of any claim under any Environmental Law, whether or not defined as hazardous as such under any Environmental Law.

 

“HEALTHSOUTH” shall mean HEALTHSOUTH Medical Center, Inc., an Alabama corporation, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

“Holder Advance” shall mean any advance made by any Holder to the Owner Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement or the Participation Agreement.

 

“Holder Amount” shall mean as of any date, the aggregate amount of Holder Advances made by each Holder to the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 2 of the Participation Agreement and Section 3.1 of the Trust Agreement less any payments of any Holder Advances received by the Holders pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Trust Agreement.

 

“Holder Commitments” shall mean the Holder Commitment of each Holder as set forth in Schedule I to the Trust Agreement as such Schedule I may be amended and replaced from time to time.

 

“Holder Fees” shall mean all fees paid in connection with Sections 7.6 and 7.7 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Holder Overdue Rate” shall mean the lesser of (a) the then current rate of Holder Yield respecting the particular amount in question plus two percent (2%) and (b) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

Appendix A-17


“Holder Property Cost” shall mean with respect to a Property an amount equal to the outstanding Holder Advances with respect thereto.

 

“Holder Unused Fee” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 7.4 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Holder Yield” shall mean with respect to Holder Advances from time to time either the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Percentage or the ABR plus the Applicable Percentage as elected by the Owner Trustee from time to time with respect to such Holder Advances in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement; provided , however , (a) upon delivery of the notice described in Section 3.7(c) of the Trust Agreement, the outstanding Holder Advances of each Holder shall bear a yield at the ABR plus the Applicable Percentage applicable from time to time from and after the dates and during the periods specified in Section 3.7(c) of the Trust Agreement, and (b) upon the delivery by a Holder of the notice described in Section 11.3(e) of the Participation Agreement, the Holder Advances of such Holder shall bear a yield at the ABR plus the Applicable Percentage applicable from time to time after the dates and during the periods specified in Section 11.3(e) of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Holders” shall mean First Union National Bank and shall include the other banks and financial institutions which may be from time to time holders of Certificates in connection with the Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1.

 

“Impositions” shall mean any and all liabilities, losses, expenses, costs, charges and Liens of any kind whatsoever for fees, taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, assessments or withholdings (“ Taxes ”) including but not limited to (i) real and personal property taxes, including without limitation personal property taxes on any property covered by the Lease that is classified by Governmental Authorities as personal property, and real estate or ad valorem taxes in the nature of property taxes; (ii) sales taxes, use taxes and other similar taxes (including rent taxes and intangibles taxes); (iii) excise taxes; (iv) real estate transfer taxes, conveyance taxes, stamp taxes and documentary recording taxes and fees; (v) taxes that are or are in the nature of franchise, income, value added, privilege and doing business taxes, license and registration fees; (vi) assessments on any Property, including without limitation all assessments for public Improvements or benefits, whether or not such improvements are commenced or completed within the Term; and (vii) taxes, Liens, assessments or charges asserted, imposed or assessed by the PBGC or any governmental authority succeeding to or performing functions similar to, the PBGC; and in each case all interest, additions to tax and penalties thereon, which at any time prior to, during or with respect to the Term or in respect of any period for which the Lessee shall be obligated to pay Supplemental Rent, may be levied, assessed or imposed by any Governmental Authority upon or with respect to (a) any Property or any part thereof or interest therein; (b) the leasing, financing, refinancing, demolition, construction, substitution, subleasing, assignment, control, condition, occupancy, servicing, maintenance, repair, ownership, possession, activity conducted on, delivery, insuring, use, operation, improvement, sale, transfer of title, return or other disposition of such Property or any part thereof or interest therein; (c) the Notes, other indebtedness with respect to any Property, or the Certificates, or any part thereof or interest therein; (d) the rentals, receipts or earnings arising from any Property or any part thereof or interest therein; (e) the Operative Agreements, the performance thereof, or any payment made

 

Appendix A-18


or accrued pursuant thereto; (f) the income or other proceeds received with respect to any Property or any part thereof or interest therein upon the sale or disposition thereof; (g) any contract (including the Agency Agreement) relating to the construction, acquisition or delivery of the Improvements or any part thereof or interest therein; (h) the issuance of the Notes or the Certificates; (i) the Owner Trustee, the Trust or the Trust Estate; or (j) otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements.

 

“Improvements” shall mean, with respect to the construction, renovations and/or Modifications on any Land, all buildings, structures, Fixtures, and other improvements of every kind existing at any time and from time to time on or under the Land purchased or otherwise acquired using the proceeds of the Loans or the Holder Advances or which is subject to a Ground Lease, together with any and all appurtenances to such buildings, structures or improvements, including without limitation sidewalks, utility pipes, conduits and lines, parking areas and roadways, and including without limitation all Modifications and other additions to or changes in the Improvements at any time, including without limitation (a) any Improvements existing as of the Property Closing Date as such Improvements may be referenced on the applicable Requisition and (b) any Improvements made subsequent to such Property Closing Date.

 

“Incorporated Covenants” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 28.1 of the Lease.

 

“Incorporated Representations and Warranties” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 28.1 of the Lease.

 

“Indebtedness” of a Person shall mean, without duplication, such Person’s:

 

(a) obligations for borrowed money;

 

(b) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of Property (whether real, personal, tangible, intangible or mixed) or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person’s business payable on terms customary in the trade);

 

(c) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person;

 

(d) obligations which are evidenced by notes, acceptances or other instruments;

 

(e) Capitalized Lease obligations and the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product to which such Person is a party, where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP;

 

Appendix A-19


(f) net liabilities under interest rate swap, exchange or cap agreements; and

 

(g) contingent obligations.

 

“Indemnified Person” shall mean the Lessor, the Owner Trustee, in its individual and its trust capacity, the Trust, the Trust Company, the Agent, First Union Securities, Inc., the Holders, the Lenders and their respective successors, assigns, directors, shareholders, partners, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates.

 

“Indemnity Provider” shall mean, respecting each Property, the Lessee and during the Construction Period, the Construction Agent.

 

“Ineligible Person” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 30.15 of the Lease.

 

“Initial Closing Date” shall mean December 28, 2001.

 

“Insolvency Event” shall mean each event described in Sections 17.1(g), (h), (i), and/or (j) of the Lease Agreement.

 

“Instruments” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 1 of the Security Agreement.

 

“Insurance Requirements” shall mean all terms and conditions of any insurance policy either required by the Lease to be maintained by the Lessee or required by the Agency Agreement to be maintained by the Construction Agent, and all requirements of the issuer of any such policy and, regarding self insurance, any other requirements of the Lessee.

 

“Interest Period” shall mean during the Commitment Period as to any Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance (i) with respect to the initial Interest Period, the period beginning on the date of the first Eurodollar Loan and Eurodollar Holder Advance and ending one (1) month thereafter, and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance and ending one (1) month thereafter and for Interest Periods commencing after the Commitment Period, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance and ending one (1) month, two (2) months, three (3) months or (to the extent available to all Lenders and all Holders) six (6) months thereafter, as selected by the Lessor by irrevocable notice to the Agent (in the case of a Eurodollar Loan) or by the Owner Trustee (in the case of a Eurodollar Holder Advance) in each case not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided , however , that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following: (A) if any Interest Period would end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (except that where the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, then on the next preceding Business Day), (B) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date or the Expiration Date, as the case may be and (C) where an Interest Period begins on a day for which

 

Appendix A-20


there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which the Interest Period is to end, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month, (D) there shall not be more than two (2) Interest Periods outstanding during the Commitment Period and more than four (4) Interest Periods outstanding at any one (1) time after the Commitment Period.

 

“Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Land” shall mean a parcel of real property described on (a) the Requisition issued by the Construction Agent on the Property Closing Date relating to such parcel and (b) the schedules to each applicable Lease Supplement executed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.4 of the Lease.

 

“Land Cost” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.4 of the Agency Agreement.

 

“Law” shall mean any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, directive, order, writ, injunction or decree of any Tribunal.

 

“Lease” or “Lease Agreement” shall mean the Lease Agreement dated on or about the Initial Closing Date, between the Lessor and the Lessee, together with any Lease Supplements thereto.

 

“Lease Default” shall mean any event or condition which, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Lease Event of Default.

 

“Lease Event of Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 17.1 of the Lease.

 

“Lease Supplement” shall mean each Lease Supplement substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A to the Lease, together with all attachments and schedules thereto.

 

“Legal Requirements” shall mean all foreign, federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions affecting the Owner Trustee, any Holder, the Lessor, any Credit Party, the Agent, any Lender or any Property, Land, Improvement, Equipment or the taxation, demolition, construction, use or alteration of such Improvements, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, including without limitation any that require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to any Property or in any way limit the use and enjoyment thereof (including without limitation all building, zoning and fire codes and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et. seq., and any other similar federal, state or local laws or ordinances and the regulations promulgated thereunder) and any that may relate to environmental requirements (including without limitation all Environmental Laws), and all permits, certificates of occupancy, licenses, authorizations and regulations relating thereto, and all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments which are either of record or known to any Credit Party affecting any Property or the Appurtenant Rights.

 

Appendix A-21


“Lender Commitments” shall mean the Lender Commitment of each Lender as set forth in Schedule 2.1 to the Credit Agreement as such Schedule 2.1 may be amended and replaced from time to time.

 

“Lender Financing Statements” shall mean UCC financing statements and fixture filings appropriately completed and executed for filing in the applicable jurisdiction in order to procure a security interest in favor of the Agent in the Collateral subject to the Security Documents.

 

“Lender Unused Fee” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 7.4 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Lenders” shall mean First Union National Bank and shall include the other banks and financial institutions which may be from time to time party to the Participation Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

 

“Lessee” shall mean HEALTHSOUTH Medical Center, Inc., an Alabama corporation, as the lessee under the Operative Agreements.

 

“Lessor” shall mean the Owner Trustee, as the lessor under the Operative Agreements.

 

“Lessor Basic Rent” shall mean the scheduled Holder Yield due on the Holder Advances on any Scheduled Interest Payment Date pursuant to the Trust Agreement (but not including interest on (a) any such scheduled Holder Yield due on the Holder Advances prior to the Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Property to which such Holder Advances relate or (b) overdue amounts under the Trust Agreement or otherwise).

 

“Lessor Financing Statements” shall mean UCC financing statements and fixture filings appropriately completed and executed for filing in the applicable jurisdictions in order to protect the Lessor’s interest under the Lease to the extent the Lease is a security agreement or a mortgage.

 

“Lessor Lien” shall mean any Lien arising as a result of (a) any claim against the Lessor or the Trust Company, in its individual capacity, not resulting from the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements, (b) any act or omission of the Lessor or the Trust Company, in its individual capacity, which is not required by the Operative Agreements or is in violation of any of the terms of the Operative Agreements, (c) any claim against the Lessor or the Trust Company, in its individual capacity, with respect to Taxes or Transaction Expenses against which the Lessee is not required to indemnify the Lessor or the Trust Company, in its individual capacity, pursuant to Section 11 of the Participation Agreement or (d) any claim against the Lessor arising out of any transfer by the Lessor of all or any portion of the interest of the Lessor in the Properties, the Trust Estate or the Operative Agreements other than the transfer of title to or possession of any Properties by the Lessor pursuant to and in accordance with the Lease, the Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement or the Participation Agreement or pursuant to the exercise of the remedies set forth in Article XVII of the Lease.

 

Appendix A-22


“Lessor Obligations” shall mean the obligations of State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Owner Trustee in any and all capacities under and with respect to the Operative Agreements and each Property.

 

“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, option or charge of any kind.

 

“Loan Basic Rent” shall mean the scheduled interest due on the Loans on any Scheduled Interest Payment Date pursuant to the Credit Agreement (but not including interest on (a) any such Loan due prior to the Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Property to which such Loan relates or (b) any overdue amounts under Section 2.8(b) of the Credit Agreement or otherwise).

 

“Loan Property Cost” shall mean, with respect to each Property at any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate principal amount all Loans (including without limitation all Acquisition Loans and Construction Loans) made on or prior to such date with respect to such Property minus (b) the aggregate amount of prepayments or repayments as the case may be of the Loans allocated to reduce the Loan Property Cost of such Property pursuant to Section 2.6(c) of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Loans” shall mean the loans extended pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall include both the Tranche A Loans and the Tranche B Loans.

 

“Majority Holders” shall mean at any time, Holders whose Holder Advances outstanding represent at least fifty-one percent (51%) of (a) the aggregate Holder Advances outstanding or (b) to the extent there are no Holder Advances outstanding, the aggregate Holder Commitments.

 

“Majority Lenders” shall mean (a) prior to the Note Acquisition Date, Lenders whose Loans outstanding represent at least fifty-one percent (51%) of (i) the aggregate Loans outstanding or (ii) to the extent there are no Loans outstanding, the aggregate of the Lender Commitments and (b) on or after the Note Acquisition Date, Tranche B Lenders and Tranche A Lenders other than any Credit Party or any of their Affiliates or any assignee thereof, if any, whose Loans outstanding represent at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the aggregate Loans outstanding, except Loans held by any Credit Party or any of their Affiliates or any assignee thereof.

 

“Majority Secured Parties” shall mean (a) prior to the Note Acquisition Date, Lenders and Holders whose Loans and Holder Advances outstanding represent at least fifty-one percent (51%) of (i) the aggregate Advances outstanding or (ii) to the extent there are no Advances outstanding, the sum of the aggregate Holder Commitments plus the aggregate Lender Commitments and (b) on or after the Note Acquisition Date, Holders, Tranche B Lenders and Tranche A Lenders other than any Credit Party or any of their Affiliates or any assignee thereof, if any, whose Holder Advances and Loans represent at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the aggregate Advances outstanding, except Loans held by any Credit Party; or any of their Affiliates or any assignee thereof.

 

Appendix A-23


“Marketing Period” shall mean, if the Lessee has given a Sale Notice in accordance with Section 20.1 of the Lease, the period commencing on the date such Sale Notice is given and ending on the Expiration Date.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities or operations of the Credit Parties (on a consolidated basis), (b) the ability of any Credit Party to perform its respective obligations under any Operative Agreement to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of any Operative Agreement or the rights and remedies of the Agent, the Lenders, the Holders, or the Lessor thereunder, (d) the validity, priority or enforceability of any Lien on any Property created by any of the Operative Agreements, or (e) the value, utility or useful life of any Property or the use, or ability of the Lessee to use, any Property for the purpose for which it was intended.

 

“Maturity Date” shall mean the Expiration Date or to the extent there is an Extended Remarketing Period, the date upon which a sale of the Properties occurs or if there is no such sale during the Extended Remarketing Period, the last day of such period.

 

“Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount” shall mean an amount equal to the product of the aggregate Adjusted Property Cost for all Properties times eighty-five percent (85%) less the sum of accreted value of prepaid rent payments made by Lessee regarding a Construction Period Property in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Agency Agreement and Section 3.6 of the Lease.

 

“Medicaid Certification” means certification by the Healthcare Financing Administration (HCFA) or a state agency or entity under contract with the Healthcare Financing Administration (HCFA) that a health care operation is in compliance with all the conditions of participation set forth in the Medicaid Regulations.

 

“Medicaid Provider Agreement” means an agreement entered into between a state agency or other entity administering the Medicaid program and a health care operation under which the health care operation agrees to provide services for Medicaid patients in accordance with the terms of the agreement and Medicaid Regulations.

 

“Medicaid Regulations” means, collectively, (i) all federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XIX of the Social Security Act or elsewhere) affecting the medical assistance program established by Title XIX of the Social Security Act and any statutes succeeding thereto; (ii) all applicable provisions of all federal rules, regulations, manuals and orders of all Governmental Authorities promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes described in clause (i) above and all federal administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines of all Governmental Authorities having the force of law promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes described in clause (i) above; (iii) all state statutes and plans for medical assistance enacted in connection with the statutes and provisions described in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and (iv) all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals and orders of all Governmental Authorities promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes described in clause (iii) above and all state administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines of all Governmental Authorities having the force of law promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes

 

Appendix A-24


described in clause (ii) above, in each case as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Medicare Certification” means certification by HCFA or a state agency or entity under contract with HCFA that a health care operation is in compliance with all the conditions of participation set forth in the Medicare Regulations.

 

“Medicare Provider Agreement” means an agreement entered into between a state agency or other entity administering the Medicare program and a health care operation under which the health care operation agrees to provide services for Medicare patients in accordance with the terms of the agreement and Medicare Regulations.

 

“Medicare Regulations” means, collectively, all federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XVIII of the Social Security Act or elsewhere) affecting the health insurance program for the aged and disabled established by Title XVIII of the Social Security Act and any statutes succeeding thereto; together with all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals and orders and administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines having the force of law of all Governmental Authorities (including without limitation, Health and Human Services (“HHS”), HCFA, the Office of the Inspector General for HHS, or any Person succeeding to the functions of any of the foregoing) promulgated pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing having the force of law, as each may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Modifications” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.1(a) of the Lease.

 

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.

 

“Mortgage Instrument” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust or any other instrument executed by the Owner Trustee and the Lessee (or regarding any Property subject to a Ground Lease, the applicable Affiliate of the Lessee) in favor of the Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders and the Holders) and evidencing a Lien on the Property, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean any plan described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which contributions are or have been made or required by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates.

 

“Multiple Employer Plan” shall mean a plan to which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one (1) other employer other than an ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make, or has made or accrued an obligation to make, contributions.

 

“New Facility” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 28.1 of the Lease.

 

“Note Acquisition Date” shall mean the date upon which the Lessee acquires the Tranche A Note pursuant to Section 8.3(w) of the Participation Agreement.

 

Appendix A-25


“Notes” shall mean those notes issued to the Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall include both the Tranche A Notes and the Tranche B Notes.

 

“Obligations” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 1 of the Security Agreement.

 

“Officer’s Certificate” with respect to any person shall mean a certificate executed on behalf of such person by a Responsible Officer who has made or caused to be made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Responsible Officer to express an informed opinion with respect to the subject matter of such Officer’s Certificate.

 

“Operative Agreements” shall mean the following: the Participation Agreement, the Agency Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Certificates, the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Lease, the Lease Supplements (and memoranda of the Lease and each Lease Supplement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent), the Security Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments, the Cash Collateral Agreement, the Control Agreement, the other Security Documents, the Ground Leases, the Deeds and the Bills of Sale and any and all other agreements, documents and instruments executed in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

“Original Executed Counterpart” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 5 of EXHIBIT A to the Lease.

 

“Overdue Interest” shall mean any interest payable pursuant to Section 2.8(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Overdue Rate” shall mean (a) with respect to the Loan Basic Rent, and any other amount owed under or with respect to the Credit Agreement or the Security Documents, the rate specified in Section 2.8(b) of the Credit Agreement, (b) with respect to the Lessor Basic Rent, the Holder Yield and any other amount owed under or with respect to the Trust Agreement, the Holder Overdue Rate, and (c) with respect to any other amount, the amount referred to in clause (y) of Section 2.8(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Owner Trustee,” “Borrower” or “Lessor” shall mean State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, not individually, except as expressly stated in the various Operative Agreements, but solely as Owner Trustee for Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1, and any successor, replacement and/or additional Owner Trustee expressly permitted under the Operative Agreements.

 

“Parent” shall mean HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

“Parent Credit Agreement” shall mean that certain credit agreement dated as of June 23, 1998 between the Parent, Bank of America, National Association (formerly NationsBank, National Association), as the administrative agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time, as such may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, restated and/or replaced from time to time.

 

Appendix A-26


“Parent Credit Agreement Event of Default” shall mean an Event of Default as defined in Article IX of the Parent Credit Agreement.

 

“Participant” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 9.7 of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Participation Agreement” shall mean the Participation Agreement dated on or about the Initial Closing Date, among the Lessee, the Guarantor, the Owner Trustee, not in its individual capacity except as expressly stated therein, the Holders, the Lenders and the Agent.

 

“Payment Date” shall mean any Scheduled Interest Payment Date and any date on which interest or Holder Yield in connection with a prepayment of principal on the Loans or of the Holder Advances is due under the Credit Agreement or the Trust Agreement.

 

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by Section 4002(a) of ERISA or any successor thereto.

 

“Pension Plan” shall mean a “pension plan”, as such term is defined in section 3(2) of ERISA, which is subject to title IV of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan), and to which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability, including without limitation any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of section 4063 of ERISA at any time during the preceding five (5) years, or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under section 4069 of ERISA.

 

“Permitted Facility” shall mean a digital hospital and medical office building fit for commercial operation.

 

“Permitted Liens” shall mean:

 

(a) the respective rights and interests of the parties to the Operative Agreements as provided in the Operative Agreements;

 

(b) the rights of any sublessee or assignee under a sublease or an assignment expressly permitted by the terms of the Lease for no longer than the duration of the Lease;

 

(c) Liens for Taxes that either are not yet due or are being contested in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Lease;

 

(d) Liens arising by operation of law, materialmen’s, mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, employees’, carriers’, warehousemen’s and other like Liens relating to the construction of the Improvements or in connection with any Modifications or arising in the ordinary course of business for amounts that either are not more than thirty (30) days past due or are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such proceedings satisfy the conditions for the continuation of proceedings to contest Taxes set forth in Section 13.1 of the Lease;

 

Appendix A-27


(e) Liens of any of the types referred to in clause (d) above that have been bonded for not less than the full amount in dispute (or as to which other security arrangements satisfactory to the Lessor and the Agent have been made), which bonding (or arrangements) shall comply with applicable Legal Requirements, and shall have effectively stayed any execution or enforcement of such Liens;

 

(f) Liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which appeals or other proceedings for review are being prosecuted in good faith and for the payment of which adequate reserves have been provided as required by GAAP or other appropriate provisions have been made, so long as such proceedings have the effect of staying the execution of such judgments or awards and satisfy the conditions for the continuation of proceedings to contest Taxes set forth in Section 13.1 of the Lease;

 

(g) Liens described in the title policy delivered pursuant to Section 5.3(g) of the Participation Agreement and Liens granted pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Participation Agreement; and

 

(h) Lessor Liens.

 

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or any other entity.

 

“Plans and Specifications” shall mean, with respect to Improvements, the plans and specifications for such Improvements to be constructed or already existing, as such Plans and Specifications may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Operative Agreements.

 

“Prime Lending Rate” shall have the meaning given to such term in the definition of ABR.

 

“Property” shall mean, with respect to each Permitted Facility that is (or is to be) acquired, constructed and/or renovated pursuant to the terms of the Operative Agreements, the Land and each item of Equipment and the various Improvements, in each case located on such Land, including without limitation each Construction Period Property, each Property subject to a Ground Lease and each Property for which the Term has commenced.

 

“Property Acquisition Cost” shall mean the cost to the Lessor to purchase a Property on a Property Closing Date.

 

“Property Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Lessor purchases or ground leases a Property or, with respect to the first Advance, the date on which the Lessor seeks reimbursement for Property previously purchased by the Lessor.

 

Appendix A-28


“Property Cost” shall mean with respect to a Property the aggregate amount (and/or the various items and occurrences giving rise to such amounts) of the Loan Property Cost plus the Holder Property Cost for such Property (as such amounts shall be increased equally among all Properties, including, without limitation, all Construction Period Properties and all Properties subject to a Lease Supplement, respecting the Holder Advances and the Loans extended from time to time to pay for the Transaction Expenses, fees, expenses, disbursements, indemnity payments and other amounts pursuant to the Operative Agreements).

 

“Purchase Option” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 20.1 of the Lease.

 

“Purchasing Lender” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 9.8(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Rating” means the rating of senior unsecured debt of the Parent in effect at any time which rating is made by either of Moody’s or S&P.

 

“Register” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 9.9(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

“Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

“Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

“Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

“Release” shall mean any release, pumping, pouring, emptying, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, seepage, spill, leak, flow, discharge, disposal or emission of a Hazardous Substance.

 

“Renewal Term” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2 of the Lease.

 

“Rent” shall mean, collectively, the Basic Rent and the Supplemental Rent, in each case payable under the Lease.

 

“Rent Commencement Date” shall mean, regarding each Property, the Completion Date.

 

Appendix A-29


“Reportable Event” shall have the meaning specified in ERISA.

 

“Requested Funds” shall mean any funds requested by the Lessee or the Construction Agent, as applicable, in accordance with Section 5 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Requisition” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.2 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Responsible Officer” shall mean the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors, the President, any Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer, except that when used with respect to the Trust Company or the Owner Trustee, “Responsible Officer” shall also include the Cashier, any Assistant Cashier, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer, the Controller and any Assistant Controller or any other officer of the Trust Company or the Owner Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies.

 

“Sale Date” shall mean the Expiration Date.

 

“Sale Notice” shall mean a notice given to the Lessor in connection with the election by the Lessee of its Sale Option.

 

“Sale Option” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 20.1 of the Lease.

 

“Scheduled Interest Payment Date” shall mean (a) as to any Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance (or respecting any Eurodollar Loan or Eurodollar Holder Advance having an Interest Period of six (6) months, the three (3) month anniversary of such Interest Period), (b) as to any ABR Loan or any ABR Holder Advance, the fifteenth day of each month, unless such day is not a Business Day and in such case on the next occurring Business Day and (c) as to all Loans and Holder Advances, the date of any voluntary or involuntary payment, prepayment, return or redemption, and the Maturity Date or the Expiration Date, as the case may be.

 

“Secured Parties” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Appendix A-30


“Security Agreement” shall mean the Security Agreement dated on or about the Initial Closing Date between the Lessor and the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and accepted and agreed to by the Lessee.

 

“Security Documents” shall mean the collective reference to the Security Agreement the Cash Collateral Agreement, the Control Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments, (to the extent the Lease is construed as a security instrument) the Lease, the UCC Financing Statements and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Agent granting a lien on any asset or assets of any Person to secure the obligations and liabilities of the Lessor under the Operative Agreements or to secure any guarantee of any such obligations and liabilities or to secure the obligations and liabilities of the Construction Agent and/or the Lessee-under the Operative Agreements or to secure any guarantee of any such obligations and liabilities.

 

“Soft Costs” shall mean all costs which are ordinarily and reasonably incurred in relation to the acquisition, development, installation, construction, improvement and testing of the Properties other than Hard Costs, including without limitation structuring fees, administrative fees, legal fees, upfront fees, fees and expenses related to appraisals, title examinations, title insurance, document recordation, surveys, environmental site assessments, geotechnical soil investigations and similar costs and professional fees customarily associated with a real estate closing, the Lender Unused Fee, the Holder Unused Fee, fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee payable or reimbursable under the Operative Agreements and costs and expenses incurred pursuant to Sections 7.3(a) and 7.3(b) of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Subsidiary” shall mean, as to any Person, any corporation of which at least a majority of the outstanding stock having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person, or by one (1) or more Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one (1) or more Subsidiaries.

 

“Supplemental Amounts” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 9.18 of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Supplemental Rent” shall mean all amounts, liabilities and obligations (other than Basic Rent) which the Lessee assumes or agrees to pay to the Lessor, the Trust Company, the Holders, the Agent, the Lenders or any other Person under the Lease or under any of the other Operative Agreements including without limitation payments of the Termination Value and the Maximum Residual Guarantee Amount and all indemnification amounts, liabilities and obligations.

 

“Taxes” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Impositions”.

 

“Term” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2 of the Lease.

 

“Termination Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 16.2(a) of the Lease.

 

Appendix A-31


“Termination Event” shall mean (a) with respect to any Pension Plan, the occurrence of a Reportable Event or an event described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA, (b) the withdrawal of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as such term is defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA), or the termination of a Multiple Employer Plan, (c) the distribution of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) or 4041A of ERISA, (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA, (e) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or (f) the complete or partial withdrawal of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan.

 

“Termination Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 16.1 of the Lease.

 

“Termination Value” shall mean the sum of (a) either (i) with respect to all Properties, an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding Property Cost for all the Properties, or (ii) with respect to a particular Property, an amount equal to the Property Cost allocable to such Property, plus (b) respecting the amounts described in each of the foregoing subclause (i) or (ii), as applicable, any and all accrued but unpaid interest on the Loans and any and all accrued and unpaid Holder Yield on the Holder Advances related to the applicable Property Cost, plus (c) to the extent the same is not duplicative of the amounts payable under clause (b) above, all other Rent and other amounts then due and payable or accrued under the Agency Agreement, Lease and/or under any other Operative Agreement (including without limitation amounts under Sections 11.1 and 11.2 of the Participation Agreement and all costs and expenses referred to in clause FIRST of Section 22.2 of the Lease).

 

“Tranche A Commitments” shall mean the obligation of the Tranche A Lenders to make the Tranche A Loans to the Lessor in an aggregate principal amount at any one (1) time outstanding not to exceed the aggregate of the amounts set forth opposite each Tranche A Lender’s name on Schedule 2.1 to the Credit Agreement, as such amount may be increased or reduced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Operative Agreements; provided , no Tranche A Lender shall be obligated to make Tranche A Loans in excess of such Tranche A Lender’s share of the Tranche A Commitments as set forth adjacent to such Tranche A Lender’s name on Schedule 2.1 to Credit Agreement.

 

“Tranche A Lenders” shall mean First Union National Bank and shall include the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement that commit to make the Tranche A Loans.

 

“Tranche A Loans” shall mean the Loans made pursuant to the Tranche A Commitment.

 

“Tranche A Note” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Tranche B Commitments” shall mean the obligation of the Tranche B Lenders to make the Tranche B Loans to the Lessor in an aggregate principal amount at any one (1) time

 

Appendix A-32


outstanding not to exceed the aggregate of the amounts set forth opposite each Tranche B Lender’s name on Schedule 2.1 to the Credit Agreement, as such amount may be increased or reduced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Operative Agreements; provided , no Tranche B Lender shall be obligated to make Tranche B Loans in excess of such Tranche B Lender’s share of the Tranche B Commitments as set forth adjacent to such Tranche B Lender’s name on Schedule 2.1 to Credit Agreement.

 

“Tranche B Lenders” shall mean First Union National Bank and shall include the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement that commit to make the Tranche B Loans.

 

“Tranche B Loan” shall mean the Loans made pursuant to the Tranche B Commitment.

 

“Tranche B Note” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

“Transaction Expenses” shall mean all Soft Costs and all other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Operative Agreements and the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements including without limitation all costs and expenses described in Section 7.1 of the Participation Agreement and the following:

 

(a) the reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of counsel in negotiating the terms of the Operative Agreements and the other transaction documents, preparing for the closings under, and rendering opinions in connection with, such transactions and in rendering other services customary for counsel representing parties to transactions of the types involved in the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements;

 

(b) the reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of accountants for any Credit Party in connection with the transaction contemplated by the Operative Agreements;

 

(c) any and all other reasonable fees, charges or other amounts payable to the Lenders, the Agent, the Holders, the Owner Trustee or any broker which arises under any of the Operative Agreements;

 

(d) any other reasonable fee, out-of-pocket expenses, disbursement or cost of any party to the Operative Agreements or any of the other transaction documents; and

 

(e) any and all Taxes and fees incurred in recording or filing any Operative Agreement or any other transaction document, any deed, declaration, mortgage, security agreement, notice or financing statement with any public office, registry or governmental agency in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Agreements.

 

Appendix A-33


‘Tribunal” shall mean any state, commonwealth, federal, foreign, territorial, or other court or government body, subdivision agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of a governmental body.

 

“Trust” shall mean the Digital Hospital Trust 2001-1.

 

“Trust Agreement” shall mean the Trust Agreement dated on or about the Initial Closing Date between the Holders and the Owner Trustee.

 

“Trust Company” shall mean State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, in its individual capacity, and any successor owner trustee under the Trust Agreement in its individual capacity.

 

“Trust Estate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2 of the Trust Agreement.

 

“Type” shall mean, as to any Loan, whether it is an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

 

“UCC Financing Statements” shall mean collectively the Lender Financing Statements and the Lessor Financing Statements.

 

“Unanimous Vote Matters” shall have the meaning given it in Section 12.4 of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Unfunded Amount” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.2 of the Agency Agreement.

 

“Unfunded Liability” shall mean, with respect to any Plan, at any time, the amount (if any) by which (a) the present value of all benefits under such Plan exceeds (b) the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan, but only to the extent that such excess represents a potential liability of the Company or any member of the Controlled Group to the PBGC or such Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

 

“Uniform Commercial Code” and “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

“Uninsurable Force Majeure Events” shall mean, subject to the next sentence, such events that are outside of the control of the Lessee, Guarantor or any Construction Agency Person for which no insurance was available on the Initial Closing Date. Uninsurable Force Majeure Events shall be permitted exclusions in the Lessee’s builders all risk insurance policy and shall be limited to (a) governmental action including seizure or destruction of property by order of governmental authority (for reasons other than to prevent the spread of fire), (b) nuclear hazard, including nuclear reaction, radiation or radioactive contamination (provided, damage from loss by fire shall be insured), and (c) war and military action, including (i) war, including undeclared civil war, (ii) warlike action by a military force and (iii) insurrection, rebellion,

 

Appendix A-34


revolution, usurped power, or action taken by governmental authority in hindering or defending against any of these.

 

“United States Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code.

 

“Unused Fee” shall mean, collectively, the Holder Unused Fee and the Lender Unused Fee.

 

“Unused Fee Payment Date” shall mean the last Business Day of each December, March, June and September and the last Business Day of the Commitment Period, or such earlier date as the Commitments shall terminate as provided in the Credit Agreement or the Holder Commitment shall terminate as provided in the Trust Agreement.

 

“Upfront Fee Letter” shall mean that certain upfront fee letter dated as of December 28, 2001 addressed to Richard Davis, VP of HEALTHSOUTH Medical Center, Inc. from Evander S. Jones, Jr., VP of First Union Securities, Inc.

 

“U.S. Person” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.2(e) of the Participation Agreement.

 

“U.S. Taxes” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.2(e) of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Withholdings” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.2(e) of the Participation Agreement.

 

“Wholly-Owned Entity” shall mean a Person all of the shares of capital stock or other ownership interest of which are owned by the Parent and/or one of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or other wholly-owned entities.

 

“Work” shall mean the furnishing of labor, materials, components, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, appliances, machinery, equipment, tools, power, water, fuel, lubricants, supplies, goods and/or services with respect to any Property.

 

Appendix A-35

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1993 CONSULTANTS STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

I. Purpose of the Plan . The purpose of the 1993 Consultants Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the “Plan”) of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), is to provide incentive for future endeavor and to advance the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders by encouraging ownership of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter called the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation by consultants or advisors of the Corporation, upon whose judgment, interest and continuing special efforts the Corporation is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its operations, and to enable the Corporation to compete effectively with other enterprises for the services of such consultants and advisors as may be needed for the continued improvement of the Corporation’s business, through the grant of options to purchase shares of the Common Stock.

 

A. Participants; Outstanding Options . Options may be granted under the Plan to such consultants and advisors of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as shall be determined by the Board of Directors or by a Stock Option Committee appointed by the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 5 of the Plan; provided, however, that no Option may be granted to any person if such grant would cause the Plan to cease to be an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and that all such consultants or advisors must render bona fide services to the Corporation or its subsidiaries otherwise than in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction.

 

B. Any Option issued prior to the adoption of the Plan (and not issued pursuant to any other stock option plan of the Corporation) which remains unexercised in whole or in part, which is granted to a person who is eligible to be granted Options under the Plan, and which does not contain terms or conditions inconsistent with the Plan, shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan. This Section 2(b) shall not, without more, be deemed to constitute a modification or amendment to such Option; provided, however, that the Board of Directors or the Committee, in their discretion, by resolution may expressly modify or amend such Option to conform to the Plan or otherwise.

 

C. Any Option issued prior to the adoption of the Plan pursuant to any other stock option plan of the Corporation which remains unexercised in whole or in part, which was granted to a Director or Officer of the Corporation who has ceased to be such a Director or Officer but who remains eligible to participate in this Plan under the terms set forth in Section 2(a), which has not by its terms expired or been terminated, and which does not contain terms or conditions inconsistent with Plan, may, upon resolution of the Board of Directors, be deemed have issued pursuant to the Plan, and the shares covered thereby shall be treated as again available under such other stock option plan. This Section 2(c) shall not, without more, be deemed to constitute a modification or amendment to such Options; provided, however, that the Board of Directors or the Committee, in their discretion, by resolution may expressly modify or amend such Option to conform to the Plan or otherwise.

 

- 1 -


II. Term of the Plan . The Plan shall become effective as of February 26, 1993. The Plan shall terminate on the earliest of (a) February 25, 2003, (b) such time as all shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan have been acquired through the exercise of Options granted under the Plan, or (c) such earlier time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine. Any Option outstanding under the Plan at the time of its termination shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms and conditions and those of the Plan. No Option shall be granted under the Plan after February 25, 2003.

 

III. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 4,500,000 shares. If, on or prior to the termination of the Plan as provided in Section 3, an Option granted under the Plan shall have expired or terminated for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares covered thereby shall again become available for the grant of Options under the Plan.

 

The shares to be delivered upon exercise of Options under the Plan shall be made available, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, either from authorized but previously unissued shares as permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or from shares re-acquired by the Corporation, including shares of Common Stock purchased in the open market, and shares held in the treasury of the Corporation.

 

IV. Administration of the Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or by a Stock Option Committee which may be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (hereinafter called the “Committee”). If appointed, the Committee shall consist of three members of the Board of Directors, and shall include the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and at least one Director who shall be an independent, outside Director of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, remove members from the Committee, and vacancies on the Committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall act as Chairman of the Committee, and the Committee shall hold meetings at such times and places as the Committee may determine. The acts of a majority of the Committee, at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. If appointed, the Committee may itself determine, or may, from time to time at its discretion, make recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to, the executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who shall be granted Options and the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Option.

 

The interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan or of any Option granted under it by the Board of Directors or the Committee (within the scope of their respective authorities) shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Corporation, its stockholders and Directors, and the consultants and advisors of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to overrule the Committee. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable to the Corporation, any stockholder, any optionholder or any consultant or advisor of the Corporation or its subsidiaries for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under it. No member of the Board of Directors may vote on any Option to be granted to him.

 

- 2 -


The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

A. Grant of Options . Options may be granted under the Plan by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 at any time prior to the termination of the Plan. In making any determination as to consultants and advisors to whom Options shall be granted and as to the number of shares to be covered by such Options, the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, shall take into account the duties of the respective consultants and advisors, their present and potential contribution to the success of the Corporation, and such other factors as the Board of Directors or the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with the accomplishment of the purposes of the Plan.

 

B. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be granted pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of a stock option agreement to be entered into between the Corporation and the optionholder at the time of such grant. Each such stock option agreement shall be in a form from time-to-time adopted for use under the Plan by the Board of Directors (such form being hereinafter called a “Stock Option Agreement”). Any such Stock Option Agreement shall incorporate by reference all of the terms and provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of grant and may contain such other terms and provisions as shall be approved and adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

C. Option Price . The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by each Option granted under the Plan shall be at least 100% of the fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of such shares at the time the Option is granted, or such higher purchase price as shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be.

 

D. If the Common Stock is not listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, such fair market value shall be as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (which determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes) or, if applicable, shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price for the Common Stock as quoted by brokers and dealers trading in the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market (or if the Common Stock shall be quoted by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotations system, then such NASDAQ quote) on the date preceding the date on which the Option is granted. If the Common Stock is listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, such fair market value shall be deemed to be the closing price at which the shares of Common Stock were traded on such securities exchange or exchanges on the date preceding the date on which the Option is granted, or if no sale of the Common Stock was made on any national securities exchange on such date, on the next preceding day on which there was a sale of the Common Stock.

 

E. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Plan, the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, may, in the exercise of their business judgment,

 

- 3 -


cancel outstanding Options and reissue new Options at a lower exercise price in the event that the fair market value of the Common Stock at any time prior to the date of exercise falls below the exercise price of Options previously granted under the Plan.

 

V. Term of Options . The expiration date of an Option granted under the Plan shall be as determined by the Board of Directors, the Committee or the Independent Committee at the time of grant, provided that each such Option shall expire not more than ten years after the date such Option was granted.

 

A. Exercise of Options . Each Option shall become exercisable in whole or in part or in installments at such time or times as the Board of Directors or the Committee may prescribe at the time the Option is granted and specify in the Stock Option Agreement. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date on which it was granted.

 

B. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained herein, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Stock Option Agreement, any Option granted hereunder which is, by its terms, exercisable in installments shall become immediately exercisable in full upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 9(b), “Change in Control” shall mean

 

1. the acquisition (other than from the Company) by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding, for this purpose, the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25% or more of either the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; or

 

2. individuals who, as of February 26, 1993, constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation (as of such date, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any person becoming a Director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of Directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Section 9(b)(ii), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

3. approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, in each case with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange do not, immediately thereafter, own

 

- 4 -


more than 75% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or other surviving entity’s then-outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

C. Options may be exercised by giving written notice to the Corporation of intention to exercise, specifying the number of shares to be purchased pursuant to such exercise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. All shares purchased upon exercise of any Option shall be paid for in full at the time of purchase in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. Except as provided in Section 9(d) hereof, such payment shall be made in cash or through delivery of shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock as provided in the Stock Option Agreement. Any shares so delivered shall be valued at their fair market value determined as of the date of exercise of the Option under the method set forth in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

D. Payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any such Option may be made by delivery to the Corporation of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Corporation an amount of sale or loan proceeds sufficient to pay the exercise price. Additionally, the Corporation will accept, in payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any such Option, proceeds of a margin loan obtained by the exercising optionholder from a broker, provided that the exercising optionholder has, at the same time as delivery to the Corporation of a properly executed exercise notice, delivered to the Corporation irrevocable instructions to the Corporation to deliver share certificates directly to such broker upon payment for such shares.

 

E. Nontransferability of Options . Options granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable only by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the optionholder’s lifetime only by him, except to the extent set forth in the following paragraphs.

 

F. Upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, an optionholder may, except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, transfer options granted under the Plan to one or more members of such optionholder’s immediate family, to a partnership consisting only of members of such optionholder’s immediate family, or to a trust all of whose beneficiaries are members of the optionholder’s immediate family. For purposes of this section, an optionholder’s “immediate family” shall be deemed to include such optionholder’s spouse, children and grandchildren only.

 

G. Upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, an optionholder may transfer options to a charitable, educational or religious entity which has been determined by the United States Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income taxation under the provisions of Section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statutory provision.

 

- 5 -


VI. Stockholder Rights of Optionholder . No holder of any Option shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to an Option prior to the purchase of such shares upon exercise of the Option.

 

VII. Termination of Option . With respect to any Option which, by its terms, is not exercisable for one year from the date on which it is granted, if an optionholder’s relationship with, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries terminates within one year after the date an unexercised Option containing such terms is granted under the Plan for any reason other than death, the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of such employment or other relationship. With respect to all Options granted under the Plan, if an optionholder’s relationship with the Corporation is terminated by reason of his death, the Option shall terminate one year after the date of death, unless the Option otherwise expires. If an optionholder’s relationship with the Corporation terminates for any reason other than as set forth above in this Section 12, the Option shall terminate three months after the date of termination of such relationship unless the Option earlier expires, provided that (a) if the optionholder dies within such three-month period, the Option shall terminate one year after the date of his death unless the Option earlier expires; (b) the Board of Directors may, at any time prior to any termination of such employment or other relationship under the circumstances covered by this Section 12, determine in its discretion that the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of such relationship with the Corporation; and (c) the exercise of any Option after termination of such relationship with the Corporation shall be subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent that the optionholder refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any activity which is competitive with any activity of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof and from otherwise acting, either prior to or after termination of such employment or other relationship, in any manner inimical or in any way contrary to the best interests of the Corporation and that the optionholder furnish to the Corporation such information with respect to the satisfaction of the foregoing condition precedent as the Board of Directors shall reasonably request. For purposes of this Section 12, a “relationship with the Corporation” shall be limited to any relationship that does not cause the Plan to cease to be an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933. The mere ownership of stock in the Corporation shall not be deemed to be a “relationship with the Corporation”. The Company may, in its discretion and subject to any otherwise existing contractual rights of an optionholder, deliver to any optionholder written notice of the termination of any relationship of such optionholder with the Corporation, and such the rights of such optionholder and the Company under this Section 12 shall be determined by reference to the effective date of termination specified in such notice.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon any optionholder the right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or in any other relationship thereto or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate such employment or other relationship at any time.

 

A holder of an Option under the Plan may make written designation of a beneficiary on forms prescribed by and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Such beneficiary, or if no such designation of any beneficiary has been made, the legal representative of such optionholder or such other person entitled thereto as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, may exercise, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Section 12, any unterminated and unexpired Option granted to such optionholder to the same extent that the optionholder

 

- 6 -


himself could have exercised such Option were he alive or able; provided, however, that no Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable for more shares than the optionholder could have purchased thereunder on the date his employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries was terminated.

 

VIII. Adjustment of and Changes in Capitalization . In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed in number or class by reason of split-ups, combinations, mergers, consolidations or recapitalizations, or by reason of stock dividends, the number or class of shares which thereafter may be purchased through exercise of Options granted under the Plan, both in the aggregate and as to any individual, and the number and class of shares then subject to Options theretofore granted and the price per share payable upon exercise of such Option shall be adjusted so as to reflect such change, all as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that with respect to Options granted to Directors, such determination shall be made by the Independent Committee. In the event there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or of any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, then if the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, determine that such change equitably requires an adjustment in any Option theretofore granted or which may be granted under the Plan, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with such determination.

 

Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Corporation to each holder of an Option which shall have been so adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in Options pursuant to this Section 13 may be settled in cash or otherwise as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

IX. Securities Acts Requirements . No Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part, and the Corporation shall not be obligated to sell any shares of Common Stock subject to any such Option, if such exercise and sale would, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, violate the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, as they may be in effect at that time. Each Option shall be subject to the further requirement that, at any time that the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, shall determine, in their respective discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option under any securities exchange requirements or under any applicable law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Option or the issuance of shares thereunder, such Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be.

 

As a condition to the issuance of any shares upon exercise of an Option under the Plan, the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, may require the optionholder to furnish a written representation that he is acquiring the shares for investment and not with a view

 

- 7 -


to distribution of the shares to the public and a written agreement restricting the transferability of the shares solely to the Corporation, and may affix a restrictive legend or legends on the face of the certificate representing such shares. Such representation, agreement and/or legend shall be required only in cases where in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, it is necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, and any stockholder who gives such representation and agreement shall be released from it and the legend removed at such time as the shares to which they applied are registered or qualified pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, or at such other time as, in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, the representation and agreement and legend cease to be necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements.

 

X. Amendment of the Plan . The Plan may, at any time or from time to time, be terminated, modified or amended by the stockholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock entitled to vote. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time with respect to any shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to Options, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that, without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall decrease the price at which the Options may be granted, permit exercise of Options unless full payment is made at the time of exercise (except as so provided in Section 9 hereof), extend the period during which Options may be exercised, or change the provisions relating to adjustment to be made upon changes in capitalization.

 

XI. Changes in Law . Subject to the provisions of Section 15, the Board of Directors shall have the power to amend the Plan and any outstanding Options granted thereunder in such respects as the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, deem advisable in order to incorporate in the Plan or any such Option any new provision or change designed to comply with or take advantage of requirements or provisions of the Code or any other statute, or Rules or Regulations of the Internal Revenue Service or any other Federal or state governmental agency enacted or promulgated after the adoption of the Plan.

 

XII. Legal Matters . Every right of action by or on behalf of the Corporation or by any stockholder against any past, present or future member of the Board of Directors, officer or employee of the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought and irrespective of the place of residence of any such Director, officer or employee, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from whichever is the later of (a) the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises, or (b) the first date upon which there has been made generally available to stockholders an annual report of the Corporation and a proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders following the issuance of such annual report, which annual report and proxy statement alone or together set forth, for the related period, the aggregate number of shares for which Options were granted; and any and all right of action by any employee or executive of the

 

- 8 -


Corporation (past, present or future) against the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises.

 

This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles, and construed accordingly.

 

As amended and restated through February 1, 2002.

 

- 9 -

EXHIBIT 10.7.1

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

1. Purpose of the Plan . The purpose of the 1995 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the “Plan”) of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), is to provide incentive for future endeavor and to advance the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders by encouraging ownership of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter called the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation by its Directors, executives and other key employees, upon whose judgment, interest and continuing special efforts the Corporation is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its operations, and to enable the Corporation to compete effectively with other enterprises for the services of such new Directors, executives and employees as may be needed for the continued improvement of the Corporation’s business, through the grant of options to purchase shares of the Common Stock. It is intended that certain Options issued under the Plan and so designated pursuant to Section 6(c) hereof by the Committee (as defined in Section 5 hereof) shall qualify as “incentive stock options” (hereinafter called “ISOs”) under Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (hereinafter called the “Code”), and, where applicable, the terms of the Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention. Other Options may be issued under the Plan and designated by the Committee or such Independent Stock Option Committee, as the case may be, as non-qualified stock options (hereinafter called “NQSOs”). Any Option issued under the Plan and not expressly designated as an ISO shall be conclusively deemed to be an NQSO.

 

2. Participants . Options may be granted under the Plan to Directors of the Corporation and to such executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as shall be determined by the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 5 of the Plan; provided, however, that no Option may be granted to any person if such grant would cause the Plan to cease to be an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933; and provided further that no ISO may be granted to any person ineligible to be granted ISOs under Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

3. Term of the Plan . The Plan shall become effective as of June 6, 1995, subject to the approval by the holders of a majority of the shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation at the 1995 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation. The Plan shall terminate on the earliest of (a) June 5, 2005, (b) such time as all shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan have been acquired through the exercise of Options granted under the Plan, or (c) such earlier time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine. Any Option outstanding under the Plan at the time of its termination shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms and conditions and those of the Plan. No Option shall be granted under the Plan after June 5, 2005.

 

4. Stock Subject to the Plan . (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 3,500,000 shares plus such number of shares as is added pursuant to Section 4(b), and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which any individual may be granted Options under the Plan during any calendar year is 1,000,000. If, on or prior to the termination of the Plan as provided in Section 3, an Option granted under the Plan shall have expired or terminated for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares covered thereby shall again become available for the grant of Options under the Plan. Shares covered by Options surrendered in connection with the

 


exercise of other Options pursuant to Section 9(e) shall be deemed, for purposes of this Section 4, to have been exercised, and such shares shall not again become available for the grant of Options under the Plan.

 

The shares to be delivered upon exercise of Options under the Plan shall be made available, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, either from authorized but previously unissued shares as permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or from shares re-acquired by the Corporation, including shares of Common Stock purchased in the open market, and shares held in the treasury of the Corporation.

 

(b) The number of shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day of each calendar year during the term of the Plan, beginning with the 1996 calendar year, by an amount equal to 0.9% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding year. However, such additional shares shall be available only for the grant of NQSOs under the Plan and not for the grant of ISOs.

 

5. Administration of the Plan . With respect to the participation of executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who are not also Directors of the Corporation, the Plan shall be administered by the Audit and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (hereinafter called the “Committee”). The acts of a majority of the Committee, at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. The Committee shall determine the executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who shall be granted Options and the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Option.

 

With respect to the participation of non-employee Directors of the Corporation, each non-employee Director shall receive, as an annual grant, an NQSO to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock on the date of adoption of the Plan and in each year thereafter, such Option to be granted at the Annual Meeting of the Board of Directors. The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by each such NQSO granted to a non-employee Director shall be 100% of the fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of such shares at the time the Option is granted, determined in accordance with Section 7(c) hereof.

 

The interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan or of any Option granted under it by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Corporation, its stockholders and Directors, and the executives and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable to the Corporation, any stockholder, any optionholder or any employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under it. No member of the Board of Directors may vote on any Option to be granted to him.

 

The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

6. Grant of Options . (a) Options may be granted under the Plan by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 at any time prior to the termination of the Plan. In making any determination as to Directors, executives and key employees to whom Options shall be granted and as to the number of shares to be covered by such Options, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective Directors, executives and key employees, their present and potential contribution

 

- 2 -


to the success of the Corporation, and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with the accomplishment of the purposes of the Plan.

 

(b) Each Option granted under the Plan shall be granted pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of a stock option agreement to be entered into between the Corporation and the optionholder at the time of such grant. Each such stock option agreement shall be in a form from time-to-time adopted for use under the Plan by the Committee (such form being hereinafter called a “Stock Option Agreement”). Any such Stock Option Agreement shall incorporate by reference all of the terms and provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of grant and may contain such other terms and provisions as shall be approved and adopted by the Committee.

 

(c) At the time of the grant of each Option under this Plan, the Committee shall determine whether such Option is to be designated as an ISO. If an Option is to be designated as an ISO, then the provisions of Sections 6(d), 7(b) and 8(b) shall apply to such Options. The Stock Option Agreement relating to the grant of any option designated as an ISO shall reflect such designation.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time each ISO is granted) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which ISOs issued to any one person hereunder are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.

 

7. Option Price . (a) The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by each Option granted under the Plan shall be at least 100% of the fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of such shares at the time the Option is granted, or such higher purchase price as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in Section 7(a) hereof, no Option granted to any person who, at the time of such grant, owns, taking into account the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Corporation’s stock or of the stock of any of its corporate subsidiaries, may be designated as an ISO unless at the time of such grant the purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Option is at least 110% of the fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of such shares.

 

(c) If the Common Stock is not listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, such fair market value shall be as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (which determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes) or, if applicable, shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price for the Common Stock as quoted by brokers and dealers trading in the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market (or if the Common Stock shall be quoted by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system, then such NASDAQ quote) immediately prior to the commencement of the meeting of the Committee at which the Option is granted. If the Common Stock is listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, such fair market value shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price at which the shares of Common Stock were traded on such securities exchange or exchanges immediately prior to the commencement of the meeting of the Committee at which the Option is granted, or if no sale of the Common Stock was made on any national securities exchange on such date, then the closing price per share of the Common Stock on such securities exchange or exchanges on the next preceding day on which there was a sale of the Common Stock.

 

- 3 -


(d) The exercise price of any outstanding Options shall not be reduced during the term of such Options except by reason of an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 hereof, nor shall the Committee or the Board of Directors cancel outstanding Options and reissue new Options at a lower exercise price in substitution for the canceled Options.

 

8. Term of Options . (a) The expiration date of an Option granted under the Plan shall be as determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that each such Option shall expire not more than ten years after the date such Option was granted.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in Section 8(a) hereof, no Option granted to any person who, at the time of such grant, owns, taking into account the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Corporation’s stock or of the stock of any of its corporate subsidiaries, may be designated as an ISO unless by its terms each such Option shall expire not more than five years after the date such Option was granted.

 

9. Exercise of Options . (a) Each Option shall become exercisable in whole or in part or in installments at such time or times as the Committee may prescribe at the time the Option is granted and specify in the Stock Option Agreement. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date on which it was granted.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained herein, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Stock Option Agreement, any Option granted hereunder which is, by its terms, exercisable in installments shall become immediately exercisable in full upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 9(b), “Change in Control” shall mean

 

(i) the acquisition (other than from the Company) by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding, for this purpose, the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25% or more of either the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; or

 

(ii) individuals who, as of June 6, 1995, constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation (as of such date, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any person becoming a Director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of Directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Section 9(b)(ii), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

(iii) approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, in each case with respect to which persons who

 

- 4 -


were the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 75% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or other surviving entity’s then-outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

(c) Options may be exercised by giving written notice to the Corporation of intention to exercise, specifying the number of shares to be purchased pursuant to such exercise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. All shares purchased upon exercise of any Option shall be paid for in full at the time of purchase in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. Except as provided in Sections 9(d) and 9(e) hereof, such payment shall be made in cash or through delivery of shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock as provided in the Stock Option Agreement. Any shares so delivered shall be valued at their fair market value determined as of the date of exercise of the Option under the method set forth in Section 7(c) hereof.

 

(d) Payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any such Option may be made by delivery to the Corporation of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Corporation an amount of sale or loan proceeds sufficient to pay the exercise price. Additionally, the Corporation will accept, in payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any such Option, proceeds of a margin loan obtained by the exercising optionholder from a broker, provided that the exercising optionholder has, at the same time as delivery to the Corporation of a properly executed exercise notice, delivered to the Corporation irrevocable instructions to the Corporation to deliver share certificates directly to such broker upon payment for such shares.

 

(e) With respect to Directors and officers of the Corporation who are subject to reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any Option granted hereunder may be made by surrender of outstanding Options issued under this Plan or any other stock option plan of the Corporation having a Spread (as defined below) equal to the exercise price of the Options sought to be exercised. For purposes of this Section 9(e), the “Spread” with respect to any unexercised Option shall be equal to (i) the average price per share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, as determined by the Corporation from any commercially available reporting service reflecting trading of the Common Stock on a national securities exchange, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or in the over the counter market, as applicable, less (ii) the exercise price of the surrender of the Option. All Options so surrendered will be deemed to have been exercised by the optionholder. Such surrender shall be evidenced in a form satisfactory to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

10. Nontransferability of Options . Options granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable only by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the optionholder’s lifetime only by him.

 

11. Stockholder Rights of Optionholder . No holder of any Option shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to an Option prior to the purchase of such shares upon exercise of the Option.

 

- 5 -


12. Termination of Option . With respect to any Option which, by its terms, is not exercisable for one year from the date on which it is granted, if an optionholder’s employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries terminates within one year after the date an unexercised Option containing such terms is granted under the Plan for any reason other than death, the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of such employment or other relationship. With respect to all Options granted under the Plan, if an optionholder’s employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation is terminated by reason of his death, the Option shall terminate one year after the date of death, unless the Option otherwise expires. If an optionholder’s employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation terminates for any reason other than as set forth above in this Section 12, the Option shall terminate three months after the date of termination of such employment or other relationship unless the Option earlier expires, provided that (a) if the optionholder dies within such three-month period, the Option shall terminate one year after the date of his death unless the Option earlier expires; (b) the Board of Directors may, at any time prior to any termination of such employment or other relationship under the circumstances covered by this Section 12, determine in its discretion that the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of such employment or other relationship with the Corporation; and (c) the exercise of any Option after termination of such employment or other relationship with the Corporation shall be subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent that the optionholder refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any activity which is competitive with any activity of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof and from otherwise acting, either prior to or after termination of such employment or other relationship, in any manner inimical or in any way contrary to the best interests of the Corporation and that the optionholder furnish to the Corporation such information with respect to the satisfaction of the foregoing condition precedent as the Board of Directors shall reasonably request. For purposes of this Section 12, a “relationship with the Corporation” shall be limited to any relationship that does not cause the Plan to cease to be an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933. The mere ownership of stock in the Corporation shall not be deemed to be a “relationship with the Corporation”.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon any optionholder the right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or in any other relationship thereto or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate such employment or other relationship at any time.

 

A holder of an Option under the Plan may make written designation of a beneficiary on forms prescribed by and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Such beneficiary, or if no such designation of any beneficiary has been made, the legal representative of such optionholder or such other person entitled thereto as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, may exercise, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Section 12, any unterminated and unexpired Option granted to such optionholder to the same extent that the optionholder himself could have exercised such Option were he alive or able; provided, however, that no Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable for more shares that the optionholder could have purchased thereunder on the date his employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries was terminated.

 

13. Adjustment of and Changes in Capitalization . In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed in number or class by reason of split-ups, combinations, mergers, consolidations or recapitalizations, or by reason of stock dividends, the number or class of shares which thereafter may be purchased through exercise of Options granted under the Plan, both in the aggregate and as to any individual, and the number and class of shares then subject to Options therefore granted and the price per share payable upon exercise of such Option shall be adjusted so as to reflect such

 

- 6 -


change, all as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In the event there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or of any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, then if the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, determine that such change equitably requires an adjustment in any Option theretofore granted or which may be granted under the Plan, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with such determination.

 

Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Corporation to each holder of an Option which shall have been so adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in Options pursuant to this Section 13 may be settled in cash or otherwise as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

14. Securities Acts Requirements . No Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part, and the Corporation shall not be obligated to sell any shares of Common Stock subject to any such Option, if such exercise and sale would, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, violate the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, as they may be in effect at that time. Each Option shall be subject to the further requirement that, at any time that the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, shall determine, in their respective discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option under any securities exchange requirements or under any applicable law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Option or the issuance of shares thereunder, such Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be.

 

As a condition to the issuance of any shares upon exercise of an Option under the Plan, the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, may require the optionholder to furnish a written representation that he is acquiring the shares for investment and not with a view to distribution of the shares to the public and a written agreement restricting the transferability of the shares solely to the Corporation, and may affix a restrictive legend or legends on the face of the certificate representing such shares. Such representation, agreement and/or legend shall be required only in cases where in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, it is necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, and any stockholder who gives such representation and agreement shall be released from it and the legend removed at such time as the shares to which may applied are registered or qualified pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, or at such other time as, in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, the representation and agreement and legend cease to be necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements.

 

15. Amendment of the Plan . The Plan may, at any time or from time to time, be terminated, modified or amended by the stockholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock entitled to vote. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time with respect to any

 

- 7 -


shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to Options, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that, without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall increase the number of shares subject to the Plan, decrease the price at which the Options may be granted, permit exercise of Options unless full payment is made at the time of exercise (except as so provided in Section 9 hereof), extend the period during which Options may be exercised, or change the provisions relating to adjustment to be made upon changes in capitalization.

 

16. Changes in Law . Subject to the provisions of Section 15, the Board of Directors shall have the power to amend the Plan and any outstanding Options granted thereunder in such respects as the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, deem advisable in order to incorporate in the Plan or any such Option any new provision or change designed to comply with or take advantage of requirements or provisions of the Code or any other statute, or Rules or Regulations of the Internal Revenue Service or any other Federal or state governmental agency enacted or promulgated after the adoption of the Plan.

 

17. Legal Matters . Every right of action by or on behalf of the Corporation or by any stock holder against any past, present or future member of the Board of Directors, officer or employee of the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought and irrespective of the place of residence of any such Director, officer or employee, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from whichever is the later of (a) the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises, or (b) the first date upon which there has been made generally available to stockholders an annual report of the Corporation and a proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders following the issuance of such annual report, which annual report and proxy statement alone or together set forth, for the related period, the aggregate number of shares for which Options were granted; and any and all right of action by any employee or executive of the Corporation (past, present or future) against the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises.

 

This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles, and construed accordingly.

 

- 8 -


AMENDMENT ADOPTED BY

BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

August 15, 1996

 

RESOLVED, that the provisions of the Corporation’s 1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan 1988 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, 1989 Stock Option Plan, 1990 Stock Option Plan, 1991 Stock Option Plan, 1992 Stock Option Plan, 1993 Stock Option Plan 1993 Consultants’ Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock Option Plan relating to the transferability of options are hereby amended by substituting the following in lieu of the indicated section thereof:

 

Nontransferability of Options. (a) Options granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable only by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the optionholder’s lifetime only by him, except to the extent set forth in the following paragraphs.

 

(b) Upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, an optionholder may, except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, transfer options granted under the Plan to one or more members of such optionholder’s immediate family, to a partnership consisting only of members of such optionholder’s immediate family, or to a trust all of whose beneficiaries are members of the optionholder’s immediate family. For purposes of this section, an optionholder’s “immediate family” shall be deemed to include such optionholder’s spouse, children and grandchildren only.

 

(c) Upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, an optionholder may transfer options to a charitable, educational or religious entity which has been determined by the United States Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income taxation under the provisions of Section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statutory provision.

 


EXHIBIT A

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

Amendment

 

HealthSouth Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), having heretofore adopted the 1995 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), effective June 6, 1995 and having reserved the right under Section 15 thereof to amend the Plan, does hereby amend Section 12 of the Plan such that Section 12 shall commence with the following sentence:

 

“Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 12 to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine the exercise period of any Option, provided that in no event may the term of any Option exceed ten (10) years.”

 

EXHIBIT 10.7.2

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan)

 

OPTION granted in Birmingham, Alabama on                      (the “Date of Grant”), by HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), to                      (the “Grantee”).

 

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Corporation hereby grants to the Grantee the irrevocable Option to purchase, on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, up to                      fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, at the option price of                      per share, being not less than 100% of the fair market value of such Common Stock on the Date of Grant.

 

The Option is granted pursuant to the Corporation’s 1995 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached hereto. The Option is subject in its entirety to all the applicable provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

2. PERIOD OF OPTION . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Option is cumulatively exercisable in installments in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Year Beginning


  

Percent of Shares

Subject to Option

Purchasable


 

2004

   None  

2005

   33.3 %

2006

   33.3 %

2007

   33.3 %

2008

   100 %

 

The Option may be exercised from time to time during the option period as to the total number of shares allowable under this Section 2, or any lesser amount thereof. The Option is not exercisable before                      or after                      .

 

NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNTIL THE CORPORATION COMPLIES WITH ITS REPORTING OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.

 

3. METHOD OF EXERCISE OF OPTION . The Option may be exercised in whole or in part by the Grantee’s giving written notice, specifying the number of shares which the Grantee elects to purchase and the date on which such purchase is to be made to the Corporation or its designated broker.

 

The Grantee hereby confirms that he or she has been informed by the Corporation that the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Department of Justice have commenced investigations into the Corporation’s financial reporting and related activity and, as a result, the Corporation has cautioned investors not to rely on the corporation’s prior financial statements. In addition, the Corporation has not filed any financial statements with the SEC since the third quarter of 2002 and has retained PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to conduct a forensic review of the Corporation’s financial records. The Corporation is in the process of reconstructing its financial records, and currently estimates that it will not be in a position to file financial statements with the SEC until 2005. Since the issuance of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock upon exercise of the Option must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, unless an exemption is available, THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNTIL THE CORPORATION COMPLIES WITH ITS REPORTING OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.

 

4. TRANSFERABILITY . The Option is not transferable otherwise than by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Grantee’s lifetime only by the Grantee.

 

5. BINDING AGREEMENT . This Stock Option Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or assign of the Corporation, and, to the extent herein provided, shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Grantee’s beneficiary or legal representatives, as the case may be.

 

6. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Stock Option Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the Option granted hereby and may not be changed orally but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any change, modification or extension is sought.

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding and approved by you. please so confirm by signing and returning the duplicate of this Stock Option Agreement enclosed for that purpose.

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

By  
   

Its

 

 


 

 

The foregoing is in accordance with my understanding and is hereby confirmed and agreed to as of the Date of Grant.

 

___________________________________________

 

__________________, Grantee

 

EXHIBIT 10.8.1

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

1. Purpose of the Plan. The purpose of the 1997 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the “Plan”) of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), is to provide incentive for future endeavor and to advance the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders by encouraging ownership of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter called the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation by its Directors, executives and other key employees, upon whose judgment, interest and continuing special efforts the Corporation is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its operations, and to enable the Corporation to compete effectively with other enterprises for the services of such new Directors, executives and employees as may be needed for the continued improvement of the Corporation’s business, through the grant of options to purchase shares of the Common Stock. It is intended that certain Options issued under the Plan and so designated pursuant to Section 6(c) hereof by the Committee (as defined in Section 5 hereof) shall qualify as “incentive stock options” (hereinafter called “ISOs”) under Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (hereinafter called the “Code”), and, where applicable, the terms of the Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention. Other Options may be issued under the Plan and designated by the Committee as non-qualified stock options (hereinafter called “NQSOs”). Any Option issued under the Plan and not expressly designated as an ISO shall be conclusively deemed to be an NQSO.

 

2. Participants. Options may be granted under the Plan to Directors of me Corporation and to such executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as shall be determined by the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 5 of the Plan; provided, however, that no Option may be granted to any person if such grant would cause the Plan to cease to be an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933; and provided further that no ISO may be granted to any person ineligible to be granted ISOs under Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

3. Term of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective as of May 1, 1997, subject to me approval by the holders of a majority of the shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation at the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation. The Plan shall terminate on the earliest of (a) April 30, 2007, (b) such time as all shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan have been acquired through the exercise of Options granted under the Plan, or (c) such earlier time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine. Any Option outstanding under the Plan at the time of its termination shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms and conditions and those of the Plan. No Option shall be granted under the Plan after April 30, 2007.

 

4. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 5,000,000 shares, and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which any individual may be granted Options under the Plan during any calendar year is 1,000,000. If, on or prior to the termination of the Plan as provided in Section 3, an Option granted under the Plan shall have expired or terminated for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares covered thereby shall again become available for the grant of Options under the Plan. Shares covered by Options surrendered in connection with the exercise of other Options pursuant to Section 9(e) shall be deemed, for purposes of this

 


Section 4, to have been exercised, and such shares shall not again become available for the grant of Options under the Plan.

 

The shares to be delivered upon exercise of Options under the Plan shall be made available, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, either from authorized but previously unissued shares as permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or from shares re-acquired by the Corporation, including shares of Common Stock purchased in the open market, and shares held in the treasury of the Corporation.

 

5. Administration of the Plan. With respect to the participation of executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who are not also Directors of the Corporation, the Plan shall be administered by the Audit and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (hereinafter called the “Committee”). The acts of a majority of the Committee, at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. The Committee shall determine the executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who shall be granted Options and the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Option.

 

With respect to the participation of non-employee Directors of the Corporation, each non-employee Director shall receive, as an annual grant, an NQSO to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock on the date of approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Corporation and in each year thereafter, such Option to be granted as of the first business day in January of each calendar year, commencing with January 1998. The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by each such NQSO granted to a non-employee Director shall be 100% of the fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of such shares at the time the Option is granted, determined in accordance with Section 7(c) hereof. Grants to any non-employee Director shall be in lieu of any grants under other stock option plans of the Corporation.

 

The interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan or of any Option granted under it by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Corporation, its stockholders and Directors, and the executives and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable to the Corporation, any stockholder, any optionholder or any employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under it. No member of the Board of Directors may vote on any Option to be granted to him.

 

The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

6. Grant of Options. (a) Options may be granted under the Plan by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 at any time prior to the termination of the Plan. In making any determination as to Directors, executives and key employees to whom Options shall be granted and as to the number of shares to be covered by such Options, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective Directors, executives and key employees, their present and potential contribution to the success of the Corporation, and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with the accomplishment of the purposes of the Plan.

 

(b) Each Option granted under the Plan shall be granted pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of a stock option agreement to be entered into between the Corporation and the

 

A-2


optionholder at the time of such grant. Each such stock option agreement shall be in a form from time-to-time adopted for use under the Plan by the Committee (such form being hereinafter called a “Stock Option Agreement”). Any such Stock Option Agreement shall incorporate by reference all of the terms and provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of grant and may contain such other terms and provisions as shall be approved and adopted by the Committee.

 

(c) At the time of the grant of each Option under this Plan, the Committee shall determine whether such Option is to be designated as an ISO. If an Option is to be designated as an ISO, then the provisions of Sections 6(d), 7(b) and 8(b) shall apply to such Options. The Stock Option Agreement relating to the grant of any option designated as an ISO shall reflect such designation.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time each ISO is granted) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which ISOs issued to any one person hereunder are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year shall not exceed 5100,000.

 

7. Option Price. (a) The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by each Option granted under the Plan shall be at least 100% of the fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of such shares at the time the Option is granted, or such higher purchase price as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in Section 7(a) hereof, no Option granted to any person who, at the time of such grant, owns, taking into account the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Corporation’s stock or of the stock of any of its corporate subsidiaries, may be designated as an ISO unless at the time of such grant the purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Option is at least 110% of the fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of such shares.

 

(c) If the Common Stock is not listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, such fair market value shall be as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (which determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes) or, if applicable, shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price for the Common Stock as quoted by brokers and dealers trading in the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market (or if the Common Stock shall be quoted by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system, men such NASDAQ quote) immediately prior to the commencement of the meeting of the Committee at which the Option is granted. If the Common Stock is listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, such fair market value shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price at which the shares of Common Stock were traded on such securities exchange or exchanges immediately prior to the commencement of the meeting of the Committee at which the Option is granted, or if no sale of the Common Stock was made on any national securities exchange on such date, then the closing price per share of the Common Stock on such securities exchange or exchanges on the next preceding day on which there was a sale of the Common Stock.

 

(d) The exercise price of any outstanding Options shall not be reduced during the term of such Options except by reason of an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 hereof, nor shall the Committee or the Board of Directors cancel outstanding Options and reissue new Options at a lower exercise price in substitution for the canceled Options.

 

A-3


8. Term of Options. (a) The expiration date of an Option granted under the Plan shall be as determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that each such Option shall expire not more than ten years after the date such Option was granted.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in Section 8(a) hereof, no Option granted to any person who, at the time of such grant, owns, taking into account the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Corporation’s stock or of the stock of any of its corporate subsidiaries, may be designated as an ISO unless by its terms each such Option shall expire not more than five years after the date such Option was granted.

 

9. Exercise of Options. (a) Each Option shall become exercisable in whole or in part or in installments at such time or times as the Committee may prescribe at the time the Option is granted and specify in the Stock Option Agreement. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date on which it was granted.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained herein, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Stock Option Agreement, any Option granted hereunder which is, by its terms, exercisable in installments shall become immediately exercisable in full upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 9(b), “Change in Control” shall mean

 

(i) the acquisition (other than from the Company) by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding, for this purpose, the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25% or more of either the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; or

 

(ii) individuals who, as of May 1, 1997, constitute the Board of Directors of me Corporation (as of such date, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any person becoming a Director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of Directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Section 9(b)(ii), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

(iii) approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, in each case with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 75% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or other surviving entity’s then-outstanding voting

 

A-4


securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

(c) Options may be exercised by giving written notice to the Corporation of intention to exercise, specifying the number of shares to be purchased pursuant to such exercise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. All shares purchased upon exercise of any Option shall be paid for in full at the time of purchase in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. Except as provided in Sections 9(d) and 9(e) hereof, such payment shall be made in cash or through delivery of shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock as provided in the Stock Option Agreement. Any shares so delivered shall be valued at their fair market value determined as of the date of exercise of the Option under the method set forth in Section 7(c) hereof.

 

(d) Payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any such Option may be made by delivery to the Corporation of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Corporation an amount of sale or loan proceeds sufficient to pay the exercise price. Additionally, the Corporation will accept, in payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any such Option, proceeds of a margin loan obtained by the exercising optionholder from a broker, provided that the exercising optionholder has, at the same time as delivery to the Corporation of a properly executed exercise notice, delivered to the Corporation irrevocable instructions to the Corporation to deliver share certificates directly to such broker upon payment for such shares.

 

(e) With respect to Directors and officers of the Corporation who are subject to reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any Option granted hereunder may be made by surrender of outstanding Options issued under this Plan or any other stock option plan of the Corporation having a Spread (as defined below) equal to the exercise price of the Options sought to be exercised. For purposes of this Section 9(e), the “Spread” with respect to any unexercised Option shall be equal to (i) the average price per share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, as determined by the Corporation from any commercially available reporting service reflecting trading of the Common Stock on a national securities exchange, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or in the over the counter market, as applicable, less (ii) the exercise price of the surrender of the Option. All Options so surrendered will be deemed to have been exercised by the optionholder. Such surrender shall be evidenced in a form satisfactory to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

10. Nontransferability of Options . (a) Options granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable only by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the optionholder’s lifetime only by him, except to the extent set forth in the following paragraphs.

 

(b) Upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, an optionholder may, except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, transfer options granted under the Plan to one or more members of such optionholder’s immediate family, to a partnership consisting only of members of such optionholder’s immediate family, or to a trust all of whose beneficiaries are members of the optionholder’s immediate family. For purposes of this section, an optionholder’s “immediate family” shall be deemed to include such optionholder’s spouse, children and grandchildren only.

 

(c) Upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, an optionholder may transfer options to a charitable, educational or religious entity which has been determined by the

 

A-5


United States Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income taxation under the provisions of Section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statutory provision.

 

11. Stockholder Rights of Optionholder . No holder of any Option shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to an Option prior to the purchase of such shares upon exercise of the Option.

 

12. Termination of Option . With respect to any Option which, by its terms, is not exercisable for one year from the date on which it is granted, if an optionholder’s employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries terminates within one year after the date an unexercised Option containing such terms is granted under the Plan for any reason other than death, the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of such employment or other relationship. With respect to all Options granted under the Plan, if an optionholder’s employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation is terminated by reason of his death, the Option shall terminate one year after the date of death, unless the Option otherwise expires. If an optionholder’s employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation terminates for any reason other than as set forth above in this Section 12, the Option shall terminate three months after the date of termination of such employment or other relationship unless the Option earlier expires, provided that (a) if the optionholder dies within such three month period, the Option shall terminate one year after the date of his death unless the Option earlier expires; (b) the Board of Directors may, at any time prior to any termination of such employment or other relationship under the circumstances covered by this Section 12, determine in its discretion that the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of such employment or other relationship with the Corporation; and (c) the exercise of any Option after termination of such employment or other relationship with the Corporation shall be subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent that the optionholder refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any activity which is competitive with any activity of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof and from otherwise acting, either prior to or after termination of such employment or other relationship, in any manner inimical or in any way contrary to the best interests of the Corporation and that the optionholder furnish to the Corporation such information with respect to the satisfaction of the foregoing condition precedent as the Board of Directors shall reasonably request. For purposes of this Section 12, a “relationship with the Corporation” shall be limited to any relationship that does not cause the Plan to cease to be an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933. The mere ownership of stock in the Corporation shall not be deemed to be a “relationship with the Corporation”.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon any optionholder the right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or in any other relationship thereto or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate such employment or other relationship at any time.

 

A holder of an Option under the Plan may make written designation of a beneficiary on forms prescribed by and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Such beneficiary, or if no such designation of any beneficiary has been made, the legal representative of such optionholder or such other person entitled thereto as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, may exercise, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Section 12, any unterminated and unexpired Option granted to such optionholder to the same extent that the optionholder himself could have exercised such Option were he alive or able; provided, however, that no Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable for more

 

A-6


shares than the optionholder could have purchased thereunder on the date his employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries was terminated.

 

13. Adjustment of and Changes in Capitalization . In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed in number or class by reason of split-ups, combinations, mergers, consolidations or recapitalizations, or by reason of stock dividends, the number or class of shares which thereafter may be purchased through exercise of Options granted under the Plan, both in the aggregate and as to any individual, and the number and class of shares then subject to Options theretofore granted and the price per share payable upon exercise of such Option shall be adjusted so as to reflect such change, all as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In the event there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or of any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, then if the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, determine that such change equitably requires an adjustment in any Option theretofore granted or which may be granted under the Plan, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with such determination.

 

Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Corporation to each holder of an Option which shall have been so adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in Options pursuant to this Section 13 may be settled in cash or otherwise as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

14. Securities Acts Requirements . No Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part, and the Corporation shall not be obligated to sell any shares of Common Stock subject to any such Option, if such exercise and sale would, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, violate the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, as they may be in effect at that time. Each Option shall be subject to the further requirement that, at any time that the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, shall determine, in their respective discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option under any securities exchange requirements or under any applicable law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Option or the issuance of shares thereunder, such Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be.

 

As a condition to the issuance of any shares upon exercise of an Option under the Plan, the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, may require the optionholder to furnish a written representation that he is acquiring the shares for investment and not with a view to distribution of the shares to the public and a written agreement restricting the transferability of the shares solely to the Corporation, and may affix a restrictive legend or legends on the face of the certificate representing such shares. Such representation, agreement and/or legend shall be required only in cases where in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, it is necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, and any stockholder who gives such representation and agreement shall be released from it and the legend removed at such time as the shares to which they applied are registered or qualified pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes

 

A-7


having similar requirements, or at such other time as, in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, the representation and agreement and legend cease to be necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements.

 

15. Amendment of the Plan . The Plan may, at any time or from time to time, be terminated, modified or amended by the stockholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock entitled to vote. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time with respect to any shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to Options, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that, without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall increase the number of snares subject to the Plan, decrease the price at which the Options may be granted, permit exercise of Options unless full payment is made at the time of exercise (except as so provided in Section 9 hereof), extend the period during which Options may be exercised, or change the provisions relating to adjustment to be made upon changes in capitalization.

 

16. Changes in Law . Subject to the provisions of Section 15, the Board of Directors shall have the power to amend the Plan and any outstanding Options granted thereunder in such respects as me Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, deem advisable in order to incorporate in the Plan or any such Option any new provision or change designed to comply with or take advantage of requirements or provisions of the Code or any other statute, or Rules or Regulations of the Internal Revenue Service or any other Federal or state governmental agency enacted or promulgated after the adoption of the Plan.

 

17. Legal Matters . Every right of action by or on behalf of the Corporation or by any stockholder against any past, present or future member of the Board of Directors, officer or employee of the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought and irrespective of the place of residence of any such Director, officer or employee, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from whichever is the later of (a) the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises, or (b) the first date upon which there has been made generally available to stockholders an annual report of the Corporation and a proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders following the issuance of such annual report, which annual report and proxy statement alone or together set forth, for the related period, the aggregate number of shares for which Options were granted; and any and all right of action by any employee or executive of the Corporation (past, present or future) against the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises.

 

This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles, and construed accordingly.

 

A-8

EXHIBIT 10.8.2

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Pursuant to the 1997 Stock Option Plan)

 

OPTION granted in Birmingham, Alabama on                                          (the “Date of Grant”) by HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), to                                          (the “Grantee”).

 

1. GRANT OF OPTION. The Corporation hereby grants to the Grantee the irrevocable Option to purchase, on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, up to                              fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, at the option price of $                      per share, being not less than 100% of the fair market value of such Common Stock on the Date of Grant.

 

The Option is granted pursuant to the Corporation’s 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached hereto. The Option is subject in its entirety to all the applicable provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

2. PERIOD OF OPTION. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Option is cumulatively exercisable in installments in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Year Beginning


  

Percent of Shares

Subject to Option

Purchasable


 

1997

   None  

1998

   25 %

1999

   50 %

2000

   5 %

2001

   100 %

 

The Option may be exercised from time to time during the option period as to the total number of shares allowable under this Section 2, or any lesser amount thereof. The Option is not exercisable before                                                   or after                                      .

 

3. METHOD OF EXERCISE OF OPTION. The Option may be exercised in whole or in part by the Grantee’s giving written notice, specifying the number of shares which the Grantee elects to purchase and the date on which such purchase is to be made, to the Corporation by mail, postage prepaid, or delivering such notice by hand to the Corporation at its principal office in Birmingham, Alabama, to the attention of the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, at least ten and not more than thirty days prior to the date specified in such notice as the date on which such purchase is to be made. Alternatively, this Option may be exercised in any other manner as to which the Corporation gives the Grantee written notice from time to time.

 


If such exercise shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Option, as specified in this Stock Option Agreement, the Corporation shall, on the date specified in the notice and against receipt from the Grantee of the option price, deliver, at its principal office in Birmingham, Alabama, a certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased and shall pay all stamp taxes payable in connection therewith. For purposes of this Section 3, a person to whom the Option is transferred by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, as contemplated by the Plan, shall be deemed to be the Grantee.

 

4. TRANSFERABILITY. Except for transfers permitted under Section 10 of the Plan, the Option is not transferable otherwise than by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Grantee’s lifetime only by the Grantee.

 

5. BINDING AGREEMENT. This Stock Option Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or assign of the Corporation, and, to the extent herein provided, shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Grantee’s beneficiary or legal representatives, as the case may be.

 

6. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Stock Option Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the Option granted hereby and may not be changed orally but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any change, modification or extension is sought.

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding and approved by you, please so confirm by signing and returning the duplicate of this Stock Option Agreement enclosed for that purpose.

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation
By  

 


   

Its

 

 


 

The foregoing is in accordance with my understanding and is hereby confirmed and agreed to as of the Date of Grant.

 

       

, Grantee

 

EXHIBIT 10.9.1

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

1998 RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN

 

1. Purpose of the Plan. The purpose of the 1998 Restricted Stock Plan (hereinafter called the “Plan”) of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), is to provide incentive for future endeavor and to advance the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders by encouraging ownership of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter called the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation by its executives and other key employees, upon whose judgment, interest and continuing special efforts the Corporation is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its operations, and to enable the Corporation to compete effectively with other enterprises for the services of such new executives and employees as may be needed for the continued improvement of the Corporation’s business, through the grant of restricted stock awards (“Awards”) covering shares of the Common Stock.

 

2. Participants. Awards may be granted under the Plan to such executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as shall be determined by the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 5 of the Plan; provided, however, that no Award may be granted to any person if such grant would cause the Plan to cease to be an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

3. Term of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective as of May 21, 1998, subject to the approval by the holders of a majority of the shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation present and voting at the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation. The Plan shall terminate on the earliest of (a) April 30, 2008, (b) such time as all shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan have been issued and are fully vested, or (c) such earlier time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine. Any Award outstanding under the Plan at the time of its termination shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms and conditions and those of the Plan. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after April 30, 2008.

 

4. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 11, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 3,000,000 shares, and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which any individual may be granted Awards under the Plan during any calendar year is 100,000. If, on or prior to the termination of the Plan as provided in Section 3, an Award granted under the Plan shall have expired or terminated for any reason without having vested in full, the unvested shares covered thereby shall again become available for the grant of Awards under the Plan.

 

The shares to be delivered upon exercise of Awards under the Plan shall be made available, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, either from authorized but previously unissued shares as permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or from shares re-acquired by the Corporation, including shares of Common Stock purchased in the open market, and shares held in the treasury of the Corporation.

 

5. Administration of the Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Audit and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (hereinafter called the “Committee”). The acts of a majority of the Committee, at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. The Committee shall determine the executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who shall be granted Awards and the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Award.

 


The interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan or of any Award granted under it by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Corporation, its stockholders and Directors, and the executives and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable to the Corporation, any stockholder, any optionholder or any employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted under it.

 

The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

6. Grant of Awards. (a) Awards may be granted under the Plan by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 at any time prior to the termination of the Plan. In making any determination as to executives and key employees to whom Awards shall be granted and as to the number of shares to be covered by such Awards, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective executives and key employees, their present and potential contribution to the success of the Corporation, and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with the accomplishment of the purposes of the Plan.

 

(b) Each Award granted under the Plan shall be granted pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of a restricted stock agreement to be entered into between the Corporation and the participant at the time of such grant. Each such restricted stock agreement shall be in a form from time-to-time adopted for use under the Plan by the Committee (such form being hereinafter called a “Restricted Stock Agreement”). Any such Restricted Stock Agreement shall incorporate by reference all of the terms and provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of grant and may contain such other terms and provisions as shall be approved and adopted by the Committee.

 

7. Certain Conditions of Awards. Awards granted under this Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a) The prospective recipient of an Award shall not, with respect to such Award, be deemed to have become a participant or to have any rights with respect to such Award unless and until such recipient shall have executed a Restricted Stock Agreement or other agreement evidencing the Award and its terms and conditions and delivered a fully-executed copy thereof to the Corporation and otherwise complied with the then-applicable terms and conditions under the Plan.

 

(b) Each participant shall be issued a certificate in respect of shares of Common Stock awarded under the Plan. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of the participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Award substantially in the following form:

 

“The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the 1998 Restricted Stock Plan of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and a Restricted Stock Agreement entered into between the registered owner and HEALTHSOUTH Corporation. Copies of such Plan and Restricted Stock Agreement are on file in the offices of the Secretary of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation.”

 

(c) The Committee may adopt rules which provide that the stock certificates evidencing shares covered by Awards might be held in custody by a bank or other institution, or that the Corporation may itself hold such shares in custody until the restrictions thereon shall have

 

A-2


lapsed, and may require as a condition of any Award that the participant shall have delivered a stock power endorsed in blank relating to the stock covered by such Award.

 

(d) Recipients of Awards under the Plan are not required to make any payment or provide consideration therefor other than the rendering of services to the Corporation.

 

8. Restrictions and Forfeitures. The shares of Common Stock awarded pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:

 

(a) During a period set by the Committee of not less than one year nor more than 10 years commencing with the date of an Award (the “Restriction Period”), a participant will not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock awarded pursuant to said Award. Within these limits, the Committee may provide for the vesting of Awards and the lapse of such restrictions in installments based upon the passage of time, the achievement by the Corporation of certain identified performance goals, or the occurrence of other events, or any combination thereof, all as the Committee deems appropriate.

 

(b) Except as provided in Section 8(a), a participant shall have with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by an Award all of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation, including the right to vote such shares and receive dividends and other distributions thereon.

 

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(d), unless otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, upon termination of a participant’s employment for any reason during the Restriction Period, all shares awarded to such participant and still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by the participant and be reacquired by the Corporation, without consideration or payment therefor.

 

(d) In the event of a participant’s retirement, disability or death, all restrictions with respect to such participant’s Award shall lapse (subject to Section 8(e)) and such participant or his beneficiary shall be entitled to receive (if held in custody by the Corporation or a bank or other institution) and retain all of the stock subject to the Award; provided, however, that in the case of retirement, the Committee in its sole discretion may determine that such restrictions shall not lapse as to all or a portion of an Award or that all or any of the shares subject to restriction shall be forfeited.

 

(e) The Committee may impose any conditions on an Award it deems advisable to ensure the participant’s payment to the Corporation of any federal, state or local taxes required to be withheld with respect to such award.

 

(f) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained herein, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Restricted Stock Agreement, any Award granted hereunder shall become immediately vested in full upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 8(f), “Change in Control” shall mean

 

(i) the acquisition (other than from the Corporation) by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding, for this purpose, the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Corporation) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25% or more of either the then-outstanding

 

A-3


shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; or

 

(ii) individuals who, as of May 21, 1998, constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation (as of such date, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any person becoming a Director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of Directors of the Corporation) shall be, for purposes of this Section 8(f), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

(iii) approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, in each case with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 75% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or other surviving entity’s then-outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

9. Nontransferability of Awards. (a) Except to the extent that such Awards are vested, Awards granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable only by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, except to the extent set forth in the following paragraph.

 

(b) Upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, a participant may, except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, transfer shares granted under the Plan to one or more members of such participant’s immediate family, to a partnership consisting only of members of such participant’s immediate family, or to a trust all of whose beneficiaries are members of the participant’s immediate family. For purposes of this section, a participant’s “immediate family” shall be deemed to include such holder’s spouse, children and grandchildren only.

 

10. No Right of Continued Employment. Nothing in the Plan or in the Restricted Stock Agreement shall confer upon any participant the right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or in any other relationship thereto or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate such employment or other relationship at any time.

 

11. Adjustment of and Changes in Capitalization. In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed in number or class by reason of split-ups, combinations, mergers, consolidations or recapitalizations, or by reason of stock dividends, the number or class of shares which thereafter may be acquired through Awards granted under the Plan, both in the aggregate and as to any individual, and the number and class of shares then subject to Awards theretofore granted shall be adjusted so as to reflect such change, all as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In the event there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or of any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, then if the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, determine that such change equitably requires an

 

A-4


adjustment in any Award theretofore granted or which may be granted under the Plan, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with such determination.

 

Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Corporation to each holder of an Award which shall have been so adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in Awards pursuant to this Section 11 may be settled in cash or otherwise as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

12. Securities Acts Requirements. As a condition to the issuance of any shares pursuant to an Award under the Plan, the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, may require a participant to furnish a written representation that he is acquiring the shares for investment and not with a view to distribution of the shares to the public and a written agreement restricting the transferability of the shares solely to the Corporation, and may affix a restrictive legend or legends on the face of the certificate representing such shares. Such representation, agreement and/or legend shall be required only in cases where in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, it is necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, and any stockholder who gives such representation and agreement shall be released from it and the legend removed at such time as the shares to which they applied are registered or qualified pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, or at such other time as, in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, the representation and agreement and legend cease to be necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements.

 

13. Amendment of the Plan. The Plan may, at any time or from time to time, be terminated, modified or amended by the stockholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock present and entitled to vote at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders duly called and held (or, to the extent permitted by law, by written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock entitled to vote). The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time with respect to any shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to Awards, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that, without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall increase the number of shares subject to the Plan, extend the period during which Awards may be vested, or change the provisions relating to adjustment to be made upon changes in capitalization.

 

14. Changes in Law. Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the Board of Directors shall have the power to amend the Plan and any outstanding Awards granted thereunder in such respects as the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, deem advisable in order to incorporate in the Plan or any such Award any new provision or change designed to comply with or take advantage of requirements or provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any other statute, or Rules or Regulations of the Internal Revenue Service or any other Federal or state governmental agency enacted or promulgated after the adoption of the Plan.

 

15. Legal Matters. Every right of action by or on behalf of the Corporation or by any stockholder against any past, present or future member of the Board of Directors, officer or employee of the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought and irrespective of the place of residence of any such

 

A-5


Director, officer or employee, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from whichever is the later of (a) the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises, or (b) the first date upon which there has been made generally available to stockholders an annual report of the Corporation and a proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders following the issuance of such annual report, which annual report and proxy statement alone or together set forth, for the related period, the aggregate number of shares for which Awards were granted; and any and all right of action by any employee or executive of the Corporation (past, present or future) against the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises.

 

This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles, and construed accordingly.

 

A-6

EXHIBIT 10.9.2

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

(For use with the grants of awards pursuant

to the 1998 Restricted Stock Plan)

 

THIS Restricted Stock Agreement (this “Agreement”) is between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and                              (the “Recipient”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Corporation desires to grant restricted stock to the Recipient as an incentive for the Recipient to remain in the service of the Corporation.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Award . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Corporation hereby grants to the Recipient an award (the “Award”) of              fully paid, non-assessable shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation. The date of grant of the Award (the “Award Date”) is                      . The Award is granted pursuant to the 1998 Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”) which was adopted and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation on May 21, 1998. A copy of the Plan is attached to this Agreement as Appendix A. The Award is subject to, and the Corporation and Recipient agree to be bound by, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms. The terms and provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement.

 

2. Rights of the Recipient as a Stockholder in the Award . The Recipient has no privileges of, or rights attaching to, stock ownership with respect to the shares of common stock of the Corporation to be issued to the Recipient in connection with the Award, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends, unless and until:

 

  (i) the Recipient has executed this Agreement, has delivered or caused to be delivered to the Corporation a fully-executed copy of this Agreement and, to the extent within his power, has complied with any additional conditions required by the Audit and Compensation Committee pursuant to the authority granted to it in Section 7 of the Plan to be complied with; and

 

  (ii) the shares of common stock of the Corporation have been issued to the Recipient as fully paid shares.

 

Thereafter, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Agreement, the Recipient shall possess all of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to the shares of common stock issued to him in connection with the Award, including voting rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to freely transfer the shares.

 


3. Restrictions on Transferability, Pledging, Selling . All shares of common stock of the Corporation shall not be deemed to have “vested” until the expiration of one year after the Award Date (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period, the Recipient is prohibited from selling, transferring, pledging, assigning or otherwise disposing of by any other means the shares of common stock of the Corporation issued to the Recipient in connection with the Award, except that:

 

  (i) the shares may be transferred or assigned by will or pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution; and

 

  (ii) upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, the Recipient may, provided such transfer is not prohibited by applicable law, transfer the shares to one or more members of the Recipient’s immediate family, to a partnership consisting only of members of the Recipient’s immediate family, or to a trust, all of whose beneficiaries are members of the Recipient’s immediate family. For purposes of this Section, a Recipient’s “immediate family” shall only include the Recipient’s spouse, children and grandchildren.

 

Any attempted sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposal contrary to the provisions of this Agreement, shall be null and void and without effect.

 

4. Securities Compliance . The Corporation shall make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws; provided, however, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue any restricted or unrestricted common stock or other securities pursuant to this Agreement if the issuance thereof would result in a violation of any such law.

 

(i) Exemption from Registration. The shares of common stock issued pursuant to this Agreement have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and are being issued to the Recipient in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.

 

(ii) Restricted Securities. The Recipient hereby confirms that he or she has been informed that the shares of common stock issued pursuant to this Agreement are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless such shares are first registered under the federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, the Recipient hereby acknowledges that he or she is prepared to hold such shares of common stock Stock for an indefinite period and that the Recipient is aware that Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC is not presently available to exempt the resale of the shares of common stock issued pursuant to this Agreement from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act. The Recipient is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the SEC, promulgated under the 1933 Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Recipient acknowledges and understands that the Corporation may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Recipient wishes to sell the shares of common stock issued pursuant to this

 

2


Agreement or other conditions under Rule 144 which are required of the Corporation. If so, the Recipient understands that Recipient will be precluded from selling the securities under Rule 144 even if the one-year holding period of said Rule has been satisfied. Prior to the Recipient’s acquisition of the shares of common stock issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Recipient acquired sufficient information about the Corporation to reach an informed knowledgeable decision to acquire such shares of Common Stock. The Recipient has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to make the Recipient capable of utilizing said information to evaluate the risks of the prospective investment and to make an informed investment decision. The Recipient is able to bear the economic risk of his or her investment in the shares of common stock issued pursuant to this Agreement. The Recipient agrees not to make, without the prior written consent of the Corporation, any public offering or sale of the Restricted Stock although permitted to do so pursuant to Rule 144(k) promulgated under the 1933 Act, until all applicable conditions and requirements of the Rule (or registration of the shares of common stock issued pursuant to this Agreement under the 1933 Act) and this Agreement have been satisfied.

 

(iii) Restrictive Legends. In order to reflect the restrictions on disposition of the shares of common stock issued pursuant to this Agreement, the stock certificates for the shares of common stock issued pursuant to this Agreement will be endorsed with a restrictive legend, in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) AND ARE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE DISTRIBUTED EXCEPT (1) IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, OR EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION OF AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND (2) IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DISPOSITION PROVISIONS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT IMPOSES CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION WILL, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

If required by the authorities of any state in connection with the issuance of the shares, the legend or legends required by such state authorities will also be endorsed on all such certificates.

 

5. Acknowledgment . The Recipient hereby confirms that he or she has been informed that the SEC and the Department of Justice have commenced investigations into the Corporation’s financial reporting and related activity and, as a result, the Corporation has cautioned investors not to rely on the Corporation’s prior financial statements. In addition, the Corporation has not filed any financial statements with the SEC since the third quarter of 2002 and has retained PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to conduct a forensic review of the Corporation’s financial records. The Recipient further acknowledges that he or she has been advised not to rely

 

3


upon any of the Corporation’s existing financial statements when making any investment decision regarding the disposition of any shares granted pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6. Retirement, Disability or Death of the Recipient . In the event the Recipient’s employment with the Corporation is terminated by reason of the disability, death or retirement (unless, in the case of retirement, the Audit and Compensation Committee exercise the rights described in Section 6(b) of this Agreement) of the Recipient at any time before the Plan is terminated, including during the Restriction Period, all restrictions imposed on the Award in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall lapse and the Recipient or the Recipient’s beneficiary or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive and retain all of the shares of common stock of the Corporation issued to the Recipient pursuant to the Award.

 

7. Effect of Termination of Employment . (a) In the event the Recipient’s employment with the Corporation is terminated during the Restriction Period, other than by reason of the Recipient’s disability, death or retirement, all shares granted to the Recipient which have not “vested” shall be forfeited and shall be reacquired by the Corporation, without consideration or payment to the Recipient.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4 of this Agreement, in the event of the Recipient’s retirement at any time before the Plan is terminated, the Audit and Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion determine that all restrictions applicable to the Award shall not lapse and that all or part of the shares of common stock of the Corporation issued pursuant to the Award shall be forfeited and shall be reacquired by the Corporation, without consideration or payment to the Recipient.

 

8. Immediate Vesting on a Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all of the shares of common stock of the Corporation issued to the Recipient pursuant to the Award shall become immediately vested in full upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation, as this term is defined in the Plan.

 

9. Effect of Termination of the Plan . The Plan shall terminate in accordance with the terms of Section 3 of the Plan. Any Awards which have not “vested” when the Plan terminates shall be forfeited and shall be reacquired by the Corporation, without consideration or payment to the Recipient. Any Awards which have “vested” when the Plan terminates shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan.

 

10. Adjustment of and Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation by reason of any stock dividend, split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, the aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Corporation granted to the Recipient pursuant to the Award, or the terms thereof, shall be adjusted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in its sole and absolute discretion, as it determines necessary to protect the interests of the Recipient.

 

4


11. Tax Issues . The Recipient agrees to notify the Corporation immediately if the Recipient recognizes taxable income generated by the grant of the Award by the Corporation to the Recipient.

 

12. No Employment or Other Rights . This Agreement is not and shall not be construed in any way as conferring on the Recipient any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or to continue or commence any other relationship with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

 

13. Administration of the Plan; Interpretation of the Plan and the Award . The Plan shall be administered by the Audit and Compensation Committee, pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan. Furthermore, the interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan or of the Award by the Audit and Compensation Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding. In the event there is any inconsistency or discrepancy between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the Award granted hereby.

 

15. Binding Agreement . This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or assign of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in this Agreement, is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Recipient’s beneficiary or legal representatives, as the case may be.

 

16. Notices . All notices required to be given under this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and delivered in person or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the other party at the address set out below each party’s signature to this Agreement or at such other address as each party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party. Each party to this Agreement agrees to inform the other party immediately upon a change of address. All notices shall be deemed delivered when received.

 

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, any one of which shall be deemed an original without reference to the other.

 

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the law of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflict of law principles.

 

[the remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has granted the Award and the parties have validly executed and delivered this Agreement on this the                                  .

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

By:  

 


   

Its:

 

 


         

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

Attention: the Corporate Secretary

RECIPIENT

         
         
Address:

 

6

EXHIBIT 10.10

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

1999 EXECUTIVE EQUITY LOAN PLAN

 

I. Purpose of the Plan . The purpose of the 1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan (the “Plan”) of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), is to provide incentive for future endeavor and to align the interests of the Corporation’s management and its stockholders by providing a mechanism to enhance ownership of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation by its executives and other key employees, upon whose judgment, interest and continuing special efforts the Corporation is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its operations, and to enable the Corporation to compete effectively with other enterprises for the services of such new executives and employees as may be needed for the continued improvement of the Corporation’s business, through the making of loans (“Loans”) to such executives and employees to purchase shares of the Common Stock.

 

II. Participants . Loans may be made under the Plan to such executives and key employees (“Participants”) of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as shall be determined by the Committee (as set forth in Section 5 of the Plan).

 

III. Term of the Plan . The Plan shall become effective as of May 20, 1999, subject to the approval by the holders of a majority of the shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation present in person or by proxy and voting at the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation. The Plan shall terminate on the earlier of (a) May 19, 2009 or (b) such earlier time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine. Any Loan outstanding under the Plan at the time of its termination shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms and conditions and those of the Plan. No Loan shall be made under the Plan after May 19, 2009.

 

IV. Loans Under the Plan. Loans may be made under the Plan in such amounts are as approved by the Committee, provided that the maximum aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding under the Plan at any time shall not exceed $50,000,000. If, on or prior to the termination of the Plan as provided in Section 3, the principal amount of any Loan under the Plan shall have been repaid in whole or in part, the principal amount so repaid shall again become available for the making of Loans under the Plan, subject to the foregoing limitation on the maximum aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time.

 

V. Administration of the Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Audit and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Committee”). The acts of a majority of the Committee, at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. The Committee shall determine the executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who shall receive Loans and the principal amount of each such Loan.

 

The interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan or of any Loan made under it by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Corporation, its stockholders and Directors, and the executives and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable to the Corporation, any stockholder or any employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Loan made under it.

 

- 1 -


The Committee may delegate responsibility for all or part of the administration of the Plan to appropriate officers of the Corporation; provided, however, that no such officers shall have the power or authority to make Loans under the Plan, amend, waive or modify any provision of the Plan or forgive any Loans, in whole or in part, without the express approval of the Committee in each case.

 

The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

A. Loans . Loans may be made under the Plan by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 at any time prior to the termination of the Plan. In making any determination as to executives and key employees to whom Loans shall be made and as to the principal amount of such Loans, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective executives and key employees, their present and potential contribution to the success of the Corporation, and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with the accomplishment of the purposes of the Plan.

 

B. Each Loan made under the Plan shall be granted pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of a loan agreement to be entered into between the Corporation and the Participant at the time of such grant. Each such loan agreement shall be in a form from time-to-time adopted for use under the Plan by the Committee (such form being hereinafter called a “Loan Agreement”). Any such Loan Agreement shall incorporate by reference all of the terms and provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of grant and may contain such other terms and provisions as shall be approved and adopted by the Committee.

 

VI. Certain Conditions of Loans. Loans made under this Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a) The proceeds of Loans may be used only for purchases of the Common Stock in open-market transactions, block trades or negotiated transactions. Such purchases must be effected through a broker approved by the Corporation.

 

(b) Loans shall have a maturity date of seven years from the date of the Loan, subject to acceleration and termination as provided herein. Such maturity date may be extended for up to one additional year by the Committee, acting in its discretion. The unpaid principal balance of each Loan shall bear interest at a rate equal to the effective interest rate on the average outstanding balance under the Corporation’s principal credit agreement for each calendar quarter, adjustable as of the end of each calendar quarter, which effective interest rate shall be determined by the Controller of the Corporation. Interest shall be compounded annually. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, repayment of principal and interest may be deferred until final maturity of the Loan.

 

(c) Each Loan shall be secured by a pledge of all of the shares of Common Stock purchased with the proceeds thereof (“Loan Shares”), pursuant to which the Participant shall grant the Corporation a first priority lien on and security interest in the Loan Shares. The Loan Shares may not be sold for one year after the date on which they were acquired (the “Acquisition Date”). Thereafter, one-third of the aggregate number of Loan Shares may be sold during each of the second, third and fourth years after the Acquisition Date, with any unsold portion carrying forward from year to year. The proceeds from any such sale must be used to repay a percentage of the principal amount of the Loan equal to the percentage of Loan Shares sold, less any amounts withheld for taxes (the “Mandatory Prepayment Amount”). Any proceeds in excess of the Mandatory Prepayment Amount shall be retained by the Participant.

 

- 2 -


(d) Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Loan Agreement, a Loan shall immediately mature, and all principal and accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be due and payable, within 30 days after the effective date of any termination of the Participant’s employment by the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon the death or disability of the Participant. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation may, but shall not be required to, repurchase the Loan Shares of a Participant at such Participant’s original acquisition cost if the Participant’s employment is terminated, voluntarily or involuntarily or by reason of death or disability, within the first three years after the Acquisition Date, according to the following schedule:

 

Year Beginning On


   Percentage of Loan Shares
Subject to Repurchase


Acquisition Date

   100%

First Anniversary of the Acquisition Date

   66b%

Second Anniversary of the Acquisition Date

   33a%

 

The terms of such repurchase shall be as set forth in the Loan Agreement. In the event of any such repurchase, the purchase price of the shares so repurchased shall be credited against the outstanding principal balance and accrued but unpaid interest on the Loan, and the Participant shall be responsible for the payment of any deficiency.

 

(e) Each certificate evidencing Loan Shares shall be registered in the name of the Participant, and shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions of the 1999 Executive Equity Loan Plan of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and a Loan Agreement entered into between the registered owner and HEALTHSOUTH Corporation. Copies of such Plan and Loan Agreement are on file in the offices of the Secretary of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation.”

 

(f) The Committee may adopt rules which provide that the stock certificates evidencing Loan Shares may be held in custody by a bank or other institution, or that the Corporation may itself hold such shares in custody until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and may require as a condition of any Loan that the participant shall have delivered a stock power endorsed in blank relating to the Loan Shares.

 

(g) Loans shall be made with full recourse, and each Participant shall be required to repay all principal and accrued but unpaid interest upon the maturity of the Loan (or its earlier acceleration or termination), irrespective of whether the Participant has sold Loan Shares or whether the proceeds of any such sale were sufficient to repay all principal and interest with respect to the Loan. If, at any time, the Committee determines in its reasonable discretion that the value of the Loan Shares pledged as security for the Loan is less than the indebtedness evidenced by the Loan, the Committee shall require the Participant to post additional security (which may be shares of Common Stock or other collateral acceptable to the Committee, in its reasonable discretion) in an amount sufficient to fully secure the indebtedness of the Loan.

 

- 3 -


VII. Certain Rights of Participants. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan or any Loan Agreement, a participant holding Loan Shares shall be entitled to the following rights:

 

A. A participant shall have with respect to Loan Shares all of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation, including the right to vote such shares and receive dividends and other distributions thereon.

 

B. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Agreement, any restrictions on a participant’s ability to sell any of the Loan Shares pursuant to Section 7(c) shall terminate upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 8(b), “Change in Control” shall mean

 

1. the acquisition (other than from the Corporation) by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding, for this purpose, the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Corporation) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25% or more of either the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; or

 

2. individuals who, as of May 20, 1999, constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation (as of such date, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any person becoming a Director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of Directors of the Corporation) shall be, for purposes of this Section 8(b), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

3. approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, in each case with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 75% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or other surviving entity’s then-outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the pledge of the Loan Shares shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all principal and accrued but unpaid interest under the Loan has been repaid.

 

VIII. No Right of Continued Employment . Nothing in the Plan or in the Loan Agreement shall confer upon any participant the right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or in any other relationship thereto or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate such employment or other relationship at any time.

 

- 4 -


IX. Amendment of the Plan . The Plan may, at any time or from time to time, be terminated, modified or amended by the stockholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders duly called and held (or, to the extent permitted by law, by written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock entitled to vote). The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that, without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall increase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Loans made under the Plan.

 

X. Changes in Law . Subject to the provisions of Section 10, the Board of Directors shall have the power to amend the Plan and any outstanding Loans granted thereunder in such respects as the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, deem advisable in order to incorporate in the Plan or any such Award any new provision or change designed to comply with or take advantage of requirements or provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any other statute, or Rules or Regulations of the Internal Revenue Service or any other Federal or state governmental agency enacted or promulgated after the adoption of the Plan.

 

XI. Legal Matters . Every right of action by or on behalf of the Corporation or by any stockholder against any past, present or future member of the Board of Directors, officer or employee of the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought and irrespective of the place of residence of any such Director, officer or employee, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from whichever is the later of (a) the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises, or (b) the first date upon which there has been made generally available to stockholders an annual report of the Corporation and a proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders following the issuance of such annual report, which annual report and proxy statement alone or together set forth, for the related period, the aggregate number of shares for which Awards were granted; and any and all right of action by any employee or executive of the Corporation (past, present or future) against the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises.

 

This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles, and construed accordingly.

 

- 5 -

EXHIBIT 10.11.1

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

2002 NON-EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

1. Purpose of the Plan . The purpose of the 2002 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the “Plan”) of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), is to provide incentive for future endeavor and to advance the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders by encouraging ownership of the Common Stock par value $.01 per share (hereinafter called the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation by its employees other than Directors and executive officers, upon whose judgment, interest and continuing special efforts the Corporation is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its operations, and to enable the Corporation to compete effectively with other enterprises for the services of such new employees as may be needed for the continued improvement of the Corporation’s business, through the grant of options to purchase shares of the Common Stock. All options issued under the Plan shall be non-qualified stock options.

 

2. Participants . Options may be granted under the Plan to such employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as shall be determined by the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 5 of the Plan; provided, however, that no Option may be granted to any person if such grant would cause the Plan to cease to be an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933; and provided further that no Option may be granted to any person who is a Director or executive officer of the Corporation at the time of the grant.

 

3. Term of the Plan . The Plan shall become effective as of February 1, 2002. The Plan shall terminate on the earliest of (a) January 31, 2012, (b) such time as all shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan have been acquired through the exercise of Options granted under the Plan, or (c) such earlier time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine. Any Option outstanding under the Plan at the time of its termination shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms and conditions and those of the Plan. No Option shall be granted under the Plan after January 31, 2012.

 

4. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 6,500,000 and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which any individual may be granted Options under the Plan during any calendar year is 1,000,000. If, on or prior to the termination of the Plan as provided in Section 3, an Option granted under the Plan shall have expired or terminated for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares covered thereby shall again become available for the grant of Options under the Plan. Shares covered by Options surrendered in connection with the exercise of other Options pursuant to Section 9(e) shall be deemed, for purposes of this Section 4, to have been exercised, and such shares shall not again become available for the grant of Options under the Plan.

 

The shares to be delivered upon exercise of Options under the Plan shall be made available, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, either from authorized but previously unissued shares as

 

- 1 -


permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or, from shares re-acquired by the Corporation, including shares of Common Stock purchased in the open market, or from shares held in the treasury of the Corporation.

 

5. Administration of the Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (hereinafter called the “Committee). The acts of a majority of the Committee, at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. The Committee shall determine the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who shall be granted Options and the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Option.

 

The interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan or of any Option granted under it by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Corporation, its stockholders and Directors, and the executives and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. No ember of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable to the Corporation, any stockholder, any optionholder or any employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under it.

 

The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

6. Grant of Options. (a) Options may be granted under the Plan by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 at any time prior to the termination of the Plan. In making any determination as to employees to whom Options shall be granted and as to the number of shares to be covered by such Options, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective employees, their present and potential contribution to the success of the Corporation, and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with the accomplishment of the purposes of the Plan.

 

(b) Each Option granted under the Plan shall be granted pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of a stock option agreement to be entered into between the Corporation and the optionholder at the time of such grant. Each such stock option agreement shall be in a form from time-to-time adopted for use under the Plan by the Committee *such form being hereinafter called a “Stock Option Agreement”). Any such Stock Option Agreement shall incorporate by reference all of the terms and provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of grant and may contain such other terms and provisions as shall be approved and adopted by the Committee.

 

7. Option Price. (a) The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered by each Option granted under the Plan shall be at least 100% of the fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of such shares at the time the Option is granted, or such higher purchase price as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(b) If the Common Stock is not listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, such fair market value shall be as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (which determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes) or, if applicable, shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price for the Common Stock as quoted by brokers and dealers trading in the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market (or if the Common Stock shall be quoted

 

- 2 -


by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system, then such NASDAQ quote) immediately prior to the commencement of the meeting of the Committee at which the Option is granted. If the Common Stock is listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, such fair market value shall b deemed to be the last reported sale price at which the shares of Common Stock were traded on such securities exchange or exchanges immediately prior to the commencement of the meeting of the Committee at which the Option is granted, or if no sale of the Common Stock was made on any national securities exchange on such date, then the closing price per share of the Common Stock on such securities exchange or changes on the next preceding day on which there was a sale of the Common Stock.

 

(c) The exercise price of any outstanding Options shall not be reduced during the term of such Options except by reason of an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 hereof, nor shall the Committee or the Board of Directors cancel outstanding Options and reissues new Options at a lower exercise price in substitution for the canceled Options.

 

8. Term of Options . The expiration date of an Option granted under the Plan shall be as determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that each such Option shall expire not more than ten years after the date such Option was granted.

 

9 Exercise of Options . (a) Each Option shall become exercisable in whole or in part or in installments at such time or times as the Committee may prescribe at the time the Option is granted and specify in the Stock Option Agreement. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date on which it was granted.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained herein, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Stock Option Agreement, any Option granted hereunder which is, by its terms, exercisable in installments shall become immediately exercisable in full upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 9(b), “Change in Control” shall mean

 

(i) the acquisition (other than from the Company) by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding, for this purpose, the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25% or more of either the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; or

 

(ii) individuals who, as of February 1, 2002, constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation (as of such date, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors: provided, however, that any person becoming a Director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an

 

- 3 -


individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of Directors of the Corporation) shall be, for purposes of this Section 9(b)(ii), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

(iii) approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, in each case with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 75% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or other surviving entity’s then-outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

(c) Options may be exercised by giving written notice to the Corporation of intention to exercise, specifying the number of shares to be purchased pursuant to such exercise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. All shares purchased upon exercise of any Option shall be paid for in full at the time of purchase in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. Except as provided in Sections 9(d) and 9(e) hereof, such payment shall be made in cash or through delivery of shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock as provided in the Stock Option Agreement. Any shares so delivered shall be valued at their fair market value determined as of the date of exercise of the Option under the method set forth in Section 7(c) hereof.

 

(d) Payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any such Option may be made by delivery to the Corporation of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Corporation an amount of sale or loan proceeds sufficient to pay the exercise price. Additionally, the Corporation will accept, in payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any such Option, proceeds of a margin loan obtained by the exercising optionholder from a broker, provided that the exercising optionholder has, at the same time as delivery to the Corporation of a properly executed exercise notice, delivered to the Corporation irrevocable instructions to the Corporation to deliver share certificates directly to such broker upon payment for such shares.

 

(e) At the discretion of the Committee or its designee, payment for shares purchased upon exercise of any Option granted hereunder may be made by surrender of outstanding Options issued under this Plan or any other stock option plan of the Corporation have a Spread (as defined below) equal to the exercise price of the Options sought to be exercised. For purposes of this Section 9(e), the “Spread” with respect to any unexercised Option shall be equal to (i) the average price per share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, as determined by the Corporation from any commercially available reporting service reflecting trading of the Common Stock on a national securities exchange, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or in the over the counter market, as applicable, less (ii) the exercise price of the surrender of the Option. All Options so surrendered will be deemed to have been exercised by the optionholder. Such surrender shall be evidenced in a form satisfactory to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

- 4 -


10. Nontransferability of Options . (a) Options granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable only by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the optionholder’s lifetime only by him, except to the extent set forth in the following paragraphs.

 

(b) Upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, an optionholder may, except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, transfer options granted under the Plan to one or more members of such optionholder’s immediate family, to a partnership consisting only of members of such optionholder’s immediate family, or to a trust all of whose beneficiaries are members of the optionholder’s immediate family. For purposes of this section, an optionholder’s “immediate family” shall be deemed to include such optionholder’s spouse, children and grandchildren only.

 

(c) Upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, an optionholder may transfer options to a charitable, educational or religious entity which has been determined by the United States Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income taxation under the provisions of Section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statutory provision.

 

11. Stockholder Rights of Optionholder . No holder of any Option shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to an Option prior to the purchase of such shares upon exercise of the Option.

 

12. Termination of Option . With respect to any Option which, by its terms, is not exercisable for one year from the date on which it is granted, if an optionholder’s employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries terminates within one year after the date an unexercised Option containing such terms is granted under the Plan for any reason other than death, the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of such employment or other relationship. With respect to all Options granted under the Plan, if an optionholder’s employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation is terminated by reason of his death, the Option shall terminate one year after the date of death, unless the Option otherwise expires. If an optionholder’s employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation terminates for any reason other than as set forth above in this Section 12, the Option shall terminate three months after the date of termination of such employment or other relationship unless the Option earlier expires, provided that (a) if the optionholder dies within such three-month period, the Option shall terminate one year after the date of this death unless the Option earlier expires: (b) the Board of Directors may, at any time prior to any termination of such employment or other relationship under the circumstances covered by this Section 12, determine in its discretion that the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of such employment or other relationship with the Corporation: and (c) the exercise of any Option after termination of such employment or other relationship with the Corporation shall be subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent that the optionholder refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any activity which is competitive with any activity of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof and from otherwise acting, either prior to or after termination of such employment or other relationship, in any manner inimical or in any way contrary to the best interests of the Corporation and that the optionholder furnish to the Corporation such information with respect to the satisfaction of the foregoing condition precedent as the Board of Directors shall reasonably request. For purposes of this Section 12, a “relationship with the Corporation” shall be limited to any relationship that does not

 

- 5 -


cause the Plan to cease to be an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933. The mere ownership of stock in the Corporation shall not be deemed to be a “relationship with the Corporation.”

 

Nothing in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon any optionholder the right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or in any other relationship thereto or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate such employment or other relationship at any time.

 

A holder of an Option under the Plan may make written designation of a beneficiary on forms prescribed by and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Such beneficiary, or if no such designation of any beneficiary has been made, the legal representative of such optionholder or such other person entitled thereto as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, may exercise, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Section 12, any unterminated and unexpired Option granted to such optionholder to the same extent that the optionholder himself could have exercised such Option were he alive or able; provided, however, that no Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable for more shares than the optionholder could have purchased thereunder on the date his employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation and it subsidiaries was terminated.

 

13. Adjustment of and Changes in Capitalization . In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed in number or class by reason of split-ups, combinations, mergers, consolidations or recapitalizations, or by reason of stock dividends, the number or class of shares which thereafter may be purchased through exercise of Options granted under the Plan, both in the aggregate and as to any individual, and the number and class of shares then subject to Options theretofore granted and the price per share payable upon exercise of such Option shall be adjusted so as to reflect such change, all as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In the event there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or of any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, then if the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, determine that such change equitably requires an adjustment in any Option theretofore granted or which may be granted under the Plan, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with such determination.

 

Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Corporation to each holder of an Option which shall have been so adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in Options pursuant to this Section 13 may be settled in cash or otherwise as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

14. Securities Acts Requirements . No Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part, and the Corporation shall not be obligated to sell any shares of Common Stock subject to any such Option, if such exercise and sale would, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, violate the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, as they may be in effect at that time. Each Option shall be subject to the further requirement that, at any time that the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, shall determine, in their respective discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of

 

- 6 -


Common Stock subject to such Option under any securities exchange requirements or under any applicable law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Option or the issuance of shares thereunder, such Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been affected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be.

 

As a condition to the issuance of any shares upon exercise of an Option under the Plan, the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, may require the optionholder to furnish a written representation that he is acquiring the shares for investment and not with a view to distribution of the shares to the public and a written agreement restricting the transferability of the shares solely to the Corporation, and may affix a restrictive legend or legends on the face of the certificate representing such shares. Such representation, agreement and/or legend shall be required only in cases where in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, it is necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions f the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, and any stockholder who gives such representation and agreement shall be released from it and the legend removed at such time as the shares to which they applied are registered or qualified pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, or at such other time as, in the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation, the representation and agreement and legend cease to be necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements.

 

15. Amendment of the Plan . The Plan may, at any time or from time to time, be terminated, modified or amended by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that no such amendment may allow for the grant of Options hereunder to any person who is a Director or executive officer of the Corporation at the time of the grant, unless such amendment and the Plan shall have been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

16. Changes in Law . Subject to the provisions of Section 15, the Board of Directors shall have the power to amend the Plan and any outstanding Options granted there under in such respects as the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, deem advisable in order to incorporate in the Plan or any such Option any new provision or change designed to comply with or take advantage of requirements or provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or any other statute, or Rules or Regulations of the Internal Revenue Service or any other Federal or state governmental agency enacted or promulgated after the adoption of the Plan.

 

17. Legal Matters . Every right of action by or on behalf of the Corporation or by an stockholder against any past, present or future member of the Board of Directors, officer or employee of the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought and irrespective of the place of residence of any such Director, officer or employee, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from whichever is the later of (a) the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises, or (b) the first date upon which there has been made generally available to stockholders an annual report of the Corporation and a proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders following the issuance of such annual

 

- 7 -


report, which annual report and proxy statement alone or together set forth, for the related period, the aggregate number of shares for which Options were granted; and any and all right of action by any employee or executive of the Corporation (past, present or future) against the Corporation arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, irrespective of the place where such action may be brought, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises.

 

This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles, and construed accordingly.

 

- 8 -

EXHIBIT 10.11.2

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Pursuant to the 2002 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan)

 

OPTION granted in Birmingham, Alabama on                      (the “Date of Grant”), by HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), to                      (the “Grantee”).

 

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Corporation hereby grants to the Grantee the irrevocable Option to purchase, on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, up to              fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, at the option price of              per share, being not less than 100% of the fair market value of such Common Stock on the Date of Grant.

 

The Option is granted pursuant to the Corporation’s 2002 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached hereto. The Option is subject in its entirety to all the applicable provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

2. PERIOD OF OPTION . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Option is cumulatively exercisable in installments in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Year Beginning


  

Percent of Shares

Subject to Option

Purchasable


2002

   None

2003

   25%

2004

   50%

2005

   75%

2006

   100%

 

The Option may be exercised from time to time during the option period as to the total number of shares allowable under this Section 2, or any lesser amount thereof. The Option is not exercisable before                      or after                      .

 

3. METHOD OF EXERCISE OF OPTION . The Option may be exercised in whole or in part by the Grantee’s giving written notice, specifying the number of shares which the Grantee elects to purchase and the date on which such purchase is to be made, to the Corporation by mail, postage prepaid, or delivering such notice by hand to the Corporation at its principal office in Birmingham, Alabama, to the attention of the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, at least ten and not more than thirty days prior to the date specified in such notice as the date on which such purchase is to be made. Alternatively, this Option may be exercised in any other manner as to which the Corporation gives the Grantee written notice from time to time.


If such exercise shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Option, as specified in this Stock Option Agreement, the Corporation shall, on the date specified in the notice and against receipt from the Grantee of the option price, deliver, at its principal office in Birmingham, Alabama, a certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased and shall pay all stamp taxes payable in connection therewith. For purposes of this Section 3, a person to whom the Option is transferred by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, as contemplated by the Plan, shall be deemed to be the Grantee.

 

4. TRANSFERABILITY . Except for transfers permitted under Section 10 of the Plan, the Option is not transferable otherwise than by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Grantee’s lifetime only by the Grantee.

 

5. BINDING AGREEMENT . This Stock Option Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor or assign of the Corporation, and, to the extent herein provided, shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Grantee’s beneficiary or legal representatives, as the case may be.

 

6. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Stock Option Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the Option granted hereby and may not be changed orally but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any change, modification or extension is sought.

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding and approved by you, please so confirm by signing and returning the duplicate of this Stock Option Agreement enclosed for that purpose.

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation
By  
    Its  

 


 

The foregoing is in accordance with my understanding and is hereby confirmed and agreed to as of the Date of Grant.

 

 


                                      , Grantee

EXHIBIT 10.12

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

2004 DIRECTOR INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN. The purpose of the 2004 Director Incentive Option Plan (hereinafter called the “Plan”) of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), is to provide incentive for future endeavor and to advance the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders by encouraging ownership of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter called the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation by its directors who are not employees of the Corporation 1 and who are members of the Special Committee of the Board of Directors (hereinafter called the “Outside Directors”) as designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (hereinafter called the “Board”) and upon whose judgment, interest and continuing special efforts the Corporation is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its operations, and to enable the Corporation to compete effectively with other enterprises for the services of such Outside Directors as may be needed for the continued improvement of the Corporation’s business, through the award of restricted shares of Common Stock (hereinafter called the “Restricted Stock”).

 

2. PARTICIPANTS. Restricted Stock shall be granted under the Plan to Outside Directors of the Corporation as set forth herein.

 

3. TERM OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall become effective as of January 1, 2004. No shares of Restricted Stock shall be granted under the Plan after the earliest of (a) January 20, 2005, (b) such time as all shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan have been acquired through the issuance of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan or (c) such earlier time as the Board may determine. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan at the time of its termination shall continue in effect in accordance with its terms and conditions and those of the Plan.

 

4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. Subject to the provisions of Section 11, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock for which Restricted Stock may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 2,000,000. If Restricted Stock is cancelled or repurchased by the Corporation, the cancelled or repurchased shares shall again be available under the Plan.

 

The shares to be delivered under the Plan shall be made available, at the discretion of the Board, either from authorized but previously unissued shares as permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or, from shares re-acquired by the Corporation, including shares of Common Stock purchased in the open market, or from shares held in the treasury of the Corporation.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The acts of a majority of the Board, at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present,

 


1 For purposes of the Plan, the interim Chief Executive Officer and interim Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Board serving as of the effective date of the Plan are not considered employees of the Corporation and are considered Outside Directors under the Plan.


or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Board, shall be the valid acts of the Board. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

The interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan or of any Restricted Stock granted under it by the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Corporation, its stockholders and directors, and the executives and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. No member of the Board shall be liable to the Corporation, any stockholder, any optionholder or Restricted Stock holder or any employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Restricted Stock granted under it.

 

6. ANNUAL AWARDS. Each Outside Director shall be granted during the term of the Plan, on January 20, 2004 and on January 1, 2005, shares of Restricted Stock having a value on the date of grant equal to $50,000, determined using the fair market value of the Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 and rounding up to the nearest number of full shares.

 

In addition, each Outside Director first elected or appointed to the Board following the effective date of the Plan shall be granted, as of the date of such Outside Director’s first election or appointment to the Board, shares of Restricted Stock having a value on the date of grant as set forth below, determined using the fair market value of the Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 and rounding up to the nearest number of full shares:

 

Date of Election


   Value of Restricted
Stock Grant


January 1 through March 31

   $ 50,000

April 1 through June 30

     37,500

July 1 through September 30

     25,000

After October 1

     0

 

7. RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan shall be granted pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Agreement to be entered into between the Corporation and the director at the time of such grant. Each such agreement shall be in a form from time-to-time adopted for use under the Plan by the Board (such form being hereinafter called an “Agreement”). Any such Agreement shall incorporate by reference all of the terms and provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of grant and may contain such other terms and provisions as shall be approved and adopted by the Board.

 

8. VALUE OF RESTRICTED STOCK. If the Common Stock is not listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, the fair market value shall be as determined by the

 

2


Board (which determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes) or, if applicable, shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price for the Common Stock as quoted by brokers and dealers trading in the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market (or if the Common Stock shall be quoted by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system, then such NASDAQ quote) on the date on which the Restricted Stock is granted. If the Common Stock is listed upon a national securities exchange or exchanges, such fair market value shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price at which the shares of Common Stock were traded on such securities exchange or exchanges on the date on which the Restricted Stock is granted, or if no sale of the Common Stock was made on any national securities exchange on such date, then the closing price per share of the Common Stock on such securities exchange or exchanges on the next preceding day on which there was a sale of the Common Stock.

 

9. TERMS OF RESTRICTED STOCK.

 

(i) STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS. Holders of Restricted Stock shall have any rights to dividends, voting and/or other rights of a stockholder subject to the restrictions and terms of the Plan and the Agreement.

 

(ii) CERTIFICATES. The Corporation shall, upon the date of the Restricted Stock grant, issue the shares of Common Stock by registering such shares in book entry form with the Corporation’s transfer agent in the name of the recipient. No certificate(s) representing all or a part of such shares shall be issued until the conclusion of the Restricted Period (as defined in subparagraph (vi)(1) below.

 

(iii) PRICE. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, all Restricted Stock issued hereunder shall be issued without the payment of any cash purchase price by the recipients (in which case the “price per share originally paid” for purposes of clause (2) of paragraph (vi) below shall be zero).

 

(iv) VESTING. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the forfeiture provisions of each grant of Restricted Stock shall lapse on December 31 of each year following the date of grant (beginning on December 31 of the year in which the grant is made) with regard to one-third of the number of shares granted until all such restrictions have lapsed and such shares of Restricted Stock shall become fully vested in the recipient thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the forfeiture provisions of the Restricted Stock granted under this Plan shall immediately lapse in the event (A) a Change in Control (as defined in Section 17) of the Corporation occurs, or (B) the recipient ceases to serve as a director of the Corporation due to his or her death, Director Disability or Director Retirement (both as defined in Section 18), provided that the recipient has held such Restricted Stock for a period of at least twelve months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Outside Director ceases to serve as a director of the Corporation by reason of Director Misconduct (as defined in Section 18) during the course of such Outside Director’s term, the Outside Director’s rights to any shares of Restricted Stock for which the holding period set forth in subparagraph (v) below has not expired shall be forfeited as of the date of the occurrence of such Director Misconduct.

 

(v) HOLDING PERIOD. Except as set forth below, the restrictions on transfer of the Restricted Stock shall apply during the course of the Outside Director’s term and

 

3


for a period of twelve months thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions on transfer of the Restricted Stock granted under this Plan shall immediately lapse in the event (A) a Change in Control of the Corporation occurs, or (B) the recipient ceases to serve as a director of the Corporation due to his or her death, Director Disability or Director Retirement.

 

(vi) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER / FORFEITURE PROVISIONS. In addition to such other terms, conditions and restrictions on Restricted Stock contained in the Plan or the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, all Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following restrictions:

 

(1) No shares of Restricted Stock shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of until they become vested pursuant to paragraph (iv) above and the holding period set forth in subparagraph (v) above has expired. The period during which such restrictions are applicable is referred to as the “Restricted Period.”

 

(2) Except as set forth in the last two sentences of subparagraph (iv) above, if a recipient ceases to be a director of the Corporation within the Restricted Period for any reason, the shares of Restricted Stock that have not become fully vested shall be forfeited by the holder and cancelled by the Corporation.

 

(3) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the Board may, in its discretion, either at the time that shares of Restricted Stock are awarded or at any time thereafter, waive the restrictions on transfer and forfeiture provisions of any Restricted Stock upon the occurrence of any of the events described in this paragraph (vi) or remove or modify any part or all of the restrictions. In addition, the Board may, in its discretion, impose upon the recipient of Restricted Stock at the time that such shares of Restricted Stock are granted such other restrictions on any Restricted Stock as the Board may deem advisable.

 

(vi) ADDITIONAL SHARES. Any shares received by a recipient of Restricted Stock as a stock dividend, or as a result of stock splits, combinations, exchanges of shares, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations or otherwise with respect to such Restricted Stock shall have the same status and shall bear the same restrictions, all on a proportionate basis, as the shares or Restricted Stock initially subject to such restrictions.

 

(vii) TRANSFERS IN BREACH OF RESTRICTED STOCK. If any transfer of Restricted Stock is made or attempted contrary to the terms of the Plan and of such Restricted Stock, the Board shall have the right to purchase for the account of the Corporation those shares from the owner thereof or his or her transferee at any time before or after the transfer at the price paid for such shares by the person to whom they were awarded under the Plan. In addition to any other legal or equitable remedies that it may have, the Corporation may enforce its rights by specific performance to the extent permitted by law. The Corporation may refuse for any purpose to recognize as a shareholder of the Corporation any transferee who receives any shares contrary to the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Restricted Stock or any recipient of Restricted Stock who breaches his or her obligation to resell shares as required

 

4


by the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Restricted Stock, and the Corporation may retain and/or recover all dividends on such shares which were paid or payable subsequent to the date on which the prohibited transfer or breach was made or attempted.

 

11. ADJUSTMENT OF AND CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed in number or class by reason of split-ups, combinations, mergers, consolidations or recapitalizations, or by reason of stock dividends, the number of shares of Restricted Stock available for grant and granted under the Plan, both in the aggregate and as to any individual, shall be adjusted so as to reflect such change, all as determined by the Board. In the event there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or of any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, then if the Board, in its sole discretion, determine that such change equitably requires an adjustment to Restricted Stock theretofore granted or which may be granted under the Plan, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with such determination.

 

Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Corporation to each holder of Restricted Stock which shall have been so adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan. Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 11 may be settled in cash or otherwise as the Board may determine.

 

12. SECURITIES ACTS REQUIREMENTS. The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue Restricted Stock if such issuance would, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, violate the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, as they may be in effect at that time. Each grant of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the further requirement that, at any time that the Board shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock under any securities exchange requirements or under any applicable law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance of Restricted Stock, such Restricted Stock shall not be issued in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.

 

As a condition to the issuance of any Restricted Stock under the Plan, the Board may require the holder to furnish a written representation that he is acquiring the shares for investment and not with a view to distribution of the shares to the public and a written agreement restricting the transferability of the shares solely to the Corporation, and may affix a restrictive legend or legends on the face of the certificate representing such shares. Such representation, agreement and/or legend shall be required only in cases where in the opinion of the Board and counsel for the Corporation, it is necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, and any stockholder who gives such representation and agreement shall be released from it and the legend removed at such time as the shares to which they applied are registered or qualified pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements, or at such other time as, in the opinion of the Board and counsel for the Corporation, the representation and agreement and legend cease to be necessary to enable the Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having similar requirements.

 

5


13. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN. The Plan may, at any time or from time to time, be terminated, modified or amended by the Board; provided, however, that no such amendment (i) may allow for the grant of Restricted Stock hereunder to any person who is not an Outside Director of the Corporation at the time of the grant, unless such amendment and the Plan shall have been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation and (ii) shall be applicable to Restricted Stock previously granted.

 

14. CHANGES IN LAW. Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the Board shall have the power to amend the Plan and any outstanding Restricted Stock granted thereunder in such respects as the Board shall, in its sole discretion, deem advisable in order to incorporate in the Plan or any such Restricted Stock any new provision or change designed to comply with or take advantage of requirements or provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or any other statute, or Rules or Regulations of the Internal Revenue Service or any other Federal or state governmental agency enacted or promulgated after the adoption of the Plan.

 

15. APPLICABLE LAW. This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles, and construed accordingly.

 

16. WITHHOLDING.

 

(a) The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the recipient of Restricted Stock any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any shares issued under the Plan or upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period relating to the Restricted Stock. Subject to the prior approval of the Corporation, the recipient of Restricted Stock may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Corporation to withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period relating to the Restricted Stock or (ii) by delivering to the Corporation shares of Common Stock already owned by the optionee or Restricted Stock recipient. The shares so delivered or withheld shall have a fair market value equal to such withholding obligation. The fair market value of the shares used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Corporation as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld shall be determined in accordance with Section 8. A Restricted Stock recipient who has made an election pursuant to this Section 11(a) may only satisfy his or her withholding obligation with shares of Common Stock which are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

 

(b) If the recipient of Restricted Stock under the Plan elects, in accordance with Section 83(b) of the Code, to recognize ordinary income in the year of acquisition of any shares awarded under the Plan, the Corporation will require at the time of such election an additional payment for withholding tax purposes based on the difference, if any, between the purchase price of such shares and the fair market value of such shares as of the date immediately preceding the date on which the Restricted Stock is awarded.

 

6


17. CHANGE IN CONTROL. A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(i) the acquisition (other than from the Corporation) by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding, for this purpose, the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Corporation) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25% or more of either the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

 

(ii) individuals who, as of January 1, 2004, constitute the Board of Directors (as of such date, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of directors of the Corporation) shall be, for purposes of this Section 17(ii), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

(iii) consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, in each case with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 75% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or other surviving entity’s then-outstanding voting securities, or approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or consummation of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

18. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(i) “Director Disability” means that the Outside Director (i) has established to the satisfaction of the Board that the Outside Director is unable to perform his or her duties as a member of the Board by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months and (ii) has satisfied any requirement imposed by the Committee in regard to evidence of such disability.

 

(ii) “Director Misconduct” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following (i) the willful and continued failure by a Outside Director to substantially perform his or her duties (other than any such failure resulting from Director Disability, death or Director Retirement), after a written demand for substantial performance is

 

7


delivered by the Board to the Outside Director that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Outside Director has not substantially performed his or her duties, and the Outside Director has failed to remedy the situation within thirty (30) calendar days of receiving such notice or (ii) a Outside Director’s conviction for committing an act of fraud, embezzlement, theft or another act constituting a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or (iii) substantial dependence or addiction to any drug illegally taken or to alcohol that is in either event materially and demonstrably injurious to the Corporation or (iv) the engaging by a Outside Director in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Corporation. No act or failure to act, on a Outside Director’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Outside Director not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Corporation. Director Misconduct shall be determined by the Board in exercise of good faith and reasonable judgment.

 

(iii) “Director Retirement” means mandatory retirement from service as a member of the Board pursuant to the Corporation’s policies.

 

8

EXHIBIT 10.13

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Effective July 1, 1997

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE

ARTICLE I—PURPOSE; EFFECTIVE DATE

   1

ARTICLE II—DEFINITIONS

   1

2.1 Account

   1

2.2 Actuarial Equivalent

   1

2.3 Beneficiary

   1

2.4 Board

   1

2.5 Change in Control

   2

2.6 Committee

   2

2.7 Company

   2

2.8 Compensation

   2

2.9 Deferral Commitment

   3

2.10 Deferral Period

   3

2.11 Determination Date

   3

2.12 Disability

   3

2.13 Early Retirement Date

   3

2.14 Elective Deterred Compensation

   3

2.15 Employee

   3

2.16 Employer

   3

2.17 Employment

   4

2.18 ESOP

   4

2.19 Financial Hardship

   4

2.20 Interest

   4

2.21 Normal Retirement Date

   4

2.22 Participant

   4

2.23 Participation Agreement

   5

2.24 Plan Benefit

   5

2.25 Retirement

   5

2.26 Retirement Investment Plan

   5

2.27 Years of Participation

   5

ARTICLE III—PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL COMMITMENTS

   5

3.1 Eligibility and Participation

   5

3.2 Form of Deferral; Minimum Deferral

   6

3.3 Elections for Part-Years

   6

3.4 Limitation on Deferral

   6

3.5 Modification of Deferral Commitment

   6

3.6 Change in Employment Status

   6

 

(i)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE

ARTICLE IV—DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

   7

4.1 Accounts

   7

4.2 Elective Deferred Compensation

   7

4.3 Retirement Investment Plan Makeup Credit

   7

4.4 ESOP Makeup Credit

   7

4.5 Excise Tax and Lost Benefit Makeup

   7

4.6 Interest

   7

4.7 Determination of Accounts

   7

4.8 Vesting of Accounts

   8

4.9 Statement of Accounts

   8

ARTICLE V—PLAN BENEFITS

   8

5.1 Retirement Benefit

   8

5.2 Termination Benefit

   8

5.3 Death Benefit

   8

5.4 In-Service Withdrawals

   9

5.5 Hardship Distributions

   9

5.6 Form of Benefit Payment

   9

5.7 Small Accounts

   10

5.8 Accelerated Distribution

   10

5.9 Withholding: Payroll Taxes

   10

5.10 Payment to Guardian

   10

ARTICLE VI—BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

   10

6.1 Beneficiary Designation

   10

6.2 Changing Beneficiary

   11

6.3 Community Property

   11

6.4 Amendments

   11

6.5 No Beneficiary Designation

   12

6.6 Effect of Payment

   12

ARTICLE VII—ADMINISTRATION

   12

7.1 Committee; Duties

   12

7.2 Agents

   12

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions

   12

7.4 Indemnity of Committee

   13

 

(ii)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE

ARTICLE VIII—CLAIMS PROCEDURE

   13

8.1 Claim

   13

8.2 Denial of Claim

   13

8.3 Review of Claim

   13

8.4 Final Decision

   13

ARTICLE IX—AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

   13

9.1 Amendment

   13

9.2 Employer’s Right to Terminate

   14

ARTICLE X—MISCELLANEOUS

   14

10.1 Unfunded Plan

   14

10.2 Company and Employer Obligations

   15

10.3 Unsecured General Creditor

   15

10.4 Trust Fund

   15

10.5 Nonassignability

   15

10.6 Not a Contract of Employment

   15

10.7 Protective Provisions

   16

10.8 Terms

   16

10.9 Captions

   16

10.10 Governing Law

   16

10.11 Validity

   16

10.12 Notice

   16

10.13 Successors

   16

 

(iii)


HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

ARTICLE I—PURPOSE; EFFECTIVE DATE

 

The purpose of this Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide current tax planning opportunities as well as supplemental funds upon the retirement or death of selected employees of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation (the “Company”). It is intended that the Plan will aid in attracting and retaining employees of exceptional ability by providing them with these benefits. The Plan shall be effective as of June 1, 1997.

 

ARTICLE II—DEFINITIONS

 

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

2.1 Account

 

“Account” means the Retirement Account or the Moody’s Account, where appropriate, as maintained by the Employer in accordance with Article IV with respect to any deferral of Compensation pursuant to this Plan. A Participant’s Retirement Account or Moody’s Account shall be utilized solely as a device for the determination and measurement of the amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to the Plan. A Participant’s Account shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind.

 

2.2 Actuarial Equivalent

 

“Actuarial Equivalent” means equivalence in value between two or more forms and/or times of payment based on a determination by an actuary chosen by the Company using sound actuarial assumptions at the time of such determination.

 

2.3 Beneficiary

 

“Beneficiary” means the person, persons or entity entitled under Article VI to receive any Plan benefits payable after a Participant’s death.

 

2.4 Board

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

PAGE 1 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


2.5 Change in Control

 

A “Change in Control” shall mean:

 

(a) The acquisition (other than from the Company) by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding, for this purpose, the Company or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25% or more of either the then-outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, or the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; or

 

(b) Individuals who, as of June 1, 1997, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (as of such date, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any person becoming a Director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of Directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this definition, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

(c) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, in each case with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 75% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or other surviving entity’s then-outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

2.6 Committee

 

“Committee” means the Committee appointed by the Chief Executive Officer to administer the Plan pursuant to Article VII.

 

2.7 Company

 

“Company” means HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation or other entity resulting from a merger or consolidation into or with the Company.

 

2.8 Compensation

 

“Compensation” means total cash compensation, including bonuses paid by the Employer, and before reduction for amounts deferred under this Plan or any tax-qualified Plan sponsored by the Employer which permits deferral of current compensation. Compensation does not include expense reimbursements, overtime, any form of noncash compensation or benefits.

 

PAGE 2 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


2.9 Deferral Commitment

 

“Deferral Commitment” means a Salary Deferral Commitment or a Bonus Deferral Commitment made by a Participant pursuant to Article III and for which a Participation Agreement has been submitted by the Participant to the Committee.

 

2.10 Deferral Period

 

“Deferral Period” means the period over which a Participant has elected to defer a portion of his Compensation. The Deferral Period shall be one calendar year for a Salary Deferral Commitments. For Bonus distribution, the Deferral Period shall be set out in the election form. The Deferral Period may be modified pursuant to Sections 3.3 or 3.5.

 

2.11 Determination Date

 

“Determination Date” means the last day of each calendar month.

 

2.12 Disability

 

“Disability” means a physical or mental condition which, in the opinion of the Committee, prevents an Employee from satisfactorily performing Employee’s usual duties for Employer. The Committee’s decision as to Disability will be based upon medical reports and/or other evidence satisfactory to the Committee.

 

2.13 Early Retirement Date

 

“Early Retirement Date” means the date prior to his Normal Retirement Date on which the Participant actually terminates Employment following both:

 

(a) The attainment of age 55; and

 

(b) Completion of five Years of Participation.

 

2.14 Elective Deferred Compensation

 

“Elective Deferred Compensation” means the amount of Compensation that a Participant elects to defer pursuant to a Deferral Commitment.

 

2.15 Employee

 

“Employee” shall mean a person, other than an independent contractor, who is receiving remuneration for services rendered to, or labor performed for, the Employer (or who would be receiving such remuneration except for an authorized leave of absence) with respect to such persons duties as a key employee of the Employer as determined by the Committee under Article III.

 

2.16 Employer

 

“Employer” means the Company and any affiliated or subsidiary corporations designated by the Board.

 

PAGE 3 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


2.17  Employment

 

“Employment” means a Participant’s ongoing service with the Employer.

 

2.18  ESOP

 

“ESOP” means the HEALTHSOUTH Corporation Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

 

2.19  Financial Hardship

 

“Financial Hardship” means severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved:

 

(a) Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

 

(b) By liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such as sets would not itself cause severe financial hardship; or

 

(c) By cessation of deferrals under the Plan.

 

2.20  Interest

 

“Interest” on a Determination Date means interest computed at the rate provided below:

 

(a) Moody’s Account Interest . The interest yield credited to a Moody’s Account shall be equal to the monthly equivalent of the annual yield of the Moody’s Average Corporate Bond Yield Index for the preceding calendar month as published by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto) or, if such index is no longer published, a substantially similar index selected by the Committee.

 

(b) Retirement Account Interest . The interest yield credited to a Retirement Account shall be equal to the monthly equivalent of the effective annual yield on the Moody’s Account plus 2%.

 

2.21  Normal Retirement Date

 

“Normal Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date on which the Participant attains age 62.

 

2.22 Participant

 

“Participant” means any individual who is participating or has participated in this Plan as provided in Article III.

 

PAGE 4 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


2.23  Participation Agreement

 

“Participation Agreement” means the agreement submitted by a Participant to the Committee prior to the beginning of the Deferral Period with respect to one or more Deferral Commitments made for such Deferral Period.

 

2.24  Plan Benefit

 

“Plan Benefit” means the benefit payable to a Participant as calculated in Article V.

 

2.25  Retirement

 

“Retirement” means termination of Employment at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date as applicable.

 

2.26  Retirement Investment Plan

 

“Retirement Investment Plan” means the HEALTHSOUTH Retirement Investment Plan as amended from time to time, or any other profit-sharing or retirement plan maintained by the Employer and qualified under Sections 401 (a) and 401 (k) of the Code.

 

2.27  Years of Participation

 

“Years of Participation” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the number of completed 12-month periods from the date such Participant made his first deferral under the Plan, each measured from the month and day of such date.

 

ARTICLE III—PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL COMMITMENTS

 

3.1 Eligibility and Participation

 

(a) Eligibility . Eligibility to participate in the Plan shall be limited to those key management employees of the Employer who are designated, from time to time, by the Committee.

 

(b) Participation . An eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan with respect to any Deferral Period must submit a Participation Agreement to the Committee prior to the Deferral Period.

 

(c) Part-Year Participation . In the event that an Employee first becomes eligible to participate during a Deferral Period, a Participation Agreement must be submitted to the Committee no later than 30 days following written notification to the Employee of eligibility to participate. Such Participation Agreement shall be effective only with regard to Compensation earned or payable following the submission of the Participation Agreement to the Committee.

 

PAGE 5 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


3.2 Form of Deferral; Minimum Deferral

 

Subject to Section 3.4 below, a Participant may elect in the Participation Agreement any of the following Deferral Commitments:

 

(a) Salary Deferral Commitment . An Employee-Participant may elect to defer all or any portion of his monthly compensation for the Deferral Period. The amount to be deferred shall be stated as a percentage of base salary or dollar amount and may not be less than $2,400.

 

(b) Bonus Deferral Commitment . A Participant may elect to defer all or a portion of the bonus amounts to be paid by the Employer in the Deferral Period. The amount to be deferred shall be stated as a percentage of such bonus and must not be less than $2,400, unless the Participant also elects to make a Salary Deferral Commitment, in which case there shall be no minimum Bonus Deferral Commitment.

 

3.3 Elections for Part-Years

 

In the event an Employee enters this Plan at any time other than January 1 of any calendar year, the amount which must be completed under the appropriate minimum Deferral Commitment stated in Section 3.2 during the initial partial year of participation shall be the pro-rata portion based upon complete months left in the initial calendar year.

 

3.4 Limitation on Deferral

 

Subject to the next sentence, a Participant may defer up to 100% of the Participant’s Compensation. However, the Committee may impose another maximum deferral amount or increase the minimum deferral amount under Section 3.2 from time to time by giving written notice to all Participants; provided, however, that no such changes may affect a Deferral Commitment made prior to the Committee’s action.

 

3.5 Modification of Deferral Commitment

 

A Deferral Commitment shall be irrevocable, except that the Committee may permit a Participant to reduce the amount to be deferred, or waive the remainder of the Deferral Commitment, upon a finding that the Participant has suffered a Financial Hardship. If a Participant ceases receiving Compensation during a Deferral Period due to Disability, the Deferral Commitment shall cease at that time.

 

3.6 Change in Employment Status

 

If the Board determines that a Participant’s employment performance is no longer at a level that deserves reward through participation in this Plan, but does not terminate the Participant’s Employment, no Deferral Commitments may be made by such Participant after the date designated by the Board.

 

PAGE 6 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


ARTICLE IV—DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

 

4.1 Accounts

 

For recordkeeping purposes only, two Accounts shall be maintained for each Participant.

 

4.2 Elective Deferred Compensation

 

A Participant’s Elective Deferred Compensation shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as the corresponding nondeferred portion of the Compensation becomes or would have become payable. Any withholding of taxes or other amounts with respect to deferred Compensation that is required by state, federal, or local law shall be withheld from the Participant’s nondeferred Compensation to the maximum extent possible, with any excess being withheld from the Participant’s Account.

 

4.3 Retirement Investment Plan Makeup Credit

 

The Employer shall credit to each Participant’s Account no later than the last day of each year an amount equal to any lost employer contribution to the Participant’s Retirement Investment Plan Account as a result of Participating in this Plan.

 

4.4 ESOP Makeup Credit

 

The Employer shall credit to each Participant’s Account no later than the last day of each year an amount equal to any lost employer contribution to the Participant’s ESOP Account as a result of Participating in this Plan.

 

4.5 Excise Tax and Lost Benefit Makeup

 

If as a result of participating in this Plan the Participant is required to pay additional excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), or receives a smaller benefit from any other Employer Plan as a result of any IRC Section 280G Golden Parachute limitations, then a makeup amount shall be payable from this Plan. This amount shall be equal to the amount of Section 4999 excise tax payable and any lost benefit from other Employer Plans due to IRC Section 280G Golden Parachute limitation, as a result of participation in this Plan, plus any excise tax or income taxes payable due to this payment. The Company and Participant shall cooperate in good faith in making such determination and in providing the necessary information for this purpose.

 

4.6 Interest

 

The Accounts shall be credited monthly with the appropriate Interest earned based on the interest rates specified in 2.20. Interest earned shall be calculated as of each Determination Date based upon the average daily balance of the Account since the preceding Determination Date and shall be credited to the Participant’s Accounts at that time.

 

4.7 Determination of Accounts

 

Each Participant’s Retirement Account and Moody’s Account as of each Determination Date shall consist of the balance of the Participant’s Accounts as of the immediately preceding Determination Date, plus the Participant’s Elective Deferred Compensation credited, any ESOP or Retirement

 

PAGE 7 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


Investment Plan Makeup credited and the appropriate Interest earned, minus the amount of any withdrawals or distributions made since the immediately preceding Determination Date.

 

4.8 Vesting of Accounts

 

Each Participant shall be 100% vested at all times in the amount of Compensation elected to be deferred under this Plan and Interest thereon. Any ESOP or Retirement Investment Plan Makeup credited to the Participant’s Account shall vest at the same rate as the underlying Plan, except upon a Change in Control, Disability, or death, in which case the Participant shall be 100% vested in any Makeup. However, the Participant shall be entitled to receive either the Retirement Account or the Moody’s Account, as determined under Article V, but not both.

 

4.9 Statement of Accounts

 

The Committee shall submit to each Participant, within 120 days after the close of each calendar year and at such other time as determined by the Committee, a statement setting forth the balance to the credit of each Account maintained for a Participant.

 

ARTICLE V—PLAN BENEFITS

 

5.1 Retirement Benefit

 

The Employer shall pay a Plan Benefit equal to the Participant’s Retirement Account to a Participant who terminates Employment by reason of Retirement. Disability or within 24 months of a Change in Control.

 

5.2 Termination Benefit

 

The Employer shall pay a Plan Benefit equal to the Participant’s vested Moody’s Account to a Participant who terminates Employment for any reason other than those provided for in Sections 5.1 or 5.3. Such benefit shall be paid in a lump sum within 90 days of the Participant’s termination.

 

5.3 Death Benefit

 

Upon the death of a Participant, the Employer shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary an amount determined as follows:

 

(a) Post-Termination . If the Participant dies after termination of Employment, the amount payable shall be equal to the remaining unpaid balance of the Participant’s appropriate Account.

 

(b) Pre-Termination . If the Participant dies prior to termination of Employment, the amount payable shall be the Participant’s Retirement Account balance.

 

PAGE 8 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


5.4 In-Service Withdrawals

 

Participants shall be permitted to elect to withdraw amounts from their Account subject to the following restrictions:

 

(a) Timing of Election to Withdraw . The election to make an In-Service Withdrawal must be made at the same time the Participant enters into a Participation Agreement for a Deferral Commitment. However, such election may be modified if such modification is no later than the end of the calendar year that is five calendar years prior to the calendar year the Participant was scheduled to receive the benefits.

 

(b) Amount of Withdrawal . The amount which a Participant can elect to withdraw with respect to any Deferral Commitment shall be limited to 100% of the amount of such Deferral Commitment plus Interest.

 

(c) Timing of In-Service Withdrawals . The amount elected to be withdrawn shall be paid in a lump sum, unless the Committee approves an alternative form of payment at the time elected by the Participant in his Participation Agreement wherein he elected the In-Service Withdrawal. In no event shall such a withdrawal commence prior to five years following the beginning of the Deferral Period in which the Participant elected the In-Service Withdrawal.

 

5.5 Hardship Distributions

 

Upon a finding that a Participant has suffered a Financial Hardship or a Disability, the Committee may in its sole discretion, make distributions from the Participant’s Account prior to the time specified for payment of benefits under the Plan. The amount of such distribution shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to meet the Participant’s requirements during the Financial Hardship or Disability.

 

5.6 Form of Benefit Payment

 

(a) All Plan Benefits other than Termination. In-Service Withdrawals or Hardship Distributions shall be paid in the form selected by the Participant at the time of the Deferral Commitment from among the following alternatives:

 

(i) Lump-sum payment.

 

(ii) Substantially equal annual installments of the Account and Interest amortized over a period of five years.

 

(iii) Substantially equal annual installments of the Account and Interest amortized over a period of ten years.

 

(iv) Substantially equal annual installments of the Account and Interest amortized over a period of 15 years, but not beyond age 80.

 

(v) Any other method that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s appropriate Account balance, if such method is approved by the Committee.

 

(b) Benefits shall commence based upon one of the following options elected by the Participant:

 

(i) Within 65 days after Retirement.

 

PAGE 9 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


(ii) In the beginning of a calendar year following Retirement selected by the Participant, but not more than five years after Retirement.

 

(c) The Participant may modify the form or timing of benefit payment as long as such modification is made before the end of the calendar year two calendar years prior to when the Participant’s benefits were scheduled to commence had the modification not been made.

 

5.7 Small Accounts

 

Notwithstanding Section 5.6(a), if a Participant’s Account is less than $20,000, the Committee shall pay the Participant in a lump sum.

 

5.8 Accelerated Distribution

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, at any time, a Participant shall be entitled to receive, upon written request to the Committee, a lump-sum distribution equal to 90% of the vested Account balance as of the Determination Date immediately preceding the date on which the Committee receives the written request. The remaining balance shall be forfeited by the Participant. The amount payable under this section shall be paid in a lump sum within 30 days following the receipt of the notice from the Participant by the Committee.

 

5.9 Withholding; Payroll Taxes

 

The Employer shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes required to be withheld from such payments under federal, state or local law. However, a Beneficiary may elect not to have withholding for federal income tax pursuant to Section 3405(a)(2) of Internal Revenue Code, or any successor provision thereto.

 

5.10  Payment to Guardian

 

If a Plan benefit is payable to a minor or a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his property, the Committee may direct payment of such Plan Benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent, or person. The Committee may require proof of incompetency, minority, incapacity or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the Plan Benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Committee from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

ARTICLE VI—BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

6.1 Beneficiary Designation

 

Subject to Section 6.3, each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate one or more persons or an entity as Beneficiary (both primary as well as secondary) to whom benefits under this Plan shall be paid in the event of Participant’s death prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s Account. Each Beneficiary designation shall be in a written form prescribed by the Committee and shall be effective only when filed with the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime.

 

PAGE 10 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


6.2 Changing Beneficiary

 

Subject to Section 6.3, any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant without the consent of the previously named Beneficiary by the filing of a new designation with the Committee. The filing of a new designation shall cancel all designations previously filed.

 

6.3 Community Property

 

If the Participant resides in a community property state, the following rules shall apply:

 

(a) Designation by a married Participant of a Beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse shall not be effective unless the spouse executes a written consent that acknowledges the effect of the designation, or it is established the consent cannot be obtained because the spouse cannot be located.

 

(b) A married Participant’s Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant with the consent of the Participant’s spouse as provided for in Section 6.3(a) by the filing of a new designation with the Committee.

 

(c) If the Participant’s marital status changes after the Participant has designated a Beneficiary, the following shall apply:

 

(i) If the Participant is married at the time of death but was unmarried when the designation was made, the designation shall be void unless the spouse has consented to it in the manner prescribed in Section 6.3(a).

 

(ii) If the Participant is unmarried at the time of death but was married when the designation was made:

 

a) The designation shall be void if the spouse was named as Beneficiary unless Participant had submitted a change of beneficiary listing the former spouse as the beneficiary.

 

b) The designation shall remain valid if a nonspouse Beneficiary was named.

 

(iii) If the Participant was married when the designation was made and is married to a different spouse at death, the designation shall be void unless the new spouse has consented to it in the manner prescribed above.

 

6.4 Amendments

 

Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant without the consent of any designated Beneficiary by the filing of a new Beneficiary Designation with the Committee. The filing of a new Beneficiary Designation form will cancel all Beneficiary Designations previously filed. If a Participant’s Compensation is community property, any Beneficiary Designation shall be valid or effective only as permitted under applicable law.

 

PAGE 11 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


6.5 No Beneficiary Designation

 

In the absence of an effective Beneficiary Designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or dies prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the person in the first of the following classes in which there is a survivor:

 

(a) the surviving spouse;

 

(b) the Participant’s children, except that if any of the children predeceases the Participant but leaves issue surviving, then such issue shall take by right of representation the share the deceased child would have taken if living;

 

(c) the Participant’s estate.

 

6.6 Effect of Payment

 

The payment to the deemed Beneficiary shall completely discharge Employer’s obligations under this Plan.

 

ARTICLE VII—ADMINISTRATION

 

7.1 Committee; Duties

 

This Plan shall be supervised by the Committee, which shall consist of not less than three persons appointed by the Chief Executive Officer. The Committee shall have the authority to make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. A majority vote of the Committee members, whether taken at a meeting or evidenced in a writing, shall control any decision. Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan.

 

7.2 Agents

 

The Committee may, from time to time, employ or engage other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Employer.

 

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions

 

The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

 

PAGE 12 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


7.4 Indemnity of Committee

 

The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

ARTICLE VIII—CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

8.1 Claim

 

Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under the Plan, or requesting information under the Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing as soon as practicable.

 

8.2 Denial of Claim

 

If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:

 

(a) The reasons for denial, with specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based.

 

(b) A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary.

 

(c) An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

 

8.3 Review of Claim

 

Any person whose claim or request is denied or who has not received a response within 30 days may request review by notice given in writing to the Committee. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.

 

8.4 Final Decision

 

The decision on review shall normally be made within 60 days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be 120 days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reasons and the relevant Plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.

 

ARTICLE IX—AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

9.1 Amendment

 

The Board may at any time amend the Plan in whole or in part, provided, however, that no amendment shall be effective to decrease or restrict the amount accrued to the date of Amendment in

 

PAGE 13 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


any Account maintained under the Plan. Any change in the definition of Interest shall apply only to those amounts credited to the Participant’s Account as a result of Deferral Commitments made after the Amendment, unless the Amendment is made with the written approval of Participants representing at least 66% of the aggregate Plan liability.

 

9.2 Employer’s Right to Terminate

 

The Board may at any time partially or completely terminate the Plan if, in its judgment, the tax, accounting or other effects of the continuance of the Plan, or potential payments thereunder would not be in the best interests of the Employer.

 

(a) Partial Termination . The Board may partially terminate the Plan by instructing the Committee not to accept any additional Deferral Commitments. In the event of such a Partial Termination, the Plan shall continue to operate and be effective with regard to Deferral Commitments entered into prior to the effective date of such Partial Termination.

 

(b) Complete Termination . The Board may completely terminate the Plan by instructing the Committee not to accept any additional Deferral Commitments, and by terminating all ongoing Deferral Commitments. In the event of Complete Termination, the Plan shall cease to operate and the Employer shall pay out to each Participant such Participant’s Retirement Account as if the Participant had terminated service as of the effective date of the Complete Termination. Payments shall be made in equal annual installments over the period listed below, based on the Retirement Account balance:

 

Retirement Account Balance


   Payout Period

Less than $10,000

   1 Year 

$10,000 but less than $50,000

   3 Years

More than $50,000

   5 Years

 

ARTICLE X—MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1  Unfunded Plan

 

This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly-compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and therefore is exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. Accordingly, the Plan shall terminate and no further benefits shall accrue hereunder in the event it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by an opinion of counsel that the Plan constitutes an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA which is not so exempt. In the event of such termination, all ongoing Deferral Commitments shall terminate, no additional Deferral Commitments will be accepted by the Committee, and the amount of each Participant’s vested Account balance shall be distributed to such Participant at such time and in such manner as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines.

 

PAGE 14 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


10.2  Company and Employer Obligations

 

The obligation to make benefit payments to any Participant under the Plan shall be a joint and several liability of the Company and the Employer that employed the Participant. Such Company obligation may not be transferred to a successor Company without the express written consent of the Participant to whom the obligation is owed.

 

10.3  Unsecured General Creditor

 

In the event of an Employer’s insolvency, Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Employer, except as unsecured general creditors of the Employer, nor shall they be Beneficiaries of, or have any rights, claims or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity contracts or the proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Employer. In that event, any and all of the Employer’s assets and policies shall be and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer. The Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Employer to pay money in the future.

 

10.4  Trust Fund

 

The Employer shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided under the Plan. At its discretion, the Employer may establish one or more trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Employer’s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Employer shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by the Employer.

 

10.5  Nonassignability

 

Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

 

10.6  Not a Contract of Employment

 

The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and the Participant, and the Participant (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as may otherwise be specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge him at any time.

 

PAGE 15 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


10.7  Protective Provisions

 

A Participant will cooperate with the Employer by furnishing any and all information reasonably requested by the Employer, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, and by taking such physical examinations as the Employer may reasonably deem necessary and taking such other action as may be reasonably requested by the Employer.

 

10.8  Terms

 

Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

 

10.9  Captions

 

The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

10.10  Governing Law

 

The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Alabama, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles.

 

10.11  Validity

 

In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

 

10.12  Notice

 

Any notice or filing required or permuted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to any member of the Committee or the Secretary of the Employer. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of deliver or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

10.13  Successors

 

The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Employer and its successors and assigns. The term successors as used herein shall include any corporation or other business

 

PAGE 16 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Employer, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

   
   

Chief Executive Officer

By:

   
   

Secretary

Dated:

   

 

PAGE 17 - EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

EXHIBIT 10.14

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE STOCK BENEFIT PLAN

 

As amended and restated

Effective as of January 1, 2005


HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE STOCK BENEFIT PLAN

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PREAMBLE

   v

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

   1

1.1

  

Administrator

   1

1.2

  

Alternate Payee

   1

1.3

  

Annual Addition

   1

1.4

  

Beneficiary

   1

1.5

  

Board of Directors

   1

1.6

  

Benefits Committee

   1

1.7

  

Break in Service

   1

1.8

  

Code

   2

1.9

  

Company

   2

1.10

  

Company Stock

   2

1.11

  

Company Stock Account

   2

1.12

  

Compensation

   2

1.13

  

Controlled Group Member

   2

1.14

  

Daily Administrator

   3

1.15

  

Direct Rollover

   3

1.16

  

Disability

   3

1.17

  

Domestic Relations Order

   3

1.18

  

Effective Date

   3

1.19

  

Eligible Employee

   3

1.20

  

Eligible Retirement Plan

   4

1.21

  

Eligible Rollover Distribution

   4

1.22

  

Employee

   4

1.23

  

Employer

   5

1.24

  

Employer Contributions

   5

1.25

  

Employment Commencement Date

   5

1.26

  

ERISA

   5

1.27

  

ESOP Loan

   5

1.28

  

ESOP Loan Suspense Account

   5

1.29

  

Fair Market Value

   5

1.30

  

Highly Compensated Active Employee

   6

1.31

  

Highly Compensated Former Employee

   6

1.32

  

Highly Compensated Employee

   6

1.33

  

Hour of Service

   6

1.34

  

Limitation Year

   8

1.35

  

Maternity or Paternity Leave

   8

1.36

  

Member

   8

1.37

  

Named Fiduciary

   8

1.38

  

Normal Retirement Date

   8

1.39

  

Plan

   8

1.40

  

Plan Year

   8

1.41

  

QDRO

   8

 

i


1.42

  

Qualified Consent

   9

1.43

  

Qualified Election Period

   9

1.44

  

Qualified Member

   9

1.45

  

Reemployment Commencement Date

   9

1.46

  

Required Beginning Date

   9

1.47

  

RIP

   9

1.48

  

Separation from Service

   9

1.49

  

Trust Agreement

   10

1.50

  

Trust

   10

1.51

  

Trustee

   10

1.52

  

Valuation Date

   10

1.53

  

Year of Service

   10

ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

   12

2.1

  

Eligibility

   12

2.2

  

Change in Eligibility

   12

2.3

  

Reemployment

   13

2.4

  

Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994

   13

2.5

  

Rights of Other Employers to Participate in the Plan

   13

ARTICLE III CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TRUST

   15

3.1

  

Employer Contributions

   15

3.2

  

Time for Making Contributions

   15

3.3

  

Dividends

   15

ARTICLE IV ESOP LOANS

   16

4.1

  

In General

   16

4.2

  

ESOP Loan Proceeds

   16

4.3

  

Puts, Calls and Other Restrictions

   17

ARTICLE V ESOP LOAN REPAYMENT AND ALLOCATIONS OF COMPANY STOCK

   18

5.1

  

ESOP Loan Repayment

   18

5.2

  

Release from ESOP Loan Suspense Account

   18

5.3

  

Allocation of Company Stock

   19

5.4

  

Limitations on Contributions and Benefits

   19

ARTICLE VI COMPANY STOCK ACCOUNTS

   21

6.1

  

Establishment of Accounts

   21

6.2

  

Valuation of Accounts

   21

6.3

  

Diversification

   21

ARTICLE VII RETIREMENT BENEFITS

   22

7.1

  

Retirement Benefits

   22

7.2

  

Distribution of Retirement Benefits

   22

ARTICLE VIII DISABILITY BENEFITS

   23

8.1

  

Disability Retirement Benefits

   23

8.2

  

Distribution of Disability Retirement Benefits

   23

ARTICLE IX DEATH BENEFITS

   24

9.1

  

Death Benefits

   24

 

ii


9.2

  

Distribution of Death Benefits

   24

9.3

  

Designation of Beneficiaries

   24

ARTICLE X SEPARATION FROM SERVICE BENEFITS

   26

10.1

  

Vesting upon Separation from Service

   26

10.2

  

Restoration of Forfeiture

   26

10.3

  

Amendment to Vesting Schedule

   27

ARTICLE XI PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

   28

11.1

  

Time of Distribution

   28

11.2

  

Method of Distribution

   28

11.3

  

Lump Sum Cashout

   28

11.4

  

Required Commencement of Distribution of Benefits

   29

11.5

  

Deferral of Distribution

   29

11.6

  

Distribution Notices

   29

11.7

  

Limitations on Timing

   30

11.8

  

Benefits Payable Pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order

   30

11.9

  

Minors, Incompetents

   31

ARTICLE XII TRUST AND TRUST AGREEMENT

   32

12.1

  

Trust Agreement

   32

12.2

  

Trust Sole Source of Benefits

   32

ARTICLE XIII ADMINISTRATION

   33

13.1

  

Appointment of Benefits Committee

   33

13.2

  

Benefits Committee Powers and Duties

   33

13.3

  

Appointment of Daily Administrator

   34

13.4

  

Duties of Daily Administrator

   35

13.5

  

Claim Procedures

   36

13.6

  

Benefits Committee Procedures

   38

13.7

  

Authorization of Benefit Payments

   38

13.8

  

Payment of Expenses

   38

13.9

  

Unclaimed Benefits

   38

13.10

  

Indemnity

   39

13.11

  

Mutual Exclusion of Responsibility

   39

13.12

  

Uniformity of Discretionary Acts

   39

13.13

  

Fiduciary Standard

   39

13.14

  

Litigation

   40

ARTICLE XIV TENDERS AND VOTING

   41

14.1

  

Tenders for Company Stock

   41

14.2

  

Voting Company Stock

   43

14.3

  

Invalidity of Voting or Tender Offer Provisions

   44

ARTICLE XV TOP-HEAVY RULES

   45

15.1

  

General Rule

   45

15.2

  

Definitions

   45

15.3

  

Aggregation Groups

   45

15.4

  

Minimum Contribution Requirement

   46

15.5

  

Vesting Schedule

   46

 

iii


ARTICLE XVI AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

   47

16.1

  

Reservation of Right

   47

16.2

  

Amendment

   47

16.3

  

Plan Termination; Discontinuance of Contributions

   47

ARTICLE XVII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   49

17.1

  

Nonrevision; Return of Contributions

   49

17.2

  

Plan Merger

   49

17.3

  

No Assignment or Alienation

   49

17.4

  

No Employment Contract

   49

17.5

  

Communications

   50

17.6

  

Applicable Law

   50

17.7

  

Disqualification of the Employer

   50

17.8

  

Employer Acquisitions

   50

17.9

  

Indemnification

   50

17.10

  

Headings

   51

17.11

  

Gender

   51

APPENDIX A SCHEDULE OF SPECIAL ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING PROVISIONS

   51

 

iv


HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE STOCK BENEFIT PLAN

 

As amended and restated

Effective as of January 1, 2005

 

PREAMBLE

 

HealthSouth Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), established the HealthSouth Corporation Employee Stock Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”), effective as of January 1, 1991, for the purpose of providing employees of the Company and affiliated entities the opportunity to save for their retirement and a proprietary interest in the Company.

 

The Plan is a stock bonus arrangement under which employer contributions to the Plan enable eligible employees to receive allocations of Company Stock (as defined in Section 1.10) to their Company Stock Accounts (as defined in Section 1.11). The Plan is intended to comply with sections 401(a), 501(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “ Code ”). The Plan is also an “ employee stock ownership plan ” within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code, which is designed to invest primarily in “ qualifying employer securities ” as defined in sections 4975(e)(7) and 409(l) of the Code, and 407(d)(5) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”). The Plan permits the Company or the Trustee to borrow money to acquire Company Stock. The Company intends that any such borrowing by the Trustee will be repaid with Employer Contributions (as defined in Section 1.24).

 

Effective as of January 1, 1994, the Company amended and restated the Plan to satisfy and comply with sections 401(a), 501(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the Code, as amended by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and subsequent legislation.

 

Effective generally as of January 1, 1997 or unless otherwise noted, the Company amended and restated the Plan to: (i) clarify service crediting; (ii) change the definition of Compensation effective January 1, 2002; (iii) make certain revisions to the claims procedures as required by the Department of Labor; (iv) clarify the definition of Eligible Employee; (v) change the vesting schedule from a 3 to 7 year graded period to a 2 to 6 year graded period; (vi) revise certain other definitions to conform the administration of the Plan to that of the HealthSouth Corporation Retirement Investment Plan; (vii) make certain other changes to simplify the administration and maintenance of the Plan; (viii) clarify the method of allocating contributions and provide that, effective January 1, 2002, contributions will only be allocated to individuals employed on the last day of the Plan Year; (ix) revise the definition of Normal Retirement Date with respect to individuals hired on and after January 1, 2002; (x) provide that benefits are distributable by reason of Disability regardless of whether a Separation from Service occurs; and (xi) satisfy and comply with certain changes made to the Code by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (collectively, “ GUST ”), the Economic Growth and Revenue Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“ EGTRRA ”), and related legislation. With respect to EGTRRA, this amendment and restatement constituted good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA.

 

The Company subsequently submitted the Plan to the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) for a ruling that the Plan as so amended and restated complied with GUST. In connection with that submission, the Company also submitted a proposed amendment of the Plan, which eliminated

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

  

v


installments as a form of distribution. In response to an IRS information request, the Company submitted a revised amended and restated document, which clarified that distributions would be made in shares of Company common stock, except for fractional shares, and that distributions could be made during the period that the Plan had an outstanding exempt loan. The IRS approved both the proposed amendment and the revised amended and restated document and on September 8, 2003, issued a favorable determination letter that the Plan complies with GUST. The Company amended and restated the Plan to incorporate the terms of the proposed amendment and the clarifications described in this paragraph within the Plan’s “remedial amendment period” as defined under Section 401(b) of the Code, in order to comply with the terms of the favorable IRS determination letter. With respect to the installment feature, the amendment and restatement eliminated substantially equal annual payments over a period of two (2) years as an optional form of distribution, effective as of the earlier of January 1, 2005, or the ninetieth (90th) day after the date the members have been furnished with a summary that reflects the elimination of the distribution method and that satisfies the requirements of Department of Labor regulation section 2520.104b.3. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms of the amended and restated document were effective as of January 1, 1997. Such amendment and restatement constituted continued good faith compliance with EGTRRA.

 

Effective January 1, 2003, the Company amended and restated the Plan to (i) comply with recent legislative requirements, and (ii) clarify various plan administrative matters and make other Plan design changes. This amended and restated Plan continued to evidence good faith compliance with EGTRRA.

 

The Plan was amended and restated to (i) freeze the eligibility provisions effective July 1, 2004, and (ii) clarify the current “Valuation Date,” reflect the proper definition of “Disability” under the Plan, clarify the beneficiary designation rules that apply in cases of divorce, and reflect that the Benefits Committee may amend the Plan in certain circumstances and remove and appoint the Trustee, effective as of January 1, 2004.

 

By this instrument, the Benefits Committee desires to amend and restate the Plan effective January 1, 2005 to (i) fully vest members in their accounts effective January 1, 2005 and (ii) reduce the dollar limit on mandatory cashout distributions from $5,000 to $1,000 effective March 28, 2005. The Benefits Committee intends that this amended and restated Plan continue to evidence good faith compliance with EGTRRA.


End of Preamble

 

vi


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Unless the context clearly requires a different meaning, the following definitions apply to the Plan:

 

1.1 Administrator means the individual or entity appointed to administer the Plan. Pursuant to Section 13.1, the Company currently serves as the Administrator.

 

1.2 Alternate Payee means any Spouse, former Spouse, child, or other dependent of a Member who is recognized by a Domestic Relations Order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such Member.

 

1.3 Annual Addition means the total of the amount of:

 

  (a) Employer Contributions allocated to the Member’s Company Stock Account for the Plan Year in accordance with Section 5.3;

 

  (b) allocations of shares forfeited from Members’ Company Stock Accounts to the Member’s Company Stock Account for the Plan Year; and

 

  (c) contributions on behalf of a Member to other qualified defined contribution plans of the Employer, including the RIP.

 

1.4 Beneficiary means the person or persons described in Section 9.3 who are to receive benefits under the Plan after the death of a Member.

 

1.5 Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee of the Board of Directors which is authorized to act for the Board of Directors or to which the Board of Directors specifically delegates any authority granted to it under the Plan.

 

1.6 Benefits Committee means those persons appointed to assist with the administration of the Plan in accordance with Article XIII. Pursuant to Section 13.1, in the event the Company fails to appoint a Benefits Committee, the Company shall serve as the Benefits Committee under the Plan.

 

1.7 Break in Service means any Plan Year in which an individual fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

 

1.8 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations or rulings issued thereunder.

 

1.9 Company means HealthSouth Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and its successors and assigns, or any other corporation or business organization which, with the consent of the Company, shall assume the obligations of the Company under this Plan.

 

1.10

Company Stock means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, which constitutes “ employer securities ” within the meaning of section 409(l) of the Code and the Company’s Preferred Stock, par value $.10 per share, assuming such

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 1


 

Preferred Stock satisfies the requirements of section 409(l)(3) of the Code when such Preferred Stock is issued by the Company.

 

1.11 Company Stock Account means the account established and maintained by the Daily Administrator to record a Member’s interest in the Plan, as provided in Section 6.1.

 

1.12 Compensation means the total of all amounts paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of a Member for services rendered or labor performed for the Employer while a Member and while an Employee, which are required to be reported on the Member’s Federal Wage and Tax Statement, Form W-2 or its successor. Compensation shall include all of the Member’s Form W-2 earnings accrued during the Plan Year and paid on December 31 of the calendar year in which the Plan Year ends. Compensation excludes :

 

  (a) elective contributions made on the Member’s behalf by the Employer that are not includible in income under sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code;

 

  (b) Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred Compensation plan within the meaning of section 457(b) of the Code; and

 

  (c) employee contributions described in section 414(h) of the Code that are picked up by the employing unit and treated as employer contributions.

 

The annual Compensation of an Employee taken into account for any purpose under the Plan will not exceed the limit set forth in section 401(a)(17) of the Code ($210,000 for Plan Years beginning in 2005), as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 

1.13 Controlled Group Member means:

 

  (a) The Company;

 

  (b) Any corporation or association that is a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of section 1563(a) of the Code, determined without regard to section 1563(a)(4) and section 1563(e)(3)(C) of the Code, except that, for the purposes of applying the limitations on benefits and contributions that are required under section 415 of the Code, such meaning shall be determined by substituting the phrase “ more than fifty percent (50%) ” for the phrase “ at least eighty percent (80%) ” each place that it appears in section 1563(a)(1) of the Code) with respect to which the Company is a member;

 

  (c) Any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with the Company as determined in accordance with section 414(c) of the Code;

 

  (d) Any service organization that is a member of an affiliated service group (within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code) with respect to which the Company is a member; and

 

  (e) Any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 2


1.14 Daily Administrator means the individual or group that may be designated by the Company or the Benefits Committee to handle the day-to-day administration of the Plan and to make initial claim determinations pursuant to Section 13.5. In the event the Company or Benefits Committee fails to appoint a Daily Administrator, the Benefits Committee shall be the Daily Administrator.

 

1.15 Direct Rollover means a payment by the Plan to any Eligible Retirement Plan specified by:

 

  (a) the Member;

 

  (b) the Member’s surviving spouse; or

 

  (c) the Member’s former Spouse who is an Alternate Payee under a QDRO.

 

1.16 Disability means the Member is either totally and permanently disabled within the meaning of a long-term disability plan sponsored by the Employer in which the Member is a participant or is determined to be totally and permanently disabled by a ruling issued by the Social Security Administration.

 

1.17 Domestic Relations Order means any judgment, decree, or order (including one that approves a property settlement agreement) that relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Member and is rendered under a state (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(10) of the Code) domestic relations law (including a community property law).

 

1.18 Effective Date means January 1, 2005 except as otherwise provided herein or as required by applicable law. The provisions reflecting the reduction of the dollar limit on cashout distributions is effective March 28, 2005.

 

1.19 Eligible Employee means any Employee, except the term Eligible Employee shall not include any Employee who:

 

  (a) Is included in a unit of persons employed by the Employer who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and the employer if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between employee representatives and the Employer and such persons are not required by that agreement to be covered under this Plan;

 

  (b) Is a nonresident alien and does not receive any earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States;

 

  (c) Is a pool employee; or

 

  (d) Is a leased employee within the meaning of section 414(n) of the Code or an independent contractor, even if such leased employee or independent contractor is subsequently determined by the Employer, the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or a court of competent jurisdiction to be a common law employee of the Employer.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 3


1.20 Eligible Retirement Plan means:

 

  (a) an individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code;

 

  (b) an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code;

 

  (c) an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code;

 

  (d) a qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code that accepts an Eligible Rollover Distribution;

 

  (e) an eligible deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, a political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state that accepts an Eligible Rollover Distribution; or

 

  (f) an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code.

 

In the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a surviving Spouse or an Alternate Payee under a QDRO, an Eligible Retirement Plan will include any arrangement described in (a) through (f) of this Section 1.20.

 

1.21 Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Member, except:

 

  (a) Any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Member or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Member and the Member’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more;

 

  (b) Any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under the required minimum distribution rules set forth in section 401(a)(9) of the Code;

 

  (c) The portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); provided, however, that such portion shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution if (i) the Eligible Retirement Plan to which such portion is transferred agrees to separately account for the portion that is includible in gross income and the portion which is not includible in gross income, or (ii) such portion is transferred to an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code; and

 

  (d) A hardship withdrawal within the meaning of section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code.

 

1.22

Employee means any person on the payroll of the Employer whose wages from the Employer are subject to withholding for the purposes of Federal income taxes and for the purposes of the Federal Insurance Contributions Act. In addition, the term Employee shall include a “ leased employee ” within the meaning of section 414(n) of the Code, provided, however, that leased employees shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 4


 

The term “ Employee ” shall exclude an individual who serves only as a director or who is employed as an independent contractor.

 

1.23 Employer means the Company, all Controlled Group Members and any other corporation which adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 2.5.

 

1.24 Employer Contributions means contributions made by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

1.25 Employment Commencement Date means the first day for which an Eligible Employee is entitled to be credited with an Hour of Service, or the day an Eligible Employee first completes an Hour of Service following a Break in Service.

 

1.26 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any regulations or rulings issued thereunder.

 

1.27 ESOP Loan means a loan (or other extension of credit) used by the Trustee at the direction of the Administrator to finance the acquisition of Company Stock pursuant to Article IV, or to refinance an ESOP Loan.

 

1.28 ESOP Loan Suspense Account means the account of that name established and maintained to hold shares of Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan.

 

1.29 Fair Market Value means, with respect to Company Stock, and as determined by the Trustee, the last reported sales price, regular way, on the applicable date, or, in the event that no sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

 

In the event that such Company Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”), then Fair Market Value shall be determined in the above-manner by reference to the principal national securities exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on the NASDAQ National Market System or, if such security is not quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market as reported by NASDAQ or, if bid and asked prices for such security on such day shall not have been reported through NASDAQ, the average of the bid and asked prices for such day as furnished by any NYSE member firm regularly making a market in such security selected for such purpose by the Trustee, in each case, on the applicable date.

 

In the event the Trustee is unable to use one of the above listed methods in determining the Fair Market Value, the Trustee shall use the closing price (or such price as otherwise available as determined by the Trustee) of the Company stock as listed on Pink Sheets, LLC.

 

In the event any such date is not a business date, the above-manner of valuation shall be applied to the next preceding business day.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 5


1.30 Highly Compensated Active Employee means any Employee who performs service for an Employer or Controlled Group Member during the Plan Year and who:

 

  (a) Is a “ five-percent owner ” within the meaning of section 414(q) of the Code at any time during the prior Plan Year or the current Plan Year; or

 

  (b) Received Compensation from the Employer in excess of eighty thousand dollars ($80,000) (as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code) for the prior Plan Year and was a member of the “ top-paid group ” for such year (as defined in section 414(q)(4) of the Code).

 

1.31 Highly Compensated Former Employee means any Employee who separated from service from the Employer or a Controlled Group Member (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the determination year, performs no service for the Employer or a Controlled Group Member during the determination year, and was a Highly Compensated Active Employee for either the separation year or any determination year ending on or after the Employee’s fifty-fifth (55th) birthday.

 

1.32 Highly Compensated Employee means any Highly Compensated Active Employee or Highly Compensated Former Employee. The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, the number of Employees treated as officers, and the compensation that is considered, shall be made in accordance with section 414(q) of the Code.

 

1.33 Hour of Service means each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or is entitled to payment, by the Employer (including any predecessor business of an Employer conducted as a corporation, partnership or proprietorship) or Controlled Group Member for the performance of duties or reasons other than the performance of duties, including but not limited to vacation, holidays, sickness, disability, paid layoff, jury duty, military duty, leave of absence and similar paid periods of nonworking time. An Hour of Service also includes each hour, not credited above, for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or Controlled Group Member. For all purposes of the Plan, Hours of Service will be credited for any individual considered to be a “ leased employee ” under section 414(n) of the Code and for any individual considered an Employee under section 414(o) of the Code and the final regulations thereunder.

 

  (a) Period to which Hours of Service shall be Credited . Hours of Service shall be credited to the Employee either (i) for the period in which such duties were performed, (ii) for the period during which no duties were performed such as sickness or vacation, or (iii) for the period to which the back pay award or agreement pertains, whichever is applicable, and shall be based on the number of hours for which payment is made or owing, as ascertained from the employment records of the Employer or Controlled Group Member provided, however, that:

 

  (A) No more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous period for which he is directly or indirectly paid, or is entitled to payment, for reasons other than the performance of duties; and

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 6


  (B) No Hours of Service shall be credited to an Employee on account of any payment which is made or due under a program maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s compensation or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws or which solely reimburses the Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

 

  (b) Maternity and Paternity Leave . If an Employee is absent from work with the Employer for any period due to Maternity or Paternity Leave, the Plan shall treat as Hours of Service, solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred, the hours described below:

 

  (i) the Hours of Service which normally would have been credited to such Employee but for such absence, or

 

  (ii) in any case in which the Plan is unable to determine the hours described in (i) above, eight Hours or Service per day of such absence.

 

The total number of hours treated as Hours of Service under (i) or (ii) above shall not exceed five hundred one (501). The hours described in (i) and (ii) above shall be credited to the Plan Year in which the absence from work begins if a Member would be prevented from incurring a Break in Service in such Plan Year solely because of such credit. In any other case, the hours described in (i) or (ii) above shall be credited to the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the absence from work begins.

 

  (c) Acquired Facilities or Employee Groups . Service or employment completed by an Employee of an acquired facility or an acquired employee group before such facility became a Controlled Group Member or before the employees of such employee group become Employees will be credited as Hours of Service under the Plan for purposes of determining eligibility but such service or employment will not be credited for purposes of determining vesting except to the extent provided in the applicable acquisition agreement, by a resolution of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Employer, or as required under section 414(a) of the Code ( i.e. , in the event a plan covering such an Employee is merged into the Plan and, thus, becomes a predecessor plan). Any such prior vesting service credit shall be described in Appendix A attached hereto. Appendix A may be revised from time-to-time without the need for a formal amendment to the Plan.

 

  (d) Service Credit for Certain Licensed Professionals . Service or employment completed by licensed professionals on behalf of professional corporations for which the Company provides payroll services who become Employees shall be taken into account for purposes of determining Hours of Service under this Plan.

 

The number of Hours of Service to be credited to an Employee for any period shall, to the extent not covered above, be governed by DOL Reg. sections 2530.200b-2(b) and 2530.200b-2(c) (relating to minimum standards for employee pension benefit plans). Hours of Service shall also include any hours required to be credited by the federal law other than ERISA or the Code, but only under the conditions and to the extent so required by such federal law.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 7


1.34 Limitation Year means the year used for application of the limitations of section 415 of the Code, and, unless the Employer elects a different Limitation year by formal action on its part, shall be the Plan Year.

 

1.35 Maternity or Paternity Leave means an Employee’s absence from work by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, the birth of a child of the Employee, or the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of the child by the Employee, or for the purpose of caring for such child by the Employee for a period immediately following birth or placement for adoption, but in no event, covering more than one (1) Plan Year with respect to any such absence. An absence shall not constitute Maternity or Paternity Leave unless the Employee furnishes to the Daily Administrator such timely information as the Daily Administrator may reasonably require to establish that the absence is for such reason.

 

1.36 Member means an Eligible Employee who has met the eligibility requirements of Article II.

 

1.37 Named Fiduciary means each Member (or, in the event of his death, his Beneficiary) and the Administrator, designated as “ named fiduciary ” within the meaning of section 403(a)(1) of ERISA, with the right to direct the Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

 

1.38 Normal Retirement Date means the later of (a) the date of the Member’s sixty-fifth (65th) birthday, or (b) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date an Employee becomes a Member. However, the “ Normal Retirement Date ” for an Employee who commenced employment with the Employer prior to January 1, 2002 is the date of the Member’s sixty-fifth (65th) birthday.

 

1.39 Plan means the HealthSouth Corporation Employee Stock Benefit Plan set forth herein, and as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.40 Plan Year means the calendar year.

 

1.41 QDRO means a Domestic Relations Order that:

 

  (a) Creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee’s right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Member under the Plan;

 

  (b) Does not require the Plan to provide any type or form of benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan;

 

  (c) Does not require the Plan to provide increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial value);

 

  (d) Does not require the payment of benefits to an Alternate Payee that are required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another order previously determined to be a QDRO; and

 

  (e) Clearly specifies:

 

  (i)

The name and last known mailing address of the Member and the name and mailing address of each Alternate Payee covered by the order

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 8


 

(unless such addresses are reasonably available to the Daily Administrator);

 

  (ii) The amount or percentage of the Member’s benefits to be paid by the Plan to each such Alternate Payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined;

 

  (iii) The number of payments or payment periods to which such order applies; and

 

  (iv) That it is applicable with respect to this Plan.

 

A Domestic Relations Order shall not be considered to fail to qualify as a QDRO with respect to any payment made before a Member has separated from Service solely because the order requires that payment of benefits be made to an Alternate Payee prior to the date the Member attains age fifty (50).

 

1.42 Qualified Consent means an irrevocable written consent executed by the Member’s spouse which acknowledges the effect of the consent and is witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public.

 

1.43 Qualified Election Period means the ninety (90) day period following the close of the Plan Year in which a Member becomes a Qualified Member and each such period following the close of the next five (5) consecutive Plan Years.

 

1.44 Qualified Member means a Member who has attained age fifty-five (55) and who has completed ten (10) years of participation in the Plan.

 

1.45 Reemployment Commencement Date means the first date upon which an individual performs an Hour of Service following a Break in Service.

 

1.46 Required Beginning Date means, April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which (a) the Member attains age seventy and one-half (70½) or (b) incurs a Separation from Service; provided, however, that if the Member is a “ five-percent owner ” within the meaning of section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the Required Beginning Date shall be the April 1 following the Plan Year in which the Member attains age seventy and one-half (70½) regardless of if the Member has incurred a Separation from Service.

 

The Required Beginning Date for a Member who attains age seventy and one-half (70½) in a calendar year after 1995 and before January 1, 1999 shall be April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Member attains age seventy and one-half (70½) regardless of whether the Member has incurred a Separation from Service.

 

1.47 RIP means the HealthSouth Corporation Retirement Investment Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

1.48 Separation from Service means a Member’s termination of employment with the Employer for any reason. Separation from Service does not include transfers of employment between Controlled Group Members.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 9


1.49 Trust Agreement means the trust agreement between the Company and the Trustee, or any successor trust agreement or agreements.

 

1.50 Trust means all money or other property which is held by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement.

 

1.51 Trustee means the person, persons, or entities appointed by the Company or the Benefits Committee to serve as such under the Trust Agreement.

 

1.52 Valuation Date means each business day that the Trustee is open for business. However, since distributions are made solely in shares of Common Stock with fractional share amounts paid in cash, the practical application of valuing a Member’s Account as of a Valuation Date is primarily to determine the number of shares to which the Member is entitled as of such date.

 

1.53 Year of Service means a twelve (12) consecutive-month period in which an Employee completes at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service. The following twelve (12) month periods will be used for purposes of measuring a Year of Service.

 

  (a) Eligibility Computation Period . For purposes of Section 2.1, the initial eligibility computation period used to determine whether an Employee completes one (1) Year of Service shall be the twelve (12) consecutive-month period beginning on such Employee’s Employment Commencement Date. In the event an Employee does not complete one (1) Year of Service in the first twelve (12) consecutive-month period following such Employee’s Employment Commencement Date, the Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and each Plan Year thereafter until one (1) Year of Service is accrued shall be the eligibility computation period after the initial eligibility computation period (without regard to whether the Employee is entitled to be credited with one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service during such period), provided that an Employee who is credited with one thousand (1000) Hours of Service in both the initial eligibility computation period and the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date will be credited with two (2) Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

In the case of an Employee who sustains one or more Breaks-in-Service prior to completing one (1) Year of Service, and who is reemployed by the Employer or a Controlled Entity, the initial eligibility computation period used to determine whether such Eligible Employee completes one (1) Year Service shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive-month period commencing on the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date. In the event such Employee does not complete one (1) Year of Service in the first twelve (12) consecutive-month period following such Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date, the Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of an Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and each Plan Year thereafter until one (1) Year of Service is accrued shall be the eligibility computation period after the initial eligibility computation period (without regard to whether the Employee is entitled to be credited with one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service during such period), provided that an Employee who is credited with one thousand (1000) Hours of Service in both the initial eligibility computation period

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 10


and the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date will be credited with two (2) Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.

 

  (b) Vesting Computation Period . For purposes of Section 10.1, the vesting computation period shall be the Plan Year.

 

  (c) Includable Service . For purposes of determining Years of Service for eligibility purposes under Section 2.1 or vesting purposes under Section 10.1, years of service while an Employee was a leased employee within the meaning of section 414(n) of the Code or an Employee included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement where retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining, shall be credited as Years of Service under this Plan. In addition, years of service while an Employee was employed by any predecessor corporation of the Employer or corporation merged, consolidated or liquidated into the Employer or its predecessor, or a corporation substantially all of the assets of which are acquired by the Employer shall only be taken into account for purposes of this Section 1.53 to the extent provided in Section 1.33(c) or to the extent required under section 414(a) of the Code. Finally, years of service completed by a licensed professional employed by a professional corporation who becomes an Employee shall only be taken into account for purposes of this Section 1.53 to the extent provided in Section 1.33(d).

End of Article I

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 11


ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

2.1 Eligibility

 

  (a) Minimum Age and Service Conditions . An Eligible Employee shall become a Member in the Plan upon his completion of a period of service with the Employer ending upon the later of the following dates:

 

  (i) the date on which such Eligible Employee attains the age of twenty-one (21); and

 

  (ii) the date on which such Eligible Employee completes one (1) Year of Service.

 

For purposes of determining one (1) Year of Service under this Section 2.1(a), a Member who was an Employee of an acquired facility or an acquired employee group will be given credit for his periods of employment prior to the acquisition.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective July 1, 2004, the eligibility provisions of the Plan were frozen. As a result, no new Eligible Employees shall become Members in the Plan on and after such date. Existing Members will, however, be entitled to continue to share in the allocation of contributions (and forfeitures occurring prior to the Effective Date or arising under Section 13.9) under the Plan.

 

  (b) Time of Participation . An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the minimum age and service conditions specified in Section 2.1(a) shall commence participation in the Plan coincident with or next following:

 

  (i) the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date on which such Eligible Employee satisfies such conditions; or

 

  (ii) July 1 of the current Plan Year after the date on which such Eligible Employee satisfied such conditions,

 

unless a Separation from Service for such Eligible Employee shall occur before the date referred to in (i) or (ii) above, whichever is applicable.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective July 1, 2004, the eligibility provisions of the Plan were frozen. As a result, no Eligible Employees who have satisfied the minimum age and service requirements shall become Members in the Plan on and after such date.

 

2.2 Change in Eligibility

 

A Member who ceases to be an Eligible Employee for any reason shall again become a Member when he again becomes an Eligible Employee.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective July 1, 2004, the eligibility provisions of the Plan were frozen. As a result, no Employees who become Eligible Employees on and after such date shall again become Members in the Plan.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 12


2.3 Reemployment

 

  (a) Termination of Member . Each Member who incurs a Separation from Service after earning a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of his Company Stock Account, and who is subsequently reemployed by the Employer as an Employee shall have all of his prior Years of Service reinstated and he will become a Member immediately upon his reemployment.

 

  (b) Termination and Reemployment of Employee . Each Employee who incurs a Separation from Service before earning a nonforfeitable right to any portion of his Company Stock Account, and who is subsequently reemployed by the Employer as an Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1. If an Employee is reemployed by the Employer regardless of the number of his consecutive Breaks in Service, all of his prior Years of Service shall be reinstated and he will become a Member pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective July 1, 2004, the eligibility provisions of the Plan were frozen. As a result, no rehired Eligible Employees shall become Members in the Plan eligible to receive an allocation of Employer Contributions (or forfeitures occurring prior to the Effective Date or arising under Section 13.9) on and after such date. Such an Eligible Employee will be entitled to repay any prior distribution from the Plan in order to have any prior forfeiture of his Company Stock Account restored so that he may acquire a fully vested interest in such account, as provided in Section 10.2.

 

2.4 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.

 

2.5 Rights of Other Employers to Participate in the Plan

 

  (a) Adoption of Plan as Participating Employer . The Company may, by a formal action of the Board of Directors, authorize other corporations in which it owns at least a fifty percent (50%) interest to participate in the Plan as a Participating Employer. Such corporation’s agreement to participate in the Plan shall be evidenced by a formal action of its board of directors or other governing body.

 

  (b) Retention of Benefits Committee and Company Authority . The administrative powers and control of the Company, the Benefits Committee and the Daily Administrator, as provided in the Plan, shall not be deemed diminished under the Plan by reason of participation of any other Employers in the Plan, and such administrative powers and control specifically granted herein to the Company with respect to the appointment of the Benefits Committee, amendment of the Plan and other matters shall apply only with respect to the Company.

 

  (c)

Nature of Plan . The Plan is a single plan with respect to all Employers except to the extent required by section 413 of the Code and unless the Company specifically provides that the Plan shall be a separate plan with respect to any Employer or group of Employers. The contributions of any Employer that is a

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 13


 

member of a group of Employers with respect to which the Plan represents a single plan shall be available for allocation on behalf of any Members who are Employees of any other Employers that are members of such group but shall not be available for allocation on behalf of any Members who are Employees of any Employers that are not members of such group. Conversely, the contributions of any Employer with respect to which the Plan represents a separate plan for only that Employer shall be available for allocation on behalf of Members who are its Employees but shall not be available for allocation on behalf of Members who are Employees of any other Employers. Likewise, contributions under each such separate plan shall be tested separately pursuant to sections 401(a)(4) and 415 of the Code and the minimum participation requirements of section 410(b) of the Code shall be applied separately with respect to each such plan.

 

  (d) Withdrawal of Participating Employer . With the approval of the Company, any Employer may withdraw from the Plan at any time without affecting the other Employers in the Plan by furnishing written notice to the Daily Administrator and the Trustee of its determination to withdraw. Any such withdrawing Employer shall furnish the Daily Administrator and the Trustee with evidence of the formal action of its determination to withdraw. Any such withdrawal may be accompanied by such modifications to the Plan as such Employer shall deem proper to continue a defined contribution plan for its Employees separate and distinct from the defined contribution plan herein set forth. Withdrawal from the Plan by any Employer shall not affect the continued operation of the Plan with respect to the other Employers; provided, however, in the event of the withdrawal of an Employer that is a member of a group of Employers with respect to which the Plan represents a single plan and in the event that provision is made for the continuation of a defined contribution plan for its Employees separate and distinct from the defined contribution plan herein set forth, the share, if any, of the assets of the Trust Fund allocable to such group of Employers which is transferred on behalf of such withdrawing Employer to such other defined contribution plan shall be equal to the assets, if any, which would have been allocated on behalf of the employees of such withdrawing Employer under the provisions of Section 16.3 if such withdrawing Employer had terminated its participation in the Plan on the date of such withdrawal. The Company may in its absolute discretion terminate any Employer’s participation at any time by formal action on its part.

End of Article II

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 14


ARTICLE III

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TRUST

 

3.1 Employer Contributions

 

The Employer may make a contribution to all or a group of Members for any Plan Year; provided, that the allocation of such contribution satisfies the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the Code. The amount of the Employer’s contribution to any group of Members shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors, adopted on or before the date prescribed by law (including extensions) for filing the Employer’s tax return for the fiscal year which corresponds to the Plan Year for which such Employer Contributions are being made. When applicable, Employer Contributions each Plan Year shall in the aggregate at least equal the amount required to make all ESOP Loan amortization payments. Employer Contributions, at the Employer’s option, may be made in cash or in shares of Company Stock.

 

Contributions made by each Employer shall be determined and paid separately. However, contributions by all Employers, together with any forfeitures occurring prior to the Effective Date or arising under Section 13.9, shall be consolidated in determining the allocation of Available Shares to Member Company Stock Accounts pursuant to Section 5.2. On the basis of the information furnished by the Daily Administrator, the Trustee shall keep such separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Employer and as to the Company Stock Accounts of the Employees of each Employer as shall be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan or as agreed upon in writing by the Daily Administrator and the Trustee.

 

3.2 Time for Making Contributions

 

Employer Contributions shall be made in one or more installments during the Plan Year or as soon as practicable after the close of the Plan Year. In no event shall Employer Contributions be made later than the date prescribed by law (including extensions) for filing the Employer’s tax return for the fiscal year which corresponds to the Plan Year for which such Employer Contributions are being made.

 

3.3 Dividends

 

Any dividends received by the Trust which are attributable to shares of Company Stock which were previously allocated to Members’ Company Stock Accounts shall be credited to Members’ Company Stock Accounts on a pro rata basis in accordance with the total number of such shares in each Member’s Company Stock Account as of the record date of the dividend. Any dividends received by the Trust which are attributable to shares of Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan and held in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account shall be used by the Trustee to repay an ESOP Loan.


End of Article III

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 15


ARTICLE IV

ESOP LOANS

 

4.1 In General

 

The Trustee shall enter into an ESOP Loan at the direction of the Administrator and such ESOP Loan shall be in conformity with the provisions of this Plan. An ESOP Loan shall be primarily for the benefit of Plan Members and their Beneficiaries. When an ESOP Loan is made, its terms must be at least as favorable to the Trust as the terms of a comparable loan resulting from arm’s-length negotiations between independent parties, and the interest rate for an ESOP Loan and the price of Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan must not be such that Plan assets might be insufficient to meet the liquidity and financial needs of the Plan. Each ESOP Loan shall be for a specific term and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest. An ESOP Loan may be secured by a pledge of the Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of the ESOP Loan (or acquired with the proceeds of a prior ESOP Loan which is being refinanced). No other Trust assets may be pledged as collateral for an ESOP Loan, and no lender shall have recourse against Trust assets other than (a) collateral given for the ESOP Loan, (b) Employer Contributions, and (c) earnings attributable to such collateral and the investment of such Employer Contributions. An ESOP Loan shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default. The value of Trust assets transferred in satisfaction of an ESOP Loan which is in default shall not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, the ESOP Loan must provide for a transfer of Trust assets on default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Trust to meet the payment schedule of the ESOP Loan. Payments of principal and/or interest on any ESOP Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer Contributions, from earnings attributable to such Employer Contributions, from any cash dividends received by the Trust with respect to Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan and, in appropriate circumstances as determined by the Administrator, from the proceeds from the disposition of Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan.

 

4.2 ESOP Loan Proceeds

 

The Trustee shall use the proceeds of an ESOP Loan within a reasonable time after receipt to acquire Company Stock or to repay a prior ESOP Loan, as directed by the Administrator. In acquiring Company Stock, the Administrator and Trustee shall take all appropriate and necessary measures to ensure that the Trust pays no more than “adequate consideration” (within the meaning of section 3(8) of ERISA) for such securities. All Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan shall be placed in an ESOP Loan Suspense Account established by the Trustee and will be retained in an ESOP Loan Suspense Account until such time as such Company Stock is released and allocated to the Company Stock Accounts of Members. To the extent required for the purpose of pledging such Company Stock as collateral for the ESOP Loan, the shares held as collateral in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account shall be physically segregated from other Trust assets. Any pledge of Company Stock must provide for the release of the securities so pledged as payments on the ESOP Loan are made by the Trustee and for such securities to be allocated to the Company Stock Accounts of Members pursuant to Sections 5.2 and 5.3.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 16


4.3 Puts, Calls and Other Restrictions

 

Except as otherwise permitted by section 409(l) of the Code, no Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan shall be subject to any put, call or other option or any buy-sell or similar agreement while held by and when distributed from the Trust, whether or not the Plan constitutes an “employee stock ownership plan” within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code at such time and whether or not the ESOP Loan has been repaid at such time.


End of Article IV

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 17


ARTICLE V

ESOP LOAN REPAYMENT AND

ALLOCATIONS OF COMPANY STOCK

 

5.1 ESOP Loan Repayment

 

The Trustee shall make each ESOP loan amortization payment from the following sources in the manner and order of priority as follows:

 

  (a) Dividends on Company Stock held in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account;

 

  (b) Employer Contributions to the extent such contributions are designated as contributions to make an ESOP loan amortization payment;

 

  (c) Earnings attributed to the investment of Employer Contributions.

 

The Trustee shall apply such amounts, as directed by the Administrator, to pay principal and interest on the ESOP Loan, provided that to the extent Employer Contributions are to be used, they shall first be applied to pay any accrued interest on the ESOP Loan.

 

5.2 Release from ESOP Loan Suspense Account

 

As of the last day of each Plan Year, or, if such day is not a business day then the first day following such day that is a business day, there shall be released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account the number of shares of Company Stock determined for each ESOP Loan under (a) or (b) below. Such shares of Company Stock shall be referred to as “Available Shares.” The Administrator shall determine for each ESOP Loan whether Available Shares will be released under (a) or (b) below, and once the Administrator has selected the method of release for a particular ESOP Loan, that method cannot be changed. The Administrator will instruct the Trustee in writing as to the method that will be used, the number of Available Shares that will be released as a result of ESOP Loan payments for each Plan Year, and the number of such shares to be allocated to the Company Stock Account of each Member.

 

  (a) Principal/Interest Method . The total number of shares released under this method shall equal the product of the number of shares of Company Stock held in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account with respect to such ESOP Loan immediately prior to the release multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction shall be the amount of principal and interest paid by the Trust on the ESOP Loan for the Plan Year. The denominator of the fraction shall be the sum of the numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid on such ESOP Loan for all future payments. The number of future payments under such ESOP Loan must be definitely ascertainable and must be determined without taking into account any possible extensions or renewal periods. If the effective interest rate under the ESOP Loan is variable, the interest to be paid in future periods must be computed by using the interest rate applicable as of the due date of the current amortization payment.

 

  (b)

Principal Only Method . The total number of shares released under this method shall equal the product of the number of Shares of Company Stock held in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account with respect to such ESOP Loan immediately prior to the release multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction shall

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 18


 

be the amount of principal paid by the Trust on the ESOP Loan for the Plan Year. The denominator of the fraction shall be the total principal amount of the ESOP Loan. This method may be used only to the extent that: (i) the ESOP Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for ten (10) years; (ii) interest included in any payment on the ESOP Loan is disregarded only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables; and (iii) the entire duration of the ESOP Loan repayment period does not exceed ten (10) years, even in the event of a renewal, extension or refinancing of the ESOP Loan.

 

5.3 Allocation of Company Stock

 

  (a) Allocation of Employer Contributions . As of the last day of the Plan Year, Available Shares shall only be allocated to the Company Stock Accounts of all Members who have completed a Year of Service during the Plan Year and who are employed on the last day of such Plan Year.

 

The allocation of Available Shares shall be made in the ratio of a Member’s Compensation for the Plan Year to the Compensation of all Members for the same Plan Year.

 

  (b) Special Release Allocation . In the event of any ESOP Loan payment with the proceeds of the sale of assets of the ESOP Loan Suspense Account, any assets released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account shall be allocated, subject to the limitations of section 415 of the Code, to each Member employed by the Employer on both the last day of the month preceding the effective date of the release of the assets (the “Measuring Date”) and the effective date of the release of the assets in the same proportion as the total balance of such Member’s Company Stock Account as of the Measuring Date bears to the aggregate balances as of the Measuring Date of all such Member’s Company Stock Accounts, and to the extent any such allocation to the credit of a Highly Compensated Employee, exceeds an amount permitted under section 401(a)(4) of the Code, such excess shall be allocated to the remaining eligible Members in a manner which will satisfy the requirements of section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

 

If upon the completion of such allocation there are assets remaining in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account which cannot be allocated by virtue of the limitations of section 415 of the Code, such remaining assets (to the extent permitted by the Code and ERISA) shall be held in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account until allocated in a succeeding year in accordance with section 415 of the Code.

 

5.4 Limitations on Contributions and Benefits

 

  (a) The Annual Addition to a Member’s Company Stock Account for any Plan Year shall not be more than the lesser of:

 

  (i) forty thousand dollars ($40,000), as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under section 415(d) of the Code; or

 

  (ii) one-hundred percent (100%) of the Member’s Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 19


  (b) Special Rule . For purposes of the limitation on Annual Additions set forth in Section 5.4(a), the Plan shall be administered to comply with the provisions of section 415(c)(6) of the Code and sections 1.415-6(g) and 1.415-7(a)(2) of the Treasury Regulations, such that if in any Plan Year no more than one-third (1/3) of the Employer Contributions to the Plan are allocated to Members who are Highly Compensated Employees, the limitations imposed under this Article V shall not apply to the allocation of Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan resulting from the reallocation of forfeitures occurring prior to the Effective Date or arising under Section 13.9 or interest payments under an ESOP Loan.

 

  (c) Excess Contributions . To the extent that contributions to the Plan, when combined with contributions to RIP, exceed the applicable contribution limits set forth in section 415 of the Code as described in Section 5.4(a), contributions shall be reduced under the RIP. If the reduction of contributions under the RIP is not sufficient to enable contributions to the Plan to satisfy the requirements of section 415 of the Code, contributions under the Plan shall be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the applicable contribution limits and the excess, if any, held unallocated in a suspense account for the limitation year and allocated and reallocated in the next limitation year to all Members in the Plan in accordance with the rules provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.415-6(b)(6)(i).

End of Article V

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 20


ARTICLE VI

COMPANY STOCK ACCOUNTS

 

6.1 Establishment of Accounts

 

The Daily Administrator shall establish and cause to be maintained in the Trust a Company Stock Account for each Member, which shall be credited with his allocable shares of Company Stock (including fractional shares) pursuant to Section 5.3.

 

6.2 Valuation of Accounts

 

The value of each Member’s Company Stock Account shall be determined by the Trustee as of each Valuation Date, in accordance with provisions established by the Daily Administrator, consistently followed and uniformly applied, to reflect income, gains, and losses of the Trust (including unrealized gains and losses). All valuations of Company Stock will be made at Fair Market Value based on the number of shares of Company Stock allocated to the Member’s Company Stock Account as of such date.

 

6.3 Diversification

 

  (a) Diversification Election . A Qualified Member who has attained age fifty-five (55) and who has completed ten (10) years of participation in the Plan may elect, during the Qualified Election Period, to diversify the assets in his Company Stock Account by directing the Daily Administrator to transfer to the RIP the following percentage of his Company Stock Account (to the extent such portion exceeds the amount to which all prior elections under this Section 6.3 applies plus Company Shares previously distributed or transferred) to be invested, as the Member directs, in one or more of the investment options available under the RIP:

 

  (i) for the first five (5) Plan Years of the Qualified Election Period, a total of twenty-five percent (25%); and

 

  (ii) for the last Plan Year of the Qualified Election Period, fifty percent (50%).

 

  (b) Limited Diversification . If there are fewer than three (3) investment options available under the RIP, the Daily Administrator shall satisfy the diversification requirements of section 401(a)(28) of the Code by distributing the appropriate portion of the Member’s Company Stock Account to the Member in cash. The Daily Administrator shall comply with the applicable deadlines and other provisions of section 401(a)(28) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, in administering this Section 6.3.

End of Article VI

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 21


ARTICLE VII

RETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

7.1 Retirement Benefits

 

A Member’s Company Stock Account shall fully vest on his Normal Retirement Date, provided such Member is employed by the Employer on such date. A Member who continues in the Employer’s employment after his Normal Retirement Date shall continue to be a Member in the Plan until his actual retirement. Upon actual retirement on or after his Normal Retirement Date, a Member shall be entitled to the benefits provided for in this Article VII. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.2 (regarding the method of distribution) and Section 11.4 (regarding the time of distribution), any Member who becomes entitled to benefits under this Article VII shall receive benefits equal to the total amount in his Company Stock Account valued as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date on which such Member becomes entitled to such benefits.

 

7.2 Distribution of Retirement Benefits

 

Payment upon retirement shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of the Daily Administrator at the time and manner provided in Article XI.


End of Article VII

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 22


ARTICLE VIII

DISABILITY BENEFITS

 

8.1 Disability Retirement Benefits

 

If a Member incurs a Disability while in the employ of an Employer or terminates due to incurring a Disability, the Member’s Company Stock Account shall fully vest and he shall be entitled to receive a distribution of the balance in such Company Stock Account determined as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date on which such Member incurred a Disability.

 

8.2 Distribution of Disability Retirement Benefits

 

Payments resulting from a Member’s Disability shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of the Daily Administrator at the time and in the manner provided in Article XI.


End of Article VIII

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 23


ARTICLE IX

DEATH BENEFITS

 

9.1 Death Benefits

 

Upon the death of a Member while in the employ of an Employer, he shall be fully vested in his Company Stock Account. Provided proper proof of death has been filed with the Daily Administrator, the Member’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the full amount of his Company Stock Account as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date on which the Member dies.

 

Upon the death of a Member who is no longer employed by an Employer, his Beneficiary, determined pursuant to Section 9.3, shall be entitled to receive the vested balance of such Member’s Company Stock Account as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date of death.

 

9.2 Distribution of Death Benefits

 

Payments resulting from the death of a Member shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of the Daily Administrator at the time and in the manner provided in Article XI.

 

9.3 Designation of Beneficiaries

 

  (a) Beneficiary Designation . Each Member may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, and contingent Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, if desired, including the executor or administrator of his estate, to receive his interest in the Trust Fund in the event of his death. If the Member is married, his spouse must make a Qualified Consent to the designation of a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 9.3(b). Any designation of a Beneficiary shall not be effective for any purpose unless and until it has been filed with the Daily Administrator in the appropriate manner.

 

If the Member has a surviving spouse and the surviving spouse executed a Qualified Consent to the naming of another Beneficiary in accordance with Section 9.3(b), but the Beneficiary so named predeceases the Member, the amount, if any, which is payable with respect to the deceased Member shall be paid to the surviving spouse. If the Member does not have a surviving spouse and the deceased Member failed to name a Beneficiary, or the Beneficiary so named predeceases the Member, the amount, if any, which is payable under this Plan with respect to the deceased Member shall be paid to the Member’s estate, by payment in a lump sum.

 

The Daily Administrator or Benefits Committee may elect to have a court of applicable jurisdiction determine to whom a payment or payments should be made. Any payment made to any person pursuant to the power and discretion conferred upon the Daily Administrator or Benefits Committee by the preceding sentence shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations under the Plan in respect of such deceased Member and shall not be subject to review by anyone, but shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons ever interested hereunder.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 24


Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3(b) below, a Member may from time to time change any Beneficiary designated by him without notice to such Beneficiary, under such rules and regulations as the Daily Administrator may from time to time promulgate, but the most recent Beneficiary designation filed with the Daily Administrator shall control.

 

  (b) Qualified Consent . If, as of such Member’s death, such Member is married, such Member’s Company Stock Account shall, on his death, be paid to the surviving spouse to whom he was married at the date of his death unless the surviving spouse has made a Qualified Consent to the payment of any or all of said Company Stock Account to a designated Beneficiary other than the surviving spouse. A Member may, after obtaining a Qualified Consent, change his Beneficiary designation as permitted by Section 9.3(a) above, but any such change is subject to the requirements of this Section 9.3(b) and will require another Qualified Consent should the spouse, if surviving, not be the sole Beneficiary of all amounts in the Company Stock Account, unless a Qualified Consent previously executed by such spouse expressly authorizes changes in the Beneficiary without further consent of the spouse. A Qualified Consent is effective only with respect to the spouse who executes it. If the Daily Administrator is satisfied that there is no spouse, or that the spouse cannot reasonably be located, or in such other circumstances as permitted by governmental regulations, no Qualified Consent shall be required as a condition to payment pursuant to Section 9.1 to a Beneficiary who is not the surviving spouse.

 

  (c) Beneficiary in Case of Divorce . To the extent not prohibited by state or federal law, if a Member is divorced from his spouse and at the time of his death is not remarried to the person from whom he was divorced, any designation of such divorced spouse as his Beneficiary under the Plan filed prior to the divorce shall be null and void. Unless the Member files a new Beneficiary designation following such divorce, the interest of such divorced spouse failing hereunder shall vest in the persons specified in Section 9.3(a) above as if such divorced spouse did not survive the Member. If the Member files a new Beneficiary designation after the divorce naming the former spouse, such designation will be honored. Likewise, if the former spouse is designated as the Member’s Beneficiary in a QDRO, such Beneficiary designation will be honored by the Plan.

End of Article IX

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 25


ARTICLE X

SEPARATION FROM SERVICE BENEFITS

 

10.1 Vesting upon Separation from Service

 

As of the Effective Date, each Member will be fully vested in his Company Stock Account regardless of his Years of Service. A Member’s Company Stock Account will continue to be fully vested if while he is an Employee he dies, becomes Disabled or attains his Normal Retirement Date.

 

If a distribution was made to the Member prior to the Effective Date at a time when he was less than one hundred percent (100%) vested in his Company Stock Account and the Member is rehired before incurring five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service, the previously unvested portion of this Company Stock Account shall, subject to Section 10.2, be restored, if previously forfeited, or if not previously forfeited, shall not be forfeited, and the Member will be fully vested in such Company Stock Account at that time.

 

10.2 Restoration of Forfeiture

 

If a Member received a distribution from the Plan prior to the Effective Date (including a deemed distribution of zero (0) dollars) on account of his Separation from Service, any forfeiture of the unvested portion of his Company Stock Account made pursuant to the terms of the Plan in effect prior to the Effective Date, shall be restored (based on the number of shares forfeited and any fractional share amounts) to his Company Stock Account if he is reemployed by the Employer before incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service and repays in-kind the number of shares of Company Stock distributed and the fractional share cash amount received, determined as of the date of such distribution. Such repayment must be made before the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date which is five (5) years after the Member’s reemployment; or

 

  (b) the date on which the Member incurs five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution.

 

A reemployed Member who was not entitled to a distribution from the Plan on his date of termination of employment shall be considered to have repaid a distribution of zero (0) dollars on the date of his reemployment and his forfeited Company Stock Account shall be restored as of such date.

 

An Employee who repays such prior distribution or is deemed to repay such prior distribution will have a fully vested interest in his Company Stock Account as of the date of such repayment or deemed repayment, but will not be entitled to any future allocations of Employer Contributions or forfeitures as provided in Section 2.3.

 

Forfeited amounts to be restored by the Employer pursuant to this Section 10.2 shall be charged against and deducted from any forfeitures held in the Plan. If such forfeitures are not sufficient to provide such restoration, the Employer shall make a discretionary Employer Contribution for the number of shares needed (which shall be made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits) in an amount sufficient to restore such shares including fractional share amounts.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 26


10.3 Amendment to Vesting Schedule

 

The Company reserves the right to amend the vesting schedule set forth in Section 10.1 at any time, provided, that the Company will not amend the vesting schedule (and no amendment will be effective) if the amendment would reduce the vested percentage of any Member’s Company Stock Account derived from Employer Contributions (determined as of the later of the date the Company adopts the amendment, or the date the amendment becomes effective) to a percentage less than the vested percentage computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment.

 

If the vesting schedule of this Plan is amended, any Member who has completed at least three (3) Years of Service, as defined in Section 1.53, may elect to have his vested interest in his Company Stock Account computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment by notifying the Daily Administrator in writing during the election period hereinafter described. The election period will begin on the date such amendment is adopted and will end no earlier than the latest of the following dates:

 

  (a) The date which is sixty (60) days after the day such amendment is adopted;

 

  (b) The date which is sixty (60) days after the day such amendment becomes effective;

 

  (c) The date which is sixty (60) days after the day the Member is given written notice of such amendment by the Benefits Committee.

 

Any election made pursuant to this Section 10.3 will be irrevocable. The Daily Administrator, as soon as practicable, will forward a true copy of any amendment to the vesting schedule to each affected Member, together with an explanation of the effect of the amendment, the appropriate form upon which the Member may make an election to remain under the vesting schedule provided under the Plan before the amendment, and notice of the time within which the Member must make an election to remain under the prior vesting schedule.


End of Article X

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 27


ARTICLE XI

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

 

11.1 Time of Distribution

 

A Member shall be entitled to a distribution of his vested Company Stock Account on account of his:

 

  (a) retirement on or after his Normal Retirement Date;

 

  (b) Disability;

 

  (c) death; or

 

  (d) Separation from Service.

 

Such distribution shall be made as soon as practicable after the event entitling the Member or Beneficiary to such distribution; provided, however, that if the Member’s vested Company Stock Account exceeds (i) five thousand dollars ($5,000) prior to March 28, 2005 or (ii) one thousand dollars ($1,000) effective March 28, 2005 or the Member is entitled to a distribution by reason of Disability but has not incurred a Separation from Service, no distribution may be made to the Member without his consent. Instead, his Company Stock Account shall remain in the Trust until the earlier of the date the Member attains age sixty-five (65) or the Member elects to receive a distribution of his Company Stock Account; subject to the Member’s right to further defer such distribution pursuant to Section 11.5. The Company Stock Account shall continue to be valued in accordance with Article VI and will be charged with any maintenance fee charged by the recordkeeper. In the case of a distribution to a Beneficiary, such distribution shall be made no later than one (1) year following the Member’s death.

 

11.2 Method of Distribution

 

Payment of the Member’s vested Company Stock Account on account of the Member’s retirement, Disability or Separation from Service, shall be made in the form of whole shares of Common Stock plus cash in lieu of any fractional shares under one (1) or more of the following methods, as elected by the Member:

 

  (a) By payment in a lump sum payment; or

 

  (b) By Direct Rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan.

 

If a Member does not make an election under this Section 11.2, his vested Company Stock Account will automatically be paid in the form specified in Section 11.2(a) above.

 

11.3 Lump Sum Cashout

 

If at the time the Member or Beneficiary becomes entitled to a distribution pursuant to this Article XI, the value of the Member’s vested Company Stock Account is (a) five thousand dollars ($5,000) or less prior to March 28, 2005 or (b) one thousand dollars ($1,000) or less effective March 28, 2005, then his vested Company Stock Account shall be paid to or for the benefit of the Member, or in the case of his death to or for the benefit of his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, in whole shares of Company Stock with

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 28


fractional shares in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the Plan Year in which the Member terminates employment with the Employer. Alternatively, the Member or Beneficiary may elect to receive the distribution of the Member’s Accounts in the form of a Direct Rollover pursuant to Section 11.2.

 

If the Member does not incur a Separation from Service with the Employer but becomes entitled to a distribution of his vested Company Stock Account on account of Disability, no lump sum cashout will be made pursuant to this Section 11.3. However, the Member may request a distribution of his vested Company Stock Account pursuant to Section 11.2.

 

11.4 Required Commencement of Distribution of Benefits

 

Unless a Member elects otherwise, in no event shall the payment of benefits to a Member who has a Separation of Service begin later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occur:

 

  (a) the Member attains Normal Retirement Age;

 

  (b) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the year in which the Member commenced participation in the Plan;

 

  (c) the Member has a Separation from Service; or

 

  (d) the Member’s Required Beginning Date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, should an earlier payment date be required by section 409(o) of the Code, such earlier date shall apply.

 

11.5 Deferral of Distribution

 

A Member whose vested Company Stock Account exceeds (a) five thousand dollars ($5,000 prior to March 28, 2005 or (b) one thousand dollars ($1,000) effective March 28, 2005 may elect to defer the distribution of his vested Company Stock Account until his Required Beginning Date. If a Member elects to defer the distribution of his vested Company Stock Account, the distribution shall be based on the value of the Member’s vested Company Stock Account as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or preceding the date on which such distribution is actually made.

 

11.6 Distribution Notices

 

A Member’s consent to a distribution of his vested Company Stock Account is not valid unless the Member receives a notice from the Daily Administrator of his rights under the Plan, required under Treasury Regulation section 1.411(a)-11(c), including the right to defer the distribution of his vested Company Stock Account by withholding consent, no more than ninety (90) days and no less than thirty (30) days prior to the Member’s benefit commencement date. The Daily Administrator shall provide a written explanation of the opportunity to the Member to make a Direct Rollover and other special tax rules.

 

Such distribution of the Member’s vested Company Stock Account may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under Treasury Regulation section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that (a) the Daily Administrator clearly informs the

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 29


Member that the Member has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (b) the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

 

11.7 Limitations on Timing

 

The Member’s vested Company Stock Account shall be distributed to him in a lump sum no later than the Required Beginning Date. In the event of the death of a Member prior to distribution of his vested Company Stock Account, distribution of such deceased Member’s vested Company Stock Account shall be made to the Member’s designated Beneficiary (as determined as of the September 30th following the date of the Member’s death pursuant to Treasury regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-4) in a lump sum within one (1) year after the death of such Member. These lump sum forms of distribution automatically satisfy the minimum required distribution provisions of sections 401(a)(9)(A)(i) and 401(a)(9)(B)(ii) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder, including the incidental benefit requirements of section 401(a)(9)(G) of the Code. Distributions under this Plan will be made in accordance with section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury regulation sections 1.401(a)(9)-2 through 1.401(a)(9)-9 to the extent applicable. The provisions of this Section 11.7 shall override any distribution options provided herein that are inconsistent with section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

 

11.8 Benefits Payable Pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order

 

An immediate distribution of that portion of a Member’s vested Company Stock Account payable to an Alternate Payee pursuant to a QDRO shall be permitted even though the Member whose vested Company Stock Account has been assigned to the Alternate Payee would not be entitled to receive a distribution at such time, if all of the following requirements are met:

 

  (a) the Member’s Company Stock Account is one hundred percent (100%) vested and nonforfeitable at such time pursuant to Section 10.1;

 

  (b) the entire amount payable to the Alternate Payee does not exceed (i) five thousand dollars ($5,000) prior to March 28, 2005 or (ii) one thousand dollars ($1,000) effective March 28, 2005 or the Alternate Payee has requested immediate distribution in writing;

 

  (c) allocation pursuant to Section 5.3 of all amounts required to be paid to the Alternate Payee has been completed; and

 

  (d) the QDRO requires or permits immediate distribution.

 

In the event an Alternate Payee dies prior to distribution of the amounts payable to the Alternate Payee pursuant to the QDRO, the amount payable shall be distributed as provided in the QDRO. If the QDRO does not specify how such amounts are to be distributed in the event of the Alternate Payee’s death, the Benefits Committee may ascertain the requirements of applicable law by filing an interpleader or declaratory judgment action in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 30


11.9 Minors, Incompetents

 

If the Daily Administrator determines that any person entitled to payments under the Plan is a minor or incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, the Daily Administrator may cause any payment due to such person to be made to any other person for the benefit of the original payee, without responsibility to follow the application of amounts so paid. Payments made pursuant to this provision shall completely discharge the Employer, the Trustee, and the Daily Administrator.


End of Article XI

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 31


ARTICLE XII

TRUST AND TRUST AGREEMENT

 

12.1 Trust Agreement

 

The Company shall enter a Trust Agreement, which shall be a part of the Plan. All contributions made pursuant to Article III shall be paid to the Trustee. All such payments and increments thereon shall be held and disbursed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement, as each shall be applicable in the circumstances. No person shall have any interest in, or right to, any part of the funds held by the Trustee except as expressly provided in the Plan or Trust Agreement.

 

12.2 Trust Sole Source of Benefits

 

The Trust shall be the sole source of benefits under the Plan, and each Member, Beneficiary or any other person who shall claim the right to any payment of benefit under the Plan shall be entitled to look only to the Trust for such payment or benefit, and shall not have any right, claim or demand therefor against the Employer or any employee, officer or director of the Employer.


End of Article XII

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 32


ARTICLE XIII

ADMINISTRATION

 

13.1 Appointment of Benefits Committee

 

Responsibility for administration of this Plan shall be with the Company, which shall be the plan administrator and named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA. The Company may appoint a Benefits Committee consisting of at least three (3) persons to assist the Administrator in the administration of the Plan. If the Company does not appoint a Benefits Committee, the Company shall be considered the Benefits Committee for purposes of the Plan and the provisions of this Article XIII will apply to the Company in such capacity to such extent applicable. All actions taken by the Benefits Committee shall be deemed actions taken by the Administrator and the Administrator shall alone have fiduciary responsibility in connection with such actions, except with respect to willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

All usual and reasonable expenses of the Benefits Committee may be paid in whole or in part by the Administrator, and any expenses not paid by the Administrator shall be paid by the Trustee out of the principal or income of the Trust. The members of the Benefits Committee shall not receive compensation with respect to their services for the Benefits Committee. The members of the Benefits Committee shall serve without bond or security for the performance of their duties under the Plan unless the applicable law makes the furnishing of such bond or security mandatory or unless required by the Administrator. The Administrator may pay the premiums on any bond secured under this Section 13.1 including the purchase of fiduciary liability insurance for any person who becomes a fiduciary under this Plan.

 

13.2 Benefits Committee Powers and Duties

 

The Benefits Committee shall have such powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties under the Plan, including, but not by way of limitation, the following powers and duties:

 

  (a) to appoint the Daily Administrator to handle the day-to-day administration of the Plan and, if applicable, to appoint the Trustee;

 

  (b) to construe and interpret the Plan, decide all questions of eligibility and determine the amount, manner and time of payment of any benefits under the Plan;

 

  (c) to prescribe rules for the operation of the Plan;

 

  (d) to receive from the Employer and from Employees such information as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

 

  (e) to employ an independent qualified public accountant to examine the books, records, and any financial statements and schedules which are required to be included in the annual report;

 

  (f) to file with the appropriate government agency (or agencies) the annual report, plan description, summary plan description, and other pertinent documents which may be duly requested;

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 33


  (g) to file such terminal and supplementary reports as may be necessary in the event of the termination of the Plan;

 

  (h) to furnish each Employee and each Beneficiary receiving benefits under the Plan a summary plan description explaining the Plan;

 

  (i) to furnish any Employee or Beneficiary, who requests in writing, statements indicating such Employee’s or Beneficiary’s total account balances and vested benefits, if any;

 

  (j) to maintain all records necessary for verification of information required to be filed with the appropriate government agency or agencies;

 

  (k) to report to the Trustee all available information regarding the amount of benefits payable to each Employee, the computations with respect to the allocation of assets, and any other information which the Trustee may require in order to terminate the Plan;

 

  (l) to delegate to one or more of the members of the Benefits Committee the right to act in its behalf in all matters connected with the administration of the Plan and Trust;

 

  (m) to delegate to any individual such of the powers and duties as the Benefits Committee deems appropriate; and

 

  (n) to appoint or employ for the Plan any agents it deems advisable, including, but not limited to, legal counsel.

 

Except as provided in Section 16.2, the Benefits Committee shall have no power to add to, subtract from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, nor to change or add to any benefits provided by the Plan, nor to waive or fail to apply any requirements of eligibility for benefits under the Plan. All rules and decisions of the Benefits Committee shall be uniformly and consistently applied to all Employees in similar circumstances.

 

A majority of the members of the Benefits Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. No action shall be taken except upon a majority vote of the Benefits Committee members. An individual shall not vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or vote in any case in which his individual right or claim to any benefit under the Plan is particularly involved. In any case in which a Benefits Committee member is so disqualified to act, and the remaining members cannot agree, the Board of Directors of the Corporation will appoint a temporary substitute member to exercise all the powers of the disqualified member concerning the matter in which he is disqualified.

 

13.3 Appointment of Daily Administrator

 

The Company or Benefits Committee will appoint the Daily Administrator who will have the responsibility and duty to administer the Plan on a daily basis in a nondiscretionary manner. The Company or Benefits Committee may remove the Daily Administrator with or without cause at any time. The Daily Administrator may resign upon written notice to the Benefits Committee.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 34


13.4 Duties of Daily Administrator

 

The Daily Administrator will have the following duties:

 

  (a) To direct the administration of the Plan in accordance with the provisions herein set forth;

 

  (b) To adopt rules of procedure and regulations necessary for the administration of the Plan, provided such rules are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

 

  (c) To determine all questions with regard to rights of Employees, Members, and Beneficiaries under the Plan including, but not limited to, questions involving eligibility of an Employee to participate in the Plan and the value of a Member’s vested Company Stock Account;

 

  (d) To enforce the terms of the Plan and any rules and regulations adopted by the Benefits Committee;

 

  (e) To review and render decisions respecting an initial claim for a benefit under the Plan;

 

  (f) To furnish the Employer with information which the Employer may require for tax or other purposes;

 

  (g) To engage the service of counsel (who may, if appropriate, be counsel for the Employer), actuaries, and agents whom it may deem advisable to assist it with the performance of its duties;

 

  (h) To prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits;

 

  (i) To receive from the Employer and from Employees such information as is necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

 

  (j) To receive and review reports from the Trustee of the financial condition and receipts of and disbursements from the Trust Fund;

 

  (k) To establish and maintain, or cause to be maintained, the individual Company Stock Accounts described in Section 6.1;

 

  (l) To create and maintain such records and forms as are required for the efficient administration of the Plan;

 

  (m) To make all determinations and computations concerning the benefits, credits and debits to which any Member, or other Beneficiary, is entitled under the Plan;

 

  (n) To give the Trustee specific directions in writing with respect to:

 

  (i) the making of distribution payments, giving the names of the payees, the amounts to be paid and the time or times when payments will be made; and

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 35


  (ii) the making of any other payments which the Trustee is not by the terms of the Trust Agreement authorized to make without a direction in writing by the Daily Administrator;

 

  (o) To prepare, or cause to be prepared, an annual report for the Employer, as of the last day of each Plan Year, in such form as may be required by the Employer;

 

  (p) To determine and maintain records of the age and amount of Compensation, Hours of Service, Years of Eligibility Service and Years of Vesting Service of each Employee;

 

  (q) To comply with all applicable lawful reporting and disclosure requirements of ERISA;

 

  (r) To comply (or transfer responsibility for compliance to the Trustee) with all applicable Federal income tax withholding requirements for benefit distributions; and

 

  (s) To construe the Plan, in its sole and absolute discretion, and make equitable adjustments for any mistakes and errors made in the administration of the Plan.

 

The foregoing list of express duties is not intended to be either complete or conclusive, and the Daily Administrator will, in addition, exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as it may deem necessary, desirable, advisable or proper for the supervision and administration of the Plan.

 

13.5 Claim Procedures

 

The Daily Administrator shall determine Members’ and Beneficiaries’ initial rights to benefits under the Plan. For purposes of these claims procedures, the term “Claimant” shall refer to a Member or any beneficiary (or authorized representative) who has filed a written claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

All claims and appeals will be processed in accordance with the Plan and the Plan provisions will be applied consistently with respect to similarly situated Claimants. With regard to these claims procedures, in the event that the Company is serving as the Daily Administrator and the Benefits Committee, a different representative of the Company will make the determination of the claim at each level of review and the person who determines the appeal will not be the subordinate of the person who decided the initial claim.

 

A Claimant is required to follow the claims procedures described in this Section 13.5 as a condition precedent to commencing any legal or equitable action regarding a claim for benefits due or payable under the Plan. However, the Company may waive this requirement at any time.

 

  (a)

Filing A Claim . In the event that a claim for benefits is initially denied by the Daily Administrator under the terms of the Plan, the Claimant may file a written claim for benefits with the Daily Administrator, provided that such claim is filed within sixty (60) days of the date the Claimant receives notification of the Daily Administrator’s initial determination. However, if the Claimant does not make a

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 36


 

written claim for benefits within sixty (60) days, the initial decision made by the Daily Administrator regarding the benefits will become final.

 

  (b) Notice of Decision on Claim . The Daily Administrator will provide written or electronic notification to the Claimant of its decision on the claim. If the claim is denied, the Daily Administrator will explain:

 

  (i) the reason for the denial;

 

  (ii) the specific Plan provisions on which the denial was based;

 

  (iii) if any information is needed to perfect the claim, provide an explanation of the information required, and indicate why such information is needed;

 

  (iv) how and when to appeal the decision; and

 

  (v) the rights the Claimant has to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA, after completing the appeal process described under this Section 13.5.

 

The notice of a claim denial shall be given within a reasonable time period but no later than ninety (90) days after the claim is filed, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such extension is required, written notice shall be furnished to the Claimant within ninety (90) days of the date the claim was filed stating the specific circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which a decision on the claim can be expected, which shall be no more than one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date the claim was filed. If no notice of denial is provided as described herein, the Claimant may appeal as though the claim had been denied.

 

  (c) Appeal of Denied Claim . If the Claimant receives a notice of denial of a claim, the Claimant may appeal to the Benefits Committee, in writing within ninety (90) days after receipt of the notice of denial of a claim. In the written appeal, the Claimant may include the reasons for the appeal and submit any additional comments, documents, records or other information to support the Claimant’s rights to benefits under the Plan. Such information will be considered without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial claim. The Claimant will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to a claim. The Claimant may contact the Daily Administrator to establish a mutually agreeable time during normal business hours of the Company to review such documents.

 

  (d) Notice of Decision on Appeal . The Benefits Committee will then examine all of the facts and all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim and come to a final decision on the appeal. The Benefits Committee shall provide written notification to the Claimant of its decision regarding the appeal. If the claim is denied on appeal, the decision will:

 

  (i) include specific reasons for the decision;

 

  (ii) identify the Plan provisions relied upon;

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 37


  (iii) include a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim; and

 

  (iv) include a statement about the Claimant’s rights to bring an action under section 502(a) of ERISA, after completing the appeal process described under this Section 13.5.

 

The Claimant will be notified of the decision on appeal within sixty (60) days of the receipt of the appeal; but, in unusual circumstances, this period may be extended by up to sixty (60) additional days if the Claimant is given notice of the extension before the initial sixty (60) days has expired.

 

13.6 Benefits Committee Procedures

 

The Benefits Committee shall adopt such bylaws as it deems desirable. The Benefits Committee shall elect one of its members as chairman and shall elect a secretary who may, but need not, be a member of the Benefits Committee. The Benefits Committee shall advise the Trustee of such elections. The Secretary of the Benefits Committee shall keep a record of all meetings and forward all necessary communications to the Trustee.

 

13.7 Authorization of Benefit Payments

 

The Daily Administrator shall cause directions to be issued to the Trustee concerning all benefits which are to be paid from the Trust Fund pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Daily Administrator shall keep on file, in such manner as it may deem convenient or proper, all reports from the Trustee.

 

13.8 Payment of Expenses

 

All expenses incident to the administration, termination or protection of the Plan and Trust, including but not limited to, actuarial, legal, accounting, and Trustee’s fees, shall be paid by the Employer, or if not paid by the Employer, shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund and, until paid, shall constitute a first and prior claim and lien against the Trust Fund.

 

13.9 Unclaimed Benefits

 

The Administrator shall make a reasonable effort to locate all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan. If the Administrator cannot ascertain the whereabouts of any person to whom a payment is due, has been paid or is outstanding under the Plan, the Administrator may mail a notice by certified or registered mail of such due and owing payment to the last known address of such person, as shown on the records of the Administrator or the Employer. If such person has not made written claim therefor within three (3) months of the date of such mailing, the Administrator may, if it so elects and upon receiving advice from counsel to the Plan, direct that such payment and all remaining payments otherwise due such person be forfeited and the amount thereof applied to reduce the contributions of the Employer or used to offset Plan expenses.

 

Either upon or prior to the occurrence of the forfeiture under this Section 13.9, the Administrator may then notify the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 38


Service Disclosure Staff of the Member’s (or Beneficiary’s) failure to claim the distribution to which he is entitled. The Administrator may request the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service Disclosure Staff to notify the Member (or Beneficiary) in accordance with the procedures it has established for this purpose. Upon such forfeiture, the Plan and Trust Fund shall have no further liability therefor except that, in the event such Member or his Beneficiary later notifies the Administrator of his whereabouts and requests the payment or payments due to him under the Plan, the amount so applied shall be paid to him in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

13.10  Indemnity

 

The Employer will indemnify and hold harmless any member of the Board of Directors of the Employer and any Employee of the Employer from and against any and all loss resulting from liability to which any such person may be subjected by reason of any conduct (except willful or reckless misconduct) in a fiduciary capacity under this Plan or Trust, or both, including all expenses reasonably incurred in such person’s defense, in case the Employer fails to provide such defense. The indemnification provisions of this Section 13.10 shall not relieve any such person of any liability he may have under ERISA for breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

13.11  Mutual Exclusion of Responsibility

 

Neither the Trustee nor the Company shall be obligated to inquire into or be responsible for any act or failure to act, or the authority therefor, on the part of the other.

 

13.12  Uniformity of Discretionary Acts

 

Whenever in the administration or operation of the Plan discretionary actions by the Company, the Administrator or the Trustee are required or permitted, such action shall be consistently and uniformly applied to all persons similarly situated, and no such action shall be taken which shall discriminate in favor of officers, shareholders or Highly Compensated Employees.

 

13.13  Fiduciary Standard

 

Each fiduciary under the Plan shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interests of the Members and Beneficiaries and:

 

  (a) For the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Members and their Beneficiaries, and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

 

  (b) With the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and

 

  (c) In accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of Title I of ERISA.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 39


13.14  Litigation

 

In any action or judicial proceeding affecting the Plan and/or the Trust, it shall be necessary to join as parties only the Trustee and the Company. Except as may be otherwise required by law, no Member or Beneficiary shall be entitled to any notice or service of process, and any final judgment entered in such action shall be binding on all persons interested in, or claiming under, the Plan.


End of Article XIII

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 40


ARTICLE XIV

TENDERS AND VOTING

 

14.1 Tenders for Company Stock

 

  (a) Member Direction Offer - Offers of Company Stock Held in Trust . If the Trustee receives an offer (including but not limited to a tender offer or exchange within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as from time to time amended and in effect) to acquire any shares of Company Stock (including any class of securities into which Company Stock may be converted) held by the Trustee in the Trust (hereinafter referred to as an “Offer”), the Trustee shall furnish to each Member prompt notice of such Offer and such information as will be distributed to stockholders of the Company in connection with any such Offer, together with a form for providing instructions.

 

Each Member shall have the right, to the extent of the number of shares of Company Stock held in the Member’s Company Stock Account and his proportionate share of unallocated shares of Company Stock, to direct the Trustee in writing as to the manner in which to respond to an Offer. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a Member’s proportionate share of unallocated shares of Company Stock shall equal the total number of unallocated shares multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares allocated to the Member’s Company Stock Account and the denominator of which is the total number of shares allocated to Members’ Company Stock Accounts. If no shares of Company Stock have been allocated to the Company Stock Accounts of Members at the time of an Offer, then a Member’s proportionate share of unallocated shares of Company Stock shall equal the total number of unallocated shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of Members.

 

Upon receipt of such instructions from Members within the time period as may reasonably be specified by the Trustee, the Trustee shall respond as instructed by each Member with respect to Company Stock held in the Member’s Company Stock Account and with respect to the Member’s proportionate share of unallocated shares of Company Stock, determined as provided above. If the Trustee shall not receive instructions within the time period as may reasonably be specified by the Trustee from a Member (or Beneficiary) as to the manner in which to respond to such an Offer, the Trustee shall not tender or exchange any Company Stock held in such Member’s Company Stock Account, nor shall the Trustee tender or exchange such Member’s proportionate share of unallocated shares of Company Stock.

 

The instructions received by the Trustee from Members shall be held by the Trust in strict confidence and shall not be divulged or released to any person, including the Company, Board of Directors, officers or employees of the Company, the Administrator or Daily Administrator; provided, however, that to the extent necessary for the operation of the Plan, such instructions may be relayed by the Trustee to a record keeper, auditor or other person providing services to the Plan, it being the intent of this provision of Section 14.1 that the Company (and its Board of Directors, officers or employees) or the Administrator cannot determine the direction given by any Member.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 41


If, under the terms of an Offer or otherwise, any shares of Company Stock tendered for sale, exchange or transfer pursuant to such Offer may be withdrawn from such Offer, the Trustee shall follow instructions respecting the withdrawal of securities from such Offer in the same manner and the same proportion as shall be received by the Trustee, within the time period as may reasonably be specified by the Trustee, from the Members, as Named Fiduciaries, entitled under this paragraph to give instructions as to the sale, exchange or transfer of securities pursuant to such Offer.

 

  (b) Member Direction - Partial Offer of Company Stock Held in Trust . If the Trustee receives an Offer for fewer than all of the shares of Company stock held by the Trustee in the Trust (including any class of securities into which Company Stock may be converted), each Member shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the acceptance or rejection of such Offer (as provided by Section 14.1(a)) with respect to the largest portion of his Company Stock Account as may be possible given the total number or amount of shares of Company Stock the Plan may sell, exchange or transfer pursuant to the Offer based upon the instructions received by the Trustee from all other Members who shall instruct the Trustee, within the time period as may reasonably be specified by the Trustee, pursuant to this Section to sell, exchange or transfer such shares pursuant to such Offer, each on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Company Stock held in the Members’ Company Stock Accounts.

 

  (c) Confidentiality of Member Direction . In the event an Offer for any Company Stock held by the Trustee in the Trust (including any class of securities into which Company Stock may be converted) shall be received by the Trustee and the Members shall be entitled to direct the Trustee to accept, reject or withdraw an acceptance of such Offer pursuant to Sections 14.1(a) or (b):

 

  (i) the Company and the Trustee shall not interfere in any manner with the decision of any Member regarding the action of the Member with respect to such Offer (hereinafter referred to as an “Investment Decision”), and the Trustee shall arrange for such Investment Decision to be made and communicated to the Trustee on a confidential basis;

 

  (ii) the Trustee shall use its best efforts to communicate or cause to be communicated to all Members the provisions of the Plan and Trust Agreement relating to the right of Members to direct the Trustee with respect to Company Stock subject to such Offer, including the obligation of the Trustee to tender or exchange shares of unallocated Company Stock in proportion to Company Stock held in Members’ Company Stock Accounts for which instructions are received, and of the obligation of the Trustee to follow such directions;

 

  (iii) the Trustee shall use its best efforts to distribute or cause to be distributed to Members all communications directed generally to the owners of the securities to whom such Offer is made or is available; and

 

  (iv)

the Trustee shall use its best efforts to distribute or cause to be distributed to Members all communications that the Trustee may receive,

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 42


 

if any, from the persons making the Offer or any other interested party (including the Company) relating to the Offer.

 

The Company, the Administrator and/or Daily Administrator shall provide the Trustee with such information and assistance as the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with any communications or distributions to Members. In no event shall the communications to Members by the offeror, the Company or other interested parties or public communications directed generally to the owners of the securities which are the subject of an Offer be deemed to be interference in the making of an Investment Decision by any Member.

 

14.2 Voting Company Stock

 

Each Member (or, in the event of his death, his Beneficiary), as a Named Fiduciary, has the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which shares of Company Stock held in the Member’s Company Stock Account and the Member’s proportionate share of unallocated shares of Company Stock are to be voted on each matter brought before an annual or special stockholders’ meeting of the Company, or other event entitling holders of Company Stock to vote.

 

  (a) Proxy Solicitation Materials . Before each annual meeting or special meeting of the Company, or other event entitling holders of Company Stock to vote, the Trustee shall send or cause to be sent to each Member (or Beneficiary) a copy of the proxy solicitation material, as provided by the Company, together with a form requesting confidential instruction on how such Member’s shares of Company Stock shall be voted on each such matter. Upon receipt of such instructions from Members within the time period as may reasonably be specified by the Trustee, the Trustee shall on each such matter vote as directed by Members the number of Members’ shares (including fractional shares) of Company Stock held in Members’ Company Stock Accounts.

 

  (b) Confidentiality . The instructions received by the Trustee from Members shall be held by the Trustee in strict confidence and shall not be divulged or released to any person, including the Company, Board of Directors, officers or employees of the Company, or the Administrator; provided, however, that to the extent necessary for the operation of the Plan such instructions may be relayed by the Trustee to a recordkeeper, auditor or other person providing services to the Plan. The intention of this provision of Section 14.2 is that the Company (and its Board of Directors, officers, or employees) or the Administrator cannot determine the instruction given by any Member.

 

  (c) Information . The Company, the Administrator or the Daily Administrator shall provide the Trustee with such information and assistance as the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with any communications or distributions to Members. Upon receipt by the Trustee of any information or assistance which the Trustee may reasonably request from the Company, the Administrator or the Daily Administrator, the Trustee shall use its best efforts to:

 

  (i)

communicate or cause to be communicated to all Members the provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement relating to the right of Members to

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 43


 

direct the Trustee with respect to the voting of Company Stock and the Trustee’s obligation to follow such instructions;

 

  (ii) distribute or cause to be distributed to Members all communications directed generally to the owners of Company Stock entitled to vote; and

 

  (iii) distributed or cause to be distributed to Members all communications that the Trustee may receive, if any, from any person solicitating proxies or any other interested party (including the Company) relating to the matters being presented for a vote by the stockholders of the Company.

 

The Company, the Administrator, the Daily Administrator and the Trustee shall not interfere in any manner with the Member’s determination how to vote shares for which he is the named fiduciary and shall arrange for such vote to be made and communicated to the Trustee on a confidential basis. In no event shall the communications to Members with respect to matters being presented for a vote at a meeting of the stockholders of the Company by the Company or other interested parties or public communications directed generally to the stockholders of the Company be deemed to be interference in the making of a decision by any Member as to the voting of Company Stock.

 

14.3 Invalidity of Voting or Tender Offer Provisions

 

If a court of competent jurisdiction shall issue a final order, not subject to appeal or reconsideration or for which the time for appeal or reconsideration has expired, to the Plan, the Company or the Trustee, which shall, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, invalidate under ERISA or other applicable law in all circumstances or in any particular circumstances, any provision or provisions of Sections 14.1 or 14.2 regarding the manner in which Company Stock held in the Trust shall be tendered or voted or cause any such provision or provisions to conflict with ERISA or other applicable law, then, upon notice of such order to the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, such invalid or conflicting provisions of such Sections shall be given no further force or effect. In such circumstances, the Trustee shall nevertheless have no discretion to tender or to vote Company Stock held in the Trust unless required under such order, but shall follow instructions received from Members, to the extent such instructions have not been invalidated. To the extent required to exercise any residual fiduciary responsibility with respect to tendering or voting, the Trustee shall nevertheless solicit instructions from Members, as provided herein, and shall take into account in exercising its fiduciary judgment, unless it is clearly imprudent to do so, instructions received from Members within the same period as may reasonably be specified by the Trustee.


End of Article XIV

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 44


ARTICLE XV

TOP-HEAVY RULES

 

15.1 General Rule

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Article XV are included in the Plan pursuant to section 401(a)(10)(b)(ii) of the Code and will apply only in the event that the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan under section 416(g) of the Code for any Plan Year.

 

15.2 Definitions

 

  (a) A “ Top-Heavy Plan ” is (i) a plan in which, as of the determination date, the aggregate of accounts (or, in the case of a defined benefit plan, the present value of cumulative accrued benefits) of key employees under the plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate of the accounts (or the present value of cumulative accrued benefits) of all employees under the plan; and (ii) each plan which is required to be included in an aggregation group under section 416(g)(2) of the Code, if such group is a top-heavy group. The determination of whether a plan is top-heavy shall be made in accordance with section 416(g) of the Code;

 

  (b) A “ Key Employee ” is a person described in section 416(i) of the Code;

 

  (c) A “ Non-Key Employee ” is any employee who is not a key employee;

 

  (d) “Company” for purposes of this Article XV includes the Company and all entities aggregated with the Company under sections 414(b), (c) and (m) of the Code;

 

  (e) The “ Determination Date ” with respect to a Plan Year is (i) in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year, or (ii) the last day of the preceding Plan Year. When more than one plan is aggregated, the determination of whether the plans are top-heavy shall be made at a time consistent with regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury;

 

  (f) The “ Valuation Date ” for determining the value of plan accounts under this Article XV shall be the same date as the Determination Date.

 

15.3 Aggregation Groups

 

In determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the following plans shall be aggregated:

 

  (a) all plans of the Company in which a Key Employee participates; and

 

  (b) each other plan of the Company which enables any plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or section 410 of the Code.

 

The Company may, in its discretion, aggregate with the plans described in (a) and (b) of this Section 15.3 any other plans of the Company, provided the resulting group of plans satisfies sections 401(a)(4) and section 410 of the Code.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 45


15.4 Minimum Contribution Requirement

 

  (a) In each Plan Year in which a minimum contribution to the Plan is required because the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, it is intended that the Company will meet the minimum benefit and contribution requirements of section 416(c) of the Code by providing for each Non-Key Employee a minimum benefit under the RIP, provided each Non-Key Employee is a Member in the RIP, which complies with section 416(c)(2) of the Code. If the required minimum benefit is not provided by the RIP, then in each Plan Year in which a minimum contribution is required, the contribution allocation under the Plan for each non-key employee will be at least three percent (3%) of the Member’s Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

  (b) The percentage minimum contribution required under Section 15.4(a) shall in no event exceed the percentage at which contributions are made (or required to be made) under the Plan for the Plan Year for the Key Employee for whom such percentage is the highest for the Plan Year; provided, however, elective contributions on behalf of key employees shall be taken into account in determining the percentage minimum contribution required.

 

  (c) No minimum contribution will be required for a Member under the Plan for any Plan Year if the Company maintains another qualified plan under which a minimum benefit or contribution is being accrued or made for such Member in accordance with section 416(c) of the Code.

 

15.5 Vesting Schedule

 

As of the first day of any Plan Year in which the Plan has become a Top-Heavy Plan, the vesting schedule in Section 10.1 shall be amended (with respect to any Employee who is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service after the Plan has become a Top-Heavy Plan) to read as follows:

 

Number of Years of Service


   Vested Percentage

 

Less than 2

   0 %

2

   20 %

3

   40 %

4

   60 %

5

   80 %

6

   100 %

 

If the Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the Company Stock Account of a Member who, at that time, has less than three (3) Years of Service shall thereafter be determined under the vesting schedule in Section 10.1, instead of the vesting schedule in this Section 15.5, except that his vested percentage shall not be reduced below the nonforfeitable percentage that he had at the time the Plan ceased to be a Top-Heavy Plan. If the Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the Company Stock Account of a Member who, at that time, has three (3) or more Years of Service shall continue to be determined under the vesting schedule in this Section 15.5.


End of Article XV

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 46


ARTICLE XVI

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

16.1 Reservation of Right

 

The Company reserves the right to amend, or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time by following the procedures set forth in this Article XVI.

 

16.2 Amendment

 

The Board of Directors shall have authority to amend the Plan, at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, by duly adopting a resolution approving such amendment; provided, however, that no amendment shall impose new or increased duties or responsibilities upon the Trustee without the prior written consent of the Trustee to such amendment. The Board of Directors shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any such amendment. Any such amendment shall be binding upon all Employers. Such power to amend includes the right, without limitation, to make retroactive amendments referred to in section 401(b) of the Code. No amendment of the Plan shall be effective to reduce the benefits of any Member or his beneficiary accrued under the Plan on the effective date of the amendment, except to the extent that such reduction is permitted by ERISA or necessary to preserve the Plan’s qualified status under the Code. The Benefits Committee shall have the authority to amend the Plan to comply with changes in the law or to make other changes that will not materially increase the cost of maintaining the Plan to the Employers.

 

16.3 Plan Termination; Discontinuance of Contributions

 

  (a) The Board of Directors shall have the authority, by written notice to the Trustee, to terminate the Plan in its entirety by duly adopting a resolution approving such termination. The Board of Directors may at any time require any Employer to withdraw from the Plan, and any Employer may voluntarily withdraw with the consent of the Board of Directors, and upon such withdrawal, the Plan, in respect of such Employer, shall be terminated.

 

  (b) Upon termination of the Plan with respect to the Employer, the Trustee shall allocate and segregate for the benefit of the Members then or theretofore employed by such Employer their proportionate interest in the Trust Fund.

 

  (c) Any termination or partial termination shall be effective as of the date specified in the resolution providing therefor, if any, and shall be binding upon the Employer, the Trustee, the Administrator, all Members and all parties in interest.

 

  (d) Upon a termination of the Plan in its entirety, each Member shall be fully one hundred percent (100%) vested in the balance of his Company Stock Account, determined as of the date of such termination, and such benefit shall be nonforfeitable.

 

  (e) In the event of a partial termination of the Plan, the rights of all affected Members to their Company Stock Account balances, determined as of the date of such partial termination, shall be fully one hundred percent (100%) vested.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 47


  (f) Upon the termination of the Plan in its entirety, the Trustee shall:

 

  (i) pay any and all expenses chargeable against the Trust to the extent of Trust assets available to pay such expenses;

 

  (ii) determine the balance in each Member’s Company Stock Account;

 

  (iii) repay the ESOP Loan, as the Trustee and the lender shall agree, and in the case of sale of shares of Company Stock held in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account, allocate to each Member a portion of the balance of the proceeds remaining after repayment of the ESOP Loan. Each Member’s portion shall be determined by multiplying the remaining balance of the proceeds of sale by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Member’s Company Stock Account balance as of the date of termination of the Plan, and the denominator of which is the aggregate Company Stock Account balances for all Members in the Plan as of such date;

 

  (iv) pay over to each Member, in accordance with the provisions of section 403(d)(i) of ERISA, the balance in his Company Stock Account as soon as practicable after the Plan termination; and

 

  (v) as an alternate to the payments provided under (iv) above, and at the direction of the Company, continue to maintain the Trust and Plan to pay benefits in accordance with the provisions of Article XI, except that no Employee shall become a Member on or after the effective date of such termination.

 

  (g) For purposes of this Article XVI, the term “termination” shall include a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan.

End of Article XVI

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 48


ARTICLE XVII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

17.1 Nonrevision; Return of Contributions

 

  (a) General Rule Prohibiting Reversion . Except as provided in this Section 17.1, the assets of the Plan shall never inure to the benefit of any Employer, and shall be held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Members and their Beneficiaries, and for defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

 

  (b) Mistake of Fact . In the case of the Employer Contribution which is made by mistake of fact, this Section 17.1 shall not prohibit the return of the contribution to the Employer within one (1) year after the payment of the contribution.

 

  (c) Initial Qualification . If the Employer Contribution is conditioned upon initial qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto (and the application for determination was made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of Treasury may prescribe), and if the Plan does not so qualify under section 401(a) of the Code, then this Section 17.1 shall not prohibit the return of the contribution to the Employer within one (1) year after the date of denial of qualification of the Plan.

 

  (d) Deductibility . If the Employer Contribution is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution under section 404 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, then to the extent such contribution is disallowed, this Section 17.1 shall not prohibit the return to the Employer of the contribution (to the extent disallowed), within one (1) year after the disallowance.

 

17.2 Plan Merger

 

In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer in whole or in part of the assets or liabilities of the Trust to, another trust fund held under any other plan of deferred compensation maintained or to be established for the benefit of some or all of the Members of the Plan, the assets of the Trust applicable to such Members shall be transferred to the other trust fund only if such Member would (if either the Plan or the other Plan had then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

 

17.3 No Assignment or Alienation

 

Except as provided in a “QDRO” within the meaning of section 414(p) of the Code, the benefits under the Plan may not be assigned or alienated.

 

17.4 No Employment Contract

 

The adoption of the Plan is not a contract between any Employer and any Employee, nor does it give any Employee any right to continue employment with any Employer, or

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 49


interfere with the right of any Employer to discharge any Employee with or without cause.

 

17.5 Communications

 

Each Member, former Member, Beneficiary and dependent shall notify the Administrator in writing of such change in his post office address. Any communication, statement or notice to such person by the Employer, the Administrator, or the Trustee in connection with the Plan shall be sufficiently given or furnished if sent to such person by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to him at his last post office address as disclosed by the records of the Daily Administrator. Except as provided in Section 17.9, the Employer, the Administrator, the Daily Administrator and the Trustee shall have no obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any such person.

 

17.6 Applicable Law

 

The Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA and, to the extent state law is applicable, according to the laws of the State of Alabama.

 

17.7 Disqualification of the Employer

 

If, after initial qualification, it is finally determined that the plan and the trust of any Employer no longer meet the requirements of section 401(a) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, such Employer will no longer participate in the Plan and Trust as of the date of disqualification, and the assets of the Trust allocable to the Employer shall be aggregated as soon as possible after the date of final determination of disqualification and held as a separate fund.

 

17.8 Employer Acquisitions

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if any Employer becomes the successor to the business of another company, by whatever form or manner, at a time when such other company is not the Employer, and if employees of such other company become employees of the Employer, the terms and conditions under which such employees may participate in the Plan shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

  (b) Provided such action does not result in discrimination prohibited by section 410(a) of the Code, the Board of Directors may waive or vary requirements for participation in the Plan by such employees and/or may provide that service with such other company shall be considered continuous service with the Employer for any or all purposes of the Plan.

 

17.9 Indemnification

 

The Company may, by bylaw, agreement, resolution, or otherwise, indemnify and reimburse for any liability and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan, other than for gross negligence, the members of the Board of Directors, the Administrator, the Daily Administrator or any agents thereof.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 50


17.10  Headings

 

Headings in the Plan are for convenience only and are not intended to affect the meaning of the substantive provisions of the Plan.

 

17.11  Gender

 

Masculine pronouns used herein shall include the feminine, the singular number shall include the plural, and the plural shall be read as the singular.


End of Article XVII

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 51


EXECUTED this      day of                      , 2005.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:

   

Name:

   

Its:

   

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

    


APPENDIX A

 

SCHEDULE OF SPECIAL ELIGIBILITY

AND VESTING PROVISIONS

 

As a general rule, any prior service granted to employees of acquired entities or groups is limited to eligibility service and will not include vesting service. The exceptions, if any, to this general rule are set forth below.

 

ENTITY


  

TYPE OF SERVICE GRANTED


Ambulatory Surgery Centers

   Eligibility and Vesting

ASC Network Corporation

   Eligibility and Vesting

 

No further action except amending this schedule by the Daily Administrator shall be necessary to reflect prior service granted to employees of acquired entities or groups by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Note : Effective as of July 1, 2004 the eligibility provisions of the Plan were frozen and effective January 1, 2005 all Members were fully vested in their Company Stock Accounts. Accordingly, any grants of prior service granted to employees of acquired entities on and after these dates will be of no effect unless the eligibility provisions of the Plan are reactivated and the vesting schedule is amended on a prospective basis as provided pursuant to Article X.

 

HealthSouth Corporation

Employee Stock Benefit Plan

   Page 53

EXHIBIT 10.15

 

Execution Copy

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT between HealthSouth Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), and Jay F. Grinney (the “Executive”), dated as of May 3, 2004.

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to employ the Executive on the terms set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, the Executive has agreed to be employed by the Company on the terms set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company wish to set forth the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment in this Agreement;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants made herein and the mutual benefits to be derived from this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Employment Period . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company and its affiliates, for the period commencing on the Commencement Date (as defined herein) and ending on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date; provided that the Executive’s employment by the Company will automatically be extended by twelve (12) additional months on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and each annual anniversary thereafter unless either party provides written notice to the other party no less than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any such scheduled extension of its or his intention not to extend the term of the Executive’s employment (the original employment term plus any extension thereof being referred to herein as the “Employment Period”). For purposes hereof, the Commencement Date means the date the Executive commences employment with the Company which in all events shall be no earlier than May 3, 2004 and no later than May 17, 2004. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employment Period shall end on the date on which the Executive’s employment is terminated by either party in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2. Terms of Employment .

 

(a) Position and Duties .

 

(i) During the Employment Period, (A) the Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with overall charge and responsibility for the business and affairs of the Company, subject to the Board’s direction, and such other duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such positions. The Executive shall be a member of the Board and a member of the Special Committee of the Board (the “Special Committee”); provided that as a member of the Board and/or the Special Committee, the Executive shall not participate in any

 


deliberations or determinations regarding his own compensation, (B) the Executive shall report directly to the Board and (C) the Executive’s services shall be performed at the Company’s headquarters in Birmingham, Alabama.

 

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to devote his full business attention and time to the business and affairs of the Company and to use the Executive’s best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled (A) to serve as a member of the board of directors of one unaffiliated corporation during the first two years of the Employment Period and of two unaffiliated corporations thereafter, (B) to serve on trade and charitable boards and (C) to manage his personal and family investments, in each case referenced in clauses (A) to (C), to the extent such activities are not competitive with the business of the Company or its affiliates and do not interfere in any way, in the reasonable judgment of the Board (or a committee thereof), with the performance of his duties for the Company and are otherwise consistent with the Company’s governance policies.

 

(b) Compensation .

 

(i) Annual Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive an annual base salary (“Annual Base Salary”) at a rate of $900,000, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies. The Executive’s Annual Base Salary shall be pro rated for 2004 based upon the portion of the year commencing on the Commencement Date that he is employed by the Company. The Executive’s Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed annually for increase in the sole discretion of the Board. Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any increase, and the term Annual Base Salary as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to the Executive’s annual base salary as in effect at the time in question.

 

(ii) Annual Bonus . With respect to the year ending December 31, 2004, the Executive shall have a target annual bonus equal to 90% of his Annual Base Salary (the “2004 Target Bonus”). Payment of 80% of the 2004 Target Bonus (the “2004 EBITDA Portion”) shall be contingent upon the Company achieving an EBITDA target of $650,000,000 for 2004. The Executive shall earn between 0% and 200% of the 2004 EBITDA Portion based upon the Company’s achievement of EBITDA at the levels set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. For example, the 2004 EBITDA Portion of the bonus for 2004 shall not be earned unless the Company achieves an EBITDA of at least $630,000,000. The Special Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the Company’s actual EBITDA for 2004. Payment of the remaining 20% of the 2004 Target Bonus (the “Personal Performance Portion”) shall be contingent upon the Executive’s achievement of individual objectives to be established by the Special Committee within thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date. The Executive shall earn between 0% and 100% of the Personal Performance Portion based upon the degree to which the Special Committee, in its sole discretion, determines the Executive satisfies the individual objectives established by the Special Committee. With respect to each fiscal year commencing after December 31, 2004, the Executive shall have a target annual

 

2


bonus equal to 90% of his Annual Base Salary. The Special Committee shall establish, in its sole discretion, the performance and payment conditions applicable to such annual bonuses.

 

(iii) Special Equity Award . Effective as of the Commencement Date, the Company shall grant the Executive 100,000 shares of restricted stock (the “Restricted Stock Award”) pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Restricted Stock Plan. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (A) the Restricted Stock Award shall vest and cease to be restricted only if the Executive is employed by the Company on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and (B) the Executive will immediately forfeit the Restricted Stock Award if he ceases to be employed by the Company prior to the third anniversary of the Commencement Date. Effective as of the Commencement Date, the Company shall grant the Executive a stock option (the “Option”) to purchase an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Shares”) pursuant to the Company’s 1995 Stock Option Plan. The Option shall have a term of ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier expiration as provided herein. The per Share exercise price of the Shares underlying the Option shall be equal to the last reported sales price for a Share on the Commencement Date (or the immediately preceding trading day if the Commencement Date is not a trading day) as quoted by brokers and dealers trading in the Shares in the over-the-counter market. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to one-third of the Shares on each of the first three anniversaries of the Commencement Date (that is, 333,333 on the first anniversary, 333,333 on the second anniversary and 333,334 on the third anniversary) provided the Executive is employed by the Company on each such date. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 4 and 5 below, the Restricted Stock Award and Option shall be governed by the terms of the equity incentive plan(s) and/or agreements pursuant to which the Restricted Stock Award and Option are granted.

 

(iv) Long-Term Incentive Plans . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the ongoing equity and other long-term awards and programs of the Company on the same basis as other similarly-situated executives of the Company.

 

(v) Other Benefits and Perquisites . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s (A) employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements (including, without limitation, life insurance, 401(k), and disability insurance), (B) vacation and sick leave programs and (C) perquisite programs and arrangements, if any, in each case, on the same basis as generally provided to other similarly-situated executives of the Company, provided that commencing no later than fifteen (15) business days following the Commencement Date, the Company shall provide the Executive with disability insurance coverage that provides an annual long-term disability benefit equal to 60% of Annual Base Salary subject to the Executive being eligible for such coverage from a third party at commercially reasonable rates. The Board will use its best efforts, after taking into account the Company’s profitability, to establish a supplemental executive retirement program for senior executives (of which the Executive will be a participant).

 

3


(vi) Certain Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all appropriate business expenses in accordance with the terms of the Company’s policies and procedures in effect from time to time. In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the following relocation expenses: (A) two (2) house hunting trips in the Birmingham, Alabama area for the Executive and his family, (B) all reasonable closing costs incurred by the Executive in the sale of his primary residence in Tennessee, (C) transportation of the Executive’s household goods from his primary residence in Tennessee to his new primary residence in or around the Birmingham, Alabama area, (D) all reasonable closing costs for the purchase of the Executive’s new primary residence in or around the Birmingham, Alabama area and (E) temporary living expenses in or around the Birmingham, Alabama area and reasonable commuting costs from Tennessee to Birmingham, Alabama for the Executive until the earlier of the six (6) month anniversary of the Commencement Date or the date the Executive purchases a new primary residence (collectively, the “Relocation Expenses”). In the event the Company determines that the Executive is subject to federal, state or local tax on all or any portion of the Company’s reimbursement of the Relocation Expenses, the Company shall pay the Executive an additional amount equal to the amount of federal, state and local taxes the Executive is required to pay with respect to the Company’s reimbursement for the Relocation Expenses.

 

3. Termination of Employment .

 

(a) Death or Disability . The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Employment Period. In the event of the Executive’s Disability (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto), the Company may provide the Executive with written notice in accordance with Section 12(c) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executive’s employment due to Disability. In such event, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the date the Company sends such notice to the Executive (the “Disability Commencement Date”); provided that the Executive’s employment hereunder shall immediately terminate on the first date the Executive incurs a Disability as defined in clause (i) of the definition of Disability set forth on Exhibit B.

 

(b) With or Without Cause . The Executive is an employee at will and the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment either with or without Cause (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto). For purposes of this Agreement, a termination “without Cause” shall mean a termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment other than due to Cause, death or Disability.

 

(c) With or Without Good Reason . The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive voluntarily with or without Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto).

 

(d) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or the Executive (other than death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(c) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent

 

4


applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Date of Termination (which date shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

 

(e) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein within thirty (30) days of such notice, as the case may be, provided that if the event giving rise to a termination for Cause is pursuant to clauses (i), (iii), (vi) or (vii) of the definition of Cause, the date on which there is delivered to the Executive written notice of the requisite Board vote as set forth in the definition of “Cause” in Exhibit A, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein within thirty (30) days of such notice, as the case may be, (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, 30 days after the Company receives the Notice of Termination unless the Company has cured the alleged grounds for such termination within 30 days after such receipt or if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, 30 days after the Company receives the Notice of Termination, provided however, in either case the Company may accelerate the Date of Termination to an earlier date by providing the Executive notice of such action and (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of the Executive’s death or the Disability Commencement Date, as the case may be.

 

(f) Resignation . Upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive agrees to resign, effective as of the Date of Termination, from any positions that the Executive holds with the Company and its affiliates, the Board (and any committees thereof) and the board of directors (and any committees thereof) of any of the Company’s affiliates. The Executive hereby agrees to execute any and all documentation of such resignations upon request by the Company, but he shall be treated for all purposes as having so resigned upon termination of his employment, regardless of when or whether he executes any such documentation.

 

4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination .

 

(a) Good Reason; Without Cause . If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment without Cause, or the Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement or otherwise other than to pay or provide to the Executive the following amounts and benefits (provided the Executive has executed and not revoked a general release of claims against the Company in a form satisfactory to the Company):

 

(i) an amount equal to the Executive’s unpaid Annual Base Salary for services through the Date of Termination;

 

5


(ii) an amount equal to a pro rata portion (based upon the portion of the year elapsed through the Date of Termination) of the Executive’s annual bonus, if any, that the Executive would have earned for the year of termination based upon the Company’s actual performance for the entire year, payable when bonuses for such year are paid to other executives of the Company;

 

(iii) continued payment in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices of the Executive’s Annual Base Salary for the remainder of the Employment Period (without regard to its earlier termination hereunder), but in no event less than twenty-four (24) months;

 

(iv) immediate vesting as of the Date of Termination of the unvested portion of the Option, with continued exercisability of the outstanding portion of the Option for twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination;

 

(v) immediate vesting as of the Date of Termination of the unvested portion of the Restricted Stock Award;

 

(vi) continued participation for the remainder of the Employment Period (without regard to its earlier termination hereunder) in all medical, dental and life insurance coverages and all pension and welfare benefit plans and programs in which the Executive and his eligible dependents were participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination, but in no event less than twenty-four (24) months for any medical and/or dental plan; provided, however, that in the event that any of the benefit plans do not permit such continued participation, the Company shall provide the Executive (or his eligible dependents) with the economic equivalent of such participation on an after-tax basis;

 

(vii) payment of unpaid amounts earned or owing to the Executive, including any incentive payments earned for performance periods that have ended and any un-reimbursed business expenses; and

 

(viii) payment of other amounts, entitlements or benefits, if any, in accordance with applicable plans, programs, arrangement or other agreements of the Company and any affiliate.

 

(b) Death or Disability . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive or his legal representatives, as applicable, under this Agreement or otherwise other than for the payment of the amounts and provision of the benefits set forth below:

 

(i) payment of Annual Base Salary through the end of the month in which the Executive’s Date of Termination occurs;

 

6


(ii) an amount equal to the pro-rata portion (based upon the portion of the year elapsed through the Date of Termination) of the Executive’s target annual bonus for the year in which the Executive’s Date of Termination occurs;

 

(iii) in the event of the Executive’s death, full vesting as of the Date of Termination of the unvested portion of the Option with continued exercisability of the outstanding portion of the Option for twelve (12) months following the date of death and in the event of the termination of the Executive’s employment due to Disability, the unvested portion of the Option shall be immediately forfeited and the vested and outstanding portion of the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Executive’s Date of Termination;

 

(iv) full vesting as of the Date of Termination of the unvested portion of the Restricted Stock Award;

 

(v) continued participation for the remainder of the Employment Period (without regard to its earlier termination hereunder) in all medical, dental and life insurance coverages and all pension and welfare benefit plans and programs in which he (in the case of the Executive’s termination due to Disability) and his eligible dependents were participating immediately prior to the Executive’s Date of Termination (excluding continued participation in any short- or long-term disability plan), but in no event less than twelve (12) months for any medical and/or dental plan; provided, however, that in the event that any of the benefit plans do not permit such continued participation, the Company shall provide him (or his eligible dependents) with the economic equivalent on an after-tax basis;

 

(vi) payment of unpaid amounts earned or owing to the Executive, including any incentive payments earned for performance periods that have ended and any un-reimbursed business expenses; and

 

(vii) payment of other amounts, entitlements or benefits, if any, in accordance with applicable plans, programs, arrangement or other agreements of the Company and any affiliate.

 

(c) Cause or Voluntary Resignation Without Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for any reason other than Good Reason, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement or otherwise other than for the payment of the amounts and provision of the benefits set forth below:

 

(i) an amount equal to the Executive’s unpaid Annual Base Salary for services through the Date of Termination;

 

(ii) the portion of the Option that was vested and outstanding as of the Date of Termination, if any, shall remain exercisable for three (3) months after the Date of Termination, and the portion of the Option that was not vested as of the Date of Termination shall be forfeited and cancelled effective as of the Date of Termination;

 

7


(iii) the unvested portion of the Restricted Stock Award shall be forfeited and canceled as of the Date of Termination;

 

(iv) payment of unpaid amounts earned or owing to the Executive, including any incentive payments earned for performance periods that have ended and any un-reimbursed business expenses; and

 

(v) payment of other amounts, entitlements or benefits, if any, in accordance with applicable plans, programs, arrangement or other agreements of the Company and any affiliate.

 

(d) Termination Following a Notice of Non-Renewal . If the Company notifies the Executive of its intention to not extend the Employment Period as contemplated under Section 1 and the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company after the expiration of the Employment Period (except in the event of death, Disability or for Cause), the Executive shall be paid Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination and for twenty-four (24) months thereafter and all equity, including the Option and the Restricted Stock Award, shall be treated in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and/or award agreement, provided that the outstanding portion of the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination. For the avoidance of doubt, upon a notice of non-renewal delivered by the Company in accordance with Section 1 and provided the Executive’s employment has not been terminated prior to the expiration of the original three (3) year Employment Period in circumstances where the Option and Restricted Stock Award would not vest, the Option and the Restricted Stock Award shall fully vest upon the expiration of the original three (3) year Employment Period.

 

5. Change in Control Protections .

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto), all outstanding options to acquire Shares granted to the Executive by the Company shall immediately vest and become exercisable and all other equity-related awards granted to the Executive by the Company shall immediately vest and all restrictions thereon shall immediately lapse.

 

(b) This Section 5(b) shall apply if the Company terminates the Executive without Cause or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason during (i) the two-year period after a Change in Control or (ii) the six-month period preceding a Change in Control if such termination preceding a Change in Control was at the request of a third party or otherwise arose in anticipation of such Change in Control. If any such termination occurs, the Executive shall receive benefits set forth in Section 4(a) (provided the Executive has executed and not revoked a general release of claims against the Company in a form satisfactory to the Company), except that (A) the severance payable under clause (iii) of Section 4(a) shall not be less than two (2) times the sum of Annual Base Salary and annual target bonus for the year of termination and any severance due and outstanding following the Change in Control shall be paid in a lump-sum immediately following the Executive’s Date of Termination, provided that if the Executive’s employment is terminated hereunder within six (6) months prior to a Change in Control, the increased severance provided under this Section 5(b) shall only be due and payable if the Change

 

8


in Control has occurred, in which event any due and outstanding severance (after taking into account amounts paid to the Executive under clause (iii) of Section 4(a)) shall be paid in a lump sum immediately following the Change in Control and (B) the Company shall provide the Executive with outplacement services, the scope and provider of which shall be determined by the Executive.

 

6. Certain Additional Payments by the Company .

 

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution, benefit or other entitlement provided by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 6) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 6(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 6, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by the Company’s auditors or such other nationally recognized certified public accounting firm designated by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 6, shall be paid by the Company directly to the Internal Revenue Service within five days of the later of (i) the due date for the payment of any Excise Tax, and (ii) the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive, subject to the provisions of this Section 6. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 6(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

 

(c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.

 

9


The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the ninety (90) day period following the date on which he gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

 

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

 

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

 

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

 

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest, and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either pay the tax claimed to the appropriate taxing authority on behalf of the Executive and direct the Executive to sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that, if the Company pays such claim and directs the Executive to sue for a refund, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by the Executive in connection therewith and any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such payment or with respect to any imputed income in connection with such payment or suit for a refund.

 

(d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of a payment by the Company of an amount on the Executive’s behalf pursuant to Section 6(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall promptly after his receipt pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after payment by the Company of an amount on the Executive’s behalf pursuant to Section 6(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty

 

10


(30) days after such determination, then the amount of such payment shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

 

7. No Duplication; No Mitigation . In no event shall the Executive be entitled to duplicate payments or benefits under different provisions of this Agreement or pursuant to the terms of any other plan, program or arrangement of the Company or its affiliates. In the event of any termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be under no obligation to seek other employment, and, there shall be no offset against amounts due the Executive under this Agreement on account of any remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment except with respect to the continuation of benefits under Section 4(a)(vi) or 4(b)(v), which shall terminate immediately upon obtaining comparable coverage from another employer.

 

8. Indemnification . The Executive shall be entitled to indemnification in connection with a litigation or proceeding arising out of the Executive’s acting as President and Chief Executive Officer or an employee, officer or director of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted under the Company’s charter and by-laws and by applicable law. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to liability insurance coverage pursuant to a Company-purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy on the same basis as other directors and officers of the Company.

 

9. Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a) Confidentiality . During the Employment Period and thereafter, other than in the ordinary course of performing his duties for the Company, the Executive agrees that he shall not disclose to anyone or make use of any trade secret or proprietary or confidential information of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, including such trade secret or proprietary or confidential information of any customer or other entity to which the Company owes an obligation not to disclose such information, which he acquires during the course of his employment, including, but not limited to, records kept in the ordinary course of business, except when required to do so by a court of law, by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including a committee thereof) with apparent or actual jurisdiction to order him to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information. In the event the Executive is requested to disclose information as contemplated in the preceding sentence, the Executive agrees, unless otherwise prohibited by law, to use his best efforts to give the Company’s General Counsel prompt written notice of any request for disclosure in advance of the Executive making such disclosure in order to permit the Company a reasonable opportunity to challenge such disclosure. The foregoing shall not apply to information that (i) was known to the public prior to its disclosure by the Executive; or (ii) becomes known to the public through no wrongful disclosure by or act of the Executive or any representative of the Executive.

 

(b) Property Rights . Whether during the Employment Period or thereafter, the Executive agrees to hereby sell, assign and transfer to the Company all of his right, title and interest in and to all inventions, discoveries, improvements and copyrightable subject matter (the “Rights”) which during the period of his employment are made or conceived by him, alone or with others, and which are within or arise out of any general field of the Company’s business or arise out of any work he performs, or information he receives regarding the business of the

 

11


Company, while employed by the Company. The Executive shall fully disclose to the Company as promptly as available all information known or possessed by him concerning any Rights, and upon request by the Company and without any further remuneration in any form to him by the Company, but at the expense of the Company, execute all applications for patents and for copyright registration, assignments thereof and other instruments and do all things which the Company may deem necessary to vest and maintain in it the entire right, title and interest in and to all such Rights. The Executive agrees that at the time of the termination of employment, whether at the instance of the Executive or the Company, and regardless of the reasons therefore, he will promptly deliver to the Company’s General Counsel, and not keep or deliver to anyone else, any and all of the following which is in his possession or control: (i) Company property (including, without limitation, credit cards, computers, communication devices, home office equipment and other Company tangible property) and (ii) notes, files, memoranda, papers and, in general, any and all physical matter and computer files containing confidential or proprietary information of the Company or any of its affiliates, including any and all documents relating to the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its affiliates and any and all documents containing confidential or proprietary information of the customers of the Company or any of its affiliates, except for (x) any documents for which the Company’s General Counsel has given written consent to removal at the time of termination of the Executive’s employment and (y) any information necessary for the Executive to retain for his tax purposes.

 

(c) Non-Competition . The Executive acknowledges that in his capacity in management the Executive has had or will have a great deal of exposure and access of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information. Therefore, during the Executive’s employment and for twenty-four (24) months following termination of such employment (whether during the Employment Period or thereafter) or, for twelve (12) months if the Executive is terminated by the Company for Cause or due to Disability, to protect the Company’s trade secrets and other confidential and proprietary information, the Executive agrees that he shall not, other than in the ordinary course of performing his duties hereunder or as agreed by the Company in writing, engage in a “Competitive Business,” directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, director, officer, principal, agent, employee, trustee, consultant, or in any relationship or capacity, in any geographic location in which the Company or any of its affiliates is engaged in business. The Executive shall not be deemed to be in violation of this Section 9(c) by reason of the fact that he owns or acquires, solely as an investment, two percent (2%) or less of the outstanding equity securities (measured by value) of any publicly traded company. “Competitive Business” shall mean (x) the Executive’s participation in any unsolicited offer to purchase the stock or assets of the Company or (y) any business that competes anywhere in the world where the Company conducts any business or activity with (I) any business or activity, conducted by the Company as of the Executive’s Date of Termination or (II) any business or activity in which the Company is actively considering as of the Executive’s Date of Termination to engage.

 

(d) Non-Interference . The Executive acknowledges that information regarding the Company’s business and financial relations with its vendors and customers is Confidential Information and proprietary to the Company and that any interference with such relations based directly or indirectly on the use of such information would cause irreparable damage to the Company. The Executive acknowledges that by virtue of his employment with the Company, he has gained or may gain knowledge of such information concerning the

 

12


Company’s vendors and customers (respectively “Vendor Information” or “Customer Information”), and that he would inevitably have to draw on this Vendor Information and Customer Information and on other Confidential Information if he were to solicit or service the Company’s vendors or customers on behalf of a competing business enterprise. Accordingly, and subject to the immediately following sentence, the Executive agrees that, other than in the ordinary course of performing his duties for the Company, during the Executive’s employment and for the thirty-six (36) month period following the termination of such employment (whether during the Employment Period or thereafter) (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive will not, on behalf of himself or any other person or entity, directly or indirectly seek to encourage or induce any vendor or customer of the Company to cease doing business with, or lessen its business with, the Company, or otherwise interfere with or damage (or attempt to interfere with or damage) any of the Company’s relationships with its vendors and customers. No action by another person or entity in engaging in such encouragement or inducement as described in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a breach of this provision by the Executive unless the Executive assisted, encouraged or otherwise counseled such person or entity to engage in such activity.

 

(e) Non-Solicitation . The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period (other than in the ordinary course of performing his duties for the Company), he will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) hire any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates who is then an employee of the Company or such affiliate or was an employee during the prior six (6)-month period, or (ii) solicit or encourage any such employee to leave the employ of the Company or such affiliate, as the case may be. No action by another person or entity in engaging in such hiring, solicitation or encouragement as described in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a breach of this provision by the Executive unless the Executive assisted, encouraged or otherwise counseled such person or entity to engage in such activity.

 

(f) Public Comment . The Executive, during the Employment Period and at all times thereafter, shall not (i) make any public derogatory comment concerning the Company or its affiliates or anyone whom the Executive knows to be a current or former director, officer, stockholder or employee of the Company or (ii) publish or produce any information or write any book, article, screenplay, teleplay or similar type of publication relating to the Company or its affiliates or anyone whom the Executive knows to be a current or former director, officer, stockholder or employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9(f) shall prohibit the Executive from responding publicly to incorrect, disparaging or derogatory public statements about the Company or the Executive relating to his employment with the Company.

 

(g) Blue Penciling . If any restrictions on competitive or other activities contained in this Section 9 shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, such restrictions shall be construed so as thereafter to be limited or reduced to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law; it being understood that by the execution of this Agreement, (i) the parties hereto regard such restrictions as reasonable and compatible with their respective rights and (ii) the Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions will not prevent him from obtaining gainful employment subsequent to the termination of his employment.

 

13


(h) Injunctive Relief . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and obligations of the Executive set forth in this Section 9 relate to special, unique and extraordinary services rendered by the Executive to the Company and that a violation of any of the terms of such covenants and obligations will cause the Company irreparable injury for which adequate remedies are not available at law. Therefore, the Executive agrees that the Company shall be entitled to seek an injunction, restraining order or other temporary or permanent equitable relief (without the requirement to post bond) restraining the Executive from committing any violation of the covenants and obligations contained herein. These injunctive remedies are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights and remedies the Company may have at law or in equity. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the foregoing restrictive covenants, but such claim or cause of action shall be determined separately.

 

(i) Survival . The provisions of this Section 9 shall remain in full force and effect until the expiration of the periods specified herein notwithstanding the earlier termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder or the expiration of the Employment Period. For purposes of this Section 9, “Company” shall mean the Company and any affiliate of the Company.

 

10. Dispute Resolution/Legal Fees . Except to the extent necessary to enforce the provisions of Section 9 hereof in accordance with Section 9(g) or (h), any disputes under this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in Birmingham, Alabama in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Subject to review of time entries and other documentation, the Company shall pay reasonable legal fees incurred by the Executive in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement (and the preceding term sheet) up to a maximum of $40,000.

 

11. Successors .

 

(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, heirs or legatees.

 

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. No rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Company without the Executive’s prior written consent except that such rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred pursuant to a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing entity, or a sale, liquidation or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and assumes the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company under this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law.

 

12. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) The Executive represents and warrants that he has the free and unfettered right to enter into this Agreement and to perform his obligations under it and that he knows of no

 

14


agreement between him and any other person, firm or organization, or any law or regulation, that would be violated by the performance of his obligations under this Agreement. The Executive agrees that he will not use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information of any prior employer in the course of performing his duties for the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

 

(c) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by reputable overnight courier, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive :   

At the most recent address

on file at the Company.

If to the Company :   

HealthSouth Corporation

1 HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, AL 35243

     Attention: General Counsel

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

 

(d) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(e) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(f) No waiver shall be valid unless in writing signed by the party providing the waiver (that is, by the Executive or an authorized officer of the Company, as the case may be).

 

(g) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, discussions, negotiations and undertakings, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect thereto (including, without limitation, the term sheet previously negotiated by the parties). In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other agreement or plan relating to the Option and/or Restricted Stock Award, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. Any provision of this Agreement, to the extent

 

15


necessary to carry out the intent of such provision, shall survive after the expiration of the Employment Period.

 

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Agreement shall not become effective or binding on the Company until the completion, to the Company’s sole satisfaction, of a criminal background check regarding the Executive and a drug screening test of the Executive.

 

(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be effective for all purposes.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

JAY F. GRINNEY
/s/ Jay F. Grinney
HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Joel C. Gordon

Name:

 

Joel C. Gordon

Title:

 

Acting Chairman of the Board

 

17


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, for all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

“affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean a person or other entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the person or other entity specified.

 

“Disability” shall mean (i) the Executive becomes eligible for full benefits under a long-term disability policy provided by the Company or (ii) the Executive has been unable, due to physical or mental illness or incapacity, to substantially perform the essential duties of his employment with reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of ninety (90) days or an aggregate of one-hundred eighty (180) days during any consecutive twelve (12)-month period.

 

“Cause” shall mean:

 

(i) the Executive’s act of fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement with respect to the Company or any material affiliate;

 

(ii) the Executive’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilt or no contest to any felony (other than a minor traffic violation);

 

(iii) in carrying out his duties, the Executive engages in conduct that constitutes willful gross neglect or willful gross misconduct resulting, in either case, in material harm to the Company’s business or reputation;

 

(iv) the suspension or debarment of the Executive from participation in any federal or state health care program as a result of any act or omission of the Executive in connection with his employment with the Company or the suspension or debarment of the Company or any of its affiliates, from participation in any federal or state health care program as a result of any willful act or omission of the Executive in connection with his employment with the Company;

 

(v) the Executive’s admission of liability of, or a finding by a court or the applicable regulatory agency or body of liability for, the violation of any “Securities Laws” (but excluding any technical violations of any Securities Laws which are not criminal in nature); as used herein, the term “Securities Laws” means any federal or state law, rule or regulation governing the issuance or exchange of securities, including without limitation the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(vi) the Executive’s failure after reasonable prior written notice from the Company to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Board; or

 

(vii) the Executive’s material breach of any restrictive covenant set forth in Section 9 of this Agreement.

 

B-1


For purposes of this definition of “Cause, an action or failure to act by the Executive shall not be considered “willful” if the Executive believed in good faith that his action or failure to act was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and its affiliates. Anything notwithstanding to the contrary, the Executive’s employment shall not be terminated for “Cause” within the meaning of clauses (i), (iii), (vi) or (vii) above, unless the Executive has been given written notice by the Board stating the basis for such termination and he is given fifteen (15) days to cure the neglect or conduct that is the basis of any such claim and, if he fails to cure such conduct, or such conduct cannot be cured, the Executive has an opportunity to be heard before the full Board and after such hearing, the Board gives the Executive written notice confirming that in the judgment of a majority of the members of the Board (other than the Executive, if applicable) “Cause” for terminating the Executive’s employment on the basis exists.

 

“Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following without the Executive’s written consent:

 

(i) a reduction in the Executive’s then current Annual Base Salary or target bonus opportunity;

 

(ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s positions, duties or authorities;

 

(iii) failure to appoint (or reappoint) the Executive to the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and as a member of the Board or the removal of the Executive from any such position;

 

(iv) a change in reporting structure so that the Executive reports to someone other than the Board;

 

(v) the Company materially breaches a material provision of this Agreement (provided that in no event shall relocation of the Executive’s principal place of business or any failure by the Board or the Company to establish a supplemental executive retirement plan or to provide a supplemental pension benefit for the Executive be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement); or

 

(vi) the failure of any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to assume this Agreement, whether in writing or by operation of law.

 

Anything notwithstanding to the contrary, the Executive may only terminate his employment for “Good Reason” upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Company (provided the Company does not cure the event or events giving rise to Good Reason prior to the expiration of such thirty (30)-day notice period).

 

“Change in Control” will be deemed to have taken place if:

 

(i) any person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than the Company or any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of Company securities having 50% or more of the combined voting

 

B-2


power of the then outstanding securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company (other than as a result of the issuance of securities initiated by the Company in the ordinary course of business);

 

(ii) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, the holders of all the Company’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction constitute, following such transaction, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of such surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) after such transactions; or

 

(iii) the Company sells, transfers or leases all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, including its subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence of one of the following events, by itself, will not be deemed to constitute a “Change in Control”: the Company (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding or (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding, in either case, pursuant to or within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state law relating to insolvency or relief of debtors.

 

B-3

EXHIBIT 10.16

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), made and entered into as of June 30, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), is by and between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Corporation”), and MICHAEL D. SNOW, an individual resident of Texas (the “Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Corporation desires to employ the Executive as its Chief Operating Officer effective as of the Effective Date, and the Executive desires to accept such employment effective as of the Effective Date, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Employment . The Corporation hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, all on the terms and conditions herein.

 

Section 2. Services; Extent of Services .

 

(a) Duties and Responsibilities . The Executive is hereby employed as Chief Operating Officer, the authority, duties and responsibilities of which will be as follows: the Executive will

 

(i) have the oversight responsibility, including operational, quality and profit and loss (“P&L”) responsibility, for each of the operating divisions of the Corporation (each, a “Division”) which divisions are currently identified as the Inpatient Division, the Surgery Center Division, the Outpatient Division and the Diagnostic Division and each of which currently is managed by a Division President who will report to the Executive;

 

(ii) have the direct responsibility, including operational, quality and P&L responsibility, for the Corporation’s general acute care hospitals;

 

(iii) have the oversight responsibility for the Corporation’s managed-care activities, which currently is managed by the Corporation’s Senior Vice President, National Payors who will report to the Executive;

 

(iv) have the oversight responsibility for the Corporation’s development activities, which currently are managed by the Corporation’s Senior Vice President, Development who will report to the Executive;

 

1


(v) have the direct responsibility for the Corporation’s quality assurance activities; and

 

(vi) have such other powers, duties and responsibilities as may be determined or directed by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and/or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Executive will report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and will comply with the various policies, procedures and codes of conduct of the Corporation in effect from time to time which apply to other employees and executive officers.

 

(b) Full Business Attention . The Executive will devote his full business attention and energies to the business of the Corporation during the Term (as defined below) and will physically report and will render all the Executive’s services contemplated hereunder to the Corporation at its offices in Birmingham, Alabama or at any other location in which the Corporation is headquartered; provided , however , that the foregoing requirement to render services in Birmingham shall not apply when the Executive is traveling on company business.

 

(c) Other Activities . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2(b), the Executive will be permitted to engage in the following activities, provided that such activities do not materially interfere or conflict with the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Corporation:

 

(i) the Executive may serve on the governing boards of, or otherwise participate in, a reasonable number of trade associations and charitable organizations whose purposes are not inconsistent with the activities and the image of the Corporation;

 

(ii) the Executive may engage in a reasonable amount of charitable activities and community affairs; and

 

(iii) subject to the prior approval of the Nominating / Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Executive may serve on the board of directors of up to one (1) business corporations or other for-profit entities, provided that they do not compete, directly or indirectly, with the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Compensation .

 

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of the services provided hereunder, the Corporation shall pay the Executive during the Term a salary of Six Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($600,000) per year (the “Base Salary”). The Corporation shall pay the Base Salary in arrears in equal installments in accordance with the Corporation’s payroll policy in effect from time to time for other similarly-situated officers of the Corporation. The Executive’s Base Salary shall be prorated for 2004 based upon the portion of the year remaining on the Effective Date.

 

(b) Bonus . With respect to the year ending December 31, 2004, the Executive shall have a target annual bonus of 80% of the Base Salary (the “2004 Target Bonus”). Payment of 70% of the 2004 Target Bonus (the “2004 EBITDA Portion”) shall be contingent upon the

 

2


Corporation achieving an EBITDA target of $650 million for the year ending December 31, 2004. The Executive shall earn between 0% and 200% of the 2004 EBITDA Portion based upon the Corporation’s achievement of EBITDA at levels set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto. For example, the 2004 EBITDA Portion of the bonus for the year ending December 31, 2004 shall not be earned unless the Corporation achieves an EBITDA of at least $630 million. The Special Committee of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Special Committee”) shall determine, in its sole discretion, the Corporation’s actual EBITDA for the year ending December 31, 2004. Payment of the remaining 30% of the 2004 Target Bonus (the “Personal Performance Portion”) shall be contingent upon the Executive’s achievement of individual objectives to be established by the Chief Executive Officer within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date. The Executive shall earn between 0% and 100% of the Personal Performance Portion based upon the degree to which the Chief Executive Officer, in his sole discretion, determines that the Executive satisfies the individual objectives established by the Chief Executive Officer. With respect to each fiscal year after December 31, 2004, the Executive shall have a target annual bonus equal to 90% of the Base Salary. The Special Committee shall establish, in its sole discretion, the performance and payment conditions applicable to such annual bonuses.

 

(c) Benefits . During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i) Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans of the Corporation (including incentive or equity compensation plans) on such terms as are offered for the general benefit of other similarly-situated officers of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of such plans as may be in effect from time to time.

 

(ii) Vacation; Sick Leave . The Executive will be entitled to vacation and sick leave on such terms as are offered for the benefit of other similarly-situated officers of the Corporation.

 

(d) Expense Reimbursement . The Corporation shall reimburse the Executive, in accordance with the Corporation’s policies, for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder. Most relocation expenses are classified as taxable income under applicable sections of the Internal Revenue Code. The Corporation will “gross-up” reimbursements for relocation expenses that are not considered tax deductible to cover withholdings for such expenses at applicable rates.

 

(e) Taxes . All payments made by the Corporation under this Agreement will be subject to withholding of such amounts as is required pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(f) Equity Incentives . The Corporation agrees to provide the Executive with equity incentives commensurate with the Executive’s position and responsibilities with the Corporation.

 

3


(g) Relocation Expenses . The Corporation shall reimburse the Executive for the following expenses (to the extent they are reasonable and appropriately documented) incurred by the Executive in connection with such relocation:

 

(i) two house hunting trips for the Executive and his spouse for the purpose of searching for a new primary residence;

 

(ii) temporary living and weekly commuting expenses for a period of six (6) months from the Effective Date ;

 

(iii) transportation of household goods and vehicles to a new primary residence;

 

(iv) storage of household goods for a period of six (6) months from the Effective Date;

 

(v) closing costs, including legal fees, incurred in connection with the purchase of the primary residence in Birmingham, Alabama or surrounding communities; and

 

(vi) closing costs, including real estate agency commissions relating to the sale of the Executive’s primary residence in Texas.

 

(h) Special Equity Award . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Corporation shall grant the Executive

 

(i) 75,000 shares of restricted stock (the “Restricted Stock”) pursuant to the Corporation’s 1998 Restricted Stock Plan. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (A) the Restricted Stock award shall vest and cease to be restricted only if the Executive is employed by the Corporation on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and (B) the Executive will immediately forfeit the Restricted Stock if he ceases to be employed by the Corporation prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date; and

 

(ii) a stock option (the “Option”) to purchase an aggregate of 105,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Shares”), pursuant to the Corporation’s 1995 Stock Option Plan. The Option shall have a term often (10) years from the date of grant, subject to earlier expiration as provided herein. The per Share exercise price of the Shares underlying the Option shall be equal to the last reported sales price for a Share on the Effective Date (or the immediately preceding trading day if the Effective Date is not a trading day) as quoted by brokers and dealers trading in the Shares in the over-the-counter market. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to one-third of the Shares on each of the first three anniversaries of the Effective Date provided the Executive is employed by the Corporation on each such date.

 

4


Except as otherwise provided herein, the Restricted Stock award and Option shall be governed by the terms of the equity incentive plan(s) and/or agreements pursuant to which the Restricted Stock award and Option are granted.

 

(h) Sign-On Bonus . The Executive shall be entitled to receive a one-time payment of One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000), payable within fifteen (15) business from the Effective Date.

 

Section 4. Term . The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue for a term of three (3) years following the Effective Date (the “Term”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 below.

 

Section 5. Termination of Employment .

 

(a) Termination by Corporation for Cause . The Executive’s employment by the Corporation will terminate immediately upon written notice to the Executive if the Corporation elects to discharge the Executive for Cause (as hereinafter defined). For purposes hereof, “Cause” means:

 

(i) the Executive’s act of fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement with respect to the Corporation;

 

(ii) the Executive’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilt or no contest to, any felony;

 

(iii) the suspension or debarment of the Executive or of the Corporation or any of its affiliated companies or entities as a direct result of any act or omission of the Executive in connection with his employment with the Corporation from participation in any Federal or state health care program;

 

(iv) the Executive’s admission of liability of, or finding of liability for, the violation of any “Securities Laws” (as hereinafter defined). As used herein, the term “Securities Laws” means any Federal or state law, rule or regulation governing the issuance or exchange of securities, including without limitation the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(v) a formal indication any agency or instrumentality of any state or the United States of America, including but not limited to the United States Department of Justice, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any committee of the United States Congress that the Executive is a target or subject of any investigation or proceeding into the actions or inactions of the Executive (collectively, the “Investigations”);

 

5


(vi) the Executive’s failure after reasonable prior written notice to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Corporation; or

 

(vii) Other than as provided in Sections 5(a)(i) – (vi) above, the Executive’s material breach of any material provision of this Agreement that is not remedied within fifteen (15) days of the Executive being provided written notice thereof from the Corporation.

 

Repeated breaches of a similar nature, such as the failure to report to work, perform duties, or follow directions, all as provided herein, shall not require additional notices as provided Section 5(a)(vi) or (vii).

 

(b) Termination by Corporation Without Cause . The Corporation may terminate this Agreement Without Cause upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Executive. Any termination of this Agreement by the Corporation for a reason other than for Cause shall be considered a termination Without Cause. By way of example, should the Corporation terminate this Agreement due solely to the fact that a new Chief Executive Officer terminate the Executive’s employment or substantially diminishes the Executive’s duties, authority or responsibility as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer so that they are no longer consistent with the position of chief operating officer of a public corporation, such termination or diminishment would be considered a termination Without Cause.

 

(c) Death or Disability . The Executive’s employment by the Corporation will immediately terminate upon the Executive’s death and, at the option of either the Executive or the Corporation, exercisable upon written notice to the other party, may terminate upon the Executive’s Disability (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” will occur if (i) the Executive becomes eligible for full benefits under a long-term disability policy provided by the Corporation, if any, or (ii) the Executive has been unable, due to physical or mental illness or incapacity, to perform the essential duties of his employment with reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of ninety (90) days or an aggregate of one-hundred eighty (180) days during the Term.

 

(d) Termination by the Executive for Good Reason . The Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Corporation and the Corporation fails to cure such event within such thirty-day period (any such termination referenced in clauses (i)-(iii) below, constituting termination for “Good Reason”):

 

(i) if the Corporation fails to make all or any portion of any payment, or offer all or any portion any benefits, required by Section 3 hereof when such payments or benefits are due;

 

(ii) if the Corporation materially modifies the senior management bonus plan or equity incentive plan such that the targeted cash bonus levels and targeted incentive compensation levels applicable to the Executive are materially lower than those levels of other similarly-situated executive officers of the Corporation; and

 

6


(iii) except as otherwise set forth in clauses (i) or (ii) above, if the Corporation materially breaches any of its other duties or obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Termination by the Executive without Good Reason . The Executive may terminate this Agreement without Good Reason upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Corporation.

 

(f) Change in Control . The Executive may terminate this Agreement within sixty (60) days following a “Change in Control” (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” will be deemed to have taken place if, whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions:

 

(i) any person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than the Corporation, or any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of the Corporation’s securities having fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Corporation that may be cast for the election of directors of the Corporation or otherwise has the ability to elect the directors of the Corporation (other than as a result of the issuance of securities initiated by the Corporation in the ordinary course of business);

 

(ii) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, the holders of all the Corporation’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction constitute, following such transaction, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of such surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) after such transactions; or

 

(iii) the Corporation sells, transfers or leases all or substantially all of the assets or business or of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, collectively.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence of any of the following events, by themselves, will not be deemed to constitute a “Change in Control”: (x) if, pursuant to or within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state law relating to insolvency or relief of debtors, the Corporation (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding (and the Change of Control takes place pursuant to such proceeding); or (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case (and the Change of Control takes place pursuant to such proceeding); or (y) if any of the events or transactions otherwise constituting a Change of Control under this Section 5(f) shall not involve, at the time or within a sixty (60) day period thereafter, a substantial diminishment in the Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities as Chief Operating Officer so that they are no longer consistent with the position of chief operating officer of a public corporation.

 

7


Section 6. Effect of Termination .

 

(a) Termination by the Corporation for Cause; Termination by the Executive Without Good Reason . Upon termination of this Agreement (i) by the Corporation for Cause pursuant to Section 5(a) above, or (ii) by the Executive Without Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(e) above, the Executive will be entitled to receive (i) Base Salary and bonus payments, payments in respect of accrued but unpaid vacation and reimbursement for business expenses, in each case due, accrued or payable as of the date of such termination, and (ii) such vested stock options and other benefits as the Executive may be entitled to receive under any stock option or other employee benefit plan, but will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment (as defined in Section 6(c) below).

 

(b) Other Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement (i) by the Corporation Without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b) above (including termination Without Cause following a Change in Control), (ii) by the Executive within sixty (60) days following a Change in Control pursuant to Section 5(f) above, (iii) by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the death or Disability of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, or (iv) by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(d) above, the Executive will be entitled to receive (1) Base Salary and any outstanding bonus payments, payments in respect of accrued but unpaid vacation and reimbursement for business expenses, in each case due, accrued or payable as of the date of such termination), (2) such vested stock options and other benefits as Executive may be entitled to receive under any equity incentive plan or any other stock option or other employee benefit plan, (3) relocation expenses substantially identical to those described in Section 3(g) above related to a relocation from Birmingham, Alabama to another location in the continental United States of America, (4) the Severance Payment (as determined pursuant to Section 6(c) below), which Severance Payment will be payable in full by the Corporation within fifteen (15) business days of the date of such termination and (5) all shares of Restricted Stock granted to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, with such shares of Restricted Stock being free of any and all restrictions other than those required by the Securities Laws to be imposed by the Corporation on such shares of Restricted Stock.

 

(c) Severance Payment . For purposes of this Agreement, “Severance Payment” means:

 

(i) in the event of any termination by the Corporation Without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b) above (including termination Without Cause following a Change in Control), for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the date of termination, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the cost of maintaining, pursuant to the provisions of COBRA (as hereinafter defined), the health insurance benefits that were supplied by the Corporation to the Executive immediately prior to the termination of his employment relationship with the Corporation (the “Cost of Health Benefits”). As used herein, the term “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act;

 

8


(ii) in the event of any termination by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(d), or in the event of a termination by Executive within sixty (60) days following a Change in Control, for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the date of termination, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the Cost of Health Benefits;

 

(iii) in the event of any termination by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the death of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for a period equal to three (3) fall months; and

 

(iii) in the event of any termination by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the Disability of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for the period beginning on the termination date and ending on the earlier of (A) the date the Executive becomes eligible to receive Disability benefits under the Corporation’s long-term disability benefit policy and (B) the termination date of this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Severance Payment is subject to forfeiture for material violations of Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement. The amount of Severance Payment to be forfeited shall be prorated based upon the date of the violation.

 

Section 7. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Notices . All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when (i) delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (ii) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, (iii) received by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (iv) received by the addressee, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, return receipt requested, in each case to the appropriate addresses, or facsimile numbers set forth below (or to such other addresses, or facsimile numbers as a party may designate by notice to the other parties):

 

the Executive:   

Michael D. Snow

c/o Brett Adair

Lehr Middlebrooks Price & Vreeland

2021 Third Avenue North

Birmingham, AL 35203

the Corporation:   

HealthSouth Corporation

1 Healthsouth Parkway

Birmingham, AL 35243

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (205) 969-4620

with a copy to:   

HealthSouth Corporation

1 Healthsouth Parkway

Birmingham, AL 35243

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (205) 970-5913

 

9


(b) Power and Authority . Each party warrants and represents that it has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, and the person signing this Agreement on behalf of such party has been properly authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement.

 

(c) Remedies . The rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative.

 

(d) Waiver . No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of either party, any privilege, any power or any right hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any privilege, right or power hereunder preclude further exercise of any other privilege, right or power hereunder.

 

(e) Entire Agreement and Modification . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to its subject matter and constitutes a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by the party to be charged with the amendment.

 

(f) Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the non-assigning party; provided , however , that the Corporation may assign this Agreement without the consent of the Executive in connection with any transaction which constitutes a Change of Control. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of (i) in the case of the Executive, his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives, and (ii) in the case of the Corporation, its permitted successors and assigns.

 

(g) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. The parties further agree that if any provision contained herein is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws governing this Agreement, they shall take any actions necessary to render the remaining provisions of this Agreement valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and, to the extent necessary, shall amend or otherwise modify this Agreement to replace any provision contained herein that is held invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision giving effect to the intent of the parties.

 

(h) Section Headings, Construction . The headings of Sections in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or interpretation. All references to “Section” or “Sections” refer to the corresponding Section or Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the

 

10


word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms. The language used in the Agreement will be construed, in all cases, according to its fair meaning, and not for or against any party hereto. The parties acknowledge that each party has reviewed this Agreement and that rules of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party will not be available in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

 

(j) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(k) Attorneys’ Fees . The parties agree that in the event it becomes necessary to seek judicial remedies for the breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled, in addition to all other remedies, to recover from the non-prevailing party all reasonable costs of such judicial action, including but not limited to, costs of investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and also including all such expenses related to any appeal.

 

(l) Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall perform such further acts and execute and deliver such further documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(m) No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 8. Non-Competition .

 

(a) The Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly-competitive nature of the business conducted by the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates and accordingly agrees that, in consideration of this Agreement and the premises contained herein, he shall not, for his own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity other than the Corporation, during the period commencing on the Effective Date hereof and terminating on the first anniversary of the expiration or termination of the Term hereof for any reason whatsoever:

 

(i) actively engage in contacting, soliciting or servicing any person or entity that was a customer or prospective customer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time during the Term hereof (a prospective customer being one to which the Corporation had made a written financial proposal within twelve (12) months prior to the time of the termination of the Term); or

 

(ii) hire, retain or engage as a director, officer, employee, consultant, agent or in any other capacity any person or persons who are employed by the Corporation or who

 

11


were at any time (within a period of six (6) months immediately prior to the date of the termination of the Term) employed by the Corporation or otherwise interfere with the relationship between such persons and the Corporation.

 

(b) The Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to earn a similar amount of money in a business similar to the business of the Corporation or its subsidiaries or affiliates, but he nevertheless believes that he has received and will receive sufficient consideration and other benefits as an employee of the Corporation and as otherwise provided hereunder to clearly justify such restrictions which, in any event (given his education, skills and ability), the Executive does not believe would prevent his from earning a living.

 

(c) It is agreed that the Executive’s services hereunder are special, unique, unusual and extraordinary giving them peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages, and in the event of the Executive’s breach of this Section, the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief by way of injunction or otherwise. If the period of time or area herein specified should be adjudged unreasonable in any court proceeding, then the period of time shall be reduced by such number of months or the area shall be reduced by elimination of such portion thereof as deemed unreasonable, so that this covenant may be enforced during such period of time and in such areas as is adjudged to be reasonable.

 

Section 9. Confidential Information .

 

(a) The Executive acknowledges that during the Term he will have access to and may obtain, develop, or learn of Confidential Information (as defined below).

 

(b) The Executive agrees that he shall hold such Confidential Information in strictest confidence and that the Executive shall not at any time, during or at any time during the twenty-four (24) month period following the end of the Term, in any manner, either directly or indirectly, use (for his own benefit or otherwise), divulge, disclose or communicate to any unauthorized person or entity in any manner whatsoever any Confidential Information.

 

(c) Under this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following information relating to the Corporation or its affiliates learned by the Executive during the Term or as a result of his employment with the Corporation:

 

(i) information regarding the Corporation’s business proposals, manner of the Corporation’s operations, and methods of selling or pricing any products or services;

 

(ii) the identity of persons or entities (including physicians and vendors) actually conducting or considering conducting business with the Corporation, and any information in any form relating to such persons or entities and their relationship or dealings with the Corporation or its affiliates;

 

(iii) any trade secret (as defined by Alabama law) or confidential information of or concerning any business operation or business relationship;

 

12


(iv) computer databases, software programs and information relating to the nature of the hardware or software and how said hardware or software are used in combination or alone; and

 

(v) any other trade secret or information of a confidential or proprietary nature.

 

(d) During the Term, the Executive shall use, divulge, disclose or communicate Confidential Information only in the scope of his employment with the Corporation and only as expressly directed or permitted by the Corporation. The Executive shall not, at any time following the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, use, divulge, disclose or communicate for any purpose any Confidential Information. The Executive shall not make or use any notes or memoranda relating to any Confidential Information except for the benefit of the Corporation, and will, at the Corporation’s request, return each original and every copy of any and all notes, memoranda, correspondence, diagrams or other records, in written or other form, that he may at any time have within his possession or control that contain any Confidential Information.

 

(e) Except as provided for herein below, the Executive agrees that he will treat the terms of this Agreement as confidential, and shall not directly or indirectly disclose them in any manner except: (i) as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties to this Agreement; (ii) in legal documents filed with the court or any arbitrator in any action to enforce the terms of this Agreement; (iii) pursuant to a valid order or regulation; (iv) as otherwise required by law or regulation; or (v) to his attorney, financial advisors, accountant, and/or spouse, provided that prior to any such disclosure, that individual must agree to treat as confidential all information disclosed.

 

(f) It is agreed that in the event of the Executive’s breach of this Section, the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief by way of injunction or otherwise.

 

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information which has come within the public domain through no fault of or action by the Executive or which has become rightfully available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from any third party, the disclosure of which to the Executive does not violate any contractual or legal obligation such third party has to the Corporation or its affiliates with respect to such Confidential Information.

 

Section 10. Proprietary Developments .

 

(a) Any and all inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, methods, computer software programs, models, techniques, or formulae (collectively, hereinafter referred to as “Developments”), made, developed, or created by the Executive (alone or in conjunction with others, during regular work hours or otherwise) during the Term, which may be directly or indirectly useful in, or relate to, the business conducted or to be conducted by the Corporation will be promptly disclosed by the Executive to the Corporation and shall be the Corporation’s exclusive property. The term “Developments” shall not be deemed to include inventions,

 

13


products, discoveries, improvements, processes, methods, computer software programs, models, techniques, or formulae which were in the possession of the Executive prior to the Term. The Executive hereby transfers and assigns to the Corporation all proprietary rights which the Executive may have or acquire in any Developments and the Executive waives any other special right which the Executive may have or accrue therein. The Executive agrees to execute any documents and to take any actions that may be required, in the reasonable determination of the Corporation’s counsel, to effect and confirm such assignment, transfer and waiver.

 

(b) The Executive will execute any documents necessary or advisable, in the reasonable determination of the Corporation’s counsel, to direct the issuance of patents, trademarks, or copyrights to the Corporation with respect to such Developments as are to be the Corporation’s exclusive property or to vest in the Corporation title to such Developments; provided, however, that the expense of securing any patent, trademark or copyright shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

(c) The parties agree that Developments shall constitute Confidential Information.

 

Section 11. Background Check . Notwithstanding any provisions to contrary contained herein, the Corporation may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Executive without penalty or fee if the results of Executive’s drug screening procedure and criminal background investigation are unacceptable to the Corporation in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of termination by the Corporation pursuant to this Section, Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Payment.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE(S)]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by themselves or by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and date first written above.

 

THE CORPORATION:

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Jay Grinney

Name:

   

Its:

   
THE EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Michael D. Snow
MICHAEL D. SNOW

23 Maymont Way

The Woodlands, TX 77382

 

15

EXHIBIT 10.18.1

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), made and entered into as of February 1, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), is by and between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Corporation”), and JOHN MARKUS , an individual resident of Connecticut (the “Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Corporation desires to employ the Executive as its Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer effective as of the Effective Date, and the Executive desires to accept such employment effective as of the Effective Date, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Employment . The Corporation hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, all on the terms and conditions herein.

 

Section 2. Services; Extent of Services .

 

(a) Duties and Responsibilities . The Executive is hereby employed as the Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of the Corporation, the authority, duties and responsibilities of which will be as follows: the Executive will (i) manage, review and supervise the regulatory compliance program, the internal audit program and the government relations function of the Corporation; (ii) report to Robert P. May, the Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, until such time that a permanent Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is appointed and following such time that a permanent Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is appointed, report to such Chief Executive Officer; (iii) have the powers and duties determined or directed by the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; and (iv) comply with the various policies, procedures and codes of conduct of the Corporation in effect from time to time which apply to other employees and executive officers.

 

(b) Full Business Attention . The Executive will devote his full business attention and energies to the business of the Corporation during the Term (as defined below) and will physically report and will render all the Executive’s services contemplated hereunder to the Corporation at its offices in Birmingham, Alabama or at any other location in which the Corporation is headquartered; provided , however , that the foregoing requirement to render services in Birmingham shall not apply when the Executive is traveling on company business.

 

1 of 14


(c) Other Activities . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2(b), the Executive will be permitted to engage in the following activities, provided that such activities do not materially interfere or conflict with the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Corporation;

 

(i) the Executive may serve on the governing boards of, or otherwise participate in, a reasonable number of trade associations and charitable organizations whose purposes are not inconsistent with the activities and the image of the Corporation;

 

(ii) the Executive may engage in a reasonable amount of charitable activities and community affairs; and

 

(iii) subject to the prior approval of the Nominating / Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Executive may serve on the board of directors of up to one business corporations or other for-profit entities, provided that they do not compete, directly or indirectly, with the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Compensation .

 

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of the services provided hereunder, the Corporation shall pay the Executive during the Term a salary of $363,000 per year (the “Base Salary”). The Corporation shall pay the Base Salary in arrears in equal installments in accordance with the Corporation’s payroll policy in effect from time to time for other senior executives of the Corporation.

 

(b) Bonus . Within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, Executive shall receive a signing bonus of $70,000. During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to receive cash bonus payments in an amount per year targeted at 60% of the amount of the Base Salary in accordance with the senior management bonus plan, which is currently being developed.

 

(c) Benefits . During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i) Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans of the Corporation (including incentive or equity compensation plans) on such terms as are offered for the general benefit of other senior executive officers of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of such plans as may be in effect from time to time.

 

2 of 14


(ii) Vacation; Sick Leave . The Executive will be entitled to vacation and sick leave on such terms as are offered for the benefit of other senior executives of the Corporation.

 

(d) Expense Reimbursement . The Corporation shall reimburse the Executive, in accordance with the Corporation’s policies, for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Taxes . All payments made by the Corporation under this Agreement will be subject to withholding of such amounts as is required pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(f) Equity Incentives . The Corporation agrees to provide the Executive with equity incentives commensurate with the Executive’s position and responsibilities with the Corporation.

 

(g) Relocation Expenses . The Corporation shall reimburse the Executive for the following expenses (to the extent they are reasonable and documented) incurred by the Executive in connection with relocating his family to a new primary residence in Birmingham, Alabama or surrounding communities:

 

(i) house hunting trips for the purpose of searching for a new primary residence;

 

(ii) temporary living expenses;

 

(iii) transportation of household goods and vehicles to a new primary residence;

 

(iv) closing costs incurred in connection with the purchase of the primary residence in Birmingham, Alabama; and

 

(v) closing costs, including real estate agency commissions relating to the sale of the Executive’s primary residence in Connecticut

 

Section 4. Term . The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue for a term of three (3) years following the term (the “Term”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 below.

 

Section 5. Termination of Employment .

 

(a) Termination by Corporation for Cause . The Executive’s employment by the Corporation will terminate immediately upon written notice

 

3 of 14


to the Executive if the Corporation elects to discharge the Executive for Cause. For purposes hereof, “Cause” means:

 

(i) the Executive’s act of fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement with respect to the Corporation;

 

(ii) the Executive’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilt or no contest to, any felony;

 

(iii) the suspension or debarment of the Executive or of the Corporation or any of its affiliated companies or entities as a result of any act or omission of the Executive in connection with his employment with the Corporation from participation in any federal or state health care program;

 

(iv) the Executive’s admission of liability of, or finding of liability for, the violation of any “Securities Laws.” As used herein, the term “Securities Laws” means any federal or state law, rule or regulation governing the issuance or exchange of securities, including without limitation the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; or

 

(v) a determination by any agency or instrumentality of any state or the United States of America, including but not limited to the United States Department of Justice, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any committee of the United States Congress that the Executive’s employment impairs or impedes the ability of such agency or instrumentality to conduct investigations, and/or prosecute proceedings, into the actions or in-actions of any current or former employee of the Corporation (collectively, the “Investigations”);

 

(vi) the Executive’s failure after reasonable prior written notice to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Corporation; or

 

(vii) Other than as provided in 5(a)(i) – (vi) above, the Executive’s material breach of any provision of this Agreement that is not remedied within fifteen (15) days of the Executive being provided written notice thereof from the Corporation.

 

Repeated breaches of a similar nature, such as the failure to report to work, perform duties, or follow directions, all as provided herein, shall not require additional notices as provided Section 5(a)(vi) or (vii).

 

4 of 14


(b) Termination by Corporation Without Cause . The Corporation may terminate this Agreement without Cause upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Executive.

 

(c) Death or Disability . The Executive’s employment by the Corporation will immediately terminate upon the Executive’s death and, at the option of either the Executive or the Corporation, exercisable upon written notice to the other party, may terminate upon the Executive’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” will occur if (i) the Executive becomes eligible for full benefits under a long-term disability policy provided by the Corporation, if any, or (ii) the Executive has been unable, due to physical or mental illness or incapacity, to perform the essential duties of his employment with reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of ninety (90) days or an aggregate of one-hundred eighty (180) days during any consecutive 12-month period.

 

(d) Termination by the Executive for Good Reason . The Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Corporation and the Corporation fails to cure such event within such thirty-day period (any such termination referenced in clauses (i)-(v) below, constituting termination for “Good Reason”):

 

(i) if the Corporation fails to make the payments or offer the benefits required by Section 3 hereof within thirty (30) days after any such payments or benefits are due;

 

(ii) if the Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities as Chief Compliance Officer are substantially diminished so that they are no longer consistent with the position of a chief compliance officer of a public corporation, regardless of whether such diminution of duties is accompanied by a change in the Executive’s title;

 

(iii) except as otherwise set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above, if the Corporation materially breaches any of its other duties hereunder.

 

(e) Termination by the Executive without Good Reason . The Executive may terminate this Agreement without Good Reason upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Corporation.

 

(f) Change in Control . The Executive may terminate this Agreement within sixty (60) days following a “Change in Control.” For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” will be deemed to have taken place if, whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions:

 

(i) any person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than the Corporation, or any employee benefit plan of the

 

5 of 14


Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of Corporation securities having 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Corporation that may be cast for the election of directors of the Corporation (other than as a result of the issuance of securities initiated by the Corporation in the ordinary course of business);

 

(ii) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, the holders of all the Corporation’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction constitute, following such transaction, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of such surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) after such transactions; or

 

(iii) the Corporation sells, transfers or leases all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, collectively.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence of any of the following events, by themselves, will not be deemed to constitute a “Change in Control”: if, pursuant to or within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state law relating to insolvency or relief of debtors, the Corporation (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; or (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case.

 

Section 6. Effect of Termination .

 

(a) Termination by the Corporation for Cause; Termination by the Executive Without Good Reason . Upon termination of this Agreement (i) by the Corporation for Cause pursuant to Section 5(a) above, or (ii) by the Executive without Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(e) above, the Executive will be entitled to receive (i) base salary and bonus payments, payments in respect of accrued but unpaid vacation and reimbursement for business expenses, in each case due, accrued or payable as of the date of such termination, and (ii) such vested stock options and other benefits as the Executive may be entitled to receive under any stock option or other employee benefit plan, but will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment (as defined in Section 6(c) below).

 

(b) Other Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement (i) by the Corporation without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b) above (including termination without Cause following a Change in Control), (ii) by the Executive within sixty (60) days following a Change in Control pursuant to Section 5(f), (iii) by the

 

6 of 14


Corporation or the Executive as the result of the death or Disability of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, or (iv) by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(d) above, the Executive will be entitled to receive (1) base salary and any outstanding bonus payments entitlement to include payments in respect of accrued but unpaid vacation and reimbursement for business expenses, in each case due, accrued or payable as of the date of such termination), (2) such vested stock options and other benefits as Executive may be entitled to receive under any equity incentive plan or any other stock option or other employee benefit plan, and (3) the Severance Payment (as determined pursuant to Section 6(c) below), which Severance Payment will be payable in full by the Corporation within fifteen (15) business days of the date of such termination.

 

(c) Severance Payment . For purposes of this Agreement, “Severance Payment” means:

 

(i) in the event of any termination by the Corporation without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b) above (including termination without Cause following a Change in Control), an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for the number of months remaining in the Term at the date of termination;

 

(ii) in the event of any termination by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(d), or in the event of a termination by Executive within sixty (60) days following a Change in Control, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for the number of months remaining in the Term at the date of termination;

 

(iii) in the event of any termination by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the death or Disability of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for a period of three (3) full months.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Severance Payment is subject to forfeiture for violations of Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement. The amount of Severance Payment to be forfeited shall be prorated based upon the date of the violation.

 

(d) Consulting Contract . In the event that the contract expires without renewal, the Executive shall receive a one (1) year contract to furnish consulting services to the Company in connection with the areas of responsibility listed in paragraph 2 (a) of this Agreement with compensation equal to the Executive’s salary at the conclusion of the Term. Such period shall not be considered part of the Term of this Agreement and during this period the Executive shall not be eligible to receive any other payments or benefits apart from any bonus payments or other incentive awards earned during the final year of the Term and in

 

7 of 14


accordance with the plan design rules governing payout terms. Each party will have the right to terminate the “consulting contract” term with 90 days notice, however, no early termination payments, penalty payments or fees shall be paid upon termination. Upon termination, the Executive shall only be entitled to be paid any accrued but unpaid consulting fees and any bonus payments or other incentive awards earned during the final year of the Term that remain unpaid as of the termination date.

 

Section 7. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Notices . All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when (i) delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (ii) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, (iii) received by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (iv) received by the addressee, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, return receipt requested, in each case to the appropriate addresses, or facsimile numbers set forth below (or to such other addresses, or facsimile numbers as a party may designate by notice to the other parties):

 

the Executive:   

Mr. John Markus

228 Ponus Ridge Road

New Canaan, CT 06840

Fax: (203) 801-0623

the Corporation:   

HealthSouth Corporation

1 Healthsouth Parkway

Birmingham AL 35243

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (205) 969-4620

with a copy to:   

HealthSouth Corporation

1 Healthsouth Parkway

Birmingham AL 35243

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (205) 969-4732

 

(b) Power and Authority . Each party warrants and represents that it has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, and the person signing this Agreement on behalf of such party has been properly authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement.

 

(c) Remedies . The rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative.

 

8 of 14


(d) Waiver . No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of either party, any privilege, any power or any right hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any privilege, right or power hereunder preclude further exercise of any other privilege, right or power hereunder.

 

(e) Entire Agreement and Modification . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to its subject matter and constitutes a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by the party to be charged with the amendment.

 

(f) Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the non-assigning party; provided , however , that the Corporation may assign this Agreement without the consent of the Executive in connection with any transaction which constitutes a Change of Control. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of (i) in the case of the Executive, his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives, and (ii) in the case of the Corporation, its permitted successors and assigns.

 

(g) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. The parties further agree that if any provision contained herein is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws governing this Agreement, they shall take any actions necessary to render the remaining provisions of this Agreement valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and, to the extent necessary, shall amend or otherwise modify this Agreement to replace any provision contained herein that is held invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision giving effect to the intent of the parties.

 

(h) Section Headings, Construction . The headings of Sections in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or interpretation. All references to “Section” or “Sections” refer to the corresponding Section or Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms. The language used in the Agreement will be construed, in all cases, according to its fair meaning, and not for or against any party hereto. The parties acknowledge that each party has reviewed this Agreement and that rules of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party will not be available in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

9 of 14


(i) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

 

(j) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(k) Attorneys’ Fees . The parties agree that in the event it becomes necessary to seek judicial remedies for the breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled, in addition to all other remedies, to recover from the non-prevailing party all costs of such judicial action, including but not limited to, costs of investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and also including all such expenses related to any appeal.

 

(l) Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall perform such further acts and execute and deliver such further documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(m) No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 8. Non-Competition .

 

(a) The Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly-competitive nature of the business conducted by the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates and accordingly agrees that, in consideration of this Agreement and the premises contained herein, he shall not, for his own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity other than the Corporation, during the period commencing on the Effective Date hereof and terminating on the second anniversary of the expiration or termination of the Term hereof for any reason whatsoever (subject to Section 8(d)):

 

(i) contact, solicit or service any person or entity that was a customer or prospective customer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time during the Term hereof (a prospective customer being one to which the Corporation had made a written financial proposal within twelve (12) months prior to the time of the termination of the Term); or

 

(ii) hire, retain or engage as a director, officer, employee, consultant, agent or in any other capacity any person or persons who are

 

10 of 14


employed by the Corporation or who were at any time (within a period of six (6) months immediately prior to the date of the termination of the Term) employed by the Corporation or otherwise interfere with the relationship between such persons and the Corporation.

 

(b) The Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to earn a similar amount of money in a business similar to the business of the Corporation or its subsidiaries or affiliates, but he nevertheless believes that he has received and will receive sufficient consideration and other benefits as an employee of the Corporation and as otherwise provided hereunder to clearly justify such restrictions which, in any event (given his education, skills and ability), the Executive does not believe would prevent him from earning a living.

 

(c) It is agreed that the Executive’s services hereunder are special, unique, unusual and extraordinary giving them peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages, and in the event of the Executive’s breach of this Section, the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief by way of injunction or otherwise. If the period of time or area herein specified should be adjudged unreasonable in any court proceeding, then the period of time shall be reduced by such number of months or the area shall be reduced by elimination of such portion thereof as deemed unreasonable, so that this covenant may be enforced during such period of time and in such areas as is adjudged to be reasonable.

 

Section 9. Confidential Information .

 

(a) The Executive acknowledges that during the Term he will have access to and may obtain, develop, or learn of Confidential Information (as defined below).

 

(b) The Executive agrees that he shall hold such Confidential Information in strictest confidence and that the Executive shall not at any time, during or after the Term, in any manner, either directly or indirectly, use (for his own benefit or otherwise), divulge, disclose or communicate to any unauthorized person or entity in any manner whatsoever any Confidential Information.

 

(c) Under this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following information relating to the Corporation or its affiliates learned by the Executive during the Term or as a result of his employment with the Corporation:

 

(i) information regarding the Corporation’s business proposals, manner of the Corporation’s operations, and methods of selling or pricing any products or services;

 

11 of 14


(ii) the identity of persons or entities (including physicians and vendors) actually conducting or considering conducting business with the Corporation, and any information in any form relating to such persons or entities and their relationship or dealings with the Corporation or its affiliates;

 

(iii) any trade secret or confidential information of or concerning any business operation or business relationship;

 

(iv) computer databases, software programs and information relating to the nature of the hardware or software and how said hardware or software are used in combination or alone; and

 

(v) any other trade secret or information of a confidential or proprietary nature.

 

(d) During the Term, the Executive shall use, divulge, disclose or communicate Confidential Information only in the scope of his employment with the Corporation and only as expressly directed or permitted by the Corporation. The Executive shall not, at any time following the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, use, divulge, disclose or communicate for any purpose any Confidential Information. The Executive shall not make or use any notes or memoranda relating to any Confidential Information except for the benefit of the Corporation, and will, at the Corporation’s request, return each original and every copy of any and all notes, memoranda, correspondence, diagrams or other records, in written or other form, that he may at any time have within his possession or control that contain any Confidential Information.

 

(e) Except as provided for herein below, the Executive agrees that he will treat the terms of this Agreement as confidential, and shall not directly or indirectly disclose them in any manner except: (i) as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties to this Agreement; (ii) in legal documents filed with the court or any arbitrator in any action to enforce the terms of this Agreement; (iii) pursuant to a valid order or regulation; (iv) as otherwise required by law or regulation; or (v) to his attorney, financial advisors, accountant, and/or spouse, provided that prior to any such disclosure, that individual must agree to treat as confidential all information disclosed.

 

(f) It is agreed that in the event of the Executive’s breach of this Section, the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief by way of injunction or otherwise.

 

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information which has come within the public domain through no fault of or action by the Executive or which has become rightfully available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from any third party, the disclosure of

 

12 of 14


which to the Executive does not violate any contractual or legal obligation such third party has to the Corporation or its affiliates with respect to such Confidential Information.

 

Section 10. Proprietary Developments .

 

(a) Any and all inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, methods, computer software programs, models, techniques, or formulae (collectively, hereinafter referred to as “Developments”), made, developed, or created by the Executive (alone or in conjunction with others, during regular work hours or otherwise) during the Term, which may be directly or indirectly useful in, or relate to, the business conducted or to be conducted by the Corporation will be promptly disclosed by the Executive to the Corporation and shall be the Corporation’s exclusive property. The term “Developments” shall not be deemed to include inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, methods, computer software programs, models, techniques, or formulae which were in the possession of the Executive prior to the Term. The Executive hereby transfers and assigns to the Corporation all proprietary rights which the Executive may have or acquire in any Developments and the Executive waives any other special right which the Executive may have or accrue therein. The Executive agrees to execute any documents and to take any actions that may be required, in the reasonable determination of the Corporation’s counsel, to effect and confirm such assignment, transfer and waiver.

 

(b) The Executive will execute any documents necessary or advisable, in the reasonable determination of the Corporation’s counsel, to direct the issuance of patents, trademarks, or copyrights to the Corporation with respect to such Developments as are to be the Corporation’s exclusive property or to vest in the Corporation title to such Developments; provided, however, that the expense of securing any patent, trademark or copyright shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

(c) The parties agree that Developments shall constitute Confidential Information.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

13 of 14


[signature page of Employment Agreement]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by themselves or by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and date first written above.

 

THE CORPORATION:

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ E T Dignall

Name:

 

E T Dignall

Its:

 

INTERIM CHIEF ADMIN OFFICER

THE EXECUTIVE:
/s/ John Markus
JOHN MARKUS

 

EXHIBIT 10.18.2

 

AMENDMENT 1 TO

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT 1 (“Amendment”) dated as of the 14 th day of April. 2004 to the Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) by and between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and JOHN MARKUS, an individual resident of Connecticut, (the “Executive”) dated as of February 1, 2004.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to clarify the intention of the parties for the Company’s payment of the tax withholding associated with certain nondeductible expenses as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and obligations of the parties contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

  2. Section 3(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following to the end thereof:

 

“Most relocation expenses are classified as taxable income under applicable sections of the Internal Revenue Code. The Corporation will “gross-up” reimbursements for relocation expenses that are not considered tax deductible to cover withholdings for such expenses at applicable rates.”

 

  3. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  4. This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Alabama.

 

  5. This Amendment may not be amended except in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

  6. This Amendment, together with the Agreement, contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

  7. This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of February 1, 2004.

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Gregory L. Doody

Name:

 

Gregory L. Doody

Title:

 

EVP, General Counsel and Secretary

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ John Markus

JOHN MARKUS

 

EXHIBIT 10.19

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), made and entered into as of March 15, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), is by and between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Corporation”), and GREGORY L. DOODY, an individual resident of Alabama (the “Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Corporation desires to employ the Executive as its Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary effective as of the Effective Date, and the Executive desires to accept such employment effective as of the Effective Date, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Employment . The Corporation hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, all on the terms and conditions herein.

 

Section 2. Services; Extent of Services .

 

(a) Duties and Responsibilities . The Executive is hereby employed as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the authority, duties and responsibilities of which will be as follows: the Executive will (i) manage, review and supervise the legal function of the Corporation; (ii) provide counsel to the Board of Directors and its committees; (iii) report to the Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, until such time that a permanent Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is appointed and following such time that a permanent Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is appointed, report to such Chief Executive Officer; (iv) have the powers and duties determined or directed by the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer; and (v) comply with the various policies, procedures and codes of conduct of the Corporation in effect from time to time which apply to other employees and executive officers.

 

(b) Full Business Attention . The Executive will devote his full business attention and energies to the business of the Corporation during the Term (as defined below) and will physically report and will render all the Executive’s services contemplated hereunder to the Corporation at its offices in Birmingham, Alabama or at any other location in which the Corporation is headquartered; provided , however , that the foregoing requirement to render services in Birmingham shall not apply when the Executive is traveling on company business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation hereby acknowledges that the Executive shall be permitted to remain a partner of Balch & Bingham LLP (the “Firm”) until April 16, 2004 and that the Executive shall be entitled to any monies received by the Executive from the Firm while

 


a partner thereof and no there shall be no reduction in the amounts payable to the Executive hereunder as the result of such monies being received by the Executive.

 

(c) Other Activities . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2(b), the Executive will be permitted to engage in the following activities, provided that such activities do not materially interfere or conflict with the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Corporation:

 

(i) the Executive may serve on the governing boards of, or otherwise participate in, a reasonable number of trade associations and charitable organizations whose purposes are not inconsistent with the activities and the image of the Corporation;

 

(ii) the Executive may engage in a reasonable amount of charitable activities and community affairs; and

 

(iii) subject to the prior approval of the Nominating / Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Executive may serve on the board of directors of up to one (1) business corporations or other for-profit entities, provided that they do not compete, directly or indirectly, with the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Compensation .

 

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of the services provided hereunder, the Corporation shall pay the Executive during the Term a salary of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($350,000) per year (the “Base Salary”). The Corporation shall pay the Base Salary in arrears in equal installments in accordance with the Corporation’s payroll policy in effect from time to time for other similarly-situated officers of the Corporation.

 

(b) Bonus . During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to receive cash bonus payments in an amount per year targeted at 60% of the amount of the Base Salary in accordance with the senior management bonus plan.

 

(c) Benefits . During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i) Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans of the Corporation (including incentive or equity compensation plans) on such terms as are offered for the general benefit of other similarly-situated officers of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of such plans as may be in effect from time to time.

 


(ii) Vacation; Sick Leave . The Executive will be entitled to vacation and sick leave on such terms as are offered for the benefit of other similarly situated officers of the Corporation.

 

(d) Expense Reimbursement . The Corporation shall reimburse the Executive, in accordance with the Corporation’s policies, for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Taxes . All payments made by the Corporation under this Agreement will be subject to withholding of such amounts as is required pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(f) Equity Incentives . The Corporation agrees to provide the Executive with equity incentives in accordance with the senior management equity incentive compensation plan.

 

Section 4. Term . The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue for a term of three (3) years following the Effective Date (the ‘Term”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 below.

 

Section 5. Termination of Employment .

 

(a) Termination by Corporation for Cause . The Executive’s employment by the Corporation will terminate immediately upon written notice to the Executive if the Corporation elects to discharge the Executive for Cause (as hereinafter defined). For purposes hereof, “Cause” means:

 

(i) the Executive’s act of fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement with respect to the Corporation;

 

(ii) the Executive’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilt or no contest to, any felony,

 

(iii) the suspension or debarment of the Executive or of the Corporation or any of its affiliated companies or entities as a direct result of any act or omission of the Executive in connection with his employment with the Corporation from participation in any Federal or state health care program;

 

(iv) the Executive’s admission of liability of, or finding of liability for, the violation of any “Securities Laws” (as hereinafter defined). As used herein, the term “Securities Laws” means any Federal or state law, rule or regulation governing the issuance or exchange of securities, including without limitation the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 


(v) an indication any agency or instrumentality of any state or the United States of America, including but not limited to the United States Department of Justice, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any committee of the United States Congress that the Executive is a target or subject of any investigation or proceeding into the actions or inactions of the Executive (collectively, the “Investigations”);

 

(vi) the Executive’s failure after reasonable prior written notice to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Chief Executive Officer, or the Board of Directors of the Corporation; or

 

(vii) Other than as provided in Sections 5(a)(i) - (vi) above, the Executive’s material breach of any material provision of this Agreement that is not remedied within fifteen (15) days of the Executive being provided written notice thereof from the Corporation.

 

Repeated breaches of a similar nature, such as the failure to report to work, perform duties, or follow directions, all as provided herein, shall not require additional notices as provided Section 5(a)(vi) or (vii).

 

(b) Termination by Corporation Without Cause . The Corporation may terminate this Agreement Without Cause upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Executive. Any termination of this Agreement by the Corporation for a reason other than for Cause shall be considered a termination Without Cause. By way of example, should the Corporation terminate this Agreement due solely to the fact that the permanent Chief Executive Officer desired to terminate Executive’s employment as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and replace the Executive with another individual with whom the permanent Chief Executive Officer had previously worked, or otherwise had a business relationship, such termination would be considered a termination Without Cause.

 

(c) Death or Disability . The Executive’s employment by the Corporation will immediately terminate upon the Executive’s death and, at the option of either the Executive or the Corporation, exercisable upon written notice to the other party, may terminate upon the Executive’s Disability (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” will occur if (i) the Executive becomes eligible for full benefits under a long-term disability policy provided by the Corporation, if any, or (ii) the Executive has been unable, due to physical or mental illness or incapacity, to perform the essential duties of his employment with reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of ninety (90) days or an aggregate of one-hundred eighty (180) days during the Term.

 

(d) Termination by the Executive for Good Reason . The Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Corporation and the Corporation fails to cure such event within such thirty-day period

 


(any such termination referenced in clauses (i)-(iii) below, constituting termination for “Good Reason”):

 

(i) if the Corporation fails to make all or any portion of any payment, or offer all or any portion any benefits, required by Section 3 hereof when such payments or benefits are due;

 

(ii) if the Corporation materially modifies the senior management bonus plan or equity incentive plan such that the targeted cash bonus levels and targeted incentive compensation levels applicable to the Executive are materially lower than those levels of other similarly-situated executive officers of the Corporation; and

 

(ii) except as otherwise set forth in clause (i) above, if the Corporation materially breaches any of its other duties or obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Termination by the Executive without Good Reason . The Executive may terminate this Agreement without Good Reason upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Corporation.

 

(f) Change in Control . The Executive may terminate this Agreement within sixty (60) days following a “Change in Control” (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” will be deemed to have taken place if, whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions:

 

(i) any person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than the Corporation, or any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of the Corporation’s securities having fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Corporation that may be cast for the election of directors of the Corporation or otherwise has the ability to elect the directors of the Corporation (other than as a result of the issuance of securities initiated by the Corporation in the ordinary course of business);

 

(ii) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, the holders of all the Corporation’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction constitute, following such transaction, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of such surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) after such transactions; or

 


(iii) the Corporation sells, transfers or leases all or substantially all of the assets or business or of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, collectively.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence of any of the following events, by themselves, will not be deemed to constitute a “Change in Control”: (x) if, pursuant to or within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state law relating to insolvency or relief of debtors, the Corporation (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding (and the Change of Control takes place pursuant to such proceeding); or (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case (and the Change of Control takes place pursuant to such proceeding); or (y) if any of the events or transactions otherwise constituting a Change of Control under this Section 5(f) shall not involve, at the time or within a sixty (60) day period thereafter, a substantial diminishment in the Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary so that they are no longer consistent with the position of executive vice president, general counsel and secretary of a public corporation.

 

Section 6. Effect of Termination .

 

(a) Termination by the Corporation for Cause; Termination by the Executive Without Good Reason . Upon termination of this Agreement (i) by the Corporation for Cause pursuant to Section 5(a) above, or (ii) by the Executive Without Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(e) above, the Executive will be entitled to receive (i) Base Salary and bonus payments, payments in respect of accrued but unpaid vacation and reimbursement for business expenses, in each case due, accrued or payable as of the date of such termination, and (ii) such vested stock options and other benefits as the Executive may be entitled to receive under any stock option or other employee benefit plan, but will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment (as defined in Section 6(c) below).

 

(b) Other Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement (i) by the Corporation Without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b) above (including termination Without Cause following a Change in Control), (ii) by the Executive within sixty (60) days following a Change in Control pursuant to Section 5(f) above, (iii) by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the death or Disability of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, or (iv) by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(d) above, the Executive will be entitled to receive (1) Base Salary and any outstanding bonus payments, payments in respect of accrued but unpaid vacation and reimbursement for business expenses, in each case due, accrued or payable as of the date of such termination), (2) such vested stock options and other benefits as Executive may be entitled to receive under any equity incentive plan or any other stock option or other employee benefit plan, (3) the Severance Payment (as determined pursuant to Section 6(c) below), which Severance Payment will be payable in full by the Corporation within fifteen (15) business days of the date of such termination and (4) all shares of restricted stock granted to the Executive prior to the date of termination with such shares being free of any and all restrictions, other than those required by the Securities Laws to be imposed by the Corporation on such shares.

 


(c) Severance Payment . For purposes of this Agreement, “Severance Payment” means:

 

(i) in the event of any termination by the Corporation Without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b) above (including termination Without Cause following a Change in Control), for a period of twenty-four (24 months following the date of termination, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the cost of maintaining, pursuant to the provisions of COBRA (as hereinafter defined), the health insurance benefits that were supplied by the Corporation to the Executive immediately prior to the termination of his employment relationship with the Corporation (the “Cost of Health Benefits”). As used herein, the term “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act;

 

(ii) in the event of any termination by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(d), or in the event of a termination by Executive within sixty (60) days following a Change in Control, for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the date of termination, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the Cost of Health Benefits;

 

(iii) in the event of any termination by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the death of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for a period equal to three (3) full months; and

 

(iii) in the event of any termination by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the Disability of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for the period beginning on the termination date and ending on the earlier of (A) the date the Executive becomes eligible to receive Disability benefits under the Corporation’s long-term disability benefit policy and (B) the termination date of this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Severance Payment is subject to forfeiture for material violations of Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement. The amount of Severance Payment to be forfeited shall be prorated based upon the date of the violation.

 

Section 7. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Notices . All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when (i) delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (ii) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, (iii) received by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (iv) received by the addressee, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, return receipt requested, in each case to the appropriate addresses, or facsimile numbers set forth below

 


(or to such other addresses, or facsimile numbers as a party may designate by notice to the other parties):

 

the Executive:   

Mr. Gregory L. Doody

4603 Clairmont Avenue

Birmingham, AL 35222

the Corporation:   

HealthSouth Corporation

1 Healthsouth Parkway

Birmingham AL 35243

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (205) 969-4620

 

(b) Power and Authority . Each party warrants and represents that it has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, and the person signing this Agreement on behalf of such party has been properly authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement.

 

(c) Remedies . The rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative.

 

(d) Waiver . No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of either party, any privilege, any power or any right hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any privilege, right or power hereunder preclude further exercise of any other privilege, right or power hereunder.

 

(e) Entire Agreement and Modification . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to its subject matter and constitutes a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by the party to be charged with the amendment.

 

(f) Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the non-assigning party; provided , however, that the Corporation may assign this Agreement without the consent of the Executive in connection with any transaction which constitutes a Change of Control. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of (i) in the case of the Executive, his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives, and (ii) in the case of the Corporation, its permitted successors and assigns.

 


(g) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. The parties further agree that if any provision contained herein is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws governing this Agreement, they shall take any actions necessary to render the remaining provisions of this Agreement valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and, to the extent necessary, shall amend or otherwise modify this Agreement to replace any provision contained herein that is held invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision giving effect to the intent of the parties.

 

(h) Section Headings, Construction . The headings of Sections in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or interpretation. All references to “Section” or “Sections” refer to the corresponding Section or Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms. The language used in the Agreement will be construed, in all cases, according to its fair meaning, and not for or against any party hereto. The parties acknowledge that each party has reviewed this Agreement and that rules of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party will not be available in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

 

(j) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(k) Attorneys’ Fees . The parties agree that in the event it becomes necessary to seek judicial remedies for the breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled, in addition to all other remedies, to recover from the non-prevailing party all costs of such judicial action, including but not limited to, costs of investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and also including all such expenses related to any appeal.

 

(l) Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall perform such further acts and execute and deliver such further documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(m) No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 


Section 8. Non-Competition .

 

(a) The Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly-competitive nature of the business conducted by the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates and accordingly agrees that, in consideration of this Agreement and the premises contained herein, she shall not, for his own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity other than the Corporation, during the period commencing on the Effective Date hereof and terminating on the first anniversary of the expiration or termination of the Term hereof for any reason whatsoever (subject to Section 8(d)):

 

(i) actively engage in contacting, soliciting or servicing any person or entity that was a customer or prospective customer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time during the Term hereof (a prospective customer being one to which the Corporation had made a written financial proposal within twelve (12) months prior to the time of the termination of the Term); or

 

(ii) hire, retain or engage as a director, officer, employee, consultant, agent or in any other capacity any person or persons who are employed by the Corporation or who were at any time (within a period of six (6) months immediately prior to the date of the termination of the Term) employed by the Corporation or otherwise interfere with the relationship between such persons and the Corporation.

 

(b) The Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to earn a similar amount of money in a business similar to the business of the Corporation or its subsidiaries or affiliates, but she nevertheless believes that she has received and will receive sufficient consideration and other benefits as an employee of the Corporation and as otherwise provided hereunder to clearly justify such restrictions which, in any event (given his education, skills and ability), the Executive does not believe would prevent his from earning a living.

 

(c) It is agreed that the Executive’s services hereunder are special, unique, unusual and extraordinary giving them peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages, and in the event of the Executive’s breach of this Section, the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief by way of injunction or otherwise. If the period of time or area herein specified should be adjudged unreasonable in any court proceeding, then the period of time shall be reduced by such number of months or the area shall be reduced by elimination of such portion thereof as deemed unreasonable, so that this covenant may be enforced during such period of time and in such areas as is adjudged to be reasonable.

 


Section 9. Confidential Information .

 

(a) The Executive acknowledges that during the Term she will have access to and may obtain, develop, or learn of Confidential Information (as defined below).

 

(b) The Executive agrees that she shall hold such Confidential Information in strictest confidence and that the Executive shall not at any time, during or at any time during the twenty-four (24) month period following the end of the Term, in any manner, either directly or indirectly, use (for his own benefit or otherwise), divulge, disclose or communicate to any unauthorized person or entity in any manner whatsoever any Confidential Information.

 

(c) Under this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following information relating to the Corporation or its affiliates learned by the Executive during the Term or as a result of his employment with the Corporation:

 

(i) information regarding the Corporation’s business proposals, manner of the Corporation’s operations, and methods of selling or pricing any products or services;

 

(ii) the identity of persons or entities (including physicians and vendors) actually conducting or considering conducting business with the Corporation, and any information in any form relating to such persons or entities and their relationship or dealings with the Corporation or its affiliates;

 

(iii) any trade secret or confidential information of or concerning any business operation or business relationship;

 

(iv) computer databases, software programs and information relating to the nature of the hardware or software and how said hardware or software are used in combination or alone; and

 

(v) any other trade secret or information of a confidential or proprietary nature.

 

(d) During the Term, the Executive shall use, divulge, disclose or communicate Confidential Information only in the scope of his employment with the Corporation and only as expressly directed or permitted by the Corporation. The Executive shall not, at any time following the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, use, divulge, disclose or communicate for any purpose any Confidential Information. The Executive shall not make or use any notes or memoranda relating to any Confidential Information except for the benefit of the Corporation, and will, at the Corporation’s request, return each original and every copy of any and all notes, memoranda, correspondence, diagrams or other records, in written or other form,

 


that he may at any time have within his possession or control that contain any Confidential Information.

 

(e) Except as provided for herein below, the Executive agrees that she will treat the terms of this Agreement as confidential, and shall not directly or indirectly disclose them in any manner except: (i) as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties to this Agreement; (ii) in legal documents filed with the court or any arbitrator in any action to enforce the terms of this Agreement; (iii) pursuant to a valid order or regulation; (iv) as otherwise required by law or regulation; or (v) to his attorney, financial advisors, accountant, and/or spouse, provided that prior to any such disclosure, that individual must agree to treat as confidential all information disclosed.

 

(f) It is agreed that in the event of the Executive’s breach of this Section, the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief by way of injunction or otherwise.

 

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information which has come within the public domain through no fault of or action by the Executive or which has become rightfully available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from any third party, the disclosure of which to the Executive does not violate any contractual or legal obligation such third party has to the Corporation or its affiliates with respect to such Confidential Information.

 

Section 10. Proprietary Developments .

 

(a) Any and all inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, methods, computer software programs, models, techniques, or formulae (collectively, hereinafter referred to as “Developments”), made, developed, or created by the Executive (alone or in conjunction with others, during regular work hours or otherwise) during the Term, which may be directly or indirectly useful in, or relate to, the business conducted or to be conducted by the Corporation will be promptly disclosed by the Executive to the Corporation and shall be the Corporation’s exclusive property. The term “Developments” shall not be deemed to include inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, methods, computer software programs, models, techniques, or formulae which were in the possession of the Executive prior to the Term. The Executive hereby transfers and assigns to the Corporation all proprietary rights which the Executive may have or acquire in any Developments and the Executive waives any other special right which the Executive may have or accrue therein. The Executive agrees to execute any documents and to take any actions that may be required, in the reasonable determination of the Corporation’s counsel, to effect and confirm such assignment, transfer and waiver.

 

(b) The Executive will execute any documents necessary or advisable, in the reasonable determination of the Corporation’s counsel, to direct the issuance of patents, trademarks, or copyrights to the Corporation with respect to such Developments as are to be the Corporation’s exclusive property or to vest in the Corporation title to such

 


Developments; provided, however, that the expense of securing any patent, trademark or copyright shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

(c) The parties agree that Developments shall constitute Confidential Information.

 

Section 11. Background Check . Notwithstanding any provisions to contrary contained herein, the Corporation may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Executive without penalty or fee if the results of Executive’s drug screening procedure and criminal background investigation are unacceptable to the Corporation in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of termination by the Corporation pursuant to this Section, Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Payment.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE(S)]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by themselves or by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and date first written above.

 

THE CORPORATION:

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Robert P. May

Name:

 

Robert P. May

Its:

 

Interim, Chief Executive Officer

THE EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Gregory L. Doody
GREGORY L. DOODY

 

EXHIBIT 10.21.1

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), made and entered into as of March 15, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), is by and between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“Corporation”), and DIANE L. MUNSON, an individual resident of Massachusetts (the “Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Corporation desires to employ the Executive as its President of the Outpatient Rehabilitation Division effective as of the Effective Date, and the Executive desires to accept such employment effective as of the Effective Date, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Employment . The Corporation hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, all on the terms and conditions herein.

 

Section 2. Services; Extent of Services .

 

(a) Duties and Responsibilities . The Executive is hereby employed as President of the Outpatient Rehabilitation Division, the authority, duties and responsibilities of which will be as follows: the Executive will (i) manage, review and supervise the Outpatient Rehabilitation Division of the Corporation; (ii) report to Bryan P. Marsal, the Chief Restructuring Officer of the Corporation, until such time that a permanent Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is appointed and following such time that a permanent Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is appointed, report to such Chief Executive Officer; (iii) have the powers and duties determined or directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Restructuring Officer of the Corporation; and (iv) comply with the various policies, procedures and codes of conduct of the Corporation in effect from time to time which apply to other employees and executive officers.

 

(b) Full Business Attention . The Executive will devote her full business attention and energies to the business of the Corporation during the Term (as defined below) and will physically report and will render all the Executive’s services contemplated hereunder to the Corporation at its offices in Birmingham, Alabama or at any other location in which the Corporation is headquartered; provided , however, that the foregoing requirement to render services in Birmingham shall not apply when the Executive is traveling on company business.

 


(c) Other Activities . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2(b), the Executive will be permitted to engage in the following activities, provided that such activities do not materially interfere or conflict with the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Corporation:

 

(i) the Executive may serve on the governing boards of, or otherwise participate in, a reasonable number of trade associations and charitable organizations whose purposes are not inconsistent with the activities and the image of the Corporation;

 

(ii) the Executive may engage in a reasonable amount of charitable activities and community affairs; and

 

(iii) subject to the prior approval of the Nominating / Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Executive may serve on the board of directors of up to one (1) business corporations or other for-profit entities, provided that they do not compete, directly or indirectly, with the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Compensation .

 

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of the services provided hereunder, the Corporation shall pay the Executive during the Term a salary of Three Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($325,000) per year (the “Base Salary”). The Corporation shall pay the Base Salary in arrears in equal installments in accordance with the Corporation’s payroll policy in effect from time to time for other similarly-situated officers of the Corporation.

 

(b) Bonus . During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to receive cash bonus payments in an amount per year targeted at 60% of the amount of the Base Salary in accordance with the senior management bonus plan, which is currently being developed.

 

(c) Benefits . During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i) Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans of the Corporation (including incentive or equity compensation plans) on such terms as are offered for the general benefit of other similarly-situated officers of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of such plans as may be in effect from time to time.

 

(ii) Vacation; Sick Leave . The Executive will be entitled to vacation and sick leave on such terms as are offered for the benefit of other similarly-situated officers of the Corporation.

 


(d) Expense Reimbursement . The Corporation shall reimburse the Executive, in accordance with the Corporation’s policies, for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Taxes . All payments made by the Corporation under this Agreement will be subject to withholding of such amounts as is required pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(f) Equity Incentives . The Corporation agrees to provide the Executive with equity incentives commensurate with the Executive’s position and responsibilities with the Corporation.

 

(g) Relocation Expenses . The Corporation shall reimburse the Executive for the following expenses (to the extent they are reasonable and appropriately documented) incurred by the Executive in connection with such relocation:

 

(i) two house hunting trips for the purpose of searching for a new primary residence;

 

(ii) temporary living and weekly commuting expenses for a period of three months from the Effective Date;

 

(iii) transportation of household goods and vehicles to a new primary residence;

 

(iv) storage of household goods for a period of three months from the Effective Date;

 

(v) closing costs, including legal fees, incurred in connection with the purchase of the primary residence in Birmingham, Alabama or surrounding communities; and

 

(vi) closing costs, including real estate agency commissions relating to the sale of the Executive’s primary residence in Massachusetts.

 

Section 4. Term . The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue for a term of two (2) years following the Effective Date (the “Term”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 below.

 

Section 5. Termination of Employment .

 

(a) Termination by Corporation for Cause . The Executive’s employment by the Corporation will terminate immediately upon written notice to the Executive if the Corporation elects to discharge the Executive for Cause (as hereinafter defined). For purposes hereof, “Cause” means:

 

(i) the Executive’s act of fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement with respect to the Corporation;

 


(ii) the Executive’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilt or no contest to, any felony;

 

(iii) the suspension or debarment of the Executive or of the Corporation or any of its affiliated companies or entities as a direct result of any act or omission of the Executive in connection with her employment with the Corporation from participation in any Federal or state health care program;

 

(iv) the Executive’s admission of liability of, or finding of liability for, the violation of any “Securities Laws” (as hereinafter defined). As used herein, the term “Securities Laws” means any Federal or state law, rule or regulation governing the issuance or exchange of securities, including without limitation the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(v) an indication any agency or instrumentality of any state or the United States of America, including but not limited to the United States Department of Justice, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any committee of the United States Congress that the Executive is a target or subject of any investigation or proceeding into the actions or inactions of the Executive (collectively, the “Investigations”);

 

(vi) the Executive’s failure after reasonable prior written notice to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Restructuring Officer or the Board of Directors of the Corporation; or

 

(vii) Other than as provided in Sections 5(a)(i) - (vi) above, the Executive’s material breach of any material provision of this Agreement that is not remedied within fifteen (15) days of the Executive being provided written notice thereof from the Corporation.

 

Repeated breaches of a similar nature, such as the failure to report to work, perform duties, or follow directions, all as provided herein, shall not require additional notices as provided Section 5(a)(vi) or (vii).

 

(b) Termination by Corporation Without Cause . The Corporation may terminate this Agreement Without Cause upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Executive. Any termination of this Agreement by the Corporation for a reason other than for Cause shall be considered a termination Without Cause. By way of example, should the Corporation terminate this Agreement due solely to the fact that the permanent Chief Executive Officer desired to terminate Executive’s employment as President of the Outpatient Rehabilitation Division and replace the Executive with

 


another individual with whom the permanent Chief Executive Officer had previously worked, or otherwise had a business relationship, such termination would be considered a termination Without Cause.

 

(c) Death or Disability . The Executive’s employment by the Corporation will immediately terminate upon the Executive’s death and, at the option of either the Executive or the Corporation, exercisable upon written notice to the other party, may terminate upon the Executive’s Disability (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” will occur if (i) the Executive becomes eligible for full benefits under a long-term disability policy provided by the Corporation, if any, or (ii) the Executive has been unable, due to physical or mental illness or incapacity, to perform the essential duties of her employment with reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of ninety (90) days or an aggregate of one-hundred eighty (180) days during the Term.

 

(d) Termination by the Executive for Good Reason . The Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Corporation and the Corporation fails to cure such event within such thirty-day period (any such termination referenced in clauses (i)-(iii) below, constituting termination for “Good Reason”):

 

(i) if the Corporation fails to make all or any portion of any payment, or offer all or any portion any benefits, required by Section 3 hereof when such payments or benefits are due;

 

(ii) if the Corporation materially modifies the senior management bonus plan or equity incentive plan such that the targeted cash bonus levels and targeted incentive compensation levels applicable to the Executive are materially lower than those levels of other similarly-situated executive officers of the Corporation; and

 

(ii) except as otherwise set forth in clause (i) above, if the Corporation materially breaches any of its other duties or obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Termination by the Executive without Good Reason . The Executive may terminate this Agreement without Good Reason upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Corporation.

 

(f) Change in Control . The Executive may terminate this Agreement within sixty (60) days following a “Change in Control” (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” will be deemed to have taken place if, whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions:

 

(i) any person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than the Corporation, or any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its

 


subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of the Corporation’s securities having fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Corporation that may be cast for the election of directors of the Corporation or otherwise has the ability to elect the directors of the Corporation (other than as a result of the issuance of securities initiated by the Corporation in the ordinary course of business);

 

(ii) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, the holders of all the Corporation’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction constitute, following such transaction, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of such surviving entity (or in the event each entity survives, the surviving entity that is the parent entity) after such transactions; or

 

(iii) the Corporation sells, transfers or leases all or substantially all of the assets or business or of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, collectively, or of the Outpatient Rehabilitation Division of the Corporation.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence of any of the following events, by themselves, will not be deemed to constitute a “Change in Control”: (x) if, pursuant to or within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state law relating to insolvency or relief of debtors, the Corporation (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding (and the Change of Control takes place pursuant to such proceeding); or (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case (and the Change of Control takes place pursuant to such proceeding); or (y) if any of the events or transactions otherwise constituting a Change of Control under this Section 5(f) shall not involve, at the time or within a sixty (60) day period thereafter, a substantial diminishment in the Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities as President of the Outpatient Rehabilitation Division so that they are no longer consistent with the position of president of an outpatient rehabilitation division of a public corporation.

 


Section 6. Effect of Termination .

 

(a) Termination by the Corporation for Cause; Termination by the Executive Without Good Reason . Upon termination of this Agreement (i) by the Corporation for Cause pursuant to Section 5(a) above, or (ii) by the Executive Without Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(e) above, the Executive will be entitled to receive (i) Base Salary and bonus payments, payments in respect of accrued but unpaid vacation and reimbursement for business expenses, in each case due, accrued or payable as of the date of such termination, and (ii) such vested stock options and other benefits as the Executive may be entitled to receive under any stock option or other employee benefit plan, but will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment (as defined in Section 6(c) below).

 

(b) Other Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement (i) by the Corporation Without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b) above (including termination Without Cause following a Change in Control), (ii) by the Executive within sixty (60) days following a Change in Control pursuant to Section 5(f) above, (iii) by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the death or Disability of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, or (iv) by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(d) above, the Executive will be entitled to receive (1) Base Salary and any outstanding bonus payments, payments in respect of accrued but unpaid vacation and reimbursement for business expenses, in each case due, accrued or payable as of the date of such termination), (2) such vested stock options and other benefits as Executive may be entitled to receive under any equity incentive plan or any other stock option or other employee benefit plan, (3) relocation expenses substantially identical to those described in Section 3(g) above related to a relocation from Birmingham, Alabama to another location in the continental United States of America and (4) the Severance Payment (as determined pursuant to Section 6(c) below), which Severance Payment will be payable in full by the Corporation within fifteen (15) business days of the date of such termination.

 

(c) Severance Payment . For purposes of this Agreement, “Severance Payment” means:

 

(i) in the event of any termination by the Corporation Without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b) above (including termination Without Cause following a Change in Control), for a period of twenty-four (24 months following the date of termination, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the cost of maintaining, pursuant to the provisions of COBRA (as hereinafter defined), the health insurance benefits that were supplied by the Corporation to the Executive immediately prior to the termination of her employment relationship with the Corporation (the “Cost of Health Benefits”). As used herein, the term “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act;

 

(ii) in the event of any termination by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(d), or in the event of a termination by Executive within sixty (60) days following a Change in Control, for a period of twenty-four (24)

 


months following the date of termination, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary and (B) the Cost of Health Benefits;

 

(iii) in the event of any termination by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the death of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for a period equal to three (3) full months; and

 

(iii) in the event of any termination by the Corporation or the Executive as the result of the Disability of the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c) above, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for the period beginning on the termination date and ending on the earlier of (A) the date the Executive becomes eligible to receive Disability benefits under the Corporation’s long-term disability benefit policy and (B) the termination date of this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Severance Payment is subject to forfeiture for material violations of Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement. The amount of Severance Payment to be forfeited shall be prorated based upon the date of the violation.

 

Section 7. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Notices . All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when (i) delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (ii) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, (iii) received by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (iv) received by the addressee, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, return receipt requested, in each case to the appropriate addresses, or facsimile numbers set forth below (or to such other addresses, or facsimile numbers as a party may designate by notice to the other parties):

 

the Executive:   

Ms. Diane L. Munson

126 Georgetown Rd.

W. Newbury, MA 01985

the Corporation:   

HealthSouth Corporation

1 Healthsouth Parkway

Birmingham AL 35243

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (205) 969-4620

with a copy to:   

HealthSouth Corporation

1 Healthsouth Parkway

Birmingham AL 35243

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (205) 970-5917

 


(b) Power and Authority . Each party warrants and represents that it has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, and the person signing this Agreement on behalf of such party has been properly authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement.

 

(c) Remedies . The rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative.

 

(d) Waiver . No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, on the part of either party, any privilege, any power or any right hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any privilege, right or power hereunder preclude further exercise of any other privilege, right or power hereunder.

 

(e) Entire Agreement and Modification . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to its subject matter and constitutes a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by the party to be charged with the amendment.

 

(f) Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the non-assigning party; provided , however , that the Corporation may assign this Agreement without the consent of the Executive in connection with any transaction which constitutes a Change of Control. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of (i) in the case of the Executive, her heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives, and (ii) in the case of the Corporation, its permitted successors and assigns.

 

(g) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. The parties further agree that if any provision contained herein is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws governing this Agreement, they shall take any actions necessary to render the remaining provisions of this Agreement valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and, to the extent necessary, shall amend or otherwise modify this Agreement to replace any provision contained herein that is held invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision giving effect to the intent of the parties.

 

(h) Section Headings, Construction . The headings of Sections in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or interpretation. All references to “Section” or “Sections” refer to the corresponding Section or Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances

 


require. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms. The language used in the Agreement will be construed, in all cases, according to its fair meaning, and not for or against any party hereto. The parties acknowledge that each party has reviewed this Agreement and that rules of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party will not be available in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

 

(j) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(k) Attorneys’ Fees . The parties agree that in the event it becomes necessary to seek judicial remedies for the breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled, in addition to all other remedies, to recover from the non-prevailing party all costs of such judicial action, including but not limited to, costs of investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and also including all such expenses related to any appeal.

 

(l) Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall perform such further acts and execute and deliver such further documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(m) No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 8. Non-Competition .

 

(a) The Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly-competitive nature of the business conducted by the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates and accordingly agrees that, in consideration of this Agreement and the premises contained herein, she shall not, for her own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity other than the Corporation, during the period commencing on the Effective Date hereof and terminating on the first anniversary of the expiration or termination of the Term hereof for any reason whatsoever (subject to Section 8(d)):

 

(i) actively engage in contacting, soliciting or servicing any person or entity that was a customer or prospective customer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time during the Term hereof (a prospective customer being one to which the Corporation had made a written financial

 


proposal within twelve (12) months prior to the time of the termination of the Term); or

 

(ii) hire, retain or engage as a director, officer, employee, consultant, agent or in any other capacity any person or persons who are employed by the Corporation or who were at any time (within a period of six (6) months immediately prior to the date of the termination of the Term) employed by the Corporation or otherwise interfere with the relationship between such persons and the Corporation.

 

(b) The Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit her ability to earn a similar amount of money in a business similar to the business of the Corporation or its subsidiaries or affiliates, but she nevertheless believes that she has received and will receive sufficient consideration and other benefits as an employee of the Corporation and as otherwise provided hereunder to clearly justify such restrictions which, in any event (given her education, skills and ability), the Executive does not believe would prevent her from earning a living.

 

(c) It is agreed that the Executive’s services hereunder are special, unique, unusual and extraordinary giving them peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages, and in the event of the Executive’s breach of this Section, the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief by way of injunction or otherwise. If the period of time or area herein specified should be adjudged unreasonable in any court proceeding, then the period of time shall be reduced by such number of months or the area shall be reduced by elimination of such portion thereof as deemed unreasonable, so that this covenant may be enforced during such period of time and in such areas as is adjudged to be reasonable.

 

Section 9. Confidential Information .

 

(a) The Executive acknowledges that during the Term she will have access to and may obtain, develop, or learn of Confidential Information (as defined below).

 

(b) The Executive agrees that she shall hold such Confidential Information in strictest confidence and that the Executive shall not at any time, during or at any time during the twenty-four (24) month period following the end of the Term, in any manner, either directly or indirectly, use (for her own benefit or otherwise), divulge, disclose or communicate to any unauthorized person or entity in any manner whatsoever any Confidential Information.

 

(c) Under this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following information relating to the Corporation or its affiliates learned by the Executive during the Term or as a result of her employment with the Corporation:

 

(i) information regarding the Corporation’s business proposals, manner of the Corporation’s operations, and methods of selling or pricing any products or services;

 


(ii) the identity of persons or entities (including physicians and vendors) actually conducting or considering conducting business with the Corporation, and any information in any form relating to such persons or entities and their relationship or dealings with the Corporation or its affiliates;

 

(iii) any trade secret or confidential information of or concerning any business operation or business relationship;

 

(iv) computer databases, software programs and information relating to the nature of the hardware or software and how said hardware or software are used in combination or alone; and

 

(v) any other trade secret or information of a confidential or proprietary nature.

 

(d) During the Term, the Executive shall use, divulge, disclose or communicate Confidential Information only in the scope of her employment with the Corporation and only as expressly directed or permitted by the Corporation. The Executive shall not, at any time following the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, use, divulge, disclose or communicate for any purpose any Confidential Information. The Executive shall not make or use any notes or memoranda relating to any Confidential Information except for the benefit of the Corporation, and will, at the Corporation’s request, return each original and every copy of any and all notes, memoranda, correspondence, diagrams or other records, in written or other form, that she may at any time have within her possession or control that contain any Confidential Information.

 

(e) Except as provided for herein below, the Executive agrees that she will treat the terms of this Agreement as confidential, and shall not directly or indirectly disclose them in any manner except: (i) as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties to this Agreement; (ii) in legal documents filed with the court or any arbitrator in any action to enforce the terms of this Agreement; (iii) pursuant to a valid order or regulation; (iv) as otherwise required by law or regulation; or (v) to her attorney, financial advisors, accountant, and/or spouse, provided that prior to any such disclosure, that individual must agree to treat as confidential all information disclosed.

 

(f) It is agreed that in the event of the Executive’s breach of this Section, the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief by way of injunction or otherwise.

 

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information which has come within the public domain through no fault of or action by the Executive or which has become rightfully available to the Executive on a

 


non-confidential basis from any third party, the disclosure of which to the Executive does not violate any contractual or legal obligation such third party has to the Corporation or its affiliates with respect to such Confidential Information.

 

Section 10. Proprietary Developments .

 

(a) Any and all inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, methods, computer software programs, models, techniques, or formulae (collectively, hereinafter referred to as “Developments”), made, developed, or created by the Executive (alone or in conjunction with others, during regular work hours or otherwise) during the Term, which may be directly or indirectly useful in, or relate to, the business conducted or to be conducted by the Corporation will be promptly disclosed by the Executive to the Corporation and shall be the Corporation’s exclusive property. The term “Developments” shall not be deemed to include inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, methods, computer software programs, models, techniques, or formulae which were in the possession of the Executive prior to the Term. The Executive hereby transfers and assigns to the Corporation all proprietary rights which the Executive may have or acquire in any Developments and the Executive waives any other special right which the Executive may have or accrue therein. The Executive agrees to execute any documents and to take any actions that may be required, in the reasonable determination of the Corporation’s counsel, to effect and confirm such assignment, transfer and waiver.

 

(b) The Executive will execute any documents necessary or advisable, in the reasonable determination of the Corporation’s counsel, to direct the issuance of patents, trademarks, or copyrights to the Corporation with respect to such Developments as are to be the Corporation’s exclusive property or to vest in the Corporation title to such Developments; provided, however, that the expense of securing any patent, trademark or copyright shall be borne by the Corporation.

 

(c) The parties agree that Developments shall constitute Confidential Information.

 

Section 11. Background Check . Notwithstanding any provisions to contrary contained herein, the Corporation may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Executive without penalty or fee if the results of Executive’s drug screening procedure and criminal background investigation are unacceptable to the Corporation in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of termination by the Corporation pursuant to this Section, Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Payment.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE(S)]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by themselves or by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and date first written above.

 

THE CORPORATION:

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Gregory L. Doody

Name:

 

Gregory L. Doody

Its:

 

Interim Corporate Counsel and Secretary

THE EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Diane L. Munson
DIANE L. MUNSON

 

EXHIBIT 10.21.2

 

AMENDMENT 1 TO

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT 1 (“Amendment”) dated as of the 12 day of April, 2004 to the Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) by and between HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and DIANE L. MUNSON , an individual resident of Massachusetts (the “Executive”) dated as of March 15, 2004.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to provide for the Company’s payment of the tax withholding associated with certain nondeductible expenses as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and obligations of the parties contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

  2. Section 3(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following to the end thereof:

 

“Most relocation expenses are classified as taxable income under applicable sections of the Internal Revenue Code. The Corporation will “gross-up” reimbursements for relocation expenses that are not considered tax deductible to cover withholdings for such expenses at applicable rates.”

 

  3. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  4. This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Alabama.

 

  5. This Amendment may not be amended except in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

  6. This Amendment, together with the Agreement, contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Gregory L. Doody

Name:

 

Gregory L. Doody

Title:

 

EVP, General Counsel Secretary

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Diane L. Munson

DIANE L. MUNSON

 

EXHIBIT 10.31

 

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

 

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT, made and effective as of [Date] , by and between HEALTHSOUTH Corporation , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [Director], an individual resident of the State of Tennessee (the “Indemnitee”);

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company is aware that, in order to induce highly competent persons to serve the Company as Directors or in other capacities, the Company must provide such persons with adequate protection through insurance and indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the difficulty of obtaining adequate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in the current market has increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is essential to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders that the Company act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

 

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Service by the Indemnitee. The Indemnitee will serve as a Director of the Company faithfully and will discharge his duties and responsibilities to the best of his ability so long as he is duly elected or qualified in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of


the Company and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. The Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue the Indemnitee in any such position. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Indemnitee the right to continue in the employ of the Company or as a Director of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate the Indemnitee’s employment at any time in the sole discretion of the Company, with or without cause, subject to any contractual rights of the Indemnitee created or existing otherwise than under this Agreement.

 

2. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law, as in effect from time to time. Without diminishing the scope of the indemnification provided by this Section 2, the rights of indemnification of the Indemnitee provided hereunder shall include, but shall not be limited to, those rights hereinafter set forth, except that no indemnification shall be paid to the Indemnitee:

 

(a) on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against the Indemnitee for disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law;

 

(b) on account of conduct of the Indemnitee which is finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been knowingly fraudulent or to constitute willful misconduct;

 

(c) in any circumstance where such indemnification is expressly prohibited by applicable law;

 

2


(d) with respect to liability for which payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, Bylaw or agreement (other than this Agreement), except in respect of any liability in excess of payment under such insurance, clause, Bylaw or agreement;

 

(e) if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful (and, in this respect, both the Company and the Indemnitee have been advised that it is the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable, and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to the appropriate court for adjudication); or

 

(f) in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by the Indemnitee, or any proceeding by the Indemnitee against the Company or its Directors, officers, employees or other Indemnitees, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iv) except as provided in Sections 10 and 13 hereof.

 

3. Actions or Proceedings Other Than an Action by or in the Right of the Company. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the indemnification rights provided in this Section 3 if he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, other than an action by or in the right of the Company, by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent

 

3


or fiduciary of any other entity, including, but not limited to, another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust, or by reason of any act or omission by him in any such capacity. Pursuant to this Section 3, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), costs, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement which were actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (including, but not limited to, the investigation, defense or appeal thereof), if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

4. Actions by or in the Right of the Company. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the indemnification rights provided in this Section 4 if he is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity, including, but not limited to, another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust, or by reason of any act or omission by him in any such capacity. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), costs and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (including, but not limited to, the investigation, defense or appeal thereof), if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which applicable law expressly prohibits such indemnification by reason of any adjudication of liability of the Indemnitee to the Company, unless and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses and costs which such court shall deem proper.

 

4


5. Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee has served on behalf of the Company as a witness or other participant in any claim, action or proceeding, or has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 3 and 4 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, including, but not limited to, the dismissal of any action without prejudice, he shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

6. Partial Indemnification. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), costs, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of such suit, action, investigation or proceeding described in Section 3 or 4 hereof, but is not entitled to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), costs, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

 

7. Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 hereof, the entitlement of the Indemnitee to indemnification pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be determined by the following person or persons, who shall be empowered to make such determination: (a) the Board of Directors of the Company, by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined); or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, if the Board of Directors, by the majority vote of Disinterested Directors, so directs, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined) in a written

 

5


opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee. Such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors and approved by the Indemnitee. Upon failure of the Board to so select, or upon failure of the Indemnitee to so approve, such Independent Counsel, such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Chancellor of the State of Delaware or such other person as the Chancellor shall designate to make such selection. Such determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than 45 days after receipt by the Company of a written request for indemnification. Such request shall include documentation or information which is necessary for such determination and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with his request for indemnification hereunder shall be borne by the Company. The Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless therefrom irrespective of the outcome of the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. If the person making such determination shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as to part (but not all) of the application for indemnification, such person shall reasonably prorate such partial indemnification among such claims, issues or matters.

 

8. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of the Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, advise in writing the Board of Directors, or such other person or persons as are empowered to make the determination pursuant to Section 7, that the Indemnitee has made such request for determination. Upon making such request for indemnification, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification hereunder and the Company shall have the burden of proof in the making of any determination contrary to such presumption. If the person or persons so empowered to make such determination shall have failed to make the requested indemnification within 45 days after receipt by the Company of such request, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be absolutely entitled to such indemnification, absent actual and material fraud in the

 

6


request for indemnification. The termination of any action, suit, investigation or proceeding described in Section 3 or 4 hereof by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself: (a) create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful; or (b) otherwise adversely affect the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification, except as may be provided herein.

 

9. Advancement of Expenses and Costs. All reasonable expenses and costs actually incurred by the Indemnitee (including attorneys’ fees, retainers and advances of disbursements required of the Indemnitee) shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, if so requested by the Indemnitee, within 20 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances. The Indemnitee may submit such statements from time to time. The Indemnitee’s entitlement to such expenses shall include those incurred in connection with any proceeding by the Indemnitee seeking an adjudication or award in arbitration pursuant to this Agreement. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses and costs incurred by him in connection therewith and shall include or be accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses and costs by the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

 

10. Remedies of the Indemnitee in Cases of Determination not to Indemnify or to Advance Expenses. In the event that a determination is made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder or if payment has not been timely made following a determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Sections 7 and 8, or if expenses are not advanced pursuant to Section 9, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to a final adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of

 

7


Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction of his entitlement to such indemnification or advance. Alternatively, the Indemnitee may, at his option, seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, such award to be made within 60 days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The Company shall not oppose the Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration or any other claim. Such judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be made de novo and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a determination (if so made) that he is not entitled to indemnification. If a determination is made or deemed to have been made pursuant to the terms of Section 7 or Section 8 hereof that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination and shall be precluded from asserting that such determination has not been made or that the procedure by which such determination was made is not valid, binding and enforceable. The Company further agrees to stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertions to the contrary. If the court or arbitrator shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to any indemnification hereunder, the Company shall pay all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and costs actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication or award in arbitration (including, but not limited to, any appellate proceedings).

 

11. Notification and Defense of Claim. Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, the Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to the Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any such action, suit or proceeding as to which the Indemnitee gives notice to the Company of the commencement thereof:

 

(a) The Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; and

 

8


(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(b), to the extent that it may wish, the Company, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to the Indemnitee of its election to so assume the defense thereof, the Company shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his own counsel in such action, suit or proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, or (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of the action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which the Indemnitee shall have reached the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above.

 

(c) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without its written consent. The Company shall not settle any action or claim in any manner that

 

9


would impose any penalty or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.

 

12. Other Rights to Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and costs provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may now or in the future be entitled under any provision of the Bylaws of the Company, any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, any vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors, any provision of law or otherwise.

 

13. Attorneys’ Fees and Other Expenses to Enforce Agreement. In the event that the Indemnitee is subject to or intervenes in any proceeding in which the validity or enforceability of this Agreement is at issue or seeks an adjudication or award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, the Indemnitee, if he prevails in whole or in part in such action, shall be entitled to recover from the Company and shall be indemnified by the Company against any actual expenses for attorneys’ fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by him.

 

14. Notice to Insurers . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of claim pursuant to Section 11 hereof, the Company has liability insurance in effect for the purpose of protecting directors or officers of the Company, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, for the benefit or on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

15. Employee Benefit Plans . For purposes of this Agreement, references to “any other entity” or “another entity” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on the Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to

 

10


“serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves service by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

16. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten years after the Indemnitee has ceased to occupy any of the positions or have any relationships described in Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement, and (b) the final termination of all pending or threatened actions, suits, proceedings or investigations to which the Indemnitee may be subject by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other entity, including, but not limited to, another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust, or by reason of any act or omission by him in any such capacity. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he may have ceased to be a Director or officer of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and his spouse, successors, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.

 

17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any Sections of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any

 

11


such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifest by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be required to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

19. Captions. The captions and headings used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

20. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a) “Disinterested Director” shall mean a Director of the Company who is not or was not a party to the action, suit, investigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by the Indemnitee.

 

(b) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm or a member of a law firm that neither is presently nor in the past five years has been retained to represent: (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the action, suit, investigation or proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

12


21. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or if (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, on the date shown on the return receipt:

 

  (a) If to the Indemnitee to:

 

    [Director]

    [Address]

 

  (b) If to the Company, to:

 

    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

    One HealthSouth Parkway

    Birmingham, Alabama 35243

    Attention: General Counsel

 

or to such other address as may be furnished to the Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by the Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

23. Governing Law. The parties hereto agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles.

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

INDEMNITEE:

 


[Director]

 

14

EXHIBIT 10.32

 

[HealthSouth Letterhead]

 

[Date]

 

[Director]

[Address]

 

Dear Mr./Ms. [Director]:

 

This is to confirm our agreement with respect to the matters set forth below, all of which have been agreed to in connection with the implementation of an orderly transition plan of the Board of Directors of HealthSouth Corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

1. Indemnity Agreement . Reference is made to that certain Indemnity Agreement (“ Indemnity Agreement ”), dated as of [date], by and between you (“ Director ”) and the Company. The Company hereby acknowledges, reaffirms and agrees that the Indemnity Agreement is and will continue to be in full force and effect, enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof, including after Director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2. Access to Information . The Company hereby agrees that, subject to appropriate confidentiality undertakings by Director, applicable attorney-client and other applicable privileges and to the extent not otherwise precluded by applicable law or contrary to a request of governmental authorities, at the request from time to time by Director or Director’s authorized representative, the Company shall, and shall cause its General Counsel or his designees (or, if there is no General Counsel, by its Chief Financial Officer or his designees) to, furnish to Director or Director’s authorized representatives updates and other requested information with respect to any actions, suits, or proceedings against, or any governmental investigations or negotiations with third parties involving, the Company or any of its present or former members of the Board of Directors, in each case only to the extent that such matter (i) arises from facts that took place prior to the date on which Director ceases to be a director of the Company and (ii) reasonably relates to the interests of Director (collectively, “Actions”). To the extent that any such requested information constitutes legal advice or other information subject to the attorney-client or related privilege, the Company shall provide such information to

 


Director, so long as such information will continue to be subject to the attorney-client or other privilege (it being understood that the Company will enter into joint defense or other arrangements to protect the status of such information as privileged, if such arrangement would be effective to provide such protection), unless, (i) such information addresses a matter as to which the parties have a conflict of interests, or (ii) the Company has reasonably determined that providing such information will be materially prejudicial to the Company; provided that the immediately preceding clause (ii) shall not be a basis for denial of any Director request for privileged information if such information refers to Director or reflects Director’s conduct or statements and, in such case, such information shall be made available to Director under a joint defense agreement, so long as it would remain privileged. In addition, and subject to the same limitations as set forth in the two preceding sentences, the Company agrees (a) to provide Director and Director’s authorized representatives with reasonable access to the books and records of the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to any such Action, (b) to cause its officers, employees, and advisors to furnish Director with such information to the extent that such information is necessary in connection with Director’s evaluation or defense of any such Action, and (c) to notify and consult with Director and Director’s authorized representatives before initiating any Action within the scope of this paragraph 2. The Company has designated the General Counsel of the Company as the point of contact for Director and Director’s authorized representatives to seek the updates, documents, and other information contemplated by this paragraph. Director acknowledges and agrees that Director’s sole remedy for any breach of this paragraph 2 shall be to seek specific performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder, so long as the Company acts in good faith.

 

3. Insurance & Indemnification . In (i) resolving any coverage disputes by insurers with respect to currently existing directors’ and officers’ insurance policies that provide coverage for Actions that relate to actions or omissions prior to Director’s voluntary resignation, (ii) seeking coverage under any currently existing directors’ and officers’ insurance policies with respect to any Action, or (iii) interpreting and applying the terms of the Indemnity Agreement, the Company shall not enter into agreements or support or take positions that disadvantage Director, or treat Director less favorably, as compared to any then current director, because Director is no longer a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. Nothing contained herein is intended to prohibit or limit the application of any currently existing directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in accordance with its terms. For purposes of this paragraph 3, the term “currently existing directors’ and officers’ insurance policies” is intended to include within its scope all insurance policies of the Company obtained prior to [Date], including those that have purportedly been rescinded or otherwise challenged by the issuers thereof.

 

4. Cooperation . Director hereby agrees, subject to applicable attorney-client privileges and other applicable privileges, to cooperate in good faith with all reasonable requests by the Company in connection with any governmental investigation or defense or prosecution of any Action. The Company agrees to take due account of Director’s regular employment and other business obligations in requesting Director to make personal appearances or travel and agrees to reimburse Director for

 

2


reasonable out-of-pocket travel and similar expenses incurred by Director in response to the Company’s requests. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s sole remedy for any breach of this paragraph 4 shall be to seek specific performance of the Director’s obligations hereunder, so long as Director acts in good faith.

 

5. Specific Performance . The Company and Director acknowledge and agree that the Company or Director, as the case may be, will be irreparably damaged if this agreement is not specifically enforced. Upon a breach or threatened breach of any provision of this agreement by the Company or Director, the other party to this agreement, shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled to seek specific performance.

 

6. Counterparts . This letter agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts. All such counterparts shall constitute one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party.

 

7. Governing Law . This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles.

 

If the foregoing correctly and completely sets forth our understanding, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter in the space provided and return it to the Company.

 

Very truly yours,

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

Confirmed and agreed to as of the date first written above:

[DIRECTOR]

 

__________________________________________

 

3

EXHIBIT 11

 

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Computation of Per Share Earnings

 

     For the years ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
                 (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Numerator:

                                

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (456,368 )   $ (417,118 )   $ (162,438 )   $ (361,623 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     24,267       (1,517 )     (28,787 )     (2,620 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (2,456 )     (48,189 )     —         —    
    


 


 


 


Net loss

   $ (434,557 )   $ (466,824 )   $ (191,225 )   $ (364,243 )

Denominator:

                                

Basic – weighted average common shares outstanding

     396,132       395,520       390,485       386,626  

Diluted - weighted average common shares outstanding

     405,831       408,321       415,163       407,061  

Basic earnings per share:

                                

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (1.15 )   $ (1.06 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.93 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.06       Nil       (0.07 )     (0.01 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (0.01 )     (0.12 )                
    


 


 


 


Net loss

   $ (1.10 )   $ (1.18 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.94 )

*Diluted earnings per share:

                                

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (1.12 )   $ (1.02 )   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.89 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.06       Nil       (0.07 )     (0.01 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (0.01 )     (0.12 )     —         —    
    


 


 


 


Net loss

   $ (1.07 )   $ (1.14 )   $ (0.46 )   $ (0.90 )

* Diluted earnings per share are antidilutive.

EXHIBIT 12

 

HealthSouth Corporation and Subsidiaries

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
           (in thousands)        

COMPUTATIONS OF EARNINGS:

                        

Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations before adjustment for minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries or income or loss from equity investees

   $ (415,100 )   $ (320,858 )   $ (146,912 )   $ (394,496 )

Fixed Charges

     274,314       255,774       311,400       290,838  

Distributed income of equity investees

     8,117       9,821       13,649       14,505  

Interest Capitalized

     (5,871 )     (738 )     (14 )        
    


 


 


 


Total Earnings

   $ (138,540 )   $ (56,001 )   $ 178,123     $ (89,153 )

COMPUTATION OF FIXED CHARGES:

                                

Interest Expensed and Capitalized

   $ 274,314     $ 255,774     $ 311,400     $ 290,838  
    


 


 


 


Total Fixed Charges

   $ 274,314     $ 255,774     $ 311,400     $ 290,838  

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

     (0.51 )     (0.22 )     0.57       (0.31 )

 

For the years ending December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, the Company had an earnings-to-fixed charges coverage deficiency of approximately $413 million, $312 million, $133 million, and $380 million, respectively.

EXHIBIT 14

 

[Standards of Business Conduct]

LOGO

 

THE MANY FACES OF HEALTHSOUTH

Your Role in Corporate Compliance and Ethics

CORPORATE COMPLIANCE AND ETHICS PROGRAM STANDARDS OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

As revised and approved by the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors | October 17, 2003


Contents

 

Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program     

Important Contact Information and Resources

   3

Corporate Values

   4

Introduction to Our Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program

   5

Corporate Integrity Agreement

   5

Your Responsibilities

   6

Consequences of Non-Compliance

   7

How to Report a Possible Violation

   8

Our Commitment to You

   10
Standards of Business Conduct     

Our Business

   12

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

   12

Quality Services

   13

Treatment of Patients

   14

Acting Ethically and with Integrity

   14

Our Working Environment

   16

Health and Safety

   16

A Positive Environment

   17

Open and Full Communication

   17

Our Company; Our Assets; Our Future

   18

Books and Record Keeping; Internal Controls

   18

Protection of Property

   19

 

This booklet is a general reference for HEALTHSOUTH directors, officers and employees. It does not describe all applicable laws or all HEALTHSOUTH policies, nor does it give full details of any individual law or policy. If you have any questions, you should contact the Corporate Compliance Office.

 

HEALTHSOUTH reserves the right to modify, revise or alter any policy, procedure or condition of employment at its sole discretion. This booklet is not an employment contract. Employment with HEALTHSOUTH is at will and for an indefinite period, and may be terminated, with or without cause, at the will of either the employee or HEALTHSOUTH. The information herein supersedes previous versions of the information contained in this booklet.

 

2


Important Contact Information and Resources

 

Corporate Compliance Office

 

Corporate Compliance Office

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

P.O. Box 380243

Birmingham, Alabama 35238

Phone: 205 970-5900

Facsimile: 205 970-4854

E-mail: corporate.compliance@healthsouth.com

 

Corporate Compliance Hotline

 

Phone: 888 800-2577

 

Corporate Human Resources Department

 

Phone: 800 765-4772, Ext. 4725

 

Compliance Website

 

http://compliance.healthsouth.com

 

The Corporate Compliance Office maintains the Compliance Website as a resource for compliance information and contacts. The Compliance Website contains helpful information, questions and answers and other resources about the policies and procedures summarized in this booklet.

 

To Obtain a Copy in Spanish

 

The HEALTHSOUTH Standards of Business Conduct are available in Spanish. To obtain a copy in Spanish, please have your facility administrator or Human Resources Department fax a Material Request Form to the Corporate Warehouse. The Corporate Warehouse fax number is 205 970-7935.

 

Para Obtener una Copia en Español

 

Las Normas de Conducta de HEALTHSOUTH están disponibles en Español. Para obtener una copia en Español, por favor solicite de su Administrador o del departamento de Recursos Humanos (Personnel) que envién un fax en el formulario entitulado “Solicitud de Materiales” (Material Request Form) al almacén de la Corporación en Birmingham, Alabama. El número del fax del almacén es 205 970-7935.

 

3


Corporate Values

 

HEALTHSOUTH’s way of doing business is based upon the fundamental human relationships involved in the delivery of quality healthcare services. Therefore, we place primary value upon our patients, their families and our employees.

 

HEALTHSOUTH is dedicated to providing superior care to those individuals whose lives are entrusted to us. Our dealings with them will be professional, courteous, helpful and cooperative.

 

HEALTHSOUTH’s employees are critical to its success as a corporation. We will respect their individuality, recognize and reward their good performance, provide opportunities for their growth and development and encourage their participation in the decision-making process.

 

HEALTHSOUTH considers respect, trust and integrity to be essential in all its dealings. We expect honest, ethical and lawful behavior from ourselves, and we encourage it in others.

 

HEALTHSOUTH values and encourages responsible individual and corporate citizenship. We recognize our obligation to be a positive influence in the communities in which we maintain a corporate presence.

 

HEALTHSOUTH is progressive in its response to the changing needs of its industry and prudent in the management of its resources. We value superior, high-quality work at the individual, facility and corporate levels.

 

HEALTHSOUTH is committed to providing full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable information in all of our public communications.

 

4


Introduction to Our Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program

 

HEALTHSOUTH is committed to conducting business legally and ethically. The Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program was implemented to assist HEALTHSOUTH directors, officers and employees in making the right choices regarding our business practices.

 

The Corporate Compliance Officer, who heads the Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program, is a member of senior management who reports directly to the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and, periodically, meets with and reports the state of our Program to the Compliance Committee.

 

The Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors will review the Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program and the Standards of Business Conduct annually. You will be required on an annual basis to read the Standards of Business Conduct and acknowledge in writing that you understand them.

 

Corporate Integrity Agreement

 

HEALTHSOUTH is subject to a Corporate Integrity Agreement with the Office of Inspector General (OIG) of the Department of Health and Human Services. All HEALTHSOUTH employees are required to comply with the requirements of the Corporate Integrity Agreement and with all applicable federal healthcare program requirements. The Corporate Integrity Agreement requires us, among other things, to:

 

    maintain our Standards of Business Conduct and the Compliance Hotline;

 

    provide compliance training for all employees;

 

    conduct various reviews of cost reporting, billing and coding practices and report on them to the OIG;

 

    disclose information concerning violations of federal healthcare program requirements to the OIG; and

 

    provide various other reports to the OIG.

 

Failure to comply with the requirements of the Corporate Integrity Agreement or federal healthcare programs, or to report violations or suspected violations, could pose a serious risk to HEALTHSOUTH, to our employees, investors and patients, and to you personally. See “Consequences of Non-Compliance” on page 7 of this booklet. Violations or suspected violations of the Corporate Integrity Agreement or applicable federal healthcare program requirements should be reported in accordance with the procedures set forth in “How to Report a Possible Violation” on page 8 of this booklet. If you have any questions about the Corporate Integrity Agreement, please contact the Corporate Compliance Office.

 

5


Acting Ethically: Questions to Ask

 

Asking yourself these questions can help determine if a course of action is ethical:

 

  Are my actions legal?

 

  Am I being fair and honest?

 

  Am I acting in accordance with HEALTHSOUTH’s Standards of Business Conduct?

 

  Would failing to act make the situation worse or allow a “wrong” to continue?

 

  How would my actions look if they were reported on the front page of the newspaper?

 

  If I were testifying in court and asked to explain what I had done, how would I respond?

 

Your Responsibilities

 

    Know and understand these Standards of Business Conduct. You are expected to read and understand these standards. If you have any questions about any Standards of Business Conduct or how they apply to you, please contact the Corporate Compliance Office.

 

    Know the law. These standards do not require you to be a legal expert. You are expected, however, to be familiar with the laws that apply to your specific job function and level of responsibility. Pay close attention to all training information and policies, and if you are not sure whether a law or standard applies, then ask.

 

    Act in accordance with the law and these Standards of Business Conduct. It is not enough just to know the law and the standards, you must apply them every day in the course of your job.

 

    Ask tough questions. If you have any doubts about the ethical or legal implications of a situation, bring the matter to the attention of your supervisor or the Corporate Compliance Office.

 

    Report violations. You are responsible for reporting violations, or suspected violations, of any applicable law, rule or regulation, these Standards of Business Conduct or any other policies of HEALTHSOUTH to the Corporate Compliance Office. If you think you have knowledge of wrongdoing or potential wrongdoing, it’s your job to tell us about it.

 

    Don’t make assumptions. Do not assume that “senior management already knows” or “management doesn’t care about this.” Also, do not assume that no action will be taken. HEALTHSOUTH management is dedicated to ensuring that the standards of legal and ethical behavior are upheld. In fact, responsible managers are obligated to respond to an employee’s concerns. We want you to tell us if something is wrong.

 

    Don’t be pressured. You are never expected to violate a law, policy, or ethical standard of your profession, nor should you ever feel encouraged or pressured to do so – even if the violation will improve the bottom line or help meet a performance goal. Always act with integrity. Remember that there will never be retaliation for appropriately reporting any pressure to violate these standards.

 

    Help improve the process. If you have a suggestion for improving this Program’s controls and processes, please let us know. You are also expected to assist us in making this Program effective by cooperating with company representatives in internal investigations.

 

    Report exclusions and convictions. You are responsible for immediately advising the Corporate Compliance Office and your supervisor if you are excluded from participation in federal reimbursement programs or federal contracts, if you otherwise become an “ineligible person” for participation in such programs or contracts, or if a sanction is imposed against your professional license. If you are convicted of a felony, you are responsible for reporting this to the Corporate Human Resources Department and your supervisor.

 

6


Consequences of Non-compliance

 

Your failure to comply with applicable laws, including federal healthcare program requirements, or with the requirements of the Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program or the Corporate Integrity Agreement, or to report violations or suspected violations, could pose serious risks to HEALTHSOUTH, our employees and investors, the patients we serve, and you personally. The following table shows only some of the possible consequences of non-compliance.

 

Consequences for you may include:


 

Consequences for HEALTHSOUTH may include:


Criminal prosecution, fines, imprisonment and other penalties.   Criminal prosecution, fines and other penalties.
Civil monetary and other penalties.   Civil monetary and other penalties.
Termination of employment.   Exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare.
Other forms of disciplinary action, as determined by HEALTHSOUTH.   Loss of business.
Exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare.   Damage to HEALTHSOUTH’s good name, trade and patient relations and business opportunities.
Damage to your reputation and inability to find similar employment.    

Consequences for our patients and the public may include:


 

Consequences for investors may include:


Reduced access to care.   Loss of investment value.
Reduced quality of care.   Loss of confidence in HEALTHSOUTH.
Higher cost of care.    
Loss of good faith in HEALTHSOUTH and possibly in other providers.    

 

7


How to Report a Possible Violation

 

It is your responsibility to report questionable behavior. Below is a summary of the procedures you are expected to follow if you believe there has been a violation of applicable law or of our Standards of Business Conduct (including the Corporate Integrity Agreement) or if you have any other concern or question regarding compliance. Never hesitate to ask a question or report a concern. Your questions may help us pinpoint areas of conduct that need further review and clarification.

 

Speak with a Supervisor

 

You are encouraged to discuss problems or concerns with your supervisor or another member of your facility’s management team. Typically, situations can be resolved at this level.

 

Speak with the Human Resources Department

 

If your question or concern involves your supervisor, or if you feel your supervisor has not addressed your concern adequately, contact your facility’s Human Resources Department (inpatient) or the Corporate Human Resources Department (other divisions). The Corporate Human Resources Department can be reached at 800 765-4772, Ext. 4725.

 

Compliance Hotline

 

While compliance matters can often be resolved at the local level or through the Human Resources Department, the Compliance Hotline provides another way to address compliance concerns that might not be adequately resolved and generally provides another means of reporting compliance concerns or getting information or advice anonymously. To reach the Compliance Hotline, call 888 800-2577. The Compliance Hotline operates 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. The Compliance Hotline is staffed by specially trained employees of a professional organization independent of HEALTHSOUTH. Your call – which can be anonymous, if you choose – will be treated with respect and consideration. The Compliance Hotline has a speaker of Spanish available at all times, and its staff has access to interpreters of numerous other foreign languages.

 

When you call the Compliance Hotline, here is what you can expect:

 

    Your question or concern will be taken seriously and will be handled anonymously if you so request.

 

    Your prior efforts to resolve your concerns or questions through established protocol will be reviewed. You may be asked for details of any discussion you have had with facility management and/or Human Resources. Please have names and dates available for the Compliance Hotline personnel.

 

    Your request for information or action will be handled promptly and professionally.

 

    Please understand if you tell others outside the Compliance Hotline of your call (i.e., coworkers or friends), your anonymity cannot be protected.

 

    Your call will help us identify HEALTHSOUTH policies and procedures that may need review and/or revision.

 

8


By Mail

 

You may also send your concerns to the Corporate Compliance Office via letter or fax at:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

Corporate Compliance Office

P.O. Box 380243

Birmingham, Alabama 35238

Facsimile: (205) 970-4854

 

Board of Directors

 

In addition, if your issue involves the CEO or anyone charged with supervising the compliance process, you have the option of communicating in writing directly to the Audit, Compliance or Nominating / Corporate Governance committees of the Board of Directors. All such written communication should be directed to:

 

HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

Board of Directors

P.O. Box 382827

Birmingham, Alabama 35238

 

Human Resource Matters

 

The Compliance Hotline and the Corporate Compliance Office are not intended as substitutes for facility management or Human Resources Department involvement in human resource issues, but are to serve as additional safeguards to ensure HEALTHSOUTH is “doing the right thing.” For this reason, you are urged to report your concern to a supervisor or to the Human Resources Department before contacting the Compliance Hotline or the Corporate Compliance Office.

 

9


Our Commitment to You

 

Open Door Policy

 

The foundation of our compliance effort is openness, accessibility and discussion within the HEALTHSOUTH community. We encourage employees to present ideas, raise concerns and ask questions — especially those of a legal or ethical nature, but also those relating to quality of work. All managers are responsible for supporting this policy by maintaining an “open door” for their direct reports and other employees who may reach out to them.

 

Confidentiality

 

It is essential that you feel secure when participating in the Corporate Compliance and Ethics Program. Therefore, confidentiality is a priority and every effort will be made to protect your identity whenever you interact with any element of the Program. In some instances, however, it may be impossible to keep your identity confidential because of the demands of conducting a thorough investigation or because of certain legal requirements. If you are concerned about confidentiality, you may consider placing an anonymous call to the Compliance Hotline, but be aware that, in some cases, we may be unable to effectively investigate the matter unless you reveal your identity. Also know that we must protect the privacy of any individuals you accuse of wrongdoing. We may not be able to tell you of specific action taken against other individuals.

 

Non-Retaliation Policy

 

Neither HEALTHSOUTH nor its individual management members will take retaliatory action against any employee who, in good faith, appropriately reports a concern to management, the Human Resources Department, the Corporate Compliance Office or the Compliance Hotline.

 

10


Standards of Business Conduct

 

11


Your Responsibility : It is your responsibility to familiarize yourself with the laws and regulations that affect you in the performance of your job.

 

Fraud and Abuse : Questions to Ask

 

Asking yourself the following questions may help you to determine if the proposed arrangement with a referral source may violate the federal fraud and abuse laws:

 

  Is one purpose of the proposed transaction to increase referrals?

 

  Would you enter into the arrangement on the same terms with a party who was not in a position to make referrals? Would you offer the same price or compensation to a party who was not in a position to make referrals?

 

  Overall, is the benefit to the referral source greater than the corresponding benefit to HEALTHSOUTH?

 

Our Business

 

Our Goals: HEALTHSOUTH’s goal is to provide quality, comprehensive and cost effective healthcare services that meet the needs and expectations of our patients, the community and our investors.

 

Our Commitment: We intend to achieve this:

 

    by complying with all healthcare laws and regulations;

 

    by striving to provide quality services using the best resources available;

 

    by honoring patients’ rights;

 

    by acting ethically and with integrity in all of our business relationships; and

 

    by competing in the marketplace lawfully.

 

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

 

HEALTHSOUTH will operate all aspects of its business in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.

 

    We will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in all jurisdictions that affect our business.

 

    We will comply with all applicable federal healthcare program requirements, including the fraud and abuse laws and billing and coding standards.

 

    We will not pursue any business opportunity that requires us to act illegally.

 

Fraud and Abuse

 

    We will not ask for or receive, or give or offer to give, anything of value to induce or as a reward for the referral of patients or services. Kickbacks, bribes, rebates, compensation or benefits of any kind intended to induce or reward referrals or influence purchasing decisions are strictly prohibited. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute carry criminal penalties. Please also see “Conflicts of Interest” on page 14 and “Gifts” on page 15 of this booklet.

 

    We will not make any payment or provide any benefit to clinicians and referral sources other than in connection for actual services rendered and at fair market rates.

 

    We will collect and maintain documentary evidence to show that any payment made or benefit provided to clinicians or referral sources was provided at fair market rates.

 

    We will ensure that all arrangements with an actual or potential patient referral source will be in writing and approved by management.

 

Protection of Patient Information

 

    We will comply with all state and federal laws and regulations regarding the protection of confidential patient information, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act or HIPAA. HIPAA provides a national standard for maintaining the confidentiality of certain patient information.

 

12


Billing and Coding

 

    We will only submit for payment or reimbursement claims for services actually rendered and that are fully documented in patients’ medical records.

 

    We will only submit for payment or reimbursement claims for services using billing codes that accurately describe the services provided and the persons and entities providing treatment.

 

    We will ensure that all requests for payment or reimbursement comply with all applicable laws and regulations, and all requirements of any third-party payor.

 

    We will not submit any claims for payment or reimbursement that are false, fraudulent, inaccurate or fictitious.

 

    We will only submit claims for services based on documented medical necessity.

 

    We will take immediate steps to alert appropriate HEALTHSOUTH management, third-party payors and regulatory authorities if inaccuracies are discovered in claims that have been submitted for reimbursement.

 

    We will promptly refund any money received that is not due to us.

 

    We will not make false or misleading statements to government agencies or other payors.

 

Quality Services

 

HEALTHSOUTH is committed to delivering high-quality services and patient care.

 

    We will strive to provide comprehensive services that meet the needs of our patients.

 

    We will provide medical services that are safe, approved by all applicable authorities and are in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and professional standards.

 

    We will only provide services that are requested or which are medically necessary.

 

    We will only use properly licensed and credentialed personnel to provide medical services.

 

    All personnel performing medical services will have the experience and expertise to perform that medical service.

 

    We will not knowingly employ or contract with any individual or entity that is excluded from participation in any federal or state medical program.

 

    We will frequently assess our clinical protocols to ensure compliance with current practice standards.

 

    We will only use quality equipment and supplies from reputable companies.

 

    In providing our services, our personnel will not discriminate based on race, color, religion, sex, age, marital status, national origin, veteran status or disability or any other factor protected by the law.

 

    All medical decisions will be based on medical necessity. They will be independent of all external factors, including compensation of personnel and clinicians.

 

    We will ensure that admissions, transfers and discharges are medically appropriate.

 

    We will strive to respond effectively and promptly to the changing healthcare environment.

 

13


What are some things patients are entitled to?

 

    Patients may actively participate in decision-making regarding all aspects of their treatment and care.

 

    Patients may refuse treatment to the extent permitted by law and to be informed of the consequences of doing so.

 

    Patients may voice their opinions about the services and care they receive.

 

    Patients may receive information about our policies and procedures and about our charges. They do not have the right to receive confidential information about our business.

 

    Patients may know the identity and qualifications of all personnel who provide services for them.

 

What is a Conflict of Interest?

 

A conflict of interest exists when your private interest interferes in any way with the interests of HEALTHSOUTH. A conflict situation can arise when you take action or have interests that may make it difficult for you to perform your work for HEALTHSOUTH objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise when you, or members of family, receive improper personal benefits as a result of your position with HEALTHSOUTH.

 

Treatment of Patients

 

HEALTHSOUTH is committed to treating all patients with consideration and respect.

 

    We will endeavor to promptly and courteously answer all questions from patients and, as permitted by applicable confidentiality laws, their families and caregivers.

 

    We will provide patients with adequate and accurate information concerning clinical procedures and treatments so they may make informed decisions.

 

    We will honor all patients’ rights and the rights of their families and caregivers.

 

    We will only discuss a patient’s condition, care, treatment, personal affairs or records with the attending physician, with persons authorized by the patient to receive such information and with the personnel who require access to such information to perform their duties. Employees who do not require patient information to perform their duties should not be permitted access to such information.

 

    Upon arrival at one of our facilities, we will provide patients and their families with a detailed notice of how their personal medical information may be used and their rights under the privacy laws and regulations.

 

    We will take all reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of our patient’s medical, financial and other personal information and to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of such information unless required by applicable law, rule or regulation or legal or regulatory process.

 

    We will safeguard the property of patients.

 

    We will maintain complete and accurate patient medical records.

 

Acting Ethically and with Integrity

 

HEALTHSOUTH is committed to acting honestly and fairly in all aspects of its business.

 

    We will not pursue any business opportunity that requires us to act in a manner that violates our professional ethics.

 

    We will be truthful and straightforward in our advertising.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

    We will take reasonable steps to avoid conflicts, or the appearance of conflicts, between our private interests, the interests of HEALTHSOUTH, and our official responsibilities and performance of our duties.

 

    We will avoid engaging in any situations that may create an actual conflict, or the appearance of conflict, of loyalty or interest, unless approved in advance by the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors. This includes the investment in, or other financial arrangements with, companies with which HEALTHSOUTH may be doing business now or in the foreseeable future.

 

    We will disclose to the Corporate Compliance Officer any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to such a conflict.

 

    We will NOT hold other jobs if such activity is expressly prohibited by contract or if an actual or potential conflict of interest is created by such other employment. In general, HEALTHSOUTH allows employees to hold other jobs as long as such employees can effectively meet the performance standards for the HEALTHSOUTH job.

 

14


    We will not have any association or connection with another organization that might result in any conflict with the purposes, aims or goals of HEALTHSOUTH.

 

    We will not ask for or receive, or give or offer to give, any gifts or payments (in cash or otherwise) that may create a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict. See the “Gifts” section below for further clarification of the HEALTHSOUTH gift policy.

 

    We will do business only with individuals and companies on the basis of HEALTHSOUTH’s best interests.

 

Bribery and Corruption

 

    We will not give or accept any benefit that is intended to influence or reward our decision to conduct business with any party.

 

    We will not bribe or offer inducements to any governmental or political official anywhere that we do or are seeking to do business.

 

Gifts

 

    We will not give any cash or cash equivalents to any referral source. A cash equivalent gift includes checks, stocks, bonds, or any other item readily converted into cash or merchandise such as gift certificates or airline frequent flyer miles.

 

    We will not give any gifts or benefits with a total value exceeding $300 per calendar year to any referral source or immediate family member or employee of a referral source. A gift can include merchandise, meals, and other items such as tickets to sporting events, concerts or the theater. Gifts in excess of this limit may be considered a violation of the fraud and abuse laws. See “Compliance with Laws and Regulations — Fraud and Abuse” on page 12 of this booklet.

 

    We will not accept any cash or cash equivalents as gifts.

 

    We and our immediate family members will not accept any gifts from vendors or potential vendors, except for meals that do not exceed $25 per meal per person at which HEALTHSOUTH business is discussed. The total amount of all such meals for an employee and his or her immediate family from any vendor shall not exceed $300 total in any calendar year. Requests by vendors to participate in organized charity events, such as attending luncheons and similar events, are permitted and not included in the $300 limit. Holiday gifts of food with a value of $25 or less are permitted if shared with other employees.

 

    We will not accept any gifts or tips from our patients, except for gifts of food that are shared with other employees.

 

Our gift policy is designed to ensure that employees do not receive any unreasonable personal benefit from people we do business with and will act only in the best interest of HEALTHSOUTH. You should seek guidance if you have questions.

 

Your Responsibility.

 

If you give a gift, it is your responsibility to assure yourself that the value of the gift you give, when added to the value of all other gifts given by us (all personnel in all divisions) does not exceed the $300 per calendar year limit.

 

Q: Is the food that we provide in physician lounges or at staff meetings considered a gift or benefit subject to the $300 limit?

 

A: No

 

Q: Are continuing education benefits and other items given to medical staff members to facilitate their medical staff duties or to physician partners or co-owners to facilitate the exercise of their ownership duties considered a gift or benefit subject to the $300 limit?

 

A: No, generally not, provided the benefit is given to enable the recipient to perform his or her duties. If given solely or principally for any other purpose or if the majority of the value of the benefit does not flow to our business, then the gift or benefit should be included in the $300 limit consideration.

 

15


An illegal substance includes all chemical substances, narcotics, controlled drugs, illicit drugs or any restricted drugs listed or described in the laws of the jurisdictions where we conduct business.

 

Q: One of the physicians who performs surgeries at my medical facility has been coming into the operating room with alcohol on his breath. While he seems to be able to perform the surgery, I am worried that his performance may be impaired. I am afraid to confront him as he is a very successful, busy doctor who brings many cases to our facility. What should I do?

 

A: If the physician has an alcohol problem, he could be compromising his own health and the health and safety of his patients and our employees. If you have serious concerns, you should raise it with your manager or use one of the other methods discussed in the section headed “How To Report a Possible Violation” of this Booklet to report your concerns.

 

Our Working Environment

 

Our Goals: HEALTHSOUTH is committed to creating and maintaining a work environment where people are treated fairly and with respect, and where they can perform their jobs safely and are encouraged to reach their individual potential.

 

Our Commitment: We intend to achieve this:

 

    by protecting the health and safety of all employees;

 

    by promoting a positive and harassment-free environment and by treating all employees honestly, fairly and equitably; and

 

    by encouraging open and full communication.

 

Health and Safety

 

HEALTHSOUTH is committed to providing a safe environment for its patients, employees and visitors.

 

    We will take reasonable precautions to ensure the safety of all personnel, patients and visitors on our properties. If you feel threatened or unsafe you should remove yourself from the situation and report the circumstances to your supervisor immediately.

 

    We will maintain a workplace free of violence and unauthorized weapons. We will not bring unauthorized weapons or firearms onto any HEALTHSOUTH property. If you discover any weapon or firearm on any of our properties, you should report it immediately to your supervisor.

 

    We are committed to maintaining a substance-abuse-free working environment. We will not use or permit any service provider to use, be in possession of or under the influence of alcohol or illegal substances while working on our premises.

 

    We will handle hazardous waste and other dangerous materials in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations.

 

    We will ensure that pharmaceuticals are properly ordered, stored, secured, used and inventoried. We will promptly report missing supplies or drugs to management.

 

    We will immediately report to a supervisor all accidents involving injury to a patient, employee or visitor.

 

    We will become familiar with all safety and emergency plans. Information on fire, disaster, emergency and safety regulations is available in each facility. It is your responsibility to ensure that you know where these are and that you read and understand them.

 

16


A Positive Environment

 

HEALTHSOUTH is committed to fostering a fair and supportive working environment.

 

    We will treat everyone with respect and consideration.

 

    We will not tolerate unfair treatment or harassment of any type. If you become aware of any possible unlawful harassment, whether you are directly affected or not, you should advise your supervisor, the Human Resources Department or the Corporate Compliance Office or contact the Compliance Hotline.

 

    We will conform to the standards of our professions and exercise reasonable judgment and objectivity in the performance of our duties.

 

    We will ensure that everyone is given equal employment and advancement opportunities regardless of race, color, religion, sex, age, marital status, national origin, veteran status or disability or any other factor protected by the law. This policy relates to all personnel matters, such as compensation, benefits, training, promotions, transfers, layoffs and recalls from layoffs.

 

    We will not sign or witness legal documents for patients or visitors while on duty. We will only sign documents in our capacity as HEALTHSOUTH employees if we are expressly authorized to do so. You may expose yourself to personal liability if you sign a document you are not authorized to sign.

 

    We will show proper respect and consideration for one another regardless of position or status.

 

    We understand that our work areas (desks, offices, cubicles, etc.) and all company property (computers, vehicles, etc.) are the property of HEALTHSOUTH, and as such, are subject to search by management at any time.

 

Open and Full Communication

 

HEALTHSOUTH encourages open and honest communication.

 

    We are responsible for sharing ideas, resolving problems or concerns and treating all opinions with respect and consideration.

 

    We will raise legitimate questions or concerns in an appropriate and efficient manner.

 

    We will strive to understand the duties, responsibilities and challenges that face our colleagues.

 

    We will respond to all questions in a timely and courteous manner.

 

Unfair treatment includes any unlawful discriminatory practices and harassment on the basis of sex, age, race, color, national origin, religion, disability or any other factor protected by law. Unlawful harassment can include, but is not limited to, slurs, epithets, threats, derogatory comments and unwelcome jokes or comments. Additionally, unlawful harassment can include verbal and physical conduct of a sexual nature by any employee, supervisor or manager, including sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, uninvited touching or sexual comments, which tend to create an intimidating, hostile or offensive work environment. Refer to the Employee Handbook for additional information on prohibited practices and reporting harassment.

 

17


While it is the primary responsibility of HEALTHSOUTH’S CEO and senior financial officers to provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that HEALTHSOUTH files with or submits to the Securities and Exchange Commission and in its other public disclosures, it is everyone’s responsibility to assist the CEO and senior financial officers in fulfilling these responsibilities by ensuring that the information underlying the disclosures is complete and truthful. If you have any concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, you should report them by calling the Compliance Hotline. See page 8 of this booklet.

 

Our Company; Our Assets; Our Future

 

Our Goals: HEALTHSOUTH is committed to operating in the best interest of the company and our investors, being forthright about our operations and our performance, and exercising care in the use of our assets and resources.

 

Our Commitment: We intend to achieve this:

 

    by keeping accurate and complete books and records;

 

    by maintaining an effective system of controls over our business, operational and financial information and public disclosures;

 

    by taking steps to safeguard our assets; and

 

    by providing accurate information about our business to our employees, government regulators and the public.

 

Books and Record Keeping; Internal Controls

 

HEALTHSOUTH is committed to maintaining complete and accurate books and records and providing full, accurate, timely and understandable information about its business to the public.

 

    We will maintain all business-related books and records in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

    We will ensure that all company business data, reports and records are completely, accurately and timely filed.

 

    We will provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable information in all reports and documents that we file with or submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission and in our other public communications.

 

    We will report any material information of which we may become aware that affects the disclosures made by HEALTHSOUTH in its public filings.

 

    We will report any questionable accounting or auditing matters of which we become aware.

 

    We will take all reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of non-public information about HEALTHSOUTH obtained or created in connection with our activities and to prevent unauthorized disclosure of such information unless required by applicable law, rule or regulation or legal or regulatory process.

 

    We will not trade on or “tip” others about material non-public information regarding HEALTHSOUTH, our vendors or other organizations involved in conducting our business.

 

    We will not communicate any internal or non-public company information to the media or any outside person unless expressly authorized by executive management.

 

    We will not directly or indirectly take any action to fraudulently influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead HEALTHSOUTH or its subsidiaries. We will take all reasonable steps to ensure that information provided to our independent auditors is not inaccurate or misleading.

 

18


Protection of Property

 

HEALTHSOUTH is committed to protecting its assets against misuse, loss and theft, and to respecting the property of others.

 

    We will be personally responsible and accountable for the proper expenditure of HEALTHSOUTH funds and the proper use of HEALTHSOUTH property. You may expose yourself to personal liability if you expend funds or authorize another to expend funds without proper authorization.

 

    We will obtain approval by the appropriate senior management prior to commitment or expenditure of any HEALTHSOUTH funds.

 

    We will follow established internal control procedures in handling and recording all funds and property.

 

    We will preserve HEALTHSOUTH’s assets, property, facilities, equipment and supplies.

 

    We will dispose of surplus, obsolete or unusable property only in accordance with HEALTHSOUTH policies and procedures. Unauthorized removal or disposal of property is prohibited.

 

    We will productively use time while at HEALTHSOUTH. We will not conduct activities on company time that are unrelated to company business.

 

    We will not copy or communicate confidential business information (such as policies and procedures, facility listings, organizational charts, financial information, patient and provider information) to unauthorized persons either within or outside of the company.

 

    We will not permit any unauthorized use of HEALTHSOUTH computer systems or software.

 

    We will not install unlicensed or unapproved software on HEALTHSOUTH computers, or HEALTHSOUTH software on unapproved computers.

 

    We will promptly report missing company property as well as any unusual circumstances surrounding the disappearance of company assets.

 

    We will not use the property of others without their consent.

 

The Standards of Business Conduct apply to all HEALTHSOUTH directors, officers and employees. You will be held accountable for your adherence to these Standards. Failure to observe these Standards may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment, and violations of these Standards may also constitute violations of law and may result in civil and criminal penalties for you, your supervisors and HEALTHSOUTH.

 

All directors, officers and employees are required to read and acknowledge in writing that they understand these Standards. A form for this acknowledgement is attached to this booklet. You must sign and return the form to the administrator of your facility or, if you are employed at the corporate office, to the Human Resources Department.

 

Please refer to the Employee Handbook for additional information on protecting our property. If you become aware of any possible issue you should advise your supervisor, the Human Resources Department, the Corporate Compliance Office or contact the Compliance Hotline.

 

19


LOGO

 

One HealthSouth Parkway

Birmingham, Alabama 35243

healthsouth.com

EXHIBIT 21

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

Subsidiary Name


  

Jurisdiction

of
Organization


  

DBA(s)


2001 Associates Limited Partnership (NY)    NY     
2121 SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CA    Surgery Center of Santa Monica, an Affiliate of HEALTHSOUTH
Advantage Beverly Corporation    MA     
Advantage Health Development Corp.    MA     
Advantage Health Eastern Rehabilitation Network, Inc.    CT     
ADVANTAGE HEALTH HARMARVILLE REHABILITATION CORPORATION    PA    HEALTHSOUTH Harmarville Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Washington Outpatient Rehabilitation Center
          West Penn Hospital HEALTHSOUTH Outpatient Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Natrona Heights
Advantage Health Nursing Care, Inc.    MA     
ADVANTAGE REHABILITATION CLINICS, INC.    MA    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Spine Center
Alaska Surgery Center, Inc.    AK     
ALASKA SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    AK    Alaska Surgery Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
All-Care Surgery Center, Inc.    MD     
Ambulatory Surgical Centre of Miami, Ltd.    FL     
Anderson Magnetic Imaging, Limited Partnership    SC     
AnMed Enterprises, Inc./HEALTHSOUTH, L.L.C.    SC     
ANTELOPE VALLEY SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Antelope Valley Surgery Center
Arapahoe Rehab Associates Limited Partnership    CO     
ARCADIA OUTPATIENT SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Arcadia Outpatient Surgery
ARLINGTON SURGERY CENTER ASSOCIATES, LTD.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH Arlington Day Surgery
ARTHROSCOPIC & LASER SURGERY CENTER OF SAN DIEGO, L.P.    GA    OASIS/HealthSouth Surgery Center
ASC Network Corporation    DE     
Athens Magnetic Imaging, Ltd.    GA     
AUBURN OUTPATIENT SURGICAL AND DIAGNOSTIC CENTER, A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Auburn
AURORA SURGERY CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CO    HEALTHSOUTH Aurora Surgery Center
Aurora-SC, Inc.    CA     
AUSTIN CENTER FOR OUTPATIENT SURGERY, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgical Hospital of Austin
B.R.A.S.S. PARTNERSHIP IN COMMENDAM    LA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of B.R.A.S.S.
BAKERSFIELD PHYSICIANS PLAZA SURGICAL CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Physicians Plaza Surgical Center
BAKERSFIELD PHYSICIANS PLAZA SURGICAL CENTER, LP    TN    Pain Medicine Center of Bakersfield
Bakersfield-SC, Inc.    TN     
BATON ROUGE REHAB, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Baton Rouge
Baygan Development Corp.    FL     


BEAUMONT REHAB ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Beaumont
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Beaumont
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Beaumont
BELLEVILLE SURGICAL CENTER, LTD.    IL    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Belleville, L.P.
Bettom Medical Management, Inc.    CT     
BIRMINGHAM OUTPATIENT SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Outpatient CareCenter
Birmingham Outpatient Surgical Center, Inc.    AL     
BJC / HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER, L.L.C.    MO    The Rehabilitation Institute of St. Louis
BLACKSTONE VALLEY SURGICARE, INC.    RI     
BLUE RIDGE DAY SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Blue Ridge Surgery Center
BRAINTREE REHABILITATION VENTURES, INC.    MA     
Camp Hill Ambulatory Centers    PA     
Camp Hill-SCA Centers, Inc.    PA     
Caremark Center for Physical Therapy - Deerfield    IL     
Caremark Center for Physical Therapy - Forest Grove, L.L.C.    DE     
Caremark Center for Physical Therapy - Gurnee    IL     
Caremark/UC Center for Sports Medicine    IL     
Caremark-Hoeck Limited Partnership    CA     
Castro Valley Surgery Center, Inc.    CA     
CEDAR COURT PRIVATE HOSPITAL TRUST    AU     
Center for Surgery of North Coast L.P., a California Limited Partnership    CA     
Central Arizona Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    AZ     
Central Arkansas Outpatient Centers, Inc.    DE     
CENTRAL ARKANSAS REHABILITATION ASSOCIATES, L.P.    DE    Catholic Health Initiatives St. Vincent Rehabilitation Hospital In Partnership with HEALTHSOUTH
Central Delaware Ambulatory Surgery Center    TN     
Central Florida Medical Management Services Organization    FL     
Central Florida Outpatient Surgery Center, L.P.    GA     
CENTRAL LOUISIANA REHAB ASSOCIATES, L.P.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Alexandria
Chandler Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    AZ     
CHANNEL ISLANDS SURGICENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Channel Islands Surgicenter
Charleston Harbor Surgery Center, L.P.    TN     
CHARLESTON SURGERY CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    SC    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Charleston
CHARLOTTE SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    NC    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Charlotte
Charlotte Surgery Properties, Ltd.    NC     
Charlotte-SC, Inc.    NC     
Chattanooga Surgery Center, L.P.    TN     
Chattanooga Surgery Properties, Ltd., L.P.    TN     
Chattanooga-SC, Inc.    TN     
CHESAPEAKE DIAGNOSTIC IMAGING CENTERS, LLC    AL    Chesapeake Diagnositc Imaging Centers, an affiliation of HEALTHSOUTH and Chesapeake Health
CHESAPEAKE LITHOTRIPSY ASSOCIATES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    MD    HEALTHSOUTH Lithotripsy
CHESAPEAKE LITHOTRIPSY ENTERPRISES, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    MD    HEALTHSOUTH Lithotripsy
CHESAPEAKE LITHOTRIPSY PARTNERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    MD    HEALTHSOUTH Lithotripsy


CHESAPEAKE LITHOTRIPSY VENTURES, L.P.

   GA     
CHESAPEAKE LITHOTRIPSY-WEST LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    GA     

Chico Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.

   DE     

Chiron, Inc.

   NV     

CITRUS REGIONAL SURGERY CENTER, L.P.

   TN   

HEALTHSOUTH Citrus Surgery Center

CMS Alexandria Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Baton Rouge Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Beaumont Rehabilitation, Inc.

   TX     

CMS Capital Ventures, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Denver Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Development and Management Company, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Elizabethtown, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Fayetteville Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Fort Worth Rehabilitation, Inc.

   TX     

CMS Fresno Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Houston Rehabilitation, Inc.

   TX     

CMS JONESBORO REHABILITATION, INC.

   DE   

HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Jonesboro

CMS JONESBORO REHABILITATION, INC.

   DE   

HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Paragould

CMS Kansas City Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS of Ohio, Inc.

   OH     

CMS Outpatient Centers of South Texas, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Outpatient Centers of North Texas, Inc.

   TX     

CMS Outpatient Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

   CO     

CMS Pennsylvania, Inc.

   PA     

CMS Physician Services, Inc.

   DE     

CMS REHAB OF W.F., L.P.

   DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Wichita Falls

CMS Rehab Technologies Corp.

   DE     

CMS Rehabilitation Center of Hialeah, Inc.

   FL     

CMS Rehabilitation Center of South Miami

   DE     

CMS Ruston Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS San Diego Rehab, Inc.

   DE     

CMS San Diego Surgical, Inc.

   CA     

CMS Sherwood Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS South Miami Rehab, Inc.

   FL     

CMS Sportsmed Clinic, Inc.

   CA     

CMS Therapies Provider, Inc.

   NC     

CMS Topeka Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS Wichita Rehabilitation, Inc.

   DE     

CMS WorkAble of Paragould, Inc.

   AR     

CMS WorkAble, Inc.

   AZ     

CMS Worknet of Baton Rouge, Inc.

   LA     

CMSI Systems of Texas, Inc.

   TX     
COLLIN COUNTY REHAB ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    DE   

HEALTHSOUTH Plano Rehabilitation Hospital

         

HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Specialists

          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Specialists-Woodburn Corners
         

HEALTHSOUTH Center for Sleep Medicine

Colorado Outpatient Centers, Inc.

   CO     

Colorado Springs Associates Limited Partnership

   DE     

COLORADO SPRINGS SURGERY CENTER, LTD.

   CO   

HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Colorado Springs

Connecticut Surgical Center, Inc.

   CT     


Conroe Surgery Center, L.P.

   TN     

Continental Medical of Arizona, Inc.

   DE     

Continental Medical of Colorado, Inc.

   DE     

Continental Medical of Kentucky, Inc.

   DE     

Continental Medical of Palm Beach, Inc.

   DE     

Continental Medical Systems, Inc.

   DE     

Continental Rehab of W.F., Inc.

   TX     

Continental Rehabilitation Hospital of Arizona, Inc.

   DE     

Coral Springs Surgery Center Limited Partnership

   TN     

Coral Springs-SC, Inc.

   TN     

Country Club Heights Associates

   MA     

DADE PHYSICAL THERAPY REHAB, INC.

   FL   

Dade Prosthetics and Orthotics

Dallas Pain Management, L.L.C.

   GA     

Dalton Surgery Center, L.P.

   TN     

Danbury Surgical Center, Inc.

   CT     

Danville Surgery Center, L.P.

   CA     

Darlington Magnetic Imaging Limited

   UK     

Day Surgery, Ltd.

   FL     

Day SurgiCenters, Inc.

   IL     

Delaware Sportscare/Physical Therapy, Inc.

   DE     

Desert Surgery Center Limited Partnership

   NV     

DHC of Houston Limited Partnership

   AL     

DHC OF WASHINGTON, L.L.C.

   AL   

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center - Barlow

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center - Rockville

         

HEALTHSOUTH Open MRI of Rockville

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center - Silver Spring

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center-Tysons

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center-K Street

DIAGNOSTIC HEALTH CORPORATION

   DE    Highlands Diagnostic Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Facility
          Tara Diagnostic Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Facility
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Cape Atlantic
          HEALTHSOUTH Integrated Medical Plaza of Tuscaloosa
         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center - Virginia Beach

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Tulsa

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of DuPage

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Effingham

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Orange Park

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Savannah

          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Baton Rouge-North
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Baton Rouge-South
         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Metro Denver

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Aurora-South

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Greenville

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Vestavia

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Huntsville

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Atlanta

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Augusta

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Columbus

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Stockbridge

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Reading

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Boston


         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Worcester

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Waldorf

         

HEALTHSOUTH Open MRI of Denver

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Los Angeles

          HEALTHSOUTH DIAGNOSTIC CENTER OF ORLANDO
         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of La Jolla

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Park City

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Montgomery

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Sandy

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Kirkwood

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Tulsa-North

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Wilkes-Barre

         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center at Tenaya

          Des Moines HEALTHSOUTH Open MRI and Diagnostic Center
         

HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Weston

         

HEALTHSOUTH Imaging Center of Wichita

DIECA, Inc.

   DE     
Disability and Impairment Evaluation Centers of America, Inc.    DE     

Diversified Health Centers, Inc.

   CA     

Doctors’ Health Service Corporation

   FL     

Doctors’ Hospital of South Miami, Ltd.

   FL     

Doctors’ Medical Equipment Corp.

   FL     

Doctors’ Scanning Associates, Inc.

   FL     

Doctors Surgery Center of Whittier, L.P.

   CA     

EAGLE REHAB CORPORATION

   DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Fort Washington
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Macomb
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Coldwater
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of St. Joseph
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Paw Paw
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Sturgis
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Westland
Eagle Rehab Corporation    WA     
EAST BAY MEDICAL SURGICAL CENTER, A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CA   

HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Castro Valley

East Portland Sugery Center, L.P.    TN     
eCODEsolutions, Inc.    DE     
El Paso-SC, Inc.    TX     
EMERALD COAST SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN   

HEALTHSOUTH Emerald Coast Surgery Center

Empire Health Services/HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center, L.P.    WA     
Empire Health Services/HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Centers, L.L.C.    WA     
Encinitas Physical Therapy and Sports Rehabilitation, Inc.    CA     
Endoscopy Center Affiliates, Inc.    CA     
Endoscopy Center Affiliates, Inc.    DE     


Endoscopy Partnership, L.L.C.    CA     
ENDOSCOPY WEST, GENERAL PARTNERSHIP    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Endoscopy Center West
Evansville Surgery Center Associates, L.P.    IN     
EXETER SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    PA    HEALTHSOUTH Exeter Surgery Center
Eye Microsurgery Center, Inc.    MT     
Fairland Nursing and Retirement Home, Inc.    DE     
Fankhauser Physical Therapy Orthopedic & Sports Rehabilitation, Inc.    WA     
Faunce Corner Wellness Associates    MA     
FAYETTEVILLE AMBULATORY SURGERY CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    NC    Fayetteville Ambulatory Surgery Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Affiliate
FAYETTEVILLE OPEN MRI, LLC    NC    HEALTHSOUTH Open MRI of Fayetteville
Flatirons Physical Therapy, Inc.    CO     
FLORENCE SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Florence Surgery Center
FOREST AMBULATORY SURGICAL ASSOCIATES, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Forest Surgery Center
Fort Smith Outpatient Surgery Center, L.P.    TN     
FORT SUTTER SURGERY CENTER, A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center-Fort Sutter
Fort Walton Beach Diagnostic Center, L.L.C.    AL     
Fort Wayne Care Center, Inc.    DE     
FORT WORTH ENDOSCOPY CENTER, GENERAL PARTNERSHIP    TX    Southwest Endoscopy Center
FORT WORTH SURGERY CENTER ASSOCIATES    TX    Fort Worth Surgery Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
Fort Worth-SC, Inc.    TX     
Fresno Rehab Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
Frost Street Outpatient Surgical Center, Inc.    CA     
Frost Street Outpatient Surgical Center, L.P.    CA     
FWSC Endoscopic, Limited Partnership    IN     
Gables at Brighton Associates Limited Partnership    NY     
Gadsden Surgery Center, Inc.    AL     
GADSDEN SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Gadsden Surgery Center
GAINESVILLE SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Gainesville Surgery Center
GAMMA KNIFE CENTER AT BARNES-JEWISH HOSPITAL, L.L.C.    MO     
Germantown Medical office Associates    DE     
GFI Enterprises L.L.C.    AL     
GLENWOOD SURGICAL CENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Glenwood Surgery Center
Glenwood-SC, Inc.    TN     
GOLDEN SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    CO    HEALTHSOUTH Denver West Surgery Center
GOLDEN TRIANGLE SURGICENTER, L.P.    CA    Golden Triangle Surgicenter, a HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
Golden-SCA, Inc.    CO     
GRANDVIEW SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    PA    Grandview Surgery Center at Mechanicsburg
Great Plains Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    KS     
GREATER LONG BEACH ENDOSCOPY CENTER, GENERAL PARTNERSHIP    CA     
Green River Surgery Center, L.P.    TN     
Greenery Securities Corp.    MA     
GREENSBORO SPECIALTY SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    NC    HEALTHSOUTH Greensboro Specialty Surgical Center
GREENVILLE SURGERY CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    SC    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Greenville
Greenville Surgery Center, Inc.    TX     
GREENVILLE SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Dallas


GROSSMONT SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Grossmont Surgery Center
Guildford Magnetic Imaging Limited    UK     
GWINNETT CENTER FOR OUTPATIENT SURGERY, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF GWINNETT
Gynecology Equipment Leasing Partners    CA     
HARTFORD SURGICAL CENTER, INC.    CT    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Hartford
HAWTHORNE PLACE OUTPATIENT SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Hawthorn L.P.
HCA Wesley Rehabilitation Clinic of Liberal, Inc.    DE     
HCA WESLEY REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, INC.    DE    Wesley Rehabilitation Hospital, an Affiliate of HEALTHSOUTH
HCS Limited (George Town, Grand Cayman)    Grand Cayman     
Health Clinic Services, Inc.    TX     
Health Images (UK) plc    UK     
Health Images Aurora North, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Aurora South, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Baton Rouge North, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Baton Rouge South, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Beaumont, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Birmingham, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Colorado, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Columbia, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Dallas, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Denver, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Greenville, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Huntsville, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Knoxville, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Nashville, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Orange Park, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Port Arthur, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Stratford, Inc.    GA     
Health Images Tulsa, Inc.    GA     
HEALTHSOUTH / BAPTIST HEALTH SPORTS MEDICINE AND REHABILITATION CENTER, L.L.C.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH/Baptist Health Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH / DEACONESS, L.L.C.    IN    HEALTHSOUTH Deaconess Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH / GHS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY    PA    Geisinger HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
          Geisinger HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Danville
          Geisinger HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Berwick
          Geisinger HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Mt. Pocono
HEALTHSOUTH / KERLAN-JOBE SURGERY CENTER LLC    CA    Kerlan-Jobe Surgery Center, an Affiliate of HEALTHSOUTH
HEALTHSOUTH / MAINE MEDICAL CENTER LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY    ME    New England Rehabilitation Hospital of Portland, a Joint Venture Between Maine Medical Center and HEALTHSOUTH LLC
HEALTHSOUTH / METHODIST REHABILITATION HOSPITAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Memphis
HEALTHSOUTH / METHODIST REHABILITATION HOSPITAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital-North
HEALTHSOUTH / UAB GAMMA KNIFE L.L.C.    AL    Healthsouth/UAB Gamma Knife
HEALTHSOUTH ANESTHESIA GROUP, LLC    KY     
HEALTHSOUTH Argentina, Inc.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH ASC of Houston, Inc.    DE     


HEALTHSOUTH Aviation, Inc.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH BAKERSFIELD REHABILITATION HOSPITAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Bakersfield Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH BAKERSFIELD REHABILITATION HOSPITAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Tehachapi
HEALTHSOUTH BALLAS OUTPATIENT SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Ballas Outpatient Surgery Center
HEALTHSOUTH Bluefield Joint Venture, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 1 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 2 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 3 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 4 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 5 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 6 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 7 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 8 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 9 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 10 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 11 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 12 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 13 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 14 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 15 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 16 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 17 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 18 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 19 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 20 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 21 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 22 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 23 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 24 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 25 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 26 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 27 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 28 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 29 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CBE 30 LLC    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH CENTER FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY - WILLOWBROOK, L.L.C.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Willowbrook L.L.C.
HEALTHSOUTH Clinical Research, L.L.C.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH Colorado Springs, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Community Re-Entry Center of Dallas, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH COMMUNITY SURGERY CENTER OF SPRINGFIELD, L.P.    TN    Springfield Surgery Center
HEALTHSOUTH CONNECTICUT SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CT     
HEALTHSOUTH Deaconess Joint Venture, LLC    OH     
HEALTHSOUTH DEACONESS SURGERY CENTER OF MONTGOMERY, L.P.    OH    HEALTHSOUTH Deaconess Surgery Center of Montgomery
HEALTHSOUTH DIAGNOSTIC CENTER OF ANCHORAGE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Anchorage
HEALTHSOUTH DIAGNOSTIC CENTER OF COLORADO SPRINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Premier Diagnostic Center


HEALTHSOUTH DIAGNOSTIC CENTER OF HILTON HEAD, LLC    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Hilton Head
HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Lexington, LLC    KY     
HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Port Arthur Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH DIAGNOSTIC CENTERS OF TENNESSEE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Knoxville
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Nashville
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Memphis
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Arlington
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Hurst
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Dallas
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Fort Worth
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Tyler
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Austin
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Beaumont
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Port Arthur
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic-Medical Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Open MRI
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center - Memorial
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Katy
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Clear Lake
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Willowbrook
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Herring Avenue
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Plano
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Coppell
          Fossil Creek HEALTHSOUTH Diagnsotic Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Baytown
          Open Air MRI of Lubbock, a HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center
HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Centers, Inc.    AK     
HEALTHSOUTH Doctors’ Hospital, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Empire Health Services Diagnostic Ventures, LLC    WA     
HEALTHSOUTH Health by Design Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH HOLDINGS, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Little Rock
          HEALTHSOUTH Industrial Rehabilitation Center of Baltimore
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of North Atlanta
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Charlotte
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Montgomery
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Richmond
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Colonial Heights
          HEALTHSOUTH Spine Center of Baltimore
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Columbia
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Va.Beach
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Alexandria
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Cape Girardeau
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Dexter
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Edison I
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine Center of S. Orange


          HEALTHSOUTH Hand Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Washington D.C.
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Memphis
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Warrenton
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Linden
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Dyersburg
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Emerson
          Sports Physical Therapy of New York, P.C.
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Owasso
          HEALTHSOUTH Aquatic and Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center at Hartsfield Atlanta Airport
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Highland
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Lee’s Summit
          HEALTHSOUTH Hand Center of Atlanta
          HEALTHSOUTH Cary Sports Medicine Center
          Michelin Wellness Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Canton
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Marietta
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Batesville
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Winchester
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Metro/North Kansas City
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Park College
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Excelsior Springs
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Mechanicsville
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Princeton
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabiltation Center of Durant
          HEALTHSOUTH Industrial Rehab Center of Baltimore
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Lanham
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Gallatin
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine Center of Hermitage
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitaton Center of Springfield
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Columbia
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Clarkesville
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Dickson
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of North Columbia
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Rivergate
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Arlington
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Burke
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Fairfax
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine and Rehabilitation Center of Fair Oaks
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Manasses
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Herndon


          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine and Hand Rehabilitation of Springfield
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports & Industrial Rehab Center of Woodbridge
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of the West Bank
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Slidell
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Riverdale
          St. John Physical Therapy
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Clarksville
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of North Oklahoma City
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation of Newton Square
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Midlothian
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Chester
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation of Myrtle Beach
          Taconic Imaging
HEALTHSOUTH Home Health Services of Connecticut, prn, Inc.    CT     
HEALTHSOUTH Houston Outpatient Ambulatory Surgery Center, L.P.    TX     
HEALTHSOUTH IMAGING SERVICES OF BEAUMONT JOINT VENTURE, L.P.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH IMAGING SERVICES OF BEAUMONT JOINT VENTURE, L.P.
HEALTHSOUTH International, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Leasing Company, L.L.C.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH LIMITED PARTNERSHIP FOR BETTER LIVING    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Chicago
HEALTHSOUTH LTAC at Belleville, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTAC of Bay County, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTAC of Central Florida, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTAC of Columbia, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTAC of Jacksonville, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTAC of Sarasota,, Inc.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Ridgelake Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH LTAC of Stuart, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTAC of Tallahassee, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTAC of Tampa, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTCH of Broward County, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTCH of Greenville, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH LTCH of Huntsville, Inc.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH MEDICAL CENTER, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Medical Center
HEALTHSOUTH Mercy Joint Venture, LLC    PA     
HEALTHSOUTH MERIDIAN POINT REHABILITATION HOSPITAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Scottsdale Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH Metro West Hospital, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH MRI OF GADSDEN, INC.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Network Services of New York IPA, Inc.    NY     
HEALTHSOUTH Network Services, Inc.    DE     


HEALTHSOUTH Nix, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH North Alabama Rehabilitation Hospital, LLC    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH North Okaloosa Joint Venture    FL     
HEALTHSOUTH NORTHERN KENTUCKY REHABILITATION HOSPITAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Northern Kentucky Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH Oak Leaf Surgery Center, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Oak Leaf, LLC    WI     
HEALTHSOUTH Occupational and Preventive Diagnostics Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH Occupational Health & Rehabilitation Center, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Occupational Medicine Center of San Diego Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH of Alexandria, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF ALTOONA, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Altoona
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Regency Square
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Tyrone
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Richland
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Ebensburg
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Meadowbrook Plaza
          HEALTHSOUTH Bedford Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH OF AUSTIN, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Austin
HEALTHSOUTH of Birmingham, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF CHARLESTON, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Charleston
HEALTHSOUTH of Chesapeake, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH of Columbia, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH of Dallas, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF DOTHAN, INC.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH OF EAST TENNESSEE, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH of Easton, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF ERIE, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Erie
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Family First Sports Park
HEALTHSOUTH OF FORT SMITH, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Fort Smith
HEALTHSOUTH OF FT. LAUDERDALE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sunrise Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Occupational Rehabilitation & Hand Therapy Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Sunrise Outpatient Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Sunrise Comprehensive Pain Care Center
HEALTHSOUTH of Goshen, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF HENDERSON, INC.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF HOUSTON, INC.    DE    HealthSouth Home Health Agency of North Houston
HEALTHSOUTH OF LARGO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Tarpon Springs
          HEALTHSOUTH of Seminole
HEALTHSOUTH of Louisiana, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF MECHANICSBURG, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation of Mechanicsburg - Acute Rehab Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehab Center/Century Drive


          HEALTHSOUTH Regional Work Performance and Hand Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehab Center/New Cumberland
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH L.I.F.E. (Living Independently in Functional Environments)
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Country Meadows West
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Mechanicsburg
HEALTHSOUTH OF MICHIGAN, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Ann Arbor
HEALTHSOUTH OF MIDLAND, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Home Care of Midland-Odessa
HEALTHSOUTH of Missouri, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF MONTGOMERY, INC.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Montgomery
HEALTHSOUTH of Naples, Inc.    FL     
HEALTHSOUTH of New Hampshire, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH of New Mexico, Inc.    NM     
HEALTHSOUTH OF NEW ORLEANS, INC.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF NITTANY VALLEY, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Nittany Valley Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Lewistown
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center Mill Hall
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Mifflintown
          HEALTHSOUTH Spine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Bellefonte
HEALTHSOUTH OF OHIO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Grove City
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of West Columbus
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of East Columbus
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Dublin
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Worthington
          HealthSouth Hand and Rehabilitation Center of Dayton
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Xenia
          HEALTHSOUTH/Sportmed
HEALTHSOUTH of Oklahoma, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF ONTARIO, INC.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH of Phenix City, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH of Phenix City, L.L.C.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH OF PITTSBURGH, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Hospital of Pittsburgh
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Monroeville
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-McKnight Road
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Monroeville
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Connellsville
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Hempfield
HEALTHSOUTH OF READING, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Reading Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH of Reading-Green Hills
          HEALTHSOUTH Reading Rehabilitation Hospital-Pottstown
          HEALTHSOUTH Reading Rehabilitation Hospital-Boyertown


          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital-Wyomissing
HEALTHSOUTH of Salem, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF SAN ANTONIO, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Institute of San Antonio
HEALTHSOUTH OF SARASOTA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Sarasota
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Northside
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Aaron Mattes Therapy Center
HEALTHSOUTH OF SEA PINES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sea Pines Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH OF SEWICKLEY, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Sewickley
          HEALTHSOUTH Edgeworth Outpatient Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH OF SOUTH CAROLINA, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH OF SPRING HILL, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Spring Hill
HEALTHSOUTH of St. Joseph, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH of Stuart, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH OF TALLAHASSEE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Tallahassee
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Quincy
HEALTHSOUTH OF TEXARKANA, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Texarkana
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Texarkana
          Texarkana Impairment Center
HEALTHSOUTH OF TEXAS, INC.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
          Impairment Center of Ft. Worth
          HEALTHSOUTH Evaluation Center
HEALTHSOUTH OF TOMS RIVER, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of New Jersey
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Silverton
          HEALTHSOUTH Neurocenter of Plainsboro
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Toms River
HEALTHSOUTH OF TREASURE COAST, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Treasure Coast Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Treasure Coast
HEALTHSOUTH OF UTAH, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Utah
HEALTHSOUTH OF YORK, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of York
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Industrial Highway
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Queen Street
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Red Lion
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Shrewsbury
HEALTHSOUTH of Yuma, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Open MRI at Southlake, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Open MRI of Fayetteville, L.L.C.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH Orthopedic & Rehabilitation Center of Pittsburgh, Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH ORTHOPEDIC SERVICES, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Injury & Rehabilitation of Redmond
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Spokane
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Vancouver (Mt. View)
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Des Plaines


          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Naperville
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Woodridge
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Marysville
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Everett
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Hoffman Estates
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Chicago
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Homewood
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Gurnee
          HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF CHEHALIS
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of West Portland
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Oak Brook Terrace
HEALTHSOUTH P.M.C. of Sacramento, Inc. (CA)    CA     
HEALTHSOUTH Pain Management Center of Sacramento, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH PALMETTO RICHLAND GAMMA KNIFE, LLC    SC     
HEALTHSOUTH Physicians Surgery Center, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH PRECISION LASER CENTER, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Properties Corporation    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH PROVO SURGICAL CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Provo Surgical Center
HEALTHSOUTH Real Property Holding Corporation    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Real Property of Melbourne G.P.    FL     
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation and Spine Center of Woodside Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF ALBUQUERQUE, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF BIRMINGHAM, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Evaluation Centers
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF CAVE SPRINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF CHICAGO, LLC    IL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Chicago
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF COLORADO SPRINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center at Premier Health Plaza
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of North Colorado Springs
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Downtown Colorado Springs
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF CONNECTICUT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Dayton Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF DENVER, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Working Hands


          HEALTHSOTUH Rehabilitation Center of Denver
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF GREEN BAY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Manitowoc
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF ILLINOIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center L.P.
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF KENDALL, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Kendall
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehab Ctr of Miami Lake
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF KNOXVILLE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HealthSouth Rehabilitation Center-Knoxville North
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF LAS VEGAS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Las Vegas
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF LORAIN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Lorain
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Westlake
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF LOUISVILLE, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF NEW HAMPSHIRE, LTD    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of New Orleans, Ltd.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF PARAMUS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Paramus
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF PORTOLA VALLEY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF SCOTTSDALE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF SCOTTSDALE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Scottsdale
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF SPRINGFIELD LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Springfield
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF ST. LOUIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of St. Louis
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of High Ridge
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Alton
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Florissant
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Bridgeton
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF SYRACUSE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    Sports Physical Therapy of New York, P.C.
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Virginia Beach Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Weatherford Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER OF WEST DENVER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Spine and Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Denver
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Littleton
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Wilmington Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER, INC.    SC    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION HOSPITAL OF ARLINGTON LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Arlington
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center/North Arlington


HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Manati, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION HOSPITAL OF NEW MEXICO, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Odessa, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Sarasota, L.P.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION INSTITUTE OF TUCSON LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Institute of Tucson
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehab Tucson Country Club Center
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Systems of Texas Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. at Pasteur Plaza, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Alhambra, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Aventura, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Baltimore Joint Venture, LLC    MD     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Bluefield, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Burlington, Inc.    VT     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Cape Girardeau, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Carmel, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Charleston Harbor, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Charlotte, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Cleveland, Inc.    OR     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Colorado Springs, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Columbus, Inc.    OH     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Cullman, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of D.C., Inc.    DC     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of East Rutherford, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Eldersburg, Inc.    MD     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Ellicott City, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Greensboro, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Henderson, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Hickory, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Homewood, Inc.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Huntington Beach, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Kendall, Inc.    FL     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Maui, Inc.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Montgomery, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Muskogee, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of New Jersey, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Norwalk, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Odessa, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Park City, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Pinole, Inc.    CA     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Portland, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Riverside, Inc.    CA     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Riverton, Inc.    WY     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of San Angelo, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of San Diego, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of San Marcos, Inc.    TX     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Santa Monica, Inc.    CA     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Scottsdale-Bell Road, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of South Texas, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Southern Pines, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Spokane, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Tampa, Inc.    FL     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Waco, Inc.    TX     


HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Wilkes-Barre, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH S.C. of Ygnacio Valley, Inc.    CA     
HEALTHSOUTH Salt Lake Surgical Center, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Salt Lake Surgical Center, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH SALT LAKE SURGICAL CENTER, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Salt Lake Surgical Center
HEALTHSOUTH San Buenaventura Surgery Center, L.P.    CA     
HEALTHSOUTH Specialty Hospital of Union, Inc.    DE     
HealthSouth Specialty Hospital of Winnfield, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH SPECIALTY HOSPITAL, INC.    TX    HSMC Home Health
HEALTHSOUTH Specialty Surgery Center of Charlotte, L.P    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Baton Rouge Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH SPORTS MEDICINE & REHABILITATION CENTER OF CHICAGO, INC.    IL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Chicago, Inc.    IL     
HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Omaha Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Pascagoula Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH SPORTS MEDICINE AND REHABILITATION CENTER OF BLUE SPRINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH of Warrensburg
HEALTHSOUTH SPORTS MEDICINE AND REHABILITATION CENTER OF LAKE OZARK LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Lake Ozark
HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine and Rehabilitation Center of San Carlos Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH Springfield, LLC    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH St. Barnabus Joint Venture, LLC    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH St. Vincent Joint Venture, LLC    OH     
HEALTHSOUTH St. Vincent, LLC    OH     
HEALTHSOUTH Sub-Acute Center of Houston, Inc.    TX     
HEALTHSOUTH SUB-ACUTE OF MECHANICSBURG, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Regional Specialty Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center - ‘J’ Street, L.P.    CA     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER AT PASTEUR PLAZA, L.P.    GA     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Alamo Heights, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Alamo Heights, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF ALHAMBRA, L.P.    CA     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Arrowhead Park, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF AVENTURA, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Baltimore, Inc.    MD     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Baton Rouge, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF BATON ROUGE, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Surgi-Center of Baton Rouge
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF BILLINGS, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Billings
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Bluefield, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Bridgeport, LLC    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Bridgeport
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Cape Girardeau, L.P.    TN     


HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Charlotte, L.P.    GA     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Clearwater, Inc.    FL     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Clearwater, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF COLORADO SPRINGS, LLC    TN    Surgical Center at Premier
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Columbus, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Columbus, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Crestview, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Crestview, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of D.C., L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF DANBURY, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Danbury
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Dayton, Inc.    OH     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Dayton, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of East Rutherford, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF EASTON, L.P.    TN    Delmarva HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Eldersburg, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Fairfield, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Ft. Collins, LLC    CO     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Greensboro, L.P.    GA     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF HICKORY, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Hickory
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Homewood, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Huntington Beach, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Kendall, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Kenosha, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Louisville, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF LOUISVILLE, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Louisville
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Loveland, Inc.    CO     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Loveland, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF MAUI, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF MUSKOGEE, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Three Rivers Surgery Center
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of New Jersey, Inc.    NJ     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of New Jersey, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF NORWALK, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF PARK CITY, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Park City
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Pecan Valley, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Pecan Valley, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Pinellas Park, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Pinellas Park, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Pinole, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Reading, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Riverside, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Riverton, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF ROSELAND, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of San Angelo, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of San Buenaventura, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of San Buenaventura, L.P.    CA     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of San Marcos, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Santa Monica, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Scottsdale, Inc.    DE     


HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Scottsdale, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Scottsdale-Bell Road, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of South Texas, LLC    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Southern Pines, L.P.    GA     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Spokane, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Springfield, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Summerlin, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF SUMMERLIN, L.P.    TN    Tenaya Surgery Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Affiliate
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Tampa, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of the Permian Basin, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Toledo, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Tuckahoe, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTER OF TUCSON, L.P.    AZ    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Tucson
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Waco, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Western Lake County, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Westlake, Inc.    OH     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Westlake, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Wilkes-Barre, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Ygnacio Valley, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGERY CENTERS OF CHATTANOOGA, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Chattanooga Surgery Center
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Centers-West, Inc.    DE     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGICAL CENTER OF GREENSBORO, LLC    GA     
HEALTHSOUTH Surgical Center of Greensboro, LLC    NC     
HEALTHSOUTH SURGICAL CENTER OF TUSCALOOSA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    Tuscaloosa Surgical Center
HEALTHSOUTH Surgical Center of Tuscaloosa, Inc.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH TEXAS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Terrell
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabiliation Center of Killeen
          HEALTHSOUTH Spine Center of Houston
          HEALTHSOUTH Progressive Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of San Antonio
          HEALTHSOUTH ORTHOSPORT REHABILITATION CENTER
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Webster
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Baytown
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Southwest Dallas
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Bonham
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Lubbock
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Levelland
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Cedar Park
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of El Campo
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Wharton
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Houston
HEALTHSOUTH Tri-State Regional Rehabilitation Hospital Limited Partnership    AL     


HEALTHSOUTH U.S. Health West Columbus, LLC    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH Valley Hospital, LLC    WA     
HEALTHSOUTH VALLEY OF THE SUN REHABILITATION HOSPITAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Valley of The Sun Rehabilitation Hospital
HEALTHSOUTH Valley Outpatient Hospital, L.P.    WA     
HEALTHSOUTH/ACS Fitness, L.L.C.    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH/Baptist Rehabilitation Hospital of East Tennessee Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH/EMPIRE GAMMA KNIFE, L.L.C.    WA     
HEALTHSOUTH/GHS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY    PA    Geisinger HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Danville
HEALTHSOUTH/Northwestern Memorial Rehabilitation Center of Chicago, LLC    IL     
HEALTHSOUTH/San Antonio Clinics Limited Partnership    AL     
HEALTHSOUTH/UC Center for Sports Medicine    IL     
HEALTHSOUTH/Woodlands S.C., LLC    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH/Woodlands Surgery Center of Cullman, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH-Montgomery Surgery Center, L.P.    TN     
HEALTHSOUTH-Montgomery, Inc.    TN     
Helmwood Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
Heritage Medical Services of Florida, Inc.    FL     
Heritage Medical Services of Maryland, Inc.    TN     
Heritage Medical Services of South Carolina, Inc.    SC     
Heritage Medical Services of Texas, Inc.    TX     
Hertfordshire Magnetic Imaging Limited    UK     
Hialeah Convalescent Centers, Inc.    FL     
HONOLULU SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Surgicare of Hawaii
Horizon Medical Management, Inc.    DE     
Hospital Health Systems, Inc.    FL     
HOUSTON REHABILITATION ASSOCIATES    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Hospital of Houston
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
HRC Services, Inc.    PA     
HSC Boca Raton Outpatient Surgery Center, Ltd.    FL     
HSC of Beaumont, Inc.    TN     
HSC of Boca Raton, Inc.    FL     
HSC of Bradenton, Inc.    TN     
HSC of Chesapeake, Inc.    TN     
HSC of Cincinnati, Inc.    TN     
HSC of Clarksville, Inc.    TN     
HSC of Ft. Pierce, Inc.    GA     
HSC of Houston, Inc.    TN     
HSC of Nashville, Inc.    TN     
HSC of Southwest Houston, Inc.    TN     
HSC of Vero Beach, Inc.    TN     
HSC Surgical Associates of Beaumont, L.P.    TX     
HSC Surgical Associates of Bradenton, L.P.    TN     
HSC SURGICAL ASSOCIATES OF CLARKSVILLE, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Clarksville
HSC SURGICAL ASSOCIATES OF FT. PIERCE, L.P.    GA    Atlantic Surgery Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Facility
HSC SURGICAL ASSOCIATES OF HOUSTON, L.P.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH Hospital for Specialized Surgery
HSC Surgical Associates of Southwest Houston, L.P.    TX     
HUNTINGTON SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    WV    Cabell-Huntington Surgery Center
Huntington Surgery Properties, Limited Partnership    WV     


HVPG of California, Inc.    CA     
IMAGING ASSOCIATES OF WESTERN MARYLAND, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    MD    HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Frederick
Imaging Center of the Southwest    TX     
Indian River MRI Associates, Ltd.    FL     
Indian River MRI Joint Venture    FL     
INDIAN RIVER SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    FL    HEALTHSOUTH Indian River Surgery Center
Indiana Outpatient Centers, Inc.    IN     
Indianapolis Surgery Center Limited Partnership    IN     
INLAND SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    CA    Inland Surgery Center
Innovative Health Alliances, Inc.    DE     
Integricare, LLC    TN     
Inter Care Group, Inc.    DE     
J.C. BLAIR / HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION AND SPORTS MEDICINE CENTER, LLC    PA     
Jay Hawk Associates of Delaware Limited Partnership    DE     
JOHNSON PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.    OH    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Youngstown
JOHNSON PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.    OH    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
Johnson Physical Therapy, Inc.    OH     
Johnson Rehab Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
JOLIET SURGERY CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    IL    HEALTHSOUTH Amsurg Surgery Center, L.P.
Jonesboro Health Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
K.C. REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, INC.    DE    Mid America Rehabilitation Hospital
Kansas Outpatient Centers, Inc.    KS     
KANSAS REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, INC.    DE    Kansas Rehabilitation Hospital, a Joint Venture of HEALTHSOUTH and Stormont-Vail Healthcare
KBT Corporation    MA     
Kentfield Hospital Corporation    CA     
KITSAP PENINSULA SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    WA     
KNOXVILLE AMBULATORY SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Knoxville Surgery Center
Knoxville-SCA Surgery Center, Inc.    TN     
Kokomo Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    DE     
Kokomo Rehabilitation Hospital, L.P.    DE     
KPSC, Inc.    WA     
La Jolla Health Systems, Inc.    CA     
Lahey/Advantage General Partnership    MA     
Lake Howard Heights Associates, Ltd.    FL     
Lakeland Physicians Medical Building, Inc.    MS     
Lakeland Surgical & Diagnostic Center, L.L.P.    CT     
LAKESHORE SYSTEM SERVICES OF FLORIDA, INC.    FL    HEALTHSOUTH Emerald Coast Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Emerald Coast Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Emerald Coast Sports and Rehabilitation Center
Lakeshore System Services of Florida, Inc.    FL     
LAKEVIEW REHABILITATION GROUP PARTNERS    KY    HEALTHSOUTH Lakeview Rehabilitation Hospital of Central Kentucky
LAKEVIEW REHABILITATION GROUP PARTNERS    KY    Rehabworks
LANCASTER MAGNETIC IMAGING, LTD.    PA    HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Lancaster
Lancaster Medical Centre, Inc.    PA     
LANCASTER SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    PA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Lancaster
Lancaster Surgery Properties, Ltd.    PA     
Lancaster Surgical Center, Inc.    PA     
Lap Choly/GS Associates    CA     


Laparoscopic Center of South Florida L.L.C.    AL     
Latrobe-Harmarville Outpatient Rehabilitation Center    PA     
LATTIMORE SERVICES ORGANIZATION, LLC    NY     
Lattimore Services Organization, LLC    NY     
Leeward Back and Neck, Inc.    HI     
LEXINGTON SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    KY    HEALTHSOUTH Lexington Surgery Center
Lexington-SC Properties, Inc.    KY     
Lexington-SC, Inc. d/b/a Lexington-SC Partners, Ltd.    KY     
Lex-Surg Associates    KY     
LH Real Estate Company, Inc.    MA     
Lithotripsy Associates of Texas, Limited Partnership    GA     
LITTLE ROCK SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    AR    Little Rock Surgery Center
Little Rock-SC, Inc.    AR     
LONGVIEW PHYSICIANS PHYSICAL THERAPY SERVICES, INC.    WA    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabiliation Center of Longview
Louisiana Outpatient Centers, Inc.    DE     
LOUISVILLE S.C., LTD.    KY    HEALTHSOUTH Surgecenter of Louisville
Louisville-SC Properties, Inc.    KY     
LOYOLA AMBULATORY SURGERY CENTER AT OAKBROOK, Inc.    IL     
LOYOLA AMBULATORY SURGERY CENTER AT OAKBROOK, L.P.    IL     
MADISON REHABILITATION CENTER, INC.    CT    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
MAGNETIC IMAGING OF BELLEVILLE, LTD.    IL    HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Belleville
Mancor Medical Management Company, Inc.    CA     
Marion Holdings, LLC    DE     
MARION SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    IL    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Southern Illinois, L.P.
Maryland-SCA Centers, Inc.    MD     
MCA SPORTS OF AMARILLO, INC.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Amarillo
MCKENZIE SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    McKenzie Surgery Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
Medical Management Associates, Inc.    CA     
MEDICAL PARTNERS SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    FL    HEALTHSOUTH Medical Partners Surgery Center
Medical Surgical Centers of America, Inc.    CA    Grossmont Surgery Center
Meditrina Medical Center, Ltd.    CA     
MELBOURNE SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Melbourne Surgery Center
Memorial MRI Center    TN     
Memphis Rehab Associates, Limited Partnership    DE     
MEMPHIS SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    TN    Memphis Surgery Center
Memphis Surgery Properties, Ltd., L.P.    TN     
Memphis-SC, LLC    TN     
Memphis-SC, LLC    TN     
MERCY AMBULATORY SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    OH    Mercy HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
Mercy Ambulatory Surgery Center, Ltd.    OH     
Mercy HEALTHSOUTH, Ltd.    OH     
Meridian Health Care Management, L.P.    DE     
Miami Neuroscience Center, L.L.C.    AL     
Microsurgery Leasing Associates    CA     
Mid-America Associates, Limited Partnership    DE     
Mid-America Outpatient Centers, Inc.    DE     


MID-COUNTY SURGICAL ASSOCIATES, L.P., A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CA    HEALTHSOUTH UTC Surgicenter
Mid-Peninsula Endoscopy Center, General Partnership    CA     
MIDWEST ANESTHESIA, INC.    MO    Midwest Anethesia
Mississippi Surgical Center Limited Partnership    MS     
Missouri Surgery Center, Inc.    MO     
MMDC of New Jersey, Inc.    NJ     
MMDC of Pennsylvania, Inc.    PA     
Mobile-SC Properties, Ltd.    AL     
MOBILE-SC, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Mobile Surgery Center
MONTGOMERY SURGERY CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    MD    HEALTHSOUTH Montgomery Surgery Center
MPEU, L.L.C.    OK    HEALTHSOUTH Medical Plaza Endoscopy Unit
MRI at Belfair, LLC    SC     
MRI of Miami, Ltd.    FL     
MT. PLEASANT SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Mt. Pleasant Surgery Center
NASHVILLE SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Nashville Surgery Center
Nashville-SCA Surgery Centers, Inc.    TN     
NATIONAL IMAGING AFFILIATES OF FAYETTEVILLE, INC.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of Fayetteville
National Imaging Affiliates of Indian River, Inc.    TN     
NATIONAL IMAGING AFFILIATES OF SAN ANGELO, L.L.C.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Diagnostic Center of San Angelo
National Imaging Affiliates of Washington, Inc.    TN     
National Imaging Affiliates, Inc.    DE     
National Physicians Equity Corporation    CA     
National Surgery Centers - Bakersfield, Inc.    CA     
National Surgery Centers, Inc.    DE     
NATIONAL SURGICARE JV-1, LTD.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Mesquite
Naugatuck Valley Surgical Center, L.P.    CT     
NEURO IMAGING INSTITUTE, INC.    FL    Neuro Imaging Institute, Inc.
NEURO IMAGING INSTITUTE II INC.    FL    Neuro Imaging Institute II, Inc.
Nevada Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    DE     
New England Home Health Care, Inc.    MA     
NEW ENGLAND REHABILITATION CENTER OF SOUTHERN NEW HAMPSHIRE, INC.    NH    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
NEW ENGLAND REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, INC.    MA    HEALTHSOUTH New England Rehab Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center At Hunt
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Lowell
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center at New England Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Keleher
NEW ENGLAND REHABILITATION MANAGEMENT CO., INC.    NH     
NEW ENGLAND REHABILITATION SERVICES OF CENTRAL MASSACHUSETTS, INC.    MA    Fairlawn Rehabilitation Hospital
New Mexico Surgery Properties Limited Partnership    NM     
NEW MEXICO SURGICENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    NM    HEALTHSOUTH Albuquerque Surgery Center
NEWPORT BEACH ENDOSCOPY CENTER, GENERAL PARTNERSHIP    CA     
Newport Beach Endoscopy Center, General Partnership    CA     
Newport Beach Health Systems, Inc.    CA     


NHP Tucson Healthcare Associates, Limited Partnership    CA     
NIA Cancer Treatment Center, Inc.    TN     
NORTH ATLANTA ENDOSCOPY CENTER, L.P.    GA    North Atlanta Endoscopy Center, an Affiliate of HEALTHSOUTH
NORTH COAST SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH North Coast Surgery Center
North County Outpatient Management, Inc.    GA     
NORTH COUNTY SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of North County
North Indianapolis, LLC    TN     
NORTH LOUISIANA REHABILITATION CENTER, INC.    LA     
NORTH TEXAS SURGI-CENTER JV    TX    North Texas Surgi-Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
Northeast Arkansas Rehabilitation Unit, Inc.    AR     
Northeast Surgery Center, Ltd.    TX     
Northeastern Magnetic Imaging, Ltd.    PA     
Northern Rhode Island Rehab Management Associates, L.P.    DE     
Northern Rockies Surgicenter, Inc.    MT     
NORTHERN SOLANO SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center - Solano
Northern Virginia Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    VA     
NORTHWEST ARKANSAS REHABILITATION ASSOCIATES    AR    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital, a Partner with Regional
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center - Springdale
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center - Fayetteville East
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center - Mid-Cities
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center - Bella Vista
Northwest Surgicare, Inc.    DE     
NORTHWEST SURGICARE, LTD.    IL    HealthSouth Northwest Surgicare
Northwestern Sports Clinic, Inc.    WA     
NovaCare SMC, Inc.    MD     
NSC Atlanta, Inc.    DE     
NSC Auburn, Inc.    CA     
NSC Brownsville, Inc.    TX     
NSC Channel Islands, Inc.    CA     
NSC Connecticut, Inc.    CT     
NSC Dallas, Inc.    TX     
NSC Elizabethtown, Inc.    KY     
NSC Fayetteville, Inc.    NC     
NSC Greensboro West, Inc.    NC     
NSC Greensboro, Inc.    NC     
NSC Houston, Inc.    TX     
NSC Jacksonville, Inc.    FL     
NSC Kent, Inc.    OH     
NSC Lancaster, Inc.    CA     
NSC Las Vegas East, Inc.    NV     
NSC Las Vegas, Inc.    NV     
NSC Manahawkin, Inc.    NJ     
NSC Miami, Inc.    FL     
NSC Norman, Inc.    OK     
NSC Oklahoma City, Inc.    OK     
NSC Phoenix, Inc.    AZ     
NSC Port St. Lucie, Inc.    FL     


NSC Provo, Inc.    UT     
NSC Sarasota, Inc.    DE     
NSC Seattle, Inc.    WA     
NSC St. Augustine, Inc.    FL     
NSC Upland, Inc.    CA     
NSCSM, L.P.    CA     
Oakview MSO    CA     
Oakwater Outpatient Surgery Center, L.P.    GA     
Odessa East Loop Management, Inc.    TX     
Ohio Valley General Hospital-Harmarville Outpatient Rehabilitation Center    OH     
Ohio Valley Joint Venture, LLC    TN     
Ohio Valley Surgery Center, L.P.    TN     
Oklahoma Ambulatory Surgery Center I, L.P.    GA     
Old Farms Forest Associates Limited Partnership    CT     
Orange Surgical Services, Ltd.    CA     
ORLANDO CENTER FOR OUTPATIENT SURGERY, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Orlando Center For Outpatient Surgery
Orthopaedic Associates of Broward, Inc.    FL     
Orthopaedic Institute of South Florida, L.L.C.    AL     
Orthopaedic Surgeons, Inc.    DE     
Oshkosh Surgery Center, L.P.    TN     
Oshkosh-SCA Surgery Center, Inc.    WI     
OUTPATIENT SURGERY CENTER OF THE WOODLANDS, LTD.    TX    The Surgery Center of The Woodlands Affiliated With HEALTHSOUTH
Outpatient Surgery Center, Inc.    MO     
OWENSBORO AMBULATORY SURGICAL FACILITY, LTD.    KY    HEALTHSOUTH Owensboro Surgery Center
Paces Imaging, Inc.    GA     
PACIFIC REHABILITATION & SPORTS MEDICINE, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Newberg
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Oregon City
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Sheridan
          HEALTHSOUTH of North Seattle
Palm Desert Care Center, Inc.    DE     
Palm Springs Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    CA     
Paoli Ambulatory Surgery Center    PA     
PAOLI SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    Paoli Surgery Center
Park Manor Nursing Home, Inc.    NJ     
Pawtucket Outpatient Medical Building, Inc.    RI     
Penn-Mar Rehabilitative Services, Inc.    PA     
PERIMETER CENTER FOR OUTPATIENT SURGERY, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Center of Atlanta
Philbrook Hotel Associates    ME     
Physical Therapeutix, Inc.    MI     
Physical Therapy & Athletic Rehabilitation Associates, Inc.    WA     
Physical Therapy & Sports Medicine Center    MI     
Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine Center Partnership    MI     
Physical Therapy Professionals, Inc.    OK     
Physical Therapy Specialties, Inc.    WA     
PHYSICIAN PRACTICE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION    DE     
Physicians Surgery Center, Limited Partnership    CA     


Physicians Surgery Center, Ltd.    FL     
PHYSICIANS SURGICAL CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    OK    Physicians Surgical Center, an affiliate of HEALTHSOUTH
PIEDMONT HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION, LLC    SC     
Plano Health Associates, Limited Partnership    DE     
Plano Rehab Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
Plano Surgery Center, L.P.    TX     
Pomerado Outpatient Surgical Center, Inc.    CA     
POMERADO OUTPATIENT SURGICAL CENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Rancho Bernardo Surgery Center
POPLAR CREEK SURGICAL CENTER, LLC    IL     
PR ACQUISITION CORPORATION    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Bullhead City
PR ACQUISITION CORPORATION    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Henderson
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center at Tenaya
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
Premier Ambulatory Surgery of Mesquite, Inc.    TX     
Premier Ambulatory Surgery of Tri-Valley, Inc.    CA     
Premier Ambulatory Surgery of Blackhawk, Inc.    CA     
Premier Ambulatory Surgery of Forest Park, Inc.    TX     
Premier Ambulatory Surgery of Walnut Creek, Inc.    CA     
Premier MSO of Texas, Inc.    TX     
PREMIER SURGERY OF FOREST PARK, L.P.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Forest Park
Pride/Braintree Joint Venture    MA     
PRO FITNESS, L.L.C.    NY     
PROFESSIONAL SPORTS CARE MANAGEMENT, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center (Statewide)
Professional Sports Care Midtown, L.P.    NY     
PROFESSIONAL SPORTS CARE NEW BRUNSWICK, L.P.    NJ    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
Professional Sports Care Queens, L.P.    NY     
Professional Sports Care Somers, L.P.    NY     
Professional Therapy & Rehabilitation, Inc.    OK     
PROFESSIONAL THERAPY SYSTEMS, INC.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center
Progressive RGA LLC    GA     
Progressive-RGA, LLP    GA     
PTSMA, INC.    CT    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Enfield
PUEBLO AMBULATORY SURGERY CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CO    HEALTHSOUTH Pueblo Surgery Center
Pueblo-SCA Surgery Center, Inc.    CO     
RADIOLOGY DIAGNOSTIC CENTERS, INC.    MD    Radiology Diagnostic Center-HEALTHSOUTH
RadioSurgery Ventures, L.L.C.    AL     
Reading Surgery Center Associates    PA     
Real Estate Investment of Indiana, L.L.C.    IN     
Real Estate Investment of Indiana, L.P.    IN     
REBOUND, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Lakeshore Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Lakeshore Outpatient
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of North Alabama
          HEALTHSOUTH Central Georgia Rehabilitation Hospital


          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Central Georgia
          HEALTHSOUTH Chattanooga Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Huntington
          HEALTHSOUTH Cane Creek Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Lakeshore Carraway Rehabilitation Unit
          HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Evaluation Center
Redlands Ambulatory Surgery Center    CA     
Redlands-SCA Surgery Centers, Inc.    CA     
REGIONAL CANCER TREATMENT CENTER, LTD.    TX     
Rehab Clinic Management Associates    DE     
Rehab Concepts Corp.    DE     
Rehab Resources, Inc.    DE     
Rehabilitation Associates, L.P.    VA     
Rehabilitation Centers of Maryland Limited Partnership    AL     
REHABILITATION HOSPITAL CORPORATION OF AMERICA    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Chesapeake Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Virginia
          HEALTHSOUTH Western Hills Regional Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center-Vienna
          HEALTHSOUTH Southern Hills Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Southern Hills Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Bluefield
REHABILITATION HOSPITAL OF COLORADO SPRINGS, INC.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Transitional Care Unit
Rehabilitation Hospital of Fort Wayne, Inc.    IN     
Rehabilitation Hospital of Fredericksburg, Inc.    DE     
Rehabilitation Hospital of Nevada - Las Vegas, Inc.    DE     
REHABILITATION HOSPITAL OF NEVADA - LAS VEGAS, L.P.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Las Vegas
Rehabilitation Hospital of North Alabama, LLC    AL     
Rehabilitation Hospital of Petersburg, Inc.    DE     
Rehabilitation Hospital of Phenix City, L.L.C.    AL     
Rehabilitation Hospital of Plano, Inc.    TX     
REHABILITATION INSTITUTE OF WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS, INC.    MA    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Western Massachusetts
Rehabmed Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
RENO OUTPATIENT SURGERY, LTD.    NV    HEALTHSOUTH Reno Medical Plaza
Reno Rehab Associates, Limited Partnership    DE     
Rocky Mountain Health Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
Romano Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    TX     
Royal Oaks Partnership    FL     
RUSK REHABILITATION CENTER, L.L.C.    MO    Howard A. Rusk Rehabilitation Center, Joint Venture of HEALTHSOUTH and The University of Missouri - Columbia
Ruston Louisiana Associates Limited Partnership    DE     


SADDLEBACK OUTPATIENT SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    CA    Saddleback Valley Outpatient Surgery, an Affiliate of HEALTHSOUTH
SAINT BARNABAS / HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CENTER, L.L.C.    NJ    Rehabilitation Hospital of Tinton Falls, a Joint Venture of HEALTHSOUTH and Monmouth Medical Center
SALEM SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    OR    Northbank Surgical Center
Sampson & Delilah, Inc.    WA     
San Angelo Imaging Affiliates, Inc.    TX     
San Antonio Surgery Center, Inc.    TX     
SAN ANTONIO SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH San Antonio Surgery Center
San Bernardino Rehabilitation Hospital    CA     
SAN DIEGO ENDOSCOPY CENTER, GENERAL PARTNERSHIP    CA     
San Diego Health Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
San Diego Outpatient Surgical Center, Inc.    CA     
San Diego Rehab Limited Partnership    DE     
San Diego Rehabilitation Associates    DE     
San Diego Surgery Center, L.P.    CA     
SAN FRANCISCO SURGICENTER, MEDICAL CLINIC, A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of San Francisco
San Joaquin Valley Rehabilitation Hospital, a Delaware Limited Partnership    DE     
SAN LUIS OBISPO SURGERY CENTER, A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of San Luis Obispo
San Luis Obispo-SC, Inc.    TN     
SAN MATEO ENDOSCOPY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    CA    Mid Peninsula Endoscopy Center
SANTA ROSA SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Santa Rosa
SARASOTA ENDOSCOPY CENTER, L.P., LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    GA    Endoscopy Center of Sarasota, an Affiliate of HEALTHSOUTH
Sarasota LTAC Properties, LLC    FL     
SARASOTA SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    FL    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Sarasota
Sarasota Surgery Properties, Ltd.    FL     
SCA Cabell Development Corporation    WV     
SCA Cabell, Inc.    WV     
SCA Investment Company    NV     
SCA/Deaconess Joint Venture, LLC    TN     
SCA/Ft. Myers, LLC    TN     
SCA-Albuquerque Surgery Properties, Inc.    NM     
SCA-Albuquerque, Inc.    NM     
SCA-Arlington Surgery, Inc.    TX     
SCA-Blue Ridge, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Charleston, Inc.    SC     
SCA-Citrus, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Colorado Springs, Inc.    CO     
SCA-CONROE, INC.    TN     
SCA-Dalton Joint Venture, LLC    TN     
SCA-Dalton, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Development, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Eugene, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Evansville, Inc.    IN     
SCA-Florence, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Fort Collins, Inc.    CO     
SCA-Fort Walton, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Ft. Myers, Inc.    FL     


SCA-Gainesville, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Green River, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Greenville East, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Hamilton Development Corp.    TN     
SCA-Honolulu, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Indianapolis, Inc.    IN     
SCA-Knoxville Joint Venture, LLC    TN     
SCA-Knoxville/St. Mary’s, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Little Rock Development Corp.    AR     
SCA-Mecklenberg Development Corp.    NC     
SCA-MH, LLC    TN     
SCA-Mobile, Inc.    AL     
SCA-Mobile Properties, Inc.    AL     
SCA-Mt. Pleasant, Inc.    TN     
SCA-North Indianapolis, Inc.    IN     
SCA-Northeast Georgia Health, LLC    TN     
SCA-Ohio Valley, Inc.    T     
SCA-Paoli, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Plano, Inc.    TX     
SCA-Roseland, Inc.    NJ     
SCA-San Jose, Inc.    CA     
SCA-San Luis Obispo, Inc.    CA     
SCA-Santa Rosa, Inc.    CA     
SCA-Sarasota, Inc.    FL     
SCA-Shelby Development Corp.    TN     
SCA-South Jersey, Inc.    NJ     
SCA-St. Joseph Missouri, Inc.    TN     
SCA-St. Petersburg, Inc.    FL     
SCA-Tampa, Inc.    FL     
SCA-Ukiah Joint Venture, LLC    TN     
SCA-Ukiah, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Wausau, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Winter Park, Inc.    TN     
SCA-Yuma, Inc.    TN     
SCH Management Corporation    AZ     
SCRANTON SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    PA    HEALTHSOUTH Scranton Surgery and Laser Center
Scranton-SC, Inc.    PA     
SC-Wilson, Inc.    NC     
SD Acquisition Corporation    CA     
SD GI Partners    CA     
Seattle Surgery Center Joint Venture, LLC    TN     
SEATTLE SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    WA    Seattle Surgery Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
SELECTREHAB, INC.    DE     
SHC Atlanta, Inc.    GA     
SHC Austin, Inc.    GA     
SHC Central Florida, Inc.    GA     
SHC Gwinnett, Inc.    GA     
SHC Hawthorn, Inc.    GA     
SHC Melbourne, Inc.    GA     
SHC Midwest City, Inc.    GA     
SHC North Dade, Inc.    GA     
SHC Oakwater, Inc.    GA     
SHC Oklahoma City, Inc.    GA     


SHC San Diego, Inc.    GA     
SHC Tri-County, Inc.    GA     
SHC West County, Inc.    GA     
Shelby Surgery Properties, Inc.    TN     
Sherwood Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    DE     
SHR Surgical Center, L.P.    CT     
Sierra Pain and Occupational Rehabilitation Center, Inc.    NV     
Sigma Health Properties, Inc.    FL     
Somerset MRI Centre Limited    KY     
SOMERSET SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    KY    HEALTHSOUTH Somerset Surgery Center
Source Medical Solutions, Inc.    DE     
South Bay Endoscopy Center, General Partnership    CA     
South County Outpatient Management, Inc.    MO     
SOUTH COUNTY OUTPATIENT SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    MO    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of South County
South Florida Children’s Center, L.L.C.    AL     
South Florida Orthopaedics, Inc.    FL     
Southeast Texas Rehab Clinic, L.P.    DE     
Southeast Texas Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    TX     
SOUTHERN ARIZONA REGIONAL REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, L.P.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Southern Arizona
SOUTHERN ARIZONA REGIONAL REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, L.P.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Catalina
SOUTHERN ARIZONA REGIONAL REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, L.P.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center - Park/Ajo
Southern Ocean Surgery Center, L.L.C.    NJ     
SOUTHWEST SURGICAL CENTER OF BAKERSFIELD, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Southwest Surgery Center
Special Care Certified of Massachusetts, Inc.    MA     
Special Care Home Health Services of Connecticut, Inc.    CT     
Special Care Home Health Services of Maine, Inc.    ME     
Special Care Nursing Services, Inc.    MA     
Spokane Associated Physical Therapists, Inc.    WA     
Spokane Sports & Orthopedic Therapy, Inc.    WA     
Sports Medicine Institute, L.L.C.    AL     
Sports Real Estate Association    MA     
Springfield-SC, Inc.    MA     
ST PETERSBURG SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    FL    HEALTHSOUTH St. Petersburg Surgery Center
ST. AUGUSTINE SURGERY CENTER, LTD.    FL    HEALTHSOUTH St. Augustine Surgery Center
ST. CLOUD OUTPATIENT SURGERY, LTD.    MN    St. Cloud Surgical Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
St. Cloud Surgical Center, Inc.    MN     
St. Joseph Ambulatory Surgery Center, L.P.    TN     
St. Louis Regional Gamma Knife, LLC    MO     
St. Paul & Biddle Medical Associates LLC    MD     
SunSurgery Corporation    CT     
SURGECENTER OF WILSON, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    NC    HEALTHSOUTH Surgecenter of Wilson
Surgequip Leasing Limited Partnership    CT     
SURGERY CENTER HOLDING CORPORATION    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Southern Pines
Surgery Center of Des Moines, Inc.    IA     
Surgery Center of Fort Collins, L.L.C.    CO     
Surgery Center of Fort Wayne, L.P.    IN     
Surgery Center of Louisville, Inc.    KY     
Surgery Center of Santa Rosa, L.P.    TN     


SURGERY CENTERS OF DES MOINES, LTD.    IA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Des Moines
Surgery Property Associates, Ltd.    KY     
Surgical Care Affiliates, Inc.    DE     
SURGICAL CARE FOUNDATION    MD    Surgical Care Foundation
SURGICAL CENTER OF ELIZABETHTOWN, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    KY    HEALTHSOUTH Surgical Center of Elizabethtown
SURGICAL CENTER OF SOUTH JERSEY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    NJ    HEALTHSOUTH Surgical Center of South Jersey
Surgical Center of Wichita Falls, Inc.    TX     
Surgical Health Corporation    DE     
Surgical Health of Orlando, Inc.    FL     
Surgical Hospital of Oklahoma, L.L.C.    OK     
Surgical Services of Sarasota, Inc.    FL     
Surgical Support Services    MO     
Surgicare of Belleville, Inc.    IL     
Surgicare of Huntsville, Inc.    AL     
Surgicare of Jackson, Inc.    MS     
SURGICARE OF JACKSON, LTD.    MS    HEALTHSOUTH Surgicare of Jackson
Surgicare of Joliet, Inc.    IL     
Surgicare of La Veta, Inc.    CA     
SURGICARE OF LA VETA, LTD.    CA    La Veta Surgical Center, an affiliate of HEALTHSOUTH
Surgicare of Laguna Hills, Inc.    CA     
Surgicare of Minneapolis, Inc.    MN     
SURGICARE OF MINNEAPOLIS, LTD.    MN    HEALTHSOUTH Centennial Lakes Surgery Center
Surgicare of Mississippi, Inc.    MS     
Surgicare of Mobile, Inc.    AL     
SURGICARE OF MOBILE, LTD.    AL    HEALTHSOUTH Surgicare of Mobile
Surgicare of Oceanside, Inc.    CA     
Surgicare of Orange, Inc.    CA     
Surgicare of Owensboro, Inc.    KY     
Surgicare of Reno, Inc.    NV     
Surgicare of Salem, Inc.    OR     
SurgiCenters of Southern California, Inc.    CA     
SUTTER SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center - River City
Swanson Sports Training & Physical Therapy, G.P.    TN     
Tambay Associates, Ltd.    FL     
Tampa IVF/Gift Center, L.P.    TN     
Tampa Outpatient Surgery Joint Venture, Ltd.    FL     
Tampa Pain Management Center, L.P.    TN     
Tarrant County Rehab Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
TARRANT COUNTY REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, INC.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH City View Rehabilitation Hospital
TARRANT COUNTY REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, INC.    TX    HealthSouth Rehabilitation Center of Burleson
TARRANT COUNTY REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, INC.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH City View Rehabilitation Hospital
Terre Haute Regional Rehabilitation Hospital, L.P.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Hospital of Terre Haute
Terre Haute Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    DE     
Tesson Ferry Medical Equities, L.P.    MO     
Tesson Ferry Medical Management, Inc.    MO     
TESSON FERRY RECOVERY, INC.    MO    Tesson Ferry Recovery
Texas Hospital Partners, Inc.    DE     
The ASC of Vermont, L.P.    TN     
The Center for Day Surgery, Inc.    AR     
The Eastern Rehabilitation Network    CT     


The Hitchcock Groups, Inc.    IN     
THE KELTON CORPORATION    MA    HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Hospital
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Belmont
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Pediatric Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Center for Occupational Health and Rehabilitation
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Fairhaven
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Hanover
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Harvard (adult)
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Harvard (pedi)
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Hyannis (adult)
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Hyannis (pedi)
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Pediatric Rehabilitation Center at Lynnfield
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Milford
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Plymouth (adult)
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Plymouth (pedi)
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Quincy
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Sharon
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Taunton
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Women’s Physical Therapy Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Milford-Whitinsville
          HEALTHSOUTH Braintree Rehabilitation Center at Brockton
The Medical Center of Symmes, a Lahey/Advantage Health Partnership    MA     
The Nursing Home at Chevy Chase, Inc.    MD     
The Optimal Open MRI, Inc.    FL     
The Physical Rehabilitation Institute    AL     
The Rehab Clinic of Oxford, L.P.    TN     
The Rehab Clinic Richmond, Inc.    VA     
The Rehab Group - Brunswick    TN     
The Rehab Group - Brunswick, Inc.    TN     
The Rehab Group - Clarksdale, LLC    MS     
The Rehab Group - Decatur    AL     
The Rehab Group - Lebanon, G.P.    TN     
THE REHAB GROUP, INC.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center


          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Martin
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of North Nashville
THE REHAB GROUP-MURFREESBORO, LLC    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center of Murfreesboro
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Smyrna
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center of Tullahoma
THE SURGERY CENTER, JV    AL    The Surgery Center of Huntsville
The Woodlands Surgery Systems, Inc.    DE     
THOUSAND OAKS ENDOSCOPY CENTER, GENERAL PARTNERSHIP    CA     
Total Body Scan Management, LLC    FL     
Total Body Scan, LLC    FL     
TREASURE VALLEY HOSPITAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    ID    HEALTHSOUTH Treasure Valley Hospital
Tri-Cities Rehabilitation Hospital, L.P.    DE     
Tri-City Ambulatory Surgical Investors, Ltd.    CA     
TRI-COUNTY SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Tri-County
Trident MRI Associates, L.P.    SC     
Trident Neurosciences Center, Inc.    SC     
TRI-VALLEY SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Tri-Valley Surgery Center
TVSC GYN Partners    CA     
TYLER REHAB ASSOCIATES, L.P.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital of Tyler, an Affiliate of Trinity Mother Frances Health System
Tyler Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    TX     
UKIAH SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    Ukiah Surgery Center, a HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center
United Medical Associates Limited Partnership    DE     
UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA / HEALTHSOUTH L.L.C.    VA    UVA-HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Hospital
          UVA-HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine & Rehabilitation Center
          HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center
UPLAND OUTPATIENT SURGICAL CENTER, L.P.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Upland Surgery Center
Urology Equipment Leasing Partners    CA     
Utah County Management Service Organization, L.L.C.    UT     
VALLEY OUTPATIENT SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    WA    Valley Outpatient Surgery Center
VALLEY VIEW SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    NV    Valley View Surgery Center, an Affiliate of HEALTHSOUTH
VAN MATRE REHABILITATION CENTER LLC    IL    Van Matre Healthsouth Rehabilitation Hospital
VANDERBILT STALLWORTH REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, L.P.    TN    Vanderbilt Stallworth Rehabilitation Hospital
Venice Surgery Center, L.P.    FL     
Waco Outpatient Surgical Center, Inc.    TX     
WACO SURGICAL CENTER, LTD.    TX    HEALTHSOUTH Waco Surgery Center
Walk-In And Out Surgery Center, Inc.    KY     
Walnut Creek Ambulatory Surgery Center, L.P.    CA     
WAUSAU SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Wausau
Wauwatosa Outpatient Surgery Center, Inc.    WI     
WAUWATOSA SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    WI    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Wauwatosa
WAYLAND SQUARE SURGICARE, INC.    RI     
WEST COUNTY SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    GA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of West County
West Paces Imaging Associates, L.P.    GA     
West Paces Imaging Midtown, L.P.    TN     


West Penn-Harmarville Outpatient Rehabilitation Center    PA     
WEST VIRGINIA REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, INC.    WV    HEALTHSOUTH Mountain View Regional Rehabilitation Hospital
WEST VIRGINIA REHABILITATION HOSPITAL, INC.    WV    HEALTHSOUTH Outpatient Therapy Services-Wharf District
WESTERN MEDICAL REHABILITATION ASSOCIATES, L.P.    DE    HEALTHSOUTH Tustin Rehabilitation Hospital
Western Neuro Care, Inc.    DE     
Western Neuro Residential, Inc.    CA     
Western Neurologic Residential Centers    CA     
Western Reserve Surgery Center, L.P.    OH     
Westside Surgery Center, Ltd.    TX     
Wichita Falls Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.    TX     
Wichita Falls Rehabilitation Limited Partnership    TX     
Wichita Rehab, L.P.    DE     
Wilmington Surgery Center, LLC    DE     
Wilson Surgery Center, Limited Partnership    NC     
Winchester Gables, Inc.    MA     
WINTER PARK SURGERY CENTER, L.P.    TN    Physician’s Surgical Care Center
Winter Park, LLC    TN     
Woodward Park Surgicenter, Inc.    CA     
WOODWARD PARK SURGICENTER, LTD.    CA    HEALTHSOUTH Surgicenter at Woodward Park
YUMA OUTPATIENT SURGERY CENTER, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    TN    HEALTHSOUTH Yuma Surgery Center
Yuma Rehabilitation Hospital, LLC    AZ    Yuma Rehabilitation Hospital, a Partnership of HEALTHSOUTH & Yuma Regional Medical Center

EXHIBIT 24

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned directors of HealthSouth Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby constitute and appoint Gregory L. Doody, the undersigneds’ true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities to:

 

(1) execute for and on behalf of the undersigned, an Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2000 through December 31, 2003, including any and all amendments and additions thereto (collectively, the “Annual Report”) in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder;

 

(2) do and perform any and all acts for and on behalf of the undersigned which may be necessary or desirable to file, or cause to be filed, the Annual Report with all exhibits thereto (including this Power of Attorney), and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission; and

 

(3) take any other action or any type whatsoever in connection with the foregoing which, in the opinion of such attorney-in-fact, may be of benefit to, in the best interest of, or legally required by, the undersigned, it being understood that the documents executed by such attorney-in-fact on behalf of the undersigned pursuant to this Power of Attorney shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as such attorney-in-fact may approve in such attorney-in-fact’s discretion.

 

The undersigned hereby grant to such attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform any and every act and thing whatsoever requisite, necessary or proper to be done in the exercise of any of the rights and powers herein granted, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution or revocation, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact, or such attorney-in-fact’s substitute or substitutes, shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney and the rights and powers herein granted.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Power of Attorney to be executed as of June 9, 2005.

 

/s/ Robert P. May


Robert P. May

Chairman of the Board

/s/ Steven R. Berrard


Steven R. Berrard

Director

/s/ Edward A. Blechschmidt


Edward A. Blechschmidt

Director

/s/ Yvonne M. Curl


Yvonne M. Curl

Director

/s/ Charles M. Elson


Charles M. Elson

Director

/s/ Leo I. Higdon, Jr.


Leo I. Higdon, Jr.

Director

/s/ Jon F. Hanson


Jon F. Hanson

Director

/s/ John E. Maupin, Jr., DDS


John E. Maupin, Jr., DDS

Director

 

2

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, Jay Grinney, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of HealthSouth Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

         

Date: June 27, 2005

         

/s/    Jay Grinney

           

Jay Grinney

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, John L. Workman, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of HealthSouth Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

             

Date: June 27, 2005

         

/s/    John L. Workman

           

John L. Workman

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

 

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of HealthSouth Corporation on Form 10-K for the years ending December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jay Grinney, President and Chief Executive Officer of HealthSouth Corporation, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge and belief:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the company.

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to HealthSouth Corporation and will be retained by HealthSouth Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

Date: June 27, 2005

         

/s/    Jay Grinney

           

Jay Grinney

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

 

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of HealthSouth Corporation on Form 10-K for the years ending December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John L. Workman, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of HealthSouth Corporation, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge and belief:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the company.

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to HealthSouth Corporation and will be retained by HealthSouth Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

Date: June 27, 2005

         

/s/    John L. Workman

           

John L. Workman

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer